Catalogo General SKF Ingles - Unlocked
Uploaded by
Guadalupe OjedaCatalogo General SKF Ingles - Unlocked
Uploaded by
Guadalupe OjedaGeneral Catalogue
® SKF, CARB, INSOCOAT, NoWear and
SensorMount are registered trademarks of
the SKF Group.
© Copyright SKF 2003
The contents of this catalogue are the copy-
right of the publisher and may not be repro-
duced (even extracts) unless permission is
granted. Every care has been taken to en-
sure the accuracy of the information con-
tained in this catalogue but no liability can
be accepted for any loss or damage whether
direct, indirect or consequential arising out
of the use of the information
contained herein.
Catalogue 5000 E · June 2003
Printed in Germany on environmentally
friendly, chlorine-free paper (Novatech) by
Media-Print.
Deep groove ball bearings
Angular contact ball bearings
Self-aligning ball bearings
Cylindrical roller bearings
Taper roller bearings
Spherical roller bearings
CARB® toroidal roller bearings
Thrust ball bearings
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
Spherical roller thrust bearings
Engineering products
Mechatronics
Bearing accessories
Bearing housings
Maintenance and lubrication products
Other SKF products
General Catalogue
The SKF brand now stands for more
than ever before, and means more to
you as a valued customer.
While SKF maintains its leadership
as the hallmark of quality bearings
throughout the world, new dimensions
in technical advances, product support
and services have evolved SKF into a
truly solutions-oriented supplier, creat-
ing greater value for customers.
These solutions encompass ways
to bring greater productivity to cus-
tomers, not only with breakthrough
application-specific products, but also
through leading-edge design simulation
tools and consultancy services, plant
asset efficiency maintenance programs,
and the industry’s most advanced
supply management techniques.
The SKF brand still stands for the very
best in rolling bearings, but it now stands
for much more.
SKF – The knowledge engineering
company
2
General
Foreword ……………………………………………………………………………………… 5
SKF – The knowledge engineering company …………………………………………… 10
Contents ……………………………………………………………………………………… 14
3
Quantity Unit Conversion
Length inch 1 mm 0,039 inch 1 in 25,40 mm
foot 1m 3,281 ft 1 ft 0,3048 m
yard 1m 1,094 yd 1 yd 0,9144 m
mile 1 km 0,6214 mile 1 mile 1,609 km
Area square inch 1 mm2 0,00155 sq.in 1 sq.in 645,16 mm2
square foot 1 m2 10,76 sq.ft 1 sq.ft 0,0929 m2
Volume cubic inch 1 cm3 0,061 cub.in 1 cub.in 16,387 cm3
cubic foot 1 m3 35 cub.ft 1 cub.ft 0,02832 m3
imperial gallon 1l 0,22 gallon 1 gallon 4,5461 l
U.S. gallon 1l 0,2642 U.S. 1 U.S. 3,7854 l
gallon gallon
Velocity, foot per second 1 m/s 3,28 ft/s 1 ft/s 0,30480 m/s
speed mile per hour 1 km/h 0,6214 mile/h 1 mile/h 1,609 km/h
(mph) (mph)
Mass ounce 1g 0,03527 oz 1 oz 28,350 g
pound 1 kg 2,205 lb 1 lb 0,45359 kg
short ton 1 tonne 1,1023 short ton 1 short ton 0,90719 tonne
long ton 1 tonne 0,9842 long ton 1 long ton 1,0161 tonne
Density pound per 1 g/cm3 0,0361 lb/cub.in 1 lb/cub.in 27,680 g/cm3
cubic inch
Force pound-force 1N 0,225 lbf 1 lbf 4,4482 N
Pressure, pounds per 1 MPa 145 psi 1 psi 6,8948 × 103 Pa
stress square inch
Moment inch pound-force 1 Nm 8,85 in.lbf 1 in.lbf 0,113 Nm
Power foot-pound per 1W 0,7376 ft lbf/s 1 ft lbf/s 1,3558 W
second
horsepower 1 kW 1,36 HP 1 HP 0,736 kW
Temperature degree Celcius tC = 0,555 (tF – 32) Fahrenheit tF = 1,8 tC + 32
Foreword
The previous edition of the SKF General General Catalogue overview
Catalogue was originally published in 1989. This new SKF General Catalogue contains
Since that time it has been translated into almost all of the standard rolling bearings and
16 languages and over 1 million copies have accessories required by industrial equipment
been distributed worldwide. In the last edi- manufacturers, as well as those used for re-
tion SKF introduced the “New Life Theory”, placement purposes. To provide the highest
which since has become a major new tech- levels of service, SKF endeavours to have its
nical standard for the bearing industry. With standard assortment match virtually all cus-
this broad usage and professional accep- tomer needs and to have products available
tance, the SKF General Catalogue is general- on a worldwide basis.
ly considered to be the authoritative refer- The data in this catalogue relate to SKF’s
ence source of its type throughout industry. state-of-the-art technology and production
The General Catalogue was subsequently capabilities as of early 2003. The data may
converted to electronic formats for added differ from that shown in earlier catalogues
accessibility and convenience – available in because of redesign, technological devel-
a CD-ROM version, titled “SKF Interactive opments, or revised methods of calculation.
Engineering Catalogue”, and online at SKF reserves the right to make continuing
www.skf.com. improvements to SKF products with respect
This new edition of the General Catalogue to materials, design and manufacturing
is also available electronically as well as in methods, as well as changes necessitated
print and includes many revisions, additions by technological developments.
and enhancements to make the catalogue The units used in this catalogue are in ac-
even more useful and valuable. A familiariza- cordance with ISO (International Organization
tion with the information in this foreword, as for Standardization) standard 1000:1992,
well as other annotated sections, enables and SI (Système International d’Unités).
the user to obtain the maximum benefit from
this comprehensive tool. Technical section – principles of bearing
This foreword discusses the main sections selection and application
of the catalogue with reference to major The technical section has a simplified index
technical and product information as well as allowing for easy identification of the separate
other available information of importance in chapters, which cover the basics of bearing
understanding the overall capabilities of SKF. technology as required for the design of a
bearing arrangement. These chapters are
arranged in the order normally followed by
a design engineer.
5
Significant innovations in the technical • INSOCOAT® bearings
section • NoWear® bearings
• a new model for the determination of • Solid Oil bearings
friction in rolling bearings.
• revised speed ratings for the thermally Investigations have shown that factors such
permissible reference speeds based on as mounting, lubrication and maintenance
the new friction model. have a much greater influence on bearing
• a new model for the determination of the life than previously assumed. For this reason,
requisite lubricant viscosity based on new information has been included on the
more accurate knowledge of the influence following:
of raceway surface roughness and of the
elastic deformation of the lubricant film. • SKF products for maintenance and
• a new method to determine lubricant lubrication
service life as well as the optimum relubri- • SKF condition monitoring equipment and
cation intervals for grease-lubricated systems
bearings.
• the progress made in rolling bearing tech- Several SKF innovations are worthy of par-
nology and the experience accumulated ticular note as they offer many advantages
in practical applications in recent years for enhanced performance or greater pro-
have been taken into consideration and ductivity.
are referenced where appropriate in the For example, some of SKF product en-
various sections of the technical part. hancements make it possible to build smaller
• SKF technical services related to the machines having the same or even better
bearing, the machine, or even the com- performance. Smaller size also implies lighter
plete manufacturing plant – from bearing weight; meaning less friction, lower operat-
selection and calculation, to installation, ing temperatures, reduced lubricant require-
monitoring, maintenance and replace- ments and power consumption, and as a
ment, are covered in a section referred to result, improved economy and added value.
as Asset Efficiency Optimization. To facilitate easy reference to the various
product innovations among the volume of
Product section – bearing designations, information contained in this catalogue, the
descriptions and data specific products are identified as follows:
The product section has a thumb index for
easy identification of bearing types. The • SKF Explorer bearings – the new perform-
product tables contain all of the engineering ance class from SKF,
data required for the selection of a bearing • application optimized bearings – standard
and its application. Information relating to bearings tailored for specialized require-
the specific types of bearings covered is ments,
arranged in front of the relevant product • mechatronic components – combinations
table(s). of bearings and electronic sensors.
Notable innovations in the product These innovations represent the most im-
section portant new products in this catalogue and
Significant products included for the first will be explained in more detail under their
time are: appropriate headings in the product section.
For convenience, a summary description of
• CARB® toroidal roller bearings these products is included hereafter.
• stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
• hybrid deep groove ball bearings
• ICOS™ bearing/seal units
• sealed spherical roller bearings
• high-temperature ball bearings and
Y-bearing units
6
SKF Explorer bearings SKF Explorer bearings are characterized
– the new performance class from SKF by a number of technical improvements
SKF Explorer is a new performance class of some of which are listed below. Depending
rolling bearings, of the types angular contact on the type of the SKF Explorer bearing one
ball bearings, cylindrical roller bearings, or several of these below given examples
spherical roller bearings, CARB toroidal have been applied:
roller bearings and spherical roller thrust
bearings, which provide a substantial im- • Improved bearing steel
provement in key operational parameters SKF Explorer bearings feature an ex-
relevant to the bearing type and its typical tremely clean and homogenous steel
applications. This new level of superior per- with a minimum number of inclusions.
formance represents the blending of SKF’s This improved steel is so much cleaner
applications knowledge with its expertize in than the highest grades covered by pre-
tribology, materials development, design sent classification methods that SKF has
optimization and manufacturing. developed new calculation methods to
Using advanced analytical and modelling take this factor into account.
techniques and supporting testing, SKF
engineers were able to confirm that SKF • The unique SKF heat treatment procedures
Explorer bearings provide a significant im- To maximize the benefits of SKF’s ultra-
provement in key operational parameters. clean steel, engineers incorporated
These parameters, according to bearing type unique heat treatment procedures. These
and application, include noise, vibration, new procedures optimize the bearing’s
service life, dimensional stability, dynamic resistance to operational damage without
load carrying ability and heat generation affecting heat stabilization. Wear resist-
(friction torque). Because these parameters ance was improved so dramatically that
are not adequately factored into standard- SKF engineers were not able to accurately
ized life calculations, SKF Explorer bearing predict life expectancy using existing life
life is calculated with modified factors, which factors for calculation methods.
takes key operational parameters into
account. • Improved surface finish
SKF Explorer bearings are interchange- The surface finish on all contact surfaces
able with previously specified SKF standard (rolling elements and raceways) has been
bearings of the same type and size. These improved to maximize the effects of the
bearings are included in the relevant product lubricant and reduce vibrations and noise.
tables and are easily identified by an asterisk This has lead to a smoother, cooler run-
(*) in front of the bearing designation. ning bearing that uses less lubricant and
consequently the arrangement, including
The making of an SKF Explorer bearing the seals, requires less maintenance.
Achieving the outstanding levels of SKF Deep groove ball bearings and taper roller
Explorer bearings has only been possible bearings
due to the basic sound engineering design
of SKF products and by further improving For the rolling bearing types deep groove
the manufacturing of bearings to these ball bearings and taper roller bearings there
designs. By studying the interrelationship have been many performance improvements
between each bearing component, SKF since the last SKF General Catalogue. In
engineers were able to maximize the effects line with the SKF product strategy, improve-
of lubrication and minimize the effects of ments for deep groove ball bearings and
friction, wear and contamination. To do this, taper roller bearings have now sufficiently
an international research team looked at been implemented for certain sizes to qualify
each component at micro level and then as SKF Explorer class bearings. For these
developed new procedures to consistently selected deep groove ball bearings sizes im-
manufacture this new standard of excellence. proved sealing, precision and surface finish,
7
give reduced noise and vibration levels and • Solid Oil bearings for applications where
improved running accuracy. Similarly for conventional grease or oil lubrication
selected taper roller bearing sizes, improved methods are not adequate or practical.
surfaces for better lubrication and signifi-
cantly reduced noise and vibration levels, Mechatronic components – bearings
cleaner steel in combination with improved and sensors in combination
heat treatment give significantly longer life. SKF “plug and play” mechatronic bearing
Because all these parameters are not ad- units can be used to monitor or control
equately factored into standardized life calcu- operating sequences, motion or steering
lations, the bearing life of selected sizes SKF systems. Information in this catalogue pro-
deep groove ball bearings and taper roller vides a brief overview of the mechatronic
bearings is calculated with modified factors components and developments engineered
in line with all SKF Explorer class bearings. by SKF, which have already been well proven
in a variety of industrial and automotive
Application optimized bearings – tailored applications. More in-depth information on
bearings SKF mechatronics products and capabilities
These bearings have standardized dimen- can be obtained through your SKF repre-
sions but incorporate special features for sentative.
specific applications. Properly applied, these Detailed information on Sensor-Bearing
bearings make costly customized bearings Units, which are part of the SKF standard
unnecessary, and they can also greatly line, will be found together with the appro-
reduce lead times since they are generally priate product data.
available from stock. This group of SKF
bearings includes the following: Other SKF products
In this section, all rolling bearings, plain
• Hybrid deep groove ball bearings with bearings, linear bearings, and seals etc., not
ceramic balls and rings of bearing steel. listed in the product section of the catalogue
These bearings have good emergency are listed with a brief description. Where
running properties and can cope with further information is available, reference is
extreme conditions and high speeds. made to appropriate SKF printed and/or
Their inherent resistance to the passage electronic media.
of electric current means that they are
very suitable for electric motors and SKF system solutions
electrically powered tools. SKF has applied its extensive knowledge of
• INSOCOAT bearings have an insulating particular industrial applications and their
coating of aluminium oxide on the external demanding requirements, and developed
surfaces of the inner or outer ring. These system solutions that yield cost-effective
bearings can be used in difficult electrical results.
applications with no additional design Some of these solutions do not even
requirements and they can also be a drop- incorporate bearings. This underscores
in replacement for conventional bearings SKF’s continuing efforts to expand its offer-
in existing applications. ings beyond traditional bearing applications
• Bearings and bearing units for extreme to other technologies from the fields of
temperatures. Their operating temperature mechatronics and electronics. Some of the
range covers –150 to +350 °C, making more important system solutions currently
these products ideal for kiln trucks, roller available are listed here:
hearth furnaces, bakery plants and re-
frigeration rooms. • Copperhead system solution for vibrating
• NoWear bearings. These bearings have screens
been surface treated to withstand arduous • system solution for continuous casting
operating conditions such as smearing, plants
zero load or boundary lubrication condi- • system solution for paper machines
tions. • system solution for printing machines
8
• system solution for automotive • basic and modified rating lives
transmissions (L10 and Lnm)
• system solution for railway vehicles • requisite lubricant viscosity
• system solution for wind power plants • equivalent bearing load
• minimum bearing load
Other SKF catalogues • dynamic axial load carrying capacity of
Even though this General Catalogue con- cylindrical roller bearings
tains more than 1 100 pages of core products • friction
and related information, it is by no means • bearing frequencies
all-inclusive of the total SKF product offering.
Detailed information on many of the other In addition, 2 or 3-dimensional drawings can
SKF products not covered in this General be supplied in some 50 CAD formats via the
Catalogue is also available in separate, SKF internet site.
individual printed catalogues which include:
SKF – the supplier of choice
• Needle roller bearings The SKF General Catalogue – as compre-
• High-precision bearings hensive as it is – is just one of the many ad-
• Y-bearings and Y-bearing units vantages provided to our customers. There
• Spherical plain bearings and rod ends are many other capabilities that contribute
• Bearing accessories to the overall value customers receive in
• Bearing housings making SKF their supplier of choice:
• CR seals
• simplified bearing selection,
A brief description of these products can be • short delivery times,
found in the General Catalogue under the • worldwide availability,
heading “Other SKF products” or online at • commitment to product innovation,
www.skf.com. • state-of-the-art application solutions,
Information on the comprehensive assort- • extensive engineering and technology
ment of SKF linear bearing products, ball knowledge in virtually every industry.
and roller screws, and linear actuators will
be found in the separate SKF catalogue
“Linear Motion Product Range”, available
from your SKF Linear Motion representative.
The SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue
SKF provides this catalogue in electronic
formats available on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com. The SKF Interactive Engineer-
ing Catalogue contains comprehensive
technical information on the following prod-
ucts:
• SKF rolling bearings inclusive accessories
• SKF bearing units
• SKF bearing housings
• SKF plain bearings
• CR seals
The electronic catalogue formats allow for
easy navigation and also provide calcula-
tions for critical design factors such as:
9
SKF – The knowledge
engineering company
The business of the SKF Group consists of The Group has global ISO 14001 environ-
the design, manufacture and marketing of mental certification. Individual divisions have
the world’s leading brand of rolling bearings, been approved for quality certification in
with a global leadership position in comple- accordance with either ISO 9000 or appropri-
mentary products such as radial seals. SKF ate industry specific standards.
also holds an increasingly important position Some 80 manufacturing sites worldwide
in the market for linear motion products, high and sales companies in 70 countries make
precision aerospace bearings, machine tool SKF a truly international corporation. In
spindles, plant maintenance services and addition, our 7 000 distributor and dealer
is an established producer of high-quality partners around the world, e-business
bearing steel. marketplace and global distribution system
The SKF Group maintains specialized put SKF close to customers for the supply
business operations to meet the needs of the of both products and services. In essence,
global marketplace. SKF supports specific SKF solutions are available wherever and
market segments with ongoing research and whenever our customers need them.
development efforts that have led to a grow- Overall, the SKF brand now stands for
ing number of innovations, new standards more than ever before. It stands for the
and new products. knowledge engineering company ready to
serve you with world-class product compe-
tences, intellectual resources and the vision
to help you succeed.
Evolving by-wire technology
SKF has unique expertize and knowledge in fast-growing by-wire tech-
nology, from fly-by-wire, to drive-by-wire, to work-by-wire. SKF pion-
eered practical fly-by-wire technology and is a close working partner
with all aerospace industry leaders. As an example, virtually all aircraft of
the Airbus design use SKF by-wire systems for cockpit flight control.
SKF is also a leader in automotive
drive-by-wire, having jointly developed
the revolutionary Filo and Novanta
concept cars which employ SKF
mechatronics for steering and braking.
Further by-wire development has led
SKF to produce an all-electric forklift
truck which uses mechatronics rather
than hydraulics for all controls.
11
Delivering asset efficiency optimization
To optimize efficiency and boost productivity,
many industrial facilities outsource some or
all of their maintenance services to SKF,
often with guaranteed performance
contracts. Through the specialized
capabilities and knowledge available from
SKF Reliability Systems, SKF provides a
comprehensive range of asset efficiency
services, from maintenance strategies and
engineering assistance, to operator-driven
reliability and machine maintenance
programs.
Planning for sustainable growth
By their very nature, bearings make a positive
contribution to the natural environment. Reduced
friction enables machinery to operate more effi-
ciently, consume less power and require less lubri-
cation. SKF is continually raising the performance
bar, enabling a new generation of high-efficiency
products and equipment. With an eye to the
future, SKF’s global policies and manufacturing
techniques are planned and implemented to help
protect and preserve the earth’s limited natural
resources. We remain committed to sustainable,
environmentally responsible growth.
Maintaining a 320 km/h R&D lab
In addition to SKF’s renowned research and development facilities in Europe and the
United States, Formula One car racing provides a unique environment for SKF to push
the limits of bearing technology. For over 50 years, SKF products, engineering and
knowledge have helped make Scuderia Ferrari a formidable force in F1 racing. (The
average racing Ferrari utilizes more than 150 SKF components.) Lessons learned here
are applied to the products we provide to automakers and the aftermarket worldwide.
12
Developing a cleaner cleaner
The electric motor and its bearings are the heart of
many household appliances. SKF works closely
with appliance manufacturers to improve their
product’s performance, cut costs, reduce
weight, etc. A recent example produced a
new generation of vacuum cleaners with
substantially more suction. SKF’s knowledge
in small bearing technology is also applied to
manufacturers of power tools and office equipment.
Creating a new “cold remedy”
In the frigid winters of northern China,
sub-zero temperatures can cause rail car
wheel assemblies and their bearings to
seize due to lubrication starvation. SKF
created a new family of synthetic lubricants
formulated to retain their lubrication viscosity
even at these extreme bearing tempera-
tures. SKF’s knowledge of lubricants and
friction are unmatched in the world.
Harnessing wind power
The growing industry of wind-generated electric
power provides an environmentally compatible
source of electricity. SKF is working closely
with global industry leaders to develop efficient
and trouble-free turbines, using SKF know-
ledge to provide highly specialized bearings
and condition monitoring systems to extend
equipment life in the extreme and often remote
environments of wind farms.
13
Contents
Principles of bearing selection and application
Bearing terminology ……………………………………………………………………… 20
Bearing types ………………………………………………………………………………… 23
Selection of bearing type …………………………………………………………………… 33
Available space ……………………………………………………………………………… 35
Loads ……………………………………………………………………………………… 37
Misalignment ……………………………………………………………………………… 40
Precision …………………………………………………………………………………… 40
Speed ……………………………………………………………………………………… 42
Quiet running ……………………………………………………………………………… 42
Stiffness …………………………………………………………………………………… 42
Axial displacement ………………………………………………………………………… 43
Mounting and dismounting ……………………………………………………………… 44
Integral seals ……………………………………………………………………………… 45
Matrix: Bearing types – design and characteristics …………………………………… 46
Selection of bearing size ……………………………………………………………………… 49
System approach and reliability ………………………………………………………… 50
Load ratings and life ……………………………………………………………………… 51
Selecting bearing size using the life equations ………………………………………… 52
Dynamic bearing loads …………………………………………………………………… 73
Selecting bearing size using the static load carrying capacity ………………………… 76
Calculation examples ……………………………………………………………………… 78
SKF calculation tools ……………………………………………………………………… 82
SKF Engineering Consultancy Services ………………………………………………… 84
SKF life testing ……………………………………………………………………………… 85
Friction ………………………………………………………………………………………… 87
Estimation of frictional moment…………………………………………………………… 88
More accurate calculation of frictional moment ………………………………………… 88
The new SKF model for calculation of the frictional moment ………………………… 89
Frictional behaviour of hybrid bearings ………………………………………………… 102
Starting torque ……………………………………………………………………………… 102
Power loss and bearing temperature …………………………………………………… 102
Calculation example ……………………………………………………………………… 103
Speeds and vibration ………………………………………………………………………… 107
Reference speeds ………………………………………………………………………… 108
Limiting speeds …………………………………………………………………………… 114
Special cases ……………………………………………………………………………… 114
Vibration generation in a bearing ………………………………………………………… 115
Influence of the bearing on the vibration behaviour of the application………………… 115
Bearing data – general………………………………………………………………………… 117
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 118
14
Tolerances ………………………………………………………………………………… 120
Bearing internal clearance ………………………………………………………………… 137
Materials for rolling bearings ……………………………………………………………… 138
Cages ……………………………………………………………………………………… 144
Designations ……………………………………………………………………………… 147
Application of bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 159
Bearing arrangements …………………………………………………………………… 160
Radial location of bearings………………………………………………………………… 164
Axial location of bearings ………………………………………………………………… 199
Design of associated components ……………………………………………………… 204
Bearing preload …………………………………………………………………………… 206
Sealing arrangement ……………………………………………………………………… 218
Lubrication …………………………………………………………………………………… 229
Grease lubrication ………………………………………………………………………… 231
Lubricating greases………………………………………………………………………… 231
SKF greases ………………………………………………………………………………… 236
Relubrication ……………………………………………………………………………… 237
Relubrication procedures ………………………………………………………………… 238
Oil lubrication ……………………………………………………………………………… 242
Mounting and dismounting…………………………………………………………………… 257
General information………………………………………………………………………… 258
Mounting …………………………………………………………………………………… 261
Dismounting ………………………………………………………………………………… 268
Storage ……………………………………………………………………………………… 273
Inspection and cleaning …………………………………………………………………… 273
Reliability and services ……………………………………………………………………… 275
Achieving productivity goals is a challenge ……………………………………………… 276
SKF can help optimize asset efficiency ………………………………………………… 276
The Asset Efficiency Optimization concept ……………………………………………… 276
How the concept becomes reality………………………………………………………… 276
Condition monitoring equipment ………………………………………………………… 279
Product data
Deep groove ball bearings …………………………………………………………………… 287
Angular contact ball bearings………………………………………………………………… 405
Self-aligning ball bearings …………………………………………………………………… 463
Cylindrical roller bearings …………………………………………………………………… 497
Taper roller bearings ………………………………………………………………………… 595
Spherical roller bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 691
CARB toroidal roller bearings ………………………………………………………………… 775
Thrust ball bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 833
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings …………………………………………………………… 859
Spherical roller thrust bearings ……………………………………………………………… 873
Engineering products ………………………………………………………………………… 889
Mechatronics ………………………………………………………………………………… 951
Bearing accessories ………………………………………………………………………… 969
Bearing housings ……………………………………………………………………………… 1027
Maintenance and lubrication products ……………………………………………………… 1065
Other SKF products…………………………………………………………………………… 1077
Product index ………………………………………………………………………………… 1114
15
Principles of bearing
selection and application
Bearing types ……………………………………………………………………………… 23
Selection of bearing type………………………………………………………………… 33
Selection of bearing size ………………………………………………………………… 49
Friction ……………………………………………………………………………………… 87
Speeds and vibration …………………………………………………………………… 107
Bearing data – general …………………………………………………………………… 117
Application of bearings ………………………………………………………………… 159
Lubrication ………………………………………………………………………………… 229
Mounting and dismounting ……………………………………………………………… 257
Reliability and services ………………………………………………………………… 275
17
Principles of bearing selection and application
A bearing arrangement consists of more than Engineering Catalogue” on CD-ROM or
just the bearings. Associated items such as online at www.skf.com.
the shaft and housing are integral parts of In the following sections of this general
the overall assembly arrangement. The im- technical introduction, the designer of a
portance of lubricant and sealing elements bearing arrangement will find the necessary
cannot be overestimated. Deploying a full basic information presented in the order in
bearing’s performance relies on the pres- which it is generally required. Obviously it is
ence of appropriate lubrication and adequate impossible to include all the information
protection from corrosion and the ingress needed to cover every conceivable bearing
into the assembly of foreigen matter. Clean- application. For this reason, in many places,
liness has a profound effect on bearing ser- reference is made to the comprehensive
vice life – which is why lubricants and seals SKF application engineering service, which
have become part of the SKF business. includes technical support regarding the
To design a rolling bearing arrangement it selection of the right bearing as well as cal-
is necessary culations of the complete bearing arrange-
ment. The higher the technical demands
• to select a suitable bearing type and placed on a bearing arrangement and the
• to determine a suitable bearing size, more limited the available experience of
using bearings for particular applications,
but that is not all. Several other aspects have the more advisable it is to make use of this
to be considered: service.
The information contained in the general
• a suitable form and design of other com- technical section generally applies to rolling
ponents of the arrangement, bearings, or at least to a group of bearings.
• appropriate fits and bearing internal clear- Special information specific to one bearing
ance or preload, type only will be found in the text preceding
• holding devices, the appropriate individual product section.
• adequate seals, Additional special catalogues and brochures
• the type and quantity of lubricant, covering specific application areas are
• installation and removal methods, etc. available on request. Detailed information on
almost all SKF rolling bearings, bearing units,
Each individual decision affects the perform- bearing housings, plain bearings, seals etc.
ance, reliability and economy of the bearing can also be found in the “SKF Interactive
arrangement. Engineering Catalogue” on CD-ROM or
The amount of work entailed depends on online at www.skf.com.
whether experience is already available It should be noted that the values given in
about similar arrangements. When experi- the product tables for load and speed ratings
ence is lacking, when extraordinary de- as well as for the fatigue load limit are heavily
mands are made or, when the costs of the rounded.
bearing arrangement and any subsequent
outline have to be given special consider- Bearing terminology
ation, then much more work is needed in- To better understand frequently used bear-
cluding, for example, more accurate calcu- ing terms, definitions are provided on pages
lations and/or testing. 20 and 21 and explained with help of draw-
As the leading bearing supplier SKF manu- ings. A detailed collection of bearing spe-
factures a large number of bearing types, cific terms and definitions is to be found in
series, designs, variants and sizes. The most ISO 5593:1997:Rolling bearings – Vocabu-
common of them are introduced in the sec- lary.
tion “Product index”, starting on page 1114.
There are also bearings which are not in-
cluded in this catalogue. Information about
most of these bearings will be found in spe-
cial catalogues or in the “SKF Interactive
18
Product index
The product range shown in this General
Catalogue comprises approximately 10 000
bearings, bearing accessories and bearing
housings. So that users can find the tech-
nical data for a product known only by its
designation, e.g. 6208-2RS1, the series
designations are listed in the index starting
on page 1114. In this case 62-2RS1 is used.
Designations in this index are in alphanumer-
ical order. The page listing for each designa-
tion is the start of the introductory text for
that particular product type.
19
Principles of bearing selection and application
Bearing terminology
Bearing arrangement Fig 1
(➔ fig 1 )
1 Cylindrical roller bearing
2 Four-point contact ball
13 1 2
bearing 3
3 Housing
4 Shaft
5 Shaft abutment shoulder
6 Shaft diameter
12
7 Locking plate
8 Radial shaft seal 11 4
9 Distance ring
5
10 Housing bore diameter 10
11 Housing bore 6
12 Housing cover 9 7
13 Snap ring
8
Radial bearings (➔ figs 2 Fig 2
and 3 )
1 Inner ring
2 Outer ring
3 Rolling element: ball, 6 2 10 11
18
cylindrical roller, needle
roller, tapered roller, 9 12
spherical roller
4 Cage 13
5 Capping device 4
14
Seal – made of elastomer,
contacting (shown in figure) 5
15
or non-contacting
Shield – made of sheet 16
steel, non-contacting 8
17
6 Outer ring outside diameter
7 Inner ring bore 7
18
1 3
8 Inner ring shoulder diameter
9 Outer ring shoulder diameter 19
10 Snap ring groove
11 Snap ring
12 Outer ring side face
13 Seal anchorage groove
20
Fig 3 14 Outer ring raceway
15 Inner ring raceway
16 Sealing groove
17 Inner ring side face
6 18 Chamfer
2 α 19
20
Bearing mean diameter
Total bearing width
21 Guiding flange
12
14 22 Retaining flange
3 23 Contact angle
21
4
15
22
α 17
1
23
7 20
Fig 4 Thrust bearings (➔ fig 4 )
24 24 Shaft washer
25 Rolling element and
25
cage assembly
26 Housing washer
27 Housing washer with
26
sphered seating surface
28 Seating support washer
27
24
28
24
25
26
21
Bearing types
Radial bearings
Deep groove ball bearings
single row, with or without filling slots
open basic design (1)
with shields
with contact seals (2)
with snap ring groove, with or without
1 2 snap ring
single row with fixed section
open basic design (3)
with contact seals
double row (4)
3 4
Angular contact ball bearings
single row
design for universal matching (5)
basic design for single mounting
single row high precision1)
standard design for single mounting (6)
5 6 design for universal matching
matched bearing sets
double row
with one-piece inner ring (7)
open basic design
with shields
with contact seals
with two-piece inner ring
7
Footnote ➔ page 31
23
Bearing types
Radial bearings
Four-point contact ball bearings (8)
Self-aligning ball bearings
with cylindrical or tapered bore
open basic design (9)
with contact seals (10)
9 10
with extended inner ring (11)
11
Cylindrical roller bearings
single row
NU type (12)
N type (13)
12 13
NJ type (14)
NUP type (15)
14 15
angle ring (16)
for NU and NJ type bearings
16
24
Radial bearings
Cylindrical roller bearings
double row1)
with cylindrical or tapered bore
NNU type (17)
NN type (18)
NNUP type
17 18
four-row2)
with cylindrical or tapered bore
open design (19)
with contact seals
19
Full complement cylindrical roller bearings
single row
NCF type (20)
NJG type (21)
20 21
double row
with integral flanges on the inner ring (22)
with integral flanges on the inner and
outer rings
with contact seals (23)
22 23
Needle roller and cage assemblies3)
single row (24)
double row (25)
24 25
Drawn cup needle roller bearings, open ends3)
single and double row
open basic design (26)
with contact seals (27)
26 27
Footnote ➔ page 31
25
Bearing types
Radial bearings
Drawn cup needle roller bearings, closed end3)
single and double row
open basic design (28)
with contact seal (29)
28 29
Needle roller bearings with flanges3)
single and double row
without inner ring (30)
with inner ring
open basic design
with contact seals (31)
30 31
Needle roller bearings without flanges3)
single and double row
with inner ring (32)
without inner ring (33)
32 33
Alignment needle roller bearings3)
without inner ring
with inner ring (34)
34
Combined needle roller bearings3)
Needle roller/angular contact ball bearings
single direction (35)
double direction (36)
35 36
Needle roller/thrust ball bearings
with full complement thrust ball bearing (37)
with cage-guided ball set
with or without (38) cover
37 38
Footnote ➔ page 31
26
Radial bearings
Needle roller/cylindrical roller thrust bearings
without cover (39)
with cover (40)
39 40
Taper roller bearings
single row
single bearings (41)
matched bearing sets
face-to-face (42)
back-to-back
41 42 in tandem
double row2)
TDO configuration (back-to-back) (43)
TDI configuration (face-to-face) (44)
43 44
four-row2)
TQO configuration (45)
TQI configuration
45
Spherical roller bearings
with cylindrical or tapered bore
open basic designs (46)
with contact seals (47)
46 47
CARB toroidal roller bearings
with cylindrical or tapered bore
open basic designs
with cage-guided roller set (48)
with full complement roller set
with contact seals (49)
48 49
Footnote ➔ page 31
27
Bearing types
Thrust bearings
Thrust ball bearings
single direction
with flat housing washer (50)
with sphered housing washer
with (51) or without seating washer
50 51
double direction
with flat housing washers (52)
with sphered housing washers
with (53) or without seating washers
52 53
Angular contact thrust ball bearings1)
high precision bearings
single direction
standard design for single mounting (54)
design for universal matching
matched bearing sets (55)
54 55
double direction
standard design (56)
high-speed design (57)
56 57
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
single direction
single row (58)
double row (59)
components
cylindrical roller and cage thrust assemblies
58 59 shaft and housing washers
Needle roller thrust bearings3)
single direction (60)
needle roller and cage thrust assemblies
raceway washers
thrust washers
60
Footnote ➔ page 31
28
Thrust bearings
Spherical roller thrust bearings
single direction (61)
61
Taper roller thrust bearings2)
single direction
with or without (62) cover
screw down bearings
double direction (63)
62 63
Footnote ➔ page 31
29
Bearing types
Track runner bearings
Cam rollers
single row ball bearing cam roller (64)
double row ball bearing cam roller (65)
64 65
Support rollers3)
without axial guidance
with or without contact seals
without inner ring
with inner ring (66)
66
with axial guidance by thrust washers
with or without contact seals
with cage-guided needle roller set (67)
full complement
67
with axial guidance by cylindrical rollers
with labyrinth seals (68)
with contact seals (69)
with lamellar seals
68 69
Cam followers3)
with axial guidance by thrust plate
with or without contact seals
with concentric seating (70)
with eccentric seating collar
70 with cage-guided needle roller set
with full complement needle roller set
with axial guidance by cylindrical rollers
with labyrinth seals (71)
with contact seals
with concentric seating
with eccentric seating collar
71
Footnote ➔ page 31
30
Y-bearings
Y-bearings (insert bearings)4)
with grub screw locking
inner ring extended on one side (72)
inner ring extended on both sides (73)
72 73
with eccentric locking collar
inner ring extended on one side (74)
inner ring extended on both sides (75)
74 75
with tapered bore
inner ring extended on both sides (76)
for adapter sleeve mounting
76
with standard inner ring
for locating by interference fit on the
shaft (77)
77
1)
See SKF catalogue “High-precision bearings” or “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
2)
See “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
3)
See SKF catalogue “Needle roller bearings” or “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
4)
See SKF catalogue “Y-bearing units” or “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
31
Selection of bearing
type
Available space ……………………………………………………………………………… 35
Loads …………………………………………………………………………………………… 37
Magnitude of load …………………………………………………………………………… 37
Direction of load …………………………………………………………………………… 37
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 40
Precision ……………………………………………………………………………………… 40
Speed …………………………………………………………………………………………… 42
Quiet running ………………………………………………………………………………… 42
Stiffness ………………………………………………………………………………………… 42
Axial displacement …………………………………………………………………………… 43
Mounting and dismounting ………………………………………………………………… 44
Cylindrical bore ……………………………………………………………………………… 44
Tapered bore ………………………………………………………………………………… 44
Integral seals ………………………………………………………………………………… 45
Matrix: Bearing types – design and characteristics …………………………………… 46
33
Selection of bearing type
Each bearing type displays characteristic The matrix permits only a relatively super-
properties, based on its design, which ficial classification of bearing types. The
makes it more, or less, appropriate for a limited number of symbols does not allow
given application. For example, deep groove an exact differentiation and some properties
ball bearings can accommodate moderate do not depend solely on bearing design. For
radial loads as well as axial loads. They have example, the stiffness of an arrangement
low friction and can be produced with high incorporating angular contact ball bearings
precision and in quiet running variants. or taper roller bearings also depends on the
Therefore they are preferred for small and applied preload and the operating speed
medium-sized electric motors. which is influenced by the precision of the
Spherical and toroidal roller bearings can bearing and its associated components as
carry very heavy loads and are self-aligning. well as by the cage design. In spite of its
These properties make them popular for limitations, the matrix on pages 46 and 47
example for heavy engineering applications, should enable an appropriate choice of
where there are heavy loads, shaft deflec- bearing type to be made. It should also be
tions and misalignments. considered that the total cost of a bearing
In many cases, however, several factors arrangement and inventory considerations
have to be considered and weighed against could also influence the final choice.
each other when selecting a bearing type, Other important criteria to be observed
so that no general rules can be given. when designing a bearing arrangement
The information provided here should including load carrying capacity and life,
serve to indicate which are the most impor- friction, permissible speeds, bearing internal
tant factors to be considered when selecting clearance or preload, lubrication and sealing
a standard bearing type and thus facilitate are dealt with in depth in separate sections
an appropriate choice: of this catalogue. The complete SKF product
range is not shown in this General Catalogue.
• available space Specific catalogues and brochures are avail-
• loads able for bearings not covered here – please
• misalignment consult SKF.
• precision
• speed
• quiet running
• stiffness
• axial displacement
• mounting and dismounting
• integral seals
A comprehensive overview of the standard
bearing types, their design characteristics
and their suitability for the demands placed
on a given application will be found in the
matrix on pages 46 and 47. Detailed infor-
mation on the individual bearing types,
including their characteristics and the avail-
able designs, will be found in the sections
dealing with individual bearing types. Bearing
types that are not included in the matrix are
generally only used for a few well-defined
applications.
34
Available space Fig 1
In many cases, one of the principal dimen-
sions of a bearing – the bore diameter – is
predetermined by the machine’s design and
the shaft diameter.
For small-diameter shafts all types of ball
bearings can be used, the most popular be-
ing deep groove ball bearings; needle roller
bearings are also suitable (➔ fig 1 ). For
large-diameter shafts, cylindrical, taper,
spherical and toroidal roller bearings are
available, as well as deep groove ball bear-
ings (➔ fig 2 ).
When radial space is limited, bearings
with a small cross section, particularly those
with a low cross-sectional height, should be
chosen, i.e. bearings in the 8 or 9 Diameter
Series. Needle roller and cage assemblies, Fig 2
drawn cup needle roller bearings and needle
roller bearings without or even with inner
ring (➔ fig 3 ) are very appropriate as well as
certain series of deep groove and angular
contact ball bearings, cylindrical, taper,
spherical and toroidal bearings.
Fig 3
35
Selection of bearing type
When axial space is limited, certain series Fig 4
of cylindrical roller bearings and deep groove
ball bearings can be used for radial or com-
bined loads respectively (➔ fig 4 ) as well as
the various types of combined needle roller
bearings (➔ fig 5 ). For purely axial loads,
needle roller and cage thrust assemblies
(with or without washers) as well as thrust
ball bearings and cylindrical roller thrust
bearings can be used (➔ fig 6 ).
Fig 5
Fig 6
36
Fig 7
Loads
Magnitude of load
The magnitude of the load is one of the fac-
tors that usually determines the size of the
bearing to be used. Generally, roller bear-
ings are able to support heavier loads than
similar sized ball bearings (➔ fig 7 ) and
bearings having a full complement of rolling
elements can accommodate heavier loads
than the corresponding caged bearings. Ball
bearings are mostly used where loads are
light or moderate. For heavy loads and where
shaft diameters are large, roller bearings are
usually the more appropriate choice.
Direction of load
Fig 8 Radial load
NU and N types cylindrical roller bearings,
needle roller bearings and toroidal roller
bearings can only support pure radial loads
(➔ fig 8 ). All other radial bearings can ac-
commodate some axial loads in addition to
radial loads (➔ “Combined loads”).
Axial load
Thrust ball bearings and four-point contact
ball bearings (➔ fig 9 ) are suitable for light
or moderate loads that are purely axial.
Single direction thrust ball bearings can only
accommodate axial loads acting in one di-
rection; for axial loads acting in both direc-
tions, double direction thrust ball bearings
Fig 9 are needed.
37
Selection of bearing type
Fig 10 Angular contact thrust ball bearings can
support moderate axial loads at high speeds;
here the single direction bearings can also
accommodate simultaneously acting radial
loads, while double direction bearings are
normally used only for purely axial loads
(➔ fig 10 ).
For moderate and heavy axial loads acting
in one direction, needle roller thrust bearings,
cylindrical and taper roller thrust bearings
are suitable, as are spherical roller thrust
bearings (➔ fig 11 ). Spherical roller thrust
bearings can also accommodate simultan-
eously acting radial loads. For heavy alter-
nating axial loads, two cylindrical roller thrust
bearings or two spherical roller thrust bear-
ings can be mounted adjacent to each other.
Combined load
A combined load comprises a radial and an
axial load acting simultaneously. The ability
of a bearing to carry an axial load is deter-
mined by the angle of contact α – the greater
the angle, the more suitable the bearing for
axial loads. An indication of this is given by
the calculation factor Y, which becomes
Fig 11 smaller as the contact α increases. The
values of this factor for a bearing type or for
individual bearings will be found in the intro-
ductory text of the product table sections,
or in the actual product tables. The axial
load carrying capacity of a deep groove ball
bearing depends on its internal design and
the internal clearance in the bearing (➔ sec-
tion “Deep groove ball bearings”, starting
on page 287).
For combined loads, single and double
row angular contact ball bearings and single
row taper roller bearings are most common-
ly used although deep groove ball bearings
and spherical roller bearings are suitable
(➔ fig 12 ). In addition, self-aligning ball
bearings and NJ and NUP type cylindrical
roller bearings as well as NJ and NU type
cylindrical roller bearings with HJ angle rings
can be used for combined loads where the
axial component is relatively small (➔ fig 13 ).
Single row angular contact ball bearings
and taper roller bearings, NJ and NU+HJ
type cylindrical roller bearings and spherical
roller thrust bearings can only accommodate
axial loads acting in one direction. For axial
38
Fig 12 loads of alternating direction these bearings
must be combined with a second bearing.
For this reason, single row angular contact
ball bearings are available as “universal
bearings” for paired mounting and single
α row taper roller bearings can be supplied as
matched sets comprising two single row
bearings (➔ sections “Single row angular
contact ball bearings”, starting on page 407,
and “Paired single row taper roller bearings”,
starting on page 667).
When the axial component of combined
loads is large, it may be supported independ-
ently from the radial load by a separate
bearing. In addition to the thrust bearings,
some radial bearings, e.g. deep groove ball
bearings or four-point contact ball bearings
α (➔ fig 14 ) are suitable for this task. To make
sure that the bearing is only subjected to the
axial load in such cases, the bearing outer
ring must be mounted with radial clearance.
Fig 13
Fig 14
39
Selection of bearing type
Moment load Precision
When a load acts eccentrically on a bearing, Bearings with higher precision than Normal
a tilting moment will occur. Double row bear- are required for arrangements that must
ings, e.g. deep groove or angular contact ball have high running accuracy (e.g. machine
bearings, can accommodate tilting moments, tool spindle arrangements) as well as those
but paired single row angular contact ball applications where very high speeds are
bearings or taper roller bearings arranged required.
face-to-face, or better still back-to-back, The introductory text to each table section
are more suitable (➔ fig 15 ). contains information regarding the tolerance
classes to which the bearings in that section
are produced. SKF produces a comprehen-
Misalignment sive range of high precision bearings, includ-
ing single row angular contact ball bearings,
Angular misalignments between the shaft single and double row cylindrical roller bear-
and housing occur, for example, when the ings and single and double direction angular
shaft bends (flexes) under the operating load, contact thrust ball bearings (➔ the SKF cata-
when the bearing seatings in the housing logue “High-precision bearings”).
are not machined to the same height or
when shafts are supported by bearings in
separate housings that are too far apart.
Rigid bearings, i.e. deep groove ball bear-
ings and cylindrical roller bearings cannot
accommodate any misalignment, or can only
accommodate very minor misalignments,
unless by force. Self-aligning bearings, i.e.
self-aligning ball bearings, spherical roller
bearings, toroidal roller bearings and spher-
ical roller thrust bearings (➔ fig 16 ), on the
other hand, can accommodate misalign-
ment produced under operating loads and
can also compensate for initial errors of
misalignment resulting from machining or
mounting errors. Values for the permissible
misalignments are given in the introductory
text of the table section. If the expected mis-
alignment exceeds the permissible values,
please contact the SKF application
engineering service.
Thrust ball bearings with sphered hous-
ing washers and seating rings, Y-bearing
units and alignment needle roller bearings
(➔ fig 17 ) can compensate for initial mis-
alignment arising from machining or mount-
ing errors.
40
Fig 15
Fig 16
Fig 17
41
Selection of bearing type
Speed Fig 18
The permissible operating temperature limits
the speed at which rolling bearings can be
operated. Bearing types with low friction and
correspondingly low heat generation
inside the bearing are therefore the most
suitable for high-speed operation.
The highest speeds can be achieved with
deep groove ball bearings and self-aligning
ball bearings (➔ fig 18 ) when loads are purely
radial and with angular contact ball bearings
(➔ fig 19 ) for combined loads. This is particu-
larly true of high precision angular contact
ball bearings or deep groove ball bearings
with ceramic rolling elements.
Because of their design, thrust bearings
cannot accommodate as high speeds as
radial bearings. Fig 19
Quiet running
In certain applications, e.g. small electric
motors for household appliances or office
machinery, the noise produced in operation
is an important factor and can influence the
bearing choice. SKF deep groove ball bear-
ings are produced specifically for these
applications (➔ fig 18 ).
Stiffness
The stiffness of a rolling bearing is charac-
terised by the magnitude of the elastic
deformation (resilience) in the bearing under Fig 20
load. Generally this deformation is very small
and can be neglected. In some cases, how-
ever, e.g. spindle bearing arrangements for
machine tools or pinion bearing arrange-
ments, stiffness is important.
Because of the contact conditions be-
tween the rolling elements and raceways,
roller bearings e.g. cylindrical or taper roller
bearings (➔ fig 20 ), have a higher degree of
stiffness than ball bearings. Bearing stiff-
ness can be further enhanced by applying
a preload (➔ section “Bearing preload”,
starting on page 206) .
42
Fig 21
Axial displacement
Shafts, or other rotating machine compon-
ents, are generally supported by a locating
and a non-locating bearing (➔ section “Bear-
ing arrangements”, starting on page 160).
Locating bearings provide axial location
for the machine component in both direc-
tions. The most suitable bearings for this are
those that can accommodate combined
loads, or can provide axial guidance in com-
bination with a second bearing (➔ matrix on
page 46 and 47).
Non-locating bearings must permit shaft
movement in the axial direction, so that the
bearings are not overloaded when, for ex-
ample, thermal expansion of the shaft occurs.
The most suitable bearings for the non-
Fig 22 locating position include needle roller bear-
ings and NU and N design cylindrical roller
bearings (➔ fig 21 ). NJ design cylindrical
roller bearings and some full complement
design cylindrical roller bearings can also be
used.
In applications where the required axial
displacement is relatively large and also the
shaft may be misaligned, the CARB toroidal
roller bearing is the ideal non-locating bear-
ing (➔ fig 22 ).
All of these bearings permit axial displace-
ment of the shaft with respect to the housing
within the bearing. Values for the permissible
axial displacement within the bearing are
given in the relevant product tables.
If non-separable bearings, e.g. deep
groove ball bearings or spherical roller
Fig 23 bearings (➔ fig 23 ) are used as non-locating
bearings, one of the bearing rings must have
a loose fit (➔ section “Radial location of
bearings”, starting on page 164).
43
Selection of bearing type
Mounting and Fig 24
dismounting
Cylindrical bore
Bearings with a cylindrical bore are easier to
mount and dismount if they are of separable
design rather than non-separable, particu-
larly if interference fits are required for both
rings. Separable bearings are also prefer-
able if frequent mounting and dismounting
are required, because the ring with rolling
element and cage assembly of these separ-
able bearings can be fitted independently of
the other ring, e.g. four-point contact ball
bearings, cylindrical, needle and taper roller
bearings (➔ fig 24 ) as well as ball and roller
thrust bearings.
Tapered bore
Bearings with a tapered bore (➔ fig 25 ) can
easily be mounted on a tapered journal or on
a cylindrical shaft seating using an adapter
or withdrawal sleeve (➔ fig 26 ) or a stepped
sleeve.
Fig 25 Fig 26
44
Fig 27
Integral seals
The selection of a seal is of vital importance to
the proper performance of the bearing. SKF
supplies bearings with integral
• shields (➔ fig 27 ),
• low-friction seals (➔ fig 28 ),
• contact seals (➔ fig 29 ).
that can provide an economic and space-
saving solution for many applications. A large
number of sizes are available for
• deep groove ball bearings
• angular contact ball bearings
• self-aligning ball bearings
• cylindrical roller bearings
• needle roller bearings Fig 28
• spherical roller bearings
• CARB toroidal roller bearings
• cam rollers
• Y-bearings and Y-bearing units
All bearings with integral seals on both sides
are filled with a grease of appropriate quality
and quantity.
Fig 29
45
Selection of bearing type
The matrix can only provide a rough guide so that in each individual case it is Bearing types – design and characteristics
necessary to make a more qualified selection referring to the information given
on the preceding pages or the detailed information in the text preceding each Design
table section. If several designs of the bearing type are shown adjacent to each
other, the relevant information is indicated by the same small letter used to
identify the individual design.
Symbols:
+ + + excellent − poor
+ + good − − unsuitable
+ fair ← single direction
shields or seals
non-seperable
← → double direction
tapered bore
self-aligning
separable
Bearing type
Deep groove ball bearings a
a b
Angular contact ball bearings, single row
matched single row, double row b a, b c
a b c
four-point contact
Self-aligning ball bearings
Cylindrical roller bearings, with cage
a a b b
full complement, single row a b
a b
full complement, double row a
a a b c
Needle roller bearings, with steel rings a c
a b c
assemblies/drawn cups b, c
a b c
combined bearings b, c
a b c
Taper roller bearings, single row
matched single row
a b
Spherical roller bearings
CARB toroidal roller bearings, with cage
full complement
Thrust ball bearings
a b
with sphered housing washer
a b
Needle roller thrust bearings
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings a b
Spherical roller thrust bearings
46
Characteristics
Suitability of bearings for
misalignment in operation
compensation for errors
high running accuracy
non-locating bearing
of alignment (initial)
possible in bearing
axial displacement
compensation for
purely radial load
purely axial load
locating bearing
combined load
arrangements
arrangements
high stiffness
moment load
quiet running
high speed
low friction
+ + + − +++ +++ + +++ +++ − − ++ + −−
←→ ←→ b+ b+ b+ ←→
+ + ++ − ++ +++ + ++ ++ − − ++ −− −−
← ← ←
++ + ++ + + ++ ++ + + −− −− ++ + −−
←→ ←→ ←→
− ++ + + ++ + + + + −− −− ++ − −−
←→ ←→ ←→
+ − − −− +++ ++ − ++ +++ +++ +++ + + −−
←→
++ −− −− −− ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ − − −− +++ +++
+ + ++
++ a← a← −− ++ ++ ++ + ++ − − a← + +
b←→ b←→ b←→ a← a←
+++ − + −− − + +++ − − − − + + +
← ←
+ + + +
+++ − a←→ + − + +++ − − −− −− a←→ b←
b← b← c c←→
+ a++ −−
++ −− −− −− + a++ b++ + − −− c++ −− +++ +++
++ −− −− −− + + ++ + − −− −− −− +++ +++
+ + +
+ c++ ← − + + ++ + − −− −− ← −− −−
←
++ +++ +++
++ ← ← − + + ++ + + − − ← −− −−
++ +++ +++
+++ ←→ ←→ + + + +++ + + − −− ←→ − −−
+ +++ ++
+++ ←→ ←→ −− + + ++ + + +++ +++ ←→ + −−
+++ −− −− −− + + ++ + + +++ +++ −− +++ +++
+++ −− −− −− − + +++ + + +++ +++ −− +++ +++
+ ++
−− a← −− −− − ++ + − + − −− a← −− −−
b←→ a b←→
+ ++
−− a← −− −− − + + − + − ++ a← −− −−
b←→ b←→
−− ++ −− −− − a+ ++ − − −− −− ++ −− −−
← b++ ←
−− +++ + −− − + ++ − + +++ +++ +++ −− −−
← ← ←
47
Selection of bearing
size
System approach and bearing reliability ………………………………………………… 50
Load ratings and life ………………………………………………………………………… 51
Static bearing loads ………………………………………………………………………… 51
Dynamic bearing loads and life …………………………………………………………… 51
Selecting bearing size using the life equations ………………………………………… 52
Basic rating life ……………………………………………………………………………… 52
SKF rating life………………………………………………………………………………… 52
SKF life modification factor aSKF ………………………………………………………… 53
Lubrication conditions – the viscosity ratio κ …………………………………………… 59
Consideration of EP additives ……………………………………………………………… 59
Factor ηc for contamination level ………………………………………………………… 62
A special case – the adjustment factor a23 ……………………………………………… 68
Life calculation with variable operating conditions ……………………………………… 70
Influence of operating temperature ……………………………………………………… 71
Requisite rating life ………………………………………………………………………… 71
Dynamic bearing loads ……………………………………………………………………… 73
Calculation of dynamic bearing loads …………………………………………………… 73
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 74
Requisite minimum load …………………………………………………………………… 75
Selecting bearing size using the static load carrying capacity ……………………… 76
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 77
Required basic static load rating ………………………………………………………… 77
Checking the static load carrying capacity ……………………………………………… 77
Calculation examples………………………………………………………………………… 78
SKF calculation tools ………………………………………………………………………… 82
Interactive Engineering Catalogue ………………………………………………………… 82
SKF Toolbox ………………………………………………………………………………… 82
Ginger ………………………………………………………………………………………… 82
Orpheus ……………………………………………………………………………………… 83
Beast ………………………………………………………………………………………… 83
Other programs ……………………………………………………………………………… 83
SKF Engineering Consultancy Services ………………………………………………… 84
Advanced computer programs …………………………………………………………… 84
SKF life testing ………………………………………………………………………………… 85
49
Selection of bearing size
The bearing size to be used for an application Due to its complexity, a detailed description
can be initially selected on the basis of its of the theory is beyond the scope of this cata-
load ratings in relation to the applied loads logue. Therefore, a simplified “catalogue”
and the requirements regarding service life approach is presented under the heading
and reliability. Values for the basic dynamic “SKF rating life”. This enables users to fully
load rating C and the basic static load rating exploit bearing life potential, to undertake
C0 are quoted in the product tables. Both controlled downsizing, and to recognise the
static and dynamic bearing load conditions influence of lubrication and contamination
have to be independently verified. Static on bearing service life.
loads are not only those that are applied with Metal fatigue of the rolling contact surfaces
the bearing at rest or at very low rotational is generally the dominant failure mechanism
speeds (n < 10 r/min) but should include in rolling bearings. Therefore, a criterion
checking the static safety of heavy shock based on raceway fatigue is generally suf-
loads (very short duration loads). Dynamic ficient for the selection and sizing of a rolling
loads should also be checked using a repre- bearing for a given application. International
sentative spectrum of load conditions on the standards such as ISO 281 are based on
bearing. The load spectrum should include metal fatigue of the rolling contact surfaces.
any peak (heavy) loads that may occur on Nevertheless, it is important to remember
rare occasions. that the complete bearing can be viewed as
a system in which the life of each component,
i.e. cage, lubricant and seal (➔ fig 1 ), when
System approach and present, equally contributes and in some
cases dominates the effective endurance
bearing reliability of the bearing. In theory the optimum service
life is achieved when all the components
In the SKF life rating equation the stress re- reach the same life.
sulting from the external loads is considered In other words, the calculated life will
together with stresses originated by the sur- correspond to the actual service life of the
face topography, lubrication and kinematics bearing when the service life of other con-
of the rolling contact surfaces. The influence tributing mechanisms is at least as long as
on bearing life of this combined stress sys- the calculated bearing life. Contributing
tem provides a better prediction of the actual mechanisms can include the cage, seal and
performance of the bearing in a particular lubricant. In practice metal fatigue is most
application. often the dominating factor.
Fig 1
Bearing system life
Lbearing = f (Lraceways, Lrolling elements, Lcage, Llubricant, Lseals)
50
Load ratings and life Dynamic bearing loads and life
The basic dynamic load rating C is used for
Static bearing loads calculations involving dynamically stressed
The basic static load rating C0 is used in bearings, i.e. a bearing, that rotates under
calculations when the bearings are to load. It expresses the bearing load that will
give an ISO 281:1990 basic rating life of
• rotate at very slow speeds (n < 10 r/min), 1 000 000 revolutions. It is assumed that the
• perform very slow oscillating movements, load is constant in magnitude and direction
• be stationary under load for certain ex- and is radial for radial bearings and axial,
tended periods. centrically acting, for thrust bearings.
The basic dynamic load ratings for SKF
It is also most important to check the safety bearings are determined in accordance with
factor of short duration loads, such as shock the procedures outlined in ISO 281:1990.
or heavy peak loads that act on a rotating The load ratings given in this catalogue apply
(dynamically stressed) bearing or with the to chromium steel bearings, heat-treated to
bearing at rest. a minimum hardness of 58 HRC, and oper-
The basic static load rating as defined in ating under normal conditions.
ISO 76:1987 corresponds to a calculated The SKF Explorer class bearings account
contact stress at the centre of the most among others, for improvements in material
heavily loaded rolling element/raceway and manufacturing techniques applied by
contact of SKF and apply update factors to calculate
the basic dynamic load ratings according
– 4 600 MPa for self-aligning ball bearings; to ISO 281:1990.
– 4 200 MPa for all other ball bearings; The life of a rolling bearing is defined as
– 4 000 MPa for all roller bearings.
• the number of revolutions or
This stress produces a total permanent • the number of operating hours at a given
deformation of the rolling element and race- speed,
way, which is approximately 0,0001 of the
rolling element diameter. The loads are purely which the bearing is capable of enduring
radial for radial bearings and centrically before the first sign of metal fatigue (flaking,
acting axial loads for thrust bearings. spalling) occurs on one of its rings or rolling
Verification of the static bearing loads is elements.
performed checking the static safety factor Practical experience shows that seemingly
of the application, which is defined as identical bearings operating under identical
conditions have different individual endur-
s0 = C0/P0 ance lives. A clearer definition of the term
“life” is therefore essential for the calculation
where of the bearing size. All information presented
C0 = basic static load rating, kN by SKF on dynamic load ratings is based on
P0 = equivalent static bearing load, kN the life that 90 % of a sufficiently large group
s0 = static safety factor of apparently identical bearings can be ex-
pected to attain or exceed.
The maximum load that can occur on a There are several other types of bearing
bearing should be used in the calculation life. One of these is “service life” which
of the equivalent static bearing load. Further represents the actual life of a bearing in real
information about the advised values for the operating conditions before it fails. Note that
safety factor and its calculation can be individual bearing life can only be predicted
found in the section “Selecting bearing size statistically. Life calculations refer only to
using the static load carrying capacity”, a bearing population and a given degree of
starting on page 76. reliability, i.e. 90 %, furthermore field failures
are not generally caused by fatigue, but are
more often caused by contamination, wear,
51
Selection of bearing size
misalignment, corrosion, or as a result of
cage, lubrication or seal failure.
Selecting bearing size
Another “life” is the “specification life”. using the life equations
This is the life specified by an authority, for
example, based on hypothetical load and Basic rating life
speed data supplied by the same authority. The basic rating life of a bearing according
It is generally a requisite L10 basic rating to ISO 281:1990 is
life and based on experience gained from
similar applications. p
L10 = ()
C
P
If the speed is constant, it is often preferable
to calculate the life expressed in operating
hours, using the equation
106
L10h = L
60 n 10
where
L10 = basic rating life (at 90 % reliability),
millions of revolutions
L10h = basic rating life (at 90 % reliability),
operating hours
C = basic dynamic load rating, kN
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, kN
n = rotational speed, r/min
p = exponent of the life equation
= 3 for ball bearings
= 10/3 for roller bearings
SKF rating life
For modern high quality bearings the basic
rating life can deviate significantly from the
actual service life in a given application.
Service life in a particular application de-
pends on a variety of influencing factors
including lubrication, the degree of conta-
mination, misalignment, proper installation
and environmental conditions.
Therefore ISO 281:1990/Amd 2:2000
contains a modified life equation to supple-
ment the basic rating life. This life calculation
makes use of a modification factor to account
for the lubrication and contamination condi-
tion of the bearing and the fatigue limit of the
material.
ISO 281:1990/Amd 2:2000 also makes pro-
visions for bearing manufacturers to recom-
mend a suitable method for calculating the
life modification factor to be applied to a
bearing based on operating conditions. The
52
SKF life modification factor aSKF applies the SKF life modification factor aSKF
concept of a fatigue load limit Pu analogous As mentioned, this factor represents the rela-
to that used when calculating other machine tionship between the fatigue load limit ratio
components. The values of the fatigue load (Pu/P), the lubrication condition (viscosity
limit are given in the product tables. Further- ratio κ) and the contamination level in the
more, the SKF life modification factor aSKF bearing (ηc). Values for the factor aSKF can
makes use of the lubrication conditions be obtained from four diagrams, depending
(viscosity ratio κ) and a factor ηc for contam- on bearing type, as a function of ηc (Pu/P) for
ination level to reflect the application’s oper- SKF standard and SKF Explorer bearings
ating conditions. and different values of the viscosity ratio κ:
The equation for SKF rating life is in ac-
cordance with ISO 281:1990/Amd 2:2000 Diagram 1 : Radial ball bearings, page 54
Diagram 2 : Radial roller bearings, page 55
p Diagram 3 : Thrust ball bearings, page 56
Lnm = a1 aSKF L10 = a1 aSKF ()
C
P
Diagram 4 : Thrust roller bearings, page 57
The diagrams are drawn for typical values
If the speed is constant, the life can be and safety factors of the type normally
expressed in operating hours, using the associated with fatigue load limits for other
equation mechanical components. Considering the
simplifications inherent of the SKF rating life
equation, even if the operating conditions
106
Lnmh = L are accurately identified, it is not meaningful
60 n nm to use values of aSKF in excess of 50.
where
Lnm = SKF rating life (at 100 − n % reliability),
millions of revolutions
Lnmh = SKF rating life (at 100 − n % reliability),
operating hours
L10 = basic rating life (at 90 % reliability),
millions of revolutions
a1 = life adjustment factor for reliability
(➔ table 1 )
aSKF = SKF life modification factor
(➔ diagrams 1 to 4 )
C = basic dynamic load rating, kN Table 1
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, kN Values for life adjustment factor a1
n = rotational speed, r/min Reliability Failure Rating life Factor
p = exponent of the life equation % probability Lnm a1
= 3 for ball bearings %
= 10/3 for roller bearings
90 10 L10m 1
95 5 L5m 0,62
In some cases it is preferable to express 96 4 L4m 0,53
bearing life in units other than millions of 97 3 L3m 0,44
revolutions or hours. For example, bearing 98 2 L2m 0,33
life for axle bearings used in road and rail 99 1 L1m 0,21
vehicles is commonly expressed in terms
of kilometres travelled. To facilitate the cal-
culation of bearing life into different units,
table 2 , page 58, provides the conversion
factors commonly used.
53
Selection of bearing size
Diagram 1
Factor aSKF for radial ball bearings
50
a SKF
20
10
4
κ=
5
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
2
0,4
1
3
0,
0,5
0,2
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,1
a 23
Other
SKF standard
0,005 0,01 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 bearings
P
ηc ––u
P
SKF Explorer
bearings
0,005 0,01 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2
P
ηc ––u
P
If κ > 4, use curve for κ = 4
As the value of ηc (Pu/P) tends to zero, aSKF tends to 0,1 for all values of κ
The dotted line marks the position of the old a23 (κ) scale, where aSKF = a23
54
Diagram 2
Factor aSKF for radial roller bearings
50
a SKF
20
10
5 4
2
κ=
2
1
0,8
1
6
0,
5
0,
4
0,5 0,
0,3
0,2
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,1
a 23
0,05 Other
SKF standard
0,005 0,01 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 bearings
P
η c ––u
P
SKF Explorer
bearings
0,005 0,01 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 P
η c ––u
P
If κ > 4, use curve for κ = 4
As the value of ηc (Pu/P) tends to zero, aSKF tends to 0,1 for all values of κ
The dotted line marks the position of the old a23 (κ) scale, where aSKF = a23
55
Selection of bearing size
Diagram 3
Factor aSKF for thrust ball bearings
50
a SKF
20
10
5
4
κ=
2
1
0,8
2
0,6
5
0,
1
4
0,
0,5 3
0,
0,2
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,1
a 23
SKF standard
0,05 bearings
0,005 0,01 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5
ηc P––
u
P
If κ > 4, use curve for κ = 4
As the value of ηc (Pu/P) tends to zero, aSKF tends to 0,1 for all values of κ
The dotted line marks the position of the old a23 (κ) scale, where aSKF = a23
56
Diagram 4
Factor aSKF for thrust roller bearings
50
a SKF
20
10
2
4
κ=
1
2
0, 1
8
6
0,5 0,
5
0,
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,1
a 23
0,05 Other
SKF standard
0,005 0,01 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 bearings
η c P––
u
P
SKF Explorer
bearings
0,005 0,01 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2
η c P––
u
P
If κ > 4, use curve for κ = 4
As the value of ηc (Pu/P) tends to zero, aSKF tends to 0,1 for all values of κ
The dotted line marks the position of the old a23 (κ) scale, where aSKF = a23
57
Selection of bearing size
Calculation of the life modification
factors aSKF
SKF engineering programs – CADalog,
or the “SKF Interactive Engineering Cata-
logue”, available on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com – can also be used to facilitate
the calculation of the factor aSKF. Further-
more, SKF has also developed sophisticated
computer programs incorporating the SKF
rating life equation directly at the rolling con-
tact stress level thus permitting other factors
influencing bearing life, such as misalignment,
shaft deflection and housing deformation
to be taken into account (➔ section “SKF
calculation tools”, starting on page 82).
Table 2
Units conversion factors for bearing life
γ
1
3 0
2
4 The complete oscillation = 4 γ,
i.e. from point 0 to point 4
Basic units Conversion factor
Millions of Operating Kilometres Millions of
revolutions hours travelled oscillation cycles
106 πD 180
1 million revolutions 1
60 n 103 2γ
60 n 60 n π D 180 × 60 n
1 operating hour 1
106 109 2 γ 106
103 109 180 × 103
1 kilometre 1
πD 60 n π D 2γπD
1 million 2γ 2 γ 106 2γπD
oscillation cycles 1
180 180 × 60 n 180 × 103
D = vehicle wheel diameter, m
n = rotational speed, r/min
γ = oscillation amplitude (angle of max. deviation from centre position), degrees
58
Lubrication conditions – the viscosity spherical roller thrust bearings, normally
ratio κ have a higher operating temperature than
The effectiveness of the lubricant is primarily other bearing types, e.g. deep groove ball
determined by the degree of surface separ- bearings and cylindrical roller bearings,
ation between the rolling contact surfaces. under comparable operating conditions.
If an adequate lubricant film is to be formed,
the lubricant must have a given minimum Consideration of EP additives
viscosity when the application has reached It is known that some EP additives in the
its normal operating temperature. The con- lubricant can extend bearing service life
dition of the lubricant is described by the where lubrication might otherwise be
viscosity ratio κ as the ratio of the actual poor, e.g. when κ < 1 and if the factor for the
viscosity ν to the rated viscosity ν1 for ade- contamination level ηc ≥ 0,2 according to
quate lubrication, both values being consid- DIN ISO 281 Addendum 1:2003, a value of
ered when the lubricant is at normal operat- κ = 1 can be used in the calculation if a
ing temperature (➔ section “Selection of lubricant with proven effective EP additives
lubricating oil”, starting on page 252). is used. In this case the life modification
factor aSKF has to be limited to ≤ 3, but not
ν less than aSKF for normal lubricants.
κ= For the remaining range, the life modifi-
ν1 cation factor aSKF can be determined using
the actual κ of the application. In case of
where severe contamination, i.e. contamination
κ = viscosity ratio factor ηc < 0,2, the possible benefit of an
ν = actual operating viscosity of the lubri-
cant, mm2/s Table 3
ν1 = rated viscosity depending on the bear- ISO viscosity classification to ISO 3448
ing mean diameter and rotational ISO viscosity Kinematic viscosity limits
speed, mm2/s grade at 40 °C
mean min max
In order to form an adequate lubricant film – mm2/s
between the rolling contact surfaces, the
lubricant must retain a certain minimum ISO VG 2 2,2 1,98 2,42
viscosity when the lubricant is at operating ISO VG 3 3,2 2,88 3,52
ISO VG 5 4,6 4,14 5,06
temperature. The rated viscosity ν1, required
for adequate lubrication, can be determined ISO VG 7 6,8 6,12 7,48
ISO VG 10 10 9,00 11,0
from diagram 5 , page 60, using the bear- ISO VG 15 15 13,5 16,5
ing mean diameter dm = 0,5 (d + D), mm, and ISO VG 22 22 19,8 24,2
the rotational speed of the bearing n, r/min. ISO VG 32 32 28,8 35,2
This diagram has been revised taking the ISO VG 46 46 41,4 50,6
latest findings of tribology in rolling bearings ISO VG 68 68 61,2 74,8
into account. ISO VG 100 100 90,0 110
ISO VG 150 150 135 165
When the operating temperature is known
from experience or can otherwise be deter- ISO VG 220 220 198 242
ISO VG 320 320 288 352
mined, the corresponding viscosity at the ISO VG 460 460 414 506
internationally standardized reference ISO VG 680 680 612 748
temperature of 40 °C can be obtained from ISO VG 1 000 1 000 900 1 100
diagram 6 , page 61, or can be calculated. ISO VG 1 500 1 500 1 350 1 650
The diagram is compiled for a viscosity
index of 95. Table 3 lists the viscosity
grades according to ISO 3448:1992 show-
ing the range of viscosity for each class at
40 °C. Certain bearing types, e.g. spherical
roller bearings, taper roller bearings, and
59
Selection of bearing size
EP additive has to be proved by testing.
Reference should also be made to the infor-
mation regarding EP additives presented in
the section “Lubrication”, starting on page
229.
Diagram 5
Required kinematic viscosity at operating temperature
Required viscosity
1000
ν1 2
mm 2/s
500 5
10
20
200
50
100
10
0
20
50 0
50
0
20 n=
15 100
20 00 0
30 00
00
50
00
10
10
00
0
20
00
0
500
5 1 00
000
00
10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000
d m = 0,5(d+D), mm
60
Calculation example it is found that a lubricant to an ISO VG 32
viscosity class, with an actual viscosity ν of
A bearing having a bore diameter d = 340 mm at least 32 mm2/s at the reference tempera-
and an outside diameter D = 420 mm is re- ture of 40 ºC will be required.
quired to operate at a speed n = 500 r/min.
Since dm = 0,5 (d + D), dm = 380 mm, from
diagram 5 , the minimum rated viscosity ν1
required to give adequate lubrication at the
operating temperature is approximately 11
mm2/s. From diagram 6 , assuming that the
operating temperature of the bearing is 70 ºC,
Diagram 6
Required kinematic viscosity at reference temperature
Operating viscosity
1000
ν
2
mm /s
500
200 IS
O
15
10 00
00
68
100 0
46
0
32
0
22
0
15
50 0
10
0
68
46
32
20
22
15
10
10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
°C °C
Operating temperature,
61
Selection of bearing size
Factor ηc for contamination level past life calculations were based on the use
This factor was introduced to consider the of the old adjustment factor a23 then a cor-
contamination level of the lubricant in the responding (implicit value) ηc factor can be
bearing life calculation. The influence of derived to give an aSKF equivalent to the
contamination on bearing fatigue depends a23 adjustment as explained in the section
on a number of parameters including bearing “A special case – the adjustment factor a23”
size, relative lubricant film thickness, size and on page 68.
distribution of solid contaminant particles, Note that this approach will probably
types of contamination (soft, hard etc.) The indicate only an approximate value of the
influence of these parameters on bearing life effective factor ηc for the contamination level
is complex and many of the parameters are of the application. A second method to ob-
difficult to quantify. It is therefore not pos- tain a value for the factor ηc that is represen-
sible to allocate precise values to ηc that tative for an application is by quantifying the
would have general validity. However, some contamination level of the lubricant as input
guideline values are given in table 4 . for the evaluation of the value for the factor ηc.
If the bearing is used in an application
with a satisfactory record in the field and
Table 4
Guideline values for factor ηc for different levels of contamination
Condition Factor ηc1)
for bearings with diameter
dm < 100 mm dm ≥ 100 mm
Extreme cleanliness 1 1
Particle size of the order of the lubricant film thickness
Laboratory conditions
High cleanliness 0,8 …0,6 0,9 … 0,8
Oil filtered through extremely fine filter
Conditions typical of bearings greased for life and sealed
Normal cleanliness 0,6 … 0,5 0,8 … 0,6
Oil filtered through fine filter
Conditions typical of bearings greased for life and shielded
Slight contamination 0,5 … 0,3 0,6 … 0,4
Slight contamination in lubricant
Typical contamination 0,3 … 0,1 0,4 … 0,2
Conditions typical of bearings without integral seals,
coarse filtering, wear particles and ingress from surroundings
Severe contamination 0,1 … 0 0,1 … 0
Bearing environment heavily contaminated and
bearing arrangement with inadequate sealing.
Very severe contamination 0 0
(under extreme contamination values of ηc can be outside the scale resulting
in a more severe reduction of life than predicted by the equation for Lnm)
1)
The scale for ηc refers only to typical solid contaminants. Contamination by water or other fluids detrimental to
bearing life is not included. In case of very heavy contamination (ηc = 0), failure will be caused by wear,
the useful life of the bearing can be shorter than the rated life
62
ISO contamination classification and filter ≥ 4 µm, ≥ 6 µm and ≥ 14 µm. The classifica-
rating tion of the contamination level comprises
three scale numbers.
The standard method for classifying the Typical examples of contamination level
contamination level in a lubrication system classifications for lubricating oil are −/15/12
is described in ISO 4406:1999. In this classi- (A) or 22/18/13 (B) as shown in diagram 7
fication system the result of the solid particle on page 65.
counting is converted into a code using a Example A means that the oil contains
scale number (➔ table 5 and diagram 7 ). between 160 and 320 particles ≥ 5 µm and
One method for checking the contamina- between 20 and 40 particles ≥ 15 µm per
tion level of the bearing oil is the microscope millilitre oil. Though it would be ideal if lubri-
counting method. With this counting method cating oils were continuously filtered, the
two scale numbers, relating to the number viability of a filtration system would depend
of particles ≥ 5 µm and ≥ 15 µm, are used. on the optimization between increased
Another method refers to automatic particle costs and increased service performance
counters, where three scale numbers are of the bearing.
used relating to the number of particles A filter rating is an indication of filter effi-
ciency. The efficiency of filters is defined as
Table 5 the filter rating or reduction factor β, which is
ISO classification – allocation of scale number related to a given particle size. The higher
Number of particles per millilitre oil Scale
the β value, the more efficient the filter is for
over incl. number the specified particle size. Therefore both
the β value and the specified particle size
2 500 000 > 28 have to be considered. The filter rating β is
1 300 000 2 500 000 28 expressed as the relationship between the
640 000 1 300 000 27
320 000 640 000 26 number of specified particles before and
160 000 320 000 25 after filtering. This can be calculated as
80 000 160 000 24 follows
40 000 80 000 23
20 000 40 000 22
10 000 20 000 21 n1
5 000 10 000 20 βx =
n2
2 500 5 000 19
1 300 2 500 18
640 1 300 17
320 640 16 where
160 320 15 βx = filter rating related to a specified particle
80 160 14 size x
40 80 13 x = particle size, µm
20 40 12
10 20 11 n1 = number of particles per volume unit
5 10 10 (100 ml) larger than x µm upstream the
2,5 5 9 filter
1,3 2,5 8 n2 = number of particles per volume unit
0,64 1,3 7
0,32 0,64 6 (100 ml) larger than x µm downstream
0,16 0,32 5 the filter
0,08 0,16 4
0,04 0,08 3 Note:
0,02 0,04 2
0,01 0,02 1 The filter rating β only relates to one particle
0,00 0,01 0 size in µm, which is shown as the index e.g.
β3, β6, β12, etc. For example, a complete
rating “β6 = 75” means that only 1 of 75
particles of 6 µm or larger will pass through
the filter. Therefore both the β value and the
specified particle size have to be considered.
63
Selection of bearing size
Determination of ηc when the contamination An indication of the strong effect of contam-
level is known ination on fatigue life can be obtained from
the following example. Several 6305 deep
For oil lubrication, once the oil contamination groove ball bearings with and without seals
level is known, either from a microscope were tested in a highly contaminated environ-
counting or from an automatic particle ment (a gearbox with a considerable number
counter analysis described in ISO 4406:1999, of wear particles). No failures of the sealed
or indirectly as a result of the filtration ratio bearings occurred and the tests were dis-
that is applied in an oil circulation system, continued for practical reasons after the
this information can be used to determine the sealed bearings had run for periods which
factor ηc for the contamination. Note that were at least 30 times longer than the ex-
the factor ηc cannot be derived solely from perimental lives of the unsealed bearings.
the measure of oil contamination. It depends The unsealed bearing lives equalled 0,1 of
strongly on the lubrication condition, i.e. κ the calculated L10 life, which corresponds to
and the size of the bearing. A simplified a factor ηc = 0 as indicated in table 4 ,
method according to DIN ISO 281 Addendum page 62.
4:2003 is presented here to obtain the ηc Diagrams 1 to 4 , starting on page 54,
factor for a given application. From the oil indicate the importance of cleanliness in lu-
contamination code (or filtration ratio of the brication by the rapid reduction in the values
application), the contamination factor ηc is for the factor aSKF with a diminishing value
obtained, using the bearing mean diameter of the factor ηc. When bearings with integral
dm = 0,5 (d + D), mm, and the viscosity ratio seals are used, contamination of the bearing
κ of that bearing (➔ diagrams 8 and 9 , can be kept to a minimum, but the life of the
page 66). lubricant and the seals must also be taken
Diagrams 8 and 9 give typical values into consideration.
for the factor ηc for circulating oil lubrication
with different degrees of oil filtration and oil
contamination codes. Similar contamination
factors can be applied in applications where
an oil bath shows virtually no increase in
the contamination particles present in the
system. On the other hand, if the number of
particles in an oil bath continues to increase
over time, due to excessive wear or the intro-
duction of contaminants, this must be
reflected in the choice of the factor ηc used
for the oil bath system as indicated in
DIN ISO 281 Addendum 4:2003.
For grease lubrication ηc can also be
determined in a similar way, although the
contamination may be difficult to measure
and is therefore defined in a simple,
qualitative manner.
Diagrams 10 and 11 , page 67, give typ-
ical values for the factor ηc for grease lubri-
cation for operating conditions of extreme
cleanliness and normal cleanliness.
For other degrees of contamination for
circulating oil, oil bath and grease lubrication,
please refer to DIN ISO 281 Addendum
4:2003 or consult the SKF application
engineering service.
64
Diagram 7
ISO classification and examples for particle counting
>28
2.5
6 28
10 1.3
27
6.4
26
3.2
25
1.6
10 5 24
8
23
4
22
2
10 4 21
20
5
B 19
2.5
18
10 3 1.3
17
6.4
Number of particles per millilitre larger than indicated size
16
Scale number
3.2
15
1.6
10 2 14
8
A 13
4
12
2
10 11
10
5
9
2.5
8
1 1.3
7
6.4
6
3.2
5
1.6
10 –1 4
8
3
4
2
2
10 –2 1
4 6 14 Particle size, µm
– 5 15 Particle size, µm
A = microscope particle counting (−/15/12)
B = automatic particle counter (22/18/13)
65
Selection of bearing size
Diagram 8
Contamination factor ηc for
– circulating oil lubrication
– solid contamination level −/15/12 to ISO 4406:1999
– filter rating β12 = 200
ηc
1,0
0,9 2000
1000
0,8
500
0,7
200
0,6
100
0,5 50
0,4 25
0,3 dm
mm
0,2
0,1
0,1 0,3 0,5 0,7 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,7 1,9 2,1 2,3 2,5 2,7 2,9 3,1 3,3 3,5 3,7 3,9 κ
Diagram 9
Contamination factor ηc for
– circulating oil lubrication
– solid contamination level −17/14 to ISO 4406:1999
– filter rating factor β25 = 75
ηc
1,0
0,9
2000
0,8 1000
0,7 500
0,6 200
0,5 100
50
0,4
25
0,3
dm
0,2 mm
0,1
0,1 0,3 0,5 0,7 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,7 1,9 2,1 2,3 2,5 2,7 2,9 3,1 3,3 3,5 3,7 3,9 κ
66
Diagram 10
Contamination factor ηc for grease lubrication, extreme cleanliness
ηc
1,0
0,9 2000
1000
0,8
500
0,7
200
0,6
100
0,5 50
0,4 25
0,3 dm
mm
0,2
0,1
0,1 0,3 0,5 0,7 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,7 1,9 2,1 2,3 2,5 2,7 2,9 3,1 3,3 3,5 3,7 3,9 κ
Diagram 11
Contamination factor ηc for grease lubrication, normal cleanliness
ηc
1,0
0,9
2000
0,8 1000
0,7 500
0,6 200
0,5 100
50
0,4
25
0,3
dm
0,2 mm
0,1
0,1 0,3 0,5 0,7 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,5 1,7 1,9 2,1 2,3 2,5 2,7 2,9 3,1 3,3 3,5 3,7 3,9 κ
67
Selection of bearing size
A special case – the adjustment factor a23
In previous SKF catalogues the basic rating
life was adjusted using the factor a23 for
material and lubrication. This factor was
introduced by SKF in 1975.
In ISO 281:1990/Amd 2:2000 reference
is made to this type of life adjustment as a
special case of the more general life modifi-
cation factor aSKF. The a23 adjustment im-
plies a specific value of the “contamination-
load ratio” [ηc (Pu/P)]23 used in the diagrams
for the SKF life modification factor aSKF.
Because the factor a23 is only viscosity ratio
κ dependent, a κ scale is superimposed on
the κ curves of diagrams 1 to 4 , starting
on page 54, for the factor aSKF at the point
where ηc (Pu/P) = [ηc (Pu/P)]23. The factor ηc
for contamination level thus becomes
ηc = [ηc (Pu/P)]23/(Pu/P)
The location of the point where ηc (Pu/P) =
[ηc (Pu/P)]23 is marked by a dotted line and
the values are listed in table 6 for SKF stand-
ard as well as for SKF Explorer bearings.
For instance, for standard radial ball bear-
ings the corresponding ηc is
0,05
ηc =
Pu/P
At that location of the “contamination-load
ratio” [ηc (Pu/P)]23 = 0,05 in diagram 1 ,
page 54, aSKF = a23 and a23 can be read
directly from the aSKF axis using the κ scale
of the dotted line. The life can than be calcu- Table 6
lated with the simplified equation Contamination-load ratio [ηc (Pu/P)]23
Bearing Ratio [ηc (Pu/P)]23
Lnm = a1 a23 L10 type for
SKF standard SKF Explorer
bearings bearings
where
Lnm = SKF rating life (at 100 − n % reliability), Radial bearings
millions of revolutions Ball bearings 0,05 0,04
L10 = basic rating life (at 90 % reliability), Roller bearings 0,32 0,23
millions of revolutions Thrust bearings
a1 = life factor for reliability (➔ table 1 , Ball bearings 0,16 –
Roller bearings 0,79 0,56
page 53)
a23 = adjustment factor for material and
lubrication, when ηc (Pu/P) =
[ηc (Pu/P)]23 (➔ diagrams 1 to 4 ,
starting on page 54)
68
Using the adjustment factor a23 implies
in practice a stress condition characterized
by a value of ηc (Pu/P) = [ηc (Pu/P)]23. If the
actual ηc (Pu/P) of the bearing is lower or
higher than the [ηc (Pu/P)]23 value, there will
be an over or under estimation of the life
performance. In other words applications
with heavy loads and increased contamina-
tion or light loads and improved cleanliness
are not well represented by the adjustment
factor a23.
For standard bearings operating at a
load ratio C/P of about 5 the contamination
level for aSKF = a23 will require an ηc factor of
about 0,4 to 0,5. If the actual cleanliness of
the application is lower than the normal level
the use of the a23 adjustment leads to an
overestimation of the life performance of the
bearing. Therefore SKF recommends using
only the aSKF method to improve reliability in
the selection of the bearing size.
The correspondence between the adjust-
ment factors a23 and aSKF is useful if it is
required to convert applications that were
traditionally designed using the adjustment
factor a23 to the use of the more general aSKF
adjustment factor. Indeed many applications
that have a satisfactory record of operation,
initially calculated using the adjustment
factor a23, can be easily converted to an
equivalent factor aSKF.
In practice this implies the adoption of a
contamination factor ηc of the application
based on the “contamination-load ratios”
[ηc (Pu/P)]23 listed in table 6 . The factor
ηc derived in this way represents a simple
approximation or the actual factor ηc. This
first estimation of the factor ηc can be further
improved using oil cleanliness ratings as
described in the section “Determination of
ηc when the contamination level is known”,
starting on page 64. See also calculation
example 2 on page 78.
69
Selection of bearing size
Life calculation with variable operating where
conditions L10m = rating life, millions of
In applications where bearing load varies revolutions
over time both in magnitude and direction L10m1, L10m2, .. = fraction rating lives under
with changes of speed, temperature, lubri- constant conditions
cation conditions and level of contamination, 1, 2, …, millions of
the bearing life cannot be calculated directly revolutions
without the need of the intermediate calcu- U1, U2, ... = life fraction under the
lation step of an equivalent load related to conditions 1, 2, …
the variable load conditions. Given the Note: U1+ U2 +...... Un = 1
complexity of the system, this intermediate
parameter would not be easy to determine The use of this calculation method is very
and would not simplify the calculation. much dependent on the availability of repre-
Therefore, in the case of fluctuating oper- sentative load diagrams for the application.
ating conditions it is necessary to reduce the Note that such load history can also be
load spectrum or duty cycle of the applica- derived from typical operating conditions
tion to a limited number of simpler load cases or standard duty cycles required from that
(➔ diagram 12 ). In case of continuously type of application.
variable load, each different load level can
be accumulated and the load spectrum re-
duced to a histogram of constant load blocks,
each characterizing a given percentage or
time-fraction of the operation of the applica-
tion. Note that heavy and medium loads
consume bearing life at a faster rate than Diagram 12
lighter loads. Therefore it is important to
have shock and peak loads well represented
in the load diagram even if the occurrence of
these loads is relatively rare and limited to P P1
duty interval
a few revolutions.
Within each duty interval or “bin”, the
bearing load and operating conditions can P2
be averaged to some constant value. Further-
more the number of operating hours or revo- P3
lutions expected from each duty interval
P4
shows the life fraction required by that
particular load condition. Thus for instance
denoting with N1 the number of revolutions
required under the load condition P1, and
with N the total life cycle of the application,
then life fraction U1 = N1/N will be used by V V3
V2
the load condition P1, which has a calculated
life of L10m1. Under variable operating condi-
tions bearing life can be predicted using the
equation
V4
V1
1
L10m =
U1 U2 U3
+ + +… U1 U2 U3 U4
L10m1 L10m2 L10m3
100 %
70
Influence of operating temperature The satisfactory operation of bearings
The dimensions of a bearing in operation at elevated temperatures also depends on
change as a result of structural transforma- whether the chosen lubricant will retain its
tions within the material. These transforma- lubricating properties and whether the ma-
tions are influenced by temperature, time terials used for the seals, cages etc. are
and stress. suitable (➔ sections “Lubrication”, starting
To avoid inadmissible dimensional changes on page 229, and “Materials for rolling bear-
in operation due to the structural transforma- ings”, starting on page 138).
tion, bearing materials are subjected to In general, for bearings operating at high
a special heat treatment (stabilization) temperatures requiring higher stability class
process (➔ table 7 ). than S1, please contact the SKF application
Depending on the bearing type, standard engineering service.
bearings made from through hardened and
induction-hardened steels have a recom- Requisite rating life
mended maximum operating temperature, When determining the bearing size it is gen-
between 120 and 200 °C. These maximum eral practice to verify the applied dynamic
operating temperatures are directly related loads with the specification life of the appli-
to the heat treatment process. Where applic- cation. This usually depends on the type of
able, additional information is found in the machine and the requirements regarding
introductory text of the product section. duration of service and operational reliability.
If the normal operating temperatures of In the absence of previous experience, the
the application are higher than the recom- guideline values given in tables 8 and 9 ,
mended maximum temperature, a bearing page 72, can be used.
with a higher stabilization class is preferred.
For applications where bearings operate
continuously at elevated temperatures the
dynamic load carrying capacity of the bear-
ing may need to be adjusted.
For further information please consult the
SKF application engineering service.
Table 7
Dimensional stability
Stabilization class Stabilization up to
SN 120 °C
S0 150 °C
S1 200 °C
S2 250 °C
S3 300 °C
S4 350 °C
71
Selection of bearing size
Table 8
Guideline values of specification life for different types of machine
Machine type Specification life
Operating hours
Household machines, agricultural machines, instruments, technical
equipment for medical use 300 ... 3 000
Machines used for short periods or intermittently: electric hand tools,
lifting tackle in workshops, construction equipment and machines 3 000 ... 8 000
Machines used for short periods or intermittently where high operational
reliability is required: lifts (elevators), cranes for packaged goods or
slings of drums etc. 8 000 ... 12 000
Machines for use 8 hours a day, but not always fully utilized: gear drives
for general purposes, electric motors for industrial use, rotary crushers 10 000 ... 25 000
Machines for use 8 hours a day and fully utilized: machine tools,
woodworking machines, machines for the engineering industry,
cranes for bulk materials, ventilator fans, conveyor belts,
printing equipment, separators and centrifuges 20 000 ... 30 000
Machines for continuous 24 hour use: rolling mill gear units,
medium-sized electrical machinery, compressors, mine hoists,
pumps, textile machinery 40 000 ... 50 000
Wind energy machinery, this includes main shaft, yaw, pitching gearbox,
generator bearings 30 000 … 100 000
Water works machinery, rotary furnaces, cable stranding machines,
propulsion machinery for ocean-going vessels 60 000 ... 100 000
Large electric machines, power generation plant, mine pumps,
mine ventilator fans, tunnel shaft bearings for ocean-going vessels > 100 000
Table 9
Guideline values of specification life for axlebox bearings and units for railway vehicles
Type of vehicle Specification life
Millions of km
Freight wagons to UIC specification based on continuously acting
maximum axle load 0,8
Mass transit vehicles: suburban trains, underground carriages, light
rail and tramway vehicles 1,5
Main line passenger coaches 3
Main line diesel and electric multiple units 3 ... 4
Main line diesel and electric locomotives 3 ... 5
72
Dynamic bearing loads rotating components. Because of the require-
ments for quiet running, gears are made to
Calculation of dynamic bearing loads high standards of accuracy and these forces
The loads acting on a bearing can be calcu- are generally so small that they can be neg-
lated according to the laws of mechanics if lected when making bearing calculations.
the external forces (e.g. forces from power Additional forces arising from the type
transmission, work forces or inertia forces) and mode of operation of the machines
are known or can be calculated. When cal- coupled to the gear can only be determined
culating the load components for a single when the operating conditions are known.
bearing, the shaft is considered as a beam Their influence on the rating lives of the
resting on rigid, moment-free supports for bearings is considered using an “operation”
the sake of simplification. Elastic deforma- factor that takes into account shock loads
tions in the bearing, the housing or the and the efficiency of the gear. Values of this
machine frame are not considered, nor are factor for different operating conditions can
the moments produced in the bearing as usually be found in information published by
a result of shaft deflection. the gear manufacturer.
These simplifications are necessary if a
bearing arrangement is to be calculated us- Belt drives
ing readily available aids such as a pocket
calculator. The standardized methods for For belt drives it is necessary to take into ac-
calculating basic load ratings and equivalent count the effective belt pull (circumferential
bearing loads are based on similar assump- force), which is dependent on the transmitted
tions. torque, when calculating bearing loads. The
It is possible to calculate bearing loads belt pull must be multiplied by a factor,
based on the theory of elasticity without which is dependent on the type of belt, its
making the above assumptions but this preload, belt tension and any additional
requires the use of complex computer pro- dynamic forces. Belt manufacturers usually
grams. In these programs, the bearings, publish values. However, should information
shaft and housing are considered as resilient not be available, the following values can be
components of a system. used for
External forces that arise, for example,
from the inherent weight of the shaft and the • toothed belts = 1,1 to 1,3
components that it carries, or from the weight • V-belts = 1,2 to 2,5
of a vehicle, and the other inertia forces are • plain belts = 1,5 to 4,5
either known or can be calculated. However,
when determining the work forces (rolling The larger values apply when the distance
forces, cutting forces in machine tools etc.), between shafts is short, for heavy or shock-
shock forces and additional dynamic forces, type duty, or where belt tension is high.
e.g. as a result of unbalance, it is often neces-
sary to rely on estimates based on experi-
ence with similar machines or bearing
arrangements.
Gear trains
With gear trains, the theoretical tooth forces
can be calculated from the power transmitted
and the design characteristics of the gear
teeth. However, there are additional dynamic
forces, produced either in the gear itself or by
the input drive or power take-off. Additional
dynamic forces in gears result from form
errors of the teeth and from unbalanced
73
Selection of bearing size
Equivalent dynamic bearing load An additional axial load only influences the
If the calculated bearing load F obtained equivalent dynamic load P for a single row
when using the above information is found to radial bearing if the ratio Fa/Fr exceeds a
fulfil the requirements for the basic dynamic certain limiting factor e. With double row
load rating C, i.e. the load is constant in mag- bearings even light axial loads are generally
nitude and direction and acts radially on a significant.
radial bearing or axially and centrically on a The same general equation also applies
thrust bearing, then P = F and the load may to spherical roller thrust bearings, which can
be inserted directly in the life equations. accommodate both axial and radial loads.
In all other cases it is first necessary to For thrust bearings which can accommodate
calculate the equivalent dynamic bearing only purely axial loads, e.g. thrust ball bear-
load. This is defined as that hypothetical ings and cylindrical roller thrust bearings,
load, constant in magnitude and direction, the equation can be simplified, provided the
acting radially on radial bearings or axially load acts centrically, to
and centrically on a thrust bearing which, if
applied, would have the same influence on P = Fa
bearing life as the actual loads to which the
bearing is subjected (➔ fig 2 ). All information and data required for calcu-
Radial bearings are often subjected to lating the equivalent dynamic bearing load
simultaneously acting radial and axial loads. will be found in the introductory text to each
If the resultant load is constant in magnitude product section and in the product tables.
and direction, the equivalent dynamic bear-
ing load P can be obtained from the general Fluctuating bearing load
equation
In many cases the magnitude of the load
P = X F r + Y Fa fluctuates. The formula for life calculation
with variable operating conditions should be
where applied (➔ page 70).
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, kN
Fr = actual radial bearing load, kN Mean load within a duty interval
Fa = actual axial bearing load, kN
X = radial load factor for the bearing Within each loading interval the operating
Y = axial load factor for the bearing conditions can vary slightly from the nominal
value. Assuming that the operating condi-
tions e.g. speed and load direction are fairly
constant and the magnitude of the load con-
Fig 2 stantly varies between a minimum value Fmin
and a maximum value Fmax (➔ diagram 13 ),
the mean load can be obtained from
Fmin + 2 Fmax
Fm =
3
Fa
Fr P
74
Diagram 13 Rotating load
Load averaging
If, as illustrated in diagram 14 , the load on
the bearing consists of a load F1 which is
constant in magnitude and direction (e.g.
F the weight of a rotor) and a rotating constant
Fm load F2 (e.g. an unbalance load), the mean
load can be obtained from
Fmax
Fm = fm (F1 + F2)
Fmin
Values for the factor fm can be obtained from
diagram 15 .
U
Requisite minimum load
The correlation between load and service
life is less evident at very light loads. Other
failure mechanisms than fatigue are deter-
Diagram 14 mining.
Rotating load In order to provide satisfactory operation,
roller bearings must always be subjected to
a given minimum load. A general “rule of
F1 thumb” indicates that minimum loads corres-
ponding to 0,02 C should be imposed on
roller bearings and minimum loads corres-
ponding to 0,01 C on ball bearings. The im-
portance of applying a minimum load in-
creases where accelerations in the bearing
are high, and where speeds are in the region
of 50 % or more of the limiting speeds quot-
F2 ed in the product tables (➔ section “Speeds
and vibration”, starting on page 107). If min-
imum load requirements cannot be met,
NoWear bearings could be considered
(➔ page 939).
Recommendations for calculating the
Diagram 15 requisite minimum loads for the different
bearing types are given in the text preceding
each table section.
1,0
fm
0,95
0,90
0,85
0,80
0,75
0,70
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0
F1
F1 + F2
75
Selection of bearing size
Selecting bearing size The extent to which these changes are
detrimental to bearing performance depends
using the static load on the demands placed on the bearing in a
particular application. It is therefore neces-
carrying capacity sary to make sure that permanent deform-
ations do not occur, or occur to a very limit-
Bearing size should be selected on the basis ed extent only, by selecting a bearing with
of static load ratings C0 instead of on bear- sufficiently high static load carrying capacity,
ing life when one of the following conditions if one of the following demands has to be
exist: satisfied:
• the bearing is stationary and is subjected • high reliability,
to continuous or intermittent (shock) loads; • quiet running (e.g. for electric motors),
• the bearing makes slow oscillating or • vibration-free operation (e.g. for machine
alignment movements under load; tools),
• the bearing rotates under load at very • constant bearing friction torque (e.g. for
slow speed (n < 10 r/min) and is only re- measuring apparatus and test equipment),
quired to have a short life (the life equation • low starting friction under load (e.g. for
in this case, for a given equivalent load cranes).
P would give such a low requisite basic
dynamic load rating C, that the bearing When determining bearing size based on the
selected on a life basis would be seriously static load carrying capacity a given safety
overloaded in service); factor s0 which represents the relationship
• the bearing rotates and, in addition to the between the basic static load rating C0 and
normal operating loads, has to sustain the equivalent static bearing load P0 is used
heavy shock loads to calculate the requisite basic static load
rating.
In all these cases, the permissible load
for a bearing is determined not by material
fatigue but by the amount of permanent de-
formation to the raceway caused by the
load. Loads acting on a stationary bearing,
or one which is slowly oscillating, as well as
shock loads on a rotating bearing can pro-
duce flattened areas on the rolling elements
and indentations in the raceways. The inden-
tations may be irregularly spaced around the Fig 3
raceway, or may be evenly spaced at posi-
tions corresponding to the spacing of the
rolling elements. If the load acts for several
revolutions the deformation will be evenly
distributed over the whole raceway. Perman-
ent deformations in the bearing can lead to
vibration in the bearing, noisy operation and Fa
increased friction. It is also possible that the
internal clearance will increase or the char- P0
acter of the fits may be changed. Fr
76
Equivalent static bearing load Required basic static load rating
Static loads comprising radial and axial The required basic static load rating C0 can
components must be converted into an be determined from
equivalent static bearing load. This is de-
fined as the load (radial for radial bearings C0 = s0 P0
and axial for thrust bearings) which, if applied,
would cause the same maximum rolling elem- where
ent load in the bearing as the actual load. It is C0 = basic static load rating, kN
obtained from the general equation P0 = equivalent static bearing load, kN
s0 = static safety factor
P 0 = X0 F r + Y 0 F a
Guideline values based on experience are
where given in table 10 for the static safety factor
P0 = equivalent static bearing load, kN s0 for ball and roller bearings for various
Fr = actual radial bearing load (see below), applications requiring smooth running. At
kN elevated temperatures the static load carry-
Fa = actual axial bearing load (see below), kN ing capacity is reduced. Further information
X0 = radial load factor for the bearing will be supplied on request.
Y0 = axial load factor for the bearing
Checking the static load carrying capacity
Note: For dynamically loaded bearings it is advis-
When calculating P0, the maximum load able, where the equivalent static bearing
that can occur should be used and its radial load P0 is known, to check that the static
and axial components (➔ fig 3 ) inserted in load carrying capacity is adequate using
the equation above. If a static load acts in
different directions on a bearing, the magni- s0 = C0/P0
tude of these components will change. In
these cases, the components of the load If the s0 value obtained is less than the rec-
giving the largest value of the equivalent ommended guideline value (➔ table 10 ), a
static bearing load P0 should be used. bearing with a higher basic static load rating
Information and data necessary for the should be selected.
calculation of the equivalent static bearing
load will be found in the introductory text to
each product section and in the tables.
Table 10
Guideline values for the static safety factor s0
Type of operation Rotating bearing Non-rotating
Requirements regarding quiet running bearing
unimportant normal high
Ball Roller Ball Roller Ball Roller Ball Roller
bearings bearings bearings bearings bearings bearings bearings bearings
Smooth, vibration-free 0,5 1 1 1,5 2 3 0,4 0,8
Normal 0,5 1 1 1,5 2 3,5 0,5 1
Pronounced shock loads1) ≥ 1,5 ≥ 2,5 ≥ 1,5 ≥3 ≥2 ≥4 ≥1 ≥2
For spherical roller thrust bearings it is advisable to use s0 ≥ 4
1)
Where the magnitude of the load is not known, values of s0 at least as large as those quoted above should be used.
If the magnitude of the shock loads is exactly known, smaller values of s0 can be applied
77
Selection of bearing size
Calculation examples • Again from the product table Pu = 1,34 kN
and Pu/P = 1,34/10 = 0,134. As the condi-
Example 1 tions are very clean, ηc = 0,8 and ηc Pu/P
An SKF Explorer 6309 deep groove ball = 0,107. With κ = 2,45 and using the SKF
bearing is to operate at 3 000 r/min under Explorer scale of diagram 1 , page 54,
a constant radial load Fr = 10 kN. Oil lubrica- the value of aSKF = 8 is obtained. Then
tion is to be used, the oil having an actual according to the SKF rating life equation
kinematic viscosity ν = 20 mm2/s at normal
operating temperature. The desired reliabili- L10m = 1 × 8 × 169
ty is 90 % and it is assumed that the operat-
ing conditions are very clean. What will be = 1 352 millions of revolutions
the basic and SKF rating lives?
or in operating hours using
a) The basic rating life for 90 % reliability is
106
3 L10mh = L10m
L10 = ()
C
P
60 n
L10mh = 1 000 000/(60 × 3 000) × 1 352
• From the product table for bearing 6309,
C = 55,3 kN. Since the load is purely radial, = 7 512 operating hours
P = Fr = 10 kN (➔ “Equivalent dynamic
bearing load” on page 74). Example 2
The SKF Explorer 6309 deep groove ball
L10 = (55,3/10)3 bearing in example 1 belongs to an existing
application that was calculated some years
= 169 millions of revolutions ago using the adjustment factor a23. This
application fully satisfied the requirements.
• or in operating hours, using It is requested to recalculate the life of this
bearing in terms of the adjustment factor a23
106 and also of the factor aSKF (based on the
L10h = L10 field experience of this application), i.e.
60 n aSKF = a23. Finally it is requested to obtain
the equivalent factor ηc for the contamina-
L10h = 1 000 000/(60 × 3 000) × 169 tion level in the application under the
condition aSKF = a23.
= 940 operating hours
• With κ = 2,45, using the κ scale super-
b) The SKF rating life for 90 % reliability is imposed on the κ curves for the SKF life
modification factor aSKF of diagram 1
L10m = a1 aSKF L10 on page 54, factor a23 ≈ 1,8 which can be
read on the aSKF axis. Taking into account
• As a reliability of 90 % is required, the that this application fully satisfied the
L10m life is to be calculated and a1 = 1 requirement, it can be safely assumed
(➔ table 1 , page 53). that aSKF = a23, thus
• From the product table for bearing 6309,
dm = 0,5 (d + D) = 0,5 (45 + 100) = 72,5 mm L10mh = a23 L10h = aSKF L10h
• From diagram 5 , page 60, the rated oil
viscosity at operating temperature for a and
speed of 3 000 r/min, ν1 = 8,15 mm2/s.
Therefore κ = ν/ν1 = 20/8,15 = 2,45 L10mh = 1,8 × 940 = 1 690 operating hours
78
• The factor ηc corresponding to this life Example 4
adjustment is according to table 6 on The 6309 deep groove ball bearing used in
page 68 and for an SKF Explorer 6309 example 1 belongs to an existing application
bearing with Pu/P = 0,134 that was calculated some years ago using
the adjustment factor a23. From the field,
ηc = [ηc (Pu/P)]23 /(Pu/P) = 0,04/0,134 = 0,3 there have been complaints of bearing fail-
ures. It is required to evaluate the design of
Example 3 this bearing application to determine suit-
An existing application has to be reviewed. able steps to increase its reliability.
A 6309-2RS1 deep groove ball bearing with
integral seals and grease filling, is working • First the life is determined based on the
under the same conditions as described in a23 factor. With κ = 2,45, using the κ scale
example 2 (κ = 2,45). The contamination superimposed on the κ curves for the SKF
conditions of this application have to be life modification factor aSKF in diagram 1
checked to determine if it is possible to on page 54, a23 = 1,8 which can be read
reduce the costs for a minimum requisite on the aSKF axis.
life of 3 000 hours of operation.
L10mh = a23 × L10h = 1,8 × 940
• Considering grease lubrication and integral
seals the level of contamination can be = 1 690 operating hours
characterized as high cleanliness and from
table 4 on page 62, ηc = 0,8. With Pu/P = • The factor ηc corresponding to this life
0,134, ηc (Pu/P) = 0,107 and κ = 2,45 from adjustment factor a23 is according to table
the SKF Explorer scale in diagram 1 on 4 on page 62 and for Pu/P = 0,134
page 54, aSKF = 8.
ηc = [ηc (Pu/P)]23 /(Pu/P) = 0,04/0,134 = 0,3
L10mh = 8 × 940 = 7 520 operating hours
• A microscope counting of an oil sample
• For a lower cost version – if possible – of taken from the application indicated a
the same bearing arrangement an SKF contamination classification of −/17/14
Explorer 6309-2Z bearing with shields is according to ISO 4406:1999. The contam-
chosen. The contamination level can be ination consisted mainly of wear particles
characterized as normal cleanliness, then originated in the system. This can be
from table 4 on page 62, ηc = 0,5. With characterized as “typical contamination”,
Pu/P = 0,134, ηc (Pu/P) = 0,067 and κ = thus from table 4 on page 62 and also
2,45 from the SKF Explorer scale in from diagram 9 on page 66, ηc = 0,2.
diagram 1 on page 54, aSKF ≈ 3,5. With Pu/P = 0,134, ηc (Pu/P) = 0,0268
and κ = 2,45 from diagram 1 on page 54,
L10mh = 3,5 × 940 = 3 290 operating hours aSKF ≈ 1,2.
Conclusion: If possible, this application L10mh = 1,2 × 940 = 1 130 operating hours
would be able to take advantage of a more
cost effective solution by replacing the • By using the SKF Explorer 6309-2RS1
sealed bearing with a shielded one. bearing with integral contact seals, the
Note that the use of the rating life based level of contamination can be reduced to
on the a23 adjustment factor would not allow the level of “high cleanliness”. Then from
this design evaluation. Furthermore it would table 4 on page 62, ηc = 0,8. With Pu/P =
not be possible to reach the requisite life 0,134, ηc (Pu/P) = 0,107 and κ = 2,45 from
(➔ example 2, calculated life with the a23 the SKF Explorer scale in diagram 1 on
adjustment factor would only give 1 690 page 54, aSKF = 8.
operating hours).
L10mh = 8 × 940 = 7 520 operating hours
79
Selection of bearing size
Conclusion: This application has a level of Example 5
contamination that is more severe than the The duty cycle of a sealed SKF Explorer
factor ηc = 0,3 for the contamination level spherical roller bearing 24026-2CS2/VT143
implicit when using the factor a23 while the used in heavy transportation equipment of
real operating conditions, which are typical a steel plant has the operating conditions
for contaminated industrial transmissions, listed in the table below.
call for a factor ηc = 0,2 when using the The static load of this application is deter-
factor aSKF. mined reasonably accurately, taking into
This may explain the cause of the failures account the inertia of the load during the
that were experienced with this application. loading operation and the occurrence of
The use of an SKF Explorer 6309-2RS1 shock loads for accidental load dropping.
bearing with integral contact seals will It is required to verify the dynamic and
increase the reliability considerably and static load conditions of this application
solve this problem. assuming a required operating life of 60 000
hours and a minimum static safety factor
of 1,5.
• From the product table and introductory
text:
Load ratings:
C = 540 kN; C0 = 815 kN; Pu = 81,5 kN
Dimensions: d = 130 mm; D = 200 mm,
thus dm = 0,5 (130 + 200) = 165 mm
Grease filling: Extreme pressure mineral
oil based grease using a lithium soap of
NLGI consistency class 2, with permissible
temperature range between −20 and
+110 °C and a base oil viscosity at
40 and 100 °C of 200 and 16 mm2/s,
respectively.
Example 5/1
Operating conditions
Duty Equivalent Time Speed Tempera- Equivalent
interval dynamic load Interval ture static load
– kN – r/min °C kN
1 200 0,05 50 50 500
2 125 0,40 300 65 500
3 75 0,45 400 65 500
4 50 0,10 200 60 500
80
• The following calculations are made or The SKF rating life of 84 300 hours is longer
values determined: than the required service life, thus the
dynamic load conditions of the bearing are
1. ν1 = rated viscosity, mm2/s verified.
(➔ diagram 5 on page 60) Finally the static safety factor of this
– input: dm and speed application is examined.
2. ν = actual operating viscosity, mm2/s C0 815
(➔ diagram 6 on page 61) s0 = = =1,63
– input: lubricant viscosity at P0 500
40 °C and operating temperature
s0 = 1,63 > s0 req
3. κ = viscosity ratio – calculated (ν/ν1)
The above shows that the static safety of
4. ηc = factor for contamination level this application is verified. As the static load
(➔ table 4 on page 62) is determined accurately, the relatively small
– “High cleanliness”, sealed margin between the calculated and recom-
bearing: 0,8 mended static safety is of no concern.
5. L10h = basic rating life according to the
equation listed on page 52
– input: C, P and n
6. aSKF = from diagram 2 on page 55
– input: SKF Explorer bearing,
ηc, Pu, P and κ
7. L10mh = SKF rating life according to the
equation listed on page 53
– input aSKF and L10h
8. L10mh = SKF rating life according to the
equation listed on page 70
– input L10mh1, L10mh2 and U1, U2,
…
Example 5/2
Calculation values
Duty Equivalent Required Operating κ1) ηc Basic aSKF SKF Time Resulting
inter- dynamic viscosity viscosity rating rating frac- SKF
val load ν1 ν life life tion rating life
~ ~ ~ ~ L10h L10mh L10mh
– kN mm2/s mm2/s – – h – h – h
}
1 200 120 120 1 0,8 9 136 1,2 11 050 0,05
2 125 25 60 2,3 0,8 7 295 7,8 57 260 0,40
84 300
3 75 20 60 3 0,8 30 030 43 1 318 000 0,45
4 50 36 75 2 0,8 232 040 50 11 600 000 0,10
1)
Grease with EP additives
81
Selection of bearing size
SKF calculation tools
SKF possesses one of the most comprehen-
sive and powerful sets of modelling and
simulation packages in the bearing industry.
They range from easy-to-use tools based on
SKF General Catalogue formulae to the
most sophisticated calculation and simula-
tion systems, running on parallel computers.
The company’s philosophy is to develop
a range of programs to satisfy a number of
customer requirements; from fairly simple
design checks, through moderately com-
plex investigations, to the most advanced
simulations for bearing and machine design.
Wherever possible these programs are avail-
able for in-the-field use on customers’ or SKF
engineers’ laptops, desk top PCs or work-
stations. Moreover, particular care is taken data for mounting of specific bearing
to provide integration and interoperability of arrangements.
the different systems with each other.
Ginger
Interactive Engineering Catalogue Ginger is the new mainstream bearing appli-
The Interactive Engineering Catalogue (IEC) cation program used by SKF engineers to
is an easy-to-use tool for bearing selection find the best solution for customers’ bearing
and calculation. Bearing searches are avail- arrangements. Ginger, currently in prepara-
able based on designation or dimensions, tion, is the successor of Beacon and its
and simple bearing arrangements can be technology allows the modelling in a 3D
evaluated as well. The equations used are graphic environment of flexible systems
in line with this SKF General Catalogue. incorporating customer components. Ginger
It also allows the generation of CAD combines the ability to model generic mech-
bearing drawings that can be imported into anical systems (using also shafts, gears,
customer application drawings developed housings etc.) with a precise bearing model
with the major CAD commercial packages. for an in-depth analysis of the system be-
The Interactive Engineering Catalogue also haviour in a virtual environment. It also per-
contains in addition to the complete range of forms bearing rolling fatigue evaluation
rolling bearings catalogues covering bearing using the SKF rating life in particular. Ginger
units, bearing housings, plain bearings and is the result of several years of specific
seals. research and development within SKF.
The SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue
is published on CD-ROM or on the Internet
at www.skf.com.
SKF Toolbox
The SKF Toolbox is a set of engineering cal-
culation programs accessible through the
SKF website, www.skf.com. It contains
several calculation tools and uses theory
from this General Catalogue and some basic
mechanical engineering equations. For in-
stance, it can calculate bearing clearance
reduction due to interference fit and operat-
ing temperature, contamination factors or
82
Orpheus Other programs
The numerical tool Orpheus allows studying In addition to the above-mentioned pro-
and optimizing the dynamic behaviour of grams, SKF has developed dedicated com-
noise and vibration in critical bearing appli- puter programs that enable SKF scientists
cations (e.g. electric motors, gearboxes). It to provide customers with bearings having
can be used to solve the complete non-linear an optimized bearing surface finish to extend
equations of motion of a set of bearings and bearing life under severe operating condi-
their surrounding components, including tions. These programs can calculate the
gears, shafts and housings. lubricant film thickness in elasto-hydro-
It can provide profound understanding dynamically lubricated contacts. In addition,
of and advice on the dynamic behaviour the local film thickness resulting from the
of an application, including the bearings, deformation of the three dimensional sur-
accounting for form deviations (waviness) face topography inside such contacts is
and mounting errors (misalignment). This calculated in detail and the consequent
enables SKF engineers to determine the reduction of bearing fatigue life.
most suitable bearing type and size as well In order to complete the necessary cap-
as the corresponding mounting and pre- abilities for their tasks, SKF engineers use
load conditions for a given application. commercial packages to perform e.g. finite
element or generic system dynamics ana-
Beast lyses. These tools are integrated with the
Beast is a simulation program that allows SKF SKF proprietary systems allowing a faster
engineers to simulate the detailed dynamics and more robust connection with customer
inside a bearing. It can be seen as a virtual data and models.
test rig performing detailed studies of forces,
moments etc. inside a bearing under virtually
any load condition. This enables the “testing”
of new concepts and designs in a shorter
time and with more information gained com-
pared with traditional physical testing.
83
Selection of bearing size
SKF Engineering
Consultancy Services
The basic information required to calculate
and design a bearing arrangement can be
found in this catalogue. But there are appli-
cations where it is desirable to be able to pre-
dict the expected bearing life as accurately
as possible either because sufficient experi-
ence with similar bearing arrangements is
lacking or because economy and/or opera-
tional reliability are of extreme importance.
In such cases for example it is advisable to
consult the “SKF Engineering Consultancy
Services”. They provide calculations and
simulations utilizing high-tech computer
programs, in combination with an almost
one hundred year global experience in the
field of rotating machine components.
They can provide support with the com-
plete SKF application know-how. The SKF
application specialists will
• analyse the technical problems,
• suggest the appropriate system solution,
• select the appropriate lubrication and an • static analysis, i.e. determination of elastic
optimized maintenance practice. deformations and stresses in components
of mechanical systems,
SKF Engineering Consultancy Services • dynamic analysis, i.e. determination of the
provides a new approach to services con- vibration behaviour of systems under
cerning machines and installations for OEM working conditions (“virtual testing”),
and end users. Some of these service • visual and animated presentation of
benefits are: structural and component deflection,
• optimizing system costs, service life,
• faster development processes and vibration and noise level.
reduced time to market,
• reduced implementation costs by virtual The High-Tech computer programs used
testing before production start, within the SKF Engineering Consultancy
• improved bearing arrangement by lowering Services as standard for calculation and
noise and vibration levels, simulations are briefly described in the sec-
• higher power density by upgrading, tion “SKF calculation tools”.
• longer service life by improving lubrication For further information regarding the ac-
or sealing. tivities of the SKF Engineering Consultancy
Services please contact the nearest SKF
Advanced computer programs company.
Within the SKF Engineering Consultancy
Services there are highly advanced com-
puter programs which can be used for
• analytical modelling of complete bearing
arrangements, consisting of shaft, hous-
ing, gears, couplings, etc.,
84
SKF life testing
SKF endurance testing activities are con-
centrated at the SKF Engineering & Research
Centre in the Netherlands. The test facilities
there are unique in the bearing industry as
regards sophistication and number of test
rigs. The centre also supports work carried
out at the research facilities of the major
SKF manufacturing companies.
SKF undertakes life testing, mainly to be
able to continuously improve its products.
It is essential to understand and to formulate
the fundamental physical laws governing
bearing behaviour as a function of internal
and external variables. Such variables may
represent material properties, internal bear-
ing geometry and conformity, cage design,
misalignment, temperature and other oper-
ating conditions. However, many influencing
factors are not of static but rather of dynamic
nature. Examples are the topography of work-
ing contact surfaces, the material structure,
the internal geometry and the lubricant
properties, which continuously undergo
change during the bearing operation.
SKF also undertakes life testing to
• assure the performance commitments
made in product catalogues,
• audit the quality of the SKF standard
bearing production,
• research the influences of lubricants and
lubricating conditions on bearing life,
• support the development of theories for
rolling contact fatigue,
• compare with competitive products.
The powerful and firmly controlled life testing
procedure combined with post-test investiga-
tions with modern and highly sophisticated
equipment makes it possible to investigate
the factors and their interactions in a system-
atic way.
The SKF Explorer bearings are an example
of the implementation of the optimized in-
fluencing factors on the basis of analytical
simulation models and experimental verifi-
cation at component and full bearing level.
85
Friction
Estimation of the frictional moment ……………………………………………………… 88
More accurate calculation of the frictional moment …………………………………… 88
The new SKF model for calculation of the frictional moment ………………………… 89
Rolling frictional moment …………………………………………………………………… 90
Sliding frictional moment …………………………………………………………………… 90
Frictional moment of seals ………………………………………………………………… 90
Additional effects on frictional moments in bearings …………………………………… 96
Inlet shear heating reduction factor ……………………………………………………… 97
Kinematic replenishment/starvation reduction factor …………………………………… 98
Drag losses in oil bath lubrication ………………………………………………………… 98
Mixed lubrication for low speeds and viscosities ………………………………………… 100
Effect of clearance and misalignment on friction ………………………………………… 101
Effect of grease filling on friction …………………………………………………………… 102
Frictional behaviour of hybrid bearings …………………………………………………… 102
Starting torque ………………………………………………………………………………… 103
Power loss and bearing temperature ……………………………………………………… 103
Calculation example ………………………………………………………………………… 104
87
Friction
The friction in a rolling bearing is the deter-
mining factor where heat generation in the
Estimation of the
bearing is concerned and consequently for
the operating temperature.
frictional moment
The amount of friction depends on the Under certain conditions:
load and on several other factors, the most
important of which are the bearing type and • bearing load P ≈ 0,1 C,
size, the operating speed, the properties of • good lubrication and
the lubricant and the quantity of lubricant. • normal operating conditions
The total resistance to rotation of a bearing
is made up of the rolling and sliding friction the frictional moment can be calculated with
in the rolling contacts, in the contact areas sufficient accuracy using a constant coeffi-
between rolling elements and cage, as well cient of friction µ from the following equation
as in the guiding surfaces for the rolling elem-
ents or the cage, the friction in the lubricant M = 0,5 µ P d
and the sliding friction of contact seals when
applicable. where
M = frictional moment, Nmm
µ = constant coefficient of friction for the
bearing (➔ table 1 )
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, N
d = bearing bore diameter, mm
Constant coefficient of friction µ
Table 1
More accurate
for unsealed bearings
calculation of the
Bearing type Coefficient
of friction
µ
frictional moment
Deep groove ball bearings 0,0015
One approach to calculate the frictional
moment of a rolling bearing is to divide the
Angular contact ball bearings frictional moment into a so-called load inde-
– single row 0,0020
– double row 0,0024 pendent moment M0 and a load dependent
– four-point contact 0,0024 moment M1 and add them together later,
Self-aligning ball bearings 0,0010 giving
Cylindrical roller bearings
– with cage, when Fa ≈ 0 0,0011 M = M0 + M1
– full complement, when Fa ≈ 0 0,0020
Taper roller bearings 0,0018 This has been the approach until now. How-
Spherical roller bearings 0,0018
ever, more accurate methods are available if
the division is based on the type of friction
CARB toroidal roller bearings 0,0016 source rather than on its dependency on
Thrust ball bearings 0,0013 load. In fact, M0 accounts for the additional
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings 0,0050
external sources of friction, together with the
“hydrodynamic” component of rolling friction,
Spherical roller thrust bearings 0,0018 which also has a load dependent part.
88
To accurately calculate the frictional
moment in a rolling bearing, four different
The new SKF model
sources must be taken into account for calculation of the
M = Mrr + Msl + Mseal + Mdrag frictional moment
where The new SKF model for calculating the fric-
M = total frictional moment, Nmm tional moment allows a more accurate cal-
Mrr = rolling frictional moment, Nmm culation of the frictional moment generated
Msl = sliding frictional moment, Nmm in SKF rolling bearings according to the
Mseal = frictional moment of the seals, Nmm above-mentioned equation
Mdrag = frictional moment of drag losses,
churning, splashing etc, Nmm M = Mrr + Msl + Mseal + Mdrag
This new approach identifies the sources The new SKF model is derived from more
of friction in every contact occurring in the advanced computational models developed
bearing and combines them; in addition the by SKF and is designed to provide approxi-
seal contribution and additional external mate reference values, under the following
sources can be added as required to predict application conditions:
the overall frictional moment. Since the
model looks into every single contact (race- • grease lubrication or normal methods of
ways and flanges), changes of design and oil lubrication: oil bath, oil-spot and oil jet;
improvements of the surfaces can readily be • for paired bearings, calculate the frictional
taken into consideration, making the model moment for each bearing separately and
more able to reflect improvements in SKF then add them up. The radial load is divided
bearing designs and easier to update. equally over the two bearings; the axial
In the following sections the new SKF model load is shared according to the bearing
for calculating frictional moments starts with arrangement;
the simplest form of the rolling, sliding and • loads equal to or larger than the recom-
seal contributions. In the next section the mended minimum load;
effects of the oil level in the bearing, high- • constant loads in magnitude and direction;
speed starvation, inlet shear heating and • normal operational clearance.
mixed lubrication will be described.
Note:
The formulae given here lead to rather
complex calculations. It is therefore
strongly advised to make use of the
calculation facilities provided in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
available on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com.
89
Friction
Rolling frictional moment The values for Gsl can be obtained using the
The rolling frictional moment is calculated equations given in table 2 and the geometry
from the equation constants S given in table 3 , starting on
page 92.
Mrr = Grr (ν n)0,6
Frictional moment of seals
where Where bearings are fitted with contact seals
Mrr = rolling frictional moment, Nmm the frictional losses arising from the seal
Grr = a variable that depends on may exceed those generated in the bearing.
– the bearing type, The frictional moment of seals for bearings
– the bearing mean diameter, mm that are sealed at both sides can be estimated
dm = 0,5 (d + D) using the following empirical equation
– the radial load Fr, N
– the axial load Fa, N Mseal = KS1 dSβ + KS2
n = rotational speed, r/min
ν = kinematic viscosity of the lubricant at where
the operating temperature, mm2/s Mseal = frictional moment of seals, Nmm
(for grease lubrication the base oil KS1 = constant depending on the bearing
viscosity) type
KS2 = constant depending on bearing and
The values for Grr can be obtained using the seal type
equations given in table 2 and the geometry dS = shoulder diameter listed in product
constants R given in table 3 , starting on tables (➔ table 4 , page 96)
page 92. Both loads, Fr and Fa, are always β = exponent depending on bearing and
considered as positive. seal type
Sliding frictional moment Values for constants KS1, and KS2 and expo-
The sliding frictional moment is calculated nent β can be found in table 4 , page 96.
using Mseal is the frictional moment generated
by two seals. In case there is one seal only,
Msl = Gsl µsl the friction generated is 0,5 Mseal.
For RSL seals for deep groove ball bear-
where ings with an outside diameter over 25 mm,
Msl = sliding frictional moment, Nmm use the calculated value of Mseal irrespective
Gsl = a variable that depends on whether there is one or two seals.
– the bearing type,
– the bearing mean diameter
dm = 0,5 (d + D), mm
– the radial load Fr, N
– the axial load Fa, N
µsl = sliding friction coefficient,
which can be set to the value for full
film conditions, i.e. κ ≥ 2,
0,05 for lubrication with mineral oils
0,04 for lubrication with synthetic oils
0,1 for lubrication with transmission
fluids
For cylindrical or taper roller bearings
use the following values instead:
0,02 for cylindrical roller bearings
0,002 for taper roller bearings
90
Table 2a
Geometry and load dependent variables for rolling and sliding frictional moments – radial bearings
Bearing type Rolling friction variables Sliding friction variables
Grr Gsl
Deep groove ball bearings when Fa = 0 when Fa = 0
Grr = R1 dm1,96 Fr 0,54
Gsl = S1 dm−0,26 Fr5/3
when Fa > 0 when Fa > 0
0,54
S2 dm1,5 4 1/3
Grr = R1 dm1,96 Fr +( R2
sin αF
Fa ) (
Gsl = S1 dm−0,145 Fr5 +
sin αF
Fa )
αF = 24,6 (Fa /C0) 0,24, degrees
Angular contact ball bearings1) Grr = R1 dm1,97 [ Fr + Fg + R2 Fa ] 0,54 Gsl = S1 dm0,26 [ (Fr + Fg ) 4/3 + S2 Fa4/3 ]
Fg = R3 dm4 n2 Fg = S3 dm4 n2
Four-point contact ball bearings Grr = R1 dm1,97 [ Fr + Fg + R2 Fa ] 0,54 Gsl = S1 dm0,26 [ (Fr + Fg ) 4/3 + S2 Fa4/3 ]
4 2
Fg = R3 dm n Fg = S3 dm4 n2
Self-aligning ball bearings Grr = R1 dm2 [ Fr + Fg + R2 Fa ] 0,54 Gsl = S1 dm−0,12 [(Fr + Fg ) 4/3 + S2 Fa4/3 ]
3,5 2
Fg = R3 dm n Fg = S3 dm3,5 n2
Cylindrical roller bearings Grr = R1 dm2,41 Fr0,31 Gsl = S1 dm0,9 Fa + S2 dm Fr
Taper roller bearings1) Grr = R1 dm2,38 (Fr + R2 Y Fa ) 0,31 Gsl = S1 dm0,82 (Fr + S2 Y Fa )
For axial load factor Y for single row
bearings ➔ product tables
1/3
Spherical roller bearings Grr.e = R1 dm1,85 (Fr + R2 Fa ) 0,54 (
Gsl.e = S1 dm0,25 Fr4 + S2 Fa4 )
1/3
Grr.l = R3 dm2,3 (Fr + R4 Fa ) 0,31
Gsl.l = S3 dm0,94 (F r
3
+ S4 Fa3)
when Grr.e < Grr.l when Gsl.e < Gsl.l
Grr = Grr.e Gsl = Gsl.e
otherwise otherwise
Grr = Grr.l Gsl = Gsl.l
CARB toroidal roller bearings when Fr < (R21,85 dm0,78/R11,85) 2,35 when Fr < (S2 dm1,24/S1)1,5
Grr.e = R1 dm1,97 Fr 0,54 Gsl.e = S1 dm−0,19 Fr5/3
otherwise otherwise
Grr.l = R2 dm2,37 Fr0,31 Gsl.l = S2 dm1,05 Fr
1)
The value to be used for Fa is the external axial load
91
Friction
Table 2b
Geometry and load dependent variables for rolling and sliding frictional moments – thrust bearings
Bearing type Rolling friction variables Sliding friction variables
Grr Gsl
Thrust ball bearings Grr = R1 dm1,83 Fa0,54 Gsl = S1 dm0,05 Fa4/3
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings Grr = R1 dm2,38 Fa0,31 Gsl = S1 dm0,62 Fa
Spherical roller thrust bearings Grr.e = R1 dm1,96 (Fr + R2 Fa ) 0,54 Gsl.e = S1 dm−0,35 Fr5/3 + S2 Fa5/3
( )
Grr.l = R3 dm2,39 (Fr + R4 Fa ) 0,31
Gsl.l = S3 dm0,89 ( F r + Fa )
when Grr.e < Grr.l when Gsl.e < Gsl.l
Grr = Grr.e Gsr = Gsl.e
otherwise otherwise
Grr = Grr.l Gsr = Gsl.l
Gf = S4 dm0,76 (Fr + S5 Fa )
Gsl = ( Gsr + φ bl Gf)
Table 3
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments
Bearing type Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 R2 R3 S1 S2 S3
Deep groove ball bearings See table 3a See table 3a
Angular contact ball bearings,
– single row 5,03 × 10−7 1,97 1,90 × 10−12 1,30 × 10−2 0,68 1,91 × 10−12
– double row 6,34 × 10−7 1,41 7,83 × 10−13 7,56 × 10−3 1,21 7,83 × 10−13
– four-point contact 4,78 × 10−7 2,42 1,40 × 10−12 1,20 × 10−2 0,9 1,40 × 10−12
Self-aligning ball bearings See table 3b See table 3b
Cylindrical roller bearings See table 3c See table 3c
Taper roller bearings See table 3d See table 3d
Spherical roller bearings See table 3e See table 3e
CARB toroidal roller bearings See table 3f See table 3f
Thrust ball bearings 1,03 × 10−6 1,6 × 10−2
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings 2,25 × 10−6 0,154
Spherical roller thrust bearings See table 3g See table 3g
92
Table 3a
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments of deep groove ball bearings
Bearing series Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 R2 S1 S2
2, 3 4,4 × 10–7 1,7 2,00 × 10–3 100
–7
42, 43 5,4 × 10 0,96 3,00 × 10–3 40
60, 630 4,1 × 10–7 1,7 3,73 × 10–3 14,6
62, 622 3,9 × 10–7 1,7 3,23 × 10–3 36,5
63, 623 3,7 × 10–7 1,7 2,84 × 10–3 92,8
64 3,6 × 10–7 1,7 2,43 × 10–3 198
160, 161 4,3 × 10–7 1,7 4,63 × 10–3 4,25
617, 618, 628, 637, 638 4,7 × 10–7 1,7 6,50 × 10–3 0,78
619, 639 4,3 × 10–7 1,7 4,75 × 10–3 3,6
Table 3b
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments of self-aligning ball bearings
Bearing series Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 R2 R3 S1 S2 S3
12 3,25 × 10–7 6,51 2,43 × 10–12 4,36 × 10–3 9,33 2,43 × 10–12
13 3,11 × 10–7 5,76 3,52 × 10–12 5,76 × 10–3 8,03 3,52 × 10–12
22 3,13 × 10–7 5,54 3,12 × 10–12 5,84 × 10–3 6,60 3,12 × 10–12
23 3,11 × 10–7 3,87 5,41 × 10–12 0,01 4,35 5,41 × 10–12
112 3,25 × 10–7 6,16 2,48 × 10–12 4,33 × 10–3 8,44 2,48 × 10–12
130 2,39 × 10–7 5,81 1,10 × 10–12 7,25 × 10–3 7,98 1,10 × 10–12
139 2,44 × 10–7 7,96 5,63 × 10–13 4,51 × 10–3 12,11 5,63 × 10–13
Table 3c
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments of cylindrical roller bearings
Bearing series Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 S1 S2
Bearing with cage of the N, NU, NJ or NUP design
2, 3 1,09 × 10–6 0,16 0,0015
4 1,00 × 10–6 0,16 0,0015
10 1,12 × 10–6 0,17 0,0015
12 1,23 × 10–6 0,16 0,0015
20 1,23 × 10–6 0,16 0,0015
22 1,40 × 10–6 0,16 0,0015
23 1,48 × 10–6 0,16 0,0015
Full complement bearings of the NCF, NJG, NNC, NNCF, NNC and NNF design
18, 28, 29, 30, 48, 49, 50 2,13 × 10–6 0,16 0,0015
93
Friction
Table 3d
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments of taper roller bearings
Bearing series Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 R2 S1 S2
302 1,76 × 10–6 10,9 0,017 2
303 1,69 × 10–6 10,9 0,017 2
313 1,84 × 10–6 10,9 0,048 2
320 X 2,38 × 10–6 10,9 0,014 2
322 2,27 × 10–6 10,9 0,018 2
322 B 2,38 × 10–6 10,9 0,026 2
323 2,38 × 10–6 10,9 0,019 2
323 B 2,79 × 10–6 10,9 0,030 2
329 2,31 × 10–6 10,9 0,009 2
330 2,71 × 10–6 11,3 0,010 2
331 2,71 × 10–6 10,9 0,015 2
332 2,71 × 10–6 10,9 0,018 2
LL 1,72 × 10–6 10,9 0,0057 2
L 2,19 × 10–6 10,9 0,0093 2
LM 2,25 × 10–6 10,9 0,011 2
M 2,48 × 10–6 10,9 0,015 2
HM 2,60 × 10–6 10,9 0,020 2
H 2,66 × 10–6 10,9 0,025 2
HH 2,51 × 10–6 10,9 0,027 2
–6
All other 2,31 × 10 10,9 0,019 2
Table 3e
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments of spherical roller bearings
Bearing series Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 R2 R3 R4 S1 S2 S3 S4
213 E, 222 E 1,6 × 10−6 5,84 2,81 × 10−6 5,8 3,62 × 10−3 508 8,8 × 10−3 117
222 2,0 × 10−6 5,54 2,92 × 10−6 5,5 5,10 × 10−3 414 9,7 × 10−3 100
223 1,7 × 10−6 4,1 3,13 × 10−6 4,05 6,92 × 10−3 124 1,7 × 10−2 41
223 E 1,6 × 10−6 4,1 3,14 × 10−6 4,05 6,23 × 10−3 124 1,7 × 10−2 41
230 2,4 × 10−6 6,44 3,76 × 10−6 6,4 4,13 × 10−3 755 1,1 × 10−2 160
231 2,4 × 10−6 4,7 4,04 × 10−6 4,72 6,70 × 10−3 231 1,7 × 10−2 65
232 2,3 × 10−6 4,1 4,00 × 10−6 4,05 8,66 × 10−3 126 2,1 × 10−2 41
238 3,1 × 10−6 12,1 3,82 × 10−6 12 1,74 × 10−3 9 495 5,9 × 10−3 1 057
239 2,7 × 10−6 8,53 3,87 × 10−6 8,47 2,77 × 10−3 2 330 8,5 × 10−3 371
240 2,9 × 10−6 4,87 4,78 × 10−6 4,84 6,95 × 10−3 240 2,1 × 10−2 68
241 2,6 × 10−6 3,8 4,79 × 10−6 3,7 1,00 × 10−2 86,7 2,9 × 10−2 31
248 3,8 × 10−6 9,4 5,09 × 10−6 9,3 2,80 × 10−3 3 415 1,2 × 10−2 486
249 3,0 × 10−6 6,67 5,09 × 10−6 6,62 3,90 × 10−3 887 1,7 × 10−2 180
94
Table 3f
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments of CARB toroidal roller bearings
Bearing series Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 R2 S1 S2
C 22 1,17 × 10−6 2,08 × 10−6 1,32 × 10−3 0,8 × 10−2
C 23 1,20 × 10−6 2,28 × 10−6 1,24 × 10−3 0,9 × 10−2
C 30 1,40 × 10−6 2,59 × 10−6 1,58 × 10−3 1,0 × 10−2
C 31 1,37 × 10−6 2,77 × 10−6 1,30 × 10−3 1,1 × 10−2
C 32 1,33 × 10−6 2,63 × 10−6 1,31 × 10−3 1,1 × 10−2
C 39 1,45 × 10−6 2,55 × 10−6 1,84 × 10−3 1,0 × 10−2
C 40 1,53 × 10−6 3,15 × 10−6 1,50 × 10−3 1,3 × 10−2
C 41 1,49 × 10−6 3,11 × 10−6 1,32 × 10−3 1,3 × 10−2
C 49 1,49 × 10−6 3,24 × 10−6 1,39 × 10−3 1,5 × 10−2
C 59 1,77 × 10−6 3,81 × 10−6 1,80 × 10−3 1,8 × 10−2
C 60 1,83 × 10−6 5,22 × 10−6 1,17 × 10−3 2,8 × 10−2
C 69 1,85 × 10−6 4,53 × 10−6 1,61 × 10−3 2,3 × 10−2
Table 3g
Geometry constants for rolling and sliding frictional moments of spherical roller thrust bearings
Bearing series Geometry constants for
rolling frictional moments sliding frictional moments
R1 R2 R3 R4 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5
292 1,32 × 10−6 1,57 1,97 × 10−6 3,21 4,53 × 10−3 0,26 0,02 0,1 0,6
292 E 1,32 × 10−6 1,65 2,09 × 10−6 2,92 5,98 × 10−3 0,23 0,03 0,17 0,56
293 1,39 × 10−6 1,66 1,96 × 10−6 3,23 5,52 × 10−3 0,25 0,02 0,1 0,6
293 E 1,16 × 10−6 1,64 2,00 × 10−6 3,04 4,26 × 10−3 0,23 0,025 0,15 0,58
294 E 1,25 × 10−6 1,67 2,15 × 10−6 2,86 6,42 × 10−3 0,21 0,04 0,2 0,54
95
Friction
Table 4
Seal frictional moment: Calculation exponent and constants
Seal type Bearing outside Exponent and constants Seal counter-
Bearing type diameter face diameter
D β KS1 KS2 ds1)
over incl.
RSL seals
Deep groove ball bearings 25 0 0 0 d2
25 52 2,25 0,018 0 d2
RZ seals
Deep groove ball bearings 175 0 0 0 d1
RSH seals
Deep groove ball bearings 52 2,25 0,028 2 d2
RS1 seals
Deep groove ball bearings 62 2,25 0,023 2 d1, d2
62 80 2,25 0,018 20 d1, d2
80 100 2,25 0,018 15 d1, d2
100 2,25 0,018 0 d1, d2
Angular contact ball bearings 30 120 2 0,014 10 d1
Self-aligning ball bearings 30 125 2 0,014 10 d2
LS seals
Cylindrical roller bearings 42 360 2 0,032 50 E
CS, CS2 and CS5 seals
Spherical roller bearings 62 300 2 0,057 50 d2
CARB toroidal roller bearings 42 340 2 0,057 50 d2
1)
Designation of the dimension listed in the product table
Additional effects on frictional moments Including these additional sources, the final
in bearings equation for the total frictional moment of
In order to follow more closely the real be- a bearing is
haviour of the bearing, and if an even more
accurate calculation is needed, the new SKF M = φish φrs Mrr + Msl + Mseal + Mdrag
model is able to consider additional effects
which can be added into the equation. where
Those additional effects include: M = total frictional moment of bearing,
Nmm
• inlet shear heating reduction Mrr = Grr (ν n)0,6
• replenishment – starvation speed effects Msl = Gsl µsl
for oil-spot, oil jet, grease and low level oil Mseal = KS1 dSβ + KS2
bath lubrication Mdrag = frictional moment of drag losses,
• drag loss effects in oil bath lubrication churning, splashing etc, Nmm
• mixed lubrication for low speeds and/or φish = inlet shear heating reduction factor
low viscosities φrs = kinematic replenishment/starvation
reduction factor
96
The reduction factors φish and φrs are intro- Fig 1
duced in the new SKF friction model to ac-
count for the effects of inlet shear heating re-
Reverse flow at the inlet of the contact
duction and high-speed replenishment/star-
vation of rolling friction, respectively. The
sliding friction coefficient µsl increases for
low speeds and/or viscosity to account for
the mixed lubrication regime.
Inlet shear heating reduction factor
When sufficient lubricant is available in the
bearing, not all of it can go through the con-
tacts; only a tiny amount of lubricant is used Lubricant reverse flow
to build-up the film thickness. Due to this
effect, some of the oil close to the contact
inlet will be rejected and will produce reverse
flow (➔ fig 1 ). This reverse flow shears the
lubricant, generating heat that lowers the oil
viscosity and reduces the film thickness and
rolling friction component.
For the effect described above, the inlet
shear heating reduction factor can be
obtained approximately from
1
φish =
1 + 1,84 × 10−9 (n dm)1,28 ν0,64
where
φish = inlet shear heating reduction factor
n = rotational speed, r/min Diagram 1
dm = the bearing mean diameter, mm Inlet shear heating factor φish
ν = kinematic viscosity of the lubricant at
the operating temperature, mm2/s
(for grease lubrication the base oil
viscosity) φ ish 1,0
0,9
Values for the inlet shear heating factor 0,8
φish can be obtained from diagram 1 as
0,7
a function of the combined parameter
(n dm)1,28 ν0,64. 0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0 9
0 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 2 × 10
1,28 0,64
(n dm ) ν
97
Friction
Kinematic replenishment/starvation of other mechanical elements working close
reduction factor to the bearing, e.g. external oil agitation,
For oil-spot, oil jet, low level oil bath lubrica- gears or cams, the drag losses in a bearing
tion conditions (e.g. oil level lower than the as a function of the oil level in the reservoir
lowest rolling element centre) and grease can be approximated from the variable VM
lubrication, subsequent overrolling of the plotted in diagram 2 as a function of the
raceways might push away the excess of oil level H (➔ fig 2 ) and the bearing mean
lubricant. Due to the bearing speed or high diameter dm = 0,5 (d + D). Diagram 2 can
viscosity, the lubricant at the edges of the be applied for bearing speeds up to the refer-
contacts might not have sufficient time to ence speed of the bearing. At higher speeds
replenish the raceways, this effect is called and high oil levels other effects might have an
“kinematic starvation” and causes a drop in important influence in the results.
the film thickness and in the rolling friction. The variable VM in diagram 2 is related to
For the type of lubrication conditions the frictional moment of drag losses for ball
described above, the kinematic replenish- bearings by
ment/starvation reduction factor can be
obtained approximately from
Table 5
φrs = 1 Geometry constants KZ and KL for drag loss
√
KZ calculation
Krs ν n (d + D) 2 (D − d)
e
Bearing type Geometry
constants
KZ KL
where
φrs = kinematic replenishment/starvation Deep groove ball bearings
reduction factor – single and double row 3,1 –
e = base of natural logarithm = 2,718 Angular contact ball bearings –
Krs = the replenishment/starvation constant – single row 4,4 –
3 × 10−8 for low level oil bath and oil jet – double row
– four-point contact
3,1
3,1
–
–
lubrication
6 × 10−8 for grease and oil-spot Self-aligning ball bearings 4,8 –
lubrication Cylindrical roller bearings
KZ = bearing type related geometry constant – single and double row 5,1 0,65
– full complement,
(➔ table 5 ) single and double row 6,2 0,7
ν = kinematic viscosity at the operating Taper roller bearings 6 0,7
temperature, mm2/s
n = rotational speed, r/min Spherical roller bearings 5,5 0,8
d = bearing bore diameter, mm CARB toroidal roller bearings
D = bearing outside diameter, mm – with cage 5,3 0,8
– full complement 6 0,75
Drag losses in oil bath lubrication Thrust ball bearings 3,8 –
As drag losses are the most important add- Cylindrical roller thrust bearings 4,4 0,43
itional sources of friction, the additional Spherical roller thrust bearings 5,6 0,581)
source term therefore is reduced to the
drag losses component Mdrag.
In oil bath lubrication, the bearing is par-
tially, or in special situations, completely
submerged. Under these conditions the size
and geometry of the oil reservoir together
with the oil level used can have a substantial
impact on the bearing frictional moment.
For a very large oil bath, disregarding any 1)
Only for single mounted bearings
reservoir size interaction and any influence
98
Mdrag = VM Kball dm5 n2 Fig 2
and for roller bearings by
Oil level in an oil bath
Mdrag = 10 VM Kroll B dm4 n2
where
d
Mdrag = frictional moment of drag losses, D
Nmm Oil level H
VM = variable as a function of the oil level
according to diagram 2
Kball = ball bearing related constant, see
below
Kroll = roller bearing related constant, see
below
dm = bearing mean diameter, mm
B = bearing inner ring width, mm
n = rotational speed, r/min
Values for the variable VM can be obtained
in diagram 2 , page 99, from the red curve
for ball bearings and from the blue curve for
roller bearings.
The ball bearing related constant is de-
fined as Diagram 2
Drag loss variable VM
irw KZ (d + D)
Kball = × 10−12 × 10-4
D−d 16
VM
14
and the roller bearing related constant as 12 Roller bearings
10
KL KZ (d + D) 8 Ball bearings
Kroll = × 10−12 6
D−d
4
2
where 0
Kball = ball bearing related constant 0 0,5 1 1,5
Kroll = roller bearing related constant H/dm
irw = the number of ball rows × 10 –4
KZ = bearing type related geometry con- 3,0
VM
stant (➔ table 5 , page 98) 2,5
KL = roller bearing type related geometry
2,0 Roller bearings
constant (➔ table 5 , page 98)
d = bearing bore diameter, mm 1,5
D = bearing outside diameter, mm 1 Ball bearings
0,5
0
0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2
H/d m
99
Friction
Note: Mixed lubrication for low speeds
To calculate drag losses for oil jet lubrica- and viscosities
tion, one can use the oil bath model, with For operating conditions of small κ values
the oil level to half the roller diameter and (≤ 2) the application lies in the mixed lubri-
multiply the obtained value for Mdrag by cation regime; occasional metal-to-metal
a factor of two. contact may occur, which increases friction.
To calculate drag losses for vertical shaft A sketch of a typical bearing frictional moment
arrangements an approximate value can be as a function of rotational speed and viscosity
obtained by using the model for fully sub- is depicted in diagram 3 . During the start-up
merged bearings and multiply the obtained period with increasing speed or viscosity
value for Mdrag by a factor equal to that the frictional moment decreases, since a
width (height) that is submerged relative to lubricating film is built up and the bearing
the total bearing width (height). enters into the full elasto-hydrodynamic
(EHL) regime. With higher speeds or viscosi-
ties friction increases due to the increase of
film thickness until high-speed starvation
and thermal effects reduce friction again.
The sliding friction coefficient can be cal-
culated with the following equation
µsl = φbl µbl + (1 – φbl ) µEHL
where
µsl = sliding friction coefficient
φbl = mixed lubrication weighting factor,
see below
µbl = coefficient depending on the additive
package in the lubricant, approximate
value 0,15
Diagram 3
Bearing frictional moment as a function of the speed and viscosity
3
2
nν
Zone 1 : Mixed lubrication
Zone 2 : EHL Elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication
Zone 3 : EHL + thermal and starvation effects
100
µEHL = friction coefficient in full film conditions: Effects of clearance and misalignment
0,05 for lubrication with mineral oils on friction
0,04 for lubrication with synthetic oils Changes in clearance and/or misalignment
0,1 for lubrication with transmission in bearings will modify the frictional moment.
fluids The above-described model considers nor-
For applications with cylindrical or mal clearance and an aligned bearing. How-
taper roller bearings, use following ever, high bearing operating temperatures
values instead: or high speed might reduce internal bearing
0,02 for cylindrical roller bearings clearance, which can increase friction. Mis-
0,002 for taper roller bearings alignment generally increases friction, how-
ever, for self-aligning ball bearings, spherical
The weighting factor for the sliding fric- roller bearings, CARB toroidal roller bearings
tional moment can be estimated using the and spherical roller thrust bearings the cor-
following equation responding increase of friction with mis-
alignment is negligible.
1 For specific application conditions sensi-
φbl = tive to changes of clearance and misalign-
-8
2,6 × 10 (n ν)1,4 dm ment please contact the SKF application
e
engineering service.
where
φbl = weighting factor for the sliding frictional
moment
e = base of natural logarithm = 2,718
n = operational speed, r/min
ν = kinematic viscosity of the lubricant at
the operating temperature, mm2/s (for
grease lubrication the base oil viscosity)
dm = the bearing mean diameter, mm
An estimation of the weighting factor φbl Diagram 4
for the sliding friction moment can be made Weighting factor for the sliding friction
using the curve shown in diagram 4 . coefficient φbl
φ bl 1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
5 6 7 8
10 10 10 10
1,4
(ν n) dm
101
Friction
Effects of grease filling on friction
When grease lubrication is used, and the
Frictional behaviour
bearing has just been filled (or refilled) with of hybrid bearings
the recommended amount of grease, the bear-
ing can produce considerably higher frictional Due to the higher values for the modulus of
values during the first hours or days of opera- elasticity of ceramics, hybrid bearings will
tion (depending on the speed) than had been have smaller contact areas, which favour
calculated originally. This is because the a reduction of the rolling and sliding friction
grease takes time to redistribute itself within components. In addition, the lower density
the free space in the bearing; meanwhile it is of ceramics compared with steel reduces the
churned and moved around. To estimate centrifugal forces, and this also may reduce
this effect, multiply the initial rolling frictional friction at high speeds.
moment by a factor of 2 for light series and In the above equations, the friction torque
a factor of 4 for heavy series. However, after for hybrid angular contact ball bearings can
this “running-in” period, the frictional moment be calculated by substituting the geometry
comes down to similar values as oil lubri- constants R3 and S3 of the all-steel bearings
cated bearings; in many cases even lower by 0,41 R3 and 0,41 S3 respectively.
values are possible. If the bearing is filled High speed designs with hybrid deep
with an excessive amount of grease, higher groove ball bearings include the practise to
values of friction in the bearing may result. axially preload the bearing arrangement. The
Please refer to the section “Relubrication”, deep groove ball bearings will under such
starting on page 237, or contact the SKF a condition act as angular contact ball bear-
application engineering service for more ings and thus see a similar reduction in fric-
detailed information. tion level at high speeds. However, such
a friction calculation needs to be done in
cooperation with the SKF application engin-
eering service.
102
Starting torque Power loss and bearing
The starting torque of a rolling bearing is temperature
defined as the frictional moment that must
be overcome in order for the bearing to start The power loss in the bearing as a result of
rotating from the stationary condition. Under bearing friction can be obtained using the
normal ambient temperature, +20 to +30 °C, equation
starting at zero speed and µsl = µbl, the start-
ing torque can be calculated using only the NR = 1,05 × 10−4 M n
sliding frictional moment and the frictional
moment of seals, if present. Therefore where
NR = power loss, W
Mstart = Msl + Mseal M = total frictional moment of the bearing,
Nmm
where n = operational speed, r/min
Mstart = starting frictional moment, Nmm
Msl = sliding frictional moment, Nmm If the cooling factor (the heat to be removed
Mseal = frictional moment of the seals, Nmm from the bearing per degree of temperature
difference between bearing and ambient) is
However, the starting torque can be consid- known, a rough estimate of the temperature
erably higher for roller bearings with a large increase in the bearing can be obtained using
contact angle, up to four times as high as for
taper roller bearings of series 313, 322 B, ∆T = NR/Ws
323 B and T7FC, and up to eight times as
high for spherical roller thrust bearings. where
∆T = temperature increase, °C
NR = power loss, W
Ws = cooling factor, W/ °C
103
Friction
Calculation example • Sliding friction variables
A spherical roller bearing 22208 E is to operate Gsl.e = S1 d m0,25 (Fr4 + S2 Fa4 )1/3
at a speed of 3 500 r/min under the following
operating conditions: = 3,62 × 10−3 × 600,25 ×
Actual radial bearing load Fr = 2 990 N (2 9904 + 508 × 1004 )1/3 = 434
Actual axial bearing load Fa = 100 N Gsl.l = S3 d m0,94 (Fr3 + S4 Fa3 )1/3
Inner ring rotation = 8,8 × 10−3 × 600,94 ×
Operating temperature + 40 °C (2 9903 + 117 × 1003 )1/3 = 1 236,6
Oil bath lubrication since Gsl.e < Gsl.l, then
Oil level H = 2,5 mm above the edge of the Gsl = 434
outer ring raceway under static conditions.
Mineral oil having a kinematic viscosity 2. Calculation of the rolling frictional
ν = 68 mm2/s at 40 °C moment
Requirement: Mrr = Grr (ν n)0,6
What will be the total frictional moment?
= 0,26 × (68 × 3 500)0,6
1. Calculation of the geometry and load
dependent variables = 437,4 Nmm
According to table 2a on page 91 with 3. Calculation of the sliding frictional
bearing mean diameter moment
dm = 0,5 (d + D) = 0,5 (40 + 80) = 60 mm Assuming full film conditions, κ > 2
• Rolling friction variables Msl = µsl Gsl
Grr.e = R1 dm1,85 (Fr + R2 Fa)0,54 = 0,05 × 434 = 21,7 Nmm
= 1,6 × 10−6 × 601,85 × 4. Calculation of the inlet shear heating
reduction factor
0,54
(2 990 + 5,84 × 100) = 0,26
1
Grr.l = R3 dm2,3 (Fr + R4 Fa )0,31 φish =
1 + 1,84 × 10−9 × (n × dm)1,28 ν0,64
= 2,81 × 10 −6 × 60 2,3
1
(2 990 + 5,8 × 100)0,31 = 0,436 =
1 + 1,84 × 10−9 × (3 500 × 60)1,28 ν0,64
since Grr.e < Grr.l, then
≈ 0,85
Grr = 0,26
104
5. Calculation of kinematic replenish- 7. Calculation of the total frictional
ment/starvation reduction factor for oil moment of 22208 E according to the
bath lubrication new SKF model
M = φish φrs Mrr + Msl + Mdrag
φrs = 1
√ = 0,85 × 0,8 × 437,4 + 21,7 + 14,5
KZ
Krs ν n (d + D) 2 (D − d)
e
= 333,6 Nmm
1
=
√
–8 5,5
e3 × 10 × 68 × 3 500 × (40+80) 2 × (80 – 40)
≈ 0,8
6. Calculation of the drag losses in oil
bath lubrication
With a drag loss variable as function of
H/dm = 2,5/60 = 0,041
From the diagram 2 on page 99, it can
be seen that drag losses are small, since
H/dm < 0,1. However, they can still be taken
into account. For roller bearings the drag
loss variable VM becomes approximately
0,03 × 10−3.
Then the roller bearing related constant
can be obtained from
KL K Z (d + D)
Kroll = × 10−12
D–d
0,8 × 5,5 × (40 + 80 )
= × 10−12
80 – 40
= 13,2 × 10−12
The drag losses can then be obtained, as an
approximation, from
Mdrag = 10 VM Kroll B dm4 n2
= 10 × 0,03 × 10−3
× 13,2 × 10−12 × 23 × 604 × 3 5002
= 14,5 Nmm
105
Speeds and vibration
Reference speeds …………………………………………………………………………… 108
Influence of load and oil viscosity on reference speed/permissible speed …………… 108
Speeds above the reference speed ……………………………………………………… 109
Limiting speeds ……………………………………………………………………………… 114
Special cases ………………………………………………………………………………… 114
Low speeds ………………………………………………………………………………… 114
Oscillating movements……………………………………………………………………… 114
Vibration generation in a bearing ………………………………………………………… 115
Excitation due to varying numbers of loaded rolling elements ………………………… 115
Waviness of components…………………………………………………………………… 115
Local damage ……………………………………………………………………………… 115
Contaminants ……………………………………………………………………………… 115
Influence of the bearing on the vibration behaviour of the application ……………… 115
107
Speeds and vibration
There is a limit to the speed at which rolling • thrust bearing: a constant axial load, being
bearings can be operated. Generally it is the 2 % of the basic static load rating C0;
operating temperature for the lubricant • open bearings with Normal clearance
being used or the material of the bearing
components that sets the limit. for oil lubricated bearings:
The speed at which limiting operating • lubricant: mineral oil without EP additives
temperature is reached depends on the having a kinematic viscosity at 70 °C of:
frictional heat generated in the bearing ν = 12 mm2/s (ISO VG 32) for radial
(including any externally applied heat) and bearings
the amount of heat that can be transported ν = 24 mm2/s (ISO VG 68) for thrust roller
away from the bearing. bearings
Bearing type and size, internal design, • method of lubrication; oil bath with the oil
load, lubrication and cooling conditions as reaching up to the middle of the rolling
well as cage design, accuracy and internal element in the lowest position.
clearance all play a part in determining
speed capability. for grease lubricated bearings:
In the product tables generally two speeds • lubricant: regular lithium soap grease with
are listed: (thermal) reference speed and mineral base oil having a viscosity of 100
(kinematical) limiting speed, the value of to 200 mm2/s at 40 °C (e.g. ISO VG 150);
which depending on what criteria are • grease quantity: approximately 30 % of
considered. the free space in the bearing.
A temperature peak may occur during
Reference speeds initial start-up of a grease lubricated bear-
ing. Therefore the bearing may have to be in
The (thermal) reference speed listed in the operation for up to 10 to 20 hours before it
product tables represent a reference value reaches normal operating temperature.
that is to be used to determine the permis- Under these specific conditions the refer-
sible operational speed of the bearing sub- ence speed for oil and grease lubrication will
jected to a certain load and running with be equal.
a certain lubricant viscosity. It may be necessary to reduce the ratings
The values of the reference speed listed in applications where the outer ring rotates.
are in according with ISO 15312 (where For certain bearings, where the speed limit
thrust ball bearings are excluded). This ISO is not determined by heat from the rolling
standard has been established for oil lubri- element/raceway contacts, only limiting
cation, but is also valid for grease lubrication. speeds are shown in the bearing tables.
The reference speed for a given bearing These include, for example, bearings with
represents the speed, under specified oper- contact seals.
ating conditions, at which there is equilib-
rium between the heat that is generated by Influence of load and oil viscosity
the bearing and the heat that is dissipated on reference speed/permissible speed
from the bearing to the shaft, housing and When load and viscosity values higher than
lubricant. the reference values are applied, the frictional
The reference conditions according to resistance will increase so that a bearing
ISO 15312 for obtaining this heat balance are: cannot operate at the suggested reference
speed, unless higher temperatures can be
• a temperature increase of 50 °C above an permitted. Lower viscosity values may result
ambient temperature of 20 °C, i.e. a bear- in higher operational speeds.
ing temperature of 70 °C, measured on The influence of load and kinematic
the bearing stationary outer ring or hous- viscosity on the reference speed can be
ing washer; obtained from the diagrams:
• radial bearing: a constant radial load, being
5 % of the basic static load rating C0;
108
Diagram 1 : Radial ball bearings, page 110 Example 1
Diagram 2 : Radial roller bearings, page 111 A 6210 deep groove ball bearing is subjected
Diagram 3 : Thrust ball bearings, page 112 to a load P = 0,24 C0 and has an oil bath lubri-
Diagram 4 : Thrust roller bearings, page 113 cation with oil viscosity 68 mm2/s at 40 °C.
Which reference speed can be expected?
Values of the adjustment factors for oil For bearing 6210: dm = 0,5 (50 + 90) =
lubrication 70 mm. From diagram 1 , page 110, with
dm = 70 mm and P/C0 = 0,24, fP = 0,63 and
• fP: for the influence of the equivalent with P/C0 = 0,24 and ISO VG 68, fv = 0,85.
dynamic bearing load P and The permissible bearing speed for which
• fv: for the influence of viscosity an operating temperature of 70 °C can be
expected, nperm, will then be
can be obtained from diagrams 1 to 4 as
a function of P/C0 and the bearing mean nperm = 0,63 × 0,85 × 15 000 = 8 030 r/min
diameter dm
Example 2
where A 22222 E spherical roller bearing is subjected
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, kN to a load P = 0,15 C0 and is grease lubricated
C0 = basic static load rating, kN having a base oil viscosity 220 mm2/s at 40 °C.
dm = bearing mean diameter Which reference speed can be expected?
= 0,5 (d + D), mm For bearing 22222 E: dm = 0,5 (110 + 200) =
155 mm. From diagram 2 , page 111, with
The viscosity values in the diagrams are ex- dm = 155 mm and P/C0 = 0,15, fP = 0,53 and
pressed with ISO designations, for example, with P/C0 = 0,15 and ISO VG 220, fv = 0,83;
ISO VG 32, where 32 is the oil viscosity at with P/C0 = 0,15 and ISO VG 150, fv = 0,87.
40 °C. The permissible bearing speed for which
If the reference temperature of 70 °C is to an operating temperature of 70 °C can be
remain unchanged, the permissible speed expected, nperm, will then be
is obtained from
nperm = 0,53 × 0,83/0,87 × 3 000 = 1 520 r/min
nperm = fP fv nr
Speeds above the reference speed
where It is possible to operate bearings at speeds
nperm = permissible speed of bearing, r/min above the reference speed if the friction
nr = reference speed, r/min within the bearing can be reduced via a
fP = adjustment factor for bearing load P lubrication system that applies accurately
fv = adjustment factor for oil viscosity measured small quantities of lubricant, or by
removing heat either by a circulating oil
The diagrams are also valid for grease lubrica- lubrication system, by cooling ribs on the
tion. However, the reference speed for grease housing, or by directing cooling air streams
lubrication is based on base oil viscosity VG (➔ section “Methods of oil lubrication”,
150, but can also be used for the viscosity starting on page 248).
range ISO VG 100 – ISO VG 200. For other Any increase in speed above the reference
viscosities, the value of fv needs to be speed without taking any of these precau-
calculated as fv for the base oil viscosity at tions could cause bearing temperatures
40 °C of the selected grease, divided by fv to rise excessively. An increase in bearing
for an ISO VG 150 oil. temperature means that lubricant viscosity
is lowered and film formation is made more
difficult, leading to even higher friction and
further temperature increases. If, at the
same time, the operational clearance in the
bearing is reduced because of increased in-
ner ring temperature, the final consequence
109
Speeds and vibration
Diagram 1
Adjustment factors fP and fv for radial ball bearings
Self-aligning
ball bearings
fP
dm ≤ 20 mm
0,9
dm = 70 mm
dm ≥ 120 mm
0,7
0,5
All other radial
ball bearings
0,3
dm ≤ 20 mm
dm = 70 mm
0,1 dm = 120 mm
dm ≥ 600 mm
0 P/C 0
0,1 0,3 0,5 0,7 0,9
1,4
ISO VG 15
1,2
ISO VG 32
1,0
0,8
ISO VG 460
ISO VG 220
0,6
ISO VG 150
ISO VG 68
0,4
fν
110
Diagram 2
Adjustment factors fP and fv for radial roller bearings
fP
0,9
d m ≥ 35 mm
0,7
d m = 150 mm
d m = 400 mm
0,5
d m ≥ 600 mm
0,3
0,1
0 P/C0
0,1 0,3 0,5 0,7
1,0
0,9
ISO VG 32
ISO VG 68
0,8
ISO VG 150
ISO VG 220
0,7
ISO VG 460
0,6
fν
111
Speeds and vibration
Diagram 3
Adjustment factors fP and fv for thrust ball bearings
fP
0,9
0,7
0,5
d m ≤ 17 mm
d m ≥ 500 mm
0,3
0,1
0 P/C 0
0,1 0,3 0,5 0,7
ISO VG 15
1,1
ISO VG 32
1,0
0,9
ISO VG 68
ISO VG 150–220
0,8
ISO VG 460
fν
112
Diagram 4
Adjustment factors fP and fv for thrust roller bearings
fP
0,9
0,7
d m ≤ 95 mm
0,5
d m ≥ 300 mm
0,3
0,1
0 P/C0
0,05 0,15 0,25 0,35
1,0
0,9
ISO VG 68
0,8
ISO VG 150
ISO VG 220
0,7
ISO VG 460
fν
113
Speeds and vibration
would be bearing seizure. Any increase in load. Details will be found in the introductory
speed above the reference speed generally texts of the product tables under the heading
means that the temperature difference be- “Minimum load”.
tween inner and outer rings is greater than
normal. Usually, therefore, a bearing with a
C3 internal clearance, which is greater than
Normal, is required, and it may be necessary
Special cases
to look more closely at the temperature dis- In certain applications the speed limits are
tribution in the bearing. superseded in importance by other con-
siderations.
Limiting speeds Low speeds
At very low speeds it is impossible for an
The limiting speed is determined by criteria elasto-hydrodynamic lubricant film to be
that include the form stability or strength of built up in the contacts between the rolling
the cage, lubrication of cage guiding sur- elements and raceways. In these applica-
faces, centrifugal and gyratory forces acting tions, lubricants containing EP additives
on the rolling elements, precision and other should generally be used (➔ section “Grease
speed-limiting factors, such as seals and lubrication”, starting on page 231).
lubricant for sealed bearings.
Experience gained from laboratory tests Oscillating movements
and practical applications indicates that With this type of movement the direction
there are maximum speeds that should of rotation changes before the bearing has
not be exceeded for technical reasons or completed a single revolution. As the rota-
because of the very high costs involved to tional speed is zero at the point where the
keep the operating temperature at an direction of rotation is reversed, a full hydro-
acceptable level. dynamic film of lubricant cannot be main-
The limiting speeds shown in the bearing tained. In these cases it is important to use a
tables are valid for the bearing design and lubricant containing an effective EP additive
standard cage execution shown. in order to obtain a boundary lubrication film
To run bearings at higher speeds than that is able to support loads.
those shown in the tables some of the It is not possible to give a limit or a rating
speed-limiting factors need to be improved, for the speed of such oscillating movements
such as the running accuracy, cage material as the upper limit is not dictated by a heat
and design, lubrication and heat dissipation. balance but by the inertia forces that come
It is therefore advisable to contact the SKF into play. With each reversal of direction,
application engineering service. there is a danger that inertia will cause the
For grease lubrication additional aspects rolling elements to slide for a short distance
should be considered such as lubrication of and smear the raceways. The permissible
the cage guiding surfaces and the shear accelerations and decelerations depend on
strength of the lubricant, which are deter- the mass of the rolling elements and cage,
mined by the base oil and thickener the type and quantity of lubricant, the oper-
(➔ section “Grease lubrication”, starting ational clearance and the bearing load. For
on page 231). connecting rod bearing arrangements, for
Some open ball bearings have very low example, preloaded bearings incorporating
friction and reference speeds listed might be relatively small rolling elements with a small
higher than the limiting speeds. Therefore, mass are used. General guidelines cannot
the permissible speed needs to be calculated be given and it is necessary to analyse the
and be compared to the limiting speed. The movements more precisely in individual
lower of the two values should be retained. cases. It is advisable to contact the SKF
It should be remembered that if bearings application engineering service.
are to function satisfactorily, at high speeds,
they must be subjected to a given minimum
114
Vibration generation Contaminants
If operating in contaminated conditions,
in a bearing dirt particles may enter the bearing and be
overrolled by the rolling elements. The gen-
In general a rolling bearing does not generate erated vibration level is dependent on the
noise by itself. What is perceived as “bearing amount, the size and the composition of the
noise” is in fact the audible effect of the vibra- overrolled contaminant particles. No typical
tions generated directly or indirectly by the frequency pattern is generated. However,
bearing on the surrounding structure. This is an audible and disturbing noise may be
the reason why most of the time noise prob- created.
lems can be considered as vibration prob-
lems involving the complete bearing appli-
cation. Influence of the
Excitation due to varying numbers
of loaded rolling elements
bearing on the vibration
When a radial load is applied to a bearing, behaviour of the
the number of rolling elements carrying
the load varies slightly during operation, application
i.e. 2-3-2-3…. This generates a displace-
ment in the direction of the load. The result- In many applications bearing stiffness is of
ing vibration cannot be avoided, but can be the same order as the stiffness of the sur-
reduced by applying an axial preload to load rounding structure. This opens the possibility
all the rolling elements (not possible with to reduce vibrations of the application by
cylindrical roller bearings). properly choosing the bearing (including
preload and clearance) and its arrangement
Waviness of components in the application. There are three ways to
In cases where there is a tight fit between reduce vibration:
the bearing ring and the housing or the shaft,
the bearing ring may take the shape of the • remove the critical excitation vibration
adjacent component. If form deviations are from the application,
present, these may cause vibrations during • dampen the critical excitation vibration
operation. It is therefore important to machine between excitant component and
the shaft and housing seating to the required resonant components,
tolerances (➔ section “Tolerances for cylin- • change the stiffness of the structure to
drical form” on page 194). change the critical frequency.
Local damage
Due to mishandling or incorrect mounting,
small sections on the raceways and rolling
elements can be damaged. During operation,
overrolling a damaged bearing component
generates a specific vibration frequency.
Frequency analysis of the vibrations can
identify which bearing component suffered
damage. This principle is used in SKF Con-
dition Monitoring equipment to detect bear-
ing damage.
To calculate SKF bearing frequencies
please refer to the section “Calculations” in
the SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
115
Bearing data – general
Dimensions …………………………………………………………………………………… 118
ISO General Plans…………………………………………………………………………… 118
General Plans for inch-size bearings ……………………………………………………… 119
Chamfer dimensions ……………………………………………………………………… 119
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 120
Tolerance symbols ………………………………………………………………………… 120
Diameter Series identification ……………………………………………………………… 120
Tolerance tables …………………………………………………………………………… 120
Limits for chamfer dimensions …………………………………………………………… 121
Bearing internal clearance ………………………………………………………………… 137
Materials for rolling bearings ……………………………………………………………… 138
Materials for bearing rings and rolling elements ………………………………………… 138
Cage materials ……………………………………………………………………………… 140
Seal materials ……………………………………………………………………………… 142
Safety precautions for fluoro rubber ………………………………………………………… 143
Coatings ……………………………………………………………………………………… 143
Cages …………………………………………………………………………………………… 144
Pressed cages ……………………………………………………………………………… 144
Solid cages ………………………………………………………………………………… 145
Pin-type cages ……………………………………………………………………………… 146
Materials……………………………………………………………………………………… 146
Designations…………………………………………………………………………………… 147
Basic designations ………………………………………………………………………… 148
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 151
117
Bearing data – general
Dimensions Series and the second the Diameter Series
(➔ fig 1 ).
Manufacturers and users of rolling bearings In the ISO General Plan for single row
are, for reasons of price, quality and ease metric taper roller bearings, the boundary
of replacement, only interested in a limited dimensions are grouped for certain ranges
number of bearing sizes. The International of the contact angle α, known as the Angle
Organization for Standardization (ISO) has Series (Angle Series 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 in
therefore laid down General Plans for the order of increasing angle). Based on the
boundary dimensions of relationship between the outside and bore
diameters, and between the total bearing
• metric radial rolling bearings in standard width and the cross-sectional height,
ISO 15:1998, except taper roller bearings, Diameter and Width Series have also been
• metric radial taper roller bearings in established. Here, a Dimension Series is
standard ISO 355:1977 and obtained by combining the Angle Series with
• metric thrust rolling bearings in standard a Diameter and a Width Series (➔ fig 2 ).
ISO 104: 2002. These Dimension Series consist of one figure
for the Angle Series and two letters, where
ISO General Plans the first letter identifies the Diameter Series
The ISO General Plans for boundary dimen- and the second the Width Series.
sions of radial bearings contains a progres- With a very few exceptions, dictated by
sive series of standardized outside diameters rolling bearing development, the bearings in
for every standard bore diameter arranged this catalogue comply with the ISO General
in Diameter Series 7, 8, 9, 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 (in Plans or with other ISO standards for the
order of increasing outside diameter). Within dimensions of some bearing types for which
each Diameter Series different Width Series the ISO Dimension Series are inappropriate.
have also been established (Width Series 8, Interchangeability is therefore guaranteed.
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 in order of increasing Additional information is given under the
width). The Width Series for radial bearings heading “Dimensions” in the introductory
corresponds to the Height Series for thrust texts to the individual product sections.
bearings (Height Series 7, 9, 1 and 2 in order Experience has shown that the require-
of increasing height). ments of the vast majority of bearing appli-
By combining a Width or Height Series cations can be met using bearings with
with a Diameter Series, a Dimension Series, these standardized dimensions.
designated by two figures, is arrived at. The
first figure identifies the Width or Height
Fig 1
3
03 13 23 33
2
02 12 22 32
Diameter 0
Series 00 10 20 30
Dimension d
Series
Width 0 1 2 3
Series
118
General Plans for inch-size bearings Fig 3
A large group of bearings in inch sizes are
inch-size taper roller bearings. The dimen-
sions of these bearings conform to AFBMA
Standard 19-1974 (ANSI B3.19-1975).
ANSI/ABMA Standard 19.2-1994 has sub-
sequently replaced this standard, but this
later standard no longer includes dimen-
sions.
In addition to the inch-size taper roller
bearings, some inch-size ball bearings and r1, r3
cylindrical roller bearings that follow the
earlier British Standard BS292-1:1982, are
also available, but not shown in this cata-
logue. This standard has subsequently been r2, r4
withdrawn as a consequence of metrication
and it is not recommended that these bear-
ings be used for new designs.
The appropriate maximum chamfer limits,
Chamfer dimensions that are important when dimensioning fillet
Minimum values for the chamfer dimensions radii are in accordance with the Standard
(➔ fig 3 ) in the radial direction (r1, r3) and ISO 582:1995 and will be found in the
the axial direction (r2, r4) are given in the section “Tolerances”, starting on page 120.
product tables. These values are in accord-
ance with the General Plans listed in the
Standards
• ISO 15:1998, ISO 12043:1995 and ISO
12044:1995 for radial rolling bearings,
• ISO 355:1977 for radial taper roller
bearings,
• ISO 104: 2002 for thrust rolling bearings.
Fig 2
F
E
D
C
B
B D B D B D BCD E B CD E B C D E
C E C E C E
119
Bearing data – general
Tolerances Tolerance tables
The actual tolerances are given in the tables
The dimensional and running accuracy of referenced in the following.
rolling bearings has been standardized
internationally. In addition to the Normal Table 3 : Normal tolerances for radial
tolerances the ISO standards also cover bearings, except taper roller
closer tolerances, e.g. bearings
Table 4 : Class P6 tolerances for radial
• tolerance class 6 which corresponds to bearings, except taper roller
SKF tolerance class P6 bearings
• tolerance class 5 which corresponds to Table 5 : Class P5 tolerances for radial
SKF tolerance class P5. bearings, except taper roller
bearings
For special applications, such as machine Table 6 : Normal and class CL7C toler-
tool spindles, SKF also manufactures bear- ances for metric taper roller
ings with higher accuracy, e.g. to tolerance bearings
classes P4, P4A, PA9A, SP and UP. For Table 7 : Class CLN tolerances for metric
additional information please refer to the taper roller bearings
SKF catalogue “High-precision bearings”. Table 8 : Class P5 tolerances for metric
Tolerance information about each bearing taper roller bearings
type is contained in the introductory texts to Table 9 : Tolerances for inch-size taper
the various product table sections under the roller bearings
heading “Tolerances”. Bearings with higher Table 10 : Tolerances for thrust bearings
accuracy than Normal are identified by a Table 11 : Normal, P6 and P5 class toler-
designation suffix for the tolerance class ances for tapered bore, taper 1:12
(➔ section “Supplementary designations”, Table 12 : Normal tolerances for tapered
starting on page 151). bore, taper 1:30
Tolerance symbols Where standardized, the values comply
The tolerance symbols used in the tolerance with ISO 492:2002, ISO 199:1997 and
tables 3 to 12 are listed together with their ANSI/ABMA Std 19.2:1994.
definitions in table 1 on pages 122 and
123.
Diameter Series identification
As the tolerances for the bore and outside
diameter variation Vdp and VDp quoted in the
tables for metric rolling bearings (except
taper roller bearings) are not universally valid
for all Diameter Series, and it is not always
possible to immediately identify the ISO
Diameter Series to which a bearing belongs
from its designation, this information is pro-
vided in table 2 on page 124.
120
Limits for chamfer dimensions Fig 4
To prevent the improper dimensioning of
chamfers on associated components for
rolling bearings and to facilitate the calcula-
tion of retaining ring location arrangements,
the maximum chamfer limits for the relevant
minimum chamfer dimensions (➔ fig 4 )
given in the product tables will be found in
r1max
r3max
Table : Chamfer dimension limits for
13
metric radial and thrust bearings,
r1min
r3min
except taper roller bearings
Table 14 : Chamfer dimension limits for
metric radial taper roller bearings r2min
Table 15 : Chamfer dimension limits for r4min
r2max
inch-size taper roller bearings r4max
starting on page 135. These limits for metric
bearings conform to ISO 582:1995. The
chamfer dimension limits for inch-size taper
roller bearings, which differ considerably
from those for metric bearings, conform to
ANSI/ABMA 19.2-1994.
The symbols used in the tables 13 to 15
are listed together with their definitions in
table 1 on pages 122 and 123.
121
Bearing data – general
Table 1
Tolerance symbols
Tolerance Definition
symbol
Bore diameter
d Nominal bore diameter
ds Single bore diameter
dmp 1. Mean bore diameter; arithmetical mean of the largest and
smallest single bore diameters in one plane
2. Mean diameter at the small end of a tapered bore;
arithmetical mean of the largest and smallest single diameters
∆ds Deviation of a single bore diameter from the nominal
(∆ds = ds − d)
∆dmp Deviation of the mean bore diameter from the nominal
(∆dmp = dmp − d)
Vdp Bore diameter variation; difference between the largest
and smallest single bore diameters in one plane
Vdmp Mean bore diameter variation; i.e. the difference between the
largest and smallest single plane mean bore diameters in one plane
d1 Nominal diameter at theoretical large end of a tapered bore
d1mp Mean diameter at theoretical large end of tapered bore;
arithmetical mean of the largest and smallest single bore diameters e
∆d1mp Deviation of the mean bore diameter at the theoretical large end
of a tapered bore from the nominal (∆d1mp = d1mp − d1)
Outside diameter
D Nominal outside diameter
Ds Single outside diameter
Dmp Mean outside diameter; arithmetical mean of the largest and smallest
single outside diameters in one plane
∆Ds Deviation of a single outside diameter from the nominal
(∆Ds = Ds − D)
∆Dmp Deviation of the mean outside diameter from the nominal
(∆Dmp = Dmp − D)
VDp Outside diameter variation; difference between the largest and
smallest single outside diameters in one plane
VDmp Mean outside diameter variation; difference between the largest
and smallest mean outside diameters of one ring or washer
Chamfer limits
rs Single chamfer dimension
rs min Smallest single chamfer dimension of rs, r1, r2, r3, r4 …
r1 , r3 Radial direction chamfer dimensions
r 2 , r4 Axial direction chamfer dimensions
122
cont. Table 1
Tolerance symbols
Tolerance Definition
symbol
Width
B, C Nominal width of inner ring and outer ring, respectively
B s , Cs Single width of inner ring and outer ring, respectively
B1s, C1s Single width of inner ring and outer ring, respectively, of a bearing
specifically manufactured for paired mounting
∆Bs, ∆Cs Deviation of single inner ring width or single outer ring width from
the nominal
(∆Bs = Bs − B; ∆Cs = Cs − C; ∆B1s = B1s − B1; ∆C1s = C1s − C1)
VBs, VCs Ring width variation; difference between the largest and smallest
single widths of inner ring and of outer ring, respectively
Ts 1. Single width (abutment width) of taper roller bearing; distance
between inner ring (cone) back face and outer ring (cup) back face
2. Single height (H) of single direction thrust bearing (except spherical
roller thrust bearing, see T4s)
T1s 1. Single width of cone assembled with master cup of
taper roller bearing
2. Single height (H1) of double direction thrust ball bearing
with seating washer
T2s 1. Single width of cup assembled with master cone of
taper roller bearing
2. Single height (H) of double direction thrust bearing
T3s Single height (H1) of double direction thrust ball bearing with
seating washer
T4s Single height (H) of spherical roller thrust bearing
∆Ts, ∆T1s 1. Deviation of single width of taper roller bearing from the nominal
(∆Ts = Ts − T etc.)
2. Deviation of single height of thrust bearing from the nominal
(∆Ts = Ts − T etc.)
Running accuracy
Kia, Kea Radial runout of assembled bearing inner ring and assembled bearing
outer ring, respectively
Sd Side face runout with reference to bore (of inner ring)
SD Outside inclination variation; variation in inclination of outside
cylindrical surface to outer ring side face
Sia, Sea Side face runout of assembled bearing inner ring and assembled
bearing outer ring, respectively
S i , Se Thickness variation, measured from middle of raceway to back
(seating) face of shaft washer and of housing washer,
respectively (axial runout)
123
Bearing data – general
Table 2
Diameter Series (radial bearings)
Bearing type ISO Diameter Series
7, 8, 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4
Deep groove 607
ball bearings1) 617, 618, 619 60 2, 3
627, 628 160, 161 42, 43
637, 638, 639 630 62, 63, 64, 622, 623
Angular contact 32, 33
ball bearings 72, 73
QJ 2, QJ 3
Self-aligning 139 10, 130 12, 13, 112
ball bearings2) 22, 23
Cylindrical roller NU 10, 20 NU 2, 3, 4, 12, 22, 23
bearings NJ 10 NJ 2, 3, 4, 22, 23
NUP 2, 3, 22, 23
N 2, 3
Full complement NCF 18, 19, 28, 29 NCF 30 NCF 22
cylindrical roller NNC 48, 49 NNF 50 NJG 23
bearings NNCF 48, 49 NNCF 50
NNCL 48, 49
Spherical roller 238, 239 230, 231 222, 232
bearings 248, 249 240, 241 213, 223
CARB toroidal C 39, 49, 59, 69 C 30, 31 C 22, 23
roller bearings C 40, 41 C 32
C 60
1)
Bearings 604, 607, 608 and 609 belong to diameter series 0,
bearings 623, 624, 625, 626, 627, 628 and 629 to diameter series 2,
bearings 634, 635 and 638 to diameter series 3
2)
Bearing 108 belongs to diameter series 0,
bearings 126, 127 and 129 to diameter series 2 and bearing 135 to series 3
124
Table 3
Normal tolerances for radial bearings, except taper roller bearings
Inner ring
d ∆dmp1) Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs ∆B1s VBs Kia
Diameter Series
7, 8, 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4
over incl. high low max max max max high low high low max max
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
– 2,5 0 −8 10 8 6 6 0 −40 – – 12 10
2,5 10 0 −8 10 8 6 6 0 −120 0 −250 15 10
10 18 0 −8 10 8 6 6 0 −120 0 −250 20 10
18 30 0 −10 13 10 8 8 0 −120 0 −250 20 13
30 50 0 −12 15 12 9 9 0 −120 0 −250 20 15
50 80 0 −15 19 19 11 11 0 −150 0 −380 25 20
80 120 0 −20 25 25 15 15 0 −200 0 −380 25 25
120 180 0 −25 31 31 19 19 0 −250 0 −500 30 30
180 250 0 −30 38 38 23 23 0 −300 0 −500 30 40
250 315 0 −35 44 44 26 26 0 −350 0 −500 35 50
315 400 0 −40 50 50 30 30 0 −400 0 −630 40 60
400 500 0 −45 56 56 34 34 0 −450 0 −630 50 65
500 630 0 −50 63 63 38 38 0 −500 0 −800 60 70
630 800 0 −75 – – – – 0 −750 – – 70 80
800 1 000 0 −100 – – – – 0 −1 000 – – 80 90
1 000 1 250 0 −125 – – – – 0 −1 250 – – 100 100
1 250 1 600 0 −160 – – – – 0 −1 600 – – 120 120
1 600 2 000 0 −200 – – – – 0 −2 000 – – 140 140
1)
Tolerances for tapered bores, ➔ tables 11 and 12 on pages 133 and 134
Outer ring
D ∆dmp VDp1) VDmp1) ∆Cs, ∆C1s,VCs Kea
Diameter Series Bearings
7, 8, 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4 with shields
or seals2)
over incl. high low max max max max max max
mm µm µm µm µm
6 18 0 −8 10 8 6 10 6 Values are 15
18 30 0 −9 12 9 7 12 7 identical to 15
30 50 0 −11 14 11 8 16 8 those for 20
inner ring
50 80 0 −13 16 13 10 20 10 of same 25
80 120 0 −15 19 19 11 26 11 bearing 35
120 150 0 −18 23 23 14 30 14 40
150 180 0 −25 31 31 19 38 19 45
180 250 0 −30 38 38 23 – 23 50
250 315 0 −35 44 44 26 – 26 60
315 400 0 −40 50 50 30 – 30 70
400 500 0 −45 56 56 34 – 34 80
500 630 0 −50 63 63 38 – 38 100
630 800 0 −75 94 94 55 – 55 120
800 1 000 0 −100 125 125 75 – 75 140
1 000 1 250 0 −125 – – – – – 160
1 250 1 600 0 −160 – – – – – 190
1 600 2 000 0 −200 – – – – – 220
2 000 2 500 0 −250 – – – – – 250
1)
Applies before bearing is assembled and after removal of internal and/or external snap ring
2)
Applies only to bearings of Diameter Series 2, 3 and 4
125
Bearing data – general
Table 4
Class P6 tolerances for radial bearings, except taper roller bearings
Inner ring
d ∆dmp1) Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs ∆B1s VBs Kia
Diameter Series
7, 8, 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4
over incl. high low max max max max high low high low max max
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
– 2,5 0 −7 9 7 5 5 0 −40 – – 12 5
2,5 10 0 −7 9 7 5 5 0 −120 0 −250 15 6
10 18 0 −7 9 7 5 5 0 −120 0 −250 20 7
18 30 0 −8 10 8 6 6 0 −120 0 −250 20 8
30 50 0 −10 13 10 8 8 0 −120 0 −250 20 10
50 80 0 −12 15 15 9 9 0 −150 0 −380 25 10
80 120 0 −15 19 19 11 11 0 −200 0 −380 25 13
120 180 0 −18 23 23 14 14 0 −250 0 −500 30 18
180 250 0 −22 28 28 17 17 0 −300 0 −500 30 20
250 315 0 −25 31 31 19 19 0 −350 0 −500 35 25
315 400 0 −30 38 38 23 23 0 −400 0 −630 40 30
400 500 0 −35 44 44 26 26 0 −450 0 −630 45 35
500 630 0 −40 50 50 30 30 0 −500 0 −800 50 40
630 800 0 −50 – – – – 0 −750 – – 55 45
800 1 000 0 −65 – – – – 0 −1 000 – – 60 50
1 000 1 250 0 −80 – – – – 0 −1 250 – – 70 60
1 250 1 600 0 −100 – – – – 0 −1 600 – – 70 70
1 600 2 000 0 −130 – – – – 0 −2 000 – – 80 80
1)
Tolerances for tapered bores, ➔ table 11 on page 133
Outer ring
D ∆Dmp VDp1) VDmp1) ∆Cs, ∆C1s, VCs Kea
Diameter Series Sealed
7, 8, 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4 bearings2)
over incl. high low max max max max max max
mm µm µm µm µm
6 18 0 −7 9 7 5 9 5 Values are 8
18 30 0 −8 10 8 6 10 6 identical to 9
30 50 0 −9 11 9 7 13 7 those for 10
inner ring
50 80 0 −11 14 11 8 16 8 of same 13
80 120 0 −13 16 16 10 20 10 bearing 18
120 150 0 −15 19 19 11 25 11 20
150 180 0 −18 23 23 14 30 14 23
180 250 0 −20 25 25 15 – 15 25
250 315 0 −25 31 31 19 – 19 30
315 400 0 −28 35 35 21 – 21 35
400 500 0 −33 41 41 25 – 25 40
500 630 0 −38 48 48 29 – 29 50
630 800 0 −45 56 56 34 – 34 60
800 1 000 0 −60 75 75 45 – 45 75
1 000 1 250 0 −80 – – – – – 85
1 250 1 600 0 −100 – – – – – 100
1 600 2 000 0 −130 – – – – – 100
2 000 2 500 0 −160 – – – – – 120
1)
Applies before bearing is assembled and after removal of internal and/or external snap ring
2)
Applies only to bearings of Diameter Series 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4
126
Table 5
Class P5 tolerances for radial bearings, except taper roller bearings
Inner ring
d ∆dmp Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs ∆B1s VBs Kia Sd Sia1)
Diameter Series
7, 8, 9 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
over incl. high low max max max high low high low max max max max
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
– 2,5 0 −5 5 4 3 0 −40 0 −250 5 4 7 7
2,5 10 0 −5 5 4 3 0 −40 0 −250 5 4 7 7
10 18 0 −5 5 4 3 0 −80 0 −250 5 4 7 7
18 30 0 −6 6 5 3 0 −120 0 −250 5 4 8 8
30 50 0 −8 8 6 4 0 −120 0 −250 5 5 8 8
50 80 0 −9 9 7 5 0 −150 0 −250 6 5 8 8
80 120 0 −10 10 8 5 0 −200 0 −380 7 6 9 9
120 180 0 −13 13 10 7 0 −250 0 −380 8 8 10 10
180 250 0 −15 15 12 8 0 −300 0 −500 10 10 11 13
250 315 0 −18 18 14 9 0 −350 0 −500 13 13 13 15
315 400 0 −23 23 18 1 0 −400 0 −630 15 15 15 20
400 500 0 −27 28 21 1 0 −450 0 −630 18 17 18 23
500 630 0 −33 35 26 1 0 −500 0 −800 20 19 20 25
630 800 0 −40 – – – 0 −750 – – 26 22 26 30
800 1 000 0 −50 – – – 0 −1 000 – – 32 26 32 30
1 000 1 250 0 −65 – – – 0 −1 250 – – 38 30 38 30
1 250 1 600 0 −80 – – – 0 −1 600 – – 45 35 45 30
1 600 2 000 0 −100 – – – 0 −2 000 – – 55 40 55 30
1)
Applies only to deep groove and angular contact ball bearings
Outer ring
D ∆Dmp VDp1) VDmp ∆Cs, ∆C1s VCs Kea SD Sea2)
Diameter Series
7,8,9 0,1,2,3,4
over incl. high low max max max max max max max
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
6 18 0 −5 5 4 3 Values are 5 5 8 8
18 30 0 −6 6 5 3 identical to 5 6 8 8
30 50 0 −7 7 5 4 those for 5 7 8 8
inner ring
50 80 0 −9 9 7 5 of same 6 8 8 10
80 120 0 −10 10 8 5 bearing 8 10 9 11
120 150 0 −11 11 8 6 8 11 10 13
150 180 0 −13 13 10 7 8 13 10 14
180 250 0 −15 15 11 8 10 15 11 15
250 315 0 −18 18 14 9 11 18 13 18
315 400 0 −20 20 15 10 13 20 13 20
400 500 0 −23 23 17 12 15 23 15 23
500 630 0 −28 28 21 14 18 25 18 25
630 800 0 −35 35 26 18 20 30 20 30
800 1 000 0 −40 50 29 25 25 35 25 35
1 000 1 250 0 −50 – – – 30 40 30 45
1 250 1 600 0 −65 – – – 35 45 35 55
1 600 2 000 0 −85 – – – 38 55 40 55
2 000 2 500 0 −110 – – – 45 65 50 55
1)
Does not apply to sealed or shielded bearings
2)
Applies only to deep groove and angular contact ball bearings
127
Bearing data – general
Table 6
Normal and class CL7C tolerances for metric taper roller bearings
Inner ring, bearing width and ring widths
d ∆dmp Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs Kia ∆Ts ∆T1s ∆T2s
Class
Normal CL7C
over incl. high low max max high low max max high low high low high low
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
10 18 0 −12 12 9 0 −120 15 7 +200 0 +100 0 +100 0
18 30 0 −12 12 9 0 −120 18 8 +200 0 +100 0 +100 0
30 50 0 −12 12 9 0 −120 20 10 +200 0 +100 0 +100 0
50 80 0 −15 15 11 0 −150 25 10 +200 0 +100 0 +100 0
80 120 0 −20 20 15 0 −200 30 13 +200 −200 +100 −100 +100 −100
120 180 0 −25 25 19 0 −250 35 – +350 −250 +150 −150 +200 −100
180 250 0 −30 30 23 0 −300 50 – +350 −250 +150 −150 +200 −100
250 315 0 −35 35 26 0 −350 60 – +350 −250 +150 −150 +200 −100
315 400 0 −40 40 30 0 −400 70 – +400 −400 +200 −200 +200 −200
Outer ring
D ∆Dmp VDp VDmp ∆Cs Kea
Class
Normal CL7C
over incl. high low max max max max
mm µm µm µm µm
18 30 0 –12 12 9 Values are 18 9
30 50 0 –14 14 11 identical to 20 10
50 80 0 –16 16 12 those for 25 13
inner ring
80 120 0 –18 18 14 of same 35 18
120 150 0 –20 20 15 bearing 40 20
150 180 0 –25 25 19 45 23
180 250 0 –30 30 23 50 –
250 315 0 –35 35 26 60 –
315 400 0 –40 40 30 70 –
400 500 0 –45 45 34 80 –
500 630 0 –50 50 38 100 –
630 800 0 –75 75 55 120 –
128
Table 7
Class CLN tolerances for metric taper roller bearings
Inner ring, bearing width and ring widths
d ∆dmp Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs ∆Cs Kia ∆Ts ∆T1s ∆T2s
over incl. high low max max high low high low max high low high low high low
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
10 18 0 −12 12 9 0 −50 0 −100 15 +100 0 +50 0 +50 0
18 30 0 −12 12 9 0 −50 0 −100 18 +100 0 +50 0 +50 0
30 50 0 −12 12 9 0 −50 0 −100 20 +100 0 +50 0 +50 0
50 80 0 −15 15 11 0 −50 0 −100 25 +100 0 +50 0 +50 0
80 120 0 −20 20 15 0 −50 0 −100 30 +100 0 +50 0 +50 0
120 180 0 −25 25 19 0 −50 0 −100 35 +150 0 +50 0 +100 0
180 250 0 −30 30 23 0 −50 0 −100 50 +150 0 +50 0 +100 0
250 315 0 −35 35 26 0 −50 0 −100 60 +200 0 +100 0 +100 0
315 400 0 −40 40 30 0 −50 0 −100 70 +200 0 +100 0 +100 0
Outer ring
D ∆Dmp VDp VDmp Kea
over incl. high low max max max
mm µm µm µm µm
18 30 0 −12 12 9 18
30 50 0 −14 14 11 20
50 80 0 −16 16 12 25
80 120 0 −18 18 14 35
120 150 0 −20 20 15 40
150 180 0 −25 25 19 45
180 250 0 −30 30 23 50
250 315 0 −35 35 26 60
315 400 0 −40 40 30 70
400 500 0 −45 45 34 80
500 630 0 −50 50 38 100
129
Bearing data – general
Table 8
Class P5 tolerances for metric taper roller bearings
Inner ring and bearing width
d ∆dmp Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs Kia Sd ∆Ts
over incl. high low max max high low max max high low
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
10 18 0 −7 5 5 0 −200 5 7 +200 −200
18 30 0 −8 6 5 0 −200 5 8 +200 −200
30 50 0 −10 8 5 0 −240 6 8 +200 −200
50 80 0 −12 9 6 0 −300 7 8 +200 −200
80 120 0 −15 11 8 0 −400 8 9 +200 −200
120 180 0 −18 14 9 0 −500 11 10 +350 −250
180 250 0 −22 17 11 0 −600 13 11 +350 −250
250 315 0 −25 19 13 0 −700 16 13 +350 −250
315 400 0 −30 23 15 0 −800 19 15 +400 −400
Outer ring
D ∆Dmp VDp VDmp ∆Cs Kea SD
over incl. high low max max max max
mm µm µm µm µm µm
18 30 0 −8 6 5 Values are 6 8
30 50 0 −9 7 5 identical to 7 8
50 80 0 −11 8 6 those for 8 8
inner ring
80 120 0 −13 10 7 of same 10 9
120 150 0 −15 11 8 bearing 11 10
150 180 0 −18 14 9 13 10
180 250 0 −20 15 10 15 11
250 315 0 −25 19 13 18 13
315 400 0 −28 22 14 20 13
400 500 0 −33 25 17 23 15
500 630 0 −38 29 19 25 18
130
Table 9
Tolerances for inch-size taper roller bearings
Inner ring
d ∆ds
Tolerance classes
Normal, CL2 CL3, CL0
over incl. high low high low
mm µm
– 76,2 +13 0 +13 0
76,2 101,6 +25 0 +13 0
101,6 266,7 +25 0 +13 0
266,7 304,8 +25 0 +13 0
304,8 609,6 +51 0 +25 0
609,6 914,4 +76 0 +38 0
Outer ring
D ∆Ds Kia, Kea, Sia, Sea
Tolerance classes Tolerance classes
Normal CL2 CL3, CL0 Normal CL2 CL3 CL0
over incl. high low high low max max max max
mm µm µm
– 304,8 +25 0 +13 0 51 38 8 4
304,8 609,6 +51 0 +25 0 51 38 18 9
609,6 914,4 +76 0 +38 0 76 51 51 26
914,4 1 219,2 +102 0 +51 0 76 – 76 38
1 219,2 – +127 0 +76 0 76 – 76 –
Abutment width of single row bearing
d D ∆Ts
Tolerance classes
Normal CL2 CL3,CL0
over incl. over incl. high low high low high low
mm mm µm
– 101,6 – – +203 0 +203 0 +203 −203
101,6 266,7 – – +356 −254 +203 0 +203 −203
266,7 304,8 – – +356 −254 +203 0 +203 −203
304,8 609,6 – 508 +381 −381 +381 −381 +203 −203
304,8 609,6 508 – +381 −381 +381 −381 +381 −381
609,6 – – – +381 −381 – – +381 −381
131
Bearing data – general
Table 10
Tolerances for thrust bearings
Nominal Shaft washer Housing washer
diameter Tolerance classes Tolerance classes Tolerance classes
d, D Normal, P6, P5 Normal P6 P5 Normal, P6, P5
∆dmp Vdp Si1) Si1) Si1) ∆Dmp VDp Se
over incl. high low max max max max high low max max
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm
– 18 0 −8 6 10 5 3 0 −11 8 Values are
18 30 0 −10 8 10 5 3 0 −13 10 identical to
30 50 0 −12 9 10 6 3 0 −16 12 those of
shaft washer
50 80 0 −15 11 10 7 4 0 −19 14 of same
80 120 0 −20 15 15 8 4 0 −22 17 bearing
120 180 0 −25 19 15 9 5 0 −25 19
180 250 0 −30 23 20 10 5 0 −30 23
250 315 0 −35 26 25 13 7 0 −35 26
315 400 0 −40 30 30 15 7 0 −40 30
400 500 0 −45 34 30 18 9 0 −45 34
500 630 0 −50 38 35 21 11 0 −50 38
630 800 0 −75 – 40 25 13 0 −75 55
800 1 000 0 −100 – 45 30 15 0 −100 75
1 000 1 250 0 −125 – 50 35 18 0 −125 –
1 250 1 600 0 −160 – 60 40 21 0 −160 –
1 600 2 000 – – – – – – 0 –200 –
2 000 2 500 – – – – – – 0 −250 –
1)
Does not apply to spherical roller thrust bearings
Bearing height
Tolerance classes Normal, P6, P5
d ∆Ts ∆T1s ∆T2s ∆T3s ∆T4s
ISO SKF SKF Explorer
over incl. high low high low high low high low high low low low
mm µm µm µm µm µm
– 30 +20 −250 +100 −250 +150 −400 +300 −400 – – – –
30 50 +20 −250 +100 −250 +150 −400 +300 −400 – – – –
50 80 +20 −300 +100 −300 +150 −500 +300 −500 0 −400 −125 −100
80 120 +25 −300 +150 −300 +200 −500 +400 −500 0 −400 −150 −100
120 180 +25 −400 +150 −400 +200 −600 +400 −600 0 −500 −175 −125
180 250 +30 −400 +150 −400 +250 −600 +500 −600 0 −500 −200 −125
250 315 +40 −400 – – – – – – 0 −700 −225 −150
315 400 +40 −500 – – – – – – 0 −700 −300 −200
400 500 +50 −500 – – – – – – 0 −900 −420 –
500 630 +60 −600 – – – – – – 0 −1 200 −500 –
630 800 +70 −750 – – – – – – 0 −1 400 −630 –
800 1 000 +80 −1 000 – – – – – – 0 −1 800 −800 –
1 000 1 250 – – – – – – – – 0 −2 400 −1 000 –
1 250 1 600 – – – – – – – – 0 – −1 200 –
132
Table 11
Normal, P6 and P5 class tolerances for tapered bores, taper 1:12
d1 d d1 + ∆ d1mp d+ ∆ dmp
α
α
∆ d1mp − ∆ dmp
2
Half angle of taper 1:12 Largest theoretical diameter d1
1
α = 2° 23⬘ 9,4⬙ d1 = d + 12 ×B
Bore diameter Tolerance classes Normal, P6 Tolerance class P5
d ∆dmp Vdp1) ∆d1mp – ∆dmp ∆dmp Vdp1) ∆d1mp – ∆dmp
over incl. high low max high low high low max high low
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm
18 30 +21 0 13 +21 0 +13 0 13 +13 0
30 50 +25 0 15 +25 0 +16 0 15 +16 0
50 80 +30 0 19 +30 0 +19 0 19 +19 0
80 120 +35 0 25 +35 0 +22 0 22 +22 0
120 180 +40 0 31 +40 0 +25 0 25 +25 0
180 250 +46 0 38 +46 0 +29 0 29 +29 0
250 315 +52 0 44 +52 0 +32 0 32 +32 0
315 400 +57 0 50 +57 0 +36 0 36 +36 0
400 500 +63 0 56 +63 0 +40 0 – +40 0
500 630 +70 0 – +70 0 +44 0 – +44 0
630 800 +80 0 – +80 0 +50 0 – +50 0
800 1000 +90 0 – +90 0 +56 0 – +56 0
1 000 1 250 +105 0 – +105 0 +66 0 – +66 0
1 250 1 600 +125 0 – +125 0 +78 0 – +78 0
1 600 2 000 +150 0 – +150 0 +92 0 – +92 0
1)
Applies in any single radial plane of the bore
133
Bearing data – general
Table 12
Normal tolerances for tapered bores, taper 1:30
d1 d d1 + ∆ d1mp d+ ∆ dmp
α
α
∆ d1mp − ∆ dmp
2
Half angle of taper 1:30 Largest theoretical diameter d1
1
α = 0° 57⬘ 17,4⬙ d1 = d + 30
×B
Bore diameter Normal tolerances
d ∆dmp Vdp1) ∆d1mp – ∆dmp
over incl. high low max high low
mm µm µm µm
80 120 +20 0 25 +40 0
120 180 +25 0 31 +50 0
180 250 +30 0 38 +55 0
250 315 +35 0 44 +60 0
315 400 +40 0 50 +65 0
400 500 +45 0 56 +75 0
500 630 +50 0 63 +85 0
630 800 +75 0 – +100 0
800 1 000 +100 0 – +100 0
1 000 1 250 +125 0 – +115 0
1 250 1 600 +160 0 – +125 0
1 600 2 000 +200 0 – +150 0
1)
Applies in any single radial plane of the bore
134
Table 13 Table 14
Chamfer dimension limits for metric radial and Chamfer dimension limits for metric radial taper
thrust bearings, except taper roller bearings roller bearings
Minimum Nominal Maximum chamfer Minimum Nominal bearing Maximum chamfer
single bearing dimensions single bore/outside dimensions
chamfer bore Radial Thrust chamfer diameter
dimension diameter bearings bearings dimension
rs min d r1,3 r2,4 r1,2,3,4 rs min d,D r1,3 r2,4
over incl. max max max over incl. max max
mm mm mm mm mm mm
0,05 – – 0,1 0,2 0,1 0,3 – 40 0,7 1,4
0,08 – – 0,16 0,3 0,16 40 – 0,9 1,6
0,1 – – 0,2 0,4 0,2
0,6 – 40 1,1 1,7
0,15 – – 0,3 0,6 0,3 40 – 1,3 2
0,2 – – 0,5 0,8 0,5
0,3 – 40 0,6 1 0,8 1 – 50 1,6 2,5
40 – 0,8 1 0,8 50 – 1,9 3
0,6 – 40 1 2 1,5 1,5 – 120 2,3 3
40 – 1,3 2 1,5 120 250 2,8 3,5
1 – 50 1,5 3 2,2 250 – 3,5 4
50 – 1,9 3 2,2
1,1 – 120 2 3,5 2,7 2 – 120 2,8 4
120 – 2,5 4 2,7 120 250 3,5 4,5
250 – 4 5
1,5 – 120 2,3 4 3,5
120 – 3 5 3,5 2,5 – 120 3,5 5
2 – 80 3 4,5 4 120 250 4 5,5
80 220 3,5 5 4 250 – 4,5 6
220 – 3,8 6 4
2,1 – 280 4 6,5 4,5 3 – 120 4 5,5
280 – 4,5 7 4,5 120 250 4,5 6,5
250 400 5 7
2,5 – 100 3,8 6 – 400 – 5,5 7,5
100 280 4,5 6 –
280 – 5 7 – 4 – 120 5 7
3 – 280 5 8 5,5 120 250 5,5 7,5
280 – 5,5 8 5,5 250 400 6 8
400 – 6,5 8,5
4 – – 6,5 9 6,5
5 – – 8 10 8 5 – 180 6,5 8
6 – – 10 13 10 180 – 7,5 9
7,5 – – 12,5 17 12,5 6 – 180 7,5 10
9,5 – – 15 19 15 180 – 9 11
12 – – 18 24 18
135
Bearing data – general
Table 15
Chamfer dimension limits for inch-size taper roller bearings
Minimum Inner ring Outer ring
single Nominal Maximum chamfer Nominal Maximum chamfer
chamfer bearing bore dimensions bearing outside dimensions
dimension diameter diameter
rs min d r1 r2 D r3 r4
over incl. max max over incl. max max
mm mm mm mm mm
0,6 1,4 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 r1 min + 0,9 r2 min + 2,0 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
355,6 r3 min + 0,9 r4 min + 2,0
1,4 2,5 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 r1 min + 2,0 r2 min + 3,0 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
355,6 r3 min + 2,0 r4 min + 3,0
2,5 4,0 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 400,0 r1 min + 2,0 r2 min + 4,0 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
400,0 r1 min + 2,5 r2 min + 4,5 355,6 400,0 r3 min + 2,0 r4 min + 4,0
400,0 r3 min + 2,5 r4 min + 4,5
4,0 5,0 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 r1 min + 2,5 r2 min + 4,0 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
355,6 r3 min + 2,5 r4 min + 4,0
5,0 6,0 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 r1 min + 3,0 r2 min + 5,0 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
355,6 r3 min + 3,0 r4 min + 5,0
6,0 7,5 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 r1 min + 4,5 r2 min + 6,5 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
355,6 r3 min + 4,5 r4 min + 6,5
7,5 9,5 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 r1 min + 6,5 r2 min + 9,5 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
355,6 r3 min + 6,5 r4 min + 9,5
9,5 12 101,6 r1 min + 0,5 r2 min + 1,3 168,3 r3 min + 0,6 r4 min + 1,2
101,6 254,0 r1 min + 0,6 r2 min + 1,8 168,3 266,7 r3 min + 0,8 r4 min + 1,4
254,0 r1 min + 8,0 r2 min + 11,0 266,7 355,6 r3 min + 1,7 r4 min + 1,7
355,6 r3 min + 8,0 r4 min + 11,0
136
Bearing internal mounted with a certain amount of preload
(➔ section “Bearing preload”, starting on
clearance page 206).
The bearing internal clearance referred to
Bearing internal clearance (➔ fig 5 ) is as Normal has been selected so that a suit-
defined as the total distance through which able operational clearance will be obtained
one bearing ring can be moved relative to the when bearings are mounted with the fits
other in the radial direction (radial internal usually recommended and operating condi-
clearance) or in the axial direction (axial tions are normal. Where operating and
internal clearance). mounting conditions differ from the normal,
It is necessary to distinguish between e.g. where interference fits are used for both
the internal clearance of a bearing before bearing rings, unusual temperatures prevail
mounting and the internal clearance in a etc., bearings with greater or smaller internal
mounted bearing which has reached its oper- clearance than Normal are required. In such
ating temperature (operational clearance). cases, SKF recommends checking residual
The initial internal clearance (before mount- clearance in the bearing after it has been
ing) is greater than the operational clearance mounted.
because different degrees of interference in Bearings having an internal clearance
the fits and differences in thermal expansion other than Normal are identified by the
of the bearing rings and the associated com- suffixes C1 to C5 (➔ table 16 ).
ponents cause the rings to be expanded or Tables giving the clearance values for the
compressed. various bearing types will be found in the
The radial internal clearance of a bearing text preceding the relevant product section.
is of considerable importance if satisfactory For paired single row angular contact ball
operation is to be obtained. As a general bearings and taper roller bearings, double
rule, ball bearings should always have an row angular contact ball bearings and four-
operational clearance that is virtually zero, point contact ball bearings, values for the
or there may be a slight preload. Cylindrical, axial internal clearance are given instead of
spherical and CARB toroidal roller bearings, radial clearance as the axial clearance is of
on the other hand, should always have some greater importance in application design for
residual clearance – however small – in op- these bearing types.
eration. The same is true of taper roller bear-
ings except in bearing arrangements where
stiffness is desired, e.g. pinion bearing
arrangements, where the bearings are
Fig 5 Table 16
Radial internal clearance Supplementary designation for internal clearance
Suffix Internal clearance
C1 Less than C2
C2 Less than Normal
CN Normal, only used in combination with
letters indicating reduced or displaced
clearance range.
C3 Greater than Normal
C4 Greater than C3
C5 Greater than C4
Axial internal clearance
137
Bearing data – general
Materials for rolling oldest and most intensively investigated
steels; due to the continuously increasing
bearings demands for extended bearing service life.
The composition of this rolling bearing steel
The materials from which the bearing com- provides an optimum balance between
ponents are made determine to a large ex- manufacturing and application performance.
tent the performance and reliability of rolling This steel is normally given a martensitic or
bearings. For the bearing rings and rolling bainitic heat treatment during which it is
elements typical considerations include hardened to the range of 58 to 65 HRC.
hardness for load carrying capacity, fatigue Within the last few years process develop-
resistance under rolling contact conditions, ments have enabled more stringent cleanli-
under clean or contaminated lubrication ness specifications to be realized, which has
conditions, and the dimensional stability of had a significant impact on the consistency
the bearing components. For the cage, con- and quality of SKF’s bearing steel. The reduc-
siderations include friction, strain, inertia tion of oxygen and harmful non-metallic
forces, and in some cases, the chemical ac- inclusions has led to significantly improved
tion of certain lubricants, solvents, coolants properties of rolling bearing steels – the
and refrigerants. The relative importance of steels from which the SKF Explorer class
these considerations can be affected by bearings are made.
other operational parameters such as corro-
sion, elevated temperatures, shock loads or Induction-hardening bearing steels
combinations of these and other conditions.
Because SKF has the competence and Surface induction hardening offers the pos-
facilities to provide a variety of materials, sibility to selectively harden a component’s
processes and coatings, SKF application raceway, while leaving the remainder of the
engineers can assist in selecting those bear- component unaffected by the hardening
ings that will provide superior performance process. The steel grade and the manufac-
for particular applications. turing processes used prior to surface in-
Contact seals integrated in rolling bearings duction hardening dictate the properties in
can also have a considerable impact on the the unaffected area, which means that a
performance and reliability of the bearings. combination of properties can be achieved
The materials they are made of have to offer in one component.
excellent oxidation, thermal or chemical An example of this would be a flanged
resistance. wheel hub bearing unit (HBU) where the
In order to meet the needs of various properties of the unhardened flange are
applications, SKF uses different materials designed to resist structural fatigue, while
for bearing rings, rolling elements, cages and the raceway is designed to resist rolling
seals. Furthermore, in applications where contact fatigue.
sufficient lubrication cannot be achieved or
where an electric current passing through the Case-hardening bearing steels
bearings has to be prevented, SKF bearings
can be supplied with special coatings. Chromium-nickel and manganese-chromium
alloyed steels according to ISO 683-17:1999
Materials for bearing rings and rolling with a carbon content of approximately
elements 0,15 % are those case-hardening steels most
commonly used for SKF rolling bearings.
Through-hardening bearing steels In applications where there are high ten-
sile interference fits and high shock loads,
The most common through hardening bear- bearings with carburized rings and/or rolling
ing steel is a carbon chromium steel con- elements are recommended.
taining approximately 1 % carbon and 1,5 %
chromium according to ISO 683-17:1999.
Today, carbon-chromium steel is one of the
138
Stainless bearing steels characteristics even under extreme tempera-
ture conditions.
The most common stainless steel used For additional information about high tem-
for SKF bearing rings and rolling elements is perature bearing steels, please contact the
the high chromium content steel X65Cr14 SKF application engineering service.
according to ISO 683-17:1999.
It should be noted that for some applica- Ceramics
tions, corrosion resistant coatings might be
an excellent alternative to stainless steel. The common ceramic used for SKF bearing
For additional information about alternative rings and rolling elements is a bearing grade
coatings, please consult the SKF applica- silicon nitride material. It consists of fine
tion engineering service. elongated grains of beta-silicon nitride in
a glassy phase matrix. It provides a combin-
High-temperature bearing steels ation of favourable properties for rolling
bearings, such as high hardness, low dens-
Depending on the bearing type, standard ity, low thermal expansion, high electric
bearings made from through hardened and resistivity, low dielectric constant and no
surface-hardened steels have a recom- response to magnetic fields (➔ table 17 ).
mended maximum operating temperature,
which differs between 120 and 200 °C. The
maximum operating temperature is directly
related to the heat treatment process used
in manufacturing components.
For operating temperatures up to 250 °C;
a special heat treatment (stabilization) can
be applied. In this case a reduction of the
load carrying capacity of the bearing has to
be taken into account.
For bearings operated at elevated tem-
peratures, higher than 250 °C, for extended
periods, highly alloyed steels like the
80MoCrV42-16 manufactured to ISO 683-
17:1999 should be used because they retain
their hardness and bearing performance
Table 17
Comparison of the material properties of bearing steel and silicon nitride
Material Bearing Bearing grade
properties steel silicon nitride
Mechanical properties
Density (g/cm3) 7,9 3,2
Hardness 700 HV10 1 600 HV10
Modulus of elasticity (kN/mm2) 210 310
Thermal expansion (10−6/K) 12 3
Electrical properties (at 1 MHz)
Electrical resistivity (Ωm) 0,4 × 10−6 1012
(Conductor) (Insulator)
Dielectric strength (kV/mm) – 15
Relative dielectric constant – 8
139
Bearing data – general
Cage materials Brass cages should not be used at tempera-
tures in excess of 250 ºC.
Sheet steel cages
The majority of pressed sheet steel cages Polymer cages
are made from continuously hot-rolled
low carbon sheet steel according to (DIN) Polyamide 6,6
EN 10111:1998. These lightweight cages For the majority of injection moulded cages
have relatively high strength and can be polyamide 6,6 is used. This material, with
surface treated to further reduce friction and glass fibre reinforcement or without, is
wear. characterized by a favourable combination
Pressed cages normally used in stainless of strength and elasticity. The mechanical
steel bearings are made from stainless steel properties like strength and elasticity of
X5CrNi18-10 according to ISO 683-17:1999. polymeric materials are temperature depen-
dent and subject to permanent changes
Machined steel cages under operating conditions, called ageing.
The most important factors that play a role in
Machined steel cages are normally made of this ageing behaviour are temperature, time
non-alloyed structural steel of type S355GT and the medium (lubricant) to which the poly-
(St 52) according to EN 10 025:1990 + A:1993. mer is exposed. The relationship between
To improve sliding and wear resistance these factors for glass fibre reinforced poly-
properties some machined steel cages are amide 6,6 is illustrated in diagram 1 . It ap-
surface treated. pears that the cage life decreases with in-
Machined steel cages are used for large- creasing temperature and the aggressive-
size bearings or in applications where there ness of the lubricant.
is a danger that season cracking, caused Therefore, whether polyamide cages are
by a chemical reaction, may occur if a brass suitable for a specific application depends on
cage were used. Steel cages can be used at the operating conditions and life require-
operating temperatures up to 300 ºC. They ments. In table 18 the classification of lubri-
are not affected by the mineral or synthetic cants into “aggressive” and “mild” is reflected
oil-based lubricants normally used for rolling by the “permissible operating temperature”
bearings, or by the organic solvents used to for the use of cages made from glass fibre
clean bearings. reinforced polyamide 6,6 in various lubricants.
The permissible operating temperature in
Sheet brass cages this table is defined as the temperature,
which gives a cage ageing life of at least
Pressed sheet brass cages are used for 10 000 operating hours.
some small and medium-sized bearings. Some media are even more “aggressive”
The brass used for these cages conforms to than those listed in table 18 . A typical
EN 1652:1997. In applications such as com- example is ammonia applied as refrigerant
pressors for refrigeration using ammonia, in compressors. In those cases, cages
season cracking in sheet brass might occur, made from glass fibre reinforced polyamide
therefore machined brass or steel cages 6,6 should not be used at operating tem-
should be used instead. peratures above + 70 °C or SKF needs to
be consulted.
Machined brass cages Towards the low operating temperature
side, also a limit can be set since polyamide
Most brass cages are machined from a loses its elasticity which can result in cage
CW612N cast or wrought brass according failures. Cages made from glass fibre re-
to EN 1652:1997. They are unaffected by inforced polyamide 6,6 should for this reason
most common bearing lubricants, including not be applied at a continuous operating
synthetic oils and greases, and can be temperature below −40 °C.
cleaned using normal organic solvents.
140
Where a high degree of toughness is a dom- Table 18
inant factor, such as in railway axleboxes, Permissible operating temperatures for cages of
a super-tough modification of polyamide 6,6 glass fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6 with various
bearing lubricants
is applied. Please consult the SKF applica-
tion engineering service for cage availability Lubricant Permissible
operating
for specific bearing executions. temperature1)
Polyamide 4,6 Mineral oils
Glass fibre reinforced polyamide 4,6 is Oils without EP additives, e.g.
machine or hydraulic oils 120 °C
used for some small and medium size CARB
toroidal roller bearings as standard. These Oils with EP additives, e.g. industrial
and automotive gearbox oils 110 °C
cages have a 15 °C higher permissible oper-
ating temperature than those made from Oils with EP additives, e.g.
automotive rear axle and
glass fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6. differential gear oils (automotive),
hypoid gear oils 100 °C
Polyether ether ketone Synthetic oils
The use of the glass fibre reinforced PEEK Polyglycols, poly-alpha-olefins 120 °C
Diesters, silicones 110 °C
for cages has become common within SKF Phosphate esters 80 °C
for demanding conditions regarding high Greases
speeds, chemical attack or high tempera- Lithium greases 120 °C
tures. The exceptional properties of PEEK Polyurea, bentonite,
calcium complex greases 120 °C
are superior combination of strength and
flexibility, high operating temperature range, For sodium and calcium greases
and other greases with a maximum
high chemical and wear resistance and operating temperature below
good processability. Due to these outstand- 120 °C, the maximum temperature
for the polyamide cage is the same
ing features, PEEK cages are available as as the maximum operating
standard for some ball and cylindrical roller temperature for the grease.
bearings, like hybrid and/or high-precision
bearings. The material does not show signs
of ageing by temperature and oil additives
up to +200 °C. However, the maximum tem-
perature for high-speed use is limited to
+150 °C as this is the softening temperature
of the polymer. 1)
Measured on the outside surface of the outer ring
Diagram 1
Cage ageing life for glass fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6
100 000 mild lubricants
aggressive
lubricants
Cage ageing life, hours
10 000
1 000
100
50 100 150 200
Bearing temperature, °C
141
Bearing data – general
Phenolic resin cages Hydrogenated acrylonitrile butadiene rubber
Lightweight, fabric reinforced phenolic resin
cages can withstand high centrifugal as well Hydrogenated acrylonitrile butadiene rubber
as acceleration forces but are not able to ac- (HNBR) has appreciably better wear charac-
commodate high operating temperatures. teristics than nitrile rubber so that seals made
In most cases, these cages are used as of this material have a longer service life.
standard in high-precision angular contact Hydrogenated acrylonitrile butadiene rubber
ball bearings. is also more resistant to heat, ageing and
hardening in hot oil or ozone.
Other materials Mixtures of oil in air may have a negative
In addition to the materials described above, impact on seal life. The upper operating
SKF bearings for special applications may temperature limit is +150 °C, which is appre-
be fitted with cages made of other engineer- ciably higher than that of normal nitrile
ing polymer materials, light alloys or special rubber.
cast iron. For information on cages made
from alternative materials please consult the Fluoro rubber
SKF application engineering service.
Fluoro rubbers (FPM) are characterized by
Seal materials their high thermal and chemical resistance.
Seals integrated in SKF bearings are typically Their resistance to ageing and ozone is very
made from elastomer materials. The type of good and their gas permeability is very slight.
material can depend on the series and size They have exceptionally good wear charac-
of the bearing as well as the application re- teristics even under harsh environmental
quirements. SKF seals are generally pro- conditions and can withstand operating
duced from the materials listed below. temperatures up to +200 °C. Seals made
from this material can tolerate dry running of
Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber the lip for short periods.
Fluoro rubbers are also resistant to oils and
Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) is the hydraulic fluids, fuels and lubricants, mineral
“universal” seal material. This copolymer, acids and aliphatic as well as aromatic hydro-
produced from acrylonitrile and butadiene, carbons which would cause seals made from
shows good resistance to the following other materials to fail. In the presence of
media esters, ethers, ketones, certain amines and
hot anhydrous hydrofluorides fluoro rubbers
• most mineral oils and greases with a should not be used.
mineral oil base, At temperatures above 300 °C, fluoro rub-
• normal fuels: petrol, diesel and light ber gives off dangerous fumes. As handling
heating oils, seals made of fluoro rubber constitutes a
• animal and vegetable oils and fats, and potential safety risk, the safety precautions
• hot water mentioned hereafter must always be con-
sidered.
It also tolerates short-term dry running of
the sealing lip. The permissible operating Polyurethane
temperature range is −40 to +100 °C; for
brief periods temperatures of up to +120 °C Polyurethane (AU) is a wear-resistant organic
can be tolerated. At higher temperatures material, which has good elastic properties.
the material hardens. It withstands operating temperatures in the
range of –20 up to +80 °C. It has good resist-
ance to mineral oil based greases, mineral
oils with no or low quantity of EP additives,
water and water-oil mixtures for example.
It is not resistant to acids, alkalics or polar
solvents.
142
Coatings
WARNING! Coating is a well-established method to up-
grade materials and to provide bearings with
Safety precautions for additional features for specific application
fluoro rubber conditions. Two different coating methods
Fluoro rubber is very stable and harm- developed by SKF are available and already
less in normal operating conditions up successfully proven in many applications.
to +200 °C. However, if exposed to The surface coating, trademarked
extreme temperatures above 300 °C, NoWear®, applies a low friction ceramic
e.g. fire or the flame of a cutting torch, coating on the bearing inner surfaces to
fluoro rubber seals give off hazardous withstand long periods of operation under
fumes. These fumes can be harmful if marginal lubrication for example. More
inhaled, as well as to the eyes. In addi- details can be found in the section “NoWear
tion, once the seals have been heated bearings”, starting on page 939.
to such temperatures, they are danger- The SKF INSOCOAT® coating, which can
ous to handle even after they have be applied to the exterior of the outer ring or
cooled and should not touch the skin. inner ring of a bearing, offers resistance to
If it is necessary to handle bearings the damage that can be caused by the pas-
with seals that have been subjected sage of electric current through the bearing.
to high temperatures, such as when More details can be found in the section
dismounting the bearing, the following “INSOCOAT bearings”, starting on page 905.
safety precautions should be observed: Other coatings like zinc chromate for
example, can offer an alternative to stainless
• always wear protective goggles, steel in a corrosive environment, especially
gloves and appropriate breathing for ready-to-mount bearing units.
apparatus,
• place the remains of the seals in an
airtight plastic container marked
with a symbol for “material will etch”,
• follow the safety precautions in the
appropriate material safety data
sheet (MSDS).
If there is unintentional contact with
the seals, wash hands with soap and
plenty of water and flush eyes with
plenty of water and consult a doctor
immediately. If the fumes have been
inhaled, consult a doctor immediately.
The user is responsible for the cor-
rect use of the product during its ser-
vice life and its proper disposal. SKF
takes no responsibility for the improper
handling of fluoro rubber seals or for any
injury resulting from their use.
143
Bearing data – general
Cages Pressed cages
Pressed cages for SKF bearings generally
Cages have an appreciable influence on the are made of sheet steel and with some ex-
suitability of rolling bearings. Their main ceptions of sheet brass (➔ fig 6 ). Depend-
purposes are ing on the bearing type pressed cages are
designed as
• keeping the rolling elements at an appro-
priate distance from each other and to • ribbon-type brass or steel cage (a)
prevent direct contact between neigh- • riveted steel cage (b)
bouring rolling elements, in order to keep • snap-type brass or steel cage (c)
friction and thus heat generation at a • extremely strong window-type steel
minimum; cage (d)
• keeping the rolling elements evenly
distributed around the complete circum- Pressed cages offer the advantage of lower
ference to provide even load distribution weight as well as the advantage of more
and quiet and uniform running; space inside the bearing, which facilitates
• guiding the rolling elements in the un- entry of the lubricant into the bearing.
loaded zone, to improve the rolling con-
ditions in the bearing and to prevent
damaging sliding movements;
• retaining the rolling elements, where
bearings are of a separable design and
one bearing ring is removed during
mounting or dismounting.
Cages are mechanically stressed by fric-
tional, strain and inertia forces and they may
also be subjected to the chemical action of
certain lubricants, lubricant additives or
products of their ageing, organic solvents or
coolants. Therefore the design and material
are of paramount importance for the perfor-
mance of the cage as well as for the opera-
tional reliability of the bearing itself. This is
the reason why SKF has developed various
cage types and designs of different mater-
ials for the different bearing types. Fig 6
In the introductory text to each product
section information is provided regarding
the standard cages fitted to the bearings and
also possible alternatives. If a bearing with
a non-standard cage is required it is always
advisable to check availability before
ordering.
In general the cages for SKF rolling bear-
ings can be classified as pressed, solid or
pin-type cages
a b c d
144
Solid cages Fig 8
Solid cages for SKF bearings are made from
brass, steel, light alloy, polymer or fabric re-
inforced phenolic resin (➔ fig 7 ). Depending
on the bearing design they are designed as
• two-piece machined riveted cage (a),
• two-piece machined cage with integral
rivets (b),
• one-piece machined window-type cage (c),
• double pronged machined cage (d),
• injection moulded polymer window-type a
cage (e),
• injection moulded polymer snap-type cage
(f),
• one-piece machined cage of fabric
reinforced phenolic resin.
Machined metal cages generally permit
higher speeds and are necessary when
movements additional to pure rotation are
superimposed, particularly when conditions b
of high acceleration prevail. Suitable steps
must be taken (e.g. oil lubrication) to provide
sufficient supply of lubricant to the guiding
surfaces of the cage and to the inside of the
bearing. Machined cages are centred
(➔ fig 8 ) either on the
• rolling elements (a),
• inner ring shoulder(s) (b) or
• outer ring shoulder(s) (c)
c
and are thus radially guided.
Fig 7
a b c c d e f
145
Bearing data – general
Solid polymer cages are characterized by Fig 9
a favourable combination of strength and
elasticity. The good sliding properties of the
polymer on lubricated steel surfaces and the
smoothness of the cage surfaces in contact
with the rolling elements produce just little
friction so that heat generation and wear in
the bearing are at a minimum. The low dens-
ity of the material means that the inertia of
the cage is small. The excellent running
properties of polymer cages under lubricant
starvation conditions permit continued op-
eration of the bearing for a time without risk
of seizure and secondary damage.
Pin-type cages
Steel pin-type cages need pierced rollers
(➔ fig 9 ) and are only used together with
large-sized roller bearings. These cages
have relative low weight and allow a large
number of rollers being incorporated.
Materials
Detailed information about materials used
for cages can be found in the section
“Materials for rolling bearings”, starting
on page 138.
146
Designations Basic designations identify the
Designations of rolling bearings consist of • type,
combinations of figures and/or letters, the • basic design and
significance of which is not immediately • standard boundary dimensions
apparent. Therefore, the SKF designation
system for rolling bearings will be described of a bearing. Supplementary designations
and the significance of the more common identify
supplementary designations explained. To
avoid confusion, the designations used for • bearing components and/or
specific rolling bearing types, such as needle • variants having a design and/or feature(s)
roller bearings, Y-bearings or high-precision that differ in some respect from the basic
bearings are not covered. More information design.
about these will be found in the relevant cata-
logues. Also very specific bearing types, Supplementary designations may precede
such as fixed-section bearings, slewing the basic designation (prefixes) or follow it
bearings or linear bearings are not covered (suffixes). Where several supplementary
either. These designations differ sometimes designations are used to identify a given
considerably from the system described bearing, they are always written in a given
here. order (➔ fig 11 , page 150).
Bearing designations are divided into The list of supplementary designations
two main groups: designations for standard presented in the following is not exhaustive
bearings and designations for special bear- but includes those most commonly used.
ings. Standard bearings are bearings that
normally have standardized dimensions,
whereas special bearings have special
dimensions dictated by customer demands.
These customized bearings are also referred
to as “drawing number” bearings and they
will not be covered in detail in this section.
The complete designation may consist of Fig 10
a basic designation with or without one or Bearing designation system
more supplementary designations (➔ fig 10 ).
The complete bearing designation, i.e. the
basic designation with supplementary des-
ignations is always marked on the bearing Examples R NU 2212 ECML
package, whereas the designation marked
on the bearing may sometimes be incom- W 6008 / C3
plete, e.g. for manufacturing reasons.
23022 – 2CS
Prefix
Space or
non-separated
Basic designation
Space, oblique stroke or hyphen
Suffix
147
Bearing data – general
Basic designations 4. For some smaller bearings having a bore
All SKF standard bearings have a character- diameter below 10 mm, such as deep
istic basic designation, which generally con- groove, self-aligning and angular contact
sists of 3, 4 or 5 figures, or a combination of ball bearings, the bore diameter is also
letters and figures. The design of the system given in millimetres (uncoded) but is not
used for almost all standard ball and roller separated from the series designation by
bearing types is shown schematically in an oblique stroke, e.g. 629 or 129 (d =
diagram 2 . The figures and combinations 9 mm).
of letters and figures have the following 5. Bore diameters which deviate from the
meaning: standard bore diameter of a bearing have
always been given uncoded, in millimetres
• the first figure or the first letter or combina- with up to three decimal places. This bore
tion of letters identifies the bearing type; diameter identification is part of the basic
the actual bearing type can be seen from designation and is separated from the
the presentation (➔ diagram 2 ). basic designation by an oblique stroke,
• the following two figures identify the ISO e.g. 6202/15.875 (d = 15,875 mm).
Dimension Series; the first figure indicates
the Width or Height Series (dimensions B, Series designations
T or H respectively) and the second the
Diameter Series (dimension D). Each standard bearing belongs to a given
• the last two figures of the basic designa- bearing series, which is identified by the
tion give the size code of the bearing; when basic designation without the size identifica-
multiplied by 5, the bore diameter in milli- tion. Series designations often include a
metres is obtained. suffix A, B, C, D or E or a combination of
these letters e.g. CA. These are used to
But there is no rule without some exceptions. identify differences in internal design,
The most important ones in the bearing e.g. contact angle.
designation system are listed below. The most common series designations
are shown in diagram 2 above the bearing
1. In a few cases the figure for the bearing sketches. The figures in brackets are not
type and/or the first figure of the Dimension included in the series designation.
Series identification is omitted. These fig-
ures are given in brackets in diagram 2 .
2. For bearings having a bore diameter
smaller than 10 mm or equal to or greater
than 500 mm, the bore diameter is gener-
ally given in millimetres and is not coded.
The size identification is separated from
the rest of the bearing designation by an
oblique stroke, e.g. 618/8 (d = 8 mm) or
511/530 (d = 530 mm).
This is also true of standard bearings
according to ISO 15 that have bore
diameters of 22, 28 or 32 mm, e.g. 62/22
(d = 22 mm).
3. Bearings with bore diameters of 10, 12, 15
and 17 mm have the following size code
identifications:
00 = 10 mm
01 = 12 mm
02 = 15 mm
03 = 17 mm
148
Diagram 2
Designation system for SKF standard metric ball and roller bearings
Bearing series 6(0)4
623
544 6(0)3 (0)4
223 524 622 33
213 543 6(0)2 23
232 523 630 23 (0)3
222 542 6(1)0 32 22
241 522 16(0)0 22 12
231 639 41 (0)2
240 323 534 619 31 31 41
230 313 514 609 60 30 31
249 303 533 638 50 20 60
139 239 332 513 628 7(0)4 814 40 10 50
130 248 322 532 618 7(0)3 894 30 39 40 23
(1)23 238 302 512 608 7(0)2 874 69 29 30 (0)3
1(0)3 331 511 637 7(1)0 813 59 19 69 12
(1)22 294 330 510 627 719 893 49 38 49 (0)2
(0)33 1(0)2 293 320 4(2)3 591 617 718 812 39 28 39 10
(0)32 1(1)0 292 329 4(2)2 590 607 708 811 29 18 48 19
Bearing type
NC, NCF NN
NF, NFP NNC
NJ, NJP NNCF
NP, NPF NNCL
NU
NUP, NUPJ
(0) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C N NN QJ
Radial bearing Thrust bearings
Width (B, T) Height (H)
8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 9 1
H
T Diameter Series
B D
7 8 9 0
Dimen- Size 1 2
sion 3 4
Series d/5
XXXXX
Bearing series
Code Bearing type Code Bearing type Code Bearing type
0 Double row angular contact 7 Single row angular contact QJ Four-point contact
ball bearings ball bearings ball bearings
1 Self-aligning ball bearings 8 Cylindrical roller thrust bearings T Taper roller bearings
2 Spherical roller bearings, C CARB toroidal roller bearings according to ISO 355-1977
spherical roller thrust bearings N Cylindrical roller bearings.
3 Taper roller bearings A second and sometimes a
4 Double row deep groove third letter are used to identify
ball bearings the number of the rows or the
5 Thrust ball bearings configuration of the flanges,
6 Single row deep groove e.g. NJ, NU, NUP, NN, NNU,
ball bearings NNCF etc.
149
Bearing data – general
Fig 11
Designation system for suffixes
Group Group Group Group
Designation example
1 2 3 / 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6
6205-RS1NRTN9/P63LT20CVB123 6205 -RS1NR TN9 / P63 LT20C VB123
23064 CCK/HA3C084S2W33 23064 CC K / HA3 C084 S2 W33
Basic designation
Space
Suffixes
Group 1: Internal design
Group 2: External design (seals, snap ring groove etc.)
Group 3: Cage design
Oblique stroke
Group 4: Variants
Group 4.1: Materials, heat treatment
Group 4.2: Accuracy, clearance, quiet running
Group 4.3: Bearing sets, paired bearings
Group 4.4: Stabilization
Group 4.5: Lubrication
Group 4.6: Other variants
150
Supplementary designations Suffixes
Prefixes Suffixes are used to identify designs or
variants which differ in some way from the
Prefixes are used to identify components of original design, or which differ from the
a bearing and are usually then followed by current standard design. The suffixes are
the designation of the complete bearing, or divided into groups and when more than one
to avoid confusion with other bearing desig- special feature is to be identified; suffixes
nations. For example they are used in front are given in the order shown in the scheme
of designations for taper roller bearings ac- in fig 11 , page 150.
cording to a system described in ANSI/ The most commonly used suffixes are
ABMA Standard 19 for (predominantly) inch- listed below. Note that not all variants are
size bearings. available.
GS Housing washer of a cylindrical roller A Deviating or modified internal design
thrust bearing with the same boundary dimen-
K Cylindrical roller and cage thrust sions. As a rule the significance of
assembly the letter is bound to the particular
K- Inner ring with roller and cage assem- bearing or bearing series. Examples:
bly (cone) or outer ring (cup) of inch- 4210 A: Double row deep groove
size taper roller bearing belonging to ball bearing without filling slots
an ABMA standard series. 3220 A: Double row angular contact
L Separate inner or outer ring of a ball bearing with a 30° contact angle
separable bearing AC Single row angular contact ball
R Inner or outer ring with roller (and cage) bearing with a 25° contact angle
assembly of a separable bearing ADA Modified snap ring grooves in the
W Stainless steel deep groove ball outer ring; a two-piece inner ring
bearing held together by a retaining ring
WS Shaft washer of a cylindrical roller B Deviating or modified internal design
thrust bearing with the same boundary dimen-
ZE Bearing with SensorMount® feature sions. As a rule the significance of
the letter is bound to the particular
bearing series. Examples:
7224 B: Single row angular contact
ball bearing with a 40° contact angle
32210 B: Steep contact angle taper
roller bearing
Bxx(x) B combined with a two or three-
figure number identifies variants of
the standard design that cannot be
identified by generally applicable
suffixes. Example:
B20: Reduced width tolerance
C Deviating or modified internal design
with the same boundary dimen-
sions. As a rule the significance of
the letter is bound to the particular
bearing series. Example:
21306 C: Spherical roller bearing
with a flangeless inner ring, sym-
metrical rollers, loose guide ring
and a window-type steel cage
151
Bearing data – general
CA 1. Spherical roller bearing of C CN Normal internal clearance, normally
design, but with retaining flanges only used together with an additional
on the inner ring and a machined letter that identifies a reduced or
cage displaced clearance range.
2. Single row angular contact ball Examples:
bearing for universal matching. CNH Upper half of the Normal
Two bearings arranged back-to- clearance range
back or face-to-face will have CNM Two middle quarters of the
a slight axial clearance before Normal clearance range
mounting CNL Lower half of the Normal
CAC Spherical roller bearing of the CA clearance range
design but with enhanced roller CNP Upper half of the Normal and
guidance lower half of C3 clearance
CB 1. Single row angular contact ball CNR Cylindrical roller bearings
bearing for universal matching. with Normal clearance to
Two bearings arranged back-to- DIN 620-4:1982
back or face-to-face will have The above letters H, M, L and P
a “Normal” axial clearance before are also used together with the
mounting following clearance classes: C2, C3
2. Controlled axial clearance of and C4
double row angular contact ball CV Full complement cylindrical roller
bearings bearing with modified internal design
CC 1. Spherical roller bearing of C CS Contact seal of nitrile butadiene
design but with enhanced roller rubber (NBR) with sheet steel
guidance reinforcement on one side of the
2. Single row angular contact ball bearing
bearing for universal matching. CS2 Contact seal of fluoro rubber (FPM)
Two bearings arranged back-to- with sheet steel reinforcement on
back or face-to-face will have one side of the bearing
a large axial clearance before CS5 Contact seal of hydrogenated nitrile
mounting butadiene rubber (HNBR) with
CLN Taper roller bearing with tolerances sheet steel reinforcement on one
corresponding to ISO tolerance side of the bearing
class 6X 2CS Contact seals of nitrile butadiene
CL0 Inch-size taper roller bearing with rubber (NBR) with sheet steel re-
tolerances to class 0 according to inforcement on both sides of the
ANSI/ABMA Standard 19.2:1994 bearing
CL00 Inch-size taper roller bearing with 2CS2 Contact seals of fluoro rubber (FPM)
tolerances to class 00 according to with sheet steel reinforcement on
ANSI/ABMA Standard 19.2:1994 both sides of the bearing
CL3 Inch-size taper roller bearing with 2CS5 Contact seals of hydrogenated
tolerances to class 3 according to nitrile butadiene rubber (HNBR)
ANSI/ABMA Standard 19.2:1994 with sheet steel reinforcement on
CL7C Taper roller bearing with special both sides of the bearing
frictional behaviour and heightened C1 Bearing internal clearance smaller
running accuracy than C2
C2 Bearing internal clearance smaller
than Normal (CN)
C3 Bearing internal clearance greater
than Normal (CN)
C4 Bearing internal clearance greater
than C3
152
C5 Bearing internal clearance greater DF Two single row deep groove ball
than C4 bearings, single row angular contact
C02 Extra reduced tolerance for running ball bearings or single row taper
accuracy of inner ring of assembled roller bearings matched for mount-
bearing ing in a face-to-face arrangement.
C04 Extra reduced tolerance for running The letter(s) following the DF are
accuracy of outer ring of assembled explained under DB
bearing DT Two single row deep groove ball
C08 C02 + C04 bearings, single row angular con-
C083 C02 + C04 + C3 tact ball bearings or single row
C10 Reduced tolerance for the bore and taper roller bearings matched for
outside diameters mounting in a tandem arrangement;
D Deviating or modified internal design for paired taper roller bearings the
with the same boundary dimen- design and arrangement of the
sions; as a rule the significance of intermediate rings between the
the letter is bound to the particular inner and/or outer rings are identi-
bearing series. Example: fied by a two-figure number which
3310 D: Double row angular contact follows immediately after DT
ball bearing with a two-piece inner E Deviating or modified internal
ring design with the same boundary
DA Modified snap ring grooves in the dimensions; as a rule the signifi-
outer ring; two-piece inner ring held cance of the letter is bound to the
together by a retaining ring particular bearing series; usually in-
DB Two single row deep groove ball dicates reinforced rolling element
bearings (1), single row angular complement. Example:
contact ball bearings (2) or single 7212 BE: Single row angular con-
row taper roller bearings matched tact ball bearing with a 40° contact
for mounting in a back-to-back angle and optimized internal design
arrangement. The letter(s) following EC Single row cylindrical roller bearing
the DB indicate the magnitude of with an optimized internal design
the axial clearance or preload in the and with modified roller end/flange
bearing pair before mounting. contact
A Light preload (2) ECA Spherical roller bearing of CA
B Moderate preload (2) design but with reinforced rolling
C Heavy preload (2) element complement
CA Small axial clearance (1, 2) ECAC Spherical roller bearing of CAC
CB Normal axial clearance (1, 2) design but with reinforced rolling
CC Large axial clearance (1, 2) element complement
C Special axial clearance in µm F Machined steel or special cast
GA Light preload (1) iron cage, rolling element centred;
GB Moderate preload (1) different designs or materials are
G Special preload in daN identified by a figure following the
For paired taper roller bearings F, e.g. F1
the design and arrangement of the FA Machined steel or special cast iron
intermediate rings between the cage; outer ring centred
inner and outer rings are identified FB Machined steel or special cast iron
by a two-figure number which is cage; inner ring centred
placed between DB and the above G Single row angular contact ball
mentioned letters. bearing for universal matching. Two
bearings arranged back-to-back or
face-to-face will have a certain axial
clearance before mounting
153
Bearing data – general
G.. Grease filling. A second letter HA Bearing or bearing components of
indicates the operating temperature case-hardening steel. For closer
range of the grease and a third letter identification HA is followed by one
identifies the actual grease. The of the following figures
significance of the second letter is 0 Complete bearing
as follows: 1 Outer and inner rings
E Extreme pressure grease 2 Outer ring
F Food compatible grease 3 Inner ring
H, J High temperature grease, 4 Outer ring, inner ring and rolling
−20 to +130 °C elements
L Low temperature grease, 5 Rolling elements
− 50 to +80 °C 6 Outer ring and rolling elements
M Medium temperature grease, 7 Inner ring and rolling elements
−30 to +110 °C HB Bainite hardened bearing or bearing
W, X Low/high temperature grease, components. For closer identifica-
−40 to +140 °C tion HB is followed by one of the
A figure following the three-letter figures explained under HA
grease code indicates that the filling HC Bearing or bearing components of
degree deviates from the standard: ceramic material. For closer identi-
Figures 1, 2 and 3 indicate smaller fication HC is followed by one of the
than standard, 4 up to 9 a larger fill. figures explained under HA
Examples: HE Bearing or bearing components of
GEA Extreme pressure grease, vacuum remelted steel. For closer
standard fill identification HE is followed by one
GLB2 Low temperature grease, of the figures explained under HA
15 to 25 % fill HM Martensite hardened bearing or
GA Single row angular contact ball bearing components. For closer
bearing for universal matching. Two identification HM is followed by one
bearings arranged back-to-back or of the figures explained under HA
face-to-face will have a light preload HN Special surface heat-treated bear-
before mounting ing or bearing components. For
GB Single row angular contact ball closer identification HN is followed
bearing for universal matching. Two by one of the figures explained
bearings arranged back-to-back or under HA
face-to-face will have a moderate HT Grease fill for high operating tem-
preload before mounting peratures (−20 to +130 °C). Greases,
GC Single row angular contact ball which differ from the selected stand-
bearing for universal matching. ard grease for this temperature
Two bearings arranged back-to- range, are identified by two-figure
back or face-to-face will have a numbers following HT. Filling
heavy preload before mounting degrees other than standard are
GJN Normal fill grade of polyurea base identified by a letter or letter/figure
grease of consistency 2 to the NLGI combination following HTxx:
Scale for a temperature range –30 A Filling degree less than standard
to +150 °C B Filling degree greater than
H Pressed snap-type steel cage, standard
hardened C Filling degree greater than 70 %
F1 Filling degree less than standard
F7 Filling degree greater than
standard
F9 Filling degree greater than 70 %
Examples: HTB, HT22 or HT24B
154
HV Bearing or bearing components of ML One-piece brass window-type
hardenable stainless steel. For cage, inner or outer ring centred
closer identification HV is followed MP One-piece brass window-type
by one of the figures explained cage, with punched or reamed
under HA pockets, inner or outer ring centred
J Pressed steel cage, rolling element MR One-piece brass window-type
centred, unhardened; different cage, rolling element centred
designs or materials are identified MT Grease fill for medium operating
by a figure, e.g. J1 temperatures (–30 to +110 °C).
JR Cage comprising of two flat A two-figure number following MT
washers of unhardened sheet identifies the actual grease. An add-
steel, riveted together itional letter or letter/figure com-
K Tapered bore, taper 1:12 bination as mentioned under “HT”
K30 Tapered bore, taper 1:30 identifies filling degrees other than
LHT Grease fill for low and high operat- standard. Examples:
ing temperatures (–40 to +140 °C). MT33, MT37F9 or MT47
A two-figure number following LHT N Snap ring groove in the outer ring
identifies the actual grease. An add- NR Snap ring groove in the outer ring
itional letter or letter/figure com- with appropriate snap ring
bination as mentioned under “HT” N1 One locating slot (notch) in one
identifies filling degrees other than outer ring side face
standard. Examples: N2 Two locating slots (notches) in one
LHT23, LHT23C or LHT23F7 outer ring side face at 180° to each
LS Land-riding contact seal with or other
without sheet steel reinforcement P Injection moulded cage of glass
on one side of the bearing fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6,
2LS Land-riding contact seals with or rolling element centred
without sheet steel reinforcement PH Injection moulded cage of polyether
on both sides of the bearing ether ketone (PEEK), rolling element
LT Grease fill for low operating tem- centred
peratures (−50 to +80 °C). Greases, PHA Injection moulded cage of polyether
which differ from the selected stand- ether ketone (PEEK), outer ring
ard grease for this temperature centred
range are identified as explained P4 Dimensional and running accuracy
under “HT”. Examples: to ISO tolerance class 4
LT, LT10 or LTF1 P5 Dimensional and running accuracy
L4B Bearing rings and rolling elements to ISO tolerance class 5
with special surface coating P6 Dimensional and running accuracy
L5B Rolling elements with special to ISO tolerance class 6
surface coating P62 P6 + C2
L5DA NoWear bearing with coated rolling P63 P6 + C3
elements Q Optimized internal geometry and
L7DA NoWear bearing with coated rolling surface finish (taper roller bearing)
elements and inner ring raceway(s) R 1. Flanged outer ring
M Machined brass cage, rolling elem- 2. Crowned runner surface (track
ent centred; different designs or runner bearing)
materials are identified by a figure, RS Contact seal of synthetic rubber with
e.g. M2 or without sheet steel reinforcement
MA Machined brass cage, outer ring on one side of the bearing
centred RS1 Contact seal of acrylonitrile buta-
MB Machined brass cage, inner ring diene rubber (NBR) with sheet steel
centred reinforcement on one side of the
bearing
155
Bearing data – general
RS1Z Contact seal of acrylonitrile buta- S3 Bearing rings or washers dimen-
diene rubber (NBR) with sheet steel sionally stabilized for use at operat-
reinforcement on one side and one ing temperatures up to +300 °C
shield on the other side of the bear- S4 Bearing rings or washers dimen-
ing sionally stabilized for use at operat-
RS2 Contact seal of fluoro rubber (FPM) ing temperatures up to +350 °C
with sheet steel reinforcement on T Machined cage of fabric reinforced
one side of the bearing phenolic resin, rolling element
RSH Contact seal of acrylonitrile buta- centred
diene rubber (NBR) with sheet steel TB Window-type cage of fabric re-
reinforcement on one side of the inforced phenolic resin, inner ring
bearing centred
RSL Low-friction contact seal of acrylo- TH Snap-type cage of fabric reinforced
nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) with phenolic resin, rolling element
sheet steel reinforcement on one centred
side of the bearing TN Injection moulded cage of
RZ Low-friction seal of acrylonitrile polyamide, rolling element centred
butadiene rubber (NBR) with sheet TNH Injection moulded cage of polyether
steel reinforcement on one side of ether ketone (PEEK), rolling element
the bearing centred
2RS Contact seals of synthetic rubber TN9 Injection moulded cage of glass
with sheet steel reinforcement on fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6,
both sides of the bearing rolling element centred
2RS1 Contact seals of acrylonitrile buta- U U combined with a one-figure num-
diene rubber (NBR) with sheet steel ber identifies a taper roller bearing,
reinforcement on both sides cone or cup, with reduced width
of the bearing tolerance. Examples:
2RS2 Contact seals of fluoro rubber U2: Width tolerance +0,05/0 mm
(FPM) with sheet steel reinforce- U4: Width tolerance +0,10/0 mm
ment on both sides of the bearing V Full complement bearing (without
2RSH Contact seals of acrylonitrile buta- cage)
diene rubber (NBR) with sheet steel V… V combined with a second letter,
reinforcement on both sides identifies a variant group, and fol-
of the bearing lowed by a three or four figure num-
2RSL Low-friction contact seals of acrylo- ber denotes variants not covered by
nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) with “standard” designation suffixes.
sheet steel reinforcement on both Examples:
sides of the bearing VA Application oriented variants
2RZ Low-friction seals of acrylonitrile VB Boundary dimension
butadiene rubber (NBR) with sheet deviations
steel reinforcement on both sides VE External or internal deviations
of the bearing VL Coatings
S0 Bearing rings or washers dimen- VQ Quality and tolerances other
sionally stabilized for use at operat- than standard
ing temperatures up to +150 °C VS Clearance and preload
S1 Bearing rings or washers dimen- VT Lubrication
sionally stabilized for use at operat- VU Miscellaneous applications
ing temperatures up to +200 °C VA201 Bearing for high-temperature
S2 Bearing rings or washers dimen- applications (e.g. kiln trucks)
sionally stabilized for use at operat- VA208 Bearing for high-temperature
ing temperatures up to +250 °C applications
VA228 Bearing for high-temperature
applications
156
VA301 Bearing for traction motors W Without annular groove and
VA305 VA301 + special inspection lubrication holes in outer ring
routines WT Grease fill for low as well as high
VA3091 VA301 + VL0241 operating temperatures (–40 to
VA350 Bearing for railway axleboxes +160 °C). Greases, which differ
VA405 Bearing for vibratory applications from the selected standard grease
VA406 Bearing for vibratory applications for this temperature range are
with special PTFE bore coating identified as explained under “HT”
VA820 Bearing for railway axleboxes Examples: WT or WTF1
according to EN 12080:1998 W20 Three lubrication holes in the outer
VC025 Bearing with specially debrisheat- ring
treated components for applica- W26 Six lubrication holes in the inner ring
tions in heavily contaminated W33 Annular groove and three lubrica-
environments tion holes in the outer ring
VE240 CARB bearing modified for greater W513 Six lubrication holes in the inner ring
axial displacement and annular groove and three lubri-
VE447 Shaft washer with three equally cation holes in the outer ring
spaced threaded holes in one side W64 “Solid Oil” fill
face to accommodate hoisting W77 Plugged W33 lubrication holes
tackle X 1. Boundary dimensions altered to
VE552 Outer ring with three equally conform to ISO standards
spaced threaded holes in one side 2. Cylindrical runner surface (track
face to accommodate hoisting runner bearing)
tackle Y Pressed brass cage, rolling element
VE553 Outer ring with three equally centred; different designs or mate-
spaced threaded holes in both side rials are identified by a figure follow-
faces to accommodate hoisting ing the Y, e.g. Y1
tackle Z Shield of pressed sheet steel on
VE632 Housing washer with three equally one side of the bearing
spaced threaded holes in one side 2Z Shields of pressed sheet steel on
face to accommodate hoisting both sides of the bearing
tackle
VG114 Surface hardened pressed steel
cage
VH Full complement cylindrical roller
bearing with self-retaining roller set
VL0241 Aluminium oxide coated outside
surface of outer ring for electrical
resistance up to 1 000 V DC
VL2071 Aluminium oxide coated outside
surface of inner ring for electrical
resistance up to 1 000 V DC
VQ015 Inner ring with crowned raceway
for increased permissible misalign-
ment
VQ424 Running accuracy better than C08
VT143 Grease fill with an extreme pressure
grease
157
Application of bearings
Bearing arrangements ……………………………………………………………………… 160
Locating and non-locating bearing arrangements ……………………………………… 160
Adjusted bearing arrangements …………………………………………………………… 162
“Floating” bearing arrangements ………………………………………………………… 162
Radial location of bearings ………………………………………………………………… 164
Selection of fit ……………………………………………………………………………… 164
Recommended fits ………………………………………………………………………… 167
Tables with recommendations for fits …………………………………………………… 168
Tolerance tables …………………………………………………………………………… 172
Fits for hollow shafts………………………………………………………………………… 172
Dimensional, form and running accuracy of bearing seatings and abutments ……… 194
Surface roughness of bearing seatings …………………………………………………… 198
Raceways on shafts and in housings ……………………………………………………… 198
Axial location of bearings …………………………………………………………………… 199
Methods of location ………………………………………………………………………… 199
Abutment and fillet dimensions …………………………………………………………… 202
Designing associated components ……………………………………………………… 204
Bearing preload ……………………………………………………………………………… 206
Types of preload …………………………………………………………………………… 206
Effect of bearing preload …………………………………………………………………… 208
Determining preload force ………………………………………………………………… 208
Adjustment procedures …………………………………………………………………… 212
Preloading by springs ……………………………………………………………………… 216
Maintaining the correct preload …………………………………………………………… 216
Bearings for preloaded bearing arrangements …………………………………………… 217
Sealing arrangements ……………………………………………………………………… 218
Types of seals ……………………………………………………………………………… 218
Selection of seal type ……………………………………………………………………… 219
Integral bearing seals ……………………………………………………………………… 221
External seals ……………………………………………………………………………… 223
159
Application of bearings
Bearing arrangements Fig 1
The bearing arrangement of a rotating ma-
chine component, e.g. a shaft, generally
requires two bearings to support and locate
the component radially and axially relative to
the stationary part of the machine, such as a
housing. Depending on the application, load,
requisite running accuracy and cost consid-
erations the arrangement may consist of
• locating and non-locating bearing
arrangements,
• adjusted bearing arrangements, or
• “floating” bearing arrangements.
Bearing arrangements consisting of a single
bearing which can support radial, axial and
moment loads, e.g. for an articulated joint, Fig 2
are not dealt with in this catalogue. If such
arrangements are required it is advisable to
contact the SKF application engineering
service.
Locating and non-locating bearing
arrangements
The locating bearing at one end of the shaft
provides radial support and at the same time
locates the shaft axially in both directions. It
must, therefore, be fixed in position both on
the shaft and in the housing. Suitable bear-
ings are radial bearings which can accom-
modate combined loads, e.g. deep groove
ball bearings, double row or paired single row
angular contact ball bearings, self-aligning
ball bearings, spherical roller bearings or
matched taper roller bearings. Combinations Fig 3
of a radial bearing that can accommodate
purely radial load, e.g. a cylindrical roller
bearing having one ring without flanges,
with a deep groove ball bearing, four-point
contact ball bearing or a double direction
thrust bearing can also be used as the locat-
ing bearing. The second bearing then pro-
vides axial location in both directions but
must be mounted with radial freedom (i.e.
have a clearance fit) in the housing.
The non-locating bearing at the other end
of the shaft provides radial support only. It
must also allow axial displacement so that
the bearings do not mutually stress each
other, e.g. when the shaft length changes as
a result of thermal expansion. Axial displace-
160
Fig 4 ment can take place within the bearing in
the case of needle roller bearings, NU- and
N-design cylindrical roller bearings and
CARB toroidal roller bearings, or between
one of the bearing rings and its seating, pref-
erably between the outer ring and its seating
in the housing bore.
From the large number of locating/non-
locating bearing combinations the popular
combinations are described in the following.
For stiff bearing arrangements where
“frictionless” axial displacements should
take place within the bearing the following
combinations may be used:
• deep groove ball bearing/cylindrical roller
bearing (➔ fig 1 ),
• double row angular contact ball bearing/
Fig 5 cylindrical roller bearing (➔ fig 2 ),
• matched single row taper roller bearings/
cylindrical roller bearing (➔ fig 3 ),
• NUP-design cylindrical roller bearing/NU-
design cylindrical roller bearing (➔ fig 4 ),
or
• NU-design cylindrical roller bearing and
four-point contact ball bearing/NU-design
cylindrical roller bearing (➔ fig 5 ).
For the above combinations, angular mis-
alignment of the shaft must be kept to a
minimum. If this is not possible it is advis-
able to use combinations of self-aligning
bearings to allow for misalignment, viz.
• self-aligning ball bearing/CARB toroidal
roller bearing or
Fig 6 • spherical roller bearing/CARB toroidal
roller bearing (➔ fig 6 ).
The abillity of these arrangements to accom-
modate angular misalignments as well as
axial displacements avoids generating intern-
al axial forces in the bearing system.
161
Application of bearings
For bearing arrangements with rotating In certain cases where single row angular
inner ring load, where changes in the shaft contact ball bearings or taper roller bearings
length are to be accommodated between are used for cross-located arrangements,
the bearing and its seating, axial displace- preload may be necessary (➔ page 206).
ment should take place between the outer
ring of the bearing and the housing. The “Floating” bearing arrangements
most usual combinations are Floating bearing arrangements are also cross
located and are suitable where demands
• deep groove ball bearing/deep groove regarding axial location are moderate or
ball bearing (➔ fig 7 ), where other components on the shaft
• self-aligning ball or spherical roller bear- serve to locate it axially.
ing/self-aligning ball or spherical roller Suitable bearings for this type of arrange-
bearing (➔ fig 8 ) and ment are:
• matched single row angular contact ball
bearings/deep groove ball bearing • deep groove ball bearings (➔ fig 12 ),
(➔ fig 9 ). • self-aligning ball bearings or
• spherical roller bearings.
Adjusted bearing arrangements
In adjusted bearing arrangements the shaft In these types of arrangements it is impor-
is axially located in one direction by the one tant that one ring of each bearing should be
bearing and in the opposite direction by the able to move on or in its seating, preferably
other bearing. This type of arrangement is the outer ring in the housing. A floating bear-
referred to as “cross located” and is gener- ing arrangement can also be obtained with
ally used for short shafts. Suitable bearings two NJ-design cylindrical roller bearings,
include all types of radial bearings that can with offset inner rings (➔ fig 13 ). In this case
accommodate axial loads in at least one the axial movement can take place within
direction, including the bearing.
• angular contact ball bearings (➔ fig 10 )
and
• taper roller bearings (➔ fig 11 ).
Fig 7
162
Fig 8 Fig 11
Fig 9 Fig 12
Fig 10 Fig 13
3
163
Application of bearings
Radial location “Rotating load” pertains if the bearing ring
rotates and the load is stationary, or if the
of bearings ring is stationary and the load rotates so that
all points on the raceway are subjected to
If the load carrying ability of a bearing is to load in the course of one revolution. Heavy
be fully utilized, its rings or washers must loads which do not rotate but oscillate, for
be fully supported around their complete example, those acting on connecting rod
circumference and across the entire width bearings, are generally considered as
of the raceway. The support, which must be rotating loads.
firm and even can be provided by a cylin- A bearing ring subjected to a rotating load
drical or tapered seating or, for thrust bear- will turn (creep or wander) on its seating if
ing washers, by a flat (plane) support surface. mounted with a clearance fit, and wear (fret-
This means that bearing seatings must be ting corrosion) of the contact surfaces will
made with adequate accuracy and that their result. To prevent this, interference fits must
surface should be uninterrupted by grooves, be used. The degree of interference needed
holes or other features. In addition, the bear- is dictated by the operating conditions
ing rings must be reliably secured to prevent (➔ points 2 and 4 below).
them from turning on or in their seatings “Stationary load” pertains if the bearing
under load. ring is stationary and the load is also station-
Generally speaking, satisfactory radial ary, or if the ring and the load rotate at the
location and adequate support can only be same speed, so that the load is always
obtained when the rings are mounted with directed towards the same position on the
an appropriate degree of interference. Inad- raceway. Under these conditions, a bearing
equately or incorrectly secured bearing rings ring will normally not turn on its seating.
generally cause damage to the bearings and Therefore, the ring need not necessarily have
associated components. However, when an interference fit unless this is required for
easy mounting and dismounting are desir- other reasons.
able, or when axial displacement is required “Direction of load indeterminate” repre-
with a non-locating bearing, an interference sents variable external loads, shock loads,
fit cannot always be used. In certain cases vibrations and unbalance loads in high-speed
where a loose fit is employed it is necessary machines. These give rise to changes in the
to take special precautions to limit the in- direction of load, which cannot be accurately
evitable wear from creep, as for example, by described. When the direction of load is in-
surface hardening of the bearing seating determinate and particularly where heavy
and abutments, lubrication of the mating loads are involved, it is desirable that both
surfaces via special lubrication grooves and rings have an interference fit. For the inner
the removal of wear particles, or slots in the ring the recommended fit for a rotating load
bearing ring side faces to accommodate is normally used. However, when the outer
keys or other holding devices. ring must be free to move axially in the hous-
ing, and the load is not heavy, a somewhat
Selection of fit looser fit than that recommended for a rotat-
When selecting a fit, the factors discussed in ing load may be used.
this section should be considered, together
with the general guidelines given.
1. Conditions of rotation
Conditions of rotation refer to the bearing ring
being considered in relation to the direction
of the load (➔ table 1 ). Essentially there are
three different conditions: “rotating load”,
“stationary load” and “direction of load
indeterminate”.
164
2. Magnitude of the load Fig 14
The interference fit of a bearing inner ring on
its seating will be loosened with increasing
load, as the ring will deform. Under the in-
fluence of rotating load the ring may begin
to creep. The degree of interference must
therefore be related to the magnitude of the
load; the heavier the load, particularly if it
is a shock load, the greater the interference
fit required (➔ fig 14 ).
Table 1
Conditions of rotation and loading
Operating Schematic Load Example Recommended
conditions illustration condition fits
Rotating inner ring Rotating load Belt-driven Interference fit
on inner ring shafts for inner ring
Stationary outer ring Stationary load Loose fit for
on outer ring outer ring
Constant load direction
Stationary inner ring Stationary load Conveyor idlers Loose fit for
on inner ring inner ring
Rotating outer ring Rotating load Car wheel Interference fit
on outer ring hub bearings for outer ring
Constant load direction
Rotating inner ring Stationary load Vibratory Interference fit
on inner ring applications for outer ring
Stationary outer ring Rotating load Vibrating screens Loose fit for
on outer ring or motors inner ring
Load rotates with
inner ring
Stationary inner ring Rotating load Gyratory crusher Interference fit
on inner ring. for inner ring
Rotating outer ring Stationary load (Merry-go-round Loose fit for
on outer ring drives) outer ring
Load rotates with
outer ring
165
Application of bearings
3. Bearing internal clearance Fig 15
An interference fit of a bearing on a shaft or
in a housing means that the ring is elastically Clearance before Clearance after
mounting mounting
deformed (expanded or compressed) and
that the bearing internal clearance is re-
duced. A certain minimum clearance should
remain, however (➔ section “Bearing intern-
al clearance”, starting on page 137). The ini- Fit
tial clearance and permissible reduction de-
pend on the type and size of the bearing.
The reduction in clearance due to the inter-
ference fit can be so large that bearings with
an initial clearance, which is greater than
Normal, have to be used in order to prevent
the bearing from becoming preloaded
(➔ fig 15 ).
4. Temperature conditions Fig 16
In many applications the outer ring has a Cold
lower temperature in operation than the
inner ring. This might lead to reduced intern-
al clearance (➔ fig 16 ). Compression
In service, bearing rings normally reach
a temperature that is higher than that of the Reduced
components to which they are fitted. This clearance
can result in an easing of the fit of the inner
Expansion
ring on its seating, while outer ring expansion
may prevent the desired axial displacement
of the ring in its housing.
Temperature differentials and the direction Warm
of heat flow in the bearing arrangement
must therefore be carefully considered.
5. Running accuracy requirements
To reduce resilience and vibration, clearance
fits should generally not be used for bearings
where high demands are placed on running
accuracy. Bearing seatings on the shaft and
in the housing should be made to narrow
dimensional tolerances, corresponding at
least to grade 5 for the shaft and at least to
grade 6 for the housing. Tight tolerances
should also be applied to the cylindricity
(➔ table 11 , page 196).
6. Design and material of shaft and housing
The fit of a bearing ring on its seating must
not lead to uneven distortion of the ring (out-
of-round). This can be caused, for example,
166
by discontinuities in the seating surface. interference fit because axial displacement
Split housings are therefore not generally will take place within the bearing.
suitable where outer rings are to have a
heavy interference fit and the selected toler- Recommended fits
ance should not give a tighter fit than that ob- The tolerances for the bore and outside dia-
tained with tolerance group H (or at the most meters of rolling bearings are internationally
K). To provide adequate support for bearing standardized (➔ section “Tolerances”,
rings mounted in thin-walled housings, light starting on page 120).
alloy housings or on hollow shafts, heavier To achieve an interference or a clearance
interference fits than those normally recom- fit for bearings with a cylindrical bore and
mended for thick-walled steel or cast iron cylindrical outside diameter, suitable toler-
housings or for solid shafts should be used ance ranges for the seatings on the shaft
(➔ section “Fits for hollow shafts”, starting and in the housing bore are selected from the
on page 172). ISO tolerance system. Only a limited number
of ISO tolerance grades need be considered
7. Ease of mounting and dismounting for rolling bearing applications. The location
of the most commonly used grades relative
Bearings with clearance fits are usually easier to the bearing bore and outside diameter
to mount or dismount than those with inter- tolerances are illustrated in fig 17 , page 168.
ference fits. Where operating conditions Bearings with a tapered bore are mounted
necessitate interference fits and it is essen- either directly on tapered shaft seatings or
tial that mounting and dismounting can be on adapter or withdrawal sleeves, having an
done easily, separable bearings, or bearings external taper, which are fitted to cylindrical
with a tapered bore may be used. Bearings shaft seatings. In these cases, the fit of the
with a tapered bore can be mounted either bearing inner ring is not determined, as for
directly on a tapered shaft seating or via bearings with a cylindrical bore, by the se-
adapter or withdrawal sleeves on smooth or lected shaft tolerance but by the distance
stepped cylindrical shafts (➔ figs 26 and 27 , through which the ring is driven up on its
page 201). tapered seating or sleeve. Special precau-
tions with respect to the reduction of the
8. Displacement of the non-locating bearing internal clearance must be observed as
mentioned in the sections “Self-aligning ball
If non-separable bearings are used as non- bearings”, “Spherical roller bearings” and
locating bearings it is imperative that one of “CARB toroidal roller bearings”.
the bearing rings is free to move axially at all If the bearings are to be secured using
times during operation. Adopting a clearance adapter or withdrawal sleeves, larger dia-
fit for the ring that carries a stationary load meter tolerances are permitted for the sleeve
will provide this (➔ fig 20 , page 199). When seating, but the tolerances for cylindricity
the outer ring is under stationary load so that must be reduced (➔ section “Dimensional,
axial displacement is accommodated or form and running accuracy of bearing seat-
takes place in the housing bore, a hardened ings and abutments”, starting on page 194).
intermediate bushing or sleeve is often fitted
to the outer ring, for example, where light
alloy housings are employed. In this way
a “hammering out” of the housing seating
because of the lower material hardness is
avoided; it would otherwise result in the
axial displacement being restricted or even
prohibited over time.
If cylindrical roller bearings having one
ring without flanges, needle roller bearings
or CARB toroidal roller bearings are used,
both bearing rings may be mounted with an
167
Application of bearings
Tables with recommendations for fits tion as to whether the outer ring can be
Recommendations for bearing fits for solid axially displaced in the housing bore. Using
steel shafts will be found in: this information it is possible to check that
the chosen tolerance is suitable for non-
Table 2 : Radial bearings with cylindrical separable bearings that are to be used as
bore non-locating bearings.
Table 3 : Thrust bearings
and for cast iron and steel housings in:
Table 4 : Radial bearings – non-split
housings
Table 5 : Radial bearings – split or non-split
housings
Table 6 : Thrust bearings
These recommendations are based on
the general selection guidelines described
above. Years of experience have shown the
recommendations to be correct for a very
wide range of applications and bearing
arrangements. The tables of housing toler-
ance recommendations also give informa-
Fig 17
+
0
–
F7 G7 G6 H10 H9 H8 H7 H6 J7 JS7 J6 JS6 K6
K7 M6
M7 N6
N7 P6
P7
r7
p7 r6
p6
n6
n5
m6
k6 m5
j6 js6 k5
j5 js5
+ f6 g6 g5 h8 h6 h5
0
–
168
Table 2
Fits for solid steel shafts
Radial bearings with cylindrical bore
Conditions Examples Shaft diameter, mm Tolerance
Ball Cylindrical CARB and
bearings and taper spherical
roller roller
bearings bearings
Rotating inner ring load or direction of load indeterminate
Light and variable Conveyors, lightly (18) to 100 ≤ 40 – j6
loads (P ≤ 0,06 C) loaded gearbox (100) to 140 (40) to 100 k6
bearings
Normal and heavy Bearing applications ≤ 18 – – j5
loads (P > 0,06 C) generally, (18) to 100 ≤ 40 ≤ 40 k5 (k6)1)
electric motors, (100) to 140 (40) to 100 (40) to 65 m5 (m6)1)
turbines, pumps, (140) to 200 (100) to 140 (65) to 100 m6
internal combustion (200) to 280 (140) to 200 (100) to 140 n6
engines, gearing, – (200) to 400 (140) to 280 p6
woodworking machines – – (280) to 500 r62)
– – > 500 r72)
Very heavy loads and Axleboxes for heavy – (50) to 140 (50) to 100 n62)
shock loads with railway vehicles, traction – (140) to 200 (100) to 140 p62)
difficult working motors, rolling mills – > 200 > 140 r62)
conditions (P > 0,12 C)
High demands on running Machine tools 8 to 240 – – js4
accuracy with light loads – 25 to 40 – js4 (j5)3)
(P ≤ 0,06 C) – (40) to 140 – k4 (k5)3)
– (140) to 200 – m53)
– (200) to 500 – n53)
Stationary inner ring load
Easy axial displacement Wheels on non-rotating g64)
of inner ring on shaft axles
desirable
Easy axial displacement Tension pulleys, rope
of inner ring on shaft sheaves h6
unnecessary
Axial loads only
Bearing applications of ≤ 250 ≤250 ≤ 250 j6
all kinds > 250 > 250 > 250 js6
1)
The tolerances in brackets are generally used for taper roller bearings and single row angular contact ball bearings,
they can also be used for other types of bearing where speeds are moderate and the effect of bearing internal
clearance variation is not significant
2)
Bearings with radial internal clearance greater than Normal may be necessary
3)
The tolerances in brackets apply to taper roller bearings. For lightly loaded taper roller bearings adjusted via the inner
ring, js5 or js6 should be used
4)
Tolerance f6 can be selected for large bearings to provide easy displacement
169
Application of bearings
Table 3
Fits for solid steel shafts
Thrust bearings
Conditions Shaft diameter, Tolerance
mm
Axial loads only
Thrust ball bearings – h6
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings – h6 (h8)
Cylindrical roller and cage thrust assemblies – h8
Combined radial and axial loads acting
on spherical roller thrust bearings
Stationary load on shaft washer ≤ 250 j6
> 250 js6
Rotating load on shaft washer, ≤200 k6
or direction of load indeterminate (200) to 400 m6
> 400 n6
Table 4
Fits for cast iron and steel housings
Radial bearings – non-split housings
Conditions Examples Tolerance Displacement
of outer ring
Rotating outer ring load
Heavy loads on bearings Roller bearing wheel hubs, P7 Cannot be displaced
in thin-walled housings, big-end bearings
heavy shock loads
(P > 0,12 C)
Normal and heavy loads Ball bearing wheel hubs, N7 Cannot be displaced
(P > 0,06 C) big-end bearings, crane
travelling wheels
Light and variable loads Conveyor rollers, rope sheaves, M7 Cannot be displaced
(P ≤ 0,06 C) belt tensioner pulleys
Direction of load indeterminate
Heavy shock loads Electric traction motors M7 Cannot be displaced
Normal and heavy loads Electric motors, pumps, K7 Cannot be displaced
(P > 0,06 C), axial dis- crankshaft bearings as a rule
placement of outer ring
unnecessary
Accurate or quiet running1)
Ball bearings Small electric motors J62) Can be displaced
Taper roller bearings When adjusted via the outer ring JS5 –
Axially located outer ring K5 –
Rotating outer ring load M5 –
1)
For high-precision bearings to tolerance class P5 or better, other recommendations apply
(➔ the SKF catalogue “High-precision bearings”)
2)
When easy displacement is required use H6 instead of J6
170
Table 5
Fits for cast iron and steel housings
Radial bearings – split or non-split housings
Conditions Examples Tolerance Displacement of outer ring
Direction of load indeterminate
Light and normal loads Medium-sized electrical J7 Can be displaced as a rule
(P ≤ 0,12 C), axial dis- machines, pumps,
placement of outer ring crankshaft bearings
desirable
Stationary outer ring load
Loads of all kinds General engineering, H71) Can be displaced
railway axleboxes
Light and normal loads General engineering H8 Can be displaced
(P ≤ 0,12 C) with simple
working conditions
Heat conduction through Drying cylinders, large G72) Can be displaced
shaft electrical machines
with spherical roller
bearings
1)
For large bearings (D > 250 mm) and temperature differences between outer ring and housing > 10 °C,
G7 should be used instead of H7
2)
For large bearings (D > 250 mm) and temperature differences between outer ring and housing > 10 °C,
F7 should be used instead of G7
Table 6
Fits for cast iron and steel housings
Thrust bearings
Conditions Tolerance Remarks
Axial loads only
Thrust ball bearings H8 For less accurate bearing arrangements there
can be a radial clearance of up to 0,001 D
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings H7 (H9)
Cylindrical roller and cage thrust H10
assemblies
Spherical roller thrust bearings – Housing washer must be fitted with adequate
where separate bearings provide radial clearance so that no radial load
radial location whatsoever can act on the thrust bearings
Combined radial and axial loads on
spherical roller thrust bearings
Stationary load on housing washer H7 See also “Design of associated components”
in section “Spherical roller thrust bearings”
on page 877
Rotating load on housing washer M7
171
Application of bearings
Tolerance tables D ≤ 150 mm and for thrust bearings when
The values shown in tables 7 and 8 for D ≤ 150 mm.
the shaft and housing tolerances enable the The values for the probable interference
character of the fit to be established: or clearance cover 99 % of all the combina-
tions of the theoretical interference or
• the upper and lower limits of Normal clearance.
tolerances for the bearing bore and When bearings of higher accuracy than
outside diameter deviations; Normal are used, the reduced bore and out-
• the upper and lower limits of the shaft side tolerances mean that the interference
and housing bore diameter deviations in or clearance of the fits is reduced corres-
accordance with ISO 286-2:1988; pondingly. If, in such cases, a more accurate
• the smallest and largest values of the calculation of the limits is required it is advis-
theoretical interference (+) or able to contact the SKF application engin-
clearance (−) in the fit; eering service.
• the smallest and largest values of the
probable interference (+) or Fits for hollow shafts
clearance (−) in the fit. If bearings are to be mounted with an inter-
ference fit on a hollow shaft it is generally
The appropriate values for rolling bearing necessary to use a heavier interference fit
seatings on shafts are listed for the toler- than would be used for a solid shaft in order
ances: to achieve the same surface pressure be-
tween the inner ring and shaft seating. The
e7, f5, f6, g5, g6 in table 7a , pages 174 following diameter ratios are important
and 175 when deciding on the fit to be used:
h5, h6, h8, h9, j5 in table 7b , pages 176
and 177 di d
j6, js5, js6, js7, k4 in table 7c , pages 178 ci = and ce =
and 179 d de
k5, k6, m5, m6, n5 in table 7d , pages 180
and 181 The fit is not appreciably affected until the
n6, p6, p7, r6, r7 in table 7e , pages 182 diameter ratio of the hollow shaft ci ≥ 0,5. If
and 183 the outside diameter of the inner ring is not
known, the diameter ratio ce can be calcu-
The appropriate values for the rolling bear- lated with sufficient accuracy using the
ing housing seatings are listed for the toler- equation
ances:
d
F7, G6, G7, H5, H6 in table 8a , pages 184 ce =
and 185 k (D – d) + d
H7, H8, H9, H10, J6 in table 8b , pages 186
and 187 where
J7, JS5, JS6, JS7, K5 in table 8c , pages 188 ci = diameter ratio of the hollow shaft
and 189 ce = diameter ratio of the inner ring
K6, K7, M5, M6, M7 in table 8d , pages 190 d = outside diameter of the hollow shaft,
and 191 bore diameter of bearing, mm
N6, N7, P6, P7 in table 8e , pages 192 di = internal diameter of the hollow shaft, mm
and 193 de = outside diameter of the inner ring, mm
D = outside bearing diameter, mm
The Normal tolerances for the bore and out- k = a factor for the bearing type
side diameter for which the limiting values for self-aligning ball bearings in the 22
have been calculated are valid for all metric and 23 series, k = 0,25
rolling bearings with the exception of metric for cylindrical roller bearings, k = 0,25
taper roller bearings when d ≤ 30 mm and for all other bearings, k = 0,3
172
To determine the requisite interference Example
fit for a bearing to be mounted on a hollow
shaft, use the mean probable interference A 6208 deep groove ball bearing with
between the shaft seating and bearing bore d = 40 mm and D = 80 mm is to be mounted
obtained for the tolerance recommendation on a hollow shaft having a diameter ratio
for a solid shaft of the same diameter. If the ci = 0,8. What is the requisite interference
plastic deformation (smoothing) of the mat- and what are the appropriate shaft limits?
ing surfaces produced during mounting is If the bearing were to be mounted on a
neglected, then the effective interference solid steel shaft and subjected to normal
can be equated to the mean probable inter- loads, a tolerance k5 would be recom-
ference. mended. From table 7d , page 180, a shaft
The interference ∆H needed for a hollow diameter of 40 mm, the mean probable
steel shaft can then be determined in relation interference ∆V = (22 + 5)/2 = 13,5 µm.
to the known interference ∆V for the solid For ci = 0,8 and
shaft from diagram 1 . ∆V equals the mean
value of the smallest and largest values of
40
the probable interference for the solid shaft. ce = = 0,77
The tolerance for the hollow shaft is then 0,3 (80 – 40) + 40
selected so that the mean probable interfer-
ence is as close as possible to the interfer- so that from diagram 1 the ratio ∆H/∆V = 1,7.
ence ∆H obtained from diagram 1 . Thus the requisite interference for the hollow
shaft ∆H = 1,7 × 13,5 = 23 µm. Consequently,
tolerance m6 is selected for the hollow shaft
as this gives a mean probable interference
of this order.
Diagram 1
Relation of interference ∆H, needed for a hollow steel shaft, to the known interference ∆V for a solid steel shaft
2,0
∆H
∆V
1,8
1,6
di d de
c e = 0,7
1,4
0,8
1,2
0,9
1,0
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
ci
173
Application of bearings
Table 7a
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp e7 f5 f6 g5 g6
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
1 3 −8 0 −14 −24 −6 −10 −6 −12 −2 −6 −2 −8
−6 −24 +2 −10 +2 −12 +6 −6 +6 −8
−8 −22 +1 −9 0 −10 +5 −5 +4 −6
3 6 −8 0 −20 −32 −10 −15 −10 −18 −4 −9 −4 −12
−12 −32 −2 −15 −2 −18 +4 −9 +4 −12
−14 −30 −3 −14 −4 −16 +3 −8 +2 −10
6 10 −8 0 −25 −40 −13 −19 −13 −22 −5 −11 −5 −14
−17 −40 −5 −19 −5 −22 +3 −11 +3 −14
−20 −37 −7 −17 −7 −20 +1 −9 +1 −12
10 18 −8 0 −32 −50 −16 −24 −16 −27 −6 −14 −6 −17
−24 −50 −8 −24 −8 −27 +2 −14 +2 −17
−27 −47 −10 −22 −10 −25 0 −12 0 −15
18 30 −10 0 −40 −61 −20 −29 −20 −33 −7 −16 −7 −20
−30 −61 −10 −29 −10 −33 +3 −16 +3 −20
−33 −58 −12 −27 −13 −30 +1 −14 0 −17
30 50 −12 0 −50 −75 −25 −36 −25 −41 −9 −20 −9 −25
−38 −75 −13 −36 −13 −41 +3 −20 +3 −25
−42 −71 −16 −33 −17 −37 0 −17 −1 −21
50 80 −15 0 −60 −90 −30 −43 −30 −49 −10 −23 −10 −29
−45 −90 −15 −43 −15 −49 +5 −23 +5 −29
−50 −85 −19 −39 −19 −45 +1 −19 +1 −25
80 120 −20 0 −72 −107 −36 −51 −36 −58 −12 −27 −12 −34
−52 −107 −16 −51 −16 −58 +8 −27 +8 −34
−59 −100 −21 −46 −22 −52 +3 −22 +2 −28
120 180 −25 0 −85 −125 −43 −61 −43 −68 −14 −32 −14 −39
−60 −125 −18 −61 −18 −68 +11 −32 +11 −39
−68 −117 −24 −55 −25 −61 +5 −26 +4 −32
180 250 −30 0 −100 −146 −50 −70 −50 −79 −15 −35 −15 −44
−70 −146 −20 −70 −20 −79 +15 −35 +15 −44
−80 −136 −26 −64 −28 −71 +9 −29 +7 −36
250 315 −35 0 −110 −162 −56 −79 −56 −88 −17 −40 −17 −49
−75 −162 −21 −79 −21 −88 +18 −40 +18 −49
−87 −150 −29 −71 −30 −79 +10 −32 +9 −40
315 400 −40 0 −125 −182 −62 −87 −62 −98 −18 −43 −18 −54
−85 −182 −22 −87 −22 −98 +22 −43 +22 −54
−98 −169 −30 −79 −33 −87 +14 −35 +11 −43
400 500 −45 0 −135 −198 −68 −95 −68 −108 −20 −47 −20 −60
−90 −198 −23 −95 −23 −108 +25 −47 +25 −60
−105 −183 −32 −86 −35 −96 +16 −38 +13 −48
174
Table 7a
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp e7 f5 f6 g5 g6
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
500 630 −50 0 −145 −215 −76 −104 −76 −120 −22 −50 −22 −66
−95 −215 −26 −104 −26 −120 +28 −50 +28 −66
−111 −199 −36 −94 −39 −107 +18 −40 +15 −53
630 800 −75 0 −160 −240 −80 −112 −80 −130 −24 −56 −24 −74
−85 −240 −5 −112 −5 −130 +51 −56 +51 −74
−107 −218 −17 −100 −22 −113 +39 −44 +34 −57
800 1 000 −100 0 −170 −260 −86 −122 −86 −142 −26 −62 −26 −82
−70 −260 +14 −122 +14 −142 +74 −62 +74 −82
−97 −233 0 −108 −6 −122 +60 −48 +54 −62
1 000 1 250 −125 0 −195 −300 −98 −140 −98 −164 −28 −70 −28 −94
−70 −300 +27 −140 +27 −164 +97 −70 +97 −94
−103 −267 +10 −123 +3 −140 +80 −53 +73 −70
1 250 1 600 −160 0 −220 −345 −110 −160 −110 −188 −30 −80 −30 −108
−60 −345 +50 −160 +50 −188 +130 −80 +130 −108
−100 −305 +29 −139 +20 −158 +109 −59 +100 −78
1 600 2 000 −200 0 −240 −390 −120 −180 −120 −212 −32 −92 −32 −124
−40 −390 +80 −180 +80 −212 +168 −92 +168 −124
−90 −340 +55 −155 +45 −177 +143 −67 +133 −89
175
Application of bearings
Table 7b
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp h5 h6 h8 h9 j5
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
1 3 −8 0 0 −4 0 −6 0 −14 0 −25 +2 −2
+8 −4 +8 −6 +8 −14 +8 −25 +10 −2
+7 −3 +6 −4 +6 −12 +5 −22 +9 −1
3 6 −8 0 0 −5 0 −8 0 −18 0 −30 +3 −2
+8 −5 +8 −8 +8 −18 +8 −30 +11 −2
+7 −4 +6 −6 +5 −15 +5 −27 +10 −1
6 10 −8 0 0 −6 0 −9 0 −22 0 −36 +4 −2
+8 −6 +8 −9 +8 −22 +8 −36 +12 −2
+6 −4 +6 −7 +5 −19 +5 −33 +10 0
10 18 −8 0 0 −8 0 −11 0 −27 0 −43 +5 −3
+8 −8 +8 −11 +8 −27 +8 −43 +13 −3
+6 −6 +6 −9 +5 −24 +5 −40 +11 −1
18 30 −10 0 0 −9 0 −13 0 −33 0 −52 +5 −4
+10 −9 +10 −13 +10 −33 +10 −52 +15 −4
+8 −7 +7 −10 +6 −29 +6 −48 +13 −2
30 50 −12 0 0 −11 0 −16 0 −39 0 −62 +6 −5
+12 −11 +12 −16 +12 −39 +12 −62 +18 −5
+9 −8 +8 −12 +7 −34 +7 −57 +15 −2
50 80 −15 0 0 −13 0 −19 0 −46 0 −74 +6 −7
+15 −13 +15 −19 +15 −46 +15 −74 +21 −7
+11 −9 +11 −15 +9 −40 +9 −68 +17 −3
80 120 −20 0 0 −15 0 −22 0 −54 0 −87 +6 −9
+20 −15 +20 −22 +20 −54 +20 −87 +26 −9
+15 −10 +14 −16 +12 −46 +12 −79 +21 −4
120 180 −25 0 0 −18 0 −25 0 −63 0 −100 +7 −11
+25 −18 +25 −25 +25 −63 +25 −100 +32 −11
+19 −12 +18 −18 +15 −53 +15 −90 +26 −5
180 250 −30 0 0 −20 0 −29 0 −72 0 −115 +7 −13
+30 −20 +30 −29 +30 −72 +30 −115 +37 −13
+24 −14 +22 −21 +18 −60 +17 −102 +31 −7
250 315 −35 0 0 −23 0 −32 0 −81 0 −130 +7 −16
+35 −23 +35 −32 +35 −81 +35 −130 +42 −16
+27 −15 +26 −23 +22 −68 +20 −115 +34 −8
315 400 −40 0 0 −25 0 −36 0 −89 0 −140 +7 −18
+40 −25 +40 −36 +40 −89 +40 −140 +47 −18
+32 −17 +29 −25 +25 −74 +23 −123 +39 −10
400 500 −45 0 0 −27 0 −40 0 −97 0 −155 +7 −20
+45 −27 +45 −40 +45 −97 +45 −155 +52 −20
+36 −18 +33 −28 +28 −80 +26 −136 +43 −11
176
Table 7b
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp h5 h6 h8 h9 j5
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
500 630 −50 0 0 −28 0 −44 0 −110 0 −175 – –
+50 −28 +50 −44 +50 −110 +50 −175 – –
+40 −18 +37 −31 +31 −91 +29 −154 – –
630 800 −75 0 0 −32 0 −50 0 −125 0 −200 – –
+75 −32 +75 −50 +75 −125 +75 −200 – –
+63 −20 +58 −33 +48 −98 +45 −170 – –
800 1 000 −100 0 0 −36 0 −56 0 −140 0 −230 – –
+100 −36 +100 −56 +100 −140 +100 −230 – –
+86 −22 +80 −36 +67 −107 +61 −191 – –
1 000 1 250 −125 0 0 −42 0 −66 0 −165 0 −260 – –
+125 −42 +125 −66 +125 −165 +125 −260 – –
+108 −25 +101 −42 +84 −124 +77 −212 – –
1 250 1 600 −160 0 0 −50 0 −78 0 −195 0 −310 – –
+160 −50 +160 −78 +160 −195 +160 −310 – –
+139 −29 +130 −48 +109 −144 +100 −250 – –
1 600 2 000 −200 0 0 −60 0 −92 0 −230 0 −370 – –
+200 −60 +200 −92 +200 −230 +200 −370 – –
+175 −35 +165 −57 +138 −168 +126 −296 – –
177
Application of bearings
Table 7c
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp j6 js5 js6 js7 k4
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
1 3 −8 0 +4 −2 +2 −2 +3 −3 +5 −5 +3 0
+12 −2 +10 −2 +11 −3 +13 −5 +11 0
+10 0 +9 −1 +9 −1 +11 −3 +10 +1
3 6 −8 0 +6 −2 +2,5 −2,5 +4 −4 +6 −6 +5 +1
+14 −2 +10,5 −2,5 +12 −4 +14 −6 +13 +1
+12 0 +9 −1 +10 −2 +12 −4 +12 +2
6 10 −8 0 +7 −2 +3 −3 +4,5 −4,5 +7,5 −7,5 +5 +1
+15 −2 +11 −3 +12,5 −4,5 +15,5 −7,5 +13 +1
+13 0 +9 −1 +11 −3 +13 −5 +12 +2
10 18 −8 0 +8 −3 +4 −4 +5,5 −5,5 +9 −9 +6 +1
+16 −3 +12 −4 +13,5 −5,5 +17 −9 +14 +1
+14 −1 +10 −2 +11 −3 +14 −6 +13 +2
18 30 −10 0 +9 −4 +4,5 −4,5 +6,5 −6,5 +10,5 −10,5 +8 +2
+19 −4 +14,5 −4,5 +16,5 −6,5 +20,5 −10,5 +18 +2
+16 −1 +12 −2 +14 −4 +17 −7 +16 +4
30 50 −12 0 +11 −5 +5,5 −5,5 +8 −8 +12,5 −12,5 +9 +2
+23 −5 +17,5 −5,5 +20 −8 +24,5 −12,5 +21 +2
+19 −1 +15 −3 +16 −4 +20 −8 +19 +4
50 80 −15 0 +12 −7 +6,5 −6,5 +9,5 −9,5 +15 −15 +10 +2
+27 −7 +21,5 −6,5 +24,5 −9,5 +30 −15 +25 +2
+23 −3 +18 −3 +20 −5 +25 −10 +22 +5
80 120 −20 0 +13 −9 +7,5 −7,5 +11 −11 +17,5 −17,5 +13 +3
+33 −9 +27,5 −7,5 +31 −11 +37,5 −17,5 +33 +3
+27 −3 +23 −3 +25 −5 +31 −11 +30 +6
120 180 −25 0 +14 −11 +9 −9 +12,5 −12,5 +20 −20 +15 +3
+39 −11 +34 −9 +37,5 −12,5 +45 −20 +40 +3
+32 −4 +28 −3 +31 −6 +37 −12 +36 +7
180 250 −30 0 +16 −13 +10 −10 +14,5 −14,5 +23 −23 +18 +4
+46 −13 +40 −10 +44,5 −14,5 +53 −23 +48 +4
+38 −5 +34 −4 +36 −6 +43 −13 +43 +9
250 315 −35 0 +16 −16 +11,5 −11,5 +16 −16 +26 −26 +20 +4
+51 −16 +46,5 −11,5 +51 −16 +61 −26 +55 +4
+42 −7 +39 −4 +42 −7 +49 −14 +49 +10
315 400 −40 0 +18 −18 +12,5 −12,5 +18 −18 +28,5 −28,5 +22 +4
+58 −18 +52,5 −12,5 +58 −18 +68,5 −28,5 +62 +4
+47 −7 +44 −4 +47 −7 +55 −15 +55 +11
400 500 −45 0 +20 −20 +13,5 −13,5 +20 −20 +31,5 −31,5 +25 +5
+65 −20 +58,5 −13,5 +65 −20 +76,5 −31,5 +70 +5
+53 −8 +49 −4 +53 −8 +62 −17 +63 −12
178
Table 7c
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp j6 js5 js6 js7 k4
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
500 630 −50 0 +22 −22 +14 −14 +22 −22 +35 −35 – –
+72 −22 +64 −14 +72 −22 +85 −35 – –
+59 −9 +54 −4 +59 −9 +69 −19 – –
630 800 −75 0 +25 −25 +16 −16 +25 −25 +40 −40 – –
+100 −25 +91 −16 +100 −25 +115 −40 – –
+83 −8 +79 −4 +83 −8 +93 −18 – –
800 1 000 −100 0 +28 −28 +18 −18 +28 −28 +45 −45 – –
+128 −28 +118 −18 +128 −28 +145 −45 – –
+108 −8 +104 −4 +108 −8 +118 −18 – –
1 000 1 250 −125 0 +33 −33 +21 −21 +33 −33 +52 −52 – –
+158 −33 +146 −21 +158 −33 +177 −52 – –
+134 −9 +129 −4 +134 −9 +145 −20 – –
1 250 1 600 −160 0 +39 −39 +25 −25 +39 −39 +62 −62 – –
+199 −39 +185 −25 +199 −39 +222 −62 – –
+169 −9 +164 −4 +169 −9 +182 −22 – –
1 600 2 000 −200 0 +46 −46 +30 −30 +46 −46 +75 −75 – –
+246 −46 +230 −30 +246 −46 +275 −75 – –
+211 −11 +205 −5 +211 −11 +225 −25 – –
179
Application of bearings
Table 7d
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp k5 k6 m5 m6 n5
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
1 3 −8 0 +4 0 +6 0 +6 +2 +8 +2 +8 +4
+12 0 +14 0 +14 +2 +16 +2 +16 +4
+11 +1 +12 +2 +13 +3 +14 +4 +15 +5
3 6 −8 0 +6 +1 +9 +1 +9 +4 +12 +4 +13 +8
+14 +1 +17 +1 +17 +4 +20 +4 +21 +8
+13 +2 +15 +3 +16 +5 +18 +6 +20 +9
6 10 −8 0 +7 +1 +10 +1 +12 +6 +15 +6 +16 +10
+15 +1 +18 +1 +20 +6 +23 +6 +24 +10
+13 +3 +16 +3 +18 +8 +21 +8 +22 +12
10 18 −8 0 +9 +1 +12 +1 +15 +7 +18 +7 +20 +12
+17 +1 +20 +1 +23 +7 +26 +7 +28 +12
+15 +3 +18 +3 +21 +9 +24 +9 +26 +14
18 30 −10 0 +11 +2 +15 +2 +17 +8 +21 +8 +24 +15
+21 +2 +25 +2 +27 +8 +31 +8 +34 +15
+19 +4 +22 +5 +25 +10 +28 +11 +32 +17
30 50 −12 0 +13 +2 +18 +2 +20 +9 +25 +9 +28 +17
+25 +2 +30 +2 +32 +9 +37 +9 +40 +17
+22 +5 +26 +6 +29 +12 +33 +13 +37 +20
50 80 −15 0 +15 +2 +21 +2 +24 +11 +30 +11 +33 +20
+30 +2 +36 +2 +39 +11 +45 +11 +48 +20
+26 +6 +32 +6 +35 +15 +41 +15 +44 +24
80 120 −20 0 +18 +3 +25 +3 +28 +13 +35 +13 +38 +23
+38 +3 +45 +3 +48 +13 +55 +13 +58 +23
+33 +8 +39 +9 +43 +18 +49 +19 +53 +28
120 180 −25 0 +21 +3 +28 +3 +33 +15 +40 +15 +45 +27
+46 +3 +53 +3 +58 +15 +65 +15 +70 +27
+40 +9 +46 +10 +52 +21 +58 +22 +64 +33
180 250 −30 0 +24 +4 +33 +4 +37 +17 +46 +17 +51 +31
+54 +4 +63 +4 +67 +17 +76 +17 +81 +31
+48 +10 +55 +12 +61 +23 +68 +25 +75 +37
250 315 −35 0 +27 +4 +36 +4 +43 +20 +52 +20 +57 +34
+62 +4 +71 +4 +78 +20 +87 +20 +92 +34
+54 +12 +62 +13 +70 +28 +78 +29 +84 +42
315 400 −40 0 +29 +4 +40 +4 +46 +21 +57 +21 +62 +37
+69 +4 +80 +4 +86 +21 +97 +21 +102 +37
+61 +12 +69 +15 +78 +29 +86 +32 +94 +45
400 500 −45 0 +32 +5 +45 +5 +50 +23 +63 +23 +67 +40
+77 +5 +90 +5 +95 +23 +108 +23 +112 +40
+68 +14 +78 +17 +86 +32 +96 +35 +103 +49
180
Table 7d
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp k5 k6 m5 m6 n5
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
500 630 −50 0 +29 0 +44 0 +55 +26 +70 +26 +73 +44
+78 0 +94 0 +104 +26 +120 +26 +122 +44
+68 +10 +81 +13 +94 +36 +107 +39 +112 +54
630 800 −75 0 +32 0 +50 0 +62 +30 +80 +30 +82 +50
+107 0 +125 0 +137 +30 +155 +30 +157 +50
+95 +12 +108 +17 +125 +42 +138 +47 +145 +62
800 1 000 −100 0 +36 0 +56 0 +70 +34 +90 +34 +92 +56
+136 0 +156 0 +170 +34 +190 +34 +192 +56
+122 +14 +136 +20 +156 +48 +170 +54 +178 +70
1 000 1 250 −125 0 +42 0 +66 0 +82 +40 +106 +40 +108 +66
+167 0 +191 0 +207 +40 +231 +40 +233 +66
+150 +17 +167 +24 +190 +57 +207 +64 +216 +83
1 250 1 600 −160 0 +50 0 +78 0 +98 +48 +126 +48 +128 +78
+210 0 +238 0 +258 +48 +286 +48 +288 +78
+189 +21 +208 +30 +237 +69 +256 +78 +267 +99
1 600 2 000 −200 0 +60 0 +92 0 +118 +58 +150 +58 +152 +92
+260 0 +292 0 +318 +58 +350 +58 +352 +92
+235 +25 +257 +35 +293 +83 +315 +93 +327 +117
181
Application of bearings
Table 7e
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp n6 p6 p7 r6 r7
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
80 100 −20 0 +45 +23 +59 +37 +72 +37 +73 +51 +86 +51
+65 +23 +79 +37 +92 +37 +93 +51 +106 +51
+59 +29 +73 +43 +85 +44 +87 +57 +99 +58
100 120 −20 0 +45 +23 +59 +37 +72 +37 +76 +54 +89 +54
+65 +23 +79 +37 +92 +37 +96 +54 +109 +54
+59 +29 +73 +43 +85 +44 +90 +60 +102 +61
120 140 −25 0 +52 +27 +68 +43 +83 +43 +88 +63 +103 +63
+77 +27 +93 +43 +108 +43 +113 +63 +128 +63
+70 +34 +86 +50 +100 +51 +106 +70 +120 +71
140 160 −25 0 +52 +27 +68 +43 +83 +43 +90 +65 +105 +65
+77 +27 +93 +43 +108 +43 +115 +65 +130 +65
+70 +34 +86 +50 +100 +51 +108 +72 +122 +73
160 180 −25 0 +52 +27 +68 +43 +83 +43 +93 +68 +108 +68
+77 +27 +93 +43 +108 +43 +118 +68 +133 +68
+70 +34 +86 +50 +100 +51 +111 +75 +125 +76
180 200 −30 0 +60 +31 +79 +50 +96 +50 +106 +77 +123 +77
+90 +31 +109 +50 +126 +50 +136 +77 +153 +77
+82 +39 +101 +58 +116 +60 +128 +85 +143 +87
200 225 −30 0 +60 +31 +79 +50 +96 +50 +109 +80 +126 +80
+90 +31 +109 +50 +126 +50 +139 +80 +156 +80
+82 +39 +101 +58 +116 +60 +131 +88 +146 +90
225 250 −30 0 +60 +31 +79 +50 +96 +50 +113 +84 +130 +84
+90 +31 +109 +50 +126 +50 +143 +84 +160 +84
+82 +39 +101 +58 +116 +60 +135 +92 +150 +94
250 280 −35 0 +66 +34 +88 +56 +108 +56 +126 +94 +146 +94
+101 +34 +123 +56 +143 +56 +161 +94 +181 +94
+92 +43 +114 +65 +131 +68 +152 +103 +169 +106
280 315 −35 0 +66 +34 +88 +56 +108 +56 +130 +98 +150 +98
+101 +34 +123 +56 +143 +56 +165 +98 +185 +98
+92 +43 +114 +65 +131 +68 +156 +107 +173 +110
315 355 −40 0 +73 +37 +98 +62 +119 +62 +144 +108 +165 +108
+113 +37 +138 +62 +159 +62 +184 +108 +205 +108
+102 +48 +127 +73 +146 +75 +173 +119 +192 +121
355 400 −40 0 +73 +37 +98 +62 +119 +62 +150 +114 +171 +114
+113 +37 +138 +62 +159 +62 +190 +114 +211 +114
+102 +48 +127 +73 +146 +75 +179 +125 +198 +127
400 450 −45 0 +80 +40 +108 +68 +131 +68 +166 +126 +189 +126
+125 +40 +153 +68 +176 +68 +211 +126 +234 +126
+113 +52 +141 +80 +161 +83 +199 +138 +219 +141
182
Table 7e
Shaft tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Shaft Bearing Deviations of shaft diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Bore diameter Tolerances
diameter tolerance
d ∆dmp n6 p6 p7 r6 r7
Deviations (shaft diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. low high Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
450 500 −45 0 +80 +40 +108 +68 +131 +68 +172 +132 +195 +132
+125 +40 +153 +68 +176 +68 +217 +132 +240 +132
+113 +52 +141 +80 +161 +83 +205 +144 +225 +147
500 560 −50 0 +88 +44 +122 +78 +148 +78 +194 +150 +220 +150
+138 +44 +172 +78 +198 +78 +244 +150 +270 +150
+125 +57 +159 +91 +182 +94 +231 +163 +254 +166
560 630 −50 0 +88 +44 +122 +78 +148 +78 +199 +155 +225 +155
+138 +44 +172 +78 +198 +78 +249 +155 +275 +155
+125 +57 +159 +91 +182 +94 +236 +168 +259 +171
630 710 −75 0 +100 +50 +138 +88 +168 +88 +225 +175 +255 +175
+175 +50 +213 +88 +243 +88 +300 +175 +330 +175
+158 +67 +196 +105 +221 +110 +283 +192 +308 +197
710 800 −75 0 +100 +50 +138 +88 +168 +88 +235 +185 +265 +185
+175 +50 +213 +88 +243 +88 +310 +185 +340 +185
+158 +67 +196 +105 +221 +110 +293 +202 +318 +207
800 900 −100 0 +112 +56 +156 +100 +190 +100 +266 +210 +300 +210
+212 +56 +256 +100 +290 +100 +366 +210 +400 +210
+192 +76 +236 +120 +263 +127 +346 +230 +373 +237
900 1 000 −100 0 +112 +56 +156 +100 +190 +100 +276 +220 +310 +220
+212 +56 +256 +100 +290 +100 +376 +220 +410 +220
+192 +76 +236 +120 +263 +127 +356 +240 +383 +247
1 000 1 120 −125 0 +132 +66 +186 +120 +225 +120 +316 +250 +355 +250
+257 +66 +311 +120 +350 +120 +441 +250 +480 +250
+233 +90 +287 +144 +317 +153 +417 +274 +447 +283
1 120 1 250 −125 0 +132 +66 +186 +120 +225 +120 +326 +260 +365 +260
+257 +66 +311 +120 +350 +120 +451 +260 +490 +260
+233 +90 +287 +144 +317 +153 +427 +284 +457 +293
1 250 1 400 −160 0 +156 +78 +218 +140 +265 +140 +378 +300 +425 +300
+316 +78 +378 +140 +425 +140 +538 +300 +585 +300
+286 +108 +348 +170 +385 +180 +508 +330 +545 +340
1 400 1 600 −160 0 +156 +78 +218 +140 +265 +140 +408 +330 +455 +330
+316 +78 +378 +140 +425 +140 +568 +330 +615 +330
+286 +108 +348 +170 +385 +180 +538 +360 +575 +370
1 600 1 800 −200 0 +184 +92 +262 +170 +320 +170 +462 +370 +520 +370
+384 +92 +462 +170 +520 +170 +662 +370 +720 +370
+349 +127 +427 +205 +470 +220 +627 +405 +670 +420
1 800 2 000 −200 0 +184 +92 +262 +170 +320 +170 +492 +400 +550 +400
+384 +92 +462 +170 +520 +170 +692 +400 +750 +400
+349 +127 +427 +205 +470 +220 +657 +435 +700 +450
183
Application of bearings
Table 8a
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp F7 G6 G7 H5 H6
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
6 10 0 −8 +13 +28 +5 +14 +5 +20 0 +6 0 +9
−13 −36 −5 −22 −5 −28 0 −14 0 −17
−16 −33 −7 −20 −8 −25 −2 −12 −2 −15
10 18 0 −8 +16 +34 +6 +17 +6 +24 0 +8 0 +11
−16 −42 −6 −25 −6 −32 0 −16 0 −19
−19 −39 −8 −23 −9 −29 −2 −14 −2 −17
18 30 0 −9 +20 +41 +7 +20 +7 +28 0 +9 +0 +13
−20 −50 −7 −29 −7 −37 0 −18 0 −22
−23 −47 −10 −26 −10 −34 −2 −16 −3 −19
30 50 0 −11 +25 +50 +9 +25 +9 +34 0 +11 0 +16
−25 −61 −9 −36 −9 −45 0 −22 0 −27
−29 −57 −12 −33 −13 −41 −3 −19 −3 −24
50 80 0 −13 +30 +60 +10 +29 +10 +40 0 +13 0 +19
−30 −73 −10 −42 −10 −53 0 −26 0 −32
−35 −68 −14 −38 −15 −48 −3 −23 −4 −28
80 120 0 −15 +36 +71 +12 +34 +12 +47 0 +15 0 +22
−36 −86 −12 −49 −12 −62 0 −30 0 −37
−41 −81 −17 −44 −17 −57 −4 −26 −5 −32
120 150 0 −18 +43 +83 +14 +39 +14 +54 0 +18 0 +25
−43 −101 −14 −57 −14 −72 0 −36 0 −43
−50 −94 −20 −51 −21 −65 −5 −31 −6 −37
150 180 0 −25 +43 +83 +14 +39 +14 +54 0 +18 0 +25
−43 −108 −14 −64 −14 −79 0 −43 0 −50
−51 −100 −21 −57 −22 −71 −6 −37 −7 −43
180 250 0 −30 +50 +96 +15 +44 +15 +61 0 +20 0 +29
−50 −126 −15 −74 −15 −91 0 −50 0 −59
−60 −116 −23 −66 −25 −81 −6 −44 −8 −51
250 315 0 −35 +56 +108 +17 +49 +17 +69 0 +23 0 +32
−56 −143 −17 −84 −17 −104 0 −58 0 −67
−68 −131 −26 −75 −29 −92 −8 −50 −9 −58
315 400 0 −40 +62 +119 +18 +54 +18 +75 0 +25 0 +36
−62 −159 −18 −94 −18 −115 0 −65 0 −76
−75 −146 −29 −83 −31 −102 −8 −57 −11 −65
400 500 0 −45 +68 +131 +20 +60 +20 +83 0 +27 0 +40
−68 −176 −20 −105 −20 −128 0 −72 0 −85
−83 −161 −32 −93 −35 −113 −9 −63 −12 −73
500 630 0 −50 +76 +146 +22 +66 +22 +92 0 +28 0 +44
−76 −196 −22 −116 −22 −142 0 −78 0 −94
−92 −180 −35 −103 −38 −126 −10 −68 −13 −81
184
Table 8a
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp F7 G6 G7 H5 H6
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
630 800 0 −75 +80 +160 +24 +74 +24 +104 0 +32 0 +50
−80 −235 −24 −149 −24 −179 0 −107 0 −125
−102 −213 −41 −132 −46 −157 −12 −95 −17 −108
800 1 000 0 −100 +86 +176 +26 +82 +26 +116 0 +36 0 +56
−86 −276 −26 −182 −26 −216 0 −136 0 −156
−113 −249 −46 −162 −53 −189 −14 −122 −20 −136
1 000 1 250 0 −125 +98 +203 +28 +94 +28 +133 0 +42 0 +66
−98 −328 −28 −219 −28 −258 0 −167 0 −191
−131 −295 −52 −195 −61 −225 −17 −150 −24 −167
1 250 1 600 0 −160 +110 +235 +30 +108 +30 +155 0 +50 0 +78
−110 −395 −30 −268 −30 −315 0 −210 0 −238
−150 −355 −60 −238 −70 −275 −21 −189 −30 −208
1 600 2 000 0 −200 +120 +270 +32 +124 +32 +182 0 +60 0 +92
−120 −470 −32 −324 −32 −382 0 −260 0 −292
−170 −420 −67 −289 −82 −332 −25 −235 −35 −257
2 000 2 500 0 −250 +130 +305 +34 +144 +34 +209 0 +70 0 +110
−130 −555 −34 −394 −34 −459 0 −320 0 −360
−189 −496 −77 −351 −93 −400 −30 −290 −43 −317
185
Application of bearings
Table 8b
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp H7 H8 H9 H10 J6
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
6 10 0 −8 0 +15 0 +22 0 +36 0 +58 −4 +5
0 −23 0 −30 0 −44 0 −66 +4 −13
−3 −20 −3 −27 −3 −41 −3 −63 +2 −11
10 18 0 −8 0 +18 0 +27 0 +43 0 +70 −5 +6
0 −26 0 −35 0 −51 0 −78 +5 −14
−3 −23 −3 −32 −3 −48 −3 −75 +3 −12
18 30 0 −9 0 +21 0 +33 0 +52 0 +84 −5 +8
0 −30 0 −42 0 −61 0 −93 +5 −17
−3 −27 −3 −39 −4 −57 −4 −89 +2 −14
30 50 0 −11 0 +25 0 +39 0 +62 0 +100 −6 +10
0 −36 0 −50 0 −73 0 −111 +6 −21
−4 −32 −4 −46 −5 −68 −5 −106 +3 −18
50 80 0 −13 0 +30 0 +46 0 +74 0 +120 −6 +13
0 −43 0 −59 0 −87 0 −133 +6 −26
−5 −38 −5 −54 −5 −82 −6 −127 +2 −22
80 120 0 −15 0 +35 0 +54 0 +87 0 +140 −6 +16
0 −50 0 −69 0 −102 0 −155 +6 −31
−5 −45 −6 −63 −6 −96 −7 −148 +1 −26
120 150 0 −18 0 +40 0 +63 0 +100 0 +160 −7 +18
0 −58 0 −81 0 −118 0 −178 +7 −36
−7 −51 −7 −74 −8 −110 −8 −170 +1 −30
150 180 0 −25 0 +40 0 +63 0 +100 0 +160 −7 +18
0 −65 0 −88 0 −125 0 −185 +7 −43
−8 −57 −10 −78 −10 −115 −11 −174 0 −36
180 250 0 −30 0 +46 0 +72 0 +115 0 +185 −7 +22
0 −76 0 −102 0 −145 0 −215 +7 −52
−10 −66 −12 −90 −13 −132 −13 −202 −1 −44
250 315 0 −35 0 +52 0 +81 0 +130 0 +210 −7 +25
0 −87 0 −116 0 −165 0 −245 +7 −60
−12 −75 −13 −103 −15 −150 −16 −229 −2 −51
315 400 0 −40 0 +57 0 +89 0 +140 0 +230 −7 +29
0 −97 0 −129 0 −180 0 −270 +7 −69
−13 −84 −15 −114 −17 −163 −18 −252 −4 −58
400 500 0 −45 0 +63 0 +87 0 +155 0 +250 −7 +33
0 −108 0 −142 0 −200 0 −295 +7 −78
−15 −93 −17 −125 −19 −181 −20 −275 −5 −66
500 630 0 −50 0 +70 0 +110 0 +175 0 +280 – –
0 −120 0 −160 0 −225 0 −330 – –
−16 −104 −19 −141 −21 −204 −22 −308 – –
186
Table 8b
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp H7 H8 H9 H10 J6
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
630 800 0 −75 0 +80 0 +125 0 +200 0 +320 – –
0 −155 0 −200 0 −275 0 −395 – –
−22 −133 −27 −173 −30 −245 −33 −362 – –
800 1 000 0 −100 0 +90 0 +140 0 +230 0 +360 – –
0 −190 0 −240 0 −330 0 −460 – –
−27 −163 −33 −207 −39 −291 −43 −417 – –
1 000 1 250 0 −125 0 +105 0 +165 0 +260 0 +420 – –
0 −230 0 −290 0 −385 0 −545 – –
−33 −197 −41 −249 −48 −337 −53 −492 – –
1 250 1 600 0 −160 0 +125 0 +195 0 +310 0 +500 – –
0 −285 0 −355 0 −470 0 −660 – –
−40 −245 −51 −304 −60 −410 −67 −593 – –
1 600 2 000 0 −200 0 +150 0 +230 0 +370 0 +600 – –
0 −350 0 −430 0 −570 0 −800 – –
−50 −300 −62 −368 −74 −496 −83 −717 – –
2 000 2 500 0 −250 0 +175 0 +280 0 +440 0 +700 – –
0 −425 0 −530 0 −690 0 −950 – –
−59 −366 −77 −453 −91 −599 −103 −847 – –
187
Application of bearings
Table 8c
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp J7 JS5 JS6 JS7 K5
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
6 10 0 −8 −7 +8 −3 +3 −4,5 +4,5 −7,5 +7,5 −5 +1
+7 −16 +3 −11 +4,5 −12,5 +7,5 −15,5 +5 −9
+4 −13 +1 −9 +3 −11 +5 −13 +3 −7
10 18 0 −8 −8 +10 −4 +4 −5,5 +5,5 −9 +9 −6 +2
+8 −18 +4 −12 +5,5 −13,5 +9 −17 +6 −10
+5 −15 +2 −10 +3 −11 +6 −14 +4 −8
18 30 0 −9 −9 +12 −4,5 +4,5 −6,5 +6,5 −10,5 +10,5 −8 +1
+9 −21 +4,5 −13,5 +6,5 −15,5 +10,5 −19,5 +8 −10
+6 −18 +2 −11 +4 −13 +7 −16 +6 −8
30 50 0 −11 −11 +14 −5,5 +5,5 −8 +8 −12,5 +12,5 −9 +2
+11 −25 +5,5 −16,5 +8 −19 +12,5 −23,5 +9 −13
+7 −21 +3 −14 +5 −16 +9 −20 +6 −10
50 80 0 −13 −12 +18 −6,5 +6,5 −9,5 +9,5 −15 +15 −10 +3
+12 −31 +6,5 −19,5 +9,5 −22,5 +15 −28 +10 −16
+7 −26 +3 −16 +6 −19 +10 −23 +7 −13
80 120 0 −15 −13 +22 −7,5 +7,5 −11 +11 −17,5 +17,5 −13 +2
+13 −37 +7,5 −22,5 +11 −26 +17,5 −32,5 +13 −17
+8 −32 +4 −19 +6 −21 +12 −27 +9 −13
120 150 0 −18 −14 +26 −9 +9 −12,5 +12,5 −20 +20 −15 +3
+14 −44 +9 −27 +12,5 −30,5 +20 −38 +15 −21
+7 −37 +4 −22 +7 −25 +13 −31 +10 −16
150 180 0 −25 −14 +26 −9 +9 −12,5 +12,5 −20 +20 −15 +3
+14 −51 +9 −34 +12,5 −37,5 +20 −45 +15 −28
+6 −43 +3 −28 +6 −31 +12 −37 +9 −22
180 250 0 −30 −16 +30 −10 +10 −14,5 +14,5 −23 +23 −18 +2
+16 −60 +10 −40 +14,5 −44,5 +23 −53 +18 −32
+6 −50 +4 −34 +6 −36 +13 −43 +12 −26
250 315 0 −35 −16 +36 −11,5 +11,5 −16 +16 −26 +26 −20 +3
+16 −71 +11,5 −46,5 +16 +51 +26 −61 +20 −38
+4 −59 +4 −39 +7 −42 +14 −49 +12 −30
315 400 0 −40 −18 +39 −12,5 +12,5 −18 +18 −28,5 +28,5 −22 +3
+18 −79 +12,5 −52,5 +18 −58 +28,5 −68,5 +22 −43
+5 −66 +4 −44 +7 −47 +15 −55 +14 −35
400 500 0 −45 −20 +43 −13,5 +13,5 −20 +20 −31,5 +31,5 −25 +2
+20 −88 +13,5 −58,5 +20 −65 +31,5 −76,5 +25 −47
+5 −73 +4 −49 +8 −53 +17 −62 +16 −38
500 630 0 −50 – – −14 +14 −22 +22 −35 +35 – –
– – +14 −64 +22 −72 +35 −85 – –
– – +4 −54 +9 −59 +19 −69 – –
188
Table 8c
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp J7 JS5 JS6 JS7 K5
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
630 800 0 −75 – – −16 +16 −25 +25 −40 +40 – –
– – +16 −91 +25 −100 +40 −115 – –
– – +4 −79 +8 −83 +18 −93 – –
800 1 000 0 −100 – – −18 +18 −28 +28 −45 +45 – –
– – +18 −118 +28 −128 +45 −145 – –
– – +4 −104 +8 −108 +18 −118 – –
1 000 1 250 0 −125 – – −21 +21 −33 +33 −52 +52 – –
– – +21 −146 +33 −158 +52 −177 – –
– – +4 −129 +9 −134 +20 −145 – –
1 250 1 600 0 −160 – – −25 +25 −39 +39 −62 +62 – –
– – +25 −185 +39 −199 +62 −222 – –
– – +4 −164 +9 −169 +22 −182 – –
1 600 2 000 0 −200 – – −30 +30 −46 +46 −75 +75 – –
– – +30 −230 +46 −246 +75 −275 – –
– – +5 −205 +11 −211 +25 −225 – –
2 000 2 500 0 −250 – – −35 +35 −55 +55 −87 +87 – –
– – +35 −285 +55 −305 +87 −337 – –
– – +5 −255 +12 −262 +28 −278 – –
189
Application of bearings
Table 8d
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp K6 K7 M5 M6 M7
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
6 10 0 −8 −7 +2 −10 +5 −10 −4 −12 −3 −15 0
+7 −10 +10 −13 +10 −4 +12 −5 +15 −8
+5 −8 +7 −10 +8 −2 +10 −3 +12 −5
10 18 0 −8 −9 +2 −12 +6 −12 −4 −15 −4 −18 0
+9 −10 +12 −14 +12 −4 +15 −4 +18 −8
+7 −8 +9 −11 +10 −2 +13 −2 +15 −5
18 30 0 −9 −11 +2 −15 +6 −14 −4 −17 −4 −21 0
+11 −11 +15 −15 +14 −4 +17 −5 +21 −9
+8 −8 +12 −12 +12 −2 +14 −2 +18 −6
30 50 0 −11 −13 +3 −18 +7 −16 −5 −20 −4 −25 0
+13 −14 +18 −18 +16 −6 +20 −7 +25 −11
+10 −11 +14 −14 +13 −3 +17 −4 +21 −7
50 80 0 −13 −15 +4 −21 +9 −19 −6 −24 −5 −30 0
+15 −17 +21 −22 +19 −7 +24 −8 +30 −13
+11 −13 +16 −17 +16 −4 +20 −4 +25 −8
80 120 0 −15 −18 +4 −25 +10 −23 −8 −28 −6 −35 0
+18 −19 +25 −25 +23 −7 +28 −9 +35 −15
+13 −14 +20 −20 +19 −3 +23 −4 +30 −10
120 150 0 −18 −21 +4 −28 +12 −27 −9 −33 −8 −40 0
+21 −22 +28 −30 +27 −9 +33 −10 +40 −18
+15 −16 +21 −23 +22 −4 +27 −4 +33 −11
150 180 0 −25 −21 +4 −28 +12 −27 −9 −33 −8 −40 0
+21 −29 +28 −37 +27 −16 +33 −17 +40 −25
+14 −22 +20 −29 +21 −10 +26 −10 +32 −17
180 250 0 −30 −24 +5 −33 +13 −31 −11 −37 −8 −46 0
+24 −35 +33 −43 +31 −19 +37 −22 +46 −30
+16 −27 +23 −33 +25 −13 +29 −14 +36 −20
250 315 0 −35 −27 +5 −36 +16 −36 −13 −41 −9 −52 0
+27 −40 +36 −51 +36 −22 +41 −26 +52 −35
+18 −31 +24 −39 +28 −14 +32 −17 +40 −23
315 400 0 −40 −29 −7 −40 +17 −39 −14 −46 −10 −57 0
+29 −47 +40 −57 +39 −26 +46 −30 +57 −40
+18 −36 +27 −44 +31 −18 +35 −19 +44 −27
400 500 0 −45 −32 +8 −45 +18 −43 −16 −50 −10 −63 0
+32 −53 +45 −63 +43 −29 +50 −35 +63 −45
+20 −41 +30 −48 +34 −20 +38 −23 +48 −30
500 630 0 −50 −44 0 −70 0 – – −70 −26 −96 −26
+44 −50 +70 −50 – – +70 −24 +96 −24
+31 −37 +54 −34 – – +57 −11 +80 −8
190
Table 8d
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp K6 K7 M5 M6 M7
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
630 800 0 −75 −50 0 −80 0 – – −80 −30 −110 −30
+50 −75 +80 −75 – – +80 −45 +110 −45
+33 −58 +58 −53 – – +63 −28 +88 −23
800 1 000 0 −100 −56 0 −90 0 – – −90 −34 −124 −34
+56 −100 +90 −100 – – +90 −66 +124 −66
+36 −80 +63 −73 – – +70 −46 +97 −39
1 000 1 250 0 −125 −66 0 −105 0 – – −106 −40 −145 −40
+66 −125 +105 −125 – – +106 −85 +145 −85
+42 −101 +72 −92 – – +82 −61 +112 −52
1 250 1 600 0 −160 −78 0 −125 0 – – −126 −48 −173 −48
+78 −160 +125 −160 – – +126 −112 +173 −112
+48 −130 +85 −120 – – +96 −82 +133 −72
1 600 2 000 0 −200 −92 0 −150 0 – – −158 −58 −208 −58
+92 −200 +150 −200 – – +150 −142 +208 −142
+57 −165 +100 −150 – – +115 −107 +158 −92
2 000 2 500 0 −250 −110 0 −175 0 – – −178 −68 −243 −68
+110 −250 +175 −250 – – +178 −182 +243 −182
+67 −207 +116 −191 – – +135 −139 +184 −123
191
Application of bearings
Table 8e
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp N6 N7 P6 P7
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
6 10 0 −8 −16 −7 −19 −4 −21 −12 −24 −9
+16 −1 +19 −4 +21 +4 +24 +1
+14 +1 +16 −1 +19 +6 +21 +4
10 18 0 −8 −20 −9 −23 −5 −26 −15 −29 −11
+20 +1 +23 −3 +26 +7 +29 +3
+18 +3 +20 0 +24 +9 +26 +6
18 30 0 −9 −24 −11 −28 −7 −31 −18 −35 −14
+24 +2 +28 −2 +31 +9 +35 +5
+21 +5 +25 +1 +28 +12 +32 +8
30 50 0 −11 −28 −12 −33 −8 −37 −21 −42 −17
+28 +1 +33 −3 +37 +10 +42 +6
+25 +4 +29 +1 +34 +13 +38 +10
50 80 0 −13 −33 −14 −39 −9 −45 −26 −51 −21
+33 +1 +39 −4 +45 +13 +51 +8
+29 +5 +34 +1 +41 +17 +46 +13
80 120 0 −15 −38 −16 −45 −10 −52 −30 −59 −24
+38 +1 +45 −5 +52 +15 +59 +9
+33 +6 +40 0 +47 +20 +54 +14
120 150 0 −18 −45 −20 −52 −12 −61 −36 −68 −28
+45 +2 +52 −6 +61 +18 +68 +10
+39 +8 +45 +1 +55 +24 +61 +17
150 180 0 −25 –45 −20 −52 −12 −61 −36 −68 −28
+45 −5 +52 −13 +61 +11 +68 +3
+38 +2 +44 −5 +54 +18 +60 +11
180 250 0 −30 −51 −22 −60 −14 −70 −41 −79 −33
+51 −8 +60 −16 +70 +11 +79 +3
+43 0 +50 −6 +62 +19 +69 +13
250 315 0 −35 −57 −25 −66 −14 −79 −47 −88 −36
+57 −10 +66 −21 +79 +12 +88 +1
+48 −1 +54 −9 +70 +21 +76 +13
315 400 0 −40 −62 −26 −73 −16 −87 −51 −98 −41
+62 −14 +73 −24 +87 +11 +98 +1
+51 −3 +60 −11 +76 +22 +85 +14
400 500 0 −45 −67 −27 −80 −17 −95 −55 −108 −45
+67 −18 +80 −28 +95 +10 +108 0
+55 −6 +65 −13 +83 +22 +93 +15
500 630 0 −50 −88 −44 −114 −44 −122 −78 −148 −78
+88 −6 +114 −6 +122 +28 +148 +28
+75 +7 +98 +10 +109 +41 +132 +44
192
Table 8e
Housing tolerances and resultant fits
+
0
–
Housing Bearing Deviations of housing bore diameter, resultant fits
Nominal Outside diameter Tolerances
bore diameter tolerance
D ∆Dmp N6 N7 P6 P7
Deviations (housing bore diameter)
Theoretical interference (+)/clearance (−)
over incl. high low Probable interference (+)/clearance (−)
mm µm µm
630 800 0 −75 −100 −50 −130 −50 −138 −88 −168 −88
+100 −25 +130 −25 +138 +13 +168 +13
+83 −8 +108 −3 +121 +30 +146 +35
800 1 000 0 −100 −112 −56 −146 −56 −156 −100 −190 −100
+112 −44 +146 −44 +156 0 +190 0
+92 −24 +119 −17 +136 +20 +163 +27
1 000 1 250 0 −125 −132 −66 −171 −66 −186 −120 −225 −120
+132 −59 +171 −59 +186 −5 +225 −5
+108 −35 +138 −26 +162 +19 +192 +28
1 250 1 600 0 −160 −156 −78 −203 −78 −218 −140 −265 −140
+156 −82 +203 −82 +218 −20 +265 −20
+126 −52 +163 −42 +188 +10 +225 +20
1 600 2 000 0 −200 −184 −92 −242 −92 −262 −170 −320 −170
+184 −108 +242 −108 +262 −30 +320 −30
+149 −73 +192 −58 +227 +5 +270 +20
2 000 2 500 0 −250 −220 −110 −285 −110 −305 −195 −370 −195
+220 −140 +285 −140 +305 −55 +370 −55
+177 −97 +226 −81 +262 −12 +311 +4
193
Application of bearings
Dimensional, form and running accuracy Tolerances for perpendicularity
of bearing seatings and abutments
The accuracy of cylindrical bearing seatings Abutments for bearing rings should have
on shafts and in housing bores, of seatings a rectangularity tolerance as defined in
for thrust bearing washers and of the support ISO 1101:1983, which is better by at least
surfaces (abutments for bearings provided one IT grade than the diameter tolerance of
by shaft and housing shoulders etc.) should the associated cylindrical seating. For thrust
correspond to the accuracy of the bearings bearing washer seatings, the tolerance for
used. In the following, guideline values for perpendicularity should not exceed the
the dimensional, form and running accuracy values of IT5. Guideline values for the toler-
are provided. These should be followed when ance for rectangularity and for the total axial
machining the seatings and abutments. runout will be found in table 11 , page 196.
Dimensional tolerances
For bearings made to Normal tolerances, the
dimensional accuracy of cylindrical seatings
on the shaft should be at least to grade 6
and in the housing at least to grade 7. Where
adapter or withdrawal sleeves are used,
wider diameter tolerances (grades 9 or 10)
can be permitted than for bearing seatings
(➔ table 9 ). The numerical values of stand-
ard tolerance grades IT to ISO 286-1:1988
will be found in table 10 . For bearings with
higher accuracy, correspondingly better
grades should be used.
Tolerances for cylindrical form
The cylindricity tolerances as defined in
ISO 1101:1983 should be 1 to 2 IT grades
better than the prescribed dimensional
tolerance, depending on requirements. For
example, if a bearing shaft seating has been
machined to tolerance m6, then the accuracy
of form should be to IT5 or IT4. The tolerance
value t1 for cylindricity is obtained for an
assumed shaft diameter of 150 mm from
t1 = IT5/2 = 18/2 = 9 µm. However, the toler-
ance t1 is for a radius, hence 2 × t1 applies
for the shaft diameter. Table 11 , page 196,
gives guideline values for the cylindrical form
tolerance and the total runout tolerance for
the different bearing tolerance classes.
When bearings are to be mounted on
adapter or withdrawal sleeves, the cylin-
dricity of the sleeve seating should be IT5/2
(for h9) or IT7/2 (for h10) (➔ table 9 ).
194
Table 9
Shaft tolerances for bearings mounted on sleeves
Shaft Diameter and form tolerances
diameter
d h9 IT51) h10 IT71)
Nominal Deviations Deviations
over incl. high low max high low max
mm µm
10 18 0 −43 8 0 −70 18
18 30 0 −52 9 0 −84 21
30 50 0 −62 11 0 −100 25
50 80 0 −74 13 0 −120 30
80 120 0 −87 15 0 −140 35
120 180 0 −100 18 0 −160 40
180 250 0 −115 20 0 −185 46
250 315 0 −130 23 0 −210 52
315 400 0 −140 25 0 −230 57
400 500 0 −155 27 0 −250 63
500 630 0 −175 32 0 −280 70
630 800 0 −200 36 0 −320 80
800 1 000 0 −230 40 0 −360 90
1 000 1 250 0 −260 47 0 −420 105
1)
The recommendation is for IT5/2 or IT7/2, because the tolerance zone t is a radius,
however in the table above the values relate to a nominal shaft diameter and are therefore not halved
Table 10
ISO tolerance grades for dimensions (lengths, widths, diameters etc.)
Nominal Tolerance grades
dimension IT1 IT2 IT3 IT4 IT5 IT6 IT7 IT8 IT9 IT10 IT11 IT12
over incl. max
mm µm
1 3 0,8 1,2 2 3 4 6 10 14 25 40 60 100
3 6 1 1,5 2,5 4 5 8 12 18 30 48 75 120
6 10 1 1,5 2,5 4 6 9 15 22 36 58 90 150
10 18 1,2 2 3 5 8 11 18 27 43 70 110 180
18 30 1,5 2,5 4 6 9 13 21 33 52 84 130 210
30 50 1,5 2,5 4 7 11 16 25 39 62 100 160 250
50 80 2 3 5 8 13 19 30 46 74 120 190 300
80 120 2,5 4 6 10 15 22 35 54 87 140 220 350
120 180 3,5 5 8 12 18 25 40 63 100 160 250 400
180 250 4,5 7 10 14 20 29 46 72 115 185 290 460
250 315 6 8 12 16 23 32 52 81 130 210 320 520
315 400 7 9 13 18 25 36 57 89 140 230 360 570
400 500 8 10 15 20 27 40 63 97 155 250 400 630
500 630 – – – – 32 44 70 110 175 280 440 700
630 800 – – – – 36 50 80 125 200 320 500 800
800 1 000 – – – – 40 56 90 140 230 360 560 900
1 000 1 250 – – – – 47 66 105 165 260 420 660 1050
1 250 1 600 – – – – 55 78 125 195 310 500 780 1250
1 600 2 000 – – – – 65 92 150 230 370 600 920 1 500
2 000 2 500 – – – – 78 110 175 280 440 700 1 100 1 750
195
Application of bearings
Table 11
Accuracy of form and position for bearing seatings on shafts and in housings
A B
t 2 A-B t 4 A-B
t1 t 3 A-B
A B
dA dB DA DB
t 2 A-B t 4 A-B
t1 t 3 A-B
Surface Permissible deviations
Characteristic Symbol for Bearings of tolerance class1)
characteristic tolerance Normal, CLN P6 P5
zone
Cylindrical seating
Cylindricity t1 IT5/2 IT4/2 IT3/2 IT2/2
Total radial runout t3 IT5/2 IT4/2 IT3/2 IT2/2
Flat abutment
Rectangularity t2 IT5 IT4 IT3 IT2
Total axial runout t4 IT5 IT4 IT3 IT2
Explanation
For normal For special
demands demands with
respect to
running accuracy
or even support
1)
For bearings of higher accuracy (tolerance class P4 etc.) please refer to SKF catalogue "High-precision bearings"
196
Tolerances for tapered journal seatings • The radial deviation from circularity is
IT5/2, based on the diameter d and is
When a bearing is mounted directly onto a defined as:
tapered shaft seating, the seating diameter “In each radial plane along the tapered
tolerance can be wider than in the case of surface of the shaft, the tolerance zone is
cylindrical seatings. Fig 18 shows a grade 9 limited by two concentric circles a dis-
diameter tolerance, while the form tolerance tance “t” apart.”
stipulations are the same as for a cylindrical When particularly stringent running
shaft seating. SKF recommendations for accuracy requirements are stipulated,
tapered shaft seatings for rolling bearings IT4/2 is to apply instead.
are as follows.
The best way to check that the taper is with-
• The permissible taper deviation for in the recommended tolerances is to meas-
machining the taper seatings is a ± toler- ure with dial gauges. A more practical
ance in accordance with IT7/2 based on method, but less accurate, is to use ring
the bearing width. The value is determined gauges, special taper gauges or sine bars.
according to the formula shown in fig 18 ,
where
k = factor for the taper
12 for taper 1: 12
30 for taper 1: 30
B = bearing width
• The straightness tolerance is IT5/2, based
on the diameter d and is defined as:
“In each axial plane through the tapered
surface of the shaft, the tolerance zone is
limited by two parallel lines a distance “t”
apart.”
Fig 18
1 ± IT7
k 2B t
IT5/2
IT5/2
1,6
∆ d js9
197
Application of bearings
Surface roughness of bearing seatings the recommended case depth is in the order
The roughness of bearing seating surfaces of 0,1 times the rolling element diameter.
does not have the same degree of influence Smaller case depths are permitted for dy-
on bearing performance as the dimensional, namic loads. For additional information,
form and running accuracies. However, a please consult the SKF application engin-
desired interference fit is much more accur- eering service.
ately obtained the smoother the mating sur-
faces are. For less critical bearing arrange-
ments relatively large surface roughness is
permitted.
For bearing arrangements where demands
for accuracy are high, guideline values for
the mean surface roughness Ra are given in
table 12 for different dimensional accur-
acies of the bearing seatings. These recom-
mendations apply to ground seatings, which
are normally assumed for shaft seatings.
Raceways on shafts and in housings
Raceways machined in associated compon-
ents for cylindrical roller bearings with only
one ring and for cylindrical roller and cage
thrust assemblies, must have a hardness of
between 58 and 64 HRC if the load carrying
capacity of the bearing or assembly is to be
fully exploited.
The surface roughness should be
Ra ≤ 0,2 µm or Rz ≤ 1 µm. For less demanding
applications, lower hardness and rougher
surfaces may be used.
The out-of-round and deviation from cylin- Table 12
drical form must not exceed 25 and 50 %, Guideline values for surface roughness
respectively, of the actual diameter tolerance of bearing seatings
of the raceway. Diameter Recommended Ra value
The permissible axial runouts of raceways of seatings for ground seatings
(Roughness grade numbers)
for thrust assemblies are the same as for the d (D)2) Diameter tolerance to
shaft and housing washers of thrust bear- over incl. IT7 IT6 IT5
ings, shown in table 10, page 132. mm µm
Suitable materials for the seatings include
through-hardening steels, e.g. 100 Cr 6 to – 80 1,6 (N7) 0,8 (N6) 0,4 (N5)
ISO 683-17:1999, case-hardening steels, 80 500 1,6 (N7) 1,6 (N7) 0,8 (N6)
e.g. 20Cr3 or 17MnCr5 to ISO 683-17:1999)
as well as induction hardening steels which 500 1 250 3,2 (N8)1) 1,6 (N7) 1,6 (N7)
can be partially hardened.
The case depth that is recommended for
raceways machined in associated compon-
ents depends on various factors including
the dynamic and static load ratios (P/C and
P0/C0 respectively) as well as the core hard-
ness, and it is difficult to generalize. For ex- 1)
When using the oil injection method for mounting
ample, under conditions of purely static load 2)
Ra should not exceed 1,6 µm
For diameters > 1 250 mm consult the SKF
up to the magnitude of the basic static load application engineering service
rating and with a core hardness of 350 HV,
198
Axial location of bearings Fig 20
An interference fit alone is inadequate for
the axial location of a bearing ring. As a rule,
therefore, some suitable means of axially
securing the ring is needed.
Both rings of a locating bearing should
be axially secured on both sides. However,
for non-locating bearings, that are of a non-
separable design, the ring having the tighter
fit – usually the inner ring – should be axially
secured; the other ring must be free to move
axially with respect to its seating, except for
CARB bearings where both the rings are
axially secured. For “cross-located” bear-
ings the bearing rings need only be axially
secured on one side.
Methods of location Fig 21
Bearings with cylindrical bore
Bearing rings having an interference fit are
generally mounted so that the ring abuts a
shoulder on the shaft or in the housing on
one side (➔ fig 19 ). On the opposite side,
inner rings are normally secured using lock
nuts, as shown in the section “Lock nuts”,
starting on page 1003, e.g. of type KM + MB
(➔ fig 19 ) or by end plates (➔ fig 20 ) at-
tached to the shaft end. Outer rings are
usually retained by the housing end cover
(➔ fig 21 ) or possibly, in special cases, by
a threaded ring (➔ fig 22 ).
Fig 19 Fig 22
199
Application of bearings
Instead of integral shaft or housing shoul-
ders, it is frequently more convenient to use
spacer sleeves or collars between the bear-
ing rings or between a bearing ring and an
adjacent component, e.g. a gear (➔ fig 23 ).
Location on a shaft can also be accom-
plished using a split collar that is seated in
a groove in the shaft (➔ fig 25 ) and retained
either by a second one-piece collar or ring or
by the bearing inner ring.
The use of snap rings for the axial location
of rolling bearings saves space, permits rapid
mounting and dismounting, and simplifies
the machining of shafts and housing bores.
If moderate or heavy axial loads have to be
supported an abutment collar should be
inserted between the bearing ring and the
snap ring, so that the snap ring is not sub-
jected to excessive bending moments
(➔ fig 24 ). The usual axial play between the
snap ring and snap ring groove can be re-
duced, if necessary, by choosing suitable
tolerances for the abutment collar or by using
shims. Bearings with a snap ring groove in
the outer ring (➔ fig 23 ) can be secured in a
very simple and space-saving manner using
a snap ring (➔ section “Deep groove ball
bearings”, starting on page 287).
Other methods of axial location which are
suitable, especially for high precision bearing
arrangements involve the use of press fits,
e.g. in the form of stepped sleeve arrange-
ments. Additional details are found in the
SKF catalogue “High-precision bearings”.
Fig 23 Fig 24
200
Bearings with tapered bore Fig 26
Bearings with a tapered bore mounted
directly on tapered journals are generally
retained on the shaft by a lock nut, or by a
lock nut on an externally threaded split ring
inserted in a groove in the shaft (➔ fig 25 ).
When using an adapter sleeve on a
stepped shaft, the lock nut positions the
bearing relative to the sleeve, and a spacer
ring is inserted between the shaft shoulder
and inner ring on the other side (➔ fig 26 ).
Where smooth shafts without integral abut-
ments are used (➔ fig 27 ), the friction be-
tween the shaft and sleeve governs the
axial load carrying capacity of the bearing,
see sections
• “Self-aligning ball bearings” starting on Fig 27
page 463 and
• “Spherical roller bearings” starting on
page 691.
Where bearings are mounted on a with-
drawal sleeve, an abutment, e.g. a spacer
ring, which is frequently designed as a
labyrinth ring, must support the inner ring.
The withdrawal sleeve itself is axially located
by an end plate or a lock nut (➔ fig 28 ).
Fig 25 Fig 28
201
Application of bearings
Abutment and fillet dimensions Table 13
The dimensions of components adjacent Relieved fillets
to the bearing (shaft and housing shoulders,
ba
spacer sleeves etc.) must be such that suffi-
cient support is provided for the bearing rs
rings, but there must be no contact between
the rotating parts of the bearing and a sta- rs
tionary component. Appropriate abutment ha rc
and fillet dimensions are quoted for each
bearing listed in the product tables.
The transition between the bearing seating
and shaft or housing shoulder, may either
ha rc
take the form of a simple fillet according to rs
the dimensions ra and rb in the product rs
tables, or be relieved in the form of an under- ba
cut. Table 13 gives suitable dimensions for
the relieved fillets.
The greater the fillet radius (for the
smooth form curve), the more favourable is Bearing Fillet dimensions
chamfer
the stress distribution in the shaft fillet area. dimension
For heavily loaded shafts, therefore, a large rs ba ha rc
radius is generally required. In such cases a mm mm
spacing collar should be provided between
the inner ring and shaft shoulder to provide 1 2 0,2 1,3
a sufficiently large support surface for the 1,1 2,4 0,3 1,5
1,5 3,2 0,4 2
bearing ring. The side of the collar facing the
shaft shoulder should be relieved so that it 2 4 0,5 2,5
2,1 4 0,5 2,5
does not contact the shaft fillet (➔ fig 29 ). 3 4,7 0,5 3
4 5,9 0,5 4
5 7,4 0,6 5
6 8,6 0,6 6
7,5 10 0,6 7
9,5 12 0,6 9
Fig 29
202
CARB toroidal roller bearings Fig 30
CARB bearings can accommodate axial ex- Ca Ca
pansion of the shaft within the bearing. To
be sure that these axial displacements of the
shaft with respect to the housing can take
place it is necessary to provide space on
both sides of the bearing (➔ fig 30 ).
Additional information is found in the sec-
tion “CARB toroidal roller bearings”, starting
on page 775.
203
Application of bearings
Designing associated Fig 31
components
withdrawal tool
Particularly where large bearings are involved,
it is often necessary to make provisions dur-
ing the bearing arrangement design stage,
to facilitate mounting and dismounting of the
bearing, or even to make it possible at all. If,
for example, slots or recesses are machined
in the shaft and housing shoulders, it is pos-
sible to apply withdrawal tools (➔ fig 31 ).
Threaded holes in the housing shoulders
also allow the use of screws to push the
bearing from its seating (➔ fig 32 ).
If the oil injection method is to be used to
mount or dismount bearings on a tapered
seating, or to dismount bearings from a
cylindrical seating, it is necessary to provide Fig 32
ducts and grooves in the shaft (➔ fig 33 ).
The distance of the oil distribution groove
from the side of the bearing from which
mounting or dismounting is to be under-
taken should be about one third of the
seating width. Recommended dimensions
for the appropriate grooves, ducts and
threaded holes to connect the oil supply
will be found in tables 14 and 15 .
Fig 33
204
Table 14 Table 15
Recommended dimensions for oil supply ducts Design and recommended dimensions
and grooves for threaded holes for connecting oil supply
L
L
3 Ga
Gc Ga
N
60° Gb Gc G
b
ha
ra
Na Na
ba
Design A Design B
Seating Dimensions Thread Design Dimensions
diameter ba ha ra N Ga Gb Gc1) Na
over incl. max
mm mm – – mm
100 3 0,5 2,5 2,5 M6 A 10 8 3
100 150 4 0,8 3 3
150 200 4 0,8 3 3 R 1/8 A 12 10 3
200 250 5 1 4 4 R 1/4 A 15 12 5
250 300 5 1 4 4
300 400 6 1,25 4,5 5 R 3/8 B 15 12 8
400 500 7 1,5 5 5 R 1/2 B 18 14 8
500 650 8 1,5 6 6
650 800 10 2 7 7 R 3/4 B 20 16 8
800 1 000 12 2,5 8 8
1)
L = width of bearing seating Effective threaded length
205
Application of bearings
Bearing preload Fig 34
Depending on the application it may be
necessary to have either a positive or a nega-
tive operational clearance in the bearing
arrangement. In the majority of applications,
the operational clearance should be positive,
i.e. when in operation, the bearing should
have a residual clearance, however slight
(➔ section “Bearing internal clearance” on
page 137).
However, there are many cases, e.g.
machine tool spindle bearings, pinion bear-
ings in automotive axle drives, bearing
arrangements of small electric motors, or
bearing arrangements for oscillating move- a
ment, where a negative operational clear-
ance, i.e. a preload, is needed to enhance
the stiffness of the bearing arrangement or to
increase running accuracy. The application
of a preload, e.g. by springs, is also recom-
mended where bearings are to operate with-
out load or under very light load and at high
speeds. In these cases, the preload serves
to provide a minimum load on the bearing
and prevent bearing damage as a result of
sliding movements of the rolling elements
(➔ section “Requisite minimum load” on
page 75).
Types of preload
Depending on the type of bearing the preload b
may be either radial or axial. Cylindrical roller
bearings, for example, because of their de-
sign, can only be preloaded radially, and
Fig 35
I I
L L
206
thrust ball and cylindrical roller thrust bear- to reduce clearance or increase preload.
ings can only be preloaded axially. Single This tendency is increased by the thermal
row angular contact ball bearings and taper expansion in the axial direction when the
roller bearings (➔ fig 34 ), which are normally bearings are face-to-face, but is reduced for
subjected to axial preload, are generally back-to-back arrangements. For back-to-
mounted together with a second bearing of back arrangements only, for a given dis-
the same type in a back-to-back (a) or face- tance between the bearings and when the
to-face (b) arrangement. Deep groove ball coefficient of thermal expansion is the same
bearings are also generally preloaded axially, for the bearings and associated components,
to do so, the bearings should have a greater the radial and axial thermal expansions will
radial internal clearance than Normal (e.g. C3) cancel each other out so that the preload
so that, as with angular contact ball bear- will not change.
ings, a contact angle which is greater than
zero will be produced.
For both taper roller and angular contact
ball bearings, the distance L between the
pressure centres is longer when the bearings
are arranged back-to-back (➔ fig 35 ) and
shorter when they are arranged face-to-face
(➔ fig 36 ) than the distance l between the
bearing centres. This means that the bear-
ings arranged back-to-back can accom-
modate large tilting moments even if the
distance between the bearing centres is
relatively short. The radial forces resulting
from the moment load and the deformation
caused by these in the bearings are smaller
than for bearings arranged face-to-face.
If in operation the shaft becomes hotter
than the housing, the preload which was ad-
justed (set) at ambient temperature during
mounting will increase, the increase being
greater for face-to-face than for back-to-
back arrangements. In both cases the ther-
mal expansion in the radial direction serves
Fig 36
I I
L L
207
Application of bearings
Effects of bearing preload dimensioned preload can have a favourable
The main effects of bearing preload are to influence on the load distribution in the bear-
ings and therefore on service life (➔ section
• enhance stiffness, “Maintaining the correct preload” on
• reduce running noise, page 216).
• enhance the accuracy of shaft guidance,
• compensate for wear and settling (bed- Determining preload force
ding down) processes in operation, and Preload may be expressed as a force or as
• provide long service life. a path (distance), although the preload force
is the primary specification factor. Depending
High stiffness on the adjustment method, preload is also
indirectly related to the friction torque in the
Bearing stiffness (in kN/µm) is defined as bearing.
the ratio of the force acting on the bearing to Empirical values for the optimum preload
the elastic deformation in the bearing. The can be obtained from proven designs and
elastic deformation caused by a load in pre- can be applied to similar designs. For new
loaded bearings is smaller for a given load designs SKF recommends calculating the
range than in bearings which are not pre- preload force and checking its accuracy
loaded. by testing. As generally not all influencing
factors of the actual operation are accurately
Quiet running known, corrections may be necessary in
practice. The reliability of the calculation
The smaller the operational clearance in depends above all on how well the assump-
a bearing, the better the guidance of the tions made regarding the temperature con-
rolling elements in the unloaded zone and ditions in operation and the elastic behaviour
the quieter the bearing in operation. of the associated components – most import-
antly the housing – coincide with the actual
Accurate shaft guidance conditions.
When determining the preload, the pre-
Preloaded bearings provide more accurate load force required to give an optimum com-
shaft guidance because preload restricts the bination of stiffness, bearing life and oper-
ability of the shaft to deflect under load. For ational reliability should be calculated first.
example, the more accurate guidance and Then calculate the preload force to be used
the increased stiffness afforded by preload- when adjusting the bearings during mount-
ed pinion and differential bearings means that ing. When mounting, the bearings should be
the gear mesh will be kept accurate and re- at ambient temperature and not subjected
main constant, and that additional dynamic to an operating load.
forces will be minimized. As a result, oper- The appropriate preload at normal oper-
ation will be quiet and the gear mesh will ating temperature depends on the bearing
have a long service life. load. An angular contact ball bearing or a
taper roller bearing can accommodate radial
Compensating for wear and settling and axial loads simultaneously. Under radial
load, a force acting in the axial direction will
Wear and settling processes in a bearing be produced in the bearing, and this must
arrangement during operation increase the generally be accommodated by a second
clearance but this can be compensated for bearing which faces in the opposite direction
by preload. to the first one. Purely radial displacement of
one bearing ring in relation to the other will
Long service life mean that half of the bearing circumference
(i.e. half of the rolling elements) is under load
In certain applications preloaded bearing and the axial force produced in the bearing
arrangements can enhance operational re- will be
liability and increase service life. A properly
208
Fa = R Fr for single row angular contact ball clearance, the load distribution where half
bearings or of the rolling elements are under load will be
Fa = 0,5 Fr/Y for single row taper roller automatically achieved. In other load cases,
bearings. particularly where there is an external axial
load, it may be necessary to preload the bear-
where Fr is the radial bearing load (➔ fig 37 ). ings to compensate for the play produced
The values of the variable R which takes as a result of the elastic deformation of the
into account the contact conditions inside bearing taking the axial load into account and
angular contact ball bearings has to be de- to achieve a more favourable load distribu-
termined according to the guidelines given tion in the other bearing which is unloaded
in the section “Determining axial force for axially.
bearings mounted singly or paired in tandem”, Preloading also increases the stiffness of
starting on page 413. the bearing arrangement. When considering
The values of the axial factor Y for taper stiffness it should be remembered that it is
roller bearings will be found in the product not only influenced by the resilience of the
tables. bearings but also by the elasticity of the shaft
When a single bearing is subjected to a and housing, the fits with which the rings are
radial load Fr, an external axial force Fa of mounted and the elastic deformation of all
the above magnitude must be applied if the other components in the force field including
prerequisite for the basic load ratings (half of the abutments. These all have a consider-
the bearing circumference under load) is to able impact on the resilience of the total shaft
be fulfilled. If the applied external force is system. The axial and radial resilience of
smaller, the number of rolling elements sup- a bearing depend on its internal design, i.e.
porting the load will be smaller and the load on the contact conditions (point or line con-
carrying capacity of the bearing will be cor- tact), the number and diameter of the rolling
respondingly reduced. elements and the contact angle; the greater
In a bearing arrangement comprising the contact angle, the greater the stiffness
two single row angular contact ball bearings of the bearing in the axial direction.
or two taper roller bearings back-to-back If, as a first approximation, a linear de-
or face-to-face, each bearing must accom- pendence of the resilience on the load is
modate the axial forces from the other. When assumed, i.e. a constant spring ratio, then
the two bearings are the same, the radial load a comparison shows that the axial displace-
acts centrally between the bearings and if ment in a bearing arrangement under preload
the bearing arrangement is adjusted to zero is smaller than for a bearing arrangement
Fig 37
Fa Fa
Fr
209
Application of bearings
without preload for the same external axial components by the curves that increase
force Ka (➔ diagram 2 ). A pinion bearing from right to left. Curves 1, 2 and 3 are for
arrangement, for example, consists of two different preload forces (F01, F02 < F01 and
taper roller bearings A and B of different size F03 = 0). The broken lines refer to the bear-
having the spring constants cA and cB and is ings themselves whereas the unbroken lines
subjected to a preload force F0. If the axial are for the bearing position in total (bearing
force Ka acts on bearing A, bearing B will be with associated components).
unloaded, and the additional load acting on Using diagram 3 it is possible to explain
bearing A and the axial displacement da will the relationships, for example, for a pinion
be smaller than for a bearing without pre- bearing arrangement (➔ fig 39 , page 213)
load. However, if the external axial force where bearing A is adjusted against bearing
exceeds the value B via the shaft and housing to give preload.
The external axial force Ka (axial component
cA of tooth forces) is superimposed on the pre-
(
K a = F0 1 +
cB ) load force F01 (curve 1) in such a way that
bearing A is subjected to additional load
while bearing B is unloaded. The load at
then bearing B will be relieved of the axial bearing position A is designated FaA, that
preload force and the axial displacement at bearing position B, FaB.
under additional load will be the same as it is Under the influence of the force Ka,
for a bearing arrangement without preload, the pinion shaft is axially displaced by the
i.e. determined solely by the spring constant amount δa1. The smaller preload force F02
of bearing A. To prevent complete unloading (curve 2) has been chosen so that bearing
of bearing B when bearing A is subjected to B is just unloaded by the axial force Ka, i.e.
load Ka, the following preload force will thus FaB = 0 and FaA = Ka. The pinion shaft is dis-
be required placed in this case by the amount δa2 > δa1.
When the arrangement is not preloaded
cB (curve 3) the axial displacement of the pinion
F 0 = Ka shaft is at its greatest (δa3 > δa2).
cA + cB
The forces and elastic displacements in
a preloaded bearing arrangement as well
as the effects of a change in preload force
are most easily recognized from a preload
force/preload path diagram (➔ diagram 3 ).
This consists of the spring curves of the
components that are adjusted against each
other to preload and enables the following.
• the relationship of the preload force and
preload path within the preloaded bearing
arrangement;
• the relationship between an externally
applied axial force Ka and the bearing load
for a preloaded bearing arrangement, as
well as the elastic deformation produced
by the external force.
In the diagram 3 , all the components sub-
jected to additional loads by the operational
forces are represented by the curves that in-
crease from left to right, and all the unloaded
210
Diagram 2
External axial force Ka With preload F0
Without preload
K
δa = c a
A
c
Ka = F0 (1+ cA )
B
Axial displacement δa
Diagram 3
Axial force Fa
Preload force F0
Bearing A
Bearing B Bearing position A (total)
Bearing position B (total)
1
F01
Ka
FaA
2
F02
Ka
FaB
Axial displacement δa
δ a2 δ a1
δa3
211
Application of bearings
Adjustment procedures Adjustment using preload path
Adjustment means setting the bearing in-
ternal clearance (➔ section “Mounting”, This method of adjustment is frequently
starting on page 261) or setting the preload used when the components of a bearing
of a bearing arrangement. arrangement are pre-assembled. The pre-
The radial preload usually used for cylin- load is achieved, for example, for a pinion
drical roller bearings, double row angular bearing arrangement by
contact ball bearings and sometimes for
deep groove ball bearings, for example, is • fitting intermediate rings between the
achieved by using a sufficient degree of outer and inner rings of the two bearings
interference for one or both of the bearing (➔ fig 38 );
rings to reduce the initial internal clearance • inserting shims between a housing shoul-
of the bearing to zero so that in operation der and a bearing outer ring or between
there will be a negative clearance, i.e. preload. the casing and the housing (➔ fig 39 ), the
Bearings with a tapered bore are particu- housing in this case is the flanged angled
larly suitable for radial preloading since, by insert;
driving the bearing up on to its tapered seat- • fitting a spacer ring between a shaft
ing, the preload can be applied to within nar- shoulder and one of the bearing inner
row limits. rings (➔ fig 40 ) or between the inner rings
Axial preload in single row angular con- of the two bearings.
tact ball bearings, taper roller bearings and
also deep groove ball bearings is produced
by displacing one bearing ring axially in rela-
tion to the other by an amount correspond-
ing to the desired preload force. There are
two main groups of adjustment methods
that differ in the principle on which they are
based: individual adjustment and collective
adjustment.
Individual adjustment
With individual adjustment, each bearing
arrangement is adjusted separately using
nuts, shims, spacer sleeves, deformable
sleeves etc. Measuring and inspection
procedures provide that the established
nominal preload force is obtained with the
least possible deviation. There are different
methods depending on the quantity of
bearings to be measured:
• adjustment using preload path,
• adjustment using friction torque, and
• adjustment using direct force
measurement.
Individual adjustment has the advantage that
individual components can be produced to
Normal tolerances and the desired preload
can be achieved with a reasonably high
degree of accuracy.
212
Fig 38
Fig 39
B A
Ka
δ a1
Fig 40
213
Application of bearings
The width of the shims, intermediate rings or
spacer rings is determined by
• the distance between the shaft and
housing shoulders,
• the total width of both bearings,
• the preload path (axial displacement)
corresponding to the desired preload
force,
• a correction factor for the preload path
to account for thermal expansion in oper-
ation,
• the manufacturing tolerances of all
components, established by measuring
them before mounting, and
• a correction factor to account for a certain
loss of preload force after a certain period
of operation.
This method of adjustment is based on the
relationship between the preload force and
the elastic deformations within the preloaded
system. The requisite preload can be deter-
mined from a preload force/preload path
diagram (➔ diagram 4 ).
Diagram 4
Preload force F0
F⬘0 preload force on the pinion shaft
(bearing arrangement)
δ01 preload path for the pinion
head bearing and surrounding
components
δ02 preload path for the bearing at
F´0 the flange side and surrounding
components
δ0 total preload path for pinion
bearing arrangement
δ 01 δ 02 Preload path δ
δ0
214
Adjustment using friction torque
This method is popular in series production
because of the short time required and be-
cause considerable automation is possible.
Since there is a definite relationship between
bearing preload and friction torque in the
bearing, it is possible to stop adjustment
when a friction torque corresponding to the
desired preload has been reached if the
friction torque is continuously monitored.
However, it should be remembered that the
friction torque can vary from bearing to
bearing, and that it also depends on the
preservative used, or on the lubrication
conditions and the speed.
Adjustment using direct force measurement
As the purpose of bearing adjustment is to
produce a given preload in the bearings, it
would seem sensible to use a method either
to produce the force directly, or to measure
the force directly. However, in practice the
indirect methods of adjustment by preload
path or friction torque are preferred as they
are simple and can be achieved easily and
more cost efficiently.
Collective adjustment
With this method of adjustment, which may
also be termed “random statistical adjust-
ment”, the bearings, shaft and housing,
spacer rings or sleeves etc. are produced in
normal quantities and randomly assembled,
the components being fully interchangeable.
Where taper roller bearings are concerned,
this interchangeability also extends to the
outer rings and inner ring assemblies. In
order not to have to resort to the uneconomic
production of very accurate bearings and
associated components, it is assumed that
the limiting values of the tolerances – statis-
tically – seldom occur together. If, however,
the preload force is to be obtained with as
little scatter as possible, manufacturing
tolerances must be reduced. The advantage
of collective adjustment is that no inspection
is required and no extra equipment needed
when mounting the bearings.
215
Application of bearings
Preloading by springs used for the factor k. If preload is used pri-
By preloading bearings in small electric marily to protect the bearing from vibration
motors and similar applications it is possible damage when stationary, then greater pre-
to reduce operating noise. The bearing load is required and k = 0,02 should be
arrangement in this case comprises a single used.
row deep groove ball bearing at each end of Spring loading is also a common method
the shaft. The simplest method of applying of applying preload to angular contact ball
preload is by a spring or spring “package” bearings used in high-speed grinding spin-
(➔ fig 42 ). The spring acts on the outer ring dles. The method is not suitable, however,
of one of the two bearings; this outer ring for bearing applications where a high degree
must be able to be axially displaced. The of stiffness is required, where the direction
preload force remains practically constant of load changes, or where undefined shock
even when there is axial displacement of the loads can occur.
bearing as a result of thermal expansion.
The requisite preload force can be estimated Maintaining the correct preload
from When selecting the preload force for a bear-
ing arrangement it should be remembered
F=kd that the stiffness is only marginally increased
when the preload exceeds a given optimum
where value, whereas friction and consequently
F = preload force, kN heat generation increase and there is a sharp
k = a factor, see following decrease in bearing service life as a result of
d = bearing bore diameter, mm the additional, constantly acting load.
Diagram 5 indicates the relationship
Depending on the design of the electric between bearing life and preload/clearance.
motor, values of between 0,005 and 0,01 are Because of the risk which an excessive pre-
Fig 41
216
load implies for the operational reliability of a
bearing arrangement, and because of the
complexity of the calculations normally re-
quired to establish the appropriate preload
force, it is advisable to consult the SKF ap-
plication engineering service.
It is also important when adjusting preload
in a bearing arrangement, that the established
value of the preload force, determined either
by calculation or by experience, is achieved
with the least possible scatter. This means,
for example, for bearing arrangements with
taper roller bearings, that the bearings should
be turned several times during adjustment
so that the rollers do not skew and so that
the roller ends are in correct contact with the
guide flange of the inner ring. If this is not the
case, the results obtained during inspection
or by measurements will be false and the final
preload can be much smaller than the requis-
ite value.
Bearings for preloaded bearing
arrangements
For certain applications, SKF supplies single
bearings or matched bearing sets which are
specifically made to enable simple and reli-
able adjustment, or which are matched dur- Diagram 5
ing manufacture so that after mounting, a
predetermined value of the preload will be
obtained. These include
Life
• taper roller bearings to the CL7C specifi-
cations for automotive pinion and differ-
ential bearing arrangements; further
details will be found in the section “Single
row taper roller bearings”, starting on
page 599,
• single row angular contact ball bearings
for universal matching (➔ section “Single
row angular contact ball bearings”,
starting on page 407),
• paired single row taper roller bearings,
e.g. for industrial gearboxes (➔ section
“Paired single row taper roller bearings”,
starting on page 667), and
• paired single row deep groove ball bear-
ings (➔ section “Single row deep groove
Preload 0 Clearance
ball bearings”, starting on page 289).
217
Application of bearings
Sealing arrangements Fig 42
Whatever the bearing arrangement, it con-
sists not only of the bearings but includes
associated components. Besides shafts
and housings these associated components
include the sealing, the performance of which
is vital to the cleanliness of the lubricant and
the overall service life of the bearing arrange-
ment. For the designer, this means that bear-
ing and sealing arrangement should be
viewed as an integrated system and should
be treated as such.
Where seals for rolling bearings are con-
cerned, a distinction is made between seals
that are integral with the bearing and those
that are positioned outside the bearing and
are separate from it. Sealed bearings are
generally used for arrangements where a Fig 43
sufficiently effective external seal cannot be
provided because there is inadequate space
or for cost reasons.
Types of seals
The purpose of a seal is to prevent any
contaminants from entering into a controlled
environment. External seals must be able to
prevent media from passing between a sta-
tionary and rotating surface, e.g. a housing
and shaft. Integral bearing seals must be
able to keep contaminants out and lubricant
in the bearing cavity.
To be effective, the seal should be suffi-
ciently capable of deformation to be able to
compensate for any surface irregularities
but also be strong enough to withstand
operating pressures. The materials from Fig 44
which the seal is made should also be able
to withstand a wide range of operating tem-
peratures, and have appropriate chemical
resistance.
There are several seal types; for example,
DIN 3750 distinguishes between the follow-
ing basic types:
• seals in contact with stationary surfaces,
• seals in contact with sliding surfaces,
• non-contact seals,
• bellows and membranes.
The seals in contact with stationary surfaces
are known as static seals and their effective-
ness depends on the radial or axial deforma-
218
tion of their cross section when installed. Selection of seal type
Gaskets (➔ fig 42 ) and O-rings (➔ fig 43 ) Seals for bearing arrangements should
are typical examples of static seals. provide a minimum amount of friction and
Seals in contact with sliding surfaces are wear while providing maximum protection
called dynamic seals and are used to seal even under the most arduous conditions.
passages between machine components that Because bearing performance and service
move relative to each other either linearly or in life are so closely tied to the effectiveness of
the circumferential direction. These dynamic the seal, the influence of contaminants on
seals have to retain lubricant, exclude con- bearing life is a key design factor. For more
taminants, separate different media and with- information on the influence of contamina-
stand differential pressures. There are various tion on bearing performance, please refer to
types of dynamic seals, including packing the section “Selection of bearing size”,
and piston seal rings, which are used for starting on page 49.
linear or oscillating movements. However, Many factors have to be considered when
the most common seal is the radial shaft seal selecting the most suitable seal type for a
(➔ fig 44 ), which is used in a wide variety of particular bearing arrangement:
applications in all branches of industry.
Non-contact radial shaft seals function • the lubricant type: oil or grease,
by virtue of the sealing effect of a narrow, • the peripheral (circumferential) speed at
relatively long gap, which can be arranged the sealing surface,
axially, radially or in combination. Non-con- • the shaft arrangement: horizontal or
tact seals, which range from simple gap-type vertical,
seals to multi-stage labyrinths (➔ fig 45 ) are • possible shaft misalignment,
practically without friction and do not wear. • available space,
Bellows and membranes are used to seal • seal friction and the resulting temperature
components that have limited movement increase,
relative to each other. • environmental influences, and
Because of the importance of dynamic • justifiable cost
radial seals for the efficient sealing of bear-
ing arrangements, the following information Selecting the correct seal is of vital import-
deals almost exclusively with radial seals, ance to the performance of a bearing. It is
their various designs and executions. therefore necessary to accurately specify
the sealing requirements and to accurately
define the external conditions.
Where full application details are avail-
able, reference can be made to the SKF
Fig 45 publications:
• Catalogue “CR seals”,
• Handbook “Sealing arrangement design
guide” or
• “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
219
Application of bearings
If little or no experience is available for a Contact seals
given application, SKF, also one of the largest
seal manufacturers in the world, can assist The effectiveness of a contact seal depends
in the selection process or make proposals on the seal’s ability to exert a minimum
for suitable seals. pressure on its counterface by a relatively
Two types of external sealing devices are narrow sealing lip or surface. This pressure
normally used with rolling bearings: contact (➔ fig 47 ) may be produced either by
and non-contact seals. The type chosen
depends on the needs of the application. • the resilience of the seal, resulting from the
elastic properties of the seal material. (a)
Non-contact seals • the designed interference between the
seal and its counterface (b) or
The effectiveness of an external non-con- • a tangential force exerted by a garter
tact seal depends in principle on the sealing spring incorporated in the seal (c).
action of the narrow gap between the rotat-
ing and stationary components. The gap Contact seals are generally very reliable,
may be arranged radially, axially or in com- particularly when wear is kept to a minimum
bination (➔ fig 46 ). These seals can be as by producing an appropriate surface finish
simple as a gap-type seal or more complex for the counterface and by lubricating the
like a labyrinth seal. In either case, because seal lip/counterface contact area. The friction
there is no contact, these seals generate vir- of the seal on its counterface and the rise in
tually no friction and do not wear. They are temperature that this generates are a disad-
generally not easily damaged by solid con- vantage and contact seals are therefore only
taminants and are particularly suitable for useful for operation up to certain peripheral
high speeds and high temperatures. To speeds depending mainly on the seal type
enhance their sealing efficiency grease can and counterface roughness. They are also
be pressed into the gap(s) formed by the susceptible to mechanical damage, e.g. as
labyrinth. a result of improper mounting, or by solid
contaminants. To prevent damage by solid
contaminants it is customary to place a non-
contact seal in front of a contact seal in
order to protect it.
Fig 46 Fig 47
a b c
220
Integral bearing seals Fig 48
SKF supplies several bearing types fitted
with shields or contact seals on one or both
sides. These provide an economic and
space-saving solution to many sealing prob-
lems. Bearings with shields or seals on both
sides are supplied already greased and are
generally maintenance-free. Actual seal
designs are described in detail in the intro-
ductory text to the relevant bearing table
sections.
Bearings with shields
Bearings fitted with shields (➔ fig 48 ), are
used for arrangements where contamination a b
is not heavy and where there is no danger of
water, steam etc. coming into contact with
the bearing. Shields are also used in appli- cannot be ruled out, or where a long service
cations where reduced friction is important life without maintenance is required.
due to speed or operating temperature SKF has developed a series of seals
considerations. (➔ fig 49 ). Depending on the bearing type
Shields are made from sheet steel and form and/or size the bearings may be equipped
with standard seals which seal against
• a long sealing gap with the land of the
inner ring shoulder (a) or • the inner ring shoulder (a) and/or against
• an efficient labyrinth seal with a recess a recess in the inner ring shoulder (b, c), or
in the inner ring shoulder (b). • the lead-in at the sides of the inner ring
raceway (d, e) or the outer ring (f).
Bearings with contact seals
Bearings with contact seals, referred to sim-
ply as seals are preferred for arrangements
were contamination is moderate and where
the presence of moisture or water spray etc.
Fig 49
a b c d e f
221
Application of bearings
For deep groove ball bearings SKF has
developed two additional seal types (➔ fig
50 ), referred to as
• the low-friction seal (a, b, c), which is
practically without contact and fulfils high
demands on sealing and the low-friction
operation of the bearing.
• the spring-loaded radial shaft Waveseal®
(d), which is incorporated on one side and
together with the bearing, form the ICOSTM
oil sealed bearing unit.
Seals integrated in SKF bearings are
generally made of elastomer materials and
reinforced by sheet steel. Depending on the
series, size and the application requirements,
the seals are generally produced from
• acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR)
• hydrogenated acrylonitrile butadiene
rubber (HNBR)
• fluoro rubber (FPM)
The selection of the appropriate seal material
depends on the expected operating tempera-
ture and the applied lubricant. Concerning
the permissible operating temperatures,
please refer to section “Seal materials”,
starting on page 142.
Fig 50
a b c d
222
External seals Fig 51
For bearing arrangements where the effi-
ciency of the seal under the given operating
conditions is more important than space
considerations or cost, there are several
possible seal types to choose from.
The seals offered by SKF are given special
attention in the following section. Many ready-
to-mount external seals are available com-
mercially. For seals that are not part of the
SKF range, the information provided in the
following section is to be used as a guideline
only. SKF takes no responsibility for the per-
formance of these non-SKF products. Be
sure to check with the seal manufacturer
before designing any seal into an applica-
tion.
Non-contact seals Fig 52
The simplest seal used outside the bearing
is the gap-type seal, which creates a small
gap between the shaft and housing (➔ fig 51 ).
This type of seal is adequate for grease lubri-
cated applications that operate in dry, dust-
free environments. To enhance the efficiency
of this seal, one or more concentric grooves
can be machined in the housing bore at the
shaft exit (➔ fig 52 ). The grease emerging
through the gap fills the grooves and helps
to prevent the entry of contaminants.
With oil lubrication and horizontal shafts,
helical grooves – right-hand or left-hand
depending on the direction of rotation of the
shaft – can be provided in the shaft or hous-
ing bore (➔ fig 53 ). These serve to return
emerging oil to the bearing position. It is Fig 53
essential here that the direction of shaft
rotation does not change.
223
Application of bearings
Fig 54 Single or multi-stage labyrinth seals are
considerably more effective than simple
gap-type seals, but are more expensive to
produce. They are chiefly used with grease
lubrication. Their efficiency can be further
improved by periodically applying a water-
insoluble grease, e.g. a grease with a lithium-
calcium thickener, via a duct to the labyrinth
passages. The tongues of the labyrinth seal
are arranged axially (➔ fig 54 ) for one-piece
housings and radially (➔ fig 55 ) for split
housings. The width of the axial passages of
the labyrinth remains unchanged when axial
displacement of the shaft occurs in oper-
ation and can thus be very narrow. If angular
misalignment of the shaft with respect to the
housing can occur, labyrinths with inclined
passages are used (➔ fig 56 ).
Fig 55 Effective and inexpensive labyrinth seals
can be made using commercially available
products, e.g. using SKF sealing washers
(➔ fig 57 ). Sealing efficiency increases with
the number of washer sets used, or can be
further enhanced by incorporating flocked
washers. Additional information on these
sealing washers can be found in the section
“Seals” in the “SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue”, available on CD-ROM or online
at www.skf.com.
Fig 56 Fig 57
224
Rotating discs (➔ fig 58 ) are often fitted Fig 58
to the shaft to improve the sealing action of
shields, and flinger rings, grooves or discs
are used for the same purpose with oil lubri-
cation. The oil from the flinger is collected in
a channel in the housing and returned to the
inside of the housing through suitable ducts
(➔ fig 59 ).
Contact seals
Radial shaft seals are contact seals that are
used, above all, for sealing oil-lubricated
bearings. These ready-to-mount elastomer
sealing components normally have a metal
reinforcement or casing. The sealing lip is
usually a synthetic rubber and is normally
pressed against a counterface on the shaft
by a garter spring. Depending on the seal Fig 59
material and medium to be retained and/or
excluded, radial shaft seals can be used at
temperatures between −60 and +190 °C.
The contact area between the sealing
lip and counterface is of vital importance to
sealing efficiency. The surface hardness of
the counterface should normally be at least
55 HRC and the hardened depth should be
at least 0,3 mm, the surface roughness to
ISO 4288:1996 should be within the guide-
lines of Ra = 0,2 to 0,8 µm. In applications,
where speeds are low, lubrication is good
and contamination is minimal, a lower hard-
ness can be acceptable. To avoid the pump-
ing action produced by helical grinding
marks, plunge grinding is recommended.
If the main purpose of the radial shaft seal is
to prevent lubricant from leaving the housing, Fig 60
the seal should be mounted with the lip fac-
ing inwards (➔ fig 60 ). If the main purpose is
to exclude contaminants, the lip should face
outwards, away from the bearing (➔ fig 61 ,
page 226).
225
Application of bearings
Fig 61 V-ring seals (➔ fig 62 ) can be used both
with oil and with grease lubrication. The
elastic rubber ring (body) of the seal firmly
grips the shaft and rotates with it, while the
sealing lip exerts a light axial pressure on
the stationary component, e.g. the housing.
Depending on the material, V-rings can be
used at operating temperatures between
−40 and +150 °C. They are simple to install
and at low speeds permit relatively large an-
gular misalignments of the shaft. A surface
roughness Ra of between 2 and 3 µm is
sufficient for the counterface. At peripheral
speeds above 8 m/s the V-ring must be
axially located on the shaft. At speeds above
12 m/s the ring must be prevented from “lift-
ing” from the shaft by, for example, a sheet
metal support ring. When the peripheral
Fig 62 speed exceeds 15 m/s the sealing lip will lift
from the counterface so that the V-ring be-
comes a gap-type seal. The good sealing
action of the V-ring depends mainly on the
fact that the ring body acts as a flinger, re-
pelling dirt and fluids. Therefore, with grease
lubrication the seal is generally arranged
outside the housing, whereas for oil lubrica-
tion it is normally arranged inside the hous-
ing with the lip pointing away from the bear-
ing position. Used as a secondary seal, V-
rings protect the primary seal from exces-
sive contaminants and moisture.
Axial clamp seals (➔ fig 63 ) are used as
secondary seals for large diameter shafts in
applications where protection is required for
the primary seal. They are clamped in posi-
tion on a non-rotating component and seal
Fig 63 axially against a rotating counterface. For
this type of seal, it is sufficient if the counter-
face is fine turned and has a surface rough-
ness Ra of 2,5 µm.
226
Mechanical seals (➔ fig 64 ) are used to Fig 64
seal grease or oil lubricated bearing positions
where speeds are relatively low and operat-
ing conditions difficult and arduous. They
consist of two sliding steel rings with finely
finished sealing surfaces and two plastic cup
springs (Belleville washers), which position
the sliding rings in the housing bore and pro-
vide the necessary preload force to the seal-
ing surfaces. There are no special demands
on the mating surfaces in the housing bore.
Felt seals (➔ fig 65 ) are generally used
with grease lubrication. They are simple and
inexpensive and can be used at peripheral
speeds of up to 4 m/s and at operating tem-
peratures up to +100 ºC. The counterface
should be ground to a surface roughness
Ra ≤ 3,2 µm. The efficiency of a felt seal can
be much improved by mounting a simple Fig 65
labyrinth seal as a secondary seal. Before
being inserted in the housing groove, the
felt rings or strips should be soaked in oil at
about 80 °C.
Spring washers (➔ fig 66 ) provide simple,
inexpensive and space-saving seals for
grease lubricated rigid bearings, particularly
deep groove ball bearings. The washers are
clamped against either the outer ring or the
inner ring and exert a resilient pressure
axially against the other ring. After a certain
running-in period these seals become non-
contact seals by forming a very narrow
gap-type seal.
More detailed information on seals sup-
plied by SKF will be found in the SKF cata-
logue “CR seals” and seals incorporated in
SKF products are also described in detail in Fig 66
literature dealing with these products.
227
Lubrication
Grease lubrication …………………………………………………………………………… 231
Lubricating greases ………………………………………………………………………… 231
Base oil viscosity …………………………………………………………………………… 231
Consistency ………………………………………………………………………………… 232
Temperature range – the SKF traffic light concept ……………………………………… 232
Protection against corrosion, behaviour in the presence of water ……………………… 234
Load carrying ability: EP and AW additives ……………………………………………… 234
Miscibility …………………………………………………………………………………… 236
SKF greases …………………………………………………………………………………… 236
Relubrication ………………………………………………………………………………… 237
Relubrication intervals ……………………………………………………………………… 237
Deviating operating conditions and bearing types ……………………………………… 240
Observations ………………………………………………………………………………… 241
Relubrication procedures …………………………………………………………………… 242
Replenishment ……………………………………………………………………………… 242
Renewing the grease fill …………………………………………………………………… 244
Continuous relubrication …………………………………………………………………… 245
Oil lubrication ………………………………………………………………………………… 248
Methods of oil lubrication…………………………………………………………………… 248
Lubricating oils ……………………………………………………………………………… 251
Selection of lubricating oils ………………………………………………………………… 252
Oil change …………………………………………………………………………………… 253
229
Lubrication
If rolling bearings are to operate reliably they
must be adequately lubricated to prevent Note:
direct metal-to-metal contact between the Differences in the lubricating properties
rolling elements, raceways and cages. The of seemingly identical lubricants – par-
lubricant also inhibits wear and protects the ticularly grease – produced at different
bearing surfaces against corrosion. The locations can exist. Therefore, SKF can-
choice of a suitable lubricant and method of not accept liability for any lubricant or
lubrication for each individual bearing appli- its performance. The user is therefore
cation is therefore important, as is correct advised to specify lubricant properties
maintenance. in detail so as to obtain the most suit-
A wide selection of greases and oils is able lubricant for the application.
available for the lubrication of rolling bear-
ings and there are also solid lubricants, e.g.
for extreme temperature conditions. The ac-
tual choice of a lubricant depends primarily
on the operating conditions, i.e. the tem-
perature range and speeds as well as the
influence of the surroundings.
The most favourable operating tempera-
tures will be obtained when the minimum
amount of lubricant needed for reliable bear-
ing lubrication is provided. However, when
the lubricant has additional functions, such
as sealing or the removal of heat, additional
amounts of lubricant may be required.
The lubricant in a bearing arrangement
gradually loses its lubricating properties as
a result of mechanical work, ageing and the
build-up of contamination. It is therefore
necessary for grease to be replenished or re-
newed and for oil to be filtered and changed
at regular intervals.
The information and recommendations in
this section relate to bearings without inte-
gral seals or shields.
SKF bearings and bearing units with inte-
gral seals and shields at both sides are sup-
plied greased. Information about the greases
used by SKF as standard for these products
can be found in the text preceding the rele-
vant product tables together with a brief
description of the performance data.
The service life of the grease in sealed
bearings most often exceeds bearing life so
that, with some exceptions, no provision is
made for the relubrication of these bearings.
230
Grease lubrication Lubricating greases
Grease can be used to lubricate rolling bear- Lubricating greases consist of a mineral or
ings under normal operating conditions in synthetic oil combined with a thickener. The
the majority of applications. thickeners are usually metallic soaps. How-
Grease has the advantage over oil that it is ever, other thickeners, e.g. polyurea can be
more easily retained in the bearing arrange- used for superior performance in certain
ment, particularly where shafts are inclined areas, i.e. high temperature applications.
or vertical, and it also contributes to sealing Additives can also be included to enhance
the arrangement against contaminants, certain properties of the grease. The consist-
moisture or water. ency of the grease depends largely on the
Excessive amounts of grease will cause type and concentration of the thickener used
the operating temperature within the bearing and on the operating temperature of the
to rise rapidly, particularly when running at application. When selecting a grease, the
high speeds. As a general rule, when start- consistency, operating temperature range,
ing up only the bearing should be completely viscosity of the base oil, rust inhibiting pro-
filled, while the free space in the housing perties and the load carrying ability are the
should be partly filled with grease. Before most important factors to be considered.
operating at full speed, the excess grease Detailed information on these properties
in the bearing must be allowed to settle or follows.
escape during a running-in period. At the
end of the running-in period the operating Base oil viscosity
temperature will drop considerably indicat- The importance of the oil viscosity for the for-
ing that the grease has been distributed in mation of an oil film to separate the bearing
the bearing arrangement. surfaces and thus for the life of the bearing
However, where bearings are to operate at is dealt with in the section “Lubrication con-
very low speeds and good protection against ditions – the viscosity ratio κ” on page 59;
contamination and corrosion is required, it is the information applies equally to the base
advisable to fill the housing completely with oil viscosity of greases.
grease. The base oil viscosity of the greases nor-
mally used for rolling bearings lies between
15 and 500 mm2/s at 40 °C. Greases based
on oils having higher viscosities than
1 000 mm2/s at 40 °C bleed oil so slowly that
the bearing will not be adequately lubricated.
Therefore, if a calculated viscosity well above
1 000 mm2/s at 40 °C is required because of
low speeds, it is better to use a grease with
a maximum viscosity of 1 000 mm2/s and
good oil bleeding properties or to apply oil
lubrication.
231
Lubrication
The base oil viscosity also governs the Greases thickened with polyurea can soften
maximum recommended speed at which a or harden depending on the shear rate in the
given grease can be used for bearing lubrica- application. In applications with vertical shafts
tion. The permissible rotational speed for there is a danger that a polyurea grease will
grease is also influenced by the shear strength leak under certain conditions.
of the grease, which is determined by the
thickener. To indicate the speed capability, Temperature range –
grease manufacturers often quote a “speed the SKF traffic light concept
factor” The temperature range over which a grease
can be used depends largely on the type of
A = n dm base oil and thickener used as well as the
additives. The relevant temperatures are
where schematically illustrated in diagram 1 in
A = speed factor, mm/min the form of a “double traffic light”.
n = rotational speed, r/min The extreme temperature limits, i.e. low
dm = bearing mean diameter temperature limit and the high temperature
= 0,5 (d + D), mm limit, are well defined.
For applications operating at very high • The low temperature limit (LTL), i.e. the
speeds, e.g. at A > 700 000 for ball bearings, lowest temperature at which the grease
the most suitable greases are those incorpor- will allow the bearing to be started up
ating base oils of low viscosity. without difficulty, is largely determined
by the type of base oil and its viscosity.
Consistency • The high temperature limit (HTL) is deter-
Greases are divided into various consistency mined by the type of thickener and for
classes according to the National Lubricating soap base greases it is given by the drop-
Grease Institute (NLGI) scale. The consist- ping point. The dropping point indicates
ency of grease used for bearing lubrication the temperature at which the grease loses
should not change drastically when operated its consistency and becomes a fluid.
within its specified temperature range after
mechanical working. Greases that soften at It is evident that operation below the low
elevated temperatures may leak from the temperature limit and above the high tem-
bearing arrangement. Those that stiffen at perature limit is not advised as shown in
low temperatures may restrict rotation of the diagram 1 by the red zones. Although
bearing or have insufficient oil bleeding. grease suppliers indicate the specific values
Metallic soap thickened greases, with a for the low and high temperature limits in
consistency of 1, 2 or 3 are used for rolling their product information, the really import-
bearings. The most common greases have a ant temperatures for reliable operation are
consistency of 2. Lower consistency greases given by the SKF values for
are preferred for low temperature applica-
tions, or for improved pumpability. Consist- • the low temperature performance limit
ency 3 greases are recommended for bearing (LTPL) and
arrangements with a vertical shaft, where a • the high temperature performance limit
baffle plate is arranged beneath the bearing to (HTPL).
prevent the grease from leaving the bearing.
In applications subjected to vibration, the
grease is heavily worked as it is continuously
thrown back into the bearing by vibration.
Higher consistency greases may help here,
but stiffness alone does not necessarily
provide adequate lubrication. Therefore
mechanically stable greases should be used
instead.
232
It is within these two limits, the green zone in perature performance limit is less important
diagram 1 , where the grease will function for ball bearings. For roller bearings, however,
reliably and grease life can be determined serious damage will result when the bear-
accurately, Since the definition of the high ings are operated continuously below this
temperature performance limit is not stand- limit. Short periods in this zone e.g. during
ardized internationally care must be taken a cold start, are not harmful since the heat
when interpreting suppliers’ data. caused by friction will bring the bearing
At temperatures above the high tempera- temperature into the green zone.
ture performance limit (HTPL), grease will
age and oxidize with increasing rapidity and
the by-products of the oxidation will have a
detrimental effect on lubrication. Therefore,
temperatures in the amber zone, between
the high temperature performance limit and
the high temperature limit (HTL) should
occur only for very short periods.
An amber zone also exists for low tempera-
tures. With decreasing temperature, the ten-
dency of grease to bleed decreases and the
stiffness (consistency) of the grease increases.
This will ultimately lead to an insufficient sup-
ply of lubricant to the contact surfaces of
the rolling elements and raceways. In dia-
gram 1 , this temperature limit is indicated
by the low temperature performance limit
(LTPL). Values for the low temperature per-
formance limit are different for roller and ball
bearings. Since ball bearings are easier to
lubricate than roller bearings, the low tem-
Diagram 1
The SKF traffic light concept
Do not use
Unreliable performance (use only for short periods)
Reliable performance, i.e. with predictable grease life
Temperature
LTL LTPL HTPL HTL
LTL Low temperature limit
LTPL Low temperature performance limit
HTPL High temperature performance limit
HTL High temperature limit
233
Lubrication
Note: Protection against corrosion, behaviour
The SKF traffic light concept is applicable in the presence of water
for any grease; however, the temperature Grease should protect the bearing against
zones differ from grease to grease and can corrosion and should not be washed out of
only be determined by functional bearing the bearing in cases of water penetration.
testing. The traffic light limits for The thickener type solely determines the
resistance to water: lithium complex, calcium
• grease types normally used for rolling complex and polyurea greases offer usually
bearings are shown in diagram 2 and for very good resistance. The type of rust inhibi-
• SKF greases are shown in diagram 3 . tor additive mainly determines the rust
inhibiting properties of greases.
The values shown in these diagrams are At very low speeds, a full grease pack is
based on extensive tests conducted in SKF beneficial for corrosion protection and for
laboratories and may differ from those quoted the prevention of water ingress.
by lubricant manufacturers. They are valid
for commonly available NLGI 2 greases Load carrying ability:
without EP additives. The temperatures in the EP and AW additives
diagrams relate to the observed self-induced Bearing life is shortened if the lubricant film
bearing temperature (usually measured on thickness is not sufficient to prevent metal-
the non-rotating ring). Since the data for each to-metal contact of the asperities on the
grease type is a summary of many greases contact surfaces. One option to overcome
of more or less similar composition, the tran- this is to use so-called EP (Extreme Pressure)
sitions for each group are not sharp but fall additives. High temperatures induced by
within a small range. local asperity contact, activate these addi-
tives promoting mild wear at the points of
contact. The result is a smoother surface,
lower contact stresses and an increase in
service life.
Diagram 2
The SKF traffic light concept – standard greases
Temperature, °C
-50 0 50 100 150 200 250
Thickener type Base oil
Lithium base Mineral
Lithium base Diester
Lithium complex Mineral
Lithium complex PAO
Calcium complex Mineral
Aluminium complex Mineral
Polyurea Mineral
234
Many modern EP additives are of the sul- peratures higher than 100 °C. For very low
phur/phosphorus type. Unfortunately these speeds, solid lubricant additives such as
additives may have a negative effect on the graphite and molybdenum disulphide (MoS2)
strength of the bearing steel matrix. If such are sometimes included in the additive pack-
additives are used then the chemical activity age to enhance the EP effect. These addi-
may not be restricted to the asperity contacts. tives should have a high purity level and a
If the operating temperature and contact very small particle size; otherwise dents due
stresses are too high, the additives may be- to overrolling of the particles might reduce
come chemically reactive even without as- bearing fatigue life.
perity contact. This can promote corrosion/ AW (Anti-Wear) additives have a function
diffusion mechanisms in the contacts and similar to that of EP additives, i.e. to prevent
may lead to accelerated bearing failure usu- severe metal-to-metal contact. Therefore EP
ally initiated by micro pitting. Therefore, SKF and AW additives are very often not differen-
recommends the use of less reactive EP tiated between. However, the way they work
additives for operating temperatures above is different. The main difference is that an AW
80 °C. Lubricants with EP additives should additive builds a protective layer that adheres
not be used for bearings operating at tem- to the surface. The asperities are then shear-
Diagram 3
The SKF traffic light concept – SKF greases
Temperature, °C
-50 0 50 100 150 200 250
SKF greases
Designation
LGMT 2
LGMT 3
LGEP 2
LGWM 1
LGFP 2
LGHB 2
LGEM 2
LGEV 2
LGLT 2
LGLC 2
LGWA 2
LGGB 2
LGHP 2
For operating temperatures above 150 °C, SKF LGET 2 is recommended
235
Lubrication
ing over each other rather than through each patible with preservatives than some of the
other. The roughness is not reduced by mild older polyurea greases. Note that greases
wear as in the case of EP additives. Here too with a PTFE base oil, e.g. SKF LGET 2 grease
special care has to be taken; AW additives are not compatible with standard preserva-
may contain elements that, in the same way tives and the preservatives must be removed
as the EP additives, can migrate into the before applying grease. Contact the SKF
bearing steel and weaken the structure. application engineering service for further
Certain thickeners (e.g. calcium sulphon- information.
ate complex) also provide an EP/AW effect
without chemical activity and the resulting
effect on bearing fatigue life. Therefore, the
operating temperature limits for EP additives
SKF greases
do not apply for these greases. The SKF range of lubricating greases for
If the lubricant film thickness is sufficient, rolling bearings comprises many types of
SKF does not generally recommend the use grease and covers virtually all application
of EP and AW additives. However there are requirements. These greases have been
circumstances where EP/AW additives may developed based on the latest information
be useful. If excessive sliding between the regarding rolling bearing lubrication and have
rollers and raceways is expected they may been thoroughly tested both in the laboratory
be beneficial. Contact the SKF application and in the field. Their quality is continuously
engineering service for further information. monitored by SKF.
The most important technical specifica-
Miscibility tions on SKF greases are given in table 2
If it becomes necessary to change from one on pages 246 and 247 together with a quick
grease to another, the miscibility or the ability selection guide. The temperature ranges
to mix greases without adverse effects should where the SKF greases can be used are
be considered. If incompatible greases are schematically illustrated in diagram 3 ,
mixed, the resulting consistency can change page 235, according to the SKF traffic light
dramatically so that bearing damage e.g. due concept.
to severe leakage, could result. Further information on SKF greases can
Greases having the same thickener and be found in the catalogue “SKF Mainten-
similar base oils can generally be mixed ance and Lubrication Products” or online
without any detrimental consequences, e.g. at www.mapro.skf.com.
a lithium thickener/mineral oil grease can gen- For a more detailed selection of the
erally be mixed with another lithium thicken- appropriate grease for a specific bearing
er/mineral oil grease. Also, some greases type and application, use the Internet based
with different thickeners e.g. calcium com- SKF grease selection program “LubeSelect”.
plex and lithium complex greases, are mis- This program can be found online at
cible with each other. www.aptitudexchange.com.
In bearing arrangements where a low grease
consistency might lead to grease escaping
from the arrangement, the next relubrication
should involve purging all the old grease from
the arrangement rather than replenishing it
(➔ section “Relubrication”, starting on
page 237).
The preservative with which SKF bearings
are treated is compatible with the majority
of rolling bearing greases with the possible
exception of polyurea greases (➔ section
“Preparations for mounting and dismounting”
on page 258). Modern polyurea greases (e.g.
SKF grease LGHP 2) tend to be more com-
236
Relubrication sented in the section “Speeds and vibration”,
starting on page 107, is recommended to
Rolling bearings have to be relubricated if check the operating temperature and the
the service life of the grease is shorter than proper lubrication method.
the expected service life of the bearing. When using high performance greases,
Relubrication should always be undertaken a longer relubrication interval and grease life
at a time when the condition of the existing may be possible. Contact the SKF applica-
lubricant is still satisfactory. tion engineering service for additional
The time at which relubrication should be information
undertaken depends on many related factors.
These include bearing type and size, speed,
operating temperature, grease type, space
around the bearing and the bearing environ-
ment. It is only possible to base recommen-
dations on statistical rules; the SKF relubrica-
tion intervals are defined as the time period,
at the end of which 99 % of the bearings are
still reliably lubricated. This represents the
L1 grease life.
SKF recommends using experience
based on data from actual applications and
tests, together with the estimated relubrica-
tion intervals provided hereafter.
Relubrication intervals
The relubrication intervals tf for bearings on
horizontal shafts under normal and clean
conditions can be obtained from diagram 4
as a function of
• the speed factor A multiplied by the
relevant bearing factor bf where
A = n dm
n = rotational speed, r/min
dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
bf = bearing factor depending on bearing
type and load conditions (➔ table 1 ,
page 239)
• the load ratio C/P
The relubrication interval tf is an estimated
value, valid for an operating temperature of
70 °C, using good quality lithium thickener/
mineral oil greases. When bearing operating
conditions differ, adjust the relubrication inter-
vals obtained from diagram 4 according to
the information given under “Deviating oper-
ating conditions and bearing types”.
If the speed factor A exceeds a value of
70 % of the recommended limit according
to table 1 , or if ambient temperatures are
high, then the use of the calculations pre-
237
Lubrication
Diagram 4
Relubrication intervals at operating temperatures of 70 °C
tf, operating hours
100 000
50 000
10 000
5 000
1 000
C/P ≥ 15
500
C/P ≈ 8
C/P ≈ 4
100
0 200 000 400 000 600 000 800 000
A bf
238
Table 1
Bearing factors and recommended limits for speed factor A
Bearing type1) Bearing Recommended limits
factor for speed factor A for load ratio
bf C/P ≥ 15 C/P ≈ 8 C/P ≈ 4
– – mm/min
Deep groove ball bearings 1 500 000 400 000 300 000
Angular contact ball bearings 1 500 000 400 000 300 000
Self-aligning ball bearings 1 500 000 400 000 300 000
Cylindrical roller bearings
– non-locating bearing 1,5 450 000 300 000 150 000
– locating bearing, without external axial loads
or with light but alternating axial loads 2 300 000 200 000 100 000
– locating bearing, with constantly acting light axial load 4 200 000 120 000 60 000
– full complement2) 4 NA3) NA3) 20 000
Taper roller bearings 2 350 000 300 000 200 000
Spherical roller bearings
– when load ratio Fa/Fr < e and dm ≤ 800 mm
series 222, 238, 239 2 350 000 200 000 100 000
series 213, 223, 230, 231, 232, 240, 248, 249 2 250 000 150 000 80 000
series 241 2 150 000 80 0004) 50 0004)
– when load ratio Fa/Fr < e and dm > 800 mm
series 238, 239 2 230 000 130 000 65 000
series 230, 231, 232, 240, 248, 249 2 170 000 100 000 50 000
series 241 2 100 000 50 0004) 30 0004)
– when load ratio Fa/Fr > e
all series 6 150 000 50 0004) 30 0004)
CARB toroidal roller bearings
– with cage 2 350 000 200 000 100 000
– without cage, full complement2) 4 NA3) NA3) 20 000
Thrust ball bearings 2 200 000 150 000 100 000
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings 10 100 000 60 000 30 000
Spherical roller thrust bearings
– rotating shaft washer 4 200 000 170 000 150 000
1)
The bearing factors and recommended practical speed factor “A” limits apply to bearings with standard internal
geometry and standard cage execution. For alternative internal bearing design and special cage execution, please
contact the SKF application engineering service
2)
The tf value obtained from diagram 4 needs to be divided by a factor of 10
3)
Not applicable, for these C/P values a caged bearing is recommended instead
4)
For higher speeds oil lubrication is recommended
239
Lubrication
Deviating operating conditions stability, e.g. SKF grease LGHB 2 or grease
and bearing types with higher stiffness up to NLGI 3 should
be used.
Operating temperature
Outer ring rotation
To account for the accelerated ageing of
grease with increasing temperature, it is In applications where the outer ring rotates,
recommended halving the intervals obtained the speed factor A is calculated differently:
from the diagram 4 for every 15 °C increase in this case use the bearing outside diameter
in operating temperature above 70°C,remem- D instead of dm. The use of a good sealing
bering that the high temperature perform- mechanism is a prerequisite in order to avoid
ance limit for the grease (➔ diagram 1 , grease loss.
HTPL) should not be exceeded. Under conditions of high outer ring speeds
The relubrication interval tf may be extended (i.e. > 40 % of the reference speed listed in
at temperatures below 70 °C if the tempera- the product tables), greases with a reduced
ture is not close to the lower temperature bleeding tendency should be selected.
performance limit (➔ diagram 1 , LTPL). A For spherical roller thrust bearings with
total extension of the relubrication interval tf a rotating housing washer oil lubrication is
by more than a factor of two never is recom- recommended.
mended. In case of full complement bearings
and thrust roller bearings, tf values obtained Contamination
from diagram 4 should not be extended.
Moreover, it is not advisable to use relubri- In case of ingress of contamination, more
cation intervals in excess of 30 000 hours. frequent relubrication than indicated by
For many applications, there is a practical the relubrication interval will reduce the
grease lubrication limit, when the bearing negative effects of foreign particles on the
ring with the highest temperature exceeds grease while reducing the damaging effects
an operating temperature of 100 °C. Above caused by overrolling the particles. Fluid
this temperature special greases should be contaminants (water, process fluids) also
used. In addition, the temperature stability call for a reduced interval. In case of severe
of the bearing and premature seal failure contamination, continuous relubrication
should be taken into consideration. should be considered.
For high temperature applications please
consult the SKF application engineering Very low speeds
service.
Bearings that operate at very low speeds
Vertical shaft under light loads call for a grease with low
consistency while bearings that operate at
For bearings on vertical shafts, the intervals low speeds and heavy loads need to be
obtained from diagram 4 should be halved. lubricated by high viscosity greases, and if
The use of a good sealing or retaining shield possible, with very good EP characteristics.
is a prerequisite to prevent grease leaking Solid additives such as graphite and molyb-
from the bearing arrangement. denum disulphide (MoS2) can be considered
for a speed factor A < 20 000. Selecting the
Vibration proper grease and grease fill is very import-
ant in low speed applications.
Moderate vibration will not have a negative
effect on grease life, but high vibration and High speeds
shock levels, such as those in vibrating screen
applications, will cause the grease to churn. Relubrication intervals for bearings used at
In these cases the relubrication interval high speeds i.e. above the recommended
should be reduced. If the grease becomes speed factor A given in table 1 , page 239,
too soft, grease with a better mechanical only apply when using special greases or
240
modified bearing executions, e.g. hybrid tion due to particles and water should be
bearings. In these cases continuous relubri- checked. Also the seal should be checked
cation techniques such as circulating oil, completely, looking for wear, damage and
oil-spot etc are more suitable than grease leaks. When the condition of the grease and
lubrication. associated components is found to be satis-
factory, the relubrication interval can be
Very heavy loads gradually increased.
A similar procedure is recommended for
For bearings operating at a speed factor spherical roller thrust bearings, prototype
A > 20 000 and subjected to a load ratio machines and upgrades of high-density
C/P < 4 the relubrication interval is further power equipment or wherever application
reduced. Under these very heavy load con- experience is limited.
ditions, continuous grease relubrication or
oil bath lubrication is recommended. Cylindrical roller bearings
In applications where the speed factor
A < 20 000 and the load ratio C/P = 1–2 The relubrication intervals from diagram 4
reference should be made to the information are valid for cylindrical roller bearings fitted
under “Very low speeds” on page 240. For with
heavy loads and high speeds circulating oil
lubrication with cooling is generally recom- • a moulded glass fibre reinforced
mended. polyamide 6,6 cage, designation suffix P
• a two-piece machined brass cage guided
Very light loads by the rollers, designation suffix M.
In many cases the relubrication interval may For bearings with a pressed steel cage, des-
be extended if the loads are light (C/P = 30 ignation suffix J, or with an inner or outer ring
to 50). To obtain satisfactory operation the centred cage, designation suffixes MA, ML
bearings should be subjected at least to the and MP, the value for the relubrication inter-
minimum load as stated in the text preceding val from diagram 4 should be halved.
the relevant product tables. Moreover, grease with good oil bleeding
properties should be applied. For bearings
Misalignment with MA, MB, ML or MP cage generally oil
lubrication should be preferred.
A constant misalignment within the permis-
sible limits does not adversely affect the Observations
grease life in spherical roller bearings, self- If the determined value for the relubrication
aligning ball bearings or toroidal roller interval tf is too short for a particular appli-
bearings. cation, it is recommended to
Large bearings • check the bearing operating temperature,
• check whether the grease is contamin-
To establish a proper relubrication interval ated by solid particles or fluids,
for line contact bearings, in particular large • check the bearing application conditions
roller bearings (d > 300 mm) used in critical such as load or misalignment
bearing arrangements in process industries
an interactive procedure is recommended. and, last but not least, a more suitable
In these cases it is advisable to initially relu- grease should be considered.
bricate more frequently and adhere strictly
to the recommended regreasing quantities
(➔ section “Relubrication procedures” on
page 242).
Before regreasing, the appearance of the
used grease and the degree of contamina-
241
Lubrication
Relubrication the lowest estimated relubrication interval
for both bearings. The guidelines and grease
procedures quantities for the three alternative proced-
ures are given below.
The choice of the relubrication procedure
generally depends on the application and on Replenishment
the relubrication interval tf obtained. As mentioned in the introduction of the
grease lubrication section, the bearing
• Replenishment is a convenient and pre- should initially be completely filled, while
ferred procedure if the relubrication interval the free space in the housing should be partly
is shorter than six months. It allows uninter- filled. Depending on the intended method of
rupted operation and provides, when com- replenishment, the following grease fill per-
pared with continuous relubrication, a centages for this free space in the housing
lower steady state temperature. are recommended:
• Renewing the grease fill is generally recom-
mended when the relubrication intervals • 40 % when replenishing is made from the
are longer than six months. This procedure side of the bearing (➔ fig 1 );
is often applied as part of a bearing main- • 20 % when replenishing is made through
tenance schedule e.g. in railway applica- the annular groove and lubrication holes
tions. in the bearing outer or inner ring (➔ fig 2 ).
• Continuous relubrication is used when the
estimated relubrication intervals are short, Suitable quantities for replenishment from
e.g. due to the adverse effects of contamin- the side of a bearing can be obtained from
ation, or when other procedures of relubri-
cation are inconvenient because access Gp = 0,005 D B
to the bearing is difficult. Continuous
relubrication is not recommended for and for replenishment through the bearing
applications with high rotational speeds outer or inner ring from
since the intensive churning of the grease
can lead to very high operating tempera- Gp = 0,002 D B
tures and destruction of the grease
thickener structure.
When using different bearings in a bearing
arrangement it is common practice to apply
Fig 1 Fig 2
242
where Fig 3
Gp = grease quantity to be added when
replenishing, g
D = bearing outside diameter, mm
B = total bearing width (for thrust bearings
use height H), mm
To facilitate the supply of grease using a
grease gun, a grease nipple must be pro-
vided on the housing. If contact seals are
used, an exit hole in the housing should also
be provided so that excessive amounts of
grease will not build up in the space sur-
rounding the bearing (➔ fig 1 ) as this might
cause a permanent increase in bearing tem-
perature. The exit hole should be plugged
when high-pressure water is used for clean-
ing.
The danger of excess grease collecting in Fig 4
the space surrounding the bearing and caus-
ing temperature peaks, with its detrimental
effect on the grease as well as the bearing,
is more pronounced when bearings operate
at high speeds. In these cases it is advisable
to use a grease escape valve rather than an
exit hole. This prevents over-lubrication and
allows relubrication to be performed while
the machine is in operation. A grease escape
valve consists basically of a disc that rotates
with the shaft and which forms a narrow gap
together with the housing end cover
(➔ fig 3 ). Excess and used grease are
thrown out by the disc into an annular cavity
and leaves the housing through an opening
on the underside of the end cover. Additional
information regarding the design and dimen-
sioning of grease escape valves can be Fig 5
supplied on request.
To be sure that fresh grease actually
reaches the bearing and replaces the old
grease, the lubrication duct in the housing
should either feed the grease adjacent to the
outer ring side face (➔ figs 1 and 4 ) or,
better still, into the bearing. To facilitate effi-
cient lubrication some bearing types, e.g.
spherical roller bearings, are provided with
an annular groove and/or lubrication holes in
the outer or inner ring (➔ figs 2 and 5 ).
243
Lubrication
To be effective in replacing old grease, it is Renewing the grease fill
important that grease is replenished while When renewal of the grease fill is made at
the machine is operating. In cases where the the estimated relubrication interval or after a
machine is not in operation, the bearing certain number of replenishments, the used
should be rotated during replenishment. grease in the bearing arrangement should
When lubricating the bearing directly through be completely removed and replaced by
the inner or outer ring, the fresh grease is fresh grease.
most effective in replenishment; therefore, Filling the bearing and housing with grease
the amount of grease needed is reduced should be done in accordance with the guide-
when compared with relubricating from the lines given under “Replenishment”.
side. It is assumed that the lubrication ducts To enable renewal of the grease fill the
were already filled with grease during the bearing housing should be easily accessible
mounting process. If not, a greater relubri- and easily opened. The cap of split housings
cation quantity during the first replenishment and the covers of one-piece housings can
is needed to compensate for the empty usually be removed to expose the bearing.
ducts. After removing the used grease, fresh grease
Where long lubrication ducts are used, should first be packed between the rolling
check whether the grease can be adequately elements. Great care should be taken to see
pumped at the prevailing ambient tempera- that contaminants are not introduced into
ture. the bearing or housing when relubricating,
The complete grease fill should be replaced and the grease itself should be protected.
when the free space in the housing can no The use of grease resistant gloves is recom-
longer accommodate additional grease, e.g. mended to prevent any allergic skin reac-
approximately above 75 % of the housing tions.
free volume. When relubricating from the When housings are less accessible but are
side and starting with 40 % initial fill of the provided with grease nipples and exit holes,
housing, the complete grease fill should be it is possible to completely renew the grease
replaced after approximately five replenish- fill by relubricating several times in close
ments. Due to the lower initial fill of the hous- succession until it can be assumed that all
ing and the reduced topping-up quantity old grease has been pressed out of the hous-
during replenishment in the case of relubri- ing. This procedure requires much more
cating the bearing directly through inner or grease than is needed for manual renewal of
outer ring, renewal will only be required in the grease fill. In addition, this method of re-
exceptional cases. newal has a limitation with respect to rota-
tional speeds: at high speeds it will lead to
undue temperature increases caused by
excessive churning of the grease.
244
Continuous relubrication
This procedure is used when the calculated
relubrication interval is very short, e.g. due to
the adverse effects of contamination, or
when other procedures of relubrication are
inconvenient, e.g. access to the bearing is
difficult.
Due to the excessive churning of the grease,
which can lead to increased temperature,
continuous lubrication is only recommended
when rotational speeds are low, i.e. at speed
factors
• A < 150 000 for ball bearings and
• A < 75 000 for roller bearings.
In these cases the initial grease fill of the
housing may be 100 % and the quantity for
relubrication per time unit is derived from the
equations for Gp under “Replenishment” by
spreading the relevant quantity over the
relubrication interval.
When using continuous relubrication,
check whether the grease can be adequately
pumped through the ducts at the prevailing
ambient temperature.
Continuous lubrication can be achieved via
single-point or multi-point automatic lubri-
cators, e.g. SKF SYSTEM 24 or SYSTEM
MultiPoint. For additional information refer
to section on “Maintenance and lubrication
products”, starting on page 1065.
245
Lubrication
Table 2
SKF greases – technical specification and characteristics
Part 1: Technical specification
Desig- Description NGLI Thickener/ Base oil Temperature
nation class base oil viscosity at limits
40 °C 100 °C LTL1) HTPL2)
– – – – mm2/s °C
LGMT 2 All purpose industrial and 2 Lithium soap/ 110 11 − 30 + 120
automotive mineral oil
LGMT 3 All purpose industrial and 3 Lithium soap/ 120 12 − 30 + 120
automotive mineral oil
LGEP 2 Extreme pressure, high load 2 Lithium soap/ 200 16 − 20 + 110
mineral oil
LGLT 2 Low load and temperature, 2 Lithium soap/ 15 3,7 − 55 + 100
high speed diester oil
LGHP 2 High performance and 2– 3 Di-urea/ 96 10,5 − 40 + 150
high temperature mineral oil
LGFP 2 Food compatible 2 Aluminium complex/ 130 7,3 − 20 + 110
medical white oil
LGGB 2 Biodegradable and low toxicity 2 Lithium-calcium soap/ 110 13 − 40 + 120
ester oil
LGLC 2 Low temperature and high speed 2 Calcium complex soap/ 24 4,7 − 40 + 120
ester-mineral oil
LGWA 2 Wide temperature range 2 Lithium complex soap/ 185 15 − 30 + 140
mineral oil peaks: + 220
LGHB 2 High viscosity and high 2 Calcium complex 450 26,5 − 20 + 150
temperature sulphonate/mineral oil peaks: + 200
LGET 2 Extreme temperature 2 PTFE/synthetic 400 38 − 40 + 260
(fluorinated polyether)
LGEM 2 High viscosity with solid lubricants 2 Lithium soap/ 500 32 − 20 + 120
mineral oil
LGEV 2 Extreme high viscosity with 2 Lithium-calcium soap/ 1 000 58 −10 + 120
solid lubricants mineral oil
LGWM 1 Extreme pressure, low temperature 1 Lithium soap/ 200 16 − 30 + 110
mineral oil
1)
LTL: low temperature limit
2)
HTPL: high temperature performance limit
246
Table 2
SKF greases – technical specification and characteristics
Part 2: Characteristics
Desig- High Low Very Very Low Severe Heavy Rust Water
nation tempera- tempera- high low torque, vibra- loads inhibit- resist-
ture, ture speed speed low tions ing ance
above or oscil- friction proper-
+120 °C lations ties
LGMT 2 o − + + o + +
LGMT 3 o − o + o o +
LGEP 2 o o − + + + +
LGLT 2 + + − + − − o o
LGHP 2 + o + − o − o + +
LGFP 2 o − o o + +
LGGB 2 o o o o + + o +
LGLC 2 + + − + − o + +
LGWA 2 + o o o + + + +
LGHB 2 + o + − + + + +
LGET 2 Contact the SKF application engineering service
LGEM 2 − + − + + + +
LGEV 2 − − + − + + + +
LGWM 1 + o o o − + + +
Symbols: + Recommended
o Suitable
− Not suitable
Where no symbol is indicated the relevant grease may be used – however it is not recommended.
For further information please contact the SKF application engineering service
247
Lubrication
Fig 6
Oil lubrication
Oil is generally used for rolling bearing lubri-
cation when high speeds or operating tem-
peratures preclude the use of grease, when
frictional or applied heat has to be removed
from the bearing position, or when adjacent
components (gears etc.) are lubricated with
oil.
Methods of oil lubrication
Oil bath
The simplest method of oil lubrication is the
oil bath (➔ fig 6 ). The oil, which is picked up
by the rotating components of the bearing,
is distributed within the bearing and then
flows back to the oil bath. The oil level should
be such that it almost reaches the centre of
the lowest rolling element when the bearing
is stationary. The use of oil levellers such as
the SKF LAHD 500 is recommended to pro-
vide the correct oil level. When operating at
high speed the oil level can drop significantly
and the housing can become overfilled by
the oil leveller, under these conditions, please
consult the SKF application engineering
service.
248
Oil pick-up ring Fig 7
For bearing applications where speeds and
operating temperature are such that oil lu-
brication is necessary and high reliability
is required the oil pick-up ring lubrication
method is recommended (➔ fig 7 ). The
pick-up ring serves to bring about oil circu-
lation. The ring hangs loosely on a sleeve on
the shaft at one side of the bearing and dips
into the oil in the lower half of the housing.
As the shaft rotates, the ring follows and
transports oil from the bottom to a collecting
trough. The oil then flows through the bear-
ing back into the reservoir at the bottom.
SKF plummer block housings in the SONL
series are designed for the oil pick-up ring
lubrication method. For additional informa-
tion please consult the SKF application
engineering service.
Circulating oil
Operation at high speeds will cause the
operating temperature to increase and will Fig 8
accelerate ageing of the oil. To avoid frequent
oil changes and to achieve a fully flooded
condition, the circulating oil lubrication
method is generally preferred (➔ fig 8 ).
Circulation is usually produced with the aid
of a pump. After the oil has passed through
the bearing, it generally settles in a tank
where it is filtered and, if required, cooled
before being returned to the bearing. Proper
filtering leads to high values for the factor
ηc and thus to long bearing service life
(➔ section “SKF rating life”, starting on
page 52).
Cooling the oil enables the operating
temperature of the bearing to be kept at a low
level.
249
Lubrication
Fig 9 Oil jet
For very high-speed operation a sufficient
but not excessive amount of oil must be
supplied to the bearing to provide adequate
lubrication without increasing the operating
temperature more than necessary. One par-
ticularly efficient method of achieving this is
the oil jet method (➔ fig 9 ) where a jet of oil
under high pressure is directed at the side of
the bearing. The velocity of the oil jet must
be sufficiently high (at least 15 m/s) to pene-
trate the turbulence surrounding the rotating
bearing.
Oil-spot
With the oil-spot method (➔ fig 10 ) – also
called the oil-air method – very small,
accurately metered quantities of oil are
directed at each individual bearing by com-
pressed air. This minimum quantity enables
bearings to operate at lower temperatures
or at higher speeds than any other method of
Fig 10 lubrication. The oil is supplied to the leads
by a metering unit, such as the SKF TOS-
EX2, at given intervals. The oil is transported
by compressed air; it coats the inside of the
leads and “creeps” along them. It is projected
to the bearing via a nozzle or it just flows to
the bearing raceways by a surface tension
effect. The compressed air serves to cool
the bearing and also produces an excess
pressure in the bearing arrangement to
prevent contaminants from entering.
When using the circulating oil and oil-spot
methods, adequately dimensioned ducts
must be provided so that the oil flowing from
the bearing can leave the arrangement.
In order to increase bearing service life, all
methods of bearing lubrication that use clean
oil are preferred, i.e. well filtered circulating
oil lubrication, oil jet method and the oil-spot
method with filtered air and oil.
Oil mist
Oil mist lubrication has not been recom-
mended for some time due to possible
negative environmental effects.
A new generation of oil mist generators
permits to produce oil mist with 5 ppm oil.
New designs of special seals also limit the
250
amount of stray mist to a minimum. In case large error. However, the response of viscosity
synthetic non-toxic oil is used, the environ- to increasing pressure is determined by the
mental effects are even further reduced. Oil chemical structure of the base stocks used.
mist lubrication today is used in very specific As a result of this there is considerable varia-
applications, like the petroleum industry. tion in pressure-viscosity coefficients for the
different types of synthetic base stocks. Due
Lubricating oils to the differences in the viscosity index and
Straight mineral oils without EP additives are pressure-viscosity coefficient, it should be
generally favoured for rolling bearing lubrica- remembered that the lubricant film formation,
tion. Oils containing EP, antiwear and other when using synthetic oil, may differ from that
additives for the improvement of certain of a mineral oil having the same viscosity.
lubricant properties are generally only used Accurate information should always be
in special cases. The remarks covering EP sought from the individual lubricant supplier.
additives in the section “Load carrying ability: In addition, additives play a role in the film
EP and AW additives” on page 234 also formation. Due to differences in solubility,
apply to those additives in oils. different types of additives are applied in
Synthetic versions of many of the popular synthetic oils when compared with the
lubricant classes are available. Synthetic oils mineral oil based counterparts.
are generally only considered for bearing lu-
brication in extreme cases, e.g. at very low or
very high operating temperatures. The term
synthetic oil covers a wide range of different
base stocks. The main ones are polyalpha-
olefins (PAO), esters and polyalkylene glycols
(PAG). These synthetic oils have different
properties to mineral oils (➔ table 3 ).
With respect to bearing fatigue life the
actual lubricant film thickness plays a major
role. The oil viscosity, the viscosity index and
the pressure-viscosity coefficient influence
the actual film thickness in the contact area
for a fully flooded condition. For most mineral
oil based lubricants, the pressure-viscosity
coefficient is similar and generic values
obtained from literature can be used without
Table 3
Properties of oil types
Properties Base oil type
Mineral PAO Ester PAG
Pour point (°C) –30 .. 0 –50 .. –40 –60 .. –40 appr. – 30
Viscosity index low moderate low to moderate high
Pressure-viscosity high moderate low high
coefficient
251
Lubrication
Selection of lubricating oils adverse effects (➔ “Load carrying ability:
Selecting oil is primarily based on the viscos- EP and AW additives ” on page 234).
ity required to provide adequate lubrication • For exceptionally low or high speeds, for
for the bearing at normal operating tempera- critical loading conditions, or for unusual
ture. The viscosity of oil is temperature depend- lubricating conditions please consult the
ent, becoming lower as the temperature rises. SKF application engineering service.
The viscosity-temperature relationship of oil
is characterized by the viscosity index VI. For Example
rolling bearing lubrication, oils having a high
viscosity index (little change with tempera- A bearing having a bore diameter d = 340 mm
ture) of at least 85 are recommended. and outside diameter D = 420 mm is required
In order for a sufficiently thick oil film to be to operate at a speed n = 500 r/min. There-
formed in the contact area between rolling fore dm = 0,5 (d + D) = 380 mm. From dia-
elements and raceways, the oil must retain gram 5 , the minimum kinematic viscosity
a minimum viscosity at the operating tem- ν1 required for adequate lubrication at the
perature. The rated kinematic viscosity ν1 operating temperature is approximately
required at the operating temperature to 11 mm2/s. From diagram 6 , assuming that
provide adequate lubrication can be deter- the operating temperature of the bearing is
mined from diagram 5 , page 254, provided 70 °C, it is found that a lubricating oil to an
a mineral oil is used. When the operating ISO VG 32 viscosity class, with an actual
temperature is known from experience or viscosity ν of at least 32 mm2/s at the refer-
can otherwise be determined, the corres- ence temperature of 40 °C will be required.
ponding viscosity at the internationally
standardized reference temperature of 40 °C
can be obtained from diagram 6 , page 255,
which is compiled for a viscosity index of 95.
Certain bearing types, e.g. spherical roller
bearings, toroidal roller bearings, taper roller
bearings, and spherical roller thrust bearings,
normally have a higher operating temperature
than other bearing types, e.g. deep groove
ball bearings and cylindrical roller bearings,
under comparable operating conditions.
When selecting the oil the following as-
pects should be considered.
• Bearing life may be extended by selecting
an oil where the actual operating viscosity
(ν) is somewhat higher than the rated vis-
cosity (ν1). However, since increased vis-
cosity raises the bearing operating tem-
perature there is frequently a practical limit
to the lubrication improvement that can
be obtained by this means.
• If the viscosity ratio κ = ν/ν1 is less than 1,
an oil containing EP additives is recom-
mended and if κ is less than 0,4 an oil with
EP additives must be used. An oil with EP
additives may also enhance operational
reliability in cases where κ is greater than
1 and medium and large-size roller bear-
ings are concerned. It should be remem-
bered that some EP additives may have
252
Oil change
The frequency with which it is necessary to
change the oil depends mainly on the oper-
ating conditions and the quantity of oil.
With oil bath lubrication it is generally suf-
ficient to change the oil once a year, provided
the operating temperature does not exceed
50 °C and there is little risk of contamination.
Higher temperatures call for more frequent
oil changes, e.g. for operating temperatures
around 100 °C, the oil should be changed
every three months. Frequent oil changes
are also needed if other operating condi-
tions are arduous.
With circulating oil lubrication, the period
between two oil changes is also determined
by how frequently the total oil quantity is cir-
culated and whether or not the oil is cooled.
It is generally only possible to determine a
suitable interval by test runs and by regular
inspection of the condition of the oil to see
that it is not contaminated and is not exces-
sively oxidized. The same applies for oil jet
lubrication. With oil spot lubrication the oil
only passes through the bearing once and
is not recirculated.
253
Lubrication
Diagram 5
Estimation of the rated viscosity ν1 required for adequate lubrication
Required viscosity
1000
ν1 2
mm 2/s
500 5
10
20
200
50
100
10
0
20
50 0
50
0
20 n=
15 100
20 00 0
30 00
00
50
00
10
10
00
0
20
00
0
500
5 1 00
00 000
10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000
d m = 0,5 ( d+D), mm
254
Diagram 6
Estimation of the actual operating viscosity ν
Operating viscosity
1000
ν
2
mm /s
500
200 IS
O
15
10 00
00
68
100 0
46
0
32
0
22
0
15
50 0
10
0
68
46
32
20
22
15
10
10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
°C °C
Operating temperature,
255
Mounting and
dismounting
General information ………………………………………………………………………… 258
Where to mount……………………………………………………………………………… 258
Preparations for mounting and dismounting……………………………………………… 258
Bearing handling …………………………………………………………………………… 260
Mounting ……………………………………………………………………………………… 261
Mounting bearings with a cylindrical bore ………………………………………………… 261
Bearing adjustment ………………………………………………………………………… 262
Mounting bearings with a tapered bore …………………………………………………… 263
Test running ………………………………………………………………………………… 267
Dismounting …………………………………………………………………………………… 268
Dismounting bearings with a cylindrical bore …………………………………………… 268
Dismounting bearings with a tapered bore ……………………………………………… 270
Bearing storage ……………………………………………………………………………… 273
Inspection and cleaning……………………………………………………………………… 273
257
Mounting and dismounting
General information Where to mount
Bearings should be installed in a dry, dust-
To provide proper bearing performance and free room away from metalworking or other
prevent premature failure, skill and cleanli- machines producing swarf and dust. When
ness when mounting ball and roller bearings bearings have to be mounted in an unpro-
are necessary. tected area, which is often the case with large
As precision components, rolling bearings bearings, steps need to be taken to protect
should be handled carefully when mounting. the bearing and mounting position from con-
It is also important to choose the correct tamination by dust, dirt and moisture until
method of mounting and to use the correct installation has been completed. This can
tool for the job. The comprehensive SKF be done by covering or wrapping bearings,
range of maintenance products includes machine components etc. with waxed paper
mechanical and hydraulic tools and heating or foil.
equipment as well as other products for
mounting and maintenance. This full line of Preparations for mounting
products will facilitate and speed the work, and dismounting
giving professional results. Brief information Before mounting, all the necessary parts,
can be found in the section “Maintenance and tools, equipment and data need to be at hand.
lubrication products”, starting on page 1065. It is also recommended that any drawings or
To realize maximum bearing service life, instructions be studied to determine the cor-
a bearing must be installed correctly – which rect order in which to assemble the various
often is more difficult than it appears, espe- components.
cially where large size bearings are concerned. Housings, shafts, seals and other compon-
To be sure that bearings are mounted and ents of the bearing arrangement need to be
maintained properly, SKF offers seminars checked to see that they are clean, particu-
and hands-on training courses as part of the larly any threaded holes, leads or grooves
SKF Reliability Systems concept. Installa- where remnants of previous machining oper-
tion and maintenance assistance may also ations might have collected. The unmachined
be available from your local SKF company. surfaces of cast housings need to be free of
The information provided in the following core sand and any burrs need to be removed.
section is quite general and is intended pri- The dimensional and form accuracy of all
marily to indicate what must be considered components of the bearing arrangement
by machine and equipment designers in order needs to be checked. The bearings will only
to facilitate bearing mounting and dismount- perform satisfactorily if the associated com-
ing. More detailed descriptions of the actual ponents have the requisite accuracy and if
mounting and dismounting procedures will the prescribed tolerances are adhered to. The
be found in the publication “SKF Bearing diameter of cylindrical shaft and housing
Maintenance Handbook” which is available seatings are usually checked using a stirrup
through your local SKF representative on or internal gauge at two cross-sections and
request, or online at www.skf.com/mount or in four directions (➔ fig 1 ). Tapered bearing
www.aptitudexchange.com. seatings are checked using ring gauges,
special taper gauges or sine bars.
258
It is advisable to keep a record of the When taken from its original packaging,
measurements. When measuring it is import- any bearing that is covered by a relatively
ant that the components being measured thick, greasy layer of preservative should
and the measuring instruments have ap- also be washed and dried. This might be the
proximately the same temperature. This case for some large-size bearings with an
means that it is necessary to leave the com- outside diameter larger than 420 mm.
ponents and measuring equipment together Suitable agents for washing rolling bearings
in the same place sufficiently long for them include white spirit and paraffin.
to reach the same temperature. This is par- Bearings that are supplied ready greased
ticularly important where large bearings and and which have integral seals or shields on
their associated components, which are both sides should not be washed before
correspondingly large and heavy, are con- mounting.
cerned.
The bearings need to be left in their original
packages until immediately before mounting
so that they will not be exposed to any con-
taminants, especially dirt. Normally, the pre-
servative with which new bearings are coated
before leaving the factory does not need to
be removed; it is only necessary to wipe off
the outside cylindrical surface and bore. If,
however, the bearing is to be grease lubri-
cated and used at very high or very low tem-
peratures, or if the grease is not compatible
with the preservative, it is necessary to wash
and carefully dry the bearing. This is to avoid
any detrimental effect on the lubricating
properties of the grease.
Bearings should be washed and dried be-
fore mounting if there is a risk that they have
become contaminated because of improper
handling (damaged packaging etc.).
Fig 1
1
2
b 1
b 2
3 3
a
a 4
4
259
Mounting and dismounting
Bearing handling Fig 2
It is generally a good idea to use gloves as
well as carrying and lifting tools, which have
been specially designed for mounting and
dismounting bearings. This will save not
only time and money but the work will also
be less tiring, less risky and less injurious to
health.
For these reasons, the use of heat and
oil resistant gloves is recommended when
handling hot or oily bearings. These gloves
should have a durable outside and a soft
non-allergenic inside, as, for example, SKF
TMBA gloves.
Heated and/or larger or heavier bearings
often cause problems because they cannot
be handled in a safe and efficient manner by
one or two persons. Satisfactory arrange-
ments for carrying and lifting these bearings Fig 3
can be made on site in a workshop. The bear-
ing handling tool TMMH from SKF (➔ fig 2 )
is one such arrangement, which solves most
of the problems and facilitates handling,
mounting and dismounting bearings on
shafts.
If large, heavy bearings are to be moved
or held in position using lifting tackle, they
should not be suspended at a single point,
but a steel band or fabric belt should be used
(➔ fig 3 ). A spring between the hook of the
lifting tackle and the belt facilitates positioning
the bearing when it is to be pushed onto a
shaft.
To ease lifting, large bearings can be pro-
vided on request with threaded holes in the
ring side faces to accommodate eye bolts.
The hole size is limited by the ring thickness. Fig 4
It is therefore only permissible to lift the bear-
ing itself or the individual ring by the bolts.
Care also needs be taken to see that the eye
bolts are only subjected to load in the direc-
tion of the shank axis (➔ fig 4 ). If the load is
to be applied at an angle, suitable adjustable
attachments are required.
When mounting a large housing over a bear-
ing that is already in position on a shaft it is
advisable to provide three-point suspension
for the housing, and for the length of one sling
to be adjustable. This enables the housing
bore to be exactly aligned with the bearing.
260
Fig 5
Mounting
Depending on the bearing type and size,
mechanical, thermal or hydraulic methods
are used for mounting. In all cases it is import-
ant that the bearing rings, cages and rolling
elements or seals do not receive direct blows
and that the mounting force must never be
directed through the rolling elements.
Some parts may be mounted with a loose
fit. To avoid any fretting corrosion between
the mating surfaces, it is recommended to
apply a thin layer of SKF anti-fretting agent
LGAF 3 E.
Mounting bearings with a cylindrical bore
With non-separable bearings, the ring that is
to have the tighter fit should generally be
Fig 6 mounted first. The seating surface should
be lightly oiled before mounting.
Cold mounting
If the fit is not too tight, small bearings may
be driven into position by applying light ham-
mer blows to a sleeve placed against the
bearing ring face. The blows should be even-
ly distributed around the ring to prevent the
bearing from tilting or skewing. The use of
a mounting dolly instead of a sleeve allows
the mounting force to be applied centrally
(➔ fig 5 ).
If a non-separable bearing is to be pressed
onto the shaft and into the housing bore at
the same time the mounting force has to be
applied equally to both rings and the abut-
Fig 7 ment surfaces of the mounting tool must lie in
the same plane. In this case a bearing fitting
tool should be used, where an impact ring
abuts the side faces of the inner and outer
rings and the sleeve allows the mounting
forces to be applied centrally (➔ fig 6 ).
With self-aligning bearings, the use of an
intermediate mounting ring prevents the
outer ring from tilting and swivelling when
the bearing with shaft is introduced into the
housing bore (➔ fig 7 ). It should be remem-
bered that the balls of some sizes of self-
aligning ball bearings protrude from the side
faces of the bearing, so that the intermediate
mounting ring should be recessed in order
not to damage the balls. Large numbers of
261
Mounting and dismounting
bearings are generally mounted using me- Bearing adjustment
chanical or hydraulic presses. The internal clearance of single row angular
With separable bearings, the inner ring contact ball bearings and taper roller bear-
can be mounted independently of the outer ings is only established, in contrast to other
ring, which simplifies mounting, particularly radial bearings with cylindrical bore, when
where both rings are to have an interference one bearing is adjusted against a second
fit. When installing the shaft with the inner bearing. Usually these bearings are arranged
ring already in position, into the housing in pairs either back-to-back or face-to-face,
containing the outer ring, care must be taken and one bearing ring is axially displaced until
to see that they are correctly aligned to avoid a given clearance or preload is attained. The
scoring the raceways and rolling elements. choice of clearance or preload depends on
When mounting cylindrical and needle roller the demands placed on the performance of
bearings with an inner ring without flanges the bearing arrangement and on the operat-
or a flange at one side, SKF recommends ing conditions. Additional information about
using a mounting sleeve (➔ fig 8 ). The out- bearing preloads can be found under the
side diameter of the sleeve should be equal heading “Bearing preload” so that the recom-
to the raceway diameter F of the inner ring mendations in the following refer only to the
and should be machined to a d10 tolerance.
Fig 8
Hot mounting
It is generally not possible to mount larger
bearings in the cold state, as the force re-
quired to mount a bearing increases very
considerably with increasing bearing size.
The bearings, the inner rings or the housings
(e.g. hubs) are therefore heated prior to
mounting.
The requisite difference in temperature be-
tween the bearing ring and shaft or housing
depends on the degree of interference and
the diameter of the bearing seating. Bear-
ings should not be heated to more than
125 °C as otherwise dimensional changes
caused by alterations in the structure of the
bearing material may occur. Bearings fitted
with shields or seals should not be heated Fig 9
above 80 °C because of their grease fill or
seal material.
When heating bearings local overheating
must be avoided. To heat bearings evenly,
SKF electric induction heaters (➔ fig 9 ) are
recommended. If hotplates are used, the
bearing must be turned over a number of
times. Hotplates should not be used for
heating sealed bearings
262
adjustment of internal clearance in bearing Mounting bearings with a tapered bore
arrangements with angular contact ball For bearings having a tapered bore, inner rings
bearings and taper roller bearings. are always mounted with an interference fit.
The appropriate value for the clearance to The degree of interference is not determined
be obtained when mounting is determined by the chosen shaft tolerance, as with bear-
by the conditions when the bearing is under ings having a cylindrical bore, but by how far
load and at the operating temperature. De- the bearing is driven up onto the tapered
pending on the size and arrangement of the shaft seating, or onto the adapter or with-
bearings, the materials from which the shaft drawal sleeve. As the bearing is driven up
and housing are made and the distance be- the tapered seating, its radial internal clear-
tween the two bearings, the initial clearance ance is reduced. This reduction can be
obtained on mounting may be smaller or measured to determine the degree of inter-
larger in actual operation. If, for example, ference and the proper fit.
differential thermal expansion of inner and When mounting self-aligning ball bear-
outer rings will cause a reduction in clear- ings, CARB toroidal roller bearings, spherical
ance during operation, the initial clearance roller bearings, as well as high-precision
must be sufficiently large so that distortion cylindrical roller bearings with tapered bore
of the bearings and the detrimental conse- either the reduction in radial internal clear-
quences of this are avoided. ance or the axial drive-up onto the tapered
Since there is a definite relationship be- seating is determined and used as a measure
tween the radial and axial internal clearance of the degree of interference. Guideline values
of angular contact ball bearings and taper of clearance reduction and axial drive-up
roller bearings, it is sufficient to specify one are given in the text preceding the relevant
value, generally the axial internal clearance. product table sections.
This specified value is then obtained, from a
condition of zero clearance, by loosening or
tightening a nut on the shaft or a threaded
ring in the housing bore, or by inserting cali-
brated washers or shims between one of the
bearing rings and its abutment. The actual
methods used to adjust the clearance and
measure the set clearance are determined
by whether a few or many bearings are to be
mounted.
One method is to check the set axial
clearance, for example, of a hub bearing
arrangement, using a dial gauge attached to Fig 10
the hub (➔ fig 10 ). It is important when ad-
justing taper roller bearings and measuring
the clearance that the shaft, or housing, is
turned through several revolutions in both
directions to be sure that there is proper con-
tact of the roller ends with the guide flange
on the inner ring. If the contact is not correct,
the measured result will be inaccurate and
the desired adjustment will not be achieved.
263
Mounting and dismounting
Small bearings Fig 11
Small bearings may be driven up onto a
tapered seating using a nut. In the case of
adapter sleeves the sleeve nut is used. Small
withdrawal sleeves may be driven into the
bearing bore using a nut. A hook or impact
spanner can be used to tighten the nut. The
seating surfaces of the shaft and sleeve
should be lightly oiled with thin oil before
mounting is started.
Medium and large sized bearings
For larger bearings, considerably more force
is required and
• SKF hydraulic nuts should be used and/or
• the oil injection method should be em- Fig 12
ployed.
In either case, the mounting process will be
considerably easier. The oil injection equip-
ment required for both, operating the hy-
draulic nut as well as for applying the oil injec-
tion method, is available from SKF. Addition-
al information about these products can be
found in the section “Maintenance and lub-
rication products”, starting on page 1065.
When using an SKF hydraulic nut for mount-
ing it has to be positioned onto a threaded
section of the journal or onto the thread of
the sleeve so that its annular piston abuts
the inner ring of the bearing, a nut on the shaft,
or a disc attached to the end of the shaft.
Pumping oil into the hydraulic nut displaces
the piston axially with the force needed for Fig 13
accurate and safe mounting. Mounting of
a spherical roller bearing with the aid of a
hydraulic nut on
• a tapered seating is shown in fig 11 ,
• an adapter sleeve is shown in fig 12 ,
• a withdrawal sleeve is shown in fig 13 .
With the oil injection method, oil under high
pressure is injected between the bearing
and bearing seating to form an oil film. This
oil film separates the mating surfaces and
appreciably reduces the friction between
them. This method is typically used when
mounting bearings directly on tapered
journals (➔ fig 14 ), but is also used to mount
264
Fig 14
bearings on adapter and withdrawal sleeves Determination of the interference fit
that have been prepared for the oil injection
method. A pump or oil injector produces the Bearings with a tapered bore are always
requisite pressure, the oil is injected between mounted with an interference fit. The reduc-
the mating surfaces via ducts and distributor tion in radial internal clearance, or the axial
grooves in the shaft or sleeve. The necessary displacement of the inner ring on its tapered
ducts and grooves in the shaft must be con- seating is used to determine and measure
sidered when designing the bearing arrange- the degree of interference.
ment. A spherical roller bearing mounted on Different methods can be used to meas-
a withdrawal sleeve with oil ducts is shown ure the degree of interference.
in fig 15 . The withdrawal sleeve is pressed
into the bearing bore by injecting oil between 1. Measuring the clearance reduction
the mating surfaces and tightening the with a feeler gauge.
screws in turn. 2. Measuring lock nut tightening angle.
3. Measuring the axial drive-up.
4. Measuring the inner ring expansion.
A brief description of these four different
Fig 15 methods is provided in the following. More
detailed information about these methods
will be found in the relevant product sections.
265
Mounting and dismounting
Measuring clearance reduction with a feeler Fig 16
gauge
The method using feeler gauges for measur-
ing the radial internal clearance before and
after mounting bearings is applicable for
medium and large-sized spherical and toroid-
al roller bearings. The clearance should
preferably be measured between the outer
ring and an unloaded roller (➔ fig 16 ).
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle is a
proven method to determine the correct de-
gree of interference in small to medium-sized
bearings on tapered seatings (➔ fig 17 ).
Guideline values for the tightening angle α
have been established, providing accurate Fig 17
positioning of the bearing on its tapered
seating.
Measuring the axial drive-up
Mounting bearings with a tapered bore can
be done by measuring the axial drive-up s of
the inner ring on its seating. Guideline values
for the required axial drive-up are given in
the text preceding the relevant product table
sections.
However, a more suitable method is the
“SKF Drive-up Method”. This mounting α
method provides a reliable and easy way to
determine the degree of interference. The
correct fit is achieved by controlling the axial
displacement of the bearing from a predeter-
mined position. The method incorporates Fig 18
the use of an SKF hydraulic nut fitted with
a dial indicator, and a specially calibrated
digital gauge mounted on a selected pump
(➔ fig 18 ). Determined values of the re-
quisite oil pressure and the axial displace-
ment for the individual bearings provide
accurate positioning of the bearings.
These values can be found
• in the handbook “SKF Drive-up Method”
on CD-ROM,
• in the “SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue” on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com or
• online at www.skf.com/mount.
266
Measuring the inner ring expansion noise. Whistling or screeching indicates in-
adequate lubrication. An uneven rumbling or
Measuring inner ring expansion is a simple hammering is due in most cases to the pres-
and very accurate method to determine the ence of contaminants in the bearing or to
correct position of large-size spherical and bearing damage caused during mounting.
toroidal roller bearings on their seatings. An increase in bearing temperature imme-
For this kind of measurement the SKF diately after start up is normal. For example,
SensorMount® is now available, using a in the case of grease lubrication, the tempera-
sensor, integrated with the bearing inner ture will not drop until the grease has been
ring, a dedicated hand-held indicator and evenly distributed in the bearing arrange-
common hydraulic mounting tools ment, after which an equilibrium tempera-
(➔ fig 19 ). Aspects such as bearing size, ture will be reached. Unusually high tempera-
shaft smoothness, material or design – solid tures or constant peaking indicates that
or hollow – do not need to be considered there is too much lubricant in the arrange-
ment or that the bearing is radially or axially
Test running distorted. Other causes are that the associ-
After mounting a bearing, the prescribed ated components have not been correctly
lubricant is applied and a test run made so made or mounted, or that the seals have
that noise and bearing temperature can be excessive friction.
checked. During the test run, or immediately after-
The test run should be carried out under wards, the seals should be checked to see
partial load and – where there is a wide that they perform correctly and any lubrica-
speed range – at slow or moderate speed. tion equipment as well as the oil level of an
Under no circumstances should a rolling oil bath should be checked. It may be neces-
bearing be allowed to start up unloaded and sary to sample the lubricant to determine
accelerated to high speed, as there is a dan- whether the bearing arrangement is contam-
ger that the rolling elements would slide on inated or components of the arrangement
the raceways and damage them, or that the have become worn.
cage would be subjected to inadmissible
stresses. Reference should be made to the
section “Minimum load” in the text preced-
ing the relevant product table sections.
Any noise or vibration can be checked
using an SKF electronic stethoscope. Nor-
mally, bearings produce an even “purring”
Fig 19
0,000
ON CLR MAX
0FF
TMEM 1500
SensoMount Indicator
267
Mounting and dismounting
Dismounting Fig 20
If bearings are to be used again after removal,
the force used to dismount them must never
be applied through the rolling elements.
With separable bearings, the ring with the
rolling element and cage assembly can be
removed independently of the other ring.
With non-separable bearings, the ring having
the looser fit should be withdrawn from its
seating first. To dismount a bearing having
an interference fit, the tools described in the
following section may be used, the choice of
tools will depend on bearing type, size and fit.
Dismounting bearings with a cylindrical
bore
Cold dismounting Fig 21
Small bearings may be removed from their
seatings by applying light hammer blows via
a suitable drift to the ring face, or preferably
by using a puller. The claws of the puller
should be placed around the side face of the
ring to be removed, or an adjacent compon-
ent (➔ fig 20 ), e.g. a labyrinth ring etc. Dis-
mounting is made easier if
• provision is made for slots in the shaft and
housing shoulders to take the claws of the
puller or
• tapped holes are provided in the housing
shoulders to take withdrawal screws
(➔ fig 21 ).
Larger bearings mounted with an interfer- Fig 22
ence fit generally require greater force to re-
move them, particularly if, after a long period
of service, fretting corrosion has occurred.
Use of the oil injection method considerably
facilitates dismounting in such cases. This
presupposes that the necessary oil supply
ducts and distributor grooves have been
designed into the arrangement (➔ fig 22 ).
268
Fig 23 Hot dismounting
Special induction heaters have been de-
veloped to dismount the inner rings of cylin-
drical roller bearings having no flanges or only
one flange. They heat the inner ring rapidly
without heating the shaft to any degree, so
that the expanded ring can easily be re-
moved. These electrical induction heaters
(➔ fig 23 ) have one or more coils energized
by alternating current. It is necessary to de-
magnetize the inner rings after heating and
removal. The use of electric withdrawal tools
becomes economic when bearings of the
same size are frequently mounted and
dismounted.
When flangeless inner rings of cylindrical
roller bearings, or those with only one flange,
Fig 24 which have not to be removed frequently,
or if larger sizes of inner rings (up to approxi-
mately 400 mm bore diameter) have to be
dismounted it is less costly and also easier
to use a so-called thermo-withdrawal ring
also referred to as a heating ring. This is a
slotted ring, generally of light alloy, with
handles (➔ fig 24 ). The above-mentioned
heaters and heating rings are available from
SKF. Additional information can be found in
the section “Maintenance and lubrication
products”, starting on page 1065.
269
Mounting and dismounting
Dismounting bearings with a tapered bore Fig 25
Dismounting bearing on a tapered journal
Small and medium-sized bearings on a
tapered journal can be dismounted using
conventional pullers, which engage the inner
ring (➔ fig 25 ). Preferably a self-centring
puller should be used to avoid damage to the
bearing seating. Bearings on tapered seatings
normally loosen very quickly. Therefore, it is
necessary to provide a stop of some kind, a
lock nut for example, to prevent the bearing
from being completely withdrawn from the
shaft.
The dismounting of large bearings from
tapered journals is greatly eased if the oil
injection method is employed. After injecting
pressurised oil between the mating surfaces, Fig 26
the bearing will separate suddenly from its
seating. A stop must therefore be provided,
for example, a shaft nut or end plate, to limit
the axial movement of the bearing (➔ fig 26 ).
270
Fig 27 Dismounting bearing on an adapter sleeve
Small and medium-sized bearings on adapter
sleeve and smooth shafts can be dismounted
by hammer blows directed to a drift (➔ fig 27 )
until the bearing becomes free. But first the
sleeve nut has to be loosened a few turns.
Small and medium-sized bearings on
adapter sleeve and stepped shafts can be
dismounted by using a dolly abutting the
sleeve nut, which has been released by
a few turns (➔ fig 28 ).
Dismounting large bearings from an adap-
ter sleeve with a hydraulic nut has proved
easy to do. To use this technique however,
the bearing must be mounted against a
shoulder (➔ fig 29 ). If the sleeves are pro-
vided with oil supply ducts and distributor
Fig 28 grooves the dismounting becomes easier
because the oil injection method can be
employed.
Dismounting bearing on a withdrawal sleeve
When dismounting bearings on withdrawal
sleeves, the axial locking device: a locking
nut, end cover etc., has to be removed.
Small and medium-sized bearings can be
dismounted using a lock nut and a hook or
impact spanner to free the bearing (➔ fig 30 ).
Fig 29 Fig 30
271
Mounting and dismounting
The preferred means of dismounting
large bearings is by using a hydraulic nut
(➔ fig 31 ). If the threaded section of the
sleeve protrudes beyond the shaft end or
shaft shoulder, a support ring having the
greatest possible wall thickness should be
inserted in the sleeve bore to prevent distor-
tion and damage to the thread when the
nut is tightened.
Withdrawal sleeves for large bearings are
generally provided with distributor ducts and
grooves for the oil injection method to save
considerable time when mounting as well as
dismounting large bearings (➔ fig 32 ).
Fig 31 Fig 32
272
Bearing storage Inspection and cleaning
Bearings can be stored in their original As with all other important machine com-
packaging for many years, provided that the ponents, ball and roller bearings must be
relative humidity in the storeroom does not frequently cleaned and examined. The inter-
exceed 60 % and there are no great fluctua- vals between such examinations depend
tions in temperature. With sealed or shielded entirely on the operating conditions.
bearings it may be found that the lubricating If it is possible to ascertain the condition
properties of the grease with which they are of the bearing during service, e.g. by listen-
filled may have deteriorated if the bearings ing to the sound of the bearing when it is
have been stored for a long time. Bearings running and measuring the temperature or
that are not stored in their original packaging examining the lubricant, then it is usually
should be well protected against corrosion found sufficient if the bearings (rings, cage
and contamination. and rolling elements) and other parts of the
Large rolling bearings should only be bearing arrangement are thoroughly cleaned
stored lying down, and preferably with sup- and inspected annually. Where the load is
port for the whole extent of the side faces of heavy, the frequency of inspection must be
the rings. If kept in a standing position, the increased, e.g. rolling mill bearings are often
weight of the rings and rolling elements can inspected when the rolls are changed.
give rise to permanent deformation because After the bearing components have been
the rings are relatively thin-walled. cleaned with a suitable solvent (white spirit,
paraffin etc.) they should be oiled or greased
immediately to prevent corrosion. This is
particularly important for bearings in ma-
chines that are left to stand for considerable
periods.
273
Reliability and services
An integrated platform ……………………………………………………………………… 276
Decision support …………………………………………………………………………… 276
Condition monitoring ……………………………………………………………………… 276
Tools and lubricants ………………………………………………………………………… 276
Component innovations …………………………………………………………………… 276
The Asset Efficiency OptimizationTM concept …………………………………………… 276
SKF technology and service solutions …………………………………………………… 277
Assessment ………………………………………………………………………………… 277
Maintenance strategy ……………………………………………………………………… 278
Maintenance engineering ………………………………………………………………… 278
Supply process ……………………………………………………………………………… 278
Proactive reliability maintenance ………………………………………………………… 278
Machine maintenance ……………………………………………………………………… 278
Machine Improvement ……………………………………………………………………… 278
Training ……………………………………………………………………………………… 278
Integrated Maintenance Solutions ………………………………………………………… 278
@ptitude Industrial Decision Support System …………………………………………… 279
Condition monitoring products …………………………………………………………… 280
Microlog family of data collectors ………………………………………………………… 280
MARLINTM family of data managers ……………………………………………………… 280
Vibration Penplus …………………………………………………………………………… 281
Inspector 400 ultrasonic probe …………………………………………………………… 281
Infrared temperature probe ………………………………………………………………… 281
Machine condition transmitter, online monitoring units ………………………………… 282
Vibration sensors, eddy probes …………………………………………………………… 282
Wireless sensors …………………………………………………………………………… 282
Machinery protection systems …………………………………………………………… 283
SKFmachine Operating Deflection Shape/Modal Analysis Software ………………… 283
SKF Machine AnalystTM……………………………………………………………………… 283
275
Reliability and services
SKF has been a leader and innovator in with condition monitoring analysis software
bearing technology since 1907. The evolu- and other plantwide systems and are listed
tion of SKF expertize in machine reliability starting on page 280.
stems from the very nature of bearings and
their applications. SKF’s understanding of Tools and lubricants
a bearing’s performance in an application SKF has developed a range of tools and
requires an equally extensive knowledge lubricants to provide safe and damage-free
of the machines and the processes. The machine maintenance. Brief information
thorough understanding of machine com- on these products is given in the section
ponents, systems and related processes, “Maintenance and lubrication products”,
enables SKF to create and provide realistic starting on page 1065.
solutions for optimum machine and process
reliability and productivity. Component innovations
Close working partnerships with customers Component innovations are needed to
worldwide has provided SKF with an exten- achieve productivity goals that were never
sive knowledge of applications in virtually intended by original equipment manufac-
every industry. As a result, SKF has learned turers. SKF has developed bearing products
to apply the most relevant of today’s emerg- designed to run faster, longer and cooler
ing technologies to industry-specific appli- without maintenance in many difficult
cations. applications. A selection of such products
Through SKF Reliability Systems SKF is listed in the sections “Engineering prod-
provides a single source for a complete ucts”, starting on page 889, and “Mecha-
productivity solution. The goal is to help tronics”, starting on page 951.
customers reduce total machine related
costs, enhance productivity and strengthen
profitability. Whatever the requirements SKF
Reliability Systems offers the knowledge,
The Asset Efficiency
services and products needed to achieve
specific business goals.
Optimization concept
The Asset Efficiency OptimizationTM (AEO)
concept from SKF picks up where most plan
An integrated platform asset management programmes typically
stop. Using this concept enables a plant to
SKF’s range of products and services pro- produce the same amount for less cost, or
vides the solutions that will ultimately lead to to produce more for the same costs. It is a
increased bottom line profitability. The focus system for organizing and applying assets –
on technology and seamless interface with from personnel to machinery – bringing
plantwide systems supports four key areas. together knowledge and technology to
achieve the greatest return on investment.
Decision support By applying the power of SKF’s technol-
SKF can assist customers in retention, stor- ogy and service solutions, you can benefit
age and utilization of crucial information from a programme that assists in achieving
with its @ptitude industrial decision support your organization’s overall business object-
software (➔ page 279). ives. These include reduced costs, greater
productivity, better utilization of resources,
Condition monitoring and as a result, increased bottom line profit-
As a leading supplier of condition monitor- ability (➔ diagram 1 ).
ing products, SKF offers a complete range –
from hand-held data collectors/analysers to
online surveillance and machine protection
systems. These products provide interface
276
SKF technology and Assessment
An assessment can include one or all of the
service solutions following areas.
The following summarizes the most import- • Determination of current situation
ant services and products that SKF Reliability • Maintenance
Systems offers to provide solutions to the • Supply and stores processes
real-life application conditions. For detailed • Predictive maintenance
information on the SKF Reliability Systems
program please refer to publication 5160 E
“The Guide to Asset Efficiency Optimiza-
tionTM for Improved Profitability” or visit
www.skfreliability.com to see the latest
information on strategies and services.
Diagram 1
Optimum Efficiency
Asset management is failure modes
Operator Driven Reliability and effects analysis-based
Online performance intelligence
and correction
Designed for reliability
Operator involvement and
Proactive Reliability Maintenance commitment
Efficiency: > 80 %
4,5 – 6 σ
Monitor
Condition-based
Predictive Maintenance Data analysis
Efficiency: 60 – 80 %
3,5 – 4,5 σ
Clean and inspect
Preventive Maintenance Time based
Equipment data available
Efficiency: 40 – 60 %
2,5 – 3,5 σ
Reactive / Corrective Run to failure
Repair/replace
Limited data
Efficiency: < 40 %
2 – 2,5 σ
Minimum Efficiency
277
Reliability and services
Maintenance strategy • Key performance indicators are perform-
SKF can help to establish a comprehensive ance improvement targets, established
maintenance strategy, designed to make sure jointly between SKF and the customer.
that productivity as well as safety and integ- • Periodic operational reviews between SKF
rity issues receive the attention they require. and the plant management to analyze
Diagram 1 on page 277 illustrates the performance.
range and ranking of maintenance practices.
The latest and innovative approach to Machine maintenance
maintenance is called Operator Driven SKF Reliability Systems has developed its
Reliability (ODR). This maintenance concept most comprehensive service programme
is simply a framework for organizing the for rotating equipment to drive machine
activities of plant operations personnel in maintenance in the most cost effective ways.
concert with a company’s reliability mainten- This programme includes products and
ance practices. SKF has the knowledge services such as
and equipment to initiate and support this
approach. • machine alignment
• precision balancing
Maintenance engineering • lubrication management
Maintenance engineering is putting the • bearing analysis
strategy to work and includes for example • technology advice and machine upgrades
the implementation of a “Computerized • bearing installation
Maintenance Management System” (CMMS)
with all the data and process information Machine improvement
needed to achieve maintenance strategy To remain competitive, plants must keep
goals. pace with new machine technologies. SKF
can help to keep pace – without the need to
Supply process invest in new machines. Recommendations
This service is an integral part of increasing can include one, or a combination of actions:
profitability by reducing transaction costs,
releasing capital tied up in spare inventory • Upgrade, rebuild and re-design
and making sure that the spares are avail- • Design engineering
able when needed. • Refurbishment of bearings
• Repair and upgrade machine tool
Proactive reliability maintenance spindles
Following the Proactive Reliability Mainten- • Instrument/equipment calibrations
ance process helps to provide best return
on plant assets. It addresses failures and Training
implements the processes necessary to pre- SKF Reliability Services offers comprehen-
vent recurrence. The SKF Proactive sive machine reliability and asset manage-
Reliability process is based on four key ment training – from the shop floor to the
steps: highest level of management.
• Predictive maintenance, a multi-faceted Integrated Maintenance Solutions
process that uses sophisticated tech- An Integrated Maintenance Solution (IMS)
nology systems to gather comprehensive agreement brings together all areas of ex-
intelligence on machine conditions and pertize offered by SKF, establishing a con-
production processes. tinuous process of maintenance monitoring,
• Diagnostics and Root Cause Analysis analysis and improvement. It provides a
(RCA) to identify problems and necessary planned skills transfer programme for main-
actions, such as machine alignment, tenance and operations personnel, and
balancing etc. technology upgrades where required.
278
With an IMS agreement, SKF Reliability
Systems will manage every key component
of a machine asset management strategy,
providing a total system for improving effi-
ciency. Each agreement is customized to
specific business needs. The user can choose
which areas need to be included, based on
internal resources and current supplier con-
tracts. With an IMS contract, SKF shares
some of the risk as well as the savings, while
the user receives agreed-upon financial
returns with little to no capital investment.
@ptitude Industrial Decision Support
System
The @ptitude Industrial Decision Support
System from SKF is a knowledge manage-
ment system that incorporates today’s most
advanced technologies to integrate data
from multiple sources into an easy to use
reliability maintenance application. It en-
hances the user team ability to make the right
decision at the right time, providing a struc-
tured approach to capturing and applying
knowledge. A key element of the @ptitude
system is its online, web-enabled asset
management knowledge bank:
@ptitudeXchange subscribers have access
to articles, technical handbooks, white
papers, best practices and benchmarking
information, interactive decision-support
programs and an information network for
expert advice and services. For additional
information, please visit
www.aptitudexchange.com.
279
Reliability and services
Condition monitoring
products
At the core of the SKF product range are the
vibration detection, analysis and diagnostic
products, which enable process monitoring
as an added benefit. Some of those prod-
ucts are shown below. More information
about SKF condition monitoring products
can be found online at www.skf.com.
Microlog family of data collectors
The SKF family of Microlog data collector/
analysers is designed so that users can eas-
ily establish a comprehensive periodic con-
dition monitoring programme. As a diagnos-
tic tool, the Microlog is unequalled in its
class. Embedded intelligence provides step-
by-step instructions for performing critical
analysis functions like basic and advanced
balancing, cyclic analysis, run-up/coast-
down, bump test, tracking filter or motor
current analysis. The frequency analysis
module enables overlay defect frequencies
on collected spectra to detect bearing de-
fects, gear mesh, misalignment, unbalance
or looseness problems.
MARLINTM family of data managers
The MARLIN data management system is
designed to be the frontline tool for oper-
ators, building the communications/tech-
nology bridge between operations, mainten-
ance, engineering and plant management.
This rugged high performance data collector
provides a simple, convenient and portable
way to collect and store machine vibration,
process, and inspection data for quick
downloading and analysis.
280
Vibration Pen plus
The Vibration Pen plus offers users a way to
begin a cost-effective condition monitoring
program, or to expand the responsibility for
machine reliability to operators throughout
the plant. A multi-parameter vibration moni-
toring tool, the Vibration Pen plus operates
with the press of a button, measuring vibra-
tion according to ISO standards and utilizing
acceleration enveloping technology to iden-
tify a range of bearing, gear mesh and other
machinery problems.
Inspector 400 ultrasonic probe
The inspector 400 ultrasonic probe senses
high frequency sounds produced by leaks,
electrical discharges and equipment as it
operates. It electronically translates these
signals using a heterodyning process, making
them audible through a headset and “visible”
as increments on a meter. This enables
maintenance personnel to detect pressure
and vacuum leaks, arcing, tracking and
corona in electric apparatus or test bearings,
pumps, motors, compressors etc.
Infrared temperature probe
This laser sighted non-contact thermometer
senses the temperature of an object with
an infrared detector, enabling maintenance
personnel to take temperature readings in
locations that might otherwise be difficult
to access.
281
Reliability and services
Machine condition transmitter, online
monitoring units
SKF machine condition transmitters provide
vital information about bearing performance
and overall machine condition. This informa-
tion can be used to make sure that essential
production equipment is kept running. This
cost effective system offers two adjustable
warning levels (alert and alarm) via two inde-
pendent set points with LED alarm indica-
tors and output relay contacts.
Online monitoring units provide around-
the-clock automated data collection and a
powerful array of analysis tools to optimize
condition monitoring efforts. If a machine
starts to develop a problem, the system helps
to detect, analyse and track the defect so that
maintenance costs are minimized. A “live”
mode feature enables detailed online ana-
lysis, while event logs provide a history of
events that may have occurred while the
system was unattended.
Vibration sensors, eddy probes
SKF’s in-depth bearing, machinery, monitor-
ing and signal processing knowledge was
included in the development of the
CMSS2100 and CMSS2200 vibration sen-
sor series. These single units can be used
instead of the wide range of accelerometers
typically needed to meet a variety of condi-
tions.
In addition to a full line of vibration sensors
SKF also offers eddy probe systems for the
measurement of relative motion in sleeve
bearing machines.
Wireless sensors
Wireless sensors developed by SKF are
ideal for online monitoring of machine con-
dition in rotating equipment. Since they are
wireless, difficult access is no problem and
data can be collected safely from a distance.
At the heart of the system is an SKF vibration
sensor that is connected to a battery-power-
ed unit transmitting the signals wirelessly to
a base station. The wireless system is avail-
able as a stand-alone package or as a com-
plement to the SKF cable based online
system.
282
Machinery protection systems
DYMAC, an SKF Group company, offers
total system integration by bringing advanced
condition monitoring and protection systems
into a plant-wide control platform. The end
result is not only improved profitability, but
also a better and safer environment. For
example, the VM600 Machinery Monitoring
System, a digital, modular, scaleable hard-
ware and software solution for Plant Usage
Optimization provides integrated machinery
protection, condition and advanced perform-
ance monitoring from a single source.
For more information, please visit
www.skf.com.
SKFmachine Operating Deflection
Shape/Modal Analysis Software
SKFmachine ODS and SKFmachine SHAPE
are easy to use, window-based software pro-
grammes to observe, analyse and document
the dynamic behaviour of machinery. They
help to easily identify and correct problems
related to structural weakness and reson-
ances in machinery.
SKF Machine AnalystTM
SKF Machine Analyst is the core component
in a suite of software applications that pro-
vide a comprehensive reliability solution for
process and manufacturing plants. It is the
follow-up software solution of the success-
ful PRISM4 suite. Written from the ground
up using Component Object Model (COM)
architecture, SKF Machine Analyst can be
easily and effectively integrated with third
party plug-ins, as well as systems such as
computerized maintenance management
systems, enterprise resource planning and
others. Several versions are available, e.g.
for online monitoring systems or to work
with the MARLIN data mangement system.
SKF Machine Analyst takes full advantage of
the Microsoft Windows® functionality and
features including multi-tasking, context-
sensitive help, right-click functionality and
the Windows ExplorerTM graphical user inter-
face.
283
Product data
Deep groove ball bearings ………………………………………………………………… 287
Angular contact ball bearings ……………………………………………………………… 405
Self-aligning ball bearings…………………………………………………………………… 463
Cylindrical roller bearings …………………………………………………………………… 497
Taper roller bearings ………………………………………………………………………… 595
Spherical roller bearings …………………………………………………………………… 691
CARB® toroidal roller bearings ……………………………………………………………… 775
Thrust ball bearings ………………………………………………………………………… 833
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings …………………………………………………………… 859
Spherical roller thrust bearings …………………………………………………………… 873
Engineering products………………………………………………………………………… 889
Mechatronics ………………………………………………………………………………… 951
Bearing accessories ………………………………………………………………………… 969
Bearing housings………………………………………………………………………………1027
Maintenance and lubrication products ……………………………………………………1065
Other SKF products …………………………………………………………………………1077
Product index …………………………………………………………………………………1119
285
Deep groove
ball bearings
Single row deep groove ball bearings ………… 289
Single row deep groove ball bearings
with filling slots ……………………………… 361
Stainless steel deep groove ball bearings …… 373
Double row deep groove ball bearings ……… 391
Single row cam rollers ……………………… 399
287
Single row deep
groove ball bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 290
Basic design bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 290
Sealed bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 290
ICOSTM oil sealed bearing units …………………………………………………………… 293
Bearings with snap ring groove …………………………………………………………… 294
Matched bearing pairs ……………………………………………………………………… 294
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 295
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 296
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 296
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 296
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 296
Misalignment ……………………………………………………………………………… 296
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 298
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 298
Axial load carrying capacity ……………………………………………………………… 299
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 299
Equivalent static bearing load …………………………………………………………… 299
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 300
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 302
Single row deep groove ball bearings …………………………………………………… 302
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings …………………………………………… 324
ICOS™ oil sealed bearing units …………………………………………………………… 348
Single row deep groove ball bearings with snap ring groove …………………………… 350
Single row deep groove ball bearings with snap ring groove and shields……………… 356
289
Single row deep groove ball bearings
Single row deep groove ball bearings are
particularly versatile. They are simple in de-
Designs
sign, non-separable, suitable for high and Basic design bearings
even very high speeds and are robust in Basic design SKF single row deep groove
operation, requiring little maintenance. Deep ball bearings (➔ fig 1 ) are open (unsealed).
raceway grooves and the close conformity For manufacturing reasons, those sizes of
between the raceway grooves and the balls open bearing that are also produced in
enable deep groove ball bearings to accom- sealed or shielded versions may have seal
modate axial loads in both directions, in recesses in the outer ring.
addition to radial loads, even at high speeds.
Single row deep groove ball bearings are Sealed bearings
the most widely used bearing type. Conse- The most popular sizes of deep groove ball
quently, they are available from SKF in many bearings are also produced in sealed versions
executions and sizes: with shields or contact seals on one or both
sides. Details regarding the suitability of the
• open basic design bearings different seals for various operating condi-
• sealed bearings tions will be found in table 1 . Sealed bear-
• ICOSTM oil sealed bearing units ings in the wide 622, 623 and 630 series are
• bearings with snap ring groove, with or particularly suitable for long maintenance-
without snap ring free service. In addition, ICOS bearing units
with integrated radial shaft seals are avail-
Other deep groove ball bearings for special able for higher sealing requirements.
applications, shown in the sections The bearings with shields or seals on both
“Engineering products” and “Mechatronics” sides are lubricated for life and are mainten-
include ance-free. They should not be washed or
heated to temperatures above 80 °C. Depend-
• hybrid bearings (➔ page 891) ing on the series and size, deep groove ball
• insulated bearings (➔ page 905) bearings are supplied charged with one of
• high temperature bearings (➔ page 917) three standard greases:
• bearings with Solid Oil (➔ page 945)
• sensorized bearings (➔ page 953) • LT10 grease for bearings in the 8 and
9 Diameter Series up to and including
The SKF product range also includes inch- 30 mm outside diameter,
size bearings and bearings with a tapered
bore. These variants are not included in this
General Catalogue. Information will be
provided on request. Fig 1
290
Table 1
Seal selection guidelines
Requirement Shields Low-friction seals Contact seals
Z RSL RZ RSH RS1
Low friction +++ ++ +++ o o
High speeds +++ +++ +++ o o
Grease retention o +++ + +++ ++
Dust exclusion o ++ + +++ +++
Water exclusion
static − o − +++ ++
dynamic − o − + +
high pressure − o − +++ o
Symbols: +++ excellent ++ very good + good o fair – not recommended
• MT47 grease for bearings in the 8 and 9 • high temperature grease GJN for
Diameter Series above 30 mm up to and bearings up to and including 62 mm
including 62 mm outside diameter and for outside diameter
bearings in the 0, 1, 2 and 3 Diameter • high temperature grease HT22 for
Series up to and including 62 mm outside bearings above 62 mm outside diameter
diameter, • low temperature grease LT20
• MT33 grease for all bearings above 62 mm • wide temperature range grease GWB
outside diameter. • wide temperature range and silent
running grease LHT23
Characteristics of the above standard
greases are listed in table 2 . The standard
grease is not identified in the bearing desig-
nation. The quantity of grease fills some 25
to 35 % of the free space in the bearing. To
special order, other grease filling grades are
available. Also on request, special grease
fills (➔ table 2 ) can be supplied
Table 2
SKF grease filling for sealed deep groove ball bearings
Technical Standard greases Special greases
specifications LT10 MT47 MT33 GJN HT22 LT20 GWB LHT23
Thickener Lithium Lithium Lithium Polyurea Lithium Lithium Polyurea Lithium
soap soap soap soap complex soap soap soap
soap
Base oil type Diester oil Mineral oil Mineral oil Mineral oil Mineral oil Diester oil Ester oil Ester oil
NLGI consistency 2 2 3 2 3 2 2–3 2
class
Operating −50 to +90 −30 to +110 −30 to +120 −30 to +150 −20 to +140 −55 to +110 −40 to +160 −50 to +140
temperature, °C
Base oil viscosity, mm2/s
at 40 °C 12 70 74 115 110 15 70 26
at 100 °C 3,3 7,3 8,5 12,2 13 3,7 9,4 5,1
291
Single row deep groove ball bearings
Bearings with shields shoulder or recess profile and are practically
non-contacting. Because of this, bearings
Bearings with shields, designation suffix Z fitted with low-friction seals can be operated
or 2Z, are produced in one of two designs, at the same high speeds as bearings with Z
depending on the bearing series and size shields, but with improved seal performance.
(➔ fig 2 ). The shields are made of sheet The low-friction seals are made of oil and
steel and normally have a cylindrical exten- wear-resistant acrylonitrile butadiene rubber
sion in the shield bore to form a long sealing (NBR) with a sheet steel reinforcement. The
gap with the inner ring shoulder (a). Some permissible operating temperature range
shields do not have the extension (b). for these seals is −40 to +100 °C and up to
Shielded bearings are primarily intended +120 °C for brief periods.
for applications where the inner ring rotates.
If the outer ring rotates, there is a risk that Bearings with contact seals
the grease will leak from the bearing at high
speeds. Bearings with contact seals, designation
suffixes RSH, 2RSH or RS1, 2RS1, are manu-
Bearings with low-friction seals factured in four designs depending on bear-
ing series and size (➔ fig 4 ):
SKF deep groove ball bearings with low-
friction seals, designation suffixes RSL, • bearings in the 60, 62, and 63 series up to
2RSL or RZ, 2RZ, are manufactured in three 25 mm outside diameter are equipped
designs depending on bearing series and with RSH seals to design (a),
size (➔ fig 3 ): • bearings in the 60, 62 and 63 series from
25 mm and up to and including 52 mm
• bearings in the 60, 62 and 63 series up to outside diameter are equipped with RSH
25 mm outside diameter are equipped with seals to design (b),
RSL seals to design (a), • other bearings have RS1 seals, which seal
• bearings in the 60, 62 and 63 series from against the cylindrical surface of the inner
25 mm and up to and including 52 mm ring shoulder (c) indicated by dimension
outside diameter are equipped with RSL d1 in the product table or against a recess
seals to design (b), in the inner ring side face (d) indicated by
• other bearings have RZ seals (c). dimension d2 in the product table.
The seals form an extremely narrow gap The seals are inserted in recesses in the
with the cylindrical surface of the inner ring outer ring and provide good sealing at this
Fig 2 Fig 3
a b a b c
292
Fig 4
a b c d
position without deforming the outer ring. The speed limits quoted in the product
Standard seals are made of acrylonitrile table are based on the permissible circum-
butadiene rubber (NBR) with a sheet steel ferential speed for the CR seal, which in this
reinforcement. The permissible operating case is 14 m/s.
temperature range for these seals is −40 to
+100 °C and up to +120 °C for brief periods.
When sealed bearings are operated under
certain extreme conditions, e.g. very high
speeds or high temperatures, grease leak-
age may occur at the inner ring. For bearing
arrangements where this would be detrimen-
tal, special design steps must be undertaken,
please consult the SKF application engin-
eering service.
ICOSTM oil sealed bearing units
ICOS oil sealed bearing units have been
developed by SKF. The new concept aims
at applications where sealing requirements Fig 5
exceed the capabilities of standard sealed
bearings. An ICOS unit consists of a 62
series deep groove ball bearing and an
integral CR radial shaft seal (➔ fig 5 ). These
units need less space than common two-
component arrangements; they simplify
mounting, and avoid expensive machining
of the shaft because the inner ring shoulder
serves as a perfect seal counterface.
The CR radial shaft seal is made of acrylo-
nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) and has a
spring loaded Waveseal lip. The permissible
operating temperature range for the seal is
−40 to +100 °C and up to +120 °C for brief
periods.
293
Single row deep groove ball bearings
Bearings with snap ring groove ly distributed between the bearings without
Deep groove ball bearings with a snap ring having to use shims or similar devices.
groove can simplify arrangement design as Further information on matched bearing
the bearings can be axially located in the pairs can be found in the “SKF Interactive
housing by a snap (or retaining) ring (➔ fig 6 ). Engineering Catalogue” on CD-ROM or
This saves space. Appropriate snap rings are online at www.skf.com.
shown in the product table with designation
and dimensions and may be supplied sep-
arately or already mounted on the bearing.
SKF deep groove ball bearings with a
snap ring groove (➔ fig 7 ) are supplied as:
• open (unsealed) bearings, designation
suffix N (a);
• open bearings with a snap ring, designa-
tion suffix NR (b);
• bearings with a Z shield at the opposite
side and a snap ring, designation suffix
ZNR (c); Fig 6
• bearings with Z shields on both sides and
a snap ring, designation suffix 2ZNR (d).
Matched bearing pairs
For bearing arrangements where the load
carrying capacity of a single bearing is inad-
equate, or where the shaft has to be axially
located in both directions with a given amount
of axial clearance, SKF can supply matched
pairs of single row deep groove ball bearings
to order. Depending on the requirements the
matched pairs can be supplied in tandem,
back-to-back, or face-to-face arrangements
(➔ fig 8 ). The bearings are matched in pro-
duction so that, when mounted immediately
adjacent to each other, the load will be even-
Fig 7
a b c d
294
SKF Explorer class
bearings
High performance SKF Explorer deep groove
ball bearings are shown with an asterisk in
the product tables. The higher performance
of SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearings
also includes quieter running. SKF Explorer
bearings retain the designation of the earlier
standard bearings. However, each bearing
and its box are marked with the name
“EXPLORER”.
Fig 8
295
Single row deep groove ball bearings
Bearing data – general reduced or displaced internal clearance
ranges. These special clearances may use
Dimensions reduced ranges of standard clearance
The boundary dimensions of SKF single row classes or partitions of adjacent classes
deep groove ball bearings are in accordance (➔ designation suffix CN on page 300).
with ISO 15:1998. Dimensions of the snap Bearings with internal clearance not to
ring grooves and snap rings comply with standard are supplied on request.
ISO 464:1995. The values for radial internal clearance are
given in table 3 . They are in accordance with
Tolerances ISO 5753:1991 and are valid for unmounted
SKF single row deep groove ball bearings bearings under zero measuring load.
are manufactured as standard to Normal
tolerances. Misalignment
SKF Explorer single row deep groove ball Single row deep groove ball bearings have
bearings are produced to higher precision only limited ability to accommodate misalign-
than the ISO Normal tolerances. The dimen- ment. The permissible angular misalignment
sional accuracy corresponds to P6 toler- between the inner and outer rings, which
ances, except the width tolerance, which is will not produce inadmissibly high additional
considerably tighter and reduced to stresses in the bearing, depends on
• 0/−60 µm for bearings with outside dia- • the radial internal clearance of the bearing
meter up to 110 mm and in operation,
• 0/−100 µm for larger bearings. • the bearing size,
• the internal design and
The running accuracy depends on the bear- • the forces and moments acting on the
ing size and corresponds to bearing.
• P5 tolerances for bearings up to 52 mm Because of the complex relationship between
outside diameter, these factors, no generally applicable spe-
• P6 tolerances for bearings above 52 mm cific values can be given. However, depend-
up to 110 mm outside diameter and ing on the various influences of the factors,
• Normal tolerances for larger bearings. the permissible angular misalignment lies
between 2 and 10 minutes of arc. Any mis-
For bearing arrangements where accuracy alignment will result in increased bearing
is a key operational factor some SKF single noise and reduced bearing service life.
row deep groove ball bearings are also avail-
able with accuracy completely to P6 or P5
tolerance class specifications. The availabil-
ity of these bearings should always be
checked before ordering.
The tolerances are in accordance with
ISO 492:2002 and can be found in tables 3
to 5 , starting on page 125.
Internal clearance
SKF single row deep groove ball bearings
are manufactured with Normal radial internal
clearance as standard. Most of the bearings
are also available with C3 radial internal
clearance. Some of the bearings can even
be supplied with the appreciably greater C4
or the smaller C2 clearances. In addition,
deep groove ball bearings are available with
296
Table 3
Radial internal clearance of deep groove ball bearings
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4 C5
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm
6 0 7 2 13 8 23 – – – –
6 10 0 7 2 13 8 23 14 29 20 37
10 18 0 9 3 18 11 25 18 33 25 45
18 24 0 10 5 20 13 28 20 36 28 48
24 30 1 11 5 20 13 28 23 41 30 53
30 40 1 11 6 20 15 33 28 46 40 64
40 50 1 11 6 23 18 36 30 51 45 73
50 65 1 15 8 28 23 43 38 61 55 90
65 80 1 15 10 30 25 51 46 71 65 105
80 100 1 18 12 36 30 58 53 84 75 120
100 120 2 20 15 41 36 66 61 97 90 140
120 140 2 23 18 48 41 81 71 114 105 160
140 160 2 23 18 53 46 91 81 130 120 180
160 180 2 25 20 61 53 102 91 147 135 200
180 200 2 30 25 71 63 117 107 163 150 230
200 225 4 32 28 82 73 132 120 187 175 255
225 250 4 36 31 92 87 152 140 217 205 290
250 280 4 39 36 97 97 162 152 237 255 320
280 315 8 45 42 110 110 180 175 260 260 360
315 355 8 50 50 120 120 200 200 290 290 405
355 400 8 60 60 140 140 230 230 330 330 460
400 450 10 70 70 160 160 260 260 370 370 520
450 500 10 80 80 180 180 290 290 410 410 570
500 560 20 90 90 200 200 320 320 460 460 630
560 630 20 100 100 220 220 350 350 510 510 700
630 710 30 120 120 250 250 390 390 560 560 780
710 800 30 130 130 280 280 440 440 620 620 860
800 900 30 150 150 310 310 490 490 690 690 960
900 1 000 40 160 160 340 340 540 540 760 760 1 040
1 000 1 120 40 170 170 370 370 590 590 840 840 1 120
1 120 1 250 40 180 180 400 400 640 640 910 910 1 220
1 250 1 400 60 210 210 440 440 700 700 1 000 1 000 1 340
1 400 1 600 60 230 230 480 480 770 770 1 100 1 100 1 470
Please refer to page 137 for definition of radial internal clearance
297
Single row deep groove ball bearings
Cages For detailed information regarding the
Depending on the bearing series and size, temperature resistance and the applicability
SKF single row deep groove ball bearings of cages, please refer to the section “Cage
are supplied with one of the following cages materials”, starting on page 140.
(➔ fig 9 ):
Minimum load
• ribbon-type cage of steel or brass sheet (a) In order to provide satisfactory operation,
• riveted cage of steel or brass sheet (b) deep groove ball bearings, like all ball and
• machined brass cage (c) roller bearings, must always be subjected to
• snap-type cage of polyamide 6,6 (d) a given minimum load, particularly if they are
to operate at high speeds or are subjected
Bearings having a pressed steel cage in to high accelerations or rapid changes in the
standard execution may also be available direction of load. Under such conditions the
with a machined brass or polyamide cage. inertia forces of the balls and cage, and the
For higher operating temperatures, poly- friction in the lubricant, can have a detrimental
amide 4,6 or PEEK cages may be advanta- effect on the rolling conditions in the bearing
geous. Before ordering, please check for arrangement and may cause damaging slid-
availability. ing movements to occur between the balls
and raceways.
Note: The requisite minimum radial load to be
Deep groove ball bearings with polyamide applied to deep groove ball bearings can be
6,6 cages can be operated at temperatures estimated using
up to +120 °C. The lubricants generally used
ν n 2/3 2
for rolling bearings do not have a detrimental
effect on cage properties, with the exception
of a few synthetic oils and greases with a
Frm = kr
( )( )
1 000
dm
100
synthetic oil base and lubricants containing where
a high proportion of EP additives when used Frm = minimum radial load, kN
at high temperatures. kr = minimum load factor
For bearing arrangements, which are to be (➔ product tables)
operated at continuously high temperatures ν = oil viscosity at operating
or under arduous conditions, SKF recom- temperature, mm2/s
mends using bearings with a pressed steel n = rotational speed, r/min
or a machined brass cage. dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
Fig 9
a b c d
298
When starting up at low temperatures or Equivalent dynamic bearing load
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even For dynamically loaded single row deep
greater minimum loads may be required. groove ball bearings
The weight of the components supported by
the bearing, together with external forces, P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ e
generally exceeds the requisite minimum P = XFr + YFa when Fa/Fr > e
load. If this is not the case, the deep groove
ball bearing must be subjected to an addi- The factors e, X and Y depend on the rela-
tional radial load. For applications where tionship f0 Fa/C0, where f0 is a calculation
deep groove ball bearings are used, an axial factor (➔ product tables), Fa the axial com-
preload can be applied by adjusting the inner ponent of the load and C0 the basic static
and outer rings against each other, or by load rating.
using springs. In addition, the factors are influenced by
the magnitude of the radial internal clearance;
Axial load carrying capacity increased clearance allows heavier axial loads
If deep groove ball bearings are subjected to be supported. For bearings mounted with
to purely axial load, this axial load should the usual fits (shaft tolerance j5 to n6 depend-
generally not exceed the value of 0,5 C0. ing on the shaft diameter, and housing bore
Small bearings (bore diameter up to approx. tolerance J7), the values for e, X and Y are
12 mm) and light series bearings (Diameter listed in table 4 . If a clearance greater than
Series 8, 9, 0, and 1) should not be subject- Normal is chosen because a reduction in
ed to an axial load greater than 0,25 C0. clearance is expected in operation, the values
Excessive axial loads can lead to a consid- given under “Normal clearance” should be
erable reduction in bearing service life. used.
Equivalent static bearing load
For statically loaded single row deep groove
ball bearings
P0 = 0,6 Fr + 0,5 Fa
If P0 < Fr, P0 = Fr should be used.
Table 4
Calculation factors for single row deep groove ball bearings
Normal clearance C3 clearance C4 clearance
f0 Fa/C0 e X Y e X Y e X Y
0,172 0,19 0,56 2,30 0,29 0,46 1,88 0,38 0,44 1,47
0,345 0,22 0,56 1,99 0,32 0,46 1,71 0,40 0,44 1,40
0,689 0,26 0,56 1,71 0,36 0,46 1,52 0,43 0,44 1,30
1,03 0,28 0,56 1,55 0,38 0,46 1,41 0,46 0,44 1,23
1,38 0,30 0,56 1,45 0,40 0,46 1,34 0,47 0,44 1,19
2,07 0,34 0,56 1,31 0,44 0,46 1,23 0,50 0,44 1,12
3,45 0,38 0,56 1,15 0,49 0,46 1,10 0,55 0,44 1,02
5,17 0,42 0,56 1,04 0,54 0,46 1,01 0,56 0,44 1,00
6,89 0,44 0,56 1,00 0,54 0,46 1,00 0,56 0,44 1,00
Intermediate values are obtained by linear interpolation
299
Single row deep groove ball bearings
Supplementary designations LHT23 Lithium base grease of consistency
The designation suffixes used to identity 2 to the NLGI Scale for a temperature
certain features of SKF deep groove ball range −50 to +140 °C (normal fill
bearings are explained in the following. grade)
LT Lithium base grease of consistency
CN Normal radial clearance; generally 2 to the NLGI Scale for a temperature
only used in combination with one of range −55 to +110 °C (normal fill
the following letters that indicate re- grade)
duced or displaced clearance range LT10 Lithium base grease of consistency
H reduced clearance range corres- 2 to the NLGI Scale for a temperature
ponding to the upper half of the range −50 to +90 °C (normal fill grade)
actual clearance range M Machined brass cage, ball centred.
L reduced clearance range corres- Different designs and material
ponding to the lower half of the grades are identified by a figure
actual clearance range following the M, e.g. M2
P displaced clearance range com- MA Machined brass cage, outer ring
prising the upper half of the actual centred
clearance range plus the lower MB Machined brass cage, inner ring
half of the next larger clearance centred
range MT33 Lithium base grease of consistency
The above letters are also used 3 to the NLGI Scale for a temperature
together with the following clearance range −30 to +120 °C (normal fill
classes: C2, C3, and C4 grade)
C2 Radial internal clearance less than MT47 Lithium base grease of consistency
Normal 2 to the NLGI Scale for a temperature
C3 Radial internal clearance greater range −30 to +110 °C (normal fill
than Normal grade)
C4 Radial internal clearance greater N Snap ring groove in the outer ring
than C3 NR Snap ring groove in the outer ring,
C5 Radial internal clearance greater with snap ring
than C4 N1 One notch in the outer ring side face
DB Two single row deep groove ball (enabling stop to be used to prevent
bearings matched for paired mount- rotation of ring)
ing in a back-to-back arrangement P5 Dimensional and running accuracy
DF Two single row deep groove ball to ISO tolerance class 5
bearings matched for paired mount- P6 Dimensional and running accuracy
ing in a face-to-face arrangement to ISO tolerance class 6
DT Two single row deep groove ball P52 P5 + C2
bearings matched for paired mount- P62 P6 + C2
ing in a tandem arrangement P63 P6 + C3
E Reinforced ball set RS1 Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR)
GJN Polyurea base grease of consistency seal with sheet steel reinforcement
2 to the NLGI Scale for a temperature on one side of the bearing
range −30 to +150 °C (normal fill RSH Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR)
grade) seal with sheet steel reinforcement
HT Lithium base grease of consistency on one side of the bearing
3 to the NLGI Scale for a temperature RSL Low friction, acrylonitrile butadiene
range −20 to +140 °C (normal fill rubber (NBR) seal with sheet steel
grade) reinforcement on one side of the
J Pressed steel cage bearing
300
RZ Low friction, acrylonitrile butadiene
rubber (NBR) seal with sheet steel
reinforcement on one side of the
bearing
TH Cage of fabric reinforced phenolic
resin (snap-type)
TN Injection moulded polyamide cage
TN9 Injection moulded glass fibre re-
inforced polyamide 6,6 cage
VL0241 Aluminium oxide coated outside
surface of the outer ring for elec-
trical resistance up to 1 000 V DC
VL2071 Aluminium oxide coated outside
surface of the inner ring for elec-
trical resistance up to 1 000 V DC
WT Polyurea base grease of consis-
tency 2–3 to the NLGI Scale for a
temperature range −40 to +160 °C
(normal fill grade)
Y Pressed brass cage
Z Pressed steel shield on one side of
the bearing
2RS1 Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber
(NBR) seal with sheet steel re-
inforcement on both sides of
the bearing
2RSH Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber
(NBR) seal with sheet steel re-
inforcement on both sides of
the bearing
2RSL Low friction, acrylonitrile butadiene
rubber (NBR) seal with sheet steel
reinforcement on both sides of the
bearing
2RZ Low friction, acrylonitrile butadiene
rubber (NBR) seal with sheet steel
reinforcement on both sides of the
bearing
2Z Z shield on both sides of the
bearing
301
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 3 – 10 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
3 10 4 0,54 0,18 0,007 130 000 80 000 0,0015 623
4 9 2,5 0,54 0,18 0,007 140 000 85 000 0,0007 618/4
11 4 0,715 0,232 0,010 130 000 80 000 0,0017 619/4
12 4 0,806 0,28 0,012 120 000 75 000 0,0021 604
13 5 0,936 0,29 0,012 110 000 67 000 0,0031 624
16 5 1,11 0,38 0,016 95 000 60 000 0,0054 634
5 11 3 0,637 0,255 0,011 120 000 75 000 0,0012 618/5
13 4 0,884 0,34 0,014 110 000 67 000 0,0025 619/5
16 5 1,14 0,38 0,016 95 000 60 000 0,0050 625
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 80 000 50 000 0,0090 * 635
*
6 13 3,5 0,884 0,345 0,015 110 000 67 000 0,0020 618/6
15 5 1,24 0,475 0,02 100 000 63 000 0,0039 619/6
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 80 000 50 000 0,0084 626
*
7 14 3,5 0,956 0,4 0,017 100 000 63 000 0,0022 618/7
17 5 1,48 0,56 0,024 90 000 56 000 0,0049 619/7
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 85 000 53 000 0,0075 607
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 70 000 45 000 0,013 * 627
*
8 16 4 1,33 0,57 0,024 90 000 56 000 0,0030 618/8
19 6 1,9 0,735 0,031 80 000 50 000 0,0071 619/8
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 75 000 48 000 0,012 608
24 8 3,9 1,66 0,071 63 000 40 000 0,017 * 628
*
9 17 4 1,43 0,64 0,027 85 000 53 000 0,0034 618/9
20 6 2,08 0,865 0,036 80 000 48 000 0,0076 619/9
24 7 3,9 1,66 0,071 70 000 43 000 0,014 609
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 60 000 38 000 0,020 * 629
*
10 19 5 1,38 0,585 0,025 80 000 48 000 0,0055 61800
22 6 2,08 0,85 0,036 75 000 45 000 0,010 61900
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 67 000 40 000 0,019 6000
28 8 4,62 1,96 0,083 63 000 40 000 0,022 * 16100
30 9 5,4 2,36 0,1 56 000 34 000 0,032 6200
35 11 8,52 3,4 0,143 50 000 32 000 0,053 * 6300
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
302
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
3 5,2 7,5 8,2 0,15 4,2 8,8 0,1 0,025 7,5
4 5,2 7,5 – 0,1 4,6 8,4 0,1 0,015 10
5,9 9 9,8 0,15 4,8 10,2 0,1 0,02 9,9
6,1 9 – 0,2 5,4 10,6 0,2 0,025 10
6,7 10,3 11,2 0,2 5,8 11,2 0,2 0,025 10
8,4 12 13,3 0,3 6,4 13,6 0,3 0,025 8,4
5 6,8 9,3 – 0,15 5,8 10,2 0,1 0,015 11
7,6 10,8 11,4 0,2 6,4 11,6 0,2 0,02 11
8,4 12 13,3 0,3 7,4 13,6 0,3 0,025 8,4
10,7 15,3 16,5 0,3 7,4 16,6 0,3 0,03 13
6 7,9 11,2 – 0,15 6,8 12,2 0,1 0,015 11
8,6 12,4 13,3 0,2 7,4 13,6 0,2 0,02 10
11,1 15,2 16,5 0,3 8,4 16,6 0,3 0,025 13
7 8,9 12,2 – 0,15 7,8 13,2 0,1 0,015 11
9,8 14,2 15,2 0,3 9 15 0,3 0,02 10
11,1 15,2 16,5 0,3 9 17 0,3 0,025 13
12,2 17,6 19,2 0,3 9,4 19,6 0,3 0,025 12
8 10,1 14 – 0,2 9,4 14,6 0,2 0,015 11
11,1 16,1 19 0,3 10 17 0,3 0,02 10
12,1 17,6 19,2 0,3 10 20 0,3 0,025 12
14,5 19,8 20,6 0,3 10,4 21,6 0,3 0,025 13
9 11,1 15 – 0,2 10,4 15,6 0,2 0,015 11
12 17 17,9 0,3 11 18 0,3 0,02 11
14,4 19,8 21,2 0,3 11 22 0,3 0,025 13
14,8 21,2 22,6 0,3 11,4 23,6 0,3 0,025 12
10 12,6 16,4 – 0,3 12 17 0,3 0,015 9,4
13 18,1 19 0,3 12 20 0,3 0,02 9,3
14,8 21,2 22,6 0,3 12 24 0,3 0,025 12
16,7 23,4 24,8 0,6 14,2 23,8 0,3 0,025 13
17 23,2 24,8 0,6 14,2 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
17,5 26,9 28,7 0,6 14,2 30,8 0,6 0,03 11
303
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 12 – 22 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
12 21 5 1,43 0,67 0,028 70 000 43 000 0,0063 61801
24 6 2,25 0,98 0,043 67 000 40 000 0,011 61901
28 8 5,4 2,36 0,10 60 000 38 000 0,022 6001
30 8 5,07 2,36 0,10 56 000 34 000 0,023 * 16101
32 10 7,28 3,1 0,132 50 000 32 000 0,037 6201
37 12 10,1 4,15 0,176 45 000 28 000 0,060 * 6301
*
15 24 5 1,56 0,8 0,034 60 000 38 000 0,0074 61802
28 7 4,36 2,24 0,095 56 000 34 000 0,016 61902
32 8 5,85 2,85 0,12 50 000 32 000 0,025 16002
32 9 5,85 2,85 0,12 50 000 32 000 0,030 * 6002
35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 43 000 28 000 0,045 * 6202
42 13 11,9 5,4 0,228 38 000 24 000 0,082 * 6302
*
17 26 5 1,68 0,93 0,039 56 000 34 000 0,0082 61803
30 7 4,62 2,55 0,108 50 000 32 000 0,018 61903
35 8 6,37 3,25 0,137 45 000 28 000 0,032 16003
35 10 6,37 3,25 0,137 45 000 28 000 0,039 * 6003
*
40 9 9,56 4,75 0,2 38 000 24 000 0,048 98203
40 12 9,95 4,75 0,2 38 000 24 000 0,065
40 12 11,4 5,4 0,228 38 000 24 000 0,064 * 6203
6203 ETN9
47 14 14,3 6,55 0,275 34 000 22 000 0,12
62 17 22,9 10,8 0,455 28 000 18 000 0,27 * 6303
6403
20 32 7 4,03 2,32 0,104 45 000 28 000 0,018 61804
37 9 6,37 3,65 0,156 43 000 26 000 0,038 61904
42 8 7,28 4,05 0,173 38 000 24 000 0,050 16004
42 9 7,93 4,5 0,19 38 000 24 000 0,051 * 98204 Y
42 12 9,95 5 0,212 38 000 24 000 0,069 6004
*
47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 32 000 20 000 0,11
47 14 15,6 7,65 0,325 32 000 20 000 0,096 * 6204
6204 ETN9
52 15 16,8 7,8 0,335 30 000 19 000 0,14
52 15 18,2 9 0,38 30 000 19 000 0,14 * 6304
6304 ETN9
72 19 30,7 15 0,64 24 000 15 000 0,40 6404
22 50 14 14 7,65 0,325 30 000 19 000 0,12 62/22
56 16 18,6 9,3 0,39 28 000 18 000 0,18 63/22
* SKF Explorer bearing
304
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
12 15 18,2 – 0,3 14 19 0,3 0,015 9,7
15,5 20,6 21,4 0,3 14 22 0,3 0,02 9,7
17 23,2 24,8 0,3 14 26 0,3 0,025 13
16,7 23,4 24,8 0,3 14,4 27,6 0,3 0,025 13
18,5 25,7 27,4 0,6 16,2 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
19,5 29,5 31,5 1 17,6 31,4 1 0,03 11
15 17,9 21,1 – 0,3 17 22 0,3 0,015 10
18,4 24,7 25,8 0,3 17 26 0,3 0,02 14
20,2 27 28,2 0,3 17 30 0,3 0,02 14
20,5 26,7 28,2 0,3 17 30 0,3 0,025 14
21,7 29 30,4 0,6 19,2 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
23,7 33,7 36,3 1 20,6 36,4 1 0,03 12
17 20,2 23,2 – 0,3 19 24 0,3 0,015 10
20,4 26,7 27,8 0,3 19 28 0,3 0,02 15
22,7 29,5 31,2 0,3 19 33 0,3 0,02 14
23 29,2 31,4 0,3 19 33 0,3 0,025 14
24,5 32,7 – 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
24,5 32,7 35 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
23,9 33,5 – 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,03 12
26,5 37,4 39,7 1 22,6 41,4 1 0,03 12
32,4 46,6 – 1,1 23,5 55,5 1 0,035 11
20 24 28,3 – 0,3 22 30 0,3 0,015 15
25,6 31,4 32,8 0,3 22 35 0,3 0,02 15
27,3 34,6 – 0,3 22 40 0,3 0,02 15
27,4 36 36,2 0,6 23,2 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
27,2 34,8 37,2 0,6 23,2 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
28,8 38,5 40,6 1 25,6 41,4 1 0,025 13
28,2 39,6 – 1 25,6 41,4 1 0,025 12
30,4 41,6 44,8 1,1 27 45 1 0,03 12
30,2 42,6 – 1,1 27 45 1 0,03 12
37,1 54,8 – 1,1 29 63 1 0,035 11
22 32,2 42,1 44 1 27,6 44,4 1 0,025 14
32,2 46,2 – 1,1 29 47 1 0,03 12
305
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 25 – 35 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
25 37 7 4,36 2,6 0,125 38 000 24 000 0,022 61805
42 9 7,02 4,3 0,193 36 000 22 000 0,045 61905
47 8 8,06 4,75 0,212 32 000 20 000 0,060 16005
47 12 11,9 6,55 0,275 32 000 20 000 0,080 * 6005
*
52 9 10,6 6,55 0,28 28 000 18 000 0,078 98205
52 15 14,8 7,8 0,335 28 000 18 000 0,13
52 15 17,8 9,8 0,40 28 000 18 000 0,12 * 6205
6205 ETN9
62 17 23,4 11,6 0,49 24 000 16 000 0,23
62 17 26 13,4 0,57 24 000 16 000 0,21 * 6305
6305 ETN9
80 21 35,8 19,3 0,82 20 000 13 000 0,53 6405
28 58 16 16,8 9,5 0,405 26 000 16 000 0,18 62/28
68 18 25,1 13,7 0,585 22 000 14 000 0,29 63/28
30 42 7 4,49 2,9 0,146 32 000 20 000 0,027 61806
47 9 7,28 4,55 0,212 30 000 19 000 0,051 61906
55 9 11,9 7,35 0,31 28 000 17 000 0,085 16006
55 13 13,8 8,3 0,355 28 000 17 000 0,12 * 6006
*
62 10 15,9 10,2 0,44 22 000 14 000 0,12 98206
62 16 20,3 11,2 0,48 24 000 15 000 0,20
62 16 23,4 12,9 0,54 24 000 15 000 0,19 * 6206
6206 ETN9
72 19 29,6 16 0,67 20 000 13 000 0,35
72 19 32,5 17,3 0,74 22 000 14 000 0,33 * 6306
6306 ETN9
90 23 43,6 23,6 1,00 18 000 11 000 0,74 6406
35 47 7 4,75 3,2 0,17 28 000 18 000 0,030 61807
55 10 9,56 6,8 0,29 26 000 16 000 0,080 61907
62 9 13 8,15 0,38 24 000 15 000 0,11 16007
62 14 16,8 10,2 0,44 24 000 15 000 0,16 * 6007
*
72 17 27 15,3 0,66 20 000 13 000 0,29
72 17 31,2 17,6 0,75 20 000 13 000 0,27 * 6207
6207 ETN9
80 21 35,1 19 0,82 19 000 12 000 0,46
100 25 55,3 31 1,29 16 000 10 000 0,95 * 6307
6407
* SKF Explorer bearing
306
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
25 28,5 33,3 – 0,3 27 35 0,3 0,015 14
30,2 36,8 37,8 0,3 27 40 0,3 0,02 15
33,3 40,7 – 0,3 27 45 0,3 0,02 15
32 40 42,2 0,6 28,2 43,8 0,6 0,025 14
34,5 44 – 0,6 28,2 48,8 0,6 0,025 15
34,4 44 46,3 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,025 14
33,1 44,5 – 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,025 13
36,6 50,4 52,7 1,1 32 55 1 0,03 12
36,4 51,7 – 1,1 32 55 1 0,03 12
45,4 62,9 – 1,5 34 71 1,5 0,035 12
28 37 49,2 – 1 33,6 52,4 1 0,025 14
41,7 56 – 1,1 35 61 1 0,03 13
30 33,7 38,5 – 0,3 32 40 0,3 0,015 14
35,2 41,8 42,8 0,3 32 45 0,3 0,02 14
37,7 47,3 – 0,3 32 53 0,3 0,02 15
38,2 46,8 49 1 34,6 50,4 1 0,025 15
42,9 54,4 – 0,6 33,2 58,8 0,6 0,025 14
40,4 51,6 54,1 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,025 14
39,5 52,9 – 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,025 13
44,6 59,1 61,9 1,1 37 65 1 0,03 13
42,5 59,7 – 1,1 37 65 1 0,03 12
50,3 69,7 – 1,5 41 79 1,5 0,035 12
35 38,7 43,5 – 0,3 37 45 0,3 0,015 14
41,6 48,4 – 0,6 38,2 51,8 0,6 0,02 14
44,1 53 – 0,3 37 60 0,3 0,02 14
43,8 53,3 55,6 1 39,6 57,4 1 0,025 15
46,9 60 62,7 1,1 42 65 1 0,025 14
46,1 61,7 – 1,1 42 65 1 0,025 13
49,6 65,4 69,2 1,5 44 71 1,5 0,03 13
57,4 79,5 – 1,5 46 89 1,5 0,035 12
307
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 40 – 60 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
40 52 7 4,94 3,45 0,19 26 000 16 000 0,034 61808
62 12 13,8 10 0,43 24 000 14 000 0,12 61908
68 9 13,8 9,15 0,44 22 000 14 000 0,13 16008
68 15 17,8 11,6 0,49 22 000 14 000 0,19 * 6008
80 18 32,5 19 0,80 18 000 11 000 0,37 * 6208
80 18 35,8 20,8 0,88 18 000 11 000 0,34 * 6208 ETN9
90 23 42,3 24 1,02 17 000 11 000 0,63 6308
110 27 63,7 36,5 1,53 14 000 9 000 1,25 * 6408
45 58 7 6,63 6,1 0,26 22 000 14 000 0,040 61809
68 12 14 10,8 0,47 20 000 13 000 0,14 61909
75 10 16,5 10,8 0,52 20 000 12 000 0,17 16009
75 16 22,1 14,6 0,64 20 000 12 000 0,25 * 6009
85 19 35,1 21,6 0,92 17 000 11 000 0,41 * 6209
100 25 55,3 31,5 1,34 15 000 9 500 0,83 * 6309
120 29 76,1 45 1,90 13 000 8 500 1,55 * 6409
50 65 7 6,76 6,8 0,285 20 000 13 000 0,052 61810
72 12 14,6 11,8 0,50 19 000 12 000 0,14 61910
80 10 16,8 11,4 0,56 18 000 11 000 0,18 16010
80 16 22,9 16 0,71 18 000 11 000 0,26 * 6010
90 20 37,1 23,2 0,98 15 000 10 000 0,46 * 6210
110 27 65 38 1,6 13 000 8 500 1,05 * 6310
130 31 87,1 52 2,2 12 000 7 500 1,9 * 6410
55 72 9 9,04 8,8 0,38 19 000 12 000 0,083 61811
80 13 16,5 14 0,60 17 000 11 000 0,19 61911
90 11 20,3 14 0,70 16 000 10 000 0,26 16011
90 18 29,6 21,2 0,90 16 000 10 000 0,39 * 6011
100 21 46,2 29 1,25 14 000 9 000 0,61 * 6211
120 29 74,1 45 1,90 12 000 8 000 1,35 * 6311
140 33 99,5 62 2,60 11 000 7 000 2,3 * 6411
60 78 10 11,9 11,4 0,49 17 000 11 000 0,11 61812
85 13 16,5 14,3 0,60 16 000 10 000 0,20 61912
95 11 20,8 15 0,74 15 000 9 500 0,28 16012
95 18 30,7 23,2 0,98 15 000 9 500 0,42 * 6012
110 22 55,3 36 1,53 13 000 8 000 0,78 * 6212
130 31 85,2 52 2,20 11 000 7 000 1,7 * 6312
150 35 108 69,5 2,90 10 000 6 300 2,75 * 6412
* SKF Explorer bearing
308
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
40 43,7 48,5 – 0,3 42 50 0,3 0,015 14
46,9 55,1 – 0,6 43,2 58,8 0,6 0,02 16
49,4 58,6 – 0,3 42 66 0,3 0,02 14
49,3 58,8 61,1 1 44,6 63,4 1 0,025 15
52,6 67,4 69,8 1,1 47 73 1 0,025 14
52 68,8 – 1,1 47 73 1 0,025 13
56,1 73,8 77,7 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,03 13
62,8 87 – 2 53 97 2 0,035 12
45 49,1 53,9 – 0,3 47 56 0,3 0,015 17
52,4 60,6 – 0,6 48,2 64,8 0,6 0,02 16
55 65,4 – 0,6 48,2 71,8 0,6 0,02 14
54,8 65,3 67,8 1 50,8 69,2 1 0,025 15
57,6 72,4 75,2 1,1 52 78 1 0,025 14
62,2 82,7 86,7 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,03 13
68,9 95,8 – 2 58 107 2 0,035 12
50 55,1 59,9 – 0,3 52 63 0,3 0,015 17
56,9 65,1 – 0,6 53,2 68,8 0,6 0,02 16
60 70 – 0,6 53,2 76,8 0,6 0,02 14
59,8 70,3 72,8 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
62,5 77,4 81,6 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
68,8 91,1 95,2 2 59 101 2 0,03 13
75,5 104 – 2,1 64 116 2 0,035 12
55 60,6 66,4 – 0,3 57 70 0,3 0,015 17
63,2 71,8 – 1 59,6 75,4 1 0,02 16
67 78,1 – 0,6 58,2 86,8 0,6 0,02 15
66,3 78,7 81,5 1,1 61 84 1 0,025 15
69,1 85,8 89,4 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,025 14
75,3 99,5 104 2 66 109 2 0,03 13
81,6 113 – 2,1 69 126 2 0,035 12
60 65,6 72,4 – 0,3 62 76 0,3 0,015 17
68,2 76,8 – 1 64,6 80,4 1 0,02 16
72 83 – 0,6 63,2 91,8 0,6 0,02 14
71,3 83,7 86,5 1,1 66 89 1 0,025 16
75,5 94,6 98 1,5 69 101 1,5 0,025 14
81,9 108 112 2,1 72 118 2 0,03 13
88,1 122 – 2,1 74 136 2 0,035 12
309
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 65 – 85 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
65 85 10 12,4 12,7 0,54 16 000 10 000 0,13 61813
90 13 17,4 16 0,68 15 000 9 500 0,22 61913
100 11 22,5 16,6 0,83 14 000 9 000 0,30 16013
100 18 31,9 25 1,06 14 000 9 000 0,44 * 6013
120 23 58,5 40,5 1,73 12 000 7 500 0,99 * 6213
140 33 97,5 60 2,5 10 000 6 700 2,10 * 6313
160 37 119 78 3,15 9 500 6 000 3,30 * 6413
70 90 10 12,4 13,2 0,56 15 000 9 000 0,14 61814
100 16 23,8 21,2 0,9 14 000 8 500 0,35 61914
110 13 29,1 25 1,06 13 000 8 000 0,43 16014
110 20 39,7 31 1,32 13 000 8 000 0,60 * 6014
125 24 63,7 45 1,9 11 000 7 000 1,05 * 6214
150 35 111 68 2,75 9 500 6 300 2,50 * 6314
180 42 143 104 3,9 8 500 5 300 4,85 * 6414
75 95 10 12,7 14,3 0,61 14 000 8 500 0,15 61815
105 16 24,2 19,3 0,965 13 000 8 000 0,37 61915
110 12 28,6 27 1,14 13 000 8 000 0,38 16115
115 13 30,2 27 1,14 12 000 7 500 0,46 16015
115 20 41,6 33,5 1,43 12 000 7 500 0,64 * 6015
130 25 68,9 49 2,04 10 000 6 700 1,20 * 6215
160 37 119 76,5 3 9 000 5 600 3,00 * 6315
190 45 153 114 4,15 8 000 5 000 6,80 * 6415
80 100 10 13 15 0,64 13 000 8 000 0,15 61816
110 16 25,1 20,4 1,02 12 000 7 500 0,40 61916
125 14 35,1 31,5 1,32 11 000 7 000 0,60 16016
125 22 49,4 40 1,66 11 000 7 000 0,85 * 6016
140 26 72,8 55 2,2 9 500 6 000 1,40 * 6216
170 39 130 86,5 3,25 8 500 5 300 3,60 * 6316
200 48 163 125 4,5 7 500 4 800 8,00 * 6416
85 110 13 19,5 20,8 0,88 12 000 7 500 0,27 61817
120 18 31,9 30 1,25 11 000 7 000 0,55 61917
130 14 35,8 33,5 1,37 11 000 6 700 0,63 16017
130 22 52 43 1,76 11 000 6 700 0,89 * 6017
150 28 87,1 64 2,5 9 000 5 600 1,80 * 6217
180 41 140 96,5 3,55 8 000 5 000 4,25 * 6317
210 52 174 137 4,75 7 000 4 500 9,50 * 6417
* SKF Explorer bearing
310
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
65 71,6 78,4 – 0,6 68,2 81,8 0,6 0,015 17
73,2 81,8 – 1 69,6 85,4 1 0,02 17
76,5 88,4 – 0,6 68,2 96,8 0,6 0,02 16
76,3 88,7 91,5 1,1 71 94 1 0,025 16
83,3 102 106 1,5 74 111 1,5 0,025 15
88,4 116 121 2,1 77 128 2 0,03 13
94 131 – 2,1 79 146 2 0,035 12
70 76,6 83,4 – 0,6 73,2 86,8 0,6 0,015 17
79,7 90,3 – 1 74,6 95,4 1 0,02 16
83,3 96,8 – 0,6 73,2 106 0,6 0,02 16
82,9 97,2 99,9 1,1 76 104 1 0,025 16
87,1 108 111 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,025 15
95 125 130 2,1 82 138 2 0,03 13
104 146 – 3 86 164 2,5 0,035 12
75 81,6 88,4 – 0,6 78,2 91,8 0,6 0,015 17
84,7 95,3 – 1 79,6 100 1 0,02 14
88,3 102 – 0,6 77 108 0,3 0,02 16
88,3 102 – 0,6 78,2 111 0,6 0,02 16
87,9 102 105 1,1 81 109 1 0,025 16
92,1 113 117 1,5 84 121 1,5 0,025 15
101 133 138 2,1 87 148 2 0,03 13
110 154 – 3 91 174 2,5 0,035 12
80 86,6 93,4 – 0,6 83,2 96,8 0,6 0,015 17
89,8 100 102 1 84,6 105 1 0,02 14
95,3 110 – 0,6 83,2 121 0,6 0,02 16
94,4 111 114 1,1 86 119 1 0,025 16
101 122 127 2 91 129 2 0,025 15
108 142 147 2,1 92 158 2 0,03 13
117 163 – 3 96 184 2,5 0,035 12
85 93,2 102 – 1 89,6 105 1 0,015 17
96,4 109 – 1,1 91 114 1 0,02 16
100 115 – 0,6 88,2 126 0,6 0,02 16
99,4 116 119 1,1 92 123 1 0,025 16
106 130 134 2 94 141 2 0,025 15
115 151 155 3 99 166 2,5 0,03 13
123 171 – 4 105 190 3 0,035 12
311
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 90 – 110 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
90 115 13 19,5 22 0,915 11 000 7 000 0,28 61818
125 18 33,2 31,5 1,23 11 000 6 700 0,59 61918
140 16 43,6 39 1,56 10 000 6 300 0,85 16018
140 24 60,5 50 1,96 10 000 6 300 1,15 * 6018
160 30 101 73,5 2,8 8 500 5 300 2,15 * 6218
190 43 151 108 3,8 7 500 4 800 4,90 * 6318
225 54 186 150 5 6 700 4 300 11,5 * 6418
95 120 13 19,9 22,8 0,93 11 000 6 700 0,30 61819
130 18 33,8 33,5 1,43 10 000 6 300 0,61 61919
145 16 44,8 41,5 1,63 9 500 6 000 0,89 16019
145 24 63,7 54 2,08 9 500 6 000 1,20 * 6019
170 32 114 81,5 3 8 000 5 000 2,60 * 6219
200 45 159 118 4,15 7 000 4 500 5,65 * 6319
*
100 125 13 19,9 24 0,95 10 000 6 300 0,31 61820
140 20 42,3 41 1,63 9 500 6 000 0,83 61920
150 16 46,2 44 1,73 9 500 5 600 0,91 16020
150 24 63,7 54 2,04 9 500 5 600 1,25 * 6020
180 34 127 93 3,35 7 500 4 800 3,15 * 6220
215 47 174 140 4,75 6 700 4 300 7,00 * 6320
105 130 13 20,8 19,6 1 10 000 6 300 0,32 61821
145 20 44,2 44 1,7 9 500 5 600 0,87 61921
160 18 54 51 1,86 8 500 5 300 1,20 16021
160 26 76,1 65,5 2,4 8 500 5 300 1,60 * 6021
190 36 140 104 3,65 7 000 4 500 3,70 * 6221
225 49 182 153 5,1 6 300 4 000 8,25 * 6321
110 140 16 28,1 26 1,25 9 500 5 600 0,60 61822
150 20 43,6 45 1,66 9 000 5 600 0,90 61922
170 19 60,2 57 2,04 8 000 5 000 1,45 16022
170 28 85,2 73,5 2,4 8 000 5 000 1,95 * 6022
200 38 151 118 4 6 700 4 300 4,35 * 6222
240 50 203 180 5,7 6 000 3 800 9,55 * 6322
* SKF Explorer bearing
312
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
90 98,2 107 – 1 94,6 110 1 0,015 17
101 114 117 1,1 96 119 1 0,02 16
107 123 – 1 94,6 135 1 0,02 16
106 124 128 1,5 97 133 1,5 0,025 16
113 138 143 2 101 149 2 0,025 15
121 159 164 3 104 176 2,5 0,03 13
132 181 – 4 110 205 3 0,035 12
95 103 112 – 1 99,6 115 1 0,015 17
106 119 122 1,1 101 124 1 0,02 17
112 128 – 1 99,6 140 1 0,02 16
111 129 133 1,5 102 138 1,5 0,025 16
118 146 151 2,1 106 159 2 0,025 14
128 167 172 3 109 186 2,5 0,03 13
100 108 117 – 1 105 120 1 0,015 17
113 127 – 1,1 106 134 1 0,02 16
116 134 – 1 105 145 1 0,02 17
116 134 138 1,5 107 143 1,5 0,025 16
125 155 160 2,1 111 169 2 0,025 14
136 179 184 3 114 201 2,5 0,03 13
105 112 123 – 1 110 125 1 0,015 13
118 132 – 1,1 111 139 1 0,02 17
123 142 – 1 110 155 1 0,02 16
123 143 147 2 116 149 2 0,025 16
131 163 167 2,1 117 178 2 0,025 14
142 188 – 3 119 211 2,5 0,03 13
110 119 131 – 1 115 135 1 0,015 14
123 137 – 1,1 116 144 1 0,02 17
130 150 – 1 115 165 1 0,02 16
129 151 155 2 119 161 2 0,025 16
138 172 177 2,1 122 188 2 0,025 14
150 200 – 3 124 226 2,5 0,03 13
313
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 120 – 170 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
120 150 16 29,1 28 1,29 8 500 5 300 0,65 61824
165 22 55,3 57 2,04 8 000 5 000 1,20 61924
180 19 63,7 64 2,2 7 500 4 800 1,60 16024
180 28 88,4 80 2,75 7 500 4 800 2,05 * 6024
215 40 146 118 3,9 6 300 4 000 5,15 * 6224
260 55 208 186 5,7 5 600 3 400 12,5 6324
130 165 18 37,7 43 1,6 8 000 4 800 0,93 61826
180 24 65 67 2,28 7 500 4 500 1,85 61926
200 22 83,2 81,5 2,7 7 000 4 300 2,35 16026
200 33 112 100 3,35 7 000 4 300 3,15 * 6026
230 40 156 132 4,15 5 600 3 600 5,80 * 6226
280 58 229 216 6,3 5 000 3 200 17,5 6326 M
140 175 18 39 46,5 1,66 7 500 4 500 0,99 61828
190 24 66,3 72 2,36 7 000 5 600 1,70 61928 MA
210 22 80,6 86,5 2,8 6 700 4 000 2,50 16028
210 33 111 108 3,45 6 700 4 000 3,35 6028
250 42 165 150 4,55 5 300 3 400 7,45 6228
300 62 251 245 7,1 4 800 4 300 22,0 6328 M
150 190 20 48,8 61 1,96 6 700 4 300 1,40 61830
210 28 88,4 93 2,9 6 300 5 300 3,05 61930 MA
225 24 92,2 98 3,05 6 000 3 800 3,15 16030
225 35 125 125 3,9 6 000 3 800 4,80 6030
270 45 174 166 4,9 5 000 3 200 9,40 6230
320 65 276 285 7,8 4 300 4 000 26,0 6330 M
160 200 20 49,4 64 2 6 300 4 000 1,45 61832
220 28 92,3 98 3,05 6 000 5 000 3,25 61932 MA
240 25 99,5 108 3,25 5 600 3 600 3,70 16032
240 38 143 143 4,3 5 600 3 600 5,90 6032
290 48 186 186 5,3 4 500 3 000 14,5 6232
340 68 276 285 7,65 4 000 3 800 29,0 6332 M
170 215 22 61,8 78 2,4 6 000 3 600 1,90 61834
230 28 93,6 106 3,15 5 600 4 800 3,40 61934 MA
260 28 119 129 3,75 5 300 3 200 5,00 16034
260 42 168 173 5 5 300 4 300 7,90 6034 M
310 52 212 224 6,1 4 300 3 800 17,5 6234 M
360 72 312 340 8,8 3 800 3 400 34,5 6334 M
SKF Explorer bearing
*
314
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
120 129 141 – 1 125 145 1 0,015 13
134 151 – 1,1 126 159 1 0,02 17
139 161 – 1 125 175 1 0,02 17
139 161 165 2 129 171 2 0,025 16
151 184 189 2,1 132 203 2 0,025 14
165 215 – 3 134 246 2,5 0,03 14
130 140 155 – 1,1 136 159 1 0,015 16
146 164 – 1,5 137 173 1,5 0,02 16
154 176 – 1,1 136 192 1 0,02 16
153 177 182 2 139 191 2 0,025 16
161 198 – 3 144 216 2,5 0,025 15
178 232 – 4 147 263 3 0,03 14
140 151 164 – 1,1 146 169 1 0,015 16
156 175 – 1,5 147 183 1,5 0,02 17
164 186 – 1,1 146 204 1 0,02 17
163 187 192 2 149 201 2 0,025 16
176 213 213 3 154 236 2,5 0,025 15
191 248 248 4 157 283 3 0,03 14
150 163 177 – 1,1 156 184 1 0,015 17
169 191 – 2 159 201 2 0,02 16
175 199 – 1,1 156 219 1 0,02 16
174 201 205 2,1 160 215 2 0,025 16
191 227 – 3 164 256 2,5 0,025 15
206 263 – 4 167 303 3 0,03 14
160 173 187 – 1,1 166 194 1 0,015 17
179 201 – 2 169 211 2 0,02 16
186 213 – 1,5 167 233 1,5 0,02 17
186 214 – 2,1 169 231 2 0,025 16
206 242 – 3 174 276 2,5 0,025 15
219 281 – 4 177 323 3 0,03 14
170 184 201 – 1,1 176 209 1 0,015 17
189 211 – 2 179 221 2 0,02 17
200 229 – 1,5 177 253 1,5 0,02 16
199 231 – 2,1 180 250 2 0,025 16
219 259 – 4 187 293 3 0,025 15
231 298 – 4 187 343 3 0,03 14
315
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 180 – 260 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
180 225 22 62,4 81,5 2,45 5 600 3 400 2,00 61836
250 33 119 134 3,9 5 300 4 300 5,05 61936 MA
280 31 138 146 4,15 4 800 4 000 6,60 16036
280 46 190 200 5,6 4 800 4 000 10,5 6036 M
320 52 229 240 6,4 4 000 3 600 18,5 6236 M
380 75 351 405 10,4 3 600 3 200 42,5 6336 M
190 240 24 76,1 98 2,8 5 300 3 200 2,60 61838
260 33 117 134 3,8 5 000 4 300 5,25 61938 MA
290 31 148 166 4,55 4 800 3 000 7,90 16038
290 46 195 216 5,85 4 800 3 800 11,0 6038 M
340 55 255 280 7,35 3 800 3 400 23,0 6238 M
400 78 371 430 10,8 3 400 3 000 49,0 6338 M
200 250 24 76,1 102 2,9 5 000 3 200 2,70 61840
280 38 148 166 4,55 4 800 3 800 7,40 61940 MA
310 34 168 190 5,1 4 300 2 800 8,85 16040
310 51 216 245 6,4 4 300 3 600 14,0 6040 M
360 58 270 310 7,8 3 600 3 200 28,0 6240 M
220 270 24 78 110 3 4 500 2 800 3,00 61844
300 38 151 180 4,75 4 300 3 600 8,00 61944 MA
340 37 174 204 5,2 4 000 2 400 11,5 16044
340 56 247 290 7,35 4 000 3 200 18,5 6044 M
400 65 296 365 8,8 3 200 3 000 37,0 6244 M
460 88 410 520 12 3 000 2 600 72,5 6344 M
240 300 28 108 150 3,8 4 000 2 600 4,50 61848
320 38 159 200 5,1 4 000 3 200 8,60 61948 MA
360 37 178 220 5,3 3 600 3 000 14,5 16048 MA
360 56 255 315 7,8 3 600 3 000 19,5 6048 M
440 72 358 465 10,8 3 000 2 600 51,0 6248 M
500 95 442 585 12,9 2 600 2 400 92,5 6348 M
260 320 28 111 163 4 3 800 2 400 4,80 61852
360 46 212 270 6,55 3 600 3 000 14,5 61952 MA
400 44 238 310 7,2 3 200 2 800 21,5 16052 MA
400 65 291 375 8,8 3 200 2 800 29,5 6052 M
480 80 390 530 11,8 2 600 2 400 65,5 6252 M
316
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
180 194 211 1,1 186 219 1 0,015 17
203 227 2 189 241 2 0,02 16
214 246 2 189 271 2 0,02 16
212 248 2,1 190 270 2 0,025 16
227 273 4 197 303 3 0,025 15
245 314 4 197 363 3 0,03 14
190 206 224 1,5 197 233 1,5 0,015 17
213 237 2 199 251 2 0,02 17
224 255 2 199 281 2 0,02 16
222 258 2,1 200 280 2 0,025 16
240 290 4 207 323 3 0,025 15
259 331 5 210 380 4 0,03 14
200 216 234 1,5 207 243 1,5 0,015 17
226 254 2,1 210 270 2 0,02 16
237 272 2 209 301 2 0,02 16
235 275 2,1 210 300 2 0,025 16
255 302 4 217 343 3 0,025 15
220 236 254 1,5 227 263 1,5 0,015 17
246 274 2,1 230 290 2 0,02 17
262 298 2,1 230 330 2 0,02 16
258 302 3 233 327 2,5 0,025 16
283 335 4 237 383 3 0,025 15
300 381 5 240 440 4 0,03 14
240 259 281 2 249 291 2 0,015 17
266 294 2,1 250 310 2 0,02 17
280 320 2,1 250 350 2 0,02 17
278 322 3 253 347 2,5 0,025 16
308 373 4 257 423 3 0,025 15
330 411 5 260 480 4 0,03 15
260 279 301 2 269 311 2 0,015 17
292 328 2,1 270 350 2 0,02 16
307 352 3 273 387 2,5 0,02 16
305 355 4 277 383 3 0,025 16
336 405 5 280 460 4 0,025 15
317
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 280 – 420 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
280 350 33 138 200 4,75 3 400 2 200 7,40 61856
380 46 216 285 6,7 3 200 2 800 15,0 61956 MA
420 44 242 335 7,5 3 000 2 600 23,0 16056 MA
420 65 302 405 9,3 3 000 2 600 31,0 6056 M
500 80 423 600 12,9 2 600 2 200 71,0 6256 M
300 380 38 172 245 5,6 3 200 2 600 10,5 61860 MA
420 56 270 375 8,3 3 000 2 400 24,5 61960 MA
460 50 286 405 8,8 2 800 2 400 32,0 16060 MA
460 74 358 500 10,8 2 800 2 400 44,0 6060 M
540 85 462 670 13,7 2 400 2 000 88,5 6260 M
320 400 38 172 255 5,7 3 000 2 400 11,0 61864 MA
440 56 276 400 8,65 2 800 2 400 25,5 61964 MA
480 50 281 405 8,65 2 600 2 200 34,0 16064 MA
480 74 371 540 11,4 2 600 2 200 46,0 6064 M
340 420 38 178 275 6 2 800 2 400 11,5 61868 MA
460 56 281 425 9 2 600 2 200 26,5 61968 MA
520 57 345 520 10,6 2 400 2 000 45,0 16068 MA
520 82 423 640 13,2 2 400 2 000 62,0 6068 M
360 440 38 182 285 6,1 2 600 2 200 12,0 61872 MA
480 56 291 450 9,15 2 600 2 000 28,0 61972 MA
540 57 351 550 11 2 400 1 900 49,0 16072 MA
540 82 462 735 15 2 400 1 900 64,5 6072 M
380 480 46 242 390 8 2 400 2 000 20,0 61876 MA
520 65 338 540 10,8 2 400 1 900 40,0 61976 MA
560 57 377 620 12,2 2 200 1 800 51,0 16076 MA
560 82 462 750 14,6 2 200 1 800 67,5 6076 M
400 500 46 247 405 8,15 2 400 1 900 20,5 61880 MA
540 65 345 570 11,2 2 200 1 800 41,5 61980 MA
600 90 520 865 16,3 2 000 1 700 87,5 6080 M
420 520 46 251 425 8,3 2 200 1 800 21,5 61884 MA
560 65 351 600 11,4 2 200 1 800 43,0 61984 MA
620 90 507 880 16,3 2 000 1 600 91,5 6084 M
318
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
280 302 327 2 289 341 2 0,015 17
312 348 2,1 291 369 2 0,02 17
326 374 3 293 407 2,5 0,02 17
325 375 4 296 404 3 0,025 16
353 427 5 300 480 4 0,025 15
300 326 354 2,1 309 371 2 0,015 17
338 382 3 313 407 2,5 0,02 16
352 408 4 315 445 3 0,02 16
350 410 4 315 445 3 0,025 16
381 459 5 320 520 4 0,025 15
320 346 374 2,1 332 388 2 0,015 17
358 402 3 333 427 2,5 0,02 16
372 428 4 335 465 3 0,02 17
370 431 4 335 465 3 0,025 16
340 366 394 2,1 352 408 2 0,015 17
378 423 3 353 447 2,5 0,02 17
398 462 4 355 505 3 0,02 16
396 462 5 360 500 4 0,025 16
360 385 416 2,1 372 428 2 0,015 17
398 442 3 373 467 2,5 0,02 17
418 482 4 375 525 3 0,02 16
416 485 5 378 522 4 0,025 16
380 412 449 2,1 392 468 2 0,015 17
425 475 4 395 505 3 0,02 17
438 502 4 395 545 3 0,02 17
436 502 5 398 542 4 0,025 16
400 432 471 2,1 412 488 2 0,015 17
445 495 4 415 525 3 0,02 17
462 536 5 418 582 4 0,025 16
420 452 491 2,1 432 508 2 0,015 17
465 515 4 435 545 3 0,02 17
482 558 5 438 602 4 0,025 16
319
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 440 – 710 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
440 540 46 255 440 8,5 2 200 1 800 22,5 61888 MA
600 74 410 720 13,2 2 000 1 600 60,5 61988 MA
650 94 553 965 17,6 1 900 1 500 105 6088 M
460 580 56 319 570 10,6 2 000 1 600 35,0 61892 MA
620 72 423 750 13,7 1 900 1 600 62,5 61992 MA
680 100 582 1 060 19 1 800 1 500 120 6092 MB
480 600 56 325 600 10,8 1 900 1 600 36,5 61896 MA
650 78 449 815 14,6 1 800 1 500 74,0 61996 MA
700 100 618 1 140 20 1 700 1 400 125 6096 MB
500 620 56 332 620 11,2 1 800 1 500 40,5 618/500 MA
670 78 462 865 15 1 700 1 400 77,0 619/500 MA
720 100 605 1 140 19,6 1 600 1 300 135 60/500 N1MAS
530 650 56 332 655 11,2 1 700 1 400 39,5 618/530 MA
710 82 488 930 15,6 1 600 1 300 90,5 619/530 MA
780 112 650 1 270 20,8 1 500 1 200 185 60/530 N1MAS
560 680 56 345 695 11,8 1 600 1 300 42,0 618/560 MA
750 85 494 980 16,3 1 500 1 200 105 619/560 MA
820 115 663 1 470 22 1 400 1 200 210 60/560 N1MAS
600 730 60 364 765 12,5 1 500 1 200 52,0 618/600 MA
800 90 585 1 220 19,6 1 400 1 100 125 619/600 MA
630 780 69 442 965 15,3 1 400 1 100 73,0 618/630 MA
850 100 624 1 340 21,2 1 300 1 100 160 619/630 N1MA
920 128 819 1 760 27 1 200 1 000 285 60/630 N1MBS
670 820 69 442 1 000 15,6 1 300 1 100 83,5 618/670 MA
900 103 676 1 500 22,4 1 200 1 000 185 619/670 MA
980 136 904 2 040 30 1 100 900 345 60/670 N1MAS
710 870 74 475 1 100 16,6 1 200 1 000 93,5 618/710 MA
950 106 663 1 500 22 1 100 900 220 619/710 MA
1 030 140 956 2 200 31,5 1 000 850 375 60/710 MA
320
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
440 472 510 2,1 452 528 2 0,015 17
492 548 4 455 585 3 0,02 17
505 586 6 463 627 5 0,025 16
460 498 542 3 473 567 2,5 0,015 17
512 568 4 476 604 3 0,02 17
528 614 6 483 657 5 0,025 16
480 518 564 3 493 587 2,5 0,015 17
535 595 5 498 632 4 0,02 17
548 630 6 503 677 5 0,025 16
500 538 582 3 513 607 2,5 0,015 17
555 615 5 518 652 4 0,02 17
568 650 6 523 697 5 0,025 16
530 568 614 3 543 637 2,5 0,015 17
587 653 5 548 692 4 0,02 17
613 697 6 553 757 5 0,025 16
560 598 644 3 573 667 2,5 0,015 17
622 688 5 578 732 4 0,02 17
648 732 6 583 797 5 0,025 16
600 642 688 3 613 717 2,5 0,015 17
664 736 5 618 782 4 0,02 17
630 678 732 4 645 765 3 0,015 17
702 778 6 653 827 5 0,02 17
725 825 7,5 658 892 6 0,025 16
670 718 772 4 685 805 3 0,015 17
745 825 6 693 877 5 0,02 17
772 878 7,5 698 952 6 0,025 16
710 671 819 4 725 855 3 0,015 17
790 870 6 733 927 5 0,02 17
813 927 7,5 738 1002 6 0,025 16
321
Single row deep groove ball bearings
d 750 – 1 500 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
750 920 78 527 1 250 18,3 1 100 900 110 618/750 MA
1 000 112 761 1 800 25,5 1 000 850 255 619/750 MA
800 980 82 559 1 370 19,3 1 000 850 130 618/800 MA
1 060 115 832 2 040 28,5 950 800 275 619/800 MA
1 150 155 1 010 2 550 34,5 900 750 535 60/800 N1MAS
850 1 030 82 559 1 430 19,6 950 750 140 618/850 MA
900 1 090 85 618 1 600 21,6 850 700 160 618/900 MA
1 000 1 220 100 637 1 800 22,8 750 600 245 618/1000 MA
1 060 1 280 100 728 2 120 26,5 670 560 260 618/1060 MA
1 120 1 360 106 741 2 200 26,5 630 530 315 618/1120 MA
1 180 1 420 106 761 2 360 27,5 560 480 330 618/1180 MB
1 500 1 820 140 1 210 4 400 46,5 380 240 690 618/1500 TN
322
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
750 804 866 5 768 902 4 0,015 17
835 915 6 773 977 5 0,02 17
800 857 923 5 818 962 4 0,015 17
884 976 6 823 1 037 5 0,02 17
918 1 032 7,5 828 1 122 6 0,025 16
850 907 973 5 868 1 012 4 0,015 17
900 961 1 030 5 918 1 072 4 0,015 17
1 000 1 076 1 145 6 1 023 1 197 5 0,015 17
1 060 1 132 1 209 6 1 083 1 257 5 0,015 17
1 120 1 202 1 278 6 1 143 1 337 5 0,015 17
1 180 1 262 1 339 6 1 203 1 397 5 0,015 17
1 500 1 607 1 714 7,5 1 528 1 792 6 0,015 17
323
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 3 – 7 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RSL 2RZ
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1 2RS1 2RSH
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
3 10 4 0,54 0,18 0,007 130 000 60 000 0,0015 623-2Z 623-Z
10 4 0,54 0,18 0,007 – 40 000 0,0015 623-2RS1 623-RS1
4 9 3,5 0,54 0,18 0,007 140 000 70 000 0,0010 628/4-2Z –
9 4 0,54 0,18 0,007 140 000 70 000 0,0013 638/4-2Z –
11 4 0,72 0,23 0,010 130 000 63 000 0,0017 619/4-2Z –
12 4 0,81 0,28 0,012 120 000 60 000 0,0021 604-2Z 604-Z
13 5 0,94 0,29 0,012 110 000 53 000 0,0031 624-2Z 624-Z
16 5 1,11 0,38 0,016 95 000 48 000 0,0054 634-2Z 634-Z
16 5 1,11 0,38 0,016 95 000 48 000 0,0054 634-2RZ 634-RZ
16 5 1,11 0,38 0,016 – 28 000 0,0054 634-2RS1 634-RS1
5 11 4 0,64 0,26 0,011 120 000 60 000 0,0014 628/5-2Z –
11 5 0,64 0,26 0,011 120 000 60 000 0,0016 638/5-2Z –
13 4 0,88 0,34 0,014 110 000 53 000 0,0025 619/5-2Z –
16 5 1,14 0,38 0,016 95 000 48 000 0,005 625-2Z 625-Z
* *
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 80 000 40 000 0,009
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 80 000 40 000 0,009 * 635-2Z * 635-Z
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 – 24 000 0,009 * 635-2RZ * 635-RZ
* 635-2RS1 * 635-RS1
6 13 5 0,88 0,35 0,015 110 000 53 000 0,0026 628/6-2Z –
15 5 1,24 0,48 0,02 100 000 50 000 0,0039 619/6-2Z –
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 80 000 40 000 0,0084
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 80 000 40 000 0,0084 * 626-2Z * 626-Z
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 – 24 000 0,0084 * 626-2RSL 626-RSL
626-2RSH * 626-RSH
* *
7 14 5 0,956 0,4 0,017 100 000 50 000 0,0031 628/7-2Z –
17 5 1,48 0,56 0,024 90 000 45 000 0,0049 619/7-2Z –
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 85 000 43 000 0,0075
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 85 000 43 000 0,0075 * 607-2Z * 607-Z
19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 – 24 000 0,0075 * 607-2RSL * 607-RSL
* 607-2RSH * 607-RSH
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 70 000 36 000 0,013
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 70 000 36 000 0,012 * 627-2Z * 627-Z
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 – 22 000 0,012 * 627-2RSL * 627-RSL
* 627-2RSH * 627-RSH
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
324
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
3 5,2 – 8,2 0,15 4,2 – 8,8 0,1 0,025 7,5
5,2 – 8,2 0,15 4,2 – 8,8 0,1 0,025 7,5
4 5,2 – 7,8 0,1 4,6 – 8,4 0,1 0,015 10
5,2 – 7,8 0,1 4,6 – 8,4 0,1 0,015 10
5,9 – 9,8 0,15 4,8 – 10,2 0,1 0,02 9,9
6,1 – 9,8 0,2 5,4 – 10,6 0,2 0,025 10
6,7 – 11,2 0,2 5,8 – 11,2 0,2 0,025 7,3
8,4 – 13,3 0,3 6,4 – 13,6 0,3 0,03 8,4
8,4 – 13,3 0,3 6,4 – 13,6 0,3 0,03 8,4
8,4 – 13,3 0,3 6,4 – 13,6 0,3 0,03 8,4
5 6,8 – 9,7 0,15 5,8 – 10,2 0,1 0,015 11
6,8 – 9,7 0,15 5,8 – 10,2 0,1 0,015 11
7,6 – 11,4 0,2 6,4 – 11,6 0,2 0,02 11
8,4 – 13,3 0,3 7,4 – 13,6 0,3 0,025 8,4
10,7 – 16,5 0,3 7,4 – 16,6 0,3 0,03 13
10,7 – 16,5 0,3 7,4 – 16,6 0,3 0,03 13
10,7 – 16,5 0,3 7,4 – 16,6 0,3 0,03 13
6 7,9 – 11,7 0,15 6,8 – 12,2 0,1 0,015 11
8,6 – 13,3 0,2 7,4 – 13,6 0,2 0,02 10
11,1 – 16,5 0,3 8,4 – 16,6 0,3 0,025 13
– 9,5 16,5 0,3 8,4 9,4 16,6 0,3 0,025 13
– 9,5 16,5 0,3 8,4 9,4 16,6 0,3 0,025 13
7 8,9 – 12,6 0,15 7,8 – 13,2 0,1 0,015 11
9,8 – 15,2 0,3 9 – 15 0,3 0,02 10
11,1 – 16,5 0,3 9 – 17 0,3 0,025 13
– 9,5 16,5 0,3 9 9,4 17 0,3 0,025 13
– 9,5 16,5 0,3 9 9,4 17 0,3 0,025 13
12,2 – 19,2 0,3 9,4 – 19,6 0,3 0,025 12
– 10,6 19,2 0,3 9,4 10,5 19,6 0,3 0,025 12
– 10,6 19,2 0,3 9,4 10,5 19,6 0,3 0,025 12
325
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 8 – 9 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RSL 2RZ
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1 2RS1 2RSH
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
8 16 5 1,33 0,57 0,024 90 000 45 000 0,0036 628/8-2Z –
16 5 1,33 0,57 0,024 – 26 000 0,0036 628/8-2RS1 –
16 6 1,33 0,57 0,024 90 000 45 000 0,0043 638/8-2Z –
19 6 1,9 0,74 0,031 80 000 40 000 0,0071 619/8-2Z –
19 6 1,9 0,74 0,031 – 24 000 0,0071 619/8-2RS1 –
19 6 2,21 0,95 0,04 85 000 43 000 0,0072 607/8-2Z 607/8-Z
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 75 000 38 000 0,012
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 75 000 38 000 0,012 * 608-2Z * 608-Z
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 – 22 000 0,012 * 608-2RSL
608-2RSH * 608-RSL
22 11 3,45 1,37 0,057 – 22 000 0,016 * 630/8-2RS1 * –608-RSH
24 8 3,9 1,66 0,071 63 000 32 000 0,017
24 8 3,9 1,66 0,071 63 000 32 000 0,017 * 628-2Z * 628-Z
24 8 3,9 1,66 0,071 – 19 000 0,017 * 628-2RZ
628-2RS1 * 628-RZ
628-RS1
28 9 4,62 1,96 0,083 60 000 30 000 0,030 * 638-2RZ * 638-RZ
9 17 5 1,43 0,64 0,027 85 000 43 000 0,0043 628/9-2Z 628/9-Z
17 5 1,43 0,64 0,027 – 24 000 0,0043 628/9-2RS1 –
20 6 2,08 0,87 0,036 80 000 38 000 0,0076 619/9-2Z –
24 7 3,9 1,66 0,071 70 000 34 000 0,014
24 7 3,9 1,66 0,071 70 000 34 000 0,014 * 609-2Z * 609-Z
24 7 3,9 1,66 0,071 – 19 000 0,014 * 609-2RSL * 609-RSL
* 609-2RSH * 609-RSH
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 60 000 30 000 0,020
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 60 000 30 000 0,020 * 629-2Z * 629-Z
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 – 19 000 0,020 * 629-2RSL * 629-RSL
* 629-2RSH * 629-RSH
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
326
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
8 10,1 – 14,5 0,2 9,4 – 14,6 0,2 0,015 11
– 9,5 14,5 0,2 9,4 9,4 14,6 0,2 0,015 11
10,1 – 14,5 0,2 9,4 – 14,6 0,2 0,015 11
11,1 – 17 0,3 10 – 17 0,3 0,02 10
– 10,4 17 0,3 10 10 17 0,3 0,02 10
11,1 – 16,5 0,3 10 – 17 0,3 0,025 13
12,1 – 19,2 0,3 10 – 20 0,3 0,025 12
– 10,6 19,2 0,3 10 10,5 20 0,3 0,025 12
– 10,6 19,2 0,3 10 10,5 20 0,3 0,025 12
11,8 – 19 0,3 10 – 20 0,3 0,025 12
14,5 – 20,6 0,3 10,4 – 21,6 0,3 0,025 13
14,5 – 20,6 0,3 10,4 – 21,6 0,3 0,025 13
14,5 – 20,6 0,3 10,4 – 21,6 0,3 0,025 13
14,8 – 22,6 0,3 10,4 – 25,6 0,3 0,025 12
9 11,1 – 15,5 0,2 10,4 – 15,6 0,2 0,015 11
– 10,6 15,5 0,2 10,4 10,5 15,6 0,2 0,015 11
12 – 17,9 0,3 11 – 18 0,3 0,02 11
14,4 – 21,2 0,3 11 – 22 0,3 0,025 13
– 12,8 21,2 0,3 11 12,5 22 0,3 0,025 13
– 12,8 21,2 0,3 11 12,5 22 0,3 0,025 13
14,8 – 22,6 0,3 11,4 – 23,6 0,3 0,025 12
– 13 22,6 0,3 11,4 12,5 23,6 0,3 0,025 12
– 13 22,6 0,3 11,4 12,5 23,6 0,3 0,025 12
327
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 10 – 12 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RSL 2RS1
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1 2RSH
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 19 5 1,38 0,59 0,025 80 000 38 000 0,0055 61800-2Z –
19 5 1,38 0,59 0,025 – 22 000 0,0055 61800-2RS1 –
22 6 2,08 0,85 0,036 75 000 36 000 0,010 61900-2Z –
22 6 2,08 0,85 0,036 – 20 000 0,010 61900-2RS1 –
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 67 000 34 000 0,019 6000-2Z 6000-Z
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 67 000 34 000 0,019 * 6000-2RSL * 6000-RSL
26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 – 19 000 0,019 * 6000-2RSH * 6000-RSH
26 12 4,62 1,96 0,083 – 19 000 0,025 * 63000-2RS1 * –
28 8 4,62 1,96 0,083 63 000 32 000 0,022 16100-2Z –
30 9 5,4 2,36 0,1 56 000 28 000 0,032
30 9 5,4 2,36 0,1 56 000 28 000 0,032 * 6200-2Z * 6200-Z
30 9 5,4 2,36 0,1 – 17 000 0,032 * 6200-2RSL * 6200-RSL
30 14 5,07 2,36 0,1 – 17 000 0,04 * 62200-2RS1 * –6200-RSH
6200-2RSH
35 11 8,52 3,4 0,143 50 000 26 000 0,053
35 11 8,52 3,4 0,143 50 000 26 000 0,053 * 6300-2Z * 6300-Z
35 11 8,52 3,4 0,143 – 15 000 0,053 * 6300-2RSL * 6300-RSL
35 17 8,06 3,4 0,143 – 15 000 0,06 * 62300-2RS1 * –6300-RSH
6300-2RSH
12 21 5 1,43 0,67 0,028 70 000 36 000 0,0063 61801-2Z –
21 5 1,43 0,67 0,028 – 20 000 0,0063 61801-2RS1 –
24 6 2,25 0,98 0,043 67 000 32 000 0,011 61901-2Z –
24 6 2,25 0,98 0,043 – 19 000 0,011 61901-2RS1 –
28 8 5,4 2,36 0,1 60 000 30 000 0,022 6001-2Z 6001-Z
28 8 5,4 2,36 0,1 60 000 30 000 0,022 * 6001-2RSL * 6001-RSL
28 8 5,4 2,36 0,1 – 17 000 0,022 * 6001-2RSH * 6001-RSH
28 12 5,07 2,36 0,1 – 17 000 0,029 * 63001-2RS1 * –
30 8 5,07 2,36 0,1 56 000 28 000 0,023 16101-2Z –
30 8 5,07 2,36 0,1 – 16 000 0,023 16101-2RS1 –
32 10 7,28 3,1 0,132 50 000 26 000 0,037
32 10 7,28 3,1 0,132 50 000 26 000 0,037 * 6201-2Z * 6201-Z
32 10 7,28 3,1 0,132 – 15 000 0,037 * 6201-2RSL * 6201-RSL
32 14 6,89 3,1 0,132 – 15 000 0,045 * 62201-2RS1 * –6201-RSH
6201-2RSH
37 12 10,1 4,15 0,176 45 000 22 000 0,060 6301-2Z 6301-Z
37 12 10,1 4,15 0,176 45 000 22 000 0,060 * 6301-2RSL * 6301-RSL
37 12 10,1 4,15 0,176 – 14 000 0,060 * 6301-2RSH * 6301-RSH
37 17 9,75 4,15 0,176 – 14 000 0,070 * 62301-2RS1 * –
SKF Explorer bearing
*
1)
For bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
328
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
10 12,6 – 17,3 0,3 12 – 17 0,3 0,015 9,4
– 11,8 17,3 0,3 11,8 11,8 17 0,3 0,015 9,4
13 – 19 0,3 12 – 20 0,3 0,02 9,3
– 12 19 0,3 12 12 20 0,3 0,02 9,3
14,8 – 22,6 0,3 12 – 24 0,3 0,025 12
– 13 22,6 0,3 12 12,5 24 0,3 0,025 12
– 13 22,6 0,3 12 12,5 24 0,3 0,025 12
14,8 – 22,6 0,3 12 – 24 0,3 0,025 12
16,7 – 24,8 0,6 14,2 – 23,8 0,3 0,025 13
17 – 24,8 0,6 14,2 – 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
– 15,2 24,8 0,6 14,2 15 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
– 15,2 24,8 0,6 14,2 15 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
17 – 24,8 0,6 14,2 – 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
17,5 – 28,7 0,6 14,2 – 30,8 0,6 0,03 11
– 15,7 28,7 0,6 14,2 15,5 30,8 0,6 0,03 11
– 15,7 28,7 0,6 14,2 15,5 30,8 0,6 0,03 11
17,5 – 28,7 0,6 14,2 – 30,8 0,6 0,03 11
12 15 – 19,1 0,3 14 – 19 0,3 0,015 9,7
– 14,1 19,1 0,3 14 14 19 0,3 0,015 9,7
15,5 – 21,4 0,3 14 – 22 0,3 0,02 9,7
15,5 – 21,4 0,3 14 – 22 0,3 0,02 9,7
17 – 24,8 0,3 14 – 26 0,3 0,025 13
– 15,2 24,8 0,3 14 15 26 0,3 0,025 13
– 15,2 24,8 0,3 14 15 26 0,3 0,025 13
17 – 24,8 0,3 14 – 26 0,3 0,025 13
16,7 – 24,8 0,3 14,4 27,6 0,3 0,025 13
16,7 – 24,8 0,3 14,4 27,6 0,3 0,025 13
18,5 – 27,4 0,6 16,2 – 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
– 16,6 27,4 0,6 16,2 16,5 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
– 16,6 27,4 0,6 16,2 16,5 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
18,5 – 27,4 0,6 16,2 – 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
19,5 – 31,5 1 17,6 – 31,4 1 0,03 11
– 17,7 31,5 1 17,6 17,6 31,4 1 0,03 11
– 17,7 31,5 1 17,6 17,6 31,4 1 0,03 11
19,5 – 31,5 1 17,6 – 31,4 1 0,03 11
329
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 15 – 17 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RSL 2RZ
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1 2RS1 2RSH
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
15 24 5 1,56 0,8 0,034 60 000 30 000 0,0074 61802-2Z –
24 5 1,56 0,8 0,034 – 17 000 0,0074 61802-2RS1 –
28 7 4,36 2,24 0,095 56 000 28 000 0,016 61902-2Z –
28 7 4,36 2,24 0,095 56 000 28 000 0,016 61902-2RZ –
28 7 4,36 2,24 0,095 – 16 000 0,016 61902-2RS1 –
32 8 5,85 2,85 0,12 50 000 26 000 0,025 16002-2Z 16002-Z
32 9 5,85 2,85 0,12 50 000 26 000 0,030 * 6002-2Z * 6002-Z
32 9 5,85 2,85 0,12 50 000 26 000 0,030 * 6002-2RSL * 6002-RSL
32 9 5,85 2,85 0,12 – 14 000 0,030 * 6002-2RSH * 6002-RSH
32 13 5,59 2,85 0,12 – 14 000 0,039 * 63002-2RS1 * –
35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 43 000 22 000 0,045
35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 43 000 22 000 0,045 * 6202-2Z * 6202-Z
35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 – 13 000 0,045 * 6202-2RSL
6202-2RSH * 6202-RSL
35 14 7,8 3,75 0,16 – 13 000 0,054 * 62202-2RS1 * –6202-RSH
42 13 11,9 5,4 0,228 38 000 19 000 0,082
42 13 11,9 5,4 0,228 38 000 19 000 0,082 * 6302-2Z * 6302-Z
42 13 11,9 5,4 0,228 – 12 000 0,082 * 6302-2RSL
6302-2RSH * 6302-RSL
42 17 11,4 5,4 0,228 – 12 000 0,11 * 62302-2RS1 * –6302–RSH
17 26 5 1,68 0,93 0,039 56 000 28 000 0,0082 61803-2Z –
26 5 1,68 0,93 0,039 56 000 28 000 0,0082 61803-2RZ –
26 5 1,68 0,93 0,039 – 16 000 0,0082 61803-2RS1 –
30 7 4,62 2,55 0,108 50 000 26 000 0,018 61903-2Z –
30 7 4,62 2,55 0,108 50 000 26 000 0,018 61903-2RZ –
30 7 4,62 2,55 0,108 – 14 000 0,018 61903-2RS1 –
35 8 6,37 3,25 0,137 45 000 22 000 0,032 16003-2Z –
*
35 10 6,37 3,25 0,137 45 000 22 000 0,039 6003-2Z 6003-Z
35 10 6,37 3,25 0,137 45 000 22 000 0,039 * 6003-2RSL * 6003-RSL
35 10 6,37 3,25 0,137 – 13 000 0,039 * 6003-2RSH * 6003-RSH
35 14 6,05 3,25 0,137 – 13 000 0,052 * 63003-2RS1 * –
40 12 9,95 4,75 0,2 38 000 19 000 0,065 6203-2Z 6203-Z
40 12 9,95 4,75 0,2 38 000 19 000 0,065 * 6203-2RSL * 6203-RSL
40 12 9,95 4,75 0,2 – 12 000 0,065 * 6203-2RSH * 6203-RSH
40 16 9,56 4,75 0,2 – 12 000 0,083 * 62203-2RS1 * –
47 14 14,3 6,55 0,275 34 000 17 000 0,12 6303-2Z 6303-Z
47 14 14,3 6,55 0,275 34 000 17 000 0,12 * 6303-2RSL * 6303-RSL
47 14 14,3 6,55 0,275 – 11 000 0,12 * 6303-2RSH * 6303-RSH
47 19 13,5 6,55 0,275 – 11 000 0,15 * 62303-2RS1 * –
SKF Explorer bearing
*
1)
For bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
330
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
15 17,9 – 22,1 0,3 17 – 22 0,3 0,015 10
17,9 – 22,1 0,3 17 – 22 0,3 0,015 10
18,4 – 25,8 0,3 17 – 26 0,3 0,02 14
18,4 – 25,8 0,3 17 – 26 0,3 0,02 14
– 17,4 25,8 0,3 17 17,3 26 0,3 0,02 14
20,2 – 28,2 0,3 17 – 30 0,3 0,02 14
20,5 – 28,2 0,3 17 – 30 0,3 0,025 14
– 18,7 28,2 0,3 17 18,5 30 0,3 0,025 14
– 18,7 28,2 0,3 17 18,5 30 0,3 0,025 14
20,5 – 28,2 0,3 17 – 30 0,3 0,025 14
21,7 – 30,4 0,6 19,2 – 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
– 19,4 30,4 0,6 19,2 19,4 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
– 19,4 30,4 0,6 19,2 19,4 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
21,7 – 30,4 0,6 19,2 – 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
23,7 – 36,3 1 20,6 – 36,4 1 0,03 12
– 21,1 36,3 1 20,6 21 36,4 1 0,03 12
– 21,1 36,3 1 20,6 21 36,4 1 0,03 12
23,7 – 36,3 1 20,6 – 36,4 1 0,03 12
17 20,2 – 24,1 0,3 19 – 24 0,3 0,015 10
20,2 – 24,1 0,3 19 – 24 0,3 0,015 10
– 19,3 24,1 0,3 19 19,2 24 0,3 0,015 10
20,4 – 27,8 0,3 19 – 28 0,3 0,02 15
20,4 – 27,8 0,3 19 – 28 0,3 0,02 15
– 19,4 27,8 0,3 19 19,3 28 0,3 0,02 15
22,7 – 31,2 0,3 19 – 33 0,3 0,02 14
23 – 31,4 0,3 19 – 33 0,3 0,025 14
– 20,7 31,4 0,3 19 20,5 33 0,3 0,025 14
– 20,7 31,4 0,3 19 20,5 33 0,3 0,025 14
23 – 31,4 0,3 19 – 33 0,3 0,025 14
24,5 – 35 0,6 21,2 – 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
– 22,2 35 0,6 21,2 22 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
– 22,2 35 0,6 21,2 22 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
24,5 – 35 0,6 21,2 – 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
26,5 – 39,7 1 22,6 – 41,4 1 0,03 12
– 24 39,7 1 22,6 23,5 41,4 1 0,03 12
– 24 39,7 1 22,6 23,5 41,4 1 0,03 12
26,5 – 39,7 1 22,6 – 41,4 1 0,03 12
331
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 20 – 25 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RSL 2RZ
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1 2RS1 2RSH
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
20 32 7 4,03 2,32 0,104 45 000 22 000 0,018 61804-2RZ –
32 7 4,03 2,32 0,104 – 13 000 0,018 61804-2RS1 –
37 9 6,37 3,65 0,156 43 000 20 000 0,038 61904-2RZ –
37 9 6,37 3,65 0,156 – 12 000 0,038 61904-2RS1 –
42 12 9,95 5 0,212 38 000 19 000 0,069 6004-2Z 6004-Z
42 12 9,95 5 0,212 38 000 19 000 0,069 * 6004-2RSL * 6004-RSL
42 12 9,95 5 0,212 – 11 000 0,069 * 6004-2RSH * 6004-RSH
42 16 9,36 5 0,212 – 11 000 0,086 * 63004-2RS1 * –
47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 32 000 17 000 0,11
47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 32 000 17 000 0,11 * 6204-2Z * 6204-Z
47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 – 10 000 0,11 * 6204-2RSL * 6204-RSL
47 18 12,7 6,55 0,28 – 10 000 0,13 * 62204-2RS1 * –6204-RSH
6204-2RSH
52 15 16,8 7,8 0,335 30 000 15 000 0,14
52 15 16,8 7,8 0,335 30 000 15 000 0,14 * 6304-2Z * 6304-Z
52 15 16,8 7,8 0,335 – 9 500 0,14 * 6304-2RSL * 6304-RSL
52 21 15,9 7,8 0,335 – 9 500 0,20 * 62304-2RS1 * –6304-RSH
6304-2RSH
22 50 14 14 7,65 0,325 – 9 000 0,12 62/22-2RS1 –
25 37 7 4,36 2,6 0,125 38 000 19 000 0,022 61805-2RZ –
37 7 4,36 2,6 0,125 – 11 000 0,022 61805-2RS1 –
42 9 7,02 4,3 0,193 36 000 18 000 0,045 61905-2RZ –
42 9 7,02 4,3 0,193 – 10 000 0,045 61905-2RS1 –
47 12 11,9 6,55 0,275 32 000 16 000 0,08 6005-2Z 6005-Z
47 12 11,9 6,55 0,275 32 000 16 000 0,08 * 6005-2RSL * 6005-RSL
47 12 11,9 6,55 0,275 – 9 500 0,08 * 6005-2RSH * 6005-RSH
47 16 11,2 6,55 0,275 – 9 500 0,10 * 63005-2RS1 * –
52 15 14,8 7,8 0,335 28 000 14 000 0,13
52 15 14,8 7,8 0,335 28 000 14 000 0,13 * 6205-2Z * 6205-Z
52 15 14,8 7,8 0,335 – 8 500 0,13 * 6205-2RSL * 6205-RSL
52 18 14 7,8 0,335 – 8 500 0,15 * 62205-2RS1 * –6205-RSH
6205-2RSH
62 17 23,4 11,6 0,49 24 000 13 000 0,23
62 17 23,4 11,6 0,49 24 000 13 000 0,23 * 6305-2Z * 6305-Z
62 17 23,4 11,6 0,49 – 7 500 0,23 * 6305-2RZ * 6305-RZ
62 24 22,5 11,6 0,49 – 7 500 0,32 * 62305-2RS1 * 6305-RS1
6305-2RS1
–
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
332
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
20 24 – 29,5 0,3 22 – 30 0,3 0,015 15
– 22,6 29,5 0,3 22 22,5 30 0,3 0,015 15
25,6 – 32,8 0,3 22 – 35 0,3 0,02 15
– 24,2 32,8 0,3 22 24 35 0,3 0,02 15
27,2 – 37,2 0,6 23,2 – 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
– 24,9 37,2 0,6 23,2 24,5 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
– 24,9 37,2 0,6 23,2 24,5 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
27,2 – 37,2 0,6 23,2 – 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
28,8 – 40,6 1 25,6 – 41,4 1 0,025 13
– 26,3 40,6 1 25,6 26 41,4 1 0,025 13
– 26,3 40,6 1 25,6 26 41,4 1 0,025 13
28,8 – 40,6 1 25,6 – 41,4 1 0,025 13
30,4 – 44,8 1,1 27 – 45 1 0,03 12
– 27,2 44,8 1,1 27 27 45 1 0,03 12
– 27,2 44,8 1,1 27 27 45 1 0,03 12
30,4 – 44,8 1,1 27 – 45 1 0,03 12
22 – 32,2 44 1 27,6 32 44,4 1 0,025 14
25 28,5 – 34,3 0,3 27 – 35 0,3 0,015 14
– 27,4 34,3 0,3 27 27,3 35 0,3 0,015 14
30,2 – 37,8 0,3 27 – 40 0,3 0,02 15
– 29,2 37,8 0,3 27 29 40 0,3 0,02 15
32 – 42,2 0,6 28,2 – 43,8 0,6 0,025 14
– 29,7 42,2 0,6 28,2 29,5 43,8 0,6 0,025 14
– 29,7 42,2 0,6 28,2 29,5 43,8 0,6 0,025 14
32 – 42,2 0,6 29,2 – 43,8 0,6 0,025 14
34,4 – 46,3 1 30,6 – 46,4 1 0,025 14
– 31,8 46,3 1 30,6 31,5 46,4 1 0,025 14
– 31,8 46,3 1 30,6 31,5 46,4 1 0,025 14
34,4 – 46,3 1 30,6 – 46,4 1 0,025 14
36,6 – 52,7 1,1 32 – 55 1 0,03 12
36,6 – 52,7 1,1 32 – 55 1 0,03 12
36,6 – 52,7 1,1 32 – 55 1 0,03 12
36,6 – 52,7 1,1 32 – 55 1 0,03 12
333
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 30 – 35 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RZ 2RS1
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
30 42 7 4,49 2,9 0,146 32 000 16 000 0,027 61806-2RZ –
42 7 4,49 2,9 0,146 – 9 500 0,027 61806-2RS1 –
47 9 7,28 4,55 0,212 30 000 15 000 0,051 61906-2RZ –
47 9 7,28 4,55 0,212 – 8 500 0,051 61906-2RS1 –
55 13 13,8 8,3 0,355 28 000 14 000 0,12
55 13 13,8 8,3 0,355 28 000 14 000 0,12 * 6006-2Z * 6006-Z
55 13 13,8 8,3 0,355 – 8 000 0,12 * 6006-2RZ 6006-RZ
6006-2RS1 * 6006-RS1
55 19 13,3 8,3 0,355 – 8 000 0,16 * 63006-2RS1 * –
62 16 20,3 11,2 0,475 24 000 12 000 0,20
62 16 20,3 11,2 0,475 24 000 12 000 0,20 * 6206-2Z * 6206-Z
62 16 20,3 11,2 0,475 – 7 500 0,20 * 6206-2RZ 6206-RZ
6206-2RS1 * 6206-RS1
62 20 19,5 11,2 0,475 – 7 500 0,24 * 62206-2RS1 * –
72 19 29,6 16 0,67 20 000 11 000 0,35
72 19 29,6 16 0,67 20 000 11 000 0,35 * 6306-2Z * 6306-Z
72 19 29,6 16 0,67 – 6 300 0,35 * 6306-2RZ 6306-RZ
6306-2RS1 * 6306-RS1
72 27 28,1 16 0,67 – 6 300 0,48 * 62306-2RS1 * –
35 47 7 4,75 3,2 0,166 28 000 14 000 0,03 61807-2RZ –
47 7 4,75 3,2 0,166 – 8 000 0,03 61807-2RS1 –
55 10 9,56 6,8 0,29 26 000 13 000 0,08 61907-2RZ –
55 10 9,56 6,8 0,29 – 7 500 0,08 61907-2RS1 –
62 14 16,8 10,2 0,44 24 000 12 000 0,16
62 14 16,8 10,2 0,44 24 000 12 000 0,16 * 6007-2Z * 6007-Z
62 14 16,8 10,2 0,44 – 7 000 0,16 * 6007-2RZ 6007-RZ
6007-2RS1 * 6007-RS1
62 20 15,9 10,2 0,44 – 7 000 0,21 * 63007-2RS1 * –
72 17 27 15,3 0,655 20 000 10 000 0,29
72 17 27 15,3 0,655 – 6 300 0,29 * 6207-2Z * 6207-Z
72 23 25,5 15,3 0,655 – 6 300 0,37 * 6207-2RS1 6207-RS1
62207-2RS1 * –
80 21 35,1 19 0,815 19 000 9 500 0,46
80 21 35,1 19 0,815 – 6 000 0,46 * 6307-2Z * 6307-Z
80 31 33,2 19 0,815 – 6 000 0,66 * 6307-2RS1 6307-RS1
62307-2RS1 * –
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
334
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
30 33,7 – 39,5 0,3 32 – 40 0,3 0,015 14
– 32,6 39,5 0,3 32 32,5 40 0,3 0,015 14
35,2 – 42,8 0,3 32 – 45 0,3 0,02 14
– 34,2 42,8 0,3 32 34 45 0,3 0,02 14
38,2 – 49 1 34,6 – 50,4 1 0,025 15
38,2 – 49 1 34,6 – 50,4 1 0,025 15
38,2 – 49 1 34,6 – 50,4 1 0,025 15
38,2 – 49 1 34,6 – 50,4 1 0,025 15
40,4 – 54,1 1 35,6 – 56,4 1 0,025 14
40,4 – 54,1 1 35,6 – 56,4 1 0,025 14
40,4 – 54,1 1 35,6 – 56,4 1 0,025 14
40,4 – 54,1 1 35,6 – 56,4 1 0,025 14
44,6 – 61,9 1,1 37 – 65 1 0,03 13
44,6 – 61,9 1,1 37 – 65 1 0,03 13
44,6 – 61,9 1,1 37 – 65 1 0,03 13
44,6 – 61,9 1,1 37 – 65 1 0,03 13
35 38,7 – 44,4 0,3 37 – 45 0,3 0,015 14
– 37,6 44,4 0,3 37 37,5 45 0,3 0,015 14
41,6 – 50,5 0,6 38,2 – 51,8 0,6 0,02 14
41,6 – 50,5 0,6 38,2 – 51,8 0,6 0,02 14
43,8 – 55,6 1 39,6 – 57,4 1 0,025 15
43,8 – 55,6 1 39,6 – 57,4 1 0,025 15
43,8 – 55,6 1 39,6 – 57,4 1 0,025 15
43,8 – 55,6 1 39,6 – 57,4 1 0,025 15
46,9 – 62,7 1,1 42 – 65 1 0,025 14
46,9 – 62,7 1,1 42 – 65 1 0,025 14
46,9 – 62,7 1,1 42 – 65 1 0,025 14
49,6 – 69,2 1,5 44 – 71 1,5 0,03 13
49,6 – 69,2 1,5 44 – 71 1,5 0,03 13
49,6 – 69,2 1,5 44 – 71 1,5 0,03 13
335
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 40 – 45 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RZ 2RS1
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
40 52 7 4,94 3,45 0,186 26 000 13 000 0,034 61808-2RZ –
52 7 4,94 3,45 0,186 – 7 500 0,034 61808-2RS1 –
62 12 13,8 10 0,425 24 000 12 000 0,12 61908-2RZ –
62 12 13,8 10 0,425 – 6 700 0,12 61908-2RS1 –
68 15 17,8 11,6 0,49 22 000 11 000 0,19
68 15 17,8 11,6 0,49 22 000 11 000 0,19 * 6008-2Z * 6008-Z
68 15 17,8 11,6 0,49 – 6 300 0,19 * 6008-2RZ 6008-RZ
6008-2RS1 * 6008-RS1
68 21 16,8 11,6 0,49 – 6 300 0,26 * 63008-2RS1 * –
80 18 32,5 19 0,8 18 000 9 000 0,37
80 18 32,5 19 0,8 18 000 9 000 0,37 * 6208-2Z * 6208-Z
80 18 32,5 19 0,8 – 5 600 0,37 * 6208-2RZ 6208-RZ
6208-2RS1 * 6208-RS1
80 23 30,7 19 0,8 – 5 600 0,44 * 62208-2RS1 * –
90 23 42,3 24 1,02 17 000 8 500 0,63
90 23 42,3 24 1,02 17 000 8 500 0,63 * 6308-2Z * 6308-Z
90 23 42,3 24 1,02 – 5 000 0,63 * 6308-2RZ 6308-RZ
6308-2RS1 * 6308-RS1
90 33 41 24 1,02 – 5 000 0,89 * 62308-2RS1 * –
45 58 7 6,63 6,1 0,26 22 000 11 000 0,04 61809-2RZ –
58 7 6,63 6,1 0,26 – 6 700 0,04 61809-2RS1 –
68 12 14 10,8 0,465 20 00 10 000 0,14 61909-2RZ –
68 12 14 10,8 0,465 – 6 000 0,14 61909-2RS1 –
75 16 22,1 14,6 0,64 20 000 10 000 0,25
75 16 22,1 14,6 0,64 – 5 600 0,25 * 6009-2Z 6009-Z
6009-2RS1 * 6009-RS1
75 23 20,8 14,6 0,64 – 5 600 0,34 * 63009-2RS1 *–
85 19 35,1 21,6 0,915 17 000 8 500 0,41
85 19 35,1 21,6 0,915 – 5 000 0,41 * 6209-2Z 6209-Z
6209-2RS1 * 6209-RS1
85 23 33,2 21,6 0,915 – 5 000 0,48 * 62209-2RS1 *–
100 25 55,3 31,5 1,34 15 000 7 500 0,83
100 25 55,3 31,5 1,34 – 4 500 0,83 * 6309-2Z 6309-Z
6309-2RS1 * 6309-RS1
100 36 52,7 31,5 1,34 – 4 500 1,15 * 62309-2RS1 *–
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
336
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
40 43,7 – 49,6 0,3 42 – 50 0,3 0,015 14
– 42,6 49,6 0,3 42 42,5 50 0,3 0,015 14
46,9 – 57,3 0,6 43,2 – 58,8 0,6 0,02 16
46,9 – 57,3 0,6 43,2 – 58,8 0,6 0,02 16
49,3 – 61,1 1 44,6 – 63,4 1 0,025 15
49,3 – 61,1 1 44,6 – 63,4 1 0,025 15
49,3 – 61,1 1 44,6 – 63,4 1 0,025 15
49,3 – 61,1 1 44,6 – 63,4 1 0,025 15
52,6 – 69,8 1,1 47 – 73 1 0,025 14
52,6 – 69,8 1,1 47 – 73 1 0,025 14
52,6 – 69,8 1,1 47 – 73 1 0,025 14
52,6 – 69,8 1,1 47 – 73 1 0,025 14
56,1 – 77,7 1,5 49 – 81 1,5 0,03 13
56,1 – 77,7 1,5 49 – 81 1,5 0,03 13
56,1 – 77,7 1,5 49 – 81 1,5 0,03 13
56,1 – 77,7 1,5 49 – 81 1,5 0,03 13
45 49,1 – 55,4 0,3 47 – 56 0,3 0,015 17
49,1 – 55,4 0,3 47 – 56 0,3 0,015 17
52,4 – 62,8 0,6 48,2 – 64,8 0,6 0,02 16
52,4 – 62,8 0,6 48,2 – 64,8 0,6 0,02 16
54,8 – 67,8 1 50,8 – 69,2 1 0,025 15
54,8 – 67,8 1 50,8 – 69,2 1 0,025 15
54,8 – 67,8 1 50,8 – 69,2 1 0,025 15
57,6 – 75,2 1,1 52 – 78 1 0,025 14
57,6 – 75,2 1,1 52 – 78 1 0,025 14
57,6 – 75,2 1,1 52 – 78 1 0,025 14
62,2 – 86,7 1,5 54 – 91 1,5 0,03 13
62,2 – 86,7 1,5 54 – 91 1,5 0,03 13
62,2 – 86,7 1,5 54 – 91 1,5 0,03 13
337
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 50 – 55 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RZ 2RS1
D D2 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
50 65 7 6,76 6,8 0,285 20 000 10 000 0,052 61810-2RZ –
65 7 6,76 6,8 0,285 – 6 000 0,052 61810-2RS1 –
72 12 14,6 11,8 0,5 19 000 9 500 0,14 61910-2RZ –
72 12 14,6 11,8 0,5 – 5 600 0,14 61910-2RS1 –
80 16 22,9 16 0,71 18 000 9 000 0,26
80 16 22,9 16 0,71 18 000 9 000 0,26 * 6010-2Z * 6010-Z
80 16 22,9 16 0,71 – 5 000 0,26 * 6010-2RZ 6010-RZ
6010-2RS1 * 6010-RS1
80 23 21,6 16 0,71 – 5 000 0,37 * 63010-2RS1 * –
90 20 37,1 23,2 0,98 15 000 8 000 0,46
90 20 37,1 23,2 0,98 15 000 8 000 0,46 * 6210-2Z * 6210-Z
90 20 37,1 23,2 0,98 – 4 800 0,46 * 6210-2RZ 6210-RZ
6210-2RS1 * 6210-RS1
90 23 35,1 23,2 0,98 – 4 800 0,52 * 62210-2RS1 * –
110 27 65 38 1,6 13 000 6 700 1,05
110 27 65 38 1,6 – 4 300 1,05 * 6310-2Z * 6310-Z
110 40 61,8 38 1,6 – 4 300 1,55 * 6310-2RS1 6310-RS1
62310-2RS1 * –
55 72 9 9,04 8,8 0,375 19 000 9 500 0,083 61811-2RZ –
72 9 9,04 8,8 0,375 – 5 300 0,083 61811-2RS1 –
80 13 16,5 14 0,6 17 000 8 500 0,19 61911-2RZ –
80 13 16,5 14 0,6 – 5 000 0,19 61911-2RS1 –
90 18 29,6 21,2 0,9 16 000 8 000 0,39
90 18 29,6 21,2 0,9 – 4 500 0,39 * 6011-2Z * 6011-Z
* 6011-2RS1 * 6011-RS1
100 21 46,2 29 1,25 14 000 7 000 0,61
100 21 46,2 29 1,25 – 4 300 0,61 * 6211-2Z * 6211-Z
100 25 43,6 29 1,25 – 4 300 0,70 * 6211-2RS1
62211-2RS1 * –6211-RS1
120 29 74,1 45 1,9 12 000 6 300 1,35
120 29 74,1 45 1,9 – 3 800 1,35 * 6311-2Z * 6311-Z
120 43 71,5 45 1,9 – 3 800 1,95 * 6311-2RS1 6311-RS1
62311-2RS1 * –
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
338
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
50 55,1 61,8 0,3 52 63 0,3 0,015 17
55,1 61,8 0,3 52 63 0,3 0,015 17
56,9 67,3 0,6 53,2 68,8 0,6 0,02 16
56,9 67,3 0,6 53,2 68,8 0,6 0,02 16
59,8 72,8 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
59,8 72,8 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
59,8 72,8 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
59,8 72,8 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
62,5 81,6 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
62,5 81,6 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
62,5 81,6 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
62,5 81,6 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
68,8 95,2 2 59 101 2 0,03 13
68,8 95,2 2 59 101 2 0,03 13
68,8 95,2 2 59 101 2 0,03 13
55 60,6 68,6 0,3 57 70 0,3 0,015 17
60,6 68,6 0,3 57 70 0,3 0,015 17
63,2 74,2 1 59,6 75,4 1 0,02 16
63,2 74,2 1 59,6 75,4 1 0,02 16
66,3 81,5 1,1 61 84 1 0,025 15
66,3 81,5 1,1 61 84 1 0,025 15
69,1 89,4 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,025 14
69,1 89,4 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,025 14
69,1 89,4 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,025 14
75,3 104 2 66 109 2 0,03 13
75,3 104 2 66 109 2 0,03 13
75,3 104 2 66 109 2 0,03 13
339
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 60 – 65 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RZ 2RS1
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
60 78 10 11,9 11,4 0,49 17 000 8 500 0,11 61812-2RZ –
78 10 11,9 11,4 0,49 – 4 800 0,11 61812-2RS1 –
85 13 16,5 14,3 0,6 16 000 8 000 0,20 61912-2RZ –
85 13 16,5 14,3 0,6 – 4 500 0,20 61912-2RS1 –
95 18 30,7 23,2 0,98 15 000 7 500 0,42
95 18 30,7 23,2 0,98 15 000 7 500 0,42 * 6012-2Z * 6012-Z
95 18 30,7 23,2 0,98 – 4 300 0,42 * 6012-2RZ * 6012-RZ
* 6012-2RS1 * 6012-RS1
110 22 55,3 36 1,53 13 000 6 300 0,78
110 22 55,3 36 1,53 – 4 000 0,78 * 6212-2Z
6212-2RS1 * 6212-Z
110 28 52,7 36 1,53 – 4 000 0,97 * 62212-2RS1 * –6212-RS1
130 31 85,2 52 2,2 11 000 5 600 1,70
130 31 85,2 52 2,2 – 3 400 1,70 * 6312-2Z
6312-2RS1 * 6312-Z
130 46 81,9 52 2,2 – 3 400 2,50 * 62312-2RS1 * –6312-RS1
65 85 10 12,4 12,7 0,54 16 000 8 000 0,13 61813-2RZ –
85 10 12,4 12,7 0,54 – 4 500 0,13 61813-2RS1 –
90 13 17,4 16 0,68 15 000 7 500 0,22 61913-2RZ –
90 13 17,4 16 0,68 – 4 300 0,22 61913-2RS1 –
100 18 31,9 25 1,06 14 000 7 000 0,44
100 18 31,9 25 1,06 – 4 000 0,44 * 6013-2Z * 6013-Z
* 6013-2RS1 * 6013-RS1
120 23 58,5 40,5 1,73 12 000 6 000 0,99
120 23 58,5 40,5 1,73 – 3 600 0,99 * 6213-2Z
6213-2RS1 * 6213-Z
120 31 55,9 40,5 1,73 – 3 600 1,25 * 62213-2RS1 * –6213-RS1
140 33 97,5 60 2,5 10 000 5 300 2,10
140 33 97,5 60 2,5 – 3 200 2,10 * 6313-2Z
6313-2RS1 * 6313-Z
140 48 92,3 60 2,5 – 3 200 3,00 * 62313-2RS1 * –6313-RS1
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
340
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
60 65,6 – 74,5 0,3 62 – 76 0,3 0,015 17
65,6 – 74,5 0,3 62 – 76 0,3 0,015 17
68,2 – 79,2 1 64,6 – 80,4 1 0,02 16
68,2 – 79,2 1 64,6 – 80,4 1 0,02 16
71,3 – 86,5 1,1 66 – 89 1 0,025 16
71,3 – 86,5 1,1 66 – 89 1 0,025 16
71,3 – 86,5 1,1 66 – 89 1 0,025 16
75,5 – 98 1,5 69 – 101 1,5 0,025 14
75,5 – 98 1,5 69 – 101 1,5 0,025 14
75,5 – 98 1,5 69 – 101 1,5 0,025 14
81,9 – 112 2,1 72 – 118 2 0,03 13
81,9 – 112 2,1 72 – 118 2 0,03 13
81,9 – 112 2,1 72 – 118 2 0,03 13
65 71,6 – 80,5 0,6 68,2 – 81,8 0,6 0,015 17
71,6 – 80,5 0,6 68,2 – 81,8 0,6 0,015 17
73,2 – 84,2 1 69,6 – 85,4 1 0,02 17
– 73,2 84,2 1 69,6 73 85,4 1 0,02 17
76,3 – 91,5 1,1 71 – 94 1 0,025 16
76,3 – 91,5 1,1 71 – 94 1 0,025 16
83,3 – 106 1,5 74 – 111 1,5 0,025 15
83,3 – 106 1,5 74 – 111 1,5 0,025 15
83,3 – 106 1,5 74 – 111 1,5 0,025 15
88,4 – 121 2,1 77 – 128 2 0,03 13
88,4 – 121 2,1 77 – 128 2 0,03 13
88,4 – 121 2,1 77 – 128 2 0,03 13
341
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 70 – 80 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RZ 2RS1
D D2 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
70 90 10 12,4 13,2 0,56 15 000 7 500 0,14 61814-2RZ –
90 10 12,4 13,2 0,56 – 4 300 0,14 61814-2RS1 –
100 16 23,8 21,2 0,9 14 000 7 000 0,35 61914-2RZ –
100 16 23,8 21,2 0,9 – 4 000 0,35 61914-2RS1 –
110 20 39,7 31 1,32 13 000 6 300 0,60
110 20 39,7 31 1,32 – 3 600 0,60 * 6014-2Z * 6014-Z
* 6014-2RS1 * 6014-RS1
125 24 63,7 45 1,9 11 000 5 600 1,10
125 24 63,7 45 1,9 – 3 400 1,10 * 6214-2Z
6214-2RS1 * 6214-Z
125 31 60,5 45 1,9 – 3 400 1,30 * 62214-2RS1 * –6214-RS1
150 35 111 68 2,75 9 500 5 000 2,50
150 35 111 68 2,75 – 3 000 2,50 * 6314-2Z
6314-2RS1 * 6314-Z
150 51 104 68 2,75 – 3 000 3,55 * 62314-2RS1 * –6314-RS1
75 95 10 12,7 14,3 0,61 14 000 7 000 0,15 61815-2RZ –
95 10 12,7 14,3 0,61 – 4 000 0,15 61815-2RS1 –
105 16 24,2 19,3 0,965 13 000 6 300 0,37 61915-2RZ –
105 16 24,2 19,3 0,965 – 3 600 0,37 61915-2RS1 –
115 20 41,6 33,5 1,43 12 000 6 000 0,64
115 20 41,6 33,5 1,43 12 000 6 000 0,64 * 6015-2Z * 6015-Z
115 20 41,6 33,5 1,43 – 3 400 0,64 * 6015-2RZ * 6015-RZ
* 6015-2RS1 * 6015-RS1
130 25 68,9 49 2,04 10 000 5 300 1,20
130 25 68,9 49 2,04 – 3 200 1,20 * 6215-2Z * 6215-Z
160 37 119 76,5 3 9 000 4 500 3,00 * 6215-2RS1 * 6215-RS1
160 37 119 76,5 3 – 2 800 3,00 * 6315-2Z * 6315-Z
* 6315-2RS1 * 6315-RS1
80 100 10 13 15 0,64 13 000 6 300 0,15 61816-2RZ –
100 10 13 15 0,64 – 3 600 0,15 61816-2RS1 –
110 16 25,1 20,4 1,02 12 000 6 000 0,40 61916-2RZ –
110 16 25,1 20,4 1,02 – 3 400 0,40 61916-2RS1 –
125 22 49,4 40 1,66 11 000 5 600 0,85
125 22 49,4 40 1,66 – 3 200 0,85 * 6016-2Z * 6016-Z
* 6016-2RS1 * 6016-RS1
140 26 72,8 55 2,2 9 500 4 800 1,40
140 26 72,8 55 2,2 – 3 000 1,40 * 6216-2Z * 6216-Z
170 39 130 86,5 3,25 8 500 4 300 3,60 * 6216-2RS1 * 6216-RS1
170 39 130 86,5 3,25 – 2 600 3,60 * 6316-2Z * 6316-Z
SKF Explorer bearing
* 6316-2RS1 * 6316-RS1
*
1)
For bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
342
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
70 76,6 85,5 0,6 73,2 86,8 0,6 0,015 17
76,6 85,5 0,6 73,2 86,8 0,6 0,015 17
79,7 93,3 1 74,6 95,4 1 0,02 16
79,7 93,3 1 74,6 95,4 1 0,02 16
82,9 99,9 1,1 76 104 1 0,025 16
82,9 99,9 1,1 76 104 1 0,025 16
87,1 111 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,025 15
87,1 111 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,025 15
87,1 111 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,025 15
95 130 2,1 82 138 2 0,03 13
95 130 2,1 82 138 2 0,03 13
95 130 2,1 82 138 2 0,03 13
75 81,6 90,5 0,6 78,2 91,8 0,6 0,015 17
81,6 90,5 0,6 78,2 91,8 0,6 0,015 17
84,7 98,3 1 79,6 100 1 0,02 14
84,7 98,3 1 79,6 100 1 0,02 14
87,9 105 1,1 81 109 1 0,025 16
87,9 105 1,1 81 109 1 0,025 16
87, 105 1,1 81 109 1 0,025 16
92,1 117 1,5 84 121 1,5 0,025 15
92,1 117 1,5 84 121 1,5 0,025 15
101 138 2,1 87 148 2 0,03 13
101 138 2,1 87 148 2 0,03 13
80 86,6 95,5 0,6 83,2 96,8 0,6 0,015 17
86,6 95,5 0,6 83,2 96,8 0,6 0,015 17
89,8 102 1 84,6 105 1 0,02 14
89,8 102 1 84,6 105 1 0,02 14
94,4 114 1,1 86 119 1 0,025 16
94,4 114 1,1 86 119 1 0,025 16
101 127 2 91 129 2 0,025 15
101 127 2 91 129 2 0,025 15
108 147 2,1 92 158 2 0,03 13
108 147 2,1 92 158 2 0,03 13
343
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 85 – 100 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RZ 2RS1
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
85 110 13 19,5 20,8 0,88 12 000 6 000 0,27 61817-2RZ –
110 13 19,5 20,8 0,88 – 3 400 0,27 61817-2RS1 –
130 22 52 43 1,76 11 000 5 300 0,89 6017-2Z 6017-Z
130 22 52 43 1,76 – 3 000 0,89 * 6017-2RS1 * 6017-RS1
* *
150 28 87,1 64 2,5 9 000 4 500 1,80
150 28 87,1 64 2,5 – 2 800 1,80 * 6217-2Z * 6217-Z
180 41 140 96,5 3,55 8 000 4 000 4,25 * 6217-2RS1 * 6217-RS1
180 41 140 96,5 3,55 – 2 400 4,25 * 6317-2Z * 6317-Z
* 6317-2RS1 * 6317-RS1
90 115 13 19,5 22 0,915 11 000 5 600 0,28 61818-2RZ –
115 13 19,5 22 0,915 – 3 200 0,28 61818-2RS1 –
140 24 60,5 50 1,96 10 000 5 000 1,15 6018-2Z 6018-Z
140 24 60,5 50 1,96 – 2 800 1,15 * 6018-2RS1 * 6018-RS1
* *
160 30 101 73,5 2,8 8 500 4 300 2,15
160 30 101 73,5 2,8 – 2 600 2,15 * 6218-2Z * 6218-Z
190 43 151 108 3,8 7 500 3 800 4,90 * 6218-2RS1 * 6218-RS1
190 43 151 108 3,8 – 2 400 4,90 * 6318-2Z * 6318-Z
* 6318-2RS1 * 6318-RS1
95 120 13 19,9 22,8 0,93 11 000 5 300 0,30 61819-2RZ –
120 13 19,9 22,8 0,93 – 3 000 0,30 61819-2RS1 –
130 18 33,8 33,5 1,43 – 3 000 0,61 61919-2RS1 –
145 24 63,7 54 2,08 9 500 4 800 1,20
145 24 63,7 54 2,08 – 2 800 1,20 * 6019-2Z * 6019-Z
170 32 114 81,5 3 8 000 4 000 2,60 * 6019-2RS1 * 6019-RS1
170 32 114 81,5 3 – 2 400 2,60 * 6219-2Z * 6219-Z
* 6219-2RS1 * 6219-RS1
200 45 159 118 4,15 7 000 3 600 5,65
200 45 159 118 4,15 – 2 200 5,65 * 6319-2Z * 6319-Z
* 6319-2RS1 * 6319-RS1
100 125 13 19,9 24 0,95 10 000 5 300 0,31 61820-2RZ –
125 13 19,9 24 0,95 – 3 000 0,31 61820-2RS1 –
150 24 63,7 54 2,04 9 500 4 500 1,25 6020-2Z 6020-Z
150 24 63,7 54 2,04 – 2 600 1,25 * 6020-2RS1 * 6020-RS1
* *
180 34 127 93 3,35 7 500 3 800 3,15
180 34 127 93 3,35 – 2 400 3,15 * 6220-2Z
6220-2RS1 * 6220-Z
6220-RS1
215 47 174 140 4,75 6 700 3 400 7,00 * 6320-2Z * 6320-Z
SKF Explorer bearing
*
1)
For bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
344
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
85 93,2 – 104 1 89,6 – 105 1 0,015 17
93,2 – 104 1 89,6 – 105 1 0,015 17
99,4 – 119 1,1 92 – 123 1 0,025 16
99,4 – 119 1,1 92 – 123 1 0,025 16
106 – 134 2 94 – 141 2 0,025 15
106 – 134 2 94 – 141 2 0,025 15
115 – 155 3 99 – 166 2,5 0,03 13
115 – 155 3 99 – 166 2,5 0,03 13
90 98,2 – 109 1 94,6 – 110 1 0,015 17
98,2 – 109 1 94,6 – 110 1 0,015 17
106 – 128 1,5 97 – 133 1,5 0,025 16
106 – 128 1,5 97 – 133 1,5 0,025 16
113 – 143 2 101 – 149 2 0,025 15
– 106 143 2 101 105 149 2 0,025 15
121 – 164 3 104 – 176 2,5 0,03 13
121 – 164 3 104 – 176 2,5 0,03 13
95 103 – 114 1 99,6 – 115 1 0,015 17
103 – 114 1 99,6 – 115 1 0,015 17
106 – 122 1,1 101 – 124 1 0,02 17
111 – 133 1,5 102 – 138 1,5 0,025 16
110 – 133 1,5 102 – 138 1,5 0,025 16
118 – 151 2,1 106 – 159 2 0,025 14
– 112 151 2,1 106 111 159 2 0,025 14
128 – 172 3 109 – 186 2,5 0,03 13
– 121 172 3 109 120 186 2,5 0,03 13
100 108 – 119 1 105 – 120 1 0,015 17
108 – 119 1 105 – 120 1 0,015 17
116 – 138 1,5 107 – 143 1,5 0,025 16
– 110 138 1,5 107 109 143 1,5 0,025 16
125 – 160 2,1 111 – 169 2 0,025 14
– 118 160 2,1 111 117 169 2 0,025 14
136 – 184 3 114 – 201 2,5 0,03 13
345
Sealed single row deep groove ball bearings
d 105 – 160 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
2Z 2RZ 2RS1
D D2 d d1 d2
2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) sealed sealed
limit speed speed both one
d D B C C0 Pu sides side
mm kN kN r/min kg –
105 130 13 20,8 19,6 1 10 000 5 000 0,32 61821-2RZ –
130 13 20,8 19,6 1 – 2 800 0,32 61821-2RS1 –
160 26 76,1 65,5 2,4 8 500 4 300 1,60 6021-2Z 6021-Z
160 26 76,1 65,5 2,4 – 2 400 1,60 * 6021-2RS1 * 6021-RS1
* *
190 36 140 104 3,65 7 000 3 600 3,70
190 36 140 104 3,65 – 2 200 3,70 * 6221-2Z * 6221-Z
225 49 182 153 5,1 6 300 3 200 8,25 * 6221-2RS1
6321-2Z
6221-RS1
* 6321-Z
110 140 16 28,1 26 1,25 9 500 4 500 0,60 61822-2RZ –
140 16 28,1 26 1,25 – 2 600 0,60 61822-2RS1 –
170 28 85,2 73,5 2,4 8 000 4 000 1,95 6022-2Z 6022-Z
170 28 85,2 73,5 2,4 – 2 400 1,95 * 6022-2RS1* 6022-RS1
* *
200 38 151 118 4 6 700 3 400 4,35
240 50 203 180 5,7 6 000 3 000 9,55 * 6222-2Z 6222-Z
6322-2ZTN9 * 6322-ZTN9
120 150 16 29,1 28 1,29 8 500 4 300 0,65 61824-2RZ –
150 16 29,1 28 1,29 – 2 400 0,65 61824-2RS1 –
180 28 88,4 80 2,75 7 500 3 800 2,05 6024-2Z 6024-Z
180 28 88,4 80 2,75 – 2 200 2,05 * 6024-2RS1 * 6024-RS1
215 40 146 118 3,9 6 300 3 200 5,15 * 6224-2Z * 6224-Z
130 165 18 37,7 43 1,6 8 000 3 800 0,93 61826-2RZ –
165 18 37,7 43 1,6 – 2 200 0,93 61826-2RS1 –
200 33 112 100 3,35 7 000 3 400 3,15 6026-2Z 6026-Z
200 33 112 100 3,35 – 2 000 3,15 * 6026-2RS1 * 6026-RS1
230 40 156 132 4,15 5 600 3 000 5,80 * 6226-2Z * 6226-Z
140 175 18 39 46,5 1,66 7 500 3 600 0,99 61828-2RZ –
175 18 39 46,5 1,66 – 2 000 0,99 61828-2RS1 –
210 33 111 108 3,45 6 700 3 200 3,35 6028-2Z 6028-Z
210 33 111 108 3,45 – 1 800 3,35 6028-2RS1 6028-RS1
150 225 35 125 125 3,9 6 000 3 000 4,80 6030-2Z 6030-Z
225 35 125 125 3,9 – 1 700 4,80 6030-2RS1 6030-RS1
160 240 38 143 143 4,3 5 600 2 800 5,90 6032-2Z 6032-Z
240 38 143 143 4,3 – 1 600 5,90 6032-2RS1 6032-RS1
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
bearings with only one shield or low-friction seal (Z, RZ, RSL), the limiting speeds for open bearings are valid
346
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
105 112 – 124 1 110 – 125 1 0,015 13
– 111 124 1 110 110 125 1 0,015 13
123 – 147 2 116 – 149 2 0,025 16
– 117 147 2 116 116 149 2 0,025 16
131 – 167 2,1 117 – 178 2 0,025 14
– 125 167 2,1 117 124 178 2 0,025 14
141 – 193 3 119 – 211 2,5 0,03 13
110 119 – 134 1 115 – 135 1 0,015 14
– 115 134 1 115 115 135 1 0,015 14
129 – 155 2 119 – 161 2 0,025 16
129 – 155 2 119 – 161 2 0,025 16
138 – 177 2,1 122 – 188 2 0,025 14
149 – 205 3 124 – 226 2,5 0,03 13
120 129 – 144 1 125 – 145 1 0,015 13
– 125 144 1 125 125 145 1 0,015 13
139 – 165 2 129 – 171 2 0,025 16
– 133 165 2 129 132 171 2 0,025 16
151 – 189 2,1 132 – 203 2 0,025 14
130 140 – 158 1,1 136 – 159 1 0,015 16
– 137 158 1,1 136 136 159 1 0,015 16
153 – 182 2 139 – 191 2 0,025 16
153 – 182 2 139 – 191 2 0,025 16
161 – 203 3 144 – 216 2,5 0,025 15
140 151 – 167 1,1 146 – 169 1 0,015 16
– 148 167 1,1 146 147 169 1 0,015 16
163 – 192 2 149 – 201 2 0,025 16
– 156 192 2 149 155 201 2 0,025 16
150 174 – 205 2,1 160 – 215 2 0,025 16
174 – 205 2,1 160 – 215 2 0,025 16
160 186 – 219 2,1 169 – 231 2 0,025 16
– 179 219 2,1 169 178 231 2 0,025 16
347
ICOSTM oil sealed bearing units
d 12 – 30 mm
C
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D1 d1 d D2 D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load speed
limit
d D B C C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
12 32 10 12,6 7,28 3,1 0,132 14 000 0,041
* ICOS-D1B01-TN9
15 35 11 13,2 8,06 3,75 0,16 12 000 0,048
* ICOS-D1B02-TN9
17 40 12 14,2 9,95 4,75 0,2 11 000 0,071
* ICOS-D1B03-TN9
20 47 14 16,2 13,5 6,55 0,28 9 300 0,11
* ICOS-D1B04-TN9
25 52 15 17,2 14,8 7,8 0,335 7 700 0,14
* ICOS-D1B05-TN9
30 62 16 19,4 20,3 11,2 0,475 6 500 0,22
* ICOS-D1B06-TN9
* SKF Explorer bearing
348
ra
ra
Da da db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da db Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
12 18,4 –1) 27,4 0,6 16,2 18 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
15 21,7 30,8 30,4 0,6 19,2 21,5 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
17 24,5 35,6 35 0,6 21,2 24 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
20 28,8 42 40,6 1 25,6 28,5 41,4 1 0,025 13
25 34,3 47 46,3 1 30,6 34 46,4 1 0,025 14
30 40,3 55,6 54,1 1 35,6 40 56,4 1 0,025 14
1)
Full rubber cross section
349
Single row deep groove ball bearings with snap ring groove
d 10 – 45 mm
C f
b B
min 0,5 r2
r0 r1
D3 r1
r2
D D3 D1 d d1 D4
N NR
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting Bearing with Snap
limit speed speed snap ring snap ring ring
d D B C C0 Pu groove groove and
snap ring
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 30 9 5,4 2,36 0,1 56 000 34 000 0,032
* 6200 N * 6200 NR SP 30
12 32 10 7,28 3,1 0,132 50 000 32 000 0,037
* 6201 N * 6201 NR SP 32
15 35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 43 000 28 000 0,045
* 6202 N * 6202 NR SP 35
17 40 12 9,95 4,75 0,2 38 000 24 000 0,065
47 14 14,3 6,55 0,275 34 000 22 000 0,12 * 6203 N
* 6203 NR SP 40
* 6303 N * 6303 NR SP 47
20 42 12 9,5 5 0,212 38 000 24 000 0,069
47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 32 000 20 000 0,11 * 6004 N
* 6004 NR SP 42
52 15 16,8 7,8 0,335 30 000 19 000 0,14 * 6204 N
6304 N * 6204 NR
6304 NR
SP 47
SP 52
* *
25 47 12 11,9 6,55 0,275 32 000 20 000 0,08
52 15 14,8 7,8 0,335 28 000 18 000 0,13 * 6005 N
* 6005 NR SP 47
62 17 23,4 11,6 0,49 24 000 16 000 0,23 * 6205 N
* 6205 NR SP 52
* 6305 N * 6305 NR SP 62
30 55 13 13,8 8,3 0,355 28 000 17 000 0,12
62 16 20,3 11,2 0,475 24 000 15 000 0,20 * 6006 N
* 6006 NR SP 55
72 19 29,6 16 0,67 20 000 13 000 0,35 * 6206 N
6306 N * 6206 NR
6306 NR
SP 62
SP 72
* *
35 62 14 16,8 10,2 0,44 24 000 15 000 0,16
72 17 27 15,3 0,655 20 000 13 000 0,29 * 6007 N
* 6007 NR SP 62
* 6207 N * 6207 NR SP 72
80 21 35,1 19 0,815 19 000 12 000 0,46 6307 N 6307 NR SP 80
100 25 55,3 31 1,29 16 000 10 000 0,95 * 6407 N * 6407 NR SP 100
40 68 15 17,8 11,6 0,49 22 000 14 000 0,19
80 18 32,5 19 0,8 18 000 11 000 0,37 * 6008 N
* 6008 NR SP 68
* 6208 N * 6208 NR SP 80
90 23 42,3 24 1,02 17 000 11 000 0,63 6308 N 6308 NR SP 90
110 27 63,7 36,5 1,53 14 000 9 000 1,25 * 6408 N * 6408 NR SP 110
45 75 16 22,1 14,6 0,64 20 000 12 000 0,25
85 19 35,1 21,6 0,915 17 000 11 000 0,41 * 6009 N
* 6009 NR SP 75
* 6209 N * 6209 NR SP 85
100 25 55,3 31,5 1,34 15 000 9 500 0,83 6309 N 6309 NR SP 100
120 29 76,1 45 1,9 13 000 8 500 1,55 * 6409 N * 6409 NR SP 120
* SKF Explorer bearing
350
ba
max 0,5
ra
Db Da da
Ca
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D3 D4 b f C r1,2 r0 da Da Db ba Ca ra kr f0
~ ~ min max min max min min max max
mm mm –
10 17 23,2 28,17 34,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 14,2 25,8 36 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 13
12 18,5 25,7 30,15 36,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 16,2 27,8 38 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 12
15 21,7 29 33,17 39,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 19,2 30,8 41 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 13
17 24,5 32,7 38,1 44,6 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 21,2 35,8 46 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 13
26,5 37,4 44,6 52,7 1,35 1,12 2,46 1 0,4 22,6 41,4 54 1,5 3,58 1 0,03 12
20 27,2 34,8 39,75 46,3 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 23,2 38,8 48 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 14
28,8 38,5 44,6 52,7 1,35 1,12 2,46 1 0,4 25,6 41,4 54 1,5 3,58 1 0,025 13
30,4 41,6 49,73 57,9 1,35 1,12 2,46 1,1 0,4 27 45 59 1,5 3,58 1 0,03 12
25 32 40 44,6 52,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 28,2 43,8 54 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 14
34,4 44 49,73 57,9 1,35 1,12 2,46 1 0,4 30,6 46,4 59 1,5 3,58 1 0,025 14
36,6 50,4 59,61 67,7 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 32 55 69 2,2 4,98 1 0,03 12
30 38,2 46,8 52,6 60,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 1 0,4 34,6 50,4 62 1,5 3,18 1 0,025 15
40,4 51,6 59,61 67,7 1,9 1,7 3,28 1 0,6 35,6 56,4 69 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
44,6 59,1 68,81 78,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 37 65 80 2,2 4,98 1 0,03 13
35 43,8 53,3 59,61 67,7 1,9 1,7 2,06 1 0,6 39,6 57,4 69 2,2 3,76 1 0,025 15
46,9 60 68,81 78,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1 0,6 40,6 66,4 80 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
49,6 65,4 76,81 86,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,5 0,6 44 71 88 2,2 4,98 1,5 0,03 13
57,4 79,5 96,8 106,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 46 89 108 3 5,74 1,5 0,035 12
40 49,3 58,8 64,82 74,6 1,9 1,7 2,49 1 0,6 44,6 63,4 76 2,2 4,19 1 0,025 15
52,6 67,4 76,81 86,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 47 73 88 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
56,1 73,8 86,79 96,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 49 81 98 3 5,74 1,5 0,03 13
62,8 87 106,81 116,6 2,7 2,46 3,28 2 0,6 53 97 118 3 5,74 2 0,035 12
45 54,8 65,3 71,83 81,6 1,9 1,7 2,49 1 0,6 49,6 70,4 83 2,2 4,19 1 0,025 15
57,6 72,4 81,81 91,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 52 78 93 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
62,2 82,7 96,8 106,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 54 91 108 3 5,74 1,5 0,03 13
68,9 95,8 115,21 129,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 2 0,6 58 107 131 3,5 6,88 2 0,035 12
351
Single row deep groove ball bearings with snap ring groove
d 50 – 90 mm
C f
b B
min 0,5 r2
r1
r0
D3 r1
r2
D D3 D1 d d1 D4
N NR
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting Bearing with Snap
limit speed speed snap ring snap ring ring
d D B C C0 Pu groove groove and
snap ring
mm kN kN r/min kg –
50 80 16 22,9 16 0,71 18 000 11 000 0,26
90 20 37,1 23,2 0,98 15 000 10 000 0,46 * 6010 N
* 6010 NR SP 80
* 6210 N * 6210 NR SP 90
110 27 65 38 1,6 13 000 8 500 1,05 6310 N 6310 NR SP 110
130 31 87,1 52 2,2 12 000 7 500 1,90 * 6410 N * 6410 NR SP 130
55 90 18 29,6 21,2 0,9 16 000 10 000 0,39
100 21 46,2 29 1,25 14 000 9 000 0,61 * 6011 N
* 6011 NR SP 90
* 6211 N * 6211 NR SP 100
120 29 74,1 45 1,9 12 000 8 000 1,35 6311 N 6311 NR SP 120
140 33 99,5 62 2,6 11 000 7 000 2,30 * 6411 N * 6411 NR SP 140
60 95 18 30,7 23,2 0,98 15 000 9 500 0,42
110 22 55,3 36 1,53 13 000 8 000 0,78 * 6012 N
* 6012 NR SP 95
* 6212 N * 6212 NR SP 110
130 31 85,2 52 2,2 11 000 7 000 1,70 6312 N 6312 NR SP 130
150 35 108 69,5 2,9 10 000 6 300 2,75 * 6412 N * 6412 NR SP 150
65 100 18 31,9 25 1,06 14 000 9 000 0,44
120 23 58,5 40,5 1,73 12 000 7 500 0,99 * 6013 N
* 6013 NR SP 100
* 6213 N * 6213 NR SP 120
140 33 97,5 60 2,5 10 000 6 700 2,10 6313 N 6313 NR SP 140
160 37 119 78 3,15 9 500 6 000 3,30 * 6413 N * 6413 NR SP 160
70 110 20 39,7 31 1,32 13 000 8 000 0,60
125 24 63,7 45 1,9 11 000 7 000 1,05 * 6014 N
* 6014 NR SP 110
150 35 111 68 2,75 9 500 6 300 2,50 * 6214 N
6314 N * 6214 NR
6314 NR
SP 125
SP 150
* *
75 115 20 41,6 33,5 1,43 12 000 7 500 0,64
130 25 68,9 49 2,04 10 000 6 700 1,20 * 6015 N
* 6015 NR SP 115
160 37 119 76,5 3 9 000 5 600 3,00 * 6215 N
* 6215 NR SP 130
* 6315 N * 6315 NR SP 160
80 125 22 49,4 40 1,66 11 000 7 000 0,85
140 26 72,8 55 2,2 9 500 6 000 1,40 * 6016 N
* 6016 NR SP 125
* 6216 N * 6216 NR SP 140
85 130 22 52 43 1,76 11 000 6 700 0,89
150 28 87,1 64 2,5 9 000 5 600 1,80 * 6017 N
* 6017 NR SP 130
* 6217 N * 6217 NR SP 150
90 140 24 60,5 50 1,96 10 000 6 300 1,15
160 30 101 73,5 2,8 8 500 5 300 2,15 * 6018 N
* 6018 NR SP 140
* 6218 N * 6218 NR SP 160
* SKF Explorer bearing
352
ba
max 0,5
ra
Db Da da
Ca
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D3 D4 b f C r1,2 r0 da Da Db ba Ca ra kr f0
~ ~ min max min max min min max max
mm mm –
50 59,8 70,3 76,81 86,6 1,9 1,7 2,49 1 0,6 54,6 75,4 88 2,2 4,19 1 0,025 15
62,5 77,4 86,79 96,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,1 0,6 57 83 98 3 5,74 1 0,025 14
68,8 91,1 106,81 116,6 2,7 2,46 3,28 2 0,6 61 99 118 3 5,74 2 0,03 13
75,5 104 125,22 139,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 2,1 0,6 64 116 141 3,5 6,88 2 0,035 12
55 66,3 78,7 86,79 96,5 2,7 2,46 2,87 1,1 0,6 61 84 98 3 5,33 1 0,025 15
69,1 85,8 96,8 106,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 64 91 108 3 5,74 1,5 0,025 14
75,3 99,5 115,21 129,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 2 0,6 66 109 131 3,5 6,88 2 0,03 13
81,6 113 135,23 149,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 69 126 151 3,5 7,72 2 0,035 12
60 71,3 83,7 91,82 101,6 2,7 2,46 2,87 1,1 0,6 66 87 103 3 5,33 1 0,025 16
75,5 94,6 106,81 116,6 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 69 101 118 3 5,74 1,5 0,025 14
81,9 108 125,22 139,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 2,1 0,6 72 118 141 3,5 6,88 2 0,03 13
88,1 122 145,24 159,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 74 136 162 3,5 7,72 2 0,035 12
65 76,3 88,7 96,8 106,5 2,7 2,46 2,87 1,1 0,6 71 94 108 3 5,33 1 0,025 16
83,3 102 115,21 129,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 1,5 0,6 74 111 131 3,5 6,88 1,5 0,025 15
88,4 116 135,23 149,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 77 128 151 3,5 7,72 2 0,03 13
94 131 155,22 169,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 79 146 172 3,5 7,72 2 0,035 12
70 82,9 97,2 106,81 116,6 2,7 2,46 2,87 1,1 0,6 76 104 118 3 5,33 1 0,025 16
87,1 108 120,22 134,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 1,5 0,6 79 116 136 3,5 6,88 1,5 0,025 15
95 125 145,24 159,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 82 138 162 3,5 7,72 2 0,03 13
75 87,9 102 111,81 121,6 2,7 2,46 2,87 1,1 0,6 81 109 123 3 5,33 1 0,025 16
92,1 113 125,22 139,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 1,5 0,6 84 121 141 3,5 6,88 1,5 0,025 15
101 133 155,22 169,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 87 148 172 3,5 7,72 2 0,03 13
80 94,4 111 120,22 134,7 3,1 2,82 2,87 1,1 0,6 86 119 136 3,5 5,69 1 0,025 16
101 122 135,23 149,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2 0,6 91 129 151 3,5 7,72 2 0,025 15
85 99,4 116 125,22 139,7 3,1 2,82 2,87 1,1 0,6 91 124 141 3,5 5,69 1 0,025 16
106 130 145,24 159,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2 0,6 96 139 162 3,5 7,72 2 0,025 15
90 106 124 135,23 149,7 3,1 2,82 3,71 1,5 0,6 97 133 151 3,5 6,53 1,5 0,025 16
113 138 155,22 169,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2 0,6 101 149 172 3,5 7,72 2 0,025 15
353
Single row deep groove ball bearings with snap ring groove
d 95 – 120 mm
C f
b B
min 0,5 r2
r1
r0
D3 r1
r2
D D3 D1 d d1 D4
N NR
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting Bearing with Snap
limit speed speed snap ring snap ring ring
d D B C C0 Pu groove groove and
snap ring
mm kN kN r/min kg –
95 170 32 114 81,5 3 8 000 5 000 2,60
* 6219 N * 6219 NR SP 170
100 150 24 63,7 54 2,04 9 500 5 600 1,25
180 34 127 93 3,35 7 500 4 800 3,15 * 6020 N
* 6020 NR SP 150
* 6220 N * 6220 NR SP 180
105 160 26 76,1 65,5 2,4 8 500 5 300 1,60
* 6021 N * 6021 NR SP 160
110 170 28 85,2 73,5 2,6 8 000 5 000 1,95
* 6022 N * 6022 NR SP 170
120 180 28 88,4 80 2,75 7 500 4 800 2,05
* 6024 N * 6024 NR SP 180
* SKF Explorer bearing
354
ba
max 0,5
ra
Db Da da
Ca
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 D3 D4 b f C r1,2 r0 da Da Db ba Ca ra kr f0
~ ~ min max min max min min max max
mm mm –
95 118 146 163,65 182,9 3,5 3,1 5,69 2,1 0,6 107 158 185 4 8,79 2 0,025 14
100 116 134 145,24 159,7 3,1 2,82 3,71 1,5 0,6 107 143 162 3,5 6,53 1,5 0,025 16
125 155 173,66 192,9 3,5 3,1 5,69 2,1 0,6 112 168 195 4 8,79 2 0,025 14
105 123 143 155,22 169,7 3,1 2,82 3,71 2 0,6 114 151 172 3,5 6,53 2 0,025 16
110 129 151 163,65 182,9 3,5 3,1 3,71 2 0,6 119 161 185 4 6,81 2 0,025 16
120 139 161 173,66 192,9 3,5 3,1 3,71 2 0,6 129 171 195 4 6,81 2 0,025 16
355
Single row deep groove ball bearings with snap ring groove and shields
d 10 – 60 mm
C f
b B
min 0,5 r2
r0 r1
D3 r1
r2
D3 D2 d d1 D4
ZNR 2ZNR
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) Bearing with Snap
limit speed speed one shield two shields ring
d D B C C0 Pu and snap and snap
ring ring
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 30 9 5,4 2,36 0,1 56 000 34 000 0,032
* 6200-ZNR * 6200-2ZNR SP 30
12 32 10 7,28 3,1 0,132 5 0000 32 000 0,037
* 6201-ZNR * 6201-2ZNR SP 32
15 35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 43 000 28 000 0,045
* 6202-ZNR * 6202-2ZNR SP 35
17 40 12 9,95 4,75 0,2 38 000 24 000 0,065
47 14 14,3 6,55 0,275 34 000 22 000 0,12 * 6203-ZNR * 6203-2ZNR SP 40
* 6303-ZNR * 6303-2ZNR SP 47
20 42 12 9,95 5 0,212 38 000 24 000 0,069
47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 32 000 20 000 0,11 * 6004-ZNR * 6004-2ZNR SP 42
52 15 16,8 7,8 0,335 3 0000 19 000 0,14 * 6204-ZNR * 6204-2ZNR SP 47
* 6304-ZNR * 6304-2ZNR SP 52
25 47 12 11,9 6,55 0,275 32 000 20 000 0,08
52 15 14,8 7,8 0,335 28 000 18 000 0,13 * 6005-ZNR * 6005-2ZNR SP 47
62 17 23,4 11,6 0,49 24 000 16 000 0,23 * 6205-ZNR * 6205-2ZNR SP 52
* 6305-ZNR * 6305-2ZNR SP 62
30 62 16 20,3 11,2 0,475 24 000 15 000 0,20
72 19 29,6 16 0,67 2 0000 13 000 0,35 * 6206-ZNR * 6206-2ZNR SP 62
* 6306-ZNR * 6306-2ZNR SP 72
35 72 17 27 15,3 0,655 2 0000 13 000 0,29
80 21 35,1 19 0,815 19 000 12 000 0,46 * 6207-ZNR * 6207-2ZNR SP 72
* 6307-ZNR * 6307-2ZNR SP 80
40 80 18 32,5 19 0,8 18 000 11 000 0,37
90 23 42,3 24 1,02 17 000 11 000 0,63 * 6208-ZNR * 6208-2ZNR SP 80
* 6308-ZNR * 6308-2ZNR SP 90
45 85 19 35,1 21,6 0,915 17 000 11 000 0,41
100 25 55,3 31,5 1,34 15 000 9 500 0,83 * 6209-ZNR * 6209-2ZNR SP 85
* 6309-ZNR * 6309-2ZNR SP 100
50 90 20 37,1 23,2 0,98 15 000 10 000 0,46
110 27 65 38 1,6 13 000 8 500 1,05 * 6210-ZNR * 6210-2ZNR SP 90
* 6310-ZNR * 6310-2ZNR SP 110
55 100 21 46,2 29 1,25 14 000 9 000 0,61
120 29 74,1 45 1,9 12 000 8 000 1,35 * 6211-ZNR * 6211-2ZNR SP 100
* 6311-ZNR * 6311-2ZNR SP 120
60 110 22 55,3 36 1,53 13 000 8 000 0,78
130 31 85,2 52 2,2 11 000 7 000 1,70 * 6212-ZNR * 6212-2ZNR SP 110
* 6312-ZNR * 6312-2ZNR SP 130
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
2Z design, limiting speeds are about 80 % of the quoted value
356
ba
max 0,5
ra
Db Da da
Ca
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D2 D3 D4 b f C r1,2 r0 da Da Db ba Ca ra kr f0
~ ~ min max min max min min max max
mm mm –
10 17 24,8 28,17 34,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 14,2 25,8 36 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 13
12 18,5 27,4 30,15 36,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 16,2 27,8 38 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 12
15 21,7 30,4 33,17 39,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 19,2 30,8 41 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 13
17 24,5 35 38,1 44,6 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 21,2 35,8 46 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 13
26,5 39,7 44,6 52,7 1,35 1,12 2,46 1 0,4 22,6 41,4 54 1,5 3,58 1 0,03 12
20 27,2 37,2 39,75 46,3 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 23,2 38,8 48 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 14
28,8 40,6 44,6 52,7 1,35 1,12 2,46 1 0,4 25,6 41,4 54 1,5 3,58 1 0,025 13
30,4 44,8 49,73 57,9 1,35 1,12 2,46 1,1 0,4 27 45 59 1,5 3,58 1 0,03 12
25 32 42,2 44,6 52,7 1,35 1,12 2,06 0,6 0,4 28,2 43,8 54 1,5 3,18 0,6 0,025 14
34,4 46,3 49,73 57,9 1,35 1,12 2,46 1 0,4 30,6 46,4 59 1,5 3,58 1 0,025 14
36,6 52,7 59,61 67,7 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 32 55 69 2,2 4,98 1 0,03 12
30 40,4 54,1 59,61 67,7 1,9 1,7 3,28 1 0,6 35,6 56,4 69 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
44,6 61,9 68,81 78,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 37 65 80 2,2 4,98 1 0,03 13
35 46,9 62,7 68,81 78,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1 0,6 40,6 66,4 80 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
49,6 69,2 76,81 86,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,5 0,6 44 71 88 2,2 4,98 1,5 0,03 13
40 52,6 69,8 76,81 86,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 47 73 88 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
56,1 77,7 86,79 96,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 49 81 98 3 5,74 1,5 0,03 13
45 57,6 75,2 81,81 91,6 1,9 1,7 3,28 1,1 0,6 52 78 93 2,2 4,98 1 0,025 14
62,2 86,7 96,8 106,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 54 91 108 3 5,74 1,5 0,03 13
50 62,5 81,6 86,79 96,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,1 0,6 57 83 98 3 5,74 1 0,025 14
68,8 95,2 106,81 116,6 2,7 2,46 3,28 2 0,6 61 99 118 3 5,74 2 0,03 13
55 69,1 89,4 96,8 106,5 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 64 91 108 3 5,74 1,5 0,025 14
75,3 104 115,21 129,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 2 0,6 66 109 131 3,5 6,88 2 0,03 13
60 75,5 98 106,81 116,6 2,7 2,46 3,28 1,5 0,6 69 101 118 3 5,74 1,5 0,025 14
81,9 112 125,22 139,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 2,1 0,6 72 118 141 3,5 6,88 2 0,03 13
357
Single row deep groove ball bearings with snap ring and shields
d 65 – 70 mm
C f
b B
min 0,5 r2
r0 r1
D3 r1
r2
D3 D2 d d1 D4
ZNR 2ZNR
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) Bearing with Snap
limit speed speed one shield two shields ring
d D B C C0 Pu and snap and snap
ring ring
mm kN kN r/min kg –
65 120 23 58,5 40,5 1,73 12 000 7 500 0,99
140 33 97,5 60 2,5 1 0000 6 700 2,10 * 6213-ZNR * 6213-2ZNR SP 120
* 6313-ZNR * 6313-2ZNR SP 140
70 125 24 63,7 45 1,9 11 000 7 000 1,05
150 35 111 68 2,75 9 500 6 300 2,50 * 6214-ZNR * 6214-2ZNR SP 125
* 6314-ZNR * 6314-2ZNR SP 150
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
2Z design, limiting speeds are about 80 % of the quoted value
358
ba
max 0,5
ra
Db Da da
Ca
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D2 D3 D4 b f C r1,2 r0 da Da Db ba Ca ra kr f0
~ ~ min max min max min min max max
mm mm –
65 83,3 106 115,21 129,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 1,5 0,6 74 111 131 3,5 6,88 1,5 0,025 15
88,4 121 135,23 149,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 77 128 151 3,5 7,72 2 0,03 13
70 87,1 111 120,22 134,7 3,1 2,82 4,06 1,5 0,6 79 116 136 3,5 6,88 1,5 0,025 15
95 130 145,24 159,7 3,1 2,82 4,9 2,1 0,6 82 138 162 3,5 7,72 2 0,03 13
359
Single row deep groove
ball bearings with
filling slots
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 362
Basic design bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 362
Shielded bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 362
Bearings with snap ring groove …………………………………………………………… 363
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 363
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 363
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 363
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 363
Misalignment ……………………………………………………………………………… 364
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 364
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 364
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 364
Equivalent static bearing load …………………………………………………………… 364
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 365
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 366
Single row deep groove ball bearings with filling slots ………………………………… 366
Single row deep groove ball bearings with filling slots and snap ring ………………… 370
361
Single row deep groove ball bearings with filling slots
Designs Fig 1
A single row deep groove ball bearing with
filling slots has a filling slot in both the inner
and outer ring (➔ fig 1 ) enabling more and
larger balls to be incorporated than in stand-
ard deep groove ball bearings. Filling slot
bearings have a higher radial load carrying
capacity than bearings without filling slots,
but their axial load carrying capacity is
small. They are also unable to operate
at such high speeds as bearings without
filling slots.
The standard assortment of SKF deep
groove ball bearings with filling slots com-
prises:
• basic design open bearings,
• shielded bearings, Fig 2
• bearings with a snap ring groove.
Basic design bearings
Basic design bearings with filling slots are
open. Those bearings that are also pro-
duced in shielded version may have seal re-
cesses in the outer ring, for manufacturing
reasons (➔ fig 2 ).
Shielded bearings
SKF deep groove ball bearings with filling
slots are available with shields on one or
both sides, designation suffixes Z or 2Z. The
shield forms a narrow gap to the inner ring
shoulder (➔ fig 3 ).
Bearings up to and including sizes 217
and 314 are filled with a high-quality NLGI
class 2 polyurea base grease, that can be Fig 3
used at temperatures between −30 and
+150 °C. The base oil viscosity is 115 mm2/s
at 40 °C and 12,2 mm2/s at 100 °C.
Larger bearings are supplied with a high-
quality NLGI class 3 lithium base grease, that
can be used at temperatures between −30
and +120 °C. The base oil viscosity is 74
mm2/s at 40 °C and 8,5 mm2/s at 100 °C.
The quantity of grease fills some 25 to 35 %
of the free space in the bearing. The bearings
are lubricated for life and are maintenance-
free. They should therefore not be washed
or heated above 80 °C before mounting.
362
Bearings with snap ring groove
For easy, space saving axial location of the
Bearing data – general
bearing in the housing, SKF deep groove Dimensions
ball bearings with filling slots are fitted with a The boundary dimensions of SKF deep
snap ring groove in the outer ring, designa- groove ball bearings with filling slots are in
tion suffix N (➔ fig 4 a). The appropriate accordance with ISO 15:1998.
snap ring is shown in the product table with The dimensions of the snap ring groove
designation and dimensions and may be and snap rings follow ISO 464:1995.
supplied separately or already mounted on
the bearing, designation suffix NR (➔ fig 4 Tolerances
b). SKF deep groove ball bearings with filling SKF deep groove ball bearings with filling
slots and a snap ring groove can also be slots are produced to Normal tolerances.
supplied with a shield on the side opposite The tolerances are in accordance with ISO
the snap ring groove (➔ fig 5 a) or with two 492:2002 and can be found in table 3 on
shields (➔ fig 5 b). page 125.
Internal clearance
SKF single row deep groove ball bearings
with filling slots are manufactured with
Normal radial internal clearance. The values
for radial internal clearance are given in
table 3 on page 297. They are in accord-
ance with ISO 5753:1991 and are valid for
unmounted bearings under zero measuring
load.
Fig 4 Fig 5
a b a b
363
Single row deep groove ball bearings with filling slots
Misalignment When starting up at low temperatures or
The conditions concerning misalignment of when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
the outer ring with respect to the inner ring greater minimum loads may be required.
are the same for deep groove ball bearings The weight of the components supported by
with filling slots as for standard bearings. the bearing, together with external forces,
However, the filling slots limit the angular generally exceeds the requisite minimum
misalignment to 2 to 5 minutes of arc. Any load. If this is not the case, the deep groove
greater misalignment may lead to the balls ball bearing must be subjected to on addi-
running over the edges of the filling slot. This tional radial load.
will cause increased bearing noise and re-
duced bearing service life. Equivalent dynamic bearing load
For dynamically loaded single row deep
Cages groove ball bearings with filling slots
SKF deep groove ball bearings with filling
slots incorporate a riveted pressed steel P = Fr + F a
cage (➔ fig 6 ).
provided Fa/Fr ≤ 0,6 and P ≤ 0,5 C0.
Minimum load If the axial load Fa > 0,6 Fr then deep
In order to provide satisfactory operation, groove ball bearings with filling slots are
deep groove ball bearings with filling slots, unsuitable for the application and bearings
like all ball and roller bearings, must always without filling slots should be used instead.
be subjected to a given minimum load, par-
ticularly if they are to operate at high speeds Equivalent static bearing load
or are subjected to high accelerations or rapid For statically loaded single row deep groove
changes in the direction of load. Under such ball bearings with filling slots
conditions the inertia forces of the balls and
cage, and the friction in the lubricant, can P0 = Fr + 0,5 Fa
have a detrimental influence on the rolling
conditions in the bearing arrangement and provided Fa/Fr ≤ 0,6.
may cause damaging sliding movements to
occur between the balls and raceways.
The requisite minimum radial load to be
applied to deep groove ball bearings with
filling slots can be estimated using
νn 2/3 2
Frm = kr
( )( )
1 000
dm
100
Fig 6
where
Frm = minimum radial load, kN
kr = minimum load factor
0,04 for bearings in the 2 series
0,05 for bearings in the 3 series
ν = oil viscosity at operating
temperature, mm2/s
n = rotational speed, r/min
dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
364
Supplementary designations
The designation suffixes used to identify
certain features of SKF deep groove ball
bearings with filling slots are explained in
the following.
C3 Radial internal clearance greater
than Normal
N Snap ring groove in the outer ring
NR Snap ring groove in the outer ring,
with snap ring
Z Pressed steel shield on one side of
the bearing
ZN Snap ring groove in the outer ring
and pressed steel shield on the op-
posite side of the bearing
ZNR Snap ring groove in the outer ring
with snap ring, and pressed steel
shield on the opposite side of the
bearing
2Z Pressed steel shields on both sides
of the bearing
2ZNR Snap ring groove in the outer ring
with snap ring, and pressed steel
shields on both sides of the bearing
365
Single row deep groove ball bearings with filling slots
d 25 – 85 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D2 d d1
Z 2Z
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) Bearing
limit speed speed open with shields on
d D B C C0 Pu one side two sides
mm kN kN r/min kg –
25 62 17 22,9 15,6 0,67 20 000 13 000 0,24 305 305-Z 305-2Z
30 62 16 22,9 17,3 0,735 20 000 12 000 0,21 206 206-Z 206-2Z
72 19 29,2 20,8 0,88 18 000 11 000 0,37 306 306-Z 306-2Z
35 72 17 29,7 22,8 0,965 17 000 11 000 0,31 207 207-Z 207-2Z
80 21 39,1 28,5 1,2 16 000 10 000 0,48 307 307-Z 307-2Z
40 80 18 33,6 26,5 1,12 15 000 9 500 0,39 208 208-Z 208-2Z
90 23 46,8 36 1,53 14 000 9 000 0,64 308 308-Z 308-2Z
45 85 19 39,6 32,5 1,37 14 000 9 000 0,44 209 209-Z 209-2Z
100 25 59,4 46,5 1,96 13 000 8 000 0,88 309 309-Z 309-2Z
50 90 20 39,1 34,5 1,46 13 000 8 000 0,5 210 210-Z 210-2Z
110 27 64,4 52 2,2 11 000 7 000 1,15 310 310-Z 310-2Z
55 100 21 48,4 44 1,86 12 000 7 500 0,66 211 211-Z 211-2Z
120 29 79,2 67 2,85 10 000 6 700 1,5 311 311-Z 311-2Z
60 110 22 56,1 50 2,12 11 000 6 700 0,85 212 212-Z 212-2Z
130 31 91,3 78 3,35 9 500 6 000 1,85 312 312-Z 312-2Z
65 120 23 60,5 58,5 2,5 10 000 6 000 1,05 213 213-Z 213-2Z
140 33 102 90 3,75 9 000 5 600 2,3 313 313-Z 313-2Z
70 125 24 66 65,5 2,75 9 500 6 000 1,15 214 214-Z 214-2Z
150 35 114 102 4,15 8 000 5 000 2,75 314 314-Z 314-2Z
75 130 25 72,1 72 3 9 000 5 600 1,25 215 215-Z 215-2Z
160 37 125 116 4,55 7 500 4 800 3,25 315 315-Z 315-2Z
80 140 26 88 85 3,45 8 500 5 300 1,55 216 216-Z 216-2Z
170 39 138 129 4,9 7 000 4 500 3,95 316 316-Z 316-2Z
85 150 28 96,8 100 3,9 7 500 4 800 1,95 217 217-Z 217-2Z
180 41 147 146 5,3 6 700 4 300 4,6 317 317-Z 317-2Z
1)
For 2Z design, limiting speeds are about 80 % of the quoted value
366
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
25 32,8 52,7 1,1 31,5 55,5 1
30 36,2 54,1 1 35 57 1
43,9 61,9 1,1 36,5 65,5 1
35 41,7 62,7 1,1 41,5 65,5 1
43,7 69,2 1,5 43 72 1,5
40 48,9 69,8 1,1 46,5 73,5 1
50,5 77,7 1,5 48 82 1,5
45 52,5 75,2 1,1 51,5 78,5 1
55,9 86,7 1,5 53 92 1,5
50 57,5 81,7 1,1 56,5 83,5 1
67,5 95,2 2 59 101 2
55 63,1 89,4 1,5 63 92 1,5
74 104 2 64 111 2
60 70,1 97 1,5 68 102 1,5
80,3 113 2,1 71 119 2
65 83,3 106 1,5 73 112 1,5
86,8 122 2,1 76 129 2
70 87,1 111 1,5 78 117 1,5
93,2 130 2,1 81 139 2
75 92,1 117 1,5 83 122 1,5
99,7 139 2,1 86 149 2
80 88,8 127 2 89 131 2
106 147 2,1 91 159 2
85 97 135 2 94 141 2
113 156 3 98 167 2,5
367
Single row deep groove ball bearings with filling slots
d 90 – 100 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D2 d d1
Z 2Z
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting1) Bearing
limit speed speed open with shields on
d D B C C0 Pu one side two sides
mm kN kN r/min kg –
90 160 30 112 114 4,3 7 000 4 500 2,35 218 218-Z 218-2Z
190 43 157 160 5,7 6 300 4 000 5,40 318 318-Z 318-2Z
95 170 32 121 122 4,5 6 700 4 300 2,70 219 219-Z 219-2Z
100 180 34 134 140 5 6 300 4 000 3,45 220 220-Z 220-2Z
1)
For 2Z design, limiting speeds are about 80 % of the quoted value
368
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
90 110 143 2 99 151 2
119 164 3 103 177 2,5
95 117 152 2,1 106 159 2
100 123 160 2,1 111 169 2
369
Single row deep groove ball bearings with filling slots and snap ring
d 25 – 95 mm
C f
b B
min 0,5 r2
r0 r1
D3 r1
r2
D D2 d d1 D4
NR ZNR 2ZNR
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Reference Limiting1) Bearing Snap
dynamic static limit speed speed open with shields on ring
d D B C C0 Pu one side both sides
mm kN kN r/min kg –
25 62 17 23 16 1 20 000 13 000 0,24 305 NR 305-ZNR 305-2ZNR SP 62
30 62 16 22,9 17,3 0,735 20 000 12 000 0,21 206 NR 206-ZNR 206-2ZNR SP 62
72 19 29,2 20,8 0,88 18 000 11 000 0,37 306 NR 306-ZNR 306-2ZNR SP 72
35 72 17 29,7 22,8 0,965 17 000 11 000 0,31 207 NR 207-ZNR 207-2ZNR SP 72
80 21 39,1 28,5 1,2 16 000 10 000 0,48 307 NR 307-ZNR 307-2ZNR SP 80
40 80 18 33,6 26,5 1,12 15 000 9 500 0,39 208 NR 208-ZNR 208-2ZNR SP 80
90 23 46,8 36 1,53 14 000 9 000 0,64 308 NR 308-ZNR 308-2ZNR SP 90
45 85 19 39,6 32,5 1,37 14 000 9 000 0,44 209 NR 209-ZNR 209-2ZNR SP 85
100 25 59,4 46,5 1,96 13 000 8 000 0,88 309 NR 309-ZNR 309-2ZNR SP 100
50 90 20 39,1 34,5 1,46 13 000 8 000 0,50 210 NR 210-ZNR 210-2ZNR SP 90
110 27 64,4 52 2,2 11 000 7 000 1,15 310 NR 310-ZNR 310-2ZNR SP 110
55 100 21 48,4 44 1,86 12 000 7 500 0,66 211 NR 211-ZNR 211-2ZNR SP 100
120 29 79,2 67 2,85 10 000 6 700 1,50 311 NR 311-ZNR 311-2ZNR SP 120
60 110 22 56,1 50 2,12 11 000 6 700 0,85 212 NR 212-ZNR 212-2ZNR SP 110
130 31 91,3 78 3,35 9 500 6 000 1,85 312 NR 312-ZNR 312-2ZNR SP 130
65 120 23 60,5 58,5 2,5 10 000 6 000 1,05 213 NR 213-ZNR 213-2ZNR SP 120
140 33 102 90 3,75 9 000 5 600 2,30 313 NR 313-ZNR 313-2ZNR SP 140
70 125 24 66 65,5 2,75 9 500 6 000 1,15 214 NR 214-ZNR 214-2ZNR SP 125
150 35 114 102 4,15 8 000 5 000 2,75 314 NR 314-ZNR 314-2ZNR SP 150
75 130 25 72,1 72 3 9 000 5 600 1,25 215 NR 215-ZNR 215-2ZNR SP 130
80 140 26 88 85 3,45 8 500 5 300 1,55 216 NR 216-ZNR 216-2ZNR SP 140
85 150 28 96,8 100 3,9 7 500 4 800 1,95 217 NR – – SP 150
90 160 30 112 114 4 7 000 4 500 2,35 218 NR – – SP 160
95 170 32 121 122 5 6 700 4 300 2,70 219 NR – – SP 170
1)
For 2Z design, limiting speeds are about 80 % of the quoted value
370
ba
max 0,5
ra
da Da Db
Ca
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D2 D3 D4 f b C r0 r1,2 da Da Db ba Ca ra
~ ~ max min min max min min max max
mm mm
25 32,8 52,7 59,61 67,7 1,7 1,9 3,28 0,6 1,1 31,5 55,5 69 2,2 4,98 1
30 36,2 54,1 59,61 67,7 1,7 1,9 3,28 0,6 1 35 57 69 2,2 4,98 1
40,1 61,9 68,81 78,6 1,7 1,9 3,28 0,6 1,1 36,5 65,5 80 2,2 4,98 1
35 41,7 62,7 68,81 78,6 1,7 1,9 3,28 0,6 1,1 41,5 65,5 80 2,2 4,98 1
43,7 69,2 76,81 86,6 1,7 1,9 3,28 0,6 1,5 43 72 88 2,2 4,98 1,5
40 48,9 69,8 76,81 86,6 1,7 1,9 3,28 0,6 1,1 46,5 73,5 88 2,2 4,98 1
50,5 77,7 86,79 96,5 2,46 2,7 3,28 0,6 1,5 48 82 98 3 5,74 1,5
45 52,5 75,2 81,81 91,6 1,7 1,9 3,28 0,6 1,1 51,5 78,5 93 2,2 4,98 1
55,9 86,7 96,8 106,5 2,46 2,7 3,28 0,6 1,5 53 92 108 3 5,74 1,5
50 57,5 81,7 86,79 96,5 2,46 2,7 3,28 0,6 1,1 56,5 83,5 98 3 5,74 1
62,5 95,2 106,81 116,6 2,46 2,7 3,28 0,6 2 59 101 118 3 5,74 2
55 63,1 89,4 96,8 106,5 2,46 2,7 3,28 0,6 1,5 63 92 108 3 5,74 1,5
74 104 115,21 129,7 2,82 3,1 4,06 0,6 2 64 111 131 3,5 6,88 2
60 70,1 97 106,81 116,6 2,46 2,7 3,28 0,6 1,5 68 102 118 3 5,74 1,5
80,3 113 125,22 139,7 2,82 3,1 4,06 0,6 2,1 71 119 141 3,5 6,88 2
65 83,3 106 115,21 129,7 2,82 3,1 4,06 0,6 1,5 73 112 131 3,5 6,88 1,5
86,8 122 135,23 149,7 2,82 3,1 4,9 0,6 2,1 76 129 151 3,5 7,72 2
70 87,1 111 120,22 134,7 2,82 3,1 4,06 0,6 1,5 78 117 136 3,5 6,88 1,5
87,2 130 145,24 159,7 2,82 3,1 4,9 0,6 2,1 81 139 162 3,5 7,72 2
75 92,1 117 125,22 139,7 2,82 3,1 4,06 0,6 1,5 83 122 141 3,5 6,88 1,5
80 88,8 127 135,23 149,7 2,82 3,1 4,9 0,6 2 89 131 151 3,5 7,72 2
85 97 135 145,24 159,7 2,82 3,1 4,9 0,6 2 94 141 162 3,5 7,72 2
90 110 143 155,22 169,7 2,82 3,1 4,9 0,6 2 99 151 172 3,5 7,72 2
95 117 152 163,65 182,9 3,1 3,5 5,69 0,6 2,1 106 159 185 4 8,79 2
371
Stainless steel deep
groove ball bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 374
Basic design bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 374
Sealed bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 374
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 375
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 375
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 375
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 376
Materials……………………………………………………………………………………… 376
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 376
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 376
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 376
Axial load carrying capacity ……………………………………………………………… 377
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 377
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 377
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 377
Design of bearing arrangements ………………………………………………………… 377
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 378
Stainless steel deep groove ball bearings ………………………………………………… 378
Sealed stainless steel deep groove ball bearings ……………………………………… 382
373
Stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
Designs Fig 1
SKF stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
are resistant to corrosion from moisture and
several other media. These single row deep
groove ball bearings have the same deep
raceway grooves and close conformity be-
tween raceways and balls as standard deep
groove ball bearings made of carbon chro-
mium (rolling bearing) steel. They are without
filling slots and can carry axial loads acting
in both directions in addition to radial loads,
even at high speeds. SKF stainless steel
deep groove ball bearings have the same
running properties as conventional steel deep
groove ball bearings, but have a lower load
carrying capacity.
The bearings are available in open and
sealed designs for shaft diameters from 1 to Fig 2
50 mm. Flanged bearings according to ISO
8443-1999 are not presented in this cata-
logue. They can be found in the “SKF Inter-
active Engineering Catalogue” on CD-ROM
or online at www.skf.com.
SKF stainless steel bearings are identified
by the designation prefix W, e.g. W 626-2Z.
Basic design bearings
Basic design bearings are open, i.e. un-
sealed. Open bearings that are also available
with shields or seals may have seal recesses
in the outer ring for manufacturing reasons
(➔ fig 1 ).
Sealed bearings
Most SKF stainless steel deep groove ball
bearings are available with shields. Some Fig 3
are also available with contact seals. Bear-
ings with shields or seals on both sides are
lubricated for life and are maintenance-free.
They should not be washed or heated to
temperatures above 80 °C. Depending on
the size, stainless steel deep groove ball
bearings are supplied charged with two dif-
ferent standard greases. Characteristics of
the greases are listed in table 1 . The stand-
ard grease is not identified in the bearing
designation. The grease quantity fills some
25 to 35 % of the free space in the bearing.
374
Because stainless steel deep groove ball diene rubber (NBR) with a sheet metal re-
bearings are often used in food processing inforcement. The permissible operating
machines, the bearings can be delivered temperature range for the seals is −40 to
with a special non-toxic grease, designation +100 °C and up to +120 °C for brief periods.
suffix VT378. This grease Contact seals run with their seal lip on the
land of the bearing inner ring shoulder. The
• fulfils the requirements of the “Guidelines seals are fitted with their external edge in the
of section 21 CFR 178.3570” of the FDA recesses at the outer ring and seal tightly.
(US Food and Drug Administration) regu- Under extreme operating conditions, e.g.
lations and at high speeds or high temperatures, grease
• is approved by the USDA (United States may leak from bearings fitted with seals. For
Department of Agriculture) for catelory H1 bearing arrangements where this would be
use (occasional contact with food stuffs). undesirable, special steps must be taken at
the design stage. Please consult the SKF
Please check availability of bearings with engineering application service.
non-toxic grease before ordering.
Bearings with shields Bearing data – general
Bearing with shields, designation suffix 2Z Dimensions
(➔ fig 2 ), have shields made of stainless The boundary dimensions of stainless steel
steel. The shields form a sealing gap with deep groove ball bearings are in accordance
the land of the bearing inner ring shoulder with ISO 15:1998.
and allow high temperatures and speeds.
Bearings fitted with shields are primarily Tolerances
intended for applications where the inner SKF stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
ring rotates. If the outer ring rotates, there is are manufactured to Normal tolerances. The
a risk of the grease leaking from the bearing values for Normal tolerances correspond to
at elevated speeds. ISO 492:2002 and can be found in table 3
on page 125.
Bearings with seals
Bearings with contact seals, designation
suffix 2RS1 (➔ fig 3 ), have seals made of
an oil and wear resistant acrylonitrile buta-
Table 1
SKF grease filling for sealed stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
Technicl Standard grease Non-toxic grease
specifications for bearings with
d ≤ 9 mm d > 9 mm
Thickener Lithium Lithium Aluminum
soap soap complex
soap
Base oil type Ester oil Mineral oil PAO oil
NLGI consistency class 2 2 2
Operating temperature, °C −50 to +140 −30 to +110 −25 to +120
Base oil viscosity, mm2/s
at 40 °C 26 74 150
at 100 °C 5,1 8,5 15,5
375
Stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
Internal clearance Cages
SKF stainless steel deep groove ball bear- Depending on the bearing series and size,
ings are produced as standard with Normal SKF stainless steel deep groove ball bear-
radial internal clearance. The values for the ings are supplied with one of the following
internal clearance are in accordance with stainless steel cages (➔ fig 4 ) as standard:
ISO 5753:1991 and will be found in table 3
on page 297. The clearance limits are valid • pressed snap-type sheet steel cage (a)
before mounting under zero measuring load. • ribbon-type cage of steel sheet (b)
• riveted cage of steel sheet (c)
Materials
The bearing rings and balls are produced For bearings with injection moulded
from stainless steel X65Cr13 and the shields polyamide 6,6 cage availability should be
and cages are made of stainless steel checked prior to ordering.
X5CrNi18-10, according to ISO 683-17:1999.
Minimum load
Misalignment In order to provide satisfactory operation,
Single row stainless steel deep groove ball stainless steel deep groove ball bearings,
bearings have only limited ability to accom- like all ball and roller bearings, must always
modate misalignment. The permissible an- be subjected to a given minimum load, par-
gular misalignment between inner and outer ticularly if they are to operate at high speeds
rings, which will not produce inadmissibly or are subjected to high accelerations or
high additional stresses in the bearing, de- rapid changes in the direction of load. Under
pends on the radial internal clearance of the such condition the inertia forces of the balls
bearing in operation, bearing size, the internal and cage, and the friction in the lubricant, can
design and the forces and moments acting have a determental influence on the rolling
on the bearing. Because of the complex rela- conditions in the bearing arrangement and
tionship between these factors, no generally may cause damaging sliding movements to
applicable specific values can be given. occur between the balls and raceways.
Depending on the various influences of the The requisite minimum radial load to be
factors, the permissible angular misalignment applied to stainless steel deep groove ball
lies between 2 and 10 minutes of arc. Any bearings can be estimated using
greater misalignment will result in increased
noise in operation and decrease bearing
νn 2/3 2
service life. Frm = kr
( )( )
1 000
dm
100
Fig 4 where
Frm = minimum radial load, kN
kr = minimum load factor
(➔ product tables)
ν = oil viscosity at operating
temperature, mm2/s
n = rotational speed, r/min
dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
When starting up at low temperatures or
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
greater minimum loads may be required.
The weight of the components supported by
a b c the bearing, together with external forces,
generally exceeds the requisite minimum
load. If this is not the case, the stainless
376
steel deep groove ball bearing must be sub- Equivalent static bearing load
jected to an additional radial load. For appli- For statically loaded stainless steel single
cations where stainless steel deep groove row deep groove ball bearings
ball bearings are used, an axial preload can
be applied by adjusting the inner and outer P0 = 0,6 Fr + 0,5 Fa
rings against each other, or by using
springs. If P0 < Fr, P0 = Fr should be used.
Axial load carrying capacity Supplementary designations
If the bearings are subjected to a purely axial The designation suffixes used to identify
load, this axial load should generally not ex- certain features of SKF stainless steel deep
ceed the value of 0,25 C0. Excessive axial groove ball bearings are explained in the
loads can lead to a considerable reduction following.
in bearing service life.
R Integral external outer ring flange
Equivalent dynamic bearing load VT378 Non-toxic grease (for occasional
For dynamically loaded stainless steel single contact with food stuffs)
row deep groove ball bearings 2RS1 Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR)
seal with sheet steel reinforcement
P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ e on both sides of the bearing
P = 0,56 Fr + YFa when Fa/Fr > e 2Z Pressed steel shields on both sides
of the bearing
The factors e and Y depend on the relation- 2ZR Integral external outer ring flange
ship f0 Fa/C0, where f0 is a calculation factor and pressed steel shields on both
(➔ product tables), Fa the axial component sides of the bearing
of the load and C0 the basic static load
rating.
The values for e and Y are listed in table 2 .
They are valid for stainless steel deep groove
Design of bearing
ball bearings with Normal internal clearance
mounted with the usual fits (shaft tolerance
arrangements
g5 to j6, depending on the shaft diameter, In most cases the cross section of the bear-
and housing bore tolerance H6). ing rings of a stainless steel deep groove
ball bearing is very thin and the side faces
correspondingly slim. The transitions from
the side faces to the ring bore or outside
Table 2 diameter are also very small. It is therefore
Calculation factors for stainless steel single row necessary to make sure that the adjacent
deep groove ball bearings components are appropriate for the bear-
f0 Fa/C0 e Y ings and are produced to the required
accuracy.
0,172 0,19 2,30
0,345 0,22 1,99
0,689 0,26 1,71
1,03 0,28 1,55
1,38 0,30 1,45
2,07 0,34 1,31
3,45 0,38 1,15
5,17 0,42 1,04
6,89 0,44 1,00
Intermediate values are obtained by linear interpolation
377
Stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
d 1 – 10 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1 3 1 0,056 0,017 0,00075 240 000 150 000 0,000036 W 618/1
2 5 1,5 0,133 0,045 0,002 85 000 100 000 0,00015 W 618/2
3 6 3 0,178 0,057 0,0025 170 000 110 000 0,00035 W 637/3
10 4 0,39 0,129 0,0056 130 000 80 000 0,0016 W 623
4 9 2,5 0,449 0,173 0,0075 140 000 85 000 0,0007 W 618/4
11 4 0,605 0,224 0,0098 130 000 80 000 0,0019 W 619/4
12 4 0,676 0,27 0,012 120 000 75 000 0,0024 W 604
13 5 0,793 0,28 0,012 110 000 67 000 0,0031 W 624
5 11 3 0,54 0,245 0,011 120 000 75 000 0,0012 W 618/5
13 4 0,741 0,325 0,014 110 000 67 000 0,0023 W 619/5
16 5 0,923 0,365 0,016 95 000 60 000 0,0050 W 625
6 13 3,5 0,741 0,335 0,015 110 000 67 000 0,0020 W 618/6
15 5 1,04 0,455 0,02 100 000 63 000 0,0039 W 619/6
19 6 1,86 0,915 0,04 80 000 50 000 0,0084 W 626
7 17 5 1,24 0,54 0,024 90 000 56 000 0,0049 W 619/7
19 6 1,86 0,915 0,04 85 000 53 000 0,0075 W 607
22 7 2,76 1,32 0,057 70 000 45 000 0,013 W 627
8 16 4 1,12 0,55 0,024 90 000 56 000 0,0030 W 618/8
19 6 1,59 0,71 0,031 80 000 50 000 0,0071 W 619/8
22 7 2,76 1,32 0,057 75 000 48 000 0,012 W 608
9 17 4 1,19 0,62 0,027 85 000 53 000 0,0034 W 618/9
20 6 1,74 0,83 0,036 80 000 48 000 0,0076 W 619/9
24 7 3,12 1,6 0,071 70 000 43 000 0,014 W 609
26 8 3,9 1,9 0,083 60 000 38 000 0,020 W 629
10 15 3 0,715 0,425 0,018 85 000 56 000 0,0014 W 61700
19 5 1,14 0,57 0,025 80 000 48 000 0,0055 W 61800
22 6 1,74 0,815 0,036 75 000 45 000 0,010 W 61900
26 8 3,9 1,9 0,083 67 000 40 000 0,019 W 6000
30 9 4,23 2,28 0,1 56 000 34 000 0,032 W 6200
35 11 6,76 3,25 0,143 50 000 32 000 0,053 W 6300
378
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
1 1,6 2,4 0,05 1,4 2,6 0,05 0,015 10
2 2,7 3,9 0,08 2,5 4,5 0,08 0,015 11
3 4,2 4,9 0,08 3,5 5,5 0,08 0,020 11
4,8 7,1 0,15 4,4 8,6 0,1 0,025 8,2
4 5,2 7,5 0,1 4,6 8,4 0,1 0,015 10
6,2 9 0,15 4,8 10,2 0,1 0,020 8,1
6,2 9 0,2 5,4 10,6 0,2 0,025 8,3
7 10,5 0,2 5,8 11,2 0,2 0,025 7,7
5 6,8 9,2 0,15 5,8 10,2 0,1 0,015 11
7,5 10,5 0,2 6,4 11,6 0,2 0,020 8,8
8,5 12,5 0,3 7,4 13,6 0,3 0,025 8
6 8 11 0,15 6,8 11,2 0,1 0,015 11
8,2 11,7 0,2 7,4 13,6 0,2 0,020 8,4
10,1 15 0,3 8,4 16,6 0,3 0,025 12
7 10,4 13,6 0,3 9 15 0,3 0,020 8,9
10,1 15 0,3 9 17 0,3 0,025 12
12,1 18 0,3 9,4 19,6 0,3 0,025 12
8 10,5 13,5 0,2 9,4 14,6 0,2 0,015 11
10,5 15,5 0,3 10 17 0,3 0,020 8,8
12,1 18 0,3 10 20 0,3 0,025 12
9 11,5 14,5 0,2 10,4 15,6 0,2 0,015 11
11,6 16,2 0,3 11 18 0,3 0,020 11
13,8 19,5 0,3 11 22 0,3 0,025 13
14,5 21,3 0,3 11,4 23,6 0,3 0,025 12
10 11,2 13,6 0,15 10,8 14,2 0,1 0,015 16
12,7 16,3 0,3 12 17 0,3 0,015 9,4
13,9 18,2 0,3 12 20 0,3 0,020 9,3
14,2 21 0,3 12 24 0,3 0,025 12
17,6 23,8 0,6 14,2 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
17,7 27,4 0,6 14,2 30,8 0,6 0,030 11
379
Stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
d 12 – 50 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
12 21 5 1,21 0,64 0,028 70 000 43 000 0,0063 W 61801
24 6 1,9 0,95 0,043 67 000 40 000 0,011 W 61901
28 8 4,23 2,28 0,1 60 000 38 000 0,022 W 6001
32 10 5,85 3 0,132 50 000 32 000 0,037 W 6201
37 12 8,19 4,05 0,176 45 000 28 000 0,060 W 6301
15 24 5 1,3 0,78 0,034 60 000 38 000 0,0074 W 61802
28 7 3,64 2,16 0,095 56 000 34 000 0,016 W 61902
32 9 4,68 2,75 0,12 50 000 32 000 0,030 W 6002
35 11 6,5 3,65 0,16 43 000 28 000 0,045 W 6202
42 13 9,56 5,2 0,228 38 000 24 000 0,085 W 6302
17 30 7 3,9 2,45 0,108 56 000 28 000 0,018 W 61903
35 10 5,07 3,15 0,137 45 000 28 000 0,039 W 6003
40 12 8,06 4,65 0,2 38 000 24 000 0,065 W 6203
47 14 11,4 6,3 0,275 34 000 22 000 0,12 W 6303
20 32 7 3,38 2,24 0,104 45 000 28 000 0,018 W 61804
42 12 7,93 4,9 0,212 38 000 24 000 0,069 W 6004
47 14 10,8 6,4 0,28 32 000 20 000 0,11 W 6204
52 15 13,5 7,65 0,335 30 000 19 000 0,14 W 6304
25 47 12 8,52 5,7 0,25 32 000 20 000 0,08 W 6005
52 15 11,9 7,65 0,335 28 000 18 000 0,13 W 6205
62 17 17,2 10,8 0,475 24 000 16 000 0,23 W 6305
30 55 13 11,1 8 0,355 28 000 17 000 0,12 W 6006
62 16 16,3 10,8 0,475 24 000 15 000 0,2 W 6206
72 19 22,5 14,6 0,64 20 000 13 000 0,35 W 6306
35 62 14 13,5 10 0,44 24 000 15 000 0,16 W 6007
72 17 21,6 14,6 0,655 20 000 13 000 0,29 W 6207
40 68 15 14 10,8 0,49 22 000 14 000 0,19 W 6008
80 18 24,7 17,3 0,75 18 000 11 000 0,37 W 6208
45 75 16 17,8 14,6 0,64 20 000 12 000 0,25 W 6009
85 19 27,6 19,6 0,865 17 000 11 000 0,41 W 6209
50 80 16 18,2 16 0,71 18 000 11 000 0,26 W 6010
90 20 29,6 22,4 0,98 15 000 10 000 0,46 W 6210
380
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
12 14,8 18,3 0,3 14 19 0,3 0,015 9,7
16 20,3 0,3 14 22 0,3 0,020 9,7
17,2 24,1 0,3 14 26 0,3 0,025 13
18,5 26,2 0,6 16,2 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
19,3 29,9 1 17,6 31,4 1 0,030 11
15 17,8 21,3 0,3 17 22 0,3 0,015 10
18,8 24,2 0,3 17 26 0,3 0,020 14
20,2 27 0,3 17 30 0,3 0,025 14
21,7 29,5 0,6 19,2 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
24,5 34,9 1 20,8 36,2 1 0,030 12
17 21 26,8 0,3 19 28 0,3 0,020 15
23,5 30,1 0,3 19 33 0,3 0,025 14
24,9 33,6 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
27,5 38,9 1 22,8 41,2 1 0,030 12
20 23,2 28,2 0,3 22 30 0,3 0,015 15
27,6 35,7 0,6 23,2 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
29,5 39,5 1 25,2 41,8 1 0,025 13
30 41,7 1,1 27 45 1 0,030 12
25 31,7 40,2 0,6 28,2 43,8 0,6 0,025 15
34 44,2 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,025 14
38,1 51 1,1 32 55 1 0,030 13
30 38 47,3 1 34,6 50,4 1 0,025 15
40,7 52,8 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,025 14
44,9 59,3 1,1 37 65 1 0,030 13
35 44 54,3 1 39,6 57,4 1 0,025 15
47,6 61,6 1,1 42 65 1 0,025 14
40 49,2 59,5 1 44,6 63,4 1 0,025 15
52,9 67,2 1,1 47 73 1 0,025 14
45 54,5 65,8 1 49,6 70,4 1 0,025 15
56,6 71,8 1,1 52 78 1 0,025 14
50 60 71 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
63,5 78,7 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
381
Sealed stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
d 1,5 – 7 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 d1
2Z 2Z 2RS1 2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1,5 4 2 0,114 0,034 0,0015 220 000 110 000 0,00014 W 638/1.5-2Z
2 5 2,3 0,156 0,048 0,002 190 000 95 000 0,00018 W 638/2-2Z
6 3 0,238 0,075 0,0034 180 000 90 000 0,00035 W 639/2-2Z
3 6 3 0,176 0,057 0,0025 170 000 85 000 0,00035 W 637/3-2Z
7 3 0,216 0,085 0,0036 160 000 80 000 0,00045 W 638/3-2Z
8 3 0,39 0,129 0,0056 150 000 75 000 0,00067 W 619/3-2Z
8 4 0,39 0,129 0,0056 150 000 75 000 0,00080 W 639/3-2Z
10 4 0,39 0,129 0,0056 130 000 63 000 0,0015 W 623-2Z
4 9 3,5 0,449 0,173 0,0075 140 000 70 000 0,0010 W 628/4-2Z
9 4 0,449 0,173 0,0075 140 000 70 000 0,0010 W 638/4-2Z
11 4 0,605 0,224 0,0098 130 000 63 000 0,0017 W 619/4-2Z
12 4 0,676 0,27 0,012 120 000 60 000 0,0023 W 604-2Z
13 5 0,793 0,28 0,012 110 000 53 000 0,0031 W 624-2Z
13 5 0,793 0,28 0,012 – 32 000 0,0031 W 624-2RS1
5 8 2,5 0,14 0,057 0,0025 140 000 70 000 0,00034 W 627/5-2Z
11 4 0,54 0,245 0,011 120 000 60 000 0,00062 W 628/5-2Z
11 5 0,54 0,245 0,011 120 000 60 000 0,0019 W 638/5-2Z
13 4 0,741 0,325 0,014 110 000 53 000 0,0025 W 619/5-2Z
16 5 0,923 0,365 0,016 95 000 48 000 0,0050 W 625-2Z
16 5 0,923 0,365 0,016 – 28 000 0,0050 W 625-2RS1
19 6 1,86 0,915 0,04 80 000 40 000 0,0090 W 635-2Z
6 10 3 0,319 0,137 0,0061 120 000 60 000 0,0007 W 627/6-2Z
13 5 0,741 0,335 0,015 110 000 53 000 0,0027 W 628/6-2Z
15 5 1,04 0,455 0,02 100 000 50 000 0,0037 W 619/6-2Z
19 6 1,86 0,915 0,04 80 000 40 000 0,0087 W 626-2Z
19 6 1,86 0,915 0,04 – 24 000 0,0087 W 626-2RS1
7 11 3 0,291 0,127 0,0056 110 000 56 000 0,0007 W 627/7-2Z
14 5 0,806 0,39 0,017 100 000 50 000 0,0030 W 628/7-2Z
17 5 1,24 0,54 0,024 90 000 45 000 0,0050 W 619/7-2Z
19 6 1,86 0,915 0,04 85 000 43 000 0,0082 W 607-2Z
19 6 1,86 0,915 0,04 – 24 000 0,0082 W 607-2RS1
22 7 2,76 1,32 0,057 70 000 36 000 0,013 W 627-2Z
382
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
1,5 2,1 3,5 0,05 1,9 3,6 0,05 0,015 9,5
2 2,7 4,4 0,08 2,5 4,5 0,08 0,015 11
3 5,4 0,15 2,8 5,2 0,1 0,015 10
3 4,2 5,4 0,08 3,5 5,6 0,08 0,020 11
3,9 6,4 0,1 3,6 6,4 0,1 0,015 11
5 7,4 0,15 3,8 7,2 0,1 0,020 9,5
4,4 7,3 0,15 3,8 7,2 0,1 0,020 9,5
4,4 8 0,15 4,4 8,6 0,1 0,025 8,2
4 5,2 8,1 0,1 4,6 8,4 0,1 0,015 10
5,2 8,1 0,1 4,6 8,4 0,1 0,015 10
5,6 9,9 0,15 4,8 10,2 0,1 0,020 8,1
5,6 9,9 0,2 5,4 10,6 0,2 0,025 8,3
6 11,4 0,2 5,8 11,2 0,2 0,025 7,7
6 11,4 0,2 5,8 11,2 0,2 0,025 7,7
5 5,8 7,4 0,08 5,5 7,5 0,08 0,015 10
6,8 9,9 0,15 5,8 10,2 0,1 0,015 11
6,2 9,9 0,15 5,8 10,2 0,1 0,015 11
6,6 11,2 0,2 6,4 11,6 0,2 0,020 8,8
7,5 13,8 0,3 7,4 13,6 0,3 0,025 8
7,5 13,8 0,3 7,4 13,6 0,3 0,025 8
8,5 16,5 0,3 7,4 16,6 0,3 0,030 12
6 7 9,3 0,1 6,6 9,4 0,1 0,015 10
7,4 11,7 0,15 6,8 11,2 0,1 0,015 11
7,5 13 0,2 7,4 13,6 0,2 0,020 8,4
8,5 16,5 0,3 8,4 16,6 0,3 0,025 12
8,5 16,5 0,3 8,4 16,6 0,3 0,025 12
7 8 10,3 0,1 7,6 10,4 0,1 0,015 10
8,5 12,7 0,15 7,8 13,2 0,1 0,015 11
9,3 14,3 0,3 9 15 0,3 0,020 8,9
9 16,5 0,3 9 17 0,3 0,025 12
9 16,5 0,3 9 17 0,3 0,025 12
10,5 19 0,3 9,4 19,6 0,3 0,025 12
383
Sealed stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
d 8 – 12 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 d1
2Z 2Z 2RS1 2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
8 16 5 1,12 0,55 0,024 90 000 45 000 0,0040 W 628/8-2Z
16 6 1,12 0,55 0,024 90 000 45 000 0,0043 W 638/8-2Z
19 6 1,59 0,71 0,031 80 000 40 000 0,0076 W 619/8-2Z
19 6 1,46 0,6 1,6 – 24 000 0,0071 W 619/8-2RS1
22 7 2,76 1,32 0,057 75 000 38 000 0,013 W 608-2Z
22 7 2,76 1,32 0,057 – 22 000 0,013 W 608-2RS1
9 17 5 1,19 0,62 0,027 85 000 43 000 0,0044 W 628/9-2Z
20 6 1,74 0,83 0,036 80 000 38 000 0,0085 W 619/9-2Z
24 7 3,12 1,6 0,071 70 000 34 000 0,016 W 609-2Z
26 8 3,9 1,9 0,083 60 000 30 000 0,022 W 629-2Z
10 19 5 1,14 0,57 0,025 80 000 38 000 0,0056 W 61800-2Z
19 7 1,14 0,57 0,025 80 000 38 000 0,0074 W 63800-2Z
22 6 1,74 0,815 0,036 75 000 36 000 0,010 W 61900-2Z
26 8 3,9 1,9 0,083 67 000 34 000 0,019 W 6000-2Z
26 8 3,9 1,9 0,083 – 19 000 0,019 W 6000-2RS1
30 9 4,23 2,28 0,1 56 000 28 000 0,032 W 6200-2Z
30 9 4,23 2,28 0,1 – 17 000 0,032 W 6200-2RS1
35 11 6,76 3,25 0,143 50 000 26 000 0,053 W 6300-2Z
35 11 6,76 3,25 0,143 – 15 000 0,053 W 6300-2RS1
12 21 5 1,21 0,64 0,028 70 000 36 000 0,0065 W 61801-2Z
24 6 1,9 0,95 0,043 67 000 32 000 0,012 W 61901-2Z
28 8 4,23 2,28 0,1 60 000 30 000 0,022 W 6001-2Z
28 8 4,23 2,28 0,1 – 17 000 0,022 W 6001-2RS1
32 10 5,85 3 0,132 50 000 26 000 0,037 W 6201-2Z
32 10 5,85 3 0,132 – 15 000 0,037 W 6201-2RS1
37 12 8,19 4,05 0,176 45 000 22 000 0,06 W 6301-2Z
37 12 8,19 4,05 0,176 – 14 000 0,06 W 6301-2RS1
384
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
8 9,6 14,2 0,2 9,4 14,6 0,2 0,015 11
9,6 14,2 0,2 9,4 14,6 0,2 0,015 11
9,8 16,7 0,3 9,8 17 0,3 0,020 8,8
9,8 16,7 0,3 9,8 17 0,3 0,020 8,8
10,5 19 0,3 10 20 0,3 0,025 12
10,5 19 0,3 10 20 0,3 0,025 12
9 10,7 15,2 0,2 10,4 15,6 0,2 0,015 11
11,6 17,5 0,3 11 18 0,3 0,020 11
12,1 20,5 0,3 11 22 0,3 0,025 13
13,9 22,4 0,3 11,4 23,6 0,3 0,025 12
10 11,8 17,2 0,3 11,8 17 0,3 0,015 9,4
11,8 17,2 0,3 11,8 17 0,3 0,015 9,4
13,2 19,4 0,3 12 20 0,3 0,020 9,3
12,9 22,4 0,3 12 24 0,3 0,025 12
12,9 22,4 0,3 12 24 0,3 0,025 12
15,3 25,3 0,6 14,2 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
15,3 25,3 0,6 14,2 25,8 0,6 0,025 13
17,7 29,3 0,6 14,2 30,8 0,6 0,030 11
17,7 29,3 0,6 14,2 30,8 0,6 0,030 11
12 13,8 19,2 0,3 13,8 19 0,3 0,015 9,7
15,4 21,4 0,3 14 22 0,3 0,020 9,7
17,2 25,5 0,3 14 26 0,3 0,025 13
17,2 25,5 0,3 14 26 0,3 0,025 13
18,5 28 0,6 16,2 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
18,5 28 0,6 16,2 27,8 0,6 0,025 12
19,3 31,9 1 17,6 31,4 1 0,030 11
19,3 31,9 1 17,6 31,4 1 0,030 11
385
Sealed stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
d 15 – 20 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 d1
2Z 2Z 2RS1 2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
15 24 5 1,3 0,78 0,034 60 000 30 000 0,0076 W 61802-2Z
28 7 3,64 2,16 0,095 56 000 28 000 0,019 W 61902-2Z
28 7 3,64 2,16 0,095 – 16 000 0,019 W 61902-2RS1
32 9 4,68 2,75 0,12 50 000 26 000 0,030 W 6002-2Z
32 9 4,68 2,75 0,12 – 14 000 0,030 W 6002-2RS1
35 11 6,5 3,65 0,16 43 000 22 000 0,045 W 6202-2Z
35 11 6,5 3,65 0,16 – 13 000 0,045 W 6202-2RS1
42 13 9,56 5,2 0,228 38 000 19 000 0,082 W 6302-2Z
42 13 9,56 5,2 0,228 – 12 000 0,082 W 6302-2RS1
17 26 5 1,4 0,9 0,039 56 000 34 000 0,0082 W 61803-2Z
30 7 3,9 2,45 0,108 50 000 32 000 0,019 W 61903-2Z
30 7 3,9 2,45 0,108 – 14 000 0,019 W 61903-2RS1
35 10 5,07 3,15 0,137 45 000 22 000 0,039 W 6003-2Z
35 10 5,07 3,15 0,137 – 13 000 0,039 W 6003-2RS1
40 12 8,06 4,65 0,2 38 000 19 000 0,065 W 6203-2Z
40 12 8,06 4,65 0,2 – 12 000 0,065 W 6203-2RS1
47 14 11,4 6,3 0,275 34 000 17 000 0,12 W 6303-2Z
47 14 11,4 6,3 0,275 – 11 000 0,12 W 6303-2RS1
20 32 7 3,38 2,24 0,104 – 13 000 0,018 W 61804-2RS1
37 9 5,4 3,55 0,156 – 12 000 0,04 W 61904-2RS1
42 12 7,93 4,9 0,212 38 000 19 000 0,069 W 6004-2Z
42 12 7,93 4,9 0,212 – 11 000 0,069 W 6004-2RS1
47 14 10,8 6,4 0,28 32 000 17 000 0,11 W 6204-2Z
47 14 10,8 6,4 0,28 – 10 000 0,11 W 6204-2RS1
52 15 13,5 7,65 0,335 30 000 15 000 0,14 W 6304-2Z
52 15 13,5 7,65 0,335 – 9 500 0,14 W 6304-2RS1
386
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
15 16,8 22,2 0,3 16,8 22 0,3 0,015 10
18,8 25,3 0,3 17 26 0,3 0,020 14
18,8 25,3 0,3 17 26 0,3 0,020 14
20,2 28,7 0,3 17 30 0,3 0,025 14
20,2 28,7 0,3 17 30 0,3 0,025 14
21,7 31,4 0,6 19,2 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
21,7 31,4 0,6 19,2 30,8 0,6 0,025 13
24,5 36,8 1 20,8 36,2 1 0,030 12
24,5 36,8 1 20,8 36,2 1 0,030 12
17 18,8 24,3 0,3 18,8 24 0,3 0,015 10
21 27,8 0,3 19 28 0,3 0,020 15
21 27,8 0,3 19 28 0,3 0,020 15
23,5 31,9 0,3 19 33 0,3 0,025 14
23,5 31,9 0,3 19 33 0,3 0,025 14
24,9 35,8 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
24,9 35,8 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,025 13
27,5 41,1 1 22,8 41,2 1 0,030 12
27,5 41,1 1 22,8 41,2 1 0,030 12
20 22,6 29,5 0,3 22 30 0,3 0,015 15
23,6 33,5 0,3 22 35 0,3 0,020 15
27,6 38,7 0,6 23,2 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
27,6 38,7 0,6 23,2 38,8 0,6 0,025 14
29,5 40,9 1 25,2 41,8 1 0,025 13
29,5 40,9 1 25,2 41,8 1 0,025 13
30 45,4 1,1 27 45 1 0,030 12
30 45,4 1,1 27 45 1 0,030 12
387
Sealed stainless steel deep groove ball bearings
d 25 – 50 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 d1
2Z 2Z 2RS1 2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
25 42 9 5,92 4,15 0,193 – 10 000 0,047 W 61905-2RS1
47 12 8,52 5,7 0,25 32 000 16 000 0,08 W 6005-2Z
47 12 8,52 5,7 0,25 – 9 500 0,08 W 6005-2RS1
52 15 11,9 7,65 0,335 28 000 14 000 0,13 W 6205-2Z
52 15 11,9 7,65 0,335 – 8 500 0,13 W 6205-2RS1
62 17 17,2 10,8 0,475 24 000 13 000 0,23 W 6305-2Z
62 17 17,2 10,8 0,475 – 7 500 0,23 W 6305-2RS1
30 55 13 11,1 8 0,355 28 000 14 000 0,12 W 6006-2Z
55 13 11,1 8 0,355 – 8 000 0,12 W 6006-2RS1
62 16 16,3 10,8 0,475 24 000 12 000 0,2 W 6206-2Z
62 16 16,3 10,8 0,475 – 7 500 0,2 W 6206-2RS1
72 19 22,5 14,6 0,64 20 000 11 000 0,35 W 6306-2Z
72 19 22,5 14,6 0,64 – 6 300 0,35 W 6306-2RS1
35 62 14 13,5 10 0,44 24 000 12 000 0,16 W 6007-2Z
62 14 13,5 10 0,44 – 7 000 0,16 W 6007-2RS1
72 17 21,6 14,6 0,655 20 000 10 000 0,29 W 6207-2Z
72 17 21,6 14,6 0,655 – 6 300 0,29 W 6207-2RS1
40 68 15 14 10,8 0,49 22 000 11 000 0,19 W 6008-2Z
68 15 14 10,8 0,49 – 6 300 0,19 W 6008-2RS1
80 18 24,7 17,3 0,75 18 000 90 000 0,37 W 6208-2Z
80 18 24,7 17,3 0,75 – 5 600 0,37 W 6208-2RS1
45 75 16 17,8 14,6 0,64 20 000 10 000 0,25 W 6009-2Z
75 16 17,8 14,6 0,64 – 5 600 0,25 W 6009-2RS1
85 19 27,6 19,6 0,865 17 000 8 500 0,41 W 6209-2Z
85 19 27,6 19,6 0,865 – 5 000 0,41 W 6209-2RS1
50 80 16 18,2 16 0,71 18 000 9 000 0,26 W 6010-2Z
80 16 18,2 16 0,71 – 5 000 0,26 W 6010-2RS1
90 20 29,6 22,4 0,98 15 000 8 000 0,46 W 6210-2Z
90 20 29,6 22,4 0,98 – 4 800 0,46 W 6210-2RS1
388
ra ra
ra ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
25 30,9 39,5 0,3 27 40 0,3 0,020 15
31,7 42,7 0,6 28,2 43,8 0,6 0,025 15
31,7 42,7 0,6 28,2 43,8 0,6 0,025 15
34 45,7 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,025 14
34 45,7 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,025 14
38,1 53,2 1,1 32 55 1 0,030 13
38,1 53,2 1,1 32 55 1 0,030 13
30 38 49,9 1 34,6 50,4 1 0,025 15
38 49,9 1 34,6 50,4 1 0,025 15
40,7 55,1 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,025 14
40,7 55,1 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,025 14
44,9 62,4 1,1 37 65 1 0,030 13
44,9 62,4 1,1 37 65 1 0,030 13
35 44 57,1 1 39,6 57,4 1 0,025 15
44 57,1 1 39,6 57,4 1 0,025 15
47,6 64,9 1,1 42 65 1 0,025 14
47,6 64,9 1,1 42 65 1 0,025 14
40 49,2 62,5 1 44,6 63,4 1 0,025 15
49,2 62,5 1 44,6 63,4 1 0,025 15
52,9 70,8 1,1 47 73 1 0,025 14
52,9 70,8 1,1 47 73 1 0,025 14
45 54,5 69 1 49,6 70,4 1 0,025 15
54,5 69 1 49,6 70,4 1 0,025 15
56,6 74,5 1,1 52 78 1 0,025 14
56,6 74,5 1,1 52 78 1 0,025 14
50 60 74,6 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
60 74,6 1 54,6 75,4 1 0,025 15
63,5 81,4 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
63,5 81,4 1,1 57 83 1 0,025 14
389
Double row deep
groove ball bearings
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 392
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 392
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 392
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 392
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 392
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 392
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 393
Axial load carrying capacity ……………………………………………………………… 393
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 393
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 393
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 394
391
Double row deep groove ball bearings
SKF double row deep groove ball bearings
(➔ fig 1 ) correspond in design to single row
Bearing data – general
deep groove ball bearings. They have deep Dimensions
uninterrupted raceways and high conformity The boundary dimensions of SKF double row
between the balls and raceways. They are deep groove ball bearings are in accordance
able to carry axial loads acting in both direc- with ISO 15:1998.
tions in addition to radial loads.
Double row deep groove ball bearings are Tolerances
very suitable for bearing arrangements SKF double row deep groove ball bearings
where the load carrying capacity of a single are produced to Normal tolerances. The
row bearing is inadequate. For the same values for tolerances correspond to ISO
outside and bore diameters, double row 492:2002 and can be found in table 3 on
bearings are slightly wider than single row page 125.
bearings but have considerably higher load
carrying capacity than single row bearings Internal clearance
in the 62 and 63 series. SKF double row deep groove ball bearings
have Normal radial internal clearance as
standard. The clearance limits are as speci-
Fig 1 fied in ISO 5753:1991 and can be found in
table 3 on page 297.
Misalignment
Misalignment of the inner ring relative to the
outer ring of a double row deep groove ball
bearing can only be accommodated by
force, which leads to increased ball loads
and cage forces and a reduction in bearing
service life. For this reason, the maximum
permissible angular misalignment is two
minutes of arc. Any misalignment of the
bearing rings will result in increased noise
during operation.
Cages
SKF double row deep groove ball bearings
are fitted with two glass fibre reinforced poly-
Fig 2 amide 6,6 cages (➔ fig 2 ), designation
suffix TN9.
Note:
Double row deep groove ball bearings with
polyamide 6,6 cages can be operated at
temperatures up to +120 °C. The lubricants
generally used for rolling bearings do not
have a detrimental effect on cage properties,
with the exception of a few synthetic oils and
greases with a synthetic oil base, and lubri-
cants containing a high proportion of EP
additives when used at high temperatures.
For detailed information regarding the
temperature resistance and the applicability
of cages, please refer to the section “Cage
materials”, starting on page 140.
392
Minimum load Equivalent dynamic bearing load
In order to obtain satisfactory operation, For dynamically loaded double row deep
double row deep groove ball bearings, like groove ball bearings
all ball and roller bearings, must be subjected
to a given minimum load, particularly if they P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ e
are to operate at high speeds or are subjected P = 0,56 Fr + YFa when Fa/Fr > e
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the
direction of load. Under such conditions the The factors e and Y depend on the relation-
inertia forces of the balls and cages, and the ship f0 Fa/C0, where f0 is a calculation factor
friction in the lubricant, can have a detrimental (➔ product table), Fa the axial component of
effect on the rolling conditions in the bearing the load and C0 the basic static load
arrangement and may cause damaging rating.
sliding movements to occur between the If the bearings are mounted with the usual
balls and raceways. fits (shaft tolerance j5 or k5, depending on the
The requisite minimum load to be applied shaft diameter, and housing bore tolerance
to double row deep groove ball bearings can J7) the values for e and Y given in table 1
be estimated using can be used to calculate the equivalent load.
Equivalent static bearing load
νn 2/3 2
Frm = kr
( )( )
1 000
dm
100
For statically loaded double row deep
groove ball bearings
where P0 = 0,6 Fr + 0,5 Fa
Frm = minimum radial load, kN
kr = minimum radial load factor If P0 < Fr, P0 = Fr should be used.
(➔ product table)
ν = oil viscosity at operating
temperature, mm2/s
n = rotational speed, r/min
dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
When starting up at low temperatures or
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
greater minimum loads may be required.
The weight of the components supported by
the bearing, together with external forces, Table 1
generally exceeds the requisite minimum Calculation factors for double row deep groove
load. If this is not the case, the double row ball bearings
deep groove ball bearings must be sub- f0 Fa/C0 e Y
jected to additional radial load.
0,172 0,19 2,30
Axial load carrying capacity 0,345 0,22 1,99
0,689 0,26 1,71
If double row deep groove ball bearings are
subjected to a purely axial load, this axial 1,03 0,28 1,55
1,38 0,30 1,45
load should generally not exceed the value 2,07 0,34 1,31
of 0,5 C0. Excessive axial loads can lead to 3,45 0,38 1,15
a substantial reduction in bearing life. 5,17 0,42 1,04
6,89 0,44 1,00
Intermediate values are obtained by linear interpolation
393
Double row deep groove ball bearings
d 10 – 65 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 30 14 9,23 5,2 0,224 40 000 22 000 0,049 4200 ATN9
12 32 14 10,6 6,2 0,26 36 000 20 000 0,053 4201 ATN9
37 17 13 7,8 0,325 34 000 18 000 0,092 4301 ATN9
15 35 14 11,9 7,5 0,32 32 000 17 000 0,059 4202 ATN9
42 17 14,8 9,5 0,405 28 000 15 000 0,120 4302 ATN9
17 40 16 14,8 9,5 0,405 28 000 15 000 0,090 4203 ATN9
47 19 19,5 13,2 0,56 24 000 13 000 0,16 4303 ATN9
20 47 18 17,8 12,5 0,53 24 000 13 000 0,14 4204 ATN9
52 21 23,4 16 0,68 22 000 12 000 0,21 4304 ATN9
25 52 18 19 14,6 0,62 20 000 11 000 0,16 4205 ATN9
62 24 31,9 22,4 0,95 18 000 10 000 0,34 4305 ATN9
30 62 20 26 20,8 0,88 17 000 9 500 0,26 4206 ATN9
72 27 41 30 1,27 16 000 8 500 0,50 4306 ATN9
35 72 23 35,1 28,5 1,2 15 000 8 000 0,40 4207 ATN9
80 31 50,7 38 1,63 14 000 7 500 0,69 4307 ATN9
40 80 23 37,1 32,5 1,37 13 000 7 000 0,50 4208 ATN9
90 33 55,9 45 1,9 12 000 6 700 0,95 4308 ATN9
45 85 23 39 36 1,53 12 000 6 700 0,54 4209 ATN9
100 36 68,9 56 2,4 11 000 6 000 1,25 4309 ATN9
50 90 23 41 40 1,7 11 000 6 000 0,58 4210 ATN9
110 40 81,9 69,5 2,9 10 000 5 300 1,70 4310 ATN9
55 100 25 44,9 44 1,9 10 000 5 600 0,80 4211 ATN9
120 43 97,5 83 3,45 9 000 5 000 2,15 4311 ATN9
60 110 28 57,2 55 2,36 9 500 5 300 1,10 4212 ATN9
130 46 112 98 4,15 8 500 4 500 2,65 4312 ATN9
65 120 31 67,6 67 2,8 8 500 4 800 1,45 4213 ATN9
140 48 121 106 4,5 8 000 4 300 3,25 4313 ATN9
394
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr fo
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
10 16,7 23,3 0,6 14 26 0,6 0,05 12
12 18,3 25,7 0,6 16 28 0,6 0,05 12
20,5 28,5 1 17 32 1 0,06 12
15 21,5 29 0,6 19 31 0,6 0,05 13
24,5 32,5 1 20 37 1 0,06 13
17 24,3 32,7 0,6 21 36 0,6 0,05 13
28,7 38,3 1 22 42 1 0,06 13
20 29,7 38,3 1 25 42 1 0,05 14
31,8 42,2 1,1 26,5 45,5 1 0,06 13
25 34,2 42,8 1 30 47 1 0,05 14
37,3 49,7 1,1 31,5 55,5 1 0,06 13
30 40,9 51,1 1 35 57 1 0,05 14
43,9 58,1 1,1 36,5 65,5 1 0,06 13
35 47,5 59,5 1,1 41,5 65,5 1 0,05 14
49,5 65,4 1,5 43 72 1,5 0,06 13
40 54 66 1,1 46,5 73,5 1 0,05 15
56,9 73,1 1,5 48 82 1,5 0,06 14
45 59,5 71,5 1,1 51,5 78,5 1 0,05 15
63,5 81,5 1,5 53 92 1,5 0,06 14
50 65,5 77,5 1,1 56,5 83,5 1 0,05 15
70 90 2 59 101 2 0,06 14
55 71,2 83,8 1,5 63 92 1,5 0,05 16
76,5 98,5 2 64 111 2 0,06 14
60 75,6 90,4 1,5 68 102 1,5 0,05 15
83,1 107 2,1 71 119 2 0,06 14
65 82,9 99,1 1,5 73 112 1,5 0,05 15
89,6 115 2,1 76 129 2 0,06 14
395
Double row deep groove ball bearings
d 70 – 100 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Reference Limiting
limit speed speed
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
70 125 31 70,2 73,5 3,1 8 000 4 300 1,50 4214 ATN9
150 51 138 125 5 7 000 3 800 3,95 4314 ATN9
75 130 31 72,8 80 3,35 7 500 4 000 1,60 4215 ATN9
160 55 156 143 5,5 6 700 3 600 4,80 4315 ATN9
80 140 33 80,6 90 3,6 7 000 3 800 2,00 4216 ATN9
85 150 36 93,6 102 4 7 000 3 600 2,55 4217 ATN9
90 160 40 112 122 4,65 6 300 3 400 3,20 4218 ATN9
100 180 46 140 156 5,6 5 600 3 000 4,70 4220 ATN9
396
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra kr fo
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
70 89,4 106 1,5 78 117 1,5 0,05 15
96,7 124 2,1 81 139 2 0,06 14
75 96,9 114 1,5 83 122 1,5 0,05 16
103 132 2,1 86 149 2 0,06 14
80 102 120 2 89 131 2 0,05 16
85 105 125 2 94 141 2 0,05 15
90 114 136 2 99 151 2 0,05 15
100 130 154 2,1 111 169 2 0,05 15
397
Single row cam rollers
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 400
Cam roller data – general …………………………………………………………………… 400
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 400
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 400
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 400
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 400
Load carrying ability ………………………………………………………………………… 400
Axial load carrying capacity ……………………………………………………………… 401
Design of associated components ……………………………………………………… 401
Pins …………………………………………………………………………………………… 401
Guide flanges ……………………………………………………………………………… 401
Lubrication …………………………………………………………………………………… 401
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 402
399
Single row cam rollers
Designs Cam roller data – general
Single row cam rollers (➔ fig 1 ) in the narrow Dimensions
3612(00) R series are based on deep groove With the exception of the outside diameter,
ball bearings in the 62 series. They have a the boundary dimensions of SKF single row
crowned runner surface and incorporate cam rollers are in accordance with ISO
sheet steel reinforced acrylonitrile butadiene 15:1998 for bearings in the 02 Dimension
rubber (NBR) contact seals on both sides. Series.
They are ready-to-mount pre-greased cam
rollers and are used for all types of cam drives, Tolerances
conveyor systems etc. Because of their SKF single row cam rollers are produced to
crowned runner surface they can be used in Normal tolerances as standard, except for
applications where angular misalignment the tolerance of the crowned runner surface
with respect to the track may be expected; diameter which is twice the Normal tolerance.
and where edge stresses need to be minim- The values for tolerances correspond to
ized. ISO 492:2002 and can be found in table 3
In addition to single row cam rollers, the on page 125.
SKF standard range of track runner bearings
comprises other cam rollers, support rollers, Internal clearance
or cam followers. These are for example SKF single row cam rollers have C3 radial in-
ternal clearance as standard. The clearance
• double row cam rollers, wide series limits are as specified in ISO 5753:1991 and
3057(00) and 3058(00), ➔ page 457, can be found in table 3 on page 297.
• support rollers based on needle roller or
cylindrical roller bearings, and Cages
• cam followers based on needle roller or Single row cam rollers are fitted with a
cylindrical roller bearings. pressed steel cage.
For further information on support rollers and Load carrying ability
cam followers, consult the SKF catalogue In contrast to standard ball bearings, where
“Needle roller bearings” or the “SKF Inter- the outer ring is supported over its entire
active Engineering Catalogue” on CD-ROM outside diameter surface in the bore of a
or online at www.skf.com. housing, the outer ring of a cam roller has
only a small contact area with the surface
against which it runs, e.g. a rail or cam. The
actual contact area depends on the load
Fig 1 and the crowning of the runner surface. The
deformation of the outer ring caused by this
limited contact alters the force distribution
in the bearing and thus has an influence on
load carrying ability. The basic load ratings
given in the product table take this into
account. With reference to this deformation
and the strength of the outer ring, it is not
only necessary to use the basic dynamic
and static load ratings, but also not to
exceed the maximum permissible dynamic
and static radial loads.
The ability to carry dynamic loads depends
on the requisite life, but the value of the max-
imum dynamic radial load Fr must not be
exceeded.
400
The permissible static load for a cam roller
is determined by the smaller of the values of
Design of associated
F0r and C0. If requirements regarding smooth components
running are below normal, the static load
may exceed C0 but should never exceed the Pins
maximum permissible static radial load F0r. With few exceptions, cam rollers operate
under conditions of stationary inner ring
Axial load carrying capacity load. If easy displacement of the inner ring
Cam rollers are intended for predominantly is required under such conditions, the pin or
radial loads. If axial loads act on the outer shaft should be machined to tolerance g6.
ring, e.g. as produced when the cam roller If, for some reason, a tighter fit is required,
runs against a guide flange, they will pro- then the pin or shaft should be machined to
duce tilting moments in the cam roller and tolerance j6.
the service life may be reduced as a con- For applications where cam rollers are
sequence. subjected to higher axial loads, SKF recom-
mends supporting the inner ring of the cam
roller over its entire side face (➔ fig 2 ). The
diameter of the supporting surface should
be the same as the face diameter d1 of the
inner ring (➔ product table, page 402).
Guide flanges
For rails or cams with guide flanges (➔ fig 2 ),
the recommended flange height ha should
not exceed
ha = 0,5 (D − D1)
This helps to avoid damage to the seals
fitted in the outer ring. The values for the
outer ring diameters D and D1 are listed in
the product table.
Lubrication
Fig 2 SKF single row cam rollers are greased for
life and cannot be relubricated. They are
filled with a lithium base grease of consist-
ency 3 to the NLGI Scale with good rust
inhibiting properties and an operating tem-
perature range of −30 to +120 °C. The base
oil viscosity is 74 mm2/s at 40 °C and
8,5 mm2/s at 100 °C.
d1
ha
401
Single row cam rollers
D 32 – 80 mm
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Dimensions Limiting Mass Designation
speed
D B d d1 D1 r1,2
~ ~ min
mm r/min kg –
32 9 10 14,8 23,4 0,6 12 000 0,041 361200 R
35 10 12 16,1 25,9 0,6 11 000 0,052 361201 R
40 11 15 19,2 29,7 0,6 9 500 0,074 361202 R
47 12 17 21,6 32,9 0,6 8 500 0,11 361203 R
52 14 20 26 38,7 1 7 500 0,16 361204 R
62 15 25 31,4 44,2 1 6 300 0,24 361205 R
72 16 30 37,6 52,1 1 5 300 0,34 361206 R
80 17 35 44 60,6 1,1 4 500 0,43 361207 R
402
Outside Basic load ratings Fatigue Maximum radial loads
diameter dynamic static load dynamic static
limit
D C C0 Pu Fr F0r
mm kN kN kN
32 4,62 2 0,085 3,4 4,9
35 6,24 2,6 0,11 3,25 4,65
40 7,02 3,2 0,134 5 7,2
47 8,84 4,15 0,176 8,15 11,6
52 11,4 5,4 0,228 7,35 10,6
62 12,7 6,8 0,285 12,9 18,3
72 17,4 9,3 0,4 14,3 20,4
80 22,1 11,8 0,5 12,7 18
403
Angular contact
ball bearings
Single row angular contact ball bearings …… 407
Double row angular contact ball bearings …… 427
Four-point contact ball bearings …………… 447
Double row cam rollers ……………………… 457
405
Angular contact ball bearings
Angular contact ball bearings have raceways Fig 2
in the inner and outer rings that are displaced
with respect to each other in the direction of
the bearing axis. This means that they are de-
signed to accommodate combined loads, i.e.
simultaneously acting radial and axial loads.
The axial load carrying capacity of angular
contact ball bearings increases with increas-
ing contact angle. The contact angle is de-
fined as the angle between the line joining the
points of contact of the ball and the raceways
in the radial plane, along which the load is
transmitted from one raceway to another,
and a line perpendicular to the bearing axis.
SKF angular contact ball bearings are pro-
duced in a wide variety of designs and sizes.
Those commonly used in general engineer-
ing are:
Fig 3
• single row angular contact ball bearings
(➔ fig 1 ),
• double row angular contact ball bearings
(➔ fig 2 ),
• four-point contact ball bearings (➔ fig 3 ),
• double row cam rollers (➔ fig 4 ).
Detailed information on these bearings and
cam rollers belonging to the SKF standard
assortment are given on the following pages.
For other SKF angular contact ball bearings
e.g. high-precision angular contact ball
bearings, fixed section bearings, slewing
bearings or hub units please refer to the
section “Other SKF products”, starting on
page 1077.
Fig 1 Fig 4
406
Single row angular
contact ball bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 408
Bearings for universal matching …………………………………………………………… 408
Basic design bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 408
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 409
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 409
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 409
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 409
Internal clearance and preload …………………………………………………………… 409
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 411
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 411
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 411
Speed ratings for bearing pairs …………………………………………………………… 411
Load carrying capacity of bearing pairs…………………………………………………… 412
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 412
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 413
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 413
Determining axial force for bearings mounted singly or paired in tandem …………… 413
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 415
Design of bearing arrangements…………………………………………………………… 416
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 418
407
Single row angular contact ball bearings
Designs When arranged in tandem (a) the load
lines are parallel and the radial and axial
Single row angular contact ball bearings loads are equally shared by the bearings.
can accommodate axial loads acting in one However, the bearing set can only accommo-
direction only. The bearing is normally date axial loads acting in one direction. If
adjusted against a second bearing. axial loads act in the opposite direction, or if
The standard assortment of SKF angular combined loads are present, a third bearing
contact ball bearings comprises bearings in adjusted against the tandem pair must be
the 72 B and 73 B series. Two versions are added.
available for different purposes: The load lines of bearings arranged back-
to-back (b) diverge towards the bearing axis.
• bearings for universal matching in sets or Axial loads acting in both directions can be
• basic design bearings (not universally accommodated, but only by one bearing in
matchable) for arrangements with single each direction. Bearings mounted back-to-
bearings. back provide a relatively stiff bearing arrange-
ment that can also accommodate tilting
The bearings have a 40° contact angle moments.
(➔ fig 1 ) and therefore support heavy axial The load lines of bearings mounted face-
loads. They are non-separable and the bear- to-face (c) converge towards the bearing
ing rings have one high and one low shoulder. axis. Axial loads acting in both directions can
The low shoulder enables a large number of be accommodated, but only by one bearing
balls to be incorporated in the bearing, thus in each direction. This arrangement is not as
giving the bearing a relatively high load stiff as the back-to-back arrangement and is
carrying capacity. less suitable for the accommodation of tilt-
In addition, SKF single row angular con- ing moments.
tact ball bearings are available in many other
dimension series, designs, and sizes. For Basic design bearings
further information on these bearings, consult Basic design single row angular contact
the “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue” ball bearings are intended for arrangements
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com. where only one bearing is used at each bear-
ing position. They have Normal tolerances
Bearings for universal matching concerning bearing width and standout of
The bearings for universal matching are spe- the rings. Therefore, they are not suitable for
cifically manufactured so that when mounted mounting directly adjacent to each other.
in random order, but immediately adjacent
to each other, a given internal clearance or
preload and/or an even load distribution will Fig 1
be obtained without the use of shims or
similar devices. Universally matchable bear-
ings carry a designation suffix to indicate the
internal clearance (CA, CB, CC) or preload
(GA, GB, GC).
When ordering, it is necessary to state the
number of individual bearings required and
not the number of sets.
Paired mounting (➔ fig 2 ) is used when 40°
the load carrying capacity of a single bearing
is inadequate (tandem arrangement) or when
combined or axial loads act in both directions
(back-to-back and face-to-face arrange-
ments).
408
SKF Explorer class Internal clearance and preload
Internal clearance in single row angular
bearings contact ball bearings is only obtained after
mounting and is dependent on adjustment
High performance SKF Explorer angular con- against a second bearing, which provides
tact ball bearings are shown with an asterisk axial location in the opposite direction.
in the product table. SKF Explorer bearings SKF universally matchable bearings are
retain the designation of the earlier standard produced in three different clearance and
bearings, e. g. 7208 BECBP. However, each preload classes each. The classes for
bearing and its box are marked with the bearing sets with clearance are:
name “EXPLORER”.
• CA small axial clearance,
• CB Normal axial clearance (standard),
Bearing data – general • CC large axial clearance.
Dimensions Bearings with clearance class CB are stand-
The boundary dimensions of SKF single row ard. The availability of bearings with other
angular contact ball bearings are in accord- clearance classes can be obtained from
ance with ISO 15:1998. matrix 1 on page 417. SKF universally
matchable bearings with clearance can be
Tolerances combined in sets of any number of bearings.
Basic design SKF single row angular con- The classes for bearing sets with preload
tact ball bearings for single mounting are are:
produced to Normal tolerances. Standard
design universally matchable bearings are • GA light preload (standard),
manufactured to better than Normal • GB moderate preload,
tolerances. • GC heavy preload.
SKF Explorer angular contact ball bearings
are manufactured only as bearings for univer- Bearings to GA class preload are standard
sal matching with P6 dimensional accuracy (➔ matrix 1 on page 417). Bearings with
and P5 running accuracy. preload can only be paired in sets of two
The values for tolerances correspond to bearings, in contrast to the SKF universally
ISO 492:2002 and can be found in tables 3 matchable bearings with clearance, as
to 5 , starting on page 125. otherwise the preload would increase.
Fig 2
a b c
409
Single row angular contact ball bearings
The values for the clearance classes are Table 1
given in table 1 and for the preload classes Axial internal clearance of universally matchable
in table 2 . The values apply to unmounted single row angular contact ball bearings arranged
back-to-back or face-to-face
bearing sets, arranged back-to-back or
face-to-face, and in case of clearance to
zero measuring loads. C
Bore Axial internal clearance
diameter Class
d CA CB CC
over incl. min max min max min max
mm µm
10 18 5 13 15 23 24 32
18 30 7 15 18 26 32 40
30 50 9 17 22 30 40 48
50 80 11 23 26 38 48 60
80 110 14 26 32 44 55 67
110 180 17 29 35 47 62 74
180 250 21 37 45 61 74 90
Table 2
Preload of universally matchable single row angular contact ball bearings arranged back-to-back or
face-to-face
Bore Preload
diameter Class
d GA GB GC
over incl. min max max min max min max min max min max
mm µm N µm N µm N
10 18 +4 −4 80 −2 −10 30 330 −8 −16 230 660
18 30 +4 −4 120 −2 −10 40 480 −8 −16 340 970
30 50 +4 −4 160 −2 −10 60 630 −8 −16 450 1 280
50 80 +6 −6 380 −3 −15 140 1 500 −12 −24 1 080 3 050
80 110 +6 −6 410 −3 −15 150 1 600 −12 −24 1 150 3 250
110 180 +6 −6 540 −3 −15 200 2 150 −12 −24 1 500 4 300
180 250 +8 −8 940 −4 −20 330 3 700 −16 −32 2 650 7 500
410
Misalignment Note:
Single row angular contact ball bearings Bearings with polyamide 6,6 cages can be
have only limited ability to accommodate operated at temperatures up to +120 °C.
misalignment. The permissible misalignment The lubricants generally used for rolling
of the shaft relative to the housing that will bearings do not have a detrimental effect on
not produce inadmissibly high additional cage properties, with the exception of a few
forces depends on the operating clearance synthetic oils and greases with a synthetic
in the bearing, bearing size, internal design oil base, and lubricants containing a high
and the forces and moments acting on the proportion of EP additives when used at
bearing. Because of the complex relationship high temperatures.
between the influencing factors, it is not For detailed information regarding the
possible to quote any values that are temperature resistance and the applicability
universally valid. of cages, please refer to the section “Cage
For bearings mounted in sets, particularly materials”, starting on page 140.
those with small axial internal clearance
mounted in a back-to-back arrangement, Speed ratings for bearing pairs
misalignment can only be accommodated For bearings arranged in pairs, the reference
by increased ball loads, which will create cage speeds provided in the product table for
stresses and reduce bearing service life. Any single bearings should be reduced by
misalignment of the bearing rings will also approximately 20 %.
lead to increased running noise.
Influence of operating temperature
on bearing material
SKF angular contact ball bearings undergo
a special heat treatment. When equipped
with a steel or brass cage, they can operate
at temperatures of up to +150 °C.
Cages
Depending on size and series, SKF single row
angular contact ball bearings are equipped
as standard with one of the cages described
below and shown in fig 3 . The available
SKF standard assortment is shown in
matrix 1 on page 417:
The standard cages used for single row Fig 3
angular contact ball bearings are
• injection moulded cage of glass fibre re-
inforced polyamide 6,6 (a), ball centred,
designation suffix P,
• pressed window-type brass cage (b), ball
centred, designation suffix Y,
• machined window-type brass cage (c),
ball centred, designation suffix M.
Bearings having a pressed sheet steel cage,
designation suffix J, or machined steel cage,
designation suffix F, may also be available.
Please check availability before ordering.
a b c
411
Single row angular contact ball bearings
Load carrying capacity of bearing pairs Table 3
The values for basic load ratings and fatigue Minimum load factors
load limits given in the product table apply Bearing Minimum load factors
to single bearings. For bearing pairs mounted series ka kr
immediately adjacent to each other the – –
following values apply:
72 BE 1,4 0,095
• basic dynamic load rating for
standard bearings in all arrangements and 72 B 1,2 0,08
for SKF Explorer bearings in back-to-back 73 BE 1,6 0,1
or face-to-face arrangement 73 B 1,4 0,09
C = 1,62 × Csingle bearing
• basic dynamic load rating for SKF
Explorer bearings in tandem arrangement
C = 2 × Csingle bearing
• basic static load rating
C0 = 2 × C0 single bearing where
Fam = minimum axial load, kN
• fatigue load limit Frm = minimum radial load, kN
Pu = 2 × Pu single bearing C0 = basic static load rating of single
bearing, or bearing pair, kN
Minimum load (➔ product table)
In order to provide satisfactory operation, ka = minimum axial load factor according
angular contact ball bearings, like all ball and to table 3
roller bearings, must always be subjected to kr = minimum radial load factor according
a given minimum load, particularly if they are to table 3
to operate at high speeds or are subjected ν = oil viscosity at operating
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the temperature, mm2/s
direction of load. Under such conditions the n = rotational speed, r/min
inertia forces of the balls and cage, and the dm = bearing mean diameter
friction in the lubricant, have a detrimental = 0,5 (d + D), mm
influence on the rolling conditions in the
bearing arrangement and may cause dam- When starting up at low temperatures or
aging sliding movements to occur between when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
the balls and raceways. greater minimum loads may be required.
The requisite minimum load to be applied The weight of the components supported by
to single bearings and bearing pairs arranged the bearing, together with external forces,
in tandem can be estimated using generally exceeds the requisite minimum
load. If this is not the case, the angular con-
2 tact ball bearing must be subjected to an
Fam = ka
C0
(
n dm
1 000 100 000 ) additional load. Single bearings and bearing
pairs arranged in tandem can be axially pre-
loaded by adjusting the inner or outer rings
and for bearing pairs arranged back-to-back against each other, or by using springs.
or face-to-face from
νn 2/3 2
Frm = kr
( )( )
1 000
dm
100
412
Equivalent dynamic bearing load Determining axial force for bearings
For single bearings and bearings paired in mounted singly or paired in tandem
tandem When a radial load is applied, the load is
transmitted from one raceway to the other
P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ 1,14 at an angle to the bearing axis and an inter-
P = 0,35 Fr + 0,57 Fa when Fa/Fr > 1,14 nal axial force will be induced in single row
angular contact ball bearings. This must be
When determining the axial force Fa reference considered when calculating the equivalent
should be made to the section “Determining bearing loads for bearing arrangements
axial force for bearings mounted singly or consisting of two single bearings and/or
paired in tandem”. bearing pairs arranged in tandem.
The necessary equations are given in
For bearings mounted in pairs arranged table 4 , page 414, for the various bearing
back-to-back or face-to-face arrangements and load cases. The equations
are only valid if the bearings are adjusted
P = Fr + 0,55 Fa when Fa/Fr ≤ 1,14 against each other to practically zero clear-
P = 0,57 Fr + 0,93 Fa when Fa/Fr > 1,14 ance, but without any preload. In the arrange-
ments shown, bearing A is subjected to a
Fr and Fa are the forces acting on the radial load FrA and bearing B to a radial load
bearing pair. FrB. Both FrA and FrB are always considered
positive even when they act in the direction
Equivalent static bearing load opposite to that shown in the figures. The
For single bearings and bearings paired in radial loads act at the pressure centres of
tandem the bearings (see dimension a in the
product table).
P0 = 0,5 Fr + 0,26 Fa
Variable R
If P0 < Fr, then P0 = Fr should be used. When
determining the axial force Fa reference The variable R from table 4 takes into
should be made to the section “Determining account the contact conditions inside the
axial force for bearings mounted singly or bearing. The values for R can be obtained
paired in tandem”. from diagram 1 , page 415, as a function of
the ratio Ka/C. Ka is the external axial load
For bearings mounted in pairs arranged acting on the shaft or on the housing and C is
back-to-back or face-to-face the basic dynamic load rating of the bearing,
which must accommodate the external axial
P0 = Fr + 0,52 Fa load. For Ka = 0 use R = 1.
Fr and Fa are the forces acting on the
bearing pair.
413
Single row angular contact ball bearings
Table 4
Axial loading of bearing arrangements incorporating two single row B or BE design angular contact ball bearings
and/or bearing pairs in tandem
Bearing arrangement Load case Axial forces
Back-to-back Case 1a
A FrA ≥ FrB FaA = R FrA FaB = FaA + Ka
B
Ka ≥ 0
Ka
FrB Case 1b
FrA
FrA < FrB FaA = R FrA FaB = FaA + Ka
Ka ≥ R (FrB − FrA)
Face-to-face
A B
Case 1c
Ka
FrA < FrB FaA = FaB − Ka FaB = R FrB
FrB
FrA Ka < R (FrB − FrA)
Case 2a
Back-to-back FrA ≤ FrB FaA = FaB + Ka FaB = R FrB
Ka ≥ 0
B A
Ka Case 2b
FrB FrA > FrB FaA = FaB + Ka FaB = R FrB
FrA
Ka ≥ R (FrA − FrB)
Face-to-face
A B
Case 2c
FrA > FrB FaA = R FrA FaB = FaA − Ka
Ka Ka < R (FrA − FrB)
FrB
FrA
414
Supplementary designations GB Bearing for universal matching
The designation suffixes used to identify mounted in random order; when
certain features of SKF single row angular arranged back-to-back or face-to-
contact ball bearings are explained in the face there will be a moderate preload
following. GC Bearing for universal matching
mounted in random order; when
A 30° contact angle arranged back-to-back or face-to-
AC 25° contact angle face there will be a heavy preload
B 40° contact angle J Pressed steel cage, ball centred
CA Bearing for universal matching in M Machined brass cage, ball centred,
random order; when arranged back- different designs are identified by
to-back or face-to-face the axial a figure, e.g. M1
internal clearance will be smaller N1 One locating slot in the outer ring
than Normal (CB) N2 Two locating slots in the outer ring,
CB Bearing for universal matching in positioned at 180° to each other
random order; when arranged back- P Injection moulded cage of glass fibre
to-back or face-to-face the axial reinforced polyamide 6,6, ball centred
internal clearance will be Normal P5 Dimensional and running accuracy
CC Bearing for universal matching in to ISO tolerance class 5
random order; when arranged back- P6 Dimensional and running accuracy
to-back or face-to-face the axial to ISO tolerance class 6
internal clearance will be greater W64 Solid Oil filling
than Normal (CB) Y Pressed window-type brass cage,
DB Two bearings matched back-to-back ball centred
DF Two bearings matched face-to-face
DT Two bearings matched in tandem
E Optimized internal design
F Machined steel cage
GA Bearing for universal matching
mounted in random order; when
arranged back-to-back or face-to-
face there will be a light preload
Diagram 1
1,00
R
0,98
0,96
0,94
0,92
0,90
0,88
0,86
0,84
0,82
0,80
0,00 0,10 0,20 0,30 0,40 K a /C
415
Single row angular contact ball bearings
Design of bearing ings will not be fully utilized; on the other
hand, excessive preload will produce more
arrangements friction and higher operating temperatures,
leading to a reduction in bearing service life.
When designing bearing arrangements in- It should also be remembered that with 72 B
corporating single row angular contact ball and 73 B series single row angular contact
bearings, remember that these bearings ball bearings (40° contact angle), correct
must either be used with a second bearing rolling conditions will only be achieved in the
or in sets (➔ fig 4 ). bearing when the load ratio Fa/Fr ≥ 1.
When two single row angular contact ball Special attention should also be paid to
bearings are used, they must be adjusted back-to-back and face-to-face arrangements
against each other until the requisite preload where the axial load acts predominantly in
or clearance is obtained (➔ section “Bearing one direction. This creates an unfavourable
preload”, starting on page 206). rolling condition for the balls of the unloaded
Where bearings for universal pairing are bearing and can lead to noise, discontinuity
used and the bearings are mounted immedi- in the lubricant film and increased stressing
ately adjacent to each other, there is no need of the cage. Under these conditions, zero
for adjustment. The requisite preload or operational clearance is best and should be
clearance is obtained by choosing bearings attained, for example, by using springs. For
from an appropriate preload or clearance additional information contact the SKF
class and by applying suitable fits for the application engineering service.
bearings on the shaft and in the housing.
It is important for proper bearing perform-
ance and for the operational reliability of
the arrangement that the bearings are cor-
rectly adjusted, or that the correct choice of
preload or clearance has been made. If the
clearance of the bearing in operation is too
large, the load carrying capacity of the bear-
Fig 4
416
Matrix 1
SKF single row angular contact ball bearings – standard assortment
Universally matchable bearings Basic design
bearings
Bore diameter, mm
B(E)GBM
B(E)CBM
B(E)CBM
B(E)GAM
BECCM
BEGAM
Bearing size
BEGBP
BEGBP
BEGBY
BECBP
BECBY
BECBP
BECBY
BEGAP
BEGAY
BEGAP
BECAP
B(E)M
B(E)M
BEP
BEY
BEP
BEY
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
72
72
72
73
73
73
10 00
12 01
15 02
17 03
20 04
25 05
30 06
35 07
40 08
45 09
50 10
55 11
60 12
65 13
70 14
75 15
80 16
85 17
90 18
95 19
100 20
105 21
110 22
120 24
130 26
140 28
150 30
160 32
170 34
180 36
190 SKF Explorer bearings 38
200 40
Other SKF standard
220 bearings 44
240 48
For other dimension series, sizes and designs, please consult the “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com
417
Single row angular contact ball bearings
d 10 – 30 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D D1 d2 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations1)
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Universally Basic
limit ence speed matchable design
d D B C C0 Pu speed bearing bearing
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 30 9 7,02 3,35 0,14 30 000 30 000 0,030 7200 BECBP 7200 BEP
12 32 10 7,61 3,8 0,16 26 000 26 000 0,036 7201 BECBP 7201 BEP
37 12 10,6 5 0,208 24 000 24 000 0,063 – 7301 BEP
15 35 11 8,84 4,8 0,204 24 000 24 000 0,045 7202 BECBP 7202 BEP
42 13 13 6,7 0,28 20 000 20 000 0,081 7302 BECBP 7302 BEP
17 40 12 11 5,85 0,25 22 000 22 000 0,064
40 12 10,4 5,5 0,236 20 000 20 000 0,064 * 7203
–
BECBP –
7203 BEP
40 12 11,1 6,1 0,26 20 000 20 000 0,064 – 7203 BEY
40 12 11 5,85 0,25 22 000 22 000 0,070
47 14 15,9 8,3 0,355 19 000 19 000 0,11 * 7203 BECBM
7303 BECBP
–
7303 BEP
20 47 14 14 8,3 0,355 18 000 18 000 0,11 7204 BECBP 7204 BEP
47 14 14 8,3 0,355 18 000 18 000 0,11 7204 BECBY –
47 14 13,3 7,65 0,325 18 000 19 000 0,11 7204 BECBM –
52 15 19 10 0,425 18 000 18 000 0,14 7304 BECBP –
52 15 17,4 9,5 0,4 16 000 16 000 0,14 * – 7304 BEP
52 15 19 10,4 0,44 16 000 16 000 0,15 7304 BECBY 7304 BEY
52 15 19 10 0,425 18 000 18 000 0,15 7304 BECBM –
*
25 52 15 15,6 10 0,43 17 000 17 000 0,13
52 15 14,8 9,3 0,4 15 000 15 000 0,13 * 7205
–
BECBP –
7205 BEP
52 15 15,6 10,2 0,43 15 000 15 000 0,13 7205 BECBY 7205 BEY
52 15 15,6 10 0,43 17 000 17 000 0,14 7205 BECBM –
62 17 26,5 15,3 0,655 15 000 15 000 0,23 * 7305 BECBP –
62 17 24,2 14 0,6 14 000 14 000 0,23 * – 7305 BEP
62 17 26 15,6 0,655 14 000 14 000 0,24 7305 BECBY 7305 BEY
62 17 26,5 15,3 0,655 15 000 15 000 0,24 7305 BECBM –
*
30 62 16 24 15,6 0,655 14 000 14 000 0,19
62 16 22,5 14,3 0,61 13 000 13 000 0,19 * 7206
–
BECBP –
7206 BEP
62 16 23,8 15,6 0,655 13 000 13 000 0,21 7206 BECBY 7206 BEY
62 16 24 15,6 0,655 14 000 14 000 0,21 7206 BECBM –
72 19 35,5 21,2 0,9 13 000 13 000 0,33 * 7306 BECBP –
72 19 32,5 19,3 0,815 12 000 12 000 0,33 * – 7306 BEP
72 19 34,5 21,2 0,9 12 000 12 000 0,37 7306 BECBY 7306 BEY
72 19 35,5 21,2 0,9 13 000 13 000 0,37 7306 BECBM –
*
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
For available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 417
418
ra rb
ra ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 d2 D1 r1,2 r3,4 a da Da Db ra rb
~ ~ ~ min min min max max max max
mm mm
10 18,3 14,6 22,9 0,6 0,3 13 14,2 25,8 27,6 0,6 0,3
12 20,2 16,6 25 0,6 0,3 14,4 16,2 27,8 29,6 0,6 0,3
21,8 17 28,3 1 0,6 16,3 17,6 31,4 32,8 1 0,6
15 22,7 19 27,8 0,6 0,3 16 19,2 30,8 32,6 0,6 0,3
26 20,7 32,6 1 0,6 18,6 20,6 36,4 37,8 1 0,6
17 26,3 21,7 31,2 0,6 0,6 18 21,2 35,8 35,8 0,6 0,6
26,3 21,7 31,2 0,6 0,6 18 21,2 35,8 35,8 0,6 0,6
26,3 21,7 31,2 0,6 0,6 18 21,2 35,8 35,8 0,6 0,6
26,3 21,7 31,2 0,6 0,6 18 21,2 35,8 35,8 0,6 0,6
28,7 22,8 36,2 1 0,6 20,4 22,6 41,4 42,8 1 0,6
20 30,8 25,9 37 1 0,6 21 25,6 41,4 42,8 1 0,6
30,8 25,9 37 1 0,6 21 25,6 41,4 42,8 1 0,6
30,8 25,9 37 1 0,6 21 25,6 41,4 42,8 1 0,6
33,3 26,8 40,4 1,1 0,6 22,8 27 45 47,8 1 0,6
33,3 26,8 40,4 1,1 0,6 22,8 27 45 47,8 1 0,6
33,3 26,8 40,4 1,1 0,6 22,8 27 45 47,8 1 0,6
33,3 26,8 40,4 1,1 0,6 22,8 27 45 47,8 1 0,6
25 36,1 30,9 41,5 1 0,6 23,7 30,6 46,4 47,8 1 0,6
36,1 30,9 41,5 1 0,6 23,7 30,6 46,4 47,8 1 0,6
36,1 30,9 41,5 1 0,6 23,7 30,6 46,4 47,8 1 0,6
36,1 30,9 41,5 1 0,6 23,7 30,6 46,4 47,8 1 0,6
39,8 32,4 48,1 1,1 0,6 26,8 32 55 57,8 1 0,6
39,8 32,4 48,1 1,1 0,6 26,8 32 55 57,8 1 0,6
39,8 32,4 48,1 1,1 0,6 26,8 32 55 57,8 1 0,6
39,8 32,4 48,1 1,1 0,6 26,8 32 55 57,8 1 0,6
30 42,7 36,1 50,1 1 0,6 27,3 35,6 56,4 57,8 1 0,6
42,7 36,1 50,1 1 0,6 27,3 35,6 56,4 57,8 1 0,6
42,7 36,1 50,1 1 0,6 27,3 35,6 56,4 57,8 1 0,6
42,7 36,1 50,1 1 0,6 27,3 35,6 56,4 57,8 1 0,6
46,6 37,9 56,5 1,1 0,6 31 37 65 67,8 1 0,6
46,6 37,9 56,5 1,1 0,6 31 37 65 67,8 1 0,6
46,6 37,9 56,5 1,1 0,6 31 37 65 67,8 1 0,6
46,6 37,9 56,5 1,1 0,6 31 37 65 67,8 1 0,6
419
Single row angular contact ball bearings
d 35 – 55 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D D1 d2 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations1)
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Universally Basic
limit ence speed matchable design
d D B C C0 Pu speed bearing bearing
mm kN kN r/min kg –
35 72 17 31 20,8 0,88 12 000 12 000 0,28
72 17 29,1 19 0,815 11 000 11 000 0,28 * 7207
–
BECBP –
7207 BEP
72 17 30,7 20,8 0,88 11 000 11 000 0,30 7207 BECBY 7207 BEY
72 17 31 20,8 0,88 12 000 12 000 0,30 7207 BECBM –
80 21 41,5 26,5 1,14 11 000 11 000 0,45 * 7307 BECBP –
80 21 39 24,5 1,04 10 000 10 000 0,45 * – 7307 BEP
80 21 39 24,5 1,04 10 000 10 000 0,49 7307 BECBY 7307 BEY
80 21 41,5 26,5 1,14 11 000 11 000 0,49 7307 BECBM –
*
40 80 18 36,5 26 1,1 11 000 11 000 0,37
80 18 34,5 24 1,02 10 000 10 000 0,37 * 7208
–
BECBP –
7208 BEP
80 18 36,4 26 1,1 10 000 10 000 0,38 7208 BECBY 7208 BEY
80 18 36,5 26 1,1 11 000 11 000 0,39 7208 BECBM –
80 18 34,5 24 1,02 10 000 10 000 0,39 * – 7208 BEM
90 23 50 32,5 1,37 10 000 10 000 0,61 7308 BECBP –
90 23 46,2 30,5 1,13 9 000 9 000 0,61 * – 7308 BEP
90 23 49,4 33,5 1,4 9 000 9 000 0,64 7308 BECBY 7308 BEY
90 23 50 32,5 1,37 10 000 10 000 0,68 7308 BECBM –
*
45 85 19 38 28,5 1,22 10 000 10 000 0,42
85 19 35,8 26 1,12 9 000 9 000 0,42 * 7209
–
BECBP –
7209 BEP
85 19 37,7 28 1,2 9 000 9 000 0,43 7209 BECBY 7209 BEY
85 19 38 28,5 1,22 10 000 10 000 0,44 7209 BECBM –
100 25 61 40,5 1,73 9 000 9 000 0,82 * 7309 BECBP –
100 25 55,9 37,5 1,73 8 000 8 000 0,82 * – 7309 BEP
100 25 60,5 41,5 1,73 8 000 8 000 0,86 7309 BECBY 7309 BEY
100 25 61 40,5 1,73 9 000 9 000 0,90 7309 BECBM –
*
50 90 20 40 31 1,32 9 000 9 000 0,47
90 20 37,7 28,5 1,22 8 500 8 500 0,47 * 7210
–
BECBP –
7210 BEP
90 20 39 30,5 1,29 8 500 8 500 0,47 7210 BECBY 7210 BEY
90 20 40 31 1,32 9 000 9 000 0,51
110 27 75 51 2,16 8 000 8 000 1,04 * 7210 BECBM –
110 27 68,9 47,5 2 7 500 7 500 1,04 * 7310
–
BECBP –
7310 BEP
110 27 74,1 51 2,2 7 500 7 500 1,13 7310 BECBY 7310 BEY
110 27 75 51 2,16 8 000 8 000 1,16
* 7310 BECBM –
55 100 21 48,8 38 1,63 7 500 7 500 0,62 7211 BECBP 7211 BEP
100 21 48,8 38 1,63 7 500 7 500 0,62 7211 BECBY 7211 BEY
100 21 46,2 36 1,53 7 500 8 000 0,66 7211 BECBM –
SKF Explorer bearing
*
1)
For available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 417
420
ra rb
ra ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 d2 D1 r1,2 r3,4 a da Da Db ra rb
~ ~ ~ min min min max max max max
mm mm
35 49,7 42 58,3 1,1 0,6 31 42 65 67,8 1 0,6
49,7 42 58,3 1,1 0,6 31 42 65 67,8 1 0,6
49,7 42 58,3 1,1 0,6 31 42 65 67,8 1 0,6
49,7 42 58,3 1,1 0,6 31 42 65 67,8 1 0,6
52,8 43,6 63,3 1,5 1 35 44 71 74,4 1,5 1
52,8 43,6 63,3 1,5 1 35 44 71 74,4 1,5 1
52,8 43,6 63,3 1,5 1 35 44 71 74,4 1,5 1
52,8 43,6 63,3 1,5 1 35 44 71 74,4 1,5 1
40 56,3 48,1 65,6 1,1 0,6 34 47 73 75,8 1 0,6
56,3 48,1 65,6 1,1 0,6 34 47 73 75,8 1 0,6
56,3 48,1 65,6 1,1 0,6 34 47 73 75,8 1 0,6
56,3 48,1 65,6 1,1 0,6 34 47 73 75,8 1 0,6
56,3 48,1 65,6 1,1 0,6 34 47 73 75,8 1 0,6
59,7 49,6 71,6 1,5 1 39 49 81 84,4 1,5 1
59,7 49,6 71,6 1,5 1 39 49 81 84,4 1,5 1
59,7 49,6 71,6 1,5 1 39 49 81 84,4 1,5 1
59,7 49,6 71,6 1,5 1 39 49 81 84,4 1,5 1
45 60,9 52,7 70,2 1,1 0,6 37 52 78 80,8 1 0,6
60,9 52,7 70,2 1,1 0,6 37 52 78 80,8 1 0,6
60,9 52,7 70,2 1,1 0,6 37 52 78 80,8 1 0,6
60,9 52,7 70,2 1,1 0,6 37 52 78 80,8 1 0,6
66,5 55,3 79,8 1,5 1 43 54 91 94,4 1,5 1
66,5 55,3 79,8 1,5 1 43 54 91 94,4 1,5 1
66,5 55,3 79,8 1,5 1 43 54 91 94,4 1,5 1
66,5 55,3 79,8 1,5 1 43 54 91 94,4 1,5 1
50 65,8 57,7 75,2 1,1 0,6 39 57 83 85,8 1 0,6
65,8 57,7 75,2 1,1 0,6 39 57 83 85,8 1 0,6
65,8 57,7 75,2 1,1 0,6 39 57 83 85,8 1 0,6
65,8 57,7 75,2 1,1 0,6 39 57 83 85,8 1 0,6
73,8 61,1 88,8 2 1 47 61 99 104 2 1
73,8 61,1 88,8 2 1 47 61 99 104 2 1
73,8 61,1 88,8 2 1 47 61 99 104 2 1
73,8 61,1 88,8 2 1 47 61 99 104 2 1
55 72,4 63,6 83,7 1,5 1 43 64 91 94 1,5 1
72,4 63,6 83,7 1,5 1 43 64 91 94 1,5 1
72,4 63,6 83,7 1,5 1 43 64 91 94 1,5 1
421
Single row angular contact ball bearings
d 55 – 80 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D D1 d2 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations1)
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Universally Basic
limit ence speed matchable design
d D B C C0 Pu speed bearing bearing
mm kN kN r/min kg –
55 120 29 85 60 2,55 7 000 7 000 1,34
cont. 120 29 79,3 55 2,32 6 700 6 700 1,34 * 7311
–
BECBP –
7311 BEP
120 29 85,2 60 2,55 6 700 6 700 1,48 7311 BECBY 7311 BEY
120 29 85 60 2,55 7 000 7 000 1,49 7311 BECBM –
*
60 110 22 61 50 2,12 7 500 7 500 0,78
110 22 57,2 45,5 1,93 7 000 7 000 0,78 * 7212
–
BECBP –
7212 BEP
110 22 57,2 45,5 1,93 7 000 7 000 0,83 7212 BECBY 7212 BEY
110 22 61 50 2,12 7 500 7 500 0,85 7212 BECBM –
130 31 104 76,5 3,2 6 700 6 700 1,71 * 7312 BECBP –
130 31 95,6 69,5 3 6 000 6 000 1,71 * – 7312 BEP
130 31 95,6 69,5 3 6 000 6 000 1,75 7312 BECBY 7312 BEY
130 31 104 76,5 3,2 6 700 6 700 1,88 7312 BECBM –
130 31 95,6 69,5 3 6 000 6 300 1,88 * – 7312 BEM
65 120 23 66,3 54 2,28 6 300 6 300 1,00 7213 BECBP 7213 BEP
120 23 66,3 54 2,28 6 300 6 300 1,00 7213 BECBY 7213 BEY
120 23 66,3 54 2,28 6 300 6 700 1,10 7213 BECBM –
140 33 116 86,5 3,65 6 300 6 300 2,10 7313 BECBP –
140 33 108 80 3,35 5 600 5 600 2,15 * 7313 BECBY 7313 BEP
140 33 116 86,5 3,65 6 300 6 300 2,31 7313 BECBM –
*
70 125 24 75 64 2,7 6 300 6 300 1,10
125 24 71,5 60 2,5 6 000 6 000 1,10 * 7214 BECBP
7214 BECBY
–
7214 BEP
125 24 72 60 2,55 6 300 6 300 1,18 7214 BECBM –
150 35 127 98 3,9 5 600 5 600 2,55 * 7314 BECBP –
150 35 119 90 3,65 5 300 5 300 2,67 * 7314 BECBY 7314 BEP
150 35 127 98 3,9 5 600 5 600 2,83
* 7314 BECBM –
75 130 25 72,8 64 2,65 5 600 5 600 1,18 7215 BECBP 7215 BEP
130 25 72,8 64 2,65 5 600 5 600 1,26 7215 BECBY –
130 25 70,2 60 2,5 5 600 6 000 1,29 7215 BECBM –
160 37 132 104 4,15 5 300 5 300 3,06 7315 BECBP –
160 37 125 98 3,8 5 000 5 000 3,06 * – 7315 BEP
160 37 133 106 4,15 5 000 5 000 3,20 7315 BECBY –
160 37 132 104 4,15 5 300 5 300 3,26 7315 BECBM –
*
80 140 26 80,6 69,5 2,8 5 300 5 300 1,43 7216 BECBP 7216 BEP
140 26 83,2 73,5 3 5 300 5 300 1,58 7216 BECBY –
140 26 85 75 3,05 5 600 5 600 1,59 7216 BECBM –
SKF Explorer bearing
*
*
1)
For available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 417
422
ra rb
ra ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 d2 D1 r1,2 r3,4 a da Da Db ra rb
~ ~ ~ min min min max max max max
mm mm
55 80,3 66,7 96,6 2 1 51 66 109 114 2 1
80,3 66,7 96,6 2 1 51 66 109 114 2 1
80,3 66,7 96,6 2 1 51 66 109 114 2 1
80,3 66,7 96,6 2 1 51 66 109 114 2 1
60 79,6 69,3 91,55 1,5 1 47 69 101 104 1,5 1
79,6 69,3 91,6 1,5 1 47 69 101 104 1,5 1
79,6 69,3 91,6 1,5 1 47 69 101 104 1,5 1
79,6 69,3 91,6 1,5 1 47 69 101 104 1,5 1
87,3 72,6 104,8 2,1 1,1 55 72 118 123 2 1
87,3 72,6 104,8 2,1 1,1 55 72 118 123 2 1
87,3 72,6 104,8 2,1 1,1 55 72 118 123 2 1
87,3 72,6 104,8 2,1 1,1 55 72 118 123 2 1
87,3 72,6 104,8 2,1 1,1 55 72 118 123 2 1
65 86,4 75,5 100 1,5 1 50 74 111 114 1,5 1
86,4 75,5 100 1,5 1 50 74 111 114 1,5 1
86,4 75,5 100 1,5 1 50 74 111 114 1,5 1
94,2 78,5 112,9 2,1 1,1 60 77 128 133 2 1
94,2 78,5 112,9 2,1 1,1 60 77 128 133 2 1
94,2 78,5 112,9 2,1 1,1 60 77 128 133 2 1
70 91,5 80,3 104,8 1,5 1 53 79 116 119 1,5 1
91,5 80,3 104,8 1,5 1 53 79 116 119 1,5 1
91,5 80,3 104,8 1,5 1 53 79 116 119 1,5 1
101,1 84,4 121 2,1 1,1 64 82 138 143 2 1
101,1 84,4 121 2,1 1,1 64 82 138 143 2 1
101,1 84,4 121 2,1 1,1 64 82 138 143 2 1
75 96,3 85,3 110,1 1,5 1 56 84 121 124 1,5 1
96,3 85,3 110,1 1,5 1 56 84 121 124 1,5 1
96,3 85,3 110,1 1,5 1 56 84 121 124 1,5 1
108,3 91,1 128,7 2,1 1,1 68 87 148 153 2 1
108,3 91,1 128,7 2,1 1,1 68 87 148 153 2 1
108,3 91,1 128,7 2,1 1,1 68 87 148 153 2 1
108,3 91,1 128,7 2,1 1,1 68 87 148 153 2 1
80 103,6 91,4 117,9 2 1 59 91 129 134 2 1
103,6 91,4 117,9 2 1 59 91 129 134 2 1
103,6 91,4 117,9 2 1 59 91 129 134 2 1
423
Single row angular contact ball bearings
d 80 – 100 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D D1 d2 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations1)
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Universally Basic
limit ence speed matchable design
d D B C C0 Pu speed bearing bearing
mm kN kN r/min kg –
80 170 39 143 118 4,5 5 000 5 000 3,64
cont. 170 39 135 110 4,15 4 500 4 500 3,64 * 7316
–
BECBP –
7316 BEP
170 39 143 118 4,5 4 500 4 500 3,70 7316 BECBY 7316 BEY
170 39 143 118 4,5 5 000 5 000 4,03 7316 BECBM –
170 39 135 110 4,15 4 500 4 800 3,80 * – 7316 BEM
85 150 28 95,6 83 3,25 5 000 5 000 1,83 7217 BECBP 7217 BEP
150 28 95,6 83 3,25 5 000 5 000 1,83 7217 BECBY –
150 28 95,6 83 3,25 5 000 5 300 1,99 7217 BECBM –
180 41 156 132 4,9 4 800 4 800 4,26 7317 BECBP –
180 41 146 112 4,5 4 300 4 300 4,26 * – 7317 BEP
180 41 153 132 4,9 4 300 4 300 4,59 7317 BECBY –
180 41 156 132 4,9 4 800 4 800 4,74 7317 BECBM –
180 41 146 112 4,5 4 300 4 500 4,74 * – 7317 BEM
90 160 30 108 96,5 3,65 4 500 4 500 2,12 7218 BECBP 7218 BEP
160 30 108 96,5 3,65 4 500 4 500 2,34 7218 BECBY –
160 30 108 96,5 3,65 4 500 4 800 2,41 7218 BECBM –
190 43 166 146 5,3 4 500 4 500 4,98 7318 BECBP –
190 43 156 134 4,8 4 000 4 000 4,98 * – 7318 BEP
190 43 165 146 5,2 4 000 4 000 5,22 7318 BECBY –
190 43 166 146 5,3 4 500 4 500 5,53 7318 BECBM –
190 43 156 134 4,8 4 000 4 300 5,53 * – 7318 BEM
95 170 32 124 108 4 4 300 4 300 2,68 7219 BECBP 7219 BEP
170 32 124 108 4 4 300 4 300 2,82 7219 BECBY –
170 32 129 118 4,4 4 800 4 800 2,95 7219 BECBM –
200 45 180 163 5,7 4 300 4 300 5,77 * 7319 BECBP –
200 45 168 150 5,2 3 800 3 800 5,77 * – 7319 BEP
200 45 178 163 5,6 3 800 3 800 6,17 7319 BECBY –
200 45 180 163 5,7 4 300 4 300 6,41 7319 BECBM –
200 45 168 150 5,2 3 800 4 000 6,41 * – 7319 BEM
100 180 34 135 122 4,4 4 000 4 000 3,29 7220 BECBP 7220 BEP
180 34 135 122 4,4 4 000 4 000 3,38 7220 BECBY 7220 BEY
180 34 135 122 4,4 4 000 4 300 3,61 7220 BECBM –
215 47 216 208 6,95 4 000 4 000 7,17 7320 BECBP –
215 47 203 190 6,4 3 600 3 600 7,17 * – 7320 BEP
215 47 203 190 6,4 3 600 3 600 7,15 7320 BECBY 7320 BEY
215 47 216 208 6,95 4 000 4 000 8,00 7320 BECBM –
215 47 203 190 6,4 3 600 3 800 8,00 * – 7320 BEM
1)
SKF Explorer bearing. For available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 417
*
424
ra rb
ra ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 d2 D1 r1,2 r3,4 a da Da Db ra rb
~ ~ ~ min min min max max max max
mm mm
80 115,2 97,1 136,8 2,1 1,1 72 92 158 163 2 1
115,2 97,1 136,8 2,1 1,1 72 92 158 163 2 1
115,2 97,1 136,8 2,1 1,1 72 92 158 163 2 1
115,2 97,1 136,8 2,1 1,1 72 92 158 163 2 1
115,2 97,1 136,8 2,1 1,1 72 92 158 163 2 1
85 110,1 97 126,7 2 1 63 96 139 144 2 1
110,1 97 126,7 2 1 63 96 139 144 2 1
110,1 97 126,7 2 1 63 96 139 144 2 1
122,3 103 145 3 1,1 76 99 166 173 2,5 1
122,3 103 145 3 1,1 76 99 166 173 2,5 1
122,3 103 145 3 1,1 76 99 166 173 2,5 1
122,3 103 145 3 1,1 76 99 166 173 2,5 1
122,3 103 145 3 1,1 76 99 166 173 2,5 1
90 117,1 103 134,8 2 1 67 101 149 154 2 1
117,1 103 134,8 2 1 67 101 149 154 2 1
117,1 103 134,8 2 1 67 101 149 154 2 1
129,2 109 153,1 3 1,1 80 104 176 183 2,5 1
129,2 109 153,1 3 1,1 80 104 176 183 2,5 1
129,2 109 153,1 3 1,1 80 104 176 183 2,5 1
129,2 109 153,1 3 1,1 80 104 176 183 2,5 1
129,2 109 153,1 3 1,1 80 104 176 183 2,5 1
95 124,3 109,1 142,5 2,1 1,1 72 107 158 163 2 1
124,3 109,1 142,5 2,1 1,1 72 107 158 163 2 1
124,3 109,1 142,5 2,1 1,1 72 107 158 163 2 1
136,2 114,9 161,3 3 1,1 84 109 186 193 2,5 1
136,2 114,9 161,3 3 1,1 84 109 186 193 2,5 1
136,2 114,9 161,3 3 1,1 84 109 186 193 2,5 1
136,2 114,9 161,3 3 1,1 84 109 186 193 2,5 1
136,2 114,9 161,3 3 1,1 84 109 186 193 2,5 1
100 131 115,2 150,9 2,1 1,1 76 112 168 173 2 1
131 115,2 150,9 2,1 1,1 76 112 168 173 2 1
131 115,2 150,9 2,1 1,1 76 112 168 173 2 1
144,5 120,5 173,4 3 1,1 90 114 201 - 2,5 -
144,5 120,5 173,4 3 1,1 90 114 201 208 2,5 1
144,5 120,5 173,4 3 1,1 90 114 201 208 2,5 1
144,5 120,5 173,4 3 1,1 90 114 201 - 2,5 -
144,5 120,5 173,4 3 1,1 90 114 201 208 2,5 1
425
Single row angular contact ball bearings
d 105 – 240 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D D1 d2 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations1)
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Universally Basic
limit ence speed matchable design
d D B C C0 Pu speed bearing bearing
mm kN kN r/min kg –
105 190 36 148 137 4,8 3 800 3 800 3,82 7221 BECBP 7221 BEP
190 36 148 137 4,8 3 800 4 000 4,18 7221 BECBM –
225 49 212 208 6,95 3 400 3 400 8,46 7321 BECBP 7321 BEP
225 49 203 193 6,4 3 400 3 600 9,12 7321 BECBM –
110 200 38 163 153 5,2 3 600 3 600 4,60 7222 BECBP 7222 BEP
200 38 163 153 5,2 3 600 3 600 4,75 7222 BECBY –
200 38 153 143 4,9 3 600 3 800 4,95 7222 BECBM 7222 BEM
240 50 225 224 7,2 3 200 3 200 9,69 7322 BECBP 7322 BEP
240 50 225 224 7,2 3 200 3 200 9,69 7322 BECBY 7322 BEY
240 50 225 224 7,2 3 200 3 400 10,7 7322 BECBM 7322 BEM
120 215 40 165 163 5,3 3 400 3 600 5,89 7224 BCBM 7224 BM
260 55 238 250 7,65 3 000 3 200 13,8 7324 BCBM –
130 230 40 186 193 6,1 3 200 3 400 6,76 7226 BCBM 7226 BM
280 58 296 305 9 2 800 2 800 17,1 7326 BCBM 7326 BM
140 250 42 199 212 6,4 2 800 3 000 8,63 7228 BCBM 7228 BM
300 62 302 345 9,8 2 600 2 600 21,3 7328 BCBM –
150 270 45 216 240 6,95 2 600 2 800 10,8 7230 BCBM –
320 65 332 390 10,8 2 400 2 400 25,0 7330 BCBM –
160 290 48 255 300 8,5 2 400 2 600 13,6 7232 BCBM –
170 310 52 281 345 9,5 2 400 2 400 16,7 7234 BCBM –
360 72 390 490 12,7 2 000 2 200 34,6 7334 BCBM –
180 320 52 291 375 10 2 200 2 400 17,6 7236 BCBM –
380 75 410 540 13,7 2 000 2 000 40,0 7336 BCBM –
190 340 55 307 405 10,4 2 000 2 200 21,9 7238 BCBM –
400 78 442 600 14,6 1 900 1 900 48,3 7338 BCBM –
200 360 58 325 430 11 1 800 2 000 25,0 7240 BCBM –
420 80 462 655 15,6 1 800 1 800 52,8 7340 BCBM –
220 400 65 319 465 11,2 1 800 1 800 35,2 7244 BCBM –
240 440 72 364 540 12,5 1 600 1 700 49,0 7248 BCBM –
1)
For available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 417
426
ra rb
ra ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 d2 D1 r1,2 r3,4 a da Da Db ra rb
~ ~ ~ min min min max max max max
mm mm
105 138 121,2 159,1 2,1 1,1 80 117 178 183 2 1
138 121,2 159,1 2,1 1,1 80 117 178 183 2 1
151,7 127,9 181,4 3 1,1 94 119 211 218 2,5 1
151,7 127,9 181,4 3 1,1 94 119 211 218 2,5 1
110 144,9 127,1 167,4 2,1 1,1 84 122 188 193 2 1
144,9 127,1 167,4 2,1 1,1 84 122 188 193 2 1
144,9 127,1 167,4 2,1 1,1 84 122 188 193 2 1
160,8 135 193,5 3 1,1 99 124 226 233 2,5 1
160,8 135 193,5 3 1,1 99 124 226 233 2,5 1
160,8 135 193,5 3 1,1 99 124 226 233 2,5 1
120 157 138,6 179,4 2,1 1,1 90 132 203 208 2 1
178,4 153,9 211 3 1,5 107 134 246 253 2,5 1
130 169 149,6 192,6 3 1,1 96 144 216 222 2,5 1
189,9 161,4 227,5 4 1,5 115 147 263 271 3 1,5
140 183,3 163,6 209,5 3 1,1 103 154 236 243 2,5 1
203 172,2 243 4 1,5 123 157 283 291 3 1,5
150 197,2 175,6 226 3 1,1 111 164 256 263 2,5 1
216,1 283,9 258,7 4 1,5 131 167 303 311 3 1,5
160 211 187,6 242,3 3 1,1 118 174 276 283 2,5 1
170 227,4 202 261 4 1,5 127 187 293 301 3 1,5
243,8 207,9 292 4 2 147 187 343 351 3 1,5
180 234,9 209,6 268,8 4 1,5 131 197 303 311 3 1,5
257,7 219,8 308 4 2 156 197 363 369 3 2
190 250,4 224,1 285,4 4 1,5 139 207 323 331 3 1,5
271,6 231,8 324,3 5 2 164 210 380 389 4 2
200 263,3 235,1 300,8 4 1,5 146 217 343 351 3 1,5
287 247 339,5 5 2 170 220 400 409 4 2
220 291,1 259,1 333,4 4 1,5 164 237 383 391 3 1,5
240 322 292 361 4 1,5 180 257 423 431 3 1,5
427
Double row angular
contact ball bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 430
Basic design bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 431
Sealed bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 431
Bearings with a two-piece inner ring ……………………………………………………… 432
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 433
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 433
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 433
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 433
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 434
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 434
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 434
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 434
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 435
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 436
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 436
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 436
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 438
Double row angular contact ball bearings ……………………………………………… 438
Sealed double row angular contact ball bearings ……………………………………… 442
429
Double row angular contact ball bearings
Designs Bearings in the 52 A and 53 A series
SKF double row angular contact ball bear- Basic design bearings in the 32 A and
ings correspond in design to two single row 33 A series shown in the product table
angular contact ball bearings but take up as well as the corresponding sealed
less axial space. They can accommodate bearings to 2Z and 2RS1 design are
radial loads as well as axial loads acting in identical to the corresponding bearings
both directions. They provide stiff bearing in the 52 and 53 series for the North
arrangements and are able to accommodate American market. They have the same
tilting moments. performance characteristics and dimen-
The SKF standard range of double row sional features (except for the width of
angular contact ball bearings (➔ fig 1 ) size 5200). However, the sealed bear-
includes: ings are filled with a different grease.
Bearings in the 52 and 53 series use
• basic design bearings (a) a mineral oil based high-temperature
• sealed bearings (b) grease with polyurea thickener. The
• bearings with a two-piece inner ring (c) operating temperature range of this
grease is −30 to +175 °C. The base oil
The standard range is shown in matrix 1 on viscosity is 115 mm2/s at 40 °C and
page 437. 12 mm2/s at 100 °C.
This bearing range covers sizes from 10 to
110 mm bore diameter. For information about
other double row angular contact ball bear-
ings, please refer to the “SKF Interactive
Engineering Catalogue” on CD-ROM or
online at www.skf.com.
Fig 1
a b c
430
Basic design bearings Fig 2
SKF double row angular contact ball bear-
ings in the 32 A and 33 A series have opti-
mized internal geometry and do not have
filling slots. The advantages are
• universal applicability,
• high radial and axial load carrying
capacity in both directions,
• quiet operation.
The bearings have a 30° contact angle and
the ball sets are in a back-to-back arrange-
ment.
Standard design bearings that are also
available with seals or shields may, for manu-
facturing reasons, have seal recesses on
inner and outer rings (➔ fig 2 ).
Fig 3
Sealed bearings
The most common basic design bearings
can also be supplied with shields or seals
(➔ matrix 1 on page 437). Bearings in the
32 A and 33 A series are filled with a high-
quality NLGI class 3 lithium base grease and
are marked with the designation suffix
MT33. This grease has good corrosion in-
hibiting properties and can be used at tem-
peratures between −30 and +120 °C. The
base oil viscosity is 74 mm2/s at 40 °C and
8,5 mm2/s at 100 °C. Regarding the grease
fill of bearings in the 52 A and 53 A series
please refer to page 430.
Sealed bearings are lubricated for life and a
are maintenance-free. They should therefore
not be washed or heated above 80 °C be-
fore mounting.
Bearings with shields
Bearings with shields, designation suffix
2Z, are produced in two different designs
(➔ fig 3 ). The sheet steel shields used in
smaller bearings form a narrow gap with
the land of the inner ring shoulder (a). Larger
bearings as well as all SKF Explorer bearings
have recesses in the inner ring side faces
into which the shields extend (b).
Shielded bearings are primarily intended
for applications where the inner ring rotates. b
If the outer ring rotates there is a risk that
grease will be lost from the bearing once it
reaches a certain speed.
431
Double row angular contact ball bearings
Bearings with seals Fig 4
Bearings with seals, designation suffix 2RS1,
use a acrylonitrile butadiene rubber, sheet
steel reinforced seal that fits against a recess
in the inner ring side face (➔ fig 4 ). The lip
of the seal exerts a light pressure against the
inner ring for a positive seal. The periphery
of the seal engages in a recess in the outer
ring to provide a good sealing. The permis-
sible operating temperature range for these
seals is −40 to +100 °C and up to +120 °C
for brief periods.
Grease may be lost from sealed bearings
at the inner ring under extreme operating
conditions, e.g. at high speeds or at high
temperatures. For applications where this
could be a disadvantage, special design
steps should be taken to prevent this. For Fig 5
additional information please contact the
SKF application engineering service.
Bearings with a two-piece inner ring
In addition to the basic design bearings,
double row angular contact ball bearings
are also available with a two-piece inner ring
(➔ fig 5 ). These bearings incorporate a
large number of large balls and have a high
load carrying capacity, especially in the
axial direction.
Bearings in the 33 D series
Bearings in the 33 D series (a) have a 45° a
contact angle, a special internal clearance
and can support heavy axial loads in both
directions. The bearings are separable, i.e.
the outer ring with ball and cage assemblies
can be mounted independently of the inner
ring halves.
Bearings in the 33 DNRCBM series
Bearings in the 33 DNRCBM series (b) have
a 40° contact angle and a snap ring groove
with snap ring in the outer ring, enabling
simple and space-saving axial location in
the housing. They have been designed
specifically to operate under the conditions
pertaining in certrifugal pumps, but can also b
be used in other applications. These bear-
ings are non-separable.
432
SKF Explorer class Bearing data – general
bearings Dimensions
The boundary dimensions of SKF double row
High performance SKF Explorer angular angular contact ball bearings are in accord-
contact ball bearings are shown with an ance with ISO 15:1998, except for the width
asterisk in the product tables. SKF Explorer of bearing 3200 A.
bearings retain the designation of the earlier The dimensions of the snap ring
standard bearings, e. g. 3208 ATN9. How- grooves and snap rings for bearings in the
ever, each bearing and its box are marked 33 DNRCBM series are listed in table 1 .
with the name “EXPLORER”, to avoid The dimensions of the snap ring grooves
confusion. and snap rings conform to ISO 464:1995.
Tolerances
SKF basic design double row angular con-
tact ball bearings are produced to Normal
tolerances as standard. SKF Explorer bear-
ings as well as bearings in the 33 DNRCBM
series are produced to tolerance class P6
specifications.
The values for tolerances correspond to
ISO 492:2002 and can be found in tables 3
and 4 on pages 125 and 126.
Table 1
Dimensions of snap ring grooves and snap rings
f
b
D4 D3 C
Bearing Dimensions Snap ring
Designation Designation
C b f D3 D4
– mm –
3308 DNRCBM 3,28 2,7 2,46 86,8 96,5 SP 90
3309 DNRCBM 3,28 2,7 2,46 96,8 106,5 SP 100
3310 DNRCBM 3,28 2,7 2,46 106,8 116,6 SP 110
3311 DNRCBM 4,06 3,4 2,82 115,2 129,7 SP 120
3313 DNRCBM 4,06 3,4 2,82 135,2 149,7 SP 140
433
Double row angular contact ball bearings
Internal clearance Influence of operating temperature
SKF double row angular contact ball bearings on bearing material
in the 32 A and 33 A series are produced as SKF angular contact ball bearings undergo
standard with Normal axial internal clearance. a special heat treatment. When equipped
They are also available with the greater C3 with a steel or brass cage, they can operate
clearance (➔ matrix 1 on page 437). For at temperatures of up to +150 °C.
bearings with smaller C2 clearance, please
check availability before ordering. Cages
Bearings in the 33 D and 33 DNRCBM Depending on size and design, SKF double
series are produced exclusively with an axial row angular contact ball bearings are
internal clearance according to the values equipped as standard with two of the cages
given in table 2 . They are valid for bearings described below and shown in fig 6 :
before mounting under zero measuring
loads. • snap-type cage of glass fibre reinforced
polyamide 6,6 (a), ball centred, designa-
Misalignment tion suffix TN9,
Misalignment of the outer ring with respect • pressed steel snap-type cage (b), ball
to the inner ring of double row angular con- centred, no designation suffix or suffix J1,
tact ball bearings can only be accommo- • pressed steel crown cage (c), ball centred,
dated by generating forces between the no designation suffix,
balls and the raceways. Any misalignment • machined brass cage, outer ring centred
will lead to increased noise in operation (d), designation suffix MA ,
and reduced bearing service life.
Table 2
Axial internal clearance of double row angular contact ball bearings
Bore Axial internal clearance of bearings in series
diameter 32 A and 33 A 33 D 33 DNRCBM
d C2 Normal C3
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm µm µm
– 10 1 11 5 21 12 28 – – – –
10 18 1 12 6 23 13 31 – – – –
18 24 2 14 7 25 16 34 – – – –
24 30 2 15 8 27 18 37 – – – –
30 40 2 16 9 29 21 40 33 54 10 30
40 50 2 18 11 33 23 44 36 58 10 30
50 65 3 22 13 36 26 48 40 63 18 38
65 80 3 24 15 40 30 54 46 71 18 38
80 100 3 26 18 46 35 63 55 83 – –
100 110 4 30 22 53 42 73 65 96 – –
434
• machined brass cage, ball centred (e), ment and may cause damaging sliding
designation suffix M. movements to occur between the balls and
raceways.
Several bearings are available with two dif- The requisite minimum radial load to be
ferent cage designs so that bearings with applied to double row angular contact ball
cages appropriate to the operating conditions bearings can be estimated using
can be chosen (➔ matrix 1 on page 437).
νn 2/3 2
Note:
Bearings with polyamide 6,6 cages can be
Frm = kr
( )( )
1 000
dm
100
operated at temperatures up to +120 °C.
The lubricants generally used for rolling where
bearings do not have a detrimental effect on Frm = minimum radial load, kN
cage properties, with the exception of a few kr = minimum radial load factor
synthetic oils and greases with a synthetic 0,06 for bearings in the 32 A series
oil base, and lubricants containing a high 0,07 for bearings in the 33 A series
proportion of EP additives when used at 0,095 for bearings in the 33 D and
high temperatures. 33 DNR series
For detailed information regarding the ν = oil viscosity at operating temperature,
temperature resistance and the applicability mm2/s
of cages, please refer to the section “Cage n = rotational speed, r/min
materials”, starting on page 140. dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
Minimum load
In order to provide satisfactory operation, When starting up at low temperatures or
double row angular contact ball bearings, when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
like all ball and roller bearings, must always greater minimum loads may be required.
be subjected to a given minimum load, par- The weight of the components supported by
ticularly if they are to operate at high speeds the bearing, together with external forces,
or are subjected to high accelerations or generally exceed the requisite minimum
rapid changes in the direction of load. Under load. If this is not the case, the double row
such conditions the inertia forces of the balls angular contact ball bearing must be sub-
and cages, and the friction in the lubricant, jected to an additional radial load.
can have a detrimental influence on the
rolling conditions in the bearing arrange-
Fig 7
a b c d e
435
Double row angular contact ball bearings
Equivalent dynamic bearing load Supplementary designations
For dynamically loaded double row angular The designation suffixes used to identify
contact ball bearings certain features of SKF double row angular
contact ball bearings are explained in the
P = Fr + Y1F a when Fa/Fr ≤ e following.
P = XFr + Y2Fa when Fa/Fr > e
A No filling slots
The values for the factors e, X, Y1 and Y2 CB Controlled axial internal clearance
depend on the bearing contact angle and C2 Clearance smaller than Normal
are listed in table 3 . C3 Clearance greater than Normal
D Two-piece inner ring
Equivalent static bearing load HT51 High temperature grease for
For statically loaded double row angular operating temperatures in the
contact ball bearings range −30 to +175 °C
J1 Sheet steel cage, ball centred
P 0 = Fr + Y0F a M Machined brass cage, ball centred
MA Machined brass cage, outer ring
The value for the factor Y0 depends on the centred
bearing contact angle and is given in table 3 . MT33 Lithium base grease for operating
temperatures in the range
−30 to +120 °C
N Snap ring groove in the outer ring
NR Snap ring groove in the outer ring
with snap ring
P5 Dimensional and running accuracy
in accordance with ISO tolerance
class 5
P6 Dimensional and running accuracy
in accordance with ISO tolerance
class 6
P62 P6 + C2
P63 P6 + C3
TN9 Snap type cage of glass fibre re-
inforced polyamide 6,6, ball centred
2RS1 Sheet steel reinforced acrylonitrile
butadiene rubber seals on both sides
Table 3 of bearing
Calculation factors for double row angular contact 2Z Pressed steel shields on both sides
ball bearings of bearing
Bearing Limiting Load factors
series value
e X Y1 Y2 Y0
32 A (52 A) 0,8 0,63 0,78 1,24 0,66
33 A (53 A) 0,8 0,63 0,78 1,24 0,66
33 D 1,34 0,54 0,47 0,81 0,44
33 DNRCBM 1,14 0,57 0,55 0,93 0,52
436
Matrix 1
SKF double row angular contact ball bearings – standard assortment
Basic design Bearings with Bearings with Bearings
bearings shields seals with a two-
piece inner
ring
A-2ZTN9/C3MT33
A-2ZTN9/C3MT33
A-2RS1TN9/MT33
A-2RS1TN9/MT33
A-2ZTN9/MT33
A-2ZTN9/MT33
Bore diameter, mm
A-2Z/C3MT33
A-2Z/C3MT33
A-2RS1/MT33
A-2RS1/MT33
A-2Z/MT33
A-2Z/MT33
DNRCBM
ATN9/C3
ATN9/C3
Bearing size
DTN9
ATN9
ATN9
A/C3
A/C3
DMA
DJ1
A
A
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
10 00
12 01
15 02
17 03
20 04
25 05
30 06
35 07
40 08
45 09
50 10
55 11
60 12
65 13
70 14
75 15
80 16
85 17
90 SKF Explorer 18
bearings
95 19
Other SKF standard
100 bearings 20
110 22
Bearings in the 52 A and 53 A series
This matrix is also valid for bearings in the 52 A and 53 A series, which are identical to the corresponding bearings in
the 32 A and 33 A series. However, sealed bearings in the 52 A and 53 A series are filled with a high-temperature
grease (➔ page 430). They do not carry any designation suffix for the grease.
Bearings above 110 mm bore
Please consult the “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue” on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
437
Double row angular contact ball bearings
d 10 – 50 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
a
A design 33 D 33 DNR1)
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations2)
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed metal cage polyamide
d D B C C0 Pu speed cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 30 14 7,61 4,3 0,183 16 000 22 000 0,051 – 3200 ATN9
12 32 15,9 10,1 5,6 0,24 15 000 20 000 0,058 – 3201 ATN9
15 35 15,9 11,2 6,8 0,285 12 000 17 000 0,066 – 3202 ATN9
42 19 15,1 9,3 0,4 10 000 15 000 0,13 – 3302 ATN9
17 40 17,5 14,3 8,8 0,365 10 000 15 000 0,096 – 3203 ATN9
47 22,2 21,6 12,7 0,54 9 500 14 000 0,18 – 3303 ATN9
20 47 20,6 20 12 0,51 9 000 13 000 0,16
52 22,2 23,6 14,6 0,62 8 500 12 000 0,22 * 3204 A
* 3204 ATN9
* 3304 A * 3304 ATN9
25 52 20,6 21,6 14,3 0,6 8 000 11 000 0,18
62 25,4 32 20,4 0,865 7 500 10 000 0,35 * 3205 A
* 3205 ATN9
* 3305 A * 3305 ATN9
30 62 23,8 30 20,4 0,865 7 000 9 500 0,29
72 30,2 41,5 27,5 1,16 6 300 8 500 0,53 * 3206 A
* 3206 ATN9
* 3306 A * 3306 ATN9
35 72 27 40 28 1,18 6 000 8 000 0,44
80 34,9 52 35,5 1,5 5 600 7 500 0,71 * 3207 A
* 3207 ATN9
80 34,9 52,7 41,5 1,76 5 600 7 500 0,79 * 3307 A
3307 DJ1 * –3307 ATN9
40 80 30,2 47,5 34 1,43 5 600 7 500 0,58
90 36,5 64 44 1,86 5 000 6 700 1,05 * 3208 A
* 3208 ATN9
90 36,5 49,4 41,5 1,76 5 000 6 700 1,20 * 3308 A
3308 DNRCBM * 3308 ATN9
–
90 36,5 68,9 64 2,45 5 000 6 700 1,05 3308 DMA 3308 DTN9
45 85 30,2 51 39 1,63 5 000 6 700 0,63 3209 A
100 39,7 75 53 2,24 4 500 6 000 1,40 * 3309 A * 3209 ATN9
100 39,7 61,8 52 2,2 4 500 6 000 1,50 * 3309 DNRCBM * –3309 ATN9
100 39,7 79,3 69,5 3 4 500 6 000 1,60 3309 DMA –
50 90 30,2 51 39 1,66 4 800 6 300 0,66 3210 A
110 44,4 90 64 2,75 4 000 5 300 1,95 * 3310 A * 3210 ATN9
110 44,4 81,9 69,5 3 4 000 5 300 1,95 * 3310 DNRCBM * –3310 ATN9
110 44,4 93,6 85 3,6 4 000 5 300 2,15 3310 DMA –
* SKF Explorer bearing
1)
2)
For dimensions of snap ring groove and snap ring ➔ table 1 on page 433
For available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 437
438
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 a da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
10 17,7 23,6 0,6 16 14,4 25,6 0,6
12 19,1 26,5 0,6 19 16,4 27,6 0,6
15 22,1 29,5 0,6 21 19,4 30,6 0,6
25,4 34,3 1 24 20,6 36,4 1
17 25,1 33,6 0,6 23 21,4 35,6 0,6
27,3 38,8 1 28 22,6 41,4 1
20 27,7 40,9 1 28 25,6 41,4 1
29,9 44,0 1,1 30 27 45 1
25 32,7 45,9 1 30 30,6 46,4 1
35,7 53,4 1,1 36 32 55 1
30 38,7 55,2 1 36 35,6 56,4 1
39,8 64,1 1,1 42 37 65 1
35 45,4 63,9 1,1 42 42 65 1
44,6 70,5 1,5 47 44 71 1,5
52,8 69,0 1,5 76 44 71 1,5
40 47,8 72,1 1,1 46 47 73 1
50,8 80,5 1,5 53 49 81 1,5
60,1 79,5 1,5 71 49 81 1,5
59,4 80,3 1,5 84 49 81 1,5
45 52,8 77,1 1,1 49 52 78 1
55,6 90 1,5 58 54 91 1,5
68 87,1 1,5 79 54 91 1,5
70 86,4 1,5 93 54 91 1,5
50 57,8 82,1 1,1 52 57 83 1
62 99,5 2 65 61 99 2
74,6 87 2 88 61 99 2
76,5 94,2 2 102 61 99 2
439
Double row angular contact ball bearings
d 55 – 110 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
a
A design 33 D 33 DNR1)
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations2)
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed metal cage polyamide
d D B C C0 Pu speed cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
55 100 33,3 60 47,5 2 4 300 5 600 1,05
120 49,2 112 81,5 3,45 3 600 4 800 2,55 * 3211 A
* –3211 ATN9
120 49,2 95,6 83 3,55 3 800 5 000 2,55 * 3311 A
3311 DNRCBM –
120 49,2 111 100 4,3 3 600 4 800 2,80 3311 DMA –
60 110 36,5 73,5 58,5 2,5 4 000 5 300 1,40
130 54 127 95 4,05 3 400 4 500 3,25 * 3212 A
* –3212 ATN9
* 3312 A
65 120 38,1 80,6 73,5 3,1 3 400 4 500 1,75 3213 A –
140 58,7 146 110 4,55 3 200 4 300 4,10
140 58,7 138 122 5,1 3 200 4 300 4,00 * 3313 A
3313 DNRCBM
–
–
70 125 39,7 88,4 80 3,4 3 200 4 300 1,90 3214 A –
150 63,5 153 125 5 3 000 4 000 5,05 3314 A –
75 130 41,3 95,6 88 3,75 3 200 4 300 2,10 3215 A –
160 68,3 176 140 5,5 2 600 3 600 5,55
* 3315 A –
80 140 44,4 106 95 3,9 3 000 4 000 2,65 3216 A –
170 68,3 182 156 6 2 400 3 400 6,80 3316 A –
170 68,3 190 196 7,35 2 400 3 400 7,55 3316 DMA –
85 150 49,2 124 110 4,4 2 600 3 600 3,40 3217 A –
180 73 195 176 6,55 2 200 3 200 8,30 3317 A –
90 160 52,4 130 120 4,55 2 400 3 400 4,15 3218 A –
190 73 195 180 6,4 2 000 3 000 9,25 3318 A –
190 73 225 250 8,8 2 000 3 000 10,0 3318 DMA –
95 170 55,6 159 146 5,4 2 200 3 200 5,00 3219 A –
200 77,8 225 216 7,5 1 900 2 800 11,0 3319 A –
200 77,8 242 275 9,5 1 900 2 800 12,0 3319 DMA –
100 180 60,3 178 166 6 2 000 3 000 6,10 3220 A –
215 82,6 255 255 8,65 1 800 2 600 13,5 3320 A –
110 200 69,8 212 212 7,2 1 900 2 800 8,80 3222 A –
240 92,1 291 305 9,8 1 700 2 400 19,0 3322 A –
* SKF Explorer bearing
1)
2)
For dimensions of snap ring groove and snap ring ➔ table 1 on page 433
For available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 437
440
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 a da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
55 63,2 92,3 1,5 57 64 91 1,5
68,4 109,4 2 72 66 109 2
81,6 106,5 2 97 66 109 2
81,3 104,4 2 114 66 109 2
60 74,4 96,2 1,5 63 69 101 1,5
84,2 110 2,1 78 72 118 2
65 85 103 1,5 71 74 111 1,5
89,8 116 2,1 84 77 128 2
95,1 126 2,1 114 77 128 2
70 88,5 107 1,5 74 79 116 1,5
84,2 139 2,1 89 82 138 2
75 91,9 112 1,5 77 84 121 1,5
88,8 147 2,1 97 87 148 2
80 97,7 120 2 82 91 129 2
108 143 2,1 101 92 158 2
114 145 2,1 158 92 158 2
85 104 128 2 88 96 139 2
116 153 3 107 99 166 2,5
90 111 139 2 94 101 149 2
123 160 3 112 104 176 2,5
130 167 3 178 104 176 2,5
95 119 147 2,1 101 107 158 2
127 168 3 118 109 186 2,5
138 177 3 189 109 186 2,5
100 125 155 2,1 107 112 168 2
136 180 3 127 114 201 2,5
110 139 173 2,1 119 122 188 2
153 200 3 142 124 226 2,5
441
Sealed double row angular contact ball bearings
d 10 – 60 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
a
2Z 2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designations1)
dimensions dynamic static load speed Bearing with
limit shields seals
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 30 14 7,61 4,3 0,183 16 000 0,051 3200 A-2Z 3200 A-2RS1
12 32 15,9 10,1 5,6 0,24 15 000 0,058 3201 A-2Z 3201 A-2RS1
15 35 15,9 11,2 6,8 0,285 12 000 0,066 3202 A-2Z 3202 A-2RS1
42 19 15,1 9,3 0,4 10 000 0,13 3302 A-2Z 3302 A-2RS1
17 40 17,5 14,3 8,8 0,365 10 000 0,10 3203 A-2Z 3203 A-2RS1
47 22,2 21,6 12,7 0,54 9 500 0,18 3303 A-2Z 3303 A-2RS1
20 47 20,6 20 12 0,51 9 000 0,16
52 22,2 23,6 14,6 0,62 8 500 0,22 * 3204 A-2Z
* 3204 A-2RS1
* 3304 A-2Z * 3304 A-2RS1
25 52 20,6 21,6 14,3 0,6 8 000 0,18
62 25,4 32 20,4 0,865 7 500 0,35 * 3205 A-2Z
* 3205 A-2RS1
* 3305 A-2Z * 3305 A-2RS1
30 62 23,8 30 20,4 0,865 7 000 0,29
72 30,2 41,5 27,5 1,16 6 300 0,52 * 3206 A-2Z
* 3206 A-2RS1
* 3306 A-2Z * 3306 A-2RS1
35 72 27 40 28 1,18 6 000 0,44
80 34,9 52 35,5 1,5 5 600 0,73 * 3207 A-2Z
* 3207 A-2RS1
* 3307 A-2Z * 3307 A-2RS1
40 80 30,2 47,5 34 1,43 5 600 0,57
90 36,5 64 44 1,86 5 000 0,93 * 3208 A-2Z
* 3208 A-2RS1
* 3308 A-2Z * 3308 A-2RS1
45 85 30,2 51 39 1,63 5 000 0,63
100 39,7 75 53 2,24 4 500 1,25 * 3209 A-2Z
* 3209 A-2RS1
* 3309 A-2Z * 3309 A-2RS1
50 90 30,2 51 39 1,66 4 800 0,65
110 44,4 90 64 2,75 4 000 1,70 * 3210 A-2Z
* 3210 A-2RS1
* 3310 A-2Z * 3310 A-2RS1
55 100 33,3 60 47,5 2 4 300 0,91
120 49,2 112 81,5 3,45 3 600 2,65 * 3211 A-2Z
* 3211 A-2RS1
* 3311 A-2Z * 3311 A-2RS1
60 110 36,5 73,5 58,5 2,5 4 000 1,20
130 54 127 95 4,05 3 400 2,80 * 3212 A-2Z
* –3212 A-2RS1
* 3312 A-2Z
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 437. The bearings in the 32 A and 33 A series are identical to the
corresponding bearings in the 52 A and 53 A series
442
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 a da da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm
10 15,8 25 0,6 16 14,4 15,5 25,6 0,6
12 17,2 27,7 0,6 19 16,4 17 27,7 0,6
15 20,2 30,7 0,6 21 19,4 20 30,7 0,6
23,7 35,7 1 24 20,6 23,5 36,4 1
17 23,3 35 0,6 23 21,4 23 35,6 0,6
25,7 40,2 1 28 22,6 25,5 41,4 1
20 27,7 40,9 1 28 25,6 27,5 41,4 1
29,9 44 1,1 30 27 29,5 45 1
25 32,7 45,9 1 30 30,6 32,5 46,4 1
35,7 53,4 1,1 36 32 35,5 55 1
30 38,7 55,2 1 36 35,6 38,5 56,4 1
39,8 64,1 1,1 42 37 39,5 65 1
35 45,4 63,9 1,1 42 42 45 65 1
44,6 70,5 1,5 47 44 44,5 71 1,5
40 47,8 72,1 1,1 46 47 47 73 1
50,8 80,5 1,5 53 49 50,5 81 1,5
45 52,8 77,1 1,1 49 52 52,5 78 1
55,6 90 1,5 58 54 55,5 91 1,5
50 57,8 82,1 1,1 52 57 57,5 83 1
62 99,5 2 65 61 61,5 99 2
55 63,2 92,3 1,5 57 63 63 91 1,5
68,4 109 2 72 66 68 109 2
60 68,8 101 1,5 63 68,5 68,5 101 1,5
73,4 118 2,1 78 72 73 118 2
443
Sealed double row angular contact ball bearings
d 65 – 75 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
a
2Z 2RS1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designations1)
dimensions dynamic static load speed Bearing with
limit shields seals
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
65 120 38,1 80,6 73,5 3,1 3 400 1,75 3213 A-2Z 3213 A-2RS1
140 58,7 146 110 4,55 3 200 4,10
* 3313 A-2Z –
70 125 39,7 88,4 80 3,4 3 200 1,90 3214 A-2Z –
150 63,5 153 125 5 3 000 5,05 3314 A-2Z –
75 130 41,3 95,6 88 3,75 3 200 2,10 3215 A-2Z –
160 68,3 176 140 5,5 2 600 5,60
* 3315 A-2Z –
SKF Explorer bearing
* For
1)
available final variants ➔ matrix 1 on page 437. The bearings in the 32 A and 33 A series are identical to the
corresponding bearings in the 52 A and 53 A series
444
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 a da da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm
65 76,3 113 1,5 71 74 76 111 1,5
78,5 130 2,1 84 77 78,5 128 2
70 82 118 1,5 74 79 82 116 1,5
84,2 139 2,1 89 82 84 138 2
75 84,6 123 1,5 77 84 84 121 1,5
88,8 147 2,1 97 87 88,5 148 2
445
Four-point contact
ball bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 448
Basic design bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 448
Bearings with locating slots………………………………………………………………… 448
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 449
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 449
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 449
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 449
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 449
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 450
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 450
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 450
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 450
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 450
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 451
Design of bearing arrangements…………………………………………………………… 451
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 452
447
Four-point contact ball bearings
Designs Fig 1
Four-point contact ball bearings are radial
single row angular contact ball bearings with
raceways that are designed to support axial
loads acting in both directions. Radial loads
can be supported up to a certain fraction of
the axial load. These bearings take up con-
siderably less axial space than double row
bearings.
The standard range of SKF four-point
contact ball bearings comprises bearings
in the QJ2 and QJ3 series (➔ fig 1 ). They
are available as
• basic design bearings or
• bearings with locating slots.
In addition, SKF four-point contact ball Fig 2
bearings are available in other dimension
series, designs, and sizes. For information
on these bearings, consult the “SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue” on
CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
Basic design bearings
Four-point contact ball bearings shown in
this catalogue have a 35° contact angle and
are designed to accommodate predomin-
antly axial loads. The inner ring is split. This
allows a large number of balls to be incorpor-
ated in the bearing thus giving the bearing
high load carrying capacity. The bearings
are separable, i.e. the outer ring with ball and
cage assembly can be mounted separately
from the two inner ring halves.
Fig 3
Bearings with locating slots
In many applications a radial bearing is used
in combination with a four-point contact ball
bearing which acts as a pure thrust bearing
and is mounted with radial clearance in the
housing (➔ fig 2 ). To restrain the outer ring
from turning in the circumferential direction,
bearings with two locating slots (designation
suffix N2) in the outer ring positioned at 180°
to each other are available (➔ fig 3 ).
448
Bearing data – general The actual clearance limits are given in
table 1 and are valid for bearings before
Dimensions mounting under zero measuring load.
The boundary dimensions of SKF four-point
contact ball bearings are in accordance with Misalignment
ISO 15:1998. The ability of four-point contact ball bearings
to tolerate misalignment of the inner ring with
Tolerances respect to the outer ring, and consequently
SKF four-point contact ball bearings are the ability to compensate for misalignment
produced as standard to Normal tolerances. in the application or to tolerate shaft deflec-
Some sizes are also available with enhanced tions is limited. It depends on the internal
precision to tolerance class P6 specifications. clearance in operation, bearing size and the
The values for tolerances correspond to magnitude of the forces and moments acting
ISO 492:2002 and can be found in tables 3 on the bearing. The interrelationship of these
and 4 on pages 125 and 126. factors is complex and no general rules can
be given.
Internal clearance Any misalignment will lead to increased
SKF four-point contact ball bearings are running noise, cage stresses and reduced
supplied with Normal axial internal clearance bearing service life.
as standard, but some sizes are available
with greater or smaller clearance, or with
reduced clearance limits.
Table 1
Axial internal clearance of four-point contact ball bearings
Bore Axial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max
mm µm
10 17 15 55 45 85 75 125 115 165
17 40 26 66 56 106 96 146 136 186
40 60 36 86 76 126 116 166 156 206
60 80 46 96 86 136 126 176 166 226
80 100 56 106 96 156 136 196 186 246
100 140 66 126 116 176 156 216 206 266
140 180 76 156 136 196 176 246 226 296
180 220 96 176 156 226 206 276 256 326
449
Four-point contact ball bearings
Influence of operating temperature an additional axial load, for example, by
on bearing material means of springs.
SKF four-point contact ball bearings undergo
a special heat treatment. When equipped Equivalent dynamic bearing load
with a steel or brass cage, they can operate If four-point contact ball bearings are
at temperatures of up to +150 °C. arranged as locating bearings and have to
accommodate both radial and axial loads,
Cages the equivalent dynamic bearing load is
SKF four-point contact ball bearings are obtained from
fitted with a machined brass cage, which is
centred in the outer ring (➔ fig 4 ). P = Fr + 0,66 Fa when Fa/Fr ≤ 0,95
P = 0,6 Fr + 1,07 Fa when Fa/Fr > 0,95
Minimum load
In order to provide satisfactory operation, It should be noted that four-point contact ball
four-point contact ball bearings, like all ball bearings will only function properly when the
and roller bearings, must always be subjected ball contacts at only one point on the outer
to a given minimum load, particularly if they ring raceway and at one point on the inner
are to operate at high speeds or are subjected ring raceway. This is the case if the axial
to high accelerations or rapid changes in load Fa ≥ 1,27 Fr.
the direction of load. Under such conditions If the four-point contact ball bearing is
inertia forces of the balls and cage, and the arranged with radial freedom in the housing
friction in the lubricant, can have a detrimen- to act as a thrust bearing in combination
tal influence on the rolling conditions in the with a radial bearing (the usual arrangement
bearing and may cause sliding damaging for these bearings, ➔ fig 2 on page 448),
movements to occur between the balls and then the equivalent dynamic bearing load
raceways. becomes
The requisite minimum load to be applied
to four-point contact ball bearings can be P = 1,07 Fa
estimated using
Equivalent static bearing load
2
Fam = ka
C0
(n dm
1 000 100 000 ) For statically loaded four-point contact ball
bearings
where P0 = Fr + 0,58 Fa
Fam = minimum axial load, kN
ka = minimum axial load factor
1 for bearings in the QJ 2 series Fig 4
1,1 for bearings in the QJ 3 series
C0 = basic static load rating, kN
(➔ product table)
n = rotational speed, r/min
dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
When starting up at low temperatures or
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
greater minimum loads may be required.
The weight of the components supported by
the bearing, together with external forces,
generally exceeds the requisite minimum
load. If this is not the case, the four-point
contact ball bearing must be subjected to
450
Supplementary designations
The designation suffixes used to identify
Design of bearing
certain features of SKF four-point contact arrangements
ball bearings are explained in the following.
The outer rings of bearings, which are
B20 Reduced width tolerance arranged as thrust bearings with radial clear-
C2 Axial internal clearance smaller ance in the housing, should not be clamped
than Normal (➔ fig 2 , page 448). Otherwise the outer ring
C2H Axial internal clearance in the upper cannot compensate for thermal movements,
half of the C2 range which will cause additional force in the bear-
C2L Axial internal clearance in the lower ing. If clamping the outer ring cannot be
half of the C2 range avoided, the outer ring must be at least
C3 Axial internal clearance greater carefully centred during mounting.
than Normal
C4 Axial internal clearance greater
than C3
CNL Axial internal clearance in the lower
half of the Normal range
FA Machined steel cage, outer ring
centred
MA Machined brass cage, outer ring
centred
N2 Two locating slots in the outer ring
positioned at 180° to each other
PHA Injection moulded PEEK cage,
outer ring centred
P6 Increased dimensional and running
accuracy to ISO tolerance class 6
P63 P6 + C3
P64 P6 + C4
S1 Bearing rings dimensionally
stabilized up to +200 °C
344524 C2H + CNL
451
Four-point contact ball bearings
d 15 – 75 mm
B h
r2 45°
r1
r1
r2
b r0
D D1 d d1
Basic design Bearing with locating slots
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing
limit ence speed with locating without locating
d D B C C0 Pu speed slots slots
mm kN kN r/min kg –
15 35 11 12,7 8,3 0,36 22 000 36 000 0,062 QJ 202 N2MA –
17 40 12 15,9 10,6 0,45 19 000 30 000 0,082 QJ 203 N2MA QJ 203 MA
47 14 23,4 15 0,64 17 000 28 000 0,14 QJ 303 N2MA –
20 52 15 29,6 20 0,85 15 000 24 000 0,18 QJ 304 N2MA QJ 304 MA
25 52 15 25,1 20 0,83 14 000 22 000 0,16 QJ 205 N2MA QJ 205 MA
62 17 39 28 1,18 12 000 20 000 0,29 QJ 305 N2MA QJ 305 MA
30 62 16 35,1 28,5 1,2 12 000 19 000 0,24 QJ 206 N2MA QJ 206 MA
72 19 49,4 38 1,63 10 000 17 000 0,42 QJ 306 N2MA QJ 306 MA
35 72 17 46,2 39 1,63 10 000 17 000 0,36 QJ 207 N2MA QJ 207 MA
80 21 59,2 46,5 1,96 9 500 15 000 0,57 QJ 307 N2MA QJ 307 MA
40 80 18 52,7 45 1,9 9 000 15 000 0,45 QJ 208 N2MA QJ 208 MA
90 23 71,5 58,5 2,45 8 500 14 000 0,78 QJ 308 N2MA QJ 308 MA
45 85 19 58,5 51 2,16 8 500 14 000 0,52 – QJ 209 MA
100 25 93,6 76,5 3,25 7 500 12 000 1,05 QJ 309 N2MA QJ 309 MA
50 90 20 61,8 56 2,4 7 500 13 000 0,59 QJ 210 N2MA QJ 210 MA
110 27 111 91,5 3,9 6 700 11 000 1,35 – QJ 310 MA
55 100 21 79,3 76,5 3,2 7 000 11 000 0,77 QJ 211 N2MA QJ 211 MA
120 29 127 108 4,55 6 000 10 000 1,75 QJ 311 N2MA QJ 311 MA
60 110 22 92,3 86,5 3,65 6 300 10 000 0,99 QJ 212 N2MA QJ 212 MA
130 31 146 125 5,3 5 600 9 000 2,15 QJ 312 N2MA QJ 312 MA
65 120 23 104 104 4,4 5 600 9 500 1,20 QJ 213 N2MA QJ 213 MA
140 33 165 146 6,1 5 300 8 500 2,70 – QJ 313 MA
70 125 24 114 114 4,8 5 600 9 000 1,32 QJ 214 N2MA QJ 214 MA
150 35 186 166 6,7 4 800 8 000 3,15 QJ 314 N2MA QJ 314 MA
75 130 25 117 122 5,2 5 300 8 500 1,45 QJ 215 N2MA QJ 215 MA
160 37 199 186 7,35 4 500 7 500 3,90 QJ 315 N2MA –
452
ra
ra
Da da da Da
Dimensions Slot dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 a b h r0 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm mm
15 22 28,1 0,6 18 3 2,2 0,5 19,2 30,8 0,6
17 25,7 32,5 0,6 20 3,5 2,5 0,5 21,2 35,8 0,6
27,7 36,3 1 22 4,5 3,5 0,5 22,6 41,4 1
20 31,2 40,8 1,1 25 4,5 3,5 0,5 27 45 1
25 35 43 1 27 4,5 3 0,5 30,6 46,4 1
38 49 1,1 30 4,5 3,5 0,5 32 55 1
30 41,2 50,8 1 32 4,5 3,5 0,5 35,6 56,4 1
45,8 58,2 1,1 36 4,5 3,5 0,5 37 65 1
35 47,9 59 1,1 37 4,5 3,5 0,5 42 65 1
50,7 64,3 1,5 40 5,5 4 0,5 44 71 1,5
40 54 66 1,1 42 5,5 4 0,5 47 73 1
57,5 72,5 1,5 46 5,5 4 0,5 49 81 1,5
45 58,5 72 1,1 46 – – – 52 78 1
63,8 81,2 1,5 51 6,5 5 0,5 54 91 1,5
50 63,5 76,5 1,1 49 5,5 4 0,5 57 83 1
70 90 2 56 – – – 61 99 2
55 70,3 84,7 1,5 54 6,5 5 0,5 64 91 1,5
77,2 97,8 2 61 6,5 8,1 0,5 66 109 2
60 77 93 1,5 60 6,5 5 0,5 69 101 1,5
84 106 2,1 67 6,5 8,1 0,5 72 118 2
65 84,5 101 1,5 65 6,5 6,5 0,5 74 111 1,5
90 115 2,1 72 – – – 77 128 2
70 89 106 1,5 68 6,5 6,5 0,5 79 116 1,5
97,3 123 2,1 77 8,5 10,1 2 82 138 2
75 93,8 112 1,5 72 6,5 6,5 0,5 84 121 1,5
104 131 2,1 82 8,5 10,1 2 87 148 2
453
Four-point contact ball bearings
d 80 – 200 mm
B h
r2 45°
r1
r1
r2
b r0
D D1 d d1
Basic design Bearing with locating slots
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing
limit ence speed with locating without locating
d D B C C0 Pu speed slots slots
mm kN kN r/min kg –
80 140 26 138 146 5,85 4 800 8 000 1,85 QJ 216 N2MA QJ 216 MA
170 39 216 208 8 4 300 7 000 4,60 QJ 316 N2MA –
85 150 28 148 160 6,2 4 500 7 500 2,25 QJ 217 N2MA QJ 217 MA
180 41 234 236 8,65 4 000 6 700 5,45 QJ 317 N2MA –
90 160 30 174 186 6,95 4 300 7 000 2,75 QJ 218 N2MA –
190 43 265 285 10,2 3 800 6 300 6,45 QJ 318 N2MA –
95 170 32 199 212 7,8 4 000 6 700 3,35 QJ 219 N2MA –
200 45 286 315 11 3 600 6 000 7,45 QJ 319 N2MA –
100 180 34 225 240 8,65 3 800 6 300 4,05 QJ 220 N2MA –
215 47 307 340 11,6 3 400 5 600 9,30 QJ 320 N2MA –
110 200 38 265 305 10,4 3 400 5 600 5,60 QJ 222 N2MA –
240 50 390 475 15 3 000 4 800 12,5 QJ 322 N2MA –
120 215 40 286 340 11,2 3 200 5 000 6,95 QJ 224 N2MA –
260 55 390 490 15 2 800 4 500 16,0 QJ 324 N2MA –
130 230 40 296 365 11,6 2 800 4 800 7,75 QJ 226 N2MA –
280 58 423 560 16,6 2 600 4 000 19,5 QJ 326 N2MA –
140 250 42 325 440 13,2 2 600 4 300 9,85 QJ 228 N2MA –
300 62 468 640 18,6 2 400 3 800 24,0 QJ 328 N2MA –
150 270 45 377 530 15,3 2 400 4 000 12,5 QJ 230 N2MA –
320 65 494 710 19,6 2 200 3 600 29,0 QJ 330 N2MA –
160 290 48 423 620 17,6 2 200 3 800 15,5 QJ 232 N2MA –
340 68 540 815 21,6 2 000 3 400 34,5 QJ 332 N2MA –
170 310 52 436 670 18,3 2 200 3 400 19,5 QJ 234 N2MA –
360 72 618 965 25 1 900 3 200 41,5 QJ 334 N2MA –
180 320 52 449 710 19 2 000 3 400 20,5 QJ 236 N2MA –
380 75 637 1 020 26 1 800 3 000 47,5 QJ 336 N2MA –
190 400 78 702 1 160 28,5 1 700 2 800 49,0 QJ 338 N2MA –
200 360 58 540 915 23,2 1 800 3 000 28,5 QJ 240 N2MA –
454
ra
ra
Da da da Da
Dimensions Slot dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 a b h r0 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm mm
80 100 120 2 77 6,5 8,1 1 91 129 2
111 139 2,1 88 8,5 10,1 2 92 158 2
85 108 128 2 83 6,5 8,1 1 96 139 2
117 148 3 93 10,5 11,7 2 99 166 2,5
90 114 136 2 88 6,5 8,1 1 101 149 2
124 156 3 98 10,5 11,7 2 104 176 2,5
95 120 145 2,1 93 6,5 8,1 1 107 158 2
131 165 3 103 10,5 11,7 2 109 186 2,5
100 127 153 2,1 98 8,5 10,1 2 112 168 2
139 176 3 110 10,5 11,7 2 114 201 2,5
110 141 169 2,1 109 8,5 10,1 2 122 188 2
154 196 3 123 10,5 11,7 2 124 226 2,5
120 152 183 2,1 117 10,5 11,7 2 132 203 2
169 211 3 133 10,5 11,7 2 134 246 2,5
130 165 195 3 126 10,5 11,7 2 144 216 2,5
182 227 4 144 10,5 12,7 2 147 263 3
140 179 211 3 137 10,5 11,7 2 154 236 2,5
196 244 4 154 10,5 12,7 2 157 283 3
150 194 226 3 147 10,5 11,7 2 164 256 2,5
211 259 4 165 10,5 12,7 2 167 303 3
160 206 243 3 158 10,5 12,7 2 174 276 2,5
224 276 4 175 10,5 12,7 2 177 323 3
170 221 258 4 168 10,5 12,7 2 187 293 3
237 293 4 186 10,5 12,7 2 187 343 3
180 231 269 4 175 10,5 12,7 2 197 303 3
252 309 4 196 10,5 12,7 2 197 363 3
190 263 326 5 207 10,5 12,7 2 210 380 4
200 258 302 4 196 10,5 12,7 2 217 363 3
455
Double row
cam rollers
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 458
Cam roller data – general …………………………………………………………………… 458
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 458
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 458
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 458
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 459
Load carrying ability ………………………………………………………………………… 459
Axial load carrying capacity………………………………………………………………… 459
Design of associated components ………………………………………………………… 459
Pins …………………………………………………………………………………………… 459
Guide flanges………………………………………………………………………………… 459
Lubrication …………………………………………………………………………………… 459
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 460
457
Double row cam rollers
Designs Fig 1
SKF double row cam rollers (➔ fig 1 ) have
been developed from double row angular
contact ball bearings and have a 25° contact
angle. They are ready-to-mount pre-greased
units and are used for all types of cam drives,
conveyor systems etc. They are fitted with
pressed steel shields which form a long
sealing gap with the inner ring shoulder to
keep the lubricant in and contamination out.
Double row SKF cam rollers are available
in two designs:
• with a crowned runner surface,
series 3058(00) C-2Z or
• with a cylindrical (flat) runner surface,
series 3057(00) C-2Z.
Fig 2
Cam rollers with crowned runner surfaces
should be used where there is angular
misalignment with respect to the track and
where edge stresses need to be minimized .
In addition to the double row cam rollers, the
SKF standard range of track runner bearings
contains other cam rollers, support rollers, d1
and cam followers. These are, for example
• single row cam rollers, series 3612(00) R
(➔ page 399),
• support rollers based on needle roller or ha
cylindrical roller bearings, and
• cam followers based on needle roller or
cylindrical roller bearings.
For additional information on support rollers
and cam followers, consult the catalogue Tolerances
“Needle roller bearings” or the “SKF SKF double row cam rollers are produced to
Interactive Engineering Catalogue” on Normal tolerances as standard, except for
CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com. the tolerance of the diameter of the crowned
runner surface, which is twice the Normal
tolerance.
Cam roller data – general The values for tolerances correspond to
ISO 492:2002 and can be found in table 3
Dimensions on page 125.
Except for the outside diameter, boundary
dimensions of SKF double row cam rollers Internal clearance
are in accordance with ISO 15:1998 for Double row cam rollers are produced with
bearings in the 32 dimension series. the Normal axial internal clearance of double
row angular contact ball bearings (➔ table 2
on page 434).
458
Cages
Double row cam rollers incorporate two
Design of associated
snap-type cages of polyamide 6,6, which components
can be used for operating temperatures up
to +120 °C. Pins
With few exceptions, cam rollers operate
Load carrying ability with outer ring rotation. If easy displacement
In contrast to normal ball bearings, where of the inner ring is required, the pin or shaft
the outer ring is supported over its entire should be machined to a g6 tolerance. If,
outside diameter surface in the bore of a however, a tighter fit is required, then the
housing, the outer ring of a cam roller has pin or shaft should be machined to a j6
only a small contact area with the surface tolerance.
against which it runs, e.g. a rail or cam. The For cam rollers subjected to higher axial
actual contact area depends on the applied loads, the inner ring should be supported
radial load and whether the runner surface is over its entire side face (➔ fig 2 ). The dia-
crowned or cylindrical. The deformation of meter of the supporting surface should be
the outer ring caused by this limited contact the same as the face diameter d1 of the
alters the force distribution in the bearing inner ring.
and thus has an influence on load carrying
ability. The basic load ratings given in the Guide flanges
product table take this into account. For rails or cams with guide flanges (➔ fig 2 ),
The ability to carry dynamic loads depends the recommended flange height ha should
on the requisite life, but with reference to the not exceed
deformation and the strength of the outer ring,
the value of the maximum dynamic radial ha = 0,5 (D – D1)
load Fr must not be exceeded.
The permissible static load for a cam roller This helps to avoid damage to shields
is determined by the smaller of the values of fitted in the outer ring. The values for the
F0r and C0. If requirements regarding smooth outer ring diameters D and D1 are listed in
running are below normal, the static load the product table.
may exceed C0 but should never exceed the
maximum permissible static radial load F0r.
Axial load carrying capacity
Lubrication
Cam rollers are intended for predominantly SKF double row cam rollers are filled with a
radial loads. If an axial load acts on the outer lithium base grease with an NGLI consistency
ring, as when the cam roller runs against a of 3. This grease has good rust inhibiting
guide flange, it will produce a tilting moment properties and is suitable for operating tem-
and the service life of the cam roller may be peratures from −30 to +120 °C. The base oil
reduced as a consequence. viscosity is 74 mm2/s at 40 °C and 8,5 mm2/s
at 100 °C.
Under normal operating conditions, these
cam rollers are maintenance-free. However,
if they are subjected to moisture or solid
contaminants, or if they run for long periods
at temperatures above 70 °C they should be
relubricated. The inner ring has a lubrication
hole for this purpose. A lithium base grease
should be used for relubrication, preferably
the SKF LGMT 3 grease. The grease should
be applied slowly to avoid damaging the
shields.
459
Double row cam rollers
D 32 – 80 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
a
3057(00) C-2Z 3058(00) C-2Z
Dimensions Limiting Mass Designations
speed Cam roller with
crowned cylindrical
D B d d1 D1 r1,2 a runner surface runner surface
~ ~ min
mm r/min kg –
32 14 10 17,7 25 0,6 15 16 000 0,062 305800 C-2Z –
35 15,9 12 19,1 27,7 0,6 16,5 14 000 0,078 305801 C-2Z 305701 C-2Z
40 15,9 15 22,1 30,7 0,6 18 12 000 0,10 305802 C-2Z 305702 C-2Z
47 17,5 17 25,2 35 0,6 20 11 000 0,16 305803 C-2Z 305703 C-2Z
52 20,6 20 29,4 40,9 1 24 9 500 0,22 305804 C-2Z 305704 C-2Z
62 20,6 25 34,4 45,9 1 26,5 8 000 0,32 305805 C-2Z 305705 C-2Z
72 23,8 30 41,4 55,2 1 31 6 700 0,49 305806 C-2Z 305706 C-2Z
80 27 35 48,1 63,9 1,1 36,5 5 600 0,65 305807 C-2Z 305707 C-2Z
460
Outside Basic load ratings Fatigue Maximum
diameter dynamic static load radial loads
limit dynamic static
D C C0 Pu Fr F0r
mm kN kN kN
32 7,15 3,8 0,16 4,4 6,3
35 9,56 4,9 0,208 3,8 5,4
40 10,6 5,85 0,25 5,85 8,5
47 13,5 7,8 0,325 9,3 13,4
52 17,2 10 0,425 8,3 12
62 19,5 12,5 0,53 15,3 21,6
72 27,6 18,6 0,8 17 24
80 33,2 21,2 0,9 15,6 22,4
461
Self-aligning
ball bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 464
Basic design ………………………………………………………………………………… 464
Sealed bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 464
Bearings with extended inner ring ………………………………………………………… 466
Bearings on sleeves ………………………………………………………………………… 467
Self-aligning ball bearing kits ……………………………………………………………… 468
Appropriate bearing housings ……………………………………………………………… 469
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 470
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 470
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 470
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 470
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 470
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 472
Axial load carrying capacity………………………………………………………………… 472
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 473
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 473
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 473
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 473
Mounting bearings with tapered bore …………………………………………………… 474
Measuring the clearance reduction ……………………………………………………… 474
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle ………………………………………………… 475
Measuring the axial drive-up ……………………………………………………………… 475
Additional mounting information ………………………………………………………… 476
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 478
Self-aligning ball bearings ………………………………………………………………… 478
Sealed self-aligning ball bearings ………………………………………………………… 486
Self-aligning ball bearings with extended inner ring …………………………………… 488
Self-aligning ball bearings on adapter sleeve …………………………………………… 490
463
Self-aligning ball bearings
Designs Fig 1
The self-aligning ball bearing was invented
by SKF. It has two rows of balls and a com-
mon sphered raceway in the outer ring. The
bearing is consequently self-aligning and
insensitive to angular misalignments of the
shaft relative to the housing. It is particularly
suitable for applications where considerable
shaft deflections or misalignment are to be
expected. Additionally, the self-aligning ball
bearing has the lowest friction of all rolling
bearings, which allows it to run cooler even
at high speeds.
SKF produces self-aligning ball bearings
to several designs. These are
• open bearings of the basic design
(➔ fig 1 ), Fig 2
• sealed bearings (➔ fig 2 ), and
• bearings with extended inner ring
(➔ fig 3 ).
Basic design
The basic design self-aligning ball bearing is
available with a cylindrical bore or, in certain
size ranges, with a tapered bore
(taper 1:12).
Large self-aligning ball bearings in the
130 and 139 series originally developed for
specific applications in paper mills, can be
used in any application where low friction is
preferred over high load capacity. These
bearings are provided with an annular groove
and lubrication holes in the outer ring and
lubrication holes in the inner ring (➔ fig 4 ).
The balls of some bearings in the 12 and 13 Fig 3
series protrude from the sides of the bearing.
The values of the protrusion are given in
table 1 and should be considered when
designing the associated components of
the bearing arrangement.
Sealed bearings
SKF self-aligning ball bearings are also avail-
able in a sealed version with contact seals
on both sides – designation suffix 2RS1
(➔ fig 5 ). These sheet steel reinforced seals
are made of oil and wear resistant acryloni-
trile butadiene rubber (NBR). The permissible
operating temperature range for these seals
is −40 to +100 °C and up to +120 °C for brief
464
Fig 4 Fig 5
periods. The seal lip contacts a smooth Note:
chamfer on the inner ring with light pressure. Sealed bearings are lubricated for life and
Sealed bearings are lubricated as stand- require no maintenance. They should not be
ard with a lithium base grease which has heated above 80 °C before mounting and
good rust inhibiting properties and other should not be washed.
characteristics according to table 2 .
SKF sealed self-aligning ball bearings
are available with a cylindrical bore. Some
sizes are also available with a tapered bore
(taper 1:12).
Table 1 Table 2
Protrusion of balls from bearing side faces SKF standard grease filling for sealed
self-aligning ball bearings
C1
Technical SKF greases
specification MT47 MT33
Bearing outside
diameter, mm ≤ 62 >62
Thickener Lithium soap Lithium soap
Base oil type Mineral oil Mineral oil
NLGI consistency
class 2 3
Bearing Protrusion
C1 Operating
temperature, °C −30 to +110 −30 to +120
– mm
Base oil
viscosity, mm2/s
1224 (K) 1,3 at 40 °C 70 74
1226 1,4 at 100 °C 7,3 8,5
1318 (K) 1
1319 (K) 1,5
1320 (K) 2,5
1322 (K) 2,6
465
Self-aligning ball bearings
Bearings with extended inner ring Fig 6
Self-aligning ball bearings with extended
inner ring are designed for less demanding
applications using commercial grade shaft-
ing. The special bore tolerance allows easy
mounting and dismounting.
Self-aligning ball bearings with extended
inner ring are axially located on the shaft
by means of a pin or shouldered screw
(➔ fig 6 ), which engages in a slot at one
side of the inner ring and also prevents the
inner ring from turning on the shaft.
When two self-aligning ball bearings with
extended inner ring are used to support a
shaft, they should be positioned so that the
inner ring slots either face each other, or are
at the outboard positions of the bearings
(➔ fig 7 ). If this is not the case, the shaft is
axially located in one direction only.
Fig 7
466
Bearings on sleeves Fig 8
Adapter and withdrawal sleeves are used
to secure bearings with a tapered bore onto
cylindrical shaft seats. They facilitate bearing
mounting and dismounting and often sim-
plify bearing arrangement design.
Adapter sleeves (➔ figs 8 and 9 ) are
more popular than withdrawal sleeves
(➔ fig 10 ) as they do not require axial locat-
ing devices on the shaft. That is why only
adapter sleeves are shown together with
suitable bearings in the product table,
starting on page 490.
SKF adapter sleeves are slotted and are
supplied complete with lock nut and locking
device. The adapter sleeves for use with
sealed self-aligning ball bearings are
equipped with a special locking washer Fig 9
which has a protrusion on the side facing
the bearing in order to prevent the seal from
being damaged (➔ fig 11 ). These sleeves
are identified by the suffix C.
Fig 11 Fig 10
467
Self-aligning ball bearings
Self-aligning ball Table 3
SKF self-aligning ball bearing/adapter sleeve kits
bearing kits Bearing kit Parts Shaft
Designation Designation diameter
To facilitate procurement and to provide the Bearing Sleeve mm
correct bearing/sleeve combination, SKF
offers the most popular self-aligning ball KAM 1206 1206 EKTN9/C3 H 206 25
KAM 1207 1207 EKTN9/C3 H 207 30
bearings together with the suitable adapter KAM 1208 1208 EKTN9/C3 H 208 35
sleeve as a kit (➔ fig 12 ). KAM 1209 1209 EKTN9/C3 H 209 40
Mounting can easily be performed with KAM 1210 1210 EKTN9/C3 H 210 45
the help of the SKF lock nut spanner set KAM 1211 1211 EKTN9/C3 H 211 50
TMHN 7 (➔ page 1066).
The range of these kits is shown in
table 3 .
The technical data are given in the product table on
pages 490 to 493
Fig 12
468
Appropriate bearing Fig 13
housings
Self-aligning ball bearings with cylindrical
bore or with a tapered bore and adapter
sleeve can be mounted in a variety of
housings:
• SNL plummer (pillow) block housings in
the 2,3, 5 and 6 series (➔ fig 13 ),
• TVN housings,
• 7225(00) flanged housings, and
• SAF plummer (pillow) block housings for
inch-size shafts.
Bearings with extended inner ring can be
mounted in specially designed housings:
• TN housings and
• I-1200(00) flanged housings.
A brief description of these housings is
provided in the section “Bearing housings”,
starting on page 1027. Detailed information
on these housings can be found in the “SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue” on
CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
469
Self-aligning ball bearings
Bearing data – general Permissible angular misalignment
Table 4
Dimensions
The boundary dimensions of SKF self-
aligning ball bearings, with the exception of
those with extended inner ring, are in accord-
ance with ISO 15:1998. The dimensions of
the bearings with extended inner ring follow
DIN 630, part 2, withdrawn in 1993.
α
Tolerances
SKF self-aligning ball bearings are manufac-
tured as standard to Normal tolerances, ex-
cept the bore of the bearings with extended
inner ring, which is produced to tolerance
JS7.
The values of the Normal tolerances are in
accordance with ISO 492:2002 and can be
found in table 3 on page 125. Bearings/ Misalignment
series α
Misalignment – degrees
The design of self-aligning ball bearings is
such that angular misalignment between the 108, 126, 127, 129, 135 3
outer and the inner ring can be accommo- 12 (E) 2,5
dated without any effect on bearing per- 13 (E) 3
formance. 22 (E) 2,5
Guideline values for the permissible 22 E-2RS1 1,5
23 (E) 3
angular misalignment between outer and
inner rings under normal operating condi- 23 E-2RS1 1,5
112 (E) 2,5
tions are given in table 4 . Whether these 130, 139 3
values can be fully exploited depends on
the bearing arrangement design and the
type of seal used.
Internal clearance
SKF self-aligning ball bearings are produced
as standard with Normal radial internal
clearance and most are also available with
the greater C3 clearance. Many bearings
can also be supplied with the smaller C2
clearance or the much greater C4 clearance.
Bearings in the 130 and 139 series have
C3 radial internal clearance as standard.
Bearings with extended inner ring have
a radial internal clearance which lies in the
C2 + Normal range.
Clearance values are given in table 5 and
are in accordance with ISO 5753:1991. They
are valid for unmounted bearings under zero
measuring loads.
470
Table 5
Radial internal clearance of self-aligning ball bearings
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max
mm µm
Bearings with cylindrical bore
2,5 6 1 8 5 15 10 20 15 25
6 10 2 9 6 17 12 25 19 33
10 14 2 10 6 19 13 26 21 35
14 18 3 12 8 21 15 28 23 37
18 24 4 14 10 23 17 30 25 39
24 30 5 16 11 24 19 35 29 46
30 40 6 18 13 29 23 40 34 53
40 50 6 19 14 31 25 44 37 57
50 65 7 21 16 36 30 50 45 69
65 80 8 24 18 40 35 60 54 83
80 100 9 27 22 48 42 70 64 96
100 120 10 31 25 56 50 83 75 114
120 140 10 38 30 68 60 100 90 135
140 150 – – – – 70 120 – –
150 180 – – – – 80 130 – –
180 200 – – – – 90 150 – –
200 220 – – – – 100 165 – –
220 240 – – – – 110 180 – –
Bearings with tapered bore
18 24 7 17 13 26 20 33 28 42
24 30 9 20 15 28 23 39 33 50
30 40 12 24 19 35 29 46 40 59
40 50 14 27 22 39 33 52 45 65
50 65 18 32 27 47 41 61 56 80
65 80 23 39 35 57 50 75 69 98
80 100 29 47 42 68 62 90 84 116
100 120 35 56 50 81 75 108 100 139
Please refer to page 137 for definition of radial internal clearance
471
Self-aligning ball bearings
Cages recommended to use bearings with
SKF self-aligning ball bearings incorporate pressed steel or machined brass cage.
one of the following cage designs (➔ fig 14 ) For detailed information regarding the
as standard, depending on bearing series temperature resistance and the applicability
and size: of cages, please refer to the section “Cage
materials”, starting on page 140.
• a one-piece pressed steel cage (a), no
designation suffix, Axial load carrying capacity
• a two-piece pressed steel cage (b), no The ability of a self-aligning ball bearing
designation suffix, mounted on an adapter sleeve on smooth
• a one-piece (c) or two-piece polyamide shafts without an integral shoulder to carry
6,6 cage with glass fibre reinforcement, axial loads, depends on the friction between
designation suffix TN9, the sleeve and shaft. The permissible axial
• a one-piece (c) or two-piece polyamide load can be approximately determined from
6,6 cage, designation suffix TN,
• a one-piece or two-piece (d) machined Fap = 0,003 B d
brass cage, designation suffix M.
where
Contact SKF for availability of bearings with Fap = maximum permissible axial load, kN
non-standard cages. B = bearing width, mm
d = bearing bore diameter, mm
Note:
Self-aligning ball bearings with polyamide
6,6 cages can be operated at temperatures
up to +120 °C. The lubricants generally used
for rolling bearings do not have a detrimental
effect on cage properties, with the exception
of a few synthetic oils and greases with a
synthetic oil base, and lubricants containing
a high proportion of EP additives when used
at high temperatures.
For bearing arrangements, which are to
be operated at continuously high tempera-
tures or under arduous conditions, it is
Fig 14
a b c d
472
Minimum load Equivalent static bearing load
In order to provide satisfactory operation, For statically loaded self-aligning ball
self-aligning ball bearings, like all ball and bearings
roller bearings, must always be subjected to
a given minimum load, particularly if they are P 0 = F r + Y 0F a
to operate at high speeds or are subjected
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the Values of Y0 will be found in the product
direction of load. Under such conditions the tables.
inertia forces of the balls and cage, and the
friction in the lubricant, can have a detrimen- Supplementary designations
tal influence on the rolling conditions in the The designation suffixes used to identify
bearing arrangement and may cause dam- certain features of SKF self-aligning ball
aging sliding movements to occur between bearings are explained in the following.
the balls and raceways.
The requisite minimum load to be applied C3 Radial internal clearance greater than
to self-aligning ball bearings can be estimated Normal
using E Optimized internal design
K Tapered bore, taper 1:12
P0m = 0,01 C0 M Machined brass cage
TN Injection moulded polyamide 6,6 cage
where TN9 Injection moulded glass fibre re-
P0m = minimum equivalent static bearing inforced polyamide 6,6 cage
load, kN 2RS1 Contact seal of acrylonitrile butadiene
C0 = basic static load rating, kN rubber (NBR) with sheet steel re-
(➔ product tables) inforcement on both sides of the
bearing
When starting up at low temperatures or
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
greater minimum loads may be required.
The weight of the components supported by
the bearing, together with external forces,
generally exceeds the requisite minimum
load. If this is not the case, the self-aligning
ball bearing must be subjected to an add-
itional radial load, for example, by increasing
belt tension or by similar means.
Equivalent dynamic bearing load
For dynamically loaded self-aligning ball
bearings
P = Fr + Y1Fa when Fa/Fr ≤ e
P = 0,65 Fr + Y2Fa when Fa/Fr > e
Values of Y1, Y2 and e will be found in the
product tables.
473
Self-aligning ball bearings
Mounting bearings Mounting self-aligning ball bearings
Table 6
with tapered bore with a tapered bore
Self-aligning ball bearings with a tapered
s
bore are always mounted with an interfer-
ence fit on a tapered shaft seating or an
adapter or withdrawal sleeve. As a measure
of the degree of interference of the fit, either
the reduction in radial internal clearance of
the bearing or the axial displacement of the
inner ring on its tapered seating is used.
Suitable methods for mounting self-align-
ing ball bearings with tapered bore are:
• measuring the clearance reduction,
• measuring the lock nut tightening angle,
• measuring the axial drive-up.
Bore Tightening Axial
Measuring the clearance reduction diameter angle1) drive-up
When mounting basic design self-aligning d α s
ball bearings with the relatively small Normal mm degrees mm
radial internal clearance, it is generally suffi-
cient to check clearance during the drive-up 20 80 0,22
by turning and swivelling out the outer ring. 25 55 0,22
30 55 0,22
When the bearing is properly mounted the
outer ring can be easily turned but there 35 70 0,30
40 70 0,30
should be a slight resistance when the outer 45 80 0,35
ring is swivelled out. The bearing will then 50 80 0,35
have the requisite interference fit. In some 55 75 0,40
cases the residual internal clearance may be 60 75 0,40
too small for the application, and a bearing 65 80 0,40
with C3 radial internal clearance should be 70 80 0,40
75 85 0,45
used instead.
80 85 0,45
85 110 0,60
90 110 0,60
95 110 0,60
100 110 0,60
110 125 0,70
120 125 0,70
1)
Valid for bearings with Normal radial clearance.
For bearings with C3 radial clearance the guideline
values can be increased by approximately 15 to 20°
474
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle Fig 15
The procedure for using the nut tightening
angle α (➔ fig 15 ) represents an easy
method for mounting self-aligning ball bear-
ings with a tapered bore correctly. Guideline
values for the nut tightening angle α are
given in table 6 .
Before starting the final tightening pro-
cedure, the bearing should be pushed up
on the tapered seating until the bore of the
bearing is in contact with the shaft seating or
the sleeve around its whole circumference. α
By turning the nut through the given angle α
the bearing will be pressed up over the
proper distance on the tapered seating. The
residual clearance of the bearing should be
checked by turning and swivelling out the
outer ring.
Lock the nut by bending one of the tabs of
the locking washer down into one of the nut
slots.
Measuring the axial drive-up
Mounting bearings with a tapered bore can be
done by measuring the axial drive-up s of the
inner ring on its seating. Guideline values for
the required axial drive-up s for general
applications are given in table 6 .
The most suitable method in this case is
the SKF Drive-up Method. This mounting
method provides a very reliable and easy Fig 16
way to determine the starting position for
a bearing from which the axial displacement
is to be measured. For that, the following d
mounting tools (➔ fig 16 ) must be used:
• an SKF hydraulic nut of the HMV .. E a
design (a),
• a hydraulic pump (b) with
• a pressure gauge (c), appropriate to the
mounting conditions, and
• a dial gauge (d).
475
Self-aligning ball bearings
The drive-up method uses hydraulic Fig 17
pressure in the hydraulic nut to push the
bearing up on its seating from an undefined
“zero” position to a starting position as “zero position”
defined by the oil pressure in the hydraulic starting position
nut (➔ fig 17 ). The bearing is then driven up final position
from the defined starting position through a ss
given distance to its final position. The axial
displacement ss can be accurately deter-
mined using the dial gauge mounted on the
hydraulic nut.
SKF has determined values of the requisite
oil pressure and the axial displacement for
the individual bearings. These values apply
to bearing arrangements (➔ fig 18 ) with
• one sliding interface (a and b) or
• two sliding interfaces (c).
Additional mounting information
Additional information on mounting self-
aligning ball bearings in general or with the
aid of the SKF Drive-up Method can be
found
• in the handbook “SKF Drive-up Method”
on CD-ROM,
• in the “SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue” on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com or
• online at www.skf.com/mount.
Fig 18
a b c
476
477
Self-aligning ball bearings
d 5 – 25 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
taper 1 : 12 on diameter
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
5 19 6 2,51 0,48 0,025 63 000 45 000 0,009 135 TN9 –
6 19 6 2,51 0,48 0,025 70 000 45 000 0,009 126 TN9 –
7 22 7 2,65 0,56 0,029 63 000 40 000 0,014 127 TN9 –
8 22 7 2,65 0,56 0,029 60 000 40 000 0,014 108 TN9 –
9 26 8 3,90 0,82 0,043 60 000 38 000 0,022 129 TN9 –
10 30 9 5,53 1,18 0,061 56 000 36 000 0,034 1200 ETN9 –
30 14 8,06 1,73 0,090 50 000 34 000 0,047 2200 ETN9 –
12 32 10 6,24 1,43 0,072 50 000 32 000 0,040 1201 ETN9 –
32 14 8,52 1,90 0,098 45 000 30 000 0,053 2201 ETN9 –
37 12 9,36 2,16 0,12 40 000 28 000 0,067 1301 ETN9 –
37 17 11,7 2,70 0,14 38 000 28 000 0,095 2301 –
15 35 11 7,41 1,76 0,09 45 000 28 000 0,049 1202 ETN9 –
35 14 8,71 2,04 0,11 38 000 26 000 0,060 2202 ETN9 –
42 13 10,8 2,60 0,14 34 000 24 000 0,094 1302 ETN9 –
42 17 11,9 2,90 0,15 32 000 24 000 0,12 2302 –
17 40 12 8,84 2,20 0,12 38 000 24 000 0,073 1203 ETN9 –
40 16 10,6 2,55 0,14 34 000 24 000 0,088 2203 ETN9 –
47 14 12,7 3,40 0,18 28 000 20 000 0,12 1303 ETN9 –
47 19 14,6 3,55 0,19 30 000 22 000 0,16 2303 –
20 47 14 12,7 3,4 0,18 32 000 20 000 0,12 1204 ETN9 1204 EKTN9
47 18 16,8 4,15 0,22 28 000 20 000 0,14 2204 ETN9 –
52 15 14,3 4 0,21 26 000 18 000 0,16 1304 ETN9 –
52 21 18,2 4,75 0,24 26 000 19 000 0,22 2304 TN –
25 52 15 14,3 4 0,21 28 000 18 000 0,14 1205 ETN9 1205 EKTN9
52 18 16,8 4,4 0,23 26 000 18 000 0,16 2205 ETN9 2205 EKTN9
62 17 19 5,4 0,28 22 000 15 000 0,26 1305 ETN9 1305 EKTN9
62 24 24,2 6,55 0,34 22 000 16 000 0,36 2305 –
62 24 27 7,1 0,37 22 000 16 000 0,34 2305 ETN9 –
478
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d d2 D1 r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
5 10,3 15,4 0,3 7,4 16,6 0,3 0,33 1,9 3 2
6 10,3 15,4 0,3 8,4 16,6 0,3 0,33 1,9 3 2
7 12,6 17,6 0,3 9,4 19,6 0,3 0,33 1,9 3 2
8 12,6 17,6 0,3 10,4 19,6 0,3 0,33 1,9 3 2
9 14,8 21,1 0,6 13,2 21,8 0,6 0,33 1,9 3 2
10 16,7 24,4 0,6 14,2 25,8 0,6 0,33 1,9 3 2
15,3 24,3 0,6 14,2 25,8 0,6 0,54 1,15 1,8 1,3
12 18,2 26,4 0,6 16,2 27,8 0,6 0,33 1,9 3 2
17,5 26,5 0,6 16,2 27,8 0,6 0,50 1,25 2 1,3
20 30,8 1 17,6 31,4 1 0,35 1,8 2,8 1,8
18,6 31 1 17,6 31,4 1 0,60 1,05 1,6 1,1
15 21,2 29,6 0,6 19,2 30,8 0,6 0,33 1,9 3 2
20,9 30,2 0,6 19,2 30,8 0,6 0,43 1,5 2,3 1,6
23,9 35,3 1 20,6 36,4 1 0,31 2 3,1 2,2
23,2 35,2 1 20,6 36,4 1 0,52 1,2 1,9 1,3
17 24 33,6 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,31 2 3,1 2,2
23,8 34,1 0,6 21,2 35,8 0,6 0,43 1,5 2,3 1,6
28,9 41 1 22,6 41,4 1 0,30 2,1 3,3 2,2
25,8 39,4 1 22,6 41,4 1 0,52 1,2 1,9 1,3
20 28,9 41 1 25,6 41,4 1 0,30 2,1 3,3 2,2
27,4 41 1 25,6 41,4 1 0,40 1,6 2,4 1,6
33,3 45,6 1,1 27 45 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
28,8 43,7 1,1 27 45 1 0,52 1,2 1,9 1,3
25 33,3 45,6 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
32,3 46,1 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,35 1,8 2,8 1,8
37,8 52,5 1,1 32 55 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
35,5 53,0 1,1 32 55 1 0,44 1,4 2,2 1,5
479
Self-aligning ball bearings
d 30 – 65 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
taper 1 : 12 on diameter
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
30 62 16 15,6 4,65 0,24 24 000 15 000 0,22 1206 ETN9 1206 EKTN9
62 20 23,8 6,7 0,35 22 000 15 000 0,26 2206 ETN9 2206 EKTN9
72 19 22,5 6,8 0,36 19 000 13 000 0,39 1306 ETN9 1306 EKTN9
72 27 31,2 8,8 0,45 18 000 13 000 0,50 2306 2306 K
35 72 17 19 6 0,31 20 000 13 000 0,32 1207 ETN9 1207 EKTN9
72 23 30,7 8,8 0,46 18 000 12 000 0,40 2207 ETN9 2207 EKTN9
80 21 26,5 8,5 0,43 16 000 11 000 0,51 1307 ETN9 1307 EKTN9
80 31 39,7 11,2 0,59 18 000 12 000 0,68 2307 ETN9 2307 EKTN9
40 80 18 19,9 6,95 0,36 18 000 11 000 0,42 1208 ETN9 1208 EKTN9
80 23 31,9 10 0,51 16 000 11 000 0,51 2208 ETN9 2208 EKTN9
90 23 33,8 11,2 0,57 14 000 9 500 0,68 1308 ETN9 1308 EKTN9
90 33 54 16 0,82 14 000 10 000 0,93 2308 ETN9 2308 EKTN9
45 85 19 22,9 7,8 0,40 17 000 11 000 0,47 1209 ETN9 1209 EKTN9
85 23 32,5 10,6 0,54 15 000 10 000 0,55 2209 ETN9 2209 EKTN9
100 25 39 13,4 0,70 12 000 8 500 0,96 1309 ETN9 1309 EKTN9
100 36 63,7 19,3 1 13 000 9 000 1,25 2309 ETN9 2309 EKTN9
50 90 20 26,5 9,15 0,48 16 000 10 000 0,53 1210 ETN9 1210 EKTN9
90 23 33,8 11,2 0,57 14 000 9 500 0,60 2210 ETN9 2210 EKTN9
110 27 43,6 14 0,72 12 000 8 000 1,20 1310 ETN9 1310 EKTN9
110 40 63,7 20 1,04 14 000 9 500 1,65 2310 2310 K
55 100 21 27,6 10,6 0,54 14 000 9 000 0,71 1211 ETN9 1211 EKTN9
100 25 39 13,4 0,70 12 000 8 500 0,81 2211 ETN9 2211 EKTN9
120 29 50,7 18 0,92 11 000 7 500 1,60 1311 ETN9 1311 EKTN9
120 43 76,1 24 1,25 11 000 7 500 2,10 2311 2311 K
60 110 22 31,2 12,2 0,62 12 000 8 500 0,90 1212 ETN9 1212 EKTN9
110 28 48,8 17 0,88 11 000 8 000 1,10 2212 ETN9 2212 EKTN9
130 31 58,5 22 1,12 9 000 6 300 1,95 1312 ETN9 1312 EKTN9
130 46 87,1 28,5 1,46 9 500 7 000 2,60 2312 2312 K
65 120 23 35,1 14 0,72 11 000 7 000 1,15 1213 ETN9 1213 EKTN9
120 31 57,2 20 1,02 10 000 7 000 1,45 2213 ETN9 2213 EKTN9
140 33 65 25,5 1,25 8 500 6 000 2,45 1313 ETN9 1313 EKTN9
140 48 95 6 32,5 1,66 9 000 6 300 3,25 2313 2313 K
480
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d d2 D1 r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
30 40,1 53 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
38,8 55 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,33 1,9 3 2
44,9 60,9 1,1 37 65 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
41,7 60,9 1,1 37 65 1 0,44 1,4 2,2 1,4
35 47 62,3 1,1 42 65 1 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
45,3 64,2 1,1 42 65 1 0,31 2 3,1 2,2
51,5 69,5 1,5 44 71 1,5 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
46,5 68,4 1,5 44 71 1,5 0,46 1,35 2,1 1,4
40 53,6 68,8 1,1 47 73 1 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
52,4 71,6 1,1 47 73 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
61,5 81,5 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
53,7 79,2 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,40 1,6 2,4 1,6
45 57,5 73,7 1,1 52 78 1 0,21 3 4,6 3,2
55,3 74,6 1,1 52 78 1 0,26 2,4 3,7 2,5
67,7 89,5 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
60,1 87,4 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,33 1,9 3 2
50 61,7 79,5 1,1 57 83 1 0,21 3 4,6 3,2
61,5 81,5 1,1 57 83 1 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
70,3 95 2 61 99 2 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
65,8 94,4 2 61 99 2 0,43 1,5 2,3 1,6
55 70,1 88,4 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
67,7 89,5 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
77,7 104 2 66 109 2 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
72 103 2 66 109 2 0,40 1,6 2,4 1,6
60 78 97,6 1,5 69 101 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
74,5 98,6 1,5 69 101 1,5 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
91,6 118 2,1 72 118 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
76,9 112 2,1 72 118 2 0,33 1,9 3 2
65 85,3 106 1,5 79 111 1,5 0,18 3,5 5,4 3,6
80,7 107 1,5 79 111 1,5 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
99 127 2,1 77 128 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
85,5 122 2,1 77 128 2 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
481
Self-aligning ball bearings
d 70 – 120 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
taper 1 : 12 on diameter
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
70 125 24 35,8 14,6 0,75 11 000 7 000 1,25 1214 ETN9 –
125 31 44,2 17 0,88 10 000 6 700 1,50 2214 –
150 35 74,1 27,5 1,34 8 500 6 000 3,00 1314 –
150 51 111 37,5 1,86 8 000 6 000 3,90 2314 –
75 130 25 39 15,6 0,80 10 000 6 700 1,35 1215 1215 K
130 31 58,5 22 1,12 9 000 6 300 1,60 2215 ETN9 2215 EKTN9
160 37 79,3 30 1,43 8 000 5 600 3,55 1315 1315 K
160 55 124 43 2,04 7 500 5 600 4,70 2315 2313 K
80 140 26 39,7 17 0,83 9 500 6 000 1,65 1216 1216 K
140 33 65 25,5 1,25 8 500 6 000 2,00 2216 ETN9 2216 EKTN9
170 39 88,4 33,5 1,50 7 500 5 300 4,20 1316 1316 K
170 58 135 49 2,24 7 000 5 300 6,10 2316 2316 K
85 150 28 48,8 20,8 0,98 9 000 5 600 2,05 1217 1217 K
150 36 58,5 23,6 1,12 8 000 5 600 2,50 2217 2217 K
180 41 97,5 38 1,70 7 000 4 800 5,00 1317 1317 K
180 60 140 51 2,28 6 700 4 800 7,05 2317 2317 K
90 160 30 57,2 23,6 1,08 8 500 5 300 2,50 1218 1218 K
160 40 70,2 28,5 1,32 7 500 5 300 3,40 2218 2218 K
190 43 117 44 1,93 6 700 4 500 5,80 1318 1318 K
190 64 153 57 2,50 6 300 4 500 8,45 2318 M 2318 KM
95 170 32 63,7 27 1,20 8 000 5 000 3,10 1219 1219 K
170 43 83,2 34,5 1,53 7 000 5 000 4,10 2219 M 2219 KM
200 45 133 51 2,16 6 300 4 300 6,70 1319 1319 K
200 67 165 64 2,75 6 000 4 500 9,80 2319 M –
100 180 34 68,9 30 1,29 7 500 4 800 3,70 1220 1220 K
180 46 97,5 40,5 1,76 6 700 4 800 5,00 2220 M 2220 KM
215 47 143 57 2,36 6 000 4 000 8,30 1320 1320 K
215 73 190 80 3,25 5 600 4 000 12,5 2320 M 2320 KM
110 200 38 88,4 39 1,60 6 700 4 300 5,15 1222 1222 K
200 53 124 52 2,12 6 000 4 300 7,10 2222 M 2222 KM
240 50 163 72 2,75 5 300 3 600 12,0 1322 M 1322 KM
120 215 42 119 53 2,12 6 300 4 000 6,75 1224 M 1224 KM
482
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d d2 D1 r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
70 87,4 109 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,18 3,5 5,4 3,6
87,5 111 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,27 2,3 3,6 2,5
97,7 129 2,1 82 138 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
91,6 130 2,1 82 138 2 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
75 93 116 1,5 84 121 1,5 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
91,6 118 1,5 84 121 1,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
104 138 2,1 87 148 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
97,8 139 2,1 87 148 2 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
80 101 125 2 91 129 2 0,16 3,9 6,1 4
99 127 2 91 129 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
109 147 2,1 92 158 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
104 148 2,1 92 158 2 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
85 107 134 2 96 139 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
105 133 2 96 139 2 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
117 155 3 99 166 2,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
115 157 3 99 166 2,5 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
90 112 142 2 101 149 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
112 142 2 101 149 2 0,27 2,3 3,6 2,5
122 165 3 104 176 2,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
121 164 3 104 176 2,5 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
95 120 151 2,1 107 158 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
118 151 2,1 107 158 2 0,27 2,3 3,6 2,5
127 174 3 109 186 2,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
128 172 3 109 186 2,5 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
100 127 159 2,1 112 168 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
124 160 2,1 112 168 2 0,27 2,3 3,6 2,5
136 185 3 114 201 2,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
135 186 3 114 201 2,5 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
110 140 176 2,1 122 188 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
137 177 2,1 122 188 2 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
154 206 3 124 226 2,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
120 149 190 2,1 132 203 2 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
483
Self-aligning ball bearings
d 130 – 240 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
130 230 46 127 58,5 2,24 5 600 3 600 8,30 1226 M
150 225 56 57,2 23,6 0,88 5 600 3 400 7,50 13030
180 280 74 95,6 40 1,34 4 500 2 800 16,0 13036
200 280 60 60,5 29 0,97 4 300 2 600 10,7 13940
220 300 60 60,5 30,5 0,97 3 800 2 400 11,0 13944
240 320 60 60,5 32 0,97 3 800 2 200 11,3 13948
484
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
130 163 204 – – 3 144 216 2,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
150 175 203 8,3 4,5 2,1 161 214 2 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
180 212 249 13,9 7,5 2,1 191 269 2 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
200 229 258 8,3 4,5 2,1 211 269 2 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
220 249 278 8,3 4,5 2,1 231 289 2 0,18 3,5 5,4 3,6
240 269 298 8,3 4,5 2,1 251 309 2 0,16 3,9 6,1 4
485
Sealed self-aligning ball bearings
d 10 – 70 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
taper 1 : 12 on diameter
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load speed Bearing with
limit cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
10 30 14 5,53 1,18 0,06 17 000 0,048 2200 E-2RS1TN9 –
12 32 14 6,24 1,43 0,08 16 000 0,053 2201 E-2RS1TN9 –
15 35 14 7,41 1,76 0,09 14 000 0,058 2202 E-2RS1TN9 –
42 17 10,8 2,6 0,14 12 000 0,11 2302 E-2RS1TN9 –
17 40 16 8,84 2,2 0,12 12 000 0,089 2203 E-2RS1TN9 –
47 19 12,7 3,4 0,18 11 000 0,16 2303 E-2RS1TN9 –
20 47 18 12,7 3,4 0,18 10 000 0,14 2204 E-2RS1TN9 –
52 21 14,3 4 0,21 9 500 0,21 2304 E-2RS1TN9 –
25 52 18 14,3 4 0,21 9 000 0,16 2205 E-2RS1TN9 2205 E-2RS1KTN9
62 24 19 5,4 0,28 7 500 0,34 2305 E-2RS1TN9 –
30 62 20 15,6 46 0,24 7 500 0,26 2206 E-2RS1TN9 2206 E-2RS1KTN9
72 27 22,5 68 0,36 6 700 0,51 2306 E-2RS1TN9 –
35 72 23 19 6 0,31 6 300 0,41 2207 E-2RS1TN9 2207 E-2RS1KTN9
80 31 26,5 8,5 0,43 5 600 0,70 2307 E-2RS1TN9 –
40 80 23 19,9 6,95 0,36 5 600 0,50 2208 E-2RS1TN9 2208 E-2RS1KTN9
90 33 33,8 11,2 0,57 5 000 0,96 2308 E-2RS1TN9 –
45 85 23 22,9 7,8 0,40 5 300 0,53 2209 E-2RS1TN9 2209 E-2RS1KTN9
100 36 39 13,4 0,70 4 500 1,30 2309 E-2RS1TN9 –
50 90 23 22,9 8,15 0,42 4 800 0,57 2210 E-2RS1TN9 2210 E-2RS1KTN9
110 40 43,6 14 0,72 4 000 1,65 2310 E-2RS1TN9 –
55 100 25 27,6 10,6 0,54 4 300 0,79 2211 E-2RS1TN9 2211 E-2RS1KTN9
60 110 28 31,2 12,2 0,62 3 800 1,05 2212 E-2RS1TN9 –
65 120 31 35,1 14 0,72 3 600 1,40 2213 E-2RS1TN9 2213 E-2RS1KTN9
70 125 31 35,8 14,6 0,75 3 400 1,45 2214 E-2RS1TN9 –
486
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d d2 D1 r1,2 da da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
min min max max max
mm mm –
10 14 24,8 0,6 14 14 25,8 0,6 0,33 1,9 3 2
12 15,5 27,4 0,6 15,5 15,5 27,8 0,6 0,33 1,9 3 2
15 19,1 30,4 0,6 19 19 30,8 0,6 0,33 1,9 3 2
20,3 36,3 1 20 20 36,4 1 0,31 2 3,1 2,2
17 21,1 35 0,6 21 21 35,8 0,6 0,31 2 3,1 2,2
25,5 41,3 1 22 25,5 41,4 1 0,30 2,1 3,3 2,2
20 25,9 41,3 1 25 25,5 41,4 1 0,30 2,1 3,3 2,2
28,6 46,3 1,1 26,5 28,5 45 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
25 31 46,3 1 30,6 31 46,4 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
32,8 52,7 1,1 32 32,5 55 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
30 36,7 54,1 1 35,6 36,5 56,4 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
40,4 61,9 1,1 37 40 65 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
35 42,7 62,7 1,1 42 42,5 65 1 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
43,7 69,2 1,5 43,5 43,5 71 1,5 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
40 49 69,8 1,1 47 49 73 1 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
55,4 81,8 1,5 49 55 81 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
45 53,1 75,3 1,1 52 53 78 1 0,21 3 4,6 3,2
60,9 90 1,5 54 60,5 91 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
50 58,1 79,5 1,1 57 58 83 1 0,20 3,2 4,9 3,2
62,9 95,2 2 61 62,5 99 2 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
55 65,9 88,5 1,5 64 65,5 91 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
60 73,2 97 1,5 69 73 101 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
65 79,3 106 1,5 74 79 111 1,5 0,18 3,5 5,4 3,6
70 81,4 109 1,5 79 81 116 1,5 0,18 3,5 5,4 3,6
487
Self-aligning ball bearings with extended inner ring
d 20 – 60 mm
C
r2
r1
B
D D1 d d2
7
9
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load speed
limit
d D C C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
20 47 14 12,7 3,4 0,17 9 000 0,18 11204 ETN9
25 52 15 14,3 4 0,21 8 000 0,22 11205 ETN9
30 62 16 15,6 4,65 0,24 6 700 0,35 11206 TN9
35 72 17 15,9 5,1 0,27 5 600 0,54 11207 TN9
40 80 18 19 6,55 0,34 5 000 0,72 11208 TN9
45 85 19 21,6 7,35 0,38 4 500 0,77 11209 TN9
50 90 20 22,9 8,15 0,42 4 300 0,85 11210 TN9
60 110 22 30,2 11,6 0,60 3 400 1,15 11212 TN9
488
ra
D1
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 B r1,2 Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max max
mm mm –
20 28,9 41 40 1 41,4 1 0,30 2,1 3,3 2,2
25 33,3 45,6 44 1 46,4 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
30 40,1 53,2 48 1 56,4 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
35 47,7 60,7 52 1,1 65 1 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
40 54 68,8 56 1,1 73 1 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
45 57,7 73,7 58 1,1 78 1 0,21 3 4,6 3,2
50 62,7 78,7 58 1,1 83 1 0,20 3,2 4,9 3,2
60 78 97,5 62 1,5 101 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
489
Self-aligning ball bearings on adapter sleeve
d1 17 – 45 mm
B B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d1 d3
Open bearing Sealed bearing
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
17 47 14 12,7 3,4 0,18 32 000 20 000 0,16 1204 EKTN9 H 204
20 52 15 14,3 4 0,21 28 000 18 000 0,21 1205 EKTN9 H 205
52 18 16,8 4,4 0,23 26 000 18 000 0,23 2205 EKTN9 H 305
52 18 14,3 4 0,21 – 9 000 0,23 2205 E-2RS1KTN9 H 305 C
62 17 19 5,4 0,28 22 000 15 000 0,33 1305 EKTN9 H 305
25 62 16 15,6 4,65 0,24 24 000 15 000 0,32 E 1206 EKTN9 H 206
62 20 23,8 6,7 0,35 22 000 15 000 0,36 2206 EKTN9 H 306
62 20 15,6 4,65 0,24 – 7 500 0,36 2206 E-2RS1KTN9 H 306 C
72 19 22,5 6,8 0,36 19 000 13 000 0,49 1306 EKTN9 H 306
72 27 31,2 8,8 0,45 18 000 13 000 0,61 2306 K H 2306
30 72 17 19 6 0,31 20 000 13 000 0,44 E 1207 EKTN9 H 207
72 23 30,7 8,8 0,46 18 000 12 000 0,54 2207 EKTN9 H 307
72 23 19 6 0,31 – 6 300 0,55 2207 E-2RS1KTN9 H 307 C
80 21 26,5 8,5 0,43 16 000 11 000 0,65 1307 EKTN9 H 307
80 31 39,7 11,2 0,59 18 000 12 000 0,84 2307 EKTN9 H 2307
35 80 18 19,9 6,95 0,36 18 000 11 000 0,58 E 1208 EKTN9 H 208
80 23 31,9 10 0,51 16 000 11 000 0,58 2208 EKTN9 H 308
80 23 19,9 6,95 0,36 – 5 600 0,67 2208 E-2RS1KTN9 H 308 C
90 23 33,8 11,2 0,57 14 000 9 500 0,85 1308 EKTN9 H 308
90 33 54 16 0,82 14 000 10 000 1,10 2308 EKTN9 H 2308
40 85 19 22,9 7,8 0,40 17 000 11 000 0,68 E 1209 EKTN9 H 209
85 23 32,5 10,6 0,54 15 000 10 000 0,78 2209 EKTN9 H 309
85 23 22,9 7,8 0,40 – 5 300 1,20 2209 E-2RS1KTN9 H 309 C
100 25 39 13,4 0,70 12 000 8 500 1,20 1309 EKTN9 H 309
100 36 63,7 19,3 1 13 000 9 000 1,40 2309 EKTN9 H 2309
45 90 20 26,5 9,15 0,48 16 000 10 000 0,77 E 1210 EKTN9 H 210
90 23 33,8 11,2 0,57 14 000 9 500 0,87 2210 EKTN9 H 310
90 23 22,9 8,15 0,42 – 4 800 0,84 2210 E-2RS1KTN9 H 310 C
110 27 43,6 14 0,72 12 000 8 000 1,45 1310 EKTN9 H 310
110 40 63,7 20 1 04 14 000 9 500 1,90 2310 K H 2310
E Bearings and sleeves also available as KAM self-aligning ball bearing kits (➔ page 468)
490
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d1 d3 D1 B1 B2 r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
17 32 41 24 7 1 28,5 23 41,2 5 1 0,30 2,1 3,3 2,2
20 38 45,6 26 8 1 33 28 46,2 5 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
38 46,1 29 8 1 32 28 46,2 5 1 0,35 1,8 2,8 1,8
38 46,3 29 8,5 1 31 28 46,2 5 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
38 52,5 29 8 1,1 37 28 55 6 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
25 45 53 27 8 1 40 33 56,2 5 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
45 55 31 8 1 38 33 56,2 5 1 0,33 1,9 3 2
45 54,1 31 8,5 1 36 33 56,2 5 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
45 60,9 27 8 1,1 44 33 65 6 1 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
45 60,9 38 8 1,1 41 35 65 5 1 0,44 1,4 2,2 1,4
30 52 62,3 29 9 1,1 47 38 65 - 1 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
52 64,2 35 9 1,1 45 39 65 5 1 0,31 2 3,1 2,2
52 62,7 35 9,5 1,1 42 39 65 5 1 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
52 69,5 35 9 1,5 51 39 71 7 1,5 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
52 68,4 43 9 1,5 46 40 71 5 1,5 0,46 1,35 2,1 1,4
35 58 68,8 31 10 1,1 53 43 73 6 1 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
58 71,6 36 10 1,1 52 44 73 6 1 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
58 69,8 36 10,5 1,1 49 44 73 6 1 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
58 81,5 36 10 1,5 61 44 81 6 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
58 79,2 46 10 1,5 53 45 81 6 1,5 0,40 1,6 2,4 1,6
40 65 73,7 33 11 1,1 57 48 78 6 1 0,21 3 4,6 3,2
65 74,6 39 11 1,1 55 50 78 8 1 0,26 2,4 3,7 2,5
65 75,3 39 11,5 1,1 53 50 78 8 1 0,21 3 4,6 3,2
65 89,5 39 11 1,5 67 50 91 6 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
65 87,4 50 11 1,5 60 50 91 6 1,5 0,33 1,9 3 2
45 70 79,5 35 12 1,1 62 53 83 6 1 0,21 3 4,6 3,2
70 81,5 42 12 1,1 61 55 83 10 1 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
70 79,5 42 12,5 1,1 58 55 83 10 1 0,20 3,2 4,9 3,2
70 95 42 12 2 70 55 99 6 2 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
70 94,4 55 12 2 65 56 99 6 2 0,43 1,5 2,3 1,6
491
Self-aligning ball bearings on adapter sleeve
d1 50 – 85 mm
B B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d1 d3
Open bearing Sealed bearing
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
50 100 21 27,6 10,6 0,54 14 000 9 000 0,99 E 1211 EKTN9 H 211
100 25 39 13,4 0,70 12 000 8 500 1,15 2211 EKTN9 H 311
100 25 27,6 10,6 0,54 – 4 300 1,10 2211 E-2RS1KTN9 H 311 C
120 29 50,7 18 0,92 11 000 7 500 1,90 1311 EKTN9 H 311
120 43 76,1 24 1,25 11 000 7 500 2,40 2311 K H 2311
55 110 22 31,2 12,2 0,62 12 000 8 500 1,20 1212 EKTN9 H 212
110 28 48,8 17 0,88 11 000 8 000 1,40 2212 EKTN9 H 312
130 31 58,5 22 1,12 9 000 6 300 2,15 1312 EKTN9 H 312
130 46 87,1 28,5 1,46 9 500 7 000 2,95 2312 K H 2312
60 120 23 35,1 14 0,72 11 000 7 000 1,45 1213 EKTN9 H 213
120 31 57,2 20 1,02 10 000 7 000 1,80 2213 EKTN9 H 313
120 31 35,1 14 0,72 – 3 600 1,75 2213 E-2RS1KTN9 H 313 C
140 33 65 25,5 1,25 8 500 6 000 2,85 1313 EKTN9 H 313
140 48 95,6 32,5 1,66 9 000 6 300 3,60 2313 K H 2313
65 130 25 39 15,6 0,80 10 000 6 700 2,00 1215 K H 215
130 31 58,5 22 1,12 9 000 6 300 2,30 2215 EKTN9 H 315
160 37 79,3 30 1,43 8 000 5 600 4,20 1315 K H 315
160 55 124 43 2,04 7 500 5 600 5,55 2315 K H 2315
70 140 26 39,7 17 0,83 9 500 6 000 2,40 1216 K H 216
140 33 65 25,5 1,25 8 500 6 000 2,85 2216 EKTN9 H 316
170 39 88,4 33,5 1,50 7 500 5 300 5,00 1316 K H 316
170 58 135 49 2,24 7 000 5 300 7,10 2316 K H 2316
75 150 28 48,8 20,8 0,98 9 000 5 600 2,95 1217 K H 217
150 36 58,5 23,6 1,12 8 000 5 600 3,30 2217 K H 317
180 41 97,5 38 1,70 7 000 4 800 6,00 1317 K H 317
180 60 140 51 2,28 6 700 4 800 8,15 2317 K H 2317
80 160 30 57,2 23,6 1,08 8 500 5 300 3,50 1218 K H 218
160 40 70,2 28,5 1,32 7 500 5 300 5,50 2218 K H 318
190 43 117 44 1,93 6 700 4 500 6,90 1318 K H 318
190 64 153 57 2,50 6 300 4 500 9,80 2318 KM H 2318
85 170 32 63,7 27 1,20 8 000 5 000 4,25 1219 K H 219
170 43 83,2 34,5 1,53 7 000 5 000 5,30 2219 KM H 319
200 45 133 51 2,16 6 300 4 300 7,90 1319 K H 319
E Bearings and sleeves also available as KAM self-aligning ball bearing kits (➔ page 468)
492
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d1 d3 D1 B1 B2 r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
50 75 88,4 37 12,5 1,5 70 60 91 7 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
75 89,5 45 12,5 1,5 67 60 91 11 1,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
75 88,5 45 12,5 1,5 65 60 91 11 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
75 104 45 12,5 2 77 60 109 7 2 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
75 103 59 12,5 2 72 61 109 7 2 0,40 1,6 2,4 1,6
55 80 97,6 38 13 1,5 78 64 101 7 1,5 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
80 98,6 47 13 1,5 74 65 101 9 1,5 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
80 118 47 13 2,1 87 65 118 7 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
80 112 62 13 2,1 76 66 118 7 2 0,33 1,9 3 2
60 85 106 40 14 1,5 85 70 111 7 1,5 0,18 3,5 5,4 3,6
85 107 50 14 1,5 80 70 111 9 1,5 0,24 2,6 4,1 2,8
85 106 50 14 1,5 79 70 111 7 1,5 0,18 3,5 5,4 3,6
85 127 50 14 2,1 89 70 128 7 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
85 122 65 14 2,1 85 72 128 7 2 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
65 98 116 43 15 1,5 93 80 121 7 1,5 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
98 118 55 15 1,5 93 80 121 13 1,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
98 138 55 15 2,1 104 80 148 7 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
98 139 73 15 2,1 97 82 148 7 2 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
70 105 125 46 17 2 101 85 129 7 2 0,16 3,9 6,1 4
105 127 59 17 2 99 85 129 13 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
105 147 59 17 2,1 109 85 158 7 2 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
105 148 78 17 2,1 104 88 158 7 2 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
75 110 134 50 18 2 107 90 139 8 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
110 133 63 18 2 105 91 139 13 2 0,25 2,5 3,9 2,5
110 155 63 18 3 117 91 166 8 2,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
110 157 82 18 3 111 94 166 8 2,5 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
80 120 142 52 18 2 112 95 149 8 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
120 142 65 18 2 112 96 149 11 2 0,27 2,3 3,6 2,5
120 165 65 18 3 122 96 176 8 2,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
120 164 86 18 3 115 100 176 8 2,5 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
85 125 151 55 19 2,1 120 100 158 8 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
125 151 68 19 2,1 118 102 158 10 2 0,27 2,3 3,6 2,5
125 174 68 19 3 127 102 186 8 2,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
493
Self-aligning ball bearings on adapter sleeve
d1 90 – 110 mm
B B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
90 180 34 68,9 30 1,29 7 500 4 800 5,00 1220 K H 220
180 46 97,5 40,5 1,76 6 700 4 800 6,40 2220 KM H 320
215 47 143 57 2,36 6 000 4 000 9,65 1320 K H 320
215 73 190 80 3,25 5 600 4 000 14,0 2320 KM H 2320
100 200 38 88,4 39 1,60 6 700 4 300 6,80 1222 K H 222
200 53 124 52 2,12 6 000 4 300 8,85 2222 KM H 322
240 50 163 72 2,75 5 300 3 600 13,5 1322 KM H 322
110 215 42 119 53 2,12 6 300 4 000 8,30 1224 KM H 3024
494
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d1 d3 D1 B1 B2 r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
90 130 159 58 20 2,1 127 106 168 8 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
130 160 71 20 2,1 124 108 168 9 2 0,27 2,3 3,6 2,5
130 185 71 20 3 136 108 201 8 2,5 0,23 2,7 4,2 2,8
130 186 97 20 3 130 110 201 8 2,5 0,37 1,7 2,6 1,8
100 145 176 63 21 2,1 140 116 188 8 2 0,17 3,7 5,7 4
145 177 77 21 2,1 137 118 188 8 2 0,28 2,2 3,5 2,5
145 206 77 21 3 154 118 226 10 2,5 0,22 2,9 4,5 2,8
110 145 190 72 22 2,1 150 127 203 12 2 0,19 3,3 5,1 3,6
495
Cylindrical
roller bearings
Single row cylindrical roller bearings ……… 501
Single row full complement
cylindrical roller bearings …………………… 553
Double row full complement
cylindrical roller bearings …………………… 571
497
Cylindrical roller bearings
SKF produces cylindrical roller bearings in Fig 1
many designs, dimension series and sizes.
The majority are single row bearings with a
cage, shown in this catalogue. Single and
double row full complement bearings (without
cage) complete the SKF standard assort-
ment for general engineering. Bearings with
a cage can accommodate heavy radial loads
and operate at high speeds. Full comple-
ment bearings are suitable for very heavy
radial loads at moderate speeds.
For SKF cylindrical roller bearings the roll-
ers are a key component. Their geometry,
the so-called logarithmic profile, provides an
optimum stress distribution in the contact
zones in the bearing. Their surface finish
maximizes lubricant film formation and opti-
mizes rolling motion of the rollers. The bene-
fits derived from this compared with tradi- Fig 2
tional designs include enhanced operational
reliability and a greater insensitivity to mis-
alignment.
In addition to the standard assortment the
comprehensive SKF range of cylindrical
roller bearings consists of:
• single row high-precision all-steel or hy-
brid cylindrical roller bearings (➔ fig 1 ),
• double row high-precision all-steel or hy-
brid cylindrical roller bearings (➔ fig 2 ),
• cylindrical roller bearings and bearing
units for railway axleboxes (➔ fig 3 ),
• single row cylindrical roller bearings for
traction motors for railway applications,
• open and sealed multi-row cylindrical
roller bearings for rolling mills (➔ fig 4 ),
• backing bearings for cold rolling mills of Fig 3
the cluster type (➔ fig 5 ),
• indexing roller units for continuous fur-
naces (➔ fig 6 ).
Details of these bearings will be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
available on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com.
498
Fig 4 Other cylindrical roller bearings for special
applications include a special electrical in-
sulated coating, called INSOCOAT®. Details
of these bearings will be found in this cata-
logue in the section “Engineering products”,
starting on page 889.
Fig 5
Fig 6
499
Single row cylindrical
roller bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 502
Standard designs …………………………………………………………………………… 502
Angle rings …………………………………………………………………………………… 503
Special designs ……………………………………………………………………………… 504
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 506
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 506
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 506
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 506
Radial internal clearance …………………………………………………………………… 506
Axial internal clearance …………………………………………………………………… 506
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 506
Axial displacement ………………………………………………………………………… 510
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 510
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 510
Speed ratings ……………………………………………………………………………… 511
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 511
Dynamic axial load carrying capacity……………………………………………………… 512
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 513
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 513
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 514
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 516
501
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
Designs NU design
The outer ring of an NU-design bearing has
Standard designs two integral flanges while the inner ring has
In a single row cylindrical roller bearing no flanges (a). Axial displacement of the
(➔ fig 1 ) the rollers are always guided be- shaft with respect to the housing can be
tween the integral “open flanges” on one of accommodated in both directions.
the rings. These “open flanges” combined
with the specially designed and surface N design
finished roller ends, provide improved lubri- The inner ring of an N-design bearing has
cation, reduced friction and consequently two integral flanges while the outer ring has
lower operating temperature. no flanges (b). Axial displacement of the
The ring with the integral flanges together shaft with respect to the housing can be
with the cylindrical roller and cage assembly accommodated in both directions.
can be separated from the other ring. This
results in easy mounting and dismounting, NJ design
particularly where the load conditions are The outer ring of an NJ-design bearing has
such that interference fits are required for two integral flanges and the inner ring has
both rings. one integral flange (c). These bearings can
SKF single row cylindrical roller bearings therefore locate the shaft axially in one
can accommodate heavy radial loads and direction.
high speeds. They are manufactured in
several different designs, the main differ- NUP design
ence being in the configuration of the flanges. The outer ring of an NUP-design bearing has
The most popular designs (➔ fig 2 ) are two integral flanges and the inner ring has
described below and listed in the product one integral flange and one non-integral
table starting on page 516. flange in the form of a loose flange ring (d).
These bearings can be used as locating
bearings to locate the shaft axially in both
directions.
Fig 1
502
Fig 2 Angle rings
Angle rings, series designation HJ, are de-
signed to stabilize NU- and NJ-type cylin-
drical roller bearings in the axial direction
(➔ fig 2 e and f). They are used in high load
applications instead of an NUP-type bearing
because the full width inner ring of the NU- or
NJ-type bearing provides a more stable seat
than the shorter inner ring and loose flange of
an NUP-type bearing. Also, angle rings very
often simplify mounting and dismounting.
SKF angle rings, manufactured from car-
bon chromium steel are hardened and ground.
The maximum allowable side face runout
conforms to the Normal tolerance class for
radial bearings (➔ table 3 on page 125). The
a b HJ angle rings, where available, are listed in
the product table with their designation and
dimensions together with the relevant
bearing.
NU + HJ execution
NU-design bearings combined with an HJ
angle ring (e) can be used to locate the shaft
axially in one direction.
NJ + HJ execution
NJ-design bearings combined with an HJ
angle ring (f) can also be used as locating
bearings to provide axial shaft location in
both directions.
c d
e f
503
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
Special designs Fig 3
The SKF programme also includes a selec-
tion of NU-design cylindrical roller bearings
without an inner ring (➔ fig 3 ) – designation
prefix RNU – and N-design bearings without
an outer ring (➔ fig 4 ) – designation prefix
RN. These bearings provide a solution for
applications where hardened and ground
raceways are provided on the shaft or in
the housing bore (➔ section “Raceways
on shafts and in housings” on page 198).
Because RNU bearings, for example, do
not need an inner ring, the shaft diameter
can be larger to provide a stronger, stiffer
arrangement. Additionally, the possible
axial displacement of the shaft relative to
the housing is only limited by the width of
the raceway on the shaft.
Other single row cylindrical roller bearings Fig 4
included in the SKF programme are bearings
with flange configurations that differ from
the standard bearing designs (➔ fig 5 ) and
drawing number bearings with non-standard
dimensions. Details of these bearings will be
found in the “SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue” available on CD-ROM or online
at www.skf.com.
Fig 5
504
Bearings with a tapered bore Fig 6
SKF single row cylindrical roller bearings are
generally produced with a cylindrical bore.
However, some bearings with a tapered bore
1:12 can be supplied (➔ fig 6 ). Bearings with
a tapered bore have a somewhat larger radial
internal clearance than corresponding bear-
ings with a cylindrical bore and are identified
by the designation suffix K. Contact SKF for
availability.
Bearings with a snap ring groove
Some single row cylindrical roller bearings
are also produced with a snap ring groove
in the outer ring (➔ fig 7 ). These bearings
are identified by the designation suffix N.
Because they can be located axially in the Fig 7
housing bore by a retaining or snap ring, the
arrangement design can be simplified and
made more compact. Contact SKF for
availability before ordering.
The dimensions of the snap ring groove
and of the chamfer adjacent to the groove
are in accordance with ISO 464:1995, which
also specifies suitable snap ring dimensions.
Bearings with locating slots
In some applications where it is essential
that mounting and dismounting can be done
easily, outer rings have to be mounted with
clearance fits in the housing. To restrain the
outer ring from turning in the circumferential
direction, some single row cylindrical roller
bearings are also produced with Fig 8
• one locating slot, designation suffix N1, or
• two locating slots positioned at 180° to
each other, designation suffix N2,
in one outer ring side face (➔ fig 8 ). Please
contact SKF for availability before ordering.
The dimensions of the locating slots are in
accordance with DIN 5412-1:2000.
505
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
SKF Explorer class The separable components of all SKF
bearings with standard clearance as well as
bearings those with reduced clearance are inter-
changeable.
Cylindrical roller bearings in the SKF Explorer
performance class are shown with an asterisk Axial internal clearance
in the product table. SKF Explorer bearings NUP-design cylindrical roller bearings, which
retain the designation of earlier standard can locate a shaft axially in both directions,
bearings, e.g. NU 216 ECP. However, each are manufactured with an axial internal
bearing and its box are marked with the clearance as shown in table 2 . The axial
name “EXPLORER”, to avoid confusion. internal clearance of NJ-design bearings
when combined with an HJ angle ring is
specified in table 3 .
Bearing data – general The clearance limits quoted in tables 2
and 3 should be considered as guideline
Dimensions values. When axial internal clearance is
The dimensions of SKF single row cylin- measured, the rollers may tilt, causing an
drical roller bearings are in accordance with enlargement of the axial clearance, which
ISO 15:1998. may be as much as
The dimensions of the HJ angle rings cor-
respond to those specified in ISO 246: 1995. • the radial internal clearance of bearings
in the 2, 3 and 4 series or
Tolerances • 2/3 of the radial internal clearance for bear-
SKF single row cylindrical roller bearings ings in the 22 and 23 series, for example.
are manufactured to Normal tolerances for
dimensional accuracy and to P6 tolerances Misalignment
for running accuracy as standard. The ability of single row cylindrical roller
The tolerances are in accordance with bearings to accommodate angular misalign-
ISO 492: 2002 and can be found in tables 3 ment of the inner ring with respect to the
and 4 on pages 125 and 126. outer ring is limited to a few minutes of arc.
The actual values are
Radial internal clearance
SKF single row cylindrical roller bearings • 4 minutes of arc for bearings in the 10, 12,
are manufactured with Normal radial internal 2, 3 and 4 series, and
clearance as standard and most of the bear- • 3 minutes of arc for bearings in the 20, 22
ings are also available with C3 radial internal and 23 series.
clearance. Some of the bearings can even
be supplied with the smaller C2 or the appre- These guideline values apply to non-locating
ciably greater C4 clearance. In addition some bearings, provided the positions of the shaft
bearings are produced with special reduced and housing axes remain constant. Larger
clearances. This special clearance corres- misalignments may be possible but may
ponds to a section of a standard clearance result in shorter bearing service life. In such
range or to sections of two adjacent clear- cases, it is advisable to contact the SKF
ance ranges. application engineering service.
Bearings with non-standard clearance or When the bearings are used to locate
with the special reduced clearances can be the shaft axially, guideline values must be re-
supplied to special order. duced, as uneven flange loading can lead to
The actual clearance limits for bearings with increased wear and possibly even to flange
a cylindrical bore are provided in table 1 fracture.
and are in accordance with ISO 5753: 1991. The maximum values for misalignment do
They are valid for unmounted bearings under not apply to bearings of the NUP design or
zero measuring load. bearings of the NJ design with an HJ angle
ring. Because these bearings have two inner
506
Table 1
Radial internal clearance of cylindrical roller bearings with cylindrical bore
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4 C5
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm
– 24 0 25 20 45 35 60 50 75 65 90
24 30 0 25 20 45 35 60 50 75 70 95
30 40 5 30 25 50 45 70 60 85 80 105
40 50 5 35 30 60 50 80 70 100 95 125
50 65 10 40 40 70 60 90 80 110 110 140
65 80 10 45 40 75 65 100 90 125 130 165
80 100 15 50 50 85 75 110 105 140 155 190
100 120 15 55 50 90 85 125 125 165 180 220
120 140 15 60 60 105 100 145 145 190 200 245
140 160 20 70 70 120 115 165 165 215 225 275
160 180 25 75 75 125 120 170 170 220 250 300
180 200 35 90 90 145 140 195 195 250 275 330
200 225 45 105 105 165 160 220 220 280 305 365
225 250 45 110 110 175 170 235 235 300 330 395
250 280 55 125 125 195 190 260 260 330 370 440
280 315 55 130 130 205 200 275 275 350 410 485
315 355 65 145 145 225 225 305 305 385 455 535
355 400 100 190 190 280 280 370 370 460 510 600
400 450 110 210 210 310 310 410 410 510 565 665
450 500 110 220 220 330 330 440 440 550 625 735
500 560 120 240 240 360 360 480 480 600 690 810
560 630 140 260 260 380 380 500 500 620 780 900
630 710 145 285 285 425 425 565 565 705 865 1 005
710 800 150 310 310 470 470 630 630 790 975 1 135
800 900 180 350 350 520 520 690 690 860 1 095 1 265
Please refer to page 137 for definition of radial internal clearance
507
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
Table 2
Axial internal clearance of NUP cylindrical roller bearings
Bearing Axial internal clearance of bearings of series
Bore Size NUP 2 NUP 3 NUP 22 NUP 23
diameter code min max min max min max min max
mm – µm
15 02 – – – – – – – –
17 03 37 140 37 140 37 140 47 155
20 04 37 140 37 140 47 155 47 155
25 05 37 140 47 155 47 155 47 155
30 06 37 140 47 155 47 155 47 155
35 07 47 155 47 155 47 155 62 180
40 08 47 155 47 155 47 155 62 180
45 09 47 155 47 155 47 155 62 180
50 10 47 155 47 155 47 155 62 180
55 11 47 155 62 180 47 155 62 180
60 12 47 155 62 180 62 180 87 230
65 13 47 155 62 180 62 180 87 230
70 14 47 155 62 180 62 180 87 230
75 15 47 155 62 180 62 180 87 230
80 16 47 155 62 180 62 180 87 230
85 17 62 180 62 180 62 180 87 230
90 18 62 180 62 180 62 180 87 230
95 19 62 180 62 180 62 180 87 230
100 20 62 180 87 230 87 230 120 315
105 21 62 180 – – – – – –
110 22 62 180 87 230 87 230 120 315
120 24 62 180 87 230 87 230 120 315
130 26 62 180 87 230 87 230 120 315
140 28 62 180 87 230 87 230 120 315
150 30 62 180 – – 87 230 120 315
160 32 87 230 – – – – – –
170 34 87 230 – – – – – –
180 36 87 230 – – – – – –
190 38 87 230 – – – – – –
200 40 87 230 – – – – – –
220 44 95 230 – – – – – –
240 48 95 250 – – – – – –
260 52 95 250 – – – – – –
508
Table 3
Axial internal clearance of NJ + HJ cylindrical roller bearings
Bearing Axial internal clearance for bearings of series
Bore Size NJ 2+HJ 2 NJ 3+HJ 3 NJ 4+HJ 4 NJ 22+HJ 22 NJ 23+HJ 23
diameter code min max min max min max min max min max
mm – µm
15 02 42 165 42 165 – – – – – –
17 03 42 165 42 165 – – 42 165 52 183
20 04 42 165 42 165 – – 52 185 52 183
25 05 42 165 52 185 – – 52 185 52 183
30 06 42 165 52 185 60 200 52 185 52 183
35 07 52 185 52 185 60 200 52 185 72 215
40 08 52 185 52 185 60 200 52 185 72 215
45 09 52 185 52 185 60 200 52 185 72 215
50 10 52 185 52 185 80 235 52 185 72 215
55 11 52 185 72 215 80 235 52 185 72 215
60 12 52 185 72 215 80 235 72 215 102 275
65 13 52 185 72 215 80 235 72 215 102 275
70 14 52 185 72 215 80 235 72 215 102 275
75 15 52 185 72 215 80 235 72 215 102 275
80 16 52 185 72 215 80 235 72 215 102 275
85 17 72 215 72 215 110 290 72 215 102 275
90 18 72 215 72 215 110 290 72 215 102 275
95 19 72 215 72 215 110 290 72 215 102 275
100 20 72 215 102 275 110 290 102 275 140 375
105 21 72 215 102 275 110 290 102 275 140 375
110 22 72 215 102 275 110 290 102 275 140 375
120 24 72 215 102 275 110 310 102 275 140 375
130 26 72 215 102 275 110 310 102 275 140 375
140 28 72 215 102 275 140 385 102 275 140 375
150 30 72 215 102 275 140 385 102 275 140 375
160 32 102 275 102 275 – – 140 375 140 375
170 34 102 275 – – – – 140 375 – –
180 36 102 275 – – – – 140 375 – –
190 38 102 275 – – – – – – – –
200 40 102 275 – – – – – – – –
220 44 110 290 – – – – – – – –
240 48 110 310 – – – – – – – –
260 52 110 310 – – – – – – – –
280 56 110 310 – – – – – – – –
509
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
and two outer ring flanges and the axial Fig 9
internal clearance is relatively small, axial
stresses may be induced in the bearing. In
case of doubt, it is advisable to contact the s s
SKF application engineering service.
Axial displacement
Cylindrical roller bearings with flangeless
inner or outer rings, NU and N designs, and
NJ-design bearings with one integral flange
at the inner ring can accommodate axial dis-
placement of the shaft with respect to the
housing as a result of thermal expansion
within certain limits (➔ fig 9 ). As the axial
displacement takes place within the bearing
and not between the ring and shaft or hous-
ing bore, there is practically no increase in
friction as the bearing rotates. Values for the
permissible axial displacement s from the Fig 10
normal position of one bearing ring relative
to the other are given in the product table.
Influence of operating temperature
on bearing material
SKF cylindrical roller bearings undergo a
special heat treatment. When equipped with
a steel or brass cage, they can operate at
temperatures of up to +150 °C.
Cages
Depending on size and design, SKF single
row cylindrical roller bearings are equipped
as standard with one of the cages described
below and shown in fig 10 . Bearings included a b
in the SKF standard programme are also
available with a choice of up to four different
cages (➔ product table).
The various cages used for single row
cylindrical roller bearings are
• moulded glass fibre reinforced polyamide
6,6 cage, roller centred, designation
suffix P (a),
• unhardened pressed steel cage, roller
centred, designation suffix J (b),
• one-piece window-type brass cage,
inner or outer ring centred, designation
suffixes ML and MP (c),
• two-piece machined brass cage, roller
centred, designation suffix M, or outer ring
centred, designation suffix MA, or inner c d
ring centred, designation suffix MB (d).
510
Note: Minimum load
Single row cylindrical roller bearings with a In order to provide satisfactory operation,
polyamide cage can be operated at operating single row cylindrical roller bearings, like all
temperatures up to +120 °C. The lubricants ball and roller bearings, must always be sub-
generally used for rolling bearings do not jected to a given minimum load, particularly
have a detrimental effect on cage proper- if they are to operate at high speeds or are
ties, with the exception for a few synthetic subjected to high accelerations or rapid
oils and greases with synthetic base oil as changes in the direction of load. Under such
well as some lubricants containing a high conditions, the inertia forces of the rollers
proportion of EP additives when used at and cage, and the friction in the lubricant,
elevated temperatures. can have a detrimental influence on the
For bearing arrangements, which are to rolling conditions in the bearing arrange-
operate at continuously high temperatures ment and may cause damaging sliding
or under difficult conditions, the use of bear- movements to occur between the rollers and
ings with metallic cages is recommended. raceways.
For applications in equipment using refriger- The requisite minimum load to be applied
ants such as ammonia or freon replace- to single row cylindrical roller bearings can
ments, bearings with a polyamide cage be estimated using
can be used for operating temperatures up
to 70 °C. At higher operating temperatures 2
bearings incorporating a machined brass
or steel cage should be used.
(
Frm = kr 6 +
4n
nr )( )
dm
100
For detailed information regarding the
temperature resistance and the applicability where
of cages, please refer to the section “Cage Frm = minimum radial load, kN
materials”, starting on page 140. kr = minimum load factor
(➔ product table)
Speed ratings n = rotational speed, r/min
The limiting speeds are determined by certain nr = reference speed (➔ product table),
criteria that include the form stability and the r/min
strength of cage as mentioned in section dm = bearing mean diameter
“Limiting speeds”. The values listed in the = 0,5 (d + D), mm
product table are valid for the standard cage.
To facilitate the estimation of the limiting When starting up at low temperatures or
speed for bearings with an alternative cage when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
or vice-versa, table 4 provides the appro- greater minimum loads may be required.
priate conversion factors. The weight of the components supported
by the bearing, together with external forces,
generally exceeds the requisite minimum
load. If this is not the case, the single row
cylindrical roller bearing must be subjected
to an additional radial load.
Table 4
Conversion factors for limiting speeds
Bearing with
standard cage alternative standard cage
P, J, M, MR MA, MB ML, MP
P, J, M, MR 1 1,3 1,5
MA, MB 0,75 1 1,2
ML, MP 0,65 0,85 1
511
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
Dynamic axial load carrying capacity Where bearings are grease lubricated and
Bearings with flanges on both inner and outer axial loads act for longer periods, it is advis-
rings can support axial loads in addition to able to use grease that has good oil bleeding
radial loads. Their axial load carrying cap- properties at the operating temperatures
acity is primarily determined by the ability of (> 3 % according to DIN 51 817). Frequent
the sliding surfaces of the roller end/flange relubrication is also recommended.
contact to support loads. Factors having The values of the permissible load Fap
the greatest effect on this ability are the obtained from the equation are valid for
lubrication, operating temperature and heat a continuously acting constant axial load
dissipation from the bearing. and adequate lubricant supply to the roller
Assuming the conditions cited below, the end/flange contacts. Where axial loads act
permissible axial load can be calculated with only for short periods, the values may be
sufficient accuracy from multiplied by 2, or for axially acting shock
loads by 3.
To avoid any risk of flange breakage, the
k1 C0 104
Fap = − k2 Fr constantly acting axial load Fa applied to the
n (d + D) bearing should never exceed the numerical
value of
where
Fap = maximum permissible axial load, kN • 0,0045 D1,5 for bearings of series 2, and
C0 = basic static load rating, kN • 0,0023 D1,7 for bearings of other series.
Fr = actual radial bearing load, kN
n = rotational speed, r/min Where the axial load acts only occasionally
d = bearing bore diameter, mm and for brief periods, Fa should never be
D = bearing outside diameter, mm greater than the numerical value of
k1 = a factor
1,5 for oil lubrication • 0,013 D1,5 for bearings of series 2, and
1 for grease lubrication • 0,007 D1,7 for bearings of other series.
k2 = a factor
0,15 for oil lubrication where
0,1 for grease lubrication Fa = the constantly or occasionally
acting axial load, kN
The above equation is based on conditions D = bearing outside diameter, mm
that are considered typical for normal
bearing operation: To obtain an even flange load and sufficient
running accuracy of the shaft when cylin-
• a difference of 60 °C between the bearing drical roller bearings are subjected to heavy
operating temperature and the ambient axial loads, the axial runout and the size of
temperature; the abutment surfaces of the adjacent com-
• a specific heat loss from the bearing of ponents should be given particular attention.
0,5 mW/mm2 °C; with reference to the For the axial runout see the recommenda-
bearing outside diameter surface ( π D B); tions provided in the section “Dimensional,
• a viscosity ratio κ = 2. form and running accuracy of bearing seat-
ings and abutments” on page 194. As to the
For grease lubrication the base oil viscosity diameter of the abutment surfaces, SKF
of the grease may be used. If κ is less than 2, recommends supporting the inner ring at
the friction will increase and there will be a height corresponding to half of the flange
more wear. These effects can be reduced at height (➔ fig 11 ). For the inner ring flange,
low speeds, for example, by using oils with for example, the abutment diameter can
anti-wear and appropriate EP additives. be obtained using
512
das = 0,5 (d1 + F) Equivalent dynamic bearing load
When dynamically loaded cylindrical roller
where bearings are used as non-locating bearings
das = shaft abutment diameter, mm
d1 = inner ring flange diameter, mm P = Fr
F = inner ring raceway diameter, mm
If bearings with flanges on both inner and
Where the misalignment between the inner outer rings are used to locate a shaft in one
and outer rings exceeds 1 minute of arc, the or both directions, the equivalent dynamic
action of the load on the flange changes bearing load should be calculated using
considerably. The safety factors included in
the guideline values may be inadequate. In P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ e
these cases, please contact the SKF appli- P = 0,92Fr + YFa when Fa/Fr > e
cation engineering service.
where
e = limiting value
= 0,2 for bearings in the 10, 2, 3
and 4 series
= 0,3 for bearings in other series
Y = axial load factor
= 0,6 for bearings in the 10, 2, 3
and 4 series
= 0,4 for bearings in other series
Since axially loaded cylindrical roller bearings
only operate satisfactorily when they are
subjected to a simultaneously acting radial
load, the ratio Fa/Fr should not exceed 0,5.
Equivalent static bearing load
For statically loaded cylindrical roller
bearings
P 0 = Fr
Fig 11
d1 das
F
513
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
Supplementary designations MP One-piece window-type brass cage
The designation suffixes used to identify with milled, reamed or broached
certain features of SKF single row cylindrical pockets, inner or outer ring centred
roller bearings are explained in the following. MR One-piece form-turned window-
type brass cage, roller centred
CN Normal radial internal clearance; N Snap ring groove in the outer ring
generally only appears in connection outside diameter
with one of the following letters for NR Snap ring groove in the outer ring,
reduced or displaced clearance with snap ring
range N1 One locating slot in one outer ring
H Reduced clearance range side face
corresponding to the upper half N2 Two locating slots at 180 ° to each
of the actual range other in one outer ring side face
L Reduced clearance range P Injection moulded cage of glass
corresponding to the lower half fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6,
of the actual range roller centred
R Reduced clearance range PH Injection moulded PEEK cage,
corresponding to “paired rings” roller centred
specified in ISO 5753:1981. PHA Injection moulded PEEK cage,
The above letters are also used outer ring centred
together with the clearance class S1 Rings dimensionally stabilised
suffixes C2, C3 and C4 for operating temperatures up to
C2 Radial internal clearance smaller +200 °C
than Normal S2 Rings dimensionally stabilised
C3 Radial internal clearance greater for operating temperatures up to
than Normal +250 °C
C4 Radial internal clearance greater VA301 Bearing for railway vehicle traction
than C3 motors
C5 Radial internal clearance greater VA305 VA301 + special inspection routines
than C4 VA3091 VA301 + VL0241
EC Optimised internal design incorp- VA350 Bearing for railway axleboxes
orating more and/or larger rollers VA820 Bearing for railway axleboxes ac-
and with modified roller end/flange cording to EN 12080:1998, class 1
contact VC025 Bearing with specially wear-resistant
HA3 Inner ring of case-hardening steel raceways for applications in heavily
HB1 Bainite hardened inner and outer contaminated environments
ring VL0241 Aluminium-oxide coated outside
HN1 Inner and outer ring with special surface of the outer ring for electrical
surface heat treatment resistance up to 1 000 V DC
J Pressed steel cage, roller centred, VL2071 Aluminium-oxide coated outside
unhardened surface of the inner ring for electrical
K Tapered bore, taper 1:12 resistance up to 1 000 V DC
M Two-piece machined brass cage, VQ015 Inner ring with crowned raceway for
roller centred increased permissible misalignment
MA Two-piece machined brass cage,
outer ring centred
MB Two-piece machined brass cage,
inner ring centred
ML One-piece form-turned window-
type brass cage, inner or outer ring
centred
514
515
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 15–25 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
15 35 11 12,5 10,2 1,22 22 000 26 000 0,047 NU 202 ECP –
35 11 12,5 10,2 1,22 22 000 26 000 0,049 NJ 202 ECP –
17 40 12 17,2 14,3 1,73 19 000 22 000 0,068 NU 203 ECP ML
40 12 17,2 14,3 1,73 19 000 22 000 0,070 NJ 203 ECP ML
40 12 17,2 14,3 1,73 19 000 22 000 0,073 NUP 203 ECP ML
40 12 17,2 14,3 1,73 19 000 22 000 0,066 N 203 ECP
40 16 23,8 21,6 2,65 19 000 22 000 0,092 NU 2203 ECP –
40 16 23,8 21,6 2,65 19 000 22 000 0,095 NJ 2203 ECP –
40 16 23,8 21,6 2,65 19 000 22 000 0,097 NUP 2203 ECP –
47 14 24,6 20,4 2,55 15 000 20 000 0,12 NU 303 ECP –
47 14 24,6 20,4 2,55 15 000 20 000 0,12 NJ 303 ECP –
47 14 24,6 20,4 2,55 15 000 20 000 0,12 N 303 ECP –
20 47 14 25,1 25,2 2,75 16 000 19 000 0,11 NU 204 ECP ML
47 14 25,1 25,2 2,75 16 000 19 000 0,11 NJ 204 ECP ML
47 14 25,1 25,2 2,75 16 000 19 000 0,12 NUP 204 ECP ML
47 14 25,1 25,2 2,75 16 000 19 000 0,11 N 204 ECP –
47 18 29,7 27,5 3,45 16 000 19 000 0,14 NU 2204 ECP –
47 18 29,7 27,5 3,45 16 000 19 000 0,14 NJ 2204 ECP –
52 15 35,5 26 3,25 15 000 18 000 0,17
52 15 35,5 26 3,25 15 000 18 000 0,17 * NU 304 ECP –
52 15 35,5 26 3,25 15 000 18 000 0,16 * NJ 304 ECP
NUP 304 ECP
–
–
52 15 35,5 26 3,25 15 000 18 000 0,15 * N 304 ECP –
*
52 21 47,5 38 4,8 14 000 18 000 0,21
52 21 47,5 38 4,8 14 000 18 000 0,22 * NU 2304 ECP –
52 21 47,5 38 4,8 14 000 18 000 0,22 * NJ 2304 ECP
NUP 2304 ECP
–
–
*
25 47 12 14,2 13,2 1,4 18 000 18 000 0,084 NU 1005 –
52 15 28,6 27 3,35 14 000 16 000 0,14 NU 205 ECP J, ML
52 15 28,6 27 3,35 14 000 16 000 0,15 NJ 205 ECP J, ML
52 15 28,6 27 3,35 14 000 16 000 0,14 NUP 205 ECP ML
52 15 28,6 27 3,35 14 000 16 000 0,13 N 205 ECP –
SKF Explorer bearing
*
1)
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 203 ECP becomes NU 203 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
516
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
15 – 27,9 19,3 0,6 0,3 1 17,4 18 21 30,8 0,6 0,3 0,15 –
21,9 27,9 19,3 0,6 0,3 1 19,2 18 23 30,8 0,6 0,3 0,15 –
17 – 32,4 22,1 0,6 0,3 1 19,4 21 24 35,8 0,6 0,3 0,15 –
25 32,4 22,1 0,6 0,3 1 21 21 27 35,8 0,6 0,3 0,15 –
25 32,4 22,1 0,6 0,3 – 21,2 – 27 35,8 0,6 0,3 0,15 –
25 – 35,1 0,6 0,3 1 21,2 33 37 37,6 0,6 0,3 0,15 –
– 32,4 22,1 0,6 0,3 1,5 19,4 21 24 35,8 0,6 0,3 0,20 –
25 32,4 22,1 0,6 0,3 1,5 21 21 27 35,8 0,6 0,3 0,20 –
25 32,4 22,1 0,6 0,3 – 21,2 – 27 35,8 0,6 0,3 0,20 –
– 37 24,2 1 0,6 1 21,2 23 26 41,4 1 0,6 0,15 –
27,7 37 24,2 1 0,6 1 22,6 23 29 41,4 1 0,6 0,15 –
27,7 – 40,2 1 0,6 1 22,6 38 42 42,8 1 0,6 0,15 –
20 – 38,8 26,5 1 0,6 1 24,2 25 28 41,4 1 0,6 0,15 –
29,7 38,8 26,5 1 0,6 1 25 25 31 41,4 1 0,6 0,15 –
29,7 38,8 26,5 1 0,6 – 25,6 – 31 41,4 1 0,6 0,15 –
29,7 – 41,5 1 0,6 1 25,6 40 43 42,8 1 0,6 0,15 –
– 38,8 26,5 1 0,6 2 24,2 25 28 41,4 1 0,6 0,20 –
29,7 38,8 26,5 1 0,6 2 25 25 31 41,4 1 0,6 0,20 –
31,2 42,4 27,5 1,1 0,6 0,9 24,2 26 29 45 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 304 EC 0,017 4 6,5
31,2 42,4 27,5 1,1 0,6 0,9 27 29 33 45 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 304 EC 0,017 4 6,5
31,2 42,4 27,5 1,1 0,6 – 27 – 33 45 1 0,6 0,15 –
31,2 – 45,5 1,1 0,6 0,9 27 44 47 47,8 1 0,6 0,15 –
– 42,4 27,5 1,1 0,6 1,9 24,2 26 29 45 1 0,6 0,29 –
31,2 42,4 27,5 1,1 0,6 1,9 26 26 33 45 1 0,6 0,29 –
31,2 42,4 27,5 1,1 0,6 – 27 – 33 45 1 0,6 0,29 –
25 – 38,8 30,5 0,6 0,3 2 27 29 32 43,8 0,6 0,3 0,1 –
34,7 43,8 31,5 1 0,6 1,3 29,2 30 33 46,4 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 205 EC 0,014 3 6
34,7 43,8 31,5 1 0,6 1,3 30 30 36 46,4 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 205 EC 0,014 3 6
34,7 43,8 31,5 1 0,6 – 30,6 – 36 46,4 1 0,6 0,15 –
34,7 – 46,5 1 0,6 1,3 30,6 45 48 47,8 1 0,6 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
517
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 25 – 30 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
25 52 18 34,1 34 4,25 14 000 16 000 0,17 NU 2205 ECP ML
cont. 52 18 34,1 34 4,25 14 000 16 000 0,18 NJ 2205 ECP ML
52 18 34,1 34 4,25 14 000 16 000 0,17 NUP 2205 ECP ML
62 17 46,5 36,5 4,55 12 000 15 000 0,28
62 17 46,5 36,5 4,55 12 000 15 000 0,29 * NU 305 ECP J, ML
62 17 46,5 36,5 4,55 12 000 15 000 0,25 * NJ 305 ECP
NUP 305 ECP
J, ML
J, ML
62 17 46,5 36,5 4,55 12 000 15 000 0,24 * N 305 ECP –
*
62 24 64 55 6,95 12 000 15 000 0,38
62 24 64 55 6,95 12 000 15 000 0,39 * NU 2305 ECP J, ML
62 24 64 55 6,95 12 000 15 000 0,38 * NJ 2305 ECP
NUP 2305 ECP
ML
ML
*
30 55 13 17,9 17,3 1,86 14 000 15 000 0,12 NU 1006 –
62 16 44 36,5 4,55 13 000 14 000 0,23
62 16 44 36,5 4,55 13 000 14 000 0,24 * NU 206 ECP J, ML
62 16 44 36,5 4,55 13 000 14 000 0,22 * NJ 206 ECP
NUP 206 ECP
J, ML
ML
62 16 44 36,5 4,55 13 000 14 000 0,20 * N 206 ECP –
*
62 20 55 49 6,1 13 000 14 000 0,26
62 20 55 49 6,1 13 000 14 000 0,27 * NU 2206 ECP J, ML
62 20 55 49 6,1 13 000 14 000 0,27 * NJ 2206 ECP
NUP 2206 ECP
J, ML
ML
*
72 19 58,5 48 6,2 11 000 12 000 0,40
72 19 58,5 48 6,2 11 000 12 000 0,41 * NU 306 ECP J, M, ML
72 19 58,5 48 6,2 11 000 12 000 0,38 * NJ 306 ECP
NUP 306 ECP
J, M, ML
J, M, ML
72 19 58,5 48 6,2 11 000 12 000 0,36 * N 306 ECP –
*
72 27 83 75 9,65 11 000 12 000 0,53
72 27 83 75 9,65 11 000 12 000 0,54 * NU 2306 ECP ML
72 27 83 75 9,65 11 000 12 000 0,55 * NJ 2306 ECP
NUP 2306 ECP
ML
ML
*
90 23 60,5 53 6,8 9 000 11 000 0,75 NU 406 –
90 23 60,5 53 6,8 9 000 11 000 0,77 NJ 406 –
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 2205 ECP becomes NU 2205 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
518
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
25 34,7 43,8 31,5 1 0,6 1,8 29,2 30 33 46,4 1 0,6 0,20 HJ 2205 EC 0,014 3 6,5
cont. 34,7 43,8 31,5 1 0,6 1,8 30 30 36 46,4 1 0,6 0,20 HJ 2205 EC 0,014 3 6,5
34,7 43,8 31,5 1 0,6 – 30,6 – 36 46,4 1 0,6 0,20 –
38,1 50,7 34 1,1 1,1 1,3 32 32 36 55 1 1 0,15 HJ 305 EC 0,023 4 7
38,1 50,7 34 1,1 1,1 1,3 32 32 40 55 1 1 0,15 HJ 305 EC 0,023 4 7
38,1 50,7 34 1,1 1,1 – 32 – 40 55 1 1 0,15 –
38,1 – 54 1,1 1,1 1,3 32 52 56 55 1 1 0,15 –
38,1 50,7 34 1,1 1,1 2,3 32 32 36 55 1 1 0,25 HJ 2305 EC 0,025 4 8
38,1 50,7 34 1,1 1,1 2,3 32 32 40 55 1 1 0,25 HJ 2305 EC 0,025 4 8
38,1 50,7 34 1,1 1,1 – 32 – 40 55 1 1 0,25 –
30 – 45,6 36,5 1 0,6 2,1 33,2 35 38 50,4 1 0,6 0,1 –
41,2 52,5 37,5 1 0,6 1,3 34,2 36 39 56,4 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 206 EC 0,025 4 7
41,2 52,5 37,5 1 0,6 1,3 35,6 36 43 56,4 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 206 EC 0,025 4 7
41,2 52,5 37,5 1 0,6 – 35,6 – 43 56,4 1 0,6 0,15 –
41,2 – 55,5 1 0,6 1,3 35,6 54 57 57,8 1 0,6 0,15 –
– 52,5 37,5 1 0,6 1,8 34 36 39 57 1 0,6 0,2 –
41,2 52,5 37,5 1 0,6 1,8 34 36 43 57 1 0,6 0,2 –
41,2 52,5 37,5 1 0,6 – 34 – 43 57 1 0,6 0,2 –
– 58,9 40,5 1,1 1,1 1,4 37 39 42 65 1 1 0,15 –
45 58,9 40,5 1,1 1,1 1,4 37 39 47 65 1 1 0,15 –
45 58,9 40,5 1,1 1,1 – 37 – 47 65 1 1 0,15 –
45 – 62,5 1,1 1,1 1,4 37 60 64 65 1 1 0,15 –
– 58,9 40,5 1,1 1,1 2,4 37 39 42 65 1 1 0,25 –
45 58,9 40,5 1,1 1,1 2,4 37 39 47 65 1 1 0,25 –
45 58,9 40,5 1,1 1,1 – 37 – 47 65 1 1 0,25 –
50,5 66,6 45 1,5 1,5 1,6 41 43 47 79 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 406 0,080 7 11,5
50,5 66,6 45 1,5 1,5 1,6 41 43 47 79 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 406 0,080 7 11,5
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
519
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 35 – 40 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
35 62 14 35,8 38 4,55 12 000 13 000 0,16 NU 1007 ECP –
72 17 56 48 6,1 11 000 12 000 0,33 NU 207 ECP J, M, ML
72 17 56 48 6,1 11 000 12 000 0,33 *NJ 207 ECP J, M, ML
72 17 56 48 6,1 11 000 12 000 0,31 *NUP 207 ECP J, M, ML
72 17 56 48 6,1 11 000 12 000 0,30 *N 207 ECP –
*
72 23 69,5 63 8,15 11 000 12 000 0,40
72 23 69,5 63 8,15 11 000 12 000 0,41 * NU 2207 ECP J, ML
72 23 69,5 63 8,15 11 000 12 000 0,42 * NJ 2207 ECP
NUP 2207 ECP
J, ML
ML
*
80 21 75 63 8,15 9 500 11 000 0,54
80 21 75 63 8,15 9 500 11 000 0,55 * NU 307 ECP J, M, ML
80 21 75 63 8,15 9 500 11 000 0,51 * NJ 307 ECP
NUP 307 ECP
J, M, ML
J, M, ML
80 21 75 63 8,15 9 500 11 000 0,48 * N 307 ECP –
*
80 31 106 98 12,7 9 500 11 000 0,72
80 31 106 98 12,7 9 500 11 000 0,73 * NU 2307 ECP J
80 31 106 98 12,7 9 500 11 000 0,75 * NJ 2307 ECP
NUP 2307 ECP
–
–
*
100 25 76,5 69,5 9 8 000 9 500 1,00 NU 407 –
100 25 76,5 69,5 9 8 000 9 500 1,05 NJ 407 –
40 68 15 25,1 26 3 11 000 18 000 0,22 NU 1008 ML –
80 18 62 53 6,7 9 500 11 000 0,42
80 18 62 53 6,7 9 500 11 000 0,43 * NU 208 ECP J, M, ML
80 18 62 53 6,7 9 500 11 000 0,40 * NJ 208 ECP
NUP 208 ECP
J, M, ML
J, M, ML
80 18 62 53 6,7 9 500 11 000 0,37 * N 208 ECP –
*
80 23 81,5 75 9,65 9 500 11 000 0,54
80 23 81,5 75 9,65 9 500 11 000 0,55 * NU 2208 ECP J, ML
80 23 81,5 75 9,65 9 500 11 000 0,56 * NJ 2208 ECP
NUP 2208 ECP
J, ML
J, ML
*
90 23 93 78 10,2 8 000 9 500 0,73
90 23 93 78 10,2 8 000 9 500 0,75 * NU 308 ECP J, M, ML
90 23 93 78 10,2 8 000 9 500 0,68 * NJ 308 ECP
NUP 308 ECP
J, M, ML
M, ML
90 23 93 78 10,2 8 000 9 500 0,64 * N 308 ECP –
*
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 207 ECP becomes NU 207 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
520
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
35 – 54,5 42 1 0,6 1 38,2 41 44 56 1 0,6 0,1 –
48,1 60,7 44 1,1 0,6 1,3 39,2 42 46 65 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 207 EC 0,033 4 7
48,1 60,7 44 1,1 0,6 1,3 42 42 50 65 1 0,6 0,15 HJ 207 EC 0,033 4 7
48,1 60,7 44 1,1 0,6 – 42 – 50 65 1 0,6 0,15 –
48,1 – 64 1,1 0,6 1,3 42 62 66 67,8 1 0,6 0,15 –
– 60,7 44 1,1 0,6 2,8 39,2 42 46 65 1 0,6 0,2 –
48,1 60,7 44 1,1 0,6 2,8 42 42 50 65 1 0,6 0,2 –
48,1 60,7 44 1,1 0,6 – 42 – 48 65 1 0,6 0,2 –
51 66,3 46,2 1,5 1,1 1,2 42 44 48 71 1,5 1 0,15 HJ 307 EC 0,058 6 9,5
51 66,3 46,2 1,5 1,1 1,2 44 44 53 71 1,5 1 0,15 HJ 307 EC 0,058 6 9,5
51 66,3 46,2 1,5 1,1 – 44 – 53 71 1,5 1 0,15 –
51 – 70,2 1,5 1,1 1,2 44 68 72 73 1,5 1 0,15 –
– 66,3 46,2 1,5 1,1 2,7 42 44 48 71 1,5 1 0,25 –
51 66,3 46,2 1,5 1,1 2,7 44 44 53 71 1,5 1 0,25 –
51 66,3 46,2 1,5 1,1 – 44 – 53 71 1,5 1 0,25 –
– 76,1 53 1,5 1,5 1,7 46 50 55 89 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
59 76,1 53 1,5 1,5 1,7 46 50 61 89 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
40 – 57,6 47,6 1 0,6 2,4 43,2 45 49 63,4 1 0,6 0,1 –
54 67,9 49,5 1,1 1,1 1,4 47 48 51 73 1 1 0,15 HJ 208 EC 0,047 5 8,5
54 67,9 49,5 1,1 1,1 1,4 47 48 56 73 1 1 0,15 HJ 208 EC 0,047 5 8,5
54 67,9 49,5 1,1 1,1 – 47 – 56 73 1 1 0,15 –
54 – 71,5 1,1 1,1 1,4 47 69 73 73 1 1 0,15 –
54 67,9 49,5 1,1 1,1 1,9 47 48 51 73 1 1 0,2 HJ 2208 EC 0,048 5 9
54 67,9 49,5 1,1 1,1 1,9 47 48 56 73 1 1 0,2 HJ 2208 EC 0,048 5 9
54 67,9 49,5 1,1 1,1 – 47 – 56 73 1 1 0,2 –
57,5 75,6 52 1,5 1,5 1,4 49 50 54 81 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 308 EC 0,084 7 11
57,5 75,6 52 1,5 1,5 1,4 49 50 60 81 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 308 EC 0,084 7 11
57,5 75,6 52 1,5 1,5 – 49 – 60 81 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
57,5 – 80 1,5 1,5 1,4 49 78 82 81 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
521
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 40 – 50 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
40 90 33 129 120 15,3 8 000 9 500 0,94
cont. 90 33 129 120 15,3 8 000 9 500 0,96 * NU 2308 ECP J, M, ML
90 33 129 120 15,3 8 000 9 500 0,98 * NJ 2308 ECP
NUP 2308 ECP
J, M, ML
M, ML
*
110 27 96,8 90 11,6 7 000 8 500 1,40 NU 408 –
110 27 96,8 90 11,6 7 000 8 500 1,35 NJ 408 –
45 75 16 44,6 52 6,3 9 500 11 000 0,26 NU 1009 ECP –
85 19 69,5 64 8,15 9 000 9 500 0,48 NU 209 ECP J, M, ML
85 19 69,5 64 8,15 9 000 9 500 0,49 * NJ 209 ECP J, M, ML
85 19 69,5 64 8,15 9 000 9 500 0,45 * NUP 209 ECP J, M, ML
85 19 69,5 64 8,15 9 000 9 500 0,43 * N 209 ECP –
*
85 23 85 81,5 10,6 9 000 9 500 0,52
85 23 85 81,5 10,6 9 000 9 500 0,54 * NU 2209 ECP J
85 23 85 81,5 10,6 9 000 9 500 0,55 * NJ 2209 ECP
NUP 2209 ECP
J
–
*
100 25 112 100 12,9 7 500 8 500 1,00
100 25 112 100 12,9 7 500 8 500 1,05 * NU 309 ECP J, M, ML
100 25 112 100 12,9 7 500 8 500 0,95 * NJ 309 ECP J, M, ML
100 25 112 100 12,9 7 500 8 500 0,88 * NUP 309 ECP J, ML
* N 309 ECP –
100 36 160 153 20 7 500 8 500 1,30
100 36 160 153 20 7 500 8 500 1,35 * NU 2309 ECP ML
100 36 160 153 20 7 500 8 500 1,35 * NJ 2309 ECP ML
* NUP 2309 ECP ML
120 29 106 102 13,4 6 700 7 500 1,78 NU 409 –
120 29 106 102 13,4 6 700 7 500 1,70 NJ 409 –
50 80 16 46,8 56 6,7 9 000 9 500 0,27 NU 1010 ECP –
90 20 73,5 69,5 8,8 8 500 9 000 0,49 NU 210 ECP J, M, ML
90 20 73,5 69,5 8,8 8 500 9 000 0,50 * NJ 210 ECP J, M, ML
90 20 73,5 69,5 8,8 8 500 9 000 0,51 * NUP 210 ECP J, ML
90 20 73,5 69,5 8,8 8 500 9 000 0,48 * N 210 ECP –
*
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 2308 ECP becomes NU 2308 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
522
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
40 – 75,6 52 1,5 1,5 2,9 49 50 54 81 1,5 1,5 0,25 –
cont. 57,5 75,6 52 1,5 1,5 2,9 49 50 60 81 1,5 1,5 0,25 –
57,5 75,6 52 1,5 1,5 – 49 – 60 81 1,5 1,5 0,25 –
– 84,2 58 2 2 2,5 53 56 60 97 2 2 0,15 –
64,8 84,2 58 2 2 2,5 53 56 67 97 2 2 0,15 –
45 – 65,3 52,5 1 0,6 0,9 48,2 51 54 70,4 1 0,6 0,1 –
59 73 54,5 1,1 1,1 1,2 52 53 56 78 1 1 0,15 HJ 209 EC 0,052 5 8,5
59 73 54,5 1,1 1,1 1,2 52 53 61 78 1 1 0,15 HJ 209 EC 0,052 5 8,5
59 73 54,5 1,1 1,1 – 52 – 61 78 1 1 0,15 –
– 73 54,5 1,1 1,1 2,5 52 53 56 78 1 1 0,15 –
– 73 54,5 1,1 1,1 1,7 52 53 56 78 1 1 0,2 –
59 73 54,5 1,1 1,1 1,7 52 53 56 78 1 1 0,2
59 73 54,5 1,1 1,1 – 52 – 61 78 1 1 0,2 –
64,4 83,8 58,5 1,5 1,5 1,7 54 56 61 91 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 309 EC 0,11 7 11,5
64,4 83,8 58,5 1,5 1,5 1,7 54 56 67 91 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 309 EC 0,11 7 11,5
64,4 83,8 58,5 1,5 1,5 – 54 – 67 91 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
64,4 – 88,5 1,5 1,5 1,7 54 86 91 91 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
– 83,8 58,5 1,5 1,5 3,2 54 56 61 91 1,5 1,5 0,25 –
64,4 83,8 58,5 1,5 1,5 3,2 54 56 67 91 1,5 1,5 0,25 –
64,4 83,8 58,5 1,5 1,5 – 54 – 67 91 1,5 1,5 0,25 –
71,8 92,2 64,5 2 2 2,5 58 62 67 107 2 2 0,15 HJ 409 0,18 8 13,5
71,8 92,2 64,5 2 2 2,5 58 62 67 107 2 2 0,15 HJ 409 0,18 8 13,5
50 – 70 57,5 1 0,6 1 53,2 56 60 75,4 1 0,6 0,1 –
64 78 59,5 1,1 1,1 1,5 57 57 62 83 1 1 0,15 HJ 210 EC 0,058 5 9
64 78 59,5 1,1 1,1 1,5 57 57 66 83 1 1 0,15 HJ 210 EC 0,058 5 9
64 78 59,5 1,1 1,1 – 57 – 66 83 1 1 0,15 –
64 – 81,5 1,1 1,1 1,5 57 79 83,5 83 1 1 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
523
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 50 – 55 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
50 90 23 90 88 11,4 8 500 9 000 0,56
cont. 90 23 90 88 11,4 8 500 9 000 0,59 * NU 2210 ECP J, M, ML
90 23 90 88 11,4 8 500 9 000 0,59 * NJ 2210 ECP
NUP 2210 ECP
J, M, ML
J, ML
*
110 27 127 112 15 6 700 8 000 1,15
110 27 127 112 15 6 700 8 000 1,15 * NU 310 ECP J, M, ML
110 27 127 112 15 6 700 8 000 1,20 * NJ 310 ECP
NUP 310 ECP
J, M, ML
J, M, ML
110 27 127 112 15 6 700 8 000 1,15 * N 310 ECP M
*
110 40 186 186 24,5 6 700 8 000 2,00
110 40 186 186 24,5 6 700 8 000 1,75 * NU 2310 ECP ML
110 40 186 186 24,5 6 700 8 000 1,80 * NJ 2310 ECP
NUP 2310 ECP
ML
ML
*
130 31 130 127 16,6 6 000 7 000 2,00 NU 410 –
130 31 130 127 16,6 6 000 7 000 2,05 NJ 410 –
55 90 18 57,2 69,5 8,3 8 000 8 500 0,40 NU 1011 ECP –
100 21 96,5 95 12,2 7 500 8 000 0,67 NU 211 ECP J, M, ML
100 21 96,5 95 12,2 7 500 8 000 0,67 *NJ 211 ECP J, M, ML
100 21 96,5 95 12,2 7 500 8 000 0,69 *NUP 211 ECP J, M, ML
100 21 96,5 95 12,2 7 500 8 000 0,66 *N 211 ECP M
*
100 25 114 118 15,3 7 500 8 000 0,79
100 25 114 118 15,3 7 500 8 000 0,81 * NU 2211 ECP J, M, ML
100 25 114 118 15,3 7 500 8 000 0,82 * NJ 2211 ECP J, M, ML
* NUP 2211 ECP J, ML
120 29 156 143 18,6 6 000 7 000 1,45
120 29 156 143 18,6 6 000 7 000 1,50 * NU 311 ECP J, M, ML
120 29 156 143 18,6 6 000 7 000 1,55 * NJ 311 ECP
NUP 311 ECP
J, M, ML
J, M, ML
120 29 156 143 18,6 6 000 7 000 1,45 * N 311 ECP M
*
120 43 232 232 30,5 6 000 7 000 2,25
120 43 232 232 30,5 6 000 7 000 2,30 * NU 2311 ECP ML
120 43 232 232 30,5 6 000 7 000 2,35 * NJ 2311 ECP
NUP 2311 ECP
ML
ML
*
140 33 142 140 18,6 5 600 6 300 2,50 NU 411 –
140 33 142 140 18,6 5 600 6 300 2,55 NJ 411 –
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question e.g. NU 2210 ECP becomes NU 2210 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
524
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
50 – 78 59,5 1,1 1,1 1,5 57 57 62 83 1 1 0,2 –
cont. 64 78 59,5 1,1 1,1 1,5 57 57 66 83 1 1 0,2 –
64 78 59,5 1,1 1,1 – 57 – 66 83 1 1 0,2 –
71,2 92,1 65 2 2 1,9 61 63 67 99 2 2 0,15 HJ 310 EC 0,14 8 13
71,2 92,1 65 2 2 1,9 61 63 67 99 2 2 0,15 HJ 310 EC 0,14 8 13
71,2 92,1 65 2 2 – 61 – 73 99 2 2 0,15 –
71,2 – 97 2 2 1,9 61 95 99 99 2 2 0,15 –
– 92,1 65 2 2 3,4 61 63 67 99 2 2 0,25 –
71,2 92,1 65 2 2 3,4 61 63 73 99 2 2 0,25 –
71,2 92,1 65 2 2 – 61 – 73 99 2 2 0,25 –
– 102 70,8 2,1 2,1 2,6 64 68 73 116 2 2 0,15 –
78,8 102 70,8 2,1 2,1 2,6 64 68 81 116 2 2 0,15 –
55 – 79 64,5 1,1 1 0,5 59,6 63 67 84 1 1 0,1 –
70,8 86,3 66 1,5 1,1 1 62 64 68 91 1,5 1 0,15 HJ 211 EC 0,083 6 9,5
70,8 86,3 66 1,5 1,1 1 64 64 73 91 1,5 1 0,15 HJ 211 EC 0,083 6 9,5
70,8 86,3 66 1,5 1,1 – 64 – 73 91 1,5 1 0,15 –
70,8 – 90 1,5 1,1 1 64 88 92 93 1,5 1 0,15 –
70,8 86,3 66 1,5 1,1 1,5 62 64 68 91 1,5 1 0,2 HJ 2211 EC 0,085 6 10
70,8 86,3 66 1,5 1,1 1,5 64 64 73 91 1,5 1 0,2 HJ 2211 EC 0,085 6 10
70,8 86,3 66 1,5 1,1 – 64 – 73 91 1,5 1 0,2 –
77,5 101 70,5 2 2 2 66 68 73 109 2 2 0,15 HJ 311 EC 0,19 9 14
77,5 101 70,5 2 2 2 66 68 80 109 2 2 0,15 HJ 311 EC 0,19 9 14
77,5 101 70,5 2 2 – 66 – 80 109 2 2 0,15 –
77,5 – 106,5 2 2 2 66 104 109 109 2 2 0,15 –
77,5 101 70,5 2 2 3,5 66 68 73 109 2 2 0,25 HJ 2311 EC 0,19 9 15,5
77,5 101 70,5 2 2 3,5 66 68 80 109 2 2 0,25 HJ 2311 EC 0,19 9 15,5
77,5 101 70,5 2 2 – 66 – 80 109 2 2 0,25 –
85,2 108 77,2 2,1 2,1 2,6 69 74 79 126 2 2 0,15 –
85,2 108 77,2 2,1 2,1 2,6 69 74 88 126 2 2 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
525
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 60 – 65 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
60 95 18 37,4 44 5,3 8 000 11 000 0,48 NU 1012 ML –
110 22 108 102 13,4 6 700 7 500 0,81 NU 212 ECP J, M, ML
110 22 108 102 13,4 6 700 7 500 0,83 *NJ 212 ECP J, M, ML
110 22 108 102 13,4 6 700 7 500 0,86 *NUP 212 ECP J, ML
110 22 108 102 13,4 6 700 7 500 0,81 *N 212 ECP M
*
110 28 146 153 20 6 700 7 500 1,10
110 28 146 153 20 6 700 7 500 1,15 * NU 2212 ECP J, M, ML
110 28 146 153 20 6 700 7 500 1,15 * NJ 2212 ECP
NUP 2212 ECP
J, M, ML
J, ML
*
130 31 173 160 20,8 5 600 6 700 1,80
130 31 173 160 20,8 5 600 6 700 1,90 * NU 312 ECP J, M, ML
130 31 173 160 20,8 5 600 6 700 1,95 * NJ 312 ECP
NUP 312 ECP
J, M, ML
J, M, ML
130 31 173 160 20,8 5 600 6 700 1,80 * N 312 ECP M
*
130 46 260 265 34,5 5 600 6 700 2,75
130 46 260 265 34,5 5 600 6 700 2,80 * NU 2312 ECP ML
130 46 260 265 34,5 5 600 6 700 2,85 * NJ 2312 ECP
NUP 2312 ECP
ML
ML
*
150 35 168 173 22 5 000 6 000 3,00 NU 412 –
150 35 168 173 22 5 000 6 000 3,10 NJ 412 –
65 100 18 62,7 81,5 9,8 7 000 7 500 0,45 NU 1013 ECP –
120 23 122 118 15,6 6 300 6 700 1,05
120 23 122 118 15,6 6 300 6 700 1,07 * NU 213 ECP J, M, ML
120 23 122 118 15,6 6 300 6 700 1,10 * NJ 213 ECP
NUP 213 ECP
J, M, ML
J, ML
120 23 122 118 15,6 6 300 6 700 1,05 * N 213 ECP –
*
120 31 170 180 24 6 300 6 700 1,40
120 31 170 180 24 6 300 6 700 1,45 * NU 2213 ECP J
120 31 170 180 24 6 300 6 700 1,50 * NJ 2213 ECP
NUP 2213 ECP
J
–
*
140 33 212 196 25,5 5 300 6 000 2,28
140 33 212 196 25,5 5 300 6 000 2,30 * NU 313 ECP J, M, ML
140 33 212 196 25,5 5 300 6 000 2,35 * NJ 313 ECP
NUP 313 ECP
J, M, ML
J, ML
140 33 212 196 25,5 5 300 6 000 2,25 * N 313 ECP M
*
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 212 ECP becomes NU 212 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
526
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
60 – 81,6 69,5 1,1 1 2,9 64,6 68 72 89 1 1 0,1 –
77,5 95,7 72 1,5 1,5 1,4 69 70 74 101 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 212 EC 0,10 6 10
77,5 95,7 72 1,5 1,5 1,4 69 70 80 101 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 212 EC 0,10 6 10
77,5 95,7 72 1,5 1,5 – 69 – 80 101 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
77,5 – 100 1,5 1,5 1,4 69 98 102 101 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
77,5 95,7 72 1,5 1,5 1,4 69 70 74 101 1,5 1,5 0,2 HJ 212 EC 0,10 6 10
77,5 95,7 72 1,5 1,5 1,4 69 70 80 101 1,5 1,5 0,2 HJ 212 EC 0,10 6 10
77,5 95,7 72 1,5 1,5 – 69 – 80 101 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
84,3 110 77 2,1 2,1 2,1 72 74 79 118 2 2 0,15 HJ 312 EC 0,22 9 14,5
84,3 110 77 2,1 2,1 2,1 72 74 87 118 2 2 0,15 HJ 312 EC 0,22 9 14,5
84,3 110 77 2,1 2,1 – 72 – 87 118 2 2 0,15 –
84,3 – 115 2,1 2,1 2,1 72 112 118 118 2 2 0,15 –
– 110 77 2,1 2,1 3,6 72 74 79 118 2 2 0,25 –
84,3 110 77 2,1 2,1 3,6 72 74 87 118 2 2 0,25 –
84,3 110 77 2,1 2,1 – 72 – 87 118 2 2 0,25 –
– 117 83 2,1 2,1 2,5 74 80 85 136 2 2 0,15 –
91,8 117 83 2,1 2,1 2,5 74 80 94 136 2 2 0,15 –
65 – 88,5 74 1,1 1 1 69,6 72 77 94 1 1 0,1 –
84,4 104 78,5 1,5 1,5 1,4 74 76 81 111 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 213 EC 0,12 6 10
84,4 104 78,5 1,5 1,5 1,4 74 76 87 111 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 213 EC 0,12 6 10
84,4 104 78,5 1,5 1,5 – 74 – 87 111 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
84,4 – 108,5 1,5 1,5 1,4 74 106 111 111 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
– 104 78,5 1,5 1,5 1,9 74 76 81 111 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
84,4 104 78,5 1,5 1,5 1,9 74 76 87 111 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
84,4 104 78,5 1,5 1,5 – 74 – 87 111 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
90,5 119 82,5 2,1 2,1 2,2 77 80 85 128 2 2 0,15 HJ 313 EC 0,27 10 15,5
90,5 119 82,5 2,1 2,1 2,2 77 80 93 128 2 2 0,15 HJ 313 EC 0,27 10 15,5
90,5 119 82,5 2,1 2,1 – 77 – 93 128 2 2 0,15 –
90,5 – 124,5 2,1 2,1 2,2 77 122 127 128 2 2 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
527
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 65 – 75 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
65 140 48 285 290 38 5 300 6 000 3,30
cont. 140 48 285 290 38 5 300 6 000 3,35 * NU 2313 ECP ML
140 48 285 290 38 5 300 6 000 3,45 * NJ 2313 ECP
NUP 2313 ECP
ML
ML
*
160 37 183 190 24 4 800 5 600 3,60 NU 413 –
160 37 183 190 24 4 800 5 600 3,65 NJ 413 –
70 110 20 76,5 93 12 6 300 7 000 0,62 NU 1014 ECP –
125 24 137 137 18 6 000 6 300 1,15 NU 214 ECP J, M, ML
125 24 137 137 18 6 000 6 300 1,15 * NJ 214 ECP J, M, ML
125 24 137 137 18 6 000 6 300 1,20 * NUP 214 ECP M, ML
125 24 137 137 18 6 000 6 300 1,15 * N 214 ECP –
*
125 31 180 193 25,5 6 000 6 300 1,55
125 31 180 193 25,5 6 000 6 300 1,55 * NU 2214 ECP J, M, ML
125 31 180 193 25,5 6 000 6 300 1,55 * NJ 2214 ECP
NUP 2214 ECP
M, ML
M, ML
*
150 35 236 228 29 4 800 5 600 2,75
150 35 236 228 29 4 800 5 600 2,80 * NU 314 ECP J, M, ML
150 35 236 228 29 4 800 5 600 2,85 * NJ 314 ECP J, M, ML
150 35 236 228 29 4 800 5 600 2,75 * NUP 314 ECP M, ML
* N 314 ECP M
150 51 315 325 41,5 4 800 5 600 4,00
150 51 315 325 41,5 4 800 5 600 4,05 * NU 2314 ECP ML
150 51 315 325 41,5 4 800 5 600 4,15 * NJ 2314 ECP ML
* NUP 2314 ECP ML
180 42 229 240 30 4 300 5 000 5,25 NU 414 –
180 42 229 240 30 4 300 5 000 5,35 NJ 414 –
75 115 20 58,3 71 8,5 6 700 10 000 0,74 NU 1015 ML –
130 25 150 156 20,4 5 600 6 000 1,25 NU 215 ECP J, M, ML
130 25 150 156 20,4 5 600 6 000 1,30 * NJ 215 ECP J, M, ML
130 25 150 156 20,4 5 600 6 000 1,30 * NUP 215 ECP M, ML
130 25 150 156 20,4 5 600 6 000 1,25 * N 215 ECP –
*
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 2313 ECP becomes NU 2313 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
528
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
65 – 119 82,5 2,1 2,1 4,7 77 80 85 128 2 2 0,25 –
cont. 90,5 119 82,5 2,1 2,1 4,7 77 80 93 128 2 2 0,25 –
90,5 119 82,5 2,1 2,1 – 77 – 93 128 2 2 0,25 –
98,5 125 89,3 2,1 2,1 2,6 79 86 92 146 2 2 0,15 HJ 413 0,42 11 18
98,5 125 89,3 2,1 2,1 2,6 79 86 92 146 2 2 0,15 HJ 413 0,42 11 18
70 84 97,5 79,5 1,1 1 1,3 74,6 78 82 104 1 1 0,1 HJ 1014 EC 0,082 5 10
89,4 109 83,5 1,5 1,5 1,2 79 81 86 116 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 214 EC 0,15 7 11
89,4 109 83,5 1,5 1,5 1,2 79 81 92 116 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 214 EC 0,15 7 11
89,4 109 83,5 1,5 1,5 – 79 – 92 116 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
89,4 – 113,5 1,5 1,5 1,2 79 111 116 116 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
– 109 83,5 1,5 1,5 1,7 79 81 86 116 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
89,4 109 83,5 1,5 1,5 1,7 79 81 86 116 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
89,4 109 83,5 1,5 1,5 – 79 – 92 116 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
97,3 127 89 2,1 2,1 1,8 82 86 91 138 2 2 0,15 HJ 314 EC 0,32 10 15,5
97,3 127 89 2,1 2,1 1,8 82 86 100 138 2 2 0,15 HJ 314 EC 0,32 10 15,5
97,3 127 89 2,1 2,1 – 82 – 100 138 2 2 0,15 –
97,3 – 133 2,1 2,1 1,8 82 130 136 138 2 2 0,15 –
97,3 127 89 2,1 2,1 4,8 82 86 91 138 2 2 0,25 HJ 2314 EC 0,34 10 18,5
97,3 127 89 2,1 2,1 4,8 82 86 100 138 2 2 0,25 HJ 2314 EC 0,34 10 18,5
97,3 127 89 2,1 2,1 – 82 – 100 138 2 2 0,25 –
– 140 100 3 3 3,5 86 97 102 164 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
110 140 100 3 3 3,5 86 97 113 164 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
75 – 101 85 1,1 1 3 79,6 83 87 109 1 1 0,1 –
94,3 114 88,5 1,5 1,5 1,2 84 86 91 121 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 215 EC 0,16 7 11
94,3 114 88,5 1,5 1,5 1,2 84 86 97 121 1,5 1,5 0,15 HJ 215 EC 0,16 7 11
94,3 114 88,5 1,5 1,5 – 84 – 97 121 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
94,3 – 118,5 1,5 1,5 1,2 84 116 121 121 1,5 1,5 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
529
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 75 – 80 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static imit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
75 130 31 186 208 27 5 600 6 000 1,60
cont. 130 31 186 208 27 5 600 6 000 1,60 * NU 2215 ECP J, ML
130 31 186 208 27 5 600 6 000 1,65 * NJ 2215 ECP
NUP 2215 ECP
J, ML
J, ML
*
160 37 280 265 33,5 4 500 5 300 3,30
160 37 280 265 33,5 4 500 5 300 3,35 * NU 315 ECP J, M, ML
160 37 280 265 33,5 4 500 5 300 3,45 * NJ 315 ECP
NUP 315 ECP
J, M, ML
M, ML
160 37 280 265 33,5 4 500 5 300 3,30 * N 315 ECP M
*
160 55 380 400 50 4 500 5 300 4,90
160 55 380 400 50 4 500 5 300 5,00 * NU 2315 ECP J, ML
160 55 380 400 50 4 500 5 300 5,10 * NJ 2315 ECP
NUP 2315 ECP
ML
ML
*
190 45 264 280 34 4 000 4 800 6,75 NU 415 –
190 45 264 280 34 4 000 4 800 6,90 NJ 415 –
80 125 22 99 127 16,3 5 600 9 500 1,10 NU 1016 ECML –
125 22 66 81,5 10,4 6 300 6 300 1,00 NU 1016 –
140 26 160 166 21,2 5 300 5 600 1,50
140 26 160 166 21,2 5 300 5 600 1,60 * NU 216 ECP J, M, ML
140 26 160 166 21,2 5 300 5 600 1,65 * NJ 216 ECP
NUP 216 ECP
J, M, ML
ML
140 26 160 166 21,2 5 300 5 600 1,50 * N 216 ECP –
*
140 33 212 245 31 5 300 5 600 2,00
140 33 212 245 31 5 300 5 600 2,05 * NU 2216 ECP J, M, ML
140 33 212 245 31 5 300 5 600 2,10 * NJ 2216 ECP
NUP 2216 ECP
J, M, ML
M, ML
*
170 39 300 290 36 4 300 5 000 3,95
170 39 300 290 36 4 300 5 000 4,00 * NU 316 ECP J, M, ML
170 39 300 290 36 4 300 5 000 4,10 * NJ 316 ECP J, M, ML
170 39 300 290 36 4 300 5 000 3,90 * NUP 316 ECP M, ML
* N 316 ECP M
170 58 415 440 55 4 300 5 000 5,95
170 58 415 440 55 4 300 5 000 6,00 * NU 2316 ECP M, ML
170 58 415 440 55 4 300 5 000 6,00 * NJ 2316 ECP M, ML
* NUP 2316 ECP M, ML
200 48 303 320 39 3 800 4 500 7,30 NU 416 –
200 48 303 320 39 3 800 4 500 8,05 NJ 416 –
SKF Explorer bearing
*
1)
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 2215 ECP becomes NU 2215 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
530
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
75 – 114 88,5 1,5 1,5 1,7 84 86 91 121 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
cont. 94,3 114 88,5 1,5 1,5 1,7 84 86 97 121 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
94,3 114 88,5 1,5 1,5 – 84 – 97 121 1,5 1,5 0,2 –
104 136 95 2,1 2,1 1,8 87 92 97 148 2 2 0,15 HJ 315 EC 0,39 11 16,5
104 136 95 2,1 2,1 1,8 87 92 107 148 2 2 0,15 HJ 315 EC 0,39 11 16,5
104 136 95 2,1 2,1 – 87 – 107 148 2 2 0,15 –
104 – 143 2,1 2,1 1,8 87 140 146 148 2 2 0,15 –
104 136 95 2,1 2,1 4,8 87 92 97 148 2 2 0,25 HJ 2315 EC 0,42 11 19,5
104 136 95 2,1 2,1 4,8 87 92 107 148 2 2 0,25 HJ 2315 EC 0,42 11 19,5
104 136 95 2,1 2,1 – 87 – 107 148 2 2 0,25 –
– 148 104,5 3 3 3,8 91 101 107 174 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
116 148 104,5 3 3 3,8 91 101 119 174 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
80 – 111 91,5 1,1 1 1,5 86 90 94 119 1 1 0,1 –
– 109 91,5 1,1 1 3,3 86 90 94 119 1 1 0,1 –
101 123 95,3 2 2 1,4 91 93 98 129 2 2 0,15 HJ 216 EC 0,21 8 12,5
101 123 95,3 2 2 1,4 91 93 104 129 2 2 0,15 HJ 216 EC 0,21 8 12,5
101 123 95,3 2 2 – 91 – 104 129 2 2 0,15 –
101 – 127,3 2 2 1,4 91 125 130 129 2 2 0,15 –
101 123 95,3 2 2 1,4 91 93 98 129 2 2 0,2 HJ 216 EC 0,21 8 12,5
101 123 95,3 2 2 1,4 91 93 104 129 2 2 0,2 HJ 216 EC 0,21 8 12,5
101 123 95,3 2 2 – 91 – 104 129 2 2 0,2 –
110 144 101 2,1 2,1 2,1 92 98 104 158 2 2 0,15 HJ 316 EC 0,44 11 17
110 144 101 2,1 2,1 2,1 92 98 113 158 2 2 0,15 HJ 316 EC 0,44 11 17
110 144 101 2,1 2,1 – 92 – 113 158 2 2 0,15 –
110 – 151 2,1 2,1 2,1 92 148 154 158 2 2 0,15 –
110 144 101 2,1 2,1 5,1 92 98 104 158 2 2 0,25 HJ 2316 EC 0,48 11 20
110 144 101 2,1 2,1 5,1 92 98 113 158 2 2 0,25 HJ 2316 EC 0,48 11 20
110 144 101 2,1 2,1 – 92 – 113 158 2 2 0,25
122 157 110 3 3 3,7 96 106 113 184 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 416 0,78 13 22
122 157 110 3 3 3,7 96 106 125 184 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 416 0,78 13 22
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
531
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 85 – 90 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
85 130 22 68,2 86,5 10,8 6 000 9 000 1,05 NU 1017 ML –
150 28 190 200 24,5 4 800 5 300 1,90 NU 217 ECP J, M, ML
150 28 190 200 24,5 4 800 5 300 1,95 *NJ 217 ECP J, M, ML
150 28 190 200 24,5 4 800 5 300 2,00 *NUP 217 ECP J, ML
150 28 190 200 24,5 4 800 5 300 1,90 *N 217 ECP M
*
150 36 250 280 34,5 4 800 5 300 2,45
150 36 250 280 34,5 4 800 5 300 2,55 * NU 2217 ECP J, M, ML
150 36 250 280 34,5 4 800 5 300 2,65 * NJ 2217 ECP
NUP 2217 ECP
J, M, ML
ML
*
180 41 340 335 41,5 4 000 4 800 4,70
180 41 340 335 41,5 4 000 4 800 4,80 * NU 317 ECP J, M
180 41 340 335 41,5 4 000 4 800 4,90 * NJ 317 ECP
NUP 317 ECP
J, M
J, M
180 41 340 335 41,5 4 000 4 800 4,70 * N 317 ECP M
*
180 60 455 490 60 4 000 4 800 6,85
180 60 455 490 60 4 000 4 800 7,00 * NU 2317 ECP J, ML
180 60 455 490 60 4 000 4 800 7,00 * NJ 2317 ECP
NUP 2317 ECP
ML
ML
*
210 52 319 335 39 3 600 4 300 9,70 NU 417 –
210 52 319 335 39 3 800 4 300 8,90 NJ 417 –
90 140 24 80,9 104 12,7 5 600 8 500 1,35 NU 1018 ML –
160 30 208 220 27 4 500 5 000 2,35
160 30 208 220 27 4 500 5 000 2,40 * NU 218 ECP J, M, ML
160 30 208 220 27 4 500 5 000 2,45 * NJ 218 ECP
NUP 218 ECP
J, M, ML
M, ML
160 30 208 220 27 4 500 5 000 2,35 * N 218 ECP M
*
160 40 280 315 39 4 500 5 000 3,15
160 40 280 315 39 4 500 5 000 3,20 * NU 2218 ECP J, M, ML
160 40 280 315 39 4 500 5 000 3,30 * NJ 2218 ECP
NUP 2218 ECP
M, ML
–
*
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 217 ECP becomes NU 217 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
532
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
85 – 114 96,5 1,1 1 3,3 89,6 95 99 124 1 1 0,1 –
107 131 100,5 2 2 1,5 96 98 103 139 2 2 0,15 HJ 217 EC 0,24 8 12,5
107 131 100,5 2 2 1,5 96 98 110 139 2 2 0,15 HJ 217 EC 0,24 8 12,5
107 131 100,5 2 2 – 96 – 110 139 2 2 0,15 –
107 – 136,5 2 2 1,5 96 134 139 139 2 2 0,15 –
– 131 100,5 2 2 2 96 98 103 139 2 2 0,2 –
107 131 100,5 2 2 2 96 98 110 139 2 2 0,2 –
107 131 100,5 2 2 – 96 – 110 139 2 2 0,2 –
117 153 108 3 3 2,3 99 105 111 166 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 317 EC 0,55
117 153 108 3 3 2,3 99 105 120 166 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 317 EC 0,55
117 153 108 3 3 – 99 – 120 166 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
117 – 160 3 3 2,3 99 157 163 166 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
– 153 108 3 3 5,8 99 105 111 166 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
117 153 108 3 3 5,8 99 105 120 166 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
117 153 108 3 3 – 99 – 120 166 2,5 2,5 0,25
– 163 113 4 4 3,8 105 109 116 190 3 3 0,15 –
126 163 113 4 4 3,8 105 109 129 190 3 3 0,15 –
90 – 122 103 1,5 1,1 3,5 96 101 106 133 1,5 1 0,1 –
114 140 107 2 2 1,8 101 104 110 149 2 2 0,15 HJ 218 EC 0,31 9 14
114 140 107 2 2 1,8 101 104 117 149 2 2 0,15 HJ 218 EC 0,31 9 14
114 140 107 2 2 – 101 – 117 149 2 2 0,15 –
114 – 145 2 2 1,8 101 142 148 149 2 2 0,15 –
– 140 107 2 2 2,6 101 104 110 149 2 2 0,2 –
114 140 107 2 2 2,6 101 104 117 149 2 2 0,2 –
114 140 107 2 2 – 101 – 117 149 2 2 0,2 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
533
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 90 – 95 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
90 190 43 365 360 43 3 800 4 500 5,45
cont. 190 43 365 360 43 3 800 4 500 5,55 * NU 318 ECP J, M, ML
190 43 365 360 43 3 800 4 500 5,65 * NJ 318 ECP
NUP 318 ECJ
J, M, ML
M, ML
190 43 365 360 43 3 800 4 500 5,40 * N 318 ECP M
*
190 64 500 540 65,5 3 800 4 500 8,00
190 64 500 540 65,5 3 800 4 500 8,15 * NU 2318 ECP J, ML
190 64 500 540 65,5 3 800 4 500 8,30 * NJ 2318 ECP
NUP 2318 ECP
J, ML, M
ML
*
225 54 380 415 48 3 400 4 000 11,5 NU 418 –
95 145 24 84,2 110 13,2 5 300 8 000 1,40 NU 1019 ML –
170 32 255 265 32,5 4 300 4 800 2,85
170 32 255 265 32,5 4 300 4 800 2,90 * NU 219 ECP J, M, ML
170 32 255 265 32,5 4 300 4 800 3,00 * NJ 219 ECP J, M, ML
170 32 255 265 32,5 4 300 4 800 2,85 * NUP 219 ECP ML
* N 219 ECP –
170 43 325 375 45,5 4 300 4 800 3,85
170 43 325 375 45,5 4 300 4 800 3,95 * NU 2219 ECP J, M
170 43 325 375 45,5 4 300 4 800 4,00 * NJ 2219 ECP J, M
* NUP 2219 ECP –
200 45 390 390 46,5 3 600 4 300 6,25
200 45 390 390 46,5 3 600 4 300 6,45 * NU 319 ECP J, M, ML
200 45 390 390 46,5 3 600 4 300 6,25 * NJ 319 ECP
NUP 319 ECP
J, M, ML
M, ML
200 45 390 390 46,5 3 600 4 300 6,25 * N 319 ECP M
*
200 67 530 585 69,5 3 600 4 300 9,65
200 67 530 585 69,5 3 600 4 300 9,85 * NU 2319 ECP J, ML
200 67 530 585 69,5 3 600 4 300 9,75 * NJ 2319 ECP
NUP 2319 ECP
J, ML
J, ML
*
240 55 413 455 52 3 200 3 600 13,5 NU 419 M –
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 318 ECP becomes NU 318 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
534
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
90 124 162 113,5 3 3 2,5 104 110 116 176 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 318 EC 0,60 12 18,5
cont. 124 162 113,5 3 3 2,5 104 110 127 176 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 318 EC 0,60 12 18,5
124 162 113,5 3 3 – 104 – 127 176 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
124 – 169,5 3 3 2,5 104 166 173 176 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
124 162 113,5 3 3 6 104 110 116 176 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
124 162 113,5 3 3 6 104 110 127 176 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
124 162 113,5 3 3 – 104 110 127 176 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
– 176 123,5 4 4 4,9 106 120 126 209 3 3 0,15 –
95 – 127 108 1,5 1,1 3,5 101 106 111 138 1,5 1 0,1 –
120 149 112,5 2,1 2,1 1,7 107 110 115 158 2 2 0,15 HJ 219 EC 0,33 9 14
120 149 112,5 2,1 2,1 1,7 107 110 123 158 2 2 0,15 HJ 219 EC 0,33 9 14
120 149 112,5 2,1 2,1 – 107 – 123 158 2 2 0,15 –
120 – 154,5 2,1 2,1 1,7 107 152 157 158 2 2 0,15 –
– 149 112,5 2,1 2,1 3 107 110 115 158 2 2 0,2 –
120 149 112,5 2,1 2,1 3 107 110 123 158 2 2 0,2 –
120 149 112,5 2,1 2,1 – 107 – 123 158 2 2 0,2 –
132 170 121,5 3 3 2,9 109 118 124 186 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 319 EC 0,76 13 20,5
132 170 121,5 3 3 2,9 109 118 135 186 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 319 EC 0,76 13 20,5
132 170 121,5 3 3 – 109 – 135 186 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
132 – 177,5 3 3 2,9 109 174 181 186 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
132 170 121,5 3 3 6,9 109 118 124 186 2,5 2,5 0,25 HJ 2319 EC 0,81 13 24,5
132 170 121,5 3 3 6,9 109 118 135 186 2,5 2,5 0,25 HJ 2319 EC 0,81 13 24,5
132 170 121,5 3 3 – 109 – 135 186 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
– 186 133,5 4 4 5 115 130 136 220 3 3 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
535
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 100 – 105 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
100 150 24 85,8 114 13,7 5 000 7 500 1,45 NU 1020 ML M
180 34 285 305 36,5 4 000 4 500 3,45 NU 220 ECP J, M, ML
180 34 285 305 36,5 4 000 4 500 3,50 *NJ 220 ECP J, M, ML
180 34 285 305 36,5 4 000 4 500 3,60 *NUP 220 ECP ML
180 34 285 305 36,5 4 000 4 500 3,45 *N 220 ECP –
*
180 46 380 450 54 4 000 4 500 4,75
180 46 380 450 54 4 000 4 500 4,80 * NU 2220 ECP J, ML
180 46 380 450 54 4 000 4 500 4,90 * NJ 2220 ECP
NUP 2220 ECP
J, ML
ML
*
215 47 450 440 51 3 200 3 800 7,85
215 47 450 440 51 3 200 3 800 7,65 * NU 320 ECP J, M, ML
215 47 450 440 51 3 200 3 800 7,80 * NJ 320 ECP
NUP 320 ECJ
J, M, ML
ML
215 47 450 440 51 3 200 3 800 7,55 * N 320 ECP M
*
215 73 670 735 85 3 200 3 800 12,0
215 73 670 735 85 3 200 3 800 12,2 * NU 2320 ECP J, ML
215 73 670 735 85 3 200 3 800 12,5 * NJ 2320 ECP
NUP 2320 ECP
J, ML
J, ML
*
250 58 429 475 53 3 000 3 600 14,0 NU 420 M –
105 160 26 101 137 16 4 800 7 500 1,85 NU 1021 ML M
190 36 300 315 36,5 3 800 4 300 4,00
190 36 300 315 36,5 3 800 4 300 4,10 * NU 221 ECP J, ML
190 36 300 315 36,5 3 800 4 300 4,20 * NJ 221 ECP
NUP 221 ECP
ML
ML
190 36 300 315 36,5 3 800 4 300 3,95 * N 221 ECP –
*
225 49 500 500 57 3 200 3 800 8,75
225 49 500 500 57 3 200 3 800 9,00 * NU 321 ECP J, ML
225 49 500 500 57 3 200 3 800 8,65 * NJ 321 ECJ
N 321 ECP
ML
–
*
260 60 501 570 64 2 800 3 400 19,0 NU 421 M –
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 220 ECP becomes NU 220 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
536
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
100 – 132 113 1,5 1,1 3,5 106 111 116 143 1,5 1 0,1 –
127 157 119 2,1 2,1 1,7 112 116 122 168 2 2 0,15 HJ 220 EC 0,42 10 15
127 157 119 2,1 2,1 1,7 112 116 130 168 2 2 0,15 HJ 220 EC 0,42 10 15
127 157 119 2,1 2,1 – 112 – 130 168 2 2 0,15 –
127 – 163 2,1 2,1 1,7 112 160 166 168 2 2 0,15 –
127 157 119 2,1 2,1 2,5 112 116 122 168 2 2 0,2 HJ 2220 EC 0,43 10 16
127 157 119 2,1 2,1 2,5 112 116 130 168 2 2 0,2 HJ 2220 EC 0,43 10 16
127 157 119 2,1 2,1 – 112 – 130 168 2 2 0,2 –
139 182 127,5 3 3 2,9 114 124 130 201 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 320 EC 0,87 13 20,5
139 182 127,5 3 3 2,9 114 124 142 201 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 320 EC 0,87 13 20,5
139 182 127,5 3 3 – 114 – 142 201 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
139 – 191,5 3 3 2,9 114 188 195 201 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
139 182 127,5 3 3 5,9 114 124 130 201 2,5 2,5 0,25 HJ 2320 EC 0,93 13 23,5
139 182 127,5 3 3 5,9 114 124 142 201 2,5 2,5 0,25 HJ 2320 EC 0,93 13 23,5
139 182 127,5 3 3 – 114 – 142 201 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
– 195 139 4 4 4,9 120 135 142 230 3 3 0,15 –
105 – 140 119,5 2 1,1 3,8 111 117 122 151 2 1 0,1 –
– 164 125 2,1 2,1 2 117 122 128 178 2 2 0,15 –
134 164 125 2,1 2,1 2 117 122 137 178 2 2 0,15 –
134 164 125 2,1 2,1 – 117 – 137 178 2 2 0,15 –
134 – 173 2,1 2,1 2 117 170 176 178 2 2 0,15 –
– 190 133 3 3 3,4 119 130 136 211 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
145 190 133 3 3 3,4 119 130 148 211 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
145 – 201 3 3 3,4 119 198 203 211 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
– 203 144,5 4 4 4,9 125 140 147 240 3 3 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
537
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 110 – 120 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static imit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
110 170 28 128 166 19,3 4 500 7 000 2,30 NU 1022 ML M
200 38 335 365 42,5 3 600 4 000 4,80 NU 222 ECP J, M, ML
200 38 335 365 42,5 3 600 4 000 4,90 *NJ 222 ECP J, M, ML
200 38 335 365 42,5 3 600 4 000 5,00 *NUP 222 ECP ML
200 38 335 365 42,5 3 600 4 000 4,80 *N 222 ECP M
*
200 53 440 520 61 3 600 4 000 6,70
200 53 440 520 61 3 600 4 000 6,85 * NU 2222 ECP J, ML
200 53 440 520 61 3 600 4 000 7,00 * NJ 2222 ECP
NUP 2222 ECP
J, ML
ML
*
240 50 530 540 61 3 000 3 400 10,8
240 50 530 540 61 3 000 3 400 11,1 * NU 322 ECP J, M, ML
240 50 530 540 61 3 000 3 400 11,2 * NJ 322 ECP
NUP 322 ECP
J, M, ML
J, ML
240 50 530 540 61 3 000 3 400 10,5 * N 322 ECP M
*
240 80 780 900 102 3 000 3 400 17,0
240 80 780 900 102 3 000 3 400 18,9 * NU 2322 ECP MA
240 80 780 900 102 3 000 3 400 18,9 * NJ 2322 ECP
NUP 2322 ECP
MA
MA
*
280 65 532 585 64 2 600 3 200 20,0 NU 422 –
280 65 532 585 64 2 600 3 200 20,3 NJ 422 –
120 180 28 134 183 20,8 4 000 6 300 2,45 NU 1024 ML M
215 40 390 430 49 3 400 3 600 5,75
215 40 390 430 49, 3 400 3 600 5,85 * NU 224 ECP J, M, ML
215 40 390 430 49 3 400 3 600 6,00 * NJ 224 ECP
NUP 224 ECJ
J, M, ML
ML
215 40 390 430 49 3 400 3 600 5,75 * N 224 ECP M
*
215 58 520 630 72 3 400 3 600 8,30
215 58 520 630 72 3 400 3 600 8,50 * NU 2224 ECP J, M, ML
215 58 520 630 72 3 400 3 600 9,00 * NJ 2224 ECP
NUP 2224 ECP
J, M, ML
ML
*
260 55 610 620 69,5 2 800 3 200 13,3
260 55 610 620 69,5 2 800 3 200 13,5 * NU 324 ECP J, M, ML
260 55 610 620 69,5 2 800 3 200 13,7 * NJ 324 ECP
NUP 324 ECP
J, M, ML
ML
260 55 610 620 69,5 2 800 3 200 13,2 * N 324 ECP M
*
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 222 ECP becomes NU 222 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
538
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
110 – 149 125 2 1,1 3,8 116 123 128 161 2 1 0,1 –
141 174 132,5 2,1 2,1 2,1 122 130 135 188 2 2 0,15 HJ 222 EC 0,60 11 17
141 174 132,5 2,1 2,1 2,1 122 130 145 188 2 2 0,15 HJ 222 EC 0,60 11 17
141 174 132,5 2,1 2,1 – 122 – 145 188 2 2 0,15 –
141 – 180,5 2,1 2,1 2,1 122 177 183 188 2 2 0,15 –
– 174 132,5 2,1 2,1 3,7 122 129 135 188 2 2 0,2 –
141 174 132,5 2,1 2,1 3,7 122 129 145 188 2 2 0,2 –
141 174 132,5 2,1 2,1 – 122 – 145 188 2 2 0,2 –
155 201 143 3 3 3 124 139 146 226 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 322 EC 1,20 14 22
155 201 143 3 3 3 124 139 159 226 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 322 EC 1,20 14 22
155 201 143 3 3 – 124 – 159 226 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
155 – 211 3 3 3 124 208 215 226 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
– 201 143 3 3 7,5 124 139 146 226 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
155 201 143 3 3 7,5 124 139 146 226 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
155 201 143 3 3 – 124 – 159 226 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
171 217 155 4 4 4,8 130 150 158 260 3 3 0,15 HJ 422 2,10 17 29,5
171 217 155 4 4 4,8 130 150 174 260 3 3 0,15 HJ 422 2,10 17 29,5
120 – 159 135 2 1,1 3,8 126 133 138 171 2 1 0,1 –
153 188 143,5 2,1 2,1 1,9 132 140 146 203 2 2 0,15 HJ 224 EC 0,69 11 17
153 188 143,5 2,1 2,1 1,9 132 140 156 203 2 2 0,15 HJ 224 EC 0,69 11 17
153 188 143,5 2,1 2,1 – 132 – 156 203 2 2 0,15 –
153 – 195,5 2,1 2,1 1,9 132 192 199 203 2 2 0,15 –
153 188 143,5 2,1 2,1 3,8 132 140 146 203 2 2 0,2 HJ 2224 EC 0,74 11 20
153 188 143,5 2,1 2,1 3,8 132 140 156 203 2 2 0,2 HJ 2224 EC 0,74 11 20
153 188 143,5 2,1 2,1 – 132 – 156 203 2 2 0,2 –
168 219 154 3 3 3,7 134 150 157 246 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 324 EC 1,40 14 22,5
168 219 154 3 3 3,7 134 150 171 246 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 324 EC 1,40 14 22,5
168 219 154 3 3 – 134 – 171 246 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
168 – 230 3 3 3,7 134 226 234 246 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
539
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 120 – 140 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
120 260 86 915 1 040 116 2 800 4 300 24,0
cont. 260 86 915 1 040 116 2 800 4 300 24,3 * NU 2324 ECMA –
260 86 915 1 040 116 2 800 4 300 24,3 * NJ 2324 ECMA
NUP 2324 ECMA
M
–
*
310 72 644 735 78 2 400 2 800 28,0 NU 424 –
130 200 33 165 224 25 3 800 5 600 3,80 NU 1026 ML M
230 40 415 455 51 3 200 3 400 6,45
230 40 415 455 51 3 200 3 400 6,60 * NU 226 ECP J, M, ML
230 40 415 455 51 3 200 3 400 6,75 * NJ 226 ECP J, M, ML
230 40 415 455 51 3 200 3 400 6,30 * NUP 226 ECP J, ML
* N 226 ECP –
230 64 610 735 83 3 200 3 400 10,5
230 64 610 735 83 3 200 3 400 12,2 * NU 2226 ECP ML
230 64 610 735 83 3 200 3 400 12,2 * NJ 2226 ECP ML
* NUP 2226 ECP ML
280 58 720 750 81,5 2 400 3 000 16,5
. 280 58 720 750 81,5 2 400 3 000 18,4 * NU 326 ECP J, M, ML
280 58 720 750 81,5 2 400 3 000 19,6 * NJ 326 ECP
NUP 326 ECP
J, M, ML
ML
280 58 720 750 81,5 2 400 3 000 18,5 * N 326 ECP M
*
280 93 1 060 1 250 137 2 400 3 000 30,0
280 93 1 060 1 250 137 2 400 3 000 30,5 * NU 2326 ECMA –
280 93 1 060 1 250 137 2 400 3 000 31,0 * NJ 2326 ECMA
NUP 2326 ECMA
–
–
*
140 210 33 172 245 27 3 600 5 300 4,05 NU 1028 ML M
250 42 450 510 57 2 800 3 200 8,50 NU 228 ECM J, ML
250 42 450 510 57 2 800 3 200 8,75 * NJ 228 ECM J, ML
250 42 450 510 57 2 800 3 200 8,90 * NUP 228 ECM ML
*
250 68 655 830 93 2 800 4 800 15,0
250 68 655 830 93 2 800 4 800 15,3 * NU 2228 ECML –
250 68 655 830 93 2 800 4 800 15,6 * NJ 2228 ECML
NUP 2228 ECML
–
–
*
300 62 780 830 88 2 400 2 800 22,7
300 62 780 830 88 2 400 2 800 23,0 * NU 328 ECM
J, ML
300 62 780 830 88 2 400 2 800 23,5 * NJ 328 ECM
J, ML
NUP 328 ECM
ML
SKF Explorer bearing
*
*
1)
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 226 ECP becomes NU 226 ECML (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
540
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
120 – 219 154 3 3 7,2 134 150 157 246 2,5 2,5 0,25 HJ 2324 EC 1,45 14 26
cont. 168 219 154 3 3 7,2 134 150 171 246 2,5 2,5 0,25 HJ 2324 EC 1,45 14 26
168 219 154 3 3 – 134 – 171 246 2,5 2,5 0,25 –
188 240 170 5 5 6,3 144 165 173 286 4 4 0,15 HJ 424 2,60 17 30,5
130 – 175 148 2 1,1 4,7 136 145 151 191 2 1 0,1 –
164 202 153,5 3 3 2,1 144 150 156 216 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 226 EC 0,75 11 17
164 202 153,5 3 3 2,1 144 150 167 216 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 226 EC 0,75 11 17
164 202 153,5 3 3 – 144 – 167 216 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
164 – 209,5 3 3 2,1 144 206 213 216 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
164 202 153,5 3 3 4,3 144 149 156 216 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2226 EC 0,83 11 21
164 202 153,5 3 3 4,3 144 149 167 216 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2226 EC 0,83 11 21
164 202 153,5 3 3 – 144 – 167 216 2,5 2,5 0,2
181 236 167 4 4 3,7 147 163 170 263 3 3 0,15 HJ 326 EC 1,60 14 23
181 236 167 4 4 3,7 147 163 185 263 3 3 0,15 HJ 326 EC 1,60 14 23
181 236 167 4 4 – 147 – 185 263 3 3 0,15 –
181 – 247 4 4 3,7 147 243 251 263 3 3 0,15 –
– 236 167 4 4 8,7 147 163 170 263 3 3 0,25 HJ 2326 EC 1,70 14 28
181 236 167 4 4 8,7 147 163 185 263 3 3 0,25 HJ 2326 EC 1,70 14 28
181 236 167 4 4 – 147 – 185 263 3 3 0,25 –
140 – 185 158 2 1,1 4,4 146 155 161 201 2 1 0,1 –
– 217 169 3 3 2,5 154 166 172 236 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
179 217 169 3 3 2,5 154 166 183 236 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
179 217 169 3 3 – 154 – 183 236 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
179 217 169 3 3 4,4 154 164 172 236 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2228 EC 1,05 11 23
179 217 169 3 3 4,4 154 164 183 236 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2228 EC 1,05 11 23
179 217 169 3 3 – 154 – 183 236 2,5 2,5 0,2 –
195 252 180 4 4 3,7 157 176 183 283 3 3 0,15 HJ 328 EC 2,00 15 25
195 252 180 4 4 3,7 157 176 199 283 3 3 0,15 HJ 328 EC 2,00 15 25
195 252 180 4 4 – 157 – 199 283 3 3 0,15 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
541
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 140 – 160 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage designs1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
140 300 102 1 200 1 430 150 2 400 3 600 37,0
cont. 300 102 1 200 1 430 150 2 400 3 600 37,5 * NU 2328 ECMA –
300 102 1 200 1 430 150 2 400 3 600 38,0 * NJ 2328 ECMA
NUP 2328 ECMA
–
–
*
150 225 35 194 275 30 3 200 5 000 4,85 NU 1030 ML M
270 45 510 600 64 2 600 2 800 11,8 NU 230 ECM J, ML
270 45 510 600 64 2 600 2 800 12,0 * NJ 230 ECM J, ML
270 45 510 600 64 2 600 2 800 12,2 * NUP 230 ECM ML
*
270 73 735 930 100 2 600 2 800 20,0
270 73 735 930 100 2 600 2 800 20,3 * NU 2230 ECM –
* NJ 2230 ECM –
320 65 900 965 100 2 200 2 600 27,5
320 65 900 965 100 2 200 2 600 28,0 * NU 330 ECM MA
* NJ 330 ECM MA
320 108 1 370 1 630 166 2 200 3 400 45,5
320 108 1 370 1 630 166 2 200 3 400 46,0 * NU 2330 ECMA –
320 108 1 370 1 630 166 2 200 3 400 46,5 * NJ 2330 ECMA
NUP 2330 ECMA
–
–
*
160 240 38 229 325 35,5 3 000 4 800 5,95 NU 1032 ML M
290 48 585 680 72 2 400 2 600 14,5 NU 232 ECM ML
290 48 585 680 72 2 400 2 600 15,0 * NJ 232 ECM ML
290 48 585 680 72 2 400 2 600 15,5 * NUP 232 ECM ML
290 48 585 680 72 2 400 2 600 15,5 * N 232 ECM –
*
290 80 930 1 200 129 2 400 3 600 24,0
290 80 930 1 200 129 2 400 3 600 24,5 * NU 2232 ECMA –
* NJ 2232 ECMA –
340 68 1 000 1 080 112 2 000 2 400 33,0
340 68 1 000 1 080 112 2 000 2 400 33,5 * NU 332 ECM MA
* NJ 332 ECM MA
340 114 1 250 1 730 173 1 800 2 800 53,0 NU 2332 ECMA –
340 114 1 250 1 730 173 1 800 2 800 53,5 NJ 2332 ECMA –
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 1030 ML becomes NU 1030 M (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
542
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
140 195 252 180 4 4 9,7 157 176 183 283 3 3 0,25 HJ 2338 EC
cont. 195 252 180 4 4 9,7 157 176 199 283 3 3 0,25 HJ 2338 EC
195 252 180 4 4 – 157 – 199 283 3 3 0,25 –
150 – 198 169,5 2,1 1,5 4,9 157 167 173 215 2 1,5 0,1 –
193 234 182 3 3 2,5 163 178 185 256 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 230 EC 1,25 12 19,5
193 234 182 3 3 2,5 164 178 197 256 2,5 2,5 0,15 HJ 230 EC 1,25 12 19,5
193 234 182 3 3 – 164 – 197 256 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
194 234 182 3 3 4,9 164 179 185 256 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2230 EC 1,35 12 24,5
194 234 182 3 3 4,9 164 179 197 256 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2230 EC 1,35 12 24,5
– 270 193 4 4 4 167 189 196 303 3 3 0,15 –
209 270 193 4 4 4 167 189 213 303 3 3 0,15 –
209 270 193 4 4 10,5 167 189 196 303 3 3 0,25 –
209 270 193 4 4 10,5 167 189 213 303 3 3 0,25 –
209 270 193 4 4 – 167 – 213 303 3 3 0,25 –
160 188 211 180 2,1 1,5 5,2 167 177 183 230 2 1,5 0,1 HJ 1032 0,65 10 19
– 250 195 3 3 2,7 174 191 198 276 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
206 250 195 3 3 2,7 174 191 210 276 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
206 250 195 3 3 – 174 – 210 276 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
206 – 259 3 3 2,7 174 255 263 276 2,5 2,5 0,15 –
205 252 193 3 3 4,5 174 188 196 276 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2232 EC 1,55 12 24,5
205 252 193 3 3 4,5 174 188 209 276 2,5 2,5 0,2 HJ 2232 EC 1,55 12 24,5
221 286 204 4 4 4 177 200 207 323 3 3 0,15 HJ 332 EC 2,55 15 25
221 286 204 4 4 4 177 200 225 323 3 3 0,15 HJ 332 EC 2,55 15 25
– 286 204 4 4 11 177 200 207 323 3 3 0,25 –
221 286 204 4 4 11 177 200 225 323 3 3 0,25 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
543
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 170 – 190 mm
B
r2 r4
r1 r3
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1 E
NU NJ NUP N
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage design1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
170 260 42 275 400 41,5 2 800 4 300 8,15 NU 1034 ML M
310 52 695 815 85 2 200 2 400 19,0 NU 234 ECM MA
310 52 695 815 85 2 200 2 400 19,5 * NJ 234 ECM MA
310 52 695 815 85 2 200 2 400 20,0 * NUP 234 ECM MA
*
310 86 1 060 1 340 140 2 200 3 200 30,0
* NU 2234 ECMA –
360 72 952 1 180 116 1 700 2 200 37,5 NU 334 ECM MA
360 72 952 1 180 116 1 700 2 200 38,5 N 334 ECM –
360 120 1 450 2 040 204 1 700 3 000 62,0 NU 2334 ECMA –
360 120 1 450 2 040 204 1 700 3 000 63,0 NJ 2334 ECMA –
180 280 46 336 475 51 2 600 4 000 10,5 NU 1036 ML M
320 52 720 850 88 2 200 3 200 19,5 NU 236 ECMA –
320 52 720 850 88 2 200 3 200 20,2 * NJ 236 ECMA –
320 52 720 850 88 2 200 3 200 21,0 * NUP 236 ECMA –
*
320 86 1 100 1 430 146 2 200 3 200 31,5
320 86 1 100 1 430 146 2 200 3 200 32,0 * NU 2236 ECMA M
* NJ 2236 ECMA M
380 75 1 020 1 290 125 1 600 2 200 44,0 NU 336 ECM –
380 126 1 610 2 240 216 1 600 2 800 71,5 NU 2336 ECMA –
190 290 46 347 500 53 2 600 3 800 11,0 NU 1038 ML –
340 55 800 965 98 2 000 3 000 24,0 NU 238 ECMA M
340 55 800 965 98 2 000 3 000 24,5 * NJ 238 ECMA M
340 55 800 965 98 2 000 3 000 25,0 * NUP 238 ECMA M
*
340 92 1 220 1 600 160 2 000 3 000 39,0
* NU 2238 ECMA –
400 78 1 140 1 500 143 1 500 2 000 50,0 NU 338 ECM –
400 132 1 830 2 550 236 1 500 2 600 82,5 NU 2338 ECMA –
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question, e.g. NU 1034 ML becomes NU 1034 M (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
544
B2
ra rb
ra r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db da Da d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F, E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db, Da Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
170 201 227 193 2,1 2,1 5,8 180 190 196 250 2 2 0,1 HJ 1034 0,94 11 21
220 268 207 4 4 2,9 187 203 210 293 3 3 0,15 HJ 234 EC 1,65 12 20
220 268 207 4 4 2,9 187 203 224 293 3 3 0,15 HJ 234 EC 1,65 12 20
220 268 207 4 4 – 187 – 224 293 3 3 0,15 –
– 270 205 4 4 4,2 187 200 208 293 3 3 0,2 –
– 303 218 4 4 4,6 187 214 221 343 3 3 0,15 –
236 – 318 4 4 4,6 187 313 323 343 3 3 0,15 –
– 301 216 4 4 10 187 211 220 343 3 3 0,25 –
234 301 216 4 4 10 187 211 238 343 3 3 0,25 –
180 – 244 205 2,1 2,1 6,1 190 202 208 270 2 2 0,1 –
230 279 217 4 4 2,9 197 213 220 303 3 3 0,15 HJ 236 EC 1,70 12 20
230 279 217 4 4 2,9 197 213 234 303 3 3 0,15 HJ 236 EC 1,70 12 20
230 279 217 4 4 – 197 – 234 303 3 3 0,15 –
– 280 215 4 4 4,2 197 210 218 303 3 3 0,2 –
229 280 215 4 4 4,2 197 210 233 303 3 3 0,2 –
– 319 231 4 4 4,2 197 223 235 363 3 3 0,15 –
– 320 231 4 4 8,2 197 223 235 363 3 3 0,25 –
190 – 254 215 2,1 2,1 6,1 200 212 218 280 2 2 0,1 –
244 295 230 4 4 3 207 226 234 323 3 3 0,15 HJ 238 EC 2,10 13 21,5
244 295 230 4 4 3 207 226 248 323 3 3 0,15 HJ 238 EC 2,10 13 21,5
244 295 230 4 4 – 207 – 248 323 3 3 0,15 –
– 297 228 4 4 5 207 222 232 323 3 3 0,2 –
264 338 245 5 5 4,3 210 240 249 380 4 4 0,15 HJ 338 EC 4,30 18 29
– 341 240 5 5 9,5 210 235 244 380 4 4 0,25 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
545
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 200 – 240 mm
B
r2
r1
r3 r1 r3
r4 r2 r4
D D1 d F d1 d d1
NU NJ NUP
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing with Alternative
dynamic static limit ence speed with standard cage standard
d D B C C0 Pu speed standard cage design1)
cage
mm kN kN r/min kg –
200 310 51 380 570 58,5 2 400 3 000 14,5 NU 1040 MA M
360 58 850 1 020 100 1 900 2 800 28,5 NU 240 ECMA M
360 58 850 1 020 100 1 900 2 800 29,0 * NJ 240 ECMA M
360 58 850 1 020 100 1 900 2 800 29,5 * NUP 240 ECMA M
360 98 1 370 1 800 180 1 900 2 800 46,0 * NU 2240 ECMA –
*
420 80 1 230 1 630 150 1 400 2 400 56,0 NU 340 ECMA –
420 138 1 980 2 800 255 1 400 2 400 97,0 NU 2340 ECMA –
420 138 1 980 2 800 255 1 400 2 400 98,0 NJ 2340 ECMA –
220 340 56 495 735 73,5 2 200 2 800 19,0 NU 1044 MA M
400 65 1 060 1 290 125 1 600 2 400 38,5 NU 244 ECMA M
400 65 1 060 1 290 125 1 600 2 400 39,0 * NJ 244 ECMA M
400 65 1 060 1 290 125 1 600 2 400 39,5 * NUP 244 ECMA M
400 108 1 570 2 280 212 1 600 2 400 62,5 * NU 2244 ECMA –
460 88 1 210 1 630 150 1 500 1 700 72,5 NU 344 M –
460 88 1 210 1 630 150 1 500 1 700 73,5 NJ 344 M –
460 145 2 380 3 450 310 1 300 2 200 120 NU 2344 ECMA –
240 360 56 523 800 78 2 000 2 600 20,0 NU 1048 MA –
440 72 952 1 370 129 1 600 2 200 51,5 NU 248 MA –
440 72 952 1 370 129 1 600 2 200 52,5 NJ 248 MA –
440 72 952 1 370 129 1 600 2 200 53,5 NUP 248 MA –
440 120 1 450 2 360 216 1 500 2 200 84,0 NU 2248 MA –
440 120 1 450 2 360 216 1 500 2 200 85,0 NJ 2248 MA –
500 95 1 450 2 000 180 1 300 1 600 94,5 NU 348 M –
500 95 1 450 2 000 180 1 300 2 000 98,5 NJ 348 MA –
500 155 2 600 3 650 320 1 200 2 000 155 NU 2348 ECMA –
* SKF
1)
Explorer bearing
When ordering bearings with an alternative standard cage the suffix of the standard cage has to be replaced by the suffix
of the cage in question. e.g. NU 1040 MA becomes NU 1040 M (for speed ratings ➔ page 511)
546
B2
ra
r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
200 239 269 229 2,1 2,1 7 210 225 233 299 2 2 0,1 HJ 1040 1,65 13 25,5
258 312 243 4 4 2,6 217 239 247 343 3 3 0,15 HJ 240 EC 2,55 14 23
258 312 243 4 4 2,6 217 239 262 343 3 3 0,15 HJ 240 EC 2,55 14 23
258 312 243 4 4 – 217 – 262 343 3 3 0,15 –
– 313 241 4 4 5,1 217 235 245 343 3 3 0,2 –
– 337 260 5 5 4 220 253 264 400 4 4 0,15 –
– 353 247 5 5 9,4 220 241 251 400 4 4 0,25 –
278 353 247 5 5 9,4 220 241 280 400 4 4 0,25 –
220 262 297 250 3 3 7,5 233 246 254 327 2,5 2,5 0,1 HJ 1044 2,10 14 27
– 344 268 4 4 2,3 237 264 270 383 3 3 0,15 –
284 344 268 4 4 2,3 237 264 288 383 3 3 0,15 –
284 344 268 4 4 – 237 – 288 383 3 3 0,15 –
– 349 259 4 4 7,9 237 255 264 383 3 3 0,2 –
– 371 284 5 5 5,2 240 277 288 440 4 4 0,15 –
307 371 284 5 5 5,2 240 277 311 440 4 4 0,15 –
– 384 277 5 5 10,4 240 268 280 440 4 4 0,25 –
240 282 317 270 3 3 7,5 253 266 274 347 2,5 2,5 0,1 HJ 1048 2,25 14 27
– 365 295 4 4 3,4 257 288 299 423 3 3 0,15 –
316 365 295 4 4 3,4 257 288 317 423 3 3 0,15 –
316 365 295 4 4 – 257 – 317 423 3 3 0,15 –
– 365 295 4 4 4,3 257 284 299 423 3 3 0,2 –
– 365 295 4 4 4,3 257 284 299 423 3 3 0,2 –
335 401 310 5 5 5,6 260 302 314 480 4 4 0,15 HJ 348 8,90 22 39,5
335 401 310 5 5 5,6 260 302 314 480 4 4 0,15 HJ 348 8,90 22 39,5
– 426 299 5 5 10,3 260 295 305 480 4 4 0,25 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
547
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 260 – 380 mm
B
r2
r1
r3 r1
r4 r2
D D1 d F d1
NU NJ
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
260 400 65 627 965 96,5 1 800 2 400 29,5 NU 1052 MA
480 80 1 170 1 700 156 1 400 2 000 68,5 NU 252 MA
480 80 1 170 1 700 156 1 400 2 000 70,0 NJ 252 MA
480 80 1 170 1 700 156 1 400 2 000 72,0 NUP 252 MA
480 130 1 790 3 000 265 1 300 2 000 110 NU 2252 MA
480 130 1 790 3 000 265 1 300 2 000 112 NJ 2252 MA
540 102 1 940 2 700 236 1 100 1 800 125 NU 352 ECMA
280 420 65 660 1 060 102 1 700 2 200 32,5 NU 1056 MA
500 80 1 140 1 700 153 1 400 1 900 71,5 NU 256 MA
500 80 1 140 1 700 153 1 400 1 900 73,0 NJ 256 MA
500 130 2 200 3 250 285 1 200 1 900 115 NU 2256 ECMA
580 175 2 700 4 300 365 1 000 1 700 230 NU 2356 MA
300 460 74 858 1 370 129 1 500 2 000 46,5 NU 1060 MA
460 74 858 1 370 129 1 500 2 000 47,0 NJ 1060 MA
540 85 1 420 2 120 183 1 300 1 800 89,5 NU 260 MA
540 140 2 090 3 450 300 1 200 1 800 145 NU 2260 MA
320 480 74 880 1 430 132 1 400 1 900 48,5 NU 1064 MA
480 74 880 1 430 132 1 400 1 900 49,0 NJ 1064 MA
580 92 1 610 2 450 204 1 200 1 600 115 NU 264 MA
580 150 3 190 5 000 415 1 000 1 600 180 NU 2264 ECMA
340 520 82 1 080 1 760 156 1 300 1 700 65,0 NU 1068 MA
520 82 1 080 1 760 156 1 300 1 700 68,0 NJ 1068 MA
620 165 2 640 4 500 365 1 000 1 500 220 NU 2268 MA
360 540 82 1 100 1 830 163 1 3000 1 600 67,5 NU 1072 MA
650 170 2 920 4 900 400 950 1 400 250 NU 2272 MA
380 560 82 1 140 1 930 170 1 200 1 600 71,0 NU 1076 MA
560 82 1 140 1 930 170 1 200 1 600 73,0 NJ 1076 MA
680 175 3 140 5 500 440 900 1 600 275 NU 2276 ECMA
548
B2
ra
r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
260 309 349 296 4 4 8 276 291 300 384 3 3 0,1 HJ 1052 3,30 16 31,5
340 397 320 5 5 3,4 280 313 324 460 4 4 0,15 HJ 252 6,20 18 33
340 397 320 5 5 3,4 280 313 344 460 4 4 0,15 HJ 252 6,20 18 33
340 397 320 5 5 – 280 – 344 460 4 4 0,15 –
– 397 320 5 5 4,3 280 309 324 460 4 4 0,2 –
340 397 320 5 5 4,3 280 309 324 460 4 4 0,2 –
– 455 337 6 6 4,2 286 330 341 514 5 5 0,15 –
280 329 369 316 4 4 8 295 311 320 405 3 3 0,1 HJ 1056 3,55 16 31,5
– 417 340 5 5 3,8 300 333 344 480 4 4 0,15 –
360 417 340 5 5 3,8 300 333 364 480 4 4 0,15 –
350 433 327 5 5 10,2 300 320 331 480 4 4 0,2 HJ 2256 EC 6,75 18 38
– 467 362 6 6 6,6 306 347 366 554 5 5 0,25 –
300 – 402 340 4 4 9,7 317 335 344 443 3 3 0,1 HJ 1060 5,30 19 36
356 402 340 4 4 9,7 317 335 344 443 3 3 0,1 HJ 1060 5,30 19 36
– 451 364 5 5 4,8 320 358 368 520 4 4 0,15 –
– 451 364 5 5 5,6 320 352 368 520 4 4 0,2 –
320 376 422 360 4 4 9,7 335 355 364 465 3 3 0,1 HJ 1064 5,65 19 36
376 422 360 4 4 9,7 335 355 380 465 3 3 0,1 HJ 1064 5,65 19 36
– 485 390 5 5 5,3 340 383 394 560 4 4 0,15 –
– 485 390 5 5 5,9 340 377 394 560 4 4 0,2 –
340 403 455 385 5 5 6,5 358 380 389 502 4 4 0,1 HJ 1068 7,40 21 39,5
403 455 385 5 5 6,5 358 380 408 502 4 4 0,1 HJ 1068 7,40 21 39,5
– 515 416 6 6 8 366 401 421 594 5 5 0,2 –
360 423 475 405 5 5 6,5 378 400 410 522 4 4 0,1 HJ 1072 7,75 21 39,5
– 542 437 6 6 16,7 386 428 442 624 5 5 0,2 –
380 443 495 425 5 5 10,8 398 420 430 542 4 4 0,1 HJ 1076 8,25 21 39,5
443 495 425 5 5 10,8 398 420 430 542 4 4 0,1 HJ 1076 8,25 21 39,5
– 595 451 6 6 8,3 406 447 455 654 5 5 0,2 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
549
Single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 400 – 800 mm
B
r2
r1
r3 r1
r4 r2
D D1 d F d1
NU NJ
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
400 600 90 1 380 2 320 204 1 100 1 500 92,5 NU 1080 MA
420 620 90 1 420 2 450 212 1 100 1 400 96,0 NU 1084 MA
440 650 94 1 510 2 650 212 1 000 1 300 105 NU 1088 MA
460 680 100 1 650 2 850 224 950 1 200 115 NJ 1092 MA
830 165 4 180 6 800 510 750 1 100 415 NU 1292 MA
830 212 5 120 8 650 655 700 1 100 530 NU 2292 MA
480 700 100 1 680 3 000 232 900 1 200 130 NU 1096 MA
500 720 100 1 720 3 100 236 900 1 100 135 NU 10/500 MA
920 185 5 280 8 500 620 670 950 585 NU 12/500 MA
530 780 112 2 290 4 050 305 800 1 000 190 NU 10/530 MA
780 145 3 740 7 350 550 670 1 000 255 NU 20/530 ECMA
560 820 115 2 330 4 250 310 750 1 000 210 NU 10/560 MA
820 150 3 800 7 650 560 630 1 000 290 NU 20/560 ECMA
1 030 206 7 210 11 200 780 560 800 805 NU 12/560 MA
600 870 118 2 750 5 100 365 700 900 245 NU 10/600 N2MA
870 155 4 180 8 000 570 600 900 325 NU 20/600 ECMA
1 090 155 5 610 9 800 670 480 850 710 NU 2/600 ECMA/HB1
630 920 128 3 410 6 200 430 630 1 000 285 NU 10/630 ECN2MA
920 170 4 730 9 500 670 560 850 400 NU 20/630 ECMA
1 150 230 8 580 13 700 915 450 700 1 100 NU 12/630 ECMA
670 980 136 3 740 6 800 465 530 800 350 NU 10/670 ECMA
980 180 5 390 11 000 750 500 800 480 NU 20/670 ECMA
710 1 030 140 4 680 8 500 570 500 750 415 NU 10/710 ECN2MA
1 030 185 5 940 12 000 815 480 700 540 NU 20/710 ECMA
750 1 090 150 4 730 8 800 585 430 670 490 NU 10/750 ECN2MA
1 090 195 7 040 14 600 980 430 670 635 NU 20/750 ECMA
800 1 150 200 7 040 14 600 950 400 630 715 NU 20/800 ECMA
550
B2
ra
r3
rb r4
B1
Da da db db d d1
Angle ring
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calcu- Angle ring
lation Designation Mass Dimen-
factor sions
d d1 D1 F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db Da ra rb kr B1 B2
~ ~ min min min max min max max max
mm mm – – kg mm
400 470 527 450 5 5 14 418 446 455 582 4 4 0,1 HJ 1080 9,75 23 43
420 490 547 470 5 5 14 438 466 475 602 4 4 0,1 HJ 1084 10,0 23 43
440 512 574 493 6 6 14,7 463 488 498 627 5 5 0,1 HJ 1088 11,5 24 45
460 537 600 516 6 6 15,9 483 511 521 657 5 5 0,1 HJ 1092 14,0 25 48
– 715 554 7,5 7,5 6,4 492 542 559 798 6 6 0,14 –
– 706 554 7,5 7,5 16,5 492 542 559 798 6 6 0,2 –
480 557 620 536 6 6 15,9 503 531 541 677 5 5 0,1 HJ 1096 14,5 25 48
500 577 640 556 6 6 11,2 523 550 561 697 5 5 0,1 HJ 10/500 15,0 25 48
– 728 576 7,5 7,5 14,5 532 564 581 798 6 6 0,21 –
530 – 692 593 6 6 10,4 553 585 598 757 5 5 0,1 –
– 704 591 6 6 6,8 553 587 596 757 5 5 0,14 –
560 648 726 625 6 6 12,3 583 617 630 797 5 5 0,1 HJ 10/560 21,0 27,5 53
– 726 625 6 6 12,3 583 617 630 797 5 5 0,1 –
– 741 626 6 6 6,7 583 616 631 797 5 5 0,14 –
600 695 779 667 6 6 14 623 658 672 847 5 5 0,1 HJ 10/600 27,5 31 55
– 793 661 6 6 6,1 623 652 667 847 5 5 0,14 –
– 925 749 9,5 9,5 3 640 743 755 1 050 8 8 0,17 –
630 – 837 702 7,5 7,5 6,2 658 691 706 892 6 6 0,1 –
– 832 699 7,5 7,5 8,7 658 690 705 892 6 6 0,14 –
– 1 005 751 12 12 13,5 678 735 757 1 102 10 10 0,17 –
670 – 891 747 7,5 7,5 7,9 698 736 753 952 6 6 0,1 –
– 890 746 7,5 7,5 7 698 736 752 952 6 6 0,14 –
710 – 939 778 7,5 7,5 8 738 769 783 1 002 6 6 0,1 –
– 939 787 7,5 7,5 10 738 774 793 1 002 6 6 0,14 –
750 – 993 832 7,5 7,5 3 778 823 838 1 062 6 6 0,1 –
– 993 832 7,5 7,5 2 778 823 838 1 062 6 6 0,14 –
800 – 1 051 882 7,5 7,5 2 828 868 888 1 122 6 6 0,14 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
551
Single row full
complement cylindrical
roller bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 554
NCF design ………………………………………………………………………………… 554
NJG design ………………………………………………………………………………… 554
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 555
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 555
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 555
Radial internal clearance …………………………………………………………………… 555
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 555
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 555
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 555
Dynamic axial load carrying capacity……………………………………………………… 556
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 557
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 557
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 557
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 558
553
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
Designs Fig 1
Full complement cylindrical roller bearings
incorporate a maximum number of rollers
and are therefore suitable for very heavy
radial loads. However, they cannot operate
at the same high speeds as caged type
cylindrical roller bearings. The standard SKF
range of single row full complement cylin-
drical roller bearings consist of the NCF
and NJG designs.
NCF design
NCF-design bearings (➔ fig 1 ) have two
integral flanges on the inner ring and one
integral flange on the outer ring and can thus
support axial loads acting in one direction
and provide axial shaft location in one direc-
tion. A retaining ring at the flangeless side Fig 2
of the outer ring holds the bearing assembly
together. The axial internal clearance in the
bearing is given in the product table and
is designed to permit small axial displace-
ments of the shaft in relation to the housing,
e.g. as a result of thermal expansion of the
shaft, to be accommodated in the bearing.
NJG design
NJG-design bearings (➔ fig 2 ) comprise the
heavy dimension series 23 and are intended
for very heavily loaded, slow speed applica-
tions. These bearings have two integral
flanges on the outer ring and one integral
flange on the inner ring and can thus support
axial loads acting in one direction and provide
axial shaft location in one direction. In con-
trast to the other full complement bearing
designs, NJG-design bearings have a self-
retaining roller complement. The outer ring
with its two integral flanges together with
the roller complement can therefore be
withdrawn from the inner ring, without
having to take any precautions to prevent
the rollers from falling out. This simplifies
mounting and dismounting.
554
Bearing data – general Minimum load
In order to provide satisfactory operation,
Dimensions single row full complement cylindrical roller
The boundary dimensions of SKF single row bearings, like all ball and roller bearings, must
full complement cylindrical roller bearings always be subjected to a given minimum
are in accordance with ISO 15:1998. load, particularly if they are to operate at
relatively high speeds (n > 0,5 times the
Tolerances reference speed) or are subjected to high
SKF single row full complement cylindrical accelerations or rapid changes in the direc-
roller bearings are produced to Normal toler- tion of the load. Under such conditions the
ances. The values for the tolerances corres- inertia forces of the rollers and the friction in
pond to ISO 492:2002 and can be found in the lubricant, can have a detrimental effect
table 3 on page 125. on the rolling conditions in the bearing
arrangement and may cause damaging slid-
Radial internal clearance ing movements and to occur between the
SKF single row full complement cylindrical rollers and raceways.
roller bearings are produced with Normal The requisite minimum load to be applied
radial internal clearance as standard. The to single row full complement cylindrical
majority of the bearings are also available roller bearings can be estimated using
with the greater C3 radial internal clearance.
The values correspond to ISO 5753:1991 2
and are given in table 1 on page 507. The
clearance limits apply to unmounted bear-
(
Frm = kr 6 +
4n
nr )( )
dm
100
ings under zero measuring load.
where
Misalignment Frm = minimum radial load, kN
The ability of single row full complement kr = minimum load factor
cylindrical roller bearings to accommodate 0,1 for bearing series 18
angular misalignment of the inner ring with 0,11 for bearing series 28
respect to the outer ring is limited to a few 0,2 for bearing series 29
minutes of arc. The actual values are 0,3 for bearing series 30 and 22
0,35 for bearing series 23
• 4 minutes of arc for bearings of the narrow n = rotational speed, r/min
dimension series 18, and nr = reference speed (➔ product table),
• 3 minutes of arc for bearings of the wide r/min
dimension series 22, 23, 28, 29 and 30. dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
The above guideline values apply provided
the position of the shaft and housing axes When starting up at low temperatures or
remains constant. A larger misalignment is when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
possible, but may result in reduced bearing greater minimum loads may be required.
service life. In such cases, please contact The weight of the components supported by
the SKF application engineering service. the bearing, together with external forces,
generally exceeds the requisite minimum
Influence of operating temperature load. If this is not the case, the single row full
on bearing material complement cylindrical roller bearing must
SKF single row full complement cylindrical be subjected to an additional radial load.
roller bearings undergo a special heat treat-
ment. They can operate at temperatures of
up to +150 °C.
555
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
Dynamic axial load carrying capacity Where axial loads act for longer periods
Full complement cylindrical roller bearings and the bearings are grease lubricated, it is
with flanges on both inner and outer rings advisable to use a grease that has good oil
can support axial loads in one direction. bleeding properties at the operating tem-
Their axial load carrying capacity is primarily peratures (> 3 % according to DIN 51 817).
determined by the ability of the sliding sur- Frequent relubrication is also recommended.
faces of the roller end/flange contact to sup- The values of the permissible load Fap
port loads. Factors having the greatest effect obtained from the heat balance equation
on this ability are the lubrication, operating are valid for a continuously acting constant
temperature and heat dissipation from the axial load and adequate lubricant supply to
bearing. Assuming the conditions cited the roller end/flange contacts. Where axial
below, the permissible axial load can be loads act only for short periods, the values
calculated with sufficient accuracy from can be multiplied by 2, or for shock loads by
3, provided the limits given in the following
with regard to flange strength are not
k1 C0 104
Fap = − k2 Fr exceeded.
n (d + D) To avoid any risk of flange breakage, the
constantly acting axial load should never
where exceed
Fap = maximum permissible axial load, kN
C0 = basic static load rating, kN Fap = 0,0023 D1,7
Fr = actual radial bearing load, kN
n = rotational speed, r/min and occasional shock loads should never be
d = bearing bore diameter, mm greater than the numerical value of
D = bearing outside diameter, mm
k1 = a factor Fap = 0,007 D1,7
1,0 for oil lubrication
0,5 for grease lubrication where
k2 = a factor Fap = maximum permissible axial load, kN
0,3 for oil lubrication D = bearing outside diameter, mm
0,15 for grease lubrication
To obtain an even flange load and provide
The above equation is based on conditions sufficient running accuracy of the shaft when
that are considered typical for normal bear- single row full complement cylindrical roller
ing operation: bearings are subjected to heavy axial loads,
the axial runout of the abutment surfaces of
• a difference of 60 °C between the bearing the associated components should be given
operating temperature and the ambient particular attention.
temperature; If shaft deflection occurs together with an
• a specific heat loss from the bearing of axial load, the inner ring flange should only be
0,5 mW/mm2 °C with reference to the supported to half its height (➔ fig 3 ) so that
bearing outside diameter surface (π D B); it is not subjected to damaging alternating
• a viscosity ratio κ ≥ 2. stresses. The recommended shaft abutment
diameter das can be obtained from the
For grease lubrication the viscosity of the product table.
base oil in the grease may be used. If κ is Where misalignment between the inner
less than 2, friction will increase and there and outer rings exceeds 1 minute of arc, the
will be more wear. These effects can be action of the load on the flange changes
reduced at low speeds, for example, by considerably. As a result, the safety factors
using oils with AW (anti-wear) and EP implicit in the guideline values may not be
(extreme pressure) additives. adequate. In these cases, contact the SKF
application engineering service.
556
Equivalent dynamic bearing load Equivalent static bearing load
For dynamically loaded single row full com- For statically loaded single row full comple-
plement cylindrical roller bearings used as ment cylindrical roller bearings
non-locating bearings
P 0 = Fr
P = Fr
Supplementary designations
If the bearings are used to locate a shaft in The designation suffixes used to identify
one direction, the equivalent dynamic bear- certain features of SKF single row full com-
ing load should be calculated using plement cylindrical roller bearings are
explained in the following.
P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ e
P = 0,92 Fr + YFa when Fa/Fr > e CV Modified internal design, full comple-
ment roller set
where C3 Radial internal clearance greater
e = limiting value than Normal
= 0,2 for bearings in the 18 series HA1 Inner and outer rings of case-hardening
= 0,3 for bearings in the 22, 23, 28, 29 steel
and 30 series HB1 Bainite hardened inner and outer rings
Y = axial load factor L4B Bearing rings and rolling elements with
= 0,6 for bearings in the 18 series special surface coating
= 0,4 for bearings in the 22, 23, 28, 29 L5B Rolling elements with special surface
and 30 series coating
V Full complement roller set (without
Since axially loaded single row full comple- cage)
ment cylindrical roller bearings only operate VH Full complement roller set (without
satisfactorily when they are subjected to a cage), self-retaining
simultaneously acting radial load, the ratio
Fa/Fr should not exceed 0,5.
Fig 3
d1 das F
557
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 20 – 75 mm
B s
r4 r2
r1 r2 r3 r1
r1 r1 r1
r2 r2 r2
D E D1 d d1 F
NCF NJG
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
20 42 16 28,1 28,5 3,1 8 500 10 000 0,11 NCF 3004 CV
25 47 16 31,9 35,5 3,8 7 000 9 000 0,12 NCF 3005 CV
62 24 68,2 68 8,5 4 500 5 600 0,38 NJG 2305 VH
30 55 19 39,6 44 5 6 000 7 500 0,20 NCF 3006 CV
72 27 84,2 86,5 11 4 000 4 800 0,56 NJG 2306 VH
35 62 20 48,4 56 6,55 5 300 6 700 0,26 NCF 3007 CV
80 31 108 114 14,3 3 400 4 300 0,75 NJG 2307 VH
40 68 21 57,2 69,5 8,15 4 800 6 000 0,31 NCF 3008 CV
90 33 145 156 20 3 000 3 600 1,00 NJG 2308 VH
45 75 23 60,5 78 9,15 4 300 5 300 0,40 NCF 3009 CV
100 36 172 196 25,5 2 800 3 400 1,45 NJG 2309 VH
50 80 23 76,5 98 11,8 4 000 5 000 0,43 NCF 3010 CV
55 90 26 105 140 17,3 3 400 4 300 0,64 NCF 3011 CV
120 43 233 260 33,5 2 200 2 800 2,30 NJG 2311 VH
60 85 16 55 80 9,15 3 600 4 500 0,29 NCF 2912 CV
95 26 106 146 18,3 3 400 4 000 0,69 NCF 3012 CV
65 90 16 58,3 88 10,2 3 200 4 000 0,31 NCF 2913 CV
100 26 112 163 20 3 000 3 800 0,73 NCF 3013 CV
140 48 303 360 46,5 1 900 2 400 3,55 NJG 2313 VH
70 100 19 76,5 116 13,7 3 000 3 800 0,49 NCF 2914 CV
110 30 128 173 22,4 2 800 3 600 1,02 NCF 3014 CV
150 51 336 400 50 1 800 2 200 4,40 NJG 2314 VH
75 105 19 79,2 125 14,6 2 800 3 600 0,52 NCF 2915 CV
115 30 134 190 24,5 2 600 3 200 1,06 NCF 3015 CV
160 55 396 480 60 1 600 2 000 5,35 NJG 2315 VH
558
ra rb ra
ra ra
Da da Db Da db da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E, F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da das2) db Da Db ra rb
~ ~ min min min rec. max max max max max
mm mm
20 29 33 36,8 0,6 0,6 1,5 24 26,9 – 38 40 0,6 0,6
25 34 39 42,5 0,6 0,6 1,5 29 32,3 – 43 45 0,6 0,6
36,1 48,2 31,74 1,1 – 1,7 32 33,9 30 55 – 1 –
30 40 45 49,6 1 1 2 35 37,8 – 50 52 1 1
43,2 56,4 38,36 1,1 – 1,8 37 40,8 36 65 – 1 –
35 45 51 55,5 1 1 2 40 42,8 – 57 59 1 1
50,4 65,8 44,75 1,5 – 2 44 47,6 42 71 – 1,5 –
40 50 58 61,7 1 1 2 45 47,9 – 63 65 1 1
57,6 75,2 51,15 1,5 – 2,4 49 54,4 49 81 – 1,5 –
45 55 62 66,9 1 1 2 50 53 – 70 72 1 1
62,5 80,1 56,14 1,5 – 2,4 54 59,3 54 91 – 1,5 –
50 59 68 72,3 1 1 2 55 56,7 – 75 77 1 1
55 68 79 83,5 1,1 1,1 2 61 65,8 – 84 86 1 1
75,5 98,6 67,14 2 – 2,6 66 71,3 – 109 – 2 –
60 69 75 78,5 1 1 1 65 66,8 – 80 80 1 1
71 82 86,7 1,1 1,1 2 66 68,9 – 89 91 1 1
65 75 81 85 1 1 1 70 73 – 85 85 1 1
78 88 93,1 1,1 1,1 2 71 75,6 – 94 96 1 1
89,9 116 80,71 2,1 – 3 77 85,3 78 128 – 2 –
70 81 88 92,3 1 1 1 75 78,7 – 95 95 1 1
81 95 100,3 1,1 1,1 3 76 78,7 – 104 106 1 1
93,8 121 84,22 2,1 – 3 82 89 81 138 – 2 –
75 86 93 97,5 1 1 1 80 83,8 – 100 100 1 1
89 103 107,9 1,1 1,1 3 81 86,5 – 109 111 1 1
101 131 91,24 2,1 – 3 87 96,1 88 148 – 2 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 556
559
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 80 – 150 mm
B s
r4 r2
r1 r2 r3 r1
r1 r1 r1
r2 r2 r2
D E D1 d d1 F
NCF NJG
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
80 110 19 80,9 132 15,6 2 600 3 400 0,55 NCF 2916 CV
125 34 165 228 29 2 400 3 000 1,43 NCF 3016 CV
170 58 457 570 71 1 500 1 900 6,40 NJG 2316 VH
85 120 22 102 166 20 2 600 3 200 0,81 NCF 2917 CV
130 34 172 236 30 2 400 3 000 1,51 NCF 3017 CV
180 60 484 620 76,5 1 400 1 800 7,40 NJG 2317 VH
90 125 22 106 176 20,8 2 400 3 000 0,84 NCF 2918 CV
140 37 198 280 35,5 2 200 2 800 1,97 NCF 3018 CV
190 64 528 670 81,5 1 400 1 800 8,75 NJG 2318 VH
100 140 24 128 200 24,5 2 200 2 600 1,14 NCF 2920 CV
150 37 209 310 37,5 2 000 2 600 2,15 NCF 3020 CV
215 73 682 865 104 1 200 1 500 13,0 NJG 2320 VH
110 150 24 134 220 26 1 900 2 400 1,23 NCF 2922 CV
170 45 275 400 47,5 1 800 2 200 3,50 NCF 3022 CV
240 80 858 1 060 122 1 100 1 300 17,5 NJG 2322 VH
120 165 27 172 290 34,5 1 800 2 200 1,73 NCF 2924 CV
180 46 292 440 52 1 700 2 000 3,80 NCF 3024 CV
215 58 512 735 85 1 400 1 700 9,05 NCF 2224 V
260 86 952 1 250 140 1 000 1 200 22,5 NJG 2324 VH
130 180 30 205 360 40,5 1 600 2 000 2,33 NCF 2926 CV
200 52 413 620 72 1 500 1 900 5,80 NCF 3026 CV
280 93 1 080 1 430 156 950 1 200 28,0 NJG 2326 VH
140 190 30 220 390 43 1 500 1 900 2,42 NCF 2928 CV
210 53 440 680 78 1 400 1 800 6,10 NCF 3028 CV
250 68 693 1 020 114 1 200 1 500 14,5 NCF 2228 V
300 102 1 210 1 600 173 850 1 100 35,5 NJG 2328 VH
150 210 36 292 490 55 1 400 1 700 3,77 NCF 2930 CV
225 56 457 710 80 1 300 1 600 7,50 NCF 3030 CV
270 73 792 1 180 132 1 100 1 400 18,4 NCF 2230 V
320 108 1 450 1 930 196 800 1 000 42,5 NJG 2330 VH
560
ra rb ra
ra ra
Da da Db Da db da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E, F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da das2) db Da Db ra rb
~ ~ min min min rec. max max max max max
mm mm
80 91 98 102,5 1 1 1 85 88,8 – 105 105 1 1
95 111 117 1,1 1,1 4 86 92 – 119 121 1 1
109 141 98,26 2,1 – 4 92 104 95 158 – 2 –
85 96 105 109,5 1,1 1,1 1 91 93,8 – 114 114 1 1
99 116 121,4 1,1 1,1 4 91 96,2 – 124 126 1 1
118 149 107 3 – 4 99 113 104 166 – 2,5 –
90 102 111 115,3 1,1 1,1 1 96 99,7 – 119 119 1 1
106 124 130,1 1,5 1,5 4 97 103 – 133 135 1,5 1,5
117 152 105,3 3 – 4 104 111 105 176 – 2,5 –
100 114 126 130,5 1,1 1,1 1,5 106 111 – 134 134 1 1
115 134 139,7 1,5 1,5 4 107 112 – 143 145 1,5 1,5
133 173 119,3 3 – 4 114 126 119 201 – 2,5 –
110 124 136 141 1,1 1,1 1,5 116 122 – 144 144 1 1
127 149 156,1 2 2 5,5 120 124 – 160 165 2 2
151 198 134,3 3 – 5 124 143 130 226 – 2,5 –
120 135 149 153,8 1,1 1,1 1,5 126 132 – 159 159 1 1
139 160 167,6 2 2 5,5 130 135 – 170 175 2 2
150 184 192,32 2,1 2,1 4 131 145 – 204 204 2 2
164 213 147,4 3 – 5 134 156 142 246 – 2,5 –
130 146 161 166,5 1,5 1,5 2 137 143 – 173 173 1,5 1,5
149 175 183 2 1 5,5 140 148 – 190 195 2 1
175 226 157,9 4 – 6 147 166 153 263 – 3 –
140 157 174 179,3 1,5 1,5 2 147 154 – 183 183 1,5 1,5
163 189 197 2 1 5,5 150 159 – 200 205 2 1
173 212 221,9 3 3 5 143 167 – 127 127 2,5 2,5
187 245 168,5 4 – 6,5 157 178 163 283 – 3 –
150 169 189 196 2 2 2,5 160 166 – 200 200 2 2
170 198 206 2,1 1,1 7 161 167 – 214 234 2 1
184 227 236,7 3 3 6 153 178 – 137 137 2,5 2,5
202 261 182,5 4 – 6,5 167 192 178 303 – 3 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 556
561
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 160 – 260 mm
B s
r4 r2
r1 r2 r3 r1
r1 r1 r1
r2 r2 r2
D E D1 d d1 F
NCF NJG
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
160 220 36 303 530 58,5 1 300 1 600 4,00 NCF 2932 CV
240 60 512 800 90 1 200 1 500 9,10 NCF 3032 CV
290 80 990 1 500 160 950 1 200 23,0 NCF 2232 V
170 230 36 314 560 60 1 200 1 500 4,30 NCF 2934 CV
260 67 671 1 060 118 1 100 1 400 12,5 NCF 3034 CV
310 86 1 100 1 700 176 900 1 100 28,7 NCF 2234 V
360 120 1 760 2 450 236 700 900 59,5 NJG 2334 VH
180 250 42 391 695 75 1 100 1 400 6,20 NCF 2936 CV
280 74 781 1 250 134 1 100 1 300 16,5 NCF 3036 CV
380 126 1 870 2 650 255 670 800 69,5 NJG 2336 VH
190 260 42 440 780 81,5 1 100 1 400 6,50 NCF 2938 CV
290 75 792 1 290 140 1 000 1 300 17,0 NCF 3038 CV
340 92 1 250 1 900 196 800 1 000 35,7 NCF 2238 V
400 132 2 160 3 000 280 630 800 80,0 NJG 2338 VH
200 250 24 176 335 32,5 1 100 1 400 2,60 NCF 1840 V
280 48 528 965 100 1 000 1 300 9,10 NCF 2940 CV
310 82 913 1 530 160 950 1 200 22,5 NCF 3040 CV
420 138 2 290 3 200 290 600 750 92,0 NJG 2340 VH
220 270 24 183 365 34,5 1 000 1 200 2,85 NCF 1844 V
300 48 550 1 060 108 950 1 200 9,90 NCF 2944 CV
340 90 1 080 1 800 186 850 1 100 29,5 NCF 3044 CV
400 108 1 830 2 750 255 700 850 58,0 NCF 2244 V
460 145 2 550 3 550 320 530 670 111 NJG 2344 VH
240 300 28 260 510 47,5 900 1 100 4,40 NCF 1848 V
320 48 583 1 140 114 850 1 100 10,6 NCF 2948 CV
360 92 1 140 1 960 200 800 1 000 32,0 NCF 3048 CV
500 155 2 810 3 900 345 500 630 147 NJG 2348 VH
260 320 28 270 550 50 800 1 000 4,75 NCF 1852 V
360 60 748 1 430 143 750 950 18,5 NCF 2952 CV
400 104 1 540 2 550 250 700 900 46,5 NCF 3052 CV
540 165 3 410 4 800 415 430 530 177 NJG 2352 VH
562
ra rb ra
ra ra
Da da Db Da db da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E, F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da das2) db Da Db ra rb
~ ~ min min min rec. max max max max max
mm mm
160 180 200 207 2 2 2,5 170 177 – 210 210 2 2
185 215 224 2,1 1,1 7 171 180 – 229 304 2 1
208 255 266,4 3 3 6 163 201 – 147 147 2,5 2,5
170 191 211 217,8 2 2 2,5 180 187 – 220 220 2 2
198 232 242 2,1 1,1 7 181 192 – 249 274 2 1
219 269 281,1 4 4 7 185 212 – 295 295 3 3
227 291 203,55 4 – 7 187 214 200 343 – 3 –
180 201 224 231,3 2 2 2,5 190 197 – 240 240 2 2
212 248 260 2,1 2,1 7 191 206 – 269 269 2 2
245 309 221,7 4 – 8 197 232 216 363 – 3 –
190 212 235 243,3 2 2 2,5 200 208 – 250 250 2 2
222 258 269 2,1 2,1 9 201 216 – 279 279 2 2
243 296 310,6 4 4 7 205 235 – 325 325 3 3
250 326 224,5 5 – 8 210 237 222 380 – 4 –
200 218 231 237,5 1,5 1,1 1,8 207 215 – 243 245 1,5 1
225 252 260,75 2,1 2,1 3 211 221 – 269 269 2 2
237 275 287 2,1 2,1 9 211 230 – 299 299 2 2
266 342 238,6 5 – 9 220 252 232 400 – 4 –
220 238 252 258 1,5 1,1 1,8 227 235 – 263 265 1,5 1
246 273 281,75 2,1 2,1 3 231 242 – 289 289 2 2
255 298 312 3 3 9 233 248 – 327 327 2,5 2,5
274 334 354 4 4 8 235 260 – 385 385 3 3
295 395 266,7 5 – 10 240 281 260 440 – 4 –
240 263 279 287 2 1,1 1,8 250 259 – 290 295 2 1
267 294 302,75 2,1 2,1 3 251 263 – 309 309 2 2
278 321 335 3 3 11 253 271 – 347 347 2,5 2,5
310 416 280,6 5 – 10 260 302 282 480 – 4 –
260 283 299 307,2 2 1,1 1,8 270 279 – 310 315 2 1
291 323 333 2,1 2,1 3,5 271 286 – 349 349 2 2
304 358 376 4 4 11 275 295 – 385 385 3 3
349 456 315,9 6 – 11 286 332 309 514 – 5 –
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 556
563
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 280 – 440 mm
B s
r4
r1 r2 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D E D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
280 350 33 341 695 64 750 950 7,10 NCF 1856 V
380 60 880 1 730 166 700 900 19,7 NCF 2956 CV
420 106 1 570 2 650 260 670 850 50,0 NCF 3056 CV
300 380 38 418 850 75 670 850 10,0 NCF 1860 V
420 72 1 120 2 200 208 670 800 31,2 NCF 2960 CV
460 118 1 900 3 250 300 600 750 69,0 NCF 3060 CV
320 400 38 440 900 80 630 800 10,5 NCF 1864 V
440 72 1 170 2 360 220 600 750 32,9 NCF 2964 CV
480 121 1 980 3 450 310 560 700 74,5 NCF 3064 CV
340 420 38 446 950 83 600 750 11,0 NCF 1868 V
460 72 1 190 2 500 228 560 700 35,0 NCF 2968 CV
520 133 2 380 4 150 355 530 670 100 NCF 3068 CV
360 440 38 402 900 76,5 560 700 11,5 NCF 1872 V
480 72 1 230 2 600 240 530 670 36,5 NCF 2972 CV
540 134 2 420 4 300 365 500 630 105 NCF 3072 CV
380 480 46 627 1 290 114 530 670 19,5 NCF 1876 V
520 82 1 570 3 250 300 500 630 52,5 NCF 2976 CV
560 135 2 510 4 550 380 480 600 110 NCF 3076 CV
400 500 46 627 1 340 118 500 630 20,5 NCF 1880 V
540 82 1 650 3 450 310 480 600 54,5 NCF 2980 CV
600 148 2 970 5 500 450 450 560 145 NCF 3080 CV
420 520 46 660 1 430 122 480 600 21,0 NCF 1884 V
560 82 1 650 3 600 315 450 560 57,0 NCF 2984 CV
620 150 3 030 5 700 455 430 530 150 NCF 3084 CV
440 540 46 671 1 460 125 450 560 22,0 NCF 1888 V
540 60 968 2 360 204 450 560 29,0 NCF 2888 V
600 95 2 010 4 400 380 430 530 80,5 NCF 2988 V
650 157 3 580 6 550 520 400 500 175 NCF 3088 CV
564
ra rb
ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da das2) Da Db ra rb
~ ~ min min min rec. max max max max
mm mm
280 307 325 334 2 1,1 2,5 290 303 340 345 2 1
314 348 358,75 2,1 2,1 3,5 291 308 369 369 2 2
319 373 391 4 4 11 295 310 405 405 3 3
300 331 353 363 2,1 1,5 3 311 326 369 373 2 1,5
338 377 389,25 3 3 5 313 332 407 407 2,5 2,5
355 413 433 4 4 14 315 344 445 445 3 3
320 351 373 383 2,1 1,5 3 331 346 389 393 2 1,5
358 397 409,75 3 3 5 333 352 427 427 2,5 2,5
368 434 449 4 4 14 335 359 465 465 3 3
340 371 393 403 2,1 1,5 3 351 366 409 413 2 1,5
383 415 431 3 3 5 353 375 447 447 2,5 2,5
395 468 485 5 5 14 358 384 502 502 4 4
360 388 413 418,9 2,1 1,5 4,5 371 384 429 433 2 1,5
403 436 451,5 3 3 5 373 395 467 467 2,5 2,5
412 486 503 5 5 14 378 402 522 522 4 4
380 416 448 458 2,1 1,5 3,5 391 411 469 473 2 1,5
427 473 488 4 4 5 395 420 505 505 3 3
431 504 521 5 5 14 398 420 542 542 4 4
400 433 465 475 2,1 1,5 3,5 411 428 489 493 2 1,5
450 496 511 4 4 5 415 443 525 525 3 3
460 540 558 5 5 14 418 449 582 582 4 4
420 457 489 499 2,1 1,5 3,5 431 452 509 513 2 1,5
463 509 524 4 4 5 435 456 545 545 3 3
480 559 577 5 5 15 438 469 602 602 4 4
440 474 506 516 2,1 1,5 3,5 451 469 529 533 2 1,5
474 508 516 2,1 1,5 3,5 451 469 529 533 2 1,5
502 545 565,5 4 4 6 455 492 585 585 3 3
500 590 611 6 6 16 463 488 627 627 5 5
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 556
565
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 460 – 670 mm
B s
r4
r1 r2 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D E D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
460 580 56 913 1 960 163 430 530 34,0 NCF 1892 V
580 72 1 300 3 050 260 430 530 44,0 NCF 2892 V
620 95 2 050 4 500 390 400 500 83,5 NCF 2992 V
680 163 3 690 6 950 540 380 480 195 NCF 3092 CV
480 600 56 935 2 040 170 400 500 35,5 NCF 1896 V
600 72 1 320 3 150 265 400 500 46,0 NCF 2896 V
650 100 2 290 4 900 405 380 480 98,0 NCF 2996 V
700 165 3 740 7 200 550 360 450 205 NCF 3096 CV
500 620 56 952 2 120 173 380 480 36,5 NCF 18/500 V
620 72 1 340 3 350 275 380 480 48,0 NCF 28/500 V
670 100 2 330 5 000 415 380 450 100 NCF 29/500 V
720 167 3 800 7 500 570 360 450 215 NCF 30/500 CV
530 650 56 990 2 240 180 360 450 38,5 NCF 18/530 V
650 72 1 400 3 450 285 360 450 49,5 NCF 28/530 V
710 106 2 640 6 100 480 340 430 120 NCF 29/530 V
780 185 5 230 10 600 780 320 400 300 NCF 30/530 V
560 680 56 1 020 2 360 186 340 430 40,5 NCF 18/560 V
680 72 1 420 3 650 300 340 430 54,0 NCF 28/560 V
750 112 3 080 6 700 500 320 400 140 NCF 29/560 V
820 195 5 830 11 800 865 300 380 345 NCF 30/560 V
600 730 60 1 050 2 550 196 320 400 51,5 NCF 18/600 V
730 78 1 570 4 300 340 320 400 67,5 NCF 28/600 V
800 118 3 190 7 100 520 300 380 170 NCF 29/600 V
630 780 69 1 250 2 900 232 300 360 72,5 NCF 18/630 V
780 88 1 870 5 000 390 300 360 92,5 NCF 28/630 V
850 128 3 740 8 650 610 280 340 205 NCF 29/630 V
670 820 69 1 300 3 150 245 280 340 76,5 NCF 18/670 V
820 88 1 940 5 300 415 280 340 97,5 NCF 28/670 V
900 136 3 910 9 000 630 260 320 245 NCF 29/670 V
566
ra rb
ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E r1,2 r3,4 s1) da das2) Da Db ra rb
~ ~ min min min rec. max max max max
mm mm
460 501 541 553 3 3 5 473 495 567 567 2,5 2,5
501 543 553 3 3 5 473 495 567 567 2,5 2,5
516 558 579 4 4 6 475 506 605 605 3 3
522 611 635 6 6 16 483 511 657 657 5 5
480 522 561 573,5 3 3 5 493 516 587 587 2,5 2,5
520 562 573,5 3 3 5 493 515 587 587 2,5 2,5
540 603 614 5 5 7 498 529 632 632 4 4
546 628 654 6 6 16 503 532 677 677 5 5
500 542 582 594 3 3 5 513 536 607 607 2,5 2,5
541 582 594 3 3 2,4 513 536 607 607 2,5 2,5
552 614 629 5 5 7 518 543 652 652 4 4
565 650 676 6 6 16 523 553 697 697 5 5
530 573 612 624,5 3 3 5 543 567 637 637 2,5 2,5
572 614 624,5 3 3 5 543 566 637 637 2,5 2,5
598 661 676 5 5 7 548 589 692 692 4 4
610 702 732,3 6 6 16 553 595 757 757 5 5
560 603 643 655 3 3 5 573 597 667 667 2,5 2,5
606 637 655 3 3 4,3 573 599 667 667 2,5 2,5
628 700 718 5 5 7 578 617 732 732 4 4
642 738 770 6 6 16 583 626 797 797 5 5
600 644 684 696 3 3 7 613 638 717 717 2,5 2,5
644 685 696 3 3 6 613 638 717 717 2,5 2,5
662 726 754 5 5 7 618 652 782 782 4 4
630 681 725 739 4 4 8 645 674 765 765 3 3
680 728 739 4 4 8 645 674 765 765 3 3
709 788 807 6 6 8 653 698 827 827 5 5
670 725 769 783 4 4 8 685 718 805 805 3 3
724 772 783 4 4 8 685 718 805 805 3 3
748 827 846 6 6 10 693 737 877 877 5 5
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 556
567
Single row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 710 – 1 120 mm
B s
r4
r1 r2 r3
r1 r1
r2 r2
D E D1 d d1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
710 870 74 1 540 3 750 285 260 320 92,5 NCF 18/710 V
870 95 2 330 6 300 480 260 320 115 NCF 28/710 V
950 140 4 290 10 000 695 240 300 275 NCF 29/710 V
750 920 78 1 870 4 500 335 240 300 110 NCF 18/750 V
920 100 2 640 6 950 520 240 300 140 NCF 28/750 V
1 000 145 4 460 10 600 710 220 280 315 NCF 29/750 V
800 980 82 1 940 4 800 345 220 280 130 NCF 18/800 V
980 106 2 750 7 500 550 220 280 165 NCF 28/800 V
1 060 150 4 950 12 200 800 200 260 360 NCF 29/800 V
850 1 030 82 2 010 5 100 365 200 260 135 NCF 18/850 V
1 030 106 2 860 8 000 570 200 260 175 NCF 28/850 V
1 120 155 5 230 12 700 830 190 240 405 NCF 29/850 V
900 1 090 85 2 380 6 000 425 190 240 160 NCF 18/900 V
1 090 112 3 190 9 150 655 190 240 208 NCF 28/900 V
1 180 165 5 940 14 600 950 170 220 472 NCF 29/900 V
950 1 150 90 2 420 6 300 440 170 220 185 NCF 18/950 V
1 150 118 3 410 9 800 655 170 220 240 NCF 28/950 V
1 250 175 6 600 16 300 1 020 160 200 565 NCF 29/950 V
1 000 1 220 100 2 920 7 500 455 160 200 230 NCF 18/1000 V
1 220 128 4 130 11 600 720 160 200 310 NCF 28/1000 V
1 320 185 7 480 18 600 1 160 150 190 680 NCF 29/1000 V
1 120 1 360 106 3 740 9 650 585 130 170 298 NCF 18/1120 V
568
ra rb
ra
Da da Db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E, F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da das2) Da Db ra rb
~ ~ min min min rec. max max max max
mm mm
710 767 815 831 4 4 8 725 759 855 855 3 3
766 818 831 4 4 8 725 759 855 855 3 3
790 876 896 6 6 10 733 761 927 927 5 5
750 811 863 882 5 5 8 768 804 902 902 4 4
805 863 878 5 5 8 768 796 902 902 4 4
832 918 938 6 6 11 773 803 977 977 5 5
800 863 922 936 5 5 9 818 855 962 962 4 4
863 922 936 5 5 10 818 855 962 962 4 4
891 981 1 002 6 6 11 823 860 977 977 5 5
850 911 972 985 5 5 9 868 902 1 012 1 012 4 4
911 972 986 5 5 10 868 903 1 012 1 012 4 4
943 1 039 1 061 6 6 13 873 914 1 097 1 097 5 5
900 966 1 029 1 044 5 5 9 918 957 1 072 1 072 4 4
966 1 029 1 044 5 5 10 918 957 1 072 1 072 4 4
996 1 096 1 120 6 6 13 923 982 1 127 1 127 5 5
950 1 021 1 087 1 103 5 5 10 968 1 012 1 132 1 132 4 4
1 021 1 087 1 103 5 5 12 968 1 012 1 132 1 132 4 4
1 048 1 154 1 179 7,5 7,5 14 978 1 033 1 222 1 222 6 6
1 000 1 073 1 148 1 165 6 6 12 1 023 1 063 1 197 1 197 5 5
1 073 1 148 1 165 6 6 12 1 023 1 063 1 197 1 197 5 5
1 113 1 226 1 252 7,5 7,5 14 1 028 1 091 1 292 1 292 6 6
1 120 1 206 1 290 1 310 6 6 12 1 143 1 194 1 337 1 337 5 5
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 556
569
Double row full
complement cylindrical
roller bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 572
NNCL design ………………………………………………………………………………… 572
NNCF design ………………………………………………………………………………… 572
NNC design ………………………………………………………………………………… 572
NNF design ………………………………………………………………………………… 573
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 574
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 574
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 574
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 574
Axial displacement ………………………………………………………………………… 574
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 574
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 574
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 574
Dynamic axial load carrying capacity……………………………………………………… 575
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 576
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 576
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 577
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 578
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings ………………………………… 578
Sealed double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings ………………………… 590
571
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
Designs Fig 1
Double row full complement cylindrical roller
bearings incorporate a maximum number
of rollers and are therefore suitable for very
heavy radial loads. However, they cannot
operate at the same high speeds as caged
cylindrical roller bearings. SKF double row
full complement cylindrical roller bearings
are produced as standard in four designs,
three open designs and one sealed (➔ fig 1 ).
All the bearings are non-separable and have
an annular groove and three lubrication
holes in the outer ring to facilitate efficient a
lubrication.
NNCL design
NNCL-design bearings (a) have an inner ring
with three integral flanges and a flangeless
outer ring. A retaining ring, inserted in the
outer ring between the roller rows, keeps all
bearing components together. Axial displace-
ment of the shaft relative to the housing in
both directions can be accommodated
within the bearing itself. The bearings are
therefore suitable for non-locating bearing b
positions.
NNCF design
NNCF-design bearings (b) have three integral
flanges on the inner ring and one integral
flange on the outer ring enabling the bearing
to provide axial location for a shaft in one
direction. A retaining ring is inserted in the
outer ring at the side opposite the integral
flange and serves to hold the bearing
together.
c
NNC design
NNC-design bearings (c) are equipped with
the same inner ring as bearings of the NNCL
and NNCF design. The outer ring is split and
held together by retaining elements, which
should not be loaded axially. Both parts of the
outer ring are identical and carry one integral
flange, enabling the bearing to locate the
shaft axially in both directions.
572
NNF design Fig 2
NNF-design bearings (d) in the NNF 50 and
3194(00) series are always sealed on both
sides and filled with grease. The two-piece
inner ring has three integral flanges and is
held together by a retaining ring. The outer
ring has an integral central flange. The bear-
ings can be used to locate a shaft axially in
both directions. Because of the large dis-
tance between the two rows of rollers, the
bearings are also able to accommodate
tilting moments.
The outer ring of an NNF bearing is 1 mm
narrower than the inner ring and has two
snap ring grooves in the outside diameter.
Therefore it is possible to eliminate spacer
rings between the inner ring and adjacent
components, for example, in rope sheaves
(➔ fig 2 ).
The bearings have contact seals made of
polyurethane (AU) on both sides. The seals
are retained on the inner ring shoulders, to
provide efficient sealing at this position. The
outer sealing lip exerts a slight pressure on
the outer ring raceway.
The bearings are filled with lithium base
grease with diester base oil, which has
good rust inhibiting properties. The base oil
viscosity is 15 mm2/s at 40 °C and 3,7 mm2/s
at 100 °C. The grease is suitable for operat-
ing temperatures between −55 and +110 °C.
However, the permissible operating tempera-
ture range is limited by the seal material to
−40 to +80 °C.
Under certain conditions, sealed NNF-
design bearings are maintenance-free, but
if they operate in a moist or contaminated
environment, or if speeds are moderate to
high, they must be relubricated. This can be
done through the inner as well as the outer
ring.
If bearings with one or no seals are
required, the seals may be removed easily
with a screwdriver. For applications where
oil lubrication is to be used, the bearings
can be delivered without seals and grease if
economic quantities are involved. Otherwise
the seals should be removed and the bear-
ings washed before use. If oil lubrication
is used, the limiting speed quoted in the
product tables can be increased by
approximately 30 %.
573
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
Bearing data – general Misalignment
Any angular misalignment of the outer ring
Dimensions relative to the inner ring of double row full
The boundary dimensions of SKF double complement cylindrical roller bearings pro-
row full complement cylindrical roller bear- duces moment loads in the bearing. The
ings are in accordance with ISO 15:1998, resulting increased bearing load shortens
except for bearings in the NNF 50 and bearing service life.
3194(00) series. The outer rings of NNF
bearings are 1 mm narrower than specified Influence of operating temperature
for the ISO Dimension Series 50. The dimen- on bearing material
sions of series 3194(00) bearings have been SKF double row full complement cylindrical
dictated by practical application require- roller bearings undergo a special heat treat-
ments and are not covered by any inter- ment. They can be used at temperatures of
national or national standard. up to +150 °C.
Tolerances Minimum load
Double row full complement cylindrical In order to provide satisfactory operation,
roller bearings are manufactured to Normal double row full complement cylindrical roller
tolerances as standard. The tolerances are bearings, like all ball and roller bearings,
in accordance with ISO 492:2002 and can must always be subjected to a given min-
be found in table 3 on page 125. imum load, particularly if they are to operate
at relatively high speeds (n > 0,5 times the
Internal clearance limiting speed rating) or are subjected to
Double row full complement cylindrical roller
bearings are manufactured with Normal radial Fig 3
internal clearance as standard. Bearings with
the larger C3 or smaller C2 radial internal
clearance can be supplied on request. s
The clearance limits are in accordance with
ISO 5753:1991 and can be found in table 1
on page 507. The clearance limits apply to
unmounted bearings under zero measuring
load.
The axial internal clearance of NNC and
NNF design bearings, which can axially
locate the shaft in both directions, is 0,1 to
0,2 mm for all sizes.
Axial displacement
NNCL and NNCF design bearings can s
accommodate axial displacement of the
shaft with respect to the housing as a result
of thermal expansion of the shaft within cer-
tain limits (➔ fig 3 ). As the axial displace-
ment is accommodated within the bearing
and not between the ring and shaft or hous-
ing bore, there is practically no additional
friction when the bearing rotates. Values for
the permissible axial displacement from the
normal position of one bearing ring in rela-
tion to the other are given in the product
table.
574
high accelerations or rapid changes in the lubrication, operating temperature and heat
direction of load. Under such conditions the dissipation from the bearing. Assuming the
inertia forces of the rollers and the friction in conditions cited below, the permissible
the lubricant, can have a detrimental effect axial load can be calculated with sufficient
on the rolling conditions in the bearing accuracy from
arrangement and may cause damaging
sliding movements to occur between the
k1 C0 104
rollers and raceways. Fap = − k2 F r
The requisite minimum load to be applied n (d + D)
to double row full complement cylindrical
roller bearings can be estimated using where
Fap = maximum permissible axial load, kN
2 C0 = basic static load rating, kN
(
Frm = kr 6 +
4n
nr )( )
dm
100
Fr = actual radial bearing load, kN
n = rotational speed, r/min
d = bearing bore diameter, mm
where D = bearing outside diameter, mm
Frm = minimum radial load, kN k1 = a factor
kr = minimum loads of factor 0,35 for oil lubrication
0,2 for bearings of series 48 0,2 for grease lubrication
0,25 for bearings of series 49 k2 = a factor
0,4 for bearings of series NNF 50 0,1 for oil lubrication
and 3194(00) 0,06 for grease lubrication
0,5 for bearings of series NNCF 50
n = rotational speed, r/min The above equation is based on conditions
nr = speed rating according to the product that are considered typical for normal bear-
tables, r/min ing operation:
– for open bearings use
reference speed • a difference of 60 °C between the bearing
– for sealed bearings use operating temperature and the ambient
1,3 × limiting speed temperature;
dm = bearing mean diameter • a specific heat loss from the bearing of
= 0,5 (d + D), mm 0,5 mW/mm2 °C; with reference to the
bearing outside diameter surface (π D B);
When starting up at low temperatures or • a viscosity ratio κ ≥ 2.
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
greater minimum loads may be required. The For grease lubrication the viscosity of
weight of the components supported by the the base oil in the grease may be used. If κ
bearing, together with external forces, gener- is less than 2, the friction will increase and
ally exceeds the requisite minimum load. If there will be more wear. These effects can be
this is not the case, the double row full com- reduced at low speeds, for example, by using
plement cylindrical roller bearing must be oils with anti-wear and/or EP additives.
subjected to an additional radial load. Where axial loads act for longer periods
and the bearings are grease lubricated, it is
Dynamic axial load carrying capacity advisable to use a grease that has good oil
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bleeding properties at the operating tempera-
bearings with flanges on both the inner and ture (> 3 % according to DIN 51 817). Fre-
outer rings can support axial loads in addi- quent relubrication is also recommended.
tion to radial loads. Their axial load carrying The values of the permissible load Fap
capacity is primarily determined by the ability obtained from the heat balance equation are
of the sliding surfaces of the roller end/flange valid for a continuously acting constant axial
contact to support loads. Factors having load and adequate lubricant supply to the
the greatest effect on this ability are the roller end/flange contacts. Where axial loads
575
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
act only for short periods, the values may be Where misalignment between the inner
multiplied by 2, or for shock loads by 3, pro- and outer rings exceeds 1 minute of arc, the
vided the limits given in the following with action of the load on the flange changes
regard to flange strength are not exceeded. considerably. As a result, the safety factors
To avoid any risk of flange breakage, the implicit in the guideline values may not be
constantly acting axial load should never adequate. In these cases, contact the SKF
exceed application engineering service.
Fap = 0,0023 D1,7 Equivalent dynamic bearing load
For dynamically loaded double row full com-
and occasional shock loads should never be plement cylindrical roller bearings used as
greater than the numerical value of non-locating bearings
Fap = 0,007 D1,7 P = Fr
where If double row full complement cylindrical
Fap = maximum permissible axial load, kN roller bearings with flanges on both inner and
D = bearing outside diameter, mm outer rings are used to locate a shaft in one
or both directions, the equivalent dynamic
To obtain an even flange load and provide bearing load should be calculated using
sufficient running accuracy of the shaft pay
particular attention to the axial runout of P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ 0,15
abutting components specially in applica- P = 0,92 Fr + 0,4 Fa when Fa/Fr > 0,15
tions where double row full complement
cylindrical roller bearings are subjected to Since axially loaded double row full comple-
heavy axial loads. ment cylindrical roller bearings only operate
If shaft deflection occurs together with an satisfactorily when they are subjected to a
axial load, the inner ring flange should only simultaneously acting radial load, the ratio
be supported to half its height (➔ fig 4 ) so Fa/Fr should not exceed 0,25.
that it is not subjected to damaging alternat-
ing stresses. The recommended shaft abut- Equivalent static bearing load
ment diameter das can be obtained from For statically loaded double row full comple-
the product tables. ment cylindrical roller bearings
P 0 = Fr
Fig 4
d1 das F
576
Supplementary designations
The designation suffixes used to identify
certain features of SKF double row full com-
plement cylindrical roller bearings are
explained in the following.
DA Modified snap ring grooves in the
outer ring; two-piece inner ring held
together by a retaining ring
ADA Modified snap ring grooves in the
outer ring; two-piece inner ring held
together by a retaining ring
CV Modified internal design, full comple-
ment roller set
C2 Radial internal clearance smaller than
Normal
C3 Radial internal clearance greater than
Normal
L4B Bearing rings and rolling elements
with special surface coating
L5B Rolling elements with special surface
coating
V Full complement roller set
(without cage)
2LS Contact seals of polyurethane (AU) on
both sides of the bearing
577
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 20 – 85 mm
b1
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D E d d1 D1
NNCL NNCF NNC
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
20 42 30 52,3 57 6,2 8 500 10 000 0,20 NNCF 5004 CV
25 47 30 59,4 71 7,65 7 000 9 000 0,23 NNCF 5005 CV
30 55 34 73,7 88 10 6 000 7 500 0,35 NNCF 5006 CV
35 62 36 89,7 112 12,9 5 300 6 700 0,46 NNCF 5007 CV
40 68 38 106 140 16,3 4 800 6 000 0,56 NNCF 5008 CV
45 75 40 112 156 18,3 4 300 5 300 0,71 NNCF 5009 CV
50 80 40 142 196 23,6 4 000 5 000 0,76 NNCF 5010 CV
55 90 46 190 280 34,5 3 400 4 300 1,16 NNCF 5011 CV
60 85 25 78,1 137 14,3 3 600 4 500 0,49 NNCF 4912 CV
85 25 78,1 137 14,3 3 600 4 500 0,49 NNC 4912 CV
85 25 78,1 137 14,3 3 600 4 500 0,49 NNCL 4912 CV
95 46 198 300 36,5 3 400 4 000 1,24 NNCF 5012 CV
65 100 46 209 325 40 3 000 3 800 1,32 NNCF 5013 CV
70 100 30 114 193 22,4 3 000 3 800 0,78 NNCF 4914 CV
100 30 114 193 22,4 3 000 3 800 0,78 NNC 4914 CV
100 30 114 193 22,4 3 000 3 800 0,78 NNCL 4914 CV
110 54 238 345 45 2 800 3 600 1,85 NNCF 5014 CV
75 115 54 251 380 49 2 600 3 200 1,93 NNCF 5015 CV
80 110 30 121 216 25 2 600 3 400 0,88 NNCF 4916 CV
110 30 121 216 25 2 800 3 400 0,88 NNC 4916 CV
110 30 121 216 25 2 600 3 400 0,88 NNCL 4916 CV
125 60 308 455 58,5 2 400 3 000 2,59 NNCF 5016 CV
85 130 60 314 475 60 2 400 3 000 2,72 NNCF 5017 CV
578
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E b1 K r1,2 s1) da das2) Da ra
~ ~ min min rec. max max
mm mm
20 28,4 33,2 36,81 4,5 3 0,6 1 23,2 26,6 38,8 0,6
25 34,5 38,9 42,51 4,5 3 0,6 1 28,2 28,2 43,8 0,6
30 40 45,3 49,6 4,5 3 1 1,5 34,6 34,6 50,4 1
35 44,9 51,3 55,52 4,5 3 1 1,5 39,6 39,6 57,4 1
40 50,5 57,2 61,74 4,5 3 1 1,5 44,6 44,6 63,4 1
45 55,3 62,5 66,85 4,5 3 1 1,5 49,6 49,6 70,4 1
50 59,1 67,6 72,23 4,5 3 1 1,5 54,6 54,6 75,4 1
55 68,5 78,7 83,54 4,5 3,5 1,1 1,5 61 61 84 1
60 70,5 73,5 77,51 4,5 3,5 1 1 64,6 68,5 80,4 1
70,5 73,5 77,51 4,5 3,5 1 – 64,6 68,5 80,4 1
70,5 – 77,51 4,5 3,5 1 1 64,6 68,5 80,4 1
71,7 81,9 86,74 4,5 3,5 1,1 1,5 66 69,2 89 1
65 78,1 88,3 93,09 4,5 3,5 1,1 1,5 71 71 94 1
70 83 87 91,87 4,5 3,5 1 1 74,6 80,4 95,4 1
83 87 91,87 4,5 3,5 1 – 74,6 80,4 95,4 1
83 – 91,87 4,5 3,5 1 1 74,6 80,4 95,4 1
81,5 95 100,28 5 3,5 1,1 3 76 78,9 104 1
75 89 103 107,9 5 3,5 1,1 3 81 81 109 1
80 91,4 96 97,78 5 3,5 1 1 84,6 87,6 105,4 1
92 96 100,78 5 3,5 1 – 84,6 89,4 105,4 1
92 – 100,78 5 3,5 1 1 84,6 89,4 105,4 1
95 111 116,99 5 3,5 1,1 3,5 86 92 119 1
85 99 117 121,44 5 3,5 1,1 3,5 91 91 124 1
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
579
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 90 – 150 mm
b1
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D E d d1 D1
NNCL NNCF NNC
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
90 125 35 161 300 35,5 2 400 3 000 1,35 NNCF 4918 CV
125 35 161 300 35,5 2 400 3 000 1,35 NNC 4918 CV
125 35 161 300 35,5 2 400 3 000 1,35 NNCL 4918 CV
140 67 369 560 69,5 2 200 2 800 3,62 NNCF 5018 CV
100 140 40 209 400 46,5 2 000 2 600 2,00 NNCF 4920 CV
140 40 209 400 46,5 2 000 2 600 1,95 NNC 4920 CV
140 40 209 400 46,5 2 000 2 600 1,95 NNCL 4920 CV
150 67 391 620 75 2 000 2 600 3,94 NNCF 5020 CV
110 150 40 220 430 49 1 900 2 400 2,15 NNCF 4922 CV
150 40 220 430 49 1 900 2 400 2,15 NNC 4922 CV
150 40 220 430 49 1 900 2 400 2,15 NNCL 4922 CV
170 80 512 800 95 1 800 2 200 6,32 NNCF 5022 CV
120 165 45 242 480 53 1 700 2 200 2,95 NNCF 4924 CV
165 45 242 480 53 1 700 2 200 2,95 NNC 4924 CV
165 45 242 480 53 1 700 2 200 2,95 NNCL 4924 CV
180 80 539 880 104 1 700 2 000 6,77 NNCF 5024 CV
130 180 50 275 530 60 1 600 2 000 3,95 NNCF 4926 CV
180 50 275 530 60 1 600 2 000 3,95 NNC 4926 CV
180 50 275 530 60 1 600 2 000 3,95 NNCL 4926 CV
200 95 765 1 250 143 1 500 1 900 10,2 NNCF 5026 CV
140 190 50 286 570 63 1 500 1 900 4,20 NNCF 4928 CV
190 50 286 570 63 1 500 1 900 4,20 NNC 4928 CV
190 50 286 570 63 1 500 1 900 4,20 NNCL 4928 CV
210 95 809 1 370 156 1 400 1 800 11,1 NNCF 5028 CV
150 190 40 255 585 60 1 500 1 800 2,70 NNCF 4830 CV
190 40 255 585 60 1 500 1 800 2,90 NNC 4830 CV
190 40 255 585 60 1 500 1 800 2,70 NNCL 4830 CV
210 60 429 830 91,5 1 400 1 700 6,65 NNCF 4930 CV
210 60 429 830 91,5 1 400 1 700 6,65 NNC 4930 CV
210 60 429 830 91,5 1 400 1 700 6,65 NNCL 4930 CV
225 100 842 1 430 160 1 300 1 700 13,3 NNCF 5030 CV
580
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E b1 K r1,2 s1) da das2) Da ra
~ ~ min min rec. max max
mm mm
90 103 111 113,2 5 3,5 1,1 1,5 96 100 119 1
103 110 115,2 5 3,5 1,1 – 96 101 119 1
103 – 115,2 5 3,5 1,1 1,5 96 101 119 1
106 124 130,11 5 3,5 1,5 4 97 103 133 1,5
100 116 125 129,6 5 3,5 1,1 2 106 114 134 1
116 125 129,6 5 3,5 1,1 – 106 114 134 1
116 – 129,6 5 3,5 1,1 2 106 114 134 1
115 134 139,65 6 3,5 1,5 4 107 112 143 1,5
110 124 134 138,2 6 3,5 1,1 2 116 122 144 1
125 134 138,2 6 3,5 1,1 – 116 123 144 1
125 – 138,2 6 3,5 1,1 2 116 123 144 1
127 149 156,13 6 3,5 2 5 120 124 160 2
120 138 149 153,55 6 3,5 1,1 3 126 136 159 1
139 148 153,55 6 3,5 1,1 – 126 136 159 1
139 – 153,55 6 3,5 1,1 3 126 136 159 1
138 161 167,58 6 3,5 2 5 130 135 170 2
130 148 160 165,4 6 3,5 1,5 4 137 146 173 1,5
149 160 165,4 6 3,5 1,5 – 137 146 173 1,5
149 – 165,4 6 3,5 1,5 4 137 146 173 1,5
149 175 183,81 7 4 2 5 140 140 190 2
140 159 171 175,9 6 3,5 1,5 4 147 156 183 1,5
160 170 175,9 6 3,5 1,5 – 147 157 183 1,5
160 – 175,9 6 3,5 1,5 4 147 157 183 1,5
163 189 197,82 7 4 2 5 150 150 200 2
150 166 173 178,3 7 4 1,1 2 156 163 184 1
166 173 178,3 7 4 1,1 – 156 163 184 1
166 – 178,3 7 4 1,1 2 160 163 180 1
170 187 192,77 7 4 2 4 160 167 200 2
171 187 192,77 7 4 2 – 160 168 200 2
171 – 192,77 7 4 2 4 160 168 200 2
170 198 206,8 7 4 2 6 160 160 215 2
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
581
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 160 – 190 mm
b1
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D E d d1 D1
NNCL NNCF NNC
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
160 200 40 260 610 62 1 400 1 700 2,90 NNCF 4832 CV
200 40 260 610 62 1 400 1 700 3,10 NNC 4832 CV
200 40 260 610 62 1 400 1 700 2,90 NNCL 4832 CV
220 60 446 915 96,5 1 300 1 600 7,00 NNCF 4932 CV
220 60 446 915 96,5 1 300 1 600 7,00 NNC 4932 CV
220 60 446 915 96,5 1 300 1 600 7,00 NNCL 4932 CV
240 109 952 1 600 180 1 200 1 500 16,2 NNCF 5032 CV
170 215 45 286 655 65,5 1 300 1 600 3,90 NNCF 4834 CV
215 45 286 655 65,5 1 300 1 600 4,10 NNC 4834 CV
215 45 286 655 65,5 1 300 1 600 3,90 NNCL 4834 CV
230 60 457 950 100 1 200 1 500 7,35 NNCF 4934 CV
230 60 457 950 100 1 200 1 500 7,35 NNC 4934 CV
230 60 457 950 100 1 200 1 500 7,35 NNCL 4934 CV
260 122 1 230 2 120 236 1 100 1 400 23,0 NNCF 5034 CV
180 225 45 297 695 69,5 1 200 1 500 4,00 NNCF 4836 CV
225 45 297 695 69,5 1 200 1 500 4,30 NNC 4836 CV
225 45 297 695 69,5 1 200 1 500 4,00 NNCL 4836 CV
250 69 594 1 220 127 1 100 1 400 10,8 NNCF 4936 CV
250 69 594 1 220 127 1 100 1 400 10,8 NNC 4936 CV
250 69 594 1 220 127 1 100 1 400 10,8 NNCL 4936 CV
280 136 1 420 2 500 270 1 100 1 300 30,5 NNCF 5036 CV
190 240 50 330 750 76,5 1 100 1 400 5,30 NNCF 4838 CV
240 50 330 750 76,5 1 100 1 400 5,65 NNC 4838 CV
240 50 330 750 76,5 1 100 1 400 5,30 NNCL 4838 CV
260 69 605 1 290 132 1 100 1 400 11,2 NNCF 4938 CV
260 69 605 1 290 132 1 100 1 400 11,2 NNC 4938 CV
260 69 605 1 290 132 1 100 1 400 11,2 NNCL 4938 CV
290 136 1 470 2 600 280 1 000 1 300 31,5 NNCF 5038 CV
582
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E b1 K r1,2 s1) da das2) Da ra
~ ~ min min rec. max max
mm mm
160 174 182 186,9 7 4 1,1 2 171 171 189 1
174 182 186,9 7 4 1,1 – 166 171 194 1
174 – 186,9 7 4 1,1 2 166 171 194 1
184 200 206,16 7 4 2 4 170 181 210 2
185 200 206,16 7 4 2 – 170 182 210 2
185 – 206,16 7 4 2 4 170 182 210 2
184 216 224,8 7 4 2,1 6 171 171 229 2
170 187 196 201,3 7 4 1,1 3 176 184 209 1
187 196 201,3 7 4 1,1 – 176 184 209 1
187 – 201,3 7 4 1,1 3 176 184 209 1
193 209 215,08 7 4 2 4 180 190 220 2
194 209 215,08 7 4 2 – 180 191 220 2
194 – 215,08 7 4 2 4 180 191 220 2
198 232 243 7 4 2,1 6 181 181 249 2
180 200 209 214,1 7 4 1,1 3 186 197 219 1
200 209 214,1 7 4 1,1 – 186 197 219 1
200 – 214,1 7 4 1,1 3 186 197 219 1
205 224 230,5 7 4 2 4 190 202 240 2
206 224 230,5 7 4 2 – 190 202 240 2
206 – 230,5 7 4 2 4 190 202 240 2
212 249 260,5 8 4 2,1 8 191 206 269 2
190 209 219 225 7 4 1,5 4 197 206 233 1,5
209 219 225 7 4 1,5 – 197 206 233 1,5
209 – 225 7 4 1,5 4 197 206 233 1,5
215 234 240,7 7 4 2 4 200 212 250 2
216 233 240,7 7 4 2 – 200 212 250 2
216 – 240,7 7 4 2 4 200 212 250 2
222 258 270 8 4 2,1 8 201 201 279 2
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
583
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 200 – 260 mm
b1
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D E d d1 D1
NNCL NNCF NNC
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
200 250 50 336 800 80 1 100 1 400 5,50 NNCF 4840 CV
250 50 336 800 80 1 100 1 400 5,90 NNC 4840 CV
250 50 336 800 80 1 100 1 400 5,50 NNCL 4840 CV
280 80 704 1 500 153 1 000 1 300 15,8 NNCF 4940 CV
280 80 704 1 500 153 1 000 1 300 15,8 NNC 4940 CV
280 80 704 1 500 153 1 000 1 300 15,8 NNCL 4940 CV
310 150 1 680 3 050 320 950 1 200 41,0 NNCF 5040 CV
220 270 50 352 865 85 1 000 1 200 5,90 NNCF 4844 CV
270 50 352 865 85 1 000 1 200 6,40 NNC 4844 CV
270 50 352 865 85 1 000 1 200 5,90 NNCL 4844 CV
300 80 737 1 600 160 950 1 200 17,2 NNCF 4944 CV
300 80 737 1 600 160 950 1 200 17,2 NNC 4944 CV
300 80 737 1 600 160 950 1 200 17,2 NNCL 4944 CV
340 160 2 010 3 600 375 850 1 100 52,5 NNCF 5044 CV
240 300 60 539 1 290 125 900 1 100 9,10 NNCF 4848 CV
300 60 539 1 290 125 900 1 100 10,0 NNC 4848 CV
300 60 539 1 290 125 900 1 100 9,10 NNCL 4848 CV
320 80 781 1 760 173 850 1 100 18,5 NNCF 4948 CV
320 80 781 1 760 173 850 1 100 18,5 NNC 4948 CV
320 80 781 1 760 173 850 1 100 18,5 NNCL 4948 CV
360 160 2 120 3 900 400 800 1 000 56,0 NNCF 5048 CV
260 320 60 561 1 400 132 800 1 000 9,70 NNCF 4852 CV
320 60 561 1 400 132 800 1 000 11,0 NNC 4852 CV
320 60 561 1 400 132 800 1 000 9,70 NNCL 4852 CV
360 100 1 170 2 550 245 750 950 32,0 NNCF 4952 CV
360 100 1 170 2 550 245 750 950 32,0 NNC 4952 CV
360 100 1 170 2 550 245 750 950 32,0 NNCL 4952 CV
400 190 2 860 5 200 520 700 900 85,5 NNCF 5052 CV
584
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E b1 K r1,2 s1) da das2) Da ra
~ ~ min min rec. max max
mm mm
200 220 230 235,5 7 4 1,5 4 207 217 243 1,5
220 230 235,5 7 4 1,5 – 207 217 243 1,5
220 – 235,5 7 4 1,5 4 207 217 243 1,5
230 252 259,3 8 4 2,1 5 211 227 269 2
231 252 259,34 8 4 2,1 – 211 227 269 2
231 – 259,34 8 4 2,1 5 211 227 269 2
236 276 288 8 4 2,1 9 211 230 299 2
220 241 251 256,5 7 4 1,5 4 227 238 263 1,5
241 251 256,5 7 4 1,5 – 227 238 263 1,5
241 – 256,5 7 4 1,5 4 227 238 263 1,5
247 269 276,52 8 4 2,1 5 231 244 289 2
248 269 276,52 8 4 2,1 – 231 244 289 2
248 – 276,52 8 4 2,1 5 231 244 289 2
255 300 312 8 6 3 9 235 248 325 2,5
240 261 275 281,9 8 4 2 4 250 257 290 2
261 275 281,9 8 4 2 – 250 257 290 2
261 – 281,9 8 4 2 4 250 257 290 2
270 292 299,46 8 4 2,1 5 251 267 309 2
271 291 299,1 8 4 2,1 – 251 267 309 2
271 – 299,46 8 4 2,1 5 251 267 309 2
278 322 335,6 9,4 5 3 9 255 271 345 2,5
260 283 297 304,2 8 4 2 4 270 280 310 2
283 297 304,2 8 4 2 – 270 280 310 2
283 – 304,2 8 4 2 4 270 280 310 2
294 322 331,33 9,4 5 2,1 6 271 290 349 2
295 321 331,33 9,4 5 2,1 – 271 290 349 2
295 – 331,33 9,4 5 2,1 6 271 290 349 2
304 357 373,5 9,4 5 4 10 278 297 382 3
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
585
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 280 – 340 mm
b1
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D E d d1 D1
NNCL NNCF NNC
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
280 350 69 737 1 860 173 750 950 15,3 NNCF 4856 CV
350 69 737 1 860 173 750 950 16,0 NNC 4856 CV
350 69 737 1 860 173 750 950 15,3 NNCL 4856 CV
380 100 1 210 2 700 255 700 900 34,0 NNCF 4956 CV
380 100 1 210 2 700 255 700 900 34,0 NNC 4956 CV
380 100 1 210 2 700 255 700 900 34,0 NNCL 4956 CV
420 190 2 920 5 600 540 670 850 90,5 NNCF 5056 CV
300 380 80 858 2 120 196 700 850 21,8 NNCF 4860 CV
380 80 858 2 120 196 700 850 23,0 NNC 4860 CV
380 80 858 2 120 196 700 850 21,8 NNCL 4860 CV
420 118 1 680 3 750 355 670 800 53,0 NNCF 4960 CV
420 118 1 680 3 750 355 670 800 53,0 NNC 4960 CV
420 118 1 680 3 750 355 670 800 53,0 NNCL 4960 CV
460 218 3 250 6 550 600 600 750 130 NNCF 5060 CV
320 400 80 897 2 280 208 630 800 22,7 NNCF 4864 CV
400 80 897 2 280 208 630 800 24,0 NNC 4864 CV
400 80 897 2 280 208 630 800 22,7 NNCL 4864 CV
440 118 1 760 4 050 375 600 750 56,0 NNCF 4964 CV
440 118 1 760 4 050 375 600 750 56,0 NNC 4964 CV
440 118 1 760 4 050 375 600 750 56,0 NNCL 4964 CV
480 218 3 690 6 950 620 560 700 135 NNCF 5064 CV
340 420 80 913 2 400 216 600 750 25,5 NNCF 4868 CV
420 80 913 2 400 216 600 750 25,5 NNC 4868 CV
420 80 913 2 400 216 600 750 25,5 NNCL 4868 CV
460 118 1 790 4 250 390 560 700 59,0 NNCF 4968 CV
460 118 1 790 4 250 390 560 700 59,0 NNC 4968 CV
460 118 1 790 4 250 390 560 700 59,0 NNCL 4968 CV
520 243 4 400 8 300 710 530 670 185 NNCF 5068 CV
586
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E b1 K r1,2 s1) da das2) Da ra
~ ~ min min rec. max max
mm mm
280 309 326 332,4 8 4 2 4 290 305 340 2
308 326 332,4 8 4 2 – 290 304 340 2
309 – 332,4 8 4 2 4 290 305 340 2
316 344 353,34 9,4 5 2,1 6 291 312 369 2
317 343 353,34 9,4 5 2,1 – 291 312 369 2
317 – 353,34 9,4 5 2,1 6 291 312 369 2
320 372 389 9,4 5 4 10 298 314 402 3
300 329 349 356,7 9,4 5 2,1 6 311 325 369 2
329 349 356,7 9,4 5 2,1 – 311 325 369 2
329 – 356,7 9,4 5 2,1 6 311 325 369 2
340 374 385,51 9,4 5 3 6 315 335 405 2,5
341 374 385,51 9,4 5 3 – 315 335 405 2,5
341 – 385,5 9,4 5 3 6 315 335 405 2,5
352 418 433 9,4 5 4 9 318 343 442 3
320 352 372 379,7 9,4 5 2,1 6 331 348 389 2
352 372 379,7 9,4 5 2,1 – 331 348 389 2
352 – 379,7 9,4 5 2,1 6 331 348 389 2
368 400 412,27 9,4 5 3 6 335 362 425 2,5
368 400 412,27 9,4 5 3 – 335 362 425 2,5
368 – 412,3 9,4 5 3 6 335 362 425 2,5
370 434 449 9,4 5 4 9 338 360 462 3
340 369 389 396,9 9,4 5 2,1 6 351 365 409 2
369 389 396,9 9,4 5 2,1 – 351 365 409 2
369 – 396,9 9,4 5 2,1 6 351 365 409 2
386 418 430,11 9,4 5 3 6 355 380 445 2,5
386 418 430,11 9,4 5 3 – 355 380 445 2,5
386 – 430,1 9,4 5 3 6 355 380 445 2,5
395 468 485 9,4 5 5 11 363 384 497 4
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
587
Double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 360 – 400 mm
b1
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D E d d1 D1
NNCL NNCF NNC
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
360 440 80 935 2 550 224 560 700 27,0 NNCF 4872 CV
440 80 935 2 550 224 560 700 27,0 NNC 4872 CV
440 80 935 2 550 224 560 700 27,0 NNCL 4872 CV
480 118 1 830 4 500 405 530 670 62,1 NNCF 4972 CV
480 118 1 830 4 500 405 530 670 62,1 NNC 4972 CV
480 118 1 830 4 500 405 530 670 60,8 NNCL 4972 CV
540 243 4 460 8 650 735 500 630 195 NNCF 5072 CV
380 480 100 1 400 3 650 315 530 670 45,5 NNCF 4876 CV
480 100 1 400 3 650 315 530 670 45,5 NNC 4876 CV
480 100 1 400 3 650 315 530 670 45,5 NNCL 4876 CV
520 140 2 380 5 700 500 500 630 92,4 NNCF 4976 CV
520 140 2 380 5 700 500 500 630 92,4 NNC 4976 CV
520 140 2 380 5 700 500 500 630 92,4 NNCL 4976 CV
560 243 4 680 9 150 735 480 600 200 NNCF 5076 CV
400 500 100 1 420 3 750 325 500 630 46,5 NNCF 4880 CV
500 100 1 420 3 750 325 500 630 46,5 NNC 4880 CV
500 100 1 420 3 750 325 500 630 46,5 NNCL 4880 CV
540 140 2 420 6 000 520 480 600 96,5 NNCF 4980 CV
540 140 2 420 6 000 520 480 600 96,5 NNC 4980 CV
540 140 2 420 6 000 520 480 600 96,5 NNCL 4980 CV
600 272 5 500 11 000 900 450 560 270 NNCF 5080 CV
588
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 E b1 K r1,2 s1) da das2) Da ra
~ ~ min min rec. max max
mm mm
360 392 412 419,8 9,4 5 2,1 6 371 388 429 2
392 412 419,8 9,4 5 2,1 – 371 388 429 2
392 – 419,8 9,4 5 2,1 6 371 388 429 2
404 436 448 9,4 5 3 6 375 398 465 2,5
404 436 448 9,4 5 3 – 375 398 465 2,5
404 – 448 9,4 5 3 6 375 398 465 2,5
412 486 503 9,4 5 5 11 383 402 517 4
380 421 446 455,8 9,4 5 2,1 6 391 415 469 2
421 446 455,8 9,4 5 2,1 – 391 415 469 2
421 – 455,8 9,4 5 2,1 6 391 415 469 2
431 468 481,35 9,4 5 4 7 398 424 502 3
431 468 481,35 9,4 5 4 – 398 424 502 3
431 – 481,4 9,4 5 4 7 398 424 502 3
431 504 521 9,4 5 5 11 403 420 537 4
400 435 461 470,59 9,4 5 2,1 6 411 430 489 2
435 461 470,59 9,4 5 2,1 – 411 430 489 2
435 – 470,59 9,4 5 2,1 6 411 430 489 2
451 488 501,74 9,4 5 4 7 418 444 522 3
451 488 501,74 9,4 5 4 – 418 444 522 3
451 – 501,7 9,4 5 4 7 418 444 522 3
460 540 558 9,4 5 5 11 423 449 577 4
1)
Permissible axial displacement from the normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
2)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
589
Sealed double row full complement cylindrical roller bearings
d 20 – 120 mm
C2 C b1
b C1 K
r4
r3
r
30°
B
D D1 d d1 E
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load speed
limit
d D B C C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
20 42 30 29 44 52 5,4 3 600 0,21 NNF 5004 ADA-2LSV
25 47 30 29 48,4 62 6,4 3 000 0,23 NNF 5005 ADA-2LSV
30 55 34 33 57,2 75 7,8 2 600 0,35 NNF 5006 ADA-2LSV
35 62 36 35 70,4 91,5 10,2 2 200 0,45 NNF 5007 ADA-2LSV
40 68 38 37 85,8 116 13,4 2 000 0,53 NNF 5008 ADA-2LSV
45 75 40 39 102 146 17 1 800 0,68 NNF 5009 ADA-2LSV
50 80 40 39 108 160 18,6 1 700 0,73 NNF 5010 ADA-2LSV
55 90 46 45 128 193 22,8 1 500 1,10 NNF 5011 ADA-2LSV
60 95 46 45 134 208 25 1 400 1,20 NNF 5012 ADA-2LSV
65 100 46 45 138 224 26,5 1 300 1,30 NNF 5013 ADA-2LSV
70 110 54 53 205 325 40,5 1 200 1,85 NNF 5014 ADA-2LSV
75 115 54 53 216 355 44 1 100 2,00 NNF 5015 ADA-2LSV
80 125 60 59 251 415 53 1 000 2,70 NNF 5016 ADA-2LSV
85 130 60 59 270 430 55 1 000 2,75 NNF 5017 ADA-2LSV
90 140 67 66 319 550 69,5 900 3,80 NNF 5018 ADA-2LSV
95 145 67 66 330 570 71 900 3,95 NNF 5019 ADA-2LSV
100 150 67 66 336 570 68 850 4,05 NNF 5020 ADA-2LSV
110 170 80 79 413 695 81,5 750 6,45 NNF 5022 ADA-2LSV
120 180 80 79 429 750 86,5 700 6,90 NNF 5024 ADA-2LSV
590
Ca
rb
ra
da Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions1) Approriate
snap rings2)
Designation
d d1 D1 E C1 C2 b b1 K r r3,4 da das3) Da Ca1 Ca2 ra rb Seeger DIN 471
~ ~ +0,2 min min min rec. max −0,2 −0,2 max max
mm mm –
20 28,1 40 35,6 24,7 2,15 1,9 4,5 3 0,5 0,3 24 26,9 38 21,5 21 0,3 0,3 SW 42 42×1.75
25 33 44,8 40,4 24,7 2,15 1,8 4,5 3 0,5 0,3 29 31,7 45 21,5 21 0,3 0,3 SW 47 47×1.75
30 39 53 47,9 28,2 2,4 2,1 4,5 3 0,5 0,3 34 38 53 25 24 0,3 0,3 SW 55 55×2
35 45 59,8 54,5 30,2 2,4 2,1 4,5 3 0,5 0,3 39 43,3 60 27 26 0,3 0,3 SW 62 62×2
40 50,5 65,8 61 32,2 2,4 2,7 4,5 3 0,8 0,6 44 48,8 63 28 27 0,4 0,6 SW 68 68×2.5
45 56,4 72,8 67,7 34,2 2,4 2,7 4,5 3 0,8 0,6 49 54,6 70 30 29 0,4 0,6 SW 75 75×2.5
50 61,2 77,8 72,5 34,2 2,4 2,7 4,5 3 0,8 0,6 54 59,4 75 30 29 0,4 0,6 SW 80 80×2.5
55 68 87,4 80 40,2 2,4 3,2 4,5 3,5 1 0,6 59,6 66 85 35 34 0,6 0,6 SW 90 90×3
60 73 92,4 85 40,2 2,4 3,2 4,5 3,5 1 0,6 65 71 90 35 34 0,6 0,6 SW 95 95×3
65 78 97,4 90 40,2 2,4 3,2 4,5 3,5 1 0,6 70 76 95 35 34 0,6 0,6 SW 100 100×3
70 85 107 100 48,2 2,4 4,2 5 3,5 1 0,6 75 82,5 105 43 40 0,6 0,6 SW 110 110×4
75 91 112 106 48,2 2,4 4,2 5 3,5 1 0,6 80 88,5 110 43 40 0,6 0,6 SW 115 115×4
80 97 122 113,5 54,2 2,4 4,2 5 3,5 1,5 0,6 86 94,3 120 49 46 1,5 0,6 SW 125 125×4
85 101 127 119,5 54,2 2,4 4,2 5 3,5 1,5 0,6 91 98,3 125 49 46 1,5 0,6 SW 130 130×4
90 109 137 127,5 59,2 3,4 4,2 5 3,5 1,5 0,6 96 106 135 54 51 1,5 0,6 SW 140 140×4
95 113 142 131 59,2 3,4 4,2 6 3,5 1,5 0,6 101 110 140 54 51 1,5 0,6 SW 145 145×4
100 118 147 138 59,2 3,4 4,2 6 3,5 1,5 0,6 106 115 145 54 51 1,5 0,6 SW 150 150×4
110 132 167 154,5 70,2 4,4 4,2 6 3,5 1,8 0,6 117 128 165 65 62 1 0,6 SW 170 170×4
120 141 176 164 71,2 3,9 4,2 6 3,5 1,8 0,6 127 138 175 65 63 1 0,6 SW 180 180×4
1)
The values for Ca1 apply for SW snap rings, the values for Ca2 for snap rings according to DIN 471
2)
Snap rings are not supplied with the bearing and must be ordered separately
3)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
591
Sealed full complement double row cylindrical roller bearings
d 130 – 240 mm
C2 C b1
b C1 K
r4
r3
r
30°
B
D D1 d d1 E
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load speed
limit
d D B C C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
130 190 80 79 446 815 91,5 670 7,50 319426 DA-2LS
200 95 94 616 1 040 120 630 10,5 NNF 5026 ADA-2LSV
140 200 80 79 468 865 96,5 630 8,00 319428 DA-2LS
210 95 94 644 1 120 127 600 11,0 NNF 5028 ADA-2LSV
150 210 80 79 468 900 96,5 560 8,40 319430 DA-2LS
225 100 99 748 1 290 143 560 13,5 NNF 5030 ADA-2LSV
160 220 80 79 501 1 000 106 530 8,80 319432 DA-2LS
240 109 108 781 1 400 153 500 16,5 NNF 5032 ADA-2LSV
170 230 80 79 512 1 060 110 530 9,30 319434 DA-2LS
260 122 121 1 010 1 800 193 480 22,5 NNF 5034 ADA-2LSV
180 240 80 79 528 1 100 114 500 9,80 319436 DA-2LS
280 136 135 1 170 2 120 228 450 30,0 NNF 5036 ADA-2LSV
190 260 80 79 550 1 180 120 450 12,7 319438 DA-2LS
290 136 135 1 190 2 200 236 430 31,5 NNF 5038 ADA-2LSV
200 270 80 79 561 1 250 125 430 13,2 319440 DA-2LS
310 150 149 1 450 2 900 300 400 42,0 NNF 5040 ADA-2LSV
220 340 160 159 1 610 3 100 315 360 53,5 NNF 5044 ADA-2LSV
240 360 160 159 1 680 3 350 335 340 57,5 NNF 5048 ADA-2LSV
592
Ca
rb
ra
da Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions1) Approriate
snap rings2)
Designation
d d1 D1 E C1 C2 b b1 K r r3,4 da das3) Da Ca1 Ca2 ra rb Seeger DIN 471
~ ~ +0,2 min min min rec. max −0,2 −0,2 max max
mm mm –
130 151 186 173,1 71,2 3,9 4,2 6 3,5 1,8 0,6 137 147 185 65 63 1 0,6 SW 190 190×4
155 196 183,5 83,2 5,4 4,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 137 150 195 77 75 1 0,6 SW 200 200×4
140 160 196 182,4 71,2 3,9 4,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 147 156 195 65 63 1 0,6 SW 200 200×4
167 206 195,5 83,2 5,4 5,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 147 162 205 77 73 1 0,6 SW 210 210×5
150 175 206 197 71,2 3,9 5,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 157 171 205 65 61 1 0,6 SW 210 210×5
177 221 209 87,2 5,9 5,2 7 4 2 0,6 157 172 220 81 77 2 0,6 SW 225 225×5
160 184 216 206,5 71,2 3,9 5,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 167 180 215 65 61 1 0,6 SW 220 220×5
191 236 222,6 95,2 6,4 5,2 7 4 2 0,6 167 186 235 89 85 2 0,6 SW 240 240×5
170 194 226 216,1 71,2 3,9 5,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 177 190 225 65 61 1 0,6 SW 230 230×5
203 254 239 107,2 6,9 5,2 7 4 2 0,6 177 197 255 99 97 2 0,6 SW 260 260×5
180 203 236 225,6 71,2 3,9 5,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 177 199 225 65 61 1 0,6 SW 240 240×5
220 274 259 118,2 8,4 5,2 8 4 2 0,6 187 214 275 110 108 2 0,6 SW 280 280×5
190 218 254 240 73,2 2,9 5,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 197 214 255 65 63 1 0,6 SW 260 260×5
228 284 267,3 118,2 8,4 5,2 8 4 2 0,6 197 222 285 110 108 2 0,6 SW 290 290×5
200 227 264 249,6 73,2 2,9 5,2 7 4 1,8 0,6 207 223 265 65 63 1 0,6 SW 270 270×5
245 304 284 128,2 10,4 6,3 8 4 2 0,6 207 239 305 120 116 2 0,6 SW 310 310×6
220 264 334 308,5 138,2 10,4 6,3 8 6 2 1 227 256 334 130 126 2 1 SW 340 340×6
240 283 354 327,5 138,2 10,4 6,3 9,4 6 2 1 247 275 354 130 126 2 1 SW 360 360×6
1)
The values for Ca1 apply for SW snap rings, the values for Ca2 for snap rings according to DIN 471
2)
Snap rings are not supplied with the bearing and must be ordered separately
3)
Recommended shaft abutment diameter for axially loaded bearings ➔ page 576
593
Taper roller bearings
Single row taper roller bearings ………………599
Paired single row taper roller bearings ……… 667
595
Taper roller bearings
Taper roller bearings are produced by SKF in Fig 1
many designs and sizes to match their many
uses. The most prevalent are listed in this
catalogue
• single row taper roller bearings (➔ fig 1 )
• paired single row taper roller bearings
(➔ fig 2 )
The double row and four-row taper roller
bearings (➔ fig 3 ), which are mainly used
for rolling mill bearing arrangements, round
off the comprehensive SKF standard range.
Details of these bearings will be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
available on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com
SKF also manufactures sealed, greased
and preadjusted units based on taper roller Fig 2
bearings, such as
• hub bearing units for passenger cars
(➔ fig 4 ),
• hub bearing units for trucks (➔ fig 5 ) and
• tapered bearing units for railbound ve-
hicles (➔ fig 6 ).
Details of these bearings will be found in the
special publications, which can be furnished
on request.
Fig 3
596
Fig 4 Design features
Taper roller bearings have tapered inner and
outer ring raceways between which tapered
rollers are arranged. The projection lines of
all the tapered surfaces meet at a common
point on the bearing axis. Their design makes
taper roller bearings particularly suitable for
the accommodation of combined (radial and
axial) loads. The axial load carrying capacity
of the bearings is largely determined by the
contact angle α (➔ fig 7 ); the larger α, the
higher the axial load carrying capacity. An
indication of the angle size is given by the
calculation factor e; the larger the value of e,
the larger the contact angle and the greater
the suitability of the bearing for carrying
axial loads.
Taper roller bearings are generally separ-
Fig 5 able, i.e. the cone, consisting of the inner
ring with roller and cage assembly, can be
mounted separately from the cup (outer
ring).
SKF taper roller bearings have the logarith-
mic contact profile that provides for optimum
stress distribution over the roller/raceway
contacts. The special design of the sliding
surfaces of the guide flange and large roller
ends considerably promotes lubricant film
formation in the roller end/flange contacts.
The resulting benefits include increased
operational reliability and reduced sensitivity
to misalignment.
Fig 6 Fig 7
597
Single row
taper roller bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 600
Standard design …………………………………………………………………………… 600
CL7C specification bearings ……………………………………………………………… 600
Bearings with flanged outer ring …………………………………………………………… 601
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 601
Bearing designations ………………………………………………………………………… 601
Metric bearings ……………………………………………………………………………… 601
Inch-size bearings…………………………………………………………………………… 602
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 603
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 603
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 603
Internal clearance and preload …………………………………………………………… 604
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 604
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 604
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 605
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 606
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 606
Determining axial force for bearings mounted singly or paired in tandem …………… 606
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 608
Design of bearing arrangements…………………………………………………………… 609
Fits for inch-size bearings ………………………………………………………………… 609
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 612
Metric single row taper roller bearings …………………………………………………… 612
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings ………………………………………………… 634
Metric single row taper roller bearings with flanged outer ring ………………………… 664
599
Single row taper roller bearings
Bearing designs Fig 1
Standard design
The SKF standard range of single row taper
roller bearings (➔ fig 1 ) covers the popular
sizes of metric bearings manufactured to
ISO 355:1977 and inch-sized bearings
which follow the ANSI/ABMA standard
19.2-1994. The range can be divided into
• bearings for general use,
• high-performance bearings manufactured
to the CL7C specifications and
• bearings with a flanged outer ring
as well as “Paired single row taper roller
bearings” shown from page 667 onwards.
For bearing arrangements operating in
particularly difficult environments, for ex- CL7C specification bearings
ample, where the lubricating oil may be highly SKF taper roller bearings produced to the
contaminated, where high operating tem- CL7C specifications are intended for bearing
peratures prevail or where heavy deforming arrangements supporting heavy axial loads,
loads can be expected, SKF can supply par- for example, gearbox pinion bearing arrange-
ticularly wear-resistant taper roller bearings. ments. These bearings, which are mounted
Details are available on request. with preload, have special friction character-
SKF taper roller bearings for general use, istics, higher running accuracy and higher
including SKF bearings to Q specifications, axial load carrying capacity to provide a
have been optimized with regard to the constant, accurate mesh.
following: In contrast to the bearings for general use,
CL7C specification bearings can be adjusted
• sliding contact surfaces of the guide to within narrow limits using the frictional
flange of the inner ring, torque method, which considerably simplifies
• roller end faces, and the adjustment process.
• raceway contact profile. With CL7C specification bearings there is
practically no running-in wear. As a hydro-
In addition, highly accurate manufacturing dynamic lubricant film in the roller end/flange
processes make adjustment of the bearings contacts is established from the outset there
against each other more reliable, which dra- is virtually no loss of preload and the preload
matically improves performance especially can be maintained at a constant high level
during the very first hours of operation. throughout operation.
All bearings manufactured to the CL7C
specifications are SKF Explorer performance
class bearings.
600
Fig 2
SKF Explorer class
bearings
High performance taper roller bearings in the
SKF Explorer performance class are shown
with an asterisk in the product tables. The
SKF Explorer bearings retain the designa-
tion of the earlier standard bearings, e.g.
32010 X/Q. However, each bearing and its
box are marked with the name “EXPLORER”.
Bearing designations
Metric bearings
The designations of metric taper roller
bearings with standardized dimensions
Bearings with flanged outer ring according to ISO follow one of the following
Certain sizes of SKF single row taper roller principles
bearings are also available with a flange on
the outer ring (➔ fig 2 ). Bearings having this • the series designations established in
external flange can be axially located in the ISO 355:1977 comprising three symbols,
housing to provide a simplified, more com- a figure representing the contact angle
pact bearing arrangement. The housing bore and two letters for the diameter and width
is simpler to produce, as no shoulders are series followed by a three figure bore
required. diameter identification (d in mm). The
SKF designations are prefixed by the
letter T, e.g. T2ED 045;
• designations established prior to 1977
based on the system shown in diagram 1 ,
page 149, in the section “Designations”,
e.g. 32206.
• metric bearings with a J in the prefix follow
the ABMA designation system, which is
similar to the system used for inch-size
bearings, see ANSI/ABMA Standard
19.2-1994.
601
Single row taper roller bearings
Inch-size bearings Fig 3
Inch-size taper roller bearings are designated
according to the ANSI/ABMA standard.
Metric bearings that belong to the same
series maintain the same relative cross
section regardless of their size. This is not
the case with inch size bearings. All inch-
size bearings within a series use the same
cage and roller assembly but the inner and
outer rings can have different sizes and
designs.
Any cone (the inner ring with cage and
roller assembly) can be assembled with any
cup (the outer ring) belonging to the same
bearing series. For this reason the cone and
cup have individual designations and can be
supplied separately or as complete bearings
(➔ fig 3 ). The designations of the cones
and cups as well as the series consist of
a three to six-figure number which may be
prefixed by one of the following letters or
combination of letters: EL, LL, L, LM, M, HM,
H, HH and EH. The prefixes characterize a
bearing series from extra light to extra heavy.
The basic principles of this system are de-
scribed in ANSI/ABMA Standard 19.2-1994.
The complete bearing designation con-
sists of the cone designation followed by
that of the cup, the two designations being
separated by an oblique stroke (➔ table 1 ).
To shorten the complete bearing designa-
tions, abbreviations are used (➔ table 1 ).
Table 1
Designations of inch-size taper roller bearings
Designations (Examples)
Cone Cup Complete bearing Series
Complete bearing designation not abbreviated (old ABMA designations)
4580/2/Q 4535/2/Q 4580/2/4535/2/Q 4500
9285/CL7C 9220/CL7C 9285/9220/CL7C 9200
Abbreviated complete bearing designations (new ABMA designations)
LM 11749/QVC027 LM 11710/QVC027 LM 11749/710/QVC027 LM 11700
JL 69349 A/Q JL 69310/Q JL 69349 A/310/Q L 69300
HM 89449/2/QCL7C HM 89410/2/QCL7C HM 89449/2/410/2/QCL7C HM 89400
H 913842/CL7C H 913810/CL7C H 913842/810/CL7C H 913800
602
Bearing data – general Inch-size bearings
Dimensions SKF single row inch-size taper roller bearings
are produced to Normal tolerances as stand-
Metric bearings ard. On request, they may be supplied with
higher accuracy to CL3 or CL0 tolerance
The boundary dimensions of metric single class specifications and/or reduced width
row taper roller bearings listed in the product tolerances. Cones and cups having a width
tables conform to ISO 355-1977 except for tolerance that differs from the Normal
those bearings having a J in the designation tolerance are identified by a designation
prefix. These conform to the ANSI/ABMA suffix according to table 2 where the
Standard 19.1-1987. actual tolerance values are given.
The values for CL3, CL0 and Normal toler-
Inch-size bearings ances conform to ANSI/ABMA Standard
19.2-1994 and are listed in table 9 on page
The boundary dimensions of inch-size bear- 131. The ISO standard 578:1987, which also
ings conform to AFBMA Standard 19-1974 covered these tolerance classes, was with-
(ANSI B3.19-1975). ANSI/ABMA Standard drawn in 1997.
19.2-1994 has subsequently replaced this
standard, but this later standard no longer CL7C specification bearings
includes dimensions.
The tolerances for CL7C specification bear-
Tolerances ings correspond to Normal tolerances ex-
The inner rings with roller and cage assembly cept for the running accuracy which has been
and outer rings of SKF taper roller bearings tightened considerably. The appropriate
having the same designation are interchange- values are given together with the Normal
able. The tolerance for the total abutment tolerances in table 6 on page 128.
width T of the bearing will not be exceeded
if the cones and cups are interchanged.
Metric bearings Table 2
Modified width tolerances of cups and cones
SKF single row metric taper roller bearings of inch-size bearings
are manufactured to Normal tolerances as Designation Width tolerance1)
standard. Some bearings are also available suffix max min
with reduced width tolerance to tolerance – mm
class CLN specifications. Bearings having
a J in the prefix are produced as standard /1 +0,025 0
to tolerance class CLN specifications. /1A +0,038 +0,013
/–1 0 −0,025
All bearings having an outside diameter /11 +0,025 −0,025
above 420 mm have dimensional accuracy /15 +0,038 −0,038
to tolerance class Normal specifications but /2 +0,051 0
the running accuracy is better than Normal, /2B +0,076 +0,025
/2C +0,102 +0,051
being to P6 specifications. /–2 0 −0,051
The values for Normal and CLN tolerances /22 +0,051 −0,051
correspond to ISO 492:2002 (classes Normal /3 +0,076 0
and 6X) and are shown in tables 6 and 7 /–3 0 −0,076
on pages 128 and 129. The values for P6 /4 +0,102 0
running accuracy are in accordance with
DIN 620-3:1964, which was withdrawn in 1)
The total width tolerance for a complete bearing is
1988. equal to the sum of the tolerances for the cone and
cup, e.g. for bearing K-47686/2/K-47620/3 the
tolerance is +0,127/0 mm
603
Single row taper roller bearings
Internal clearance and preload Cages
The internal clearance of single row taper Single row SKF taper roller bearings are
roller bearings can only be obtained after equipped as shown in fig 4 with
mounting and is determined by adjustment
of the bearing against a second bearing, • a pressed steel window-type cage, no
which provides location in the opposite designation suffix or suffixes J1 or J2 (a),
direction. Further details will be found in the • a glass fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6
section “Bearing preload”, starting on window-type cage, designation suffix
page 206. TN9 (b).
Adjustment and running in Note:
Taper roller bearings with a polyamide 6,6
When adjusting taper roller bearings against cage can be operated at temperatures up to
each other, the bearings must be rotated, +120 °C. The lubricants generally used for
so that the rollers assume their correct pos- rolling bearings do not have a detrimental
ition, i.e. the large end face of the rollers effect on polyamide cage properties, with the
must be in contact with the guide flange. exception of a few synthetic oils and greases
Conventional taper roller bearings nor- with a synthetic oil base, and lubricants
mally have a relatively high friction torque containing a high proportion of EP additives
during the first hours of operation, which when used at high temperatures.
drops to a lower level after the running-in For bearing arrangements, which are to
period. During this running-in period, bear- be operated at continuously high tempera-
ing temperature increases rapidly because tures or under arduous conditions, SKF rec-
of the high initial friction and falls off to an ommends using bearings with a pressed
equilibrium level as the running-in phase is steel or high-temperature polymer cage.
completed. For detailed information regarding the
This running-in phase is virtually non- temperature resistance and the applicability
existent with bearings made to the SKF “Q” of cages, please refer to the section “Cage
specification. In these bearings, the initial materials”, starting on page 140.
friction is also much lower, so that tempera-
ture increase is almost negligible. This also
applies to the high-performance CL7C
specification bearings, which are designed
for easy adjustment.
Misalignment
The ability of a conventional single row taper
roller bearing to accommodate angular
misalignment of the inner ring with respect
to the outer ring is limited to a few minutes of
arc. SKF bearings have the logarithmic con-
tact profile and can tolerate misalignments
of approximately 2 to 4 minutes of arc.
These guideline values apply provided the
position of the shaft and housing axes are
constant. Larger misalignment is possible,
depending on the load and requisite service
life. For additional information, please con-
tact the SKF application engineering service.
604
Minimum load load. If this is not the case, the single row
In order to provide satisfactory operation, taper roller bearing must be subjected to an
taper roller bearings, like all ball and roller additional radial load, which can be achieved
bearings, must always be subjected to a easily by applying preload. For additional
given minimum load, particularly if they are information, please refer to the section
to operate at high speeds or are subjected “Bearing preload”, starting on page 206.
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the
direction of load. Under such conditions the
inertia forces of the rollers and cage, and the
friction in the lubricant, can have a detrimen-
tal influence on the rolling conditions in the
bearing arrangement and may cause dam-
aging sliding movements to occur between
the rollers and raceways.
The requisite minimum radial load to be
applied to SKF standard taper roller bear-
ings can be estimated from
Frm = 0,02 C
and for SKF Explorer bearings from
Frm = 0,017 C
where
Frm = minimum radial load, kN
C = basic dynamic load rating, kN
(➔ product tables)
When starting up at low temperatures or
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
greater minimum loads may be required.
The weight of the components supported by
the bearing, together with external forces,
generally exceeds the requisite minimum
Fig 4
a b
605
Single row taper roller bearings
Equivalent dynamic bearing load
For dynamically loaded taper roller bearings
P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ e
P = 0,4 Fr + YFa when Fa/Fr > e
The values of the calculation factors e and Y
will be found in the product tables.
Equivalent static bearing load
For statically loaded taper roller bearings
P0 = 0,5 Fr + Y0Fa
When P0 < 0,5 Fr, P0 = Fr should be used.
The value of the calculation factor Y0 will be
found in the product tables.
Determining axial force for bearings
mounted singly or paired in tandem
When a radial load is applied to a single row
taper roller bearing, the load is transmitted
from one raceway to the other at an angle to
the bearing axis and an internal axial force
will be induced in the bearing. This must be
considered when calculating the equivalent
bearing loads for bearing arrangements
consisting of two single bearings and/or
bearing pairs arranged in tandem.
The necessary equations are given in
table 3 for the various bearing arrange-
ments and load cases. The equations are only
valid if the bearings are adjusted against
each other to practically zero clearance, but
without any preload. In the arrangements
shown, bearing A is subjected to a radial
load FrA and bearing B to radial load FrB.
Values of the loads FrA and FrB are always
considered positive even when they act in
the direction opposite to that shown in the
figures. The radial loads act at the pressure
centres of the bearings (dimension a in the
product tables).
In addition an external force Ka acts on
the shaft (or on the housing). Cases 1c and
2c are also valid when Ka = 0. Values of the
factor Y will be found in the product tables.
606
Table 3
Axial loading of bearing arrangements incorporating two single row taper roller bearings and/or bearing
pairs in tandem
Arrangement Load case Axial forces
Back-to-back FrA FrB 0,5 FrA
1a) ≥ FaA = FaB = FaA + Ka
Y A YB YA
B A
Ka ≥ 0
Ka
FrA FrB 0,5 FrA
FrB 1b) < FaA = FaB = FaA + Ka
FrA YA YB YA
Face-to-face Ka ≥ 0,5 ( FrB FrA
YB
−
YA )
A B
FrA FrB 0,5 FrB
Ka 1c) < FaA = FaB − Ka FaB =
YA YB YB
FrB
FrA Ka < 0,5 ( FrB FrA
YB
−
YA )
Back-to-back FrA FrB 0,5 FrB
2a) ≤ FaA = FaB + Ka FaB =
YA YB YB
B A
Ka ≥ 0
Ka
FrB FrA FrB 0,5 FrB
2b) > FaA = FaB + Ka FaB =
FrA YA YB YB
Face-to-face Ka ≥ 0,5 ( FrA FrB
YA
−
YB )
A B
FrA FrB 0,5 FrA
Ka 2c) > FaA = FaB = FaA − Ka
YA YB YA
FrB
FrA Ka < 0,5 ( FrA FrB
YA
−
YB )
607
Single row taper roller bearings
Supplementary designations VB134 Chamfer dimension at large inner
The designation suffixes used to identify ring side face1 mm
SKF single row taper roller bearings are VB406 Chamfer dimension at large inner
explained in the following. ring side face 3 mm and at large
outer ring side face 2 mm
B Larger contact angle than standard VB481 Chamfer dimension at large inner
design ring side face 8,5 mm
CLN Reduced tolerances for ring widths VC027 Modified internal geometry for in-
and total (abutment) width; corre- creased permissible misalignment
sponds to ISO tolerance class 6X VC068 Increased running accuracy and
CL3 Accuracy to ABMA tolerance class special heat treatment
3 for inch-size bearings VE174 Locating slot in outer ring at large
CL7A High-performance design for pinion outer ring side face, increased
bearing arrangements (superseded running accuracy
by CL7C) VQ051 Modified internal geometry for in-
CL7C High-performance design for pinion creased permissible misalignment
bearing arrangements VQ267 Reduced inner ring width tolerance,
HA1 Inner and outer ring made of case- ±0,025 mm
hardened steel VQ495 As CL7C but with reduced or dis-
HA3 Inner ring made of case-hardened placed tolerance for the outside
steel diameter
HN1 Outer and inner ring with special VQ506 Reduced inner ring width tolerance
surface heat treatment VQ507 As CL7C but with reduced or dis-
HN3 Inner ring with special surface heat placed tolerance for the outside
treatment diameter
J Pressed steel window-type cage. VQ523 As CL7C but with reduced inner ring
A figure following the J indicates width tolerance and reduced or
a different cage design displaced tolerance for the outside
P6 Dimensional and running accuracy diameter
to old ISO tolerance class 6, better VQ601 Accuracy to ABMA tolerance class
than Normal 0 for inch-size bearings
Q Optimized contact geometry and W Modified ring width tolerance,
surface finish +0,05/0 mm
R Flanged outer ring X Boundary dimensions changed to
TN9 Glass fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6 conform to ISO
window-type cage
U. U combined with a one-figure
number identifies reduced total
width tolerance. Examples:
U2 Total width tolerance +0,05/0 mm
U4 Total width tolerance +0,10/0 mm
VA321 Optimized internal design
VA606 Crowned raceway on bearing rings
and special heat treatment
VA607 Crowned raceway on bearing rings
and special heat treatment
VB022 Chamfer dimension at large outer
ring side face 0,3 mm
VB026 Chamfer dimension at large outer
ring side face 3 mm
VB061 Chamfer dimension at large inner
ring side face 8 mm
608
Design of bearing Fig 5
arrangements
When designing bearing arrangements in-
corporating single row taper roller bearings
it is necessary to consider the special char-
acteristics of these bearings. Because of
their internal design, they cannot be used
singly and a second bearing is required
(➔ fig 5 ); alternatively a paired set (➔ fig 6 )
may be used. When the arrangement com-
prises two single row bearings they must be
adjusted against each other as described
under “Internal clearance and preload”
(➔ page 604).
A correctly dimensioned operational
clearance or preload is vital to the correct
performance of single row taper roller bear- Fig 6
ings and also to the operational reliability of
the arrangement. If the operational clearance
is too large, the full load carrying capacity of
the bearing will not be exploited. If the pre-
load is too great then frictional losses will
increase, as will operating temperature. In
both cases the bearing service life could be
substantially reduced.
Fits for inch-size bearings
Suitable fits for inch-size taper roller bear-
ings can be obtained based on the recom-
mended fits for metric bearings. However,
since inch-size bearings, in contrast to metric
bearings, are machined to plus tolerances,
the deviations for shaft and housing cannot
be applied directly and must be modified to
take account of the plus tolerances. Refer-
ence should therefore be made to the tables
below, which provide the same degree of
interference or clearance as the recom-
mended metric tolerances.
• Table 4: Modified shaft diameter deviations
g6, h6, j5, j6, js6, k5, k6, m5, m6, n6, p6
• Table 5: Modified housing bore diameter
deviations H7, J7, J6, K6, K7, M6, M7, N7,
P7
609
Single row taper roller bearings
Table 4
Modified shaft diameter deviations for use with inch-size bearings
Nominal Modified deviations for fits with clearance /interference according to
diameter
Shaft seating g6 h6 j5 j6 js6 k5
Bearing bore
over incl. high low high low high low high low high low high low
mm µm
10 18 +2 −4 +8 +2 +13 +10 +16 +10 +14 +7 +17 +14
18 30 +3 −7 +10 0 +15 +9 +19 +9 +17 +6 +21 +15
30 50 +3 −12 +12 −3 +18 +8 +23 +8 +20 +5 +25 +15
50 76,2 +5 −16 +15 −6 +21 +6 +27 +6 +25 +3 +30 +15
76,2 80 +5 −4 +15 +6 +21 +18 +27 +18 +25 +15 +30 +27
80 120 +8 −9 +20 +3 +26 +16 +33 +16 +31 +14 +38 +28
120 180 +11 −14 +25 0 +32 +14 +39 +14 +38 +12 +46 +28
180 250 +15 −19 +30 −4 +37 +12 +46 +12 +45 +10 +54 +29
250 304,8 +18 −24 +35 −7 +42 +9 +51 +9 +51 +9 +62 +29
304,8 315 +18 +2 +35 +19 +42 +35 +51 +35 +51 +35 +62 +55
315 400 +22 −3 +40 +15 +47 +33 +58 +33 +58 +33 +69 +55
400 500 +25 −9 +45 +11 +52 +31 +65 +31 +65 +31 +77 +56
500 609,6 +28 −15 +50 +7 – – +72 +29 +72 +29 +78 +51
609,6 630 +28 +10 +50 +32 – – +72 +54 +72 +54 +78 +76
630 800 +51 +2 +75 +26 – – +100 +51 +100 +51 +107 +76
800 914,4 +74 −6 +100 +20 – – +128 +48 +128 +48 +136 +76
Nominal Modified deviations for fits with clearance/interference according to
diameter
Shaft seating k6 m5 m6 n6 p6
Bearing bore
over incl. high low high low high low high low high low
mm µm
10 18 +20 +14 +23 +20 +26 +20 +31 +25 +37 +31
18 30 +25 +15 +27 +21 +31 +21 +38 +28 +45 +35
30 50 +30 +15 +32 +22 +37 +22 +45 +30 +54 +39
50 76,2 +36 +15 +39 +24 +45 +24 +54 +33 +66 +45
76,2 80 +36 +27 +39 +36 +45 +36 +54 +45 +66 +57
80 120 +45 +28 +48 +38 +55 +38 +65 +48 +79 +62
120 180 +53 +28 +58 +40 +65 +40 +77 +52 +93 +68
180 250 +63 +29 +67 +42 +76 +42 +90 +56 +109 +75
250 304,8 +71 +29 +78 +45 +87 +45 +101 +59 +123 +81
304,8 315 +71 +55 +78 +71 +87 +71 +101 +85 +123 +107
315 400 +80 +55 +86 +72 +97 +72 +113 +88 +138 +113
400 500 +90 +56 +95 +74 +108 +74 +125 +91 +153 +119
500 609,6 +94 +51 +104 +77 +120 +77 +138 +95 +172 +129
609,6 630 +94 +76 +104 +102 +120 +102 +138 +120 +172 +154
630 800 +125 +76 +137 +106 +155 +106 +175 +126 +213 +164
800 914,4 +156 +76 +170 +110 +190 +110 +212 +132 +256 +176
610
Table 5
Modified housing bore diameter deviations for use with inch-size bearings
Nominal Modified deviations for fits with clearance/interference according to
diameter
Housing bore seating H7 J7 J6 K6 K7
Bearing outside diameter
over incl. high low high low high low high low high low
mm µm
30 50 +36 +25 +25 +14 +21 +19 +14 +12 +18 +7
50 80 +43 +25 +31 +13 +26 +19 +17 +10 +22 +4
80 120 +50 +25 +37 +12 +31 +19 +19 +7 +25 0
120 150 +58 +25 +44 +11 +36 +18 +22 +4 +30 −3
150 180 +65 +25 +51 +11 +43 +18 +29 +4 +37 −3
180 250 +76 +25 +60 +9 +52 +18 +35 +1 +43 −8
250 304,8 +87 +25 +71 +9 +60 +18 +40 −2 +51 −11
304,8 315 +87 +51 +71 +35 +60 +44 +40 +24 +51 +15
315 400 +97 +51 +79 +33 +69 +44 +47 +22 +57 +11
400 500 +108 +51 +88 +31 +78 +44 +53 +19 +63 +6
500 609,6 +120 +51 – – – – +50 +7 +50 −19
609,6 630 +120 +76 – – – – +50 +32 +50 +6
630 800 +155 +76 – – – – +75 +26 +75 −4
800 914,4 +190 +76 – – – – +100 +20 +100 −14
914,4 1 000 +190 +102 – – – – +100 +46 +100 +12
1 000 1 219,2 +230 +102 – – – – +125 +36 +125 −3
Nominal Modified deviations for fits with clearance/interference according to
diameter
Housing bore seating M6 M7 N7 P7
Bearing outside diameter
over incl. high low high low high low high low
mm µm
30 50 +7 +5 +11 0 +3 −8 −6 −17
50 80 +8 +1 +13 −5 +4 −14 −8 −26
80 120 +9 −3 +15 −10 +5 −20 −9 −34
120 150 +10 −8 +18 −15 +6 −27 −10 −43
150 180 +17 −8 +25 −15 +13 −27 −3 −43
180 250 +22 −12 +30 −21 +16 −35 −3 −54
250 304,8 +26 −16 +35 −27 +21 −41 −1 −63
304,8 315 +26 +10 +35 −1 +21 −15 −1 −37
315 400 +30 +5 +40 −6 +24 −22 −1 −47
400 500 +35 +1 +45 −12 +28 −29 0 −57
500 609,6 +24 −19 +24 −45 +6 −63 −28 −97
609,6 630 +24 +6 +24 −20 +6 −38 −28 −72
630 800 +45 −4 +45 −34 +25 −54 −13 −92
800 914,4 +66 −14 +66 −48 +44 −70 0 −114
914,4 1 000 +66 +12 +66 −22 +44 −44 0 −88
1 000 1 219,2 +85 −4 +85 −43 +59 −69 +5 −123
611
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 15 – 32 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
15 42 14,25 22,4 20 2,08 13 000 18 000 0,095 30302 J2 2FB
17 40 13,25 19 18,6 1,83 13 000 18 000 0,075 30203 J2 2DB
47 15,25 28,1 25 2,75 12 000 16 000 0,13 30303 J2 2FB
47 20,25 40 33,5 3,65 12 000 16 000 0,17 32303 J2/Q 2FD
*
20 42 15 28 27 2,7 13 000 16 000 0,097
47 15,25 32 28 3 12 000 15 000 0,12 * 32004 X/Q 3CC
52 16,25 39 32,5 3,6 12 000 14 000 0,17 * 30204 J2/Q
30304 J2/Q
2DB
2FB
52 22,25 51 45,5 5 12 000 14 000 0,23 * 32304 J2/Q 2FD
*
22 44 15 25,1 29 2,85 11 000 15 000 0,10 320/22 X 3CC
25 47 15 31 32,5 3,25 12 000 14 000 0,11 32005 X/Q 4CC
52 16,25 35,5 33,5 3,45 11 000 13 000 0,15 * 30205 J2/Q 3CC
52 19,25 41,5 44 4,65 10 000 13 000 0,19 * 32205 BJ2/Q 5CD
52 22 54 56 6 10 000 13 000 0,23 * 33205/Q 2DE
*
62 18,25 44,6 43 4,75 9 000 12 000 0,26 30305 J2 2FB
62 18,25 38 40 4,4 7 500 11 000 0,26 31305 J2 7FB
62 25,25 60,5 63 7,1 8 000 12 000 0,36 32305 J2 2FD
28 52 16 36,5 38 4 10 000 13 000 0,15
58 17,25 38 41,5 4,4 9 000 12 000 0,25 * 320/28 X/Q
302/28 J2
4CC
–
58 20,25 48 50 5,5 9 500 12 000 0,25 322/28 BJ2/Q 5DD
*
30 55 17 40,5 44 4,55 10 000 12 000 0,17
62 17,25 46,5 44 4,8 9 000 11 000 0,23 * 32006 X/Q 4CC
62 21,25 58,5 57 6,3 9 000 11 000 0,28 * 30206 J2/Q
32206 J2/Q
3DB
3DC
62 21,25 56 58,5 6,55 9 000 11 000 0,30 * 32206 BJ2/QCL7CVA606 5DC
62 25 75 76,5 8,5 8 500 11 000 0,37 * 33206/Q 2DE
*
72 20,75 56,1 56 6,4 7 500 10 000 0,39
72 20,75 55 50 5,7 7 500 9 500 0,39 * 30306 J2/Q 2FB
72 28,75 88 85 9,65 7 500 10 000 0,55 * 31306 J2/Q
32306 J2/Q
7FB
2FD
*
32 53 14,5 27 35,5 3,65 9 000 12 000 0,11 JL 26749 F/710 (L 26700)
58 17 42,5 46,5 4,8 9 000 11 000 0,19
* 320/32 X/Q 4CC
* SKF Explorer bearing
612
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
15 27,7 13 11 1 1 9 22 21 36 36 38 2 3 1 1 0,28 2,1 1,1
17 28 12 11 1 1 10 23 23 34 34 37 2 2 1 1 0,35 1,7 0,9
30,4 14 12 1 1 10 25 23 40 41 42 2 3 1 1 0,28 2,1 1,1
30,7 19 16 1 1 12 24 23 39 41 43 3 4 1 1 0,28 2,1 1,1
20 31,1 15 12 0,6 0,6 10 25 25 36 37 39 2 3 0,6 0,6 0,37 1,6 0,9
33,2 14 12 1 1 11 27 26 40 41 43 2 3 1 1 0,35 1,7 0,9
34,3 15 13 1,5 1,5 11 28 27 44 45 47 2 3 1,5 1,5 0,3 2 1,1
34,5 21 18 1,5 1,5 14 27 27 43 45 47 3 4 1,5 1,5 0,3 2 1,1
22 33,3 15 11,5 0,6 0,6 11 27 27 38 39 41 3 3,5 0,6 0,6 0,40 1,5 0,8
25 36,5 15 11,5 0,6 0,6 11 30 30 40 42 44 3 3,5 0,6 0,6 0,43 1,4 0,8
37,4 15 13 1 1 12 31 31 44 46 48 2 3 1 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
40,2 18 15 1 1 16 30 31 41 46 50 3 4 1 1 0,57 1,05 0,6
38,6 22 18 1 1 14 30 31 43 46 49 4 4 1 1 0,35 1,7 0,9
41,5 17 15 1,5 1,5 13 34 32 54 55 57 2 3 1,5 1,5 0,3 2 1,1
45,8 17 13 1,5 1,5 20 34 32 47 55 59 3 5 1,5 1,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
41,7 24 20 1,5 1,5 15 33 32 52 55 57 3 5 1,5 1,5 0,3 2 1,1
28 40,3 16 12 1 1 12 34 34 45 46 49 3 4 1 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
41,8 16 14 1 1 13 35 34 50 52 54 2 3 1 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
43,9 19 16 1 1 17 33 34 46 52 55 3 4 1 1 0,57 1,05 0,6
30 43 17 13 1 1 13 35 36 48 49 52 3 4 1 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
44,6 16 14 1 1 14 38 36 53 56 57 2 3 1 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
45,2 20 17 1 1 15 37 36 52 56 58 3 4 1 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
47,3 20 17 1 1 18 36 36 50 56 60 3 4 1 1 0,57 1,05 0,6
45,8 25 19,5 1 1 16 36 36 53 56 59 5 5,5 1 1 0,35 1,7 0,9
48,4 19 16 1,5 1,5 15 41 37 62 65 66 3 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
52,7 19 14 1,5 1,5 22 40 37 55 65 68 3 6,5 1,5 1,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
48,7 27 23 1,5 1,5 18 39 37 59 65 66 3 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
32 43,6 15 11,5 3,5 1,3 11 38 43 48 46,5 50 2 3 3 1 0.33 1,8 1
45,6 17 13 1 1 14 38 38 50 52 55 3 4 1 1 0,46 1,3 0,7
1
613
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 35 – 40 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
35 62 18 49 54 5,85 8 500 11 000 0,22
62 18 43 49 5,2 8 500 11 000 0,22 * 32007 X/Q 4CC
* 32007 J2/Q –
72 18,25 58,5 56 6,1 8 000 9 500 0,32
72 24,25 76,5 78 8,5 8 000 9 500 0,43 * 30207 J2/Q 3DB
72 28 96,5 106 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,56 * 32207 J2/Q 3DC
* 33207/Q 2DE
80 22,75 83 73,5 8,3 7 500 9 000 0,52
80 22,75 71 67 7,8 6 300 8 500 0,52 * 30307 J2/Q 2FB
80 32,75 95,2 106 12,2 6 700 9 000 0,73 * 31307 J2/Q
32307 J2/Q
7FB
2FE
80 32,75 93,5 114 13,2 6 300 8 500 0,80 32307 BJ2/Q 5FE
37 80 32,75 93,5 114 13,2 6 300 8 500 0,85 32307/37 BJ2/Q –
38 63 17 42,5 52 5,4 8 500 11 000 0,20 JL 69349 A/310/Q (L 69300)
63 17 42,5 52 5,4 8 500 11 000 0,20 *JL 69349 X/310/Q (L 69300)
63 17 42,5 52 5,4 8 500 11 000 0,19 *JL 69349/310/Q (L 69300)
63 17 42,5 52 5,4 8 500 11 000 0,19 *JL 69345 F/310/Q (L 69300)
68 19 60 71 7,65 7 500 10 000 0,27 *32008/38 X/Q –
*
40 68 19 60 71 7,65 7 500 9 500 0,27
68 19 60 71 7,65 7 500 9 500 0,27 * 32008 X/Q 3CD
75 26 91,5 104 11,4 7 000 9 000 0,51 * 32008 XTN9/Q
33108/Q
3CD
2CE
*
80 19,75 71 68 7,65 7 000 8 500 0,42
80 24,75 85 86,5 9,8 7 000 8 500 0,53 * 30208 J2/Q 3DB
80 24,75 86,5 93 10,8 6 700 8 500 0,52 * 32208 J2/Q
32208 BJ2/Q
3DC
5DC
80 32 120 132 15 6 300 8 500 0,77 * 33208/QCL7C 2DE
*
85 33 121 150 17,3 6 000 9 000 0,90 T2EE 040/QVB134 2EE
90 25,25 100 95 10,8 6 300 8 000 0,72
90 25,25 85 81,5 9,5 5 600 7 500 0,72 * 30308 J2/Q 2FB
90 35,25 117 140 16 5 300 8 000 1,00 * 31308 J2/QCL7C
32308 J2/Q
7FB
2FD
* SKF Explorer bearing
614
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
35 49,2 18 14 1 1 15 41 41 54 56 59 4 4 1,5 1 0,46 1,3 0,7
49,5 18 15 1 1 16 41 41 53 56 59 2 3 1,5 1 0,44 1,35 0,8
51,8 17 15 1,5 1,5 15 44 42 62 65 67 3 3 1,5 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
52,4 23 19 1,5 1,5 17 43 42 61 65 67 3 5 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
53,4 28 22 1,5 1,5 18 42 42 61 65 68 5 6 2 1 0,35 1,7 0,9
2
54,5 21 18 2 1,5 16 46 44 70 71 74 3 4,5 2 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
59,6 21 15 2 1,5 25 45 44 62 71 76 3 7,5 2 1,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
54,8 31 25 2 1,5 20 44 44 66 71 74 4 7,5 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
59,3 31 25 2 1,5 24 42 44 61 71 76 4 7,5 2 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
37 54,8 31 25 2 1,5 20 44 44 66 71 74 4 7,5 2 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
38 52,2 17 13,5 1,3 1,3 14 44 44 55 56,5 60 3 3,5 1 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
52,2 17 13,5 2,3 1,3 14 44 47 55 56,5 60 3 3,5 2 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
52,2 17 13,5 3,6 1,3 14 44 49 55 56,5 60 3 3,5 3,5 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
52,2 17 13,5 3,6 1,3 14 44 49 55 56,5 60 3 3,5 3,5 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
54,2 19 14,5 1 1 15 46 44 60 62 65 4 4,5 1 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
40 54,2 19 14,5 1 1 15 46 46 60 62 65 4 4,5 1 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
54,2 19 14,5 1 1 15 46 46 60 62 65 4 4,5 1 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
57,5 26 20,5 1,5 1,5 18 47 47 65 68 71 4 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
57,5 18 16 1,5 1,5 16 49 47 69 73 74 3 3,5 1,5 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
58,4 23 19 1,5 1,5 19 49 47 68 73 75 3 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
60,9 23 19 1,5 1,5 22 49 47 65 73 76 4 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
59,7 32 25 1,5 1,5 21 47 47 67 73 76 5 7 1,5 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
61,2 32,5 28 2,5 2 22 48 50 70 75 80 5 5 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
62,5 23 20 2 1,5 19 53 49 77 81 82 3 5 2 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
67,1 23 17 2 1,5 28 51 49 71 81 86 3 8 2 1,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
62,9 33 27 2 1,5 23 51 49 73 81 82 3 8 2 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
615
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 45 – 50 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
45 75 20 67 80 8,8 7 000 8 500 0,34
80 26 96,5 114 12,9 6 700 8 000 0,56 * 32009 X/Q 3CC
* 33109/Q 3CE
85 20,638 81,5 81,5 9,3 6 700 8 500 0,50
85 20,75 76,5 76,5 8,65 6 300 8 000 0,48 * 358 X/354 X/Q (355)
85 24,75 91,5 98 11 6 300 8 000 0,58 * 30209 J2/Q 3DB
85 32 108 143 16,3 5 300 7 500 0,82 * 32209 J2/Q
33209/Q
3DC
3DE
90 24,75 95 104 12,2 6 000 8 000 0,65
95 29 104 112 12,7 5 300 7 000 0,92 * 32210/45 BJ2/QVB022 –
95 36 106 146 16,6 5 300 8 000 1,20 * T7FC 045/HN3QCL7C
T2ED 045
7FC
2ED
100 27,25 125 120 14,3 5 600 7 000 0,97
100 27,25 106 102 12,5 5 000 6 700 0,95 * 30309 J2/Q 2FB
100 38,25 140 170 20,4 4 800 7 000 1,35 * 31309 J2/QCL7C
32309 J2/Q
7FB
2FD
100 38,25 156 176 20 5 000 6 700 1,45
* 32309 BJ2/QCL7C 5FD
46 75 18 58,5 71 7,65 7 000 9 500 0,30
* LM 503349/310/QCL7C (LM 503300)
50 80 20 69,5 88 9,65 6 300 8 000 0,37
80 20 69,5 88 9,65 6 300 8 000 0,37 * 32010 X/Q 3CC
80 24 80 102 11,4 6 300 8 000 0,45 * 32010 X/QCL7CVB026
33010/Q
3CC
2CE
*
82 21,5 83 100 11 6 300 8 500 0,43
85 26 100 122 13,4 6 000 7 500 0,59 * JLM 104948 AA/910 AA/Q (LM 104900)
* 33110/Q 3CE
90 21,75 86,5 91,5 10,4 6 000 7 500 0,54
90 24,75 95 100 11,4 6 000 7 500 0,61 * 30210 J2/Q 3DB
90 28 122 140 16 6 000 8 000 0,75 * 32210 J2/Q
JM 205149/110/Q
3DC
(M 205100)
90 28 122 140 16 6 000 8 000 0,75 * JM 205149/110 A/Q (M 205100)
90 32 114 160 18,3 5 000 7 000 0,90 * 33210/Q 3DE
100 36 154 200 22,4 5 000 7 500 1,30 T2ED 050/Q 2ED
105 32 125 137 16 4 800 6 300 1,20
* T7FC 050/QCL7C 7FC
110 29,25 143 140 16,6 5 300 6 300 1,25
110 29,25 122 120 14,3 4 500 6 000 1,20 * 30310 J2/Q 2FB
110 42,25 172 212 24 4 300 6 300 1,80 * 31310 J2/QCL7C
32310 J2/Q
7FB
2FD
110 42,25 172 212 24 4 300 6 300 1,80 32310 TN9 2FD
110 42,25 183 216 24,5 4 500 6 000 1,85
* 32310 BJ2/QCL7C 5FD
* SKF Explorer bearing
616
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
45 60,4 20 15,5 1 1 16 52 51 67 69 72 4 4,5 1 1 0,4 1,5 0,8
62,7 26 20,5 1,5 1,5 19 52 52 69 73 77 4 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
62,4 21,692 17,462 2 1,5 16 55 53 76 77 80 3 3 2 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
63 19 16 1,5 1,5 18 54 52 74 78 80 3 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
64 23 19 1,5 1,5 20 54 52 73 78 80 3 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
65,2 32 25 1,5 1,5 22 52 52 72 78 81 5 7 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
68,5 23 19 1,5 0,3 21 58 52 78 87 85 3 5,5 1,5 0,3 0,6 1 0,6
74 26,5 20 2,5 2,5 32 54 56 71 83 91 3 9 2 2 0,88 0,68 0,4
68,5 35 30 2,5 2,5 23 55 56 80 83 89 6 6 2 2 0,33 1,8 1
70,1 25 22 2 1,5 21 59 53 86 91 92 3 5 2 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
74,7 25 18 2 1,5 31 57 53 79 91 95 4 9 2 1,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
70,4 36 30 2 1,5 25 57 53 82 91 93 4 8 2 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
74,8 36 30 2 1,5 30 55 53 76 91 94 5 8 2 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
46 60,4 18 14 2,3 1,5 16 53 55 67 67,5 71 2 4 2 1 0,4 1,5 0,8
50 65,6 20 15,5 1 1 18 57 56 72 74 77 4 4,5 1 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
65,6 20 15,5 1 1 18 57 56 72 74 77 4 4,5 1 1 0,43 1,4 0,8
64,9 24 19 1 1 17 56 56 72 74 76 4 5 1 1 0,31 1,9 1,1
65,1 21,5 17 3 0,5 16 57 64 74 79 78 4 4,5 2,5 0,5 0,3 2 1,1
67,9 26 20 1,5 1,5 20 57 57 74 78 82 4 6 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
67,9 20 17 1,5 1,5 19 58 57 79 83 85 3 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
68,5 23 19 1,5 1,5 21 58 57 78 83 85 3 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
68,7 28 23 3 2,5 20 58 64 78 78 85 5 5 2,5 2 0,33 1,8 1
68,7 28 23 3 0,8 20 58 64 78 85 85 5 5 2,5 0,6 0,33 1,8 1
70,7 32 24,5 1,5 1,5 23 57 57 77 83 87 5 7,5 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
73,5 35 30 2,5 2,5 25 59 60 84 88 94 6 6 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
81 29 22 3 3 36 60 62 78 91 100 4 10 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
77,2 27 23 2,5 2 23 65 60 95 100 102 4 6 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
81,5 27 19 2,5 2 34 62 60 87 100 104 4 10 2 2 0,83 0,72 0,4
77,7 40 33 2,5 2 27 63 60 90 100 102 5 9 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
77,7 40 33 2,5 2 27 63 60 90 100 102 5 9 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
82,9 40 33 2,5 2 34 62 60 83 100 103 5 9 2 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
617
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 55 – 60 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
55 90 23 93 116 12,9 5 600 7 000 0,55
90 27 104 137 15,3 5 600 7 000 0,67 * 32011 X/Q 3CC
95 30 110 156 17,6 5 000 6 700 0,86 * 33011/Q
33111/Q
2CE
3CE
100 22,75 104 106 12 5 300 6 700 0,70
100 26,75 106 129 15 5 000 6 700 0,83 * 30211 J2/Q
32211 J2/Q
3DB
3DC
100 35 138 190 21,6 4 500 6 300 1,20 33211/Q 3DE
110 39 179 232 26 4 500 6 700 1,70 T2ED 055/QCLN 2ED
115 34 146 163 19,3 4 300 5 600 1,60
* T7FC 055/QCL7C 7FC
120 31,5 166 163 19,3 4 800 5 600 1,55
120 31,5 140 137 16,6 4 300 5 600 1,55 * 30311 J2/Q 2FB
120 45,5 198 250 28,5 4 000 5 600 2,30 * 31311 J2/QCL7C
32311 J2
7FB
2FD
120 45,5 216 260 30 4 300 5 600 2,50 32311 BJ2/QCL7C 5FD
*
60 95 23 95 122 13,4 5 300 6 700 0,59
95 24 96,5 132 15 5 300 7 000 0,63 * 32012 X/QCL7C 4CC
95 27 106 143 16 5 300 6 700 0,71 * JLM 508748/710/Q
33012/Q
2CE
2CE
100 30 134 170 19,6 5 300 6 300 0,92 * 33112/Q 3CE
*
110 23,75 112 114 13,2 5 000 6 000 0,88
110 29,75 146 160 18,6 5 000 6 000 1,15 * 30212 J2/Q 3EB
110 29,75 140 156 19 4 800 6 000 1,15 * 32212 J2/Q
32212 BJ2/Q
3EC
–
110 38 168 236 26,5 4 000 6 000 1,60 * 33212/Q 3EE
115 40 194 260 30 4 300 6 300 1,85 T2EE 060/Q 2EE
125 37 176 204 24,5 4 000 5 300 2,05
* T7FC 060/QCL7C 7FC
130 33,5 168 196 23,6 4 000 5 300 1,95 30312 J2/Q 2FB
130 33,5 166 166 20,4 3 800 5 300 1,90
130 48,5 229 290 34 3 600 5 300 2,85 * 31312 J2/QCL7C
32312 J2/Q
7FB
2FD
130 48,5 255 305 35,5 3 800 5 000 2,80 32312 BJ2/QCL7C 5FD
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
618
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
55 73,2 23 17,5 1,5 1,5 20 63 62 81 83 86 4 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
72,9 27 21 1,5 1,5 19 63 62 81 83 86 5 6 1,5 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
75,1 30 23 1,5 1,5 22 63 62 83 88 91 5 7 1,5 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
74,6 21 18 2 1,5 20 64 64 88 93 94 4 4,5 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
75,2 25 21 2 1,5 22 64 64 87 93 95 4 5,5 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
77,6 35 27 2 1,5 25 63 64 85 93 96 6 8 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
81 39 32 2,5 2,5 27 66 65 93 99 104 7 7 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
90 31 23,5 3 3 39 66 67 86 103 109 4 10,5 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
84 29 25 2,5 2 24 71 65 104 112 111 4 6,5 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
88,4 29 21 2,5 2 37 68 65 94 112 113 4 10,5 2 2 0,83 0,72 0,4
84,6 43 35 2,5 2 29 68 65 99 112 111 5 10,5 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
90,5 43 35 2,5 2 36 67 65 91 112 112 5 10,5 2 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
60 77,8 23 17,5 1,5 1,5 21 67 67 85 88 91 4 5 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
78,4 24 19 5 2,5 21 68 76 84 85 91 4 5 4 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
77,1 27 21 1,5 1,5 20 67 67 85 88 90 5 6 1,5 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
80,4 30 23 1,5 1,5 23 67 67 88 93 96 5 7 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
81,5 22 19 2 1,5 22 70 68 96 103 103 4 4,5 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
81,9 28 24 2 1,5 24 69 68 95 103 104 4 5,5 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
85,7 28 21 2 1,5 28 69 98 93 103 105 5 8,5 2 1,5 0,57 1,05 0,6
85,3 38 29 2 1,5 27 69 68 93 103 105 6 9 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
85 39 33 2,5 2,5 28 70 71 98 104 109 6 7 2 2 0,33 1,8 1
97 33,5 26 3 3 41 72 72 94 111 119 4 11 2,5 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
91,9 31 26 3 2,5 26 77 72 112 118 120 5 7,5 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
95,9 31 22 3 2,5 39 74 72 103 118 123 5 11,5 2,5 2 0,83 0,72 0,4
91,7 46 37 3 2,5 31 74 72 107 118 120 6 11,5 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
98,1 46 37 3 2,5 38 73 72 99 118 122 6 11,5 2,5 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
619
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 65 – 70 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
65 100 23 96,5 127 14 5 000 6 000 0,63
100 27 110 153 17,3 5 000 6 300 0,78 * 32013 X/Q 4CC
* 33013/Q 2CE
110 28 143 283 21,2 4 800 6 300 1,05
110 31 138 193 22,4 4 300 6 300 1,15 * JM 511946/910/Q
T2DD 065/Q
(M 511900)
2DD
110 34 142 208 24 4 300 5 600 1,30 33113/Q 3DE
120 24,75 132 134 16,3 4 500 5 600 1,15 30213 J2/Q 3EB
120 32,75 151 193 22,8 4 000 5 600 1,50 * 32213 J2/Q 3EC
120 41 194 270 30,5 3 800 5 300 2,05 33213/Q 3EE
120 41 194 270 30,5 3 800 5 300 2,05 33213 TN9/Q 3EE
130 37 180 216 25,5 3 800 5 000 2,20 T7FC 065/QCL7C 7FC
*
140 36 194 228 27,5 3 600 4 800 2,40 30313 J2/Q 2GB
140 36 190 193 23,6 3 600 4 800 2,35
140 51 264 335 40 3 400 4 800 3,45 * 31313 J2/QCL7C
32313 J2/Q
7GB
2GD
140 51 285 345 40,5 3 600 4 800 3,35 32313 BJ2/QU4CL7CVQ267 5GD
*
70 110 25 116 153 17,3 4 500 5 600 0,84
110 31 130 196 22,8 4 300 5 600 1,10 * 32014
33014
X/Q 4CC
2CE
120 37 172 250 30 4 000 5 300 1,70 33114/Q 3DE
125 26,25 125 156 18 4 000 5 300 1,25 30214 J2/Q 3EB
125 33,25 157 208 24,5 3 800 5 300 1,60 32214 J2/Q 3EC
125 41 201 285 32,5 3 600 5 000 2,10 33214/Q 3EE
130 43 233 325 38 3 800 5 600 2,45 T2ED 070/QCLNVB061 2ED
140 39 204 240 27,5 3 400 4 500 2,65
* T7FC 070/QCL7C 7FC
150 38 220 260 31 3 400 4 500 2,90 30314 J2/Q 2GB
150 38 216 220 27 3 400 4 500 2,95
150 54 297 380 45 3 200 4 500 4,30 * 31314 J2/QCL7C
32314 J2/Q
7GB
2GD
150 54 325 400 46,5 3 400 4 300 4,25 32314 BJ2/QCL7C 5GD
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
620
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
65 83,3 23 17,5 1,5 1,5 22 72 72 90 93 97 4 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
82,5 27 21 1,5 1,5 21 72 72 89 93 96 5 6 1,5 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
87,8 28 22,5 3 2,5 24 75 77 96 98 104 5 5,5 2,5 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
85,6 31 25 2 2 23 74 75 97 100 105 5 6 2 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
87,9 34 26,5 1,5 1,5 26 74 72 96 103 106 6 7,5 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
89 23 20 2 1,5 23 78 74 106 113 113 4 4,5 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
90,3 31 27 2 1,5 27 76 74 104 113 115 4 5,5 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
92,1 41 32 2 1,5 29 75 74 102 113 115 6 9 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
92,1 41 32 2 1,5 29 75 74 102 113 115 6 9 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
102 33,5 26 3 3 44 77 77 98 116 124 4 11 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
98,6 33 28 3 2,5 28 84 77 122 128 130 5 8 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
103 33 23 3 2,5 42 80 77 111 128 132 5 13 2,5 2 0,83 0,72 0,4
99,2 48 39 3 2,5 33 80 77 117 128 130 6 12 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
105 48 39 3 2,5 41 79 77 107 128 131 6 12 2,5 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
70 89,8 25 19 1,5 1,5 23 78 77 98 103 105 5 6 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
88,8 31 25,5 1,5 1,5 23 78 77 99 103 105 5 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,28 2,1 1,1
94,8 37 29 2 1,5 28 80 79 104 112 115 6 8 2 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
93,9 24 21 2 1,5 25 82 78 110 115 118 4 5 2 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
95 31 27 2 1,5 28 80 78 108 115 119 4 6 2 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
97,2 41 32 2 1,5 30 79 78 107 115 120 6 9 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
98 42 35 8 2,5 30 81 98 111 118 123 7 8 7 2 0,33 1,8 1
110 35,5 27 3 3 47 82 82 106 126 133 5 12 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
105 35 30 3 2,5 29 90 82 130 138 140 5 8 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
110 35 25 3 2,5 45 85 82 118 138 141 5 13 2,5 2 0,83 0,72 0,4
106 51 42 3 2,5 36 86 82 125 138 140 6 12 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
113 51 42 3 2,5 44 85 82 115 138 141 7 12 2,5 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
621
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 75 – 80 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
75 105 20 81,5 116 13,2 4 800 6 300 0,52
115 25 122 163 18,6 4 300 5 300 0,90 * 32915 TN9/QVG900 2BC
115 31 134 228 26 4 000 5 300 1,15 * 32015 X/Q
33015/Q
4CC
2CE
120 31 160 216 25 4 300 5 600 1,30
125 37 176 265 31,5 3 800 5 000 1,80 * JM 714249/210/Q
33115/Q
(M 714200)
3DE
130 27,25 140 176 20,4 3 800 5 000 1,40 30215 J2/Q 4DB
130 33,25 161 212 24,5 3 600 5 000 1,70 32215 J2/Q 4DC
130 41 209 300 34 3 400 4 800 2,25 33215/Q 3EE
145 52 297 450 51 3 400 4 800 3,95 T3FE 075/QVB481 3FE
150 42 232 280 31 3 200 4 300 3,25
* T7FC 075/QCL7C 7FC
160 40 246 290 34 3 200 4 300 3,45 30315 J2/Q 2GB
160 40 240 245 29 3 200 4 300 3,50
160 58 336 440 51 3 000 4 300 5,20 * 31315 J2/QCL7C
32315 J2
7GB
2GD
160 58 380 475 55 3 200 4 000 5,55 32315 BJ2/QCL7C 5GD
*
80 125 29 138 216 24,5 3 600 5 000 1,30 32016 X/Q 3CC
125 36 168 285 32 3 600 5 000 1,65 33016/Q 2CE
130 35 176 275 32,5 3 600 5 300 1,70 JM 515649/610/Q (M515600)
130 37 179 280 32,5 3 600 4 800 1,90 33116/Q 3DE
130 37 179 280 32,5 3 600 4 800 1,90 33116 TN9/Q 3DE
140 28,25 151 183 21,2 3 400 4 800 1,60 30216 J2/Q 3EB
140 35,25 187 245 28,5 3 400 4 500 2,05 32216 J2/Q 3EC
140 46 251 375 41,5 3 200 4 500 2,90 33216/Q 3EE
160 45 260 315 35,5 3 000 4 000 3,95
* T7FC 080/QCL7C 7FC
170 42,5 270 320 38 3 000 4 300 4,10 30316 J2 2GB
170 42,5 260 265 32 3 000 4 000 4,05 31316 J1/QCL7C 7GB
170 61,5 380 500 57 3 000 4 300 6,20 * 32316 J2 2GD
* SKF Explorer bearing
622
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db C a Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
75 89,2 20 16 1 1 19 81 82 98 98 101 4 4 1 1 0,33 1,8 1
95,1 25 19 1,5 1,5 25 83 82 103 108 110 5 6 1,5 1,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
95 31 25,5 1,5 1,5 23 84 82 104 108 110 6 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,3 2 1,1
98,1 29,5 25 3 2,5 28 84 87 104 110 115 5 6 2,5 2 0,44 1,35 0,8
100 37 29 2 1,5 29 84 84 109 117 120 6 8 2 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
99,2 25 22 2 1,5 27 86 84 115 122 124 4 5 2 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
100 31 27 2 1,5 29 85 84 114 122 125 4 6 2 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
102 41 31 2 1,5 32 84 84 111 122 125 6 10 2 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
111 51 43 5 3 39 88 95 117 131 138 7 9 4 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
118 38 29 3 3 50 88 87 114 136 143 5 13 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
112 37 31 3 2,5 31 96 87 139 148 149 5 9 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
116 37 26 3 2,5 48 91 87 127 148 151 6 14 2,5 2 0,83 0,72 0,4
113 55 45 3 2,5 38 92 87 133 148 149 7 13 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
120 55 45 3 2,5 46 90 87 124 148 151 7 13 2,5 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
80 103 29 22 1,5 1,5 27 90 87 112 117 120 6 7 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
102 36 29,5 1,5 1,5 26 90 87 112 117 119 6 6,5 1,5 1,5 0,28 2,1 1,1
105 38 31,5 3 2,5 29 90 91 114 120 124 5 6,5 2,5 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
105 37 29 2 1,5 30 89 89 114 122 126 6 8 2 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
105 37 29 2 1,5 30 89 89 114 122 126 6 8 2 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
105 26 22 2,5 2 28 92 90 124 130 132 4 6 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
106 33 28 2,5 2 30 91 90 122 130 134 5 7 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
110 46 35 2,5 2 35 89 90 119 130 135 7 11 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
125 41 31 3 3 53 94 92 121 146 152 5 14 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
120 39 33 3 2,5 33 102 92 148 158 159 5 9,5 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
124 39 27 3 2,5 52 97 92 134 158 159 6 15,5 2,5 2 0,83 0,72 0,4
120 58 48 3 2,5 41 98 92 142 158 159 7 13,5 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
623
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 85 – 95 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
85 130 29 140 224 25,5 3 400 4 800 1,35 32017 X/Q 4CC
130 36 183 310 34,5 3 600 4 800 1,75 33017/Q 2CE
140 41 220 340 38 3 400 4 500 2,45 33117/Q 3DE
150 30,5 176 220 25,5 3 200 4 300 2,05 30217 J2/Q 3EB
150 38,5 212 285 33,5 3 200 4 300 2,60 32217 J2/Q 3EC
150 49 286 430 48 3 000 4 300 3,70 33217/Q 3EE
180 44,5 303 365 40,5 2 800 4 000 4,85 30317 J2 2GB
180 44,5 242 285 33,5 2 600 3 800 4,60 31317 J2 7GB
180 63,5 402 530 60 2 800 4 000 6,85 32317 J2 2GD
180 63,5 391 560 62 2 800 4 000 7,50 32317 BJ2 5GD
90 140 32 168 270 31 3 200 4 300 1,75 32018 X/Q 3CC
140 39 216 355 39 3 200 4 500 2,20 33018/Q 2CE
145 35 2001 305 35,5 3 200 4 800 2,10 JM 718149 A/110/Q (M 718100)
150 42 216 375 40,5 3 000 4 500 3,00 T5ED 090/QU4 5ED
150 45 251 390 43 3 000 4 300 3,10 33118/Q 3DE
150 45 251 390 43 3 000 4 300 3,10 33118 TN9/Q 3DE
160 32,5 194 245 28,5 3 000 4 000 2,55 30218 J2 3FB
160 42,5 251 340 38 3 000 4 000 3,35 32218 J2/Q 3FC
190 46,5 330 400 44 2 600 4 000 5,65 30318 J2 2GB
190 46,5 264 315 36,5 2 400 3 400 5,90 31318 J2 7GB
190 67,5 457 610 67 2 600 4 000 8,40 32318 J2 2GD
95 145 32 168 270 30,5 3 200 4 300 1,80 32019 X/Q 4CC
145 39 220 375 40,5 3 200 4 300 2,30 33019/Q 2CE
170 34,5 216 275 31,5 2 800 3 800 3,00 30219 J2 3FB
170 45,5 281 390 43 2 800 3 800 4,05 32219 J2 3FC
170 58 374 560 62 2 600 3 800 5,50 33219 3FE
180 49 275 400 44 2 400 3 400 5,25 T7FC 095/CL7CVQ051 7FC
200 49,5 330 390 42,5 2 600 3 400 6,70 30319 2GB
200 49,5 292 355 39 2 400 3 400 6,95 31319 J2 7GB
200 71,5 501 670 72 2 400 3 400 11,0 32319 J2 2GD
624
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db C a Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
85 108 29 22 1,5 1,5 28 94 92 117 122 125 6 7 1,5 1,5 0,44 1,35 0,8
107 36 29,5 1,5 1,5 26 94 92 118 122 125 6 6,5 1,5 1,5 0,3 2 1,1
112 41 32 2,5 2 32 95 95 122 130 135 7 9 2 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
112 28 24 2,5 2 30 97 95 132 140 141 5 6,5 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
113 36 30 2,5 2 33 97 95 130 140 142 5 8,5 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
117 49 37 2,5 2 37 96 95 128 140 144 7 12 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
126 41 34 4 3 35 107 99 156 166 167 6 10,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
131 41 28 4 3 55 103 99 143 166 169 6 16,5 3 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
126 60 49 4 3 42 103 99 150 166 167 7 14,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
135 60 49 4 3 52 102 99 138 166 169 7 14,5 3 2,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
90 115 32 24 2 1,5 30 100 98 125 132 134 6 8 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
113 39 32,5 2 1,5 27 100 98 127 132 135 7 6,5 1,5 1,5 0,27 2,2 1,3
117 34 27 6 2,5 33 100 108 127 135 139 6 8 5 2 0,44 1,35 0,8
124 40 34 5 3 40 101 110 124 136 145 6 8 4 2,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
120 45 35 2,5 2 35 101 101 130 140 144 7 10 2 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
120 45 35 2,5 2 35 101 101 130 140 144 7 10 2 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
118 30 26 2,5 2 31 104 101 140 150 150 5 6,5 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
121 40 34 2,5 2 36 102 101 138 150 152 5 8,5 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
132 43 36 4 3 36 113 105 165 176 176 6 10,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
138 43 30 4 3 57 109 105 151 176 179 5 16,5 3 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
133 64 53 4 3 44 109 105 157 176 177 7 14,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
95 120 32 24 2 1,5 31 105 104 130 138 139 6 8 2 1,5 0,44 1,35 0,8
118 39 32,5 2 1,5 28 104 104 131 138 139 7 6,5 2 1,5 0,28 2,1 1,1
126 32 27 3 2,5 33 110 107 149 158 159 5 7,5 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
128 43 37 3 2,5 39 109 107 145 158 161 5 8,5 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
132 58 44 3 2,5 42 107 107 144 158 163 9 14 2,5 2 0,40 1,5 0,8
143 45 33 4 4 60 109 110 138 164 172 6 16 3 3 0,88 0,68 0,4
139 45 38 4 3 39 118 110 172 186 184 6 11,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
145 45 32 4 3 60 114 110 157 186 187 5 17,5 3 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
141 67 55 4 3 47 115 110 166 186 186 8 16,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
625
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 100 – 110 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
100 140 25 119 204 22,4 3 200 4 800 1,15 32920/Q 2CC
145 24 125 190 20,8 3 200 4 500 1,15 T4CB 100/Q 4CB
150 32 172 280 31 3 000 4 000 1,90 32020 X/Q 4CC
150 39 224 390 41,5 3 000 4 000 2,40 33020/Q 2CE
157 42 246 400 42,5 3 000 4 300 2,90 HM 220149/110/Q (HM 220100)
160 41 246 390 41,5 2 800 4 300 3,00 JHM 720249/210/Q (HM 720200)
165 47 314 480 53 2 800 4 300 3,90 T2EE 100 2EE
180 37 246 320 36 2 800 3 600 3,65 30220 J2 3FB
180 49 319 440 48 2 600 3 600 4,90 32220 J2 3FC
180 63 429 655 71 2 400 3 600 6,95 33220 3FE
215 51,5 402 490 53 2 400 3 200 8,05 30320 J2 2GB
215 56,5 430 465 51 2 400 3 000 8,60
215 77,5 572 780 83 2 200 3 000 12,5 * 31320 XJ2/CL7CVQ051
32320 J2
7GB
2GD
105 160 35 201 335 37,5 2 800 3 800 2,40 32021 X/Q 4DC
160 43 246 430 45,5 2 800 3 800 3,05 33021/Q 2DE
190 39 270 355 40 2 600 3 400 4,25 30221 J2 3FB
190 53 358 510 55 2 600 3 400 6,00 32221 J2 3FC
225 81,5 605 815 85 2 000 3 000 14,5 32321 J2 2GD
110 150 25 125 224 24 3 000 4 300 1,25 32922 X/Q 2CC
170 38 233 390 42,5 2 600 3 600 3,05 32022 X/Q 4DC
170 47 281 500 53 2 600 3 600 3,85 33022 2DE
180 56 369 630 67 2 600 3 400 5,55 33122 3EE
200 41 308 405 45 2 400 3 200 5,10 30222 J2 3FB
200 56 402 570 61 2 400 3 200 7,10 32222 J2 3FC
240 54,5 473 585 62 2 200 2 800 11,0 30322 J2 2GB
240 63 457 585 62 1 900 2 800 12,0 31322 XJ2 7GB
240 84,5 627 830 86,5 1 900 2 800 17,0 32322 2GD
* SKF Explorer bearing
626
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca C b ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
100 119 25 20 1,5 1,5 24 109 107 131 132 135 5 5 1,5 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
121 22,5 17,5 3 3 30 109 112 133 131 140 4 6,5 2,5 2,5 0,48 1,25 0,7
125 32 24 2 1,5 32 110 108 134 142 144 6 8 2 1,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
122 39 32,5 2 1,5 29 109 108 135 142 143 7 6,5 2 1,5 0,3 2 1,1
128 42 34 8 3,5 32 111 124 140 145 151 7 8 7 3 0,33 1,8 1
130 40 32 3 2,5 38 110 112 139 148 154 7 9 2,5 2 0,48 1,27 0,7
130 46 39 3 3 35 111 112 145 151 157 7 8 2,5 2,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
133 34 29 3 2,5 35 116 112 157 168 168 5 8 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
135 46 39 3 2,5 41 115 112 154 168 171 5 10 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
139 63 48 3 2,5 43 112 112 151 168 172 10 15 2,5 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
148 47 39 4 3 40 127 115 184 201 197 6 12,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
158 51 35 4 3 65 121 115 168 201 202 7 21,5 3 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
151 73 60 4 3 51 123 115 177 201 200 8 17,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
105 132 35 26 2,5 2 34 116 116 143 150 154 6 9 2 2 0,44 1,35 0,8
131 43 34 2,5 2 31 117 116 145 150 153 7 9 2 2 0,28 2,1 1,1
141 36 30 3 2,5 37 123 117 165 178 177 6 9 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
143 50 43 3 2,5 44 120 117 161 178 180 6 10 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
158 77 63 4 3 53 129 120 185 211 209 9 18,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
110 129 25 20 1,5 1,5 26 118 117 140 142 145 5 5 1,5 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
140 38 29 2,5 2 36 123 121 152 160 163 7 9 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
139 47 37 2,5 2 34 123 121 152 160 161 7 10 2 2 0,28 2,1 1,1
146 56 43 2,5 2 44 121 121 155 170 174 9 13 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
148 38 32 3 2,5 39 129 122 174 188 187 6 9 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
151 53 46 3 2,5 46 127 122 170 188 190 6 10 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
165 50 42 4 3 43 142 125 206 226 220 8 12,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
176 57 38 4 3 72 135 125 188 226 224 7 25 3 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
168 80 65 4 3 55 137 125 198 226 222 9 19,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
627
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 120 – 160 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
120 165 29 165 305 32 2 600 3 800 1,80 32924 2CC
170 27 157 250 26,5 2 600 3 800 1,70 T4CB 120 4CB
180 38 242 415 44 2 400 3 400 3,25 32024 X 4DC
180 48 292 540 56 2 600 3 400 4,20 33024 2DE
215 43,5 341 465 49 2 200 3 000 6,15 30224 J2 4FB
215 61,5 468 695 72 2 200 3 000 9,15 32224 J2 4FD
260 59,5 561 710 73,5 2 000 2 600 14,0 30324 J2 2GB
260 68 539 695 73,5 1 700 2 400 15,5 31324 XJ2 7GB
260 90,5 792 1 120 110 1 800 2 600 21,5 32324 J2 2GD
130 180 32 198 365 38 2 400 3 600 2,40 32926 2CC
200 45 314 540 55 2 200 3 000 4,95 32026 X 4EC
230 43,75 369 490 53 2 000 2 800 7,60 30226 J2 4FB
230 67,75 550 830 85 2 000 2 800 11,5 32226 J2 4FD
280 63,75 627 800 83 1 800 2 400 17,0 30326 J2 2GB
280 72 605 780 81,5 1 600 2 400 18,5 31326 XJ2 7GB
140 190 32 205 390 40 2 200 3 400 2,55 32928 2CC
195 29 194 325 33,5 2 200 3 200 2,40 T4CB 140 4CB
210 45 330 585 58,5 2 200 2 800 5,25 32028 X 4DC
250 45,75 418 570 58,5 1 900 2 600 8,65 30228 J2 4FB
250 71,75 644 1 000 100 1 900 2 600 14,5 32228 J2 4FD
300 77 693 900 88 1 500 2 200 24,5 31328 XJ2 7GB
150 210 32 233 390 40 2 000 3 000 3,05 T4DB 150 4DB
225 48 369 655 65,5 2 000 2 600 6,35 32030 X 4EC
225 59 457 865 86,5 2 000 2 600 8,15 33030 2EE
270 49 429 560 57 1 800 2 400 11,0 30230 4GB
270 77 737 1 140 112 1 700 2 400 17,5 32230 J2 4GD
320 82 781 1 020 100 1 400 2 000 29,5 31330 XJ2 7GB
160 220 32 242 415 41,5 2 000 2 800 3,25 T4DB 160 4DB
240 51 429 780 78 1 800 2 400 7,75 32032 X 4EC
245 61 528 980 95 1 800 2 600 10,5 T4EE 160/VB406 4EE
290 52 528 735 72 1 600 2 200 13,0 30232 J2 4GB
290 84 880 1 400 132 1 600 2 200 25,5 32232 J2 4GD
340 75 913 1 180 114 1 500 2 000 29,0 30332 J2 2GB
628
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
120 141 29 23 1,5 1,5 29 130 127 154 157 160 5 6 1,5 1 0,35 1,7 0,9
142 25 19,5 3 3 34 130 132 157 157 164 4 7,5 2 ,5 2,5 0,48 1,25 0,7
150 38 29 2,5 2 39 132 131 161 170 173 7 9 2 2 0,46 1,3 0,7
149 48 38 2,5 2 36 132 131 160 170 171 6 10 2 2 0,3 2 1,1
161 40 34 3 2,5 43 141 132 187 203 201 6 9,5 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
163 58 50 3 2,5 51 137 132 181 203 204 7 11,5 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
178 55 46 4 3 47 153 135 221 245 237 7 13,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
190 62 42 4 3 78 145 135 203 245 244 9 26 3 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
181 86 69 4 3 60 148 135 213 245 239 9 21,5 3 2,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
130 153 32 25 2 1,5 31 141 140 167 172 173 6 7 2 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
165 45 34 2,5 2 42 144 142 178 190 192 7 11 2 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
173 40 34 4 3 45 152 146 203 216 217 7 9,5 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
176 64 54 4 3 56 146 146 193 216 219 7 13,5 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
196 58 49 5 4 51 164 150 239 263 255 8 14,5 4 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
204 66 44 5 4 84 157 150 218 263 261 8 28 4 3 0,83 0,72 0,4
140 163 32 25 2 1,5 33 150 150 177 182 184 6 7 2 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
165 27 21 3 3 40 151 154 180 181 189 5 8 2,5 2,5 0,5 1,2 0,7
175 45 34 2,5 2 46 153 152 187 200 202 7 11 2 2 0,46 1,3 0,7
186 42 36 4 3 47 164 156 219 236 234 7 9,5 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
191 68 58 4 3 60 159 156 210 236 238 8 13,5 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
219 70 47 5 4 90 169 160 235 283 280 9 30 4 3 0,83 0,72 0,4
150 177 30 23 3 3 41 162 162 194 196 203 5 9 2,5 2,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
187 48 36 3 2,5 49 164 164 200 213 216 8 12 2,5 2 0,46 1,3 0,7
188 59 46 3 2,5 48 164 162 200 213 217 8 13 2,5 2 0,37 1,6 0,9
200 45 38 4 3 50 175 166 234 256 250 9 11 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
205 73 60 4 3 64 171 166 226 256 254 8 17 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
234 75 50 5 4 96 181 170 251 303 300 9 32 4 3 0,83 0,72 0,4
160 187 30 23 3 3 44 172 174 204 206 213 5 9 2,5 2,5 0,48 1,25 0,7
200 51 38 3 2,5 52 175 174 213 228 231 8 13 2,5 2 0,46 1,3 0,7
203 59 50 3 2 57 174 174 229 233 236 9 11 2,5 2 0,44 1,35 0,8
214 48 40 4 3 54 189 176 252 275 269 8 12 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
221 80 67 4 3 70 183 176 242 275 274 10 17 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
233 68 58 5 4 61 201 180 290 323 310 9 17 4 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
629
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 170 – 260 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed (ABMA)
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
170 230 32 251 440 43 1 900 2 800 3,45 T4DB 170 4DB
230 38 286 585 55 1 900 2 800 4,50 32934 3DC
260 57 512 915 90 1 700 2 200 10,5 32034 X 4EC
310 57 616 865 83 1 500 2 000 19,0 30234 J2 4GB
310 91 1 010 1 630 150 1 500 2 000 28,5 32234 J2 4GD
180 240 32 251 450 44 1 800 2 600 3,60 T4DB 180 4DB
250 45 352 735 68 1 700 2 600 6,65 32936 4DC
280 64 644 1 160 110 1 600 2 200 14,5 32036 X 3FD
320 57 583 815 80 1 500 2 000 20,0 30236 J2 4GB
320 91 1 010 1 630 150 1 400 1 900 29,5 32236 J2 4GD
190 260 45 358 765 72 1 600 2 400 7,00 32938 4DC
260 46 380 800 75 1 600 2 400 6,70 JM 738249/210 (M 738200)
290 64 660 1 200 112 1 500 2 000 15,0 32038 X 4FD
340 60 721 1 000 95 1 400 1 800 24,0 30238 J2 4GB
200 270 37 330 600 57 1 600 2 400 5,45 T4DB 200 4DB
280 51 473 950 88 1 500 2 200 9,50 32940 3EC
310 70 748 1 370 127 1 400 1 900 19,5 32040 X 4FD
360 64 792 1 120 106 1 300 1 700 25,0 30240 J2 4GB
360 104 1 210 2 000 180 1 300 1 700 42,5 32240 J2 3GD
220 285 41 396 830 75 1 500 2 200 6,45 T2DC 220 2DC
300 51 484 1 000 91,5 1 400 2 000 10,0 32944 3EC
340 76 897 1 660 150 1 300 1 700 25,5 32044 X 4FD
400 72 990 1 400 129 1 200 1 600 40,0 30244 J2 –
400 114 1 610 2 700 232 1 100 1 500 60,0 32244 J2 –
240 320 42 429 815 73,5 1 300 1 900 8,45 T4EB 240/VE174 4EB
320 51 512 1 080 96,5 1 300 1 900 11,0 32948 4EC
320 57 616 1 320 120 1 300 1 900 12,5 T2EE 240/VB406 2EE
360 76 935 1 800 160 1 200 1 600 27,5 32048 X 4FD
440 127 1 790 3 350 275 1 000 1 400 83,5 32248 J3 –
260 400 87 1 170 2 200 190 1 100 1 400 40,0 32052 X 4FC
480 137 2 200 3 650 300 900 1 200 105 32252 J2/HA1 –
540 113 2 120 3 050 250 850 1 200 110 30352 J2 –
630
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
170 197 30 23 3 3 44 182 184 215 216 223 6 9 2,5 2,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
200 38 30 2,5 2 42 183 182 213 220 222 7 8 2 2 0,37 1,6 0,9
214 57 43 3 2,5 56 188 184 230 246 249 10 14 2,5 2 0,44 1,35 0,8
230 52 43 5 4 58 203 190 268 293 288 8 14 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
237 86 71 5 4 75 196 190 259 293 294 10 20 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
180 207 30 23 3 3 48 191 194 224 226 233 6 9 2,5 2,5 0,48 1,25 0,7
216 45 34 2,5 2 53 194 192 225 240 241 8 11 2 2 0,48 1,25 0,7
229 64 48 3 2,5 59 199 194 247 266 267 10 16 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
239 52 43 5 4 61 211 200 278 303 297 9 14 4 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
247 86 71 5 4 78 204 200 267 303 303 10 20 4 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
190 227 45 34 2,5 2 55 204 202 235 248 251 8 11 2 2 0,48 1,25 0,7
227 44 36,5 3 2,5 55 205 204 235 256 252 8 9,5 2,5 2 0,48 1,25 o,7
240 64 48 3 2,5 62 210 204 257 276 279 10 16 2,5 2 0,44 1,35 0,8
254 55 46 5 4 63 224 210 298 323 318 9 14 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
200 232 34 27 3 3 53 214 214 251 255 262 6 10 2,5 2,5 0,48 1,25 0,7
239 51 39 3 2,5 53 217 214 257 266 271 9 12 2,5 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
254 70 53 3 2,5 66 222 214 273 296 297 11 17 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
268 58 48 5 4 68 237 220 315 343 336 9 16 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
274 98 82 5 4 83 231 220 302 343 340 11 22 4 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
220 249 40 33 4 3 45 233 236 270 270 277 7 8 3 2,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
259 51 39 3 2,5 58 234 234 275 286 290 9 12 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
279 76 57 4 3 72 244 236 300 325 326 12 19 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
294 65 54 5 4 74 259 242 348 383 371 10 18 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
306 108 90 5 4 95 253 242 334 383 379 13 24 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
240 276 39 30 3 3 60 256 254 299 305 310 7 12 2,5 2,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
279 51 39 3 2,5 64 255 254 294 306 311 9 12 2,5 2 0,46 1,3 0,7
277 56 46 3 2 58 254 254 296 308 311 9 11 2,5 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
299 76 57 4 3 78 262 256 318 345 346 12 19 3 2,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
346 120 100 5 4 105 290 262 365 420 415 13 27 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
260 328 87 65 5 4 84 287 282 352 383 383 13 22 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
366 130 106 6 5 112 303 286 401 458 454 16 31 5 4 0,43 1,4 0,8
376 102 85 6 6 97 325 286 461 514 493 15 28 5 5 0,35 1,7 0,9
631
Metric single row taper roller bearings
d 280 – 360 mm
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimension
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Series to
limit ence speed ISO 355
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg – –
280 380 63,5 765 1 660 143 1 100 1 600 20,0 32956/C02 4EC
420 87 1 210 2 360 200 1 000 1 300 40,5 32056 X 4FC
300 420 76 1 050 2 240 190 950 1 400 32,0 32960 3FD
460 100 1 540 3 000 250 900 1 200 58,0 32060 X 4GD
540 149 2 750 4 750 365 800 1 100 140 32260 J2/HA1 –
320 440 76 1 080 2 360 196 900 1 300 33,5 32964 3FD
480 100 1 540 3 100 255 850 1 100 64,0 32064 X 4GD
340 460 76 1 080 2 400 200 850 1 300 35,0 32968 4FD
360 480 76 1 120 2 550 204 800 1 200 37,0 32972 4FD
632
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca C b ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
280 329 63,5 48 3 2,5 74 298 295 348 366 368 11 15,5 2,5 2 0,43 1,4 0,8
348 87 65 5 4 89 305 302 370 400 402 14 22 4 3 0,46 1,3 0,7
300 358 76 57 4 3 79 324 317 383 404 405 12 19 3 2,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
377 100 74 5 4 97 330 322 404 440 439 15 26 4 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
413 140 115 6 5 126 343 326 453 518 511 17 34 5 4 0,43 1,4 0,8
320 379 76 57 4 3 84 343 337 402 424 426 13 19 3 2,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
399 100 74 5 4 103 350 342 424 460 461 15 26 4 3 0,46 1,3 0,7
340 399 76 57 4 3 90 361 357 421 444 446 14 19 3 2,5 0,44 1,35 0,8
360 419 76 57 4 3 96 380 377 439 464 466 14 19 3 2,5 0,46 1,3 0,7
633
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 14,989 – 22,225 mm
0,5906 – 0,8750 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
14,989 34,988 10,998 13,4 13,2 1,29 16 000 24 000 0,051 A 4059/A 4138 A 4000
0,5906 1,3775 0,4326
15,875 41,275 14,288 25,5 21,2 2,16 15 000 20 000 0,090
0,6250 1,6250 0,5625 * 03062/03162/Q 03000
42,862 14,288 17,6 17,6 1,83 12 000 17 000 0,10 11590/11520/Q 11500
1, 6875 0,5625
17,462 39,878 13,843 24,5 20,8 2,12 15 000 20 000 0,081
0,6875 1,5700 0,5450 * LM 11749/710/Q LM 11700
39,878 13,843 24,5 20,8 2,12 15 000 20 000 0,081
1,5700 0,5450 * LM 11749/710/QVC027 LM 11700
19,050 45,237 15,494 31,5 27,5 29 13 000 18 000 0,12
0,7500 1,7810 0,6100 * LM 11949/910/Q LM 11900
49,225 19,845 39,1 40 4,3 11 000 17 000 0,17 09067/09195/Q 09000
1,9380 0,7100
49,225 19,845 39,1 40 4,3 11 000 17 000 0,18 09074/09195/QVQ494 09000
1,9380 0,7100
21,430 45,237 15.494 27,5 31 3,2 11 000 17 000 0,12 LM 12748/710 LM 12700
0,8437 1,7810 0,6100
50,005 17,526 42,5 38 4,15 12 000 16 000 0,17 M 12649/610/Q M 12600
1,9687 0,6900 *
21,986 45,237 15,494 31,5 31 3,2 12 000 17 000 0,12
0,8656 1,7810 0,6100 * LM 12749/710/Q LM 12700
45,974 15,494 31,5 31 3,2 12 000 17 000 0,12
1,8100 0,6100 * LM 12749/711/Q LM 12700
22,225 52,388 19,368 48 44 4,8 11 000 15 000 0,20
0,8750 2,0625 0,7625 * 1380/1328/Q 1300
* SKF Explorer bearing
634
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
14,989 25,3 10,988 8,730 0,8 1,3 8 20 20 28 29 31 2 2 0,8 1,3 0,46 1,3 0,7
0,5906 0,4326 0,3437 0,03 0,05
15,875 28,1 14,681 11,112 1,3 2 9 22 22 35 33,5 37 2 3 1,3 2 0,31 1,9 1,1
0,6250 0,5780 0,4375 0,05 0,08
31,1 14,288 9,525 1,5 1,5 13 23 23 32 36 38 2 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,72 0,84 0,45
0,5625 0,3750 0,06 0,06
17,462 28,9 14,605 10,668 1,3 1,3 9 23 23,5 35 33,5 36 2 3 1,3 1,3 0,28 2,1 1,1
0,6875 0,5750 0,4200 0,05 0,05
28,9 14,605 10,668 1,3 1,3 9 23 23,5 35 33,5 36 2 3 1,3 1,3 0,28 2,1 1,1
0,5750 0,4200 0,05 0,05
19,050 31,4 16,637 12,065 1,3 1,3 10 25 25 38 38,5 41 3 3 1,3 1,3 0,3 2 1,1
0,7500 0,6550 0,4750 0,05 0,05
32,3 19,050 14,288 1,3 1,3 10 26 25 41 42,5 44 4 3,5 1,3 1,3 0,27 2,2 1,3
0,7500 0,5625 0,05 0,05
32,3 21,539 14,288 1,5 1,3 10 26 26 41 42,5 44 5 5,5 1,5 1,3 0,27 2,2 1,3
0,8480 0,5625 0,06 0,05
21,430 34,3 16,637 12,065 1,3 1,3 10 28 27,5 39 40 42 3 3 1,3 1,3 0,31 1,9 1,1
0,8437 0,6550 0,4750 0,05 0,05
34,3 18,288 13,970 1,3 1,3 11 28 27,5 43 43,5 46 3 3,5 1,3 1,3 0,28 2,1 1,1
0,7200 0,5500 0,05 0,05
21,986 34,3 16,637 12,065 1,3 1,3 10 28 28 39 40 42 3 3 1,3 1,3 0,31 1,9 1,1
0,8656 0,6550 0,4750 0,05 0,05
34,3 16,637 12,065 1,3 1,3 10 28 28 39 40 42 3 3 1,3 1,3 0,31 1,9 1,1
0,6550 0,4750 0,05 0,05
22,225 36 20,168 14,288 1,5 1,5 11 29 29,5 45 45 48 4 5 1,5 1,5 0,30 2 1,1
0,8750 0,7490 0,5625 0,06 0,06
635
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 25,400 – 30,162 mm
1,000 – 1,1875 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
25,400 50,292 14,224 30 30 3,05 11 000 15 000 0,13
1,0000 1,9800 0,5600 * L 44643/610/Q L 44600
50,800 15,011 32 30,5 3,15 11 000 15 000 0,13
2,0000 0,5910 * 07100 S/07210 X/Q 07000
57,150 17,462 40,2 45,5 4,9 9 000 13 000 0,23 15578/15520 15500
2,2500 0,6875
57,150 19,431 45,5 45 5 10 000 13 000 0,23 M 84548/2/510/2/QVQ506 M 84500
2,2500 0,7650 *
62 19,050 48,4 57 6,2 9 500 14 000 0,31 15101/15245 15000
2,4409 0,7500
26,162 61,912 19,050 56 57 6,2 9 000 12 000 0,29
1,0300 2,4375 0,7500 * 15103 S/15243/Q 15000
62 19,050 56 57 6,2 9 000 12 000 0,29
2,4409 0,7500 * 15103 S/15245/Q 15000
26,988 50,292 14,224 30 30 3,05 11 000 15 000 0,11
1,0625 1,9800 0,5600 * L 44649/610/Q L 44600
27,500 57,150 19,845 52 51 5,6 10 000 13 000 0,22
1,0826 2,2500 0,7813 * 1982 F/1924 A/QVQ519 1900
28,575 57,150 19,845 54 55 6 10 000 13 000 0,22
1,1250 2,2500 0,7813 * 1985/1922/Q 1900
57,150 19,845 47,3 55 6 9 000 13 000 0,22 1988/1922/Q 1900
2,2500 0,7813
64,292 21,433 56 61 6,8 8 500 11 000 0,35 M 86647/610/QCL7C M 86600
2,5312 0.8438 *
73,025 22,225 99 140 15 7 000 10 000 1,05 02872/02820/Q 02800
2,8750 0,8750
29,000 50,292 14,224 30 32,5 3,35 11 000 14 000 0,11
1,1417 1 9800 0,5600 * L 45449/410/Q L 45400
30,162 64,292 21,433 56 61 6,8 8 500 11 000 0,33
1,1875 2,5312 9,8435 * M 86649/2/610/2/QVQ506 M 86600
68,262 22,225 63 69,5 7,8 8 000 11 000 0,41
2,6875 0,8750 * M 88043/010/2/QCL7C M 88000
* SKF Explorer bearing
636
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
25,400 39,1 14,732 10,668 1,3 1,3 11 33 31,5 43,5 43,5 47 2 3,5 1,3 1,3 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,0000 0,5800 0,4200 0,05 0,05
37,3 14,260 12,700 1,5 1,5 12 31 32,5 41 43,5 48 2 2 1,5 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,5614 0,5000 0,06 0,06
42,3 17.462 13,495 1,3 1,5 12 35 31,5 49 50 53 3 3,5 1,3 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,6875 0,5313 0,05 0,06
42,5 19,431 14,732 1,5 1,5 16 33 32,5 45 50 53 3 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
0,7650 0,5800 0,06 0,06
45,8 20,638 14,288 0,8 1,3 13 38 30,5 54 55 58 4 4,5 0,8 1,3 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,8125 0,5625 0,03 0,05
26,157 45,8 20,638 14,288 0,8 2 13 38 31 54 55 54 4 4,5 0,8 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,0298 0,8125 0,5625 0,03 0,08
45,8 20,638 14,288 0,8 1,3 13 38 31 54 55 58 4 4,5 0,8 1,3 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,8125 0,5625 0,03 0,05
26,988 38,2 14,732 10,668 3,5 1,3 11 33 38 43,5 44 47 2 3,5 3 1,3 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,0625 0,5800 0,4200 0,14 0,05
27,500 42 20,165 15,875 2,5 0,8 14 35 36,5 49 52 54 3 3,5 2,5 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,0875 0,7939 0,6250 0,1 0,03
28,575 42 19,355 15,875 0,8 1,5 14 35 33,5 49 49,5 54 3 3,5 0,8 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
1,1250 0,7620 0,6250 0,03 0,06
42 19,355 15,875 3,5 1,5 14 35 40 49 49,5 54 3 3,5 3 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
0,7620 0,6250 0,14 0,06
48,8 21,433 16,670 1,5 1,5 18 38 36 51 56,5 60 3 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
0,8438 0,6563 0,06 0,06
54,2 22,225 17,462 0,8 3,3 26 44 33,5 60 61,5 67 3 4,5 0,8 3 0,46 1,3 0,7
0,8750 0,6875 0,03 0,13
29,000 40,8 14,732 10,668 3,5 1,3 11 34 40 45 44 48 3 3,5 3 1,3 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,1417 0,5800 0,4200 0,14 0,05
30,162 48,8 21,433 16,670 1,5 1,5 18 37,5 3,5 51 56,5 60 3 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,1875 0,8438 0,6563 0,06 0,06
52,3 22,225 17,462 2,3 1,5 19 41 39 54 60,5 64 3 4,5 2 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
0,8750 0,6875 0,09 0,06
637
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 31,750 – 34,988 mm
1,2500 – 1,3775 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
31,750 59,131 15,875 40 41,5 4,4 9 500 12 000 0,18
1,2500 2,3280 0,6250 * LM 67048/010/Q LM 67000
61,912 19,050 56 57 6,2 9 000 12 000 0,24
2,4375 0,7500 * 15123/15243/Q 15000
62 19,050 56 57 6,2 9 000 12 000 0,24
2,4409 0,7500 * 15123/15245/Q 15000
73,025 29,370 70,4 95 10,4 6 700 10 000 0,62 HM 88542/510/Q HM 88500
2,8750 1,1563
73,025 29,370 81,5 95 10,4 7 500 10 000 0,62 HM 88542/2/510/2/QCL7C HM 88500
2,8750 1,1563 *
33,388 68,262 22,225 63 69,5 7,8 8 000 11 000 0,38
1,3125 2,6875 0,8750 * M 88048/2/010/2/QCL7C M 88000
69,012 19,845 53,9 67 7,35 7 500 11 000 0,35 14131/14276/Q 14000
2,7170 0,7813
34,925 65,088 18,034 54 57 6,2 8 500 11 000 0,25
1,3750 2,5625 0,7100 * LM 48548/510/Q LM 48500
65,088 18,034 54 57 6,2 8 500 11 000 0,25
2,5625 0,7100 * LM 48548 A/510/Q LM 48500
69,012 19,845 53,9 67 7,35 7 500 11 000 0,34 14137 A/14276/Q 14000
2,7170 0,7813
72,233 25,400 78 90 10 7 500 10 000 0,50 HM 88649/2/610/2/QCL7C HM 88600
2,8438 1,0000 *
73,025 23,812 72,1 88 9,8 7 000 10 000 0,47 25877/2/25821/2/Q 25800
2,8750 0,9375
73,025 26,988 88 93 10,4 8 000 10 000 0,52 23690/23620/QCL7C 23600
2,8750 1,0625 *
76,200 29,370 85,8 106 12 6 700 10 000 0,63 31594/31520/Q 31500
3,0000 1,1563
76,200 29,370 90 106 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,66 HM 89446/2/410/2/QCL7C HM 89400
3,0000 1,1563 *
34,988 59,131 15,875 38 44 4,5 9 000 12 000 0,17
1,3775 2,3280 0,6250 * L 68149/110/Q L 68100
59.974 15,875 38 44 4,5 9 000 12 000 0,17
2,3612 0,6250 * L 68149/111/Q L 68100
* SKF Explorer bearing
638
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
31,750 44,9 16,764 11,811 3,6 1,3 13 38 42 51 53 55 3 4 3 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
1,2500 0,6600 0,4650 0,14 0,05
45,8 19,050 14,288 4 2 13 38 44 54 55 58 4 35 3 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,7500 0,5625 0,16 0,08
45,8 19,050 14,288 4 1,3 13 38 44 54 55 58 4 35 3 1,3 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,7500 0,5625 0,16 0,05
56,9 27,783 23,020 1,3 3,3 23 42 38 55 62 69 3 6 1,3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,0938 0,9063 0,05 0,13
56,9 27,783 23,020 1,3 3,3 23 42 38 55 62 69 3 6 1,3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,0938 0,9063 0,05 0,13
33,338 52,3 22,225 17,462 0,8 1,5 19 41 38,5 54 60,5 64 3 4,5 0,8 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,3175 0,8750 0,6875 0.03 0,06
50,7 19,583 15,875 0,8 1,3 15 43 38,5 47 61,5 63 3 3,5 0,8 1,3 0,37 1,6 0,9
0,7710 0,6250 0,03 0,05
34,925 50 18,288 13,970 3,5 1,3 14 42 46 57 58,5 61 3 4 3,5 1,3 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,3750 0,7200 0,5500 0,14 0,05
50 18,288 13,970 0,8 1,3 14 42 40 57 58,5 61 3 4 3,5 1,3 0,37 1,6 0,9
0,7200 0,5500 0,03 0,05
50,7 19,583 15,875 1,5 1,3 15 43 42 47 61,5 63 3 3,5 0,8 1,3 0,37 1,6 0,9
0,7710 0,6250 0,06 0,05
55,9 25,400 19,842 2,3 2,3 20 42 44 57 63 68 5 5,5 2 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,0000 0,7812 0,09 0,09
52,5 24,608 19,050 1,5 0,8 15 44 42 62 66,5 67 5 4,5 1,5 0,8 0,3 2 1,1
0,9688 0,7500 0,06 0,03
52,3 26,975 22,225 3,5 1,5 19 42 46 59 65 67 3 4,5 3 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,0625 0,8750 0,14 0,6
55,6 28,575 23,812 1,5 3,3 20 44 42 62 64,5 71 4 5,5 1,5 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
1,1250 0,9375 0,06 0,13
59,3 28,575 23,020 3,5 3,3 23 44 46 58 65 72 3 6 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,1250 0,9063 0,14 0,13
34,988 48,4 16,764 11,938 3,5 1,3 13 41 46 52 53,5 56 3 3,5 3 1,3 0,43 1,4 0,8
1,3775 0,6600 0,4700 0,14 0,05
48,4 16,764 11,938 3,5 1,3 13 41 46 52 53,5 56 3 3,5 3 1,3 0,43 1,4 0,8
0,6600 0,4700 0,14 0,05
639
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 35,717 – 40,988 mm
1,4062 – 1,6137 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
35,717 72,233 25,400 78 90 10 7 500 10 000 0,50
1,4062 2,8438 1,0000 * HM 88648/610/Q HM 88600
36,487 73,025 23,812 83 88 9,8 8 000 10 000 0,45
1,4365 2,8750 23,812 * 25880/25820/Q 25800
36,512 76,200 29,370 90 106 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,64
1,4375 3,0000 1,1563 * HM 89449/2/410/2/QCL7C HM 89400
38,100 65,088 18,034 50 57 6,1 8 000 11 000 0,25
1,5000 2,5625 0,7100 * LM 29748/710/Q LM 29700
65,088 18,034 50 57 6,1 8 000 11 000 0,25
2,5625 0,7100 * LM 29749/710/QCL7CVA607 LM 29700
65,088 19,812 50 57 6,1 8 000 11 000 0,25
2,5625 0,7800 * LM 29749/711/Q LM 29700
65,088 19,812 50 57 6,1 8 000 11 000 0,25
2,5625 0,7800 * LM 29749/711/QCL7CVA607 LM 29700
72,238 20,638 56 60 6,55 8 000 10 000 0,39
2,8440 0,8125 * 16150/16284/Q 16000
72,238 23,812 56 60 6,55 8 000 10 000 0,39
2,8440 0,9375 * 16150/16283/Q 16000
76,200 23,812 86,5 93 10,4 7 500 10 000 0,50
3,0000 0,9375 * 2788/2720/QCL7C 2700
79,375 29,370 104 110 12,5 7 000 9 500 0,67
3,1250 1,1563 * 3490/3420/QCL7CVQ492 3400
82,550 29,370 100 118 13,4 6 700 8 500 0,78
3,2500 1,1563 * HM 801346/310/Q HM 801300
82,550 29,370 100 118 13,4 6 700 8 500 0,77
3,2500 1,1563 * HM 801346 X/2/310/QVQ523 HM 801300
88,500 26,988 101 114 13,2 6 300 9 000 0,83 418/414/Q 415
3,4843 1,0625
39,688 73,025 25,654 76,5 86,5 9,3 7 500 10 000 0,45
1,5625 2,8750 1,0100 * M 201047/011/Q M 201000
40,988 67,975 17,500 50 58,5 6,3 8 000 10 000 0,24
1,6137 2,6762 0,6890 * LM 300849/811/Q LM 300800
* SKF Explorer bearing
640
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
35,717 55,9 25,400 19,842 3,5 2,3 20 42 47 57 63 68 5 5,5 2 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,4062 1,0000 0,7812 0,14 0,09
36,487 52,5 24,608 19,050 1,5 2,3 15 44 43,5 62 66,5 67 5 4,5 1,5 2 0,3 2 1,1
1,4355 0,9688 0,7500 0,06 0,09
36,512 59,3 28,575 23,020 3,5 3,3 23 44 47,5 58 65 72 3 6 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,4375 1,1250 0,9063 0,14 0,13
38,100 51,8 18,288 13,970 2,3 1,3 15 44 47 58 58 61 2 4 2 1,3 0,33 1,8 1
1,5000 0,7200 0,5500 0,09 0,05
51,8 18,288 13,970 2,3 1,3 15 44 47 58 58 61 2 4 2 1,3 0,33 1,8 1
0,7200 0,5500 0,09 0,05
51,8 18,288 15,748 2,3 1,3 15 44 47 57 58,5 61 2 4 2 1,3 0,33 1,8 1
0,7200 0,6200 0,09 0,05
51,8 18,288 15,748 2,3 1,3 15 44 47 57 58,5 61 2 4 2 1,3 0,33 1,8 1
0,7200 0,6200 0,09 0,05
53,8 20,638 15,875 3,5 1,3 19 45 49,5 58 65 66 3 4,5 3 1,3 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,8125 0,5625 0,14 0,05
53,8 20,638 19,050 3,5 2,3 19 45 49,5 58 63 66 3 4,5 3 2 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,8125 0,7500 0,14 0,09
54,8 25,654 19,050 3,5 3,3 16 46 49,5 64 65 69 5 4,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
1,0100 0,7500 0,14 0,13
57,3 29,771 23,812 3,5 3,3 20 46 49,5 65 68 73 4 5,5 3 3 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,1721 0,9375 0,14 0,13
64,1 28,575 23,020 0,8 3,3 24 49 43 64 71 78 4 6 0,8 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,1250 0,9063 0,03 0,13
64,1 28,575 23,020 2,3 3,3 24 49 47 64 71 78 4 6 2 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,1250 0,9063 0,09 0,13
58,8 29,083 22,225 3,5 1,5 17 49 49,5 73 80,5 78 5 4,5 3 1,5 0,26 2,3 1,3
1,1450 0,8750 0,14 0,06
39,688 55,7 22,098 21,336 0,8 2,3 19 47 45 62 63,5 69 4 4,5 0,8 2 0,33 1,8 1
1,5625 0,8700 0,8400 0,03 0,09
40,988 54,3 18,000 13,500 3,6 1,5 14 48 48,5 61 60 64 3 4 3,5 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,6137 0,7087 0,5313 0,14 0,06
641
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 41,275 – 42,875 mm
1,6250 – 1,6880 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
41,275 73,025 16,667 54 56 6,2 7 500 10 000 0,27
1,6250 2,875 0,6562 * 18590/18520/Q 18500
73,431 19,558 63 68 7,65 7 500 10 000 0,33
2,8910 0,7700 * LM 501349/310/Q LM 501300
73,431 19,558 63 68 7,65 7 500 10 000 0,33
2,8910 0,7700 * LM 501349/2/310/2/QCL7C LM 501300
73,431 21,430 63 68 7,65 7 500 10 000 0,35
2,8910 0,8437 * LM 501349/314/Q LM 501300
76,200 18,009 52 56 6,1 7 000 9 500 0,34
3,0000 0,7090 * 11162/11300/Q 11000
76,200 18,009 52 56 6,1 7 000 9 500 0,34
3,0000 0,7090 * 11163/11300/Q 11000
76,200 22,225 68,2 86,5 9,65 6 700 9 500 0,43 24780/24720/Q 24700
3,0000 0,8750
82,550 26,543 85 91,5 10,6 6 700 9 000 0,62
3,2500 1,0450 * M 802048/011/QCL7C M 802000
87, 312 30,162 102 132 15 6 000 8 500 0,85 3585/3525/Q 3500
3,4375 1,1875
88,900 30,162 95,2 127 14,6 5 600 8 000 0,90
3,5000 1,1875 * HM 803146/110/Q HM 803100
88,900 30,162 95,2 127 14,6 5 600 8 000 0,90
3,5000 1,1875 * HM 803146/2/110/2/QCL7C HM 803100
101,600 34,925 151 190 22,8 5 000 7 500 1,45 526/522/Q 525
4,0000 1,3750
42,875 82,931 23,812 80,9 106 12 6 000 9 000 0,57 25577/2/25520/2/Q 25500
1,6880 3,2650 0,9375
83,058 23,876 80,9 106 12 6 000 9 000 0,57 25577/2/25523/2/Q 25500
3,2700 0,9400
* SKF Explorer bearing
642
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
41,275 56,1 17,462 12,700 3,5 1,5 14 49 52,5 66 65 68 3 3,5 3 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,6250 0,6875 0,5000 0,14 0,06
56,6 19,812 14,732 3,5 0,8 16 48 52,5 64 68 69 4 4,5 3 0,8 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,7800 0,5800 0,14 0,03
56,6 19,812 14,732 3,5 0,8 16 48 52,5 64 68 69 4 4,5 3 0,8 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,7800 0,5800 0,14 0,03
56,6 19,812 16,604 3,5 0,8 18 48 52,5 63 68 69 3 4,5 3 0,8 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,7800 0,6537 0,14 0,03
58,1 17,384 14,288 1,5 1,5 17 50 49 65 68 71 3 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,48 1,25 0,7
0,6844 0,5625 0,06 0,06
58,1 17,384 14,288 0,8 1,5 17 50 46 65 68 71 3 4,5 0,8 1,5 0,48 1,25 0,7
0,6844 0,5625 0,03 0,06
57,7 23,020 17,462 3,5 0,8 17 48 52,5 65 64 71 3 3,5 3 0,6 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,9063 0,6875 0,14 0,03
62,5 25,654 20,193 3,5 3,3 22 50 52,5 66 71 78 4 6 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,0100 0,7950 0,14 0,13
68,9 29,370 23,020 3,5 3,3 26 53 52,5 70 78 84 4 7 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,1563 0,9063 0,14 0,13
63,1 30,886 23,812 1,5 3,3 20 53 49 73 76 80 4 6 1,5 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
1,2160 0,9375 0,06 0,13
68,9 29,370 23,020 3,5 3,3 26 53 52,5 70 78 84 4 7 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,1563 0,9063 0,14 0,13
72,9 36,068 26,988 3,5 3,3 22 61 52,5 87 90,5 94 6 7,5 3 3 0,28 2,1 1,1
1,4200 1,0625 0,14 0,13
42,875 62,1 25,400 19,050 3,5 0,8 17 53 54 71 77 76 5 4,5 3 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,6880 1,0000 0,7500 0,14 0,03
62,1 25,400 22,225 3,5 2,3 20 53 54 70 74 76 3 4,5 3 2 0,33 1,8 1
1,0000 0,8750 0,14 0,09
643
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 44,450 – 45,618 mm
1,7500 – 1,7960 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
44,450 82,931 23,812 80,9 106 11,8 6 000 9 000 0,57 25580/25520/Q 25500
1,7500 3,2650 0,9375
82,931 26,988 80,9 106 11,8 6 000 9 000 0,57 25580/25523/Q 25500
3,2650 1,0625
83,058 23,876 80,9 106 11,8 6 000 9 000 0,57 25580/25522/Q 25500
3,2700 0,9400
88,900 30,162 108 127 14,6 6 000 8 000 1,50 HM 803149/110/Q HM 803100
3,5000 1,1875 *
88,900 30,162 108 127 14,6 6 000 8 000 1,50
3,5000 1,1875 * HM 803149/2/110/2/QCL7C HM 803100
92,250 30,958 116 122 14 5 300 7 000 1,00
3,7500 1,2188 * HM 903249/2/210/2/Q HM 903200
92,250 30,958 116 122 14 5 300 7 000 1,00
3,7500 1,2188 * HM 903249/W/210/QCL7C HM 903200
95,250 30,958 88 96,5 11,4 5 000 7 000 0,93 53178/53377/Q 53000
3,7500 1,2188
104,775 36,512 170 204 22,4 5 000 6 700 1,50 HM 807040/010/QCL7C HM 807000
4,1250 1,4375 *
107,950 38,100 151 190 22,8 4 800 7 000 1,85 535/532 A 535
4,2500 1,5000
107,950 38,100 151 190 22,8 4 800 7 000 1,70 535/532 X 535
4,2500 1,5000
45,237 87,313 30,162 102 132 15 6 000 8 500 0,85 3586/3525/Q 3500
1,7810 3,4375 1,1875
45,242 73,431 19,558 62 75 8,15 7 000 9 500 0,30
1.7812 2,8910 0,7700 * LM 102949/910/Q LM 102900
77,788 19,842 62 69,5 7,65 7 000 9 000 0,37
3,0625 0,7812 * LM 603049/011/Q LM 603000
45,618 82,931 23,812 80,9 106 11,8 6 300 9 000 0,55 25590/25520/Q 25500
1,7960 3,2650 0,9375
82,931 26,988 80,9 106 11,8 6 000 9 000 0,55 25590/25523/Q 25500
3,2500 1,0625
83,058 23,876 80,9 106 11,8 6 300 9 000 0,55 25590/25522/Q 25500
3,2700 0,9400
* SKF Explorer bearing
644
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
44,450 62,1 25,400 19,050 3,5 0,8 17 53 55,5 71 76 76 5 4,5 3 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,7500 1,0000 0,7500 0,14 0,03
62,1 25,400 22,225 3,5 2,3 20 53 55,5 70 73 76 3 4,5 3 2 0,33 1,8 1
1,0000 0,8750 0,14 0,09
62,1 25,400 19,114 3,5 2 17 53 55,5 71 74 76 5 4,5 3 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
1,0000 0,7525 0,14 0,08
68,9 29,370 23,020 3,5 3,3 26 53 55,5 70 78 84 4 7 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,563 0,9063 0,14 0,13
68,9 29,370 23,020 3,5 3,3 26 53 55,5 70 78 84 4 7 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,563 0,9063 0,14 0,13
71,6 28,575 22,225 3,5 0,8 30 53 55,5 71 88 90 4 8,5 3 0,8 0,75 0,8 0,45
1,1250 0,8750 0,14 0,03
71,6 28,575 22,225 3,5 0,8 30 53 55,5 71 88 90 4 8,5 3 0,8 0,75 0,8 0,45
1,1250 0,8750 0,14 0,03
69,4 28,300 20,638 2 2,3 30 53 52,5 72 86 89 4 10 2 2 0,75 0,8 0,45
1,1142 0,8125 0,08 0,09
81 36,512 28,575 3,5 3,3 28 63 55,5 85 93 100 4 7,5 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
1,4375 1,1250 0,14 0,13
76,5 36,957 28,575 3,5 3,3 24 64 55,5 90 95,5 97 5 7,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
1,4550 1,1250 0,14 0,13
76,5 36,957 30,162 3,5 3,3 24 64 55,5 90 95,5 97 5 7,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
1,4550 1,1875 0,14 0,13
45,237 56 30,886 23,812 3,5 3,3 20 53 57 73 76 80 4 6 3 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
1,7810 1,2160 0,9375 0,14 0,13
45,242 59,4 19,812 15,748 3,5 0,8 15 52 57 66 68 70 3 3,5 3 0,8 0,3 2 1,1
1,7812 0,7800 0,6200 0,14 0,03
60,9 19,842 15,080 3,5 0,8 17 52 57 68 72 74 4 4,5 3 0,8 0,43 1,4 0,8
0,7812 0,5937 0,14 0,03
45,618 62,1 25,400 19,050 3,5 0,8 17 53 57 71 77 76 5 4,5 3 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,7960 1,0000 0,7500 0,14 0,03
62,1 25,400 22,225 3,5 2,3 20 53 57 71 74 76 3 4,5 3 2 0,33 1,8 1
1,0000 0,8750 0,14 0,09
62,1 25,400 19,114 3,5 2 17 53 57 71 74,5 76 5 4,5 3 2 0,33 1,8 1
1,0000 0,7525 0,14 0,08
645
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 46,038 – 50,800 mm
1,8105 – 2,0000 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
46,038 79,375 17,462 57 62 6,8 7 000 9 000 0,33
1,8105 3,1250 0,6875 * 18690/18620/Q 18600
85 20,638 81,5 81,5 9,3 6 700 8 500 0,49
3,3465 0,8125 * 359 S/354 X/Q 355
47,625 88,900 23,812 76,5 91,5 10,4 5 600 8 000 0,55 369 S/2/362 A/2/Q 365
1,8750 3,5000 0,9375
95,250 30,162 108 146 17,3 5 000 7 500 0,95 HM 804846/2/810/2/Q HM 804800
3,7500 1,1875
101,600 34,925 151 190 22,8 5 000 7 500 1,25 528 R/522 525
4,0000 1,3750
49,212 114,300 44,450 212 224 25 5 000 6 700 2,20
1,9375 4,5000 1,7500 * 65390/65320/QCL7C 65300
50,800 82,550 21,590 72,1 100 11 6 000 8500 0,43 LM 104949/911Q LM 104900
2,0000 3,2500 0,8500
85 17,462 50,1 65,5 7,2 6 300 8 500 0,37 18790/18720/Q 18700
3,3465 0,6875
88,900 23,812 88 91,5 10,4 6 300 8 000 0,50 368 A/362 A/Q 365
3,5000 0,9375 *
90 25 88 91,5 10,4 6 300 8 000 0,58
3,5433 0,9843 * 368 A/362 X/Q 365
93,264 30,162 110 146 17 5 300 7 500 0,85 3780/3720/Q 3700
3,6718 1,1875
97,630 24,608 102 129 14,6 5 300 7 000 0,83
3,8437 0,9688 * 28678/28622 B/Q 28600
104,775 36,512 170 204 22,4 5 000 6 700 1,50
4,1250 1,4375 * HM 807046/010/QCL7C HM 807000
104,775 39,688 157 224 25,5 4 800 7 000 1,65 4580/2/4535/2/Q 4500
4,1250 1,5625
107,950 36,512 151 190 22,8 4 800 7 000 1,55 537/532 X/Q 535
4,2500 1,4375
* SKF Explorer bearing
646
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
46,038 60,3 17,462 13,495 2,8 1,5 15 53 56,5 69 72 73 3 3,5 2,5 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,8105 0,6875 0,5313 0,11 0,06
62,4 21,692 17,463 2,3 1,5 16 55 55 76 77,5 80 3 3 2 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
0,8540 0,6875 0,09 0,06
47,625 62,4 22,225 16,513 2,3 1,3 16 55 56,5 76 82,5 80 3 3 2 1,3 0,31 1,9 1,1
1,8750 0,8750 0,6501 0,09 0,05
73,6 29,370 23,020 3,5 3,3 26 58 59 76 84 90 5 7 3 3 0,54 1,1 0,6
1,1563 0,9063 0,14 0,13
72,9 36,068 26,988 8 3,3 22 54 71,5 87 90 94 6 7,5 7 3 0,28 2,1 1,1
1,4200 1,0625 0,31 0,13
49,212 79,3 44,450 34,925 3,5 3,3 31 60 60,5 89 103 105 5 9,5 3 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
1,9375 1,7500 1,3750 0,14 0,13
50,800 65,1 22,225 16,510 3,5 1,3 18 57 62 72 76 77 4 4,5 3 1,3 0,3 2 1,1
2,0000 0,8750 0,6500 0,14 0,05
66 17,462 13,495 3,5 1,5 16 59 62 75 77,5 79 3 3,5 3 1,5 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,6875 0,5313 0,14 0,06
66,2 22,225 16,513 3,5 1,3 16 58 62 80 82,5 83 4 4 3 1,3 0,31 1,9 1,1
0,8750 0,6501 0,14 0,05
66,2 22,225 20 3,5 2 21 58 62 78 81,5 83 3 5 3 2 0,31 1,9 1,1
0,8750 0,7874 0,14 0,08
71,2 30,302 23,812 3,5 3,3 22 60 62 80 84,5 87 4 6 3 3 0,33 1,8 1
1,1930 0,9375 0,14 0,13
76,7 24,608 19,446 3,5 0,8 21 66 62 84 90,5 91 4 5 3 0,8 0,4 1,5 0,8
0,9688 0,7656 0,14 0,03
81 36,512 28,575 3.5 3,3 29 63 62 85 92,5 100 6 7,5 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
1,4375 1,1250 0,14 0,13
79,5 40,157 33,338 3,5 3,3 27 65 62 87 92,5 98 5 6 3 3 0,33 1,8 1
1,5810 1,3125 0,14 0,13
76,5 36,957 28,575 3,5 3,3 24 64 62 90 95,5 97 5 7,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
1,4550 1,1250 0,14 0,13
647
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 53,975 – 60,325 mm
2,1250 – 2,3750 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
53,975 88,900 23 67 78 9 6 000 8 000 0,43
2,1250 3,5000 0,9055 * LM 806649/610/Q LM 806600
95,250 27,783 120 137 16 5 600 7 500 0,80
3,7500 1,0938 * 33895/33821/Q 33800
95,250 27,783 120 137 16 5 600 7 500 0,80
3,7500 1,0938 * 33895/33822/Q 33800
107,950 36,512 151 190 22,8 4 800 7 000 1,55 539/532 A 535
4,2500 1,4375
107,950 36,512 151 190 22,8 4 800 7 000 1,45 539/532 X 535
4,2500 1,4375
123,825 36,512 147 180 21,6 3 800 5 600 2,05 72212/2/72487/2/Q 72000
4,8750 1,4375
57,150 96,838 20,886 80,9 102 11,6 5 000 7 500 0,59 387 A/382 A/Q 385
2,2500 3,8125 0,8223
96,838 20,886 80,9 102 11,6 5 000 7 500 0,59 387/382 A 385
3,8125 0,8223
96,838 25,400 80,9 102 11,6 5 000 7 500 0,58 387 A/382 S/Q 385
3,8125 1,0000
98,425 21 80,9 102 11,6 5 000 7 500 0,58 387 A/382/Q 385
3,8750 0,8268
104,775 30,162 121 160 18,6 4 800 7 000 1,05 462/453 X 455
4,1250 1,1875
112,712 30,162 142 204 23,6 4 300 6 300 1,45 39580/39520/Q 39500
4,4375 1,1875
112,712 30,162 142 204 23,6 4 300 6 300 1,40 39581/39520/Q 39500
4,4375 1,1875
119,985 32,750 142 204 23,6 4 300 6 300 1,75 39580/39528/Q 39500
4,7238 1,2894
119,985 32,750 142 204 23,6 4 300 6 300 1,75 39581/39528/Q 39500
4,7238 1,2894
60,325 130,175 36,512 176 180 22,4 3 800 5 000 2,10
2.3750 5,1250 1,4375 * HM 911245/W/2/210/2/QCL7C HM 911200
130,175 36,512 176 180 22,4 3 800 5 000 2,10
5,1250 1,4375 * HM 911245/W/210/QV001 HM 911200
* SKF Explorer bearing
648
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a d a db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
53,975 71,6 19,050 13,492 2,3 2 21 62 64 78 79,5 84 4 5,5 2 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
2,1250 0,7500 0,5313 0,09 0,08
72,3 28,575 22,225 1,5 2,3 20 61 61,5 83 88 90 6 6,5 1,5 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,1250 0,8750 0,06 0,09
72,3 28,575 22,225 1,5 0,8 20 61 61,5 83 88 90 6 6,5 1,5 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,1250 0,8750 0,06 0,03
76,5 36,957 28,575 3,5 3,3 24 64 65,5 90 95,5 97 5 7,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
1,4550 1,1250 0,14 0,13
76,5 36,957 30,162 3,5 3,3 24 64 65,5 90 95,5 97 5 7,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
1,4550 1,1875 0,14 0,13
88,8 32,791 25,400 3,5 3,3 36 68 65,5 93 113 114 5 11 3 3 0,75 0,8 0,45
1,2910 1,0000 0,14 0,13
57,150 74,1 21,946 15,875 3,5 0,8 17 65 68,5 87 91,5 91 5 5 3 0,8 0,35 1,7 0,9
2,2500 0,8640 0,6250 0,14 0,03
74,1 21,946 15,875 2,3 0,8 17 65 66,5 87 91,5 91 5 5 2 0,8 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,8640 0,6250 0,14 0,03
74,1 21,946 20,274 3,5 2,3 19 65 68,5 87 87,5 91 5 5 3 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,8640 0,7982 0,14 0,09
74,1 21,946 17,826 3,5 0,8 19 65 68,5 87 93 91 5 5 3 0,8 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,8640 0,7018 0,14 0,03
78,9 29,317 24,605 2,3 3,3 24 68 67,5 91 93,5 98 4 5,5 2 3 0,33 1,8 1
1,1542 0,9687 0,09 0,13
88,3 30,162 23,812 3,5 3,3 23 76 68,5 100 102 107 5 6 3 3 0,33 1,8 1
1,1875 0,9375 0,14 0,13
88,3 30,162 23,812 8 3,3 23 76 81 100 102 107 5 6 7 3 0,33 1,8 1
1,1875 0,9375 0,31 0,13
88,3 30,162 26,949 3,5 0,8 25 76 68,5 100 114 107 5 6 3 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,1875 1,0610 0,14 0,03
88,3 30,162 26,949 8 0,8 25 76 81 100 114 107 5 6 7 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,1875 1,0610 0,31 0,03
60,325 97,2 33,338 23,812 5 3,3 40 74 76 102 119 124 4 12,5 4 3 0,83 0,72 0,4
2,3750 1,3125 0,9375 0,2 0,13
97,2 33,338 23,812 5 3,3 40 74 76 102 119 124 4 12,5 4 3 0,83 0,72 0,4
1,3125 0,9375 0,2 0,13
649
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 61,912 – 71,438 mm
2,4375 – 2,8125 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
61,912 146,050 41,275 228 236 29 3 400 4 500 3,20
2,4375 5,7500 1,6250 * H 913842/810/QCL7C H 913800
146,050 41,275 228 236 29 3 400 4 500 3,20
5,7500 1,6250 * H 913843/810/QCL7C H 913800
63,500 112,712 30,162 123 183 21,2 4 300 6 300 1,25 3982/3920 3900
2,5000 4,4375 1,8175
65,088 135,755 53,975 286 400 46,5 3 800 5 600 3,70 6379/K-6320/Q 6300
2,5625 5,3447 2,1250
66,675 112,712 30,162 123 183 21,2 4 300 6 000 1,15 3984/2/3920/2/Q 3900
2,6250 4,4375 1,8175
112,712 30,162 142 204 24 4 300 6 300 1,20 39590/39520/Q 39500
4,4375 1,8175
119,985 32,750 142 204 24 4 300 6 300 1,20 39590/39528/Q 39500
4,7238 1,2894
135,755 53,975 286 400 46,5 3 800 5 600 3,65 6386/K-6320/Q 6300
5,3447 2,1250
69,850 112,712 25,400 114 156 17,6 4 500 6 000 0,97
2,7500 4,4375 1,0000 * 29675/29620/3/Q 29600
120 29,795 132 186 21,6 4 000 6 000 1,35 482/472/Q 475
4,7244 1,1730
120 32,545 154 228 26,5 4 000 6 000 1,50 47487/47420 47400
4,7244 1,2813
120 32,545 154 228 26,5 4 000 6 000 1,50 47487/47420 A/Q 47400
4,7244 1,2813
127 36,512 176 255 30,5 3 800 5 600 1,90 566/563/Q 565
5,0000 1,4375
71,438 117,475 30,162 123 190 22 4 000 6 000 1,25 33281/33462/Q 33000
2,8125 4,6250 1,1875
136,525 41,275 224 290 34 3 600 5 300 2,65 H 414249/210/Q H 414200
5,3750 1,6250
* SKF Explorer bearing
650
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da d b Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
61,912 109 39,688 25,400 3,5 3,3 44 83 73,5 116 135 138 6 15,5 3 3 0,79 0,76 0,4
2,4375 1,5625 1,0000 0,14 3,3
109 39,688 25,400 7 3,3 44 83 83 116 135 138 6 15,5 6 3 0,79 0,76 0,4
1,5625 1,0000 0,28 3,3
63,500 87,8 30,048 23,812 3,5 3,3 25 75 75 96 101 105 4 6 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
2,5000 1,1830 0,9375 0,14 0,13
65,088 97,4 56,007 44,450 3,5 3,3 34 78 76,5 110 124 125 7 9,5 3 3 0,33 1,8 1
2,5625 2,2050 1,7500 0,14 0,13
66,675 87,8 30,048 23,812 3,5 3,3 25 75 78,5 96 101 105 4 6 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
2,6250 1,1830 0,9375 0,14 0,13
88,3 30,162 23,812 3,5 3,3 23 76 78,5 100 101 107 5 6 3 3 0,33 1,8 1
1,1830 0,9375 0,14 0,13
88,3 30,162 26,949 3,5 0,8 25 76 78,5 100 112 107 5 6 3 0,8 0,33 1,8 1
1,1830 1,0610 0,14 0,03
97,4 56,007 44,450 4,3 3,3 34 78 80,5 110 124 125 7 9,5 4 3 0,33 1,88 1
2,2050 1,7500 0,17 0,13
69,850 94,3 25,400 19,050 1,5 3,3 26 82 77,5 100 101 108 4 6 1,5 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
2,7500 1,0000 0,7500 0,06 0,13
92,5 29,007 24,237 3,5 2 26 80 82 103 111 112 4 5,5 3 2 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,1420 0,9542 0,14 0,08
94,3 32,545 26,195 3,5 3,3 25 81 82 105 109 113 6 6 3 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,2813 1,0313 0,14 0,13
94,3 32,545 26,195 3,5 0,5 25 81 82 105 117 113 6 6 3 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,2813 1,0313 0,14 0,02
97,6 36,170 28,575 3,5 3,3 28 83 82 109 114 119 5 7,5 3 3 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,4240 1,1250 0,14 0,13
71,438 94,1 30,162 23,812 3,5 3,3 26 81 83 101 105 111 5 6 3 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
2,8125 1,1875 0,9375 0,14 0,13
101 41,275 31,750 3,5 3,3 30 83 83 118 123,5 129 7 9,5 3 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,6250 1,2500 0,14 0,13
651
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 73,025 – 92,075 mm
2,8750 – 3,6250 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
73,025 112,712 25,400 114 156 17,6 4 500 6 000 0,89
2,8750 4,4375 1,0000 * 29685/2/29620/3/Q 29600
117,475 30,162 123 190 22 4 000 6 000 1,20 33287/33462/Q 33000
4,6250 1,1875
127 36,512 176 255 30,5 3 800 5 600 1,80 567/563 565
5,0000 1,4375
76,200 109,538 19,050 67 102 11 4 500 6 000 0,60
3,0000 4,3125 0,7500 * L 814749/710/QCL7C L 814700
127,000 30,162 138 204 24 3 800 5 300 1,90 42687/42620 42600
5,0000 1,1875
133,350 33,338 165 260 30 3 400 5 000 1,90 47678/47620/Q 47600
5,2500 1.3125
139,992 36,512 187 280 32,5 3 400 5 000 2,45 575/572/Q 575
5,5115 1,4375
161,925 49,212 260 335 38 2 800 4 000 4,40 9285/9220/CL7C 9200
6,3750 1,9375
77,788 117,475 25,400 116 163 18,3 4 300 5 600 0,90
3,0625 4, 6250 1,0000 * LM 814849/2/810/2/Q LM 814800
82,550 139,992 36,512 187 280 32,5 3 400 5 000 2,20 580/572/Q 575
3,2500 5,5115 1,4375
146,050 41,275 220 320 35,5 3 200 4 800 2,80 663/653/Q 655
5,7500 1,6250
85,725 146,050 41,275 220 320 35,5 3 200 4 800 2,80 665/653/Q 655
3,3750 5,7500 1,6250
88,900 152,400 39,688 194 305 34,5 3 000 4 500 2,80 593/592 A/Q 595
3,5000 6,0000 1,5625
92,075 152,400 39,688 194 305 34,5 3 000 4 500 2,70 598/592 A/Q 595
3,6250 6,0000 1,5625
* SKF Explorer bearing
652
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da d b Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
73,025 94,3 25,400 19,050 3,5 3,3 26 82 85 100 100 108 4 6 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
2,8750 1,0000 0,7500 0,14 0,13
94,1 30,162 23,812 3,5 3,3 26 81 85 101 105 111 5 6 3 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
1,1875 0,9375 0,14 0,13
97,6 36,170 28,575 4,8 3,3 28 83 89 109 114 119 5 7,5 4 3 0,37 1,6 0,9
1,4240 1,1250 0,19 0,13
76,200 94,8 19,050 15.083 1,5 1,5 24 85 85 98 100,5 105 3 3,5 1,5 1,5 0,5 1,2 0,7
3,0000 0,7500 0,5938 0,06 0,06
101 31 22,225 3,5 3,3 27 88 89,5 112 114 120 5 7,5 3 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
1,2205 0,8750 0,14 0,13
108 33,338 26,195 6,4 3,3 29 93 96 117 120,5 126 5 7 6 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
1,3125 1,0313 0,25 0,13
110 36,098 28,575 3,5 3,3 31 94 89,5 120 127 131 5 7,5 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
1,4212 1,1250 0,14 0,13
122 46,068 31,750 3,5 3,3 47 93 90 128 148,5 153 7 17 3 3 0,72 0,84 0,45
1,8125 1,2500 0,14 0,13
77,788 99 25,400 19,050 3,5 3,3 28 87 89,5 104 106 113 4 6 3 3 0,52 1,15 0,6
3,0625 1,0000 0,7500 0,14 0,13
82,550 110 36,098 28,575 3,5 3,3 31 94 94,5 120 127 131 5 7,5 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
3,25000 1,4212 1,1250 0,14 0,13
114 41,275 31,750 3,5 3,3 32 96 94,5 125 133 138 6 9 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
1,6250 1,2500 0,14 0,13
85,725 113 41,275 31,750 3,5 3,3 33 96 97 125 133 138 6 9 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
3,3750 1,6250 1,2500 0,14 0,13
88,900 122 36,322 30,162 3,5 3,3 37 101 102,5 128 141 141 4 9,5 3 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
3,5000 1,4300 1,1875 0,14 0,13
92,075 122 36,322 30,162 6,4 3,3 37 101 112 128 141 141 4 9,5 6 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
3,6250 1,4300 1,1875 0,25 0,13
653
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 95,250 – 149,225 mm
3,7500 – 5,8750 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
95,250 146,050 33,338 168 280 31,5 3 200 4 500 1,90 47896/47820/Q 47800
3,7500 5,7500 1.3125
152,400 39,688 194 305 34,5 3 000 4 500 2,55 594/592 A/Q 595
6,0000 1,5625
152,400 39,688 194 305 34,5 3 000 4 500 2,55 594 A/592 A/Q 595
6,0000 1,5625
168,275 41,275 233 365 39 2 800 4 000 3,80 683/672 675
6,6250 1,6250
96,838 188,913 53,297 325 375 41,5 2 600 3 400 5,70
3,8125 7,4375 2,0893 * 90381/90744/HA1CL7C 90000
101,600 168,275 41,275 233 365 39 2 800 4 000 3,45 687/672 675
4,0000 6,6250 1,6250
107,950 158,750 23,020 101 163 18,3 2 800 4 300 1,40 37425/2/37625/2/Q 37000
4,2500 6,2500 0,9063
114,300 177,800 41,275 251 415 42,5 2 600 3 800 3,60 64450/64700 64000
4,5000 7,0000 1,6250
180,975 34,925 183 280 30 2 600 3 800 2,95 68450/68712 68000
7,1250 1,3750
127,000 182, 562 39,688 229 440 44 2 400 3 600 3,30 48290/48220/Q 48200
5,0000 7,1875 1,5625
196,850 46,038 319 585 60 2 200 3 400 5,20 67388/67322 67300
7,7500 1,8135
133,350 177,008 25,400 134 280 28 2 400 3 600 1.80 L 327249/210 L 327200
5,2500 6,9688 1,0000
196,850 46,038 319 585 60 2 200 3 400 4,80 67391/67322 67300
7,7500 1,8135
139,700 236,538 57,150 512 850 86,5 1 900 2 800 10,0 HM 231132/110 HM 231100
5,5000 9,3125 2,2500
149,225 236,538 57,150 512 850 86,5 1 900 2 800 10,0 HM 231148/110 HM 231100
5,8750 9,3125 2,2500
* SKF Explorer bearing
654
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da d b Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
95,250 120 34,925 26,195 3,5 3,3 32 105 107 128 138,5 141 6 7 3 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
3,7500 1,3750 1,0313 0,14 0,13
121 36,322 30,162 3,5 3,3 37 104 107 128 139 141 4 9,5 3 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
1,4300 1,1875 0,14 0,13
121 36,322 30,162 5 3,3 37 104 112 128 139 141 4 9,5 4 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
1,4300 1,1875 0,2 0,13
133 41,275 30,162 3,5 3,3 38 114 107 143 154,5 157 6 11 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
1,6250 1,1875 0,14 0,13
96,838 145 46,038 31,750 3,5 3,3 62 114 109 148 177 179 6 19 3 3 0,88 0,68 0,4
3,8125 1,8125 1,2500 0,14 0,13
101,600 133 41,275 30,162 3,5 3,3 38 114 113 143 157 157 6 11 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
4,0000 1,6250 1,1875 0,14 0,13
107,950 132 21,438 15,875 3,5 3,3 37 120 121 140 145 149 4 7 3 3 0,6 1 0,6
4,2500 0,8440 0,6250 0,14 0,13
114,300 146 41,275 30,162 3,5 3,3 42 126 127 155 166 171 6 11 3 3 0,52 1,15 0,6
4,5000 1,6250 1,1875 0,14 0,13
144 31,750 25,400 3,5 3,3 40 129 127 158 170 170 4 9,5 3 3 0,5 1,2 0,7
1,25000 1,0000 0,14 0,13
127,000 155 38,100 33,338 3,5 3,3 34 140 140 165 168,5 174 6 6 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
5,0000 1,5000 1,3125 0,14 0,13
164 46,038 38,100 3,5 3,3 39 146 140 177 185 189 7 7,5 3 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,8125 1,5000 0,14 0,13
133,350 155 26,195 20,638 1,5 1,5 29 145 141 165 188 170 5 4,5 1,5 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
5,2500 1,0313 0,8125 0,06 0,06
164 46,038 38,100 8 3,3 39 146 161 177 185 189 7 7,5 7 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
1,8125 1,5000 0,31 0,13
139,700 187 56,642 44,450 3,5 3,3 45 166 153 210 225 223 9 12,5 3 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
5,5000 2,2300 1,7500 0,14 0,13
149,225 187 56,642 44,450 6,4 3,3 45 166 171 210 225 223 9 12,5 6 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
5,8750 2,2300 1,7500 0,25 0,13
655
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 152,400 – 203,987 mm
6,0000 – 8,0310 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
152,400 222,250 46,830 375 630 62 2 200 3 000 5,90
6,0000 8,7500 1,8437 * M 231649/610/VQ051 M 231600
158,750 205,583 23,812 138 280 27 2 000 3 000 1,95 L 432348/310 L 432300
6,2500 8,0938 0.9375
205,583 23,812 138 280 27 2 000 3 000 1,95 L 432349/310 L 432300
8,0938 0.9375
177,800 227,012 30,162 187 425 40 1 800 2 800 3,00 36990/36920 36900
7,0000 8,9375 1,1875
178,595 265,112 51,595 495 880 86,5 1 700 2 400 9,60 M 336948/912 M 336900
7,0313 10,4375 2,0313
179,934 265,112 51,595 495 880 86,5 1 700 2 400 9,40 M 336949/912 M 336900
7,0840 10,4375 2,0313
187,325 282,575 50,800 402 695 67 1 600 2 200 9,80 87737/87111 87000
7,3750 11,1250 2,0000
190,475 279,400 52,388 523 980 95 1 600 2 200 9,50 M 239449/410 M 239400
7,4990 11,0000 2,0625
190,500 282,575 50,800 402 695 67 1 600 2 200 9,60 87750/87111 87000
7,5000 11,1250 2,0000
191,237 279,400 52,388 523 980 95 1 600 2 200 9,20 M 239448 A/410 M 239400
7,5290 11,0000 2,0625
196,850 241,300 23,812 154 315 29 1 700 2 600 2,00 LL 639249/210 LL 639200
7,7500 9,5000 0,9375
241,300 23,812 154 315 29 1 700 2 600 2,00 LL 639249/2/210/4 LL 639200
9,5000 0,9375
257,175 39,688 275 655 58,5 1 600 2 400 5,30 LM 739749/710/VE174 LM 739700
10,1250 1,5625
200,025 276,225 42,862 450 780 72 1 700 2 200 7,70
7,8750 10,8750 1,6875 * LM 241147/110/QVQ051 LM 241100
203,987 276,225 42,862 450 780 72 1 700 2 200 7,25
8,0310 10,8750 1,6875 * LM 241148/110/QVQ051 LM 241100
SKF Explorer bearing
*
656
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db C a Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
152,400 186 46,830 34,925 3,5 1,5 40 169 165 200 214 210 7 11,5 3 1,5 0,33 1,8 1
6,0000 1,8437 1,3750 0,14 0,06
158,750 182 23,812 18,258 4,8 1,5 33 172 175 194 197 197 5 5,5 4 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
6,2500 0,9375 0,7188 0,19 0,06
182 23,812 18,258 1,5 1,5 33 172 167 194 197 197 5 5,5 1,5 1,5 0,35 1,7 0,9
0,9375 0,7188 0,06 0,06
177,800 203 30,162 23,020 1,5 1,5 43 190 186 212 219 220 5 7 1,5 1,5 0,44 1,35 0,8
7,0000 1,1875 0,9063 0,06 0,06
178,595 217 57,150 38,895 3,3 3,3 47 196 191 240 253 251 9 12,5 3 3 0,33 1,8 1
7,0313 2,2500 1,5313 0,13 0,13
179,934 217 57,150 38,895 3,3 3,3 47 196 193 240 253 251 9 12,5 3 3 0,33 1,8 1
7,0840 2,2500 1,5313 0,13 0,13
187,325 233 47,625 36,512 3,5 3,3 55 213 201 253 271 267 6 14 3 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
7,3750 1,8750 1,4375 0,14 0,13
190,475 232 57,150 41,275 3,3 3,3 49 211 203 254 265 266 9 11 3 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
7, 4990 2,2500 1,6250 0,13 0,13
190,500 233 47,625 36,512 3,5 3,3 55 213 205 253 268 267 6 14 3 3 0,43 1,4 0,8
7,5000 1,8750 1,4375 0,14 0,13
191,237 232 58,738 41,275 3,3 3,3 49 211 204 254 265 266 9 11 3 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
7,5290 2,3125 1,6250 0,13 0,13
196,850 217 23,017 17,462 1,5 1,5 41 207 204 232 233 235 5 6 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
7,7500 0,9062 0,6875 0,06 0,06
217 23,017 17,462 1,5 1,5 41 207 204 232 233 235 5 6 1,5 1,5 0,43 1,4 0,8
0,9062 0,6875 0,06 0,06
229 39,688 30,162 3,5 3,3 50 236 210 236 245 247 8 9,5 3 3 0,44 1,35 0,8
1,5625 1,1875 0,14 0,13
200,025 237 46,038 34,133 3,5 3,3 45 220 213 257 261 265 6 8,5 3 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
7,8750 1,8125 1,3438 0,14 0,13
203,987 237 46,038 34,133 3,5 3,3 45 220 217 257 261 265 6 8,5 3 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
8,0310 1,8125 1,3438 0,14 0,13
657
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 206,375 – 343,154 mm
8,1250 – 13,5100 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
206,375 282,575 46,038 380 830 76,5 1 500 2 200 8,60 67985/67920/HA3VQ117 67900
8,1250 11,1250 1,8125
215,900 285,750 48,038 380 850 76,5 1 500 2 200 7,90 LM 742749/710/VE174 LM 742700
8,5000 11,2500 1,8125
216,408 285,750 48,038 380 850 76,5 1 500 2 200 7,85 LM 742747/710 LM 742700
8,5200 11,2500 1,8125
216,713 285,750 48,038 380 850 76,5 1 500 2 200 7,85 LM 742747 A/710 LM 742700
8,5320 11,2500 1,8125
230,188 317,500 47,625 523 980 90 1 300 2 000 10,5 LM 245846/810 LM 245800
9,0625 12,5000 1,8750
231,775 300,038 33,338 216 425 39 1 400 2 000 5,30 544091/2B/544118 A/2B 544000
9,1250 11,8125 1,3125
317,500 47,625 523 980 90 1 300 2 000 10,5 LM 245848/810 LM 245800
12,5000 1,8750
255,600 342,900 57,150 594 1 220 110 1 200 1 800 14,0 M 349547/510 M 349500
10,0630 13,5000 2,2500
257,175 342,900 57,150 594 1 220 110 1 200 1 800 14,0 M 349549/510/VE174 M 349500
10,1259 13,5000 2,2500
358,775 71,438 842 1 760 156 1 200 1 700 20,5 M 249747/710 M 249700
14,1250 2,8125
263,525 325,438 28,575 220 550 48 1 300 1 800 53,0 38880/38820 38800
10,3750 12,8125 1,1250
292,100 374,650 47,625 501 1 140 98 1 100 1 600 12,0 L 555249/210 L 555200
11,5000 14,7500 1,8750
374,650 47,625 501 1 140 98 1 100 1 600 12,0 L 555249/210/VE174 L 555200
14,7500 1,8750
304,800 393,700 50,800 528 1 220 104 1 000 1 500 14,5 L 357049/010/VE174 L 357000
12,0000 15,5000 2,0000
343,154 450,850 66,675 935 2 200 180 900 1 300 28,0 LM 361649 A/610 LM 361600
13,5100 17,7500 2,6250
658
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db C a Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
206,375 247 46,038 36,512 3,5 3,3 62 222 220 254 268 272 8 9,5 3 3 0,5 1,2 0,7
8,1250 1,8125 1,4375 0,14 0,13
215,900 253 46,038 34,924 3,5 3,3 60 230 229 261 271 277 7 11 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
8,5000 1,8125 1,3750 0,14 0,13
216,408 253 49,212 34,924 3,5 3,3 60 230 230 261 271 277 7 11 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
8,5200 1,9375 1,3750 0,14 0,13
216,713 253 49,212 34,924 3,5 3,3 60 230 230 261 271 277 7 11 3 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
8,5320 1,9375 1,3750 0,14 0,13
230,188 268 52,388 36,512 3,3 3,3 49 249 243 296 303 304 8 11 3 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
9,0625 2,0625 1,4375 0,13 0,13
231,775 260 31,750 23,812 3,3 3,3 49 248 245 278 285 284 5 9,5 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
9,1250 1,2500 0,9375 0,13 0,13
268 52,388 36,512 3,3 3,3 49 249 245 296 303 304 8 11 3 3 0,31 1,9 1,1
2,0625 1,4375 0,13 0,13
255,600 297 63,500 44,450 1,5 3,3 60 274 267 318 328 331 9 12,5 1,5 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
10,0630 2,5000 1,7500 0,06 0,13
257,175 297 57,150 44,450 6,4 3,3 60 274 289 318 328 331 9 12,5 6 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
10,1250 2,2500 1,7500 0,25 0,13
297 57,150 44,450 6,4 3,3 60 273 289 318 343 331 9 12,5 6 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
2,2500 1,7500 0,25 0,13
263,525 294 28,575 25,400 1,5 1,5 49 282 275 307 315 313 4 3 1,5 1,5 0,37 1,6 0,9
10,3750 1,1250 1,0000 0,06 0,06
292,100 331 47,625 34,925 3,5 3,3 65 311 308 350 359 361 8 12,5 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
11,5000 1,8750 1,3750 0,14 0,13
331 47,625 34,925 3,5 3,3 65 311 308 350 359 361 8 12,5 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
1,8750 1,3750 0,14 0,13
304,800 348 50,800 38,100 6,4 3,3 64 328 337 368 378 379 7 12,5 6 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
12,0000 2,0000 1,5000 0,25 0,13
343,154 394 66,675 52,388 8,5 3,5 75 365 385 417 433 434 12 14 8 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
13,5100 2,6250 2,0625 0,33 0,14
659
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 346,075 – 749,300 mm
13,6250 – 29,5000 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
346,075 488,950 95,250 1 420 3 150 255 850 1 200 55,0 HM 262749/710 HM 262700
13,6250 19,2500 3,7500
381,000 479,425 49,250 594 1 500 120 800 1 200 20,0 L 865547/512 L 865500
15,0000 18,8750 1,9375
384,175 546,100 104,775 1 870 4 150 320 750 1 100 77,0 HM 266449/410 HM 266400
15,1250 21,5000 4,1250
403,225 460,375 28,575 246 765 58,5 800 1 200 6,70 LL 566848/810/HA1 LL 566800
15,8750 18,1250 1,1250
406,400 549,275 85,725 1 380 3 050 236 700 1 000 53,5 LM 567949/910/HA1 LM 567900
16,0000 21,6250 3,3750
457,200 603,250 85,725 1 450 3 400 265 630 950 61,5 LM 770949/910 LM 770900
18,0000 23,7500 3,3750
488,950 634,873 84,183 1 450 3 650 265 600 850 63,5 LM 772748/710/HA1 LM 772700
19,2500 24,9950 3,3143
498,475 634,873 80,962 1 470 3 650 270 600 850 59,5 EE 243196/250/HA2 243000
19,6250 24,9950 3,1875
558,800 736,600 88,108 1 830 4 150 305 500 750 92,5 EE 843220/290 843000
22,0000 29,0000 3,4688
736,600 104,775 2 330 5 700 405 500 750 115 LM 377449/410 LM 377400
29,0000 4,1250
609,600 787,400 93,662 2 160 5 300 380 450 670 110 EE 649240/310 649000
24,0000 31,0000 3,6875
787,400 93,662 2 160 5 300 380 450 670 110 EE 649240 AX/310 649000
31,0000 3,6875
749,300 990,600 159,500 4 570 12 000 750 340 500 330 LM 283649/610/HA1 LM 283600
29,5000 39,0000 6,2795
660
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da D a Db C a C b ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
346,075 413 95,250 74,612 6,4 3,3 88 379 378 442 472 467 12 21 6 3 0,33 1,8 1
13,6250 3,7500 2,9375 0,25 0,13
381,000 431 47,625 34,925 6,4 3,3 92 406 413 448 462 463 9 14 6 3 0,5 1,2 0,7
15,0000 1,8750 1,3750 0,25 0,13
384,175 458 104,775 82,550 6,4 6,4 96 418 416 492 514 520 15 22 6 6 0,33 1,8 1
15,1250 4,1250 3,2500 0,25 0,25
403,225 430 28,575 20,638 3,5 3,3 70 417 420 445 443 448 6 7,5 3 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
15,8750 1,1250 0,8125 0,14 0,13
406,400 471 84,138 61,962 6,4 3,3 100 434 438 502 532 526 13 23,5 6 3 0,4 1,5 0,8
16,0000 3,3125 2,4375 0,25 0,13
457,200 525 84,138 60,325 6,4 3,3 115 486 489 553 586 580 13 25 6 3 0,46 1,3 0,7
18,0000 3,3125 2,3750 0,25 0,13
488,950 560 84,138 61,912 6,4 3,3 124 519 520 584 618 613 13 22 6 3 0,48 1,25 0,7
19,2500 3,3125 2,4375 0,25 o,13
498,475 556 80,962 63,500 6,4 3,3 98 522 530 590 618 610 14 17 6 3 0,35 1,7 0,9
19,6250 3,1875 2,5000 0,25 0,13
558,800 637 88,108 63,500 6,4 6,4 111 600 590 689 704 707 13 24,5 6 6 0,35 1,7 0,9
22,0000 3,4686 2,5000 0,25 0,25
640 104,775 80,962 6,4 6,4 130 595 590 680 704 707 17 23,5 6 6 0,35 1,7 0,9
4,1250 3,1875 0,25 0,25
609,600 687 93,662 69,850 6,4 6,4 125 643 642 732 755 755 17 23,5 6 6 0,37 1,6 0,9
24,0000 3,6875 2,7500 0,25 0,25
687 93,662 69,850 6,4 6,4 125 643 642 732 755 755 17 23,5 6 6 0,37 1,6 0,9
3,6875 2,7500 0,25 0,25
749,300 858 160,338 123 6,4 6,4 165 793 781 910 958 953 22 36,6 6 6 0,33 1,8 1
29,5000 6,3125 4,8425 0,25 0,25
661
Inch-size single row taper roller bearings
d 760,000 – 838,200 mm
29,9183 – 33,0000 in
T
C
r4 r5
r3
r5 r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Series
ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm/in kN kN r/min kg – –
760,000 889,000 69,850 1 230 3 800 255 380 560 67,5 LL 483448/418 LL 483400
29,9183 35,0000 2,7500
889,000 88,900 1 870 5 850 380 360 530 94,0 L 1833448/410 L 183400
35,0000 3,5000
762,000 889,000 69,850 1 230 3 800 255 380 560 66,5 LL 483449/418 LL 483400
30,0000 35,0000 2,7500
889,000 88,900 1 870 5 850 380 360 530 94,0 L 1833449/410 L 183400
35,0000 3,5000
838,200 1 041,400 93,662 1 900 4 800 320 320 460 160 EE 763330/410 763000
33,0000 41,0000 3,6875
662
Ca Cb
Da da db Db
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca C b ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min max min min max min min min max max
mm/in mm –
760,000 819 69,850 50,800 3,3 3,3 132 785 777 844 872 858 13 19 3 3 0,37 1,6 0,9
29,9183 2,7500 2,0000 0,13 0,13
822 88,900 72,000 3,3 3,3 123 785 777 854 872 872 16 16,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
3,5000 2,8346 0,13 0,13
762,000 819 69,850 50,800 3,3 3,3 132 785 779 844 872 858 13 19 3 3 0,37 1,6 0,9
30,0000 2,7500 2,0000 0,13 0,13
822 88,900 72,000 3,3 3,3 123 785 779 854 872 872 16 16,5 3 3 0,3 2 1,1
3,5000 2,8346 0,13 0,13
838,200 925 88,900 66,675 6,4 6,4 177 894 870 975 1 010 1 001 10 26,5 6 6 0,44 1,35 0,8
33,0000 3,5000 2,6250 0,25 0,25
663
Metric single row taper roller bearings
with flanged outer ring
d 35 – 65 mm
T
C
r4
r3
r1
r2
B
D d d1
a
C1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
35 80 22,75 83 73,5 8,3 7 500 9 000 0,52
* 30307 RJ2/Q
40 68 19 60 71 7,65 7 500 9 500 0,27
80 19,75 71 68 7,65 7 000 8 500 0,42 * 32008 XR/QVA621
* 30208 RJ2/Q
45 85 32 108 143 16,3 5 300 7 500 0,85 33209 R/Q
100 38,25 156 176 20 5 000 6 700 1,50
* 32309 BRJ2/QCL7C
55 120 45,5 216 260 30 4 300 5 600 2,50
* 32311 BRJ2/QCL7C
65 110 34 142 208 24 4 300 5 600 1,30 33113 R/Q
140 36 194 228 27,5 3 600 4 800 2,40 30313 RJ2
* SKF Explorer bearing
664
ra
da db
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation
fillet dimensions factors
d d1 D1 B C C1 r1,2 r3,4 a da db ra e Y Y0
~ min min max min max
mm mm –
35 54,5 85 21 18 4,5 2 1,5 16 46 44 1,5 0,31 1,9 1,1
40 54,2 72 19 14,5 3,5 1 1 15 46 46 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
57,5 85 18 16 4 1,5 1,5 16 49 47 1 0,37 1,6 0,9
45 65,2 90 32 25 5 1,5 1,5 22 52 52 1 0,4 1,5 0,8
74,8 106 36 30 7 2 1,5 30 55 54 1,5 0,54 1,1 0,6
55 90,5 127 43 35 8 2,5 2 36 67 65 2 0,54 1,1 0,6
65 87,9 116 34 26,5 5,5 1,5 1,5 26 74 72 1 0,4 1,5 0,8
98,3 147 33 28 6 3 2,5 28 84 77 2 0,35 1,7 0,9
665
Paired single row taper
roller bearings
Matched bearing pairs ……………………………………………………………………… 668
Face-to-face arrangement ………………………………………………………………… 669
Back-to-back arrangement ………………………………………………………………… 669
Tandem arrangement ……………………………………………………………………… 669
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 669
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 669
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 669
Axial internal clearance …………………………………………………………………… 669
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 670
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 670
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 671
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 671
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 671
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 672
Fits for bearing pairs ………………………………………………………………………… 673
Determining the load acting on bearing pairs …………………………………………… 674
Bearing pairs arranged face-to-face ……………………………………………………… 674
Bearing pairs arranged back-to-back …………………………………………………… 674
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 676
Single row taper roller bearings, paired face-to-face …………………………………… 676
Single row taper roller bearings, paired back-to-back ………………………………… 684
Single row taper roller bearings, paired in tandem ……………………………………… 688
667
Paired single row taper roller bearings
Matched bearing pairs Fig 1
For bearing arrangements where the load
carrying capacity of a single taper roller
bearing is inadequate, or where the shaft
has to be axially located in both directions
with a given positive or negative axial play,
the bearings listed in the section “Single row
taper roller bearings”, starting on page 599,
can be supplied as matched pairs (➔ fig 1 )
arranged
• face-to-face,
• back-to-back or
• in tandem.
Matched bearing sets provide an economic
solution to many bearing arrangement prob-
lems and offer many advantages, including SKF can supply matched bearing sets in
the arrangements described in the follow-
• simple mounting, since calibration of in- ing. The bearing pairs shown in the product
termediate rings is not required, so that tables, starting on page 676, are only part of
mounting errors are avoided; the comprehensive SKF programme. Other
• exact axial location of the shaft; the axial bearing sets can be supplied to order.
play is determined during manufacture;
• high radial and axial load carrying capacity;
• simple maintenance; the lubricant can be
introduced via the annular groove and lu-
brication holes in the intermediate ring.
Fig 2
a b c
668
Face-to-face arrangement
In bearing pairs where the bearings are
Bearing data – general
matched face-to-face, an intermediate ring Dimensions
is positioned between the two outer rings The dimensions of the individual bearings
(➔ fig 2a ) so that production is relatively with series designations of a set are in
simple. In face-to-face arrangements, the accordance with ISO 355:1977.
load lines converge towards the bearing axis.
Axial loads acting in both directions can be Tolerances
accommodated by one bearing in each The matched bearing sets are made to
direction. Normal tolerances as for the single bear-
ings. The values for the Normal tolerances
Back-to-back arrangement conform to ISO 492:2002 and are listed in
In pairs where the bearings are arranged table 6 on page 128. The tolerance for the
back-to-back (➔ fig 2b ) an intermediate ring total width of the set, although not standard-
is positioned both between the two inner ized, can be found in table 1 . In the table
rings and between the two outer rings. This ∆TsD designates the deviation of a single
is a more expensive procedure than required total abutment width of a bearing pair from
for the face-to-face sets. In back-to-back the nominal.
arrangements, the load lines diverge towards
the bearing axis, thus providing relatively stiff Axial internal clearance
bearing arrangements, which can also take The bearing sets of standard metric bear-
up tilting moments. Axial loads acting in both ings are produced with the axial internal
directions can be accommodated by one clearance given in table 2 as standard. The
bearing in each direction. values in the table apply to bearing pairs be-
fore they are mounted under measuring
Tandem arrangement loads of
Bearing pairs where the bearings are arranged
in tandem are seldom used and also require • 0,1 kN for bearings with outside diameter
an intermediate ring between both inner rings D ≤ 90 mm,
and both outer rings (➔ fig 2c ). Because the • 0,3 kN for bearings with outside diameter
load lines of the two bearings are in parallel, 90 < D ≤ 240 mm and
radial and axial loads will be equally distrib- • 0,5 kN for bearings with outside diameter
uted over the two bearings. The bearing pair D > 240 mm.
can only accommodate axial loads acting in
one direction and should be adjusted against Matched bearing sets having a clearance
a third bearing which can accommodate the other than the standard value are identified
axial loads acting in the opposite direction. by the designation suffix C followed by a two
or three-figure number which gives the mean
axial internal clearance in µm. The range of
the special clearance is, however, the same
as for the standard clearance, i.e. for the
bearing set 32232 J2/DFC230, which has a
mean axial internal clearance of 230 µm, the
clearance will lie in the range 200 to 260 µm.
669
Paired single row taper roller bearings
Misalignment Fig 3
Any misalignment of the outer rings relative
to the inner rings of matched bearing pairs
can only be accommodated between the
rollers and raceways by force. The increased
stress in the bearing caused by misalign-
ment should be avoided. If misalignment
cannot be avoided, SKF recommends using
the less stiff face-to-face arrangement.
Cages
The single row taper roller bearings that are
matched in bearing sets, are fitted with a
pressed steel window-type cage (➔ fig 3 ).
Table 1
Total width tolerances of matched single row metric taper roller bearings
Bore Total width tolerance ∆TsD of matched bearings of series
diameter 329 320 X 330 331, 302, 303,323 313(X)
d 322, 332
over incl. high low high low high low high low high low high low
mm µm
– 30 – – +550 +100 – – +550 +100 +600 +150 +500 +50
30 40 – – +550 +100 – – +600 +150 +600 +150 +550 +50
40 50 – – +600 +150 – – +600 +200 +600 +200 +550 +50
50 65 – – +600 +150 – – +600 +200 +650 +200 +550 +100
65 80 – – +600 +200 – – +650 +200 +700 +200 +600 +100
80 100 +750 −150 +650 −250 +800 −50 +700 −200 +700 −100 +600 −300
100 120 +750 −150 +700 −200 +800 −100 +700 −200 +750 −150 +600 −300
120 140 +1 100 −200 +1 000 −300 +1 100 −200 +1 000 −300 +1 100 −200 +950 −350
140 160 +1 150 −150 +1 050 −250 +1 100 −200 +1 050 −250 +1 150 −150 +950 −350
160 180 +1 150 −150 +1 100 −200 – – +1 100 −200 +1 150 −150 – –
180 190 +1 150 −150 +1 100 −200 – – +1 100 −200 +1 200 −100 – –
190 200 +1 150 −150 +1 100 −200 – – +1 100 −200 +1 200 −100 – –
200 225 +1 200 −100 +1 150 −150 – – +1 150 −150 +1 250 −50 –
225 250 +1 200 −100 +1 200 −100 – – +1 200 −100 +1 300 0 – –
250 280 +1 300 0 +1 250 −50 – – +1 250 −50 – – – –
280 300 +1 400 +100 +1 300 0 – – +1 300 0 – – – –
300 315 +1 400 +100 +1 350 +50 – – +1 350 +50 – – – –
315 340 +1 500 −200 +1 450 −250 – – +1 450 +200 – – – –
670
Minimum load Equivalent dynamic bearing load
In order to provide satisfactory operation, For dynamically loaded bearing pairs
paired taper roller bearings, like all ball and arranged face-to-face or back-to-back
roller bearings, must always be subjected to
a given minimum load, particularly if they are P = Fr + Y1F a when Fa/Fr ≤ e
to operate at high speeds or are to be sub- P = 0,67 Fr + Y2Fa when Fa/Fr > e
jected to high accelerations or rapid changes
in the direction of load. Under such condi- and for bearing pairs arranged in tandem
tions the inertia forces of the rollers and
cages, and the friction in the lubricant, can P = Fr when Fa/Fr ≤ e
have a detrimental influence on the rolling P = 0,4 Fr + Y2Fa when Fa/Fr > e
conditions in the bearing arrangement and
may cause damaging sliding movements to Fr and Fa are the forces acting on the bear-
occur between the rollers and raceways. ing pair. Values for the calculation factors e,
The requisite minimum radial load to be Y1 and Y2 are given in the product tables.
applied to matched pairs of SKF standard When determining the axial force for bear-
bearings can be estimated from ing pairs arranged in tandem reference
should be made to the section “Determining
Frm = 0,02 C axial force for bearings mounted singly or
paired in tandem” on page 606.
and for matched pairs of SKF Explorer
bearings from Equivalent static bearing load
For statically loaded bearing pairs arranged
Frm = 0,017 C face-to-face or back-to-back
where P0 = Fr + Y0Fa
Frm = minimum radial load for a bearing
pair, kN and for bearing pairs arranged in tandem
C = basic dynamic load rating of a bear-
ing pair, kN (➔ product tables) P0 = 0,5 Fr + Y0Fa
When starting up at low temperatures or When P0 < Fr, P0 = Fr should be used. Fr
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even and Fa are the forces acting on the bearing
greater minimum loads may be required. pair. Values of the calculation factor Y0 are
The weight of the components supported given in the product tables.
by the bearing pair, together with external When determining the axial force for bear-
forces, generally exceeds the requisite min- ing pairs arranged in tandem reference
imum load. If this is not the case, the bearing should be made to the section “Determining
pair must be subjected to an additional axial force for bearings mounted singly or
radial load. paired in tandem” on page 606.
671
Paired single row taper roller bearings
Supplementary designations
The designation suffixes used to identify
certain features of SKF paired single row
taper roller bearings are explained in the
following.
CL7C High-performance design for pinion
bearing arrangements
C... Special clearance. The two or three-
figure number immediately following
the C gives the mean axial internal
clearance in µm.
DB Matched bearing pair arranged
back-to-back. A figure combination
immediately following the DB identi-
fies the design of the intermediate
rings
DF Matched bearing pair arranged face-
to-face. A figure combination imme-
diately following the DF identifies the
design of the intermediate ring
DT Matched bearing pair arranged in
tandem. A figure combination imme-
diately following the DF identifies the
design of the intermediate rings
HA1 Inner and outer ring made of case-
hardening steel
HA3 Inner ring made of case-hardening
steel
J Pressed steel window-type cage.
A figure following the J indicates
a different cage design
Q Optimized contact geometry and
surface finish
T T, followed by a figure, identifies the
total width of bearing pairs arranged
back-to-back or in tandem.
X Boundary dimensions altered to
conform to ISO
672
Fits for bearing pairs to check that the bearings do not become
pinched or clamped.
The values of axial internal clearance given For stationary outer ring load, the recom-
in table 2 are so dimensioned that if the mended housing bore tolerance is J6 or H7.
bearings are mounted on shafts machined to
• m5 for shaft diameters up to and including
140 mm,
• n6 for shaft diameters over 140 mm and
up to and including 200 mm, or
• p6 for shaft diameters above 200 mm
an appropriate operational clearance will be
obtained. These shaft seating tolerances are
recommended where loads are moderate to
heavy and rotating loads apply for the inner
ring. If tighter fits are selected, it is necessary
Table 2
Axial internal clearance of matched single row metric taper roller bearings
Bore Axial internal clearance of matched bearings of series
diameter 329 320 X 330 331, 302, 303, 323 313(X)
322, 332
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm
– 30 – – 80 120 – – 100 140 130 170 60 100
30 40 – – 100 140 – – 120 160 140 180 70 110
40 50 – – 120 160 180 220 140 180 160 200 80 120
50 65 – – 140 180 200 240 160 200 180 220 100 140
65 80 – – 160 200 250 290 180 220 200 260 110 170
80 100 270 310 190 230 350 390 210 270 240 300 110 170
100 120 270 330 220 280 340 400 220 280 280 340 130 190
120 140 310 370 240 300 340 400 240 300 330 390 160 220
140 160 370 430 270 330 340 400 270 330 370 430 180 240
160 180 370 430 310 370 – – 310 370 390 450 – –
180 190 370 430 340 400 – – 340 400 440 500 – –
190 200 390 450 340 400 – – 340 400 440 500 – –
200 225 440 500 390 450 – – 390 450 490 550 – –
225 250 440 500 440 500 – – 440 500 540 600 – –
250 280 540 600 490 550 – – 490 550 – – – –
280 300 640 700 540 600 – – 540 600 – – – –
300 340 640 700 590 650 – – 590 650 – – – –
673
Paired single row taper roller bearings
Determining the load Fig 4
acting on bearing pairs
If matched pairs of taper roller bearings
arranged face-to-face or back-to-back are
mounted together with a third bearing, the
bearing arrangement is statically indeter-
minate. In these cases the size of the radial
load Fr acting on the bearing pair must first
be determined.
Fr
Bearing pairs arranged face-to-face
For bearing pairs where the two bearings are
arranged face-to-face (➔ fig 4 ) it can be
assumed that the radial load will act at the
geometric centre of the bearing set as the
distance between the pressure centres of
the two bearings is short compared with the The distance a1 can be determined using
distance between the geometric centres of diagram 1 . The distance of the pressure
the set and the other bearing. In this case it centres a and the calculation factor Y2 are
can be assumed that the bearing arrange- given in the product table.
ment is statically determined.
Bearing pairs arranged back-to-back
The distance between the pressure centres
of two bearings arranged back-to-back in
a matched set is large compared with the
distance L between the geometric centres
of the set and the other bearing (➔ fig 5 ).
It is therefore necessary to determine the
magnitude of the load acting on the bearing
pair and also the distance a1 at which the
load acts. The magnitude of the radial load
can be obtained from the equation
L1
Fr = Kr
L − a1
where
Fr = radial load acting on a bearing pair, kN
Kr = radial force acting on the shaft, kN
L = distance between the geometric centres
of the two bearing positions, mm
L1 = distance between the centre of bearing
position I and the point of action of the
force Kr, mm
a = distance between the bearing pressure
centres, mm
a1 = distance between the geometric centre
of the bearing set and the point of
action of the radial load Fr, mm
674
Fig 5
I II
L
K a = Fa a1
Fr
Kr
L1 a
Diagram 1
0,5
a1
a
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0
Fa 2.5 Y2
Fr
675
Single row taper roller bearings
paired face-to-face
d 25 – 80 mm
T
r4
r3
r5
2B
D d
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
25 62 36,5 64,4 80 8,65 6 000 9 000 0,55 31305 J2/QDF
30 72 41,5 93 100 11,4 5 600 7 500 0,85 31306 J2/QDF
*
35 80 45,5 120 134 15,6 5 000 6 700 1,10
* 31307 J2/QDF
40 90 50,5 146 163 19 4 500 6 000 1,50
* 31308 J2/QCL7CDF
45 100 54,5 180 204 24,5 4 000 5 300 2,00
* 31309 J2/QCL7CDF
50 90 43,5 150 183 20,8 4 800 6 000 1,10
110 58,5 208 240 28,5 3 600 4 800 2,60 * 30210 J2/QDF
* 31310 J2/QCL7CDF
55 90 54 180 270 30,5 4 500 5 600 1,35
120 63 240 275 33,5 3 400 4 500 3,30 * 33011/QDF03C170
* 31311 J2/QDF
60 95 35 163 245 27 4 300 5 300 1,90
110 48 250 320 37,5 4 000 5 000 2,40 * 32012 X/QCL7CDFC250
130 67 246 335 40,5 2 800 4 000 4,10 * 32212 J2/QDFC290
31312 J2/QDF
65 120 49,5 228 270 32,5 3 600 4 500 1,20
140 72 325 380 47,5 2 800 3 800 5,05 * 30213 J2/QDF
* 31313 J2/QCL7CDF
70 110 38 200 305 34,5 3 800 4 500 1,80
110 51 220 400 45,5 3 400 4 800 2,40 * 32014 X/QDF
33014/DF
150 76 365 440 54 2 600 3 600 6,15
* 31314 J2/QCL7CDF
75 115 62 233 455 52 3 200 4 300 2,40 33015/QDF
125 74 303 530 63 3 000 4 000 3,80 33115/QDFC150
130 54,5 238 355 41,5 3 000 4 000 2,85 30215 J2/QDF
130 66,5 275 425 49 3 000 4 000 3,40 32215 J2/QDF
160 80 405 490 58,5 2 400 3 200 7,25 31315 J2/QDF
80 125 58 233 430 49 3 000 4 000 2,65 32016 X/QDFC165
140 70,5 319 490 57 2 800 3 800 4,25 32216 J2/QDF
170 85 440 530 64 2 400 3 000 8,75 31316 J1/QCL7CDF
* SKF Explorer bearing
676
Ca
ra
rc
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d 2B r3,4 r5 da Da Da Ca ra rc e Y1 Y2 Y0
min min max min max min max max
mm mm –
25 34 1,5 0,6 34 47 55 3 1,5 0,6 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
30 38 1,5 0,6 40 55 65 3 1,5 0,6 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
35 42 1,5 0,6 45 62 71 3 1,5 0,6 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
40 46 1,5 0,6 51 71 81 3 1,5 0,6 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
45 50 1,5 0,6 57 79 91 4 1,5 0,6 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
50 40 1,5 0,6 58 79 83 3 1,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
54 2 0,6 62 87 100 4 2 0,6 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
55 54 1,5 0,6 63 81 83 5 1,5 0,6 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
58 2 0,6 68 94 112 4 2 0,6 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
60 46 1,5 0,6 67 85 88 4 1,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
56 1,5 0,6 69 95 103 4 1,5 0,6 0,4 1,7 2,5 1,6
62 2,5 1 74 103 118 5 2 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
65 46 1,5 0,6 78 106 113 4 1,5 0,6 0,4 1,7 2,5 1,6
66 2,5 1 80 111 128 5 2 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
70 50 1,5 0,6 78 98 103 5 1,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
62 1,5 0,6 78 99 103 5 1,5 0,6 0,28
70 2,5 1 85 118 138 5 2 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
75 62 1,5 0,6 84 104 108 6 1,5 0,6 0,3 2,3 3,4 2,2
74 1,5 0,6 84 109 117 6 1,5 0,6 0,4 1,7 2,5 1,6
50 1,5 0,6 86 115 122 4 1,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
62 1,5 0,6 85 114 122 4 1,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
74 2,5 1 91 127 148 6 2 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
80 58 1,5 0,6 90 112 117 6 1,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
66 2 0,6 91 122 130 5 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
78 2,5 1 97 134 158 6 2 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
677
Single row taper roller bearings
paired face-to-face
d 85 – 120 mm
T
r4
r3
r5
2B
D d
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
85 130 58 238 450 51 2 800 3 800 2,80 32017 X/QDF
130 72 308 620 69,5 2 800 3 800 3,55 33017/QDFC240
150 61 303 440 51 2 600 3 600 4,30 30217 J2/QDF
150 77 369 570 65,5 2 600 3 600 5,45 32217 J2/QDF
150 98 495 850 96,5 2 400 3 400 7,35 33217/QDF
180 89 413 570 67 2 000 3 000 10,0 31317 J2/DF
90 140 64 292 540 62 2 600 3 600 3,65 32018 X/QDF
140 78 369 710 78 2 600 3 600 4,50 33018/QDFC150
160 65 336 490 57 2 400 3 400 5,15 30218 J2/DF
160 85 429 680 76,5 2 400 3 400 6,90 32218 J2/QDF
190 93 457 630 73,5 1 900 2 800 11,5 31318 J2/DF
95 145 78 380 735 81,5 2 600 3 400 5,00 33019/QDF
170 91 484 780 86,5 2 200 3 200 8,45 32219 J2/DF
200 99 501 710 78 1 800 2 600 13,0 31319 J2/DF
100 150 64 292 560 62 2 400 3 200 3,95 32020 X/QDF
180 74 418 640 72 2 200 3 000 7,60 30220 J2/DF
180 98 539 880 96,5 2 200 3 000 10,0 32220 J2/DF
215 103 693 980 106 1 900 2 600 16,5 30320 J2/DFC400
215 113 644 930 102 1 700 2 400 18,0 31320 XJ2/DF
105 160 70 347 670 73,5 2 200 3 200 5,00 32021 X/QDF
110 170 76 402 780 85 2 200 3 000 6,30 32022 X/QDF
180 112 627 1 250 134 2 000 2 800 11,5 33122/DF
200 82 523 800 90 2 000 2 600 10,5 30222 J2/DF
200 112 682 1 140 122 1 900 2 600 14,5 32222 J2/DF
240 126 781 1 160 125 1 500 2 200 26,0 31322 XJ2/DF
120 180 76 418 830 88 2 000 2 800 6,75 32024 X/DF
180 96 495 1 080 112 2 000 2 800 8,65 33024/DFC250
215 87 583 915 98 1 800 2 400 13,0 30224 J2/DF
215 123 792 1 400 146 1 800 2 400 18,5 32224 J2/DF
260 119 968 1 400 146 1 600 2 200 29,5 30324 J2/DFC600
260 136 935 1 400 146 1 400 2 000 33,5 31324 XJ2/DF
678
Ca
ra
rc
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d 2B r3,4 r5 da Da Da Ca ra rc e Y1 Y2 Y0
min min max min max min max max
mm mm –
85 58 1,5 0,6 94 117 122 6 1,5 0,6 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,6
72 1,5 0,6 94 118 122 6 1,5 0,6 0,3 2,3 3,4 2,2
56 2 0,6 97 132 140 5 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
72 2 0,6 97 130 140 5 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
98 2 0,6 96 128 140 7 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
82 3 1 103 143 166 6 2,5 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
90 64 1,5 0,6 100 125 132 6 1,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
78 1,5 0,6 100 127 132 7 1,5 0,6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
60 2 0,6 102 140 150 5 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
80 2 0,6 102 138 150 5 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
86 3 1 109 151 176 5 2,5 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
95 78 1,5 0,6 104 131 138 7 1,5 0,6 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
86 2,5 1 109 145 158 5 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
90 3 1 114 157 186 5 2,5 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
100 64 1,5 0,6 110 134 142 6 1,5 0,6 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
68 2,5 1 116 157 168 5 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
92 2,5 1 115 154 168 5 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
94 3 1 127 184 201 6 2,5 1 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
102 3 1 121 168 201 7 2,5 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
105 70 2 0,6 116 143 150 6 2 0,6 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,6
110 76 2 0,6 123 152 160 7 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
112 2 0,6 121 155 170 9 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
76 2,5 1 129 174 188 6 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
106 2,5 1 127 170 188 6 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
114 3 1 135 188 226 7 2,5 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
120 76 2 0,6 132 161 170 7 2 0,6 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
96 2 0,6 132 160 170 6 2 0,6 0,3 2,3 3,4 2,2
80 2,5 1 141 187 203 6 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
116 2,5 1 137 181 203 7 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
110 3 1 153 221 245 7 2,5 1 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
124 3 1 145 203 245 9 2,5 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
679
Single row taper roller bearings
paired face-to-face
d 130 – 220 mm
T
r4
r3
r5
2B
D d
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
130 180 64 341 735 76,5 2 000 3 000 4,95 32926/DF
200 90 539 1 080 110 1 800 2 400 10,0 32026 X/DF
230 87,5 627 980 106 1 700 2 200 14,5 30226 J2/DF
230 135,5 952 1 660 170 1 600 2 200 23,0 32226 J2/DF
280 144 1 050 1 560 163 1 300 1 800 40,0 31326 XJ2/DF
140 210 90 561 1 160 116 1 700 2 400 11,0 32028 X/DF
250 91,5 721 1 140 116 1 500 2 000 18,0 30228 J2/DFC100
250 143,5 1 100 2 000 200 1 500 2 000 29,5 32228 J2/DF
300 154 1 190 1 800 176 1 200 1 700 52,5 31328 XJ2/DF
150 225 96 644 1 320 132 1 600 2 200 13,5 32030 X/DF
270 98 737 1 120 114 1 400 2 000 22,5 30230/DFC350
270 154 1 250 2 280 224 1 400 1 900 37,0 32230 J2/DF
320 164 1 340 2 040 200 1 100 1 600 58,5 31330 XJ2/DF
160 240 102 737 1 560 156 1 500 2 000 16,0 32032 X/DF
290 104 913 1 460 143 1 300 1 800 27,5 30232 J2/DF
290 168 1 510 2 800 265 1 300 1 800 48,0 32232 J2/DF
170 230 76 484 1 160 110 1 500 2 200 9,20 32934/DFC225
260 114 880 1 830 180 1 400 1 900 22,0 32034 X/DF
310 182 1 720 3 250 300 1 200 1 600 59,0 32234 J2/DF
180 250 90 605 1 460 137 1 400 2 000 14,0 32936/DF
280 128 1 100 2 320 220 1 300 1 700 29,5 32036 X/DF
320 114 1 010 1 630 160 1 200 1 600 42,0 30236 J2/DFC300
320 182 1 720 3 250 300 1 100 1 600 61,0 32236 J2/DF
190 260 90 616 1 530 143 1 300 1 900 14,5 32938/DF
290 128 1 120 2 400 224 1 200 1 600 30,5 32038 X/DF
340 120 1 230 2 000 190 1 100 1 500 50,0 30238 J2/DFC700
200 310 140 1 280 2 750 255 1 100 1 500 39,0 32040 X/DF
360 128 1 340 2 240 212 1 000 1 400 52,0 30240 J2/DFC570
360 208 2 090 4 000 360 1 000 1 400 88,0 32240 J2/DF
220 300 102 842 2 000 183 1 100 1 600 21,0 32944/DFC300
340 152 1 540 3 350 300 1 000 1 400 51,0 32044 X/DF
680
Ca
ra
rc
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d 2B r3,4 r5 da Da Da Ca ra rc e Y1 Y2 Y0
min min max min max min max max
mm mm –
130 64 1,5 0,6 141 167 172 6 1,5 0,6 0,33 2 3 2
90 2 0,6 144 178 190 7 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
80 3 1 152 203 216 7 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
128 3 1 146 193 216 7 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
132 4 1,5 157 218 263 8 3 1,5 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
140 90 2 0,6 153 187 200 7 2 0,6 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
84 3 1 164 219 236 7 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
136 3 1 159 210 236 8 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
140 4 1,5 169 235 283 9 3 1,5 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
150 96 2,5 1 164 200 213 8 2 1 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
90 3 1 175 234 256 9 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
146 3 1 171 226 256 8 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
150 4 1,5 181 251 303 9 3 1,5 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
160 102 2,5 1 175 213 228 8 2 1 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
96 3 1 189 252 275 8 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
160 3 1 183 242 275 10 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
170 76 2 0,6 183 213 220 7 2 0,6 0,37 1,7 2,8 1,8
114 2,5 1 188 230 246 10 2 1 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,6
172 4 1,5 196 259 293 10 3 1,5 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
180 90 2 0,6 194 225 240 8 2 0,6 0,48 1,4 2,1 1,4
128 2,5 1 199 247 266 10 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
104 4 1,5 211 278 303 9 3 1,5 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,6
172 4 1,5 204 267 303 10 3 1,5 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,6
190 90 2 0,6 204 235 248 8 2 0,6 0,48 1,4 2,1 1,4
128 2,5 1 210 257 276 10 2 1 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,6
110 4 1,5 224 298 323 9 3 1,5 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
200 140 2,5 1 222 273 296 11 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
116 4 1,5 237 315 343 9 3 1,5 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
196 4 1,5 231 302 343 11 3 1,5 0,4 1,7 2,5 1,6
220 102 2,5 1 234 275 286 9 2 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
152 3 1 244 300 325 12 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
681
Single row taper roller bearings
paired face-to-face
d 240 – 320 mm
T
r4
r3
r5
2B
D d
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
240 360 152 1 570 3 550 315 950 1 300 54,5 32048 X/DF
260 400 174 1 980 4 400 380 850 1 200 79,5 32052 X/DF
280 420 174 2 050 4 750 400 800 1 100 84,5 32056 X/DF
300 420 152 1 790 4 500 375 800 1 100 65,5 32960/DF
320 480 200 2 640 6 200 510 700 950 125 32064 X/DF
682
Ca
ra
rc
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d 2B r3,4 r5 da Da Da Ca ra rc e Y1 Y2 Y0
min min max min max min max max
mm mm –
240 152 3 1 262 318 345 12 2,5 1 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
260 174 4 1,5 287 352 383 13 3 1,5 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
280 174 4 1,5 305 370 400 14 3 1,5 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
300 152 3 1 324 383 404 12 2,5 1 0,4 1,7 2,5 1,6
320 200 4 1,5 350 424 460 15 3 4 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
683
Single row taper roller bearings
paired back-to-back
d 40 – 170 mm
C
r5
r1
r2
T
D d1 d
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
40 90 72 170 190 21,6 5 300 6 300 1,90
* 30308T72 J2/QDBC220
75 130 70 238 355 41,5 3 000 4 000 3,25 30215T70 J2/DBC270
130 80 275 425 49 3 000 4 000 6,80 32215T80 J2/QDB
80 140 78 319 490 57 2 800 3 800 4,45 32216T78 J2/QDBC110
85 130 66 238 450 51 2 800 3 800 2,7 32017T66 X/QDB/C280
130 70 308 620 69,5 2 800 3 800 3,5 33017T70/Q
150 71 303 440 51 2 600 3 600 4,10 30217T71 J2/Q
90 190 103 457 630 73,5 1 900 2 800 12,5 31318T103 J2/DB31
100 180 108 539 880 96,5 2 200 3 000 10,5 32220T108 J2/DB
180 140 418 640 72 2 200 3 000 12,5 32220T140 J2/DB11
110 170 84 402 780 85 2 200 3 000 6,50 32022T84 X/QDBC200
120 180 84 418 830 88 2 000 2 800 7,00 32024T84 X/QDBC200
215 146 792 1 400 146 1 800 2 400 21,0 32224T146 J2/DB31C210
260 146 935 1 400 146 1 400 2 000 35,0 31324T146 XJ2/DB
130 230 97,5 627 980 106 1 700 2 200 15,0 30226T97.5 J2/DB
280 142 1 080 1 600 166 1 400 2 000 36,5 30326T142 J2/DB11C150
140 210 130 561 1 160 116 1 700 2 400 12,7 32028T130 X/QDB
250 106 721 1 140 116 1 500 2 000 19,5 30228T106 J2/DB
250 158 1 100 2 000 200 1 500 2 000 31,0 32228T158 J2/DB
150 270 168 1 250 2 250 224 1 400 1 900 38,0 32230T168 J2/DB
270 248 1 250 2 280 224 1 600 2 200 39,5 32230T248 J2/DB31
320 179 1 340 2 040 200 1 100 1 600 58,5 31330T179 XJ2/DB
160 290 179 1 510 2 800 265 1 300 1 800 52,5 32232T179 J2/DB32C230
170 260 162 880 1 830 180 1 400 1 900 30,5 32034T162 X/DB31
* SKF Explorer bearing
684
Cb
rc
ra
Db db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d d1 C r1,2 r5 a db Db Cb ra rc e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ min min min min min max max
mm mm –
40 62,5 61,5 2 0,6 50 49 82 5 2 0,6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
75 99,2 59,5 2 0,6 69 84 124 5 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
100 67,5 2 0,6 72 84 125 6 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
80 106 63,5 2,5 0,6 68 90 134 7 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
85 108 52 1,5 0,6 64 92 125 7 1,5 0,6 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,4
108 56 1,5 0,6 68 92 125 7 1,5 0,6 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,4
112 58.5 2,5 0,6 71 95 141 6,5 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
90 138 70 4 1 124 105 179 16,5 3 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
100 135 88 3 1 92 112 171 10 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
135 120 3 1 124 112 171 10 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
110 140 66 2,5 0,6 80 121 163 9 2 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
120 150 66 2,5 0,6 86 131 173 9 2 0,6 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
163 123 3 1 125 132 204 11,5 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
190 134 4 1 166 135 244 26 3 1 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,9
130 173 78 4 1 99 146 217 9,5 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
196 112,5 5 1,5 117 150 255 14,5 4 1,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
140 175 108 2,5 0,6 132 152 202 11 2 0,6 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
186 86,5 4 1 108 156 234 9,5 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
191 130,5 4 1 134 156 238 13,5 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
150 205 134 4 1 142 166 254 17 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
205 214 4 1 222 166 254 17 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
234 115 5 1,5 207 170 300 32 4 1,5 0,83 0,81 1,2 0,8
160 221 145 4 1 150 176 274 17 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
170 214 134 3 1 160 184 249 14 2,5 1 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,6
685
Single row taper roller bearings
paired back-to-back
d 180 – 260 mm
C
r5
r1
r2
T
D d1 d
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
180 250 135 605 1 460 137 1 400 2 000 14,5 32936T135/DBC260
280 150 1 100 2 320 220 1 300 1 700 29,5 32036T150 X/DB
280 150 1 100 2 320 220 1 300 1 700 29,5 32036T150 XDB11C150
320 196 1 720 3 250 300 1 100 1 600 61,5 32236T196 J2/DB32
190 260 102 616 1 530 143 1 300 1 900 15,0 32938T102/DB31
260 122 616 1 530 143 1 300 1 900 15,5 32938T122/DBCG
290 146 1 120 2 400 224 1 200 1 600 31,5 32038T146 X/DB42C220
290 146 1 120 2 400 224 1 200 1 600 31,5 32038T146 X/DBC220
290 183 1 120 2 400 224 1 200 1 600 32,5 32038T183 X/DB31C330
200 310 154,5 1 280 2 750 255 1 100 1 500 39,5 32040T154.5 X/DB11C170
220 340 165 1 540 3 550 300 1 000 1 400 52,0 32044T165 X/DB11C170
340 165 1 540 3 550 300 1 000 1 400 52,0 32044T165 X/DB42C220
340 165 1 540 3 550 300 1 000 1 400 52,0 32044T165 X/DBC340
340 168 1 540 3 550 300 1 000 1 400 52,0 32044T168 X/DB
240 360 172 1 570 3 550 315 950 1 300 56,0 32048T172 X/DB
440 284 3 300 6 550 550 800 1 100 180 32248T284 J3/DB
260 400 189 1 980 4 400 380 850 1 200 80,5 32052T189 X/DBC280
400 194 1 980 4 400 380 850 1 200 80,5 32052T194 X/DB
686
Cb
rc
ra
Db db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation factors
d d1 C r1,2 r5 a db Db Cb ra rc e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ min min min min min max max
mm mm –
180 216 83 2,5 0,6 122 192 241 11 2 0,6 0,48 1,4 2,1 1,4
229 118 3 0,6 140 194 267 16 2,5 0,6 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
229 118 3 1 140 194 267 16 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
239 156 5 1,5 169 200 297 14 4 1,5 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,4
190 227 80 2,5 0,6 122 202 251 11 2 0,6 0,48 1,4 2,1 1,4
227 100 2,5 0,6 142 202 251 11 2 0,6 0,48 1,4 2,1 1,4
240 114 3 1 142 204 279 16 2,5 1 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,4
240 114 3 1 142 204 279 16 2,5 1 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,4
240 151 3 1 179 204 279 16 2,5 1 0,44 1,5 2,3 1,4
200 254 120,5 3 1 147 214 297 17 2,5 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
220 279 127 4 1 157 236 326 19 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
279 127 4 1 157 236 326 19 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
279 157 4 1 157 236 326 19 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
279 130 4 1 160 236 326 19 3 1 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
240 299 134 4 1 175 256 346 19 3 1 0,46 1,5 2,2 1,4
346 230 5 1,5 240 262 415 27 4 1,5 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
260 328 145 5 1,5 183 282 383 22 4 1,5 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
328 150 5 1,5 188 282 383 22 4 1,5 0,43 1,6 2,3 1,6
687
Single row taper roller bearings
paired in tandem
d 55 – 80 mm
T
C
r4
r3
r1
r2
B
D d d1
Principal dimensions Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D T C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
55 115 73 250 325 39 3 400 4 500 3,50
* T7FC 055T73/QCL7CDTC10
60 125 80 305 405 49 3 000 4 000 4,05
* T7FC 060T80/QCL7CDTC10
70 140 83 355 480 55 2 800 3 600 11,0
* T7FC 070T83/QCL7CDTC10
80 160 98 450 630 71 2 400 3 200 16,5
* T7FC 080T98/QCL7CDTC20
* SKF Explorer bearing
688
Ca Cb
Da da d b Db
ra
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 B C r1,2 r3,4 a da db Da Da Db Ca Cb ra rb e Y Y0
~ min min ~ max min min max min min min max max
mm mm –
55 90 70 62,5 3 3 78 66 67 86 101 109 4 10,5 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
60 97 76,5 69 3 3 84 72 72 94 111 119 4 11 2,5 2,5 0,83 0,72 0,4
70 110 79,5 71 3 3 47 82 82 106 126 133 5 12 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
80 125 94 84 3 3 106 94 92 121 146 152 5 14 2,5 2,5 0,88 0,68 0,4
689
Spherical roller
bearings
Standard bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 692
Open bearings ……………………………………………………………………………… 692
Sealed bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 694
Bearings for vibratory applications ……………………………………………………… 696
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 697
Special bearings ……………………………………………………………………………… 697
Bearings on sleeves ………………………………………………………………………… 698
Appropriate bearing housings ……………………………………………………………… 699
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 700
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 700
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 700
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 700
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 703
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 704
Axial load carrying capacity………………………………………………………………… 704
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 704
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 705
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 705
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 705
Mounting bearings with tapered bore …………………………………………………… 706
Measuring the clearance reduction ……………………………………………………… 706
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle ………………………………………………… 708
Measuring the axial drive-up ……………………………………………………………… 708
Measuring the inner ring expansion ……………………………………………………… 710
Additional mounting information ………………………………………………………… 710
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 712
Spherical roller bearings …………………………………………………………………… 712
Sealed spherical roller bearings …………………………………………………………… 736
Spherical roller bearings for vibratory applications ……………………………………… 740
Spherical roller bearings on adapter sleeve ……………………………………………… 744
Spherical roller bearings on withdrawal sleeve ………………………………………… 758
691
Spherical roller bearings
Spherical roller bearings have two rows of Fig 1
rollers with a common sphered raceway in
the outer ring and two inner ring raceways
inclined at an angle to the bearing axis
(➔ fig 1 ). This gives them an attractive
combination of design features making them
irreplaceable in many demanding applica-
tions. They are self-aligning and conse-
quently insensitive to misalignment of the
shaft relative to the housing and to shaft
deflection or bending.
SKF spherical roller bearings are leading
in design and can, in addition to high radial
loads, accommodate high axial loads acting
in both directions.
Standard bearings CA, CAC One-piece machined brass
The standard range of SKF spherical roller cage of the double-pronged
bearings comprises type, retaining flanges on the
inner ring and guide ring
• open bearings, centred on the inner ring (b).
• sealed bearings and CAF As CA, but with a steel cage
• bearings for vibratory applications. ECA, ECAC One-piece machined brass
cage of the double-pronged
In addition to the standard range, SKF offers type, retaining flanges on the
a wide range of special spherical roller bear- inner ring, guide ring centred
ings adapted for specific applications. on the inner ring and reinforced
roller complement (b).
Open bearings ECAF As ECA, but with a steel cage
SKF spherical roller bearings are produced E When bearing bore diameter
in several designs, depending on bearing d ≤ 65 mm:
series and size. The differences are Two window-type steel
cages, flangeless inner ring
• the arrangement of the floating guide ring and guide ring centred on the
as well as inner ring (c).
• the design of the inner ring and the cages, When bearing bore diameter
d > 65 mm:
as described in the following and shown in Two window-type steel cages,
fig 2 . flangeless inner ring and guide
ring centred on the cages (d).
C(J), CC Two window-type steel cages, CAFA One-piece machined steel
flangeless inner ring and guide cage of the double-pronged
ring centred on the inner ring type centred on the outer ring
(a). raceway, retaining flanges on
EC(J), ECC(J) Two window-type steel cages, the inner ring and guide ring
flangeless inner ring, guide centred on the inner ring (e).
ring centred on the inner ring CAMA As CAFA, but with a brass cage
and reinforced roller comple-
ment (a).
692
With some exceptions all SKF spherical Fig 2
roller bearings are produced with a cylin-
drical bore as well as with a tapered bore.
The tapered bore of bearings in the
• 240, 241, 248 and 249 series have a taper
of 1:30, designation suffix K30, and the
• other series have a taper of 1:12, desig-
nation suffix K.
a b
Annular groove and lubrication holes
To facilitate efficient bearing lubrication,
SKF spherical roller bearings are provided
with
• an annular groove and three lubrication
holes in the outer ring (➔ fig 3 a), desig-
nation suffix W33, or
• three lubrication holes in the outer ring
(➔ fig 3 b), designation suffix W20. c d
E-design spherical roller bearings have the
annular groove and three lubrication holes
feature as standard so that the designation
suffix W33 is omitted from the bearing
designation.
Fig 3
W33
W20
693
Spherical roller bearings
Sealed bearings Table 1
A selection of SKF spherical roller bearings SKF standard grease filling for sealed
is also produced in a sealed version with con- spherical roller bearings
tact seals on both sides (➔ fig 4 ). The seals Technical Grease for sealed
are reinforced with sheet steel and made of specification bearings of type
2CS, 2CS2/VT143
an oil and wear-resistant and 2CS5/VT143
• acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR), Type Extreme pressure grease
designation suffix 2CS, Thickener Lithium
• hydrogenated acrylonitrile butadiene rub-
ber (HNBR), designation suffix 2CS5, or Base oil type Mineral
• fluoro rubber (FPM), designation suffix NLGI consistency
2CS2. class 2
Operating
Warning temperature, °C −20 to +110
Seals made of fluoro rubber exposed to Base oil viscosity, mm2/s
extreme temperatures above 300 °C give at 40 °C 200
at 100 °C 16
off hazardous fumes. Therefore the safety
recommendations mentioned in the section Filling degree,
% of free space in
“Seal materials”, starting on page 142, must bearing 25 to 35
be considered.
The seals are inserted in recesses in the outer
ring. For smaller bearing sizes, the seals are
pressed into the recesses (a) while the seals
for the larger sizes are held in position by
means of retaining rings (b). The seals have
two sealing lips contacting the lead-in at the
sides of the inner ring raceway, to provide
efficient sealing.
Sealed bearings are lubricated as standard
with an extreme pressure bearing grease
according to table 1 . They should not be
heated to temperatures above 80 °C during
mounting, and should not be washed.
Fig 4 Fig 5
694
Fig 6 Sealed bearings do not need to be relubri-
cated when the operating temperature does
not exceed 70 °C and the rotational speed is
below 50 % of the limiting speed listed in the
product table. When temperature and speeds
are high, relubrication with a similar lithium
base grease is recommended (➔ table 1 ). In
this case the polymer band, which covers the
lubrication holes in the outer ring must be
removed before mounting (➔ fig 5 ). Note
that only a small amount of grease is needed
to relubricate sealed bearings. The grease
should be pressed in slowly through the
d a max lubrication holes in the outer ring while the
min 1–2 mm bearing is rotating. Excessive pressure should
be avoided so as not to damage the seals.
The internal design of a sealed bearing
corresponds to that of an open bearing.
The external dimensions are also the same
except for bearings based on the 222 series.
These bearings are slightly wider and carry
a the series designation BS2-22.
Sealed bearings are available with a
cylindrical bore as standard. However most
bearings in the BS2-22 series are available
with a tapered bore as well. Every sealed
bearing can be supplied with a tapered bore
to special order.
To prevent interference with the seal, the
diameter of the shaft abutment should not
exceed da max at least for the 1 to 2 mm
closest to the bearing (➔ fig 6 a).
If the bearings are secured axially on the
shaft by a lock nut SKF recommends using
a KMFE lock nut (➔ fig 6 b) or to position an
b intermediate ring between the bearing and
the nut (➔ fig 6 c).
695
Spherical roller bearings
Bearings for vibratory applications Fig 7
Vibratory applications, such as vibrating
screens or exciters, induce accelerations of
rollers and cages in the bearings. This puts
extra demands on the bearing design. SKF
spherical roller bearings for vibratory appli-
cations can withstand considerably higher
accelerations than corresponding standard
bearings. The permissible acceleration de-
pends on the lubricant and the type of accel-
eration – rotating or linear acceleration.
• Rotating acceleration
The bearing is subjected to a rotating a
outer ring load and a rotating acceleration
field. This generates cyclic loads on the
cages from the unloaded rollers. Typical
examples are vibrating screens and plan-
etary gears. Road rollers are subject to a O
R
ER SK
F
PL
EX
mix of rotating and linear accelerations
(➔ fig 7 a).
Individual values for the permissible
rotating accelerations are provided in the
product table and are valid for oil lubricated b
bearings. The values are expressed in
m/s2, where 28 g stands for 28 × 9,81 =
275 m/s2 for example.
Fig 8
• Linear acceleration
The bearing is subjected to impact loads
and thus linear accelerations. This causes
hammering in the cage pockets by the un-
loaded rollers. A typical linear acceleration
is generated when rail wheels are rolling
over rail joints (➔ fig 7 b). An analogous
a
application using bearings for vibrating
applications is a road roller where the
roller is vibrating against a relatively hard
surface.
Individual values for the permissible lin-
ear accelerations are provided in the pro-
duct table and are valid for oil lubricated
bearings. The values are expressed in
m/s2, where 90 g stands for 90 × 9,81 = b
883 m/s2 for example.
696
Bearing design SKF Explorer class
SKF spherical roller bearings for vibratory bearings
applications have the same dimensions and
performance values as bearings in the 223 High performance SKF spherical roller bear-
series but have a C4 radial internal clearance ings in the Explorer performance class are
as standard. They are available with either shown with an asterisk in the product tables.
a cylindrical or tapered bore. To facilitate The SKF Explorer bearings retain the designa-
efficient lubrication all bearings are provided tion of the earlier standard bearings, e.g.
with an annular groove and three lubrication 22220 E. However, each bearing and its box
holes in the outer ring. are marked with the name “EXPLORER”.
SKF spherical roller bearings for vibratory
applications are, depending on their size,
available in one of the designs described
below and shown in fig 8 .
Special bearings
SKF produces a wide range of special spher-
E/VA405 design ical roller bearings to meet specific customer
Two surface hardened steel window-type needs. These are, for example, bearings for
cages, flangeless inner ring and guide ring
centred above the cages (a). • printing machines, paper mills or coaters
in high precision execution
EJA/VA405 and CCJA/W33VA405 designs • for very arduous operating conditions as for
Two surface hardened steel window-type example in continuous casting machines
cages of EJA design (b) or CCJA design (c), • high temperature applications
flangeless inner ring and guide ring centred • mounting with loose fit on roll necks
on the outer ring raceway. • railway vehicles
EJA/VA406 and CCJA/W33VA406 designs For detailed information on these spherical
These bearings, which have a PTFE coated roller bearings please contact SKF.
cylindrical bore, have the same features as
a VA405 design bearing. They are available
for shaft diameters from 85 up to 200 mm.
These bearings are intended for the use at
the non-locating bearing position in vibratory
applications to prevent fretting corrosion be-
tween the shaft and the bore of the bearing.
Shafts do not require special heat treatments
or coatings.
System solutions for vibrating screens
In addition to single bearings for vibrating
screens, SKF has developed fault detection
and bearing systems that can extend per-
formance, reduce maintenance and monitor
machine condition in vibratory equipment.
More information on this “SKF Copperhead
system solution for vibrating screens” can
be found on page 1100.
697
Spherical roller bearings
Fig 9
Bearings on sleeves
Spherical roller bearings with a tapered bore
can be mounted on smooth or stepped
shafts using
• an adapter sleeve (➔ fig 9 ), product table
starting on page 744,
• a withdrawal sleeve (➔ fig 10 ), product
table starting on page 758.
The sleeves facilitate bearing mounting and
dismounting and often simplify bearing
arrangement design.
When sealed bearings are to be mounted
on an adapter sleeve it is necessary to pro-
tect the sealing lips from being damaged.
This can be done by
Fig 10
• using an E-design adapter sleeve
(➔ section “Adapter sleeves”, starting on
page 971) or
• inserting an intermediate ring between the
bearing and the locking washer (➔ fig 11 ).
Fig 11
698
Appropriate bearing Fig 12
housings
The combination of a spherical roller bearing
and an appropriate bearing housing consti-
tutes an economic, interchangeable and re-
liable bearing arrangement that meets the
demands for easy maintenance. SKF pro-
duces appropriate housings in a variety of
designs and sizes to suit a wide range of
applications. The designs include
• split plummer (pillow) block housings,
• one-piece plummer (pillow) block housings,
• flanged housings and
• take-up housings
Detailed information on plummer block hous-
ings in the SNL 2, 3, 5 and 6 series (➔ fig 12 )
can be found in the section “Bearing hous-
ings”, starting on page 1027.
A brief description of all SKF housings is
also provided in the chapter “Bearing hous-
ings” where only main design features are
presented. Publications for detailed infor-
mation are listed.
699
Spherical roller bearings
Bearing data – general Width tolerances for bearings with bore
Table 2
Dimensions up to 315 mm
The boundary dimensions for spherical roller Bore Width tolerances
bearings are in accordance with ISO 15:1998. diameter according to
d SKF ISO
The dimensions of the adapter and withdrawal Standard Standard
sleeves correspond to ISO 2982-1:1995. ∆Bs ∆Bs
over incl. high low high low
Tolerances mm µm
SKF spherical roller bearings are manufac-
tured as standard to Normal tolerances. 18 50 0 −60 0 −120
50 80 0 −60 0 −150
SKF Explorer spherical roller bearings up 80 120 0 −80 0 −200
to 315 mm bore diameter with a cylindrical 120 180 0 −80 0 −250
or a tapered bore are produced to higher 180 250 0 −80 0 −300
precision than the ISO Normal tolerances. 250 315 0 −100 0 −350
For example
• the width tolerance is considerable tighter
than the ISO Normal tolerance (➔ table 2 ), Internal clearance
• the running accuracy is to tolerance class SKF spherical roller bearings are produced
P5 as standard. as standard with Normal radial internal clear-
ance and most are also available with a
For larger bearing arrangements where greater C3 clearance. Many bearings can
running accuracy is a key operational par- also be supplied with a smaller C2 clearance
ameter, SKF spherical roller bearings with P5 or the much greater C4 or C5 clearances.
running accuracy are also available. These SKF spherical roller bearings for vibratory
bearings are identified by the suffix C08. applications are produced as standard with
Their availability should be checked. C4 clearance.
The tolerance for the bore and the outside The radial internal clearance limits are
diameter of SKF Explorer spherical roller listed for bearings with
bearings for vibratory applications have
been reduced from Normal to P6 and P5 • cylindrical bore in table 3 and with
respectively. • tapered bore in table 4 .
The values of the tolerances are in accor-
dance with ISO 492:2002 and can be found The clearance limits are in accordance with
in tables 3 to 5 , starting on page 125. ISO 5753:1991 and are valid for bearings
before mounting under zero measuring load.
700
Table 3
Radial internal clearance of spherical roller bearings with cylindrical bore
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4 C5
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm
18 24 10 20 20 35 35 45 45 60 60 75
24 30 15 25 25 40 40 55 55 75 75 95
30 40 15 30 30 45 45 60 60 80 80 100
40 50 20 35 35 55 55 75 75 100 100 125
50 65 20 40 40 65 65 90 90 120 120 150
65 80 30 50 50 80 80 110 110 145 145 185
80 100 35 60 60 100 100 135 135 180 180 225
100 120 40 75 75 120 120 160 160 210 210 260
120 140 50 95 95 145 145 190 190 240 240 300
140 160 60 110 110 170 170 220 220 280 280 350
160 180 65 120 120 180 180 240 240 310 310 390
180 200 70 130 130 200 200 260 260 340 340 430
200 225 80 140 140 220 220 290 290 380 380 470
225 250 90 150 150 240 240 320 320 420 420 520
250 280 100 170 170 260 260 350 350 460 460 570
280 315 110 190 190 280 280 370 370 500 500 630
315 355 120 200 200 310 310 410 410 550 550 690
355 400 130 220 220 340 340 450 450 600 600 750
400 450 140 240 240 370 370 500 500 660 660 820
450 500 140 260 260 410 410 550 550 720 720 900
500 560 150 280 280 440 440 600 600 780 780 1 000
560 630 170 310 310 480 480 650 650 850 850 1 100
630 710 190 350 350 530 530 700 700 920 920 1 190
710 800 210 390 390 580 580 770 770 1 010 1 010 1 300
800 900 230 430 430 650 650 860 860 1 120 1 120 1 440
900 1 000 260 480 480 710 710 930 930 1 220 1 220 1 570
1 000 1 120 290 530 530 780 780 1 020 1 020 1 330 1 330 1 720
1 120 1 250 320 580 580 860 860 1 120 1 120 1 460 1 460 1 870
1 250 1 400 350 640 640 950 950 1 240 1 240 1 620 1 620 2 060
1 400 1 600 400 720 720 1 060 1 060 1 380 1 380 1 800 1 800 2 300
1 600 1 800 450 810 810 1 180 1 180 1 550 1 550 2 000 2 000 2 550
Please refer to page 137 for definition of radial internal clearance
701
Spherical roller bearings
Table 4
Radial internal clearance of spherical roller bearings with tapered bore
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4 C5
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm
24 30 20 30 30 40 40 55 55 75 – –
30 40 25 35 35 50 50 65 65 85 85 105
40 50 30 45 45 60 60 80 80 100 100 130
50 65 40 55 55 75 75 95 95 120 120 160
65 80 50 70 70 95 95 120 120 150 150 200
80 100 55 80 80 110 110 140 140 180 180 230
100 120 65 100 100 135 135 170 170 220 220 280
120 140 80 120 120 160 160 200 200 260 260 330
140 160 90 130 130 180 180 230 230 300 300 380
160 180 100 140 140 200 200 260 260 340 340 430
180 200 110 160 160 220 220 290 290 370 370 470
200 225 120 180 180 250 250 320 320 410 410 520
225 250 140 200 200 270 270 350 350 450 450 570
250 280 150 220 220 300 300 390 390 490 490 620
280 315 170 240 240 330 330 430 430 540 540 680
315 355 190 270 270 360 360 470 470 590 590 740
355 400 210 300 300 400 400 520 520 650 650 820
400 450 230 330 330 440 440 570 570 720 720 910
450 500 260 370 370 490 490 630 630 790 790 1 000
500 560 290 410 410 540 540 680 680 870 870 1 100
560 630 320 460 460 600 600 760 760 980 980 1 230
630 710 350 510 510 670 670 850 850 1 090 1 090 1 360
710 800 390 570 570 750 750 960 960 1 220 1 220 1 500
800 900 440 640 640 840 840 1 070 1 070 1 370 1 370 1 690
900 1 000 490 710 710 930 930 1 190 1 190 1 520 1 520 1 860
1 000 1 120 530 770 770 1 030 1 030 1 300 1 300 1 670 1 670 2 050
1 120 1 250 570 830 830 1 120 1 120 1 420 1 420 1 830 1 830 2 250
1 250 1 400 620 910 910 1 230 1 230 1 560 1 560 2 000 2 000 2 450
1 400 1 600 680 1 000 1 000 1 350 1 350 1 720 1 720 2 200 2 200 2 700
1 600 1 800 750 1 110 1 110 1 500 1 500 1 920 1 920 2 400 2 400 2 950
Please refer to page 137 for definition of radial internal clearance
702
Misalignment Table 5
The design of spherical roller bearings is Permissible angular misalignment
such that they are inherently self-aligning, Bearing Permissible
i.e. angular misalignment between the outer series angular
and inner rings can be accommodated with- Sizes1) misalignment
out any effect on bearing performance. – degrees
Under normal loads and operating conditions
(C/P > 10), and when misalignment is con- Series 213 2
stant in position with respect to the outer ring, Series 222
the guideline values for permissible misalign- Sizes < 52 2
ment given in table 5 apply. Whether these Sizes ≥ 52 1,5
values can be fully exploited or not depends Series 223 3
on the design of the bearing arrangement, Series 230
the type of seals used etc. Sizes < 56 2
When the position of the misalignment is Sizes ≥ 56 2,5
not constant with respect to the bearing outer Series 231
ring, e.g. in Sizes < 60 2
Sizes ≥ 60 3
• vibrating screens with rotating imbalance Series 232
Sizes < 52 2,5
and therefore rotating deflection of the Sizes ≥ 52 3,5
shaft (➔ fig 13 ), or Series 238 1,5
• deflection-compensating rolls of paper
machines where the stationary shaft is bent, Series 239 1,5
Series 240 2
additional sliding is caused in the bearing Series 241
under the operating conditions. Therefore, Sizes < 64 2,5
with reference to bearing friction and associ- Sizes ≥ 64 3,5
ated heat generation, it is recommended Series 248 1,5
that misalignment of the inner ring with Series 249 2,5
respect to the outer ring should not exceed
a few tenths of a degree.
Sealed bearings can accommodate angu-
lar misalignments of the shaft with respect
to the housing of up to approximately 0,5°. 1)
Last two figures of bearings designations
Provided the guideline value is not exceeded,
there will be no detrimental effect on the
efficiency of the seals. Fig 13
703
Spherical roller bearings
Influence of operating temperature P0m = 0,01 C0
on bearing material
All SKF spherical roller bearings undergo where
a special heat treatment so that they can be P0m = minimum equivalent static load, kN
operated at higher temperatures for longer C0 = basic static load rating, kN
periods, without the occurrence of inadmis- (➔ product tables)
sible dimensional changes. For example,
a temperature of +200 °C for 2 500 h, or for In some applications it is not possible to
short periods at even higher temperatures reach or exceed the requisite minimum load.
is permitted. However, if the bearing is oil lubricated lower
minimum loads are permissible. These loads
Axial load carrying capacity can be calculated when n/nr ≤ 0,3 from
Because of their special internal design, SKF
spherical roller bearings are able to accom- P0m = 0,003 C0
modate heavy axial loads and even purely
axial loads. and when 0,3 < n/nr ≤ 2 from
Axial load carrying capacity of bearings
mounted on an adapter sleeve ( √
P0m = 0,003 C0 1 + 2
n
nr
− 0,3 )
If spherical roller bearings with adapter sleeves
are mounted on smooth shafts with no fixed where
abutment, the magnitude of the axial load P0m = minimum equivalent static bearing
that can be supported is determined by the load, kN
friction between the shaft and sleeve. Pro- C0 = basic static load rating, kN
vided the bearings are correctly mounted, the (➔ product tables)
permissible axial load can be calculated from n = rotational speed, r/min
nr = reference speed, r/min
Fap = 0,003 B d (➔ product tables)
where When starting up at low temperatures or
Fap = maximum permissible axial load, kN when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
B = bearing width, mm greater minimum loads than P0m = 0,01 C0
d = bearing bore diameter, mm may be required. The weight of the com-
ponents supported by the bearing, together
Minimum load with external forces, generally exceeds the
In order to provide satisfactory operation, requisite minimum load. If this is not the
spherical roller bearings, like all ball and case, the spherical roller bearing must be
roller bearings, must always be subjected to subjected to an additional radial load.
a given minimum load, particularly if they are NoWear spherical roller bearings have
to operate at high speeds or are subjected proven to give reliable operation at very low
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the loads. They can withstand longer periods of
direction of load. Under such conditions the insufficient lubrication, sudden variations in
inertia forces of the rollers and cage(s), and load and rapid speed changes (➔ page 939).
the friction in the lubricant, can have a detri-
mental influence on the rolling conditions in
the bearing arrangement and may cause
damaging sliding movements to occur be-
tween the rollers and raceways.
The requisite minimum load to be applied
to spherical roller bearings can be estimated
using
704
Equivalent dynamic bearing load 2CS2 Sheet steel reinforced contact seal
For dynamically loaded spherical roller of fluoro rubber (FPM) on both
bearings sides of the bearing. Annular
groove and three lubrication
P = Fr + Y 1 F a when Fa/Fr ≤ e holes in the outer ring; covered
P = 0,67 Fr + Y2Fa when Fa/Fr > e with a polymer band. Lubricated
with a polyurea high temperature
The values of the calculation factors e, Y1 grease
and Y2 will be found in the product tables. 2CS5 Sheet steel reinforced contact
seal of hydrogenated acrylonitrile
Equivalent static bearing load butadiene rubber (HNBR) on both
For statically loaded spherical roller sides of the bearing. Otherwise
bearings as 2CS2
HA3 Inner ring of case-hardening steel
P 0 = Fr + Y 0 F a K Tapered bore, taper 1:12
K30 Tapered bore, taper 1:30
The value of the calculation factor Y0 will be P5 Dimensional and running accuracy
found in the product tables. to ISO tolerance class 5
P6 Dimensional and running accuracy
Supplementary designations to ISO tolerance class 6
The designation suffixes used to identify P62 P6 + C2
certain features of SKF spherical roller bear- VA405 Bearings for vibratory applications
ings are explained in the following. The suf- with surface hardened cages
fixes used to identify bearing (and cage) de- VA406 VA405 and PTFE-coated bore
sign, e.g. CC or E, are not included here as VE552(E) Outer ring with three equally
they are explained in the section “Standard spaced threaded holes in one side
bearings” on page 692. face to accommodate hoisting
tackle; the E indicates that appro-
C2 Radial internal clearance smaller priate eye bolts are supplied with
than Normal the bearings
C3 Radial internal clearance greater VE553(E) As VE552 but with threaded holes
than Normal in both side faces
C4 Radial internal clearance greater VG114 Surface hardened pressed steel
than C3 cage
C5 Radial internal clearance greater VQ424 Running accuracy better than C08
than C4 VT143 Grease fill with an extreme
C08 Heightened running accuracy to pressure grease according to
ISO tolerance class 5 table 1 on page 694
C083 C08 + C3 W Without annular groove and lubri-
C084 C08 + C4 cation holes in outer ring
2CS Sheet steel reinforced contact seal W20 Three lubrication holes in the outer
of acrylonitrile butadiene rubber ring
(NBR) on both sides of the bearing. W26 Six lubrication holes in the inner
Annular groove and three lubrica- ring
tion holes in the outer ring covered W33 Annular groove and three lubrica-
with a polymer band. Lubricated tion holes in the outer ring
with an extreme pressure bearing W64 Solid Oil filling
grease according to table 1 on W77 Plugged W33 lubrication holes
page 694 W513 W26 + W33
235220 Inner ring of case-hardened steel
with helical groove in bore
705
Spherical roller bearings
Mounting bearings Measuring clearance reduction
The method using feeler gauges for measur-
with tapered bore ing the radial internal clearance before and
after mounting bearings is applicable for
Bearings with a tapered bore are always medium and large-sized bearings. The
mounted with an interference fit. The reduc- clearance should always be measured be-
tion in radial internal clearance, or the axial tween the outer ring and an unloaded roller
displacement of the inner ring on its tapered (➔ fig 14 ). Before measuring, rotate the inner
seating is used as a measure of the degree or outer ring a few times. Care must be taken
of interference. to see that both bearing rings and the roller
Suitable methods for mounting spherical complement are centrically arranged with
roller bearings with tapered bore are: respect to each other. For the first measure-
ment, a blade should be selected which is
• measuring the clearance reduction, slightly thinner than the minimum value for
• measuring the lock nut tightening angle, the clearance. The procedure should be
• measuring the axial drive-up, repeated using slightly thicker blades each
• measuring the inner ring expansion. time until a certain resistance is felt when
moving between
Small bearings with a bore diameter up to
100 mm can be properly mounted by measur- • outer ring and uppermost roller
ing the lock nut tightening angle. For larger (a) – before mounting
bearings the SKF Drive-up Method is recom- • outer ring and lowest roller
mended. This method is more accurate and (b) – after mounting.
takes less time than the procedure based on
clearance reduction or the lock nut tighten- Guideline values for the permissible min-
ing angle. Measuring the inner ring expan- imum clearance after mounting are given
sion, i.e. applying the SKF SensorMount® in table 6 .
Method, allows large size bearings to be
mounted simply, quickly and accurately,
since a sensor is integrated into the bearing
inner ring.
Fig 14
a b
706
Table 6
Guideline values for reduction of radial internal clearance, axial drive-up and lock nut tightening angle
Bore Reduction of Axial drive-up1) Permissible residual2) Lock nut
diameter radial internal s radial clearance after tightening
d clearance Taper Taper mounting bearings angle
1:12 1:30 with initial clearance α
over incl. min max min max min max Normal C3 C4
mm mm mm mm degrees
24 30 0,015 0,020 0,3 0,35 – – 0,015 0,020 0,035 110
30 40 0,020 0,025 0,35 0,4 – – 0,015 0,025 0,040 120
40 50 0,025 0,030 0,4 0,45 – – 0,020 0,030 0,050 130
50 65 0,030 0,040 0,45 0,6 3 4 0,025 0,035 0,055 110
65 80 0,040 0,050 0,6 0,7 3,2 4,2 0,025 0,040 0,070 130
80 100 0,045 0,060 0,7 0,9 1,7 2,2 0,035 0,050 0,080 150
100 120 0,050 0,070 0,75 1,1 1,9 2,7 0,050 0,065 0,100 –
120 140 0,065 0,090 1,1 1,4 2,7 3,5 0,055 0,080 0,110 –
140 160 0,075 0,100 1,2 1,6 3 4 0,055 0,090 0,130 –
160 180 0,080 0,110 1,3 1,7 3,2 4,2 0,060 0,100 0,150 –
180 200 0,090 0,130 1,4 2 3,5 5 0,070 0,100 0,160 –
200 225 0,100 0,140 1,6 2,2 4 5,5 0,080 0,120 0,180 –
225 250 0,110 0,150 1,7 2,4 4,2 6 0,090 0,130 0,200 –
250 280 0,120 0,170 1,9 2,7 4,7 6,7 0,100 0,140 0,220 –
280 315 0,130 0,190 2 3 5 7,5 0,110 0,150 0,240 –
315 355 0,150 0,210 2,4 3,3 6 8,2 0,120 0,170 0,260 –
355 400 0,170 0,230 2,6 3,6 6,5 9 0,130 0,190 0,290 –
400 450 0,200 0,260 3,1 4 7,7 10 0,130 0,200 0,310 –
450 500 0,210 0,280 3,3 4,4 8,2 11 0,160 0,230 0,350 –
500 560 0,240 0,320 3,7 5 9,2 12,5 0,170 0,250 0,360 –
560 630 0,260 0,350 4 5,4 10 13,5 0,200 0,290 0,410 –
630 710 0,300 0,400 4,6 6,2 11,5 15,5 0,210 0,310 0,450 –
710 800 0,340 0,450 5,3 7 13,3 17,5 0,230 0,350 0,510 –
800 900 0,370 0,500 5,7 7,8 14,3 19,5 0,270 0,390 0,570 –
900 1 000 0,410 0,550 6,3 8,5 15,8 21 0,300 0,430 0,640 –
1 000 1 120 0,450 0,600 6,8 9 17 23 0,320 0,480 0,700 –
1 120 1 250 0,490 0,650 7,4 9,8 18,5 25 0,340 0,540 0,770 –
1 250 1 400 0,550 0,720 8,3 10,8 21 27 0,360 0,590 0,840 –
1 400 1 600 0,600 0,800 9,1 11,9 22,7 29,8 0,400 0,650 0,920 –
1 600 1 800 0,670 0,900 10,2 13,4 25,4 33,6 0,440 0,720 1,020 –
1)
Valid only for solid steel shafts and general application. Not valid for the SKF Drive-up Method
2)
The residual clearance must be checked in cases where the initial radial internal clearance is in the lower half of the
tolerance range, and where large temperature differentials between the bearing rings can arise in operation. The
residual clearance must not be less than the minimum values quoted above
707
Spherical roller bearings
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle Fig 15
Mounting small to medium-size bearings on
tapered seatings is easy when the tightening
angle α of the locking nut (➔ fig 15 ) and the
method that is described in the following is
used. Guideline values for the tightening
angle α are given in table 6 .
Before starting the final tightening proced-
ure, the bearing should always be pushed
up on the tapered seating until the bore of
the bearing is in contact with the seating on
the shaft or sleeve around its whole circum- α
ference. By turning the nut through the given
angle the bearing will then be pressed up the
tapered seating. The residual clearance of
the bearing should be checked, if possible.
Then unscrew the nut, place the locking
washer in position and tighten the nut firmly
again. Lock the nut by bending one of the Fig 16
locking washer tabs into the nut slot or by
attaching the locking clip to the nut.
d
Measuring the axial drive-up
Mounting bearings with a tapered bore can
be done by measuring the axial drive-up s of a
the inner ring on its seating. Guideline values
for the required axial drive-up s for general
applications are given in table 6 .
The most suitable method in this case is
the SKF Drive-up Method. This mounting
method provides a very reliable and easy
way to determine the starting position for
a bearing from which the axial displacement c
is to be measured. For that, the following
mounting tools (➔ fig 16 ) must be used:
• an SKF hydraulic nut of the HMV .. E b
design (a),
• a hydraulic pump (b) with
• a pressure gauge (c), appropriate to the
mounting conditions, and
• a dial gauge (d).
708
Fig 17 Using the drive-up method the bearing is
pushed up its seating to a defined starting
position (➔ fig 17 ) using a given oil pressure
(corresponding to a given drive-up force)
“zero” position
in the hydraulic nut. In this way, part of the
starting position
desired reduction in radial internal clearance
ss final position
is achieved. The oil pressure is monitored by
the pressure gauge. The bearing is then
driven up from the defined starting position
through a given distance to its final position.
The axial displacement ss is accurately
determined using the dial gauge mounted
on the hydraulic nut.
SKF has determined values of the requisite
oil pressure and the axial displacement for
the individual bearings. These values apply
to bearing arrangements (➔ fig 18 ) with
• one sliding interface (a) and (b) or
• two sliding interfaces (c).
Fig 18
709
Spherical roller bearings
Measuring the inner ring expansion Additional mounting information
Measuring inner ring expansion allows Additional information on mounting spher-
large-size spherical roller bearings with ical roller bearings in general or with the aid
a tapered bore to be mounted simply, quick- of the SKF Drive-up Method can be found
ly and accurately without measuring the ra-
dial internal clearance before and after • in the handbook “SKF Drive-up Method”
mounting. The SKF Sensor Mount Method on CD-ROM,
uses a sensor, integrated into the bearing in- • in the “SKF Interactive Engineering
ner ring, and a dedicated hand-held indica- Catalogue” on CD-ROM or online at
tor (➔ fig 19 ). www.skf.com or
The bearing is driven up the tapered seating • online at www.skf.com/mount.
using common SKF mounting tools. The in-
formation from the sensor is processed by
the indicator. Inner ring expansion is dis-
played as the relationship between the
clearance reduction (mm) and the bearing
bore diameter (m).
Aspects like bearing size, smoothness,
shaft material or design – solid or hollow –
do not need to be considered.
For detailed information about the SKF
SensorMount Method please contact the
SKF application engineering service.
Fig 19
0,000
ON
CLR MAX
0FF
TMEM 1500
SensoMount Indicator
710
711
Spherical roller bearings
d 20 – 70 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
20 52 18 49 44 4,75 13 000 17 000 0,28
* 22205/20 E –
25 52 18 49 44 4,75 13 000 17 000 0,26
62 17 41,4 41,5 4,55 8 500 12 000 0,28 * 22205 E
21305 CC * –22205 EK
30 62 20 64 60 6,4 11 000 14 000 0,29
72 19 55,2 61 6,8 7 500 10 000 0,41 * 22206 E
21306 CC
22206 EK
* 21306 CCK
35 72 23 86,5 85 9,3 9 000 12 000 0,45
80 21 65,6 72 8,15 6 700 9 500 0,55 * 22207 E
21307 CC
22207 EK
* 21307 CCK
40 80 23 96,5 90 9,8 8 000 11 000 0,53
90 23 104 108 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,75 * 22208 E
* 22208 EK
90 33 150 140 15 6 000 8 000 1,05 * 21308 E
22308 E * 21308 EK
22308 EK
* *
45 85 23 102 98 10,8 7 500 10 000 0,58
100 25 125 127 13,7 5 300 7 000 0,99 * 22209 E
* 22209 EK
100 36 183 183 19,6 5 300 7 000 1,40 * 21309 E
22309 E * 21309 EK
22309 EK
* *
50 90 23 104 108 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,63
110 27 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,35 * 22210 E
* 22210 EK
110 40 220 224 24 4 800 6 300 1,90 * 21310 E
22310 E * 21310 EK
22310 EK
* *
55 100 25 125 137 13,7 6 300 8 000 0,84
120 29 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,70 * 22211 E
* 22211 EK
120 43 270 280 30 4 300 5 600 2,45 * 21311 E
* 21311 EK
* 22311 E * 22311 EK
60 110 28 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,15
130 31 212 240 26,5 4 800 6 300 2,10 * 22212 E
* 22212 EK
130 46 310 335 36,5 4 000 5 300 3,10 * 21312 E
22312 E * 21312 EK
22312 EK
* *
65 120 31 193 216 24 4 300 7 000 1,55
140 33 236 270 29 4 300 6 000 2,55 * 22213 E
* 22213 EK
140 48 340 360 38 3 800 5 000 3,75 * 21313 E
22313 E * 21313 EK
22313 EK
* *
70 125 31 208 228 25,5 5 000 6 700 1,55
150 35 285 325 34,5 3 400 4 500 3,10 * 22214 E
* 22214 EK
150 51 400 430 45 3 400 4 500 4,55 * 21314 E
22314 E * 21314 EK
22314 EK
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
712
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
20 31,2 44,2 3,7 2 1 25,6 46,4 1 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
25 31,2 44,2 3,7 2 1 30,6 46,4 1 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
35,7 50,7 – – 1,1 32 55 1 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
30 37,7 53 3,7 2 1 35,6 56,4 1 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
43,3 58,8 – – 1,1 37 65 1 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
35 44,5 61,8 3,7 2 1,1 42 65 1 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
47,2 65,6 – – 1,5 44 71 1,5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
40 49,6 69,4 5,5 3 1,1 47 73 1 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
59,9 79 – – 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
49,9 74,3 5,5 3 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
45 54,9 74,4 5,5 3 1,1 52 78 1 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
65,3 87,9 5,5 3 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
57,6 83,1 5,5 3 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
50 59,9 79 5,5 3 1,1 57 83 1 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
72,6 96 5,5 3 2 61 99 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
63,9 91,9 5,5 3 2 61 99 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
55 65,3 87,9 5,5 3 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
72,6 96 5,5 3 2 66 109 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
70,1 102 5,5 3 2 66 109 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
60 72,6 96,3 5,5 3 1,5 69 101 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
87,8 115 5,5 3 2,1 72 118 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
77,9 110 5,5 4,5 2,1 72 118 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
65 80 106 5,5 3 1,5 74 111 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
94,7 124 5,5 3 2,1 77 128 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
81,6 118 8,3 4,5 2,1 77 128 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
70 83 111 5,5 3 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
101 133 5,5 3 2,1 82 138 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
90,3 128 8,3 4,5 2,1 82 138 2 0,33 2 3 2
713
Spherical roller bearings
d 75 – 110 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
75 115 40 173 232 28,5 3 800 5 300 1,55
130 31 212 240 26,5 4 800 6 300 1,70 * 24015 CC/W33 –
160 37 285 325 34,5 4 000 5 600 3,75 * 22215 E
21315 E * 22215 EK
160 55 440 475 48 3 200 4 300 5,55 * 22315 E * 21315 EK
22315 EK
* *
80 140 33 236 270 29 4 300 6 000 2,10
170 39 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 4,45 * 22216 E
* 22216 EK
170 58 490 540 54 3 000 4 000 6,60 * 21316 E
22316 E * 21316 EK
22316 EK
* *
85 150 36 285 325 34,5 4 000 5 600 2,65
180 41 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 5,20 * 22217 E
* 22217 EK
180 60 550 620 61 2 800 3 800 7,65 * 21317 E
22317 E * 21317 EK
22317 EK
* *
90 160 40 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 3,40
160 52,4 355 440 48 2 800 3 800 4,65 * 22218 E
* 22218 EK
190 43 380 450 46,5 3 600 4 800 6,10 * 23218 CC/W33
* 23218 CCK/W33
190 64 610 695 67 2 600 3 600 9,05 * 21318 E
22318 E * 21318 EK
22318 EK
* *
95 170 43 380 450 46,5 3 600 4 800 4,15
200 45 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 7,05 * 22219 E
* 22219 EK
200 67 670 765 73,5 2 600 3 400 10,5 * 21319 E
* 21319 EK
* 22319 E * 22319 EK
100 150 50 285 415 45,5 2 800 4 000 3,15
165 52 365 490 53 3 000 4 000 4,55 * 24020 CC/W33 –
165 65 455 640 68 2 200 3 200 5,65 * 23120 CC/W33
24120 CC/W33 * –23120 CCK/W33
*
180 46 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 4,90
180 60,3 475 600 63 2 400 3 400 6,85 * 22220 E
* 22220 EK
215 47 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 8,60 * 23220 CC/W33
21320 E * 23220 CCK/W33
21320 EK
215 73 815 950 88 2 400 3 000 13,5 * 22320 E * 22320 EK
* *
110 170 45 310 440 46,5 3 400 4 300 3,80
170 60 415 620 67 2 200 3 600 5,00 * 23022 CC/W33
* 23022 CCK/W33
180 56 430 585 61 2 800 3 600 5,75 * 24022 CC/W33
23122 CC/W33 * 24022 CCK30/W33
23122 CCK/W33
180 69 520 750 78 2 200 3 000 7,10 * 24122 CC/W33 * 24122 CCK30/W33
* *
200 53 560 640 63 3 000 4 000 7,00
200 69,8 600 765 76,5 2 200 3 000 9,85 * 22222 E
* 22222 EK
240 80 950 1 120 100 2 000 2 800 18,4 * 23222 CC/W33
22322 E * 23222 CCK/W33
22322 EK
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
714
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
75 84,1 100 5,5 3 1,1 81 109 1 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
87,8 115 5,5 3 1,5 84 121 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
101 133 5,5 3 2,1 87 148 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
92,8 135 8,3 4,5 2,1 87 148 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
80 94,7 127 5,5 3 2 91 129 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
106 141 5,5 3 2,1 92 158 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
98,3 143 8,3 4,5 2,1 92 158 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
85 101 133 5,5 3 2 96 139 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
106 141 5,5 3 3 99 166 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
108 154 8,3 4,5 3 99 166 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
90 106 141 5,5 3 2 101 149 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
106 137 5,5 3 2 101 149 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
112 150 8,3 4,5 3 104 176 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
113 161 11,1 6 3 104 176 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
95 112 150 8,3 4,5 2,1 107 158 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
118 159 8,3 4,5 3 109 186 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
118 168 11,1 6 3 109 186 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
100 111 132 5,5 3 1,5 107 143 1,5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
115 144 5,5 3 2 111 154 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
113 141 5,5 3 2 111 154 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
118 159 8,3 4,5 2,1 112 168 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
117 153 8,3 4,5 2,1 112 168 2 0,33 2 3 2
118 159 8,3 4,5 3 114 201 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
130 184 11,1 6 3 114 201 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
110 125 151 5,5 3 2 120 160 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
122 149 5,5 3 2 120 160 2 0,33 2 3 2
126 157 8,3 4,5 2 121 169 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
123 153 5,5 3 2 121 169 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
130 178 8,3 4,5 2,1 122 188 2 0,25 2,7 4 2,5
130 169 8,3 4,5 2,1 122 188 2 0,33 2 3 2
143 204 13,9 7,5 3 124 226 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
715
Spherical roller bearings
d 120 – 150 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
120 180 46 355 510 53 3 200 4 000 4,20
180 60 430 670 68 2 000 3 400 5,45 * 23024 CC/W33
* 23024 CCK/W33
200 62 510 695 71 2 400 3 400 8,00 * 24024 CC/W33
23124 CC/W33 * 24024 CCK30/W33
23124 CCK/W33
200 80 655 950 95 1 900 2 600 10,3 * 24124 CC/W33 * 24124 CCK30/W33
* *
215 58 630 765 73,5 2 800 3 800 8,70
215 76 695 930 93 2 000 2 800 12,0 * 22224 E
* 22224 EK
260 86 965 1 120 100 2 000 2 600 23,0 * 23224 CC/W33
22324 CC/W33 * 23224 CCK/W33
22324 CCK/W33
* *
130 200 52 430 610 62 2 800 3 600 6,00
200 69 540 815 81,5 1 900 3 000 8,05 * 23026 CC/W33
* 23026 CCK/W33
210 64 560 780 78 2 400 3 200 8,80 * 24026 CC/W33
23126 CC/W33 * 24026 CCK30/W33
23126 CCK/W33
210 80 680 1 000 100 1 800 2 400 11,0 * 24126 CC/W33 * 24126 CCK30/W33
* *
230 64 735 930 88 2 600 3 600 11,0
230 80 780 1 060 104 1 900 2 600 14,5 * 22226 E
* 22226 EK
280 93 1 120 1 320 114 1 700 2 400 29,0 * 23226 CC/W33
22326 CC/W33 * 23226 CCK/W33
22326 CCK/W33
* *
140 210 53 465 680 68 2 600 3 400 6,55
210 69 570 900 88 1 800 2 800 8,55 * 23028 CC/W33
* 23028 CCK/W33
225 68 630 900 88 2 200 2 800 10,5 * 24028 CC/W33
* 24028 CCK30/W33
225 85 673 1 160 112 1 500 2 400 13,5 * 23128 CC/W33
24128 CC/W33 * 23128 CCK/W33
24128 CCK30/W33
* *
250 68 710 900 86,5 2 400 3 200 14,0
250 88 915 1 250 120 1 600 2 400 19,0 * 22228 CC/W33
* 22228 CCK/W33
300 102 1 290 1 560 132 1 700 2 200 36,5 * 23228 CC/W33
* 23228 CCK/W33
* 22328 CC/W33 * 22328 CCK/W33
150 225 56 510 750 73,5 2 400 3 200 7,95
225 75 655 1 040 100 1 700 2 600 10,5 * 23030 CC/W33
* 23030 CCK/W33
250 80 830 1 200 114 2 000 2 600 16,0 * 24030 CC/W33
23130 CC/W33 * 24030 CCK30/W33
23130 CCK/W33
250 100 1 020 1 530 146 1 400 2 200 20,0 * 24130 CC/W33 * 24130 CCK30/W33
* *
270 73 850 1 080 102 2 200 3 000 18,0
270 96 1 080 1 460 137 1 500 2 200 24,5 * 22230 CC/W33
* 22230 CCK/W33
320 108 1 460 1 760 146 1 600 2 000 43,5 * 23230 CC/W33
22330 CC/W33 * 23230 CCK/W33
22330 CCK/W33
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
716
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
120 135 163 5,5 3 2 130 170 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
132 159 5,5 3 2 130 170 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
139 174 8,3 4,5 2 131 189 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
135 168 5,5 3 2 131 189 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
141 189 11,1 6 2,1 132 203 2 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
141 182 8,3 4,5 2,1 132 203 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
152 216 13,9 7,5 3 134 246 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
130 148 180 8,3 4,5 2 140 190 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
145 175 5,5 3 2 140 190 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
148 184 8,3 4,5 2 141 199 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
146 180 5,5 3 2 141 199 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
152 201 11,1 6 3 144 216 2,5 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
151 196 8,3 4,5 3 144 216 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
164 233 16,7 9 4 148 262 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
140 158 190 8,3 4,5 2 150 200 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
155 185 5,5 3 2 150 200 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
159 197 8,3 4,5 2,1 152 213 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
156 193 8,3 4,5 2,1 152 213 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
166 216 11,1 6 3 154 236 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
165 212 11,1 6 3 154 236 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
175 247 16,7 9 4 157 283 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
150 169 203 8,3 4,5 2,1 161 214 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
165 197 5,5 3 2,1 161 214 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
172 216 11,1 6 2,1 162 238 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
169 211 8,3 4,5 2,1 162 238 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
178 234 13,9 7,5 3 164 256 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
175 228 11,1 6 3 164 256 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
188 266 16,7 9 4 167 303 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
717
Spherical roller bearings
d 160 – 190 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
160 240 60 585 880 83 2 400 3 000 9,70
240 80 750 1 200 114 1 700 2 400 13,0 * 23032 CC/W33
* 23032 CCK/W33
270 86 980 1 370 129 1 700 2 400 20,5 * 24032 CC/W33
23132 CC/W33 * 24032 CCK30/W33
23132 CCK/W33
270 109 1 180 1 760 163 1 400 1 900 25,0 * 24132 CC/W33 * 24132 CCK30/W33
* *
290 80 1 000 1 290 118 2 000 2 800 22,5
290 104 1 220 1 660 153 1 500 2 200 31,0 * 22232 CC/W33
* 22232 CCK/W33
340 114 1 600 1 960 160 1 500 1 900 52,0 * 23232 CC/W33
22332 CC/W33 * 23232 CCK/W33
22332 CCK/W33
* *
170 260 67 710 1 060 100 2 200 2 800 13,0
260 90 930 1 460 137 1 400 2 400 17,5 * 23034 CC/W33
* 23034 CCK/W33
280 88 1 040 1 500 137 1 800 2 400 22,0 * 24034 CC/W33
23134 CC/W33 * 24034 CCK30/W33
23134 CCK/W33
280 109 1 220 1 860 170 1 300 1 900 27,5 * 24134 CC/W33 * 24134 CCK30/W33
* *
310 86 1 120 1 460 132 1 900 2 600 28,5
310 110 1 400 1 930 173 1 400 2 000 37,5 * 22234 CC/W33
* 22234 CCK/W33
360 120 1 760 2 160 176 1 400 1 800 61,0 * 23234 CC/W33
22334 CC/W33 * 23234 CCK/W33
22334 CCK/W33
* *
180 250 52 431 830 76,5 2 400 2 800 7,90 23936 CC/W33 23936 CCK/W33
280 74 830 1 250 114 2 000 2 600 17,0
280 100 1 080 1 730 156 1 500 2 200 23,0 * 23036 CC/W33
* 23036 CCK/W33
300 96 1 200 1 760 160 1 500 2 200 28,0 * 24036 CC/W33
23136 CC/W33 * 24036 CCK30/W33
23136 CCK/W33
300 118 1 400 2 160 196 1 300 1 700 34,5 * 24136 CC/W33 * 24136 CCK30/W33
* *
320 86 1 180 1 560 140 1 800 2 600 29,5
320 112 1 500 2 120 186 1 300 1 900 39,5 * 22236 CC/W33
* 22236 CCK/W33
380 126 2 000 2 450 193 1 300 1 700 71,5 * 23236 CC/W33
22336 CC/W33 * 23236 CCK/W33
22336 CCK/W33
* *
190 260 52 414 800 76,5 2 200 2 600 8,30 23938 CC/W33 23938 CCK/W33
290 75 865 1 340 122 1 900 2 400 18,0
290 100 1 120 1 800 163 1 400 2 000 24,5 * 23038 CC/W33
* 23038 CCK/W33
320 104 1 370 2 080 183 1 500 2 000 35,0 * 24038 CC/W33
23138 CC/W33 * 24038 CCK30/W33
23138 CCK/W33
320 128 1 600 2 500 212 1 200 1 600 43,0 * 24138 CC/W33 * 24138 CCK30/W33
* *
340 92 1 270 1 700 150 1 700 2 400 36,5
340 120 1 660 2 400 208 1 300 1 800 48,0 * 22238 CC/W33
* 22238 CCK/W33
400 132 2 120 2 650 208 1 200 1 800 82,5 * 23238 CC/W33
22338 CC/W33 * 23238 CCK/W33
22338 CCK/W33
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
718
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
160 180 217 11,1 6 2,1 171 229 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
176 211 8,3 4,5 2,1 171 229 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
184 234 13,9 7,5 2,1 172 258 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
181 228 8,3 4,5 2,1 172 258 2 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
191 250 13,9 7,5 3 174 276 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
188 244 13,9 7,5 3 174 276 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
200 282 16,7 9 4 177 323 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
170 191 232 11,1 6 2,1 181 249 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
188 226 8,3 4,5 2,1 181 249 2 0,33 2 3 2
195 244 13,9 7,5 2,1 182 268 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
190 237 8,3 4,5 2,1 182 268 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
203 267 16,7 9 4 187 293 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
200 261 13,9 7,5 4 187 293 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
213 300 16,7 9 4 187 343 3 0,33 2 3 2
180 199 231 5,5 3 2 190 240 2 0,18 3,8 5,6 3,6
204 249 13,9 7,5 2,1 191 269 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
201 243 8,3 4,5 2,1 191 269 2 0,33 2 3 2
207 259 13,9 7,5 3 194 286 2,5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
203 253 11,1 6 3 194 286 2,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
213 278 16,7 9 4 197 303 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
211 271 13,9 7,5 4 197 303 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
224 317 22,3 12 4 197 363 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
190 209 240 5,5 3 2 200 250 2 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
216 261 13,9 7,5 2,1 201 279 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
210 253 8,3 4,5 2,1 201 279 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
220 276 13,9 7,5 3 204 306 2,5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
215 268 11,1 6 3 204 306 2,5 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
225 294 16,7 9 4 207 323 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
222 287 16,7 9 4 207 323 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
236 333 22,3 12 5 210 380 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
719
Spherical roller bearings
d 200 – 260 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
200 280 60 546 1 040 93 2 000 2 400 11,5 23940 CC/W33 23940 CCK/W33
310 82 1 000 1 530 137 1 800 2 200 23,3
310 109 1 290 2 120 186 1 300 1 900 31,0 * 23040 CC/W33
* 23040 CCK/W33
340 112 1 600 2 360 204 1 500 1 900 43,0 * 24040 CC/W33
23140 CC/W33 * 24040 CCK30/W33
23140 CCK/W33
340 140 1 800 2 800 232 1 100 1 500 53,5 * 24140 CC/W33 * 24140 CCK30/W33
* *
360 98 1 460 1 930 166 1 600 2 200 43,5
360 128 1 860 2 700 228 1 200 1 700 58,0 * 22240 CC/W33
* 22240 CCK/W33
420 138 2 320 2 900 224 1 200 1 500 95,0 * 23240 CC/W33
22340 CC/W33 * 23240 CCK/W33
22340 CCK/W33
* *
220 300 60 546 1 080 93 1 900 2 200 12,5 23944 CC/W33 23944 CCK/W33
340 90 1 220 1 860 163 1 600 2 000 30,5
340 118 1 560 2 600 212 1 200 1 700 40,0 * 23044 CC/W33
* 23044 CCK/W33
370 120 1 800 2 750 232 1 300 1 700 53,5 * 24044 CC/W33
23144 CC/W33 * 24044 CCK30/W33
23144 CCK/W33
370 150 2 120 3 350 285 1 000 1 400 67,0 * 24144 CC/W33 * 24144 CCK30/W33
* *
400 108 1 760 2 360 196 1 700 2 000 60,5
400 144 2 360 3 450 285 1 100 1 500 81,5 * 22244 CC/W33
* 22244 CCK/W33
460 145 2 700 3 450 260 1 000 1 400 120 * 23244 CC/W33
22344 CC/W33 * 23244 CCK/W33
22344 CCK/W33
* *
240 320 60 564 1 160 98 1 700 2 000 13,5 23948 CC/W33 23948 CCK/W33
360 92 1 290 2 080 176 1 500 1 900 33,5
360 118 1 600 2 700 228 1 100 1 600 43,0 * 23048 CC/W33
* 23048 CCK/W33
400 128 2 080 3 200 255 1 200 1 600 66,5 * 24048 CC/W33
23148 CC/W33 * 24048 CCK30/W33
23148 CCK/W33
400 160 2 400 3 900 320 900 1 300 83,0 * 24148 CC/W33 * 24148 CCK30/W33
* *
440 120 2 000 3 000 245 1 300 1 800 83,0
440 160 2 900 4 300 345 950 1 300 110 * 22248 CC/W33
* 22248 CCK/W33
500 155 3 100 4 000 290 950 1 300 155 * 23248 CC/W33
22348 CC/W33 * 23248 CCK/W33
22348 CCK/W33
* *
260 360 75 880 1 800 156 1 500 1 900 23,5 23952 CC/W33 23952 CCK/W33
400 104 1 600 2 550 212 1 300 1 700 48,5
400 140 2 040 3 450 285 1 000 1 400 65,5 * 23052 CC/W33
* 23052 CCK/W33
440 144 2 550 3 900 290 1 100 1 400 90,5 * 24052 CC/W33
23152 CC/W33 * 24052 CCK30/W33
23152 CCK/W33
440 180 3 000 4 800 380 850 1 200 110 * 24152 CC/W33 * 24152 CCK30/W33
* *
480 130 2 650 3 550 285 1 200 1 600 110
480 174 3 250 4 750 360 850 1 200 140 * 22252 CC/W33
* 22252 CCK/W33
540 165 3 550 4 550 325 850 1 100 190 * 23252 CC/W33
22352 CC/W33 * 23252 CCK/W33
22352 CCK/W33
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
720
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
200 222 258 8,3 4,5 2,1 211 269 2 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
228 278 13,9 7,5 2,1 211 299 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
223 268 11,1 6 2,1 211 299 2 0,33 2 3 2
231 293 16,7 9 3 214 326 2,5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
226 284 11,1 6 3 214 326 2,5 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
238 313 16,7 9 4 217 343 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
235 304 16,7 9 4 217 343 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
249 351 22,3 12 5 220 400 4 0,33 2 3 2
220 241 278 8,3 4,5 2,1 231 289 2 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
250 306 13,9 7,5 3 233 327 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
244 295 11,1 6 3 233 327 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
255 320 16,7 9 4 237 353 3 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
248 310 11,1 6 4 237 353 3 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
263 346 16,7 9 4 237 383 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
259 338 16,7 9 4 237 383 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
279 389 22,3 12 5 240 440 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
240 261 298 8,3 4,5 2,1 251 309 2 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
271 326 13,9 7,5 3 253 347 2,5 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
265 316 11,1 6 3 253 347 2,5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
277 348 16,7 9 4 257 383 3 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
271 336 11,1 6 4 257 383 3 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
290 683 22,3 12 4 257 423 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
287 374 22,3 12 4 257 423 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
304 422 22,3 12 5 260 480 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
260 287 331 8,3 4,5 2,1 271 348 2 0,18 3,8 5,6 3,6
295 360 16,7 9 4 275 385 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
289 347 11,1 6 4 275 385 3 0,33 2 3 2
301 380 16,7 9 4 277 423 3 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
294 368 13,9 7,5 4 277 423 3 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
311 421 22,3 12 5 280 460 4 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
312 408 22,3 12 5 280 460 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
329 457 22,3 12 6 286 514 5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
721
Spherical roller bearings
d 280 – 340 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
280 380 75 845 1 760 143 1 400 1 700 25,0 23956 CC/W33 23956 CCK/W33
420 106 1 730 2 850 224 1 300 1 600 52,5
420 140 2 160 3 800 285 950 1 400 69,5 * 23056 CC/W33
* 23056 CCK/W33
460 146 2 650 4 250 335 1 000 1 300 97,0 * 24056 CC/W33
23156 CC/W33 * 24056 CCK30/W33
23156 CCK/W33
460 180 3 100 5 100 415 800 1 100 120 * 24156 CC/W33 * 24156 CCK30/W33
* *
500 130 2 700 3 750 300 1 100 1 500 115
500 176 3 250 4 900 365 800 1 100 150 * 22256 CC/W33
* 22256 CCK/W33
580 175 4 000 5 200 365 800 1 100 235 * 23256 CC/W33
22356 CC/W33 * 23256 CCK/W33
22356 CCK/W33
* *
300 380 60 656 1 600 137 900 1 800 16,5 23860 CAMA 23860 CAKMA
420 90 1 200 2 500 200 1 300 1 600 39,5 23960 CC/W33 23960 CCK/W33
460 118 2 120 3 450 265 1 200 1 500 71,5 23060 CC/W33 23060 CCK/W33
460 160 2 700 4 750 355 850 1 200 97,0 * 24060 CC/W33 *24060 CCK30/W33
* *
500 160 3 200 5 100 380 950 1 200 125
500 200 3 750 6 300 465 700 1 000 160 * 23160 CC/W33
* 23160 CCK/W33
540 140 3 150 4 250 325 1 000 1 400 145 * 24160 CC/W33
22260 CC/W33 * 24160 CCK30/W33
22260 CCK/W33
540 192 3 900 5 850 425 750 1 000 190 * 23260 CC/W33 * 23260 CCK/W33
* *
320 440 90 1 430 2 700 212 1 400 1 500 42,0
480 121 2 240 3 800 285 1 100 1 400 78,0 * 23964 CC/W33
* 23964 CCK/W33
480 160 2 850 5 100 400 800 1 200 100 * 23064 CC/W33
24064 CC/W33 * 23064 CCK/W33
24064 CCK30/W33
* *
540 176 3 750 6 000 440 850 1 100 165
540 218 4 250 7 100 510 670 900 210 * 23164 CC/W33
* 23164 CCK/W33
580 150 3 600 4 900 375 950 1 300 175 * 24164 CC/W33
22264 CC/W33 * 24164 CCK30/W33
22264 CCK/W33
580 208 4 400 6 700 480 700 950 240 * 23264 CC/W33 * 23264 CCK/W33
* *
340 460 90 1 460 2 800 216 1 300 1 400 45,5
520 133 2 700 4 550 335 1 000 1 300 105 * 23968 CC/W33
* 23968 CCK/W33
520 180 3 450 6 200 475 750 1 100 140 * 23068 CC/W33
24068 CC/W33 * 23068 CCK/W33
24068 CCK30/W33
* *
580 190 4 250 6 800 480 800 1 000 210
580 243 5 300 8 650 640 600 850 280 * 23168 CC/W33
* 23168 CCK/W33
620 224 5 100 7 800 550 560 800 295 * 24168 ECCJ/W33
* 24168 ECCK30J/W33
* 23268 CA/W33 * 23268 CAK/W33
* SKF Explorer bearing
722
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
280 308 352 11,1 6 2,1 291 369 2 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
315 380 16,7 9 4 295 405 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
309 368 11,1 6 4 295 405 3 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
321 400 16,7 9 5 300 440 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
315 390 13,9 7,5 5 300 440 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
333 441 22,3 12 5 300 480 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
332 429 22,3 12 5 300 480 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
354 492 22,3 12 6 306 554 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
300 329 358 – – 2,1 311 369 2 0,13 5,2 7,7 5
333 385 11,1 6 3 313 407 2,5 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
340 413 16,7 9 4 315 445 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
331 400 13,9 7,5 4 315 445 3 0,33 2 3 2
345 434 16,7 9 5 320 480 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
339 422 13,9 7,5 5 320 480 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
354 477 22,3 12 5 320 520 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
356 461 22,3 12 5 320 520 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
320 354 405 11,1 6 3 333 427 2,5 0,17 4 5,9 4
360 433 16,7 9 4 335 465 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
354 423 13,9 7,5 4 335 465 3 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
370 465 22,3 12 5 340 520 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
364 455 16,7 9 5 340 520 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
379 513 22,3 12 5 340 560 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
382 494 22,3 12 5 340 560 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
340 374 426 11,1 6 3 353 447 2,5 0,17 4 5,9 4
385 467 22,3 12 5 358 502 4 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
377 453 16,7 9 5 358 502 4 0,33 2 3 2
394 498 22,3 12 5 360 560 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
383 491 16,7 9 5 360 560 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
426 528 22,3 12 6 366 594 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
723
Spherical roller bearings
d 360 – 420 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
360 480 90 1 400 2 750 220 1 200 1 300 43,0
540 134 2 750 4 800 345 950 1 200 110 * 23972 CC/W33
* 23972 CCK/W33
540 180 3 550 6 550 490 700 1 000 145 * 23072 CC/W33
24072 CC/W33 * 23072 CCK/W33
24072 CCK30/W33
* *
600 192 4 300 6 950 490 750 1 000 220
600 243 5 600 9 300 670 560 800 270 * 23172 CC/W33 23172 CCK/W33
ECCJ/W33 * 24172 ECCK30J/W33
650 170 4 300 6 200 440 630 850 255 * 24172
22272 CA/W33 * 22272 CAK/W33
650 232 5 400 8 300 570 530 750 335 * 23272 CA/W33 * 23272 CAK/W33
* *
380 520 106 1 960 3 800 285 1 100 1 200 69,0
560 135 2 900 5 000 360 900 1 200 115 * 23976 CC/W33
* 23976 CCK/W33
560 180 3 600 6 800 480 670 950 150 * 23076 CC/W33
24076 CC/W33 * 23076 CCK/W33
24076 CCK30/W33
* *
620 194 4 400 7 100 500 560 1 000 230
620 243 5 700 9 800 710 480 850 300 * 23176 CA/W33 23176 CAK/W33
ECA/W33 * 24176 ECAK30/W33
680 240 5 850 9 150 620 500 750 375 * 24176 *
* 23276 CA/W33 * 23276 CAK/W33
400 540 106 2 000 3 900 290 1 100 1 200 71,0
600 148 3 250 5 700 400 850 1 100 150 * 23980 CC/W33
* 23980 CCK/W33
600 200 4 300 8 150 560 630 900 205 * 23080 CC/W33 23080 CCK/W33
24080 ECCJ/W33 * 24080 ECCK30J/W33
* *
650 200 4 650 7 650 530 530 950 265
650 250 6 200 10 600 735 430 800 340 * 23180 CA/W33 23180 CAK/W33
ECA/W33 * 24180 ECAK30/W33
720 256 6 550 10 400 680 480 670 450 * 24180
23280 CA/W33 * 23280 CAK/W33
820 243 7 500 10 400 670 430 750 650 * 22380 CA/W33 * 22380 CAK/W33
* *
420 560 106 2 040 4 150 300 1 000 1 100 74,5
620 150 3 400 6 000 415 600 1 100 155 * 23984 CC/W33
* 23984 CCK/W33
620 200 4 400 8 300 585 530 480 210 * 23084 CA/W33 23084 CAK/W33
24084 ECA/W33 * 24084 ECAK30/W33
* *
700 224 5 600 9 300 620 480 900 350
700 280 7 350 12 600 850 400 750 445 * 24184 ECA/W33 * 23184
23184 CJ/W33 CKJ/W33
760 272 7 350 11 600 765 450 630 535 * 23284 CA/W33 * 24184 ECAK30/W33
23284 CAK/W33
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
724
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
360 394 447 11,1 6 3 373 467 2,5 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
404 482 22,3 12 5 378 522 4 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
398 474 16,7 9 5 378 522 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
418 524 22,3 12 5 380 580 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
406 506 16,7 9 5 380 580 4 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
453 566 22,3 12 6 386 624 5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
447 552 22,3 12 6 386 624 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
380 420 481 13,9 7,5 4 395 505 3 0,17 4 5,9 4
425 508 22,3 12 5 398 542 4 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
420 496 16,7 9 5 398 542 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
452 541 22,3 12 5 400 600 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
446 529 16,7 9 5 400 600 4 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
471 581 22,3 12 6 406 654 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
400 439 500 13,9 7,5 4 415 525 3 0,17 4 5,9 4
450 541 22,3 12 5 418 582 4 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
443 526 22,3 12 5 418 582 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
474 566 22,3 12 6 426 624 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
468 554 22,3 12 6 426 624 5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
499 615 22,3 12 6 426 694 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
534 697 22,3 12 7,5 432 788 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
420 459 519 16,7 9 4 435 545 3 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
485 562 22,3 12 5 438 602 4 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
476 547 22,3 12 5 438 602 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
483 607 22,3 12 6 446 674 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
496 590 22,3 12 6 446 674 5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
525 649 22,3 12 7,5 452 726 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
725
Spherical roller bearings
d 440 – 500 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
440 600 118 2 450 4 900 345 950 1 000 99,5
650 157 3 650 6 550 450 560 1 000 180 * 23988 CC/W33
* 23988 CCK/W33
650 212 4 800 9 150 630 500 850 245 * 23088 CA/W33
24088 ECA/W33 * 23088 CAK/W33
24088 ECAK30/W33
* *
720 226 6 000 10 000 670 450 850 360
720 280 7 500 13 200 900 400 700 460 * 23188 CA/W33
* 23188 CAK/W33
790 280 7 800 12 500 800 430 600 590 * 24188 ECA/W33
23288 CA/W33 * 24188 ECAK30/W33
23288 CAK/W33
* *
460 580 118 1 790 4 900 345 560 1 100 75,5 24892 CAMA/W20 24892 CAK30MA/W20
620 118 2 500 5 000 355 600 1 000 105
680 163 3 900 6 950 465 560 950 205 * 23992 CA/W33
* 23992 CAK/W33
680 218 5 200 10 000 670 480 800 275 * 23092 CA/W33
24092 ECA/W33 * 23092 CAK/W33
24092 ECAK30/W33
* *
760 240 6 400 10 800 680 430 800 440
760 300 8 300 14 600 1 000 360 670 560 * 23192 CA/W33
* 23192 CAK/W33
830 296 8 500 13 700 880 400 560 695 * 24192 ECA/W33
* 24192 ECAK30/W33
* 23292 CA/W33 * 23292 CAK/W33
480 600 90 1 440 3 750 280 530 1 100 61,0 23896 CAMA/W20 23896 CAKMA/W20
650 128 2 900 5 700 405 560 1 000 125
700 165 3 900 6 800 450 530 950 215 * 23996 CA/W33
* 23996 CAK/W33
700 218 5 300 10 400 695 450 750 285 * 23096 CA/W33
* 23096 CAK/W33
* 24096 ECA/W33 * 24096 ECAK30/W33
790 248 6 950 12 000 780 400 750 485
790 308 9 000 15 600 1 040 340 630 605 * 23196 CA/W33
* 23196 CAK/W33
870 310 9 300 15 000 950 380 530 800 * 24196 ECA/W33
23296 CA/W33 * 24196 ECAK30/W33
23296 CAK/W33
* *
500 620 90 1 480 4 000 290 530 1 000 62,0 238/500 CAMA/W20 238/500 CAKMA/W20
670 128 2 900 6 000 415 530 950 130
720 167 4 150 7 800 510 500 900 225 * 239/500 CA/W33
* 239/500 CAK/W33
720 218 5 500 11 000 735 430 700 295 * 230/500 CA/W33
240/500 ECA/W33 * 230/500 CAK/W33
240/500 ECAK30/W33
* *
830 264 7 650 12 900 830 380 700 580
830 325 9 800 17 000 1 120 320 600 745 * 231/500 CA/W33
* 231/500 CAK/W33
920 336 10 600 17 300 1 060 360 500 985 * 241/500 ECA/W33
232/500 CA/W33 * 241/500 ECAK30/W33
232/500 CAK/W33
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
726
ra
ra
Da d a
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
440 484 552 16,7 9 4 455 585 3 0,17 4 5,9 4
509 589 22,3 12 6 463 627 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
498 572 22,3 12 6 463 627 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
528 632 22,3 12 6 466 694 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
516 610 22,3 12 6 466 694 5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
547 676 22,3 12 7,5 472 758 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
460 505 541 – 6 3 473 567 2,5 0,17 4 5,9 3,7
512 573 16,7 9 4 475 605 3 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
531 616 22,3 12 6 483 657 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
523 601 22,3 12 6 483 657 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
553 665 22,3 12 7,5 492 728 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
544 649 22,3 12 7,5 492 728 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
572 706 22,3 12 7,5 492 798 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
480 521 566 – 7,5 3 493 587 2,5 0,13 5,2 7,7 5
532 601 16,7 9 5 498 632 4 0,18 3,8 5,6 3,6
547 632 22,3 12 6 503 677 5 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
541 619 22,3 12 6 503 677 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
577 692 22,3 12 7,5 512 758 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
564 678 22,3 12 7,5 512 758 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
600 741 22,3 12 7,5 512 838 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
500 543 587 – 7,5 3 513 607 2,5 0,12 5,6 8,4 5,6
557 621 22,3 12 5 518 652 4 0,17 4 5,9 4
571 656 22,3 12 6 523 697 5 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
565 643 22,3 12 6 523 697 5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
603 726 22,3 12 7,5 532 798 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
589 713 22,3 12 7,5 532 798 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
631 779 22,3 12 7,5 532 888 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
727
Spherical roller bearings
d 530 – 630 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
530 650 118 1 840 5 300 380 480 950 86,0 248/530 CAMA/W20 248/530 CAK30MA/W20
710 136 3 200 6 700 480 500 900 155
780 185 5 100 9 300 630 450 800 310 * 239/530 CA/W33
* 239/530 CAK/W33
780 250 6 700 13 200 830 400 670 410 * 230/530 CA/W33
240/530 ECA/W33 * 230/530 CAK/W33
240/530 ECAK30/W33
* *
870 272 8 150 14 000 915 360 670 645
870 335 10 600 19 000 1 220 300 560 830 * 231/530 CA/W33
241/530 ECA/W33 * 231/530 CAK/W33
980 355 11 100 20 400 1 220 300 480 1 200 * 232/530 CA/W33 * 241/530 ECAK30/W33
232/530 CAK/W33
560 750 140 3 450 7 200 510 450 850 175
820 195 5 600 10 200 680 430 750 355 * 239/560 CA/W33
* 239/560 CAK/W33
820 258 7 350 14 600 960 380 630 465 * 230/560 CA/W33
240/560 ECA/W33 * 230/560 CAK/W33
240/560 ECAK30/W33
* *
920 280 9 150 16 000 980 340 630 740
920 355 12 000 21 600 1 340 280 500 985 * 231/560 CA/W33
241/560 ECJ/W33 * 231/560 CAK/W33
1 030 365 11 500 22 000 1 400 280 430 1 350 * 232/560 CA/W33 * 241/560 ECK30J/W33
232/560 CAK/W33
600 800 150 3 900 8 300 585 430 700 220
870 200 6 000 11 400 750 400 700 405 * 239/600 CA/W33
* 239/600 CAK/W33
870 272 8 150 17 000 1 100 340 560 520 * 230/600 CA/W33
240/600 ECA/W33 * 230/600 CAK/W33
240/600 ECAK30/W33
* *
980 300 10 200 18 000 1 100 320 560 895 231/600 CA/W33
980 375 11 500 23 600 1 460 240 480 1 200 * 241/600 ECA/W33 * 231/600 CAK/W33
241/600 ECAK30/W33
1 090 388 13 100 25 500 1 560 260 400 1 600 232/600 CA/W33 232/600 CAK/W33
630 780 112 2 190 6 100 415 400 750 120 238/630 CAMA/W20 238/630 CAKMA/W20
850 165 4 650 9 800 640 400 700 280
920 212 6 700 12 500 800 380 670 485 * 239/630 CA/W33
* 239/630 CAK/W33
920 290 8 800 18 000 1 140 320 530 645 * 230/630 CA/W33
240/630 ECJ/W33 * 230/630 CAK/W33
240/630 ECK30J/W33
* *
1 030 315 10 500 20 800 1 220 260 530 1 050 231/630 CA/W33 231/630 CAK/W33
1 030 400 12 700 27 000 1 630 220 450 1 400 241/630 ECA/W33 241/630 ECAK30/W33
* SKF Explorer bearing
728
ra
ra
Da d a
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
530 573 612 – 7,5 3 543 637 2,5 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
589 659 22,3 12 5 548 692 4 0,17 4 5,9 4
611 708 22,3 12 6 553 757 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
600 687 22,3 12 6 553 757 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
636 763 22,3 12 7,5 562 838 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
623 748 22,3 12 7,5 562 838 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
668 836 22,3 12 9,5 570 940 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
560 625 695 22,3 12 5 578 732 4 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
644 745 22,3 12 6 583 797 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
635 728 22,3 12 6 583 797 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
673 808 22,3 12 7,5 592 888 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
634 796 22,3 12 7,5 592 888 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
704 877 22,3 12 9,5 600 990 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
600 668 742 22,3 12 5 618 782 4 0,17 4 5,9 4
683 786 22,3 12 6 623 847 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
675 774 22,3 12 6 623 847 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
720 862 22,3 12 7,5 632 948 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
702 845 22,3 12 7,5 632 948 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
752 928 22,3 12 9,5 640 1 050 8 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
630 681 738 – 9 4 645 765 3 0,12 5,6 8,4 5,6
705 786 22,3 12 6 653 827 5 0,17 4 5,9 4
725 837 22,3 12 7,5 658 892 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
697 823 22,3 12 7,5 658 892 6 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
757 908 22,3 12 7,5 662 998 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
738 885 22,3 12 7,5 662 998 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
729
Spherical roller bearings
d 670 – 800 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
670 820 112 2 250 6 400 440 360 700 130 238/670 CAMA/W20 238/670/ CAKMA/W20
820 150 3 110 9 500 655 360 700 172 248/670 CAMA/W20 –
900 170 5 000 10 800 695 360 670 315 239/670 CA/W33 239/670 CAK/W33
980 230 7 650 14 600 915 340 600 600 * 230/670 CA/W33 * 230/670 CAK/W33
980 308 10 000 20 400 1 320 300 500 790 * 240/670 ECA/W33 * 240/670 ECAK30/W33
* *
1 090 336 10 900 22 400 1 370 240 500 1 250 231/670 CA/W33 231/670 CAK/W33
1 090 412 13 800 29 000 1 760 200 400 1 600 241/670 ECA/W33 241/670 ECAK30/W33
1 220 438 15 400 30 500 1 700 220 360 2 270 232/670 CA/W33 232/670 CAK/W33
710 870 118 2 580 7 500 500 340 670 153 238/710 CAMA/W20 –
950 180 5 600 12 000 765 340 600 365
950 243 6 800 15 600 930 300 500 495 * 239/710 CA/W33
* 239/710 CAK/W33
1 030 236 8 300 16 300 1 000 320 560 670 * 249/710 CA/W33
230/710 CA/W33 * 249/710 CAK30/W33
230/710 CAK/W33
1 030 315 9 370 22 800 1 370 260 450 895 * 240/710 ECA/W33 * 240/710 ECAK30/W33
1 150 345 12 200 26 000 1 530 240 450 1 450 231/710 CA/W33 231/710 CAK/W33
1 150 438 15 200 32 500 1 900 190 380 1 900 241/710 ECA/W33 241/710 ECAK30/W33
1 280 450 17 600 34 500 2 000 200 320 1 450 232/710 CA/W33 232/710 CAK/W33
750 920 128 2 930 8 500 550 320 600 135 238/750 CAMA/W20 238/750 CAKMA/W20
1 000 185 6 000 13 200 815 320 560 420
1 000 250 7 650 18 000 1 100 280 480 560 * 239/750 CA/W33
* 239/750 CAK/W33
1 090 250 9 650 18 600 1 100 300 530 795 * 249/750 CA/W33
230/750 CA/W33 * 249/750 CAK30/W33
230/750 CAK/W33
1 090 335 10 100 25 000 1 460 240 430 1 065 * 240/750 ECA/W33 * 240/750 ECAK30/W33
1 220 365 13 600 29 000 1 660 220 430 1 700 231/750 CA/W33 231/750 CAK/W33
1 220 475 17 300 37 500 2 160 180 360 2 100 241/750 ECA/W33 241/750 ECAK30/W33
1 360 475 18 700 36 500 2 120 190 300 3 050 232/750 CAF/W33 232/750 CAKF/W33
800 980 180 4 140 12 900 830 300 560 300 248/800 CAMA/W20 248/800 CAK30MA/W20
1 060 195 6 400 14 300 880 300 530 470
1 060 258 8 000 19 300 1 060 260 430 640 * 239/800 CA/W33
* 239/800 CAK/W33
* 249/800 CA/W33 * 249/800 CAK30/W33
1 150 258 10 000 20 000 1 160 280 480 895 230/800 CA/W33
1 150 345 11 100 28 500 1 730 220 400 1 200 * 240/800 ECA/W33 * 230/800 CAK/W33
240/800 ECAK30/W33
1 280 375 14 800 31 500 1 800 200 400 1 920 231/800 CA/W33 231/800 CAK/W33
1 280 475 18 400 40 500 2 320 170 320 2 300 241/800 ECA/W33 241/800 ECAK30/W33
* SKF Explorer bearing
730
ra
ra
Da d a
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
670 720 778 – 9 4 685 805 3 0,11 6,1 9,1 6,3
718 786 – 9 4 685 805 3 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
749 834 22,3 12 6 693 877 5 0,17 4 5,9 4
770 890 22,3 12 7,5 698 952 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
756 866 22,3 12 7,5 698 952 6 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
802 958 22,3 12 7,5 702 1 058 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
782 942 22,3 12 7,5 702 1 058 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
830 1 027 22,3 12 12 718 1 172 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
710 762 834 – 12 4 725 855 3 0,11 6,1 9,1 6,3
788 881 22,3 12 6 733 927 5 0,17 4 5,9 4
792 868 22,3 12 6 733 927 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
814 939 22,3 12 7,5 738 1 002 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
807 917 22,3 12 7,5 738 1 002 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
850 1 017 22,3 12 9,5 750 1 110 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
838 982 22,3 12 9,5 750 1 110 8 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
851 1 017 22,3 12 12 758 1 232 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
750 807 873 – 12 5 768 902 4 0,11 6,1 9,1 6,3
832 929 22,3 12 6 773 977 5 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
830 916 22,3 12 6 773 977 5 0,22 3 4,6 3,2
860 996 22,3 12 7,5 778 1 062 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
853 969 22,3 12 7,5 778 1 062 6 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
900 1 080 22,3 12 9,5 790 1 180 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
875 1 050 22,3 12 9,5 790 1 180 8 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
938 1 163 22,3 12 15 808 1 302 12 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
800 865 921 – 12 5 818 962 4 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
885 984 22,3 12 6 823 1 037 5 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
883 973 22,3 12 6 823 1 037 5 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
915 1 051 22,3 12 7,5 828 1 122 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
908 1 027 22,3 12 7,5 828 1 122 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
950 1 141 22,3 12 9,5 840 1 240 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
930 1 111 22,3 12 9,5 840 1 240 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
731
Spherical roller bearings
d 850 – 1 120 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
850 1 030 136 3 340 10 000 640 260 530 240 238/850 CAMA/W20 238/850 CAKMA/W20
1 120 200 5 980 15 600 930 260 480 560 239/850 CA/W33 239/850 CAK/W33
1 120 272 8 170 22 800 1 370 220 400 740 249/850 CA/W33 249/850 CAK30/W33
1 220 272 9 370 21 600 1 270 240 450 1 050 230/850 CA/W33 230/850 CAK/W33
1 220 365 12 700 31 500 1 900 200 360 1 410 240/850 ECA/W33 240/850 ECAK30/W33
1 360 400 16 100 34 500 2 000 180 360 2 200 231/850 CA/W33 231/850 CAK/W33
1 360 500 20 200 45 000 2 550 150 300 2 710 241/850 ECAF/W33 241/850 ECAK30F/W33
900 1 090 190 4 660 15 300 950 240 480 370 248/900 CAMA/W20 248/900 CAK30MA/W20
1 180 206 6 440 17 000 1 020 240 450 605 239/900 CA/W33 239/900 CAK/W33
1 280 280 10 100 23 200 1 340 220 400 1 200 230/900 CA/W33 230/900 CAK/W33
1 280 375 13 600 34 500 2 040 190 340 1 570 240/900 ECA/W33 240/900 ECAK30/W33
1 420 515 21 400 49 000 2 700 140 280 3 350 241/900 ECAF/W33 241/900 ECAK30F/W33
950 1 250 224 7 250 19 600 1 120 220 430 755 239/950 CA/W33 239/950 CAK/W33
1 250 300 9 200 26 000 1 500 180 340 1 015 249/950 CA/W33 249/950 CAK30/W33
1 360 300 12 000 28 500 1 600 200 380 1 450 230/950 CA/W33 230/950 CAK/W33
1 360 412 14 800 39 000 2 320 170 300 1 990 240/950 CAF/W33 240/950 CAK30F/W33
1 500 545 23 900 55 000 3 000 130 260 3 535 241/950 ECAF/W33 241/950 ECAK30F/W33
1 000 1 220 165 4 660 14 300 865 220 400 410 238/1000 CAMA/W20 238/1000 CAKMA/W20
1 320 315 10 400 29 000 1 500 170 320 1 200 249/1000 CA/W33 249/1000 CAK30/W33
1 420 308 12 700 30 500 1 700 180 360 1 600 230/1000 CAF/W33 230/1000 CAKF/W33
1 420 412 15 400 40 500 2 240 160 280 2 140 240/1000 CAF/W33 240/1000 CAK30F/W33
1 580 462 21 400 48 000 2 550 140 280 3 500 231/1000 CAF/W33 231/1000 CAKF/W33
1 580 580 26 700 62 000 3 350 120 240 4 300 241/1000 ECAF/W33 241/1000 ECAK30F/W33
1 060 1 280 165 4 770 15 000 800 200 380 435 238/1060 CAMA/W20 238/1060 CAKMA/W20
1 280 218 6 100 20 000 1 200 200 380 570 248/1060 CAMA/W20 248/1060 CAK30MA/W20
1 400 250 9 550 26 000 1 460 180 360 1 100 239/1060 CAF/W33 239/1060 CAKF/W33
1 400 335 11 500 32 500 1 860 160 280 1 400 249/1060 CAF/W33 249/1060 CAK30F/W33
1 500 325 13 800 34 000 1 830 170 320 2 250 230/1060 CAF/W33 230/1060 CAKF/W33
1 500 438 17 300 45 500 2 500 150 260 2 515 240/1060 CAF/W33 240/1060 CAK30F/W33
1 120 1 360 243 7 250 24 000 1 400 180 340 735 248/1120 CAFA/W20 248/1120 CAK30FA/W20
1 460 335 11 700 34 500 1 830 140 260 1 500 249/1120 CAF/W33 249/1120 CAK30F/W33
1 580 462 18 700 50 000 2 850 130 240 2 925 240/1120 CAF/W33 240/1120 CAK30F/W33
732
ra
ra
Da d a
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
850 910 981 – 12 5 868 1 012 4 0,11 6,1 9,1 6,3
940 1 043 22,3 12 6 873 1 097 5 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
948 1 028 22,3 12 6 873 1 097 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
969 1 114 22,3 12 7,5 878 1 192 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
954 1 087 22,3 12 7,5 878 1 192 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
1 010 1 203 22,3 12 12 898 1 312 10 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
988 1 182 22,3 12 12 898 1 312 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
900 969 1 029 – 12 5 918 1 072 4 0,14 4,8 7,2 4,5
989 1 100 22,3 12 6 923 1 157 5 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
1 023 1 177 22,3 12 7,5 928 1 252 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
1 012 1 147 22,3 12 7,5 928 1 252 6 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
1 043 1 235 22,3 12 12 948 1 372 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
950 1 049 1 161 22,3 12 7,5 978 1 222 6 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
1 051 1 150 22,3 12 7,5 978 1 222 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
1 083 1 242 22,3 12 7,5 978 1 332 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
1 074 1 212 22,3 12 7,5 978 1 332 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
1 102 1 305 22,3 12 12 998 1 452 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
1 000 1 077 1 161 – 12 6 1 023 1 197 5 0,12 5,6 8,4 5,6
1 106 1 209 22,3 12 7,5 1 028 1 292 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
1 139 1 305 22,3 12 7,5 1 028 1 392 6 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
1 133 1 275 22,3 12 7,5 1 028 1 392 6 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
1 182 1 399 22,3 12 12 1 048 1 532 10 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
1 159 1 373 22,3 12 12 1 048 1 532 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
1 060 1 135 1 219 – 12 6 1 083 1 257 5 0,11 6,1 9,1 6,3
1 159 1 210 – 12 6 1 083 1 257 5 0,14 4,8 7,2 4,5
1 171 1 303 22,3 12 7,5 1 088 1 392 6 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
1 165 1 282 22,3 12 7,5 1 088 1 392 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
1 202 1 373 22,3 12 9,5 1 094 1 466 8 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
1 196 1 347 22,3 12 9,5 1 094 1 466 8 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
1 120 1 207 1 282 – 12 6 1 143 1 337 5 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
1 230 1 349 22,3 12 7,5 1 148 1 432 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
1 266 1 422 22,3 12 9,5 1 154 1 546 8 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
733
Spherical roller bearings
d 1 180 – 1 800 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1 180 1 420 180 5 870 18 600 1 080 170 320 575 238/1180 CAFA/W20 238/1180 CAKFA/W20
1 420 243 7 710 27 000 1 560 170 320 770 248/1180 CAFA/W20 248/1180 CAK30FA/W20
1 540 272 11 100 31 000 1 660 150 300 1 400 239/1180 CAF/W33 239/1180 CAKF/W33
1 540 355 13 600 40 500 2 160 130 240 1 800 249/1180 CAF/W33 249/1180 CAK30F/W33
1 250 1 750 375 17 900 45 000 2 400 130 240 2 840 230/1250 CAF/W33 230/1250 CAKF/W33
1 320 1 600 280 9 780 33 500 1 860 140 260 1 160 248/1320 CAFA/W20 248/1320 CAK30FA/W20
1 720 400 16 100 49 000 2 550 110 200 2 500 249/1320 CAF/W33 249/1320 CAK30F/W33
1 500 1 820 315 12 700 45 000 2 400 160 200 1 710 248/1500 CAFA/W20 248/1500 CAK30FA/W20
1 800 2 180 375 17 600 63 000 3 050 110 130 2 900 248/1800 CAFA/W20 248/1800 CAK30FA/W20
734
ra
ra
Da d a
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
1 180 1 261 1 355 – 12 6 1 203 1 397 5 0,11 6,1 9,1 6,3
1 280 1 343 – 12 6 1 203 1 397 5 0,14 4,8 7,2 4,5
1 298 1 435 22,3 12 7,5 1 208 1 512 6 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
1 293 1 417 22,3 12 7,5 1 208 1 512 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
1 250 1 411 1 607 22,3 12 9,5 1 284 1 716 8 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
1 320 1 422 1 511 – 12 6 1 343 1 577 5 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
1 445 1 584 22,3 12 7,5 1 348 1 692 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
1 500 1 612 1 719 – 12 7,5 1 528 1 792 6 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
1 800 1 932 2 060 – 12 9,5 1 834 2 146 8 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
735
Sealed spherical roller bearings
d 30 – 110 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load speed Bearing with
limit cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
30 62 25 64 60 6,4 2 800 0,34
* BS2-2206-2CS –
35 72 28 86,5 85 9,3 2 400 0,52 BS2-2207-2CS –
*
40 80 28 96,5 90 9,8 2 200 0,57 BS2-2208-2CS
* * BS2-2208-2CSK
45 85 28 102 98 10,8 2 000 0,66 BS2-2209-2CS
* * BS2-2209-2CSK
50 90 28 104 108 11,8 1 900 0,70 BS2-2210-2CS
* * BS2-2210-2CSK
55 100 31 125 127 13,7 1 700 1,00
* BS2-2211-2CS * BS2-2211-2CSK
60 110 34 156 166 18,6 1 600 1,30 BS2-2212-2CS
* * BS2-2212-2CSK
65 100 35 132 173 20,4 1 000 0,95 24013-2CS5/VT143 –
120 38 193 216 24 1 500 1,60 * BS2 2213 C-2CS
* * BS2 2213 C-2CSK
70 125 38 208 228 25,5 1 400 1,80
* BS2 2214-2CS * BS2 2214-2CSK
75 115 40 173 232 28,5 950 1,55 24015-2CS2/VT143 –
130 38 212 240 26,5 1 300 2,10 * BS2-2215-2CS
* * BS2-2215-2CSK
80 140 40 236 270 29 1 200 2,40
* BS2-2216-2CS * BS2-2216-2CSK
85 150 44 285 325 34,5 1 100 3,00 BS2-2217-2CS
* * BS2-2217-2CSK
90 160 48 325 375 39 1 000 3,70 BS2-2218-2CS
* * BS2-2218-2CSK
100 150 50 285 415 45,5 800 3,15 24020-2CS2/VT143 –
165 52 365 490 53 850 4,55 * 23120-2CS2/VT143 –
180 55 425 490 49 900 5,50 * BS2-2220-2CS –
180 60,3 475 600 63 700 6,85 * 23220-2CS –
*
110 170 45 310 440 46,5 900 3,80 23022-2CS –
180 56 430 585 61 800 5,75 * 23122-2CS2/VT143 –
180 69 520 750 78 630 7,10 * 24122-2CS2/VT143
200 63 560 640 63 800 7,60 * BS2-2222-2CS5/VT143 ––
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
736
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
30 36 55,7 3,7 2 1 35,6 36 56,4 1 0,31 2,2 3,3 2
35 43 63,7 3,7 2 1,1 42 43 65 1 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
40 47 73 5,5 3 1,1 47 47 73 1 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
45 53 77,1 5,5 3 1,1 52 53 78 1 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
50 58,1 82,1 5,5 3 1,1 57 58 83 1 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
55 64 91,9 5,5 3 1,5 64 64 91 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
60 69,3 100 5,5 3 1,5 69 69 101 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
65 71,9 92,8 5,5 3 1,1 71 71,5 94 1 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
74 111 5,5 3 1,5 74 74 111 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
70 80,1 115 5,5 3 1,5 79 80 116 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
75 81,8 105 5,5 3 1,1 81 81,5 109 1 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
84,5 119 5,5 3 1,5 84 84 121 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
80 92 128 5,5 3 2 91 92 129 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
85 98,2 138 5,5 3 2 96 98 139 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
90 103 148 5,5 3 2 101 103 149 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
100 108 139 5,5 3 1,5 107 108 143 1,5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
113 152 5,5 3 2 111 113 154 2 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
114 168 8,3 4,5 2,1 112 114 168 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
114 160 8,3 4,5 2,1 112 114 168 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
110 122 157 8,3 4,5 2 120 122 160 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
123 166 8,3 4,5 2 121 123 169 2 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
121 163 5,5 3 2 121 121 169 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
126 182 8,3 4,5 2,1 122 125 188 2 0,25 2,7 4 2,5
737
Sealed spherical roller bearings
d 120 – 220 mm
b
K
r2
r1
r1
r2
B
D D1 d d2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load speed
limit
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
120 180 46 355 510 52 850 4,20
180 60 430 670 68 670 5,45 * 23024-2CS2/VT143
200 80 655 950 95 560 10,5 * 24024-2CS2/VT143
215 69 630 765 73,5 750 9,75 * 24124-2CS2/VT143
* BS2-2224-2CS
130 200 52 430 610 62 800 6,00
200 69 540 815 81,5 600 8,05 * 23026-2CS2/VT143
210 80 680 1 000 100 530 11,0 * 24026-2CS2/VT143
* 24126-2CS2/VT143
140 210 69 570 900 68 560 8,55
225 85 673 1 160 112 450 13,5 * 24028-2CS2/VT143
* 24128-2CS2/VT143
150 225 75 655 1 040 100 530 10,5
250 100 1 020 1 530 146 400 20,0 * 24030-2CS2/VT143
* 24130-2CS2/VT143
160 240 80 750 1 200 114 450 13,0
270 86 980 1 370 129 530 20,5 * 24032-2CS2/VT143
* 23132-2CS2/VT143
170 260 90 930 1 460 137 400 17,5
280 109 1 220 1 860 170 360 27,5 * 24034-2CS2/VT143
* 24134-2CS2/VT143
180 280 100 1 080 1 730 156 380 23,0
* 24036-2CS2/VT143
190 320 128 1 600 2 500 212 340 43,0
* 24138-2CS2/VT143
200 340 140 1 800 2 800 232 320 53,5
360 128 1 860 2 700 228 430 58,0 * 24140-2CS
* 23240-2CS2/VT143
220 300 60 546 1 080 93 600 12,5 23944-2CS
* SKF Explorer bearing
738
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
120 133 168 5,5 3 2 130 132 170 2 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
130 166 5,5 3 2 130 130 170 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
132 179 5,5 3 2 131 132 189 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
136 193 11,1 6 2,1 132 135 203 2 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
130 145 186 8,3 4,5 2 140 144 190 2 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
141 183 5,5 3 2 140 141 190 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
142 190 5,5 3 2 141 142 199 2 0,33 2 3 2
140 152 194 5,5 3 2 150 152 200 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
153 203 8,3 4,5 2,1 152 153 213 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
150 162 206 5,5 3 2,1 161 162 214 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
163 221 8,3 4,5 2,1 162 163 238 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
160 173 218 8,3 4,5 2,1 171 173 229 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
180 243 13,9 7,5 2,1 172 179 258 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
170 184 235 8,3 4,5 2,1 181 184 249 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
185 249 8,3 4,5 2,1 182 184 268 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
180 195 251 8,3 4,5 2,1 191 194 269 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
190 210 284 11,1 6 3 204 209 306 2,5 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
200 220 300 11,1 6 3 214 218 326 2,5 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
227 318 16,7 9 4 217 225 343 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
220 239 284 8,3 4,5 2,1 231 237 289 2 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
739
Spherical roller bearings
for vibratory applications
d 40 – 140 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearings with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
40 90 33 150 140 15 6 000 8 000 1,10
* 22308 E/VA405 –
45 100 36 183 183 19,6 5 300 7 000 1,40
* 22309 E/VA405 –
50 110 40 220 224 24 4 800 6 300 1,90
* 22310 E/VA405 –
55 120 43 270 280 30 4 300 5 600 2,45
* 22311 E/VA405 * 22311 EK/VA405
60 130 46 310 335 36,5 4 000 5 300 3,10
* 22312 E/VA405 * 22312 EK/VA405
65 140 48 340 360 38 3 800 5 000 3,75
* 22313 E/VA405 * 22313 EK/VA405
70 150 51 400 430 45 3 400 4 500 4,55
* 22314 E/VA405 * 22314 EK/VA405
75 160 55 440 475 48 3 200 4 300 5,55
* 22315 EJA/VA405 * 22315 EKJA/VA405
80 170 58 490 540 54 3 000 4 000 6,60
* 22316 EJA/VA405 * 22316 EKJA/VA405
85 180 60 550 620 61 2 800 3 800 7,65
180 60 550 620 61 2 800 3 800 7,65 * 22317 EJA/VA405
* –22317 EKJA/VA405
* 22317 EJA/VA406
90 190 64 610 695 67 2 600 3 600 9,05
* 22318 EJA/VA405 * 22318 EKJA/VA405
95 200 67 670 765 73,5 2 600 3 400 10,5
* 22319 EJA/VA405 * 22319 EKJA/VA405
100 215 73 815 950 88 2 400 3 400 13,5
215 73 815 950 88 2 400 3 400 13,5 * 22320 EJA/VA405
* –22320 EKJA/VA405
* 22320 EJA/VA406
110 240 80 950 1 120 100 2 000 2 800 18,4
240 80 950 1 120 100 2 000 2 800 18,4 * 22322 EJA/VA405
* –22322 EKJA/VA405
* 22322 EJA/VA406
120 260 86 965 1 120 100 2 000 2 600 23,0
260 86 965 1 120 100 2 000 2 600 23,0 * 22324 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22324 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22324 CCJA/W33VA406 –
130 280 93 1 120 1 320 114 1 700 2 400 29,0
280 93 1 120 1 320 114 1 700 2 400 29,0 * 22326 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22326 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22326 CCJA/W33VA406 –
140 300 102 1 290 1 560 132 1 700 2 200 36,5
300 102 1 290 1 560 132 1 700 2 200 36,5 * 22328 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22328 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22328 CCJA/W33VA406
* SKF Explorer bearing
740
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors Permissible
fillet dimensions accelerations1)
for oil lubrication
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0 rotational linear
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm – m/s2
40 49,9 74,3 5,5 3 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8 115 g 31 g
45 57,6 83,1 5,5 3 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8 97 g 29 g
50 63,9 91,9 5,5 3 2 61 99 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8 85 g 28 g
55 70,1 102 5,5 3 2 66 109 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 78 g 26 g
60 77,9 110 5,5 3 2,1 72 118 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 70 g 25 g
65 81,6 118 8,3 4,5 2,1 77 128 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 69 g 24 g
70 90,3 128 8,3 4,5 2,1 82 138 2 0,33 2 3 2 61 g 23 g
75 92,8 135 8,3 4,5 2,1 87 148 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 88 g 23 g
80 98,3 143 8,3 4,5 2,1 92 158 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 80 g 22 g
85 108 154 8,3 4,5 3 99 166 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 74 g 21 g
108 154 8,3 4,5 3 99 166 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 74 g 21 g
90 113 161 11,1 6 3 104 176 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 68 g 21 g
95 118 168 11,1 6 3 109 186 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 64 g 20 g
100 130 184 11,1 6 3 114 201 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 56 g 20 g
130 184 11,1 6 3 114 201 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 56 g 20 g
110 143 204 13,9 7,5 3 124 226 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 53 g 19 g
143 204 13,9 7,5 3 124 226 2,5 0,33 2 3 2 53 g 19 g
120 152 216 13,9 7,5 3 134 246 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 96 g 21 g
152 216 13,9 7,5 3 134 246 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 96 g 21 g
130 164 233 16,7 9 4 147 263 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 87 g 20 g
164 233 16,7 9 4 147 263 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 87 g 20 g
140 175 247 16,7 9 4 157 283 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 78 g 20 g
175 247 16,7 9 4 157 283 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 78 g 20 g
1)
For details regarding permissible accelerations ➔ page 696
741
Spherical roller bearings
for vibratory applications
d 150 – 240 mm
b
B K
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearings with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
150 320 108 1 460 1 760 146 1 600 2 000 43,5
320 108 1 460 1 760 146 1 600 2 000 43,5 * 22330 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22330 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22330 CCJA/W33VA406 –
160 340 114 1 600 1 960 160 1 500 1 900 52,0
340 114 1 600 1 960 160 1 500 1 900 52,0 * 22332 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22332 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22332 CCJA/W33VA406 –
170 360 120 1 760 2 160 176 1 400 1 800 61,0
360 120 1 760 2 160 176 1 400 1 800 61,0 * 22334 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22334 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22334 CCJA/W33VA406 –
180 380 126 2 000 2 450 193 1 300 1 700 71,5
380 126 2 000 2 450 193 1 300 1 700 71,5 * 22336 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22336 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22336 CCJA/W33VA406 –
190 400 132 2 120 2 650 208 1 200 1 600 82,5
400 132 2 120 2 650 208 1 200 1 600 82,5 * 22338 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22338 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22338 CCJA/W33VA406 –
200 420 138 2 320 2 900 224 1 200 1 500 95,0
420 138 2 320 2 900 224 1 200 1 500 95,0 * 22340 CCJA/W33VA405
* 22340 CCKJA/W33VA405
* 22340 CCJA/W33VA406 –
220 460 145 2 700 3 450 260 1 000 1 400 120
* 22344 CCJA/W33VA405 * 22344 CCKJA/W33VA405
240 500 155 3 100 4 000 290 950 1 300 155
* 22348 CCJA/W33VA405 * 22348 CCKJA/W33VA405
* SKF Explorer bearing
742
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors Permissible
fillet dimensions accelerations1)
for oil lubrication
d d2 D1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0 rotational linear
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm – m/s2
150 188 266 16,7 9 4 167 303 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 72 g 19 g
188 266 16,7 9 4 167 303 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 72 g 19 g
160 200 282 16,7 9 4 177 323 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 69 g 18 g
200 282 16,7 9 4 177 323 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 69 g 18 g
170 213 300 16,7 9 4 187 343 3 0,33 2 3 2 65 g 18 g
213 300 16,7 9 4 187 343 3 0,33 2 3 2 65 g 18 g
180 224 317 22,3 12 4 197 363 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 59 g 17 g
224 317 22,3 12 4 197 363 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 59 g 17 g
190 236 333 22,3 12 5 210 380 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 57 g 17 g
236 333 22,3 12 5 210 380 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8 57 g 17 g
200 249 351 22,3 12 5 220 400 4 0,33 2 3 2 55 g 17 g
249 351 22,3 12 5 220 400 4 0,33 2 3 2 55 g 17 g
220 279 389 22,3 12 5 240 440 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2 49 g 16 g
240 304 422 22,3 12 5 260 480 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2 45 g 15 g
1)
For details regarding permissible accelerations ➔ page 696
743
Spherical roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 20 – 65 mm
b
K B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
20 52 18 49 44 4,75 13 000 17 000 0,25
* 22205 EK H 305
25 62 20 64 60 6,4 11 000 14 000 0,39
72 19 55,2 61 6,8 7 500 10 000 0,51 * 22206 EK
21306 CCK
H 306
H 306
30 72 23 86,5 85 9,3 9 000 12 000 0,59
80 21 65,6 72 8,15 6 700 9 500 0,69 * 22207 EK
21307 CCK
H 307
H 307
35 80 23 96,5 90 9,8 8 000 11 000 0,68
90 23 104 108 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,92 * 22208 EK H 308
90 33 150 140 15 6 000 8 000 1,25 * 21308 EK H 308
* 22308 EK H 2308
40 85 23 102 96 10,8 7 500 10 000 0,81
100 25 125 127 13,7 6 300 8 500 1,20 * 22209 EK H 309
100 36 183 183 19,6 4 800 7 000 1,70 * 21309 EK
22309 EK
H 309
H 2309
*
45 90 23 104 108 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,90
110 27 156 166 18,6 4 800 6 300 1,60 * 22210 EK H 310
110 40 220 224 24 4 300 6 300 2,25 * 21310 EK
22310 EK
H 310
H 2310
*
50 100 25 125 127 13,7 6 300 8 500 1,10
120 29 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,95 * 22211 EK H 311
120 43 270 280 30 4 000 5 600 2,85 * 21311 EK
22311 EK
H 311
H 2311
*
55 110 28 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,45
130 31 212 240 26,5 4 000 5 300 2,35 * 22212 EK H 312
130 46 310 335 36,5 3 600 5 3000 3,50 * 21312 EK
22312 EK
H 312
H 2312
*
60 120 31 193 216 24 5 300 7 000 1,85
125 31 208 228 25,5 5 000 6 700 2,15 * 22213 EK H 313
* 22214 EK H 314
140 33 236 270 29 4 300 6 000 2,90
140 48 340 360 38 3 400 5 000 4,20 * 21313 EK H 313
* 22313 EK H 2313
150 35 285 325 34,5 4 000 5 600 3,70
150 51 400 430 45 3 400 4 500 5,35 * 21314 EK H 314
* 22314 EK H 2314
65 130 31 212 240 26,5 4 800 6 300 2,45
160 37 285 325 34,5 4 000 5 600 4,50 * 22215 EK H 315
160 55 440 475 48 3 200 4 300 6,50 * 21315 EK
22315 EK
H 315
H 2315
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
744
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 b K r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
20 31,2 38 43,5 29 8 3,7 2 1 31 28 46,4 5 1 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
25 37,7 45 53 31 8 3,7 2 1 37 33 56 5 1 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
43,3 45 58,8 31 8 – – 1,1 43 33 65 6 1 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
30 44,5 52 61,8 35 9 3,7 2 1,1 44 39 65 5 1 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
47,2 52 65,6 35 9 – – 1,5 47 39 71 6 1,5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
35 49,6 58 69,4 36 10 3,7 2 1,1 49 44 73 5 1 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
59,9 58 79 36 10 – – 1,5 59 44 81 5 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
49,9 58 74,3 46 10 5,5 3 1,5 49 45 81 5 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
40 54,9 65 74,4 39 11 5,5 3 1,1 54 50 78 7 1 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
65,3 65 87,9 39 11 5,5 3 1,5 65 50 91 5 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
57,6 65 83,1 50 11 5,5 3 1,5 57 50 91 5 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
45 59,9 70 79 42 12 5,5 3 1,1 59 55 83 9 1 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
72,6 70 96,5 42 12 5,5 3 2 72 55 99 5 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
63,9 70 91,9 55 12 5,5 3 2 63 56 99 5 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
50 65,3 75 87,9 45 12 5,5 3 1,5 65 60 91 10 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
72,6 75 96 45 12 5,5 3 2 71 60 109 6 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
70,1 75 102 59 12 5,5 3 2 70 61 109 6 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
55 72,6 80 96,3 47 13 5,5 3 1,5 72 65 101 9 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
87,8 80 115 47 13 5,5 3 2,1 87 65 118 6 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
77,9 80 110 62 13 5,5 4,5 2,1 77 66 118 6 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
60 80 85 106 50 14 5,5 3 1,5 80 70 111 8 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
83 92 111 52 14 5,5 3 1,5 83 75 116 9 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
94,7 85 124 50 14 5,5 3 2,1 94 70 128 6 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
81,6 85 118 65 14 8,3 4,5 2,1 81 72 128 5 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
101 92 133 52 14 5,5 3 2,1 101 75 138 6 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
90,3 92 128 68 14 8,3 4,5 2,1 90 76 138 6 2 0,33 2 3 2
65 87,8 98 115 55 15 5,5 3 1,5 87 80 121 12 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
101 98 133 55 15 5,5 3 2,1 101 80 148 6 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
92,8 98 135 73 15 8,3 4,5 2,1 92 82 148 5 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
745
Spherical roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 70 – 115 mm
b
K B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
70 140 33 236 270 29 4 300 6 000 3,00
170 39 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 5,30 * 22216 EK H 316
170 58 490 540 54 3 000 4 000 7,65 * 21316 EK
22316 EK
H 316
H 2316
*
75 150 36 285 325 34,5 4 000 5 600 3,70
180 41 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 6,20 * 22217 EK H 317
180 60 550 620 61 2 800 3 800 8,85 * 21317 EK
22317 EK
H 317
H 2317
*
80 160 40 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 4,55
160 52,4 355 440 48 2 800 3 800 6,00 * 22218 EK H 318
190 43 380 450 46,5 3 600 4 800 7,25 * 23218 CCK/W33 H 2318
190 64 610 695 67 2 600 3 600 10,5 * 21318 EK
22318 EK
H 318
H 2318
*
85 170 43 380 450 46,5 3 600 4 800 5,45
200 45 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 8,25 * 22219 EK H 319
200 67 670 765 73,5 2 600 3 400 12,0 * 21319 EK H 319
* 22319 EK H 2319
90 165 52 365 490 53 3 000 4 000 6,15
180 46 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 6,40 * 23120 CCK/W33 H 3120
180 60,3 475 600 63 2 400 3 400 8,75 * 22220 EK
23220 CCK/W33
H 320
H 2320
215 47 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 10,5 * 21320 EK H 320
215 73 815 950 88 2 400 3 000 14,0 * 22320 EK H 2320
*
100 170 45 310 440 46,5 3 400 4 300 5,75
180 56 430 585 61 2 800 3 600 7,70 * 23022 CCK/W33 H 322
200 53 560 640 63 3 000 4 000 8,90 * 23122 CCK/W33 H 3122
200 69,8 600 765 76,5 2 200 3 200 12,5 * 22222 EK
23222 CCK/W33
H 322
H 2322
240 80 950 1 120 100 2 000 2 800 21,0 * 22322 EK H 2322
*
110 180 46 355 510 53 3 200 4 000 5,95
200 62 510 695 71 2 400 3 400 10,0 * 23024 CCK/W33 H 3024
215 58 630 765 73,5 2 800 3 800 11,0 * 23124 CCK/W33
22224 EK
H 3124
H 3124
215 76 695 930 93 2 000 2 800 14,7 * 23224 CCK/W33 H 2324
260 86 965 1 120 100 2 000 2 600 25,5 * 22324 CCK/W33 H 2324
*
115 200 52 430 610 62 2 800 3 600 8,60
210 64 560 780 78 2 400 3 200 12,0 * 23026 CCK/W33 H 3026
230 64 735 930 88 2 600 3 600 14,0 * 23126 CCK/W33
22226 EK
H 3126
H 3126
230 80 780 1 060 104 1 900 2 600 18,5 * 23226 CCK/W33 H 2326
280 93 1 120 1 320 114 1 700 2 400 33,0 * 22326 CCK/W33 H 2326
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
746
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 b K r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
70 94,7 105 127 59 17 5,5 3 2 94 85 129 12 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
106 105 141 59 17 5,5 3 2,1 106 85 158 6 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
98,3 105 143 78 17 8,3 4,5 2,1 98 88 158 6 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
75 101 110 133 63 18 5,5 3 2 101 91 139 12 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
106 110 141 63 18 5,5 3 3 106 91 166 7 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
108 110 154 82 18 8,3 4,5 3 108 94 166 7 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
80 106 120 141 65 18 5,5 3 2 106 96 149 10 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
106 120 137 86 18 5,5 3 2 106 100 149 18 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
112 120 150 65 18 8,3 4,5 3 112 96 176 7 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
113 120 161 86 18 11,1 6 3 113 100 176 7 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
85 112 125 150 68 19 8,3 4,5 2,1 112 102 158 9 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
118 125 159 68 19 8,3 4,5 3 118 102 186 7 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
118 125 168 90 19 11,1 6 3 118 105 186 7 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
90 115 130 144 76 20 5,5 3 2 115 106 154 6 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
118 130 159 71 20 8,3 4,5 2,1 118 108 168 8 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
117 130 153 97 20 8,3 4,5 2,1 117 110 168 19 2 0,33 2 3 2
118 130 159 71 20 8,3 4,5 3 118 108 201 7 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
130 130 184 97 20 11,1 6 3 130 110 201 7 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
100 125 145 151 77 21 5,5 3 2 125 118 160 14 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
126 145 157 81 21 8,3 4,5 2 126 117 169 7 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
130 145 178 77 21 8,3 4,5 2,1 130 118 188 6 2 0,25 2,7 4 2,5
130 145 169 105 21 8,3 4,5 2,1 130 121 188 17 2 0,33 2 3 2
143 145 204 105 21 13,9 7,5 3 143 121 226 7 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
110 135 145 163 72 22 5,5 3 2 135 127 170 7 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
139 155 174 88 22 8,3 4,5 2 139 128 189 7 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
141 155 189 88 22 11,1 6 2,1 141 128 203 11 2 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
141 155 182 112 22 8,3 4,5 2,1 141 131 203 17 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
152 155 216 112 22 13,9 7,5 3 152 131 246 7 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
115 148 155 180 80 23 8,3 4,5 2 148 137 190 8 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
148 165 184 92 23 8,3 4,5 2 148 138 199 8 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
152 165 201 92 23 11,1 6 3 152 138 216 8 2,5 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
151 165 196 121 23 8,3 4,5 3 151 142 216 21 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
164 165 233 121 23 16,7 9 4 164 142 262 8 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
747
Spherical roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 125 – 170 mm
b
K B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
125 210 53 465 680 68 2 600 3 400 9,40
225 68 630 900 88 2 200 2 800 14,3 * 23028 CCK/W33 H 3028
250 68 710 900 86,5 2 400 3 200 17,8 * 23128 CCK/W33
22228 CCK/W33
H 3128
H 3128
250 88 915 1 250 120 1 600 2 400 24,0 * 23228 CCK/W33 H 2328
300 102 1 290 1 560 132 1 700 2 200 41,0 * 22328 CCK/W33 H 2328
*
135 225 56 510 750 73,5 2 400 3 200 11,0
250 80 830 1 200 114 2 000 2 600 20,8 * 23030 CCK/W33 H 3030
270 73 850 1 080 102 2 200 3 000 22,8 * 23130 CCK/W33
22230 CCK/W33
H 3130
H 3130
270 96 1 080 1 460 137 1 500 2 200 30,0 * 23230 CCK/W33 H 2330
320 108 1 460 1 760 146 1 600 2 000 47,4 * 22330 CCK/W33 H 2330
*
140 240 60 585 880 83 2 400 3 000 14,5
270 86 980 1 370 129 1 700 2 400 27,3 * 23032 CCK/W33 H 3032
290 80 1 000 1 290 118 2 000 2 800 29,3 * 23132 CCK/W33
22232 CCK/W33
H 3132
H 3132
290 104 1 220 1 660 153 1 500 2 200 38,8 * 23232 CCK/W33 H 2332
340 114 1 600 1 960 160 1 500 1 900 60,0 * 22332 CCK/W33 H 2332
*
150 260 67 710 1 060 100 2 200 2 800 18,3
280 88 1 040 1 500 137 1 800 2 400 29,5 * 23034 CCK/W33 H 3034
310 86 1 120 1 460 132 1 900 2 600 36,0 * 23134 CCK/W33 H 3134
310 110 1 400 1 930 173 1 400 2 000 46,4 * 22234 CCK/W33
23234 CCK/W33
H 3134
H 2334
360 120 1 760 2 160 176 1 400 1 800 60,5 * 22334 CCK/W33 H 2334
*
160 250 52 431 830 76,5 2 400 2 800 7,90 23936 CCK/W33 H 3936
280 74 830 1 250 114 2 000 2 600 23,2
300 96 1 200 1 760 160 1 500 2 200 37,0 * 23036 CCK/W33 H 3036
320 86 1 180 1 560 140 1 800 2 600 38,2 * 23136 CCK/W33
22236 CCK/W33
H 3136
H 3136
320 112 1 290 2 120 186 1 300 1 900 49,5 * 23236 CCK/W33 H 2336
380 126 2 000 2 450 193 1 300 1 700 80,0 * 22336 CCK/W33 H 2336
*
170 260 52 414 800 76,5 2 200 2 600 14,5 23938 CCK/W33 H 3938
290 75 865 1 340 122 1 900 2 400 24,8
320 104 1 370 2 080 183 1 500 2 000 44,5 * 23038 CCK/W33 H 3038
340 92 1 270 1 700 150 1 700 2 400 46,0 * 23138 CCK/W33
22238 CCK/W33
H 3138
H 3138
340 120 1 660 2 400 208 1 300 1 800 59,0 * 23238 CCK/W33 H 2338
400 132 2 120 2 650 208 1 200 1 600 93,0 * 22338 CCK/W33 H 2338
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
748
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 b K r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
125 158 165 190 82 24 8,3 4,5 2 158 147 200 8 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
159 180 197 97 24 8,3 4,5 2,1 159 149 213 8 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
166 180 216 97 24 11,1 6 3 166 149 236 8 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
165 180 212 131 24 11,1 6 3 165 152 236 22 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
175 180 247 131 24 16,7 9 4 175 152 283 8 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
135 169 180 203 87 26 8,3 4,5 2,1 169 158 214 8 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
172 195 216 111 26 11,1 6 2,1 172 160 238 8 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
178 195 234 111 26 13,9 7,5 3 178 160 256 15 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
175 195 228 139 26 11,1 6 3 175 163 256 20 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
188 195 266 139 26 16,7 9 4 188 163 303 8 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
140 180 190 217 93 27,5 11,1 6 2,1 180 168 229 8 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
184 210 234 119 28 13,9 7,5 2,1 184 170 258 8 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
191 210 250 119 28 13,9 7,5 3 191 170 276 14 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
188 210 244 147 28 13,9 7,5 3 188 174 276 18 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
200 210 282 147 28 16,7 9 4 200 174 323 8 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
150 191 200 232 101 28,5 11,1 6 2,1 191 179 249 8 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
195 220 244 122 29 13,9 7,5 2,1 195 180 268 8 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
203 220 267 122 29 16,7 9 4 203 180 293 10 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
200 220 261 154 29 13,9 7,5 4 200 185 293 18 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
213 220 300 154 29 16,7 9 4 213 185 343 8 3 0,33 2 3 2
160 199 210 231 87 29,5 5,5 3 2 199 188 240 8 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
204 210 249 109 29,5 13,9 7,5 2,1 204 189 269 8 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
207 230 259 131 30 13,9 7,5 3 207 191 286 8 2,5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
213 230 278 131 30 16,7 9 4 213 191 303 18 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
211 230 271 161 30 13,9 7,5 4 211 195 303 22 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
224 230 317 161 30 22,3 12 4 224 195 363 8 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
170 209 220 240 89 30,5 5,5 3 2 209 198 250 9 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
216 220 261 112 30,5 13,9 7,5 2,1 216 199 279 9 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
220 240 276 141 31 13,9 7,5 3 220 202 306 9 2,5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
225 240 294 141 31 16,7 9 4 225 202 323 21 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
222 240 287 169 31 16,7 9 4 222 206 323 21 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
236 240 333 169 31 22,3 12 5 236 206 380 9 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
749
Spherical roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 180 – 280 mm
b B3
K B2 B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
180 280 60 546 1 040 93 2 000 2 400 19,0 23940 CCK/W33 H 3940
310 82 1 000 1 530 137 1 800 2 200 31,7
340 112 1 600 2 360 204 1 500 1 900 55,5 * 23040 CCK/W33 H 3040
360 98 1 460 1 930 166 1 600 2 200 66,0 * 23140 CCK/W33
22240 CCK/W33
H 3140
H 3140
360 128 1 860 2 700 228 1 200 1 700 70,0 * 23240 CCK/W33 H 2340
420 138 2 320 2 900 224 1 200 1 500 107 * 22340 CCK/W33 H 2340
*
200 300 60 546 1 080 93 1 900 2 200 22,5 23944 CCK/W33 OH 3944 H
340 90 1 220 1 860 163 1 600 2 000 39,4
370 120 1 800 2 750 232 1 300 1 700 67,5 * 23044 CCK/W33 OH 3044 H
400 108 1 760 2 360 196 1 500 2 000 74,0 * 23144 CCK/W33 OH 3144 H
400 144 2 360 3 450 285 1 100 1 500 96,5 * 22244 CCK/W33
23244 CCK/W33
OH 3144 H
OH 2344 H
460 145 2 700 3 450 260 1 000 1 400 135 * 22344 CCK/W33 OH 2344 H
*
220 320 60 564 1 160 98 1 700 2 000 24,5 23948 CCK/W33 OH 3948 H
360 92 1 290 2 080 176 1 500 1 900 44,5
400 128 2 080 3 200 255 1 200 1 600 80,5 * 23048 CCK/W33 OH 3048 H
440 120 2 000 3 000 245 1 300 1 800 99,0 * 23148 CCK/W33
22248 CCK/W33
OH 3148 H
OH 3148 H
440 160 2 900 4 300 345 950 1 300 125 * 23248 CCK/W33 OH 2348 H
500 155 3 100 4 000 290 950 1 300 170 * 22348 CCK/W33 OH 2348 H
*
240 360 75 880 1 800 156 1 500 1 900 35,0 23952 CCK/W33 OH 3952 H
400 104 1 600 2 550 212 1 300 1 700 60,5
440 144 2 550 3 900 290 850 1 100 109 * 23052 CCK/W33 OH 3052 H
480 130 2 650 3 550 285 900 1 200 130 * 23152 CCK/W33
22252 CCK/W33
OH 3152 H
OH 3152 H
480 174 3 250 4 750 360 850 1 200 160 * 23252 CCK/W33 OH 2352 H
540 165 3 550 4 550 325 850 1 100 215 * 22352 CCK/W33 OH 2352 H
*
260 380 75 845 1 760 143 1 400 1 700 40,0 23956 CCK/W33 OH 3956 H
420 106 1 730 2 850 224 1 300 1 600 67,0
460 146 2 650 4 250 335 1 000 1 300 115 * 23056 CCK/W33 OH 3056 H
500 130 2 700 3 750 300 1 100 1 500 135 * 23156 CCK/W33
22256 CCK/W33
OH 3156 H
OH 3156 H
500 176 3 250 4 900 365 800 1 100 165 * 23256 CCK/W33 OH 2356 H
580 175 4 000 5 200 365 800 1 100 250 * 22356 CCK/W33 OH 2356 H
*
280 420 90 1 200 2 500 200 1 300 1 600 58,5
460 118 2 120 3 450 265 1 200 1 500 90,0 * 23960 CCK/W33 OH 3960 H
500 160 3 200 5 100 380 950 1 200 150 * 23060 CCK/W33
23160 CCK/W33
OH 3060 H
OH 3160 H
540 140 3 150 4 250 325 1 000 1 400 170 * 22260 CCK/W33 OH 3160 H
540 192 3 900 5 850 425 750 1 000 210 * 23260 CCK/W33 OH 3260 H
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
750
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 B3 b K r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
180 222 240 258 98 31,5 – 8,3 4,5 2,1 222 208 269 9 2 0,18 3,8 5,6 3,6
228 240 278 120 31,5 – 13,9 7,5 2,1 228 210 299 9 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
231 250 293 150 32 – 16,7 9 3 231 212 326 9 2,5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
238 250 313 150 32 – 16,7 9 4 238 212 343 24 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
235 250 304 176 32 – 16,7 9 4 235 216 343 19 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
249 250 351 176 32 – 22,3 12 5 249 216 400 9 4 0,33 2 3 2
200 241 260 276 96 30 41 8,3 4,5 2,1 241 229 289 12 2 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
250 260 306 126 30 41 13,9 7,5 3 250 231 327 9 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
255 280 320 161 35 – 16,7 9 4 255 233 353 9 3 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
263 280 346 161 35 – 16,7 9 4 263 233 383 21 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
259 280 338 186 35 – 16,7 9 4 259 236 383 10 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
279 280 389 186 35 – 22,3 12 5 279 236 440 9 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
220 261 290 298 101 34 46 8,3 4,5 2,1 261 249 309 12 2 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
271 290 326 133 34 46 13,9 7,5 3 271 251 347 11 2,5 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
277 300 348 172 37 – 16,7 9 4 277 254 383 11 3 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
290 300 683 172 37 – 22,3 12 4 290 254 423 19 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
287 300 374 199 37 – 22,3 12 4 287 257 423 6 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
304 300 422 199 37 – 22,3 12 5 304 257 480 11 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
240 287 310 331 116 34 46 8,3 4,5 2,1 287 270 348 12 2 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
295 310 360 145 34 46 16,7 9 4 295 272 385 11 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
301 330 380 190 39 – 16,7 9 4 301 276 423 11 3 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
311 330 420 190 39 – 22,3 12 5 311 276 460 25 4 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
312 330 408 211 39 – 22,3 12 5 312 278 460 2 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
329 330 457 211 39 – 22,3 12 6 329 278 514 11 5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
260 308 330 352 121 38 50 11,1 6 2,1 308 290 369 12 2 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
315 330 380 152 38 50 16,7 9 4 315 292 405 12 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
321 350 400 195 41 – 16,7 9 5 321 296 440 12 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
333 350 441 195 41 – 22,3 12 5 333 296 480 28 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
332 350 429 224 41 – 22,3 12 5 332 299 480 11 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
354 350 492 224 41 – 22,3 12 6 354 299 554 12 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
280 333 360 385 140 42 54 11,1 6 3 333 312 407 13 2,5 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
340 360 413 168 42 54 16,7 9 4 340 313 445 12 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
345 380 434 208 40 53 16,7 9 5 345 318 480 12 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
354 380 478 208 40 53 22,3 12 5 354 318 520 32 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
356 380 461 240 40 53 22,3 12 5 356 321 520 12 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
751
Spherical roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 300 – 410 mm
b B3
K B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
300 440 90 1 430 2 700 212 1 400 1 500 61,0
480 121 2 240 3 800 285 1 100 1 400 97,0 * 23964 CCK/W33 OH 3964 H
540 176 3 750 6 000 440 850 1 100 185 * 23064 CCK/W33
23164 CCK/W33
OH 3064 H
OH 3164 H
580 150 3 600 4 900 375 950 1 300 200 * 22264 CCK/W33 OH 3164 H
580 208 4 400 6 700 480 700 950 260 * 23264 CCK/W33 OH 3264 H
*
320 460 90 1 460 2 800 216 1 300 1 400 67,5
520 133 2 700 4 550 335 1 000 1 300 130 * 23968 CCK/W33 OH 3968 H
580 190 4 250 6 800 480 800 1 000 250 * 23068 CCK/W33
23168 CCK/W33
OH 3068 H
OH 3168 H
620 224 5 100 7 800 550 560 800 335 * 23268 CAK/W33 OH 3268 H
*
340 480 90 1 400 2 750 220 1 200 1 300 68,5
540 134 2 750 4 800 345 950 1 200 135 * 23972 CCK/W33 OH 3972 H
600 192 4 300 6 950 490 750 1 000 260 * 23072 CCK/W33
23172 CCK/W33
OH 3072 H
OH 3172 H
650 170 4 300 6 200 440 630 850 375 * 22272 CAK/W33 OH 3172 H
650 232 5 400 8 300 570 530 850 375 * 23272 CAK/W33 OH 3272 H
*
360 520 106 1 960 3 800 285 1 100 1 200 96,0
560 135 2 900 5 000 360 900 1 200 145 * 23976 CCK/W33 OH 3976 H
620 194 4 400 7 100 500 560 1 000 275 * 23076 CCK/W33
23176 CAK/W33
OH 3076 H
OH 3176 H
680 240 5 850 9 150 620 500 750 420 * 23276 CAK/W33 OH 3276 H
*
380 540 106 2 000 3 900 290 1 100 1 200 100
600 148 3 250 5 700 400 850 1 100 180 * 23980 CCK/W33 OH 3980 H
650 200 4 650 7 650 530 530 950 325 * 23080 CCK/W33
23180 CAK/W33
OH 3080 H
OH 3180 H
720 256 6 550 10 400 680 480 670 505 * 23280 CAK/W33 OH 3280 H
820 243 7 500 10 400 670 430 750 735 * 22380 CAK/W33 OH 3280 H
*
400 560 106 2 040 4 150 300 1 000 1 100 105
620 150 3 400 6 000 415 600 1 100 190 * 23984 CCK/W33 OH 3984 H
700 224 5 600 9 300 620 480 900 410 * 23084 CAK/W33 OH 3084 H
760 272 7 350 11 600 765 450 630 590 * 23184 CKJ/W33
23284 CAK/W33
OH 3184 H
OH 3284 H
*
410 600 118 2 450 4 900 345 950 1 000 150
650 157 3 650 6 550 450 560 1 000 235 * 23988 CCK/W33 OH 3988 H
720 226 6 000 10 000 670 450 850 430 * 23088 CAK/W33 OH 3088 H
790 280 7 800 12 500 800 430 600 670 * 23188 CAK/W33
23288 CAK/W33
OH 3188 H
OH 3288 H
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
752
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 B3 b K r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
300 354 380 405 140 42 55 11,1 6 3 354 332 427 13 2,5 0,17 4 5,9 4
360 380 433 171 42 55 16,7 9 4 360 334 465 13 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
370 400 465 226 42 56 22,3 12 5 370 338 520 13 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
379 400 513 226 42 56 22,3 12 5 379 338 560 39 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
382 400 494 258 42 56 22,3 12 5 382 343 560 13 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
320 374 400 426 144 45 58 11,1 6 3 374 352 447 14 2,5 0,17 4 5,9 4
385 400 467 187 45 58 22,3 12 5 385 355 502 14 4 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
394 440 498 254 55 72 22,3 12 5 394 360 560 14 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
426 440 528 288 55 72 22,3 12 6 426 364 594 14 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
340 394 420 447 144 45 58 11,1 6 3 394 372 467 14 2,5 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
404 420 482 188 45 58 22,3 12 5 404 375 522 14 4 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
418 460 524 259 58 75 22,3 12 5 418 380 580 14 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
453 460 566 259 58 75 22,3 12 6 453 380 624 36 5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
447 460 552 299 58 75 22,3 12 6 447 385 624 14 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
360 420 450 481 164 48 62 13,9 7,5 4 420 393 505 15 3 0,17 4 5,9 4
425 450 508 193 48 62 22,3 12 5 425 396 542 15 4 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
452 490 541 264 60 77 22,3 12 5 452 401 600 15 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
471 490 581 310 60 77 22,3 12 6 471 405 654 15 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
380 439 470 500 168 52 66 13,9 7,5 4 439 413 525 15 3 0,17 4 5,9 4
450 470 541 210 52 66 22,3 12 5 450 417 582 15 4 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
474 520 566 272 62 82 22,3 12 6 474 421 624 15 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
499 520 615 328 62 82 22,3 12 6 499 427 694 15 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
534 520 697 328 62 82 22,3 12 7,5 534 427 788 28 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
400 459 490 519 168 52 66 16,7 9 4 466 433 545 15 3 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
485 490 562 212 52 66 22,3 12 5 485 437 602 16 4 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
483 540 607 304 70 90 22,3 12 6 483 443 674 16 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
525 540 649 352 70 90 22,3 12 7,5 525 449 726 16 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
410 484 520 552 189 60 77 16,7 9 4 484 454 585 17 3 0,17 4 5,9 4
509 520 589 228 60 77 22,3 12 6 509 458 627 17 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
528 560 632 307 70 90 22,3 12 6 528 463 694 17 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
547 560 676 361 70 90 22,3 12 7,5 547 469 758 17 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
753
Spherical roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 430 – 630 mm
b B3
K B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
430 620 118 2 500 5 000 355 600 1 000 160
680 163 3 900 6 950 465 560 950 265 * 23992 CAK/W33 OH 3992 H
760 240 6 400 10 800 680 430 800 530 * 23092 CAK/W33
23192 CAK/W33
OH 3092 H
OH 3192 H
830 296 8 500 13 700 880 400 560 790 * 23292 CAK/W33 OH 3292 H
*
450 650 128 2 900 5 700 405 560 1 000 185
700 165 3 900 6 800 450 530 950 275 * 23996 CAK/W33 OH 3996 H
790 248 6 950 12 000 780 400 750 590 * 23096 CAK/W33
23196 CAK/W33
OH 3096 H
OH 3196 H
870 310 9 300 15 000 950 380 530 935 * 23296 CAK/W33 OH 3296 H
*
470 670 128 2 900 6 000 415 530 950 195
720 167 4 150 7 800 510 500 900 290 * 239/500 CAK/W33 OH 39/500 H
830 264 7 650 12 900 830 380 700 690 * 230/500 CAK/W33
231/500 CAK/W33
OH 30/500 H
OH 31/500 H
920 336 10 600 17 300 1 060 360 500 1 100 * 232/500 CAK/W33 OH 32/500 H
*
500 710 136 3 200 6 700 480 500 900 255
780 185 5 100 9 300 630 450 800 395 * 239/530 CAK/W33 OH 39/530 H
870 272 8 150 14 000 915 360 670 765 * 230/530 CAK/W33
231/530 CAK/W33
OH 30/530 H
OH 31/530 H
980 355 11 100 20 400 1 220 300 480 1 490 * 232/530 CAK/W33 OH 32/530 H
530 750 140 3 450 7 200 510 450 850 260
820 195 5 600 10 200 680 430 750 445 * 239/560 CAK/W33 OH 39/560 H
920 280 9 150 16 000 980 340 630 880 * 230/560 CAK/W33
231/560 CAK/W33
OH 30/560 H
OH 31/560 H
1 030 365 11 500 22 000 1 400 280 430 1 490 * 232/560 CAK/W33 OH 32/560 H
560 800 150 3 900 8 300 585 430 750 330
870 200 6 000 11 400 750 400 700 525 * 239/600 CAK/W33 OH 39/600 H
980 300 10 200 18 000 1 100 320 560 1 070 * 230/600 CAK/W33
231/600 CAK/W33
OH 30/600 H
OH 31/600 H
1 090 388 13 100 25 500 1 560 260 400 1 780 * 232/600 CAK/W33 OH 32/600 H
600 850 165 4 650 9 800 640 400 700 385
920 212 6 700 12 500 800 380 670 595 * 239/630 CAK/W33 OH 39/630 H
1 030 315 10 500 20 800 1 220 260 530 1 240 * 230/630 CAK/W33
231/630 CAK/W33
OH 30/630 H
OH 31/630 H
630 900 170 5 000 10 800 695 360 670 455
980 230 7 650 14 600 915 340 600 755 * 239/670 CAK/W33 OH 39/670 H
1 090 336 10 900 22 400 1 370 240 500 1 510 * 230/670 CAK/W33
231/670 CAK/W33
OH 30/670 H
OH 31/670 H
1 220 438 15 400 30 500 1 700 220 360 2 535 232/670 CAK/W33 OH 32/670 H
* SKF Explorer bearing
754
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 B3 b K r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
430 512 540 573 189 60 77 16,7 9 4 512 474 605 17 3 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
531 540 616 234 60 77 22,3 12 6 531 478 657 17 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
553 580 665 326 75 95 22,3 12 7,5 553 484 728 17 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
572 580 706 382 75 95 22,3 12 7,5 572 490 798 17 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
450 532 560 601 200 60 77 16,7 9 5 532 496 632 18 4 0,18 3,8 5,6 3,6
547 560 632 237 60 77 22,3 12 6 547 499 677 18 5 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
577 620 692 335 75 95 22,3 12 7,5 577 505 758 18 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
600 620 741 397 75 95 22,3 12 7,5 600 512 838 18 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
470 557 580 621 208 68 85 22,3 12 5 557 516 652 18 4 0,17 4 5,9 4
571 580 656 247 68 85 22,3 12 6 571 519 697 18 5 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
603 630 726 356 80 100 22,3 12 7,5 603 527 798 18 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
631 630 779 428 80 100 22,3 12 7,5 631 534 888 18 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
500 589 630 659 216 68 90 22,3 12 5 589 547 692 20 4 0,17 4 5,9 4
611 630 708 265 68 90 22,3 12 6 611 551 757 20 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
636 670 763 364 80 105 22,3 12 7,5 636 558 838 20 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
668 670 836 447 80 105 22,3 12 9,5 668 566 940 20 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
530 625 650 695 227 75 97 22,3 12 5 625 577 732 20 4 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
644 650 745 282 75 97 22,3 12 6 644 582 797 20 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
673 710 808 377 85 110 22,3 12 7,5 673 589 888 20 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
704 710 877 462 85 110 22,3 12 9,5 704 600 990 20 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
560 668 700 742 239 75 97 22,3 12 5 668 619 782 22 4 0,17 4 5,9 4
683 700 786 289 75 97 22,3 12 6 683 623 847 22 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
720 750 862 399 85 110 22,3 12 7,5 720 632 948 22 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
752 750 928 487 85 110 22,3 12 9,5 752 639 1 050 22 8 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
600 705 730 786 254 75 97 22,3 12 6 705 650 827 22 5 0,17 4 5,9 4
725 730 837 301 75 97 22,3 12 7,5 725 654 892 22 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
757 800 908 424 95 120 22,3 12 7,5 757 663 998 22 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
630 749 780 834 264 80 102 22,3 12 6 749 691 877 22 5 0,17 4 5,9 4
770 780 890 324 80 102 22,3 12 7,5 770 696 952 22 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
802 850 958 456 106 131 22,3 12 7,5 802 705 1 058 22 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
830 850 1 027 558 106 131 22,3 12 12 830 720 1 172 22 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
755
Spherical roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 670 – 1 000 mm
b B3
K B2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
670 950 180 5 600 12 000 765 340 600 525
1 030 236 8 300 16 300 1 000 320 560 860 * 239/710 CAK/W33 OH 39/710 H
1 150 345 12 200 26 000 1 530 240 450 1 750 * 230/710 CAK/W33
231/710 CAK/W33
OH 30/710 H
OH 31/710 H
1 280 450 17 600 34 500 2 000 200 320 3 350 232/710 CAK/W33 OH 32/710 H
710 1 000 185 6 000 13 200 815 320 560 605
1 090 250 9 650 18 600 1 100 300 530 990 * 239/750 CAK/W33 OH 39/750 H
1 220 365 13 600 29 000 1 660 220 430 2 045 * 230/750 CAK/W33
231/750 CAK/W33
OH 30/750 H
OH 31/750 H
1 360 475 18 700 36 500 2 120 190 320 3 400 232/750 CAKF/W33 OH 32/750 H
750 1 060 195 6 400 14 300 880 300 530 730
1 150 258 10 000 20 000 1 160 280 480 1 200 * 239/800 CAK/W33 OH 39/800 H
1 280 375 14 800 31 500 1 800 200 400 2 430 * 230/800 CAK/W33
231/800 CAK/W33
OH 30/800 H
OH 31/800 H
800 1 120 200 5 980 15 600 930 260 480 950 239/850 CAK/W33 OH 39/850 H
1 220 272 9 370 21 600 1 270 240 450 1 390 230/850 CAK/W33 OH 30/850 H
1 360 400 16 100 34 500 2 000 180 360 2 800 231/850 CAK/W33 OH 31/850 H
850 1 180 206 6 440 17 000 1 020 240 450 930 239/900 CAK/W33 OH 39/900 H
1 280 280 10 100 23 200 1 340 220 400 1 580 230/900 CAK/W33 OH 30/900 H
900 1 250 224 7 250 19 600 1 120 220 430 1 120 239/950 CAK/W33 OH 39/950 H
1 360 300 12 000 28 500 1 600 200 380 1 870 230/950 CAK/W33 OH 30/950 H
950 1 420 308 12 700 30 500 1 700 180 360 2 070 230/1000 CAKF/W33 OH 30/1000 H
1 580 462 21 400 48 000 2 550 140 280 4 340 231/1000 CAKF/W33 OH 31/1000 H
1 000 1 400 250 9 550 26 000 1 460 180 360 1 590 239/1060 CAKF/W33 OH 39/1060 H
1 500 325 13 800 34 000 1 830 170 320 2 800 230/1060 CAKF/W33 OH 30/1060 H
756
ra
Ba
da db Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation factors
dimensions
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 B3 b K r1,2 da db Da Ba ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
670 788 830 881 286 90 112 22,3 12 6 788 732 927 26 5 0,17 4 5,9 4
814 830 939 342 90 112 22,3 12 7,5 814 736 1 002 26 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
850 900 1 017 467 106 135 22,3 12 9,5 850 745 1 110 26 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
851 900 1 017 572 106 135 22,3 12 12 851 753 1 232 26 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
710 832 870 929 291 90 112 22,3 12 6 832 772 977 26 5 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
860 870 996 356 90 112 22,3 12 7,5 860 778 1 062 26 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
900 950 1 080 493 112 141 22,3 12 9,5 900 787 1 180 26 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
938 950 1 163 603 112 141 22,3 12 15 938 800 1 302 26 12 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
750 885 920 984 303 90 112 22,3 12 6 885 825 1 037 28 5 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
915 920 1 051 366 90 112 22,3 12 7,5 915 829 1 122 28 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
950 1 000 1 141 505 112 141 22,3 12 9,5 950 838 1 240 28 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
800 940 980 1 043 308 90 115 22,3 12 6 940 876 1 097 28 5 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
969 980 1 114 380 90 115 22,3 12 7,5 969 880 1 192 28 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
1 010 1 060 1 203 536 118 147 22,3 12 12 1 010 890 1 312 28 10 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
850 989 1 030 1 100 326 100 125 22,3 12 6 989 924 1 157 30 5 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
1 023 1 030 1 177 400 100 125 22,3 12 7,5 1 023 931 1 252 30 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
900 1 049 1 080 1 161 344 100 125 22,3 12 7,5 1 049 976 1 222 30 6 0,15 4,5 6,7 4,5
1 083 1 080 1 242 420 100 125 22,3 12 7,5 1 083 983 1 332 30 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
950 1 139 1 140 1 305 430 100 125 22,3 12 7,5 1 139 1 034 1 392 33 6 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
1 182 1 240 1 399 609 125 154 22,3 12 12 1 182 1 047 1 532 33 10 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
1 000 1 171 1 200 1 303 372 100 125 22,3 12 7,5 1 171 1 090 1 392 33 6 0,16 4,2 6,3 4
1 202 1 200 1 373 447 100 125 22,3 12 9,5 1 202 1 096 1 466 33 8 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
757
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 35 – 80 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
B2
D D1 G d1 d2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
35 80 23 96,5 90 9,8 8 000 11 000 0,60
90 23 104 108 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,84 * 22208 EK AH 308
90 33 150 140 15 6 000 8 000 1,20 * 21308 EK
22308 EK
AH 308
AH 2308
*
40 85 23 102 98 10,8 7 500 10 000 0,70
100 25 125 127 13,7 6 300 8 500 1,10 * 22209 EK AH 309
100 36 183 183 19,6 5 300 7 000 1,55 * 21309 EK
22309 EK
AH 309
AH 2309
*
45 90 23 104 108 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,79
110 27 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,45 * 22210 EK AHX 310
110 40 220 224 24 4 800 6 300 2,10 * 21310 EK AHX 310
* 22310 EK AHX 2310
50 100 25 125 137 13,7 6 300 8 500 0,95
120 29 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,80 * 22211 EK AHX 311
120 43 270 280 30 4 300 5 600 2,70 * 21311 EK
22311 EK
AHX 311
AHX 2311
*
55 110 28 156 166 18,6 5 600 7 500 1,30
130 31 212 240 26,5 4 800 6 300 2,20 * 22212 EK AHX 312
130 46 310 335 36,5 4 000 5 300 3,30 * 21312 EK
22312 EK
AHX 312
AHX 2312
*
60 120 31 193 216 24 5 300 7 000 1,70
140 33 236 270 29 4 300 6 000 2,75 * 22213 EK AH 313 G
140 48 340 360 38 3 800 5 000 4,10 * 21313 EK
22313 EK
AH 313 G
AH 2313 G
*
65 125 31 208 228 25,5 5 000 6 700 1,80
150 35 285 325 34,5 3 400 4 500 3,35 * 22214 EK AH 314 G
150 51 400 430 45 3 400 4 500 4,90 * 21314 EK
22314 EK
AH 314 G
AHX 2314 G
*
70 130 31 212 240 26,5 4 800 6 300 1,95
160 37 285 325 34,5 4 000 5 600 4,15 * 22215 EK AH 315 G
160 55 440 475 48 3 200 4 300 6,00 * 21315 EK AH 315 G
* 22315 EK AHX 2315 G
75 140 33 236 270 29 4 300 6 000 2,40
170 39 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 4,75 * 22216 EK AH 316
170 58 490 540 54 3 000 4 000 7,00 * 21316 EK
22316 EK
AH 316
AHX 2316
*
80 150 36 285 325 34,5 4 000 5 600 3,05
180 41 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 4,55 * 22217 EK AHX 317
180 60 550 620 61 2 800 3 800 8,15 * 21317 EK
22317 EK
AHX 317
AHX 2317
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
758
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
35 49,6 69,4 29 32 M 45×1,5 6 5,5 3 1,1 47 73 1 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
59,9 79 29 32 M 45×1,5 6 – – 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
49,9 74,3 40 43 M 45×1,5 7 5,5 3 1,5 49 81 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
40 54,9 74,4 31 34 M 50×1,5 6 5,5 3 1,1 52 78 1 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
65,3 87,9 31 34 M 50×1,5 6 5,5 3 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
57,6 83,1 44 47 M 50×1,5 7 5,5 3 1,5 54 91 1,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
45 59,9 79 35 38 M 55×2 7 5,5 3 1,1 57 83 1 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
72,6 96,5 35 38 M 55×2 7 5,5 3 2 61 99 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
63,9 91,9 50 53 M 55×2 9 5,5 3 2 61 99 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
50 65,3 87,9 37 40 M 60×2 7 5,5 3 1,5 64 91 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
72,6 96 37 40 M 60×2 7 5,5 3 2 66 109 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
70,1 102 54 57 M 60×2 10 5,5 3 2 66 109 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
55 72,6 96,3 40 43 M 65×2 8 5,5 3 1,5 69 101 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
87,8 115 40 43 M 65×2 8 5,5 3 2,1 72 118 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
77,9 110 58 61 M 65×2 11 5,5 4,5 2,1 72 118 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
60 80 106 42 45 M 70×2 8 5,5 3 1,5 74 111 1,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
94,7 124 42 45 M 70×2 8 5,5 3 2,1 77 128 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
81,6 118 61 64 M 70×2 12 8,3 4,5 2,1 77 128 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
65 83 111 43 47 M 75×2 8 5,5 3 1,5 79 116 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
101 133 43 47 M 75×2 8 5,5 3 2,1 82 138 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
90,3 128 64 68 M 75×2 12 8,3 4,5 2,1 82 138 2 0,33 2 3 2
70 87,8 115 45 49 M 80×2 8 5,5 3 1,5 84 121 1,5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
101 133 45 49 M 80×2 8 5,5 3 2,1 87 148 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
92,8 135 68 72 M 80×2 12 8,3 4,5 2,1 87 148 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
75 94,7 127 48 52 M 90×2 8 5,5 3 2 91 129 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
106 141 48 52 M 90×2 8 5,5 3 2,1 92 158 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
98,3 143 71 75 M 90×2 12 8,3 4,5 2,1 92 158 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
80 101 133 52 56 M 95×2 9 5,5 3 2 96 139 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
106 141 52 56 M 95×2 9 5,5 3 3 99 166 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
108 154 74 78 M 95×2 13 8,3 4,5 3 99 166 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
759
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 85 – 125 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
B2
D D1 G d1 d2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
85 160 40 325 375 39 3 800 5 300 3,70
160 52,4 355 440 48 2 800 3 800 5,00 * 22218 EK AHX 318
190 43 380 450 46,5 3 600 4 800 6,40 * 23218 CCK/W33
21318 EK
AHX 3218
AHX 318
190 64 610 695 67 2 600 3 600 9,50 * 22318 EK AHX 2318
*
90 170 43 380 450 46,5 3 600 4 800 4,60
200 45 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 7,40 * 22219 EK AHX 319
200 67 670 765 73,5 2 600 3 400 11,0 * 21319 EK
22319 EK
AHX 319
AHX 2319
*
95 165 52 365 490 53 3 000 4 000 5,00
180 46 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 5,40 * 23120 CCK/W33 AHX 3120
180 60,3 475 600 63 2 400 3 400 7,30 * 22220 EK
23220 CCK/W33
AHX 320
AHX 3220
215 47 425 490 49 3 400 4 500 9,10 * 21320 EK AHX 320
215 73 815 950 88 2 400 3 000 14,0 * 22320 EK AHX 2320
*
105 170 45 310 440 46,5 3 400 4 300 4,45
180 56 430 585 61 2 800 3 600 6,35 * 23022 CCK/W33 AHX 3122
180 69 520 750 78 2 200 3 000 7,30 * 23122 CCK/W33
24122 CCK30/W33
AHX 3122
AH 24122
*
200 53 560 640 63 3 000 4 000 7,50
200 69,8 600 765 76,5 2 200 3 200 10,5 * 22222 EK AHX 3122
240 80 950 1 120 100 2 000 2 800 19,5 * 23222 CCK/W33
22322 EK
AHX 3222 G
AHX 2322 G
*
115 180 46 355 510 53 3 200 4 000 4,80
180 60 430 670 68 2 000 3 400 5,95 * 23024 CCK/W33 AHX 3024
200 62 510 695 71 2 400 3 400 8,70 * 24024 CCK30/W33 AH 24024
200 80 655 950 95 1 900 2 600 10,8 * 23124 CCK/W33
24124 CCK30/W33
AHX 3124
AH 24124
*
215 58 630 765 73,5 2 800 3 800 9,55
215 76 695 930 93 2 000 2 800 13,0 * 22224 EK AHX 3124
260 86 965 1 120 100 2 000 2 600 24,0 * 23224 CCK/W33 AHX 3224 G
* 22324 CCK/W33 AHX 2324 G
125 200 52 430 610 62 2 800 3 600 6,75
200 69 540 815 81,5 1 900 3 000 8,65 * 23026 CCK/W33 AHX 3026
210 64 560 780 78 2 400 3 200 9,60 * 24026 CCK30/W33
23126 CCK/W33
AH 24026
AHX 3126
210 80 680 1 000 100 1 800 2 400 11,7 * 24126 CCK30/W33 AH 24126
*
230 64 735 930 88 2 600 3 600 11,6
230 80 780 1 060 104 1 900 2 600 15,5 * 22226 EK AHX 3126
280 93 1 120 1 320 114 1 700 2 400 30,5 * 23226 CCK/W33
22326 CCK/W33
AHX 3226 G
AHX 2326 G
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
760
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
85 106 141 53 57 M 100×2 9 5,5 3 2 101 149 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
106 137 63 67 M 100×2 10 5,5 3 2 101 149 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
112 150 53 57 M 100×2 9 8,3 4,5 3 104 176 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
113 161 79 83 M 100×2 14 11,1 6 3 104 176 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
90 112 150 57 61 M 105×2 10 8,3 4,5 2,1 107 158 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
118 159 57 61 M 105×2 10 8,3 4,5 3 109 186 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
118 168 85 89 M 105×2 16 11,1 6 3 109 186 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
95 115 144 64 68 M 110×2 11 5,5 3 2 111 154 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
118 159 59 63 M 110×2 10 8,3 4,5 2,1 112 168 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
117 153 73 77 M 110×2 11 8,3 4,5 2,1 112 168 2 0,33 2 3 2
118 159 59 63 M 110×2 10 8,3 4,5 3 114 201 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
130 184 90 94 M 110×2 16 11,1 6 3 114 201 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
105 125 151 68 72 M 120×2 11 5,5 3 2 120 160 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
126 157 68 72 M 120×2 11 8,3 4,5 2 121 169 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
123 153 82 91 M 115×2 13 5,5 3 2 121 169 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
130 178 68 72 M 120×2 11 8,3 4,5 2,1 122 188 2 0,25 2,7 4 2,5
130 169 82 86 M 120×2 11 8,3 4,5 2,1 122 188 2 0,33 2 3 2
143 204 98 102 M 120×2 16 13,9 7,5 3 124 226 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
115 135 163 60 64 M 130×2 13 5,5 3 2 130 170 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
132 159 73 82 M 125×2 13 5,5 3 2 130 170 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
139 174 75 79 M 130×2 12 8,3 4,5 2 131 189 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
135 168 5,5 3 2 131 189 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
93 102 M 130×2 13
141 189 75 79 M 130×2 12 11,1 6 2,1 132 203 2 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
141 182 90 94 M 130×2 13 8,3 4,5 2,1 132 203 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
152 216 105 109 M 130×2 17 13,9 7,5 3 134 246 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
125 148 180 67 71 M 140×2 14 8,3 4,5 2 140 190 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
145 175 83 93 M 135×2 14 5,5 3 2 140 190 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
148 184 78 82 M 140×2 12 8,3 4,5 2 141 199 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
146 180 94 104 M 140×2 14 5,5 3 2 141 199 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
152 201 78 82 M 140×2 12 11,1 6 3 144 216 2,5 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
151 196 98 102 M 140×2 15 8,3 4,5 3 144 216 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
164 233 115 119 M 140×2 19 16,7 9 4 148 262 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
761
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 135 – 170 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
B2
D D1 G d1 d2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
135 210 53 465 680 68 2 600 3 400 7,35
210 69 570 900 88 1 800 2 800 9,20 * 23028 CCK/W33 AHX 3028
225 68 630 900 88 2 200 2 800 11,5 * 24028 CCK30/W33
23128 CCK/W33
AH 24028
AHX 3128
225 85 765 1 160 112 1 700 2 400 14,3 * 24128 CCK30/W33 AH 24128
*
250 68 710 900 86,5 2 400 3 200 15,0
250 88 915 1 250 120 1 600 2 400 20,5 * 22228 CCK/W33 AHX 3128
300 102 1 290 1 560 132 1 700 2 200 38,0 * 23228 CCK/W33
22328 CCK/W33
AHX 3228 G
AHX 2328 G
*
145 225 56 510 750 73,5 2 200 3 200 8,85
225 75 655 1 040 100 1 700 2 600 11,3 * 23030 CCK/W33 AHX 3030
250 80 830 1 200 114 2 000 2 600 17,0 * 24030 CCK30/W33
23130 CCK/W33
AH 24030
AHX 3130 G
250 100 1 020 1 530 146 1 400 2 200 21,0 * 24130 CCK30/W33 AH 24130
*
270 73 850 1 080 102 2 200 3 000 19,0
270 96 1 080 1 460 137 1 500 2 200 26,0 * 22230 CCK/W33 AHX 3130 G
320 108 1 460 1 760 146 1 600 2 000 45,5 * 23230 CCK/W33
22330 CCK/W33
AHX 3230 G
AHX 2330 G
*
150 240 60 585 880 83 2 400 3 000 11,5
240 80 750 1 200 114 1 500 2 400 14,8 * 23032 CCK/W33 AH 3032
270 86 980 1 370 129 1 700 2 400 23,0 * 24032 CCK30/W33 AH 24032
270 109 1 180 1 760 163 1 400 1 900 28,5 * 23132 CCK/W33
24132 CCK30/W33
AH 3132 G
AH 24132
*
290 80 1 000 1 290 118 2 000 2 800 25,0
290 104 1 220 1 660 153 1 500 2 200 34,5 * 22232 CCK/W33 AH 3132 G
340 114 1 600 1 960 160 1 500 1 900 56,0 * 23232 CCK/W33 AH 3232 G
* 22332 CCK/W33 AH 2332 G
160 260 67 710 1 060 100 2 200 2 800 15,0
260 90 930 1 460 137 1 400 2 400 20,0 * 23034 CCK/W33 AH 3034
280 88 1 040 1 500 137 1 800 2 400 25,0 * 24034 CCK30/W33
23134 CCK/W33
AH 24034
AH 3134 G
280 109 1 220 1 860 170 1 300 1 900 30,0 * 24134 CCK30/W33 AH 24134
*
310 86 1 120 1 460 132 1 900 2 600 31,0
310 110 1 400 1 930 173 1 400 2 000 41,0 * 22234 CCK/W33 AH 3134 G
360 120 1 760 2 160 176 1 300 1 800 65,5 * 23234 CCK/W33
22334 CCK/W33
AH 3234 G
AH 2334 G
*
170 280 74 830 1 250 114 2 000 2 600 19,3
280 100 1 080 1 730 156 1 300 2 200 25,7 * 23036 CCK/W33 AH 3036
300 96 1 200 1 760 160 1 500 2 200 32,0 * 24036 CCK30/W33
23136 CCK/W33
AH 24036
AH 3136 G
300 118 1 400 2 160 196 1 300 1 700 37,0 * 24136 CCK30/W33 AH 24136
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
762
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
135 158 190 68 73 M 150×2 14 8,3 4,5 2 150 200 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
155 185 83 93 M 145×2 14 5,5 3 2 150 200 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
159 197 83 88 M 150×2 14 8,3 4,5 2,1 152 213 2 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
156 193 99 109 M 150×2 14 8,3 4,5 2,1 152 213 2 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
166 216 83 88 M 150×2 14 11,1 6 3 154 236 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
165 212 104 109 M 150×3 15 11,1 6 3 154 236 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
175 247 125 130 M 150×3 20 16,7 9 4 157 283 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
145 169 203 72 77 M 160×3 15 8,3 4,5 2,1 161 214 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
165 197 90 101 M 155×3 15 5,5 3 2,1 161 214 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
172 216 96 101 M 160×3 15 11,1 6 2,1 162 238 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
169 211 115 126 M 160×3 15 8,3 4,5 2,1 162 238 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
178 234 96 101 M 160×3 15 13,9 7,5 3 164 256 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
175 228 114 119 M 160×3 17 11,1 6 3 164 256 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
188 266 135 140 M 160×3 24 16,7 9 4 167 303 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
150 180 217 77 82 M 170×3 16 11,1 6 2,1 171 229 2 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
176 211 95 106 M 170×3 15 8,3 4,5 2,1 171 229 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
184 234 103 108 M 170×3 16 13,9 7,5 2,1 172 258 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
181 228 124 135 M 170×3 15 8,3 4,5 2,1 172 258 2 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
191 250 103 108 M 170×3 16 13,9 7,5 3 174 276 2,5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
188 244 124 130 M 170×3 20 13,9 7,5 3 174 276 2,5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
200 282 140 146 M 170×3 24 16,7 9 4 177 323 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
160 191 232 85 90 M 180×3 17 11,1 6 2,1 181 249 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
188 226 106 117 M 180×3 16 8,3 4,5 2,1 181 249 2 0,33 2 3 2
195 244 104 109 M 180×3 16 13,9 7,5 2,1 182 268 2 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
190 237 125 136 M 180×3 16 8,3 4,5 2,1 182 268 2 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
203 267 104 109 M 180×3 16 16,7 9 4 187 293 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
200 261 134 140 M 180×3 24 13,9 7,5 4 187 293 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
213 300 146 152 M 180×3 24 16,7 9 4 187 343 3 0,33 2 3 2
170 204 249 92 98 M 190×3 17 13,9 7,5 2,1 191 269 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
201 243 116 127 M 190×3 16 8,3 4,5 2,1 191 269 2 0,33 2 3 2
207 259 116 122 M 190×3 19 13,9 7,5 3 194 286 2,5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
203 253 134 145 M 190×3 16 11,1 6 3 194 286 2,5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
763
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 170 – 220 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
D D1 G d1 d2
B2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed Sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
170 320 86 1 180 1 560 140 1 800 2 600 32,5
cont. 320 112 1 500 2 120 186 1 300 1 900 43,5 * 22236 CCK/W33 AH 2236 G
380 126 2 000 2 450 193 1 300 1 700 76,0 * 23236 CCK/W33
22336 CCK/W33
AH 3236 G
AH 2336 G
*
180 290 75 865 1 340 122 1 900 2 400 21,0
290 100 1 120 1 800 163 1 400 2 000 27,5 * 23038 CCK/W33 AH 3038 G
320 104 1 370 2 080 183 1 500 2 000 38,5 * 24038 CCK30/W33
23138 CCK/W33
AH 24038
AH 3138 G
320 128 1 600 2 500 212 1 200 1 600 46,5 * 24138 CCK30/W33 AH 24138
*
340 92 1 270 1 700 150 1 700 2 400 39,5
340 120 1 660 2 400 208 1 300 1 800 52,5 * 22238 CCK/W33 AH 2238 G
400 132 2 120 2 650 208 1 200 1 600 87,5 * 23238 CCK/W33
22338 CCK/W33
AH 3238 G
AH 2338 G
*
190 310 82 1 000 1 530 137 1 800 2 200 26,3
310 109 1 290 2 120 186 1 200 1 900 34,5 * 23040 CCK/W33 AH 3040 G
340 112 1 600 2 360 204 1 500 1 900 48,5 * 24040 CCK30/W33 AH 24040
340 140 1 800 2 800 232 1 100 1 500 57,5 * 23140 CCK/W33
24140 CCK30/W33
AH 3140
AH 24140
*
360 98 1 460 1 930 166 1 600 2 200 47,0
360 128 1 860 2 700 228 1 200 1 700 63,0 * 22240 CCK/W33 AH 2240
420 138 2 320 2 900 224 1 200 1 500 100 * 23240 CCK/W33 AH 3240
* 22340 CCK/W33 AH 2340
200 340 90 1 220 1 860 163 1 600 2 000 36,5
340 118 1 560 2 600 212 1 200 1 700 47,5 * 23044 CCK/W33 AOH 3044 G
370 120 1 800 2 750 232 1 300 1 700 61,5 * 24044 CCK30/W33
23144 CCK/W33
AOH 24044
AOH 3144
370 150 2 120 3 350 285 1 000 1 400 76,0 * 24144 CCK30/W33 AOH 24144
*
400 108 1 760 2 360 196 1 500 2 000 68,0
400 144 2 360 3 450 285 1 100 1 500 93,0 * 22244 CCK/W33 AOH 2244
460 145 2 700 3 450 260 1 000 1 400 130 * 23244 CCK/W33
22344 CCK/W33
AOH 2344
AOH 2344
*
220 360 92 1 290 2 080 176 1 500 1 900 40,5
360 118 1 600 2 700 228 1 100 1 600 50,5 * 23048 CCK/W33 AOH 3048
400 128 2 080 3 200 255 1 200 1 600 76,5 * 24048 CCK30/W33
23148 CCK/W33
AOH 24048
AOH 3148
400 160 2 400 3 900 320 900 1 300 91,5 * 24148 CCK30/W33 AOH 24148
*
440 120 2 000 3 000 245 1 300 1 800 95,0
440 160 2 900 4 300 345 950 1 300 120 * 22248 CCK/W33 AOH 3148
500 155 3 100 4 000 290 950 1 300 165 * 23248 CCK/W33
22348 CCK/W33
AOH 2348
AOH 2348
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
764
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
170 213 278 105 110 M 190×3 17 16,7 9 4 197 303 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
cont. 211 271 140 146 M 190×3 24 13,9 7,5 4 197 303 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
224 317 154 160 M 190×3 26 22,3 12 4 197 363 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
180 216 261 96 102 M 200×3 18 13,9 7,5 2,1 201 279 2 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
210 253 118 131 M 200×3 18 8,3 4,5 2,1 201 279 2 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
220 276 125 131 M 200×3 20 13,9 7,5 3 204 306 2,5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
215 268 146 159 M 200×3 18 11,1 6 3 204 306 2,5 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
225 294 112 117 M 200×3 18 16,7 9 4 207 323 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
222 287 145 152 M 200×3 25 16,7 9 4 207 323 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
236 333 160 167 M 200×3 26 22,3 12 5 210 380 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
190 228 278 102 108 Tr 210×4 19 13,9 7,5 2,1 211 299 2 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
223 268 127 140 Tr 210×4 18 11,1 6 2,1 211 299 2 0,33 2 3 2
231 293 134 140 Tr 220×4 21 16,7 9 3 214 326 2,5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
226 284 158 171 Tr 210×4 18 11,1 6 3 214 326 2,5 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
238 313 118 123 Tr 220×4 21 16,7 9 4 217 343 3 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
235 304 153 160 Tr 220×4 25 16,7 9 4 217 343 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
249 351 170 177 Tr 220×4 30 22,3 12 5 220 400 4 0,33 2 3 2
200 250 306 111 117 Tr 230×4 20 13,9 7,5 3 233 327 2,5 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
244 295 138 152 Tr 230×4 20 11,1 6 3 233 327 2,5 0,33 2 3 2
255 320 145 151 Tr 240×4 23 16,7 9 4 237 353 3 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
248 310 170 184 Tr 230×4 20 11,1 6 4 237 353 3 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
263 346 130 136 Tr 240×4 20 16,7 9 4 237 383 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
259 338 181 189 Tr 240×4 30 16,7 9 4 237 383 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
279 389 181 189 Tr 240×4 30 22,3 12 5 240 440 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
220 271 326 116 123 Tr 260×4 21 13,9 7,5 3 253 347 2,5 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
265 316 138 153 Tr 250×4 20 11,1 6 3 253 347 2,5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
277 348 154 161 Tr 260×4 25 16,7 9 4 257 383 3 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
271 336 180 195 Tr 260×4 20 11,1 6 4 257 383 3 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
290 683 154 161 Tr 260×4 25 22,3 12 4 257 423 3 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
287 374 189 197 Tr 260×4 30 22,3 12 4 257 423 3 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
304 422 189 197 Tr 260×4 30 22,3 12 5 260 480 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
765
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 240 – 320 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
D D1 G d1 d2
B2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
240 400 104 1 600 2 550 212 1 300 1 700 56,5
400 140 2 040 3 450 285 1 000 1 400 75,0 * 23052 CCK/W33 AOH 3052
440 144 2 550 3 900 290 1 100 1 400 105 * 24052 CCK30/W33
23152 CCK/W33
AOH 24052 G
AOH 3152 G
440 180 3 000 4 800 380 850 1 200 110 * 24152 CCK30/W33 AOH 24152
*
480 130 2 650 3 550 285 1 200 1 600 120
480 174 3 250 4 750 360 850 1 200 155 * 22252 CCK/W33 AOH 2252 G
540 165 3 550 4 550 325 850 1 100 205 * 23252 CCK/W33
22352 CCK/W33
AOH 2352 G
AOH 2352 G
*
260 420 106 1 730 2 850 224 1 300 1 600 62,0
420 140 2 160 3 800 285 950 1 400 79,0 * 23056 CCK/W33 AOH 3056
460 146 2 650 4 250 335 1 000 1 300 110 * 24056 CCK30/W33
23156 CCK/W33
AOH 24056 G
AOH 3156 G
460 180 3 100 5 100 415 800 1 100 130 * 24156 CCK30/W33 AOH 24156
*
500 130 2 700 3 750 300 1 100 1 500 125
500 176 3 250 4 900 365 800 1 100 160 * 22256 CCK/W33 AOH 2256 G
580 175 4 000 5 200 365 800 1 100 245 * 23256 CCK/W33
22356 CCK/W33
AOH 2356 G
AOH 2356 G
*
280 460 118 2 120 3 450 265 1 200 1 500 82,5
460 160 2 700 4 750 355 850 1 200 110 * 23060 CCK/W33 AOH 3060
500 160 3 200 5 100 380 950 1 200 140 * 24060 CCK30/W33 AOH 24060 G
500 200 3 750 6 300 465 700 1 000 180 * 23160 CCK/W33
24160 CCK30/W33
AOH 3160 G
AOH 24160
*
540 140 3 150 4 250 325 1 000 1 400 155
540 192 3 900 5 850 425 750 1 000 200 * 22260 CCK/W33 AOH 2260 G
* 23260 CCK/W33 AOH 3260 G
300 480 121 2 240 3 800 285 1 100 1 400 89,0
480 160 2 850 5 100 400 800 1 200 110 * 23064 CCK/W33 AOH 3064 G
540 176 3 750 6 000 440 850 1 100 175 * 24064 CCK30/W33
23164 CCK/W33
AOH 24064 G
AOH 3164 G
540 218 4 250 7 100 510 670 900 225 * 24164 CCK30/W33 AOH 24164
*
580 150 3 600 4 900 375 950 1 300 185
580 208 4 400 6 700 480 700 950 250 * 22264 CCK/W33 AOH 2264 G
* 23264 CCK/W33 AOH 3264 G
320 520 133 2 700 4 550 335 1 000 1 300 120
520 180 3 450 6 200 475 750 1 100 150 * 23068 CCK/W33 AOH 3068 G
580 190 4 250 6 800 480 800 1 000 225 * 24068 CCK30/W33
23168 CCK/W33
AOH 24068
AOH 3168 G
580 243 5 300 8 650 640 600 850 295 * 24168 ECCK30J/W33 AOH 24168
620 224 5 100 7 800 550 560 800 315 * 23268 CAK/W33 AOH 3268 G
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
766
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
240 295 360 128 135 Tr 280×4 23 16,7 9 4 275 385 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
289 347 162 178 Tr 280×4 22 11,1 6 4 275 385 3 0,33 2 3 2
301 380 172 179 Tr 280×4 26 16,7 9 4 277 423 3 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
294 368 202 218 Tr 280×4 22 13,9 7,5 4 277 423 3 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
311 421 172 179 Tr 280×4 26 22,3 12 5 280 460 4 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
312 408 205 213 Tr 280×4 30 22,3 12 5 280 460 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
329 457 205 213 Tr 280×4 30 22,3 12 6 286 514 5 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
260 315 380 131 139 Tr 300×4 24 16,7 9 4 295 405 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
309 368 162 179 Tr 300×4 22 11,1 6 4 295 405 3 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
321 400 175 183 Tr 300×5 28 16,7 9 5 300 440 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
315 390 202 219 Tr 300×4 22 13,9 7,5 5 300 440 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
333 441 175 183 Tr 300×5 28 22,3 12 5 300 480 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
332 429 212 220 Tr 300×5 30 22,3 12 5 300 480 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
354 492 212 220 Tr 300×5 30 22,3 12 6 306 554 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
280 340 413 145 153 Tr 320×5 26 16,7 9 4 315 445 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
331 400 184 202 Tr 320×5 24 13,9 7,5 4 315 445 3 0,33 2 3 2
345 434 192 200 Tr 320×5 30 16,7 9 5 320 480 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
339 422 224 242 Tr 320×5 24 13,9 7,5 5 320 480 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
354 477 192 200 Tr 320×5 30 22,3 12 5 320 520 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
356 461 228 236 Tr 320×5 34 22,3 12 5 320 520 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
300 360 433 149 157 Tr 340×5 27 16,7 9 4 335 465 3 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
354 423 184 202 Tr 340×5 24 13,9 7,5 4 335 465 3 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
370 465 209 217 Tr 340×5 31 22,3 12 5 340 520 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
364 455 242 260 Tr 340×5 24 16,7 9 5 340 520 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
379 513 209 217 Tr 340×5 31 22,3 12 5 340 560 4 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
382 494 246 254 Tr 340×5 36 22,3 12 5 340 560 4 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
320 385 467 162 171 Tr 360×5 28 22,3 12 5 358 502 4 0,24 2,8 4,2 2,8
377 453 206 225 Tr 360×5 26 16,7 9 5 358 502 4 0,33 2 3 2
394 498 225 234 Tr 360×5 33 22,3 12 5 360 560 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
383 491 269 288 Tr 360×5 26 16,7 9 5 360 560 4 0,40 1,7 2,5 1,6
426 528 264 273 Tr 360×5 38 22,3 12 6 366 594 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
767
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 340 – 440 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
D D1 G d1 d2
B2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
340 540 134 2 750 4 800 345 950 1 200 125
540 180 3 550 6 550 490 700 1 000 160 * 23072 CCK/W33 AOH 3072 G
600 192 4 300 6 950 490 750 1 000 235 * 24072 CCK30/W33
23172 CCK/W33
AOH 24072
AOH 3172 G
600 243 5 600 9 300 670 560 800 285 * 24172 ECCK30J/W33 AOH 24172
*
650 170 4 300 6 200 440 630 850 275
650 232 5 400 8 300 570 530 750 345 * 22272 CAK/W33 AOH 3172 G
* 23272 CAK/W33 AOH 3272 G
360 560 135 2 900 5 000 360 900 1 200 132
560 180 3 600 6 800 480 670 950 166 * 23076 CCK/W33 AOH 3076 G
620 194 4 400 7 100 500 560 1 000 250 * 24076 CCK30/W33 AOH 24076
620 243 5 700 9 800 710 480 850 325 * 23176 CAK/W33
24176 ECAK30/W33
AOH 3176 G
AOH 24176
680 240 5 850 9 150 620 500 700 390 * 23276 CAK/W33 AOH 3276 G
*
380 600 148 3 250 5 700 400 850 1 100 165
600 200 4 300 8 150 560 630 900 220 * 23080 CCK/W33 AOH 3080 G
650 200 4 650 7 650 530 530 950 290 * 24080 ECCK30J/W33
23180 CAK/W33
AOH 24080
AOH 3180 G
650 250 6 200 10 600 735 430 800 365 * 24180 ECAK30/W33 AOH 24180
*
720 256 6 550 10 400 680 480 670 470
820 243 7 500 10 400 670 430 750 675 * 23280 CAK/W33 AOH 3280 G
* 22380 CAK/W33 AOH 3280 G
400 620 150 3 400 6 000 415 600 1 100 175
620 200 4 400 8 300 585 530 900 230 * 23084 CAK/W33 AOH 3084 G
700 224 5 600 9 300 620 480 900 375 * 24084 ECAK30/W33
23184 CKJ/W33
AOH 24084
AOH 3184 G
700 280 7 350 12 600 850 400 750 470 * 24184 ECAK30/W33 AOH 24184
760 272 7 350 11 600 765 450 630 550 * 23284 CAK/W33 AOH 3284 G
*
420 650 157 3 650 6 550 450 560 1 000 200
650 212 4 800 9 150 630 500 850 260 * 23088 CAK/W33 AOHX 3088 G
720 226 6 000 10 000 670 450 850 380 * 24088 ECAK30/W33 AOH 24088
720 280 7 500 13 200 900 380 700 490 * 23188 CAK/W33
24188 ECAK30/W33
AOHX 3188 G
AOH 24188
790 280 7 800 12 500 800 430 600 620 * 23288 CAK/W33 AOHX 3288 G
*
440 680 163 3 900 6 950 465 560 950 225
680 218 5 200 10 000 670 480 800 300 * 23092 CAK/W33 AOHX 3092 G
760 240 6 400 10 800 680 430 800 465 * 24092 ECAK30/W33
23192 CAK/W33
AOH 24092
AOHX 3192 G
760 300 8 300 14 600 1 000 360 670 590 * 24192 ECAK30/W33 AOH 24192
830 296 8 500 13 700 880 400 560 725 * 23292 CAK/W33 AOHX 3292 G
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
768
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
340 404 482 167 176 Tr 380×5 30 22,3 12 5 378 522 4 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
398 474 206 226 Tr 380×5 26 16,7 9 5 378 522 4 0,31 2,2 3,3 2,2
418 524 229 238 Tr 380×5 35 22,3 12 5 380 580 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
406 506 269 289 Tr 380×5 26 16,7 9 5 380 580 4 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
453 566 229 238 Tr 380×5 35 22,3 12 6 386 624 5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
447 552 274 283 Tr 380×5 40 22,3 12 6 386 624 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
360 425 508 170 180 Tr 400×5 31 22,3 12 5 398 542 4 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
420 496 208 228 Tr 400×5 28 16,7 9 5 398 542 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
452 541 232 242 Tr 400×5 36 22,3 12 5 400 600 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
446 529 271 291 Tr 400×5 28 16,7 9 5 400 600 4 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
471 581 284 294 Tr 400×5 42 22,3 12 6 406 654 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
380 450 541 183 193 Tr 420×5 33 22,3 12 5 418 582 4 0,23 2,9 4,4 2,8
443 526 228 248 Tr 420×5 28 22,3 12 5 418 582 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
474 566 240 250 Tr 420×5 38 22,3 12 6 426 624 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
468 554 278 298 Tr 420×5 28 22,3 12 6 426 624 5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
499 615 302 312 Tr 420×5 44 22,3 12 6 426 694 5 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
534 697 302 312 Tr 420×5 44 22,3 12 7,5 432 788 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
400 485 562 186 196 Tr 440×5 34 22,3 12 5 438 602 4 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
476 547 230 252 Tr 440×5 30 22,3 12 5 438 602 4 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
483 607 266 276 Tr 440×5 40 22,3 12 6 446 674 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
496 590 310 332 Tr 440×5 30 22,3 12 6 446 674 5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
525 649 321 331 Tr 440×5 46 22,3 12 7,5 452 726 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
420 509 589 194 205 Tr 460×5 35 22,3 12 6 463 627 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
498 572 242 264 Tr 460×5 30 22,3 12 6 463 627 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
528 632 270 281 Tr 460×5 48 22,3 12 6 466 694 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
516 610 310 332 Tr 460×5 30 22,3 12 6 466 694 5 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
547 676 330 341 Tr 460×5 48 22,3 12 7,5 472 758 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
440 531 616 202 213 Tr 480×5 37 22,3 12 6 483 657 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
523 601 250 273 Tr 480×5 32 22,3 12 6 483 657 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
553 665 285 296 Tr 480×6 43 22,3 12 7,5 492 728 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
544 649 332 355 Tr 480×5 32 22,3 12 7,5 492 728 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
572 706 349 360 Tr 480×6 50 22,3 12 7,5 492 798 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
769
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 460 – 630 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
D D1 G d1 d2
B2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
460 700 165 3 900 6 800 450 530 950 235
700 218 5 300 10 400 695 450 750 310 * 23096 CAK/W33 AOHX 3096 G
790 248 6 950 12 000 780 400 750 515 * 24096 ECAK30/W33
23196 CAK/W33
AOH 24096
AOHX 3196 G
790 308 9 000 15 600 1 040 370 630 635 * 24196 ECAK30/W33 AOH 24196
870 310 9 300 15 000 950 380 530 860 * 23296 CAK/W33 AOHX 3296 G
*
480 720 167 4 150 7 800 510 500 900 250
720 218 5 500 11 000 735 430 700 325 * 230/500 CAK/W33 AOHX 30/500 G
830 264 7 650 12 900 830 380 700 610 * 240/500 ECAK30/W33
231/500 CAK/W33
AOH 240/500
AOHX 31/500 G
830 325 9 800 17 000 1 120 320 600 780 * 241/500 ECAK30/W33 AOH 241/500
920 336 10 600 17 300 1 060 360 500 1 020 * 232/500 CAK/W33 AOHX 32/500 G
*
500 780 185 5 100 9 300 630 450 800 455
780 250 6 700 13 200 830 400 670 455 * 230/530 CAK/W33 AOH 30/530
870 272 8 150 14 000 915 360 670 885 * 240/530 ECAK30/W33
231/530 CAK/W33
AOH 240/530 G
AOH 31/530
870 335 10 600 19 000 1 220 300 560 885 * 241/530 ECAK30/W33 AOH 241/530 G
980 355 11 100 20 400 1 220 300 480 885 * 232/530 CAK/W33 AOH 32/530 G
530 820 195 5 600 10 200 680 430 750 430
820 258 7 350 14 600 960 380 630 515 * 230/560 CAK/W33 AOHX 30/560
920 280 9 150 16 000 980 340 630 850 * 240/560 ECAK30/W33 AOH 240/560 G
920 355 12 000 21 600 1 340 280 500 1 060 * 231/560 CAK/W33
241/560 ECK30J/W33
AOH 31/560
AOH 241/560 G
1 030 365 11 500 22 000 1 400 280 430 1 500 * 232/560 CAK/W33 AOHX 32/560
570 870 200 6 000 11 400 750 400 700 480
870 272 8 150 17 000 1 100 340 560 625 * 230/600 CAK/W33 AOHX 30/600
980 300 10 200 18 000 1 100 320 560 1 010 * 240/600 ECAK30/W33
231/600 CAK/W33
AOHX 240/600
AOHX 31/600
980 375 11 500 23 600 1 460 240 480 1 290 * 241/600 ECAK30/W33 AOHX 241/600
1 090 388 13 100 25 500 1 560 260 400 1 760 232/600 CAK/W33 AOHX 32/600 G
600 920 212 6 700 12 500 800 380 670 575
920 290 8 800 18 000 1 140 320 530 730 * 230/630 CAK/W33 AOH 30/630
1 030 315 10 500 20 800 1 220 260 530 1 190 * 240/630 ECK30J/W33
231/630 CAK/W33
AOH 240/630 G
AOH 31/630
1 030 400 12 700 27 000 1 630 220 450 1 500 241/630 ECAK30/W33 AOH 241/630 G
630 980 230 7 650 14 600 915 340 600 720
980 308 10 000 20 400 1 320 300 500 900 * 230/670 CAK/W33 AOH 30/670
1 090 336 10 900 22 400 1 370 240 500 1 430 * 240/670 ECAK30/W33
231/670 CAK/W33
AOH 240/670 G
AOHX 31/670
1 090 412 13 800 29 000 1 760 200 400 1 730 241/670 ECAK30/W33 AOH 241/670
1 220 438 15 400 30 500 1 700 220 360 2 500 232/670 CAK/W33 AOH 32/670 G
* SKF Explorer bearing
770
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
460 547 632 205 217 Tr 500×6 38 22,3 12 6 503 677 5 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
541 619 250 273 Tr 500×5 32 22,3 12 6 503 677 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
577 692 295 307 Tr 500×6 45 22,3 12 7,5 512 758 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
564 678 340 363 Tr 500×5 32 22,3 12 7,5 512 758 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
600 741 364 376 Tr 500×5 52 22,3 12 7,5 512 838 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
480 571 656 209 221 Tr 530×6 40 22,3 12 6 523 697 5 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
565 643 253 276 Tr 530×6 35 22,3 12 6 523 697 5 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
603 726 313 325 Tr 530×6 47 22,3 12 7,5 532 798 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
589 713 360 383 Tr 530×6 35 22,3 12 7,5 532 798 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
631 779 393 405 Tr 530×6 54 22,3 12 7,5 532 888 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
500 611 708 230 242 Tr 560×6 45 22,3 12 6 553 757 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
600 687 285 309 Tr 560×6 35 22,3 12 6 553 757 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
636 763 325 337 Tr 560×6 53 22,3 12 7,5 562 838 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
623 748 370 394 Tr 560×6 35 22,3 12 7,5 562 838 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
668 836 412 424 Tr 560×6 57 22,3 12 9,5 570 940 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
530 644 745 240 252 Tr 600×6 45 22,3 12 6 583 797 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
635 728 296 320 Tr 600×6 38 22,3 12 6 583 797 5 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
673 808 335 347 Tr 600×6 55 22,3 12 7,5 592 888 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
634 796 393 417 Tr 600×6 38 22,3 12 7,5 592 888 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
704 877 422 434 Tr 600×6 57 22,3 12 9,5 600 990 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
570 683 786 245 259 Tr 630×6 45 22,3 12 6 623 847 5 0,22 3 4,6 2,8
675 774 310 336 Tr 630×6 38 22,3 12 6 623 847 5 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
720 862 355 369 Tr 630×6 55 22,3 12 7,5 632 948 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
702 845 413 439 Tr 630×6 38 22,3 12 7,5 632 948 6 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
752 928 445 459 Tr 630×6 57 22,3 12 9,5 640 1 050 8 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
600 725 837 258 272 Tr 670×6 46 22,3 12 7,5 658 892 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
697 823 330 356 Tr 670×6 40 22,3 12 7,5 658 892 6 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
757 908 375 389 Tr 670×6 60 22,3 12 7,5 662 998 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
738 885 440 466 Tr 670×6 40 22,3 12 7,5 662 998 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
630 770 890 280 294 Tr 710×7 50 22,3 12 7,5 698 952 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
756 866 348 374 Tr 710×7 40 22,3 12 7,5 698 952 6 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
802 958 395 409 Tr 710×7 59 22,3 12 7,5 702 1 058 6 0,30 2,3 3,4 2,2
782 942 452 478 Tr 710×7 40 22,3 12 7,5 702 1 058 6 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
830 1 027 500 514 Tr 710×7 62 22,3 12 12 718 1 172 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
771
Spherical roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 670 – 1 000 mm
b
K
r2
r1
B1
D D1 G d1 d2
B2
G1
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
670 1 030 236 8 300 16 300 1 000 320 560 800
1 030 315 9 370 22 800 1 370 260 450 1 010 * 230/710 CAK/W33
240/710 ECAK30/W33
AOHX 30/710
AOH 240/710 G
1 150 345 12 200 26 000 1 530 240 450 1 650 231/710 CAK/W33 AOHX 31/710
1 150 438 15 200 32 500 1 900 190 380 2 040 241/710 ECAK30/W33 AOH 241/710
1 280 450 17 600 34 500 2 000 200 320 1 720 232/710 CAK/W33 AOH 32/710 G
710 1 090 250 9 650 18 600 1 100 300 530 950
1 090 335 10 100 25 000 1 460 240 430 1 200 * 230/750 CAK/W33
240/750 ECAK30/W33
AOH 30/750
AOH 240/750 G
1 220 365 13 600 29 000 1 660 220 430 1 930 231/750 CAK/W33 AOH 31/750
1 220 475 17 300 37 500 2 160 180 360 2 280 241/750 ECAK30/W33 AOH 241/750 G
1 360 475 18 700 36 500 2 120 190 300 1 770 232/750 CAKF/W33 AOH 32/750
750 1 150 258 10 000 20 000 1 160 280 480 1 100
1 150 345 11 100 28 500 1 730 220 400 1 380 * 230/800 CAK/W33
240/800 ECAK30/W33
AOH 30/800
AOH 240/800 G
1 280 375 14 800 31 500 1 800 200 400 2 200 231/800 CAK/W33 AOH 31/800
1 280 475 18 400 40 500 2 320 170 320 2 540 241/800 ECAK30/W33 AOH 241/800 G
800 1 220 272 9 370 21 600 1 270 240 450 1 250 230/850 CAK/W33 AOH 30/850
1 220 365 12 700 31 500 1 900 200 360 1 670 240/850 ECAK30/W33 AOH 240/850 G
1 360 400 16 100 34 500 2 000 180 360 2 500 231/850 CAK/W33 AOH 31/850
1 360 500 20 200 45 000 2 550 150 300 3 050 241/850 ECAK30F/W33 AOH 241/850
850 1 280 280 10 100 23 200 1 340 220 400 1 450 230/900 CAK/W33 AOH 30/900
1 280 375 13 600 34 500 2 040 190 340 1 850 240/900 ECAK30/W33 AOH 240/900
1 420 515 21 400 49 000 2 700 140 280 3 700 241/900 ECAK30F/W33 AOH 31/900
900 1 360 300 12 000 28 500 1 600 200 380 1 720 230/950 CAK/W33 AOH 30/950
1 360 412 14 800 39 000 2 320 170 300 2 300 240/950 CAK30F/W33 AOH 240/950
1 500 545 23 900 55 000 3 000 130 260 3 950 241/950 ECAK30F/W33 AOH 31/950
950 1 420 308 12 700 30 500 1 700 180 360 1 900 230/1000 CAKF/W33 AOH 30/1000
1 420 412 15 400 40 500 2 240 160 280 2 500 240/1000 CAK/W33 AOH 240/1000
1 580 462 21 400 48 000 2 550 140 280 3 950 231/1000 CAKF/W33 AOH 31/1000
1 580 580 26 700 62 000 3 350 120 240 4 800 241/1000 CAKF/W33 AOH 241/1000
1 000 1 500 325 13 800 34 000 1 830 170 320 2 600 230/1060 CAKF/W33 AOH 30/1060
1 500 438 17 300 45 500 2 500 150 260 2 950 240/1060 CAKF/W33 AOH 240/1060
* SKF Explorer bearing
772
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and Calculation factors
fillet dimensions
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 b K r1,2 da Da ra e Y1 Y2 Y0
~ ~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
670 814 939 286 302 Tr 750×7 50 22,3 12 7,5 738 1 002 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
807 917 360 389 Tr 750×7 45 22,3 12 7,5 738 1 002 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
850 1 017 405 421 Tr 750×7 60 22,3 12 9,5 750 1 110 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
838 982 483 509 Tr 750×7 45 22,3 12 9,5 750 1 110 8 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
851 1 017 515 531 Tr 750×7 65 22,3 12 12 758 1 232 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
710 860 996 300 316 Tr 800×7 50 22,3 12 7,5 778 1 062 6 0,21 3,2 4,8 3,2
853 969 380 408 Tr 800×7 45 22,3 12 7,5 778 1 062 6 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
900 1 080 425 441 Tr 800×7 60 22,3 12 9,5 790 1 180 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
875 1 050 520 548 Tr 800×7 45 22,3 12 9,5 790 1 180 8 0,37 1,8 2,7 1,8
938 1 163 540 556 Tr 800×7 65 22,3 12 15 808 1 302 12 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
750 915 1 051 308 326 Tr 850×7 50 22,3 12 7,5 828 1 122 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
908 1 027 395 423 Tr 850×7 50 22,3 12 7,5 828 1 122 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
950 1 141 438 456 Tr 850×7 63 22,3 12 9,5 840 1 240 8 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
930 1 111 525 553 Tr 850×7 50 22,3 12 9,5 840 1 240 8 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
800 969 1 114 325 343 Tr 900×7 53 22,3 12 7,5 878 1 192 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
954 1 087 415 445 Tr 900×7 50 22,3 12 7,5 878 1 192 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
1 010 1 203 462 480 Tr 900×7 62 22,3 12 12 898 1 312 10 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
988 1 182 560 600 Tr 900×7 60 22,3 12 12 898 1 312 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
850 1 023 1 177 335 355 Tr 950×8 55 22,3 12 7,5 928 1 252 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
1 012 1 147 430 475 Tr 950×8 55 22,3 12 7,5 928 1 252 6 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
1 043 1 235 575 620 Tr 950×8 60 22,3 12 12 948 1 372 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
900 1 083 1 242 355 375 Tr 1000×8 55 22,3 12 7,5 978 1 332 6 0,20 3,4 5 3,2
1 074 1 212 467 512 Tr 1000×8 55 22,3 12 7,5 978 1 332 6 0,27 2,5 3,7 2,5
1 102 1 305 605 650 Tr 1000×8 60 22,3 12 12 998 1 452 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
950 1 139 1 305 365 387 Tr 1060×8 57 22,3 12 7,5 1 028 1 392 6 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
1 133 1 275 469 519 Tr 1060×8 57 22,3 12 7,5 1 028 1 392 6 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
1 182 1 399 525 547 Tr 1060×8 63 22,3 12 12 1 048 1 532 10 0,28 2,4 3,6 2,5
1 159 1 373 645 695 Tr 1060×8 65 22,3 12 12 1 048 1 532 10 0,35 1,9 2,9 1,8
1 000 1 202 1 373 385 407 Tr 1120×8 60 22,3 12 9,5 1 094 1 466 8 0,19 3,6 5,3 3,6
1 196 1 347 498 548 Tr 1120×8 60 22,3 12 9,5 1 094 1 466 8 0,26 2,6 3,9 2,5
1)
Width before the sleeve is driven into bearing bore
773
®
CARB toroidal
roller bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 776
Open bearings ……………………………………………………………………………… 776
Sealed bearings …………………………………………………………………………… 777
Bearings for vibratory applications………………………………………………………… 777
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 777
Bearings on sleeves ………………………………………………………………………… 778
Appropriate bearing housings ……………………………………………………………… 779
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 780
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 780
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 780
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 780
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 780
Axial displacement ………………………………………………………………………… 783
Influence of operating temperature on bearing material ………………………………… 786
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 786
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 786
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 787
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 787
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 787
Free space at the sides of the bearing …………………………………………………… 788
Mounting bearings with tapered bore …………………………………………………… 789
Measuring the clearance reduction ……………………………………………………… 789
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle ………………………………………………… 790
Measuring the axial drive-up ……………………………………………………………… 790
Measuring the inner ring expansion ……………………………………………………… 793
Additional mounting information ………………………………………………………… 793
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 794
CARB toroidal roller bearings ……………………………………………………………… 794
Sealed CARB toroidal roller bearings……………………………………………………… 808
CARB toroidal roller bearings on adapter sleeve ………………………………………… 812
CARB toroidal roller bearings on withdrawal sleeve …………………………………… 822
775
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Designs rollers. The raceways of both the inner and
outer rings are concave and situated sym-
The CARB® toroidal roller bearing is a com- metrically about the bearing centre. The at-
pletely new type of radial roller bearing tained optimal combination of both raceway
(➔ fig 1 ). This compact self-aligning roller profiles provides a favourable load distribu-
bearing was developed by SKF and intro- tion in the bearing as well as low frictional
duced on the market in 1995. In a unique running.
design, it combines the self-aligning cap- The rollers of the CARB bearing are self-
ability of the spherical roller bearing with the guiding, i.e. they will always adopt the posi-
unconstrained axial alignment ability of the tion where the load is evenly distributed over
cylindrical roller bearing. It can also have the the roller length – irrespective of whether the
compact cross section normally associated inner ring is axially displaced and/or mis-
with the needle roller bearing. aligned with respect to the outer ring.
The applicability of CARB bearings covers The load carrying capacity of the CARB
a wide range with regard to radial loads. They bearing is very high even when it has to com-
are intended exclusively as non-locating pensate for angular misalignment or axial
bearings and as such they are ideal with displacement. This results in an operationally
their combination of self-aligning and axial reliable bearing arrangement with long ser-
alignment properties, opening up completely vice life.
new opportunities to save space, weight
and production costs. By deliberately dis- Open bearings
placing the rings axially with respect to each CARB toroidal roller bearings are produced
other it is possible to accurately set the radial in two basic designs (➔ fig 2 ), depending
internal clearance in the bearing. These on bearing size and series as:
bearings permit smaller and lighter bearing
arrangement designs offering the same or • bearings with cage (a),
improved performance in a particularly im- • full complement bearings (b).
pressive manner, e.g. in planetary gearboxes.
They simplify the bearing arrangement de- The load carrying capacity of the full com-
sign for long shafts that are subjected to plement CARB bearing is appreciably higher
temperature variations. The vibration levels than that of the caged bearing. Both designs
using CARB bearings have also proven to are available with a cylindrical bore as well as
be reduced, e.g. in paper machines or fans. with a tapered bore. Depending on bearing
The CARB bearing is a single row bearing width the tapered bore has a taper of either
with long, slightly crowned symmetrical 1:12 (designation suffix K) or 1:30 (designa-
tion suffix K30).
Fig 1
776
Sealed bearings Bearings for vibratory applications
Today, the range of sealed bearings (➔ fig 3 ) For non-locating bearings in vibratory appli-
consists of small and medium size full com- cations SKF manufactures CARB bearings
plement bearings for low speeds. These with a surface hardened pressed steel cage
bearings with seals on both sides are filled in the C 23/C4VG114 series with a cylindric-
with a high temperature long life grease and al bore. These bearings have the same di-
are maintenance-free. mensions and product data as the bearings
The double lip seal suitable for high tem- in the C 23 series. They allow a press fit on
perature operations is sheet steel reinforced the shaft to eliminate any possible fretting
and made of hydrogenated acrylonitrile buta- corrosion caused by a loose fit on the shaft.
diene rubber (HNBR). It seals against the Using CARB bearings in vibratory applica-
inner ring raceway. The outside diameter of tions on the non-locating side of the bearing
the seal is retained in an outer ring recess arrangement will result in a self-aligning
and provides proper sealing also in applica- bearing system with better performance and
tions with outer ring rotation. The seals can reliability.
withstand operating temperatures in the For additional information on CARB bear-
range of −40 and +150 °C. ings in the C 23/C4VG114 series, please con-
The sealed bearings are filled with a poly- sult the SKF application engineering service.
urea soap high temperature grease with very
good pressure capacity and a synthetic min-
eral base oil. This grease has good corrosion
inhibiting properties and can be used at tem- SKF Explorer class
peratures between −25 and +180 °C. The
base oil viscosity is 440 mm2/s at 40 °C and
bearings
38 mm2/s at 100 °C. All CARB bearings are manufactured to the
The grease fill is 70 to 100 % of the free SKF Explorer performance class.
space in the bearing. Sealed bearings with
other lubricating greases or degrees of
greasefill can be supplied on request.
Fig 2 Fig 3
a b
777
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Bearings on sleeves Fig 4
CARB bearings with a tapered bore can be
mounted on smooth or stepped shafts using
• an adapter sleeve (➔ fig 4 ), see product
table starting on page 812, or
• a withdrawal sleeve (➔ fig 5 ), see prod-
uct table starting on page 822.
Where appropriate, modified adapter
sleeves (➔ fig 6 ) of the E, L and TL designs
are available for CARB bearings, to prevent
the locking device from chafing the adjacent
cage:
• With the E-design sleeve, the standard lock
nut with locking washer (KM + MB) is re-
placed by a KMFE nut (a), and the standard
lock nut HM 30 is replaced by an HME 30
nut with a recess at the outside diameter
(b).
• The L-design sleeve differs from the stand-
ard design in that the standard lock nut
KM and locking washer MB have been
replaced by a KML nut with MBL locking
washer; implying lower sectional height (c).
• With the TL-design sleeve, the standard
HM .. T lock nut with MB locking washer
have been replaced by the corresponding
HM 30 nut and MS 30 locking clip;
implying lower sectional height (d).
Where larger axial displacements can
occur, it is recommended to observe the in-
formation in the section “Free space on the
sides of the bearing” on page 788. Fig 5
778
Fig 6 Appropriate bearing
housings
The combination of a CARB bearing and an
appropriate bearing housing constitutes an
economic, interchangeable and reliable
non-locating bearing arrangement, which
fulfils the demands for easy maintenance.
SKF standard housings are available for
almost all CARB bearings of diameter series
0, 1, 2 and 3. Two mounting methods are
a possible without requiring special measures:
• mounting on an adapter sleeve on
a smooth shaft, or
• mounting on a cylindrical seating on
a stepped shaft.
Detailed information on SNL plummer
(pillow) block housings in the 2, 3, 5 and 6
series can be found in the section “Bearing
housings”, starting on page 1027.
A brief description of all the SKF housings
b is also provided in the section “Bearing hous-
ings” where main design features are pre-
sented. Publications for detailed information
are listed.
779
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Bearing data – general amount of axial displacement encountered
in cases without external heating of the shaft
Dimensions or foundation will have little effect on the
The boundary dimensions of CARB bearings radial internal clearance (➔ section “Axial
are in accordance with ISO 15:1998. The displacement”).
dimensions of the adapter and withdrawal CARB bearings are often used together
sleeves correspond to ISO 2982-1:1995. with spherical roller bearings. The clearance is
slightly larger than that of the corresponding
Tolerances spherical roller bearing having the same
SKF CARB bearings are manufactured as clearance class. An axial displacement of
standard to Normal tolerances. the inner ring relative to the outer ring of 6
SKF CARB bearings up to 315 mm bore to 8 % of the bearing width will reduce the
diameter with a cylindrical or a tapered bore operational clearance to approximately the
are produced to higher precision than the same value as a spherical roller bearing of
ISO Normal tolerances. For example the same size.
• the width tolerance is considerably tighter Misalignment
than the ISO Normal tolerance; the toler- An angular misalignment of 0,5° between
ance is the same as for spherical roller the inner and outer rings (➔ fig 7 ) can be
bearings (➔ table 2 on page 700), accommodated by the CARB bearing without
• the running accuracy is to tolerance class any negative consequences for the bearing.
P5 as standard. This value will be reduced for large axial dis-
placements, see below.
For larger bearing arrangements where Greater misalignments gradually increase
running accuracy is a key operational factor, friction and shorten bearing life. For mis-
SKF CARB bearings with P5 running accur- alignment above 0,5° please consult the SKF
acy are also available. These bearings are application engineering service. The ability
identified by the suffix C08. Their availability to compensate for misalignment when the
should be checked. bearing is stationary is also limited. For CARB
The values of the tolerances conform to bearings with an MB type cage, the mis-
ISO 492:2002 and can be found in tables 3 alignment must never exceed 0,5°.
to 5 on pages 125 to 127. Misalignment will result in a certain axial
displacement of the rollers, causing them to
Internal clearance approach the side face of one of the bearing
CARB bearings are produced as standard rings. A certain misalignment may, therefore,
with Normal radial internal clearance and
most are also available with a larger C3 Fig 7
clearance. Many bearings can also be sup-
plied with a smaller C2 clearance or with
a much greater C4 or C5 clearance.
The radial internal clearance limits are
listed for bearings with
• cylindrical bore in table 1 , and with
• tapered bore in table 2 .
The limits are valid for bearings before
mounting under zero measuring load, and
with no axial displacement of one ring in
relation to the other.
Axial displacement of one ring in relation
to the other will gradually reduce the radial
internal clearance in a CARB bearing. The
780
Table 1
Radial internal clearance of CARB bearings with cylindrical bore
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4 C5
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm
18 24 15 27 27 39 39 51 51 65 65 81
24 30 18 32 32 46 46 60 60 76 76 94
30 40 21 39 39 55 55 73 73 93 93 117
40 50 25 45 45 65 65 85 85 109 109 137
50 65 33 54 54 79 79 104 104 139 139 174
65 80 40 66 66 96 96 124 124 164 164 208
80 100 52 82 82 120 120 158 158 206 206 258
100 120 64 100 100 144 144 186 186 244 244 306
120 140 76 119 119 166 166 215 215 280 280 349
140 160 87 138 138 195 195 252 252 321 321 398
160 180 97 152 152 217 217 280 280 361 361 448
180 200 108 171 171 238 238 307 307 394 394 495
200 225 118 187 187 262 262 337 337 434 434 545
225 250 128 202 202 282 282 368 368 478 478 602
250 280 137 221 221 307 307 407 407 519 519 655
280 315 152 236 236 330 330 434 434 570 570 714
315 355 164 259 259 360 360 483 483 620 620 789
355 400 175 280 280 395 395 528 528 675 675 850
400 450 191 307 307 435 435 577 577 745 745 929
450 500 205 335 335 475 475 633 633 811 811 1 015
500 560 220 360 360 518 518 688 688 890 890 1 110
560 630 245 395 395 567 567 751 751 975 975 1 215
630 710 267 435 435 617 617 831 831 1 075 1 075 1 335
710 800 300 494 494 680 680 920 920 1 200 1 200 1 480
800 900 329 535 535 755 755 1 015 1 015 1 325 1 325 1 655
900 1 000 370 594 594 830 830 1 120 1 120 1 460 1 460 1 830
1 000 1 120 410 660 660 930 930 1 260 1 260 1 640 1 640 2 040
1 120 1 250 450 720 720 1 020 1 020 1 380 1 380 1 800 1 800 2 240
Please refer to page 137 for definition of radial internal clearance
781
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Table 2
Radial internal clearance of CARB bearings with tapered bore
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter C2 Normal C3 C4 C5
d
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max
mm µm
18 24 19 31 31 43 43 55 55 69 69 85
24 30 23 37 37 51 51 65 65 81 81 99
30 40 28 46 46 62 62 80 80 100 100 124
40 50 33 53 53 73 73 93 93 117 117 145
50 65 42 63 63 88 88 113 113 148 148 183
65 80 52 78 78 108 108 136 136 176 176 220
80 100 64 96 96 132 132 172 172 218 218 272
100 120 75 115 115 155 155 201 201 255 255 321
120 140 90 135 135 180 180 231 231 294 294 365
140 160 104 155 155 212 212 269 269 338 338 415
160 180 118 173 173 238 238 301 301 382 382 469
180 200 130 193 193 260 260 329 329 416 416 517
200 225 144 213 213 288 288 363 363 460 460 571
225 250 161 235 235 315 315 401 401 511 511 635
250 280 174 258 258 344 344 444 444 556 556 692
280 315 199 283 283 377 377 481 481 617 617 761
315 355 223 318 318 419 419 542 542 679 679 848
355 400 251 350 350 471 471 598 598 751 751 920
400 450 281 383 383 525 525 653 653 835 835 1 005
450 500 305 435 435 575 575 733 733 911 911 1 115
500 560 335 475 475 633 633 803 803 1 005 1 005 1 225
560 630 380 530 530 702 702 886 886 1 110 1 110 1 350
630 710 422 590 590 772 772 986 986 1 230 1 230 1 490
710 800 480 674 674 860 860 1 100 1 100 1 380 1 380 1 660
800 900 529 735 735 955 955 1 215 1 215 1 525 1 525 1 855
900 1 000 580 814 814 1 040 1 040 1 340 1 340 1 670 1 670 2 050
1 000 1 120 645 895 895 1 165 1 165 1 495 1 495 1 875 1 875 2 275
1 120 1 250 705 975 975 1 275 1 275 1 635 1 635 2 055 2 055 2 495
Please refer to page 137 for definition of radial internal clearance
782
reduce the permissible axial displacement where
(➔ section “Axial displacement”). smis = reduction in permissible axial dis-
placement caused by misalignment,
Axial displacement mm
CARB bearings are able to accommodate k1 = misalignment factor
thermal elongation of the shaft within certain (➔ product tables)
limits. The guideline values for axial displace- B = bearing width, mm
ment given in the product tables are valid α = misalignment, degrees
provided there is
Assuming a sufficiently large operational
• a sufficiently large operational radial clearance, the maximum permissible axial
clearance in the bearing, and that displacement is obtained from
• the rings are not misaligned.
slim = s1 − smis
This means that the rollers (➔ fig 8 ) will not
protrude from the bearing rings (a) or inter- or
fere with the retaining ring (b) or with the seal,
if any. slim = s2 − smis
If the axial movement exceeds 50 % of
the axial displaceability s1 or s2, or the mis- where
alignment exceeds 0,5°, it is recommended, slim = permissible axial displacement with
that the permissible axial displacement is respect to roller complement move-
checked with reference to the influence of ment caused by misalignment, mm
roller complement displacement and the s1 = guideline value for the axial dis-
influence of internal clearance reduction. placeability in bearings without snap
It should be observed that these two par- ring or when displacing away from
ameters are independent of each other. the snap ring in bearings with snap
The maximum permissible axial displace- ring (➔ product tables)
ment is obtained from the smaller of the s2 = guideline value for the axial dis-
minimum values of the placeability in bearings with snap
ring when displacing towards the
• permissible axial displacement slim snap ring (➔ product tables)
depending on roller complement dis- smis = reduction in permissible axial dis-
placement, and the placement caused by misalignment,
• permissible axial displacement scle mm
depending on the clearance reduction,
Fig 8
calculated as explained in the following part.
s1
Influence of roller displacement
on the axial displacement capability
The axial displacement, as well as the mis-
alignment of one ring with respect to the a
other, changes the position of the roller com- s2
plement in the bearing.
The reduction in the permissible axial dis-
placement caused by the misalignment can
be estimated using
smis = k1 B α b
783
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Influence of radial operating clearance It should be remembered that the distance
on the axial displacement capability between the dotted line and the curve repre-
sents the residual radial operating clearance
Axial displacement from a centred position in the bearing arrangement.
of one bearing ring in relation to the other Diagram 1 also illustrates how it is pos-
reduces the radial clearance. The radial sible, simply by axially displacing the bear-
clearance reduction corresponding to a ing rings relative to each other, to achieve
certain axial displacement from a centred a given radial internal clearance in a CARB
position can be calculated using bearing.
k2 scle2 Calculation example 1
Cred =
B For bearing C 3052, having
The clearance reduction cannot be larger • a width B = 104 mm,
than the bearing operating radial clearance. • a misalignment factor k1 = 0,122,
If instead a certain permissible radial • a value for the axial displacement s1 = 19,3,
clearance reduction is known, the corres-
ponding permissible axial displacement with an angular misalignment of α = 0,3° be-
from a centred position can be calculated tween the inner and outer ring, the permis-
using sible axial displacement can be obtained from
√ B Cred slim = s1 − smis
scle = slim = s1 − k1 B α
k2 slim = 19,3 − 0,122 × 104 × 0,3 = 19,3 − 3,8
slim = 15,5 mm
where Calculation example 2
scle = axial displacement from a centred
position giving a certain radial For bearing C 3052 K/HA3C4 having
clearance reduction Cred, mm
Cred = reduction of radial clearance as a • a width B = 104 mm,
result of an axial displacement from • an operating clearance factor k2 = 0,096,
a centred position, mm • an operational clearance of 0,15 mm,
k2 = operating clearance factor
(➔ product tables) the possible axial displacement from the
B = bearing width, mm central position of one ring to the other until
the operational clearance equals zero can
The axial displacement capability can be obtained from
also be obtained using diagram 1 , which
√
is valid for all CARB bearings. The axial dis- B Cred
placement and operational clearance are scle =
shown as functions of the bearing width. k2
From diagram 1 it can be seen (dotted
√
line) that for a bearing C 3052 K/HA3C4, for 104 × 0,15
an operational clearance of 0,15 mm which scle =
corresponds to approximately 0,15 % of the 0,096
bearing width, an axial displacement of ap-
proximately 12,5 % of the bearing width is scle = 12,7 mm
possible. Thus, when an axial displacement
of approximately 0,125 × 104 = 13 mm has
taken place, the operational clearance will
be zero.
784
The axial displacement of 12,7 mm is below
the limiting value s1 = 19,3 mm, shown in the
product table. An operating misalignment of
0,3° is also permissible, see also example 1.
Calculation example 3
For bearing C 3052, which has a width
B = 104 mm and an operating clearance
factor k2 = 0,096, the reduction in operational
clearance caused by an axial displacement
scle = 6,5 mm from the central position is
calculated using
k2 scle2
Cred =
B
0,096 × 6,52
Cred =
104
Cred = 0,039 mm
Diagram 1
Axial displacement in % of the bearing width
0,5
Radial clearance, % of bearing width
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
–0,1
–20 –10 0 10 20
Axial displacement, % of bearing width
785
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Influence of operating temperature high proportion of EP additives when used
on bearing material at high temperatures.
All CARB bearings undergo a special heat For bearing arrangements, which are to
treatment so that they can be operated at be operated at continuously high tempera-
higher temperatures for longer periods, with- tures above 120 °C or under arduous condi-
out the occurrence of inadmissible dimen- tions, it is recommended to use bearings
sional changes, provided the permissible with pressed steel or machined brass cage.
operating temperature of the cage is not Full complement bearings might also be
exceeded, for example, a temperature of a possible alternative.
+200 °C for 2 500 h, or for short periods at For detailed information regarding the
even higher temperatures. temperature resistance and the applicability
of cages, please refer to the section “Cage
Cages materials”, starting on page 140.
When the bearing is not of the full comple-
ment design, depending upon size, CARB Minimum load
bearings are fitted with one of the following In order to provide satisfactory operation,
cages as standard (➔ fig 9 ) CARB bearings, like all ball and roller bear-
ings, must always be subjected to a given
• glass fibre reinforced polyamide 4,6 cage, minimum load, particularly if they are to
designation suffix TN9 (a), operate at high speeds or are subjected to
• window-type sheet steel cage (b), high accelerations or rapid changes in the
no designation suffix, direction of load. Under such conditions the
• window-type brass cage, inner ring inertia forces of the rollers and cage, and the
centred, designation suffix M (c), or friction in the lubricant, can have a detrimen-
• machined brass cage, inner ring centred, tal effect on the rolling conditions in the bear-
designation suffix MB (d). ing arrangement and may cause damaging
sliding movements to occur between the
Note: rollers and raceways.
CARB bearings with polyamide cages can
be operated continuously at temperatures
up to +120 °C. The lubricants generally used
for rolling bearings do not have a detrimental
effect on cage properties, with the exception
of a few synthetic oils and greases with a syn-
thetic oil base, and lubricants containing a
Fig 9
a b c d
786
The requisite minimum load to be applied Equivalent dynamic bearing load
to a CARB bearing with cage can be esti- As the CARB bearing can only accommo-
mated using date radial loads
P0m = 0,007 C0 P = Fr
and for a full complement bearing using Equivalent static bearing load
As the CARB bearing can only accommo-
P0m = 0,01 C0 date radial loads
where P 0 = Fr
P0m = minimum equivalent static bearing
load, kN Supplementary designations
C0 = basic static load rating, kN The designation suffixes used to identify
(➔ product tables) certain features of CARB bearings are ex-
plained in the following.
In some applications it is not possible to
reach or exceed the requisite minimum C2 Radial internal clearance smaller
load. However, for caged bearings that are oil than Normal
lubricated, lower minimum loads are per- C3 Radial internal clearance larger than
missible. These loads can be calculated Normal
when n/nr ≤ 0,3 from C4 Radial internal clearance larger than
C3
P0m = 0,002 C0 C5 Radial internal clearance larger than
C4
and when 0,3 < n/nr ≤ 2 from CS5 Sheet steel reinforced contact seal
of hydrogenated acrylonitrile buta-
diene rubber (HNBR) on one side
( √
P0m = 0,002 C0 1 + 2
n
nr
− 0,3 ) 2CS5 Sheet steel reinforced contact seal
of hydrogenated acrylonitrile buta-
diene rubber (HNBR) on both sides.
where Free space in the bearing filled be-
P0m = minimum equivalent static bearing tween 70 and 100 % with a high
load, kN temperature grease.
C0 = basic static load rating, kN HA3 Inner ring of case-hardening steel
(➔ product tables) K Tapered bore, taper 1:12
n = rotational speed, r/min K30 Tapered bore, taper 1:30
nr = reference speed, r/min M Machined roller centred brass cage
(➔ product tables) MB Machined inner ring centred brass
cage
When starting up at low temperatures or TN9 Injection moulded cage of glass
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even fibre reinforced polyamide 4,6
greater minimum loads than P0m = 0,007 C0 V Full complement of rollers (no cage)
and 0,01 C0 respectively may be required. VE240 Bearing modified for greater axial
The weight of the components supported by displacement
the bearing, together with external forces, VG114 Surface hardened pressed steel
generally exceeds the requisite minimum cage
load. If this is not the case, the CARB bearing
must be subjected to an additional radial load.
787
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Free space at the sides k1 = misalignment factor
(➔ product tables)
of the bearing B = bearing width, mm
α = misalignment, degrees
To enable axial displacement of the shaft with
respect to the housing it is necessary to pro- See also the section “Axial displacement”
vide free space at both sides of the bearing on page 783.
as indicated in fig 10 . The value for the width Normally the bearing rings are mounted
of this free space is based on so that they are not displaced with respect
to each other.
• the value Ca from the product tables, However, if considerable thermal changes
• the axial displacement of the bearing rings in shaft length can be expected, the inner ring
from the central position expected in oper- can be mounted offset with respect to the
ation, and outer ring up to the permissible axial dis-
• the displacement of the rings caused by placement s1 or s2 in the direction opposite
misalignment. to the expected thermal elongation (➔ fig 11 ).
In this way, the permissible axial displace-
It can be obtained from ment can be appreciably extended, an ad-
vantage that is made use of for example in
Careq = Ca + 0,5 (s + smis) the bearing arrangements of drying cylinders
in paper machines.
or
Careq = Ca + 0,5 (s + k1 B α)
where
Careq = width of space required on each side
of bearing, mm
Ca = minimum width of space required on
each side of the bearing, mm
(➔ product tables)
s = relative axial displacement of rings,
e.g. thermal elongation of shaft, mm
smis = axial displacement of roller comple-
ment caused by misalignment, mm
Fig 10 Fig 11
Ca Ca
s1
s2
788
Mounting bearings Measuring the clearance reduction
This method which uses feeler gauges for
with tapered bore measuring the radial internal clearance be-
fore and after mounting bearings, is applic-
Bearings with a tapered bore are always able for medium and large-sized bearings.
mounted with an interference fit. The reduc- The clearance should always be measured
tion in radial internal clearance, or the axial between the outer ring and an unloaded
displacement of the inner ring on its tapered roller (➔ fig 12 ). Before measuring, rotate the
seating is used as a measure of the degree outer ring a few times. Care must be taken to
of interference. see that both bearing rings and the roller
Suitable methods for mounting CARB complement are centrically arranged with
bearings with a tapered bore are: respect to each other. For the first measure-
ment, a blade should be selected which is
• measuring the clearance reduction, slightly thinner than the minimum value for
• measuring the lock nut tightening angle, the clearance. The procedure should be re-
• measuring the axial drive-up, peated using slightly thicker blades each
• measuring the inner ring expansion. time until a certain resistance is felt when
moving between
Small bearings with bore diameter up to
100 mm can be properly mounted by meas- • outer ring and uppermost roller (a) –
uring the lock nut tightening angle. before mounting
For larger bearings the SKF Drive-up • inner or outer ring and lowest roller de-
Method is recommended. This method is pending on the cage (b) – after mounting.
more accurate and takes less time than the
procedure based on clearance reduction or
the lock nut tightening angle. Measuring the
inner ring expansion i.e. applying the SKF
SensorMount® Method, allows large size
bearings to be mounted simply, quickly and
accurately, since a sensor is integrated with
the bearing inner ring.
Fig 1 Fig 12
2
a b
789
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Measuring the lock nut tightening angle Fig 13
Mounting a small to medium-size bearing on
a tapered seating is easy when the tighten-
ing angle α of the locking nut (➔ fig 13 ) and
the method that is described in the following
is used. Guideline values for the tightening
angle α are given in table 3 .
Before starting the final tightening proced-
ure, the bearing should always be pushed
up on the tapered seating until the bore of
the bearing is in contact with the seating on
the shaft or sleeve around its whole circum- α
ference. By turning the nut through the given
angle α, the bearing will then be pressed up
the tapered seating. The residual clearance
of the bearing should be checked, if possible.
Then unscrew the nut, place the locking
washer in position and tighten the nut firmly
again. Lock the nut by bending one of the
locking washer tabs into the nut slot or by
attaching a locking clip to the nut.
Measuring the axial drive-up
Mounting bearings with a tapered bore can
be done by measuring the axial drive-up s of
the inner ring on its seating. Guideline values
for the required axial drive-up s for general
applications are given in table 3 .
The most suitable method in this case is
the SKF Drive-up Method. This mounting
method provides a very reliable and easy Fig 14
way to determine the starting position for a
bearing from which the axial displacement
is to be measured. For that, the following d
mounting tools (➔ fig 14 ) must be used:
• an SKF hydraulic nut of the HMV .. E
design (a), a
• a hydraulic pump (b) with
• a pressure gauge (c), appropriate to the
mounting conditions, and
• a dial gauge (d).
790
Table 3
Guideline values for reduction of radial internal clearance, axial drive-up and lock nut tightening angle
Bore Reduction of Axial drive-up1) Permissible residual2) Lock nut
diameter radial internal s radial clearance after tightening
d clearance Taper Taper mounting bearings angle
1:12 1:30 with initial clearance α
over incl. min max min max min max Normal C3 C4
mm mm mm mm degrees
24 30 0,012 0,018 0,25 0,34 0,64 0,85 0,025 0,033 0,047 100
30 40 0,015 0,024 0,30 0,42 0,74 1,06 0,031 0,038 0,056 115
40 50 0,020 0,030 0,37 0,51 0,92 1,27 0,033 0,043 0,063 130
50 65 0,025 0,039 0,44 0,64 1,09 1,59 0,038 0,049 0,074 115
65 80 0,033 0,048 0,54 0,76 1,36 1,91 0,041 0,055 0,088 135
80 100 0,040 0,060 0,65 0,93 1,62 2,33 0,056 0,072 0,112 150
100 120 0,050 0,072 0,79 1,10 1,98 2,75 0,065 0,083 0,129 –
120 140 0,060 0,084 0,93 1,27 2,33 3,18 0,075 0,106 0,147 –
140 160 0,070 0,096 1,07 1,44 2,68 3,60 0,085 0,126 0,173 –
160 180 0,080 0,108 1,21 1,61 3,04 4,02 0,093 0,140 0,193 –
180 200 0,090 0,120 1,36 1,78 3,39 4,45 0,100 0,150 0,210 –
200 225 0,100 0,135 1,50 1,99 3,74 4,98 0,113 0,163 0,230 –
225 250 0,115 0,150 1,67 2,20 4,18 5,51 0,123 0,175 0,250 –
250 280 0,125 0,170 1,85 2,46 4,62 6,14 0,133 0,186 0,275 –
280 315 0,140 0,190 2,06 2,75 5,15 6,88 0,143 0,200 0,290 –
315 355 0,160 0,215 2,31 3,09 5,77 7,73 0,161 0,225 0,330 –
355 400 0,175 0,240 2,59 3,47 6,48 8,68 0,173 0,250 0,360 –
400 450 0,200 0,270 2,91 3,90 7,27 9,74 0,183 0,275 0,385 –
450 500 0,225 0,300 3,26 4,32 8,15 10,8 0,210 0,295 0,435 –
500 560 0,250 0,335 3,61 4,83 9,04 12,1 0,225 0,325 0,465 –
560 630 0,280 0,380 4,04 5,42 10,1 13,6 0,250 0,365 0,510 –
630 710 0,315 0,425 4,53 6,10 11,3 15,3 0,275 0,385 0,560 –
710 800 0,355 0,480 5,10 6,86 12,7 17,2 0,320 0,430 0,620 –
800 900 0,400 0,540 5,73 7,71 14,3 19,3 0,335 0,465 0,675 –
900 1 000 0,450 0,600 6,44 8,56 16,1 21,4 0,365 0,490 0,740 –
1 000 1 120 0,500 0,670 7,14 9,57 17,9 23,9 0,395 0,545 0,825 –
1 120 1 250 0,560 0,750 8 10,7 20 26,7 0,415 0,595 0,885 –
1)
Valid only for solid steel shafts and general application. Not valid for the SKF Drive-up Method
2)
The residual clearance must be checked in cases where the initial radial internal clearance is in the lower half
of the tolerance range, and where large temperature differentials between the bearing rings can arise in operation.
The residual clearance must not be less than the minimum values quoted above. When measuring, make sure
that the rings and roller assembly are aligned and centred
791
CARB toroidal roller bearings
Using the SKF Drive-up Method the bear- Fig 16
ing is pushed up its seat to a defined starting
position (➔ fig 15 ) using a given oil pressure
(corresponding to a given drive-up force) in
the hydraulic nut. In this way, part of the de-
sired reduction in radial internal clearance is
achieved. The oil pressure is monitored by the
pressure gauge. The bearing is then driven
up from the defined starting position through
a given distance to its final position. The axial
displacement ss is accurately determined
using the dial gauge mounted on the
hydraulic nut.
SKF has determined values of the requisite
oil pressure and the axial displacement for
the individual bearings. These values apply a
to bearing arrangements (➔ fig 16 ) with
• one sliding interface (a and b) or
• two sliding interfaces (c).
Fig 15
b
“zero position”
starting position
ss final position
792
Measuring the inner ring expansion Additional mounting information
Measuring inner ring expansion allows large Additional information on mounting CARB
size CARB bearings with a tapered bore to bearings in general or with the aid of the SKF
be mounted simply, quickly and accurately Drive-up Method can be found
without measuring the radial internal clear-
ance before and after mounting. The SKF • in the handbook “SKF Drive-up Method”
SensorMount Method uses a sensor, inte- on CD-ROM,
grated into the CARB bearing inner ring, and • in the “SKF Interactive Engineering
a dedicated hand-held indicator (➔ fig 17 ). Catalogue” on CD-ROM or online at
The bearing is driven up the tapered seat- www.skf.com or
ing using common SKF mounting tools. The • online at www.skf.com/mount.
information from the sensor is processed
by the indicator. Inner ring expansion is
displayed as the relationship between the
clearance reduction (mm) and the bearing
bore diameter (m).
Aspects like bearing size, smoothness,
shaft material or design – solid or hollow –
do not need to be considered.
For detailed information about the SKF
SensorMount Method please contact the
SKF application engineering service.
Fig 17
0,000
ON
CLR MAX
0FF
TMEM 1500
SensoMount Indicator
793
CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 25 – 55 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore Full complement
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1) 1)
25 52 18 44 40 4,55 13 000 18 000 0,17
52 18 58,5 48 5,6 – 7 000 0,18 * CC 2205 TN9
1) * CC 2205 KTN9
1)
* 2205 V * 2205 KV
30 55 45 134 180 21,2 – 3 000 0,50 C 6006 V –
62 20 65,5 62 7,2 11 000 15 000 0,27 * C 2206 TN9
62 20 76,5 71 8 – 6 000 0,29 * C 2206 V * CC 2206 KTN9
* * 2206 KV
35 72 23 83 80 9, 3 9 500 13 000 0,43
72 23 95 96 11,2 – 5 000 0,45 * CC 2207 TN9
* CC 2207 KTN9
* 2207 V * 2207 KV
40 62 22 76,5 100 11,8 – 4 300 0,25
62 30 104 143 16 – 3 400 0,35 * CC 4908 V
V1) * C– 4908 K30V
62 40 122 180 19,3 – 2 800 0,47 * C 5908
6908 V1) –
80 23 90 86,5 10,2 8 000 11 000 0,50 * C 2208 TN9
80 23 102 104 12 – 4 500 0,53 * C 2208 V * CC 2208 KTN9
* * 2208 KV 1)
45 68 22 81,5 112 12,9 – 3 800 0,30 V1)
68 30 110 163 18,3 – 3 200 0,41 * CC 4909 V1) * C– 4909 K30V
68 40 132 200 22 – 2 600 0,55 * C 5909
6909 V1) –
85 23 93 93 10,8 8 000 11 000 0,55 * C 2209 TN9
85 23 106 110 12,9 – 4 300 0,58 * C 2209 V * CC 2209 KTN9
* * 2209 KV
50 72 22 86,5 125 14,6 – 3 600 0,29
72 30 118 180 20,4 – 2 800 0,42 * CC 4910 V
V1) * C– 4910 K30V
72 40 140 224 26 – 2 200 0,54 * C 5910
6910 V –
*
80 30 116 140 16 5 000 7 500 0,55
80 30 137 176 20 – 3 000 0,59 * CC 4010 TN9
* CC 4010 K30TN9
90 23 98 100 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,59 * C 4010 V
2210 TN9 * C 4010 K30V
2210 KTN9
90 23 114 122 14,3 – 3 800 0,62 * C 2210 V * C 2210 KV
* *
55 80 25 106 153 18 – 3 200 0,43 V1) 1)
80 34 143 224 25 – 2 600 0,60 * CC 4911 V1) * C– 4911 K30V
80 45 180 300 32,5 – 2 000 0,81 * C 5911
6911 V1) –
100 25 116 114 13,4 6 700 9 000 0,79 * C 2211 TN9
100 25 132 134 15,6 – 3 400 0,81 * C 2211 V * CC 2211 KTN9
* * 2211 KV
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
794
Ca Ca
ra
ra
Da da da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) s21) da da Da Da Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
25 32,1 43,3 1 5,8 – 30,6 32 42 46,4 0,3 1 0,09 0,126
32,1 43,3 1 5,8 2,8 30,6 – – 46,4 – 1 0,09 0,126
30 38,5 47,3 1 7,9 4,9 35,6 – – 49,4 – 1 0,102 0,096
37,4 53,1 1 4,5 – 35,6 37 51 56,4 0,3 1 0,101 0,111
37,4 53,1 1 4,5 1,5 35,6 – – 56,4 – 1 0,101 0,111
35 44,8 60,7 1,1 5,7 – 42 44 59 65 0,1 1 0,094 0,121
44,8 60,7 1,1 5,7 2,7 42 – – 65 – 1 0,094 0,121
40 46,1 55,3 0,6 4,7 1,7 43,2 – – 58,8 – 0,6 0,099 0,114
45,8 54,6 0,6 5 2 43,2 – – 58,8 0,6 0,096 0,106
46,6 53,8 0,6 9,4 6,4 43,2 – – 58,8 0,6 0,113 0,088
52,4 69,9 1,1 7,1 – 47 52 68 73 0,3 1 0,093 0,128
52,4 69,9 1,1 7,1 4,1 47 – – 73 – 1 0,093 0,128
45 51,6 60,5 0,6 4,7 1,7 48,2 – – 64,8 – 0,6 0,114 0,1
51,3 60,1 0,6 5 2 48,2 – – 64,8 – 0,6 0,096 0,108
52,1 59,3 0,6 9,4 6,4 48,2 – – 64,8 – 0,6 0,113 0,09
55,6 73,1 1,1 7,1 – 52 55 71 78 0,3 1 0,095 0,128
55,6 73,1 1,1 7,1 4,1 52 – – 78 – 1 0,095 0,128
50 56,9 66,1 0,6 4,7 1,7 53,2 – – 68,8 – 0,6 0,103 0,114
56,8 65,7 0,6 5 2 53,2 – – 68,8 – 0,6 0,096 0,11
57,5 65 0,6 9,4 6,4 53,2 – – 68,8 – 0,6 0,093 0,113
57,6 70,8 1 6 – 54,6 57 69 75,4 0,1 1 0,103 0,107
57,6 70,8 1 6 3 54,6 – – 75,4 – 1 0,103 0,107
61,9 79,4 1,1 7,1 – 57 61 77 83 0,8 1 0,097 0,128
61,9 79,4 1,1 7,1 3,9 57 – – 83 – 1 0,097 0,128
55 62 72,1 1 5,5 2,5 59,6 – – 80,4 – 1 0,107 0,105
62,8 72,4 1 6 3 59,6 – – 80,4 – 1 0,097 0,109
62,8 71,3 1 7,9 4,9 59,6 – – 80,4 – 1 0,096 0,105
65,8 86,7 1,5 8,6 – 64 65 84 91 0,3 1,5 0,094 0,133
65,8 86,7 1,5 8,6 5,4 64 – – 91 – 1,5 0,094 0,133
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
795
CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 60 – 85 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore Full complement
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1) 1)
60 85 25 112 170 19,6 – 3 000 0,46
85 34 150 240 26,5 – 2 400 0,64 * CC 4912 V
V1) * C– 4912 K30V
85 45 190 335 39 – 1 900 0,84 * C 5912
6912 V –
110 28 143 156 18,3 5 600 7 500 1,10 * C 2212 TN9
110 28 166 190 22,4 – 2 800 1,15 * C 2212 V * CC 2212 KTN9
2212 KV
* *
65 90 25 116 180 20,8 – 2 800 0,50 V1) 1)
90 34 156 260 30 – 2 200 0,70 * CC 4913 V1) * C– 4913 K30V
90 45 196 255 38 – 1 800 0,93 * C 5913
6913 V1) –
100 35 196 275 32 – 2 400 1,00 * C 4013 V1) K30V1)
120 31 180 180 21,2 5 300 7 500 1,40 * C 2213 TN9 * CC 40132213 KTN9
120 31 204 216 25,5 – 2 400 1,47 * C 2213 V * C 2213 KV
* *
70 100 30 163 240 28 – 2 600 0,78 C 4914 V1) 1)
100 40 196 310 34,5 – 2 000 1,00 * C 5914 V1)1) * C– 4914 K30V
100 54 265 455 49 – 1 700 1,40 * C 6914 V –
125 31 186 196 22,8 5 000 7 000 1,45 * C 2214 TN9
125 31 212 228 26,5 – 2 400 1,50 * C 2214 V * CC 2214 KTN9
150 51 405 430 49 3 800 5 000 4,25 * C 2314 * C 2214 KV
2314 K
* *
75 105 30 166 255 30 – 2 400 0,82 V1) 1)
105 40 204 325 37,5 – 1 900 1,10 * CC 4915 * –C 4915 K30V
105 54 204 325 37,5 – 1 600 1,40 * C 5915 V
115 40 236 345 40 – 2 000 1,50 * C 6915 V/VE240 –
V1) K30V1)
130 31 196 208 24 4 800 6 700 1,60 * C 4015
2215 * CC 4015
130 31 220 240 28 – 2 200 1,65 * C 2215 V * C 2215 K
160 55 425 465 52 3 600 4 800 5,20 * C 2315 * C 2215 KV
2315 K
* *
80 110 30 173 275 31,5 – 2 200 0,87 V1) 1)
110 40 208 345 40 – 1 800 1,20 * CC 4916 V1) * C– 4916 K30V
140 33 220 250 28,5 4 500 6 000 2,00 * C 5916
140 33 255 305 34,5 – 2 000 2,10 * C 2216 * CC 2216 K
170 58 510 550 60 3 400 4 500 6,20 * C 2216
2316
V
* C 2216 KV
2316 K
* *
85 120 35 224 355 40,5 – 2 000 1,30 V1) 1)
120 46 465 275 52 – 1 700 1,70 * CC 4917
5917 V1) * C– 4917 K30V
150 36 275 320 35,5 4 300 5 600 2,60 * C 2217
150 36 315 390 44 – 1 800 2,80 * C 2217 V * CC 2217 K
180 60 540 600 64 3 200 4 300 7,30 * C 2317 * C 2217 KV
2317 K
* *
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
796
Ca Ca
ra
ra
Da da da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) s21) da da Da Da Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
60 68 78,2 1 5,5 2,3 64,6 – – 80,4 – 1 0,107 0,108
66,8 76,5 1 6 2,8 64,6 – – 80,4 – 1 0,097 0,11
68,7 77,5 1 7.9 4,7 64,6 – – 80,4 – 1 0,108 0,096
77,1 97,9 1,5 8,5 – 69 77 95 101 0,3 1,5 0,1 0,123
77,1 97,9 1,5 8,5 5,3 69 – – 101 – 1,5 0,1 0,123
65 72,1 82,2 1 5,5 2,3 69,6 – – 85,4 – 1 0,107 0,109
72,9 82,6 1 6 2,8 69,6 – – 85,4 – 1 0,097 0,111
72,9 81,4 1 7,9 4,7 69,6 – – 85,4 – 1 0,096 0,107
74,2 89,1 1,1 6 2,8 71 – – 94 – 1 0,1 0,108
79 106 1,5 9,6 – 74 79 102 111 0,2 1,5 0,097 0,127
79 106 1,5 9,6 5,3 74 – – 111 – 1,5 0,097 0,127
70 78 91 1 6 2,8 74,6 – – 95,4 – 1 0,107 0,107
78,7 90,3 1 9,4 6,2 74,6 – – 95,4 – 1 0,114 0,095
79,1 89,8 1 9 5,8 74,6 – – 95,4 – 1 0,102 0,1
83,7 111 1,5 9,6 – 79 83 107 116 0,4 1,5 0.098 0,127
83,7 111 1,5 9,6 5,3 79 – – 116 – 1,5 0,098 0,127
91,4 130 2,1 9,1 – 82 91 120 138 2,2 2 0,11 0,099
75 83,1 96,1 1 6 2,8 79,6 – – 100 – 1 0,107 0,108
83,6 95,5 1 9,4 6,2 79,6 – – 100 – 1 0,098 0,114
83,6 95,5 1 9,2 9,2 79,6 – – 100 – 1 0,073 0,154
87,6 104 1,1 9,4 5,1 81 – – 109 – 1 0,115 0,097
88,5 115 1,5 9,6 – 84 98 110 121 1,2 1,5 0,099 0,127
88,5 115 1,5 9,6 5,3 84 – – 121 – 1,5 0,099 0,127
98,5 135 2,1 13,1 – 87 110 130 148 2,2 2 0,103 0,107
80 88,2 101 1 6 1,7 84,6 – – 105 – 1 0,107 0,11
88,8 101 1 9,4 5,1 84,6 – – 105 – 1 0,114 0,098
98,1 125 2 9,1 – 91 105 120 129 1,2 2 0,104 0,121
98,1 125 2 9,1 4,8 91 – – 129 – 2 0,104 0,121
102 145 2,1 10,1 – 92 115 135 158 2,4 2 0,107 0,101
85 94,5 109 1,1 6 1,7 91 – – 114 – 1 0,1 0,114
95 109 1,1 8,9 4,6 91 – – 114 – 1 0,098 0,109
104 133 2 7,1 – 96 110 125 139 1,3 2 0,114 0,105
104 133 2 7,1 1,7 96 – – 139 – 2 0,114 0,105
110 153 3 12,1 – 99 125 145 166 2,4 2,5 0,105 0,105
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
797
CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 90 – 130 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore Full complement
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1) 1)
90 125 35 186 315 35,5 – 2000 1,30
125 46 224 400 45,5 – 1 600 1,75 * CC 4918 V
5918 V * –C 4918 K30V
150 72 455 670 73,5 – 1 100 5,10 * BSC-2039 V –
160 40 325 380 41,5 3 800 5 300 3,30 * C 2218
160 40 365 440 49 – 1 500 3,40 * C 2218 V * CC 2218 K
190 64 610 695 73,5 2 800 4 000 8,50 * C 2318 * C 2218 KV
2318 K
* 1)
*
95 170 43 360 400 44 3 800 5 000 4,00 K1)
200 67 610 695 73,5 2 800 4 000 10,0 * CC 2219
2319 * CC 2219
2319 K
* *
100 140 40 275 450 49 – 1 700 1,90 V1) 1)
140 54 375 640 68 – 1 400 2,70 * CC 4920
5920 V1) * C– 4920 K30V
150 50 355 530 58,5 – 1 400 3,05 * C 4020 V
150 67 510 865 95 – 1 100 4,30 * C 5020 V * –C 4020 K30V
* 1) 1)
165 52 415 540 58,5 3 200 4 300 4,40
165 52 475 655 69,5 – 1 300 4,40 * CC 3120
3120 V * –C 3120 K
165 52 475 655 69,5 – 1 000 5,25 * C 4120
180 46 415 465 49 3 600 4 800 4,85 * C 2220 V/VE240 * CC 4120 K30V/VE240
215 73 800 880 90 2 600 3 600 12,5 * C 2320 * C 2220 K
2320 K
* 1)
*
110 170 45 355 480 51 3 200 4 500 3,50 K1)
170 60 540 800 85 – 1 200 5,15 * CC 3022 * CC 3022
180 69 670 1 000 104 – 900 7,05 * C 4022 V
4122 V * C 4022 K30V
4122 K30V
200 53 530 620 64 3 200 4 300 6,90 * C 2222 * C 2222 K
* *
120 180 46 375 530 55 3 000 4 000 3,90
180 46 430 640 65,5 – 1 400 4,05 * CC 3024 * CC 3024 K
180 60 530 880 91,5 – 1 100 5,50 * C 3024 V
4024 V * 3024 KV
C 4024 K30V
200 80 780 1 120 114 – 750 10,5 * C 41241)V1) * C 4124 K30V 1)
215 58 610 710 72 3 000 4 000 8,60 * C 2224 * C 2224 K1)
215 76 750 980 98 2 400 3 200 11,5 * C 3224 * C 3224 K
* *
130 200 52 390 585 58,5 2 800 3 800 5,90 C 30261) K1)
200 69 620 930 91,5 1 900 2 800 7,84 * C 4026 * CC 3026
200 69 720 1 120 112 – 850 8,05 * C 4026 V * C 4026 K30
4026 K30V
210 80 750 1 100 108 – 670 10,5 * C 4126 V/VE240 * C 4126 K30V/VE240
230 64 735 930 91,5 2 800 3 800 11,0 * C 2226 * C 2226 K
* *
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
798
Ca Ca
ra
ra
Da da da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) s21) da da Da Da Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
90 102 113 1,1 11 6,7 96 – – 119 – 1 0,125 0,098
102 113 1,1 15,4 11,1 96 – – 119 – 1 0,089 0,131
109 131 2 19,7 19,7 101 – – 139 – 2 0,087 0,123
112 144 2 9,5 – 101 120 130 149 1,4 2 0,104 0,117
112 144 2 9,5 5,4 101 – – 149 – 2 0,104 0,117
119 166 3 9,6 – 104 135 155 176 2 2,5 0,108 0,101
95 113 149 2,1 10,5 – 107 112 149 158 4,2 2 0,114 0,104
120 166 3 12,6 – 109 135 155 186 2,1 2,5 0,103 0,106
100 113 130 1,1 9,4 5,1 106 – – 134 – 1 0,115 0,103
110 127 1,1 9 4,7 106 – – 134 – 1 0,103 0,105
113 135 1,5 14 9,7 109 – – 141 – 1,5 0,098 0,118
114 136 1,5 9,3 5 109 – – 141 – 1,5 0,112 0,094
119 150 2 10 – 111 119 150 154 4,5 2 0,1 0,112
119 150 2 10 4,7 111 – – 154 – 2 0,1 0,112
120 148 2 17,7 17,7 111 – – 154 – 2 0,09 0,125
118 157 2,1 10,1 – 112 130 150 168 0.9 2 0,108 0,11
126 185 3 11.2 – 114 150 170 201 3,2 2,5 0,113 0,096
110 128 156 2 9,5 – 119 127 157 161 4 2 0,107 0,11
126 150 2 12 6,6 119 – – 161 – 2 0,107 0,103
132 163 2 11,4 4,6 120 – – 170 – 2 0,111 0,097
132 176 2,1 11,1 – 122 150 165 188 1,9 2 0,113 0,103
120 138 166 2 10,6 – 129 145 160 171 0,9 2 0,111 0,109
138 166 2 10,6 3,8 129 – – 171 – 2 0,111 0,109
140 164 2 12 5,2 129 – – 171 – 2 0,109 0,103
140 176 2 18 11,2 131 – – 189 – 2 0,103 0,103
144 191 2,1 13 – 132 143 192 203 5,4 2 0,113 0,103
149 190 2,1 17,1 – 132 160 180 203 2,4 2 0,103 0,108
130 154 180 2 16,5 – 139 152 182 191 4,4 2 0,123 0,1
149 181 2 11,4 – 139 155 175 191 1,9 2 0,113 0,097
149 181 2 11,4 4,6 139 – – 191 – 2 0,113 0,097
153 190 2 9,7 9,7 141 – – 199 – 2 0,09 0,126
152 199 3 9,6 – 144 170 185 216 1,1 2,5 0,113 0,101
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
799
CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 140 – 190 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore Full complement
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1) 1)
140 210 53 490 735 72 2 600 3 400 6,30
210 69 750 1 220 120 – 800 8,55 * CC 3028 * CC 3028 K
225 85 1 000 1 600 153 – 630 14,2 * C 4028 V
* C 4028 K30V
250 68 830 1 060 102 2 400 3 400 13,8 * C 4128
2228
V 4128 K30V
* C 2228 K
* *
150 225 56 540 850 83 2 400 3 200 8,30
225 75 780 1 320 127 – 750 10,5 * CC 3030 MB
* CC 3030 KMB
250 80 880 1 290 122 2 000 2 800 15,0 * C 4030
3130
V
* C 4030 K30V
3130 K
250 100 1 220 1 860 173 – 450 20,5 * C 4130 V1) * C 4130 K30V1)
270 73 980 1 220 114 2 400 3 200 17,5 * C 2230 * C 2230 K
* 1)
*
160 240 60 570 915 86,5 2 200 3 000 9,60 K1)
240 80 795 1 160 110 1 600 2 400 12,3 * CC 3032 * CC 3032
240 80 915 1 460 140 – 600 12,6 * C 4032
4032 V * C 4032 K30
4032 K30V
270 86 1 000 1 400 132 2 000 2 600 20,0 * C 31321) 1) * C 3132 K1) 1)
270 109 1 460 2 160 200 – 300 26,0 * C 4132 V * C 4132 K30V
290 104 1 370 1 830 170 1 700 2 400 28,5 * C 3232 * C 3232 K
* 1)
*
170 260 67 750 1 160 108 2 000 2 800 12,5 K1)
260 90 1 140 1 860 173 – 480 17,5 * CC 3034 * CC 3034
280 88 1 040 1 460 137 1 900 2 600 21,0 * C 4034 V
1) * C 4034 K30V
K1)
280 109 1 530 2 280 208 – 280 27,0 * C 3134
4134 V1) * C 3134
4134 K30V1)
310 86 1 270 1 630 146 2 000 2 600 28,0 * C 2234 * C 2234 K
* *
180 280 74 880 1 340 122 1 900 2 600 16,5 K2)
280 100 1 320 2 120 196 – 430 23,0 * CC 3036 * CC 3036
300 96 1 250 1 730 156 1 800 2 400 26,0 * C 4036 V 4036 K30V
* C 3136 K2) 1)
300 118 1 760 2 700 240 – 220 34,5 * C 3136
4136 V1) * C 4136 K30V
320 112 1 530 2 200 193 1 500 2 000 37,0 * C 3236 * C 3236 K
* *
190 290 75 930 1 460 132 1 800 2 400 17,5 K2)
290 100 1 370 2 320 204 – 380 24,5 * CC 3038 V1) * CC 3038 K30V1)
320 104 1 530 2 200 196 1 600 2 200 33,5 * C 4038 1) * C 4038 K1)
320 128 2 040 3 150 275 – 130 43,0 * C 3138
4138 V1) * C 3138
4138 K30V1)
340 92 1 370 1 730 153 1 800 2 400 34,0 * C 2238 * C 2238 K2)
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
1)
Please check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
2)
Also available in design K/HA3C4
800
Ca Ca
ra
ra
Da da da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) s21) da da Da Da Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
140 163 194 2 11 – 149 161 195 201 4,7 2 0,102 0,116
161 193 2 11,4 5,9 149 – – 201 – 2 0,115 0,097
167 203 2,1 12 5,2 151 – – 214 – 2 0,111 0,097
173 223 3 13,7 – 154 190 210 236 2,3 2,5 0,109 0,108
150 173 204 2,1 2,8 – 161 172 200 214 1,3 2 – 0,108
173 204 2,1 17,4 10,6 161 – – 214 – 2 0,107 0,106
182 226 2,1 13,9 – 162 195 215 238 2,3 2 0,12 0,092
179 222 2,1 20 10,1 162 – – 228 – 2 0,103 0,103
177 236 3 11,2 – 164 200 215 256 2,5 2,5 0,119 0,096
160 187 218 2,1 15 – 171 186 220 229 5,1 2 0,115 0,106
181 217 2,1 18,1 – 171 190 210 229 2,2 2 0,109 0,103
181 217 2,1 18,1 8,2 171 – – 229 – 2 0,109 0,103
191 240 2,1 19 – 172 190 242 258 7,5 2 0,099 0,111
190 241 2,1 21 11,1 172 – – 258 – 2 0,101 0,105
194 256 3 19,3 – 174 215 245 276 2,6 2,5 0,112 0,096
170 200 237 2,1 12,5 – 181 200 238 249 5,8 2 0,105 0,112
195 235 2,1 17,1 7,2 181 – – 249 – 2 0,108 0,103
200 249 2,1 21 – 182 200 250 268 7,6 2 0,101 0,109
200 251 2,1 21 11,1 182 – – 268 – 2 0,101 0,106
209 274 4 16,4 – 187 230 255 293 3 3 0,114 0,1
180 209 251 2,1 15,1 – 191 220 240 269 2 2 0,112 0,105
203 247 2,1 20,1 10,2 191 – – 269 – 2 0,107 0,103
210 266 3 23,2 – 194 230 255 286 2,2 2,5 0,102 0,111
211 265 3 20 10,1 194 – – 286 – 2,5 0,095 0,11
228 289 4 27,3 – 197 245 275 303 3,2 3 0,107 0,104
190 225 266 2,1 16,1 – 201 235 255 279 1,9 2 0,113 0,107
220 263 2,1 20 10,1 201 – – 279 – 2 0,103 0,106
228 289 3 19 – 204 227 290 306 9,1 2,5 0,096 0,113
222 284 3 20 10,1 204 – – 306 – 2,5 0,094 0,111
224 296 4 22,5 – 207 250 275 323 1,6 3 0,108 0,108
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
801
CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 200 – 380 mm
B s1
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
2)
200 310 82 1 120 1 730 153 1 700 2 400 22,0
310 109 1 630 2 650 232 – 260 30.5 * CC 3040 V1) * CC 3040 K
K30V1)
340 112 1 560 2 320 200 1 500 2 000 40,0 * C 4040 * C 4040
3140 K2)
340 140 2 360 3 650 315 – 80 54,0 * C 3140
4140 V1) * C 4140 K30V1)
* *
220 340 90 1 320 2 040 176 1 600 2 200 29,0 K2)
340 118 1 930 3 250 275 – 200 40,0 * CC 3044 V1) * CC 3044 K30V1)
370 120 1 900 2 900 245 1 400 1 900 51,0 * C 4044 * C 4044 K2)
400 108 2 000 2 500 208 1 500 2 000 56,5 * C 3144
2244 * C 3144
2244 K2)
* *
240 360 92 1 340 2 160 183 1 400 2 000 31,5 K2)
400 128 2 320 3 450 285 1 300 1 700 63,0 * CC 3048 * CC 3048 2)
* 3148 * 3148 K2)
260 400 104 1 760 2 850 232 1 300 1 800 46,0
440 144 2 650 4 050 325 1 100 1 500 87,0 * CC 3052 C 3052 K
* C 3152 K2)
* 3152 *
280 420 106 1 860 3 100 250 1 200 1 600 50,0 K2)
460 146 2 850 4 500 355 1 100 1 400 93,0 * CC 3056 * CC 3056 2)
* 3156 * 3156 K
300 460 118 2 240 3 650 285 1 100 1 500 71,0
460 160 2 900 4 900 380 850 1 200 95,0 * CC 3060 M
* CC 3060 KM
500 160 3 250 5 200 400 1 000 1 300 120 * C 4060
3160
M
* C 4060 K30M
3160 K2)
* *
320 480 121 2 280 4 000 305 1 000 1 400 76,5
540 176 4 150 6 300 480 950 1 300 160 * CC 3064 M
* CC 3064 KM
* 3164 M * 3164 KM
340 520 133 2 900 5 000 375 950 1 300 100
580 190 4 900 7 500 560 850 1 200 205 * CC 3068 M
* CC 3068 KM
2)
* 3168 M * 3168 KM
360 480 90 1 760 3 250 245 1 000 1 400 44,0
540 134 2 900 5 000 375 900 1 200 105 * CC 3972 M
* CC 3972 KM
KM2)
600 192 5 000 8 000 585 800 1 100 215 * C 3072 M
3172 M * C 3072
3172 KM2)
* *
380 520 106 2 120 4 000 300 950 1 300 65,5 MB1) KMB1)
560 135 3 000 5 200 390 900 1 200 110 * CC 3976 * CC 3976
620 194 4 550 7 500 540 750 1 000 230 * C 3076 M
1) * C 3076 KM
1)
* 3176 MB * 3176 KMB
* SKF Explorer bearing
1)
Please check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
2)
Also available in designs K/HA3C4 or KM/HA3C4
802
Ca Ca
ra
ra
Da da da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) s21) da da Da Da Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
200 235 285 2,1 15,2 – 211 250 275 299 2,9 2 0,123 0,095
229 280 2,1 21 11,1 211 – – 299 – 2 0,101 0,108
245 305 3 27,3 – 214 260 307 326 0,6 2,5 0,108 0,104
237 302 3 22 12,1 214 – – 326 – 2,5 0,092 0,112
220 257 310 3 17,2 – 233 270 295 327 3,1 2,5 0,114 0,104
251 306 3 20 10,1 233 – – 327 – 2,5 0,095 0,113
268 333 4 22,3 – 237 290 315 353 3,5 3 0,114 0,097
259 350 4 20,5 – 237 295 320 383 1,7 3 0,113 0,101
240 276 329 3 19,2 – 253 290 315 347 1,3 2,5 0,113 0,106
281 357 4 20,4 – 257 305 335 383 3,7 3 0,116 0,095
260 305 367 4 19,3 – 275 325 350 385 3,4 3 0,122 0,096
314 394 4 26,4 – 277 340 375 423 4,1 3 0,115 0,096
280 328 389 4 21,3 – 295 350 375 405 1,8 3 0,121 0,098
336 416 5 28,4 – 300 360 395 440 4,1 4 0,115 0,097
300 352 417 4 20 – 315 375 405 445 1,7 3 0,123 0,095
338 409 4 30,4 – 315 360 400 445 2,8 3 0,105 0,106
362 448 5 30,5 – 320 390 425 480 4,9 4 0,106 0,106
320 376 440 4 23,3 – 335 395 430 465 1,8 3 0,121 0,098
372 476 5 26,7 – 340 410 455 520 3,9 4 0,114 0,096
340 402 482 5 25,4 – 358 430 465 502 1,9 4 0,12 0,099
405 517 5 25,9 – 360 445 490 560 4,2 4 0,118 0,093
360 394 450 3 17,2 – 373 405 440 467 1,6 2,5 0,127 0,104
417 497 5 26,4 – 378 445 480 522 2 4 0,12 0,099
423 537 5 27,9 – 380 460 510 522 3,9 4 0,117 0,094
380 429 489 4 10 – 395 425 490 505 9,7 3 – 0,128
431 511 5 27 – 398 460 495 542 2 4 0,12 0,1
450 550 5 19 – 400 445 555 600 16,4 4 – 0,106
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
803
CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 400 – 600 mm
B s1
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1) 1)
400 540 106 2 160 4 150 305 900 1 300 69,0
600 148 3 650 6 200 450 800 1 100 140 * CC 3980 MB
* CC 3980 KMB
650 200 4 200 8 300 585 700 950 275 * C 3080 M
3180 MB * C 3080 KM
3180 KMB
* *
420 560 106 2 160 4 250 310 850 1 200 71,0
620 150 3 800 6 400 465 800 1 100 150 * CC 3984 M
* CC 3984 KM
700 224 6 000 10 400 720 670 900 340 * C 3084 M
3184 M * C 3084 KM
3184 KM2)
* *
440 600 118 2 750 5 300 375 800 1 100 98,0 MB1) KMB1)
650 157 3 900 6 700 480 750 1 000 185 * CC 3988 * CC 3988
720 226 5 700 9 300 655 670 900 360 * C 3088 MB
1) * 3088 KMB
1)
* 3188 MB1) * C 3188 KMB1)
460 620 118 2 700 5 300 375 800 1 100 100
680 163 4 000 7 500 510 700 950 200 * CC 3992 MB
* CC 3992 KMB
KM2)
760 240 6 800 12 000 815 600 800 430 * C 3092 M
3192 M * C 3092
3192 KM
760 240 8 300 14 300 950 480 630 535 * C 4192 M * C 4192 K30M
* *
480 650 128 3 100 6 100 430 750 1 000 120
700 165 4 050 7 800 530 670 900 210 * CC 3996 M
* C 3996 KM
790 248 6 950 12 500 830 560 750 490 * C 3196 MB1) * CC 3096
3096 M KM
1)
* * 3196 KMB
500 670 128 3 150 6 300 440 700 950 125
720 167 4 250 8 300 560 630 900 225 * CC 39/500 M
* CC 39/500 KM
KM2)
830 264 7 500 12 700 850 530 750 550 * C 30/500 M
31/500 M * C 30/500
31/500 KM2)
830 325 9 800 17 600 1 140 400 560 720 * C 41/500 MB * C 41/500 K30MB
* *
530 710 136 3 560 7 100 480 670 900 150
780 185 5 100 9 500 640 600 800 295 * CC 39/530 M
* CC 39/530 KM
KM2)
870 272 8 800 15 600 1 000 500 670 630 * C 30/530 M
31/530 M * C 30/530
31/530 KM2)
* *
560 750 140 3 600 7 350 490 600 850 170
820 195 5 600 11 000 720 530 750 345 * CC 39/560 M
* C 39/560 KM
KM2)
920 280 9 500 17 000 1 100 480 670 750 * C 31/560 MB1) * CC 30/560
30/560 M
1)
* * 31/560 KMB
600 800 150 4 000 8 800 570 560 750 210
870 200 6 300 12 200 780 500 700 390 * CC 39/600 M
* CC 39/600 KM
30/600 KM2)
980 300 10 200 18 000 1120 430 600 870 * C 30/600 M
31/600 MB1) * C 31/600 KMB1)
* *
* SKF Explorer bearing
1)
Please check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
2)
Also available in design KM/HA3C4
804
Ca Ca
ra
ra
Da da da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) da da Da Da Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ min max min max min max max max
mm mm –
400 440 500 4 10 415 435 505 525 9,7 3 – 0,128
458 553 5 30,6 418 480 525 582 2,1 4 0,121 0,099
485 589 6 10,1 426 480 565 624 4,4 5 – 0,109
420 462 522 4 21,3 435 480 515 545 1,8 3 0,132 0,098
475 570 5 32,6 438 510 550 602 2,2 4 0,12 0,1
508 618 6 34,8 446 540 595 674 3,8 5 0,113 0,098
440 495 564 4 11 455 490 565 585 10,5 3 – 0,119
491 587 6 19,7 463 490 565 627 1,7 5 – 0,105
514 633 6 22 466 510 635 694 19,1 5 – 0,102
460 508 577 4 11 475 505 580 605 10,4 3 – 0,12
539 624 6 33,5 486 565 605 654 2,3 5 0,114 0,108
559 679 7,5 51 492 570 655 728 4,2 6 0,108 0,105
540 670 7,5 46,2 492 570 655 728 5,6 6 0,111 0,097
480 529 604 5 20,4 498 550 590 632 2 4 0,133 0,095
555 640 6 35,5 503 580 625 677 2,3 5 0,113 0,11
583 700 7,5 24 512 580 705 758 20,6 6 – 0,104
500 556 631 5 20,4 518 580 615 652 2 4 0,135 0,095
572 656 6 37,5 523 600 640 697 2,3 5 0,113 0,111
605 738 7,5 75,3 532 655 705 798 – 6 0,099 0,116
598 740 7,5 16,3 532 595 705 798 5,9 6 – 0,093
530 578 657 5 28,4 548 600 640 692 2,2 4 0,129 0,101
601 704 6 35,7 553 635 685 757 2,5 5 0,12 0,101
635 781 7,5 44,4 562 680 745 838 4,8 6 0,115 0,097
560 622 701 5 32,4 578 645 685 732 2,3 4 0,128 0,104
660 761 6 45,7 583 695 740 793 2,7 5 0,116 0,106
664 808 7,5 28 592 660 810 888 23,8 6 – 0,111
600 666 744 5 32,4 618 685 725 782 2,4 4 0,131 0,1
692 805 6 35,9 623 725 775 847 2,7 5 0,125 0,098
710 870 7,5 30 632 705 875 948 25,4 6 – 0,105
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
805
CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 630 – 1 250 mm
B s1
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2 d
Cylindrical bore Tapered bore
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting Bearing with
limit ence speed cylindrical tapered
d D B C C0 Pu speed bore bore
mm kN kN r/min kg –
630 850 165 4 650 10 000 640 530 700 270
920 212 6 800 12 900 830 480 670 465 * CC 39/630 M
* CC 39/630 KM
KM2)
1 030 315 12 200 22 000 1 370 400 560 1 040 * C 30/630 M
31/630 MB1) * C 30/630
31/630 KMB1)
* *
670 900 170 4 900 11 200 695 480 630 310
980 230 8 150 16 300 1 000 430 600 580 * CC 39/670 M
* CC 39/670 KM
KM2)
1 090 336 12 000 22 000 1 320 380 530 1 230 * C 30/670 M
31/670 MB1) * C 30/670
31/670 KMB1)
* *
710 950 180 6 000 12 500 780 450 630 355
1 030 236 8 800 17 300 1 060 400 560 645 * CC 39/710 M
* CC 39/710 KM
1 030 315 10 600 21 600 1 290 320 430 860 * C 30/710 M
* C 30/710 KM
1 150 345 12 700 24 000 1 430 360 480 1 410 * C 40/710 M
31/710 MB1) * C 40/710 K30M
31/710 KMB1)
* *
750 1 000 185 6 100 13 400 815 430 560 405
1 090 250 9 000 18 000 1 100 380 530 770 * CC 39/750 M
MB1) * CC 39/750 KM
KMB1)
1 220 365 16 000 30 500 1 800 320 450 1 700 * C 30/750
31/750 MB1) * C 30/750
31/750 KMB1)
* *
800 1 060 195 6 400 14 600 865 380 530 470
1 150 258 9 150 18 600 1 120 360 480 860 * CC 39/800 M
MB1) * CC 39/800 KM
KMB1)
1 280 375 15 600 30 500 1 760 300 400 1 870 * C 30/800
31/800 MB1) * C 30/800
31/800 KMB1)
* *
850 1 120 200 7 350 16 300 965 360 480 530
1 220 272 11 200 24 000 1 370 320 430 1 050 * CC 39/850 M
MB1) * CC 39/850 KM
KMB1)
1 360 400 16 000 32 000 1 830 280 380 2 260 * C 30/850
31/850 MB1) * C 30/850
31/850 KMB1)
* *
900 1 180 206 8 150 18 000 1 060 340 450 580 MB1) KMB1)
1 280 280 12 700 26 500 1 530 300 400 1 150 * CC 39/900 * CC 39/900
* 30/900 M * 30/900 KM
950 1 250 224 9 300 22 000 1 250 300 430 745
1 360 300 12 900 27 500 1 560 280 380 1 410 * CC 39/950 M
1) * CC 39/950 KM
1)
* 30/950 MB 1) * 30/950 KMB 1)
1 000 1 420 308 13 400 29 000 1 830 260 340 1 570
1 580 462 22 800 45 500 2 500 220 300 3 470 * CC 30/1000 MB
1) * CC 30/1000 KMB
1)
* 31/1000 MB1) * 31/1000 KMB1)
1 060 1 400 250 12 500 29 000 1 600 260 340 1 040
* C 39/1060 MB * C 39/1060 KMB
1 180 1 540 272 12 900 31 500 1 660 220 300 1 340
* C 39/1180 M 1) * C 39/1180 KM 1)
1 250 1 750 375 20 400 45 000 2 320 180 240 2 740
SKF Explorer bearing
* C 30/1250 MB * C 30/1250 KMB
*
1)
Please check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
2)
Also available in design KM/HA3C4
806
Ca Ca
ra
ra
Da da da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) da da Da Da Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
630 700 784 6 35,5 653 720 770 827 2,4 5 0,121 0,11
717 840 7,5 48,1 658 755 810 892 2,9 6 0,118 0,104
749 919 7,5 31 662 745 920 998 26,8 6 – 0,109
670 764 848 6 40,5 693 765 830 877 2,5 5 0,121 0,113
775 904 7,5 41,1 698 820 875 952 2,9 6 0,121 0,101
797 963 7,5 33 702 795 965 1 058 28 6 – 0,104
710 773 877 6 30,7 733 795 850 927 2,7 5 0,131 0,098
807 945 7,5 47,3 738 850 910 1 002 3,2 6 0,119 0,104
803 935 7,5 51,2 738 840 915 1 002 4,4 6 0,113 0,101
848 1 012 9,5 34 750 845 1 015 1 100 28,6 8 – 0,102
750 830 933 6 35,7 773 855 910 977 2,7 5 0,131 0,101
858 993 7,5 25 778 855 995 1 062 21,8 6 – 0,112
888 1 076 9,5 36 790 885 1 080 1 180 31,5 8 – 0,117
800 889 990 6 45,7 823 915 970 1 037 2,9 5 0,126 0,106
913 1 047 7,5 25 828 910 1 050 1 122 22,3 6 – 0,111
947 1 133 9,5 37 840 945 1 135 1 240 32,1 8 – 0,115
850 940 1 053 6 35,9 873 960 1 025 1 097 2,9 5 0,135 0,098
968 1 113 7,5 27 878 965 1 115 1 192 24,1 6 – 0,124
1 020 1 200 12 40 898 1 015 1 205 1 312 33,5 10 – 0,11
900 989 1 113 6 20 923 985 1 115 1 157 18,4 5 – 0,132
1 008 1 172 7,5 45,8 928 1 050 1 130 1 252 3,4 6 0,124 0,1
950 1 044 1 167 7,5 35 978 1 080 1 145 1 222 3,1 6 0,134 0,098
1 080 1 240 7,5 30 978 1 075 1 245 1 322 26,2 6 – 0,116
1 000 1 136 1 294 7,5 30 1 028 1 135 1 295 1 392 26,7 6 – 0,114
1 179 1 401 12 46 1 048 1 175 1 405 1 532 38,6 10 – 0,105
1 060 1 175 1 323 7,5 25 1 088 1 170 1 325 1 372 23,4 6 – 0,142
1 180 1311 1457 7,5 44,4 1 208 1 335 1 425 1 512 4,1 6 0,137 0,097
1 250 1 397 1 613 9,5 37 1 284 1 395 1 615 1 716 33,9 8 – 0,126
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
807
Sealed CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 50 – 180 mm
B s1
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load speed
limit
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1)
50 72 40 140 224 24,5 200 0,56
* C 6910-2CS5V1)
60 85 45 150 240 26,5 170 0,83
* C 6912-2CS5V
65 100 35 102 173 20,4 150 1,10
* C 4013-2CS5V
75 105 54 204 325 37,5 140 1,40
115 40 143 193 22 130 1,40 * CC 6915-2CS5V 1)
* 4015-2CS5V
90 125 46 224 400 44 110 1,75
* C 5918-2CS5V1)
100 150 50 310 450 50 95 2,90
165 65 475 655 69,5 90 5,20 * CC 4020-2CS5V
* 4120-2CS5V1)
110 170 60 415 585 62 85 4,60
180 69 500 710 75 85 6,60 * CC 4022-2CS5V
* 4122-2CS5V
120 180 60 430 640 67 80 5,10
200 80 710 1 000 102 75 9,70 * CC 4024-2CS5V 1)
* 4124-2CS5V
130 200 69 550 830 85 70 7,50
210 80 750 1 100 108 70 10,5 * CC 4026-2CS5V
* 4126-2CS5V1)
140 210 69 570 900 88 67 7,90
225 85 780 1 200 116 63 12,5 * CC 4028-2CS5V
* 4128-2CS5V
150 225 75 585 965 93 63 10,0
250 100 1 220 1 860 176 60 20,5 * CC 4030-2CS5V 1)
* 4130-2CS5V1)
160 240 80 655 1 100 104 60 12,0
270 109 1 460 2 160 204 53 26,0 * CC 4032-2CS5V 1)
* 4132-2CS5V1)
170 260 90 965 1 630 153 53 17,0
280 109 1 530 2 280 212 53 27,0 * CC 4034-2CS5V 1)
* 4134-2CS5V1)
180 280 100 1 320 2 120 196 53 23,5
300 118 1 760 2 700 245 48 35,0 * CC 4036-2CS5V 1)
* 4136-2CS5V
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
808
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) da da Da ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ min max max max
mm mm –
50 57,6 64,9 0,6 2,8 53,2 57 68,8 0,6 0,113 0,091
60 68 75,3 1 5,4 64,6 67 80,4 1 0,128 0,083
65 78,6 87,5 1,1 5,9 71 78 94 1 0,071 0,181
75 83,6 95,5 1 7,1 79,6 83 100 1 0,073 0,154
88,5 104 1,1 7,3 81 88 111 1 0,210 0,063
90 102 113 1,1 4,5 96 101 119 1 0,089 0,131
100 114 136 1,5 6,2 107 113 143 1,5 0,145 0,083
120 148 2 7,3 111 119 154 2 0,09 0,125
110 128 155 2 7,9 119 127 161 2 0,142 0,083
130 160 2 8,2 121 129 169 2 0,086 0,133
120 140 164 2 7,5 129 139 171 2 0,085 0,142
140 176 2 8,2 131 139 189 2 0,126 0,087
130 152 182 2 8,2 139 151 191 2 0,089 0,133
153 190 2 7,5 141 152 199 2 0,09 0,126
140 163 193 2 8,7 149 162 201 2 0,133 0,089
167 204 2,1 8,9 152 166 213 2 0,086 0,134
150 175 204 2,1 10,8 161 174 214 2 0,084 0,144
179 221 2,1 6,4 162 178 238 2 0,103 0,103
160 188 218 2,1 11,4 170 187 230 2 0,154 0,079
190 241 2,1 6,7 172 189 258 2 0,101 0,105
170 201 237 2,1 9 180 199 250 2 0,116 0.097
200 251 2,1 6,7 182 198 268 2 0,101 0,106
180 204 246 2,1 6,4 190 202 270 2 0,103 0,105
211 265 3 6,4 194 209 286 2,5 0,095 0,11
1)
Permissible axial displacement (➔ page 783)
809
Sealed CARB toroidal roller bearings
d 190 – 200 mm
B s1
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Limiting Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load speed
limit
d D B C C0 Pu
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1)
190 290 100 1 370 2 320 208 48 24,5
320 128 2 040 3 150 280 45 43,5 * CC 4038-2CS5V 1)
* 4138-2CS5V1)
200 310 109 1 630 2 650 232 45 31,0 C 4040-2CS5V
340 140 2 360 3 650 320 43 54,5 * C 4140-2CS5V1)
*
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
810
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factors
d d2 D1 r1,2 s11) da da Da ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ min max max max
mm mm –
190 221 263 2,1 6,4 200 219 280 2 0,103 0,106
222 283 3 6,4 204 220 306 2,5 0,094 0,111
200 229 280 2,1 6,7 210 227 300 2 0,101 0,108
237 301 3 7 214 235 326 2,5 0,092 0,112
1)
Permissible axial displacement (➔ page 783)
811
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 20 – 70 mm
s1
B B2 s2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d 3
Bearing on E-design Full complement bearing
adapter sleeve on standard adapter sleeve
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1)
20 52 18 44 40 4,55 13 000 18 000 0,24
52 18 58,5 48 5,6 – 7 000 0,25 * CC 2205 KTN9
1)
H 305 E
* 2205 KV H 305
25 62 20 65,5 62 7,2 11 000 15 000 0,37 C 2206 KTN9 H 306 E
62 20 76,5 71 8 – 6 000 0,39 * C 2206 KV H 306
*
30 72 23 83 80 9, 3 9 500 13 000 0,59
72 23 95 96 11,2 – 5 000 0,59 * CC 2207 KTN9 H 307 E
* 2207 KV H 307
35 80 23 90 86,5 10,2 8 000 11 000 0,69
80 23 102 104 12 – 4 500 0,70 * CC 2208 KTN9 H 308 E
* 2208 KV H 308
40 85 23 93 93 10,8 8 000 11 000 0,76
85 23 106 110 12,9 – 4 300 0,79 * CC 2209 KTN9 H 309 E
* 2209 KV H 309
45 90 23 98 100 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,85
90 23 114 122 14,3 – 3 800 0,89 * CC 2210 KTN9 H 310 E
* 2210 KV H 310
50 100 25 116 114 13,4 6 700 9 000 1,10
100 25 132 134 15,6 – 3 400 1,15 * CC 2211 KTN9 H 311 E
* 2211 KV H 311
55 110 28 143 156 18,3 5 600 7 500 1,45
110 28 166 190 22,4 – 2 800 1,50 * CC 2212 KTN9 H 312 E
* 2212 KV H 312
60 120 31 180 180 21,2 5 300 7 500 1,80
120 31 204 216 25,5 – 2 400 1,90 * CC 2213 KTN9 H 313 E
* 2213 KV H 313
125 31 186 196 22,8 5 000 7 000 2,10
125 31 212 228 26,5 – 2 400 2,20 * CC 2214 KTN9 H 314 E
150 51 405 430 49 3 800 5 000 5,10 * C 2214 KV
2314 K
H 314
H 2314
*
65 130 31 196 208 24 4 800 6 700 2,30
130 31 220 240 28 – 2 200 2,40 * CC 2215 K H 315 E
160 55 425 465 52 3 600 4 800 6,20 * C 2215 KV
2315 K
H 315
H 2315
*
70 140 33 220 250 28,5 4 500 6 000 2,90
140 33 255 305 34,5 – 2 000 3,00 * CC 2216 K H 316 E
170 58 510 550 60 3 400 4 500 7,40 * C 2216 KV
2316 K
H 316
H 2316
*
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
812
Ca
ra
Ba Ba
da db Da da db Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 r1,2 s11) s21) da db Da Da Ba Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ ~ max min min max min min max
mm mm –
20 32,1 38 43,3 29 10,5 1 5,8 – 32 28 42 46,4 5 0,3 1 0,09 0,126
32,1 38 43,3 29 8 1 5,8 2,8 39 28 – 46,4 5 – 1 0,09 0,126
25 37,4 45 53,1 31 10,5 1 4,5 – 37 33 51 56,4 5 0,3 1 0,101 0,111
37,4 45 53,1 31 8 1 4,5 1,5 49 33 – 56,4 5 – 1 0,101 0,111
30 44,8 52 60,7 35 11,5 1,1 5,7 – 44,5 39 59 65 5 0,1 1 0,094 0,121
44,8 52 60,7 35 9 1,1 5,7 2,7 57 39 – 65 5 – 1 0,094 0,121
35 52,4 58 69,9 36 13 1,1 7,1 – 52 44 68 73 5 0,3 1 0,093 0,128
52,4 58 69,9 36 10 1,1 7,1 4,1 66 44 – 73 5 – 1 0,093 0,128
40 55,6 65 73,1 39 13 1,1 7,1 – 55,5 50 71 78 7 0,3 1 0,095 0,128
55,6 65 73,1 39 11 1,1 7,1 4,1 69 50 – 78 7 – 1 0,095 0,128
45 61,9 70 79,4 42 14 1,1 7,1 – 61,5 55 77 83 9 0,8 1 0,097 0,128
61,9 70 79,4 42 12 1,1 7,1 3,9 73 55 – 83 9 – 1 0,097 0,128
50 65,8 75 86,7 45 14 1,5 8,6 – 65,5 60 84 91 10 0,3 1,5 0,094 0,133
65,8 75 86,7 45 12,5 1,5 8,6 5,4 80 60 – 91 10 – 1,5 0,094 0,133
55 77,1 80 97,9 47 14 1,5 8,5 – 77 65 95 101 9 0,3 1,5 0,1 0,123
77,1 80 97,9 47 13 1,5 8,5 5,3 91 65 – 101 9 – 1,5 0,1 0,123
60 79 85 106 50 15 1,5 9,6 – 79 70 102 111 8 0,2 1,5 0,097 0,127
79 85 106 50 14 1,5 9,6 5,3 97 70 – 111 8 – 1,5 0,097 0,127
83,7 92 111 52 15 1,5 9,6 – 83,5 75 107 116 9 0,4 1,5 0.098 0,127
83,7 92 111 52 14 1,5 9,6 5,3 102 75 – 116 9 – 1,5 0,098 0,127
91,4 92 130 68 14 2,1 9,1 – 105 76 120 138 6 2,2 2 0,11 0,099
65 88,5 98 115 55 16 1,5 9,6 – 98 80 110 121 12 1,2 1,5 0,099 0,127
88,5 98 115 55 15 1,5 9,6 5,3 105 80 – 121 12 – 1,5 0,099 0,127
98,5 98 135 73 15 2,1 13,1 – 110 82 130 148 5 2,2 2 0,103 0,107
70 98,1 105 125 59 18 2 9,1 – 105 85 120 129 12 1,2 2 0,104 0,121
98,1 105 125 59 17 2 9,1 4,8 115 85 – 129 12 – 2 0,104 0,121
102 105 145 78 17 2,1 10,1 – 115 88 135 158 6 2,4 2 0,107 0,101
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
813
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 75 – 140 mm
s1
B B2 s2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d 3
Bearing on E-design Bearing on L-design Full complement bearing
adapter sleeve or standard adapter sleeve on standard adapter sleeve
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
75 150 36 275 320 35,5 4 300 5 600 3,70
150 36 315 390 44 – 1 800 3,85 * CC 2217 K H 317 E
180 60 540 600 64 3 200 4 300 8,50 * C 2217 KV
2317 K
H 317
H 2317
*
80 160 40 325 380 41,5 3 800 5 300 4,50
160 40 365 440 49 – 1 500 4,60 * CC 2218 K H 318 E
190 64 610 695 73,5 2 800 4 000 10,0 * C 2218 KV
2318 K
H 318
H 2318
*
85 170 43 360 400 44 3 800 5 000 5,30 K1)
200 67 610 695 73,5 2 800 4 000 11,5 * CC 2219 H 319 E
* 2319 K1) H 2319
90 165 52 415 540 58,5 3 200 4 300 6,10
165 52 475 655 69,5 – 1 300 6,10 * CC 3120 K H 3120 E
180 46 415 465 49 3 600 4 800 6,30 * C 3120 KV
2220 K
H 3120 E
H 320 E
215 73 800 880 90 2 600 3 600 14,5 * C 2320 K H 2320
*
100 170 45 355 480 51 3 200 4 500 5,50
200 53 530 620 64 3 200 4 300 8,80 * CC 3022 K H 322 E
* 2222 K H 322 E
110 180 46 375 530 55 3 000 4 000 5,70
180 46 430 640 65,5 – 1 400 5,85 * CC 3024 K H 3024 E
215 58 610 710 72 3 000 4 000 8,60 * C 3024 KV
2224 K1)
H 3024
H 3124 L
215 76 750 980 98 2 400 3 200 14,2 * C 3224 K H 2324 L
*
115 200 52 390 585 58,5 2 800 3 800 8,70 K1)
230 64 735 930 91,5 2 800 3 800 14,0 * CC 3026
2226 K
H 3026
H 3126 L
*
125 210 53 490 735 72 2 600 3 400 9,30 K1)
250 68 830 1 060 102 2 400 3 400 17,5 * CC 3028
2228 K
H 3028
H 3128 L
*
135 225 56 540 850 83 2 400 3 200 12,0
250 80 880 1 290 122 2 000 2 800 20,0 * CC 3030 KMB H 3030 E
270 73 980 1 220 114 2 400 3 200 23,0 * C 3130 K
2230 K
H 3130 L
H 3130 L
*
140 240 60 570 915 86,5 2 200 3 000 14,5 K1)
270 86 1 000 1 400 132 2 000 2 600 27,0 * CC 3032
3132 K1)
H 3032
H 3132 L
290 104 1 370 1 830 170 1 700 2 400 36,5 * C 3232 K H 2332 L
*
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
814
Ca
ra
Ba Ba
da db Da da db Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 r1,2 s11) s21) da db Da Da Ba Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ ~ max min min max min min max
mm mm –
75 104 110 133 63 19 2 7,1 – 110 91 125 139 12 1,3 2 0,114 0,105
104 110 133 63 18 2 7,1 1,7 115 91 – 139 12 – 2 0,114 0,105
110 110 153 82 18 3 12,1 – 125 94 145 166 7 2,4 2,5 0,105 0,105
80 112 120 144 65 19 2 9,5 – 120 96 130 149 10 1,4 2 0,104 0,117
112 120 144 65 18 2 9,5 5,4 125 96 – 149 10 – 2 0,104 0,117
119 120 166 86 18 3 9,6 – 135 100 155 176 7 2 2,5 0,108 0,101
85 113 125 149 68 20 2,1 10,5 – 112 102 149 158 9 4,2 2 0,114 0,104
120 125 166 90 19 3 12,6 – 135 105 155 186 7 2,1 2,5 0,103 0,106
90 119 130 150 76 21 2 10 – 119 106 150 154 6 4,5 2 0,1 0,112
119 130 150 76 20 2 10 4,7 125 106 – 154 6 – 2 0,1 0,112
118 130 157 71 21 2,1 10,1 – 130 108 150 168 8 0.9 2 0,108 0,11
126 130 185 97 20 3 11.2 – 150 110 170 201 7 3,2 2,5 0,113 0,096
100 128 145 156 77 21,5 2 9,5 – 127 118 157 160 14 4 2 0,107 0,11
132 145 176 77 21,5 2,1 11,1 – 150 118 165 188 6 1,9 2 0,113 0,103
110 138 155 166 72 26 2 10,6 – 145 127 160 170 7 0,9 2 0,111 0,109
138 145 166 72 22 2 10,6 3,8 150 127 – 170 7 – 2 0,111 0,109
144 145 191 88 22 2,1 13 – 143 128 192 203 11 5,4 2 0,113 0,103
149 145 190 112 22 2,1 17,1 – 160 131 180 203 17 2,4 2 0,103 0,108
115 154 155 180 80 23 2 16,5 – 152 137 182 190 8 4,4 2 0,123 0,1
152 155 199 92 23 3 9,6 – 170 138 185 216 8 1,1 2,5 0,113 0,101
125 163 165 194 82 24 2 11 – 161 147 195 200 8 4,7 2 0,102 0,116
173 165 223 97 24 3 13,7 – 190 149 210 236 8 2,3 2,5 0,109 0,108
135 173 180 204 87 26 2,1 2,8 – 172 158 200 214 8 1,3 2 – 0,108
182 180 226 111 26 2,1 13,9 – 195 160 215 238 8 2,3 2 0,12 0,092
177 180 236 111 26 3 11,2 – 200 160 215 256 15 2,5 2,5 0,119 0,096
140 187 190 218 93 27,5 2,1 15 – 186 168 220 229 8 5,1 2 0,115 0,106
191 190 240 119 27,5 2,1 19 – 190 170 242 258 8 7,5 2 0,099 0,111
194 190 256 147 27,5 3 19,3 – 215 174 245 276 18 2,6 2,5 0,112 0,096
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
815
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 150 – 320 mm
B B2 s1
r2 B3
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d 3
Bearing on L-design Bearing on OH-design
or standard adapter sleeve adapter sleeve
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1)
150 260 67 750 1 160 108 2 000 2 800 18,0
280 88 1 040 1 460 137 1 900 2 600 29,0 * CC 3034 K
K1)
H 3034
310 86 1 270 1 630 146 2 000 2 600 35,0 * C 3134
2234 K
H 3134 L
H 3134 L
*
160 280 74 880 1 340 122 1 900 2 600 23,0
300 96 1 250 1 730 156 1 800 2 400 34,0 * CC 3036 K H 3036
320 112 1 530 2 200 193 1 500 2 000 47,0 * C 3136 K
3236 K
H 3136 L
H 2336
*
170 290 75 930 1 460 132 1 800 2 400 24,0
320 104 1 530 2 200 196 1 600 2 200 44,0 * CC 3038 K
K1)
H 3038
340 92 1 370 1 730 153 1 800 2 400 43,0 * C 3138
2238 K
H 3138 L
H 3138
*
180 310 82 1 120 1 730 153 1 700 2 400 30,0
340 112 1 560 2 320 200 1 500 2 000 50,5 * CC 3040 K H 3040
* 3140 K H 3140
200 340 90 1 320 2 040 176 1 600 2 200 37,0
370 120 1 900 2 900 245 1 400 1 900 64,0 * CC 3044 K OH 3044 H
400 108 2 000 2 500 208 1 500 2 000 69,0 * C 3144 K
2244 K
OH 3144 HTL
OH 3144 H
*
220 360 92 1 340 2 160 183 1 400 2 000 42,5
400 128 2 320 3 450 285 1 300 1 700 77,0 * CC 3048 K OH 3048 H
* 3148 K OH 3148 HTL
240 400 104 1 760 2 850 232 1 300 1 800 59,0
440 144 2 650 4 050 325 1 100 1 500 105 * CC 3052 K OH 3052 H
* 3152 K OH 3152 HTL
260 420 106 1 860 3 100 250 1 200 1 600 65,0
460 146 2 850 4 500 355 1 100 1 400 115 * CC 3056 K OH 3056 H
* 3156 K OH 3156 HTL
280 460 118 2 240 3 650 285 1 100 1 500 91,0
500 160 3 250 5 200 400 1 000 1 300 150 * CC 3060 KM OH 3060 H
* 3160 K OH 3160 H
300 480 121 2 280 4 000 305 1 000 1 400 95,0
540 176 4 150 6 300 480 950 1 300 190 * CC 3064 KM OH 3064 H
* 3164 KM OH 3164 H
320 520 133 2 900 5 000 375 950 1 300 125
580 190 4 900 7 500 560 850 1 200 235 * CC 3068 KM OH 3068 H
* 3168 KM OH 3168 H
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
816
Ca
Ba
da db Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 B3 r1,2 s11) da db Da Da Ba Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ max min min max min min max
mm mm –
150 200 200 237 101 28,5 – 2,1 12,5 200 179 238 249 8 5,8 2 0,105 0,112
200 200 249 122 28,5 – 2,1 21 200 180 250 268 8 7,6 2 0,101 0,109
209 200 274 122 28,5 – 4 16,4 230 180 255 293 10 3 3 0,114 0,1
160 209 210 251 109 29,5 – 2,1 15,1 220 189 240 269 8 2 2 0,112 0,105
210 210 266 131 29,5 – 3 23,2 230 191 255 286 8 2,2 2,5 0,102 0,111
228 230 289 161 30 – 4 27,3 245 195 275 303 22 3,2 3 0,107 0,104
170 225 220 266 112 30,5 – 2,1 16,1 235 199 255 279 9 1,9 2 0,113 0,107
228 220 289 141 30,5 – 3 19 227 202 290 306 9 9,1 2,5 0,096 0,113
224 240 296 141 31 – 4 22,5 250 202 275 323 21 1,6 3 0,108 0,108
180 235 240 285 120 31,5 – 2,1 15,2 250 210 275 299 9 2,9 2 0,123 0,095
245 250 305 150 32 – 3 27,3 260 212 307 326 9 0,6 2,5 0,108 0,104
200 257 260 310 126 30 41 3 17,2 270 231 295 327 9 3,1 2,5 0,114 0,104
268 260 333 161 30 41 4 22,3 290 233 315 353 9 3,5 3 0,114 0,097
259 280 350 161 35 – 4 20,5 295 233 320 383 21 1,7 3 0,113 0,101
220 276 290 329 133 34 46 3 19,2 290 251 315 347 11 1,3 2,5 0,113 0,106
281 290 357 172 34 46 4 20,4 305 254 335 383 11 3,7 3 0,116 0,095
240 305 310 367 145 34 46 4 19,3 325 272 350 385 11 3,4 3 0,122 0,096
314 310 394 190 34 46 4 26,4 340 276 375 423 11 4,1 3 0,115 0,096
260 328 330 389 152 38 50 4 21,3 350 292 375 405 12 1,8 3 0,121 0,098
336 330 416 195 38 50 5 28,4 360 296 395 440 12 4,1 4 0,115 0,097
280 352 360 417 168 42 54 4 20 375 313 405 445 12 1,7 3 0,123 0,095
362 380 448 208 40 53 5 30,5 390 318 425 480 12 4,9 4 0,106 0,106
300 376 380 440 171 42 55 4 23,3 395 334 430 465 13 1,8 3 0,121 0,098
372 400 476 226 42 56 5 26,7 410 338 455 520 13 3,9 4 0,114 0,096
320 402 400 482 187 45 58 5 25,4 430 355 465 502 14 1,9 4 0,12 0,099
405 440 517 254 55 72 5 25,9 445 360 490 560 14 4,2 4 0,118 0,093
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
817
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 340 – 530 mm
B B3
B2 s1
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
340 480 90 1 760 3 250 245 1 000 1 400 73,0
540 134 2 900 5 000 375 900 1 200 135 * CC 3972 KM OH 3972 HE
600 192 5 000 8 000 585 800 1 100 250 * C 3072 KM
3172 KM
OH 3072 H
OH 3172 H
*
360 520 106 2 120 4 000 300 950 1 300 96,0 KMB1)
560 135 3 000 5 200 390 900 1 200 145 * CC 3976
3076 KM
OH 3976 HE
OH 3076 H
620 194 4 550 7 500 540 750 1 000 290 * C 3176 KMB1) OH 3176 HE
*
380 540 106 2 160 4 150 305 900 1 300 105 KMB1)
600 148 3 650 6 200 450 800 1 100 175 * CC 3980 OH 3980 HE
650 200 4 200 8 300 585 700 950 345 * C 3080 KM OH 3080 H
* 3180 KMB OH 3180 HE
400 560 106 2 160 4 250 310 850 1 200 105
620 150 3 800 6 400 465 800 1 100 180 * CC 3984 KM OH 3984 HE
700 224 6 000 10 400 720 670 900 395 * C 3084 KM
3184 KM
OH 3084 H
OH 3184 H
*
410 600 118 2 750 5 300 375 800 1 100 155 KMB1)
650 157 3 900 6 700 480 750 1 000 250 * CC 3988 OH 3988 HE
720 226 5 700 9 300 655 670 900 475 * C 3088 KMB
3188 KMB1)
OH 3088 HE
OH 3188 HE
*
430 620 118 2 700 5 300 375 800 1 100 160 KMB1)
680 163 4 000 7 500 510 700 950 270 * CC 3992 OH 3992 HE
760 240 6 800 12 000 815 600 800 540 * C 3092 KM OH 3092 H
* 3192 KM OH 3192 H
450 650 128 3 100 6 100 430 750 1 000 185
700 165 4 050 7 800 530 670 900 275 * CC 3996 KM OH 3996 H
790 248 6 950 12 500 830 560 750 620 * C 3096 KM
3196 KMB1)
OH 3096 H
OH 3196 HE
*
470 670 128 3 150 6 300 440 700 950 195
720 167 4 250 8 300 560 630 900 305 * CC 39/500 KM OH 39/500 HE
830 264 7 500 12 700 850 530 750 690 * C 30/500 KM OH 30/500 H
* 31/500 KM OH 31/500 H
500 710 136 3 560 7 100 480 670 900 230
780 185 5 100 9 500 640 600 800 390 * CC 39/530 KM OH 39/530 HE
870 272 8 800 15 600 1 000 500 670 770 * C 30/530 KM
31/530 KM
OH 30/530 H
OH 31/530 H
*
530 750 140 3 600 7 350 490 600 850 260
820 195 5 600 11 000 720 530 750 440 * CC 39/560 KM OH 39/560 HE
920 280 9 500 17 000 1 100 480 670 930 * C 30/560 KM
31/560 KMB1)
OH 30/560 H
OH 31/560 HE
*
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
818
Ca
Ba
da db Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 B3 r1,2 s11) da db Da Da B a Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ max min min max min min max
mm mm –
340 394 420 450 144 45 58 3 17,2 405 372 440 467 14 1,6 2,5 0,127 0,104
417 420 497 188 45 58 5 26,4 445 375 480 522 14 2 4 0,12 0,099
423 460 537 259 58 75 5 27,9 460 380 510 580 14 3,9 4 0,117 0,094
360 429 450 489 164 48 62 4 10 425 393 490 505 15 9,7 3 – 0,128
431 450 511 193 48 62 5 27 460 396 495 542 15 2 4 0,12 0,1
450 490 550 264 60 77 5 19 445 401 555 600 15 16,4 4 – 0,106
380 440 470 500 168 52 66 4 10 435 413 505 525 15 9,7 3 – 0,128
458 470 553 210 52 66 5 30,6 480 417 525 582 15 2,1 4 0,121 0,099
485 520 589 272 62 82 6 10,1 480 421 565 624 15 4,4 5 – 0,109
400 462 490 522 168 52 66 4 21,3 480 433 515 545 15 1,8 3 0,132 0,098
475 490 570 212 52 66 5 32,6 510 437 550 602 16 2,2 4 0,12 0,1
508 540 618 304 70 90 6 34,8 540 443 595 674 16 3,8 5 0,113 0,098
410 495 520 564 189 60 77 4 11 490 454 565 585 17 10,5 3 – 0,119
491 520 587 228 60 77 6 19,7 490 458 565 627 17 1,7 5 – 0,105
514 560 633 307 70 90 6 22 510 463 635 694 17 19,1 5 – 0,102
430 508 540 577 189 60 77 4 11 505 474 580 605 17 10,4 3 – 0,12
539 540 624 234 60 77 6 33,5 565 478 605 657 17 2,3 5 0,114 0,108
559 580 679 326 75 95 7,5 51 570 484 655 728 17 4,2 6 0,108 0,105
450 529 560 604 200 60 77 5 20,4 550 496 590 632 18 2 4 0,133 0,095
555 560 640 237 60 77 6 35,5 580 499 625 677 18 2,3 5 0,113 0,11
583 620 700 335 75 95 7,5 24 580 505 705 758 18 20,6 6 – 0,104
470 556 580 631 208 68 85 5 20,4 580 516 615 652 18 2 4 0,135 0,095
572 580 656 247 68 85 6 37,5 600 519 640 697 18 2,3 5 0,113 0,111
605 630 738 356 80 100 7,5 75,3 655 527 705 798 18 – 6 0,099 0,116
500 578 630 657 216 68 90 5 28,4 600 547 640 692 20 2,2 4 0,129 0,101
601 630 704 265 68 90 6 35,7 635 551 685 757 20 2,5 5 0,12 0,101
635 670 781 364 80 105 7,5 44,4 680 558 745 838 20 4,8 6 0,115 0,097
530 622 650 701 227 75 97 5 32,4 645 577 685 732 20 2,3 4 0,128 0,104
660 650 761 282 75 97 6 45,7 695 582 740 797 20 2,7 5 0,116 0,106
664 710 808 377 85 110 7,5 28 660 589 810 888 20 23,8 6 – 0,111
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
819
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on adapter sleeve
d1 560 – 1 000 mm
B B3
B2 s1
r2
r1
B1
D D1 d2 d1 d3
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Adapter
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
560 800 150 4 000 8 800 570 560 750 325
870 200 6 300 12 200 780 500 700 520 * CC 39/600 KM OH 39/600 HE
980 300 10 200 18 000 1 120 430 600 1 100 * C 30/600 KM OH 30/600 H
31/600 KMB1) OH 31/600 HE
*
600 850 165 4 650 10 000 640 530 700 420
920 212 6 800 12 900 830 480 670 635 * CC 39/630 KM OH 39/630 HE
1 030 315 12 200 22 000 1 370 400 560 1 280 * C 30/630 KM OH 30/630 H
31/630 KMB1) OH 31/630 HE
*
630 900 170 4 900 11 200 695 480 630 455
980 230 8 150 16 300 1 000 430 600 750 * CC 39/670 KM OH 39/670 H
1 090 336 12 000 22 000 1 320 380 530 1 550 * C 30/670 KM
1)
OH 30/670 H
* 31/670 KMB OH 31/670 HE
670 950 180 6 000 12 500 780 450 630 520
1 030 236 8 800 17 300 1 060 400 560 865 * CC 39/710 KM OH 39/710 HE
1 150 345 12 700 24 000 1 430 360 480 1 800 * C 30/710 KM OH 30/710 H
31/710 KMB1) OH 31/710 HE
*
710 1 000 185 6 100 13 400 815 430 560 590
1 090 250 9 000 18 000 1 100 380 530 1 000 * CC 39/750 KM OH 39/750 HE
KMB1) OH 30/750 HE
1 220 365 16 000 30 500 1 800 320 450 2 150 * C 30/750
31/750 KMB1) OH 31/750 HE
*
750 1 060 195 6 400 14 600 865 380 530 715
1 150 258 9 150 18 600 1 120 360 480 1 150 * CC 39/800 KM OH 39/800 HE
KMB1) OH 30/800 HE
1 280 375 15 600 30 500 1 760 300 400 2 400 * C 30/800
31/800 KMB1) OH 31/800 HE
*
800 1 120 200 7 350 16 300 965 360 480 785
1 220 272 11 200 24 000 1 370 320 430 1 050 * CC 39/850 KM OH 39/850 HE
KMB1) OH 30/850 HE
1 360 400 16 000 32 000 1 830 280 380 2 260 * C 30/850
31/850 KMB1) OH 31/850 HE
*
850 1 180 206 8 150 18 000 1 060 340 450 900 KMB1) OH 39/900 HE
1 280 280 12 700 26 500 1 530 300 400 1 520 * CC 39/900
* 30/900 KM OH 30/900 H
900 1 250 224 9 300 22 000 1 250 300 430 1 100
1 360 300 12 900 27 500 1 560 280 380 1 800 * CC 39/950 KM
1)
OH 39/950 HE
* 30/950 KMB 1) OH 30/950 HE
950 1 420 308 13 400 29 000 1 830 260 340 2 000
1 580 462 22 800 45 500 2 500 220 300 4 300 * CC 30/1000 KMB OH 30/1000 HE
1)
* 31/1000 KMB1) OH 31/1000 HE
1 000 1 400 250 12 500 29 000 1 600 260 340 1 500
* C 39/1060 KMB OH 39/1060 HE
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
820
Ca
Ba
da db Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 d3 D1 B1 B2 B3 r1,2 s11) da db Da Da Ba Ca2) ra k1 k2
~ ~ min ~ max min min max min min max
mm mm –
560 666 700 744 239 75 97 5 32,4 685 619 725 782 22 2,4 4 0,131 0,1
692 700 805 289 75 97 6 35,9 725 623 775 847 22 2,7 5 0,125 0,098
710 750 870 399 85 110 7,5 30 705 632 875 948 22 25,4 6 – 0,105
600 700 730 784 254 75 97 6 35,5 720 650 770 827 22 2,4 5 0,121 0,11
717 730 840 301 75 97 7,5 48,1 755 654 810 892 22 2,9 6 0,118 0,104
749 800 919 424 95 120 7,5 31 745 663 920 998 22 26,8 6 – 0,109
630 764 780 848 264 80 102 6 40,5 765 691 830 877 22 2,5 5 0,121 0,113
775 780 904 324 80 102 7,5 41,1 820 696 875 952 22 2,9 6 0,121 0,101
797 850 963 456 106 131 7,5 33 795 705 965 1 058 22 28 6 – 0,104
670 773 830 877 286 90 112 6 30,7 795 732 850 927 26 2,7 5 0,131 0,098
807 830 945 342 90 112 7,5 47,3 850 736 910 1 002 26 3,2 6 0,119 0,104
848 900 1 012 467 106 135 9,5 34 845 745 1 015 1 110 26 28,6 8 – 0,102
710 830 870 933 291 90 112 6 35,7 855 772 910 977 26 2,7 5 0,131 0,101
858 870 993 356 90 112 7,5 25 855 778 995 1 062 26 21,8 6 – 0,112
888 950 1 076 493 112 141 9,5 36 885 787 1 080 1 180 26 31,5 8 – 0,117
750 889 920 990 303 90 112 6 45,7 915 825 970 1 037 28 2,9 5 0,126 0,106
913 920 1 047 366 90 112 7,5 25 910 829 1 050 1 122 28 22,3 6 – 0,111
947 1 000 1 133 505 112 141 9,5 37 945 838 1 135 1 240 28 32,1 8 – 0,115
800 940 980 1 053 308 90 115 6 35,9 960 876 1 025 1 097 28 2,9 5 0,135 0,098
968 980 1 113 380 90 115 7,5 27 965 880 1 115 1 192 28 24,1 6 – 0,124
1 020 1 060 1 200 536 118 147 12 40 1 015 890 1 205 1 312 28 33,5 10 – 0,11
850 989 1 030 1 113 326 100 125 6 20 985 924 1 115 1 157 30 18,4 5 – 0,132
1 008 1 030 1 172 400 100 125 7,5 45,8 1 050 931 1 130 1 252 30 3,4 6 0,124 0,1
900 1 044 1 080 1 167 344 100 125 7,5 35 1 080 976 1 145 1 222 30 3,1 6 0,134 0,098
1 080 1 080 1 240 420 100 125 7,5 30 1 075 983 1 245 1 332 30 26,2 6 – 0,116
950 1 136 1 140 1 294 430 100 125 7,5 30 1 135 1 034 1 295 1 392 33 26,7 6 – 0,114
1 179 1 240 1 401 609 125 154 12 46 1 175 1 047 1 405 1 532 33 38,6 10 – 0,105
1 000 1 175 1 200 1 323 372 100 125 7,5 25 1 170 1 090 1 325 1 392 33 23,4 6 – 0,142
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
2)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
821
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 35 – 85 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
B1
B2
D D1 G d1 d2
G1
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
35 80 23 90 86,5 10,2 8 000 11 000 0,59
80 23 102 104 12 – 4 500 0,62 * CC 2208 KTN9 AH 308
* 2208 KV AH 308
40 85 23 93 93 10,8 8 000 11 000 0,67
85 23 106 110 12,9 – 4 300 0,70 * CC 2209 KTN9 AH 309
* 2209 KV AH 309
45 90 23 98 100 11,8 7 000 9 500 0,72
90 23 114 122 14,3 – 3 800 0,75 * CC 2210 KTN9 AHX 310
* 2210 KV AHX 310
50 100 25 116 114 13,4 6 700 9 000 0,95
100 25 132 134 15,6 – 3 400 0,97 * CC 2211 KTN9 AHX 311
* 2211 KV AHX 311
55 110 28 143 156 18,3 5 600 7 500 1,30
110 28 166 190 22,4 – 2 800 1,35 * CC 2212 KTN9 AHX 312
* 2212 KV AHX 312
60 120 31 180 180 21,2 5 300 7 500 1,60
120 31 204 216 25,5 – 2 400 1,70 * CC 2213 KTN9 AH 313 G
* 2213 KV AH 313 G
65 125 31 186 196 22,8 5 000 7 000 1,70
125 31 212 228 26,5 – 2 400 1,75 * CC 2214 KTN9 AH 314 G
150 51 405 430 49 3 800 5 000 4,65 * C 2214 KV AH 314 G
* 2314 K AHX 2314 G
70 130 31 196 208 24 4 800 6 700 1,90
130 31 220 240 28 – 2 200 1,95 * CC 2215 K AH 315 G
160 55 425 465 52 3 600 4 800 5,65 * C 2215 KV
2315 K
AH 315 G
AHX 2315 G
*
75 140 33 220 250 28,5 4 500 6 000 2,35
140 33 255 305 34,5 – 2 000 2,45 * CC 2216 K AH 316
170 58 510 550 60 3 400 4 500 6,75 * C 2216 KV
2316 K
AH 316
AHX 2316
*
80 150 36 275 320 35,5 4 300 5 600 3,00
150 36 315 390 44 – 1 800 3,20 * CC 2217 K AHX 317
180 60 540 600 64 3 200 4 300 7,90 * C 2217 KV
2317 K
AHX 317
AHX 2317
*
85 160 40 325 380 41,5 3 800 5 300 3,75
160 40 365 440 49 – 1 500 3,85 * CC 2218 K AHX 318
190 64 610 695 73,5 2 800 4 000 9,00 * C 2218 KV
2318 K
AHX 318
AHX 2318
*
* SKF Explorer bearing
822
Ca
Da da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 r1,2 s12) s22) da da Da Da Ca3) ra k1 k2
~ ~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
35 52,4 69,9 29 32 M 45×1,5 6 1,1 7,1 – 47 52 68 73 0,3 1 0,093 0,128
52,4 69,9 29 32 M 45×1,5 6 1,1 7,1 4,1 47 66 – 73 – 1 0,093 0,128
40 55,6 73,1 31 34 M 50×1,5 6 1,1 7,1 – 52 55 71 78 0,3 1 0,095 0,128
55,6 73,1 31 34 M 50×1,5 6 1,1 7,1 4,1 52 69 – 78 – 1 0,095 0,128
45 61,9 79,4 35 38 M 55×2 7 1,1 7,1 – 57 61 77 83 0,8 1 0,097 0,128
61,9 79,4 35 38 M 55×2 7 1,1 7,1 3,9 57 73 – 83 – 1 0,097 0,128
50 65,8 86,7 37 40 M 60×2 7 1,5 8,6 – 64 65 84 91 0,3 1,5 0,094 0,133
65,8 86,7 37 40 M 60×2 7 1,5 8,6 5,4 64 80 – 91 – 1,5 0,094 0,133
55 77,1 97,9 40 43 M 65×2 8 1,5 8,5 – 69 77 95 101 0,3 1,5 0,1 0,123
77,1 97,9 40 43 M 65×2 8 1,5 8,5 5,3 69 91 – 101 – 1,5 0,1 0,123
60 79 106 42 45 M 70×2 8 1,5 9,6 – 74 79 102 111 0,2 1,5 0,097 0,127
79 106 42 45 M 70×2 8 1,5 9,6 5,3 74 97 – 111 – 1,5 0,097 0,127
65 83,7 111 43 47 M 75×2 8 1,5 9,6 – 79 83 107 116 0,4 1,5 0.098 0,127
83,7 111 43 47 M 75×2 8 1,5 9,6 5,3 79 102 – 116 – 1,5 0,098 0,127
91,4 130 64 68 M 75×2 12 2,1 9,1 – 82 115 120 138 2,2 2 0,11 0,099
70 88,5 115 45 49 M 80×2 8 1,5 9,6 – 84 98 110 121 1,2 1,5 0,099 0,127
88,5 115 45 49 M 80×2 8 1,5 9,6 5,3 84 105 – 121 – 1,5 0,099 0,127
98,5 135 68 72 M 80×2 12 2,1 13,1 – 87 110 130 148 2,2 2 0,103 0,107
75 98,1 125 48 52 M 90×2 8 2 9,1 – 91 105 120 129 1,2 2 0,104 0,121
98,1 125 48 52 M 90×2 8 2 9,1 4,8 91 115 – 129 – 2 0,104 0,121
102 145 71 75 M 90×2 12 2,1 10,1 – 92 115 135 158 2,4 2 0,107 0,101
80 104 133 52 56 M 95×2 9 2 7,1 – 96 110 125 139 1,3 2 0,114 0,105
104 133 52 56 M 95×2 9 2 7,1 1,7 96 115 – 139 – 2 0,114 0,105
110 153 74 78 M 95×2 13 3 12,1 – 99 125 145 166 2,4 2,5 0,105 0,105
85 112 144 53 57 M 100×2 9 2 9,5 – 101 120 130 149 1,4 2 0,104 0,117
112 144 53 57 M 100×2 9 2 9,5 5,4 101 125 – 149 – 2 0,104 0,117
119 166 79 83 M 100×2 14 3 9,6 – 104 135 155 176 2 2,5 0,108 0,101
1)
Width before sleeve is driven into bearing bore
2)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
3)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
823
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 90 – 145 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
B1
B2
D D1 G d1 d2
G1
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1)
90 170 43 360 400 44 3 800 5 000 4,50
200 67 610 695 73,5 2 800 4 000 11,0 * CC 2219 K AHX 319
* 2319 K1) AHX 2319
95 165 52 415 540 58,5 3 200 4 300 5,00
165 52 475 655 69,5 – 1 300 5,00 * CC 3120 K AHX 3120
180 46 415 465 49 3 600 4 800 5,30 * C 3120 KV AHX 3120
215 73 800 880 90 2 600 3 600 13,5 * C 2220 K AHX 320
* 2320 K1) AHX 2320
105 170 45 355 480 51 3 200 4 500 4,25 C 3022 K AHX 3122
180 69 670 1 000 104 – 900 7,75 * C 4122 K30V AH 24122
200 53 530 620 64 3 200 4 300 7,65 * C 2222 K AHX 3122
*
115 180 46 375 530 55 3 000 4 000 4,60 C 3024 K AHX 3024
180 46 430 640 65,5 – 1 400 4,75 * C 3024 KV AHX 3024
180 60 530 880 91,5 – 1 100 6,20 * C 4024 K30V1) AH 24024
200 80 780 1 120 114 – 750 11,5 * C 4124 K30V AH 24124
215 58 610 710 72 3 000 4 000 9,50 * C 2224 K1) AHX 3124
215 76 750 980 98 2 400 3 200 13,0 * C 3224 K AHX 3224 G
*
125 200 52 390 585 58,5 2 800 3 800 6,80 K1)
200 69 620 930 91,5 1 900 2 800 8,70 * CC 3026
4026 K30
AHX 3026
AH 24026
200 69 720 1 120 112 – 850 8,90 * C 4026 K30V AH 24026
210 80 750 1 100 108 – 670 11,5 * C 4126 K30V/VE240 AH 24126
230 64 735 930 91,5 2 800 3 800 12,0 * C 2226 K AHX 3126
* 1)
135 210 53 490 735 72 2 600 3 400 7,30
210 69 750 1 220 120 – 800 9,50 * CC 3028 K AHX 3028
225 85 1 000 1 600 153 – 630 15,5 * C 4028 K30V
4128 K30V
AH 24028
AH 24128
250 68 830 1 060 102 2 400 3 400 15,5 * C 2228 K AHX 3128
*
145 225 56 540 850 83 2 400 3 200 9,40
225 75 780 1 320 127 – 750 11,5 * CC 3030 KMB AHX 3030
250 80 880 1 290 122 2 000 2 800 16,5 * C 4030 K30V
3130 K
AH 24030
AHX 3130 G
250 100 1 220 1 860 173 – 450 22,0 * C 4130 K30V1) AH 24130
270 73 980 1 220 114 2 400 3 200 19,0 * C 2230 K AHX 3130 G
*
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
824
Ca
Da da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 r1,2 s12) s22) da da Da Da Ca3) ra k1 k2
~ ~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
90 113 149 57 61 M 105×2 10 2,1 10,5 – 107 112 149 158 4,2 2 0,114 0,104
120 166 85 89 M 105×2 16 3 12,6 – 109 135 155 186 2,1 2,5 0,103 0,106
95 119 150 64 68 M 110×2 11 2 10 – 111 119 150 154 4,5 2 0,1 0,112
119 150 64 68 M 110×2 11 2 10 4,7 111 125 – 154 – 2 0,1 0,112
118 157 59 63 M 110×2 10 2,1 10,1 – 112 130 150 168 0.9 2 0,108 0,11
126 185 90 94 M 110×2 16 3 11.2 – 114 150 170 201 3,2 2,5 0,113 0,096
105 128 156 68 72 M 120×2 11 2 9,5 – 119 127 157 161 4 2 0,107 0,11
132 163 82 91 M 115×2 13 2 11,4 4,6 120 145 – 170 – 2 0,111 0,097
132 176 68 72 M 120×2 11 2,1 11,1 – 122 150 165 188 1,9 2 0,113 0,103
115 138 166 60 64 M 130×2 13 2 10,6 – 129 145 160 171 0,9 2 0,111 0,109
138 166 60 64 M 130×2 13 2 10,6 3,8 129 150 – 171 – 2 0,111 0,109
140 164 73 82 M 125×2 13 2 12 5,2 129 150 – 171 – 2 0,109 0,103
140 176 2 18 11,2 131 140 – 189 – 2 0,103 0,103
144 191 75 79 M 130×2 12 2,1 13 – 132 143 192 203 5,4 2 0,113 0,103
149 190 90 94 M 130×2 13 2,1 17,1 – 132 160 180 203 2,4 2 0,103 0,108
125 154 180 67 71 M 140×2 14 2 16,5 – 139 152 182 191 4,4 2 0,123 0,1
149 181 83 93 M 140×2 14 2 11,4 – 139 155 175 191 1,9 2 0,113 0,097
149 181 83 93 M 135×2 14 2 11,4 4,6 139 165 – 191 – 2 0,113 0,097
153 190 94 104 M 140×2 14 2 9,7 9,7 141 170 – 199 – 2 0,09 0,126
152 199 78 82 M 140×2 12 3 9,6 – 144 170 185 216 1,1 2,5 0,113 0,101
135 163 194 68 73 M 150×2 14 2 11 – 149 161 195 201 4,7 2 0,102 0,116
161 193 83 93 M 145×2 14 2 11,4 5,9 149 175 – 201 – 2 0,115 0,097
167 203 99 109 M 150×2 14 2,1 12 5,2 151 185 – 214 – 2 0,111 0,097
173 223 83 88 M 150×2 14 3 13,7 – 154 190 210 236 2,3 2,5 0,109 0,108
145 173 204 72 77 M 160×3 15 2,1 2,8 – 161 172 200 214 1,3 2 – 0,108
173 204 90 101 M 155×3 15 2,1 17,4 10,6 161 185 – 214 – 2 0,107 0,106
182 226 96 101 M 160×3 15 2,1 13,9 – 162 195 215 238 2,3 2 0,12 0,092
179 222 115 126 M 160×3 15 2,1 20 10,1 162 175 – 228 – 2 0,103 0,103
177 236 96 101 M 160×3 15 3 11,2 – 164 200 215 256 2,5 2,5 0,119 0,096
1)
Width before sleeve is driven into bearing bore
2)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
3)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
825
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 150 – 220 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
B1
B2
D D1 G d1 d2
G1
Bearing on withdrawal sleeve Bearing on withdrawal sleeve
of AH design of AOH design for oil injection
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
1)
150 240 60 570 915 86,5 2 200 3 000 11,5
240 80 795 1 160 110 1 600 2 400 14,7 * CC 3032 K AH 3032
240 80 915 1 460 140 – 600 15,0 * C 4032 K30
4032 K30V
AH 24032
AH 24032
270 86 1 000 1 400 132 2 000 2 600 23,0 * C 3132 K1) 1) AH 3132 G
270 109 1 460 2 160 200 – 300 29,0 * C 4132 K30V AH 24132
290 104 1 370 1 830 170 1 700 2 400 31,0 * C 3232 K AH 3232 G
*
160 260 67 750 1 160 108 2 000 2 800 15,0 K1)
260 90 1 140 1 860 173 – 480 20,0 * CC 3034
4034 K30V
AH 3034
AH 24034
280 88 1 040 1 460 137 1 900 2 600 24,0 * C 3134 K1) 1) AH 3134 G
280 109 1 530 2 280 208 – 280 30,0 * C 4134 K30V AH 24134
310 86 1 270 1 630 146 2 000 2 600 31,0 * C 2234 K AH 3134 G
*
170 280 74 880 1 340 122 1 900 2 600 19,0
280 100 1 320 2 120 196 – 430 26,0 * CC 3036 K AH 3036
300 96 1 250 1 730 156 1 800 2 400 30,0 * C 4036 K30V AH 24036
300 118 1 760 2 700 240 – 220 38,0 * C 3136 K
4136 K30V1)
AH 3136 G
AH 24136
320 112 1 530 2 200 193 1 500 2 000 41,5 * C 3236 K AH 3236 G
*
180 290 75 930 1 460 132 1 800 2 400 20,5
290 100 1 370 2 320 204 – 380 28,0 * CC 3038 K
K30V1)
AH 3038 G
320 104 1 530 2 200 196 1 600 2 200 38,0 * C 4038
3138 K1)
AH 24038
AH 3138 G
320 128 2 040 3 150 275 – 130 47,5 * C 4138 K30V1) AH 24138
340 92 1 370 1 730 153 1 800 2 400 38,0 * C 2238 K AH 2238 G
*
190 310 82 1 120 1 730 153 1 700 2 400 25,5
310 109 1 630 2 650 232 – 260 34,5 * CC 3040 K
K30V1)
AH 3040 G
340 112 1 560 2 320 200 1 500 2 000 45,5 * C 4040
3140 K
AH 24040
AH 3140
340 140 2 360 3 650 315 – 80 59,0 * C 4140 K30V1) AH 24140
*
200 340 90 1 320 2 040 176 1 600 2 200 36,0
340 118 1 930 3 250 275 – 200 48,0 * CC 3044 K
K30V1)
AOH 3044 G
370 120 1 900 2 900 245 1 400 1 900 60,0 * C 4044
3144 K
AOH 24044
AOH 3144
400 108 2 000 2 500 208 1 500 2 000 65,5 * C 2244 K AOH 2244
*
220 360 92 1 340 2 160 183 1 400 2 000 39,5
400 128 2 320 3 450 285 1 300 1 700 75,0 * CC 3048 K AOH 3048
* 3148 K AOH 3148
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
826
Ca
Da da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 r1,2 s12) s22) da da Da Da Ca3) ra k1 k2
~ ~ ~ min ~ ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
150 187 218 77 82 M 170×3 16 2,1 15 – 171 186 220 229 5,1 2 0,115 0,106
181 217 95 106 M 170×3 15 2,1 18,1 – 171 190 210 229 2,2 2 0,109 0,103
181 217 95 106 M 170×3 15 2,1 18,1 8,2 171 195 – 229 – 2 0,109 0,103
191 240 103 108 M 170×3 16 2,1 19 – 172 190 242 258 7,5 2 0,099 0,111
190 241 124 135 M 170×3 15 2,1 21 11,1 172 190 – 258 – 2 0,101 0,105
194 256 124 130 M 170×3 20 3 19,3 – 174 215 245 276 2,6 2,5 0,112 0,096
160 200 237 85 90 M 180×3 17 2,1 12,5 – 181 200 238 249 5,8 2 0,105 0,112
195 235 106 117 M 180×3 16 2,1 17,1 7,2 181 215 – 249 – 2 0,108 0,103
200 249 104 109 M 180×3 16 2,1 21 – 182 200 250 268 7,6 2 0,101 0,109
200 251 125 136 M 180×3 16 2,1 21 11,1 182 200 – 268 – 2 0,101 0,106
209 274 104 109 M 180×3 16 4 16,4 – 187 230 255 293 3 3 0,114 0,1
170 209 251 92 98 M 190×3 17 2,1 15,1 – 191 220 240 269 2 2 0,112 0,105
203 247 116 127 M 190×3 16 2,1 20,1 10,2 191 225 – 269 – 2 0,107 0,103
210 266 116 122 M 190×3 19 3 23,2 – 194 230 255 286 2,2 2,5 0,102 0,111
211 265 134 145 M 190×3 16 3 20 10,1 194 210 – 286 – 2,5 0,095 0,11
228 289 140 146 M 190×3 24 4 27,3 – 197 245 275 303 3,2 3 0,107 0,104
180 225 266 96 102 M 200×3 18 2,1 16,1 – 201 235 255 279 1,9 2 0,113 0,107
220 263 118 131 M 200×3 18 2,1 20 10,1 201 220 – 279 – 2 0,103 0,106
228 289 125 131 M 200×3 20 3 19 – 204 227 290 306 9,1 2,5 0,096 0,113
222 284 146 159 M 200×3 18 3 20 10,1 204 220 – 306 – 2,5 0,094 0,111
224 296 112 117 M 200×3 18 4 22,5 – 207 250 275 323 1,6 3 0,108 0,108
190 235 285 102 108 Tr 210×4 19 2,1 15,2 – 211 250 275 299 2,9 2 0,123 0,095
229 280 127 140 Tr 210×4 18 2,1 21 11,1 211 225 – 299 – 2 0,101 0,108
245 305 134 140 Tr 220×4 21 3 27,3 – 214 260 307 326 0,6 2,5 0,108 0,104
237 302 158 171 Tr 210×4 18 3 22 12,1 214 235 – 326 – 2,5 0,092 0,112
200 257 310 111 117 Tr 230×4 20 3 17,2 – 233 270 295 327 3,1 2,5 0,114 0,104
251 306 138 152 Tr 230×4 20 3 20 10,1 233 250 – 327 – 2,5 0,095 0,113
268 333 145 151 Tr 240×4 23 4 22,3 – 237 290 315 353 3,5 3 0,114 0,097
259 350 145 151 Tr 240×4 23 4 20,5 – 237 295 320 383 1,7 3 0,113 0,101
220 276 329 116 123 Tr 260×4 21 3 19,2 – 253 290 315 347 1,3 2,5 0,113 0,106
281 357 154 161 Tr 260×4 25 4 20,4 – 257 305 335 383 3,7 3 0,116 0,095
1)
Width before sleeve is driven into bearing bore
2)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
3)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
827
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 240 – 460 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 G d1 d2
B2
G1
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
240 400 104 1 760 2 850 232 1 300 1 800 55,5
440 144 2 650 4 050 325 1 100 1 500 102 * CC 3052 K AOH 3052
* 3152 K AOH 3152 G
260 420 106 1 860 3 100 250 1 200 1 600 61,0
460 146 2 850 4 500 355 1 100 1 400 110 * CC 3056 K AOH 3056
* 3156 K AOH 3156 G
280 460 118 2 240 3 650 285 1 100 1 500 84,0
460 160 2 900 4 900 380 850 1 200 110 * CC 3060 KM AOH 3060
500 160 3 250 5 200 400 1 000 1 300 140 * C 4060 K30M
3160 K
AOH 24060 G
AOH 3160 G
*
300 480 121 2 280 4 000 305 1 000 1 400 93,0
540 176 4 150 6 300 480 950 1 300 185 * CC 3064 KM AOH 3064 G
* 3164 KM AOH 3164 G
320 520 133 2 900 5 000 375 950 1 300 120
580 190 4 900 7 500 560 850 1 200 230 * CC 3068 KM AOH 3068 G
* 3168 KM AOH 3168 G
340 540 134 2 900 5 000 375 900 1 200 125
600 192 5 000 8 000 585 800 1 100 245 * CC 3072 KM AOH 3072 G
* 3172 KM AOH 3172 G
360 560 135 3 000 5 200 390 900 1 200 130
620 194 4 550 7 500 540 750 1 000 260 * CC 3076 KM
1)
AOH 3076 G
* 3176 KMB AOH 3176 G
380 600 148 3 650 6 200 450 800 1 100 165
650 200 4 200 8 300 585 700 950 310 * CC 3080 KM AOH 3080 G
* 3180 KMB AOH 3180 G
400 620 150 3 800 6 400 465 850 1 200 175
700 224 6 000 10 400 720 800 1 100 380 * CC 3084 KM AOH 3084 G
* 3184 KM AOH 3184 G
420 650 157 3 900 6 700 480 800 1 100 215
720 226 5 700 9 300 655 670 900 405 * CC 3088 KMB
1)
AOHX 3088 G
* 3188 KMB AOHX 3188 G
440 680 163 4 000 7 500 510 700 950 230
760 240 6 800 12 000 815 600 800 480 * CC 3092 KM AOHX 3092 G
760 300 8 300 14 300 950 480 630 585 * C 3192 KM
4192 K30M
AOHX 3192 G
AOH 24192
*
460 700 165 4 050 7 800 530 670 900 245
790 248 6 950 12 500 830 560 750 545 * CC 3096 KM
1)
AOHX 3096 G
* 3196 KMB AOHX 3196 G
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
828
Ca
da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 r1,2 s12) da da Da Da Ca3) ra k1 k2
~ ~ ~ min ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
240 305 367 128 135 Tr 280×4 23 4 19,3 275 325 350 385 3,4 3 0,122 0,096
314 394 172 179 Tr 280×4 26 4 26,4 277 340 375 423 4,1 3 0,115 0,096
260 328 389 131 139 Tr 300×4 24 4 21,3 295 350 375 405 1,8 3 0,121 0,098
336 416 175 183 Tr 300×5 28 5 28,4 300 360 395 440 4,1 4 0,115 0,097
280 352 417 145 153 Tr 320×5 26 4 20 315 375 405 445 1,7 3 0,123 0,095
338 409 184 202 Tr 320×5 24 4 30,4 315 360 400 445 2,8 3 0,105 0,106
362 448 192 200 Tr 320×5 30 5 30,5 320 390 425 480 4,9 4 0,106 0,106
300 376 440 149 157 Tr 340×5 27 4 23,3 335 395 430 465 1,8 3 0,121 0,098
372 476 209 217 Tr 340×5 31 5 26,7 340 410 455 520 3,9 4 0,114 0,096
320 402 482 162 171 Tr 360×5 28 5 25,4 358 430 465 502 1,9 4 0,12 0,099
405 517 225 234 Tr 360×5 33 5 25,9 360 445 490 560 4,2 4 0,118 0,093
340 417 497 167 176 Tr 380×5 30 5 26,4 378 445 480 522 2 4 0,12 0,099
423 537 229 238 Tr 380×5 35 5 27,9 380 460 510 522 3,9 4 0,117 0,094
360 431 511 170 180 Tr 400×5 31 5 27 398 460 495 542 2 4 0,12 0,1
450 550 232 242 Tr 400×5 36 5 19 400 445 555 600 16,4 4 – 0,106
380 458 553 183 193 Tr 420×5 33 5 30,6 418 480 525 582 2,1 4 0,121 0,099
485 589 240 250 Tr 420×5 38 6 10,1 426 480 565 624 4,4 5 – 0,109
400 475 570 186 196 Tr 440×5 34 5 32,6 438 510 550 602 2,2 4 0,12 0,1
508 618 266 276 Tr 440×5 40 6 34,8 446 540 595 674 3,8 5 0,113 0,098
420 491 587 194 205 Tr 460×5 35 6 19,7 463 490 565 627 1,7 5 – 0,105
514 633 270 281 Tr 460×5 48 6 22 466 510 635 694 19,1 5 – 0,102
440 539 624 202 213 Tr 480×5 37 6 33,5 486 565 605 654 2,3 5 0,114 0,108
559 679 285 296 Tr 480×6 43 7,5 51 492 570 655 728 4,2 6 0,108 0,105
540 670 332 355 Tr 480×5 32 7,5 46,2 492 570 655 728 5,6 6 0,111 0,097
460 555 640 205 217 Tr 500×6 38 6 35,5 503 580 625 677 2,3 5 0,113 0,11
583 700 295 307 Tr 500×6 45 7,5 24 512 580 705 758 20,6 6 – 0,104
1)
Width before sleeve is driven into bearing bore
2)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
3)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
829
CARB toroidal roller bearings
on withdrawal sleeve
d1 480 – 950 mm
s1
B s2
r2
r1
B1
D D1 G d1 d2
B2
G1
Principal Basic load Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Withdrawal
dynamic static limit ence speed + sleeve
d1 D B C C0 Pu speed sleeve
mm kN kN r/min kg –
480 720 167 4 250 8 300 560 630 900 265
830 264 7 500 12 700 850 530 750 615 * CC 30/500 KM AOHX 30/500 G
830 325 9 800 17 600 1 140 400 560 775 * C 31/500 KM
41/500 K30MB
AOHX 31/500 G
AOH 241/500
*
500 780 185 5 100 9 500 640 600 800 355
870 272 8 800 15 600 1 000 500 670 720 * CC 30/530 KM AOH 30/530
* 31/530 KM AOH 31/530
530 820 195 5 600 11 000 720 600 850 415
920 280 9 500 17 000 1 100 530 750 855 * CC 30/560 KM
1)
AOHX 30/560
* 31/560 KMB AOH 31/560
570 870 200 6 300 12 200 780 500 700 460
980 300 10 200 18 000 1 120 430 600 990 * CC 30/600 KM
1)
AOHX 30/600
* 31/600 KMB AOHX 31/600
600 920 212 6 800 12 900 830 480 670 555 C 30/630 KM AOH 30/630
1 030 315 12 200 22 000 1 370 400 560 1 180 * C 31/630 KMB1) AOH 31/630
*
630 980 230 8 150 16 300 1 000 430 600 705
1 090 336 12 000 22 000 1 320 380 530 1 410 * CC 30/670 KM
1)
AOH 30/670
* 31/670 KMB AOHX 31/670
670 1 030 236 8 800 17 300 1 060 450 630 780
1 030 315 10 600 21 600 1 290 400 560 1 010 * CC 30/710 KM AOHX 30/710
1 150 345 12 700 24 000 1 430 360 480 1 600 * C 40/710 K30M
31/710 KMB1)
AOH 240/710 G
AOHX 31/710
*
710 1 090 250 9 000 18 000 1 100 380 530 920 KMB1)
1 220 365 16 000 30 500 1 800 320 450 1 930 * CC 30/750 1)
AOH 30/750
* 31/750 KMB1) AOH 31/750
750 1 150 258 9 150 18 600 1 120 360 480 1 060
1 280 375 15 600 30 500 1 760 300 400 2 170 * CC 30/800 KMB
1)
AOH 30/800
* 31/800 KMB1) AOH 31/800
800 1 220 272 11 200 24 000 1 370 320 430 1 280
1 360 400 16 000 32 000 1 830 280 380 2 600 * CC 30/850 KMB
1)
AOH 30/850
* 31/850 KMB AOH 31/850
850 1 280 280 12 700 26 500 1 530 300 400 1 400
* C 30/900 KM 1) AOH 30/900
900 1 360 300 12 900 27 500 1 560 280 380 1 700
* C 30/950 KMB 1) AOH 30/950
950 1 420 308 13 400 29 000 1 830 260 340 1 880
1 580 462 22 800 45 500 2 500 220 300 3 950 * CC 30/1000 KMB
1)
AOH 30/1000
* 31/1000 KMB AOH 31/1000
SKF Explorer bearing
* Please
1)
check availability of the bearing before incorporating it in a bearing arrangement design
830
Ca
da Da
ra
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d1 d2 D1 B1 B21) G G1 r1,2 s12) da da Da Da Ca3) ra k1 k2
~ ~ ~ min ~ min max min max min max
mm mm –
480 572 656 209 221 Tr 530×6 40 6 37,5 523 600 640 697 2,3 5 0,113 0,111
605 738 313 325 Tr 530×6 47 7,5 75,3 532 655 705 798 – 6 0,099 0,116
598 740 360 383 Tr 530×6 35 7,5 16,3 532 595 705 798 5,9 6 – 0,093
500 601 704 230 242 Tr 560×6 45 6 35,7 553 635 685 757 2,5 5 0,12 0,101
635 781 325 337 Tr 560×6 53 7,5 44,4 562 680 745 838 4,8 6 0,115 0,097
530 660 761 240 252 Tr 600×6 45 6 45,7 583 695 740 793 2,7 5 0,116 0,106
664 808 335 347 Tr 600×6 55 7,5 28 592 660 810 888 23,8 6 – 0,111
570 692 805 245 259 Tr 630×6 45 6 35,9 623 725 775 847 2,7 5 0,125 0,098
710 870 355 369 Tr 630×6 55 7,5 30 632 705 875 948 25,4 6 – 0,105
600 717 840 258 272 Tr 670×6 46 7,5 48,1 658 755 810 892 2,9 6 0,118 0,104
749 919 375 389 Tr 670×6 60 7,5 31 662 745 920 998 26,8 6 – 0,109
630 775 904 280 294 Tr 710×7 50 7,5 41,1 698 820 875 952 2,9 6 0,121 0,101
797 963 395 409 Tr 710×7 59 7,5 33 702 795 965 1 058 28 6 – 0,104
670 807 945 286 302 Tr 750×7 50 7,5 47,3 738 850 910 1 002 3,2 6 0,119 0,104
803 935 360 389 Tr 750×7 45 7,5 51,2 738 840 915 1 002 4,4 6 0,113 0,101
848 1 012 405 421 Tr 750×7 60 9,5 34 750 845 1 015 1 100 28,6 8 – 0,102
710 858 993 300 316 Tr 800×7 50 7,5 25 778 855 995 1 062 21,8 6 – 0,112
888 1 076 425 441 Tr 800×7 60 9,5 36 790 885 1 080 1 180 31,5 8 – 0,117
750 913 1 047 308 326 Tr 850×7 50 7,5 25 828 910 1 050 1 122 22,3 6 – 0,111
947 1 133 438 456 Tr 850×7 63 9,5 37 840 945 1 135 1 240 32,1 8 – 0,115
800 968 1 113 325 343 Tr 900×7 53 7,5 27 878 965 1 115 1 192 24,1 6 – 0,124
1 020 1 200 462 480 Tr 900×7 62 12 40 898 1 015 1 205 1 312 33,5 10 – 0,11
850 1 008 1 172 335 355 Tr 950×8 55 7,5 45,8 928 1 050 1 130 1 252 3,4 6 0,124 0,1
900 1 080 1 240 355 375 Tr 1000×8 55 7,5 30 978 1 075 1 245 1 322 26,2 6 – 0,116
950 1 136 1 294 365 387 Tr 1060×8 57 7,5 30 1 028 1 135 1 295 1 392 26,7 6 – 0,114
1 179 1 401 525 547 Tr 1060×8 63 12 46 1 048 1 175 1 405 1 532 38,6 10 – 0,105
1)
Width before sleeve is driven into bearing bore
2)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other (➔ page 783)
3)
Minimum width of free space for bearings with cage in normal position (➔ page 788)
831
Thrust ball bearings
Single direction thrust ball bearings ……………………………………………………… 834
Double direction thrust ball bearings ……………………………………………………… 835
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 836
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 836
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 836
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 836
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 836
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 837
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 837
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 837
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 837
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 838
Single direction thrust ball bearings ……………………………………………………… 838
Single direction thrust ball bearings with sphered housing washer …………………… 848
Double direction thrust ball bearings ……………………………………………………… 852
Double direction thrust ball bearings with sphered housing washers ………………… 856
833
Thrust ball bearings
Single direction Fig 1
thrust ball bearings
SKF single direction thrust ball bearings
consist of a shaft washer, a housing washer
and a ball and cage thrust assembly. The
bearings are separable so that mounting is
simple as the washers and the ball and cage
assembly can be mounted separately.
Smaller sizes are available with either a
flat seating surface on the housing washer
(➔ fig 1 ) or a sphered seating surface
(➔ fig 2 ). Bearings with a sphered housing
washer can be used together with a sphered
seating washer (➔ fig 3 ) to compensate for
misalignment between the support surface
in the housing and the shaft. Sphered seat-
ing washers are available from SKF but must Fig 2
be ordered separately.
Single direction thrust ball bearings, as
their name suggests, can accommodate
axial loads in one direction and thus locate
a shaft axially in one direction. They must
not be subjected to any radial load.
Fig 3
834
Double direction Fig 4
thrust ball bearings
SKF double direction thrust ball bearings
consist of one shaft washer, two housing
washers and two ball and cage thrust as-
semblies. The bearings are separable so that
mounting is simple. The various parts can be
mounted separately. The housing washers
and ball and cage thrust assemblies are
identical to those of the single direction
bearings.
Smaller bearings are available with either
a flat seating surface on the housing washers
(➔ fig 4 ) or with a sphered seating surface
(➔ fig 5 ). Bearings with sphered housing
washers can be used together with sphered
seating washers (➔ fig 6 ) to compensate Fig 5
for misalignment between the housing and
shaft. The sphered seating washers are
available from SKF, but must be ordered
separately.
Double direction thrust ball bearings can
accommodate axial loads acting in both
directions and can thus serve to axially
locate a shaft in both directions. They must
not be subjected to any radial load.
Fig 6
835
Thrust ball bearings
Bearing data – general Fig 7
Dimensions
The boundary dimensions of SKF thrust
ball bearings with flat or sphered housing
washers conform to DIN 711:1988 and
DIN 715:1987. The dimensions of the bear-
ings with flat housing washers conform to
ISO 104:2002.
Tolerances
SKF thrust ball bearings are made to
Normal tolerances as standard. Some single
direction bearings with flat housing washer
are also available with increased accuracy
to tolerance class P6 or tolerance class P5
specifications. Contact SKF for availability
before ordering.
Normal, P6 and P5 tolerances are in Cages
accordance with ISO 199:1997. The values SKF thrust ball bearings are fitted with dif-
can be found in table 10 on page 132. ferent standard cages (➔ fig 8 ) depending
on the bearing series and size as follows:
Misalignment
Thrust ball bearings with flat housing washers • pressed steel cage (a and b),
cannot accommodate any misalignment be- no designation suffix,
tween the shaft and housing or angular mis- • one-piece machined brass cage (c),
alignment between the support surfaces in designation suffix M,
the housing and on the shaft. • one-piece machined steel cage (d),
The bearings with sphered housing designation suffix F,
washers are generally used with sphered • two-piece machined brass cage (e),
seating washers and can compensate for designation suffix M.
initial misalignment between the support
surfaces in the housing and on the shaft
(➔ fig 7 ).
Fig 8
a b c d e
836
Minimum load Supplementary designations
In order to provide satisfactory operation, The designation suffixes used to identify
thrust ball bearings, like all ball and roller certain features of SKF thrust ball bearings
bearings, must always be subjected to a are explained in the following.
given minimum load, particularly if they are
to operate at high speeds or are subjected F Machined steel cage
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the JR Cage comprising two flat pressed steel
direction of load. Under such conditions the washers
inertia forces of the balls and cage(s), and M Machined brass cage
the friction in the lubricant, can have a detri- P5 Increased dimensional and running
mental influence on the rolling conditions in accuracy to ISO tolerance class 5
the bearing arrangement and may cause P6 Increased dimensional and running
damaging sliding movements to occur be- accuracy to ISO tolerance class 6
tween the balls and raceways.
The requisite minimum axial load to be
applied to thrust ball bearings can be
estimated using
2
Fam = A
( )
n
1 000
where
Fam = minimum axial load, kN
A = minimum load factor
(➔ product tables)
n = rotational speed, r/min
When starting up at low temperatures or
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
greater minimum loads may be required.
The weight of the components supported by
the bearing, particularly when the shaft is
vertical, together with external forces, gen-
erally exceeds the requisite minimum load.
If this is not the case, the thrust ball bearing
must be preloaded, e.g. by springs.
Equivalent dynamic bearing load
For dynamically loaded thrust ball bearings
P = Fa
Equivalent static bearing load
For statically loaded thrust ball bearings
P 0 = Fa
837
Single direction thrust ball bearings
d 3 – 30 mm
d1
d
r1
r2
H
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
3 8 3,5 0,85 0,77 0,028 0,000003 26 000 36 000 0,0030 BA 3
4 10 4 1,25 1,20 0,044 0,000008 22 000 30 000 0,0030 BA 4
5 12 4 1,43 1,60 0,060 0,000013 20 000 28 000 0,0040 BA 5
6 14 5 1,99 2,28 0,085 0,000027 17 000 24 000 0,0040 BA 6
7 17 6 2,60 3,10 0,12 0,000050 14 000 19 000 0,0050 BA 7
8 19 7 3,32 4,05 0,15 0,000085 12 000 17 000 0,0070 BA 8
9 20 7 3,51 4,55 0,17 0,00011 12 000 16 000 0,010 BA 9
10 24 9 9,95 15,3 0,56 0,0012 9 500 13 000 0,020 51100
26 11 12,7 18,6 0,70 0,0018 8 000 11 000 0,030 51200
12 26 9 10,4 16,6 0,62 0,0014 9 000 13 000 0,022 51101
28 11 13,3 20,8 0,77 0,0022 8 000 11 000 0,034 51201
15 28 9 9,36 15,3 0,56 0,0012 8 500 12 000 0,023 51102
32 12 16,5 27 1 0,0038 7 000 10 000 0,046 51202
17 30 9 9,75 16,6 0,62 0,0014 8 500 12 000 0,025 51103
35 12 17,2 30 1,1 0,0047 6 700 9 500 0,053 51203
20 35 10 13,5 25 0,92 0,0033 7 500 10 000 0,037 51104
40 14 22,5 40,5 1,53 0,0085 6 000 8 000 0,083 51204
25 42 11 15,9 31,5 0,92 0,0033 6 300 9 000 0,056 51105
47 15 27,6 55 2,04 0,015 5 300 7 500 0,11 51205
52 18 34,5 60 2,24 0,018 4 500 6 300 0,17 51305
60 24 55,3 96,5 3,6 0,048 3 600 5 000 0,34 51405
30 47 11 16,8 36 1,34 0,0067 6 000 8 500 0,063 51106
52 16 25,5 51 1,9 0,013 4 800 6 700 0,13 51206
60 21 37,7 71 2,65 0,026 3 800 5 300 0,26 51306
70 28 72,8 137 5,1 0,097 3 000 4 300 0,52 51406
838
da
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
3 7,8 3,2 0,15 5,8 5 0,15
4 9,8 4,2 0,15 7,5 6,5 0,15
5 11,8 5,2 0,15 8 9 0,15
6 13,8 6,2 0,2 11 9,5 0,2
7 16,8 7,2 0,2 12,5 11 0,2
8 18,8 8,2 0,3 14,5 12,5 0,3
9 19,8 9,2 0,3 15,5 13,5 0,3
10 24 11 0,3 19 15 0,3
26 12 0,6 20 16 0,6
12 26 13 0,3 21 17 0,3
28 14 0,6 22 18 0,6
15 28 16 0,3 23 20 0,3
32 17 0,6 25 22 0,6
17 30 18 0,3 25 22 0,3
35 19 0,6 28 24 0,6
20 35 21 0,3 29 26 0,3
40 22 0,6 32 28 0,6
25 42 26 0,6 35 32 0,6
47 27 0,6 38 34 0,6
52 27 1 41 36 1
60 27 1 46 39 1
30 47 32 0,6 40 37 0,6
52 32 0,6 43 39 0,6
60 32 1 48 42 1
70 32 1 54 46 1
839
Single direction thrust ball bearings
d 35 – 70 mm
d1
d
r1
r2
H
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
35 52 12 17,4 40,5 1,53 0,0086 5 600 7 500 0,080 51107
62 18 35,1 73,5 2,7 0,028 4 000 5 600 0,22 51207
68 24 49,4 96,5 3,55 0,048 3 400 4 800 0,39 51307
80 32 87,1 170 6,2 0,15 2 600 3 800 0,79 51407
40 60 13 23,4 55 2,04 0,015 5 000 7 000 0,12 51108
68 19 46,8 106 4 0,058 3 800 5 300 0,28 51208
78 26 61,8 122 4,5 0,077 3 000 4 300 0,53 51308
90 36 112 224 8,3 0,26 2 400 3 400 1,10 51408
45 65 14 24,2 61 2,28 0,019 4 500 6 300 0,14 51109
73 20 39 86,5 3,2 0,038 3 600 5 000 0,30 51209
85 28 76,1 153 5,6 0,12 2 800 4 000 0,66 51309
100 39 130 265 9,8 0,37 2 200 3 000 1,40 51409
50 70 14 25,5 68 2,55 0,024 4 300 6 300 0,16 51110
78 22 49,4 116 4,3 0,069 3 400 4 500 0,37 51210
95 31 88,4 190 6,95 0,19 2 600 3 600 0,94 51310
110 43 159 340 12,5 0,60 2 000 2 800 2,00 51410
55 78 16 30,7 85 3,1 0,039 3 800 5 300 0,23 51111
90 25 61,8 146 5,4 0,11 2 800 4 000 0,59 51211
105 35 104 224 8,3 0,26 2 200 3 200 1,30 51311
120 48 178 390 14,3 0,79 1 800 2 400 2,55 51411
60 85 17 36,4 102 3,8 0,054 3 600 5 000 0,20 51112
95 26 62,4 150 5,6 0,12 2 800 3 800 0,65 51212
110 35 101 224 8,3 0,26 2 200 3 000 1,35 51312
130 51 199 430 16 0,96 1 600 2 200 3,10 51412 M
65 90 18 37,1 108 4 0,06 3 400 4 800 0,33 51113
100 27 63,7 163 6 0,14 2 600 3 600 0,78 51213
115 36 106 240 8,8 0,30 2 000 3 000 1,50 51313
140 56 216 490 18 1,2 1 500 2 200 4,00 51413 M
70 95 18 37,7 112 4,15 0,068 3 400 4 500 0,35 51114
105 27 65 173 6,4 0,16 2 600 3 600 0,79 51214
125 40 135 320 11,8 0,53 1 900 2 600 2,00 51314
150 60 234 550 19,3 1,6 1 400 2 000 5,00 51414 M
840
da
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
35 52 37 0,6 45 42 0,6
62 37 1 51 46 1
68 37 1 55 48 1
80 37 1,1 62 53 1
40 60 42 0,6 52 48 0,6
68 42 1 57 51 1
78 42 1 63 55 1
90 42 1,1 70 60 1
45 65 47 0,6 57 53 0,6
73 47 1 62 56 1
85 47 1 69 61 1
100 47 1,1 78 67 1
50 70 52 0,6 62 58 0,6
78 52 1 67 61 1
95 52 1,1 77 68 1
110 52 1,5 86 74 1,5
55 78 57 0,6 69 64 0,6
90 57 1 76 69 1
105 57 1,1 85 75 1
120 57 1,5 94 81 1,5
60 85 62 1 75 70 1
95 62 1 81 74 1
110 62 1,1 90 80 1
130 62 1,5 102 88 1,5
65 90 67 1 80 75 1
100 67 1 86 79 1
115 67 1,1 95 85 1
140 68 2 110 95 2
70 95 72 1 85 80 1
105 72 1 91 84 1
125 72 1,1 103 92 1
150 73 2 118 102 2
841
Single direction thrust ball bearings
d 75 – 130 mm
d1
d
r1
r2
H
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
75 100 19 44,2 146 5,5 0,11 3 200 4 300 0,40 51115
110 27 67,6 183 6,8 0,17 2 400 3 400 0,83 51215
135 44 163 390 14 0,79 1 700 2 400 2,60 51315
160 65 251 610 20,8 1,9 1 300 1 800 6,75 51415 M
80 105 19 44,9 153 5,7 0,12 3 000 4 300 0,42 51116
115 28 76,1 208 7,65 0,22 2 400 3 400 0,91 51216
140 44 159 390 13,7 0,79 1 700 2 400 2,70 51316
170 68 270 670 22,4 2,3 1 200 1 700 7,95 51416 M
85 110 19 46,2 163 6 0,14 3 000 4 300 0,44 51117
125 31 97,5 275 9,8 0,39 2 200 3 000 1,20 51217
150 49 190 465 16 1,1 1 600 2 200 3,55 51317
180 72 286 750 24 2,9 1 200 1 600 9,45 51417 M
90 120 22 59,2 208 7,5 0,22 2 600 3 800 0,67 51118
135 35 119 325 11,4 0,55 2 000 2 800 1,70 51218
155 50 195 500 16,6 1,3 1 500 2 200 3,80 51318
190 77 307 815 25,5 3,5 1 100 1 500 11,0 51418 M
100 135 25 85,2 290 10 0,44 2 400 3 200 0,97 51120
150 38 124 345 11,4 0,62 1 800 2 400 2,20 51220
170 55 229 610 19,6 1,9 1 400 1 900 4,95 51320
210 85 371 1 060 31,5 5,8 950 1 400 15,0 51420 M
110 145 25 87,1 315 10,2 0,52 2 200 3 200 1,05 51122
160 38 130 390 12,5 0,79 1 700 2 400 2,40 51222
190 63 276 780 24 32 1 200 1 700 7,85 51322 M
230 95 410 1 220 34,5 7,7 900 1 300 20,0 51422 M
120 155 25 88,4 335 10,6 0,58 2 200 3 000 1,15 51124
170 39 140 440 13,4 1 1 600 2 200 2,65 51224
210 70 325 980 28,5 5 1 100 1 500 11,0 51324 M
250 102 520 1 730 45 16 800 1 100 29,5 51424 M
130 170 30 111 425 12,9 0,94 1 900 2 600 1,85 51126
190 45 186 585 17 1,8 1 400 2 000 4,00 51226
225 75 358 1 140 32 6,8 1 000 2 400 13,0 51326 M
270 110 520 1 730 45 16 7 50 1 000 32,0 51426 M
842
da
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
75 100 77 1 90 85 1
110 77 1 96 89 1
135 77 1,5 111 99 1,5
160 78 2 126 109 2
80 105 82 1 95 90 1
115 82 1 101 94 1
140 82 1,5 116 104 1,5
170 83 2,1 133 117 2
85 110 87 1 100 95 1
125 88 1 109 101 1
150 88 1,5 124 111 1,5
177 88 2,1 141 124 2
90 120 92 1 108 102 1
135 93 1,1 117 108 1
155 93 1,5 129 116 1,5
187 93 2,1 149 131 2
100 135 102 1 121 114 1
150 103 1,1 130 120 1
170 103 1,5 142 128 1,5
205 103 3 165 145 2,5
110 145 112 1 131 124 1
160 113 1,1 140 130 1
187 113 2 158 142 2
225 113 3 181 159 2,5
120 155 122 1 141 134 1
170 123 1,1 150 140 1
205 123 2,1 173 157 2
245 123 4 187 173 3
130 170 132 1 154 146 1
187 133 1,5 166 154 1,5
220 134 2,1 186 169 2
265 134 4 213 187 3
843
Single direction thrust ball bearings
d 140 – 280 mm
d1
d
r1
r2
H
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
140 180 31 111 440 12,9 1 1 800 2 600 2,05 51128
200 46 190 620 17,6 2 1 400 1 900 4,35 51228
240 80 397 1 320 35,5 9,1 950 1 300 15,5 51328 M
280 112 520 1 730 44 16 700 1 000 34,5 51428 M
150 190 31 111 440 12,5 1 1 700 2 400 2,20 51130 M
215 50 238 800 22 3,3 1 300 1 800 6,10 51230 M
250 80 410 1 400 36,5 10 900 1 300 16,5 51330 M
300 120 559 1 960 48 20 670 950 42,5 51430 M
160 200 31 112 465 12,9 1,1 1 700 2 400 2,35 51132 M
225 51 242 850 22,8 3,8 1 200 1 700 6,55 51232 M
270 87 449 1 660 41,5 14 850 1 200 21,0 51332 M
170 215 34 133 540 14,3 1,5 1 600 2 200 3,30 51134 M
240 55 286 1 020 26 5,4 1 100 1 800 8,15 51234 M
280 87 468 1 760 43 16 800 1 100 22,0 51334 M
180 225 34 135 570 15 1,7 1 500 2 200 3,50 51136 M
250 56 296 1 080 27,5 6,1 1 100 1 500 8,60 51236 M
300 95 520 2 000 47,5 21 750 1 100 28,5 51336 M
190 240 37 172 710 18 2,6 1 400 2 000 4,05 51138 M
270 62 332 1 270 31 8,4 1 000 1 400 12,0 51238 M
320 105 592 2 400 56 30 700 950 36,5 51338 M
200 250 37 168 710 17,6 2,6 1 400 1 900 4,25 51140 M
280 62 338 1 320 31,5 9,1 1 000 1 400 12,0 51240 M
340 110 624 2 600 58,5 35 630 900 44,5 51340 M
220 270 37 178 800 19 3,3 1 300 1 900 4,60 51144 M
300 63 351 1 460 33,5 11 950 1 300 13,0 51244 M
240 300 45 234 1 040 23,6 5,6 1 100 1 600 7,55 51148 M
340 78 462 2 000 44 21 800 1 100 23,0 51248 M
260 320 45 238 1 100 24 6,3 1 100 1 500 8,10 51152 M
360 79 475 2 160 45,5 24 750 1 100 25,0 51252 M
280 350 53 319 1 460 30,5 11 950 1 300 12,0 51156 M
380 80 494 2 320 47,5 28 750 1 000 26,5 51256 M
844
da
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
140 178 142 1 164 156 1
197 143 1,5 176 164 1,5
235 144 2,1 199 181 2
275 144 4 223 197 3
150 188 152 1 174 166 1
212 153 1,5 189 176 1,5
245 154 2,1 209 191 2
295 154 4 239 211 3
160 198 162 1 184 176 1
222 163 1,5 199 186 1,5
265 164 3 225 205 2,5
170 213 172 1,1 197 188 1
237 173 1,5 212 198 1,5
275 174 3 235 215 2,5
180 222 183 1,1 207 198 1
245 183 1,5 222 208 1,5
295 184 3 251 229 2,5
190 237 193 1,1 220 210 1
265 194 2 238 222 2
315 195 4 267 243 3
200 247 203 1,1 230 220 1
275 204 2 248 232 2
335 205 4 283 257 3
220 267 223 1,1 250 240 1
295 224 2 268 252 2
240 297 243 1,5 276 264 1,5
335 244 2,1 299 281 2
260 317 263 1,5 296 284 1,5
355 264 2,1 319 301 2
280 347 283 1,5 322 308 1,5
375 284 2,1 339 321 2
845
Single direction thrust ball bearings
d 300 – 670 mm
d1
d
r1
r2
H
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
300 380 62 364 1 760 35,5 16 850 1 200 17,5 51160 M
420 95 605 3 000 58,5 47 630 850 42,0 51260 M
320 400 63 371 1 860 36,5 18 800 1 100 19,0 51164 M
440 95 572 3 000 56 47 600 850 45,5 51264 F
340 420 64 377 1 960 37,5 20 800 1 100 20,5 51168 M
460 96 605 3 200 58,5 53 600 800 48,5 51268 F
360 440 65 390 2 080 38 22 750 1 100 22,0 51172 F
500 110 741 4 150 73,5 90 530 750 70,0 51272 F
380 460 65 397 2 200 40 25 750 1 000 23,0 51176 F
520 112 728 4 150 72 90 500 700 73,0 51276 F
400 480 65 403 2 280 40,5 27 700 1 000 24,0 51180 F
420 500 65 410 2 400 41,5 30 700 1 000 25,5 51184 F
440 540 80 527 3 250 55 55 600 850 42,0 51188 F
460 560 80 527 3 250 54 55 600 800 43,5 51192 F
480 580 80 540 3 550 56 66 560 800 45,5 51196 F
500 600 80 553 3 600 57 67 560 800 47,0 511/500 F
530 640 85 650 4 400 68 100 530 750 58,5 511/530 F
560 670 85 663 4 650 69,5 110 500 700 61,0 511/560 F
600 710 85 663 4 800 69,5 120 500 700 65,0 511/600 F
630 750 95 728 5 400 76,5 150 450 630 84,0 511/630 F
670 800 105 852 6 700 91,5 230 400 560 105 511/670 F
846
da
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
300 376 304 2 348 332 2
415 304 3 371 349 2,5
320 396 324 2 368 352 2
435 325 3 391 369 2,5
340 416 344 2 388 372 2
455 345 3 411 389 2,5
360 436 364 2 408 392 2
495 365 4 443 417 3
380 456 384 2 428 412 2
515 385 4 463 437 3
400 476 404 2 448 432 2
420 496 424 2 468 452 2
440 536 444 2,1 499 481 2
460 556 464 2,1 519 501 2
480 576 484 2,1 539 521 2
500 596 504 2,1 559 541 2
530 636 534 3 595 575 2,5
560 666 564 3 625 606 2,5
600 706 604 3 665 645 2,5
630 746 634 3 701 679 2,5
670 795 675 4 747 723 3
847
Single direction thrust ball bearings
with sphered housing washer
d 12 – 70 mm
d1
s
R d
r1
r2
H H1
C r2
r1
D1
D2
D
D3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Seating
limit factor ence speed + washer
d D H1 C C0 Pu A speed washer
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
12 28 13 13,3 20,8 0,77 0,0022 8 000 11 000 0,045 53201 U 201
15 32 15 16,5 27 1 0,0038 7 000 10 000 0,063 53202 U 202
17 35 15 17,2 30 1,1 0,0047 6 700 9 500 0,071 53203 U 203
20 40 17 22,5 40,5 1,53 0,0085 6 000 8 000 0,10 53204 U 204
25 47 19 27,6 55 2,04 0,015 5 300 7 500 0,15 53205 U 205
30 52 20 25,5 51 1,9 0,013 4 800 6 700 0,18 53206 U 206
60 25 37,7 71 2,65 0,026 3 800 5 300 0,33 53306 U 306
35 62 22 35,1 73,5 2,7 0,028 4 000 5 600 0,28 53207 U 207
68 28 49,4 96,5 3,55 0,048 3 400 4 800 0,46 53307 U 307
40 68 23 46,8 106 4 0,058 3 800 5 300 0,35 53208 U 208
78 31 61,8 122 4,5 0,077 3 000 4 300 0,67 53308 U 308
90 42 112 224 8,3 0,26 2 400 3 400 1,35 53408 U 408
45 73 24 39 86,5 3,2 0,038 3 600 5 000 0,39 53209 U 209
85 33 76,1 153 5,6 0,12 2 800 4 000 0,83 53309 U 309
50 78 26 49,4 116 4,3 0,069 3 400 4 500 0,47 53210 U 210
95 37 88,4 190 6,95 0,19 2 600 3 600 1,20 53310 U 310
110 50 159 340 12,5 0,60 2 000 2 800 2,31 53410 U 410
55 90 30 61,8 146 5,4 0,11 2 800 4 000 0,75 53211 U 211
105 42 104 224 8,3 0,26 2 200 3 200 1,68 53311 U 311
120 55 178 390 14,3 0,79 1 800 2 400 3,08 53411 U 411
60 95 31 62,4 150 5,6 0,12 2 800 3 800 0,82 53212 U 212
110 42 101 224 8,3 0,26 2 200 3 000 1,71 53312 U 312
130 58 199 430 16 0,96 1 600 2 200 3,80 53412 M U 412
65 100 32 63,7 163 6 0,14 2 600 3 600 0,91 53213 U 213
115 43 106 240 8,8 0,30 2 000 3 000 1,89 53313 U 313
70 105 32 65 173 6,4 0,16 2 600 3 600 0,97 53214 U 214
125 48 135 320 11,8 0,53 1 900 2 600 2,50 53314 U 314
150 69 234 550 19,3 1,6 1 400 2 000 6,50 53414 M U 414
848
da
R
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 D2 D3 H C R s r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
12 28 14 20 30 11,4 3,5 25 11,5 0,6 22 20 0,6
15 32 17 24 35 13,3 4 28 12 0,6 25 24 0,6
17 35 19 26 38 13,2 4 32 16 0,6 28 26 0,6
20 40 22 30 42 14,73 5 36 18 0,6 32 30 0,6
25 47 27 36 50 16,72 5,5 40 19 0,6 38 36 0,6
30 52 32 42 55 17,8 5,5 45 22 0,6 43 42 0,6
60 32 45 62 22,6 7 50 22 1 48 45 1
35 62 37 48 65 19,87 7 50 24 1 51 48 1
68 37 52 72 25,6 7,5 56 24 1 55 52 1
40 68 42 55 72 20,3 7 56 28,5 1 57 55 1
78 42 60 82 28,5 8,5 64 28 1 63 60 1
90 42 65 95 38,2 12 72 26 1,1 70 65 1
45 73 47 60 78 21,3 7,5 56 26 1 62 60 1
85 47 65 90 30,13 10 64 25 1 69 65 1
100 47 72 105 42,4 12,5 80 29 1,1 78 72 1
50 78 52 62 82 23,49 7,5 64 32,5 1 67 62 1
95 52 72 100 34,3 11 72 28 1,1 77 72 1
110 52 80 115 45,6 14 90 35 1,5 86 80 1,5
55 90 57 72 95 27,35 9 72 35 1 76 72 1
105 57 80 110 39,3 11,5 80 30 1,1 85 80 1
120 57 88 125 50,5 15,5 90 28 1,5 94 88 1,5
60 95 62 78 100 28,02 9 72 32,5 1 81 78 1
110 62 85 115 38,3 11,5 90 41 1,1 90 85 1
130 62 95 135 54 16 100 34 1,5 102 95 1,5
65 100 67 82 105 28,7 9 80 40 1 86 82 1
115 67 90 120 39,4 12,5 90 38,5 1,1 95 90 1
70 105 72 88 110 28,8 9 80 38 1 91 88 1
125 72 98 130 44,2 13 100 43 1,1 103 98 1
150 73 110 155 63,6 19,5 112 34 2 118 110 2
849
Single direction thrust ball bearings
with sphered housing washer
d 75 – 140 mm
d1
s
R d
r1
r2
H H1
C r2
r1
D1
D2
D
D3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Seating
limit factor ence speed + washer
d D H1 C C0 Pu A speed washer
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
75 110 32 67,6 183 6,8 0,17 2 400 3 400 1,00 53215 U 215
135 52 163 390 14 0,79 1 700 2 400 3,20 53315 U 315
160 75 251 610 20,8 1,9 1 300 1 800 8,10 53415 M U 415
80 115 33 76,1 208 7,65 0,22 2 400 3 400 1,10 53216 U 216
140 52 159 390 13,7 0,79 1 700 2 400 3,30 53316 U 316
85 125 37 97,5 275 9,8 0,39 2 200 3 000 1,50 53217 U 217
150 58 190 465 16 1,1 1 600 2 200 4,35 53317 U 317
90 135 42 119 325 11,4 0,55 2 000 2 800 2,10 53218 U 218
155 59 195 500 16,6 1,3 1 500 2 200 4,70 53318 U 318
190 88 307 815 25,5 3,5 1 100 1 500 13,0 53418 M U 418
100 150 45 124 345 11,4 0,62 1 800 2 400 2,70 53220 U 220
170 64 229 610 19,6 1,9 1 400 1 900 5,95 53320 U 320
210 98 371 1 060 31,5 5,8 950 1 400 18,0 53420 M U 420
110 160 45 130 390 12,5 0,79 1 700 2 400 2,91 53222 U 222
190 72 276 780 24 3,2 1 200 1 700 9,10 53322 M U 322
120 170 46 140 440 13,4 1 1 600 2 200 3,20 53224 U 224
210 80 325 980 28,5 5 1 100 1 500 12,5 53324 M U 324
130 190 53 186 585 17 1,8 1 400 2 000 4,85 53226 U 226
140 200 55 190 620 17,6 2 1 400 1 900 5,45 53228 U 228
850
da
R
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 D2 D3 H C R s r1,2 da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
75 110 77 92 115 28,3 9,5 90 49 1 96 92 1
135 77 105 140 48,1 15 100 37 1,5 111 105 1,5
160 78 115 165 69 21 125 42 2 126 115 2
80 115 82 98 120 29,5 10 90 46 1 101 98 1
140 82 110 145 47,6 15 112 50 1,5 116 110 1,5
85 125 88 105 130 33,1 11 100 52 1 109 105 1
150 88 115 155 53,1 17,5 112 43 1,5 124 115 1,5
90 135 93 110 140 38,5 13,5 100 45 1,1 117 110 1
155 93 120 160 54,6 18 112 40 1,5 129 120 1,5
187 93 140 195 81,2 25,5 140 40 2,1 133 125 2
100 150 103 125 155 40,9 14 112 52 1,1 130 125 1
170 103 135 175 59,2 18 125 46 1,5 142 135 1,5
205 103 155 220 90 27 160 50 3 165 155 2,5
110 160 113 135 165 40,2 14 125 65 1,1 140 135 1
187 113 150 195 67,2 20,5 140 51 2 158 150 2
120 170 123 145 175 40,8 15 125 61 1,1 150 145 1
205 123 165 220 74,1 22 160 63 2,1 173 165 2
130 187 133 160 195 47,9 17 140 67 1,5 166 160 1,5
140 197 143 170 210 48,6 17 160 87 1,5 176 170 1,5
851
Double direction thrust ball bearings
d 10 – 55 mm
B r4 H
r3
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
10 32 22 16,5 27 1 0,0038 7 000 10 000 0,081 52202
15 40 26 22,5 40,5 1,53 0,0085 6 000 8 000 0,15 52204
20 47 28 27,6 55 2,04 0,015 5 300 7 500 0,22 52205
52 34 34,5 60 2,24 0,018 4 500 6 300 0,33 52305
70 52 72,8 137 5,1 0,097 3 600 5 000 1,00 52406
25 52 29 25,5 51 1,9 0,013 4 800 6 700 0,25 52206
60 38 37,7 71 2,65 0,026 3 800 5 300 0,47 52306
80 59 87,1 170 6,2 0,15 3 000 4 300 1,45 52407
30 62 34 35,1 73,5 2,7 0,028 4 000 5 600 0,41 52207
68 36 46,8 106 4 0,058 3 800 5 300 0,55 52208
68 44 49,4 96,5 3,55 0,048 3 400 4 800 0,68 52307
78 49 61,8 122 4,5 0,077 3 000 4 300 1,05 52308
90 65 112 224 8,3 0,26 2 400 3 400 2,05 52408
35 73 37 39 86,5 3,2 0,038 3 600 5 000 0,60 52209
85 52 76,1 153 5,6 0,12 2 800 4 000 1,25 52309
100 72 130 265 9,8 0,37 2 200 3 000 2,70 52409
40 78 39 49,4 116 4,3 0,069 3 400 4 500 0,71 52210
95 58 88,4 190 6,95 0,19 2 600 3 600 1,75 52310
45 90 45 61,8 146 5,4 0,11 2 800 4 000 1,10 52211
105 64 104 224 8,3 0,26 2 200 3 200 2,40 52311
120 87 178 390 14,3 0,79 1 800 2 400 4,70 52411
50 95 46 62,4 150 5,6 0,12 2 200 3 000 1,20 52212
110 64 101 224 8,3 0,26 1 600 2 200 2,55 52312
130 93 199 430 16 0,96 1 600 2 200 6,35 52412 M
55 100 47 63,7 163 6 0,14 2 600 3 600 1,35 52213
105 47 65 173 6,4 0,16 2 600 3 600 1,50 52214
115 65 106 240 8,8 0,30 2 000 3 000 2,75 52313
125 72 135 320 11,8 0,53 1 900 2 600 3,65 52314
150 107 234 550 19,3 1,6 1 400 2 000 9,70 52414 M
852
Da
da
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d D1 B r1,2 r3,4 da Da ra rb
~ min min max max max
mm mm
10 17 5 0,6 0,3 15 22 0,6 0,3
15 22 6 0,6 0,3 20 28 0,6 0,3
20 27 7 0,6 0,3 25 34 0,6 0,3
27 8 1 0,3 25 36 1 0,3
32 12 1 0,6 30 46 1 0,6
25 32 7 0,6 0,3 30 39 0,6 0,3
32 9 1 0,3 30 42 1 0,3
37 14 1,1 0,6 35 53 1 0,6
30 37 8 1 0,3 35 46 1 0,3
42 9 1 0,6 40 51 1 0,6
37 10 1 0,3 35 48 1 0,3
42 12 1 0,6 40 55 1 0,6
42 15 1,1 0,6 40 60 1 0,6
35 47 9 1 0,6 45 56 1 0,6
47 12 1 0,6 45 61 1 0,6
47 17 1,1 0,6 45 67 1 0,6
40 52 9 1 0,6 50 61 1 0,6
52 14 1,1 0,6 50 68 1 0,6
45 57 10 1 0,6 55 69 1 0,6
57 15 1,1 0,6 55 75 1 0,6
57 20 1,5 0,6 55 81 1,5 0,6
50 62 10 1 0,6 60 74 1 0,6
62 15 1,1 0,6 60 80 1 0,6
62 21 1,5 0,6 60 88 1,5 0,6
55 67 10 1 0,6 65 79 1 0,6
72 10 1 1 70 84 1 1
67 15 1,1 0,6 65 85 1 0,6
72 16 1,1 1 70 92 1 1
73 24 2 1 70 102 2 1
853
Double direction thrust ball bearings
d 60 – 150 mm
B r4 H
r3
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
60 110 47 67,6 183 6,8 0,17 2 400 3 400 1,55 52215
135 79 163 390 14 0,79 1 700 2 400 4,80 52315
65 115 48 76,1 208 7,65 0,22 2 400 3 400 1,70 52216
140 79 159 390 13,7 0,79 1 700 2 400 4,94 52316
70 125 55 97,5 275 9,8 0,39 2 200 3 000 2,40 52217
75 135 62 119 325 11,4 0,55 2 000 2 800 3,20 52218
85 150 67 124 345 11,4 0,62 1 800 2 400 4,20 52220
170 97 229 610 19,6 1,9 1 400 1 900 8,95 52320
95 160 67 130 390 12,5 0,79 1 700 2 400 4,65 52222
100 170 68 140 440 13,4 1 1 600 2 200 5,25 52224
110 190 80 186 585 17 1,8 1 400 2 000 8,00 52226
120 200 81 190 620 17,6 2 1 400 1 900 8,65 52228
130 215 89 238 800 22 3,3 1 300 1 800 11,5 52230 M
140 225 90 242 850 22,8 3,8 1 200 1 700 12,0 52232 M
150 240 97 286 1 020 26 5,4 1 100 1 600 15,0 52234 M
250 98 296 1 080 27,5 6,1 1 100 1 500 16,0 52236 M
854
Da
da
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d D1 B r1,2 r3,4 da Da ra rb
~ min min max max max
mm mm
60 77 10 1 1 75 89 1 1
77 18 1,5 1 75 99 1,5 1
65 82 10 1 1 80 94 1 1
82 18 1,5 1 80 104 1,5 1
70 88 12 1 1 85 101 1 1
75 93 14 1,1 1 90 108 1 1
85 103 15 1,1 1 100 120 1 1
103 21 1,5 1 100 128 1,5 1
95 113 15 1,1 1 110 130 1 1
100 123 15 1,1 1,1 120 140 1 1
110 133 18 1,5 1,1 130 154 1,5 1
120 143 18 1,5 1,1 140 164 1,5 1
130 153 20 1,5 1,1 150 176 1,5 1
140 163 20 1,5 1,1 160 186 1,5 1
150 173 21 1,5 1,1 170 198 1,5 1
183 21 1,5 2 180 208 1,5 2
855
Double direction thrust ball bearings
with sphered housing washers
d 25 – 80 mm
B r4 H H1
r3
R C r2
r1
D1 D2
D D3
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designations
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting Bearing Bearing Seating
limit factor ence speed + washer
d D H1 C C0 Pu A speed washer
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
25 60 46 37,7 71 2,65 0,026 3 800 5 300 0,58 54306 U 306
30 62 42 35,1 73,5 2,7 0,028 4 000 5 600 0,53 54207 U 207
68 44 46,8 106 4 0,058 3 800 5 300 0,63 54208 U 208
68 52 49,4 96,5 3,55 0,048 3 400 4 800 0,85 54307 U 307
78 59 61,8 122 4,5 0,077 3 000 4 300 1,17 54308 U 308
35 73 45 39 86,5 3,2 0,038 3 600 5 000 0,78 54209 U 209
85 62 76,1 153 5,6 0,12 2 800 4 000 1,60 54309 U 309
100 86 130 265 9,8 0,37 2 200 3 000 3,00 54409 U 409
40 95 70 88,4 190 6,95 0,19 2 600 3 600 2,30 54310 U 310
110 92 159 340 12,5 0,60 2 000 2 800 4,45 54410 U 410
45 90 55 61,8 146 5,4 0,11 2 800 4 000 1,30 54211 U 211
50 110 78 101 224 8,3 0,26 2 200 3 000 2,90 54312 U 312
65 140 95 159 390 13,7 0,79 1 700 2 400 0,57 54316 U 316
170 140 270 670 22,4 2,3 1 200 1 700 1,40 54416 M U 416
70 150 105 190 465 16 1,1 1 600 2 200 7,95 54317 U 317
80 210 176 371 1 060 31,5 5,8 950 1 400 29,0 54420 M U 420
856
Da
da
ra
rb
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d D1 D2 D3 H B C R s r1,2 r3,4 da Da ra ra
~ min min max max max
mm mm
25 32 45 62 41,3 9 7 50 19,5 1 0,3 30 45 1 0,3
30 37 48 65 37,73 8 7 50 21 1 0,3 35 48 1 0,3
42 55 72 38,6 9 7 56 25 1 0,6 40 55 1 0,6
37 52 72 47,19 10 7,5 56 21 1 0,3 35 52 1 0,3
42 60 82 54,1 12 8,5 64 23,5 1 0,6 40 60 1 0,6
35 47 60 78 39,6 9 7,5 56 23 1 0,6 45 60 1 0,6
47 65 90 56,2 12 10 64 21 1 0,6 45 65 1 0,6
47 72 105 78,9 17 12,5 80 23,5 1,1 0,6 45 72 1 0,6
40 52 72 100 64,7 14 11 72 23 1,1 0,6 50 72 1 0,6
52 80 115 83,2 18 14 90 30 1,5 0,6 50 80 1,5 0,6
45 57 72 95 49,6 10 9 72 32,5 1 0,6 55 72 1 0,6
50 62 85 115 70,7 15 11,5 90 36,5 1,1 0,6 60 85 1 0,6
65 82 110 145 86,1 18 18 112 45,5 1,5 1 80 110 1,5 1
83 125 175 128,5 27 22 125 30,5 2,1 1 80 125 2 1
70 88 115 155 92,5 19 17,5 112 39 1,5 1 85 115 1,5 1
80 103 155 220 159,9 33 27 160 43,5 3 1,1 100 155 2,5 1
857
Cylindrical roller
thrust bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 860
Components ………………………………………………………………………………… 861
Double direction bearings ………………………………………………………………… 862
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 863
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 863
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 863
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 864
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 864
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 864
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 865
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 865
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 865
Design of associated components ………………………………………………………… 865
Raceways on shafts and in housings ……………………………………………………… 865
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 866
859
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
Designs Fig 1
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings are suitable
for arrangements that have to support heavy
axial loads. Furthermore, they are insensitive
to shock loads, are very stiff and require little
axial space. As standard they are available
as single direction bearings and can only
accommodate axial loads acting in one
direction.
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings are
simple in form and design and are produced
in single row (➔ fig 1 ) and in double row
(➔ fig 2 ) designs. The bearings in the 811
and 812 series are mainly used where thrust
ball bearings have insufficient load carrying
capacity.
The cylindrical surface of the rollers is
slightly relieved towards the ends. The Fig 2
resulting contact profile virtually eliminates
damaging edge stresses. The bearings are
of separable design; the individual compon-
ents can be mounted separately.
860
Components Fig 3
For applications where
• the faces of adjacent machine compon-
ents can serve as raceways and slim
bearing arrangements are required or
• other combinations of cylindrical roller
and cage thrust assembles and washers
are required, e.g. with two shaft or
housing washers,
it is possible to order
• cylindrical roller and cage thrust assem-
blies K (➔ fig 3 ),
• shaft washers WS (➔ fig 4 ) and
• housing washers GS (➔ fig 5 )
separately. Fig 4
Fig 5
861
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
Double direction bearings Fig 6
Double direction bearings (➔ fig 6 ) can
easily be assembled by combining appropri-
ate shaft washers in the WS 811 series or
housing washers in the GS 811 series with
two cylindrical roller and cage thrust assem-
blies in the K 811 series and a suitable inter-
mediate washer with internal centring (a)
or external centring (b).
These intermediate washers should have
the same quality and hardness as the bearing
washers. Recommendations for intermediate
washer dimensions will be supplied on re-
quest. Guideline values for the dimensional,
form and running accuracy are given in the a
section “Design of associated components”
on page 865.
862
Bearing data – general Tolerances of bearing components
Table 1
Dimensions Bearing Tolerances
The boundary dimensions of cylindrical components
roller thrust bearings correspond to ISO Dimensions
104:2002.
Cylindrical roller
and cage assembly, K
Tolerances Bore diameter d E11
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings are pro- Outside diameter D a13
Roller diameter Dw DIN 5402-1:1993
duced to Normal tolerances as standard.
Larger bearings are also available with Shaft washer, WS
Bore diameter d Normal tolerances
increased accuracy to tolerance class P5 Outside diameter d1 –
specifications. Thickness B h11
Axial runout Si Normal tolerances
The Normal and P5 tolerances are in
accordance with ISO 199:1997 and can be Housing washer, GS
Outside diameter D Normal tolerances
found in table 10 on page 132. Bore diameter D1 –
The cylindrical roller and cage thrust as- Thickness B h11
Axial runout Se Normal tolerances
semblies and the shaft and housing washers
are produced to the tolerances listed in
table 1 . The values for the deviations of the
various ISO tolerance grades are given in
table 2 . The rollers of one assembly have
the same grade; the tolerance is max. 1 µm.
Table 2
ISO tolerances
Nominal Tolerances
diameter
d, D a13 h11 E11
over incl. high low high low high low
mm µm
10 18 −290 −560 0 −110 +142 +32
18 30 −300 −630 0 −130 +170 +40
30 40 −310 −700 0 −160 +210 +50
40 50 −320 −710 0 −160 +210 +50
50 65 −340 −800 0 −190 +250 +60
65 80 −360 −820 0 −190 +250 +60
80 100 −380 −920 0 −220 +292 +72
100 120 −410 −950 0 −220 +292 +72
120 140 −460 −1 090 0 −250 +335 +85
140 160 −520 −1 150 0 −250 +335 +85
160 180 −580 −1 210 0 −250 +335 +85
180 200 −660 −1 380 0 −290 +390 +100
200 225 −740 −1 460 0 −290 +390 +100
225 250 −820 −1 540 0 −290 +390 +100
250 280 −920 −1 730 0 −320 +430 +110
280 315 −1 050 −1 860 0 −320 +430 +110
315 355 −1 200 −2 090 0 −360 +485 +125
355 400 −1 350 −2 240 0 −360 +485 +125
400 450 −1 500 −2 470 0 −400 +535 +135
450 500 −1 650 −2 620 0 −400 +535 +135
500 630 −1 900 −3 000 0 −440 +585 +145
630 800 −2 100 −3 350 0 −500 +660 +150
863
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
Misalignment Fig 7
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings cannot
tolerate any angular misalignment between
the shaft and housing, nor any errors of
alignment between the support surfaces in
the housing and on the shaft.
Cages
Depending on the series and size, SKF
cylindrical roller thrust bearings are fitted
with one of the following cages (➔ fig 7 ):
• an injection moulded cage of glass fibre
reinforced polyamide 6,6 (a), a b
designation suffix TN or
• a machined brass cage (b),
designation suffix M.
Note: The requisite minimum load to be applied
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings that incorp- to cylindrical roller thrust bearings can be
orate a polyamide 6,6 cage can be used at estimated using
operating temperatures of up to +120 °C.
The cage properties will not be affected by 2
the lubricants normally used for ball and
roller bearings with the exception of some
Fam = 0,0005 C0 + A
( )n
1 000
synthetic oils or greases with synthetic base
oils and lubricants containing a high propor- where
tion of EP additives when used at elevated Fam = minimum axial load, kN
temperatures. C0 = basic static load rating, kN
For bearing arrangements, which are to (➔ product table)
operate at continuously high temperatures A = minimum load factor
or under otherwise difficult conditions, it is (➔ product table)
recommended that bearings fitted with n = rotational speed, r/min
metallic cages be used.
For detailed information regarding the When starting up at low temperatures or
temperature resistance and the applicability when the lubricant is highly viscous, even
of cages, please refer to the section “Cage greater minimum loads may be required.
materials”, starting on page 140. The weight of the components supported
by the bearing, particularly when the shaft is
Minimum load vertical, together with external forces, gen-
In order to provide satisfactory operation, erally exceeds the requisite minimum load.
cylindrical roller thrust bearings, like all ball If this is not the case, the cylindrical roller
and roller bearings, must always be subjected thrust bearing must be preloaded, e.g. by
to a given minimum load, particularly if they springs or a shaft nut.
are to operate at high speeds or are subjected
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the
direction of load. Under such conditions
the inertia forces of the rollers and cage,
and the friction in the lubricant, can have
a detrimental influence on the rolling condi-
tions in the bearing arrangement and may
cause damaging sliding movements to
occur between the rollers and raceways.
864
Equivalent dynamic bearing load
For dynamically loaded cylindrical roller
Design of associated
thrust bearings components
P = Fa The support surfaces in the housing and on
the shaft must be at right angles to the shaft
Equivalent static bearing load axis and should provide uninterrupted
For statically loaded cylindrical roller thrust support for the bearing washers across the
bearings whole extent and width of the raceways
(➔ fig 8 ).
P 0 = Fa Suitable tolerances for shafts and housings
which are known to provide satisfactory radial
Supplementary designations guidance for the individual thrust bearing
The designation suffixes used to identify components will be found in table 3 .
certain features of SKF cylindrical roller Cylindrical roller and cage thrust assem-
bearings are explained in the following. blies are generally guided radially on the
shaft in order to obtain the lowest possible
HB1 Shaft and housing washers bainite sliding speed against the guiding surfaces.
hardened At high speeds radial guidance must be pro-
M Machined brass cage vided on the shaft and the guiding surface
P5 Increased dimensional and running must be ground.
accuracy to ISO tolerance class 5
TN Injection moulded glass fibre re- Raceways on shafts and in housings
inforced polyamide 6,6 cage Raceways on the shaft and in the housing
should have the same hardness and surface
finish as normally used for bearing raceways,
if the load carrying capacity of the cylindrical
roller and cage thrust assemblies is to be
fully exploited. Details regarding suitable
materials as well as surface hardness and
surface finish will be found in the section
“Raceways on shafts and in housings”,
starting on page 198.
Fig 8 Table 3
Tolerances for shafts and housings
Bearing component Tolerances
Description Prefix Shaft Housing
bore
Cylindrical roller and
cage thrust assembly K h8 –
Shaft washer WS h8 –
Housing washer GS – H9
865
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
d 15 – 80 mm
Dw B B
H
r1 r1
r2 r2
D d D d d1 d D D1
r1 r1
r2 r2
Complete Cylindrical roller Shaft Housing
bearing and cage thrust washer washer
assembly
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refe- Limiting
limit factor rence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
15 28 9 11,2 27 2,45 0,000058 4 300 8 500 0,024 81102 TN
17 30 9 12,2 31,5 2,85 0,000079 4 300 8 500 0,027 81103 TN
20 35 10 18,6 48 4,65 0,00018 3 800 7 500 0,037 81104 TN
25 42 11 25 69,5 6,80 0,00039 3 200 6 300 0,053 81105 TN
30 47 11 27 78 7,65 0,00049 3 000 6 000 0,057 81106 TN
52 16 50 134 13,4 0.0014 2 400 4 800 0,12 81206 TN
35 52 12 29 93 9,15 0,00069 2 800 5 600 0,073 81107 TN
62 18 62 190 19,3 0,0029 2 000 4 000 0,20 81207 TN
40 60 13 42,5 137 13,7 0,0015 2 400 5 000 0,11 81108 TN
68 19 83 255 26,5 0,0052 1 900 3 800 0,25 81208 TN
45 65 14 45 153 15,3 0,0019 2 200 4 500 0,13 81109 TN
73 20 86,5 270 28 0,0058 1 800 3 600 0,29 81209 TN
50 70 14 47,5 166 16,6 0,0022 2 200 4 300 0,14 81110 TN
78 22 91,5 300 31 0,0072 1 700 3 400 0,36 81210 TN
55 78 16 69,5 285 29 0,0065 1 900 3 800 0,22 81111 TN
90 25 122 390 40 0,012 1 400 2 800 0,57 81211 TN
60 85 17 80 300 30,5 0,0072 1 800 3 600 0,27 81112 TN
95 26 137 465 47,5 0,017 1 400 2 800 0,64 81212 TN
65 90 18 83 320 32,5 0,0082 1 700 3 400 0,31 81113 TN
100 27 140 490 50 0,019 1 300 2 600 0,72 81213 TN
70 95 18 86,5 345 34,5 0,0095 1 600 3 200 0,33 81114 TN
105 27 146 530 55 0,022 1 300 2 600 0,77 81214 TN
75 100 19 75 290 29 0,0067 1 600 3 200 0,39 81115 TN
110 27 125 440 45 0,015 1 200 2 400 0,80 81215 TN
80 105 19 76,5 300 30,5 0,0072 1 500 3 000 0,40 81116 TN
115 28 160 610 63 0,029 1 200 2 400 0,90 81216 TN
866
ra
ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Designation of components
dimensions Cylindrical roller Shaft Housing
and cage thrust washer washer
d d1 D1 B Dw r1,2 da Da ra assembly
∼ ∼ min min max max
mm mm –
15 28 16 2,75 3,5 0,3 27 16 0,3 K 81102 TN WS 81102 GS 81102
17 30 18 2,75 3,5 0,3 29 18 0,3 K 81103 TN WS 81103 GS 81103
20 35 21 2,75 4,5 0,3 34 21 0,3 K 81104 TN WS 81104 GS 81104
25 42 26 3 5 0,6 41 26 0,6 K 81105 TN WS 81105 GS 81105
30 47 32 3 5 0,6 46 31 0,6 K 81106 TN WS 81106 GS 81106
52 32 4,25 7,5 0,6 50 31 0,6 K 81206 TN WS 81206 GS 81206
35 52 37 3,5 5 0,6 51 36 0,6 K 81107 TN WS 81107 GS 81107
62 37 5,25 7,5 1 58 39 1 K 81207 TN WS 81207 GS 81207
40 60 42 3,5 6 0,6 58 42 0,6 K 81108 TN WS 81108 GS 81108
68 42 5 9 1 66 43 1 K 81208 TN WS 81208 GS 81208
45 65 47 4 6 0,6 63 47 0,6 K 81109 TN WS 81109 GS 81109
73 47 5,5 9 1 70 48 1 K 81209 TN WS 81209 GS 81209
50 70 52 4 6 0,6 68 52 0,6 K 81110 TN WS 81110 GS 81110
78 52 6,5 9 1 75 53 1 K 81210 TN WS 81210 GS 81210
55 78 57 5 6 0,6 77 56 0,6 K 81111 TN WS 81111 GS 81111
90 57 7 11 1 85 59 1 K 81211 TN WS 81211 GS 81211
60 85 62 4,75 7,5 1 82 62 1 K 81112 TN WS 81112 GS 81112
95 62 7,5 11 1 91 64 1 K 81212 TN WS 81212 GS 81212
65 90 67 5,25 7,5 1 87 67 1 K 81113 TN WS 81113 GS 81113
100 67 8 11 1 96 69 1 K 81213 TN WS 81213 GS 81213
70 95 72 5,25 7,5 1 92 72 1 K 81114 TN WS 81114 GS 81114
105 72 8 11 1 102 74 1 K 81214 TN WS 81214 GS 81214
75 100 77 5,75 7,5 1 97 78 1 K 81115 TN WS 81115 GS 81115
110 77 8 11 1 106 79 1 K 81215 TN WS 81215 GS 81215
80 105 82 5,75 7,5 1 102 83 1 K 81116 TN WS 81116 GS 81116
115 82 8,5 11 1 112 84 1 K 81216 TN WS 81216 GS 81216
867
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
d 85 – 220 mm
Dw B B
H
r1 r1
r2 r2
D d D d d1 d D D1
r1 r1
r2 r2
Complete Cylindrical roller Shaft Housing
bearing and cage thrust washer washer
assembly
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refe- Limiting
limit factor rence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
85 110 19 88 365 37,5 0,010 1 500 3 000 0,42 81117 TN
125 31 153 550 57 0,024 1 100 2 200 1,25 81217 TN
90 120 22 104 415 42,5 0,013 1 300 2 600 0,62 81118 TN
135 35 232 865 90 0,059 1 000 2 000 1,75 81218 TN
100 135 25 146 585 57 0,027 1 200 2 400 0,95 81120 TN
150 38 224 830 81,5 0,055 900 1 800 2,20 81220 TN
110 145 25 153 630 61 0,031 1 100 2 200 1,05 81122 TN
160 38 240 915 90 0,066 850 1 700 2,30 81222 TN
120 155 25 160 680 64 0,036 1 100 2 200 1,10 81124 TN
170 39 245 965 91,5 0,074 800 1 600 2,55 81224 TN
130 170 30 183 780 73,5 0,048 950 1 900 1,70 81126 TN
190 45 380 146 137 0,17 700 1 400 4,20 81226 TN
140 180 31 193 850 76,5 0,057 900 1 800 1,90 81128 TN
200 46 360 1 400 129 0,16 700 1 400 4,55 81228 M
150 190 31 200 900 81,5 0,064 850 1 700 2,00 81130 TN
215 50 465 1 900 170 0,29 630 1 300 5,90 81230 M
160 200 31 216 1 020 90 0,083 850 1 700 2,20 81132 TN
225 51 480 2 000 176 0,32 600 1 200 6,20 81232 M
170 215 34 260 1 180 104 0,11 800 1 600 2,95 81134 TN
240 55 540 2 280 200 0,42 560 1 100 7,70 81234 M
180 225 34 270 1 270 110 0,13 750 1 500 3,05 81136 M
250 56 550 2 400 204 0,46 560 1 100 8,25 81236 M
190 240 37 310 1 460 125 0,17 700 1 400 3,85 81138 M
270 62 695 2 900 250 0,67 500 1 000 10,5 81238 M
200 250 37 310 1 500 127 0,18 700 1 400 4,00 81140 M
280 62 720 3 100 255 0,77 500 1 000 12,0 81240 M
220 270 37 335 1 700 137 0,23 670 1 300 4,50 81144 M
300 63 750 3 350 275 0,90 480 950 13,0 81244 M
868
ra
ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Designation of components
dimensions Cylindrical roller Shaft Housing
and cage thrust washer washer
d d1 D1 B Dw r1,2 da Da ra assembly
∼ ∼ min min max max
mm mm –
85 110 87 5,75 7,5 1 108 87 1 K 81117 TN WS 81117 GS 81117
125 88 9,5 12 1 119 90 1 K 81217 TN WS 81217 GS 81217
90 120 92 6,5 9 1 117 93 1 K 81118 TN WS 81118 GS 81118
135 93 10,5 14 1,1 129 95 1 K 81218 TN WS 81218 GS 81218
100 135 102 7 11 1 131 104 1 K 81120 TN WS 81120 GS 81120
150 103 11,5 15 1,1 142 107 1 K 81220 TN WS 81220 GS 81220
110 145 112 7 11 1 141 114 1 K 81122 TN WS 81122 GS 81122
160 113 11,5 15 1,1 152 117 1 K 81222 TN WS 81222 GS 81222
120 155 122 7 11 1 151 124 1 K 81124 TN WS 81124 GS 81124
170 123 12 15 1,1 162 127 1 K 81224 TN WS 81224 GS 81224
130 170 132 9 12 1 165 135 1 K 81126 TN WS 81126 GS 81126
187 133 13 19 1,5 181 137 1,5 K 81226 TN WS 81226 GS 81226
140 178 142 9,5 12 1 175 145 1 K 81128 TN WS 81128 GS 81128
197 143 13,5 19 1,5 191 147 1,5 K 81228 M WS 81228 GS 81228
150 188 152 9,5 12 1 185 155 1 K 81130 TN WS 81130 GS 81130
212 153 14,5 21 1,5 211 158 1,5 K 81230 M WS 81230 GS 81230
160 198 162 9,5 12 1 195 165 1 K 81132 TN WS 81132 GS 81132
222 163 15 21 1,5 220 168 1,5 K 81232 M WS 81232 GS 81232
170 213 172 10 14 1,1 209 176 1 K 81134 TN WS 81134 GS 81134
237 173 16,5 22 1,5 235 180 1,5 K 81234 M WS 81234 GS 81234
180 222 183 10 14 1,1 219 185 1 K 81136 M WS 81136 GS 81136
247 183 17 22 1,5 245 190 1,5 K 81236 M WS 81236 GS 81236
190 237 193 11 15 1,1 233 197 1 K 81138 M WS 81138 GS 81138
267 194 18 26 2 265 200 2 K 81238 M WS 81238 GS 81238
200 247 203 11 15 1,1 243 206 1 K 81140 M WS 81140 GS 81140
277 204 18 26 2 275 210 2 K 81240 M WS 81240 GS 81240
220 267 223 11 15 1,1 263 226 1 K 81144 M WS 81144 GS 81144
297 224 18,5 26 2 296 230 2 K 81244 M WS 81244 GS 81244
869
Cylindrical roller thrust bearings
d 240 – 630 mm
Dw B B
H
r1 r1
r2 r2
D d D d d1 d D D1
r1 r1
r2 r2
Complete Cylindrical roller Shaft Housing
bearing and cage thrust washer washer
assembly
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refe- Limiting
limit factor rence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
240 300 45 475 2 450 196 0,48 560 1 100 7,25 81148 M
340 78 1 100 4 900 390 1,9 400 800 22,0 81248 M
260 320 45 490 2 600 200 0,54 530 1 100 7,85 81152 M
360 79 1 140 5 300 415 2,2 380 750 24,0 81252 M
280 350 53 680 3 550 275 1 480 950 10,5 81156 M
380 80 1 160 5 500 425 2,4 360 750 26,0 81256 M
300 380 62 850 4 400 335 1,5 430 850 16,5 81160 M
420 95 1 530 7 200 540 4,1 320 630 40,5 81260 M
320 400 63 880 4 650 345 1,7 400 800 18,0 81164 M
440 95 1 560 7 500 550 4,5 300 600 42,5 81264 M
340 420 64 900 4 900 355 1,9 380 800 19,5 81168 M
460 96 1 630 8 000 585 5,1 300 600 47,0 81268 M
360 440 65 900 4 900 355 1,9 380 750 19,5 81172 M
500 110 2 160 10 400 750 8,7 260 530 65,5 81272 M
380 460 65 930 5 300 375 2,2 360 750 22,0 81176 M
400 480 65 965 5 600 390 2,5 360 700 23,0 81180 M
420 500 65 980 5 850 400 2,7 340 700 24,0 81184 M
440 540 80 1 430 8 000 550 5,1 300 600 39,5 81188 M
460 560 80 1 460 8 500 570 5,8 300 600 41,0 81192 M
480 580 80 1 460 8 650 585 6 280 560 43,0 81196 M
500 600 80 1 560 9 300 620 6,9 280 560 44,0 811/500 M
530 640 85 1 730 10 600 680 9 260 530 55,5 811/530 M
560 670 85 1 760 11 100 710 9,7 260 500 58,0 811/560 M
600 710 85 1 800 11 600 720 11 240 500 62,0 811/600 M
630 750 95 2 160 13 700 865 15 220 450 80,0 811/630 M
870
ra
ra
Da da Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Designation of components
dimensions Cylindrical roller Shaft Housing
and cage thrust washer washer
d d1 D1 B Dw r1,2 da Da ra assembly
∼ ∼ min min max max
mm mm –
240 297 243 13,5 18 1,5 296 248 1,5 K 81148 M WS 81148 GS 81148
335 244 23 32 2,1 335 261 2 K 81248 M WS 81248 GS 81248
260 317 263 13,5 18 1,5 316 268 1,5 K 81152 M WS 81152 GS 81152
355 264 23,5 32 2,1 353 280 2 K 81252 M WS 81252 GS 81252
280 347 283 15,5 22 1,5 346 288 1,5 K 81156 M WS 81156 GS 81156
375 284 24 32 2 373 300 2 K 81256 M WS 81256 GS 81256
300 376 304 18,5 25 2 373 315 2 K 81160 M WS 81160 GS 81160
415 304 28,5 38 3 413 328 2,5 K 81260 M WS 81260 GS 81260
320 396 324 19 25 2 394 334 2 K 81164 M WS 81164 GS 81164
435 325 28,5 38 3 434 348 2,5 K 81264 M WS 81264 GS 81264
340 416 344 19,5 25 2 414 354 2 K 81168 M WS 81168 GS 81168
455 345 29 38 3 452 367 2,5 K 81268 M WS 81268 GS 81268
360 436 364 20 25 2 434 374 2 K 81172 M WS 81172 GS 81172
495 365 32,5 45 4 492 393 3 K 81272 M WS 81272 GS 81272
380 456 384 20 25 2 453 393 2 K 81176 M WS 81176 GS 81176
400 476 404 20 25 2 473 413 2 K 81180 M WS 81180 GS 81180
420 495 424 20 25 2 493 433 2 K 81184 M WS 81184 GS 81184
440 535 444 24 32 2,1 533 459 2 K 81188 M WS 81188 GS 81188
460 555 464 24 32 2,1 553 479 2 K 81192 M WS 81192 GS 81192
480 575 484 24 32 2,1 573 500 2 K 81196 M WS 81196 GS 81196
500 595 505 24 32 2,1 592 519 2 K 811/500 M WS 811/500 GS 811/500
530 635 535 25,5 34 3 632 554 2,5 K 811/530 M WS 811/530 GS 811/530
560 665 565 25,5 34 3 662 584 2,5 K 811/560 M WS 811/560 GS 811/560
600 705 605 25,5 34 3 702 624 2,5 K 811/600 M WS 811/600 GS 811/600
630 746 634 28,5 38 3 732 650 2,5 K 811/630 M WS 811/630 GS 811/630
871
Spherical roller
thrust bearings
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 872
SKF Explorer class bearings………………………………………………………………… 874
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 875
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 875
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 875
Misalignment ………………………………………………………………………………… 875
Influence of operating temperatures on bearing material ……………………………… 875
Minimum load ……………………………………………………………………………… 876
Equivalent dynamic bearing load ………………………………………………………… 876
Equivalent static bearing load ……………………………………………………………… 876
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 876
Design of associated components ………………………………………………………… 877
Lubrication …………………………………………………………………………………… 878
Mounting ……………………………………………………………………………………… 879
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 880
873
Bearing data – general Fig 4
Dimensions
The boundary dimensions of SKF spherical
roller thrust bearings are in accordance with
ISO 104:2002.
Tolerances
SKF spherical roller thrust bearings are pro-
duced as standard to Normal tolerances as
specified in ISO 199:1997. However the
tolerances for the total height of
• SKF standard bearings are more than 50 %
and for
• SKF Explorer bearings are 75 %
tighter than specified by ISO.
The tolerance values can be found in Table 1
table 10 on page 132. Permissible angular misalignment
Bearing Permissible misalignment
Misalignment series when bearing load P01)
By virtue of their design, spherical roller < 0,05 C0 > 0,05 C0 > 0,3 C0
thrust bearings are self-aligning, i.e. they – degrees
tolerate misalignment of the shaft relative to
the housing, and shaft deflections during 292 (E) 2 1,5 1
operation (➔ fig 4 ). 293 (E) 2,5 1,5 0,3
294 (E) 3 1,5 0,3
The permissible misalignment is reduced
as the load increases. The values indicated
in table 1 can be permitted provided there
is constant misalignment and a rotating shaft
washer. In applications where there are shaft
deflections or where the housing washer
rotates, it is advisable to contact the SKF 1)
P0 = Fa + 2,7 Fr
application engineering service.
Whether the permissible misalignment can
be fully exploited depends on the design of sible dimensional changes. For example, a
the bearing arrangement, the type of seal temperature of +200 °C for 2 500 h, or for
etc. When designing bearing arrangements shorter periods at even higher temperatures,
where the housing washer is to rotate, or is permitted.
where the shaft washer will wobble, it is also
advisable to contact the SKF application
engineering service.
Influence of operating temperatures
on bearing material
All SKF spherical roller thrust bearings under-
go a special heat treatment so that they can
be operated at higher temperatures for longer
periods, without the occurrence of inadmis-
875
Spherical roller thrust bearings
Minimum load Equivalent dynamic bearing load
In order to provide satisfactory operation, For dynamically loaded spherical roller
spherical roller thrust bearings, like all ball and thrust bearings, provided Fr ≤ 0,55 Fa
roller bearings, must always be subjected to
a given minimum load, particularly if they are P = Fa + 1,2 Fr
to operate at high speeds or are subjected
to high accelerations or rapid changes in the If, however, the bearing is arranged so that it
direction of the load. Under such conditions, can compensate for radial and axial runouts
the inertia forces of the rollers and cage, and by relative movements between the washers,
the friction in the lubricant, can have a detri- and provided Fr ≤ 0,55 Fa, then
mental influence on the rolling conditions in
the bearing arrangement and may cause P = 0,88 (Fa + 1,2 Fr)
damaging sliding movements to occur be-
tween the rollers and raceways. If Fr > 0,55 Fa, the SKF application engin-
The requisite minimum axial load to be eering service should be contacted.
applied to spherical roller thrust bearings
can be estimated using Equivalent static bearing load
For statically loaded spherical roller thrust
2 bearings, provided Fr ≤ 0,55 Fa
Fam = 1,8 Fr + A ( ) n
1 000 P0 = Fa + 2,7 Fr
where If Fr > 0,55 Fa, the SKF application engin-
Fam = minimum axial load, kN eering service should be contacted.
Fr = radial component of the load for bear-
ings subjected to combined load, kN Supplementary designations
C0 = basic static load rating, kN The designation suffixes used to identify
(➔ product table) certain features of SKF spherical roller thrust
A = minimum load factor bearings are explained in the following.
(➔ product table)
n = rotational speed, r/min E Optimized internal design and
steel window-type cage
If 1,8 Fr < 0,0005 C0 then 0,0005 C0 should EF Optimized internal design and
be used in the above equation instead of machined steel cage
1,8 Fr. EM Optimized internal design and
At speeds higher than the reference speed machined brass cage
or when starting up at low temperatures, or N1 One locating slot in the housing
when the lubricant is highly viscous, even washer
greater minimum loads may be required. N2 Two locating slots at 180° to each
The weight of the components supported by other in the housing washer
the bearing, together with external forces, VE447 Shaft washer with three equally
generally exceeds the requisite minimum spaced threaded holes in one side
load. If this is not the case, the spherical face to take hoisting tackle
roller thrust bearing must be preloaded, VE447E Shaft washer with three equally
e.g. by springs. For additional information, spaced threaded holes in one side
contact the SKF application engineering face to take hoisting tackle and
service. three appropriate eye bolts
VE632 Housing washer with three equally
spaced threaded holes in one side
face to take hoisting tackle
876
Design of associated Fig 5
components D
The abutment dimensions da and Da in the
product table apply for bearing loads up to
approximately Fa = 0,1 C0. Where bearings
are to be subjected to heavier loads it may
be necessary for both shaft and housing
washers to be fully supported (da = d1 and
Da = D1) and for radial support to be provided
for the housing washer. For additional infor-
mation, contact the SKF application engin-
eering service.
For E-design bearings with a pressed
steel cage, the housing bore must be re-
cessed (➔ fig 5 ) to prevent the cage from
rubbing against the housing if the shaft
should become misaligned. Recommended
guideline values for the diameter of this re-
cess are
• D + 15 mm for bearings with outside dia-
meter up to and including 380 mm and
• D + 20 mm for larger bearings.
877
Spherical roller thrust bearings
Lubrication Fig 6
Generally lubrication with oil or grease
containing EP additives is recommended for
spherical roller thrust bearings.
When lubricating with grease the roller
end/flange contacts must be supplied with
an adequate amount of lubricant. Depend-
ing on the application, this can best be done
by completely filling the bearing and its
housing with grease, or by regular relubrica-
tion.
Because of their internal design, spher-
ical roller thrust bearings have a pumping
action that can be taken advantage of, in
order to provide circulation of the lubricating
oil when
• the shaft is vertical (➔ fig 6 ) or Fig 7
• the shaft is horizontal (➔ fig 7 ).
The pumping action must be considered
when selecting lubricants and seals.
For more detailed information regarding the
lubrication of spherical roller thrust bearings
contact the SKF application engineering
service.
878
Mounting Fig 8
SKF spherical roller thrust bearings are of
separable design, i.e. the shaft washer with
cage and roller assembly can be mounted
separately from the housing washer.
If bearings of earlier design with a ma-
chined cage, where the cage-guiding sleeve
also served as spacer sleeve, are to be re-
placed by E-design bearings, a spacer
sleeve is needed between the shaft washer
and shaft shoulder (➔ fig 8 ).
If earlier B-design bearings, which were
mounted with a spacer sleeve, are to be
replaced, the sleeve must be checked and
re-machined if necessary (➔ fig 9 ). The
sleeves must be hardened and should have
ground end faces; the recommended sleeve
outside diameter is given for each bearing in Fig 9
the product table.
879
Spherical roller thrust bearings
Designs Fig 1
In spherical roller thrust bearings the load
is transmitted from one raceway to the other
at an angle to the bearing axis (➔ fig 1 ).
The bearings are therefore suitable for the
accommodation of radial loads in addition to
simultaneously acting axial loads. Another
important characteristic of spherical roller
thrust bearings is their self-aligning capability.
This makes the bearings insensitive to shaft
deflection and misalignment of the shaft
relative to the housing.
SKF spherical roller thrust bearings
incorporate a large number of asymmetrical
rollers and have specially designed raceways
with an optimum conformity. They can there-
fore support very heavy axial loads and
permit relatively high speed operation. Fig 2
SKF spherical roller thrust bearings are
produced in two designs depending on the
size and series. Bearings up to and including
size 68 identified by the designation suffix E
have a pressed steel window-type cage
which, with the rollers, forms a non-separable
assembly with the shaft washer (➔ fig 2 ).
All other bearings have a machined brass or
steel cage which is guided by a sleeve held
in the shaft washer bore (➔ fig 3 ). The shaft
washer and cage with rollers form a non-
separable unit.
SKF Explorer class
bearings Fig 3
High performance SKF Explorer spherical
roller thrust bearings are shown with an
asterisk in the product table. SKF Explorer
bearings retain the designation of the earlier
standard bearings, e. g. 29330 E. However,
each bearing and its box are marked with
the name “EXPLORER”.
874
Spherical roller thrust bearings
d 60 – 170 mm
d1
s
d
r1
r2
B B1
H
C
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
60 130 42 390 915 114 0,080 2 800 5 000 2,60
* 29412 E
65 140 45 455 1 080 137 0,11 2 600 4 800 3,20
* 29413 E
70 150 48 520 1 250 153 0,15 2 400 4 300 3,90
* 29414 E
75 160 51 600 1 430 173 0,19 2 400 4 000 4,70
* 29415 E
80 170 54 670 1 630 193 0,25 2 200 3 800 5,60
* 29416 E
85 150 39 380 1 060 129 0,11 2 400 4 000 2,75
180 58 735 1 800 212 0,31 2 000 3 600 6,75 * 29317 E
* 29417 E
90 155 39 400 1 080 132 0,11 2 400 4 000 2,85
190 60 815 2 000 232 0,38 1 900 3 400 7,75 * 29318 E
* 29418 E
100 170 42 465 1 290 156 0,16 2 200 3 600 3,65
210 67 980 2 500 275 0,59 1 700 3 000 10,5 * 29320 E
* 29420 E
110 190 48 610 1 730 204 0,28 1 900 3 200 5,30
230 73 1 180 3 000 325 0,86 1 600 2 800 13,5 * 29322 E
* 29422 E
120 210 54 765 2 120 245 0,43 1 700 2 800 7,35
250 78 1 370 3 450 375 1,1 1 500 2 600 17,5 * 29324 E
* 29424 E
130 225 58 865 2 500 280 0,59 1 600 2 600 9,00
270 85 1 560 4 050 430 1,6 1 300 2 400 22,0 * 29326 E
* 29426 E
140 240 60 980 2 850 315 0,77 1 500 2 600 10,5
280 85 1 630 4 300 455 1,8 1 300 2 400 23,0 * 29328 E
* 29428 E
150 215 39 408 1 600 180 0,24 1 800 2 800 4,30 29230 E
250 60 1 000 2 850 315 0,77 1 500 2 400 11,0
300 90 1 860 5 100 520 2,5 1 200 2 200 28,0 * 29330 E
* 29430 E
160 270 67 1 180 3 450 375 1,1 1 300 2 200 14,5
320 95 2 080 5 600 570 3 1 100 2 000 33,5 * 29332 E
* 29432 E
170 280 67 1 200 3 550 365 1,2 1 300 2 200 15,0
340 103 2 360 6 550 640 4,1 1 100 1 900 44,5 * 29334 E
* 29434 E
* SKF Explorer bearing
880
db1 db2
da 30°
db1 30°
ra
Ha
ra 30°
db db2
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 B B1 C r1,2 s da db1 db2 Ha Da ra
~ ~ min min max max min max max
mm mm
60 112,2 85,5 27 36,7 21 1,5 38 90 67 67 – 107 1,5
65 120,6 91,5 29,5 39,8 22 2 42 100 72 72 – 117 2
70 129,7 99 31 41 23,8 2 44,8 105 77,5 77,5 – 125 2
75 138,3 105,5 33,5 45,7 24,5 2 47 115 82,5 82,5 – 133 2
80 147,2 112,5 35 48,1 26,5 2,1 50 120 88 88 – 141 2
85 134,8 109,5 24,5 33,8 20 1,5 50 115 90 90 – 129 1,5
155,8 121 37 51,1 28 2,1 54 130 94 94 – 151 2
90 138,6 115 24,5 34,5 19,5 1,5 53 120 95 95 – 134 1,5
164,6 127,5 39 54 28,5 2,1 56 135 99 99 – 158 2
100 152,3 127,5 26,2 36,3 20,5 1,5 58 130 107 107 – 147 1,5
182,2 141,5 43 57,3 32 3 62 150 110 110 – 175 2,5
110 171,1 140 30,3 41,7 24,8 2 63,8 145 117 117 – 164 2
199,4 155,5 47 64,7 34,7 3 69 165 120,5 129 – 193 2,5
120 188,1 154 34 48,2 27 2,1 70 160 128 128 – 181 2
216,8 171 50,5 70,3 36,5 4 74 180 132 142 – 209 3
130 203,4 165,5 36,7 50,6 30,1 2,1 75,6 175 138 143 – 194 2
234,4 184,5 54 76 40,9 4 81 195 142,5 153 – 227 3
140 216,1 177 38,5 54 30 2,1 82 185 148 154 – 208 2
245,4 194,5 54 75,6 41 4 86 205 153 162 – 236 3
150 200,4 176 24 34,3 20,5 1,5 82 180 154 154 14 193 1,5
223,9 190 38 54,9 28 2,1 87 195 158 163 – 219 2
262,9 207,5 58 80,8 43,4 4 92 220 163 175 – 253 3
160 243,5 203 42 60 33 3 92 210 169 176 – 235 2,5
279,3 223,5 60,5 84,3 45,5 5 99 235 175 189 – 270 4
170 251,2 215 42,2 61 30,5 3 96 220 178 188 – 245 2,5
297,7 236 65,5 91,2 50 5 104 250 185 199 – 286 4
881
Spherical roller thrust bearings
d 180 – 340 mm
d1
s
d
r1
r2
B
B B1
H
B1
C
r2
r1
D1
D
E design
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
180 250 42 495 2 040 212 0,40 1 600 2 600 5,80 29236 E
300 73 1 430 4 300 440 1,8 1 200 2 000 19,5
360 109 2 600 7 350 710 5,1 1 000 1 800 52,5 * 29336 E
* 29436 E
190 320 78 1 630 4 750 490 2,1 1 100 1 900 23,5
380 115 2 850 8 000 765 6,1 950 1 700 60,5 * 29338 E
* 29438 E
200 280 48 656 2 650 285 0,67 1 400 2 200 9,30 29240 E
340 85 1 860 5 500 550 2,9 1 000 1 700 29,5
400 122 3 200 9 000 850 7,7 850 1 600 72,0 * 29340 E
* 29440 E
220 300 48 690 3 000 310 0,86 1 300 2 200 10,0 29244 E
360 85 2 000 6 300 610 3,8 1 000 1 700 33,5
420 122 3 350 9 650 900 8,8 850 1 500 75,0 * 29344 E
* 29444 E
240 340 60 799 3 450 335 1,1 1 100 1 800 16,5 29248
380 85 2 040 6 550 630 4,1 1 000 1 600 35,5
440 122 3 400 10 200 930 9,9 850 1 500 80,0 * 29348 E
* 29448 E
260 360 60 817 3 650 345 1,3 1 100 1 700 18,5 29252
420 95 2 550 8 300 780 6,5 850 1 400 49,0
480 132 4 050 12 900 1 080 16 750 1 300 105 * 29352 E
* 29452 E
280 380 60 863 4 000 375 1,5 1 000 1 700 19,5 29256
440 95 2 550 8 650 800 7,1 850 1 400 53,0
520 145 4 900 15 300 1 320 22 670 1 200 135 * 29356 E
* 29456 E
300 420 73 1 070 4 800 465 2,2 900 1 400 30,5 29260
480 109 3 100 10 600 930 11 750 1 200 75,0
540 145 4 310 16 600 1 340 26 600 1 200 140 * 29360 E
29460 E
320 440 73 1 110 5 100 465 2,5 850 1 400 33,0 29264
500 109 3 350 11 200 1 000 12 750 1 200 78,0
580 155 4 950 19 000 1 530 34 560 1 100 175 * 29364 E
29464 E
340 460 73 1 130 5 400 480 2,8 850 1 300 33,5 29268
540 122 2 710 11 000 950 11 600 1 100 105 29368
620 170 5 750 22 400 1 760 48 500 1 000 220 29468 E
* SKF Explorer bearing
882
db1 db2
da 30°
db1 30°
ra
Ha
ra 30°
db db2
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
d d1 D1 B B1 C r1,2 s da db1 db2 Ha Da ra
~ ~ min min max max min max max
mm mm
180 234,4 208 26 36,9 22 1,5 97 210 187 187 14 226 1,5
270 227 46 66,2 35,5 3 103 235 189 195 – 262 2,5
315,9 250 69,5 96,4 53 5 110 265 196 210 – 304 4
190 285,6 243,5 49 71,3 36 4 110 250 200 211 – 280 3
332,9 264,5 73 101 55,5 5 117 280 207 223 – 321 4
200 260,5 232,5 30 43,4 24 2 108 235 206 207 17 253 2
304,3 257 53,5 76,7 40 4 116 265 211 224 – 297 3
350,7 277,5 77 107,1 59,4 5 122 295 217,5 234 – 337 4
220 280,5 251,5 30 43,4 24,5 2 117 255 224,5 227 17 271 2
326,3 275,5 55 77,7 41 4 125 285 229 240 – 316 3
371,6 300 77 107,4 58,5 6 132 315 238 254 – 358 5
240 330 283 19 57 30 2,1 130 290 – – – 308 2
345,1 295,5 54 77,8 40,5 4 135 305 249 259 – 336 3
391,6 322 76 107,1 59 6 142 335 258 276 – 378 5
260 350 302 19 57 30 2,1 139 310 – – – 326 2
382,2 324 61 86,6 46 5 148 335 273 286 – 370 4
427,9 346 86 119 63 6 154 365 278 296 – 412 5
280 370 323 19 57 30,5 2,1 150 325 – – – 347 2
401 343 62 86,7 45,5 5 158 355 293 305 – 390 4
464,3 372 95 129,9 70 6 166 395 300 320 – 446 5
300 405 353 21 69 38 3 162 360 – – – 380 2,5
434,1 372 70 98,9 51 5 168 385 313 329 – 423 4
485 392 95 130,3 70,5 6 175 415 319 340 – 465 5
320 430 372 21 69 38 3 172 380 – – – 400 2,5
454,5 391 68 97,8 53 5 180 405 332 347 – 442 4
520,3 422 102 139,4 74,5 7,5 191 450 344 367 – 500 6
340 445 395 21 69 37,5 3 183 400 – – – 422 2,5
520 428 40,6 117 59,5 5 192 440 – – – 479 4
557,9 445 112 151,4 84 7,5 201 475 363 386 – 530 6
883
Spherical roller thrust bearings
d 360 – 560 mm
d1
s
d
r1
r2
B
H
B1
C
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
360 500 85 1 460 6 800 585 4,4 750 1 200 52,0 29272
560 122 2 760 11 600 980 13 600 1 100 110 29372
640 170 5 350 21 200 1 630 43 500 950 230 29472 EM
380 520 85 1 580 7 650 655 5,6 700 1 100 53,0 29276
600 132 3 340 14 000 1 160 19 530 1 000 140 29376
670 175 5 870 24 000 1 860 55 480 900 260 29476 EM
400 540 85 1 610 8 000 695 6,1 700 1 100 55,5 29280
620 132 3 450 14 600 1 200 20 530 950 150 29380
710 185 6 560 26 500 1 960 67 450 850 310 29480 EM
420 580 95 1 990 9 800 815 9,1 630 1 000 75,5 29284
650 140 3 740 16 000 1 290 24 500 900 170 29384
730 185 6 730 27 500 2 080 72 430 850 325 29484 EM
440 600 95 2 070 10 400 850 10 630 1 000 78,0 29288
680 145 4 490 19 300 1 560 35 480 850 180 29388 EM
780 206 7 820 32 000 2 320 87 380 750 410 29488 EM
460 620 95 2 070 10 600 865 11 600 950 81,0 29292
710 150 4 310 19 000 1 500 34 450 800 215 29392
800 206 7 990 33 500 2 450 110 380 750 425 29492 EM
480 650 103 2 350 11 800 950 13 560 900 98,0 29296
730 150 4 370 19 600 1 530 36 450 800 220 29396
850 224 9 550 39 000 2 800 140 340 670 550 29496 EM
500 670 103 2 390 12 500 1 000 15 560 900 100 292/500
750 150 4 490 20 400 1 560 40 430 800 235 293/500
870 224 9 370 40 000 2 850 150 340 670 560 294/500 EM
530 710 109 3 110 15 300 1 220 22 530 850 115 292/530 EM
800 160 5 230 23 600 1 800 53 400 750 270 293/530
920 236 10 500 44 000 3 100 180 320 630 650 294/530 EM
560 750 115 2 990 16 000 1 220 24 480 800 140 292/560
980 250 12 000 51 000 3 550 250 300 560 810 294/560 EM
884
da
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 B B1 C r1,2 s da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
360 485 423 25 81 44 4 194,5 430 453 3
540 448 40,5 117 59,5 5 202 460 500 4
580 474 63 164 83,5 7,5 210 495 550 6
380 505 441 27 81 42 4 202 450 473 3
580 477 45 127 63,5 6 216 495 535 5
610 494 67 168 87,5 7,5 222 525 580 6
400 526 460 27 81 42,2 4 212 470 493 3
596 494 43 127 64 6 225 510 550 5
645 525 69 178 89,5 7,5 234 550 615 6
420 564 489 30 91 46 5 225 500 525 4
626 520 49 135 67,5 6 235 535 580 5
665 545 70 178 90,5 7,5 244 575 635 6
440 585 508 30 91 46,5 5 235 520 545 4
626 540 49 140 70,5 6 249 560 605 5
710 577 77 199 101 9,5 257 605 675 8
460 605 530 30 91 46 5 245 540 565 4
685 567 50 144 72,5 6 257 585 630 5
730 596 77 199 101,5 9,5 268 630 695 8
480 635 556 33 99 53,5 5 259 570 595 4
705 591 50 144 73,5 6 270 610 655 5
770 625 88 216 108 9,5 280 660 735 8
500 654 574 33 99 53,5 5 268 585 615 4
725 611 50 144 74 6 280 630 675 5
795 648 86 216 110 9,5 290 685 755 8
530 675 608 32 105 56 5 285 620 655 4
772 648 53 154 76 7,5 295 670 715 6
840 686 89 228 116 9,5 308 725 800 8
560 732 644 37 111 61 5 302 655 685 4
890 727 99 241 122 12 328 770 850 10
885
Spherical roller thrust bearings
d 600 – 1 600 mm
d1
s
d
r1
r2
B
H
B1
C
r2
r1
D1
D
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Minimum Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load load Refer- Limiting
limit factor ence speed
d D H C C0 Pu A speed
mm kN kN – r/min kg –
600 800 122 3 740 18 600 1 460 33 450 700 170 292/600 EM
900 180 7 530 34 500 2 600 110 340 630 405 293/600
1 030 258 13 100 56 000 4 000 300 280 530 845 294/600 EM
630 850 132 4 770 23 600 1 800 53 400 670 210 292/630 EM
950 190 8 450 38 000 2 900 140 320 600 485 293/630 EM
1 090 280 14 400 62 000 4 150 370 260 500 1 040 294/630 EM
670 900 140 4 200 22 800 1 660 49 380 630 255 292/670
1 150 290 15 400 68 000 4 500 440 240 450 1 210 294/670 EM
710 1 060 212 9 950 45 500 3 400 200 280 500 660 293/710 EM
1 220 308 17 600 76 500 5 000 560 220 430 1 500 294/710 EF
750 1 000 150 6 100 31 000 2 320 91 340 560 325 292/750 EM
1 120 224 9 370 45 000 3 050 190 260 480 770 293/750
1 280 315 18 700 85 000 5 500 690 200 400 1 650 294/750 EF
800 1 060 155 6 560 34 500 2 550 110 320 530 380 292/800 EM
1 180 230 9 950 49 000 3 250 230 240 450 865 293/800
1 360 335 20 200 93 000 5 850 820 190 360 2 025 294/800 EF
850 1 120 160 6 730 36 000 2 550 120 300 500 425 292/850 EM
1 440 354 23 900 108 000 7 100 1 100 170 340 2 390 294/850 EF
900 1 520 372 26 700 122 000 7 200 1 400 160 300 2 650 294/900 EF
950 1 250 180 8 280 45 500 3 100 200 260 430 600 292/950 EM
1 600 390 28 200 132 000 7 800 1 700 140 280 3 065 294/950 EF
1 060 1 400 206 10 500 58 500 3 750 330 220 360 860 292/1060 EF
1 770 426 33 400 156 000 8 500 2 300 120 240 4 280 294/1060 EF
1 180 1 520 206 10 900 64 000 3 750 390 220 340 950 292/1180 EF
1 250 1 800 330 24 800 129 000 7 500 1 600 130 240 2 770 293/1250 EF
1 600 2 280 408 36 800 200 000 11 800 3 800 90 160 5 375 293/1600 EF
886
da
ra
ra
Da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet
dimensions
d d1 D1 B B1 C r1,2 s da Da ra
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm
600 760 688 39 117 60 5 321 700 735 4
840 720 65 174 89 7,5 340 755 810 6
940 769 99 249 128 12 349 815 900 10
630 810 723 50 127 62 6 338 740 780 5
880 761 68 183 92 9,5 359 795 860 8
995 815 107 270 137 12 365 860 950 10
670 880 773 45 135 73 6 361 790 825 5
1 045 864 110 280 141 15 387 905 1 000 12
710 985 855 74 205 103 9,5 404 890 960 8
1 110 917 117 298 149 15 415 965 1 070 12
750 950 858 50 144 74 6 409 880 925 5
1 086 910 76 216 109 9,5 415 935 1 000 8
1 170 964 121 305 153 15 436 1 015 1 120 12
800 1 010 911 52 149 77 7,5 434 935 980 6
1 146 965 77 222 111 9,5 440 995 1 060 8
1 250 1 034 123 324 165 15 462 1 080 1 185 12
850 1 060 967 47 154 82 7,5 455 980 1 030 6
1 315 1 077 142 342 172 15 507 1 160 1 270 12
900 1 394 1 137 147 360 186 15 518 1 215 1 320 12
950 1 185 1 081 58 174 88 7,5 507 1 095 1 155 6
1 470 1 209 153 377 191 15 546 1 275 1 400 12
1 060 1 325 1 211 66 199 100 9,5 566 1 225 1 290 8
1 615 1 349 192 412 207 15 610 1 410 1 555 12
1 180 1 450 1 331 83 199 101 9,5 625 1 345 1 410 8
1 250 1 685 1 474 148 319 161 12 698 1 540 1 640 10
1 600 2 130 1 885 166 395 195 19 894 1 955 2 090 15
887
Engineering products
Hybrid bearings……………………………… 891
INSOCOAT® bearings ……………………… 905
Bearings and bearing units
for high temperatures ……………………… 917
NoWear® bearings …………………………… 939
Bearings and bearing units with Solid Oil…… 945
889
Hybrid bearings
Hybrid bearings ……………………………………………………………………………… 891
SKF hybrid deep groove ball bearings …………………………………………………… 893
Sealed and greased-for-life bearings……………………………………………………… 893
Open design bearings ……………………………………………………………………… 894
Other SKF hybrid bearings ………………………………………………………………… 893
Hybrid high-precision bearings …………………………………………………………… 894
Hybrid bearings with special steel rings and coatings…………………………………… 894
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 895
Dimensions, tolerances, internal clearance ……………………………………………… 895
Speed capability …………………………………………………………………………… 895
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 895
Silicon nitride properties …………………………………………………………………… 895
Electrical properties ………………………………………………………………………… 896
Axial preloading …………………………………………………………………………… 896
Equivalent bearing loads …………………………………………………………………… 896
Supplementary designations ……………………………………………………………… 896
Selection of bearing size …………………………………………………………………… 897
Lubrication …………………………………………………………………………………… 897
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 898
Sealed and greased-for-life hybrid deep groove ball bearings ………………………… 898
Hybrid deep groove ball bearings ………………………………………………………… 902
891
Hybrid bearings
Hybrid bearings Fig 1
Hybrid bearings have rings of bearing steel
and rolling elements of bearing grade silicon
nitride (Si3N4). In addition to being excellent
electric insulators, hybrid bearings have
a higher speed capability and will provide
longer service life than all-steel bearings in
most applications.
The very good electrical insulating prop-
erty is one of the essential features of the
silicon nitride. This protects the rings from
electric current damage and thus increases
bearing service life.
The density of silicon nitride is only 40 % of
the density of bearing steel. Thus the rolling
elements weigh less and have lower inertia.
This means less cage stresses during rapid
starts and stops and also significantly lower Silicon nitride rolling elements have a
friction at high speeds as explained in the lower thermal expansion than steel rolling
section “Friction” on page 102. Lower elements of similar size. This means less
friction means cooler running and longer sensitivity to temperature gradients within
lubricant service life. Hybrid bearings are the bearing and more accurate preload
thus suitable for high rotational speeds. control. When designing bearing arrange-
Under insufficient lubrication conditions ments for very low temperature and as to
there is no smearing between silicon nitride estimate reductions in bearing clearance
and steel. This enables hybrid bearings to of hybrid bearings, please contact the SKF
last much longer in applications operating application engineering service.
under severe dynamic conditions or lubrica-
tion conditions with low operating viscosity
(κ <1). For hybrid bearings it is common to
apply κ =1 for running conditions with κ <1 to
estimate life under such conditions. Hybrid
bearings may perform well, when lubricated
with ultra thin film forming media, such as
refrigerants, enabling oil-free designs but
care needs to be taken in design and mater-
ial selection. In such cases it is recommend-
ed, to consult the SKF application engineer-
ing service before deciding upon design and
ordering.
Silicon nitride has a higher hardness and
higher modulus of elasticity than steel, re-
sulting in increased bearing stiffness and
longer bearing service life in contaminated
environments.
892
SKF hybrid deep groove Sealed and greased-for-life bearings
Sealed and greased-for-life SKF hybrid deep
ball bearings groove ball bearings (➔ fig 2 ) are protected
on both sides either by
The SKF standard range of hybrid bearings
essentially comprises hybrid single row deep • low-friction seals of the RSL design (a)
groove ball bearings (➔ fig 1 ). The reason fitted to bearings with an outside diameter
for it is clear: deep groove ball bearings are up to 25 mm, designation suffix 2RSL;
the most widely used bearing type, especially • low-friction seals of the RSL design (b)
in electric motors, and are very useful for fitted to bearings with an outside diameter
simple designs utilizing greased-for-life over 25 mm and up to and inclusive 52
bearings. Deep raceway grooves and the mm, designation suffix 2RSL;
close conformity between the raceways and • low-friction seals of the RZ design (c) fitted
the balls enable the accommodation of radial to bearings with an outside diameter
loads as well as of axial loads in both direc- above 52 mm, designation suffix 2RZ;
tions. • contact seals of the RS1 design (d),
SKF hybrid deep groove ball bearings are designation suffix 2RS1.
available from 5 up to 110 mm bore diameter
and meet most application needs. Bearings Details regarding the suitability of the differ-
up to 45 mm bore diameter, for example, are ent seals for various operating conditions
most suitable for electrical motors in the will be found in the section “Deep groove
power range of 0,15 up to 15 kW as well as ball bearings”, starting on page 287.
generators, power tools and high-speed The seals are made of acrylonitrile
drives. butadiene rubber (NBR) with sheet steel
There is a wide application field for hybrid reinforcement. The permissible operating
deep groove ball bearings, consequently temperature range for these seals is −40 to
SKF produces +100 °C and up to +120 °C for brief periods.
Sealed bearings are filled as standard with
• sealed and greased-for-life bearings and a premium quality grease, synthetic ester oil
• open design bearings. based using polyurea thickener, bearing
designation suffix WT. It has excellent lubri-
cation properties in the temperature range
from about +70 °C to +120 °C, offers ex-
tremely long life unattainable with other
sealed and greased-for-life bearing designs
Fig 2
a b c d
893
Hybrid bearings
and fits the needs of electrical machinery.
The most important properties of the WT
Other SKF hybrid
grease are listed in table 1 . bearings
Regarding the suitability for high tempera-
tures, the permissible temperature ranges Hybrid high-precision bearings
of the cage and seals have to be taken into The SKF product range also includes a
consideration. For SKF hybrid bearings with selection of
seals of fluoro rubber, which withstand tem-
peratures up to 180 °C please contact the • hybrid high-precision angular contact ball
SKF application engineering service. bearings
• hybrid high-precision cylindrical roller
Open design bearings bearings
In addition to sealed and greased-for-life • hybrid high-precision angular contact
bearings larger SKF hybrid deep groove ball thrust ball bearings, single and double
bearings are also available in open basic direction.
design without seals. If smaller open design
bearings are required and the quantity is Detailed information about these hybrid
small, SKF recommends ordering sealed bearings can be found in the SKF catalogue
hybrid bearings and removing the seals, “High-precision bearings”.
which can be done quite simply. In addition, hybrid single or double row
angular contact ball bearings and hybrid
four-point contact ball bearings can be manu-
factured to special order. In such cases the
SKF application engineering service should
be contacted for further information.
Hybrid bearings with special steel rings
and coatings
SKF hybrid bearings are made as standard
of the same steel as the equivalent all-steel
Table 1 bearing. The standard stabilization tempera-
Properties of WT grease tures are 120 °C for deep grove ball bearings
Properties WT grease
and 150 °C for angular contact ball bearings.
For continuous operation above these tem-
DIN 51825 code K2P-40
peratures it is recommended to use bearings
with rings that are dimensionally stabilized
Thickener Polyurea (Di-urea) for use at higher operating temperatures e.g.
Base oil type Ester
NLGI consistency class 2–3
• up to +150 °C, suffix S0, or
• up to +200 °C, suffix S1.
Temperature range, °C −40 to +160
2
Base oil viscosity, mm /s Hybrid deep groove ball bearings stabilized
at 40 °C 70 to S0 or S1 etc. are normally not stocked.
at 100 °C 9,4
On request hybrid bearings can be manu-
factured with rings of through-hardening
stainless bearing steels with good corrosion,
wear and oxidation resistance and good high
temperature properties. Such bearings can
operate at temperatures up to 300 °C.
For custom-made hybrid bearings with
rings of special stainless steels for cryo-
genic temperatures or of high temperature
894
tool steels please contact the SKF applica- Hybrid bearings with polyamide 6,6 cages
tion engineering service. can be operated at temperatures up to
The rings may be coated for corrosion +120 °C.
protection e.g. with zinc chromate or thin
dense chromium. Low friction coatings of Speed capability
molybdenum base can be applied for Hybrid deep groove ball bearings fitted with
vacuum and gas applications. a polymeric cage can be operated at speeds
in excess of the ratings given for all-steel
bearings. The limiting speeds listed in the
Bearing data – general product tables are valid for bearings with the
standard cage, seal and grease according
Dimensions, tolerances, internal clearance to the bearing designation. Hybrid bearings
SKF hybrid deep groove ball bearings are fitted with PEEK cages can be operated at
standardized bearings and are manufac- higher speeds and temperatures. For more
tured with information please contact the SKF applica-
tion engineering service.
• boundary dimensions to ISO 15:1998 The values for “Reference speed” shown
• Normal tolerances to ISO 492:2002 with the sealed bearings are valid for open
• C3 radial internal clearance to ISO basic design bearings and demonstrate the
5753:1991 as standard (➔ table 2 ). speed capability of these bearings. For sealed
bearings the values listed for “Limiting
Cages speed” should not be exceeded.
Depending on the bearing size SKF hybrid Hybrid bearings perform excellently under
deep groove ball bearings are fitted with a vibrating or oscillating conditions. It is there-
fore not usually necessary to apply special
• snap-type cage of glass fibre reinforced greases or preloads for these conditions.
polyamide 6,6 (➔ fig 3 a) or
• riveted pressed steel cage (➔ fig 3 b). Silicon nitride properties
The properties of the bearing grade silicon
nitride (Si3N4) are presented in the section
Table 2 “Materials for rolling bearings”, starting on
Internal clearance page 138.
Bearing Radial internal
bore diameter clearance
d C3
over incl. min max
mm mm Fig 3
6 8 23
6 10 8 23
10 18 11 25
18 24 13 28
24 30 13 28
30 40 15 33
40 50 18 36
50 65 23 43
65 80 25 51
80 100 30 58
100 120 36 66
a b
895
Hybrid bearings
Electrical properties Supplementary designations
Hybrid bearings provide effective protection The designation suffixes used to identify cer-
against electric arc damage to the grease tain features of SKF hybrid deep groove ball
and raceways caused by both AC and DC bearings are explained in the following.
currents. The impedance for a hybrid bearing
is high, even for very high frequencies, pro- C3 Radial internal clearance greater
viding extremely good protection against than Normal
high frequency current and peaks through F1 Grease filling grade: 10–15 % of the
the ball/raceway contacts. For small hybrid free space in the bearing
bearings equipped with a sheet steel re- HC5 Rolling elements of silicon nitride
inforced contact seal of NBR, the voltage TNH Injection moulded cage of PEEK
level when the first arcing occurs through the TN9 Injection moulded cage of glass
seal/bearing contact is beyond 2,5 kV DC. fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6
For additional information please contact WT Polyurea base grease of consistency
the SKF application engineering service. 2–3 to the NLGI Scale for tempera-
ture range −40 to +160 °C
Axial preloading (normal filling grade)
In order to provide good low noise and 2RS1 Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR)
high-speed operation it is normal to apply seal with sheet steel reinforcement
an axial preload to a bearing arrangement on both sides of the bearing
comprising two hybrid deep groove ball 2RSH2 Fluoro rubber (FKM) seal with sheet
bearings. A particular simple method to apply steel reinforcement on both sides
the axial preload is by using spring washers, of the bearing
as described in the section “Preloading by 2RSL Low-friction, acrylonitrile butadiene
springs”, starting on page 216. The recom- rubber (NBR) seal with sheet steel
mended axial preloads can be calculated as reinforcement on both sides of the
given in this section. For additional informa- bearing
tion please refer to the section “Bearing 2RZ Low-friction, acrylonitrile butadiene
preload”, starting on page 206. rubber (NBR) seal with sheet steel
reinforcement on both sides of the
Equivalent bearing loads bearing
The equivalent dynamic and static bearing
loads of hybrid deep groove ball bearings
are calculated using the equations for all-
steel deep groove ball bearings shown on
page 299.
896
Selection of bearing size Lubrication
When selecting the necessary bearing size Most of the SKF hybrid deep groove ball
of hybrid deep groove ball bearings please bearings are sealed and greased-for-life.
follow the procedure for all-steel bearings in In the case of open bearings and grease
the section “Selection of bearing size”, start- lubrication SKF recommends the SKF grease
ing on page 49. Due to the higher modulus LGHP 2 for electrical motors. For very high-
of elasticity of ceramic baIls the static safety speed applications at temperatures below
factor s0 should be increased by +70 °C the use of either SKF grease LGLC 2
or SKF grease LGLT 2 is recommended. More
s0 hybrid = 1,1 s0 all-steel about the SKF greases can be found in the
section “Lubrication”, starting on page 229.
The recommended values of s0 for all-steel Applications requiring long service life at
bearings can be found in table 10 on page extremely high speeds have to be oil-lubri-
77. cated. The two recommended lubrication
methods in this case are
• oil jet lubrication and
• oil spot lubrication.
Oil spot lubrication, e.g. by the SKF TOS-EX2
system, enables reliable lubrication to be
achieved with extremely small quantities of
oil, which lowers the operating temperatures,
enables higher speeds and reduces oil
emission to the environment.
For more information about the design of
these lubrication arrangements, please refer
to the section “Oil lubrication”, starting on
page 248, and the SKF catalogue “High-
precision bearings”.
897
Sealed and greased-for-life
hybrid deep groove ball bearings
d 5 – 45 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D2 d d2 d1
Principal Basic load Fatique Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
5 16 5 1,14 0,38 0,016 130 000 85 000 0,0050 625-2RZTN9/HC5C3WTF1
6 19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 110 000 70 000 0,0080 626-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WTF1
7 19 6 2,34 0,95 0,04 110 000 70 000 0,0070 607-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WTF1
22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 95 000 63 000 0,012 627-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WTF1
8 22 7 3,45 1,37 0,057 95 000 63 000 0,012 608-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WTF1
10 26 8 4,75 1,96 0,083 85 000 56 000 0,018 6000-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
30 9 5,4 2,36 0,1 75 000 50 000 0,032 6200-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
12 28 8 5,4 2,36 0,1 75 000 50 000 0,022 6001-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
32 10 7,28 3,1 0,132 67 000 45 000 0,037 6201-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
15 32 9 5,85 2,85 0,12 63 000 43 000 0,030 6002-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 60 000 40 000 0,044 6202-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
17 35 10 6,37 3,25 0,137 56 000 38 000 0,038 6003-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
40 12 9,95 4,75 0,2 53 000 34 000 0,059 6203-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
20 42 12 9,95 5 0,212 48 000 32 000 0,062 6004-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 45 000 30 000 0,097 6204-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
25 47 12 11,9 6,55 0,275 40 000 28 000 0,073 6005-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
52 15 14,8 7,8 0,335 38 000 26 000 0,12 6205-2RSLTN9/HC5C3WT
30 55 13 13,8 8,3 0,355 34 000 24 000 0,11 6006-2RZTN9/HC5C3WT
62 16 20,3 11,2 0,475 32 000 22 000 0,18 6206-2RZTN9/HC5C3WT
35 62 14 16,8 10,2 0,44 30 000 20 000 0,15 6007-2RZTN9/HC5C3WT
72 17 27 15,3 0,655 28 000 18 000 0,26 6207-2RZTN9/HC5C3WT
40 68 15 17,8 11,6 0,49 28 000 18 000 0,19 6008-2RZTN9/HC5C3WT
80 18 32,5 19 0,8 24 000 16 000 0,34 6208-2RZTN9/HC5C3WT
45 85 19 35,1 21,6 0,915 22 000 14 000 0,42 6209-2RZTN9/HC5C3WT
100 25 55,3 31,5 1,34 20 000 4 500 0,77 6309-2RS1TN9/HC5C3WT
898
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factor
d d1 d2 D2 r1,2 da da Da ra f0
~ ~ ~ min min max max max
mm mm –
5 8,4 – 13,3 0,3 7,4 – 13,6 0,3 8,4
6 – 9,5 16,5 0,3 8,4 9,4 16,6 0,3 13
7 – 9,5 16,5 0,3 9 9,4 17 0,3 13
– 10,6 19,2 0,3 9,4 10,5 19,6 0,3 12
8 – 10,6 19,2 0,3 10 10,5 20 0,3 12
10 – 13 22,6 0,3 12 12,5 24 0,3 12
– 15,2 24,8 0,6 14,2 15 25,8 0,6 13
12 – 15,2 24,8 0,3 14 15 26 0,3 13
– 16,6 27,4 0,6 16,2 16,5 27,8 0,6 12
15 – 18,7 28,2 0,3 17 18,5 30 0,3 14
– 19,4 30,4 0,6 19,2 19,4 30,8 0,6 13
17 – 20,7 31,4 0,3 19 20,5 33 0,3 14
– 22,2 35 0,6 21,2 22 35,8 0,6 13
20 – 24,9 37,2 0,6 23,2 24,5 38,8 0,6 14
– 26,3 40,6 1 25,6 26 41,4 1 13
25 – 29,7 42,2 0,6 28,2 29,5 43,8 0,6 14
– 31,8 46,3 1 30,6 31,5 46,4 1 14
30 38,2 – 49 1 34,6 – 50,4 1 15
40,4 – 54,1 1 35,6 – 56,4 1 14
35 43,8 – 55,6 1 39,6 – 57,4 1 15
46,9 – 62,7 1,1 42 – 65 1 14
40 49,3 – 61,1 1 44,6 – 63,4 1 15
52,6 – 69,8 1,1 47 – 73 1 14
45 57,6 – 75,2 1,1 52 – 78 1 14
62,2 – 86,7 1,5 54 – 91 1,5 13
899
Sealed and greased-for-life
hybrid deep groove ball bearings
d 50 – 60 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D2 d d1
Principal Basic load Fatique Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
50 80 16 22,9 16 0,71 22 000 5 000 0,25 6010-2RS1/HC5C3WT
90 20 37,1 23,2 0,98 20 000 4 800 0,44 6210-2RS1/HC5C3WT
55 90 18 29,6 21,2 0,9 20 000 4 500 0,37 6011-2RS1/HC5C3WT
100 21 46,2 29 1,25 19 000 4 300 0,59 6211-2RS1/HC5C3WT
60 95 18 30,7 23,2 0,98 19 000 4 300 0,39 6012-2RS1/HC5C3WT
110 22 55,3 36 1,53 17 000 4 000 0,71 6212-2RS1/HC5C3WT
900
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factor
d d1 D2 r1,2 da Da ra f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
50 59,8 72,8 1 54,6 75,4 1 15
62,5 81,6 1,1 57 83 1 14
55 66,3 81,5 1,1 61 84 1 15
69,1 89,4 1,5 64 91 1,5 14
60 71,3 86,5 1,1 66 89 1 16
75,5 98 1,5 69 101 1,5 14
901
Hybrid deep groove ball bearings
d 65 – 110 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1
Principal Basic load Fatique Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions ratings load Refer- Limiting
dynamic static limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
65 100 18 31,9 25 1,06 18 000 10 000 0,41 6013/HC5C3
120 23 58,5 40,5 1,73 16 000 8 500 0,92 6213/HC5C3
70 110 20 39,7 31 1,32 16 000 9 000 0,57 6014/HC5C3
125 24 63,7 45 1,9 15 000 8 500 0,99 6214/HC5C3
75 160 37 119 76,5 3 12 000 6 700 2,60 6315/HC5C3
80 170 39 130 86,5 3,25 12 000 6 300 2,80 6316/HC5C3
95 200 45 159 118 4,15 9 500 5 300 4,90 6319/HC5C3
110 240 50 203 180 5,7 8 000 4 500 8,15 6322/HC5C3
902
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet Calculation
dimensions factor
d d1 D1 r1,2 da Da ra f0
~ ~ min min max max
mm mm –
65 76,3 91,5 1,1 71 94 1 16
83,3 106 1,5 74 111 1,5 15
70 82,9 99,9 1,1 76 104 1 16
87,1 111 1,5 79 116 1,5 15
75 101 138 2,1 87 148 2 13
80 108 147 2,1 92 158 2 13
95 121 172 3 109 186 2,5 13
110 149 205 3 124 226 2,5 13
903
INSOCOAT bearings ®
INSOCOAT bearing designs ………………………………………………………………… 907
INSOCOAT bearings with coated outer ring ……………………………………………… 907
INSOCOAT bearings with coated inner ring ……………………………………………… 907
Other INSOCOAT bearings ………………………………………………………………… 907
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 908
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 908
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 908
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 908
Cages ………………………………………………………………………………………… 908
Electrical properties ………………………………………………………………………… 908
Design of associated components ………………………………………………………… 909
Mounting and maintenance ………………………………………………………………… 909
Additional information ……………………………………………………………………… 909
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 910
INSOCOAT deep groove ball bearings …………………………………………………… 910
INSOCOAT cylindrical roller bearings …………………………………………………… 914
905
INSOCOAT bearings
Rolling bearings in electric motors, gener- grating the electrical insulation function into
ators or associated equipment are at risk the bearing, SKF has been able to increase
from the passage of electric current, which reliability and machine uptime by virtually
can damage the surfaces of rolling elements eliminating this failure mode.
and raceways in the bearing and degrade the INSOCOAT bearings have a 100 µm thick
grease rapidly. The risk of damage increases layer of aluminium oxide on the exterior of
greatly if a frequency converter controls the the outer or inner ring, that can withstand
motor, which is becoming increasingly com- voltages up to 1 000 V DC. The SKF plasma
mon. In a frequency controlled induction spray coating technique provides an ex-
motor, an additional risk for high frequency tremely coherent coating of uniform thick-
bearing currents occurs due to the inherent ness, which is further treated to make it
stray capacitances within the motor. insensitive to moisture and humidity.
To solve this problem and to protect the SKF INSOCOAT bearings are robust
bearings against electric current passage, and can be handled in the same way as
SKF has developed INSOCOAT® bearings – normal non-insulated bearings.
electrically insulated rolling bearings (➔ fig 1 ).
An INSOCOAT bearing is a very economical
solution compared with other insulation
methods that protect the bearing. By inte-
Fig 1
906
INSOCOAT bearing Other INSOCOAT
designs bearings
SKF INSOCOAT bearings are available from If the standard range of INSOCOAT deep
stock as groove ball bearings and cylindrical roller
bearings is inadequate please contact the
• single row deep groove ball bearings and SKF application engineering service for in-
• single row cylindrical roller bearings formation about the complete manufacturing
programme of INSOCOAT bearings. Other
in the most frequently used sizes and vari- types and sizes of INSOCOAT bearings that
ants. The performance data as well as the are not listed in the standard range and
dimensional and running accuracy of the INSOCOAT bearings with an aluminium-
INSOCOAT bearings are identical to those oxide layer up to 300 µm thickness on the
of standard non-insulated bearings. bearing outer ring are available on request.
The SKF standard range includes bear-
ings either with coated outer ring or inner ring
of open design. Deep groove ball bearings
with Z shields or with RS1 contact seals can
also be supplied by SKF. Before deciding
upon design and ordering, please consult
the SKF application engineering service.
INSOCOAT bearings with coated outer ring
Bearings with electrically insulating coating
on the external surfaces of the outer ring
are the most common INSOCOAT bearings.
They are identified by the suffix VL0241.
The range of outer ring coated bearings
covers bearings with outside diameters of
80 mm and above. For applications where
smaller bearings are needed, the use of SKF
hybrid deep groove ball bearings is recom-
mended (➔ page 893).
INSOCOAT bearings with coated inner ring
Bearings with INSOCOAT coating on the Fig 2
external surfaces of the inner ring (➔ fig 2 )
provide enhanced protection against electric
current damage due to the increased imped-
ance because of the smaller coated surface
area. They are identified by the suffix VL2071.
The range of inner ring coated bearings
covers bearings with bore diameters of
70 mm and above.
907
INSOCOAT bearings
Bearing data – general Cages
Depending on the bearing type and size,
Dimensions INSOCOAT bearings are equipped with one
The boundary dimensions of INSOCOAT of the following cages:
deep groove ball bearings as well as cylin-
drical roller bearings are in accordance with • an injection moulded cage of glass fibre
ISO 15:1998. reinforced polyamide 6,6, designation
suffix P,
Tolerances • an unhardened pressed steel cage, no
The INSOCOAT bearings are produced to designation suffix, or
Normal tolerances. Some deep groove ball • a two-piece machined brass rolling
bearings are also available with higher ac- element centred cage, designation
curacy to tolerance class P5. The values of suffix M.
the tolerances conform to ISO 492:2002 and
are shown in tables 3 and 5 on pages 125 For more detailed information on these
and 127. cages please refer to the sections “Deep
The aluminium-oxide layer of nominal 100 groove ball bearings”, starting on page 287,
µm thickness applied either to the outer ring and “Single row cylindrical roller bearings”,
surfaces or the inner ring surfaces does not starting on page 501.
influence the accuracy.
Electrical properties
Internal clearance The INSOCOAT layer provides effective
INSOCOAT deep groove ball bearings and protection against AC and DC currents.
cylindrical roller bearings are manufactured The minimum ohmic resistance is 50 MΩ at
as standard with radial internal clearance 1 000 V DC. Tests at SKF have shown that
shown within the bearing designation. The electrical breakdown of the insulating layer
availability of bearings with clearance other occurs above 3 000 V DC.
than standard should be checked before
ordering.
The clearance limits will be found for
• the deep groove ball bearings in table 3
on page 297 and for
• the cylindrical roller bearings in table 2
on page 507.
The values are valid before mounting under
zero measuring load.
908
Design of associated Mounting and
components maintenance
For insulation reasons it is recommended During mounting INSOCOAT bearings can
that for be handled as standard bearings. Proper
lubrication is important to utilize fully the ser-
• bearings with coated outer ring, type vice life of INSOCOAT bearings. The best
VL0241, the housing shoulder or spacer method is frequent re-greasing.
sleeve should not have a smaller diameter
than the abutment dimension Da min
(➔ fig 3 a) listed in the product tables.
• bearings with coated inner ring, type
Additional information
VL2071, the shaft shoulder or spacer For additional information concerning
sleeve should not have a larger diameter INSOCOAT bearings, please contact the
than the abutment dimension da max SKF application engineering service.
(➔ fig 3 b) listed in the product tables.
Fig 3
Da min
d a max
909
INSOCOAT deep groove ball bearings
d 40 – 100 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
40 90 23 41 24 1,02 17 000 15 000 0,75 6308 M/C4VL0241
50 110 27 61,8 38 1,6 13 000 12 000 1,25 6310 M/C3VL0241
60 130 31 81,9 52 2,2 11 000 10 000 2,00 6312 M/C3VL0241
65 140 33 92,3 60 2,5 10 000 9 500 2,50 6313 M/C3VL0241
70 125 24 60,5 45 1,9 11 000 10 000 1,25 6214 M/C4VL0241
150 35 104 68 2,75 9 500 6 300 2,50 6314/C3VL0241
150 35 104 68 2,75 9 500 9 000 3,05 6314 M/C3VL0241
150 35 104 68 2,75 9 500 9 000 3,05 6314 M/C4VL0241
75 130 25 66,3 49 2,04 10 000 9 500 1,40 6215 M/C4VL0241
160 37 114 76,5 3 9 000 5 600 3,05 6315/C3VL0241
160 37 114 76,5 3 9 000 8 000 3,70 6315 M/C3VL0241
80 170 39 124 86,5 3,25 8 500 5 300 3,55 6316/C3VL0241
170 39 124 86,5 3,25 8 500 7 500 4,35 6316 M/C3VL0241
170 39 124 86,5 3,25 8 500 7 500 4,35 6316 M/C4VL0241
170 39 124 86,5 3,25 8 500 5 300 3,55 6316/C3VL2071
85 180 41 133 96,5 3,55 8 000 7 500 5,15 6317 M/C3VL0241
90 160 30 95,8 73,5 2,8 8 500 7 500 2,60 6218 M/C3VL0241
190 43 143 108 3,8 7 500 4 800 4,90 6318/C3VL0241
190 43 143 108 3,8 7 500 7 000 5,70 6318 M/C3VL0241
190 43 143 108 3,8 7 500 7 000 5,70 6318 M/P64VL0241
190 43 143 108 3,8 7 500 7 000 5,70 6318 M/C3VL2071
95 200 45 153 118 4,15 7 000 6 300 6,75 6319 M/C3VL0241
200 45 153 118 4,15 7 000 6 300 6,75 6319 M/C4VL0241
200 45 153 118 4,15 7 000 4 500 5,65 6319/C3VL2071
100 215 47 174 140 4,75 6 700 4 300 7,00 6320/C3VL0241
215 47 174 140 4,75 6 700 6 000 8,55 6320 M/C3VL0241
910
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da da Da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max min max max
mm mm –
40 56,1 74,2 79,8 1,5 49 – 81 81 1,5 0,03 13
50 68,7 91,6 96,8 2 61 – 99 99 2 0,03 13
60 81,6 109 114 2,1 72 – 118 118 2 0,03 13
65 88,3 117 124 2,1 77 – 128 128 2 0,03 13
70 87 108 113 1,5 79 – 116 116 1,5 0,025 15
95 126 132 2,1 82 – 136 138 2 0,03 13
95 126 132 2,1 82 – 136 138 2 0,03 13
95 126 132 2,1 82 – 136 138 2 0,03 13
75 92 114 118 1,5 84 – 121 121 1,5 0,025 15
101 134 141 2,1 87 – 146 148 2 0,03 13
101 134 141 2,1 87 – 146 148 2 0,03 13
80 108 143 149 2,1 92 – 154 158 2 0,03 13
108 143 149 2,1 92 – 154 158 2 0,03 13
108 143 149 2,1 92 – 154 158 2 0,03 13
108 143 149 2,1 92 103 – 158 2 0,03 13
85 115 152 158 3 99 – 163 166 2,5 0,03 13
90 112 139 145 2 101 – 149 149 2 0,025 15
121 160 166 3 104 – 171 176 2,5 0,03 13
121 160 166 3 104 – 171 176 2,5 0,03 13
121 160 166 3 104 – 171 176 2,5 0,03 13
121 160 166 3 104 116 – 176 2,5 0,03 13
95 127 169 174 3 109 – 179 186 2,5 0,03 13
127 169 174 3 109 – 179 186 2,5 0,03 13
127 169 174 3 109 122 – 186 2,5 0,03 13
100 135 181 186 3 114 – 191 201 2,5 0,03 13
135 181 186 3 114 – 191 201 2,5 0,03 13
911
INSOCOAT deep groove ball bearings
d 110 – 150 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
110 200 38 143 118 4 6 700 6 300 5,30 6222 M/C3VL0241
240 50 203 180 5,7 6 000 3 800 9,65 6322/C3VL0241
240 50 203 180 5,7 6 000 5 300 11,5 6322 M/C3VL0241
240 50 203 180 5,7 6 000 5 300 11,5 6322 M/C4VL0241
240 50 203 180 5,7 6 000 3 800 9,65 6322/C3VL2071
120 260 55 208 186 5,7 5 600 3 400 12,2 6324/C3VL0241
260 55 208 186 5,7 5 600 3 400 12,2 6324/P63VL0241
260 55 208 186 5,7 5 600 5 000 15,2 6324 M/C3VL0241
260 55 208 186 5,7 5 600 3 400 12,2 6324/C3VL2071
130 230 40 156 132 4,15 5 600 3 600 5,75 6226/C3VL0241
280 58 229 216 6,3 5 000 3 200 14,7 6326/C3VL0241
280 58 229 216 6,3 5 000 4 500 17,7 6326 M/C3VL0241
280 58 229 216 6,3 5 000 3 200 14,7 6326/C3VL2071
140 300 62 251 245 7,1 4 800 4 300 21,3 6328 M/C3VL0241
150 270 45 174 166 4,9 5 000 3 200 10,1 6230/P53VL0241
320 65 276 285 7,8 4 300 4 000 26,0 6330 M/C3VL0241
320 65 276 285 7,8 4 300 4 000 26,0 6330 M/C3VL2071
912
ra
ra
Da da
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factors
d d1 D1 D2 r1,2 da da Da Da ra kr f0
~ ~ ~ min min max min max max
mm mm –
110 138 173 179 2,1 122 – 184 188 2 0,025 14
149 201 207 3 124 – 213 226 2,5 0,03 13
149 201 207 3 124 – 213 226 2,5 0,03 13
149 201 207 3 124 – 213 226 2,5 0,03 13
149 201 207 3 124 143 – 226 2,5 0,03 13
120 164 216 – 3 134 – 222 246 2,5 0,03 14
164 216 – 3 134 – 222 246 2,5 0,03 14
164 216 – 3 134 – 222 246 2,5 0,03 14
164 216 – 3 134 158 – 246 2,5 0,03 14
130 160 199 205 3 144 – 211 216 2,5 0,025 15
177 233 – 4 147 – 239 263 3 0,03 14
177 233 – 4 147 – 239 263 3 0,03 14
177 233 – 4 147 171 – 263 3 0,03 14
140 190 250 – 4 157 – 256 283 3 0,03 14
150 190 229 – 3 164 – 235 256 2,5 0,025 15
206 265 – 4 167 – 271 303 3 0,03 14
206 265 – 4 167 200 – 303 3 0,03 14
913
INSOCOAT cylindrical roller bearings
d 75 – 120 mm
B
r2
r1
r3
r4
D D1 d F
Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation
dimensions dynamic static load Refer- Limiting
limit ence speed
d D B C C0 Pu speed
mm kN kN r/min kg –
75 160 37 280 265 33,5 4 500 5 300 3,30
* NU 315 ECP/VL0241
85 180 41 340 335 41,5 4 000 4 800 5,25
* NU 317 ECM/C3VL0241
90 160 30 208 220 27 4 500 5 000 2,75
* NU 218 ECM/C3VL0241
95 200 45 390 390 46,5 3 600 4 300 7,25
* NU 319 ECM/C3VL0241
110 240 50 530 540 61 3 000 3 400 12,0
* NU 322 ECM/C3VL0241
120 260 55 610 620 69,5 2 800 3 200 15,2
* NU 324 ECM/C3VL0241
* SKF Explorer bearing
914
ra
rb
Da da db
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Calculation
factor
d D1 F r1,2 r3,4 s1) da da db Da Da ra rb kr
~ min min min max min min max max max
mm mm –
75 136 95 2,1 2,1 1,8 87 92 97 141 148 2 2 0,15
85 153 108 3 3 2,3 99 105 111 158 166 2,5 2,5 0,15
90 139 107 2 2 1,8 101 104 110 144 149 2 2 0,15
95 170 121,5 3 3 2,9 109 118 124 175 186 2,5 2,5 0,15
110 201 143 3 3 3 124 139 146 207 226 2,5 2,5 0,15
120 219 154 3 3 3,7 134 150 157 225 246 2,5 2,5 0,15
1)
Permissible axial displacement from normal position of one bearing ring in relation to the other
915
Bearings and
bearing units for
high temperatures
Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures ………………………………………… 919
VA201 design for the most common applications ……………………………………… 919
2Z/VA201 design with protective shields ………………………………………………… 919
2Z/VA208 design for high demands ……………………………………………………… 919
2Z/VA228 design for top requirements …………………………………………………… 919
2Z/VA216 design for aggressive environments ………………………………………… 920
Y-bearings for high temperatures ………………………………………………………… 920
Y-bearings of the VA201 and VA228 designs …………………………………………… 920
Y-bearing units for high temperatures …………………………………………………… 921
Bearing data – general ……………………………………………………………………… 922
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 922
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 922
Internal clearance …………………………………………………………………………… 922
Misalignment………………………………………………………………………………… 922
Speeds ……………………………………………………………………………………… 923
Design of associated components ………………………………………………………… 923
Selection of bearing size …………………………………………………………………… 924
Maintenance…………………………………………………………………………………… 925
Additional information ……………………………………………………………………… 925
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 926
Single row deep groove ball bearings for high temperatures …………………………… 926
Y-bearings for high temperatures with grub screw locking for metric shafts ………… 930
Y-bearings for high temperatures with grub screw locking for inch shafts …………… 931
Y-bearing plummer (pillow) block units for high temperatures and metric shafts …… 932
Y-bearing plummer (pillow) block units for high temperatures and inch shafts ……… 933
Y-bearing flanged units with square housing for high temperatures and metric shafts 934
Y-bearing flanged units with square housing for high temperatures and inch shafts … 935
Y-bearing flanged units with oval housing for high temperatures and metric shafts … 936
Y-bearing flanged units with oval housing for high temperatures and inch shafts …… 937
917
Bearings and bearing units for high temperatures
Fig 1 For bearing arrangements which have to op-
erate at extreme temperatures in the range
−150 to +350 °C, or which have to withstand
very large temperature differences, e.g. in
kiln trucks, furnaces or the conveyor sys-
tems of lacquering equipment, normal
rolling bearings are unsuitable. SKF has
therefore developed high-temperature
• deep groove ball bearings (➔ fig 1 ),
• Y-bearings (➔ fig 2 ),
• Y-bearing plummer block units (➔ fig 3 )
• and Y-bearing flanged units
to meet the widely differing engineering
demands for
• reduced machine operating costs,
Fig 2 • extended maintenance-free service life
• and high operational reliability
in this wide temperature range, even in a
severe environment. The bearings and units
for high temperature belonging to the SKF
standard assortment are described in the
following and listed in the relevant product
tables. To special order SKF can produce
bearings for extreme low or high tempera-
tures, which are engineered to meet specific
needs. If such engineering products are
required, the SKF application engineering
service should be contacted.
Fig 3
918
Deep groove ball 2Z/VA201 design with protective shields
The bearings of the 2Z/VA201 design (➔ fig 4 b)
bearings for high are of the same design as the VA201 bearings
but have protective shields on both sides to
temperatures prevent the ingress of solid contaminants.
Additionally, these bearings have twice the
SKF deep groove ball bearings for high as amount of the polyalkylene glycol/graphite
well low temperatures correspond in design mixture as the open VA201 design bearings.
to the appropriate standard single row deep
groove ball bearings. They have no filling slots 2Z/VA208 design for high demands
and are able to accommodate moderate These bearings (➔ fig 4 c) have a segmented
axial loads in addition to radial loads. The cage of graphite and can be used at tempera-
characteristic features of these bearings tures between −150 and +350 °C. The seg-
include large radial internal clearance and ments separate the balls and also provide
special cages. The large clearance is four the necessary lubrication. The bearings are
times the C5 clearance and prevents the fitted with two shields, which axially guide
bearings from seizing even when they are the cage segments and prevent the entry of
rapidly cooled. All surfaces of the bearings solid contaminants. The minute quantities of
and the shields are manganese phosphated. graphite powder released by the cage during
This provides protection against corrosion rotation provide adequate lubrication for the
and improves running properties. bearing.
SKF deep groove ball bearings for high An additional advantage of these bearings
temperatures have a cylindrical bore and is that they are environmentally friendly. Even
are available in five different designs as at maximum temperatures, no dangerous
described in the following. gases or vapours are emitted.
VA201 design for the most common 2Z/VA228 design for top requirements
applications The 2Z/VA228 design bearings (➔ fig 4 d) are
Bearings of the VA201 design (➔ fig 4 a) are the “top-of-the-range” among SKF products
not sealed and have a pressed steel cage. for high temperatures. They are fitted with a
They are lubricated with a polyalkylene “coronet” cage of pure graphite, which opens
glycol/graphite mixture which can be used up additional application areas for these
at temperatures between −40 and +250 °C. high-temperature bearings. The coronet cage
At temperatures above +200 °C, dry lubric- is a unique SKF development and permits
ation pertains. operating speeds of up to 100 r/min.
Fig 4
a b c d
919
Bearings and bearing units for high temperatures
In all other respects the bearings are the
same as the VA208 bearings.
Y-bearings for high
temperatures
2Z/VA216 design for aggressive
environments SKF Y-bearings for high temperatures corres-
For bearing arrangements where the environ- pond in design to the appropriate Y-bearings
ment is particularly aggressive, bearings in the YAR 2-2FW series with grub screw
of the 2Z/VA216 design are recommended. locking. The characteristic features of these
These bearings are charged with a creamy- bearings for extreme temperatures include
white multi-purpose grease based on a large radial internal clearance and special
fluorized polyether oil mixed with PTFE, for cages and shields. As for the high-tempera-
operating temperatures from −40 to +230 °C. ture deep groove ball bearings all surfaces of
Otherwise the bearings have the same the Y-bearings are manganese phosphated.
design as 2Z/VA201. This provides protection against corrosion
For normal cases, the lubricant fill is be- and improves running properties.
tween 25 and 35 % of the free space in the SKF Y-bearings for high as well as low
bearing. On request other filling grades can temperatures are available in two different
be supplied. designs.
Y-bearings of the VA201 and VA228
designs
Y-bearings of the VA201 (➔ fig 5 a) and the
VA228 (➔ fig 5 b) designs have the same
features as the deep groove ball bearing
designs having the same V-number identi-
fication with the exception of the bearing
clearance, which is only twice the C5 clear-
ance. The Y-bearings are fitted with pressed
steel shields and flingers at both sides,
which protect the bearings from solid
contaminants.
Fig 5
a b
920
Fig 6
Y-bearing units for high
temperatures
Y-bearing units for high temperatures have
a grey cast iron housing and are available in
three different designs
• plummer (pillow) block units (➔ fig 6 ),
• flanged units with square housing with
four bolt holes (➔ fig 7 ) and
• flanged units with oval housing with two
bolt holes (➔ fig 8 )
The Y-bearings incorporated are described
above. The cast housings of the units are
interchangeable with those of the standard
Y-bearing units except for a few sizes where
Fig 7 some dimensions differ slightly. The hous-
ings are zinc coated and yellow chromated to
provide better protection against corrosion.
The housings do not have a grease nipple
as the incorporated bearings are lubricated
for life. The housing bore is coated with a
lubricating paste and the tolerances are
such that alignment is maintained at all
times and at all temperatures.
Fig 8
921
Bearings and bearing units for high temperatures
Bearing data – general Internal clearance
SKF deep groove ball bearings for high tem-
Dimensions peratures are manufactured with four times
The boundary dimensions of the standard C5 clearance. The Y-bearings
and the corresponding Y-bearing units have
• the deep groove ball bearings are in twice the standard C5 clearance according
accordance with ISO 15:1998, to ISO 5753:1991.
• the Y- bearings are in accordance with The clearance limits for the various bear-
ISO 9628:1992, ings will be found in table 2 and are valid
• the Y- bearing units are in accordance before mounting under zero measuring load.
with ISO 3228:1993.
Misalignment
Tolerances Because of their large internal clearance, the
The deep groove ball bearings and the deep groove ball bearings for high tempera-
Y-bearings are produced to Normal toler- tures can tolerate angular misalignments of
ances in accordance with the outer ring in relation to the inner ring of
20 to 30 minutes of arc. This applies only
• ISO 492:2002 (➔ table 3 , page 125) and when the bearings rotate slowly as the rolling
• ISO 9628:1992 (➔ table 1 ), respectively conditions in the bearing under such mis-
alignments are unfavourable.
However, because the bearings have been During mounting Y-bearing units are able to
especially surface treated to protect against compensate for errors of alignment up to 5°.
corrosion and improve running properties,
there may be slight deviations from the stand-
ard tolerances. Any such deviations will
have no influence on mounting or bearing
operation.
The Y-bearings for inch shafts are made to
the same tolerances as the corresponding
basic bearing for metric shafts.
The tolerances for the height of the shaft
axis above the support surface, dimension H1
of the plummer block units are 0/−0,25 mm.
Table 1 Table 2
Tolerances of Y-bearings Radial internal clearance
Nominal Bore Outside Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter diameter diameter diameter Deep groove Y-bearings
Deviation Deviation d ball bearings Y-bearing units
over incl high. low high low over incl. min max min max
mm µm µm mm µm µm
18 30 +18 0 – – 10 80 148 – –
30 50 +21 0 0 −10 10 18 100 180 – –
18 24 112 192 56 96
50 80 +24 0 0 −10
80 120 +28 0 0 −15 24 30 120 212 60 106
30 40 160 256 80 128
40 50 180 292 90 146
50 65 220 360 110 180
65 80 260 420 130 210
80 100 300 480 150 240
922
Speeds
SKF deep groove ball bearings as well as
Design of associated
Y-bearings for high temperatures in the components
VA201, VA208 and VA228 design are de-
veloped for bearing arrangements where It is advisable to provide support to the
they rotate slowly, i.e. a few revolutions per shields of deep groove ball bearings of the
minute. Experience has shown, however, 2Z/VA228 and 2Z/VA208 design because of
that it is possible to run bearings for long the axial guidance they have to provide for
periods at speeds up to 100 r/min without the graphite cage (➔ fig 9 ). Therefore, it is
maintenance. It is recommended to contact recommended that the housing shoulder or
the SKF application engineering service if spacer sleeve should have a smaller diameter
the bearings are to be used at higher than the outer ring shoulder diameter D2
speeds. given in the product table. If this is not pos-
sible a support washer with the appropriate
housing bore diameter should be inserted
between the bearing and housing shoulder
or spacer sleeve.
Fig 9
923
Bearings and bearing units for high temperatures
Selection of bearing size For different loads and temperatures the
requisite basic static load rating C0 req is
The requisite size is determined based on shown in table 4 . Using the requisite basic
the basic static load rating C0 as these bear- static load rating calculated from the above,
ings and Y-bearing units rotate at very slow or taken from table 4 , a suitable bearing
speeds. or Y-bearing unit can be selected from the
At high temperatures, the load carrying product tables.
capacity of a bearing is reduced. This is The bearing or Y-bearing unit selected
taken into account by multiplying the basic should have a C0 value that is equal to or
static load rating C0 by a temperature factor greater than the requisite value.
fT .
The requisite basic static load rating can
be determined using Table 4
Requisite basic static load rating for different loads
C0 req = 2 P0/fT and temperatures
Bearing Requisite basic static load rating C0
where load for operating temperatures up to
150 °C 200 °C 250 °C 300 °C 350 °C
C0 req = requisite basic static load rating, kN
P0 = equivalent static bearing load, kN kN kN
fT = temperature factor (➔ table 3 )
0,5 1 1,05 1,11 1,2 1,56
1 2 2,1 2,22 2,5 3,12
The equivalent static bearing load P0 is 2 4 4,2 4,44 5 6,25
obtained from 3 6 6,3 6,67 7,5 9,4
4 8 8,4 8,9 10 12,5
P0 = 0,6 Fr + 0,5 Fa 5 10 10,5 11,1 12,5 15,6
6 12 12,6 13,3 15 18,8
where 7 14 14,7 15,5 17,5 21,9
8 16 16,8 17,8 20 25
Fr = actual radial bearing load, kN
Fa = actual axial bearing load, kN 9 18 18,9 19,9 22,5 28,1
10 20 21 22,2 25 31,3
11 22 23,1 24,5 27,5 34,4
When calculating P0 the maximum load that 12 24 25,2 26,7 30 37,5
can occur should be used and its radial and 13 26 27,3 29 32,5 40,5
axial components inserted in the equation 14 28 29,4 31,1 35 44
above. If P0 < Fr, then P0 = Fr should be used. 15 30 31,5 33,3 37,5 47
16 32 33,6 35 40 50
17 34 35,7 37,8 42,5 53
Table 3 18 36 37,8 40 45 56
19 38 40 42 47,5 60
Temperature factor fT 20 40 42 44,5 50 62,5
Operating Factor 22 44 46 49 55 69
temperature fT 24 48 50,5 53 60 75
26 52 54,5 58 65 81
°C – 28 56 59 62 70 87,5
30 60 63 66,5 75 94
32 64 67 71 80 –
150 1
200 0,95 34 68 71,5 75,5 85 –
250 0,9 36 72 75,5 80 90 –
38 76 80 84,5 85 –
300 0,8
350 0,64 40 80 84 89 – –
42 84 88,5 9,5 – –
44 88 92,5 – – –
924
Maintenance
SKF bearings and Y-bearing units for high
temperatures are lubricated for life and are
therefore without any relubrication facility.
The open deep groove ball bearings of the
VA201 design however should be inspected
after some six months of operation. It is
sufficient to open the housing or in case of
kiln trucks to withdraw the wheel with the
bearing from the journal and to remove
contaminants using bellows.
If there is no longer a film of dry lubricant on
the raceways, indicated by a bright metallic
shiny track, the bearing should be re-lubri-
cated using the original black, high-tempera-
ture paste, which is a mixture of polyalkylene
glycol and graphite.
Additional information
For additional information about
• selection of bearing type,
• selection of bearing size,
• arrangement design,
• mounting and dismounting or
• maintenance,
please ask for appropriate information
material or contact the SKF application
engineering service.
925
Single row deep groove ball bearings
for high temperatures
d 10 – 45 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
VA201 2Z/VA201 2Z/VA208 2Z/VA228
Dimensions Basic Mass Designation
static load
rating
d D B d1 D1 D2 r1,2 C0
~ ~ ~ min
mm kN kg –
10 35 11 17,5 27,1 28,7 0,6 3,4 0,053 6300-2Z/VA201
12 32 10 18,2 25,9 27,4 0,6 3,1 0,037 6201/VA201
32 10 18,2 25,9 27,4 0,6 3,1 0,037 6201-2Z/VA201
32 10 18,2 25,9 27,4 0,6 3,1 0,037 6201-2Z/VA228
15 35 11 21,5 29,2 30,4 0,6 3,75 0,045 6202/VA201
35 11 21,5 29,2 30,4 0,6 3,75 0,045 6202-2Z/VA201
35 11 21,5 29,2 30,4 0,6 3,75 0,043 6202-2Z/VA228
35 10 22,7 29,5 31,2 0,3 3,25 0,039 6003/VA201
17 40 12 24,2 32,9 35 0,6 4,75 0,065 6203/VA201
40 12 24,2 32,9 35 0,6 4,75 0,065 6203-2Z/VA201
40 12 24,2 32,9 35 0,6 4,75 0,060 6203-2Z/VA228
20 42 12 27,2 35,1 37,2 0,6 5 0,068 6004-2Z/VA208
47 14 28,5 38,7 40,6 1 6,55 0,11 6204/VA201
47 14 28,5 38,7 40,6 1 6,55 0,11 6204-2Z/VA201
47 14 28,5 38,7 40,6 1 6,55 0,10 6204-2Z/VA228
52 15 30,3 42,1 44,8 1,1 7,8 0,13 6304/VA201
52 15 30,3 42,1 44,8 1,1 7,8 0,13 6304-2Z/VA201
52 15 30,3 42,1 44,8 1,1 7,8 0,13 6304-2Z/VA208
25 47 12 32 40,3 42,2 0,6 6,55 0,08 6005/VA201
47 12 32 40,3 42,2 0,6 6,55 0,08 6005-2Z/VA201
47 12 32 40,3 42,2 0,6 6,55 0,08 6005-2Z/VA208
52 15 34 44,2 46,3 1 7,8 0,13 6205/VA201
52 15 34 44,2 46,3 1 7,8 0,13 6205-2Z/VA201
52 15 34 44,2 46,3 1 7,8 0,12 6205-2Z/VA228
62 17 36,6 50,9 52,7 1,1 11,6 0,23 6305/VA201
62 17 36,6 50,9 52,7 1,1 11,6 0,22 6305-2Z/VA228
926
Dimensions Basic Mass Designation
static load
rating
d D B d1 D1 D2 r1,2 C0
~ ~ ~ min
mm kN kg –
30 55 13 38,2 47,1 49 1 8,3 0,11 6006-2Z/VA208
62 16 40,3 52,1 54,1 1 11,2 0,20 6206/VA201
62 16 40,3 52,1 54,1 1 11,2 0,20 6206-2Z/VA201
62 16 40,3 52,1 54,1 1 11,2 0,19 6206-2Z/VA208
62 16 40,3 52,1 54,1 1 11,2 0,19 6206-2Z/VA228
72 19 44,6 59,9 61,9 1,1 16 0,35 6306/VA201
72 19 44,6 59,9 61,9 1,1 16 0,34 6306-2Z/VA208
72 19 44,6 59,9 61,9 1,1 16 0,34 6306-2Z/VA228
35 72 17 46,9 60,6 62,7 1,1 15,3 0,29 6207/VA201
72 17 46,9 60,6 62,7 1,1 15,3 0,29 6207-2Z/VA201
72 17 46,9 60,6 62,7 1,1 15,3 0,28 6207-2Z/VA208
72 17 46,9 60,6 62,7 1,1 15,3 0,28 6207-2Z/VA228
80 21 49,5 66,1 69,2 1,5 19 0,46 6307/VA201
80 21 49,5 66,1 69,2 1,5 19 0,44 6307-2Z/VA208
40 68 15 49,2 59,1 61,1 1 11,6 0,17 6008-2Z/VA208
80 18 52,6 67,9 69,8 1,1 19 0,37 6208/VA201
80 18 52,6 67,9 69,8 1,1 19 0,37 6208-2Z/VA201
80 18 52,6 67,9 69,8 1,1 19 0,35 6208-2Z/VA208
80 18 52,6 67,9 69,8 1,1 19 0,35 6208-2Z/VA228
90 23 56,1 74,7 77,7 1,5 24 0,63 6308/VA201
90 23 56,1 74,7 77,7 1,5 24 0,63 6308-2Z/V201
90 23 56,1 74,7 77,7 1,5 24 0,61 6308-2Z/VA208
90 23 56,1 74,7 77,7 1,5 24 0,61 6308-2Z/VA228
45 85 19 57,6 72,9 75,2 1,1 21,6 0,41 6209/VA201
85 19 57,6 72,9 75,2 1,1 21,6 0,41 6209-2Z/VA201
85 19 57,6 72,9 75,2 1,1 21,6 0,39 6209-2Z/VA208
85 19 57,6 72,9 75,2 1,1 21,6 0,39 6209-2Z/VA228
100 25 62,1 83,7 86,7 1,5 31,5 0,83 6309/VA201
100 25 62,1 83,7 86,7 1,5 31,5 0,79 6309-2Z/VA208
927
Single row deep groove ball bearings
for high temperatures
d 50 – 120 mm
B
r2
r1
r1
r2
D D1 d d1 D2
VA201 2Z/VA201 2Z/VA208 2Z/VA228
Dimensions Basic Mass Designation
static load
rating
d D B d1 D1 D2 r1,2 C0
~ ~ ~ min
mm kN kg –
50 90 20 62,5 78,1 81,7 1,1 23,2 0,46 6210/VA201
90 20 62,5 78,1 81,7 1,1 23,2 0,46 6210-2Z/VA201
90 20 62,5 78,1 81,7 1,1 23,2 0,45 6210-2Z/VA208
90 20 62,5 78,1 81,7 1,1 23,2 0,45 6210-2Z/VA228
110 27 68,7 92,1 95,2 2 38 1,05 6310/VA201
110 27 68,7 92,1 95,2 2 38 1,05 6310-2Z/VA201
110 27 68,7 92,1 95,2 2 38 1,04 6310-2Z/VA208
110 27 68,7 92,1 95,2 2 38 1,04 6310-2Z/VA228
55 90 18 66,3 79,1 81,5 1,1 21,2 0,38 6011-2Z/VA208
100 21 69 86,6 89,4 1,5 29 0,61 6211/VA201
100 21 69 86,6 89,4 1,5 29 0,61 6211-2Z/VA201
100 21 69 86,6 89,4 1,5 29 0,59 6211-2Z/VA208
100 21 69 86,6 89,4 1,5 29 0,59 6211-2Z/VA228
120 29 75,3 101 104 2 45 1,35 6311/VA201
120 29 75,3 101 104 2 45 1,33 6311-2Z/VA208
60 110 22 75,5 94,2 97 1,5 36 0,78 6212/VA201
110 22 75,5 94,2 97 1,5 36 0,78 6212-2Z/VA201
110 22 75,5 94,2 97 1,5 36 0,74 6212-2Z/VA208
110 22 75,5 94,2 97 1,5 36 0,74 6212-2Z/VA228
130 31 81,8 109 113 2,1 52 1,70 6312/VA201
130 31 81,8 109 113 2,1 52 1,60 6312-2Z/VA208
65 120 23 83,3 103 106 1,5 40,5 0,99 6213/VA201
120 23 83,3 103 106 1,5 40,5 0,94 6213-2Z/VA208
120 23 83,3 103 106 1,5 40,5 0,94 6213-2Z/VA228
140 33 88,3 118 122 2,1 60 2,10 6313/VA201
140 33 88,3 118 122 2,1 60 2,00 6313-2Z/VA208
70 125 24 87 109 111 1,5 45 1,05 6214/VA201
125 24 87 109 111 1,5 45 1,00 6214-2Z/VA208
150 35 94,9 126 130 2,1 68 2,50 6314/VA201
150 35 94,9 126 130 2,1 68 2,70 6314-2Z/VA208
928
Dimensions Basic Mass Designation
static load
rating
d D B d1 D1 D2 r1,2 C0
~ ~ ~ min
mm kN kg –
75 130 25 92 114 117 1,5 49 1,20 6215/VA201
130 25 92 114 117 1,5 49 1,20 6215-2Z/VA201
130 25 92 114 117 1,5 49 1,15 6215-2Z/VA208
130 25 92 114 117 1,5 49 1,15 6215-2Z/VA228
160 37 101 135 139 2,1 76,5 3,00 6315/VA201
160 37 101 135 139 2,1 76,5 3,00 6315-2Z/VA208
80 140 26 101 123 127 2 55 1,35 6216-2Z/VA208
170 39 108 143 147 2,1 86,5 3.55 6316-2Z/VA208
85 150 28 106 131 135 2 64 1,80 6217/VA201
150 28 106 131 135 2 64 1,70 6217-2Z/VA208
90 160 30 112 139 143 2 73,5 2,15 6218-2Z/VA228
95 170 32 118 148 152 2,1 81,5 2,60 6219/VA201
170 32 118 148 152 2,1 81,5 2,60 6219-2Z7VA201
170 32 118 148 152 2,1 81,5 2,45 6219-2Z/VA228
100 150 24 115 135 139 1,5 54 1,10 6020-2Z/VA208
180 34 124 157 160 2,1 93 3,15 6220/VA201
180 34 124 157 160 2,1 93 3,00 6220-2Z/VA208
180 34 124 157 160 2,1 93 3,00 6220-2Z/VA228
120 180 28 139 162 166 2 80 1,90 6024-2Z/VA208
929
Y-bearings for high temperatures
with grub screw locking for metric shafts
d 20 – 60 mm
r1
r2
B
D d d1
s1
VA201 VA228
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static load Bearing with
rating pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d D B C d1 s1 r1,2 C0 cage of graphite
~ min
mm kN kg –
20 47 31 14 28,2 18,3 0,6 6,55 0,14 YAR 204-2FW/VA201 YAR 204-2FW/VA228
25 52 34,1 15 33,7 19,8 0,6 7,8 0,17 YAR 205-2FW/VA201 YAR 205-2FW/VA228
30 62 38,1 18 39,7 22,2 0,6 11,2 0,28 YAR 206-2FW/VA201 YAR 206-2FW/VA228
35 72 42,9 19 46,1 25,4 1 15,3 0,41 YAR 207-2FW/VA201 YAR 207-2FW/VA228
40 80 49,2 21 51,8 30,2 1 19 0,55 YAR 208-2FW/VA201 YAR 208-2FW/VA228
45 85 49,2 22 56,8 30,2 1 21,6 0,60 YAR 209-2FW/VA201 YAR 209-2FW/VA228
50 90 51,6 22 62,5 32,6 1 23,2 0,69 YAR 210-2FW/VA201 YAR 210-2FW/VA228
55 100 55,6 25 69,1 33,4 1 29 0,94 YAR 211-2FW/VA201 YAR 211-2FW/VA228
60 110 65,1 26 75,6 39,7 1,5 36 1,30 YAR 212-2FW/VA201 YAR 212-2FW/VA228
930
Y-bearings for high temperatures
with grub screw locking for inch shafts
d 3/4 – 2 7/16 in
r1
r2
B
D d d1
s1
VA201 VA228
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static load Bearing with
rating pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d D B C d1 s1 r1,2 C0 cage of graphite
~ min
in mm kN kg –
3 /4 47 31 14 28,2 18,3 0,6 6,55 0,14 YAR 204-012-2FW/VA201 YAR 204-012-2FW/VA228
1 52 34,1 15 33,7 19,8 0,6 7,8 0,17 YAR 205-100-2FW/VA201 YAR 205-100-2FW/VA228
1 3/16 62 38,1 18 39,7 22,2 0,6 11,2 0,27 YAR 206-103-2FW/VA201 YAR 206-103-2FW/VA228
1 1/4 72 42,9 19 46,1 25,4 1 15,3 0,46 YAR 207-104-2FW/VA201 YAR 207-104-2FW/VA228
1 7/16 72 42,9 19 46,1 25,4 1 15,3 0,38 YAR 207-107-2FW/VA201 YAR 207-107-2FW/VA228
1 1/2 80 49,2 21 51,8 30,2 1 19 0,59 YAR 208-108-2FW/VA201 YAR 208-108-2FW/VA228
1 11/16 85 49,2 22 56,8 30,2 1 21,6 0,66 YAR 209-111-2FW/VA201 YAR 209-111-2FW/VA228
1 3/4 85 49,2 22 56,8 30,2 1 21,6 0,62 YAR 209-112-2FW/VA201 YAR 209-112-2FW/VA228
1 15/16 90 51,6 22 62,5 32,6 1 23,2 0,71 YAR 210-115-2FW/VA201 YAR 210-115-2FW/VA228
2 100 55,6 25 69,1 33,4 1 29 0,94 YAR 211-200-2FW/VA201 YAR 211-200-2FW/VA228
2 3/16 100 55,6 25 69,1 33,4 1 29 0,92 YAR 211-203-2FW/VA201 YAR 211-203-2FW/VA228
2 7/16 110 65,1 26 75,6 39,7 1,5 36 1,30 YAR 212-207-2FW/VA201 YAR 212-207-2FW/VA228
931
Y-bearing plummer (pillow) block units
for high temperatures and metric shafts
d 20 – 60 mm
s1
d H
B G
H1 N1
H2
A J N
L
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static Y-bearing unit with
load pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d A B H H1 H2 J L N N1 G s1 rating cage of graphite
C0
mm kN kg –
20 32 31 64 33,3 14 97 127 20,5 11,5 10 18,3 6,55 0,57 SY 20 TF/VA201 SY 20 TF/VA228
25 36 34,1 70 36,5 16 102 130 19,5 11,5 10 19,8 7,8 0,73 SY 25 TF/VA201 SY 25 TF/VA228
30 40 38,1 82 42,9 17 117,5 152 23,5 14 12 22,2 11,2 1,10 SY 30 TF/VA201 SY 30 TF/VA228
35 45 42,9 93 47,6 19 126 160 21 14 12 25,4 15,3 1,45 SY 35 TF/VA201 SY 35 TF/VA228
40 48 49,2 99 49,2 19 135,5 175 24,5 14 12 30,2 19 1,80 SY 40 TF/VA201 SY 40 TF/VA228
45 48 49,2 107 54 21 143,5 187 22,5 14 12 30,2 21,6 2,20 SY 45 TF/VA201 SY 45 TF/VA228
50 54 51,6 114 57,2 22 157 203 26 18 16 32,6 23,2 2,70 SY 50 TF/VA201 SY 50 TF/VA228
55 60 55,6 125 63,5 24 171,5 219 27,5 18 16 33,4 29 3,60 SY 55 TF/VA201 SY 55 TF/VA228
60 60 65,1 137 69,9 26,5 190,5 240 29,5 18 16 39,7 36 4,45 SY 60 TF/VA201 SY 60 TF/VA228
932
Y-bearing plummer (pillow) block units
for high temperatures and inch shafts
d 3/4 – 2 7/16 in
s1
d H G
B
H1 N1
H2
A J N
L
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static Y-bearing unit with
load pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d A B H H1 H2 J L N N1 G s1 rating cage of graphite
C0
in mm kN kg –
3/4 32 31 64 33,3 14 97 127 20,5 11,5 10 18,3 6,55 0,57 SY 3/4 TF/VA201 SY 3/4 TF/VA228
1 36 34,1 70 36,5 16 102 130 19,5 11,5 10 19,8 7,8 0,73 SY 1. TF/VA201 SY 1. TF/VA228
1 3/16 40 38,1 82 42,9 17 117,5 152 23,5 14 12 22,2 11,2 1,10 SY 1.3/16 TF/VA201 SY 1.3/16 TF/VA228
1 1/4 45 42,9 93 47,6 19 126 160 21 14 12 25,4 15,3 1,45 SY 1.1/4 TF/VA201 SY 1.1/4 TF/VA228
1 7/16 45 42,9 93 47,6 19 126 160 21 14 12 25,4 15,3 1,45 SY 1.7/16 TF/VA201 SY 1.7/16 TF/VA228
1 1/2 48 49,2 99 49,2 19 135,5 175 24,5 14 12 30,2 19 1,80 SY 1.1/2 TF/VA201 SY 1.1/2 TF/VA228
1 11/16 48 49,2 107 54 21 143,5 187 22,5 14 12 30,2 21,6 2,2 SY 1.11/16 TF/VA201 SY 1.11/16 TF/VA228
1 3/4 48 49,2 107 54 21 143,5 187 22,5 14,5 12 30,2 21,6 2,20 SY 1.3/4 TF/VA201 SY 1.3/4 TF/VA228
1 15/16 54 51,6 114 57,2 22 157 203 26 18 16 32,6 23,2 2,70 SY 1.15/16 TF/VA201 SY 1.15/16 TF/VA228
2 60 55,6 125 63,5 24 171,5 219 27,5 18 16 33,4 29 3,60 SY 2. TF/VA201 SY 2. TF/VA228
2 3/16 60 55,6 125 63,5 24 171,5 219 27,5 18 16 33,4 29 3,55 SY 2.3/16 TF/VA201 SY 2.3/16 TF/VA228
2 7/16 60 65,1 137 69,9 26,5 190,5 240 29,5 18 16 39,7 36 4,45 SY 2.7/16 TF/VA201 SY 2,7/16 TF/VA228
933
Y-bearing flanged units with square housing
for high temperatures and metric shafts
d 20 – 60 mm
A1 N
B
d
G
J
A2
L
T
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static Y-bearing unit with
load pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d A1 A2 B J L N G T rating cage of graphite
C0
mm kN kg –
20 29,5 11 31 63,5 86 11,5 10 37,3 6,55 0,60 FY 20 TF/VA201 FY 20 TF/VA228
25 30 12 34,1 70 95 11,5 10 38,8 7,8 0,77 FY 25 TF/VA201 FY 25 TF/VA228
30 32,5 13 38,1 82,5 108 11,5 10 42,2 11 1,10 FY 30 TF/VA201 FY 30 TF/VA228
35 34,5 13 42,9 92 118 14 12 46,4 15,3 1,40 FY 35 TF/VA201 FY 35 TF/VA228
40 38,5 14 49,2 101,5 130 14 12 54,2 19 1,90 FY 40 TF/VA201 FY 40 TF/VA228
45 39 14 49,2 105 137 16 14 54,2 21,6 2,10 FY 45 TF/VA201 FY 45 TF/VA228
50 43 15 51,6 111 143 18 16 60,6 23,2 2,50 FY 50 TF/VA201 FY 50 TF/VA228
55 47,5 16 55,6 130 162 18 16 64,4 29 3,60 FY 55 TF/VA201 FY 55 TF/VA228
60 52 17 65,1 143 175 18 16 73,7 36 4,60 FY 60 TF/VA201 FY 60 TF/VA228
934
Y-bearing flanged units with square housing
for high temperatures and inch shafts
d 3/4 – 2 7/16 in
A1 N
B
d
G
J
A2
L
T
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static Y-bearing unit with
load pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d A1 A2 B J L N G T rating cage of graphite
C0
in mm kN kg –
3 /4 29,5 11 31 63,5 86 11,5 10 37,3 6,55 0,60 FY 3/4 TF/VA201 FY 3/4 TF/VA228
1 30 12 34,1 70 95 11,5 10 38,8 7,8 0,77 FY 1. TF/VA201 FY 1. TF/VA228
1 3/16 32,5 13 38,1 82,5 108 11,5 10 42,2 11,2 1,10 FY 1.3/16 TF/VA201 FY 1.3/16 TF/VA228
1 1/4 34,5 13 42,9 92 118 14 12 46,4 15,3 1,40 FY 1.1/4 TF/VA201 FY 1.1/4 TF/VA228
1 7/16 34,5 13 42,9 92 118 14 12 46,4 15,3 1,40 FY 1.7/16 TF/VA201 FY 1.7/16 TF/VA228
1 1/2 38,5 14 49,2 101,5 130 14 12 54,2 19 1,90 FY 1.1/2 TF/VA201 FY 1.1/2 TF/VA228
1 11/16 39 14 49,2 105 137 16 14 54,2 21,6 2,10 FY 1.11/16 TF/VA201 FY 1.11/16 TF/VA228
1 3/4 39 14 49,2 105 137 16 14 54,2 21,6 2,10 FY 1.3/4 TF/VA201 FY 1.3/4 TF/VA228
1 15/16 43 15 51,6 111 143 18 16 60,6 23,2 2,50 FY 1.15/16 TF/VA201 FY 1.15/16 TF/VA228
2 47,5 16 55,6 130 162 18 16 64,4 29 3,75 FY 2. TF/VA201 FY 2. TF/VA228
2 3/16 47,5 16 55,6 130 162 18 16 64,4 29 3,55 FY 2.3/16 TF/VA201 FY 2.3/16 TF/VA228
2 7/16 52 17 65,1 143 175 18 16 73,7 36 4,50 FY 2.7/16 TF/VA201 FY 2.7/16 TF/VA228
935
Y-bearing flanged units with oval housing
for high temperatures and metric shafts
d 20 – 55 mm
A1 N
B
d J H
G
A2
L
T
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static Y-bearing unit with
load pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d A1 A2 B H J L N G T rating cage of graphite
C0
mm kN kg –
20 29,5 11 31 112 90 60,5 11,5 10 37,3 6,55 0,50 FYT 20 TF/VA201 FYT 20 TF/VA228
25 30 12 34,1 124 99 70 11,5 10 38,8 7,8 0,63 FYT 25 TF/VA201 FYT 25 TF/VA228
30 32,5 13 38,1 141,5 116,5 83 11,5 10 42,2 11,2 0,93 FYT 30 TF/VA201 FYT 30 TF/VA228
35 34,5 13 42,9 156 130 96 14 12 46,4 15,3 1,25 FYT 35 TF/VA201 FYT 35 TF/VA228
40 38,5 14 49,2 171,5 143,5 102 14 12 54,2 19 1,65 FYT 40 TF/VA201 FYT 40 TF/VA228
45 39 14 49,2 178,5 148,5 111 16 14 54,2 21,6 1,80 FYT 45 TF/VA201 FYT 45 TF/VA228
50 43 15 51,6 189 157 116 18 16 60,6 23,2 2,15 FYT 50 TF/VA201 FYT 50 TF/VA228
55 47,6 20,6 55,6 215,9 184,2 127 19,1 16 62,8 29 3,30 FYT 55 TF/VA201 FYT 55 TF/VA228
936
Y-bearing flanged units with oval housing
for high temperatures and inch shafts
d 3/4 – 2 3/16 in
A1 N
B
d J H
G
A2
L
T
Dimensions Basic Mass Designations
static Y-bearing unit with
load pressed steel cage one-piece “coronet”
d A1 A2 B H J L N G T rating cage of graphite
C0
in mm kN kg –
3 /4 29,5 11 31 112 90 60,5 11,5 10 37,3 6,55 0,50 FYT 3/4 TF/VA201 FYT 3/4 TF/VA228
1 30 12 34,1 124 99 70 11,5 10 38,8 7,8 0,63 FYT 1. TF/VA201 FYT 1. TF/VA228
1 3/16 32,5 13 38,1 141,5 116,5 83 11,5 10 42,2 11,2 0,93 FYT 1.3/16 TF/VA201 FYT 1.3/16 TF/VA228
1 1 /4 34,5 13 42,9 156 130 96 14 12 46,4 15,3 1,25 FYT 1.1/4 TF/VA201 FYT 1.1/4 TF/VA228
1 7/16 34,5 13 42,9 156 130 96 14 12 46,4 15,3 1,2 FYT 1.7/16 TF/VA201 FYT 1.7/16 TF/VA228
1 1 /2 38,5 14 49,2 171,5 143,5 102 14 12 54,2 19 1,65 FYT 1.1/2 TF/VA201 FYT 1.1/2 TF/VA228
1 11/16 39 14 49,2 178,5 148,5 111 16 14 54,2 21,6 1,8 FYT 1.11/16 TF/VA201 FYT 1.11/16 TF/VA228
1 3 /4 39 14 49,2 178,5 148,5 111 16 14 54,2 21,6 1,80 FYT 1.3/4 TF/VA201 FYT 1.3/4 TF/VA228
1 15/16 43 15 51,6 189 157 116 18 16 60,6 23,2 2,15 FYT 1.15/16 TF/VA201 FYT 1.15/16 TF/VA228
2 47,6 20,6 55,6 215,9 184,2 127 19,1 16 62,8 29 3,3 FYT 2. TF/VA201 FYT 2. TF/VA228
2 3/16 47,6 20,6 55,6 215,9 184,2 127 19,1 16 62,8 29 2,81 FYT 2.3/16 TF/VA201 FYT 2.3/16 TF/VA228
937
NoWear bearings ®
NoWear bearings……………………………………………………………………………… 940
NoWear bearings of L5DA execution ……………………………………………………… 940
NoWear bearings of L7DA execution ……………………………………………………… 940
Applications of NoWear bearings ………………………………………………………… 942
NoWear service life improvement ………………………………………………………… 942
Technical data ………………………………………………………………………………… 942
Dimensions, tolerances, internal clearance ……………………………………………… 942
Load carrying capacity……………………………………………………………………… 942
NoWear coating material …………………………………………………………………… 943
NoWear bearing lubrication ………………………………………………………………… 943
939
NoWear bearings
In this day and age where productivity means Fig 1
higher speeds, higher operational tempera-
tures and reduced maintenance, bearings
are expected to exceed the bounds of former
possibilities. New and advanced applications
are setting higher demands on bearings,
especially under extreme operating condi-
tions, where there is the risk of smearing,
boundary lubrication, sudden load variations,
low loads or high operational temperatures.
To withstand these types of severe
operating conditions SKF bearings can be
furnished with a low friction ceramic coating
on the contact surfaces inside the bearing.
This coating, trademarked NoWear, was de-
veloped by SKF for rolling bearings and is
covered by an SKF patent.
Fig 2
NoWear bearings
NoWear bearings make sense whenever
bearings are failing prematurely due to severe
operating conditions. NoWear bearings can
withstand longer periods of insufficient
lubrication, sudden variations in load and
rapid speed changes, vibrations and oscilla-
tions.
NoWear bearings open up new possibil-
ities to existing applications operating under
severe conditions, without introducing major
design changes and allow freedom in new
designs. They have already been proven in
a wide range of extreme applications, includ-
ing paper machines, marine and offshore
applications, fans, compressors, hydraulic
pumps and motors. NoWear bearings of L7DA execution
Most SKF ball and roller bearings can NoWear bearings of the L7DA execution have
be obtained in a NoWear execution as de- the coating applied to the rolling elements
scribed below and shown in table 1 . Other and the inner ring raceway(s) (➔ fig 2 ). This
executionts might be available on request. execution is recommended for applications
where abrasive wear resistance is crucial or
NoWear bearings of L5DA execution load is heavy.
NoWear bearings of the L5DA execution are
the most commonly used bearings. These
NoWear bearings are equipped with coated
rolling elements (➔ fig 1 ) and are recom-
mended for applications where the bearing
load is low to medium, or where vibrations
and oscillations are present.
940
Table 1
NoWear bearing product range
Bearing type Available bearing execution
Symbol Range1) Coated Coated rolling
rolling elements + inner
elements ring raceways
Deep groove ball bearings
– bore diameter range d = 15 – 140 mm L5DA L7DA
Angular contact ball bearings
– bore diameter range d = 15 – 140 mm L5DA L7DA
Cylindrical roller bearings
– bore diameter range d = 15 – 220 mm L5DA L7DA
– bore diameter range d over 220 mm L5DA –
Needle roller bearings
– bore diameter range d = 15 – 220 mm L5DA L7DA
– bore diameter range d over 220 mm L5DA –
Spherical roller bearings
– bore diameter range d = 15 - 220 mm L5DA L7DA
– bore diameter range d over 220 mm L5DA –
CARB toroidal roller bearings
– bore diameter range d = 15 – 220 mm L5DA L7DA
– bore diameter range d over 220 mm L5DA –
Thrust ball bearings
– bore diameter range d = 15 – 110 mm L5DA –
Spherical roller thrust bearings
– complete bore diameter range L5DA –
1)
These ranges are general guidelines and may vary between dimension series. Please contact SKF for details
941
NoWear bearings
Applications of NoWear NoWear service life
bearings improvement
For highly demanding applications where NoWear bearings are suitable in situations
NoWear bearings are to be used, normally where lubricating film is insufficient for un-
several operating parameters must be con- disturbed bearing operation, i.e. when κ is
sidered and weighted against each other. As below 1. To calculate life of a NoWear bear-
a result, NoWear coated bearings should be ing, the traditional bearing life calculation
selected in close cooperation with the SKF should be used but with κ = 1.
application engineering service. Improvement in service life by switching
The following recommendations are in- to NoWear under low load and high-speed
tended to illustrate the types of application conditions depends on the application, but
that can benefit from the NoWear executions. experience shows a multifold improvement
When cylindrical roller, needle roller, should be expected. However, calculating
spherical roller or toroidal roller bearings are service life under these conditions is difficult.
subjected to low loads in combination with For grease lubricated bearings running at
high speeds, L5DA NoWear bearings are speeds near or above bearing speed rating,
recommended in cases where the calculat- or at high temperatures shortening grease
ed bearing life cannot be reached. life, selecting NoWear execution prolong
With the L5DA execution of the NoWear relubrication intervals up to 15 times de-
bearings extended relubrication intervals pending on application conditions.
are possible without negatively influencing When extension of service life would be
bearing service life. However, if relubrication desirable in applications with heavy loads
intervals are maintained, operating speeds and marginal lubrication, NoWear can be a
can be increased. solution. The NoWear coating cannot pro-
Bearings subjected to oscillations or ex- tect the bearing against spalling as a result
ternal vibrations can fail prematurely due to of constant heavy loads. At heavy loads the
insufficient lubrication. Under these condi- maximum shear stresses are located below
tions, SKF recommends the L5DA execu- the coating within the bearing steel, which
tion. However, in extreme cases, the L7DA still has the properties of normal steel. For
execution may be preferred. such applications, contact SKF.
If operating conditions cause low operat-
ing viscosity (κ < 1) and no appropriate lubri-
cants are available, NoWear bearings are an
excellent way to extend bearing life and to
Technical data
achieve operational reliability. The L5DA ex- Dimensions, tolerances, internal clearance
ecution of the NoWear bearings is normally Dimensions, tolerances and internal clear-
recommended. However, for unusual lubri- ance of NoWear bearings are the same as
cation conditions, for example when the for standard bearings.
bearings are to be lubricated by the process
media, the more advanced L7DA execution Load carrying capacity
should be used. For additional information The basic dynamic and static load ratings
about the NoWear bearings please consult for NoWear bearings are the same as for
the SKF application engineering service. standard bearings.
942
NoWear coating material
A physical vapour deposition process applies
NoWear bearing
the low friction, ceramic coating. Bearing lubrication
surfaces coated in this way have all the re-
silience of the underlying material, but with As default, the same lubrication guidelines
the hardness, low friction coefficient and are valid for NoWear bearings as for standard
wear resistance of the NoWear coating. bearings (➔ section “Lubrication”, starting
During operation there will be some micro on page 229). However, NoWear bearings
level transfer of the coating material to will operate with high reliability, even when
the counter surface. Such transfer plus the adequate surface separation cannot be
inertness of the material reduce friction and achieved (κ < 1), by preventing direct metal-
improve resistance against wear and smear- to-metal contact between rolling elements
ing, even for bearings where only the rolling and rings. It should be noted that it might be
elements are coated. possible to reduce EP and AW additives in
The essential properties of the NoWear the lubricant with the NoWear coating, as
coating are listed in table 2 . the coating already acts as a powerful
additive.
NoWear bearings are not intended for
vacuum or other completely dry running
applications.
Table 2
Properties of NoWear coating
Properties NoWear
Hardness 1 200 HV10
Coating thickness
– depending on bearing size (µm) 1 ... 3
Coefficient of friction
– dry sliding against steel 0,1 ... 0,2
Operating temperature range1)
– NoWear coating +350 ºC
1)
NoWear coating withstands temperatures up to
+350 ºC. However, most times the bearing steel is
the limiting factor. Please contact the SKF appli-
cation engineering service for more information
943
Bearings and bearing
units with Solid Oil
Bearings and bearing units with Solid Oil ………………………………………………… 946
Features of Solid Oil ………………………………………………………………………… 947
Technical data ………………………………………………………………………………… 948
Dimensions and tolerances………………………………………………………………… 948
Load carrying capacity……………………………………………………………………… 948
Limiting speeds……………………………………………………………………………… 948
Oil properties ………………………………………………………………………………… 949
945
Bearings with Solid Oil
In most applications, ordinary greases and
lubricating oils will provide satisfactory lubri-
Bearings and bearing
cation to the bearing giving it an acceptable units with Solid Oil
service life. However, there may be cases
where lack of accessibility means that relu- Most SKF ball and roller bearings (➔ fig 1 )
brication is virtually impossible, or where very as well as bearing units can be supplied with
good contaminant exclusion is required. Solid Oil and are identified by the designa-
Solid Oil – the third choice of lubrication – tion suffix W64.
may be the answer, as it provides “lubrica- Bearings fitted with large-volume cages
tion for life” and good sealing. made of polyamide or machined brass are
Solid Oil has been very beneficial in out- less suitable for Solid Oil. This also is the
door lifting equipment, cranes and traverses, case with CARB toroidal roller bearings,
and in vertical shaft arrangements or where which will lose their axial displacement
bearing arrangements cannot be reached properties when filled with Solid Oil.
for relubrication.
Fig 1
946
Features of Solid Oil Fig 2
Solid Oil consists of a polymer matrix, which
is saturated with lubricating oil.
The polymer material has a structure with
millions of micro-pores, which hold the lubri-
cating oil. The pores are so small that the oil
is retained in the material by surface tension.
Oil represents an average of 70 % by weight
of the material.
The oil used as standard is very high quality
synthetic oil, which meets the needs of most
applications.
The oil-filled polymer material is moulded
into the bearing. A very narrow gap will form
around the rolling elements and raceways
during the moulding process, allowing the
bearing components to rotate freely. The oil,
which seeps into the gap, provides good lu-
brication for the bearing right from the start.
Solid Oil completely fills the internal space
in a bearing and encapsulates the cage and
rolling elements. Solid Oil uses the cage as
a reinforcement element and rotates with it.
Solid Oil keeps the oil in position and brings
more oil to the bearing than grease. A metallic
surface sliding against Solid Oil is provided
with an even and consistent oil film. A mod-
erate increase in temperature causes oil to
be pushed towards the surface of the poly-
mer matrix, as the thermal expansion of the
oil is greater than that of the polymer matrix.
The viscosity of the oil also decreases with
increasing temperature. When the bearing
stops running, the polymer matrix reabsorbs
excess oil.
In addition Solid Oil is environmentally
friendly and keeps contaminants out of the
bearing even without seals (➔ fig 2 ). How-
ever, for those applications where very good
contamination exclusion is needed, the use
of bearings with Solid Oil and integral con-
tact seals is recommended. But in all cases
maintenance will be unnecessary because
no relubrication is needed.
947
Bearings with Solid Oil
Technical data
Dimensions and tolerances
Dimensions and tolerances of bearings or
units with Solid Oil are the same as for the
corresponding standard products.
Load carrying capacity
The basic dynamic and static load ratings
for the Solid Oil bearings are the same as for
the corresponding standard bearings.
Limiting speeds
An indication of the limiting speeds for bear-
ings with Solid Oil is given in table 1 by the
speed factor
A = n dm
where
A = speed factor mm/min
n = rotational speed, r/min
dm = bearing mean diameter
= 0,5 (d + D), mm
Table 1
The speed limits indicated by the factor A Limiting speeds
apply to open (unsealed) bearings. For bear- Bearing type Speed factor
ings with integral seals 80 % of the quoted A
values should be used.
It is important to remember that the higher Deep groove ball bearings
the speed, the higher the operating tempera- – single row 300 000
– double row 40 000
ture. It may therefore be necessary to limit
the bearing speed for high temperature Angular contact ball bearings
– with pressed steel cage 150 000
operation so that the temperature limit for – with polyamide 6.6 cage 40 000
the Solid Oil is not exceeded. Self-aligning ball bearings
Generally, when bearings with Solid Oil – with pressed steel cage 150 000
are to operate under extreme conditions, it – with polyamide 6.6 cage 40 000
is advisable to contact the SKF application Cylindrical roller bearings
engineering service for advice and support. – with pressed steel cage 150 000
– with polyamide 6.6 cage 40 000
Taper roller bearings 45 000
Spherical roller bearings
– E design 42 500
– CC design 85 000
Y-bearings, Y-bearing units 40 000
948
Oil properties
The standard oil normally used for Solid Oil
is a very high quality synthetic oil. Its import-
ant properties are listed in table 2 .
Oils having other viscosities can also be
used successfully, e.g. special oils for the
food industry, heavily loaded or low tempera-
ture applications etc. Additives, such as
rust inhibitors, can be added to Solid Oil
to provide extra protection.
Before deciding upon oil type and order-
ing, please consult the SKF application
engineering service.
Table 2
Standard oil for Solid Oil
Properties Solid Oil
Kinematic viscosity
at 40 ºC 140 mm2/s
at 100 ºC 19 mm2/s
Permissible temperatures1)
– for continuous operations +85 ºC
– for intermittent operations +95 ºC
– for start-up operations −40 ºC
1)
Bearings with Solid Oil can be heated
for mounting purposes up to +100 ºC
949
Mechatronics
Sensor-Bearing Units ……………………… 953
Steer-By-Wire Modules …………………… 963
Mast Height Control units …………………… 965
Other sensorized units ……………………… 967
951
Sensor-Bearing Units
SKF Sensor-Bearing Units ………………………………………………………………… 954
SKF Explorer class deep groove ball bearings …………………………………………… 955
SKF active sensor units …………………………………………………………………… 955
Unit data – general …………………………………………………………………………… 956
Design………………………………………………………………………………………… 956
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 956
Bearing tolerances ………………………………………………………………………… 956
Bearing internal clearance ………………………………………………………………… 957
Permissible speeds ………………………………………………………………………… 957
Operating temperature range ……………………………………………………………… 957
Electrical interface data …………………………………………………………………… 957
Electro-magnetic compatibility …………………………………………………………… 957
Selection of Sensor-Bearing size ………………………………………………………… 958
Application of Sensor-Bearing units ……………………………………………………… 958
Radial location ……………………………………………………………………………… 958
Axial location ………………………………………………………………………………… 958
Mounting ……………………………………………………………………………………… 959
Lubrication and maintenance ……………………………………………………………… 959
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 960
953
Sensor-Bearing Units
Exact information on the motion status of Fig 1
rotating or axially travelling components is
decisive in many fields of engineering. Exact
motion control becomes all the more impor- Number of
revolutions
tant with the increasing necessity of automa-
tion of all kinds of processes. In addition, the
demand to design more light-weight and m/s
simpler constructions calls for integral sys- Speed
tem solutions (➔ fig 1 ), e.g. for sensor
bearing units to record
1. the number of revolutions Direction of rotation
2. the speed
3. the direction of rotation
4. the relative position/counting 7
5. the acceleration or deceleration 6 8 Relative position
counting
m/s2
SKF Sensor-Bearing Acceleration or
Units deceleration
0
SKF Sensor-Bearing Units (➔ fig 2 ) are
mechatronic machine components covering
the fields of both sensor and bearing engin-
eering. They are virtually an ideal combina-
tion of a versatile ball bearing with a sensor
unit shielded from external influences. The
sensor body, impulse ring and bearing are
mechanically attached to each other, form-
ing an integral ready-to-mount unit. Fig 2
The SKF designed and patented Sensor-
Bearing Units are simple, robust and consist of
• an SKF Explorer class deep groove ball
bearing and
• an SKF active sensor unit.
The SKF Sensor-Bearing Units are specially
designed to perform as incremental encoders
for motor and/or machine control. They are
specially adapted to fit asynchronous motors,
and provide compact and reliable encoding
for their most demanding control. They are
intented for applications with rotating inner
ring and stationary outer ring. SKF Sensor-
Bearing Units for applications with stationary
inner ring and rotating outer ring, e.g for the
use in conveyor systems, can be manufac-
tured on request, please contact the SKF
application engineering service.
954
SKF Explorer class deep groove ball The sensor body is attached to the bear-
bearings ing outer ring by an SKF patented solution.
The single row SKF Explorer deep groove The sensor body has two cells, enabling the
ball bearings are suitable for high speeds, direction of rotation to be determined. The
are robust in operation and do not require two sensors are offset to each other in the
any maintenance. They can accommodate sensor body. In a small integrated circuit
not only rather high radial loads, but also they contain not only the Hall generator as
axial loads and serve as locating bearings an active element but also the electronics for
guiding the shaft axially in both directions. signal amplification and conversion. The ana-
Furthermore they are noted for their high logue sinusoidal signal generated by the Hall
manufacturing accuracy, their low noise and cell is amplified and converted into a square-
friction levels. The efficient sealing and the wave signal by a Schmitt trigger (➔ fig 3 ).
grease filling provide maintenance-free The leading signal determines the direction
operation for life. of rotation.
Furthermore two sensors provide double
SKF active sensor units the number of pulses, 128 pulses per revolu-
The SKF Sensor-Bearing Unit incorporates tion compared with 64 for a standard bearing.
an active sensor designed to be compact When counting the rising and falling edges
and robust, very close to an incremental en- of the pulses a maximum accuracy of 256
coder function. It provides accurate measur- pulses per revolution can be attained, which
ing down to zero speed. Its main components corresponds to a resolution of 1,4 angular
are the impulse ring, the sensor body with degrees.
the sensors and the connecting cable. The sensor requires an external voltage
The composite magnetized impulse ring supply. The signal output is fed via an open
is attached to the bearing inner ring. Depend- collector circuit. Speeds down to zero can
ing on the bearing size, it is divided into a be recorded.
certain number of north and south poles.
The number of pulses per revolution normally
ranges between 32 and 80.
Fig 3
anticlockwise A, B A B B A clockwise B, A
B A
sensor sensor
N S N
S
N
inner ring
rotation
955
Sensor-Bearing Units
Fig 4
Unit data – general
Design
SKF Sensor-Bearing Units (➔ fig 4 ) consist of d
• an SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearing
with a RS1 contact seal and a snap ring c
groove in the outside surface of the outer
ring (a)
• a magnetized impulse ring (b)
• a sensor body (c) b
• a connecting cable (d).
At the side opposite to the seal, the impulse
and sensor body form an effective labyrinth a
seal.
The impulse ring is a composite magnet-
ized ring. The number of north and south
poles (between 32 and 80) depends on the
bearing size. The impulse ring is attached to
the inner ring.
The sensor body protecting two embedded
Hall cells is attached to the outer ring – a
patented SKF solution. The multi-wire cable
extends in the radial direction, connecting the Fig 5
SKF Sensor-Bearing Unit and the signal pro-
cessing electronics and has a standard length
of approximately 500 mm. To account for the
different interface requirements between
the Sensor-Bearing Unit and the customized
electronic unit, SKF Sensor-Bearing Units
(➔ fig 5 ) provide the choice of three versions:
• Version 1: Free cable end
• Version 2: Plug connection AMP
Superseal, AMP Nos. 282106-1 and
282404-1 1 2 3
• Version 3: Plug connection AMP Mate-N-
Lock, AMP Nos. 350779-1, 350811-1 and
350924-1
Dimensions
SKF Sensor-Bearing Units are based on
SKF Explorer class deep groove ball bear-
ings in the 62 series, which dimensionally
comply with ISO 15: 1998 as regards dia-
I II III IV
meter. However, the unit is slightly wider
due to the integral sensor.
I II III IV I II III I V
956
Bearing tolerances exceeding +120 °C and up to +150 °C,
The bearings used for SKF Sensor-Bearing please contact the SKF application
Units are manufactured to P5 tolerances engineering service.
(d ≤ 25 mm) or P6 tolerances (d ≥ 30 mm) as
standard, which conform to ISO 492:2002 Electrical interface data
and are listed in the tables 7 and 8 on Active sensor operation requires a regulated
pages 129 and 130. supply voltage of 5 to 24 V. Signal output is
effected via an open collector (➔ fig 6 ).
Bearing internal clearance Loading resistors inserted between the con-
SKF Sensor-Bearing Units have C3 radial ductor connected to the voltage supply and
internal clearance as specified for deep the conductors for the output signals limit
groove ball bearings in ISO 5753:1991. The the output current to 20 mA (➔ table 1 ,
values are listed in the product table and are page 958). The signal output features are
valid for unmounted units under zero measur- shown in table 2 , page 958.
ing load.
Electromagnetic compatibility
Permissible speeds SKF Sensor-Bearing Units can be used in
SKF Sensor-Bearing units are designed to systems functioning under most arduous
suit the limiting speed of the appropriate electromagnetic environment such as
sealed bearing. If Sensor-Bearing Units are described in the European Standard EN
to be operated at higher speeds than indica- 50082-2.
ted in the product table, please contact the
SKF application engineering service.
Operating temperature range
SKF Sensor-Bearing Units can be used in
the temperature range between –40 and
+120 °C, as extensive long-term testing
has proved. For temperatures constantly
Fig 6
I
+V
R Signal B
II
< 20 mA
R Signal A
III
< 20 mA
IV
0V
+V
Signal A
Sensor
957
Sensor-Bearing Units
Electrical parameters
Table 1
Application of
Voltage Recommended
loading resistor
Sensor-Bearing Units
R
Two bearings are normally required to support
a shaft – a locating and a non-locating bear-
V Ω
ing. Since the SKF Sensor-Bearing Unit is
mainly used as a locating bearing, the oppos-
5 270
9 470 ite shaft end may be supported by a non-lo-
cating bearing. If high axial loads act on the
12 680
24 1 500 SKF Sensor-Bearing Unit in both directions,
it should be mounted in such a way that the
higher axial loads act on the bearing outer
ring side face opposite the sensor unit.
Radial location
In accordance with the general recommen-
dations, the inner ring has a tight fit on the
Table 2 shaft and the outer ring a loose fit in the hous-
Signal output features ing bore. The sensor unit connection cable
Feature Technical emerging radially from the bearing deter-
data mines the position of the outer ring relative
to the housing. A sufficiently dimensioned
Signal type Digital square cable duct must be provided in the housing
Number of signals 2 or housing cover (➔ fig 7 ). It is recommended
that the cable protruding from the sensor
Phase shift 90 electrical degrees
body be protected against excessive rota-
Duty cycle 50 % of a period tion by a radial notch in the housing, having
a circumferential width of 9 to 15 mm.
Axial location
The inner ring with tight fit is normally located
in the axial direction on both sides, e.g. by a
shaft shoulder, a distance sleeve or a snap
ring. The axial location of the outer ring de-
pends on the bearing size.
Selection of For bearings up to and including a 25 mm
bore diameter the outer ring is located axially
Sensor-Bearing size on the side opposite to the sensor unit by
a shoulder in the housing bore.
As far as the bearing function is concerned,
the selection of the required size of the SKF • If the bearing is only subjected to light
Sensor-Bearing Unit is made by using the loads or not loaded at all in the opposite
same factors and normal methods as for direction, a snap ring engaging a groove
standard deep groove ball bearings (➔ sec- in the housing bore is sufficient for axial
tion “Selection of bearing size”, starting on location on the sensor side (➔ fig 7 ).
page 49). • In case of higher axial loads SKF recom-
mends to locate the bearing with an end
cover bolted to the housing via a snap ring
in the groove of the outer ring.
958
Larger bearings should abut a housing shoul-
der with the side face opposite the sensor
Lubrication and
unit. At the outer ring side face with the sen-
sor the bearing can be axially located either
maintenance
with SKF Sensor-Bearing Units are supplied as
sealed ready-to-mount and ready-to-operate
• a thin-walled slotted distance sleeve, bearing units. They are filled with a polyurea
which abuts the bearing at one side and grease for the entire bearing life and suitable
a snap ring at the other (➔ fig 8 ) or for the temperature range of the sensor unit –
• an end cover bolted to the housing. between –40 and +120 °C. The grease fill is
adapted to the bearing size. Thus SKF
The abutment dimensions can be found in Sensor-Bearing Units are maintenance-free.
the product table. For detailed information
please refer to the product brochure “SKF
Sensor-Bearing Units” or contact the SKF
application engineering service.
Mounting
During mounting SKF Sensor-Bearing Units
must be handled with great care in order to
avoid damage to the sensor unit and the
connection cable. On request SKF can pro-
vide customized assistance in optimizing
the process of mounting and connection;
please contact the SKF application engin-
eering service.
Fig 7 Fig 8
959
Sensor-Bearing Units
d 15 – 45 mm
6,2
B
C 5,5
b
r2 6,5
min 0,5 r1
7
r1
r2
D2 d2 d d1 D1 D
Bearing Sensor unit Mass Designation
Principal Basic load rating Fatigue Limiting No. of Period Phase Unit with 500 mm long cable
dimensions dynamic static load speed pulses accu- shift but without connector
d D B C C0 limit racy accuracy Version 1
Pu
mm kN kN r/min – % Electr. ° kg –
15 35 11 8,06 3,75 0,16 13 000 32 ±3 90 ± 30 0,050 BMB-6202/032S2/EA002A
20 47 14 13,5 6,55 0,28 10 000 48 ±3 90 ± 30 0,15 BMB-6204/048S2/EA002A
25 52 15 14,8 7,8 0,34 8 500 48 ±3 90 ± 30 0,18 BMB-6205/048S2/EA002A
30 62 16 20,3 11,2 0,48 7 500 64 ±4 90 ± 45 0,29 BMB-6206/064S2/EA002A
40 80 18 32,5 19 0,8 5 600 80 ±5 90 ± 45 0,40 BMB-6208/080S2/EB002A
45 85 19 35,1 21,6 0,92 5 000 80 ±5 90 ± 45 0,44 BMB-6209/080S2/EB002A
960
ra
raa
D2+1 db da Da
Bore diameter of end cover
≥ D2 + 1 mm
Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions Radial
internal
clearance
d d1 d2 D1 D2 b C r1,2 da db db Da ra
≈ ≈ min min min max max max min max
mm mm µm
15 21,5 19,5 30,4 34,4 1,35 2,06 0,6 19 19 19,4 31 0,6 11 25
20 28,5 26,4 40,6 46,4 1,35 2,06 1 25 25 26,3 42 1 13 28
25 34 31,8 46,3 51,4 1,35 2,46 1 30 30 31,5 47 1 13 28
30 40,3 37,8 54,1 58 1,9 3,28 1 35 35 37,5 57 1 13 28
40 52,6 48 69,8 75 1,9 3,28 1,1 46,5 46,5 47,5 73,5 1 15 33
45 57,6 53 75,2 78,8 1,9 3,28 1,1 51,5 51,5 52,5 78,5 1 18 36
961
Steer-By-Wire
Modules
SKF Steer-By-Wire Modules are plug-and- a square-wave signal by a Schmitt trigger.
play mechatronic components that combine The leading signal determines the direction
intelligent sensing technology with oper- of rotation.
ational functionality. The module provides an The digital output signals transmitted to
electronic signal that gives information on: the electronic processing control unit, equal
to the number of pole pairs on the impulse
1. the speed and acceleration of steering. ring, provide information about:
2. the direction of steering.
3. the relative position of the steering wheel. • the shaft’s angular position,
• direction of rotation and
The plug and play module includes the • speed or acceleration of the rotating shaft.
following:
The Steer-By-Wire module electronic output
• an SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearing, is redundant, containing an identical set of
• an active sensor, sensors that operate independently. If one
• a steering shaft set of sensors fails, the other set continues
working.
which are compactly integrated into a strong The active sensor requires external voltage
steel housing. The exterior surfaces are gal- supply. The signal output is fed via an open
vanically coated for protection against corro- collector circuit.
sion for severe environments. The modules
perform well in the temperature range from Designed for demanding applications
−40 to +70 °C. They are sealed for life and SKF Steer-By-Wire Modules are designed to
maintenance-free, thus relubrication and reduce OEM costs while providing more flexi-
steering torque adjustments are never needed. bility in cabin design, enhancing operator
comfort and ultimately productivity.
Active sensor design SKF Steer-By-Wire Modules can provide
The SKF Steer-By-Wire Module incorporates the manufacturers of off-road vehicles,
a compact, robust active sensor, which pro- including forklift trucks, agricultural, mining,
vides the incremental encoder function. Its construction and forestry equipment, water-
main components are the magnetic impulse craft or electric carts with more cost effec-
ring and four sensor cells embedded in a tive solutions.
body with connecting cables. For detailed information about the SKF
The composite magnetized impulse ring, Steer-By-Wire Modules please contact the
divided into a certain number of north and SKF application engineering service.
south poles, is linked to the rotating inner ring
of the bearing. The sensor body is attached
to the bearing outer ring and equipped with
four Hall cells and the connecting cable. An
analogue sinusoidal signal generated by the
Hall cells is amplified and converted into
963
Mast Height Control
units
SKF Mast Height Control units (MHC) are The digital output signal is equal to the
plug and play mechatronic components that number of pole pairs on the impulse ring.
combine intelligent sensing technology with This is transmitted to the electronic process-
operational functionality. The MHC unit pro- ing control unit, and provides information
vides an electronic signal that gives infor- about the length over which the unit has
mation on moved, speed and acceleration of the counter
surface, for example that of a fork lift mast.
1. the relative position of the mast, This allows accurate mast height control,
2. the direction the mast is moving and which is particularly important to those op-
3. the speed and acceleration of the mast erations that demand speed and accuracy
from the operator or the need of prepro-
The MHC unit includes an SKF Explorer grammed operating cycles. The MHC unit
class deep groove ball bearing with active output signals may also be used for simple
sensors integrated in either a pulley or cam digital read-out systems or to trigger other
roller arrangement. These units interface safety systems.
directly with the vehicle controller to provide
useful information to the operator. Designed for demanding applications
SKF MHC units are currently available in The concept of the SKF Mast Height Control
two designs. units primarily aims at increased operator
efficiency. MHC also has applications well
• A spring-loaded cam arrangement, using beyond fork lift trucks. They can be adapted
spring force to press the sensorized bear- to agricultural, forestry, mining and con-
ing against the moving part of the mast. struction equipment and a variety of other
The mechanical interface of the cam roller applications.
unit, which can be customized to meet the Additional designs of MHC units can be
OEM requirements, is directly driven by developed based on specific requirements.
the moving counter surface. For detailed information about the SKF cam
• A pulley arrangement, driven either by control units please contact the SKF applica-
a wire or belt that has been incorporated tion engineering service.
into the design of the mast height pos-
itioning system.
Active sensor design
The SKF cam control unit incorporates a
compact, robust active sensor, which pro-
vides the incremental encoder function. Its
main components are the magnetic impulse
ring and sensor cells embedded in a body
with connecting cables.
965
Other sensorized units
The SKF range of sensorized units is not tances and with long maintenance intervals.
limited to deep groove ball bearings and the The same is true for the integral sensors,
units described on the previous pages. In which control the braking system, ensure
the course of the development, the sensor optimum frictional engagement of the driving
concept was implemented many years ago wheels on starting-up and detect the direc-
with other bearing types as well. tion of rotation.
Several SKF publications are available with The SKF sensorized bearings for rail ve-
detailed information on these sensorized hicles meet these requirements. They are com-
bearing units and can be supplied by request. pact, ready-to-mount and easy-to-install
solutions, having a cylindrical roller bearing
Sensorized units for road vehicles (CRU) or taper roller bearing (TBU) as the
Pioneering developments in engineering basic bearing.
often start in vehicle construction. For rea- Apart from these bearing units with speed
sons of both weight reduction and safety, sensors, bearing units with temperature sen-
more and more vehicles are being equipped sors are also available from SKF. They allow
with speed sensing devices. The optimum immediate and permanent monitoring of
wheel speed sensor solution is however bearing temperature, detecting hot-running
unique for each individual application. axleboxes and bearing damage in operation.
Depending on requirements the sensor
can be either non-integrated or integrated Sensorized bearing units for traction
to improve reliability, save weight and ease motors
assembly. The sensor may also be either of Sensorized bearing units with integral speed
and temperature sensors for railway drive
• the passive type, which is capable of pro- systems, the TMBU Traction Motor Bearing
viding signals down to a speed of a few Units, are another speciality from SKF. Two
km/h sufficient for ABS or of standard basic versions are available:
• the active type, which can provide signals
down to zero speed, necessary for systems • for the non-driven side, a deep groove
such as traction control or navigation. ball bearing unit with flanged outer or
inner ring for attachment to the motor
Whatever the solution, SKF can help to take case or to the rotor shaft and
advantage of these opportunities by offering • for the drive side, a cylindrical roller/four-
a wide range of existing solutions for both point contact ball bearing unit.
car as well as truck hub units.
The SKF Traction Motor Bearing Unit concept
Sensorized bearing units for rail vehicles combines in one unit all the functions im-
Operating conditions in rail vehicles are espe- portant for the bearing arrangement, also
cially arduous. The bearings must not only including the insulation, if required.
tolerate vibration, impact loads, heavy loads
and extreme temperatures, but must ensure
high operational reliability over great dis-
967
Bearing accessories
Adapter sleeves …………………………… 971
Withdrawal sleeves ………………………… 991
Lock nuts …………………………………… 1003
969
Adapter sleeves
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 972
Basic design ………………………………………………………………………………… 972
Designs for oil injection …………………………………………………………………… 973
Designs for CARB toroidal roller bearings ……………………………………………… 974
Design for sealed bearings ………………………………………………………………… 974
General data …………………………………………………………………………………… 975
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 975
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 975
Thread ……………………………………………………………………………………… 975
Shaft tolerances ……………………………………………………………………………… 975
Product tables ………………………………………………………………………………… 976
Adapter sleeves for metric shafts ………………………………………………………… 976
Adapter sleeves for inch shafts …………………………………………………………… 984
971
Adapter sleeves
Designs Basic design
SKF adapter sleeves are supplied complete
Adapter sleeves are the most commonly with lock nut and locking device (➔ fig 2 ).
used components for locating bearings with Smaller sizes use a lock nut with a locking
a tapered bore onto a cylindrical seating as washer (a), larger sizes use a nut with locking
they can be used on smooth or stepped clip (b). The sleeves are slotted and have an
shafts (➔ fig 1 ). They are easy to mount and external taper of 1:12. Up to size 40, the
require no additional location on the shaft. sleeves are phosphated. Larger sizes are
When adapter sleeves are used on smooth untreated and oiled.
shafts, the bearing can be located at any SKF supplies adapter sleeves for metric
position on the shaft. When used on stepped and inch-size shafts. This catalogue con-
shafts, together with a stepped ring, bear- tains metric adapter sleeves that fit both
ings can be accurately positioned axially metric and inch shafting. For other inch-size
and bearing dismounting is also facilitated. adapter sleeves, please refer to the SKF cata-
logue “Bearing accessories”.
Fig 1 Fig 2
972
Designs for oil injection Fig 3
To enable the oil injection method to be used
to ease mounting and dismounting, SKF
adapter sleeves having a bore diameter of
140 mm up to 200 mm can be supplied to
special order already prepared for oil injec-
tion (➔ fig 3 ). This feature is standard for
sleeves having a bore diameter of 200 mm
and above. These adapter sleeves (a) have
an oil duct at the threaded side and an oil dis-
tributor groove on the outside surface. If oil is a
injected through this duct and groove, an oil
film is formed between the mating surfaces of
the bearing and sleeve and the force required
to mount the bearing is reduced consider-
ably. Details of the thread for attaching
the oil supply lead to the duct as well as of
appropriate hydraulic nuts will be found in
the product tables.
In addition to these standard sleeves
which are designated OH .. H and shown in
the product tables, SKF produces three
other designs which differ in the number and
arrangement of the oil ducts and distributor b
grooves. Details can be supplied on request.
OH design (b)
The oil supply duct is at the side opposite to
the threaded section and there is a distributor
groove in the outside surface.
OH .. B design (c)
The oil supply duct (or ducts) is at the side
opposite to the threaded section and there c
are distributor grooves in the bore as well as
the outside surface. Sleeves up to and in-
cluding size 40 have one supply duct, larger
sleeves have two.
OH .. HB design (d)
These sleeves have an oil supply duct (or
ducts) at the threaded side of the sleeve and
distributor grooves in the bore as well as the
outside surface. Sleeves up to and including
size 40 have one supply duct, larger sleeves
have two. d
The equipment required for the oil injection
method is also supplied by SKF. The use of
hydraulic nuts can considerably facilitate
973
Adapter sleeves
mounting and dismounting (➔ section Design for sealed bearings
“Maintenance and lubrication products”, When using sealed bearings on adapter
starting on page 1065). sleeves, care should be taken so that the
lock nut or locking washer will not damage
Designs for CARB toroidal roller bearings the seal. Sleeves in the E, C, L or TL designs
Where appropriate, modified adapter sleeves are suitable for sealed bearings. The locking
of the E, L and TL designs (➔ fig 4 ) are washer used with the H 3 .. C series adapter
available for CARB bearings, to prevent the sleeve has a protrusion on the side directed
locking device from chafing the cage: towards the bearing (➔ fig 5 ).
• With E-design sleeves, the standard lock
nut KM and locking washer MB are re-
placed by a KMFE nut (a), and the standard
lock nut HM 30 is replaced by an HME nut
with a recessed outside diameter (b).
• L-design sleeves (c) differ from the
standard design in that the standard lock
nut KM and locking washer MB have been
replaced by a KML nut and MBL locking
washer; these have a lower sectional
height.
• With the TL-design sleeve (d), the
standard HM .. T lock nut and MB locking
washer have been replaced by the corres-
ponding HM 30 nut and MS 30 locking
clip; these have a lower sectional height.
Fig 4
a b c d
974
General data Shaft tolerances
Dimensions As the name implies, adapter sleeves adapt
The dimensions of SKF adapter sleeves are themselves to the shaft diameter, so that
in accordance with ISO 2982-1:1995; ex- wider diameter tolerances can be permitted
cept bore diameter of sleeves for inch-size than for the seating of a bearing with a cylin-
shafts. drical bore. However, the form tolerances
must be kept within narrow limits as the ac-
Tolerances curacy of form directly affects the running
The bore diameter of SKF adapter sleeves is accuracy of the bearing. Generally, shafts
to tolerance js9, the width to h15. should be to an h9 tolerance but the cylin-
dricity should be to IT5/2 according to
Thread ISO 1101:1983.
SKF adapter sleeves up to size 40 have
metric threads with 6g tolerances according
to ISO 965-3:1998. Larger adapter sleeves
have metric trapezoidal threads with 7e
tolerances according to ISO 2903:1993.
Fig 5
975
Adapter sleeves for metric shafts
d1 17 – 75 mm
B2 B2
B2
B1
d
d1 G d3
H H .. E H .. C
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
mm kg –
17 20 32 24 7 M 20×1 0,036 H 204 KM 4 MB 4 –
20 32 28 7 M 20×1 0,040 H 304 KM 4 MB 4 –
20 25 38 26 8 M 25×1‚5 0,064 H 205 KM 5 MB 5 –
25 38 29 8 M 25×1‚5 0,071 H 305 KM 5 MB 5 –
25 38 29 8,5 M 25×1‚5 0,071 H 305 C KM 5 MB 5 C –
25 38 29 10,5 M 25×1‚5 0,076 H 305 E KMFE 5 – –
25 30 45 27 8 M 30×1‚5 0,086 H 206 KM 6 MB 6 –
30 45 31 8 M 30×1‚5 0,095 H 306 KM 6 MB 6 –
30 45 31 8,5 M 30×1‚5 0,095 H 306 C KM 6 MB 6 C –
30 45 31 10,5 M 30×1‚5 0,11 H 306 E KMFE 6 – –
30 45 38 8 M 30×1‚5 0,11 H 2306 KM 6 MB 6 –
30 35 52 29 9 M 35×1‚5 0,12 H 207 KM 7 MB 7 –
35 52 35 9 M 35×1‚5 0,14 H 307 KM 7 MB 7 –
35 52 35 9,5 M 35×1‚5 0,14 H 307 C KM 7 MB 7 C –
35 52 35 11,5 M 35×1‚5 0,15 H 307 E KMFE 7 – –
35 52 43 9 M 35×1‚5 0,16 H 2307 KM 7 MB 7 –
35 40 58 31 10 M 40×1‚5 0,16 H 208 KM 8 MB 8 –
40 58 36 10 M 40×1‚5 0,17 H 308 KM 8 MB 8 –
40 58 36 10,5 M 40×1‚5 0,17 H 308 C KM 8 MB 8 C –
40 58 36 13 M 40×1‚5 0,19 H 308 E KMFE 8 – –
40 58 46 10 M 40×1‚5 0,22 H 2308 KM 8 MB 8 –
40 45 65 33 11 M 45×1‚5 0,21 H 209 KM 9 MB 9 –
45 65 39 11 M 45×1‚5 0,23 H 309 KM 9 MB 9 –
45 65 39 11,5 M 45×1‚5 0,23 H 309 C KM 9 MB 9 C –
45 65 39 13 M 45×1‚5 0,24 H 309 E KMFE 9 – –
45 65 50 11 M 45×1‚5 0,27 H 2309 KM 9 MB 9 –
45 50 70 35 12 M 50×1‚5 0,24 H 210 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 42 12 M 50×1‚5 0,27 H 310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 42 12,5 M 50×1‚5 0,27 H 310 C KM 10 MB 10 C HMV 10 E
50 70 42 14 M 50×1‚5 0,30 H 310 E KMFE 10 – HMV 10 E
50 70 55 12 M 50×1‚5 0,34 H 2310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
976
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
mm kg –
50 55 75 37 12,5 M 55×2 0,28 H 211 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
55 75 45 12,5 M 55×2 0,32 H 311 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
55 75 45 13 M 55×2 0,32 H 311 C KM 11 MB 11 C HMV 11 E
55 75 45 14 M 55×2 0,34 H 311 E KMFE 11 – HMV 11 E
55 75 59 12,5 M 55×2 0,39 H 2311 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
55 60 80 38 13 M 60×2 0,31 H 212 KM 12 MB 12 HMV 12 E
60 80 47 13 M 60×2 0,36 H 312 KM 12 MB 12 HMV 12 E
60 80 47 14 M 60×2 0,40 H 312 E KMFE 12 – HMV 12 E
60 80 62 13 M 60×2 0,45 H 2312 KM 12 MB 12 HMV 12 E
60 65 85 40 14 M 65×2 0,36 H 213 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 50 14 M 65×2 0,42 H 313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 50 15 M 65×2 0,42 H 313 C KM 13 MB 13 C HMV 13 E
65 85 50 15 M 65×2 0,43 H 313 E KMFE 13 – HMV 13 E
65 85 65 14 M 65×2 0,52 H 2313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
70 92 52 14 M 70×2 0,67 H 314 KM 14 MB 14 HMV 14 E
70 92 52 15 M 70×2 0,67 H 314 E KMFE 14 – HMV 14 E
70 92 68 14 M 70×2 0,88 H 2314 KM 14 MB 14 HMV 14 E
65 75 98 43 15 M 75×2 0,66 H 215 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 55 15 M 75×2 0,78 H 315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 55 16 M 75×2 0,80 H 315 E KMFE 15 – HMV 15 E
75 98 73 15 M 75×2 1,10 H 2315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
70 80 105 46 17 M 80×2 0,81 H 216 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
80 105 59 17 M 80×2 0,95 H 316 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
80 105 59 18 M 80×2 1,01 H 316 E KMFE 16 – HMV 16 E
80 105 78 17 M 80×2 1,20 H 2316 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
75 85 110 50 18 M 85×2 0,94 H 217 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
85 110 63 18 M 85×2 1,10 H 317 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
85 110 63 19 M 85×2 1,17 H 317 E KMFE 17 – HMV 17 E
85 110 82 18 M 85×2 1,35 H 2317 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
977
Adapter sleeves for metric shafts
d1 80 – 180 mm
B2 B2
B1
d
d1 G d3
H, H .. L H .. E
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
mm kg –
80 90 120 52 18 M 90×2 1,10 H 218 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
90 120 65 18 M 90×2 1,30 H 318 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
90 120 65 19 M 90×2 1,43 H 318 E KMFE 18 – HMV 18 E
90 120 86 18 M 90×2 1,60 H 2318 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
85 95 125 55 19 M 95×2 1,25 H 219 KM 19 MB 19 HMV 19 E
95 125 68 19 M 95×2 1,40 H 319 KM 19 MB 19 HMV 19 E
95 125 68 20 M 95×2 1,41 H 319 E KMFE 19 – HMV 19 E
95 125 90 19 M 95×2 1,80 H 2319 KM 19 MB 19 HMV 19 E
90 100 130 58 20 M 100×2 1,40 H 220 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 71 20 M 100×2 1,60 H 320 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 71 21 M 100×2 1,72 H 320 E KMFE 20 – HMV 20 E
100 130 76 20 M 100×2 1,80 H 3120 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 97 20 M 100×2 2,00 H 2320 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 110 145 63 21 M 110×2 1,80 H 222 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
110 145 77 21 M 110×2 2,04 H 322 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
110 145 77 21,5 M 110×2 2,11 H 322 E KMFE 22 – HMV 22 E
110 145 81 21 M 110×2 2,10 H 3122 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
110 145 105 21 M 110×2 2,75 H 2322 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
110 120 145 72 22 M 120×2 1,80 H 3024 KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
120 155 72 26 M 120×2 1,87 H 3024 E KMFE 24 – HMV 24 E
120 155 88 22 M 120×2 2,50 H 3124 KM 24 MB 24 HMV 24 E
120 145 88 22 M 120×2 2,50 H 3124 L KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
120 155 112 22 M 120×2 3,00 H 2324 KM 24 MB 24 HMV 24 E
120 145 112 22 M 120×2 3,12 H 2324 L KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
115 130 155 80 23 M 130×2 2,80 H 3026 KML 26 MBL 26 HMV 26 E
130 165 92 23 M 130×2 3,45 H 3126 KM 26 MB 26 HMV 26 E
130 155 92 23 M 130×2 3,65 H 3126 L KML 26 MBL 26 HMV 26 E
130 165 121 23 M 130×2 4,45 H 2326 KM 26 MB 26 HMV 26 E
125 140 165 82 24 M 140×2 3,05 H 3028 KML 28 MBL 28 HMV 28 E
140 180 97 24 M 140×2 4,10 H 3128 KM 28 MB 28 HMV 28 E
140 165 97 24 M 140×2 3,62 H 3128 L KML 28 MBL 28 HMV 28 E
140 180 131 24 M 140×2 5,40 H 2328 KM 28 MB 28 HMV 28 E
978
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
mm kg –
135 150 180 87 26 M 150×2 3,75 H 3030 KML 30 MBL 30 HMV 30 E
150 195 111 26 M 150×2 5,25 H 3130 KM 30 MB 30 HMV 30 E
150 180 111 26 M 150×2 4,70 H 3130 L KML 30 MBL 30 HMV 30 E
150 195 139 26 M 150×2 6,40 H 2330 KM 30 MB 30 HMV 30 E
140 160 190 93 27,5 M 160×3 5,10 H 3032 KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
160 210 119 27,5 M 160×3 7,25 H 3132 KM 32 MB 32 HMV 32 E
160 190 119 27,5 M 160×3 6,40 H 3132 L KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
160 210 147 27,5 M 160×3 8,80 H 2332 KM 32 MB 32 HMV 32 E
160 190 147 27,5 M 160×3 7,95 H 2332 L KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
150 170 200 101 28,5 M 170×3 5,80 H 3034 KML 34 MBL 34 HMV 34 E
170 220 122 28,5 M 170×3 8,10 H 3134 KM 34 MB 34 HMV 34 E
170 200 122 28,5 M 170×3 7,15 H 3134 L KML 34 MBL 34 HMV 34 E
170 220 154 28,5 M 170×3 9,90 H 2334 KM 34 MB 34 HMV 34 E
160 180 210 87 29,5 M 180×3 5,70 H 3936 KML 36 MBL 36 HMV 36 E
180 210 109 29,5 M 180×3 6,70 H 3036 KML 36 MBL 36 HMV 36 E
180 230 131 29,5 M 180×3 9,15 H 3136 KM 36 MB 36 HMV 36 E
180 210 131 29,5 M 180×3 8,15 H 3136 L KML 36 MBL 36 HMV 36 E
180 230 161 30 M 180×3 11,0 H 2336 KM 36 MB 36 HMV 36 E
170 190 220 89 30,5 M 190×3 6,20 H 3938 KML 38 MBL 38 HMV 38 E
190 220 112 30,5 M 190×3 7,25 H 3038 KML 38 MBL 38 HMV 38 E
190 240 141 30,5 M 190×3 10,5 H 3138 KM 38 MB 38 HMV 38 E
190 240 169 30,5 M 190×3 12,0 H 2338 KM 38 MB 38 HMV 38 E
180 200 240 98 31,5 M 200×3 7,90 H 3940 KML 40 MBL 40 HMV 40 E
200 240 120 31,5 M 200×3 8,90 H 3040 KML 40 MBL 40 HMV 40 E
200 250 150 31,5 M 200×3 12,0 H 3140 KM 40 MB 40 HMV 40 E
200 250 176 31,5 M 200×3 13,5 H 2340 KM 40 MB 40 HMV 40 E
979
Adapter sleeves for metric shafts
d1 200 – 450 mm
B3
B2
d
B1
d1 G d3
A G1
OH .. H, OH .. HTL OH .. HE
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 B3 G G1 A locking device nut
mm kg –
200 220 260 96 30 41 Tr 220×4 M6 4,2 7,95 OH 3944 H HM 3044 MS 3044 HMV 44 E
220 260 126 30 41 Tr 220×4 M6 4,2 9,90 OH 3044 H HM 3044 MS 3044 HMV 44 E
220 280 161 35 – Tr 220×4 M6 4,2 15,0 OH 3144 H HM 44 T MB 44 HMV 44 E
220 260 161 30 41 Tr 220×4 M6 4,2 14,3 OH 3144 HTL HM 3044 MS 3044 HMV 44 E
220 280 186 35 – Tr 220×4 M6 4,2 17,0 OH 2344 H HM 44 T MB 44 HMV 44 E
220 240 290 101 34 46 Tr 240×4 M6 4,2 11,0 OH 3948 H HM 3048 MS 3052-48 HMV 48 E
240 290 133 34 46 Tr 240×4 M6 4,2 12,0 OH 3048 H HM 3048 MS 3052-48 HMV 48 E
240 300 172 37 – Tr 240×4 M6 4,2 16,5 OH 3148 H HM 48 T MB 48 HMV 48 E
240 290 172 34 46 Tr 240×4 M6 4,2 15,1 OH 3148 HTL HM 3048 MS 3052-48 HMV 48 E
240 300 199 37 – Tr 240×4 M6 4,2 19,0 OH 2348 H HM 48 T MB 48 HMV 48 E
240 260 310 116 34 46 Tr 260×4 M6 4,2 11,7 OH 3952 H HM 3052 MS 3052-48 HMV 52 E
260 310 145 34 46 Tr 260×4 M6 4,2 13,5 OH 3052 H HM 3052 MS 3052-48 HMV 52 E
260 330 190 39 – Tr 260×4 M6 4,2 21,0 OH 3152 H HM 52 T MB 52 HMV 52 E
260 310 190 34 46 Tr 260×4 M6 4,2 17,7 OH 3152 HTL HM 3052 MS 3052-48 HMV 52 E
260 330 211 39 – Tr 260×4 M6 4,2 23,0 OH 2352 H HM 52 T MB 52 HMV 52 E
260 280 330 121 38 50 Tr 280×4 M6 4,2 15,3 OH 3956 H HM 3056 MS 3056 HMV 56 E
280 330 152 38 50 Tr 280×4 M6 4,2 16,0 OH 3056 H HM 3056 MS 3056 HMV 56 E
280 350 195 41 – Tr 280×4 M6 4,2 23,0 OH 3156 H HM 56 T MB 56 HMV 56 E
280 330 195 38 50 Tr 280×4 M6 4,2 19,3 OH 3156 HTL HM 3056 MS 3056 HMV 56 E
280 350 224 41 – Tr 280×4 M6 4,2 27,0 OH 2356 H HM 56 T MB 56 HMV 56 E
280 300 360 140 42 54 Tr 300×4 M6 4,2 20,0 OH 3960 H HM 3060 MS 3060 HMV 60 E
300 360 168 42 54 Tr 300×4 M6 4,2 20,5 OH 3060 H HM 3060 MS 3060 HMV 60 E
300 380 208 40 53 Tr 300×4 M6 4,2 29,0 OH 3160 H HM 3160 MS 3160 HMV 60 E
300 380 240 40 53 Tr 300×4 M6 4,2 32,0 OH 3260 H HM 3160 MS 3160 HMV 60 E
300 320 380 140 42 55 Tr 320×5 M6 4 21,5 OH 3964 H HM 3064 MS 3068-64 HMV 64 E
320 380 171 42 55 Tr 320×5 M6 4 22,0 OH 3064 H HM 3064 MS 3068-64 HMV 64 E
320 400 226 42 56 Tr 320×5 M6 4 32,0 OH 3164 H HM 3164 MS 3164 HMV 64 E
320 400 258 42 56 Tr 320×5 M6 4 35,0 OH 3264 H HM 3164 MS 3164 HMV 64 E
320 340 400 144 45 58 Tr 340×5 M6 4 24,5 OH 3968 H HM 3068 MS 3068-64 HMV 68 E
340 400 187 45 58 Tr 340×5 M6 4 27,0 OH 3068 H HM 3068 MS 3068-64 HMV 68 E
340 440 254 55 72 Tr 340×5 M6 4 50,0 OH 3168 H HM 3168 MS 3172-68 HMV 68 E
340 440 288 55 72 Tr 340×5 M6 4 51,5 OH 3268 H HM 3168 MS 3172-68 HMV 68 E
For OH .. HE sleeves not listed in the table, please contact SKF
980
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 B3 G G1 A locking device nut
mm kg –
340 360 420 144 45 58 Tr 360×5 M6 4 25,2 OH 3972 H HM 3072 MS 3072 HMV 72 E
360 420 144 45 58 Tr 360×5 M6 4 25,2 OH 3972 HE HME 3072 MS 3072 HMV 72 E
360 420 188 45 58 Tr 360×5 M6 4 29,0 OH 3072 H HM 3072 MS 3072 HMV 72 E
360 460 259 58 75 Tr 360×5 M6 4 56,0 OH 3172 H HM 3172 MS 3172-68 HMV 72 E
360 460 299 58 75 Tr 360×5 M6 4 60,5 OH 3272 H HM 3172 MS 3172-68 HMV 72 E
360 380 450 164 48 62 Tr 380×5 M6 4 31,5 OH 3976 H HM 3076 MS 3080-76 HMV 76 E
380 450 193 48 62 Tr 380×5 M6 4 35,5 OH 3076 H HM 3076 MS 3080-76 HMV 76 E
380 490 264 60 77 Tr 380×5 M6 4 61,5 OH 3176 H HM 3176 MS 3176 HMV 76 E
380 490 310 60 77 Tr 380×5 M6 4 69,5 OH 3276 H HM 3176 MS 3176 HMV 76 E
380 400 470 168 52 66 Tr 400×5 M6 4 35,0 OH 3980 H HM 3080 MS 3080-76 HMV 80 E
400 470 210 52 66 Tr 400×5 M6 4 40,0 OH 3080 H HM 3080 MS 3080-76 HMV 80 E
400 520 272 62 82 Tr 400×5 M6 4 73,0 OH 3180 H HM 3180 MS 3184-80 HMV 80 E
400 520 328 62 82 Tr 400×5 M6 4 87,0 OH 3280 H HM 3180 MS 3184-80 HMV 80 E
400 420 490 168 52 66 Tr 420×5 M6 4 36,0 OH 3984 H HM 3084 MS 3084 HMV 84 E
420 490 168 52 66 Tr 420×5 M6 4 36,0 OH 3984 HE HME 3084 MS 3084 HMV 84 E
420 490 212 52 66 Tr 420×5 M6 4 47,0 OH 3084 H HM 3084 MS 3084 HMV 84 E
420 540 304 70 90 Tr 420×5 M6 4 80,0 OH 3184 H HM 3184 MS 3184-80 HMV 84 E
420 540 352 70 90 Tr 420×5 M6 4 96,0 OH 3284 H HM 3184 MS 3184-80 HMV 84 E
410 440 520 189 60 77 Tr 440×5 M8 6,5 58,0 OH 3988 H HM 3088 MS 3092-88 HMV 88 E
440 520 228 60 77 Tr 440×5 M8 6,5 65,0 OH 3088 H HM 3088 MS 3092-88 HMV 88 E
440 560 307 70 90 Tr 440×5 M8 6,5 95,0 OH 3188 H HM 3188 MS 3192-88 HMV 88 E
440 560 361 70 90 Tr 440×5 M8 6,5 117 OH 3288 H HM 3188 MS 3192-88 HMV 88 E
430 460 540 189 60 77 Tr 460×5 M8 6,5 60,0 OH 3992 H HM 3092 MS 3092-88 HMV 92 E
460 540 234 60 77 Tr 460×5 M8 6,5 71,0 OH 3092 H HM 3092 MS 3092-88 HMV 92 E
460 580 326 75 95 Tr 460×5 M8 6,5 119 OH 3192 H HM 3192 MS 3192-88 HMV 92 E
460 580 382 75 95 Tr 460×5 M8 6,5 134 OH 3292 H HM 3192 MS 3192-88 HMV 92 E
450 480 560 200 60 77 Tr 480×5 M8 6,5 66,0 OH 3996 H HM 3096 MS 30/500-96 HMV 96 E
480 560 200 60 77 Tr 480×5 M8 6,5 66,0 OH 3996 HE HME 3096 MS 30/500-96 HMV 96 E
480 560 237 60 77 Tr 480×5 M8 6,5 75,0 OH 3096 H HM 3096 MS 30/500-96 HMV 96 E
480 620 335 75 95 Tr 480×5 M8 6,5 135 OH 3196 H HM 3196 MS 3196 HMV 96 E
480 620 397 75 95 Tr 480×5 M8 6,5 153 OH 3296 H HM 3196 MS 3196 HMV 96 E
For OH .. HE sleeves not listed in the table, please contact SKF
981
Adapter sleeves for metric shafts
d1 470 – 1 000 mm
B3
B2
d
B1
d1 G d3
A G1
OH .. H OH .. HE
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 B3 G G1 A locking device nut
mm kg –
470 500 580 208 68 85 Tr 500×5 M8 6,5 74,3 OH 39/500 H HM 30/500 MS 30/500-96 HMV 100 E
500 580 208 68 85 Tr 500×5 M8 6,5 74,3 OH 39/500 HE HME 30/500 MS 30/500-96 HMV 100 E
500 580 247 68 85 Tr 500×5 M8 6,5 82,0 OH 30/500 H HM 30/500 MS 30/500-96 HMV 100 E
500 630 356 80 100 Tr 500×5 M8 6,5 145 OH 31/500 H HM 31/500 MS 31/500 HMV 100 E
500 630 428 80 100 Tr 500×5 M8 6 170 OH 32/500 H HM 31/500 MS 31/500 HMV 100 E
500 530 630 216 68 90 Tr 530×6 M8 6 87,9 OH 39/530 H HM 30/530 MS 30/600-530 HMV 106 E
530 630 216 68 90 Tr 530×6 M8 6 87,9 OH 39/530 HE HME 30/530 MS 30/600-530 HMV 106 E
530 630 265 68 90 Tr 530×6 M8 6 105 OH 30/530 H HM 30/530 MS 30/600-530 HMV 106 E
530 670 364 80 105 Tr 530×6 M8 6 161 OH 31/530 H HM 31/530 MS 31/530 HMV 106 E
530 670 447 80 105 Tr 530×6 M8 6 192 OH 32/530 H HM 31/530 MS 31/530 HMV 106 E
530 560 650 227 75 97 Tr 560×6 M8 6 95,0 OH 39/560 H HM 30/560 MS 30/560 HMV 112 E
560 650 227 75 97 Tr 560×6 M8 6 95,0 OH 39/560 HE HME 30/560 MS 30/560 HMV 112 E
560 650 282 75 97 Tr 560×6 M8 6 112 OH 30/560 H HM 30/560 MS 30/560 HMV 112 E
560 710 377 85 110 Tr 560×6 M8 6 185 OH 31/560 H HM 31/560 MS 31/600–560 HMV 112 E
560 710 462 85 110 Tr 560×6 M8 6 219 OH 32/560 H HM 31/560 MS 31/600–560 HMV 112 E
600 630 730 254 75 97 Tr 630×6 M8 6 124 OH 39/630 H HM 30/630 MS 30/630 HMV 126 E
630 730 254 75 97 Tr 630×6 M8 6 124 OH 39/630 HE HME 30/630 MS 30/630 HMV 126 E
630 730 301 75 97 Tr 630×6 M8 6 138 OH 30/630 H HM 30/630 MS 30/630 HMV 126 E
630 800 424 95 120 Tr 630×6 M8 6 254 OH 31/630 H HM 31/630 MS 31/630 HMV 126 E
630 670 780 264 80 102 Tr 670×6 G 1/8 8 162 OH 39/670 H HM 30/670 MS 30/670 HMV 134 E
670 780 324 80 102 Tr 670×6 G 1/8 8 190 OH 30/670 H HM 30/670 MS 30/670 HMV 134 E
670 850 456 106 131 Tr 670×6 G 1/8 8 340 OH 31/670 H HM 31/670 MS 31/670 HMV 134 E
670 850 558 106 131 Tr 670×6 G 1/8 8 401 OH 32/670 H HM 31/670 MS 31/670 HMV 134 E
670 710 830 286 90 112 Tr 710×7 G 1/8 8 183 OH 39/710 H HM 30/710 MS 30/710 HMV 142 E
710 830 286 90 112 Tr 710×7 G 1/8 8 183 OH 39/710 HE HME 30/710 MS 30/710 HMV 142 E
710 830 342 90 112 Tr 710×7 G 1/8 8 228 OH 30/710 H HM 30/710 MS 30/710 HMV 142 E
710 900 467 106 135 Tr 710×7 G 1/8 8 392 OH 31/710 H HM 31/710 MS 31/710 HMV 142 E
710 900 572 106 135 Tr 710×7 G 1/8 8 459 OH 32/710 H HM 31/710 MS 31/710 HMV 142 E
710 750 870 291 90 112 Tr 750×7 G 1/8 8 211 OH 39/750 H HM 30/750 MS 30/800-750 HMV 150 E
750 870 291 90 112 Tr 750×7 G 1/8 8 211 OH 39/750 HE HME 30/750 MS 30/800-750 HMV 150 E
750 870 356 90 112 Tr 750×7 G 1/8 8 246 OH 30/750 H HM 30/750 MS 30/800-750 HMV 150 E
750 950 493 112 141 Tr 750×7 G 1/8 8 451 OH 31/750 H HM 31/750 MS 31/800-750 HMV 150 E
750 950 603 112 141 Tr 750×7 G 1/8 8 526 OH 32/750 H HM 31/750 MS 31/800-750 HMV 150 E
For OH .. HE sleeves not listed in the table, please contact SKF
982
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 B3 G G1 A locking device nut
mm kg –
750 800 920 303 90 112 Tr 800×7 G 1/8 10 259 OH 39/800 H HM 30/800 MS 30/800-750 HMV 160 E
800 920 303 90 112 Tr 800×7 G 1/8 10 259 OH 39/800 HE HME 30/800 MS 30/800-750 HMV 160 E
800 920 366 90 112 Tr 800×7 G 1/8 10 302 OH 30/800 H HM 30/800 MS 30/800-750 HMV 160 E
800 1 000 505 112 141 Tr 800×7 G 1/8 10 535 OH 31/800 H HM 31/800 MS 31/800-750 HMV 160 E
800 850 980 308 90 115 Tr 850×7 G 1/8 10 288 OH 39/850 H HM 30/850 MS 30/900-850 HMV 170 E
850 980 308 90 115 Tr 850×7 G 1/8 10 288 OH 39/850 HE HME 30/850 MS 30/900-850 HMV 170 E
850 980 380 90 115 Tr 850×7 G 1/8 10 341 OH 30/850 H HM 30/850 MS 30/900-850 HMV 170 E
850 1 060 536 118 147 Tr 850×7 G 1/8 10 616 OH 31/850 H HM 31/850 MS 31/850 HMV 170 E
850 900 1 030 326 100 125 Tr 900×7 G 1/8 10 330 OH 39/900 H HM 30/900 MS 30/900-850 HMV 180 E
900 1 030 326 100 125 Tr 900×7 G 1/8 10 330 OH 39/900 HE HME 30/900 MS 30/900-850 HMV 180 E
900 1 030 400 100 125 Tr 900×7 G 1/8 10 387 OH 30/900 H HM 30/900 MS 30/900-850 HMV 180 E
900 1 120 557 125 154 Tr 900×7 G 1/8 10 677 OH 31/900 H HM 31/900 MS 31/850 HMV 180 E
900 950 1 080 344 100 125 Tr 950×8 G 1/8 10 363 OH 39/950 H HM 30/950 MS 30/950 HMV 190 E
950 1 080 420 100 125 Tr 950×8 G 1/8 10 424 OH 30/950 H HM 30/950 MS 30/950 HMV 190 E
950 1 170 583 125 154 Tr 950×8 G 1/8 10 738 OH 31/950 H HM 31/950 MS 31/950 HMV 190 E
950 1 000 1 140 358 100 125 Tr 1000×8 G 1/8 10 407 OH 39/1000 H HM 30/1000 MS 30/1000 HMV 200 E
1 000 1 140 430 100 125 Tr 1000×8 G 1/8 10 470 OH 30/1000 H HM 30/1000 MS 30/1000 HMV 200 E
1 000 1 240 609 100 154 Tr 1000×8 G 1/8 10 842 OH 31/1000 H HM 31/1000 MS 31/1000 HMV 200 E
1 000 1 060 1 200 372 100 125 Tr 1060×8 G 1/8 12 490 OH 39/1060 H HM 30/1060 MS 30/1000 HMV 212 E
1 060 1 200 447 100 125 Tr 1060×8 G 1/8 12 571 OH 30/1060 H HM 30/1060 MS 30/1000 HMV 212 E
1 060 1 300 622 125 154 Tr 1060×8 G 1/8 12 984 OH 31/1060 H HM 31/1060 MS 31/1000 HMV 212 E
For OH .. HE sleeves not listed in the table, please contact SKF
983
Adapter sleeves for inch shafts
d1 3/4 – 2 3/16 in
B2 B2
B1
d
d1 G d3
HA, HE, HS HA .. E, HE .. E, HS .. E
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking
with nut and nut device
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device
in mm kg –
3/4 19,050 25 38 26 8 M 25×1‚5 0,070 HE 205 KM 5 MB 5
25 38 29 8 M 25×1‚5 0,080 HE 305 KM 5 MB 5
25 38 29 10,5 M 25×1‚5 0,088 HE 305 E KMFE 5 –
25 38 35 8 M 25×1‚5 0,090 HE 2305 KM 5 MB 5
7/8 22,225 30 45 27 8 M 30×1‚5 0,11 HS 206 KM 6 MB 6
30 45 31 8 M 30×1‚5 0,12 HS 306 KM 6 MB 6
15/16 23,813 30 45 27 8 M 30×1‚5 0,10 HA 206 KM 6 MB 6
30 45 31 8 M 30×1‚5 0,12 HA 306 KM 6 MB 6
30 45 31 10,5 M 30×1‚5 0,13 HA 306 E KMFE 6 –
30 45 38 8 M 30×1‚5 0,13 HA 2306 KM 6 MB 6
1 25,400 30 45 27 8 M 30×1‚5 0,080 HE 206 KM 6 MB 6
30 45 31 8 M 30×1‚5 0,10 HE 306 KM 6 MB 6
30 45 31 10,5 M 30×1‚5 0,11 HE 306 E KMFE 6 –
30 45 38 8 M 30×1‚5 0,11 HE 2306 KM 6 MB 6
1 1/8 28,575 35 52 29 9 M 35×1‚5 0,14 HS 207 KM 7 MB 7
35 52 35 9 M 35×1‚5 0,16 HS 307 KM 7 MB 7
35 52 35 11,5 M 35×1‚5 0,17 HS 307 E KMFE 7 –
1 3/16 30,163 35 52 29 9 M 35×1‚5 0,12 HA 207 KM 7 MB 7
35 52 35 9 M 35×1‚5 0,14 HA 307 KM 7 MB 7
35 52 35 11,5 M 35×1‚5 0,15 HA 307 E KMFE 7 –
35 52 43 9 M 35×1‚5 0,16 HA 2307 KM 7 MB 7
1 1/4 31,750 40 58 31 10 M 40×1‚5 0,19 HE 208 KM 8 MB 8
40 58 36 10 M 40×1‚5 0,22 HE 308 KM 8 MB 8
40 58 36 13 M 40×1‚5 0,19 HE 308 E KMFE 8 –
40 58 46 10 M 40×1‚5 0,28 HE 2308 KM 8 MB 8
1 3/8 34,925 40 58 31 10 M 40×1‚5 0,16 HS 208 KM 8 MB 8
40 58 36 10 M 40×1‚5 0,17 HS 308 KM 8 MB 8
1 7/16 36,512 45 65 33 11 M 45×1‚5 0,26 HA 209 KM 9 MB 9
45 65 39 11 M 45×1‚5 0,29 HA 309 KM 9 MB 9
45 65 39 13 M 45×1‚5 0,31 HA 309 E KMFE 9 –
45 65 50 11 M 45×1‚5 0,35 HA 2309 KM 9 MB 9
984
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
in mm kg –
1 1/2 38,100 45 65 33 11 M 45×1‚5 0,20 HE 209 KM 9 MB 9 –
45 65 39 11 M 45×1‚5 0,24 HE 309 KM 9 MB 9 –
45 65 39 13 M 45×1‚5 0,26 HE 309 E KMFE 9 – –
45 65 50 11 M 45×1‚5 0,31 HE 2309 KM 9 MB 9 –
1 5/8 41,275 50 70 35 12 M 50×1‚5 0,31 HS 210 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 42 12 M 50×1‚5 0,36 HS 310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 55 12 M 50×1‚5 0,40 HS 2310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
1 11/16 42,863 50 70 35 12 M 50×1‚5 0,28 HA 210 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 42 12 M 50×1‚5 0,32 HA 310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 42 14 M 50×1‚5 0,32 HA 310 E KMFE 10 – HMV 10 E
50 70 55 12 M 50×1‚5 0,40 HA 2310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
1 3/4 44,450 50 70 35 12 M 50×1‚5 0,26 HE 210 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 42 12 M 50×1‚5 0,29 HE 310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
50 70 42 14 M 50×1‚5 0,29 HE 310 E KMFE 10 – HMV 10 E
50 70 55 12 M 50×1‚5 0,36 HE 2310 KM 10 MB 10 HMV 10 E
1 7/8 47,625 55 75 37 12,5 M 55×2 0,33 HS 211 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
55 75 45 12,5 M 55×2 0,38 HS 311 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
1 15/16 49,213 55 75 37 12,5 M 55×2 0,30 HA 211 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
55 75 45 12,5 M 55×2 0,34 HA 311 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
55 75 45 14 M 55×2 0,35 HA 311 E KMFE 11 – HMV 11 E
55 75 59 12,5 M 55×2 0,42 HA 2311 KM 11 MB 11 HMV 11 E
2 50,800 55 75 37 12,5 W 55× 1/19 0,26 HE 211 B HM 11 MB 11 –
55 75 45 12,5 W 55× 1/19 0,29 HE 311 B HM 11 MB 11 –
55 75 45 14 W 55× 1/19 0,30 HE 311 BE KMFE 11 B – –
55 75 59 12,5 W 55× 1/19 0,36 HE 2311 B HM 11 MB 11 –
2 1/8 53,975 60 80 38 13 M 60×2 0,35 HS 212 KM 12 MB 12 HMV 12 E
60 80 47 13 M 60×2 0,40 HS 312 KM 12 MB 12 HMV 12 E
60 80 47 14 M 60×2 0,41 HS 312 E KMFE 12 – HMV 12 E
60 80 62 13 M 60×2 0,49 HS 2312 KM 12 MB 12 HMV 12 E
2 3/16 55,563 65 85 40 14 M 65×2 0,49 HA 213 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 50 14 M 65×2 0,58 HA 313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 50 15 M 65×2 0,59 HA 313 E KMFE 13 – HMV 13 E
65 85 65 14 M 65×2 0,75 HA 2313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
985
Adapter sleeves for inch shafts
d1 2 1/4 – 4 3/16 in
B2 B2
B1
d
d1 G d3
HA, HE, HS HA .. E, HE .. E
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
in mm kg –
2 1/4 57,150 65 85 40 14 M 65×2 0,44 HE 213 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 50 14 M 65×2 0,52 HE 313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 50 15 M 65×2 0,53 HE 313 E KMFE 13 – HMV 13 E
65 85 65 14 M 65×2 0,65 HE 2313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
2 3/8 60,325 65 85 40 14 M 65×2 0,44 HS 213 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 50 14 M 65×2 0,71 HS 313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
65 85 65 14 M 65×2 0,80 HS 2313 KM 13 MB 13 HMV 13 E
2 7/16 61,913 75 98 43 15 M 75×2 0,75 HA 215 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 55 15 M 75×2 0,91 HA 315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 55 16 M 75×2 0,93 HA 315 E KMFE 15 – HMV 15 E
75 98 73 15 M 75×2 1,15 HA 2315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
2 1/2 63,500 75 98 43 15 M 75×2 0,70 HE 215 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 55 15 M 75×2 0,85 HE 315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 55 16 M 75×2 0,87 HE 315 E KMFE 15 – HMV 15 E
75 98 73 15 M 75×2 1,09 HE 2315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
2 5/8 66,675 75 98 43 15 M 75×2 0,70 HS 215 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 55 15 M 75×2 0,71 HS 315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
75 98 73 15 M 75×2 0,90 HS 2315 KM 15 MB 15 HMV 15 E
2 11/16 68,263 80 105 46 17 M 80×2 0,87 HA 216 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
80 105 59 17 M 80×2 1,05 HA 316 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
80 105 59 18 M 80×2 1,06 HA 316 E KMFE 16 – HMV 16 E
80 105 78 17 M 80×2 1,30 HA 2316 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
2 3/4 69,850 80 105 46 17 M 80×2 0,81 HE 216 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
80 105 59 17 M 80×2 0,97 HE 316 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
80 105 59 18 M 80×2 0,98 HE 316 E KMFE 16 – HMV 16 E
80 105 78 17 M 80×2 1,20 HE 2316 KM 16 MB 16 HMV 16 E
2 15/16 74,613 85 110 50 18 M 85×2 0,94 HA 217 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
85 110 63 18 M 85×2 1,10 HA 317 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
85 110 63 19 M 85×2 1,19 HA 317 E KMFE 17 – HMV 17 E
85 110 82 18 M 85×2 1,40 HA 2317 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
3 76,200 85 110 50 18 M 85×2 0,87 HE 217 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
85 110 63 18 M 85×2 1,00 HE 317 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
85 110 63 19 M 85×2 0,99 HE 317 E KMFE 17 – HMV 17 E
85 110 82 18 M 85×2 1,30 HE 2317 KM 17 MB 17 HMV 17 E
986
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
in mm kg –
3 3/16 80,963 90 120 52 18 M 90×2 1,05 HA 218 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
90 120 65 18 M 90×2 1,25 HA 318 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
90 120 65 19 M 90×2 1,26 HA 318 E KMFE 18 – HMV 18 E
90 120 86 18 M 90×2 1,50 HA 2318 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
3 1/4 82,550 90 120 52 18 M 90×2 0,97 HE 218 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
90 120 65 18 M 90×2 1,10 HE 318 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
90 120 65 19 M 90×2 1,11 HE 318 E KMFE 18 – HMV 18 E
90 120 86 18 M 90×2 1,40 HE 2318 KM 18 MB 18 HMV 18 E
95 125 55 19 M 95×2 1,35 HE 219 KM 19 MB 19 HMV 19 E
95 125 68 19 M 95×2 1,60 HE 319 KM 19 MB 19 HMV 19 E
95 125 68 20 M 95×2 1,61 HE 319 E KMFE 19 – HMV 19 E
95 125 90 19 M 95×2 2,00 HE 2319 KM 19 MB 19 HMV 19 E
3 7/16 87,313 100 130 58 20 M 100×2 1,55 HA 220 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 71 20 M 100×2 1,80 HA 320 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 71 21 M 100×2 1,75 HA 320 E KMFE 20 – HMV 20 E
100 130 97 20 M 100×2 2,35 HA 2320 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
3 1/2 88,900 100 130 58 20 M 100×2 1,45 HE 220 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 71 20 M 100×2 1,75 HE 320 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 71 21 M 100×2 1,70 HE 320 E KMFE 20 – HMV 20 E
100 130 76 20 M 100×2 1,80 HE 3120 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
100 130 97 20 M 100×2 2,20 HE 2320 KM 20 MB 20 HMV 20 E
4 101,600 110 145 63 21 M 110×2 1,65 HE 222 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
110 145 77 21 M 110×2 1,90 HE 322 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
110 145 77 21,5 M 110×2 1,85 HE 322 E KMFE 22 – HMV 22 E
110 145 81 21 M 110×2 2,25 HE 3122 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
110 145 105 21 M 110×2 2,40 HE 2322 KM 22 MB 22 HMV 22 E
4 3/16 106,363 120 145 72 22 M 120×2 2,25 HA 3024 KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
120 155 72 26 M 120×2 2,32 HA 3024 E KMFE 24 – HMV 24 E
120 155 88 22 M 120×2 2,90 HA 3124 KM 24 MB 24 HMV 24 E
120 145 88 22 M 120×2 2,60 HA 3124 L KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
120 155 112 22 M 120×2 3,60 HA 2324 KM 24 MB 24 HMV 24 E
120 145 112 22 M 120×2 3,30 HA 2324 L KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
987
Adapter sleeves for inch shafts
d1 4 1/4 – 7 3/16 in
B2 B2
B1
d
d1 G d3
HA, HA .. L, HE, HE .. L HA .. E, HE .. E
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
in mm kg –
4 1/4 107,950 120 145 72 22 M 120×2 2,00 HE 3024 KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
120 155 72 26 M 120×2 2,70 HE 3024 E KMFE 24 – HMV 24 E
120 155 88 22 M 120×2 2,80 HE 3124 KM 24 MB 24 HMV 24 E
120 155 112 22 M 120×2 3,35 HE 2324 KM 24 MB 24 HMV 24 E
120 145 112 22 M 120×2 3,05 HE 2324 L KML 24 MBL 24 HMV 24 E
4 7/16 112,713 130 155 80 23 M 130×2 3,05 HA 3026 KML 26 MBL 26 HMV 26 E
130 165 92 23 M 130×2 3,75 HA 3126 KM 26 MB 26 HMV 26 E
130 155 92 23 M 130×2 3,55 HA 3126 L KML 26 MBL 26 HMV 26 E
130 165 92 28 M 130×2 3,77 HA 3126 E KMFE 26 – HMV 26 E
130 165 121 23 M 130×2 4,74 HA 2326 KM 26 MB 26 HMV 26 E
4 1/2 114,300 130 155 80 23 M 130×2 2,90 HE 3026 KML 26 MBL 26 HMV 26 E
130 165 92 23 M 130×2 3,60 HE 3126 KM 26 MB 26 HMV 26 E
130 155 92 23 M 130×2 3,40 HE 3126 L KML 26 MBL 26 HMV 26 E
130 165 121 23 M 130×2 4,55 HE 2326 KM 26 MB 26 HMV 26 E
4 15/16 125,413 140 165 82 24 M 140×2 3,00 HA 3028 KML 28 MBL 28 HMV 28 E
140 180 97 24 M 140×2 4,10 HA 3128 KM 28 MB 28 HMV 28 E
140 165 97 24 M 140×2 3,60 HA 3128 L KML 28 MBL 28 HMV 28 E
140 180 131 24 M 140×2 5,30 HA 2328 KM 28 MB 28 HMV 28 E
5 127,000 140 165 82 24 M 140×2 2,80 HE 3028 KML 28 MBL 28 HMV 28 E
140 180 97 24 M 140×2 3,80 HE 3128 KM 28 MB 28 HMV 28 E
140 165 97 24 M 140×2 3,30 HE 3128 L KML 28 MBL 28 HMV 28 E
140 180 131 24 M 140×2 5,00 HE 2328 KM 28 MB 28 HMV 28 E
5 3/16 131,763 150 180 87 26 M 150×2 4,20 HA 3030 KML 30 MBL 30 HMV 30 E
150 195 111 26 M 150×2 5,80 HA 3130 KM 30 MB 30 HMV 30 E
150 180 111 26 M 150×2 5,30 HA 3130 L KML 30 MBL 30 HMV 30 E
150 195 139 26 M 150×2 7,10 HA 2330 KM 30 MB 30 HMV 30 E
5 1/4 133,350 150 180 87 26 M 150×2 4,00 HE 3030 KML 30 MBL 30 HMV 30 E
150 195 111 26 M 150×2 5,50 HE 3130 KM 30 MB 30 HMV 30 E
150 180 111 26 M 150×2 5,00 HE 3130 L KML 30 MBL 30 HMV 30 E
150 195 139 26 M 150×2 6,80 HE 2330 KM 30 MB 30 HMV 30 E
5 7/16 138,113 160 190 93 27,5 M 160×3 5,40 HA 3032 KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
160 210 119 27,5 M 160×3 7,55 HA 3132 KM 32 MB 32 HMV 32 E
160 210 147 27,5 M 160×3 9,40 HA 2332 KM 32 MB 32 HMV 32 E
160 190 147 27,5 M 160×3 8,55 HA 2332 L KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
988
Dimensions Mass Designations
Adapter sleeve Lock Locking Appropriate
with nut and nut device hydraulic
d1 d d3 B1 B2 G locking device nut
in mm kg –
5 1/2 139,700 160 190 93 27,5 M 160×3 5,10 HE 3032 KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
160 210 119 27,5 M 160×3 7,30 HE 3132 KM 32 MB 32 HMV 32 E
160 190 119 27,5 M 160×3 6,45 HE 3132 L KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
160 210 147 27,5 M 160×3 8,80 HE 2332 KM 32 MB 32 HMV 32 E
160 190 147 27,5 M 160×3 7,95 HE 2332 L KML 32 MBL 32 HMV 32 E
5 15/16 150,813 170 200 101 28,5 M 170×3 5,70 HA 3034 KML 34 MBL 34 HMV 34 E
170 220 122 28,5 M 170×3 7,80 HA 3134 KM 34 MB 34 HMV 34 E
170 200 122 28,5 M 170×3 6,80 HA 3134 L KML 34 MBL 34 HMV 34 E
170 220 154 28,5 M 170×3 9,60 HA 2334 KM 34 MB 34 HMV 34 E
6 152,400 170 200 101 28,5 M 170×3 5,40 HE 3034 KML 34 MBL 34 HMV 34 E
170 220 122 28,5 M 170×3 7,55 HE 3134 KM 34 MB 34 HMV 34 E
170 200 122 28,5 M 170×3 6,60 HE 3134 L KML 34 MBL 34 HMV 34 E
170 220 154 28,5 M 170×3 9,20 HE 2334 KM 34 MB 34 HMV 34 E
6 7/16 163,513 180 210 109 29,5 M 180×3 6,00 HA 3036 KML 36 MBL 36 HMV 36 E
180 230 131 29,5 M 180×3 8,15 HA 3136 KM 36 MB 36 HMV 36 E
180 210 131 29,5 M 180×3 7,20 HA 3136 L KML 36 MBL 36 HMV 36 E
180 230 161 29,5 M 180×3 9,90 HA 2336 KM 36 MB 36 HMV 36 E
6 1/2 165,100 180 210 109 29,5 M 180×3 5,55 HE 3036 KML 36 MBL 36 HMV 36 E
180 230 131 29,5 M 180×3 7,80 HE 3136 KM 36 MB 36 HMV 36 E
180 210 131 29,5 M 180×3 6,85 HE 3136 L KML 36 MBL 36 HMV 36 E
180 230 161 29,5 M 180×3 9,35 HE 2336 KM 36 MB 36 HMV 36 E
6 3/4 171,450 190 220 112 30,5 M 190×3 7,20 HE 3038 KML 38 MBL 38 HMV 38 E
190 240 141 30,5 M 190×3 10,2 HE 3138 KM 38 MB 38 HMV 38 E
190 240 169 30,5 M 190×3 11,7 HE 2338 KM 38 MB 38 HMV 38 E
6 15/16 176,213 190 220 112 30,5 M 190×3 5,80 HA 3038 KML 38 MBL 38 HMV 38 E
190 240 141 30,5 M 190×3 8,50 HA 3138 KM 38 MB 38 HMV 38 E
190 240 169 30,5 M 190×3 10,0 HA 2338 KM 38 MB 38 HMV 38 E
7 177,800 200 240 120 31,5 M 200×3 9,35 HE 3040 KML 40 MBL 40 HMV 40 E
200 250 150 31,5 M 200×3 12,3 HE 3140 KM 40 MB 40 HMV 40 E
200 250 176 31,5 M 200×3 14,2 HE 2340 KM 40 MB 40 HMV 40 E
7 3/16 182,563 200 240 120 31,5 M 200×3 8,25 HA 3040 KML 40 MBL 40 HMV 40 E
200 250 150 31,5 M 200×3 11,2 HA 3140 KM 40 MB 40 HMV 40 E
200 250 176 31,5 M 200×3 12,6 HA 2340 KM 40 MB 40 HMV 40 E
989
Withdrawal sleeves
Designs ………………………………………………………………………………………… 992
Basic design ………………………………………………………………………………… 992
Design for oil injection ……………………………………………………………………… 992
General data …………………………………………………………………………………… 993
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………… 993
Tolerances …………………………………………………………………………………… 993
Thread ……………………………………………………………………………………… 993
Shaft tolerances ……………………………………………………………………………… 993
Product table ………………………………………………………………………………… 994
991
Withdrawal sleeves
Designs The nuts required for dismounting the
withdrawal sleeve are not supplied with the
Withdrawal sleeves can be used to mount sleeve and must be ordered separately.
bearings with a tapered bore on cylindrical Appropriate sizes are listed in the product
seatings of stepped shafts (➔ fig 1 ). The table. Appropriate hydraulic nuts for mount-
sleeve is pressed into the bore of the bear- ing are listed there as well.
ing that abuts a shaft shoulder or similar
fixed component. The sleeve is located Design for oil injection
on the shaft by a nut or an end plate. Lock To enable the oil injection method to be
nuts or endplates are not supplied with the used for mounting and dismounting, SKF
withdrawal sleeves. KM or HM lock nuts withdrawal sleeves with bore diameters of
(➔ page 1006) are suitable but must be 200 mm and above are produced as stand-
ordered separately. ard with oil supply ducts and distributor
To secure the bearing to the shaft, press grooves (➔ fig 4 ). These AOH sleeves have
the withdrawal sleeve into the bearing bore. two oil supply ducts at the threaded side as
To do this, particularly where larger bearings well as oil distributor grooves in the circum-
are concerned, considerable force is re- ferential and axial directions, both in the
quired to overcome the friction between the outside surface and the sleeve bore. If oil is
mating surfaces of the bearing and sleeve injected through these ducts and grooves,
and of the sleeve and shaft. Mounting and an oil film is formed between the mating sur-
dismounting of bearings on withdrawal faces of the bearing and sleeve and between
sleeves can be facilitated considerably by the shaft and sleeve, and the force required
using a hydraulic nut (➔ fig 2 ). to mount the bearing is considerably re-
duced. Details of the thread for attaching
Basic design the oil supply lead to the ducts as well as of
SKF withdrawal sleeves (➔ fig 3 ) are coated appropriate hydraulic nuts will be found in
with a preservative. They are slotted and have the product table.
an external taper of 1:12 except for those in The equipment required for the oil injec-
the AH 240 and AH 241 series which have tion method is also supplied by SKF (➔ sec-
an external taper of 1:30 and are intended tion “Maintenance and lubrication products”,
for use with wide bearings in the 40 and starting on page 1065).
41 Dimension Series.
Fig 1 Fig 2
992
General data Shaft tolerances
Dimensions As withdrawal sleeves adapt themselves to
The dimensions of SKF withdrawal sleeves the shaft diameter, wider diameter tolerances
are in accordance with ISO 2982-1:1995. can be permitted than for the seating of a
bearing with a cylindrical bore. However, the
Tolerances form tolerances must be kept within narrow
The bore diameter of SKF withdrawal limits as the accuracy of form directly affects
sleeves is to tolerance js9, the width to h13. the running accuracy of the bearing. Gener-
ally, shafts should be machined to an h9 tol-
Thread erance but the cylindricity should be to IT5/2
SKF withdrawal sleeves up to size 38 have according to ISO 1101:1983.
metric threads with 6g tolerances according
to ISO 965-3:1998. Larger withdrawal sleeves
have metric trapezoidal threads with 7e
tolerance according to ISO 2903:1993.
If standard nuts are not used, the threads
of nuts for withdrawal sleeves up to size 38
should correspond to tolerance 5H accord-
ing to ISO 965-3:1998. The threads of nuts
for larger withdrawal sleeves should corres-
pond to tolerance 7H according to ISO
2903:1993.
Fig 3 Fig 4
993
Withdrawal sleeves
d1 35 – 145 mm
B1
B2
G d1 d
G1
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 dismounting nut
mm kg –
35 40 29 32 M 45×1.5 6 0,09 AH 308 KM 9 –
40 40 43 M 45×1.5 7 0,13 AH 2308 KM 9 –
40 45 31 34 M 50×1.5 6 0,12 AH 309 KM 10 HMV 10 E
45 44 47 M 50×1.5 7 0,16 AH 2309 KM 10 HMV 10 E
45 50 35 38 M 55×2 7 0,13 AHX 310 KM 11 HMV 11 E
50 50 53 M 55×2 9 0,19 AHX 2310 KM 11 HMV 11 E
50 55 37 40 M 60×2 7 0,16 AHX 311 KM 12 HMV 12 E
55 54 57 M 60×2 10 0,26 AHX 2311 KM 12 HMV 12 E
55 60 40 43 M 65×2 8 0,19 AHX 312 KM 13 HMV 13 E
60 58 61 M 65×2 11 0,30 AHX 2312 KM 13 HMV 13 E
60 65 42 45 M 70×2 8 0,22 AH 313 G KM 14 HMV 14 E
65 61 64 M 70×2 12 0,36 AH 2313 G KM 14 HMV 14 E
65 70 43 47 M 75×2 8 0,24 AH 314 G KM 15 HMV 15 E
70 64 68 M 75×2 12 0,42 AHX 2314 G KM 15 HMV 15 E
70 75 45 49 M 80×2 8 0,29 AH 315 G KM 16 HMV 16 E
75 68 72 M 80×2 12 0,48 AHX 2315 G KM 16 HMV 16 E
75 80 48 52 M 90×2 8 0,37 AH 316 KM 18 HMV 18 E
80 71 75 M 90×2 12 0,57 AHX 2316 KM 18 HMV 18 E
80 85 52 56 M 95×2 9 0,43 AHX 317 KM 19 HMV 19 E
85 74 78 M 95×2 13 0,65 AHX 2317 KM 19 HMV 19 E
85 90 53 57 M 100×2 9 0,46 AHX 318 KM 20 HMV 20 E
90 63 67 M 100×2 10 0,57 AHX 3218 KM 20 HMV 20 E
90 79 83 M 100×2 14 0,76 AHX 2318 KM 20 HMV 20 E
90 95 57 61 M 105×2 10 0,54 AHX 319 KM 21 HMV 21 E
95 85 89 M 105×2 16 0,90 AHX 2319 KM 21 HMV 21 E
95 100 59 63 M 110×2 10 0,58 AHX 320 KM 22 HMV 22 E
100 64 68 M 110×2 11 0,66 AHX 3120 KM 22 HMV 22 E
100 73 77 M 110×2 11 0,76 AHX 3220 KM 22 HMV 22 E
100 90 94 M 110×2 16 1,00 AHX 2320 KM 22 HMV 22 E
994
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 dismounting nut
mm kg –
105 110 63 67 M 120×2 12 0,77 AHX 322 KM 24 HMV 24 E
110 68 72 M 120×2 11 0,76 AHX 3122 KM 24 HMV 24 E
110 82 86 M 120×2 11 1,00 AHX 3222 G KM 24 HMV 24 E
110 98 102 M 120×2 16 1,30 AHX 2322 G KM 24 HMV 24 E
110 82 91 M 115×2 13 0,71 AH 24122 KM 23 HMV 23 E
115 120 60 64 M 130×2 13 0,73 AHX 3024 KM 26 HMV 26 E
120 75 79 M 130×2 12 0,94 AHX 3124 KM 26 HMV 26 E
120 90 94 M 130×2 13 1,30 AHX 3224 G KM 26 HMV 26 E
120 105 109 M 130×2 17 1,55 AHX 2324 G KM 26 HMV 26 E
120 73 82 M 125×2 13 0,70 AH 24024 KM 25 HMV 25 E
120 93 102 M 130×2 13 1,00 AH 24124 KM 26 HMV 26 E
125 130 67 71 M 140×2 14 0,91 AHX 3026 KM 28 HMV 28 E
130 78 82 M 140×2 12 1,10 AHX 3126 KM 28 HMV 28 E
130 98 102 M 140×2 15 1,50 AHX 3226 G KM 28 HMV 28 E
130 115 119 M 140×2 19 1,85 AHX 2326 G KM 28 HMV 28 E
130 83 93 M 135×2 14 0,90 AH 24026 KM 27 HMV 27 E
130 94 104 M 140×2 14 1,15 AH 24126 KM 28 HMV 28 E
135 140 68 73 M 150×2 14 1,00 AHX 3028 KM 30 HMV 30 E
140 83 88 M 150×2 14 1,30 AHX 3128 KM 30 HMV 30 E
140 104 109 M 150×2 15 1,75 AHX 3228 G KM 30 HMV 30 E
140 125 130 M 150×2 20 2,25 AHX 2328 G KM 30 HMV 30 E
140 83 93 M 145×2 14 0,95 AH 24028 KM 29 HMV 29 E
140 99 109 M 150×2 14 1,30 AH 24128 KM 30 HMV 30 E
145 150 72 77 M 160×3 15 1,15 AHX 3030 KM 32 HMV 32 E
150 96 101 M 160×3 15 1,70 AHX 3130 G KM 32 HMV 32 E
150 114 119 M 160×3 17 2,10 AHX 3230 G KM 32 HMV 32 E
150 135 140 M 160×3 24 2,75 AHX 2330 G KM 32 HMV 32 E
150 90 101 M 155×3 15 1,05 AH 24030 KM 31 HMV 31 E
150 115 126 M 160×3 15 1,55 AH 24130 KM 32 HMV 32 E
995
Withdrawal sleeves
d1 150 – 280 mm
G2
B1 B1
B2 B2
G d1 d G d1 d
G1
G1
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 dismounting nut
mm kg –
150 160 77 82 M 170×3 16 2,00 AH 3032 KM 34 HMV 34 E
160 103 108 M 170×3 16 3,00 AH 3132 G KM 34 HMV 34 E
160 124 130 M 170×3 20 3,70 AH 3232 G KM 34 HMV 34 E
160 140 146 M 170×3 24 4,35 AH 2332 G KM 34 HMV 34 E
160 95 106 M 170×3 15 2,30 AH 24032 KM 34 HMV 34 E
160 124 135 M 170×3 15 3,00 AH 24132 KM 34 HMV 34 E
160 170 85 90 M 180×3 17 2,45 AH 3034 KM 36 HMV 36 E
170 104 109 M 180×3 16 3,20 AH 3134 G KM 36 HMV 36 E
170 134 140 M 180×3 24 4,35 AH 3234 G KM 36 HMV 36 E
170 146 152 M 180×3 24 4,85 AH 2334 G KM 36 HMV 36 E
170 106 117 M 180×3 16 2,70 AH 24034 KM 36 HMV 36 E
170 125 136 M 180×3 16 3,25 AH 24134 KM 36 HMV 36 E
170 180 92 98 M 190×3 17 2,80 AH 3036 KM 38 HMV 38 E
180 105 110 M 190×3 17 3,40 AH 2236 G KM 38 HMV 38 E
180 116 122 M 190×3 19 3,90 AH 3136 G KM 38 HMV 38 E
180 140 146 M 190×3 24 4,85 AH 3236 G KM 38 HMV 38 E
180 154 160 M 190×3 26 5,50 AH 2336 G KM 38 HMV 38 E
180 116 127 M 190×3 16 3,20 AH 24036 KM 38 HMV 38 E
180 134 145 M 190×3 16 3,75 AH 24136 KM 38 HMV 38 E
180 190 96 102 M 200×3 18 3,30 AH 3038 G KM 40 HMV 40 E
190 112 117 M 200×3 18 3,90 AH 2238 G KM 40 HMV 40 E
190 125 131 M 200×3 20 4,50 AH 3138 G KM 40 HMV 40 E
190 145 152 M 200×3 25 5,40 AH 3238 G KM 40 HMV 40 E
190 160 167 M 200×3 26 6,10 AH 2338 G KM 40 HMV 40 E
190 118 131 M 200×3 18 3,55 AH 24038 KM 40 HMV 40 E
190 146 159 M 200×3 18 4,45 AH 24138 KM 40 HMV 40 E
190 200 102 108 Tr 210×4 19 3,70 AH 3040 G HM 42 T HMV 42 E
200 134 140 Tr 220×4 21 5,65 AH 3140 HM 3044 HMV 44 E
200 153 160 Tr 220×4 25 6,60 AH 3240 HM 3044 HMV 44 E
200 170 177 Tr 220×4 30 7,60 AH 2340 HM 3044 HMV 44 E
200 127 140 Tr 210×4 18 4,00 AH 24040 HM 42 T HMV 42 E
200 158 171 Tr 210×4 18 5,05 AH 24140 HM 42 T HMV 42 E
996
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 G2 A dismounting nut
mm kg –
200 220 111 117 Tr 230×4 20 G 1/8 6,5 7,30 AOH 3044 G HM 46 T HMV 46 E
220 145 151 Tr 240×4 23 G 1/4 9 9,30 AOH 3144 HM 3048 HMV 48 E
220 181 189 Tr 240×4 30 G 1/4 9 13,5 AOH 2344 HM 3048 HMV 48 E
220 138 152 Tr 230×4 20 G 1/8 6,5 8,20 AOH 24044 HM 46 T HMV 46 E
220 170 184 Tr 230×4 20 G 1/8 6,5 10,0 AOH 24144 HM 46 T HMV 46 E
220 240 116 123 Tr 260×4 21 G 1/4 9 7,95 AOH 3048 HM 3052 HMV 52 E
240 154 161 Tr 260×4 25 G 1/4 9 12,0 AOH 3148 HM 3052 HMV 52 E
240 189 197 Tr 260×4 30 G 1/4 9 14,0 AOH 2348 HM 3052 HMV 52 E
240 138 153 Tr 250×4 20 G 1/8 6,5 8,05 AOH 24048 HM 50 T HMV 50 E
240 180 195 Tr 260×4 20 G 1/4 9 11,5 AOH 24148 HM 3052 HMV 52 E
240 260 128 135 Tr 280×4 23 G 1/4 9 9,60 AOH 3052 HM 3056 HMV 56 E
260 155 161 Tr 280×4 23 G 1/4 9 13,5 AOH 2252 G HM 3056 HMV 56 E
260 172 179 Tr 280×4 26 G 1/4 9 15,5 AOH 3152 G HM 3056 HMV 56 E
260 205 213 Tr 280×4 30 G 1/4 9 19,0 AOH 2352 G HM 3056 HMV 56 E
260 162 178 Tr 280×4 22 G 1/8 6,5 12,5 AOH 24052 G HM 3056 HMV 56 E
260 202 218 Tr 280×4 22 G 1/4 9 14,0 AOH 24152 HM 3056 HMV 56 E
260 280 131 139 Tr 300×4 24 G 1/4 9 11,0 AOH 3056 HM 3060 HMV 60 E
280 155 163 Tr 300×4 24 G 1/4 9 15,0 AOH 2256 G HM 3160 HMV 60 E
280 175 183 Tr 300×4 28 G 1/4 9 17,0 AOH 3156 G HM 3160 HMV 60 E
280 212 220 Tr 300×4 30 G 1/4 9 21,5 AOH 2356 G HM 3160 HMV 60 E
280 162 179 Tr 300×4 22 G 1/8 6,5 13,5 AOH 24056 G HM 3160 HMV 60 E
280 202 219 Tr 300×4 22 G 1/4 9 15,0 AOH 24156 HM 3160 HMV 60 E
280 300 145 153 Tr 320×5 26 G 1/4 9 13,0 AOH 3060 HM 3064 HMV 64 E
300 170 178 Tr 320×5 26 G 1/4 9 18,0 AOH 2260 G HM 3164 HMV 64 E
300 192 200 Tr 320×5 30 G 1/4 9 20,5 AOH 3160 G HM 3164 HMV 64 E
300 228 236 Tr 320×5 34 G 1/4 9 23,5 AOH 3260 G HM 3164 HMV 64 E
300 184 202 Tr 320×5 24 G 1/8 6,5 17,0 AOH 24060 G HM 3164 HMV 64 E
300 224 242 Tr 320×5 24 G 1/4 9 18,5 AOH 24160 HM 3164 HMV 64 E
997
Withdrawal sleeves
d1 300 – 530 mm
G2
B1
B2
G d1 d
G1
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 G2 A dismounting nut
mm kg –
300 320 149 157 Tr 340×5 27 G 1/4 9 16,5 AOH 3064 G HM 3068 HMV 68 E
320 180 190 Tr 340×5 27 G 1/4 9 20,0 AOH 2264 G HM 3168 HMV 68 E
320 209 217 Tr 340×5 31 G 1/4 9 24,5 AOH 3164 G HM 3168 HMV 68 E
320 246 254 Tr 340×5 36 G 1/4 9 27,5 AOH 3264 G HM 3168 HMV 68 E
320 184 202 Tr 340×5 24 G 1/8 6,5 18,0 AOH 24064 G HM 3168 HMV 68 E
320 242 260 Tr 340×5 24 G 1/4 9 20,5 AOH 24164 HM 3168 HMV 68 E
320 340 162 171 Tr 360×5 28 G 1/4 9 19,0 AOH 3068 G HM 3072 HMV 72 E
340 225 234 Tr 360×5 33 G 1/4 9 28,5 AOH 3168 G HM 3172 HMV 72 E
340 264 273 Tr 360×5 38 G 1/4 9 32,0 AOH 3268 G HM 3172 HMV 72 E
340 206 225 Tr 360×5 26 G 1/4 9 18,0 AOH 24068 HM 3172 HMV 72 E
340 269 288 Tr 360×5 26 G 1/4 9 25,5 AOH 24168 HM 3172 HMV 72 E
340 360 167 176 Tr 380×5 30 G 1/4 9 21,0 AOH 3072 G HM 3076 HMV 76 E
360 229 238 Tr 380×5 35 G 1/4 9 30,5 AOH 3172 G HM 3176 HMV 76 E
360 274 283 Tr 380×5 40 G 1/4 9 35,5 AOH 3272 G HM 3176 HMV 76 E
360 206 226 Tr 380×5 26 G 1/4 9 20,0 AOH 24072 HM 3176 HMV 76 E
360 269 289 Tr 380×5 26 G 1/4 9 26,0 AOH 24172 HM 3176 HMV 76 E
360 380 170 180 Tr 400×5 31 G 1/4 9 22,5 AOH 3076 G HM 3080 HMV 80 E
380 232 242 Tr 400×5 36 G 1/4 9 33,0 AOH 3176 G HM 3180 HMV 80 E
380 284 294 Tr 400×5 42 G 1/4 9 42,0 AOH 3276 G HM 3180 HMV 80 E
380 208 228 Tr 400×5 28 G 1/4 9 23,5 AOH 24076 HM 3180 HMV 80 E
380 271 291 Tr 400×5 28 G 1/4 9 31,0 AOH 24176 HM 3180 HMV 80 E
380 400 183 193 Tr 420×5 33 G 1/4 9 26,0 AOH 3080 G HM 3080 HMV 84 E
400 240 250 Tr 420×5 38 G 1/4 9 36,0 AOH 3180 G HM 3184 HMV 84 E
400 302 312 Tr 420×5 44 G 1/4 9 48,0 AOH 3280 G HM 3184 HMV 84 E
400 228 248 Tr 420×5 28 G 1/4 9 27,0 AOH 24080 HM 3184 HMV 84 E
400 278 298 Tr 420×5 28 G 1/4 9 35,0 AOH 24180 HM 3184 HMV 84 E
400 420 186 196 Tr 440×5 34 G 1/4 9 28,0 AOH 3084 G HM 3088 HMV 88 E
420 266 276 Tr 440×5 40 G 1/4 9 43,0 AOH 3184 G HM 3188 HMV 88 E
420 321 331 Tr 440×5 46 G 1/4 9 54,5 AOH 3284 G HM 3188 HMV 88 E
420 230 252 Tr 440×5 30 G 1/4 9 29,0 AOH 24084 HM 3188 HMV 88 E
420 310 332 Tr 440×5 30 G 1/4 9 39,0 AOH 24184 HM 3188 HMV 88 E
998
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 G2 A dismounting nut
mm kg –
420 440 194 205 Tr 460×5 35 G 1/4 9 31,0 AOHX 3088 G HM 3092 HMV 92 E
440 270 281 Tr 460×5 42 G 1/4 9 46,0 AOHX 3188 G HM 3192 HMV 92 E
440 330 341 Tr 460×5 48 G 1/4 9 64,5 AOHX 3288 G HM 3192 HMV 92 E
440 242 264 Tr 460×5 30 G 1/4 9 32,0 AOH 24088 HM 3192 HMV 92 E
440 310 332 Tr 460×5 30 G 1/4 9 45,5 AOH 24188 HM 3192 HMV 92 E
440 460 202 213 Tr 480×5 37 G 1/4 9 34,0 AOHX 3092 G HM 3096 HMV 96 E
460 285 296 Tr 480×5 43 G 1/4 9 51,5 AOHX 3192 G HM 3196 HMV 96 E
460 349 360 Tr 480×5 50 G 1/4 9 80,0 AOHX 3292 G HM 3196 HMV 96 E
460 250 273 Tr 480×5 32 G 1/4 9 34,5 AOH 24092 HM 3196 HMV 96 E
460 332 355 Tr 480×5 32 G 1/4 9 50,0 AOH 24192 HM 3196 HMV 96 E
460 480 205 217 Tr 500×5 38 G 1/4 9 34,0 AOHX 3096 G HM 30/500 HMV 100 E
480 295 307 Tr 500×5 45 G 1/4 9 63,0 AOHX 3196 G HM 31/500 HMV 100 E
480 364 376 Tr 500×5 52 G 1/4 9 81,0 AOHX 3296 G HM 31/500 HMV 100 E
480 250 273 Tr 500×5 32 G 1/4 9 36,5 AOH 24096 HM 31/500 HMV 100 E
480 340 363 Tr 500×5 32 G 1/4 9 51,5 AOH 24196 HM 31/500 HMV 100 E
480 500 209 221 Tr 530×6 40 G 1/4 9 41,0 AOHX 30/500 G HM 30/530 HMV 106 E
500 313 325 Tr 530×6 47 G 1/4 9 66,5 AOHX 31/500 G HM 31/530 HMV 106 E
500 393 405 Tr 530×6 54 G 1/4 9 89,5 AOHX 32/500 G HM 31/530 HMV 106 E
500 253 276 Tr 530×6 35 G 1/4 9 43,0 AOH 240/500 HM 31/530 HMV 106 E
500 360 383 Tr 530×6 35 G 1/4 9 63,0 AOH 241/500 HM 31/530 HMV 106 E
500 530 230 242 Tr 560×6 45 G 1/4 10 63,5 AOH 30/530 HM 30/560 HMV 112 E
530 325 337 Tr 560×6 53 G 1/4 10 93,5 AOH 31/530 HM 31/560 HMV 112 E
530 412 424 Tr 560×6 57 G 1/4 10 142 AOH 32/530 G HM 31/560 HMV 112 E
530 285 309 Tr 560×6 35 G 1/4 9 64,5 AOH 240/530 G HM 31/560 HMV 112 E
530 370 394 Tr 560×6 35 G 1/4 9 92,0 AOH 241/530 G HM 31/600 HMV 112 E
530 560 240 252 Tr 600×6 45 G 1/4 11 73,5 AOHX 30/560 HM 30/600 HMV 120 E
560 335 347 Tr 600×6 55 G 1/4 11 107 AOH 31/560 HM 31/600 HMV 120 E
560 422 434 Tr 600×6 57 G 1/4 11 143 AOHX 32/560 HM 31/600 HMV 120 E
560 296 320 Tr 600×6 38 G 1/4 9 71,0 AOH 240/560 G HM 31/600 HMV 120 E
560 393 417 Tr 600×6 38 G 1/4 9 107 AOH 241/560 G HM 31/600 HMV 120 E
999
Withdrawal sleeves
d1 570 – 1 000 mm
G2
B1
B2
G d1 d
G1
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 G2 A dismounting nut
mm kg –
570 600 245 259 Tr 630×6 45 G 1/4 11 77,0 AOHX 30/600 HM 30/630 HMV 126 E
600 355 369 Tr 630×6 55 G 1/4 11 120 AOHX 31/600 HM 31/630 HMV 126 E
600 445 459 Tr 630×6 57 G 1/4 11 159 AOHX 32/600 G HM 31/630 HMV 126 E
600 310 336 Tr 630×6 38 G 1/4 9 108 AOHX 240/600 HM 31/630 HMV 126 E
600 413 439 Tr 630×6 38 G 1/4 9 120 AOHX 241/600 HM 31/630 HMV 126 E
600 630 258 272 Tr 670×6 46 G 1/4 11 88,5 AOH 30/630 HM 30/670 HMV 134 E
630 375 389 Tr 670×6 60 G 1/4 11 139 AOH 31/630 HM 31/670 HMV 134 E
630 475 489 Tr 670×6 63 G 1/4 11 188 AOH 32/630 G HM 31/670 HMV 134 E
630 330 356 Tr 670×6 40 G 1/4 9 101 AOH 240/630 G HM 31/670 HMV 134 E
630 440 466 Tr 670×6 40 G 1/4 9 139 AOH 241/630 G HM 31/670 HMV 134 E
630 670 280 294 Tr 710×7 50 G 1/4 12 125 AOH 30/670 HM 30/710 HMV 142 E
670 395 409 Tr 710×7 59 G 1/4 12 189 AOHX 31/670 HM 31/710 HMV 142 E
670 500 514 Tr 710×7 62 G 1/4 12 252 AOH 32/670 G HM 31/710 HMV 142 E
670 348 374 Tr 710×7 40 G 1/4 12 140 AOH 240/670 G HM 31/710 HMV 142 E
670 452 478 Tr 710×7 40 G 1/4 12 180 AOH 241/670 HM 31/710 HMV 142 E
670 710 286 302 Tr 750×7 50 G 1/4 15 138 AOHX 30/710 HM 30/750 HMV 150 E
710 405 421 Tr 750×7 60 G 1/4 15 207 AOHX 31/710 HM 31/750 HMV 150 E
710 515 531 Tr 750×7 65 G 1/4 15 278 AOH 32/710 G HM 31/750 HMV 150 E
710 360 386 Tr 750×7 45 G 1/4 12 155 AOH 240/710 G HM 31/750 HMV 150 E
710 483 509 Tr 750×7 45 G 1/4 12 205 AOH 241/710 HM 31/750 HMV 150 E
710 750 300 316 Tr 800×7 50 G 1/4 15 145 AOH 30/750 HM 30/800 HMV 160 E
750 425 441 Tr 800×7 60 G 1/4 15 238 AOH 31/750 HM 31/800 HMV 160 E
750 540 556 Tr 800×7 65 G 1/4 15 320 AOH 32/750 HM 31/800 HMV 160 E
750 380 408 Tr 800×7 45 G 1/4 12 178 AOH 240/750 G HM 31/800 HMV 160 E
750 520 548 Tr 800×7 45 G 1/4 12 240 AOH 241/750 G HM 31/800 HMV 160 E
750 800 308 326 Tr 850×7 50 G 1/4 15 204 AOH 30/800 HM 30/850 HMV 170 E
800 438 456 Tr 850×7 63 G 1/4 15 305 AOH 31/800 HM 31/850 HMV 170 E
800 550 568 Tr 850×7 67 G 1/4 15 401 AOH 32/800 HM 31/850 HMV 170 E
800 395 423 Tr 850×7 50 G 1/4 15 237 AOH 240/800 G HM 31/850 HMV 170 E
800 525 553 Tr 850×7 50 G 1/4 15 318 AOH 241/800 G HM 31/850 HMV 170 E
1000
Dimensions Mass Designations
Withdrawal Approriate
sleeve nut for hydraulic
d1 d B1 B2 G G1 G2 A dismounting nut
mm kg –
800 850 325 343 Tr 900×7 53 G 1/4 15 230 AOH 30/850 HM 30/900 HMV 180 E
850 462 480 Tr 900×7 62 G 1/4 15 345 AOH 31/850 HM 31/900 HMV 180 E
850 585 603 Tr 900×7 70 G 1/4 15 461 AOH 32/850 HM 31/900 HMV 180 E
850 415 445 Tr 900×7 50 G 1/4 15 265 AOH 240/850 G HM 31/900 HMV 180 E
850 560 600 Tr 900×7 60 G 1/4 15 368 AOH 241/850 HM 31/900 HMV 180 E
850 900 335 355 Tr 950×8 55 G 1/4 15 250 AOH 30/900 HM 30/950 HMV 190 E
900 475 495 Tr 950×8 63 G 1/4 15 379 AOH 31/900 HM 31/950 HMV 190 E
900 585 605 Tr 950×8 70 G 1/4 15 489 AOH 32/900 HM 31/950 HMV 190 E
900 430 475 Tr 950×8 55 G 1/4 15 296 AOH 240/900 HM 31/950 HMV 190 E
900 575 620 Tr 950×8 60 G 1/4 15 402 AOH 241/900 HM 31/950 HMV 190 E
900 950 355 375 Tr 1000×8 55 G 1/4 15 285 AOH 30/950 HM 30/1000 HMV 200 E
950 500 520 Tr 1000×8 62 G 1/4 15 426 AOH 31/950 HM 31/1000 HMV 200 E
950 600 620 Tr 1000×8 70 G 1/4 15 533 AOH 32/950 HM 31/1000 HMV 200 E
950 467 512 Tr 1000×8 55 G 1/4 15 340 AOH 240/950 HM 31/1000 HMV 200 E
950 605 650 Tr 1000×8 60 G 1/4 15 449 AOH 241/950 HM 31/1000 HMV 200 E
950 1 000 365 387 Tr 1060×8 57 G 1/4 15 318 AOH 30/1000 HM 30/1060 HMV 212 E
1 000 525 547 Tr 1060×8 63 G 1/4 15 485 AOH 31/1000 HM 31/1060 HMV 212 E
1 000 630 652 Tr 1060×8 70 G 1/4 15 608 AOH 32/1000 HM 31/1060 HMV 212 E
1 000 469 519 Tr 1060×8 57 G 1/4 15 369 AOH 240/1000 HM 31/1060 HMV 212 E
1 000 645 695 Tr 1060×8 65 G 1/4 15 519 AOH 241/1000 HM 31/1060 HMV 212 E
1 000 1 060 385 407 Tr 1120×8 60 G 1/4 15 406 AOH 30/1060 HM 30/1120 HMV 224 E
1 060 540 562 Tr 1120×8 65 G 1/4 15 599 AOH 31/1060 HM 30/1120 HMV 224 E
1 060 498 548 Tr 1120×8 60 G 1/4 15 479 AOH 240/1060 HM 30/1120 HMV 224 E
1 060 665 715 Tr 1120×8 65 G 1/4 15 652 AOH 241/1060 HM 30/1120 HMV 224 E
1001
Lock nuts
Lock nuts with locking washer or clip ……………………………………………………1006
Lock nuts with integral locking device ……………………………………………………1016
Lock nuts with locking screw ………………………………………………………………1018
Precision lock nuts with locking pins ………………………………………………………1020
Product tables …………………………………………………………………………………1008
KM(L) lock nuts with locking washer ………………………………………………………1008
HM lock nuts with locking clip………………………………………………………………1010
MB locking washers …………………………………………………………………………1012
MS locking clips ……………………………………………………………………………1014
KMK lock nuts with integral locking device ………………………………………………1017
KMFE lock nuts with locking screw ………………………………………………………1019
KMT precision lock nuts with locking pins…………………………………………………1022
KMTA precision lock nuts with locking pins ………………………………………………1024
1003
Lock nuts
SKF supplies lock nuts in a wide range of Fig 1
sizes; they are also referred to as shaft or
withdrawal nuts, depending on their use.
They are used to locate bearings and other
components onto a shaft as well as to facili-
tate mounting bearings on tapered journals
and dismounting bearings from withdrawal
sleeves. SKF lock nuts offer five different
ways of locking on the shaft, as described
below.
Locking washer
Locking washers are simple, stable and re-
liable fastening elements. The washer en-
gages a keyway in the shaft and locks the nut
in position if one of the tabs is bent over into
one of the slots around the circumference of
the nut. Locking washers are used with lock
nuts in the KM and KML series (➔ fig 1 ). Fig 2
Locking clip
Locking clips are attached to the nut using
a bolt to engage a slot in the nut and a key-
way in the shaft. This locking device is used
with lock nuts in the HM 30 and 31 series
(➔ fig 2 ).
Locking screw
A small part of the nut thread is pressed into
the shaft thread by a locking screw to pre-
vent the nut from turning. Neither additional
locking washer nor a keyway in the shaft is
required. Lock nuts with locking screw
(➔ fig 3 ) are designated KMFE.
Fig 3
1004
Locking device Fig 4
A steel insert, an integral part of the nut
thread, can be pressed against the shaft
thread by a grub screw to prevent the nut
from turning. Neither additional locking
washer nor keyway in the shaft is required.
Lock nuts with this kind of locking device
(➔ fig 4 ) are designated KMK.
Locking pins
Three locking pins are equally spaced
around the circumference of the nut. The
pins are arranged at the same angle as the
thread flanks and can be pressed into the
shaft thread by grub screws. The pins not
only lock the nut but also accurately locate
it at right angles to the shaft. No keyway in
the shaft is required. Locking pins are used
with the precision lock nuts in the KMT Fig 5
and KMTA series (➔ fig 5 ).
1005
Lock nuts
Lock nuts with locking Fig 6
washer or clip
SKF lock nuts with a locking washer or clip
have four or eight equally spaced slots re-
spectively, around the outside diameter
(➔ fig 6 ) to take a hook or impact spanner.
The designations of the appropriate span-
ners are given in the product tables.
The nut and the locking device must be
ordered separately. The appropriate locking
washer or clip is shown in the product tables.
Besides metric lock nuts shown in this
catalogue, inch-size lock nuts with an Ameri-
can National Form NS Class 3 or an ACME
Class 3G General Purpose thread can be
supplied too. Details are contained in the
SKF catalogue “Bearing accessories”.
KM(L) lock nuts with locking washer
Lock nuts in the KM and KML series are
available for metric ISO threads up to and
including 200 mm and are locked with an
MB(L) washer (➔ fig 7 ) or with the stronger
MB .. A design.
HM lock nuts with locking clip
Larger nuts in the HM 30 and HM 31 series
with metric trapezoidal threads are locked
by an MS locking clip consisting of the clip,
a hexagon headed bolt to EN ISO 4017:2000
and a spring locking washer to DIN 128
(➔ fig 8 ).
1006
Fig 7 Dimensions
The dimensions and the thread of the nuts
are in accordance with ISO 2982-2:2001.
The dimensions of the locking washers and
locking clips also follow this standard.
Tolerances
The metric ISO thread of KM and KML lock
nuts is machined to tolerance 5H according
to ISO 965-3:1998, and the metric trapez-
oidal thread of HM lock nuts to tolerance 7H,
ISO 2903:1993.
The maximum runout between the thread
and the locating face is between 0,04 and
0,06 mm depending on the size of the lock
nut.
Materials
Fig 8 SKF lock nuts up to and including size HM
3160 and HM 3064 respectively are made of
spheroidal graphite cast iron; some sizes are
sintered. The larger nuts are made of steel and
are oiled. The locking washers and locking
clips are made of deep drawn steel strip.
Mating shaft threads
SKF recommends that the mating thread
on the shaft be made to 6g according to
ISO 965-3:1998 for the smaller nuts and to
tolerance 7e according to ISO 2903:1993
for those with a trapezoidal thread.
1007
KM(L) lock nuts with locking washer
M 10×0,75 – M 200×3
B
30°
b
h
d1 G d3
Dimensions Axial load Mass Designations
carrying Lock Appropriate
capacity nut locking spanner
G d1 d3 B b h static washer
mm kN kg –
M 10×0,75 13,5 18 4 3 2 9,8 0,004 KM 0 MB 0 –
M 12×1 17 22 4 3 2 11,8 0,006 KM 1 MB 1 HN 1
M 15×1 21 25 5 4 2 14,6 0,009 KM 2 MB 2 HN 2
M 17×1 24 28 5 4 2 19,6 0,012 KM 3 MB 3 HN 3
M 20×1 26 32 6 4 2 24 0,025 KM 4 MB 4 HN 4
M 25×1,5 32 38 7 5 2 31,5 0,028 KM 5 MB 5 HN 5
M 30×1,5 38 45 7 5 2 36,5 0,039 KM 6 MB 6 HN 6
M 35×1,5 44 52 8 5 2 50 0,059 KM 7 MB 7 HN 7
M 40×1,5 50 58 9 6 2,5 62 0,078 KM 8 MB 8 HN 8
M 45×1,5 56 65 10 6 2,5 78 0,11 KM 9 MB 9 HN 9
M 50×1,5 61 70 11 6 2,5 91,5 0,14 KM 10 MB 10 HN 10
M 55×2 67 75 11 7 3 91,5 0,15 KM 11 MB 11 HN 11
M 60×2 73 80 11 7 3 95 0,16 KM 12 MB 12 HN 12
M 65×2 79 85 12 7 3 108 0,19 KM 13 MB 13 HN 13
M 70×2 85 92 12 8 3,5 118 0,23 KM 14 MB 14 HN 14
M 75×2 90 98 13 8 3,5 134 0,27 KM 15 MB 15 HN 15
M 80×2 95 105 15 8 3,5 173 0,36 KM 16 MB 16 HN 16
M 85×2 102 110 16 8 3,5 190 0,41 KM 17 MB 17 HN 17
M 90×2 108 120 16 10 4 216 0,51 KM 18 MB 18 HN 18
M 95×2 113 125 17 10 4 236 0,55 KM 19 MB 19 HN 19
M 100×2 120 130 18 10 4 255 0,64 KM 20 MB 20 HN 20
1008
Dimensions Axial load Mass Designations
carrying Lock Appropriate
capacity nut locking spanner
G d1 d3 B b h static washer
mm kN kg –
M 105×2 126 140 18 12 5 290 0,79 KM 21 MB 21 HN 21
M 110×2 133 145 19 12 5 310 0,87 KM 22 MB 22 HN 22
M 115×2 137 150 19 12 5 315 0,91 KM 23 MB 23 TMFN 23-30
M 120×2 135 145 20 12 5 265 0,69 KML 24 MBL 24 TMFN 23-30
138 155 20 12 5 340 0,97 KM 24 MB 24 TMFN 23-30
M 125×2 148 160 21 12 5 360 1,09 KM 25 MB 25 TMFN 23-30
M 130×2 145 155 21 12 5 285 0,80 KML 26 MBL 26 TMFN 23-30
149 165 21 12 5 365 1,09 KM 26 MB 26 TMFN 23-30
M 135×2 160 175 22 14 6 430 1,39 KM 27 MB 27 TMFN 23-30
M 140×2 155 165 22 12 5 305 0,92 KML 28 MBL 28 TMFN 23-30
160 180 22 14 6 430 1,40 KM 28 MB 28 TMFN 23-30
M 145×2 171 190 24 14 6 520 1,80 KM 29 MB 29 TMFN 23-30
M 150×2 170 180 24 14 5 390 1,25 KML 30 MBL 30 TMFN 23-30
171 195 24 14 6 530 1,88 KM 30 MB 30 TMFN 23-30
M 155×3 182 200 25 16 7 540 2,09 KM 31 MB 31 TMFN 30-40
M 160×3 180 190 25 14 5 405 1,39 KML 32 MBL 32 TMFN 23-30
182 210 25 16 7 585 2,29 KM 32 MB 32 TMFN 30-40
M 165×3 193 210 26 16 7 570 2,31 KM 33 MB 33 TMFN 30-40
M 170×3 190 200 26 16 5 430 1,56 KML 34 MBL 34 TMFN 30-40
193 220 26 16 7 620 2,34 KM 34 MB 34 TMFN 30-40
M 180×3 200 210 27 16 5 450 1,78 KML 36 MBL 36 TMFN 30-40
203 230 27 18 8 670 2,78 KM 36 MB 36 TMFN 30-40
M 190×3 210 220 28 16 5 475 1,84 KML 38 MBL 38 TMFN 30-40
214 240 28 18 8 695 3,05 KM 38 MB 38 TMFN 30-40
M 200×3 222 240 29 18 8 625 2,61 KML 40 MBL 40 TMFN 30-40
226 250 29 18 8 735 3,37 KM 40 MB 40 TMFN 30-40
1009
HM lock nuts with locking clip
Tr 220×4 – Tr 950×8
B1
30° B2 b
h
d1 G d2 d3
HM design HME design
Dimensions Mass Designations
Lock nut Appropriate
without locking clip spanner
G d1 d2 d3 B B1 B2 b h locking clip
mm kg –
Tr 220×4 242 229 260 30 41 – 20 9 2,75 HM 3044 MS 3044 TMFN 40-52
Tr 240×4 270 253 290 34 46 – 20 10 4,50 HM 3048 MS 3052-48 TMFN 40-52
270 253 290 34 46 5 20 10 4,50 HME 3048 MS 3052-48 TMFN 40-52
Tr 260×4 290 273 310 34 46 – 20 10 4,80 HM 3052 MS 3052-48 TMFN 40-52
Tr 280×4 310 293 330 38 50 – 24 10 5,75 HM 3056 MS 3056 TMFN 52-64
Tr 300×4 336 316 360 42 54 – 24 12 8,35 HM 3060 MS 3060 TMFN 52-64
340 326 380 40 53 – 24 12 11,5 HM 3160 MS 3160 TMFN 52-64
Tr 320×5 356 336 380 42 55 – 24 12 9,00 HM 3064 MS 3068-64 TMFN 52-64
360 346 400 42 56 – 24 12 13,0 HM 3164 MS 3164 TMFN 52-64
Tr 340×5 376 356 400 45 58 – 24 12 11,0 HM 3068 MS 3068-64 TMFN 52-64
400 373 440 55 72 – 28 15 24,0 HM 3168 MS 3172-68 TMFN 64-80
Tr 360×5 394 375 420 45 58 – 28 13 11,5 HM 3072 MS 3072 TMFN 64-80
420 393 460 58 75 – 28 15 26,5 HM 3172 MS 3172-68 TMFN 64-80
Tr 380×5 422 399 450 48 62 – 28 14 15,0 HM 3076 MS 3080-76 TMFN 64-80
440 415 490 60 77 – 32 18 32,0 HM 3176 MS 3176 TMFN 64-80
Tr 400×5 442 419 470 52 66 – 28 14 17,0 HM 3080 MS 3080-76 TMFN 64-80
460 440 520 62 82 – 32 18 38,0 HM 3180 MS 3184-80 TMFN 64-80
Tr 420×5 462 439 490 52 66 – 32 14 18,5 HM 3084 MS 3084 TMFN 64-80
462 439 490 52 66 5 32 14 18,5 HME 3084 MS 3084 TMFN 64-80
490 460 540 70 90 – 32 18 45,0 HM 3184 MS 3184-80 TMFN 80-500
Tr 440×5 490 463 520 60 77 – 32 15 26,0 HM 3088 MS 3092-88 TMFN 64-80
510 478 560 70 90 – 36 20 46,5 HM 3188 MS 3192-88 TMFN 80-500
Tr 460×5 510 483 540 60 77 – 32 15 27,0 HM 3092 MS 3092-88 TMFN 80-500
540 498 580 75 95 – 36 20 50,5 HM 3192 MS 3192-88 TMFN 80-500
Tr 480×5 530 503 560 60 77 – 36 15 28,0 HM 3096 MS 30/500-96 TMFN 80-500
560 528 620 75 95 – 36 20 62,0 HM 3196 MS 3196 TMFN 80-500
For HME lock nuts not listed in the table, please contact SKF
1010
Dimensions Mass Designations
Lock nut Appropriate
without locking clip spanner
G d1 d2 d3 B B1 B2 b h locking clip
mm kg –
Tr 500×5 550 523 580 68 85 – 36 15 33,5 HM 30/500 MS 30/500-96 TMFN 80-500
550 523 580 68 85 8 36 15 33,5 HME 30/500 MS 30/500-96 TMFN 80-500
580 540 630 80 100 – 40 23 63,5 HM 31/500 MS 31/500 TMFN 80-500
Tr 530×6 590 558 630 68 90 – 40 20 42,5 HM 30/530 MS 30/600-530 TMFN 500-600
610 575 670 80 105 – 40 23 71,5 HM 31/530 MS 31/530 TMFN 500-600
Tr 560×6 610 583 650 75 97 – 40 20 44,5 HM 30/560 MS 30/560 TMFN 500-600
610 583 650 75 97 12 40 20 44,5 HME 30/560 MS 30/560 TMFN 500-600
650 608 710 85 110 – 45 25 86,5 HM 31/560 MS 31/600-560 TMFN 500-600
Tr 600×6 660 628 700 75 97 – 40 20 52,5 HM 30/600 MS 30/600-530 TMFN 500-600
660 628 700 75 97 12 40 20 52,5 HME 30/600 MS 30/600-530 TMFN 500-600
690 648 750 85 110 – 45 25 91,5 HM 31/600 MS 31/600-560 TMFN 500-600
Tr 630×6 690 658 730 75 97 – 45 20 55,0 HM 30/630 MS 30/630 TMFN 500-600
730 685 800 95 120 – 50 28 125 HM 31/630 MS 31/630 TMFN 600-750
Tr 670×6 740 703 780 80 102 – 45 20 68,5 HM 30/670 MS 30/670 TMFN 600-750
775 730 850 106 131 – 50 28 155 HM 31/670 MS 31/670 TMFN 600-750
Tr 710×7 780 742 830 90 112 – 50 25 91,5 HM 30/710 MS 30/710 TMFN 600-750
780 742 830 90 112 12 50 25 91,5 HME 30/710 MS 30/710 TMFN 600-750
825 772 900 106 133 – 55 30 162 HM 31/710 MS 31/710 TMFN 600-750
Tr 750×7 820 782 870 90 112 – 55 25 94,0 HM 30/750 MS 30/800-750 TMFN 600-750
820 782 870 90 112 12 55 25 94,0 HME 30/750 MS 30/800-750 TMFN 600-750
875 813 950 112 139 – 60 34 190 HM 31/750 MS 31/800-750 TMFN 600-750
Tr 800×7 870 832 920 90 112 – 55 25 99,5 HM 30/800 MS 30/800-750 TMFN 600-750
925 863 1000 112 139 – 60 34 202 HM 31/800 MS 31/800-750 –
Tr 850×7 925 887 980 90 115 – 60 25 115 HM 30/850 MS 30/900-850 –
925 887 980 90 115 12 60 25 110 HME 30/850 MS 30/900-850 –
975 914 1 060 118 145 – 70 38 234 HM 31/850 MS 31/850 –
Tr 900×7 975 937 1 030 100 125 – 60 25 131 HM 30/900 MS 30/900-850 –
1 030 969 1 120 125 154 – 70 38 280 HM 31/900 MS 31/900 –
Tr 950×8 1 025 985 1 080 100 125 – 60 25 139 HM 30/950 MS 30/950 –
For HME lock nuts not listed in the table, please contact SKF
1011
MB locking washers
d 10 – 280 mm
25°
B
d
d1 d2 M
Dimensions Mass Desig- Dimensions Mass Desig-
nation nation
d d1 d2 B f M d d1 d2 B f M
mm kg – mm kg –
10 13,5 21 1 3 8,5 0,001 MB 0 70 85 98 1,5 8 66,5 0,032 MB 14
85 98 2,5 8 66,5 0,053 MB 14 A
12 17 25 1 3 10,5 0,002 MB 1
17 25 1,2 3 10,5 0,002 MB 1 A 75 90 104 1,5 8 71,5 0,035 MB 15
90 104 2,5 8 71,5 0,058 MB 15 A
15 21 28 1 4 13,5 0,003 MB 2
21 28 1,2 4 13,5 0,003 MB 2 A 80 95 112 1,75 10 76,5 0,046 MB 16
95 112 2,5 10 76,5 0,066 MB 16 A
17 24 32 1 4 15,5 0,003 MB 3
24 32 1,2 4 15,5 0,003 MB 3 A 85 102 119 1,75 10 81,5 0,053 MB 17
102 119 2,5 10 81,5 0,076 MB 17 A
20 26 36 1 4 18,5 0,004 MB 4
26 36 1,2 4 18,5 0,005 MB 4 A 90 108 126 1,75 10 86,5 0,061 MB 18
108 126 2,5 10 86,5 0,087 MB 18 A
25 32 42 1,25 5 23 0,006 MB 5
32 42 1,8 5 23 0,009 MB 5 A 95 113 133 1,75 10 91,5 0,066 MB 19
113 133 2,5 10 91,5 0,094 MB 19 A
30 38 49 1,25 5 27,5 0,008 MB 6
38 49 1,8 5 27,5 0,011 MB 6 A 100 120 142 1,75 12 96,5 0,077 MB 20
120 142 2,5 12 96,5 0,11 MB 20 A
35 44 57 1,25 6 32,5 0,011 MB 7
44 57 1,8 6 32,5 0,016 MB 7 A 105 126 145 1,75 12 100,5 0,083 MB 21
40 50 62 1,25 6 37,5 0,013 MB 8 110 133 154 1,75 12 105,5 0,091 MB 22
50 62 1,8 6 37,5 0,018 MB 8 A
115 137 159 2 12 110,5 0,11 MB 23
45 56 69 1,25 6 42,5 0,015 MB 9
56 69 1,8 6 42,5 0,021 MB 9 A 120 135 152 2 14 115 0,07 MBL 24
138 164 2 14 115 0,11 MB 24
50 61 74 1,25 6 47,5 0,016 MB 10
61 74 2,3 6 47,5 0,023 MB 10 A 125 148 170 2 14 120 0,12 MB 25
55 67 81 1,5 8 52,5 0,022 MB 11 130 145 161 2 14 125 0,08 MBL 26
67 81 2,5 8 52,5 0,037 MB 11 A 149 175 2 14 125 0,12 MB 26
60 73 86 1,5 8 57,5 0,024 MB 12 135 160 185 2 14 130 0,14 MB 27
73 86 2,5 8 57,5 0,040 MB 12 A
140 155 172 2 16 135 0,09 MBL 28
65 79 92 1,5 8 62,5 0,030 MB 13 160 192 2 16 135 0,14 MB 28
79 92 2,5 8 62,5 0,050 MB 13 A
1012
Dimensions Mass Desig-
nation
d d1 d2 B f M
mm kg –
145 172 202 2 16 140 0,17 MB 29
150 170 189 2 16 145 0,10 MBL 30
171 205 2 16 145 0,18 MB 30
155 182 212 2,5 16 147,5 0,20 MB 31
160 180 199 2,5 18 154 0,14 MBL 32
182 217 2,5 18 154 0,22 MB 32
165 193 222 2,5 18 157,5 0,24 MB 33
170 190 211 2,5 18 164 0,15 MBL 34
193 232 2,5 18 164 0,24 MB 34
180 200 222 2,5 20 174 0,16 MBL 36
203 242 2,5 20 174 0,26 MB 36
190 210 232 2,5 20 184 0,17 MBL 38
214 252 2,5 20 184 0,26 MB 38
200 222 245 2,5 20 194 0,22 MBL 40
226 262 2,5 20 194 0,28 MB 40
220 250 292 3 24 213 0,35 MB 44
240 270 313 3 24 233 0,46 MB 48
260 300 342 3 28 253 0,64 MB 52
280 320 362 3 28 273 0,74 MB 56
1013
MS locking clips
B 20 – 70 mm
M
M1 B
M2 M3
Dimensions Mass Designations
Locking Hexagon Spring
clip headed washer
B M M1 M2 M3 bolt to DIN 128
mm kg –
20 12 4 13,5 7 0,022 MS 3044 M 6×12 A6
12 4 17,5 9 0,024 MS 3052-48 M 8×16 A8
24 12 4 17,5 9 0,030 MS 3056 M 8×16 A8
12 4 20,5 9 0,033 MS 3060 M 8×16 A8
15 5 21 9 0,046 MS 3068-64 M 8×16 A8
28 15 5 20 9 0,051 MS 3072 M 8×16 A8
15 5 24 12 0,055 MS 3080-76 M 10×20 A 10
32 15 5 24 12 0,063 MS 3084 M 10×20 A 10
15 5 28 14 0,067 MS 3092-88 M 12×25 A 12
36 15 5 28 14 0,076 MS 30/500-96 M 12×25 A 12
40 21 7 29 18 0,15 MS 30/560 M 16×30 A 16
21 7 34 18 0,14 MS 30/600-530 M 16×30 A 16
45 21 7 34 18 0,17 MS 30/630 M 16×30 A 16
21 7 39 18 0,19 MS 30/670 M 16×30 A 16
50 21 7 39 18 0,21 MS 30/710 M 16×30 A 16
55 21 7 39 18 0,23 MS 30/800-750 M 16×30 A 16
60 21 7 44 22 0,26 MS 30/900-850 M 20×40 A 20
21 7 46 22 0,26 MS 30/950 M 20×40 A 20
21 7 51 22 0,28 MS 30/1000 M 20×40 A 20
24 12 4 30,5 12 0,040 MS 3160 M 10×20 A 10
15 5 31 12 0,055 MS 3164 M 10×20 A 10
28 15 5 38 14 0,069 MS 3172-68 M 12×25 A 12
32 15 5 40 14 0,083 MS 3176 M 12×25 A 12
15 5 45 18 0,089 MS 3184-80 M 16×30 A 16
36 15 5 43 18 0,097 MS 3192-88 M 16×30 A 16
15 5 53 18 0,11 MS 3196 M 16×30 A 16
40 15 5 45 18 0,11 MS 31/500 M 16×30 A 16
21 7 51 22 0,19 MS 31/530 M 20×40 A 20
1014
Dimensions Mass Designations
Locking Hexagon Spring
clip headed washer
B M M1 M2 M3 bolt to DIN 128
mm kg –
45 21 7 54 22 0,22 MS 31/600-560 M 20×40 A 20
50 21 7 61 22 0,27 MS 31/630 M 20×40 A 20
21 7 66 22 0,28 MS 31/670 M 20×40 A 20
55 21 7 69 26 0,32 MS 31/710 M 24×50 A 24
60 21 7 70 26 0,35 MS 31/800-750 M 24×50 A 24
70 21 7 71 26 0,41 MS 31/850 M 24×50 A 24
21 7 76 26 0,41 MS 31/900 M 24×50 A 24
21 7 78 26 0,42 MS 31/950 M 24×50 A 24
21 7 88 26 0,50 MS 31/1000 M 24×50 A 24
1015
Lock nuts
Lock nuts with integral Fig 9
locking device
These lock nuts of the KMK design (➔ fig 9 )
have an integral locking device, which takes
the form of a pressure plate, the surface of
which has a threaded profile. The pressure
plate is pressed against the shaft thread by
a grub screw, thus locking the nut in position.
Mounting and dismounting are simple
and the axial location effective and reliable.
Neither additional locking washer nor key-
way in the shaft is required. The KMK nuts
can be re-used.
The KMK nuts have slots in the outside
diameter so that they can be tightened using
a hook spanner. A hexagonal wrench is
needed to tighten the grub screw. Appropri-
ate sizes of spanner and key are given in the
product table. Tighten the grub screw until
the recommended tightening torque quoted
in the product table is obtained.
Dimensions
The dimensions and the thread of the KMK
nuts are in accordance with ISO 2982-2:2001,
except for the width. The grub screw corres-
ponds to ISO 4026:1993, material class 45H.
Tolerances
The metric ISO thread is machined to toler-
ance 5H according to ISO 965-3:1998.
Material
SKF lock nuts in the KMFE series are made
of steel and are phosphated and saturated
with oil.
Mating shaft threads
SKF recommends that the mating thread
on the shaft to be made to 6g according to
ISO 965-3:1998.
1016
KMK lock nuts with integral locking device
M 10×0,75 – M 100×2
B
b
d1 G d3 h
Dimensions Axial load Loos- Mass Designations Grub screw
carrying ening Lock Appropriate Size Recomm.
capacity torque nut spanner tightening
G d1 d3 B b h static torque
mm kN Nm kg – – Nm
M 10×0,75 16 20 8 3 2 9,8 8 0,014 KMK 0 – M4 2
M 12×1 18 22 8 3 2 11,8 9 0,016 KMK 1 HN 1 M4 2
M 15×1 21 25 8 4 2 14,6 12 0,019 KMK 2 HN 2 M4 2
M 17×1 24 28 8 4 2 19,6 13 0,024 KMK 3 HN 3 M4 2
M 20×1 28 32 8 4 2 24 16 0,03 KMK 4 HN 4 M4 2
M 25×1,5 34 38 9 5 2 31,5 29 0,03 KMK 5 HN 5 M5 4
M 30×1,5 41 45 9 5 2 36,5 35 0,06 KMK 6 HN 6 M5 4
M 35×1,5 48 52 9 5 2 50 40 0,07 KMK 7 HN 7 M5 4
M 40×1,5 53 58 11 6 2,5 62 67 0,11 KMK 8 HN 8 M6 8
M 45×1,5 60 65 11 6 2,5 78 76 0,14 KMK 9 HN 9 M6 8
M 50×1,5 65 70 13 6 2,5 91,5 84 0,18 KMK 10 HN 10 M6 8
M 55×2 69 75 13 7 3 91,5 172 0,19 KMK 11 HN 11 M8 18
M 60×2 74 80 13 7 3 95 188 0,20 KMK 12 HN 12 M8 18
M 65×2 79 85 14 7 3 108 203 0,24 KMK 13 HN 13 M8 18
M 70×2 85 92 14 8 3,5 118 219 0,28 KMK 14 HN 14 M8 18
M 75×2 91 98 14 8 3,5 134 235 0,33 KMK 15 HN 15 M8 18
M 80×2 98 105 18 8 3,5 173 378 0,45 KMK 16 HN 16 M8 18
M 85×2 103 110 18 8 3,5 190 401 0,52 KMK 17 HN 17 M 10 35
M 90×2 112 120 18 10 4 216 425 0,65 KMK 18 HN 18 M 10 35
M 95×2 117 125 20 10 4 236 448 0,76 KMK 19 HN 19 M 10 35
M 100×2 122 130 20 10 4 255 472 0,80 KMK 20 HN 20 M 10 35
1017
Lock nuts
Lock nuts with locking Fig 10
screw
Lock nuts with locking screw (➔ fig 10 ) are
designated KMFE. The locking screw presses
a small part of the nut thread onto the shaft
thread and prevents the nut from turning.
Mounting and dismounting are simple
and the axial location effective and reliable.
Neither additional locking washers nor key-
way in the shaft are required. The KMFE nuts
can be re-used.
The KMFE nuts have slots in the outside
diameter so that they can be tightened using
a hook or impact spanner. A hexagonal
wrench is needed to tighten the grub screw.
Appropriate sizes of the spanner are given in
the product table. Tighten the grub screw
until the recommended tightening torque
quoted in the product table is obtained.
Dimensions
The dimensions and the thread of KMFE
nuts are in accordance with ISO 2982-2:1995,
except for the width. The grub screw corres-
pond to ISO 4026:1993, material class 45H.
Tolerances
The metric ISO thread is machined to toler-
ance 5H according to ISO 965-3:1998.
Material
SKF lock nuts in the KMFE series are made
of steel and are saturated with oil.
Mating shaft threads
SKF recommends that the mating thread
on the shaft be made to 6g according to
ISO 965-3:1998.
1018
KMFE lock nuts with locking screw
M 20×1 – M 130×2
B1
B
h
d1 G d3
Dimensions Axial load Loos- Mass Designations Grub screw
carrying ening Lock Appro- Size Recomm.
capacity torque nut priate tightening
G d1 d3 B B1 b h static spanner torque
mm kN Nm kg – – Nm
M 20×1 26 32 9,5 8,5 4 2 24 28 0,031 KMFE 4 HN 4 M5 4
M 25×1,5 31 38 10,5 8,5 5 2 31,5 35 0,042 KMFE 5 HN 5 M5 4
M 30×1,5 36 45 10,5 8,5 5 2 36,5 42 0,058 KMFE 6 HN 6 M5 4
M 35×1,5 42,5 52 11,5 8,5 5 2 50 49 0,080 KMFE 7 HN 7 M5 4
M 40×1,5 47 58 13 10 6 2,5 62 80 0,11 KMFE 8 HN 8 M6 8
M 45×1,5 53 65 13 10 6 2,5 78 94 0,14 KMFE 9 HN 9 M6 8
M 50×1,5 57,5 70 14 11 6 2,5 91,5 100 0,16 KMFE 10 HN 10 M6 8
M 55×2 64 75 14 11 7 3 91,5 110 0,18 KMFE 11 HN 11 M6 8
M 60×2 69 80 14 11 7 3 95 120 0,19 KMFE 12 HN 12 M6 8
M 65×2 76 85 15 12 7 3 108 130 0,23 KMFE 13 HN 13 M6 8
M 70×2 79 92 15 12 8 3,5 118 140 0,26 KMFE 14 HN 14 M6 8
M 75×2 85 98 16 13 8 3,5 134 150 0,32 KMFE 15 HN 15 M6 8
M 80×2 91,5 105 18 15 8 3,5 173 300 0,42 KMFE 16 HN 16 M8 18
M 85×2 98 110 19 15 8 3,5 190 315 0,46 KMFE 17 HN 17 M8 18
M 90×2 102 120 19 15 10 4 216 335 0,58 KMFE 18 HN 18 M8 18
M 95×2 110 125 20 16 10 4 236 355 0,66 KMFE 19 HN 19 M8 18
M 100×2 112 130 21 17 10 4 255 370 0,71 KMFE 20 HN 20 M8 18
M 105×2 112 140 21 17 12 5 290 390 0,85 KMFE 21 HN 21 M8 18
M 110×2 122 145 21,5 17,5 12 5 310 410 0,93 KMFE 22 HN 22 M8 18
M 115×2 126 150 25 20 12 5 315 645 1,11 KMFE 23 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
M 120×2 130 155 26 20 12 5 340 675 1,16 KMFE 24 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
M 125×2 136 160 27 21 12 5 360 700 1,26 KMFE 25 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
M 130×2 141 165 28 21 12 5 365 730 1,33 KMFE 26 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
1019
Lock nuts
Precision lock nuts • KMTA lock nuts (➔ fig 12 ) have a different
external shape from that of KMT nuts and
with locking pins in part a different thread pitch. They have
a cylindrical outside surface and are pri-
SKF precision lock nuts were originally de- marily intended for applications where
veloped for use with precision bearings and space is limited. As the outside surface is
their dimensions were chosen accordingly. cylindrical the nut can also be used to
Precision lock nuts have three locking pins form part of a gap-type seal. Holes around
equally spaced around the circumference. the circumference and in one side face fa-
These pins are pressed against the shaft by cilitate mounting.
grub screws and prevent the nut from turn-
ing. The locking pins and grub screws are Precision lock nuts are adjustable. The three
arranged at the same angle to the shaft as equally spaced locking pins enable the nut
that of the thread flanks. The ends of the to be accurately positioned at right angles
pins are machined with the nut thread and to the shaft or they can be used to adjust for
as a result also have a threaded profile. As inaccuracies or deviations of other compon-
the locking pins are not deformed, the nuts ents which are to be located on the shaft.
retain their high precision irrespective of the
frequency with which they are mounted and Dimensions
dismounted. Additional locking washers or The KMT and KMTA nuts have a metric
keyways in the shaft are not needed. ISO thread according to ISO 965-3:1998.
SKF precision lock nuts are available in
two designs: Tolerances
The metric ISO thread is machined to toler-
• KMT lock nuts (➔ fig 11 ) are designed as ance 5H according to ISO 965-3:1998. The
slotted nuts and the smaller sizes up to maximum runout between the thread and
and including size 15 are also produced the locating face is 0,005 mm.
with two diametrically opposed flats to
take spanners. They are intended for
applications where high precision, simple
assembly and reliable locking are re-
quired.
Fig 11 Fig 12
1020
Material Dismounting
SKF lock nuts in the KMT and KMTA series When dismounting KMT and KMTA lock
are made of high-strength steel and are nuts the locking pins may still firmly engage
phosphated and saturated with oil. the shaft thread even after the grub screws
have been loosened. Light blows with a rub-
Mating shaft threads ber hammer to the nut in the vicinity of the
SKF recommends that the mating thread grub screws will serve to loosen the pins.
on the shaft be made to 6g according to The nuts can then be unscrewed easily from
ISO 965-3:1998. the shaft thread.
Mounting
KMT lock nuts have slots around the circum-
ference with two diametrically opposed flats
on all nuts up to and including size 15. Vari-
ous types of spanners can be used depend-
ing on the nut size, including hook and im-
pact spanners. Appropriate sizes of span-
ners are given in the product table.
KMTA lock nuts can be tightened using
hook spanners in the HN .. B series with a
stud to engage one of the holes in the cir-
cumference. Alternatively a pin-type face
spanner or a tommy bar can be used.
Appropriate hook spanners are given in the
product table.
To lock the KMT and KMTA nuts, the grub
screws should first be gently tightened until
the thread of the locking pin engages the
shaft thread. The grub screws should then
be firmly tightened until the recommended
tightening torque quoted in the product
tables is obtained.
If it is necessary to correct for any mis-
alignment between the abutment surfaces
of the nut and adjacent component, the
grub screw at the position of greatest devia-
tion should first be loosened and the other
two screws should be tightened to an equal
degree. The loosened screw should then
be retightened. If this correction for the mis-
alignment is found to be inadequate, the
procedure should be repeated until the
desired accuracy has been achieved. This
can be checked using a dial gauge.
1021
KMT precision lock nuts with locking pins
M 10×0,75 – M 200×3
B M
60°
h
b
d1 G d4 d3 d 2
Dimensions Axial load Loos- Mass Designations Grub screws
carrying ening Lock Appropriate Size Recomm.
capacity torque nut spanner tightening
G d1 d2 d3 d4 B b h M static torque
mm kN Nm kg – – Nm
M 10×0,75 21 28 23 11 14 4 2 24 35 15 0,045 KMT 0 HN 2/3 M5 4,5
M 12×1 23 30 25 13 14 4 2 27 40 18 0,050 KMT 1 HN 3 M5 4,5
M 15×1 26 33 28 16 16 4 2 30 60 20 0,075 KMT 2 HN 4 M5 4,5
M 17×1 29 37 33 18 18 5 2 34 80 25 0,10 KMT 3 HN 4 M6 8
M 20×1 32 40 35 21 18 5 2 36 90 35 0,11 KMT 4 HN 5 M6 8
M 25×1,5 36 44 39 26 20 5 2 41 130 45 0,13 KMT 5 HN 5 M6 8
M 30×1,5 41 49 44 32 20 5 2 46 160 55 0,16 KMT 6 HN 6 M6 8
M 35×1,5 46 54 49 38 22 5 2 50 190 65 0,19 KMT 7 HN 7 M6 8
M 40×1,5 54 65 59 42 22 6 2,5 60 210 80 0,30 KMT 8 HN 8/9 M8 18
M 45×1,5 60 70 64 48 22 6 2,5 65 240 95 0,33 KMT 9 HN 9/10 M8 18
M 50×1,5 64 75 68 52 25 7 3 70 300 115 0,40 KMT 10 HN 10/11 M8 18
M 55×2 74 85 78 58 25 7 3 80 340 225 0,54 KMT 11 HN 12/13 M8 18
M 60×2 78 90 82 62 26 8 3,5 85 380 245 0,61 KMT 12 HN 13 M8 18
M 65×2 83 95 87 68 28 8 3,5 90 460 265 0,71 KMT 13 HN 14 M8 18
M 70×2 88 100 92 72 28 8 3,5 95 490 285 0,75 KMT 14 HN 15 M8 18
M 75×2 93 105 97 77 28 8 3,5 100 520 305 0,80 KMT 15 HN 15/16 M8 18
M 80×2 98 110 100 83 32 8 3,5 – 620 325 0,90 KMT 16 HN 16/17 M8 18
M 85×2 107 120 110 88 32 10 4 – 650 660 1,15 KMT 17 HN 17/18 M 10 35
M 90×2 112 125 115 93 32 10 4 – 680 720 1,20 KMT 18 HN 18/19 M 10 35
M 95×2 117 130 120 98 32 10 4 – 710 780 1,25 KMT 19 HN 19/20 M 10 35
M 100×2 122 135 125 103 32 10 4 – 740 840 1,30 KMT 20 HN 20 M 10 35
1022
Dimensions Axial load Loos- Mass Designations Grub screws
carrying ening Lock Appropriate Size Recomm.
capacity torque nut spanner tightening
G d1 d2 d3 d4 B b h static torque
mm kN Nm kg – – Nm
M 110×2 132 145 134 112 32 10 4 800 960 1,45 KMT 22 HN 22 M 10 35
M 120×2 142 155 144 122 32 10 4 860 1 080 1,60 KMT 24 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
M 130×2 152 165 154 132 32 12 5 920 1 200 1,70 KMT 26 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
M 140×2 162 175 164 142 32 14 6 980 1 320 1,80 KMT 28 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
M 150×2 172 185 174 152 32 14 6 1 040 1 440 1,95 KMT 30 TMFN 23-30 M 10 35
M 160×3 182 195 184 162 32 14 6 1 100 1 600 2,10 KMT 32 TMFN 30-40 M 10 35
M 170×3 192 205 192 172 32 14 6 1 160 1 750 2,20 KMT 34 TMFN 30-40 M 10 35
M 180×3 202 215 204 182 32 16 7 1 220 1 900 2,30 KMT 36 TMFN 30-40 M 10 35
M 190×3 212 225 214 192 32 16 7 1 280 2 050 2,40 KMT 38 TMFN 30-40 M 10 35
M 200×3 222 235 224 202 32 18 8 1 340 2 300 2,50 KMT 40 TMFN 30-40 M 10 35
1023
KMTA precision lock nuts with locking pins
M 25×1,5 – M 200×3
30°
B
J1 G d4 d3 d2
N1 N2
J2
Dimensions Axial load Loos- Mass Designations Grub screws
carrying ening Lock Appropriate Size Recomm.
capacity torque nut spanner tightening
G d2 d3 d4 B J1 J2 N1 N2 static torque
mm kN Nm kg – – Nm
M 25×1,5 42 35 26 20 32,5 11 4,3 4 130 45 0,13 KMTA 5 HN 5 B M6 8
M 30×1,5 48 40 32 20 40,5 11 4,3 5 160 55 0,16 KMTA 6 HN 6 B M6 8
M 35×1,5 53 47 38 20 45,5 11 4,3 5 190 65 0,19 KMTA 7 HN 7 B M6 8
M 40×1,5 58 52 42 22 50,5 12 4,3 5 210 80 0,23 KMTA 8 HN 8 B M6 8
M 45×1,5 68 58 48 22 58 12 4,3 6 240 95 0,33 KMTA 9 HN 9 B M6 8
M 50×1,5 70 63 52 24 61,5 13 4,3 6 300 115 0,34 KMTA 10 HN 10 B M6 8
M 55×1,5 75 70 58 24 66,5 13 4,3 6 340 135 0,37 KMTA 11 HN 12 B M6 8
M 60×1,5 84 75 62 24 74,5 13 5,3 6 380 150 0,49 KMTA 12 HN 13 B M8 18
M 65×1,5 88 80 68 25 78,5 13 5,3 6 460 170 0,52 KMTA 13 HN 14 B M8 18
M 70×1,5 95 86 72 26 85 14 5,3 8 490 285 0,62 KMTA 14 HN 15 B M8 18
M 75×1,5 100 91 77 26 88 13 6,4 8 520 305 0,66 KMTA 15 HN 15 B M8 18
M 80×2 110 97 83 30 95 16 6,4 8 620 325 1,00 KMTA 16 HN 16 B M8 18
M 85×2 115 102 88 32 100 17 6,4 8 650 660 1,15 KMTA 17 HN 17 B M 10 35
M 90×2 120 110 93 32 108 17 6,4 8 680 720 1,20 KMTA 18 HN 18 B M 10 35
M 95×2 125 114 98 32 113 17 6,4 8 710 780 1,25 KMTA 19 HN 19 B M 10 35
M 100×2 130 120 103 32 118 17 6,4 8 740 840 1,30 KMTA 20 HN 20 B M 10 35
M 110×2 140 132 112 32 128 17 6,4 8 800 960 1,45 KMTA 22 HN 22 B M 10 35
M 120×2 155 142 122 32 140 17 6,4 8 860 1 080 1,85 KMTA 24 B 155-165 M 10 35
M 130×3 165 156 132 32 153 17 6,4 8 920 1 200 2,00 KMTA 26 B 155-165 M 10 35
M 140×3 180 166 142 32 165 17 6,4 10 980 1 320 2,45 KMTA 28 B 180-195 M 10 35
M 150×3 190 180 152 32 175 17 6,4 10 1 040 1 440 2,60 KMTA 30 B 180-195 M 10 35
1024
Dimensions Axial load Loos- Mass Designations Grub screws
carrying ening Lock Appropriate Size Recomm.
capacity torque nut spanner tightening
G d2 d3 d4 B J1 J2 N1 N2 static torque
mm kN Nm kg – – Nm
M 160×3 205 190 162 32 185 17 8,4 10 1 100 1 600 3,15 KMTA 32 B 205-220 M 10 35
M 170×3 215 205 172 32 195 17 8,4 10 1 160 1 750 3,30 KMTA 34 B 205-220 M 10 35
M 180×3 230 215 182 32 210 17 8,4 10 1 220 1 900 3,90 KMTA 36 B 230-245 M 10 35
M 190×3 240 225 192 32 224 17 8,4 10 1 280 2 050 4,10 KMTA 38 B 230-245 M 10 35
M 200×3 245 237 202 32 229 17 8,4 10 1 340 2 200 3,85 KMTA 40 B 230-245 M 10 35
1025
Bearing housings
SNL plummer block housings,
series 2, 3, 5 and 6 ………………………… 1029
Other bearing housings …………………… 1054
SNL plummer block housings, series 30 and 31 ………………………………………… 1054
SONL plummer block housings …………………………………………………………… 1055
SDG plummer block housings ……………………………………………………………… 1056
SAF plummer block housings ……………………………………………………………… 1057
SDAF plummer block housings …………………………………………………………… 1058
SBD plummer block housings ……………………………………………………………… 1059
TVN housings ………………………………………………………………………………… 1060
TN housings …………………………………………………………………………………… 1061
Flanged housings I-1200(00) ……………………………………………………………… 1061
Flanged housings 7225(00) ………………………………………………………………… 1062
THD take-up housings ……………………………………………………………………… 1063
1027
Bearing housings
Bearing housings together with appropriate For detailed information on these housings,
SKF bearings constitute economic, inter- please ask the SKF application engineering
changeable bearing units that meet the de- service and provide application details.
mand for designs which are easy to maintain. Besides bearing housings, SKF also sup-
As a leading supplier of rolling bearings, plies complete ready-to-mount bearing
SKF also produces bearing housings in a units, consisting of housing, bearing, and
wide range of designs and sizes that are appropriate seals. These units are presented
based on experience collected in all industrial in the section “Bearing units” on page 1107.
areas. Among others, SKF bearing housings
have the following advantages:
• large assortment of design and sizes
• high quality of design and manufacture
• worldwide availability
Plummer (pillow) block housings in the SNL
2, 3, 5 and 6 series are the most common
housings and are shown in this catalogue
with technical details. They have additional
advantages:
• short delivery times
• long term supply stability
• no minimum order quantities
• simplified ordering and stocking
Other bearing housings in the SKF standard
range, include
• split plummer (pillow) block housings,
• one-piece plummer block housings,
• flanged housings, or
• take-up housings.
They are only presented with their main
design features. Publications with detailed
information are noted and will be supplied on
request.
The SKF manufacturing programme also
includes special housings for particular appli-
cations, such as
• conveyors and drums
• roller beds and converters
• tube mills and rotary furnaces
• paper machines
• windmills
• pinions of open gears
• large electrical machines
• rudder post bearing arrangements
• ships’ shafting support bearing arrange-
ments
1028
SNL plummer block
housings, series 2, 3, 5
and 6
Design features ………………………………………………………………………………1030
Building block system ………………………………………………………………………1030
Reinforced base ……………………………………………………………………………1030
Attachment …………………………………………………………………………………1030
Good heat conduction ………………………………………………………………………1030
Relubrication facility …………………………………………………………………………1030
Caps and bases individually marked ………………………………………………………1031
Mounting aid …………………………………………………………………………………1031
Indications for holes to accommodate other components ………………………………1031
Types of arrangement…………………………………………………………………………1031
Non-locating bearing arrangements ………………………………………………………1031
Locating bearing arrangements ……………………………………………………………1031
Seals ……………………………………………………………………………………………1032
Special design features ………………………………………………………………………1032
General data ……………………………………………………………………………………1033
Dimensions …………………………………………………………………………………1033
Tolerances ……………………………………………………………………………………1033
Materials………………………………………………………………………………………1033
Painting system………………………………………………………………………………1033
Load carrying ability …………………………………………………………………………1033
Lubrication ……………………………………………………………………………………1033
How to order ……………………………………………………………………………………1033
Example ………………………………………………………………………………………1033
Product tables …………………………………………………………………………………1034
SNL plummer block housings for bearings on adapter sleeve …………………………1034
SNL plummer block housings for bearings with cylindrical bore ………………………1044
1029
SNL plummer block housings, series 2, 3, 5 and 6
Design features Good heat conduction
The extra ribs in the housing base provide
SNL plummer block housings (➔ fig 1 ) are additional surface area between the base
the most popular of the wide range of SKF and base plate to improve heat flow away
housings. Because of their versatility it is from the bearing.
seldom necessary to resort to tailored hous-
ings for specific applications. The main de- Relubrication facility
sign features are listed below. Further infor- SNL housings are equipped with a grease
mation on SNL plummer block housings can nipple as standard. Cast indications mark
be obtained from other grease nipple locations for relubrica-
tion of the bearing or the seals.
• the product brochure “SNL plummer block
housings solve the housing problems” or
• the “SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue” on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com.
Building block system
The basis of the SNL plummer block hous- Fig 1
ing system consists of a number of housings
of the same design but in different sizes. By
combining these housings with different
standard seals (➔ fig 2 ) a wide variety of
housing variants, all belonging to the stand-
ard range, can be supplied. SNL plummer
blocks can accommodate shaft diameters
ranging from 20 to 160 mm.
Reinforced base
The housing base is reinforced with ribs and
extra material surrounding the holes for the
attachment bolts in order to improve seating
on the base plate. The attachment bolts can
be preloaded to give better location and can-
not deform the housing base or housing bore.
Attachment Fig 2
SNL housings have two attachment bolt
holes in the base as standard. Housings of
size 511-609 and larger are also available
with four cast attachment bolt holes as
standard, designated FSNL .. NM. These
larger housings are also available without
attachment bolt holes (blank base, desig-
nated SSNLD), but only made of ductile
cast iron.
Also the smaller housings below size
511-609 can be used for four bolt mounting.
Cast indications show where to drill the add-
itional holes.
1030
Caps and bases individually marked Non-locating bearing arrangements
The housing base and cap are matched The bearing seatings in the housings are
during manufacture and are not interchange- sufficiently wide to allow axial displacement
able. To prevent mixing, the same consecu- of the bearing. CARB bearings, which com-
tive number is marked on the cap and base pensate axial displacement within the bear-
of each individual housing. ing, must always be secured in the housing
bore with locating rings. In addition, please
Mounting aid follow the recommendations in the section
To simplify mounting and make alignment “Free space at the sides of the bearing” in
more accurate, cast indications in the end the chapter “CARB toroidal roller bearings”
faces of the housing base indicate the hous- (➔ page 788).
ing bore axis and the vertical axis.
Locating bearing arrangements
Indications for holes to accommodate For locating bearing arrangements two
other components locating rings of the same width have to be
Cast indications mark the positions where inserted on each side of the bearing. This
holes can be drilled for dowel pins, sensors means, locating bearings are placed in the
for condition monitoring, or additional middle of the housing seating.
grease nipples. The locating rings are identified by the
prefix FRB followed by the size (width/out-
side diameter) in millimetres uncoded, e.g.
Types of arrangement FRB 11,5/100. Appropriate locating rings
are listed together with the bearings in the
Not only can different bearing types be in- product tables.
corporated in SNL plummer block housings
but they can also be arranged in different
ways:
• bearings with a tapered bore on an adapter
sleeve on a smooth shaft (➔ fig 3 ) – SNL
housings, series 5 and 6 (➔ table starting
on page 1034)
• bearings with a cylindrical bore on stepped
shafts (➔ fig 4 ) – SNL housings, series 2
and 3 (➔ table starting on page 1044)
Fig 3 Fig 4
1031
SNL plummer block housings, series 2, 3, 5 and 6
Seals Special design features
The following standard seals (➔ fig 5 ) are On request SNL plummer block housings
available for SNL plummer block housings: can be supplied with special design features
deviating from the standard. The essential
• double-lip seals of TSN .. G design (a) features are listed below. They are indicated
for peripheral speeds of up to 8 m/s and by designation suffixes.
operating temperatures from −40 to +100 °C
• V-ring seals of TSN .. A design (b) NM Drilled and tapped hole 1/8-27 NPSF
for peripheral speeds of up to 7 m/s, under in middle of housing cap for bearings
special conditions up to 12 m/s and oper- with lubrication groove and three holes
ating temperatures from −40 to +100 °C in the outer ring, with grease nipple
• labyrinth seals of TSN .. S design (c) AH 1/8-27 PTF
for unlimited peripheral speeds and oper- V Housing with grease escape hole
ating temperatures from −50 to +200 °C T Drilled and tapped hole 1/4-28 UNF
• taconite heavy-duty seals with radial on one side of housing cap with grease
labyrinth of TSN .. ND design (d) nipple AH 1/4-28 SAE-LT for relubrica-
for peripheral speeds of up to 12 m/s and tion of seals
operating temperatures from −40 to +100 °C TD Drilled and tapped hole 1/4-28 UNF
on both sides of housing cap with two
All seals are fully interchangeable because no grease nipples AH 1/4-28 SAE-LT for
modifications to the housing are required. relubrication of seals
For housings mounted on shaft ends, end SN Housing with drilled and tapped hole
covers of the ASNH series are available (e). for sensor
K7 Seating in the housing machined to
tolerance K7
Fig 5
a b c d e
1032
General data Lubrication
Dimensions SNL plummer block housings with standard
The boundary dimensions of an SNL plummer seals are designed for grease lubrication.
block housing conform to ISO 113:1999. For oil lubrication, modified SNL housings
The housings are dimensionally inter- are available. These housings are supplied
changeable with earlier SN, SNA, and SNH only together with the seals specially devel-
housings. oped for oil lubrication.
Tolerances
The tolerance limits for the centre height H1
(of the housing bore above the support sur-
How to order
face) are to js11. The bearing seating in the The housing, seals, end cover and locating
housing is machined to tolerance G7 as rings must be ordered individually. Bearings
standard. and any necessary sleeves must also be
ordered individually.
Materials
SNL plummer block housings are made of Example
grey cast iron. Two plummer block housings with double-
For applications where the strength of lip seals are required for spherical roller
grey cast iron is inadequate, dimensionally bearings 22212 EK on adapter sleeves
equivalent housings made of spheroidal H 312. One housing should be for a non-
graphite cast iron can be supplied. These locating bearing arrangement at the end of
housings are only available with four cast a shaft, and the other housing for a locating
attachment bolt holes (series FSNLD) or bearing arrangement and a through shaft.
without any holes in the base (series SSNLD). The following items must be ordered (in
addition to the bearings and sleeves):
Painting system
SNL plummer block housings are painted • 2 plummer block housings SNL 512-610
as standard in accordance with ISO 12944- • 2 double-lip seal packs TSN 512 G (each
2:1998, environmental Class C2. Black pack contains two seals)
colour: RAL 9005. • 1 end cover ASNH 512-610
• 2 locating rings FRB 10/110
Load carrying ability
SNL plummer block housings are intended
for loads acting vertically towards the base
plate (support). In this case, loads are limited
only by the load limits of the bearing. If loads
acting in other directions occur, check that
the magnitude of the load is permissible for
the housing, the bolts joining the housing
cap and base, and for the attachment bolts.
1033
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings on adapter sleeve
da 20 – 35 mm
Ca
Da da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End
two seals only cover
mm mm kg –
20 67 46 74 40 19 130 165 20 15 12 1,45 SNL 505 TG SNL 505 TSN 505 G ASNH 505
SNL 505 TA SNL 505 TSN 505 A ASNH 505
SNL 505 TS SNL 505 TSN 505 S ASNH 505
SNL 505 TND SNL 505 TSN 505 ND ASNH 505
77 52 89 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 2,00 SNL 605 TG SNL 506-605 TSN 605 G ASNH 506-605
SNL 605 TA SNL 506-605 TSN 605 A ASNH 506-605
SNL 605 TS SNL 506-605 TSN 605 S ASNH 506-605
SNL 605 TND SNL 506-605 TSN 605 ND ASNH 506-605
25 77 52 89 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 2,00 SNL 506 TG SNL 506-605 TSN 506 G ASNH 506-605
SNL 506 TA SNL 506-605 TSN 506 A ASNH 506-605
SNL 506 TS SNL 506-605 TSN 506 S ASNH 506-605
SNL 506 TND SNL 506-605 TSN 506 ND ASNH 506-605
82 52 93 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 2,20 SNL 606 TG SNL 507-606 TSN 606 G ASNH 507-606
SNL 606 TA SNL 507-606 TSN 606 A ASNH 507-606
SNL 606 TS SNL 507-606 TSN 606 S ASNH 507-606
SNL 606 TND SNL 507-606 TSN 606 ND ASNH 507-606
30 82 52 93 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 2,20 SNL 507 TG SNL 507-606 TSN 507 G ASNH 507-606
SNL 507 TA SNL 507-606 TSN 507 A ASNH 507-606
SNL 507 TS SNL 507-606 TSN 507 S ASNH 507-606
SNL 507 TND SNL 507-606 TSN 507 ND ASNH 507-606
85 60 108 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 2,90 SNL 607 TG SNL 508-607 TSN 607 G ASNH 508-607
SNL 607 TA SNL 508-607 TSN 607 A ASNH 508-607
SNL 607 TS SNL 508-607 TSN 607 S ASNH 508-607
SNL 607 TND SNL 508-607 TSN 607 ND ASNH 508-607
35 85 60 108 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 2,90 SNL 508 TG SNL 508-607 TSN 508 G ASNH 508-607
SNL 508 TA SNL 508-607 TSN 508 A ASNH 508-607
SNL 508 TS SNL 508-607 TSN 508 S ASNH 508-607
SNL 508 TND SNL 508-607 TSN 508 ND ASNH 508-607
90 60 113 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 3,20 SNL 608 TG SNL 510-608 TSN 608 G ASNH 510-608
SNL 608 TA SNL 510-608 TSN 608 A ASNH 510-608
SNL 608 TS SNL 510-608 TSN 608 S ASNH 510-608
SNL 608 TND SNL 510-608 TSN 608 ND ASNH 510-608
1034
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and associated components
seating across Self-aligning Adapter Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Adapter Locating
seal ball bearing sleeve 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing sleeve rings
da Ca Da A 2 A3 Spherical roller CARB bearing 2 per
bearing housing
mm mm mm –
20 25 52 80 125 1205 EK H 205 FRB 5/52 2205 EK H 305 FRB 3.5/52
– – – 22205 EK H 305 FRB 3.5/52
C 2205 K H 305 E FRB 3.5/52
32 62 89 135 1305 EK H 305 FRB 7.5/62 2305 EK H 2305 FRB 4/62
– – – – – –
– – –
25 32 62 89 135 1206 EK H 206 FRB 8/62 2206 EK H 306 FRB 6/62
– – – 22206 EK H 306 FRB 6/62
C 2206 K H 306 E FRB 6/62
34 72 94 140 1306 EK H 306 FRB 7.5/72 2306 K H 2306 FRB 3.5/72
21306 CCK H 306 FRB 7.5/72 – – –
– – –
30 34 72 94 145 1207 EK H 207 FRB 8.5/72 2207 EK H 307 FRB 5.5/72
– – – 22207 EK H 307 FRB 5.5/72
C 2207 K H 307 E FRB 5.5/72
39 80 97 145 1307 EK H 307 FRB 9/80 2307 EK H 2307 FRB 4/80
21307 CCK H 307 FRB 9/80 – – –
– – –
35 39 80 97 150 1208 EK H 208 FRB 10.5/80 2208 EK H 308 FRB 8/80
– – – 22208 EK H 308 FRB 8/80
C 2208 K H 308 E FRB 8/80
41 90 102 150 1308 EK H 308 FRB 9/90 2308 EK H 2308 FRB 4/90
21308 CCK H 308 FRB 9/90 22308 EK H 2308 FRB 4/90
– – –
1035
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings on adapter sleeve
da 40 – 55 mm
Ca
Da da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End
two seals only cover
mm mm kg –
40 85 60 109 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 2,90 SNL 509 TG SNL 509 TSN 509 G ASNH 509
SNL 509 TA SNL 509 TSN 509 A ASNH 509
SNL 509 TS SNL 509 TSN 509 S ASNH 509
SNL 509 TND SNL 509 TSN 509 ND ASNH 509
95 70 128 70 28 210 255 24 18 16 4,40 SNL 609 TG SNL 511-609 TSN 609 G ASNH 511-609
SNL 609 TA SNL 511-609 TSN 609 A ASNH 511-609
SNL 609 TS SNL 511-609 TSN 609 S ASNH 511-609
SNL 609 TND SNL 511-609 TSN 609 ND ASNH 511-609
45 90 60 113 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 3,20 SNL 510 TG SNL 510-608 TSN 510 G ASNH 510-608
SNL 510 TA SNL 510-608 TSN 510 A ASNH 510-608
SNL 510 TS SNL 510-608 TSN 510 S ASNH 510-608
SNL 510 TND SNL 510-608 TSN 510 ND ASNH 510-608
105 70 134 70 30 210 255 24 18 16 5,10 SNL 610 TG SNL 512-610 TSN 610 G ASNH 512-610
SNL 610 TA SNL 512-610 TSN 610 A ASNH 512-610
SNL 610 TS SNL 512-610 TSN 610 S ASNH 512-610
SNL 610 TND SNL 512-610 TSN 610 ND ASNH 512-610
50 95 70 128 70 28 210 255 24 18 16 4,40 SNL 511 TG SNL 511-609 TSN 511 G ASNH 511-609
SNL 511 TA SNL 511-609 TSN 511 A ASNH 511-609
SNL 511 TS SNL 511-609 TSN 511 S ASNH 511-609
SNL 511 TND SNL 511-609 TSN 511 ND ASNH 511-609
110 80 149 80 30 230 275 24 18 16 6,50 SNL 611 TG SNL 513-611 TSN 611 G ASNH 513-611
SNL 611 TA SNL 513-611 TSN 611 A ASNH 513-611
SNL 611 TS SNL 513-611 TSN 611 S ASNH 513-611
SNL 611 TND SNL 513-611 TSN 611 ND ASNH 513-611
55 105 70 134 70 30 210 255 24 18 16 5,10 SNL 512 TG SNL 512-610 TSN 512 G ASNH 512-610
SNL 512 TA SNL 512-610 TSN 512 A ASNH 512-610
SNL 512 TS SNL 512-610 TSN 512 S ASNH 512-610
SNL 512 TND SNL 512-610 TSN 512 ND ASNH 512-610
115 80 155 80 30 230 280 24 18 16 7,00 SNL 612 TG SNL 515-612 TSN 612 G ASNH 515-612
SNL 612 TA SNL 515-612 TSN 612 A ASNH 515-612
SNL 612 TS SNL 515-612 TSN 612 S ASNH 515-612
SNL 612 TND SNL 515-612 TSN 612 ND ASNH 515-612
1036
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and associated components
seating across Self-aligning Adapter Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Adapter Locating
seal ball bearing sleeve 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing sleeve rings
da Ca Da A2 A3 Spherical CARB bearing 2 per
roller bearing housing
mm mm mm –
40 30 85 97 150 1209 EK H 209 FRB 5.5/85 2209 EK H 309 FRB 3.5/85
– – – 22209 EK H 309 FRB 3.5/85
C 2209 K H 309 E FRB 3.5/85
44 100 107 155 1309 EK H 309 FRB 9.5/100 2309 EK H 2309 FRB 4/100
21309 EK H 309 FRB 9.5/100 22309 EK H 2309 FRB 4/100
– – –
45 41 90 102 155 1210 EK H 210 FRB 10.5/90 2210 EK H 310 FRB 9/90
– – – 22210 EK H 310 FRB 9/90
C 2210 K H 310 E FRB 9/90
48 110 117 165 1310 EK H 310 FRB 10.5/110 2310 K H 2310 FRB 4/110
21310 EK H 310 FRB 10.5/110 22310 EK H 2310 FRB 4/110
– – –
50 44 100 107 165 1211 EK H 211 FRB 11.5/100 2211 EK H 311 FRB 9.5/100
– – – 22211 EK H 311 FRB 9.5/100
C 2211 K H 311 E FRB 9.5/100
51 120 122 170 1311 EK H 311 FRB 11/120 2311 K H 2311 FRB 4/120
21311 EK H 311 FRB 11/120 22311 EK H 2311 FRB 4/120
– – –
55 48 110 117 175 1212 EK H 212 FRB 13/110 2212 EK H 312 FRB 10/110
– – – 22212 EK H 312 FRB 10/110
C 2212 K H 312 E FRB 10/110
56 130 127 175 1312 EK H 312 FRB 12.5/130 2312 K H 2312 FRB 5/130
21312 EK H 312 FRB 12.5/130 22312 EK H 2312 FRB 5/130
– – –
1037
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings on adapter sleeve
da 60 – 75 mm
Ca
Da da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End
two seals only cover
mm mm kg –
60 110 80 149 80 30 230 275 24 18 16 6,50 SNL 513 TG SNL 513-611 TSN 513 G ASNH 513-611
SNL 513 TA SNL 513-611 TSN 513 A ASNH 513-611
SNL 513 TS SNL 513-611 TSN 513 S ASNH 513-611
SNL 513 TND SNL 513-611 TSN 513 ND ASNH 513-611
120 90 177 95 32 260 315 28 22 20 9,50 SNL 613 TG SNL 516-613 TSN 613 G ASNH 516-613
SNL 613 TA SNL 516-613 TSN 613 A ASNH 516-613
SNL 613 TS SNL 516-613 TSN 613 S ASNH 516-613
SNL 613 TND SNL 516-613 TSN 613 ND ASNH 516-613
65 115 80 155 80 30 230 280 24 18 16 7,00 SNL 515 TG SNL 515-612 TSN 515 G ASNH 515-612
SNL 515 TA SNL 515-612 TSN 515 A ASNH 515-612
SNL 515 TS SNL 515-612 TSN 515 S ASNH 515-612
SNL 515 TND SNL 515-612 TSN 515 ND ASNH 515-612
140 100 194 100 35 290 345 28 22 20 12,5 SNL 615 TG SNL 518-615 TSN 615 G ASNH 518-615
SNL 615 TA SNL 518-615 TSN 615 A ASNH 518-615
SNL 615 TS SNL 518-615 TSN 615 S ASNH 518-615
SNL 615 TND SNL 518-615 TSN 615 ND ASNH 518-615
70 120 90 177 95 32 260 315 28 22 20 9,50 SNL 516 TG SNL 516-613 TSN 516 G ASNH 516-613
SNL 516 TA SNL 516-613 TSN 516 A ASNH 516-613
SNL 516 TS SNL 516-613 TSN 516 S ASNH 516-613
SNL 516 TND SNL 516-613 TSN 516 ND ASNH 516-613
145 100 212 112 35 290 345 28 22 20 13,7 SNL 616 TG SNL 519-616 TSN 616 G ASNH 519-616
SNL 616 TA SNL 519-616 TSN 616 A ASNH 519-616
SNL 616 TS SNL 519-616 TSN 616 S ASNH 519-616
SNL 616 TND SNL 519-616 TSN 616 ND ASNH 519-616
75 125 90 183 95 32 260 320 28 22 20 10,0 SNL 517 TG SNL 517 TSN 517 G ASNH 517
SNL 517 TA SNL 517 TSN 517 A ASNH 517
SNL 517 TS SNL 517 TSN 517 S ASNH 517
SNL 517 TND SNL 517 TSN 517 ND ASNH 517
160 110 218 112 40 320 380 32 26 24 17,6 SNL 617 TG SNL 520-617 TSN 617 G ASNH 520-617
SNL 617 TA SNL 520-617 TSN 617 A ASNH 520-617
SNL 617 TS SNL 520-617 TSN 617 S ASNH 520-617
SNL 617 TND SNL 520-617 TSN 617 ND ASNH 520-617
1038
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and associated components
seating across Self-aligning Adapter Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Adapter Locating
seal ball bearing sleeve 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing sleeve rings
da Ca Da A2 A3 Spherical CARB bearing 2 per
roller bearing housing
mm mm mm –
60 51 120 122 180 1213 EK H 213 FRB 14/120 2213 EK H 313 FRB 10/120
– – – 22213 EK H 313 FRB 10/120
C 2213 K H 313 E FRB 10/120
58 140 138 180 1313 EK H 313 FRB 12.5/140 2313 K H 2313 FRB 5/140
21313 EK H 313 FRB 12.5/140 22313 EK H 2313 FRB 5/140
– – –
65 65 160 158 200 1315 K H 315 FRB 14/160 2315 K H 2315 FRB 5/160
21315 EK H 315 FRB 14/160 22315 EK H 2315 FRB 5/160
C 2315 K H 2315 FRB 5/160
56 130 127 175 1215 K H 215 FRB 15.5/130 2215 EK H 315 FRB 12.5/130
– – – 22215 EK H 315 FRB 12.5/130
C 2215 K H 315 E FRB 12.5/130
70 58 140 138 205 1216 K H 216 FRB 16/140 2216 EK H 316 FRB 12.5/140
– – – 22216 EK H 316 FRB 12.5/140
C 2216 K H 316 E FRB 12.5/140
68 170 163 205 1316 K H 316 FRB 14.5/170 2316 K H 2316 FRB 5/170
21316 EK H 316 FRB 14.5/170 22316 EK H 2316 FRB 5/170
C 2316 K H 2316 FRB 5/170
75 61 150 143 210 1217 K H 217 FRB 16.5/150 2217 K H 317 FRB 12.5/150
– – – 22217 EK H 317 FRB 12.5/150
C 2217 K H 317 E FRB 12.5/150
70 180 178 220 1317 K H 317 FRB 14.5/180 2317 K H 2317 FRB 5/180
21317 EK H 317 FRB 14.5/180 22317 EK H 2317 FRB 5/180
C 2317 K H 2317 FRB 5/180
1039
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings on adapter sleeve
da 80 – 115 mm
Ca
Da da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End
two seals only cover
mm mm kg –
80 140 100 194 100 35 290 345 28 22 20 12,5 SNL 518 TG SNL 518-615 TSN 518 G ASNH 518-615
SNL 518 TA SNL 518-615 TSN 518 A ASNH 518-615
SNL 518 TS SNL 518-615 TSN 518 S ASNH 518-615
SNL 518 TND SNL 518-615 TSN 518 ND ASNH 518-615
85 145 100 212 112 35 290 345 28 22 20 13,7 SNL 519 TG SNL 519-616 TSN 519 G ASNH 519-616
SNL 519 TA SNL 519-616 TSN 519 A ASNH 519-616
SNL 519 TS SNL 519-616 TSN 519 S ASNH 519-616
SNL 519 TND SNL 519-616 TSN 519 ND ASNH 519-616
175 120 242 125 45 350 410 32 26 24 22,0 SNL 619 TG SNL 522-619 TSN 619 G ASNH 522-619
SNL 619 TA SNL 522-619 TSN 619 A ASNH 522-619
SNL 619 TS SNL 522-619 TSN 619 S ASNH 522-619
SNL 619 TND SNL 522-619 TSN 619 ND ASNH 522-619
90 160 110 218 112 40 320 380 32 26 24 17,6 SNL 520 TG SNL 520-617 TSN 520 G ASNH 520-617
SNL 520 TA SNL 520-617 TSN 520 A ASNH 520-617
SNL 520 TS SNL 520-617 TSN 520 S ASNH 520-617
SNL 520 TND SNL 520-617 TSN 520 ND ASNH 520-617
185 120 271 140 45 350 410 32 26 24 26,2 SNL 620 TG SNL 524-620 TSN 620 G ASNH 524-620
SNL 620 TA SNL 524-620 TSN 620 A ASNH 524-620
SNL 620 TS SNL 524-620 TSN 620 S ASNH 524-620
SNL 620 TND SNL 524-620 TSN 620 ND ASNH 524-620
100 175 120 242 125 45 350 410 32 26 24 22,0 SNL 522 TG SNL 522-619 TSN 522 G ASNH 522-619
SNL 522 TA SNL 522-619 TSN 522 A ASNH 522-619
SNL 522 TS SNL 522-619 TSN 522 S ASNH 522-619
SNL 522 TND SNL 522-619 TSN 522 ND ASNH 522-619
110 185 120 271 140 45 350 410 32 26 24 26,2 SNL 524 TG SNL 524-620 TSN 524 G ASNH 524-620
SNL 524 TA SNL 524-620 TSN 524 A ASNH 524-620
SNL 524 TS SNL 524-620 TSN 524 S ASNH 524-620
SNL 524 TND SNL 524-620 TSN 524 ND ASNH 524-620
115 190 130 290 150 50 380 445 35 28 24 33,0 SNL 526 TG SNL 526 TSN 526 G ASNH 526
SNL 526 TA SNL 526 TSN 526 A ASNH 526
SNL 526 TS SNL 526 TSN 526 S ASNH 526
SNL 526 TND SNL 526 TSN 526 ND ASNH 526
1040
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and associated components
seating across Self-aligning Adapter Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Adapter Locating
seal ball bearing sleeve 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing sleeve rings
da Ca Da A2 A3 Spherical CARB bearing 2 per
roller bearing housing
mm mm mm –
80 65 160 158 225 1218 K H 218 FRB 17.5/160 2218 K H 318 FRB 12.5/160
22218 EK H 318 FRB 12.5/160 23218 CCK/W33 H 2318 FRB 6.25/160
C 2218 K H 318 E FRB 12.5/160
85 68 170 163 220 1219 K H 219 FRB 18/170 2219 K H 319 FRB 12.5/170
– – – 22219 EK H 319 FRB 12.5/170
– – –
80 200 191 235 1319 K H 319 FRB 17.5/200 2319 K H 2319 FRB 6.5/200
21319 EK H 319 FRB 17.5/200 22319 EK H 2319 FRB 6.5/200
– – –
90 70 180 178 230 1220 K H 220 FRB 18/180 2220 K H 320 FRB 12/180
22220 EK H 320 FRB 12/180 23220 CCK/W33 H 2320 FRB 4.85/180
C 2220 K H 320 E FRB 12/180
86 215 199 240 1320 K H 320 FRB 19.5/215 2320 K H 2320 FRB 6.5/215
21320 EK H 320 FRB 19.5/215 22320 EK H 2320 FRB 6.5/215
C 2320 K H 2320 FRB 6.5/215
100 80 200 191 250 1222 K H 222 FRB 21/200 2222 K H 322 FRB 13.5/200
22222 EK H 322 FRB 13.5/200 23222 CCK/W33 H 2322 FRB 5.1/200
C 2222 K H 322 E FRB 13.5/200
110 86 215 199 260 1224 K H 3024 FRB 22/215 – – –
22224 EK H 3124 FRB 14/215 23224 CCK/W33 H 2324 FRB 5/215
C 3224 K H 2324 L FRB 5/215
115 90 230 208 265 – – – – – –
22226 EK H 3126 FRB 13/230 23226 CCK/W33 H 2326 FRB 5/230
C 2226 K H 3126 L FRB 13/230
1041
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings on adapter sleeve
da 125 – 140 mm
Ca
Da da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End
two seals only cover
mm mm kg –
125 205 150 302 150 50 420 500 42 35 30 40,0 SNL 528 TG SNL 528 TSN 528 G ASNH 528
SNL 528 TA SNL 528 TSN 528 A ASNH 528
SNL 528 TS SNL 528 TSN 528 S ASNH 528
SNL 528 TND SNL 528 TSN 528 ND ASNH 528
135 220 160 323 160 60 450 530 42 35 30 49,0 SNL 530 TG SNL 530 TSN 530 G ASNH 530
SNL 530 TA SNL 530 TSN 530 A ASNH 530
SNL 530 TS SNL 530 TSN 530 S ASNH 530
SNL 530 TND SNL 530 TSN 530 ND ASNH 530
140 235 160 344 170 60 470 550 42 35 30 55,0 SNL 532 TG SNL 532 TSN 532 G ASNH 532
SNL 532 TA SNL 532 TSN 532 A ASNH 532
SNL 532 TS SNL 532 TSN 532 S ASNH 532
SNL 532 TND SNL 532 TSN 532 ND ASNH 532
1042
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and associated components
seating across Spherical Adapter Locating rings Spherical roller bearing Adapter Locating
seal roller bearing sleeve 2 per housing CARB bearing sleeve rings
da Ca Da A2 A3 2 per
housing
mm mm mm –
125 98 250 223 285 22228 CCK/W33 H 3128 FRB 15/250 23228 CCK/W33 H 2328 FRB 5/250
C 2228 K H 3128 L FRB 15/250
135 106 270 241 295 22230 CCK/W33 H 3130 FRB 16.5/270 23230 CCK/W33 H 2330 FRB 5/270
C 2230 K H 3130 L FRB 16.5/270
140 114 290 254 315 22232 CCK/W33 H 3132 FRB 17/290 23232 CCK/W33 H 2332 FRB 5/290
C 3232 K H 2332 L FRB 5/290
1043
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings with cylindrical bore
da 25 – 40 mm
Ca
Da db da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H 2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End cover
two seals only
mm mm kg –
25 67 46 74 40 19 130 165 20 15 12 1,40 SNL 205 TG SNL 205 TSN 205 G ASNH 506-605
SNL 205 TS SNL 205 TSN 205 S ASNH 506-605
SNL 205 TND SNL 205 TSN 205 ND ASNH 506-605
77 52 89 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 1,90 SNL 305 TG SNL 206-305 TSN 305 G ASNH 507-606
SNL 305 TA SNL 206-305 TSN 305 A ASNH 507-606
SNL 305 TS SNL 206-305 TSN 305 S ASNH 507-606
SNL 305 TND SNL 206-305 TSN 305 ND ASNH 507-606
30 77 52 89 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 1,90 SNL 206 TG SNL 206-305 TSN 206 G ASNH 507-606
SNL 206 TA SNL 206-305 TSN 206 A ASNH 507-606
SNL 206 TS SNL 206-305 TSN 206 S ASNH 507-606
SNL 206 TND SNL 206-305 TSN 206 ND ASNH 507-606
82 52 93 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 2,20 SNL 306 TG SNL 507-606 TSN 306 G ASNH 507-606
SNL 306 TA SNL 507-606 TSN 306 A ASNH 507-606
SNL 306 TS SNL 507-606 TSN 306 S ASNH 507-606
SNL 306 TND SNL 507-606 TSN 306 ND ASNH 507-606
35 82 52 93 50 22 150 185 20 15 12 2,10 SNL 207 TG SNL 207 TSN 207 G ASNH 509
SNL 207 TA SNL 207 TSN 207 A ASNH 509
SNL 207 TS SNL 207 TSN 207 S ASNH 509
SNL 207 TND SNL 207 TSN 207 ND ASNH 509
85 60 108 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 2,75 SNL 307 TG SNL 208-307 TSN 307 G ASNH 510-608
SNL 307 TA SNL 208-307 TSN 307 A ASNH 510-608
SNL 307 TS SNL 208-307 TSN 307 S ASNH 510-608
SNL 307 TND SNL 208-307 TSN 307 ND ASNH 510-608
40 85 60 108 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 2,75 SNL 208 TG SNL 208-307 TSN 208 G ASNH 510-608
SNL 208 TA SNL 208-307 TSN 208 A ASNH 510-608
SNL 208 TS SNL 208-307 TSN 208 S ASNH 510-608
SNL 208 TND SNL 208-307 TSN 208 ND ASNH 510-608
90 60 113 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 3,20 SNL 308 TG SNL 510-608 TSN 308 G ASNH 510-608
SNL 308 TA SNL 510-608 TSN 308 A ASNH 510-608
SNL 308 TS SNL 510-608 TSN 308 S ASNH 510-608
SNL 308 TND SNL 510-608 TSN 308 ND ASNH 510-608
1044
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and locating rings
seating across Self-aligning Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Locating rings
seal ball bearing 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing 2 per housing
da db C a Da A2 A3 Spherical CARB bearing
roller bearing
mm mm mm –
25 30 25 52 90 140 1205 E FRB 5/52 2205 E FRB 3.5/52
– – 22205 E FRB 3.5/52
C 2205 FRB 3.5/52
30 32 62 89 140 1305 E FRB 7.5/62 2305 FRB 4/62
21305 CC FRB 7.5/62 – –
– –
30 35 32 62 89 150 1206 E FRB 8/62 2206 E FRB 6/62
– – 22206 E FRB 6/62
C 2206 FRB 6/62
35 34 72 94 155 1306 E FRB 7.5/72 2306 FRB 3.5/72
21306 CC FRB 7.5/72 – –
– –
35 45 34 72 96 160 1207 E FRB 8.5/72 2207 E FRB 5.5/72
– – 22207 E FRB 5.5/72
C 2207 FRB 5.5/72
45 39 80 99 145 1307 E FRB 9/80 2307 E FRB 4/80
21307 CC FRB 9/80 – –
– –
40 50 39 80 99 160 1208 E FRB 10.5/80 2208 E FRB 8/80
– – 22208 E FRB 8/80
C 2208 FRB 8/80
50 41 90 102 167 1308 E FRB 9/90 2308 E FRB 4/90
21308 E FRB 9/90 22308 E FRB 4/90
– –
1045
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings with cylindrical bore
da 45 – 60 mm
Ca
Da db da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End cover
two seals only
mm mm kg –
45 85 60 109 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 2,75 SNL 209 TG SNL 209 TSN 209 G ASNH 511-609
SNL 209 TA SNL 209 TSN 209 A ASNH 511-609
SNL 209 TS SNL 209 TSN 209 S ASNH 511-609
SNL 209 TND SNL 209 TSN 209 ND ASNH 511-609
95 70 128 70 28 210 255 24 18 16 4,40 SNL 309 TG SNL 511-609 TSN 309 G ASNH 511-609
SNL 309 TA SNL 511-609 TSN 309 A ASNH 511-609
SNL 309 TS SNL 511-609 TSN 309 S ASNH 511-609
SNL 309 TND SNL 511-609 TSN 309 ND ASNH 511-609
50 90 60 113 60 25 170 205 20 15 12 3,00 SNL 210 TG SNL 210 TSN 210 G ASNH 512-610
SNL 210 TA SNL 210 TSN 210 A ASNH 512-610
SNL 210 TS SNL 210 TSN 210 S ASNH 512-610
SNL 210 TND SNL 210 TSN 210 ND ASNH 512-610
105 70 134 70 30 210 255 24 18 16 5,10 SNL 310 TG SNL 512-610 TSN 310 G ASNH 512-610
SNL 310 TA SNL 512-610 TSN 310 A ASNH 512-610
SNL 310 TS SNL 512-610 TSN 310 S ASNH 512-610
SNL 310 TND SNL 512-610 TSN 310 ND ASNH 512-610
55 95 70 128 70 28 210 255 24 18 16 4,20 SNL 211 TG SNL 211 TSN 211 G ASNH 513-611
SNL 211 TA SNL 211 TSN 211 A ASNH 513-611
SNL 211 TS SNL 211 TSN 211 S ASNH 513-611
SNL 211 TND SNL 211 TSN 211 ND ASNH 513-611
110 80 149 80 30 230 275 24 18 16 6,50 SNL 311 TG SNL 513-611 TSN 311 G ASNH 513-611
SNL 311 TA SNL 513-611 TSN 311 A ASNH 513-611
SNL 311 TS SNL 513-611 TSN 311 S ASNH 513-611
SNL 311 TND SNL 513-611 TSN 311 ND ASNH 513-611
60 105 70 134 70 30 210 255 24 18 16 4,75 SNL 212 TG SNL 212 TSN 212 G ASNH 515-612
SNL 212 TA SNL 212 TSN 212 A ASNH 515-612
SNL 212 TS SNL 212 TSN 212 S ASNH 515-612
SNL 212 TND SNL 212 TSN 212 ND ASNH 515-612
115 80 155 80 30 230 280 24 18 16 7,00 SNL 312 TG SNL 515-612 TSN 312 G ASNH 515-612
SNL 312 TA SNL 515-612 TSN 312 A ASNH 515-612
SNL 312 TS SNL 515-612 TSN 312 S ASNH 515-612
SNL 312 TND SNL 515-612 TSN 312 ND ASNH 515-612
1046
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and locating rings
seating across Self-aligning Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Locating rings
seal ball bearing 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing 2 per housing
da db C a Da A2 A3 Spherical CARB bearing
roller bearing
mm mm mm –
45 55 30 85 97 160 1209 E FRB 5.5/85 2209 E FRB 3.5/85
– – 22209 E FRB 3.5/85
C 2209 FRB 3.5/85
55 44 100 107 172 1309 E FRB 9.5/100 2309 E FRB 4/100
21309 E FRB 9.5/100 22309 E FRB 4/100
– –
50 60 41 90 102 165 1210 E FRB 10.5/90 2210 E FRB 9/90
– – 22210 E FRB 9/90
C 2210 FRB 9/90
60 48 110 117 180 1310 E FRB 10.5/110 2310 FRB 4/110
21310 E FRB 10.5/110 22310 E FRB 4/110
– –
55 65 44 100 107 170 1211 E FRB 11.5/100 2211 E FRB 9.5/100
– – 22211 E FRB 9.5/100
C 2211 FRB 9.5/100
65 51 120 122 185 1311 E FRB 11/120 2311 FRB 4/120
21311 E FRB 11/120 22311 E FRB 4/120
– –
60 70 48 110 117 185 1212 E FRB 13/110 2212 E FRB 10/110
– – 22212 E FRB 10/110
C 2212 FRB 10/110
70 56 130 127 197 1312 FRB 12.5/130 2312 FRB 5/130
21312 E FRB 12.5/130 22312 E FRB 5/130
– –
1047
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings with cylindrical bore
da 65 – 80 mm
Ca
Da db da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End cover
two seals only
mm mm kg –
65 110 80 149 80 30 230 275 24 18 16 6,10 SNL 213 TG SNL 213 TSN 213 G ASNH 516-613
SNL 213 TA SNL 213 TSN 213 A ASNH 516-613
SNL 213 TS SNL 213 TSN 213 S ASNH 516-613
SNL 213 TND SNL 213 TSN 213 ND ASNH 516-613
120 90 177 95 32 260 315 28 22 20 9,50 SNL 313 TG SNL 516-613 TSN 313 G ASNH 516-613
SNL 313 TA SNL 516-613 TSN 313 A ASNH 516-613
SNL 313 TS SNL 516-613 TSN 313 S ASNH 516-613
SNL 313 TND SNL 516-613 TSN 313 ND ASNH 516-613
70 125 90 183 95 32 260 320 28 22 20 10,0 SNL 314 TG SNL 517 TSN 314 G ASNH 517
SNL 314 TA SNL 517 TSN 314 A ASNH 517
SNL 314 TS SNL 517 TSN 314 S ASNH 517
SNL 314 TND SNL 517 TSN 314 ND ASNH 517
75 115 80 155 80 30 230 280 24 18 16 6,60 SNL 215 TG SNL 215 TSN 215 G ASNH 518-615
SNL 215 TA SNL 215 TSN 215 A ASNH 518-615
SNL 215 TS SNL 215 TSN 215 S ASNH 518-615
SNL 215 TND SNL 215 TSN 215 ND ASNH 518-615
140 100 194 100 35 290 345 28 22 20 12,5 SNL 315 TG SNL 518-615 TSN 315 G ASNH 518-615
SNL 315 TA SNL 518-615 TSN 315 A ASNH 518-615
SNL 315 TS SNL 518-615 TSN 315 S ASNH 518-615
SNL 315 TND SNL 518-615 TSN 315 ND ASNH 518-615
80 120 90 177 95 32 260 315 28 22 20 9,00 SNL 216 TG SNL 216 TSN 216 G ASNH 216
SNL 216 TA SNL 216 TSN 216 A ASNH 216
SNL 216 TS SNL 216 TSN 216 S ASNH 216
SNL 216 TND SNL 216 TSN 216 ND ASNH 216
145 100 212 112 35 290 345 28 22 20 13,7 SNL 316 TG SNL 519-616 TSN 316 G ASNH 519-616
SNL 316 TA SNL 519-616 TSN 316 A ASNH 519-616
SNL 316 TS SNL 519-616 TSN 316 S ASNH 519-616
SNL 316 TND SNL 519-616 TSN 316 ND ASNH 519-616
1048
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and locating rings
seating across Self-aligning Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Locating rings
seal ball bearing 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing 2 per housing
da db Ca Da A2 A3 Spherical CARB bearing
roller bearing
mm mm mm –
65 75 51 120 128 190 1213 E FRB 14/120 2213 E FRB 10/120
– – 22213 E FRB 10/120
C 2213 FRB 10/120
75 58 140 138 200 1313 E FRB 12.5/140 2313 FRB 5/140
21313 E FRB 12.5/140 22313 E FRB 5/140
– –
70 80 61 150 143 205 1314 FRB 13/150 2314 FRB 5/150
21314 E FRB 13/150 22314 E FRB 5/150
C 2314 FRB 5/150
75 85 56 130 133 195 1215 FRB 15.5/130 2215 E FRB 12.5/130
– – 22215 E FRB 12.5/130
C 2215 FRB 12.5/130
85 65 160 158 220 1315 FRB 14/160 2315 FRB 5/160
21315 E FRB 14/160 22315 E FRB 5/160
C 2315 FRB 5/160
80 90 58 140 138 200 1216 FRB 16/140 2216 E FRB 12.5/140
– – 22216 E FRB 12.5/140
C 2216 FRB 12.5/140
90 68 170 163 218 1316 FRB 14.5/170 2316 FRB 5/170
21316 E FRB 14.5/170 22316 E FRB 5/170
C 2316 FRB 5/170
1049
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings with cylindrical bore
da 85 – 120 mm
Ca
Da db da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End cover
two seals only
mm mm kg –
85 125 90 183 95 32 260 320 28 22 20 9,50 SNL 217 TG SNL 217 TSN 217 G ASNH 217
SNL 217 TA SNL 217 TSN 217 A ASNH 217
SNL 217 TS SNL 217 TSN 217 S ASNH 217
SNL 217 TND SNL 217 TSN 217 ND ASNH 217
160 110 218 112 40 320 380 32 26 24 17,6 SNL 317 TG SNL 520-617 TSN 317 G ASNH 520-617
SNL 317 TA SNL 520-617 TSN 317 A ASNH 520-617
SNL 317 TS SNL 520-617 TSN 317 S ASNH 520-617
SNL 317 TND SNL 520-617 TSN 317 ND ASNH 520-617
90 140 100 194 100 35 290 345 28 22 20 11,8 SNL 218 TG SNL 218 TSN 218 G ASNH 218
SNL 218 TA SNL 218 TSN 218 A ASNH 218
SNL 218 TS SNL 218 TSN 218 S ASNH 218
SNL 218 TND SNL 218 TSN 218 ND ASNH 218
95 175 120 242 125 45 350 410 32 26 24 22,0 SNL 319 TA SNL 522-619 TSN 319 A ASNH 522-619
SNL 319 TS SNL 522-619 TSN 319 S ASNH 522-619
SNL 319 TND SNL 522-619 TSN 319 ND ASNH 522-619
100 160 110 218 112 40 320 380 32 26 24 17,6 SNL 220 TG SNL 520-617 TSN 220 G ASNH 520-617
SNL 220 TA SNL 520-617 TSN 220 A ASNH 520-617
SNL 220 TS SNL 520-617 TSN 220 S ASNH 520-617
SNL 220 TND SNL 520-617 TSN 220 ND ASNH 520-617
185 120 271 140 45 350 410 32 26 24 26,2 SNL 320 TA SNL 524-620 TSN 320 A ASNH 524-620
SNL 320 TS SNL 524-620 TSN 320 S ASNH 524-620
SNL 320 TND SNL 524-620 TSN 320 ND ASNH 524-620
110 175 120 242 125 45 350 410 32 26 24 22,0 SNL 222 TG SNL 522-619 TSN 222 G ASNH 522-619
SNL 222 TA SNL 522-619 TSN 222 A ASNH 522-619
SNL 222 TS SNL 522-619 TSN 222 S ASNH 522-619
SNL 222 TND SNL 522-619 TSN 222 ND ASNH 522-619
120 185 120 271 140 45 350 410 32 26 24 26,2 SNL 224 TG SNL 524-620 TSN 224 G ASNH 524-620
SNL 224 TA SNL 524-620 TSN 224 A ASNH 524-620
SNL 224 TS SNL 524-620 TSN 224 S ASNH 524-620
SNL 224 TND SNL 524-620 TSN 224 ND ASNH 524-620
1050
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and locating rings
seating across Self-aligning Locating rings Self-aligning ball bearing Locating rings
seal ball bearing 2 per housing Spherical roller bearing 2 per housing
da db Ca Da A2 A3 Spherical CARB bearing
roller bearing
mm mm mm –
85 95 61 150 143 205 1217 FRB 16.5/150 2217 FRB 12.5/150
– – 22217 E FRB 12.5/150
C 2217 FRB 12.5/150
95 70 180 178 238 1317 FRB 14.5/180 2317 FRB 5/180
21317 E FRB 14.5/180 22317 E FRB 5/180
C 2317 FRB 5/180
90 100 65 160 158 220 1218 FRB 17.5/160 2218 FRB 12.5/160
22218 E FRB 12.5/160 23218 CC/W33 FRB 6.25/160
C 2218 FRB 12.5/160
95 110 80 200 191 253 1319 FRB 17.5/200 2319 FRB 6.5/200
21319 E FRB 17.5/200 22319 E FRB 6.5/200
– –
100 115 70 180 178 245 1220 FRB 18/180 2220 FRB 12/180
22220 E FRB 12/180 23220 CC/W33 FRB 4.85/180
C 2220 FRB 12/180
115 86 215 199 260 1320 FRB 19.5/215 2320 FRB 6.5/215
21320 E FRB 19.5/215 22320 E FRB 6.5/215
C 2320 FRB 6.5/215
110 125 80 200 191 255 1222 FRB 21/200 2222 FRB 13.5/200
22222 E FRB 13.5/200 23222 CC/W33 FRB 5.1/200
C 2222 FRB 13.5/200
120 135 86 215 199 270 1224 FRB 22/215 – –
22224 E FRB 14/215 23224 CC/W33 FRB 5/215
C 3224 FRB 5/215
1051
SNL plummer block housings
for bearings with cylindrical bore
da 130 – 160 mm
Ca
Da db da H
H1
A A2 A3
Double-lip seals Labyrinth seals Taconite seals
G design S design ND design
Shaft Housing
Dimensions Mass Designations
Housing Components
da A A1 H H1 H2 J L N N1 G complete with Housing Seals End cover
two seals only
mm mm kg –
130 190 130 290 150 50 380 445 35 28 24 33,0 SNL 226 TG SNL 526 TSN 226 G ASNH 526
SNL 226 TA SNL 526 TSN 226 A ASNH 526
SNL 226 TS SNL 526 TSN 226 S ASNH 526
SNL 226 TND SNL 526 TSN 226 ND ASNH 526
140 205 150 302 150 50 420 500 42 35 30 40,0 SNL 228 TG SNL 528 TSN 228 G ASNH 528
SNL 228 TA SNL 528 TSN 228 A ASNH 528
SNL 228 TS SNL 528 TSN 228 S ASNH 528
SNL 228 TND SNL 528 TSN 228 ND ASNH 528
150 220 160 323 160 60 450 530 42 35 30 49,0 SNL 230 TG SNL 530 TSN 230 G ASNH 530
SNL 230 TA SNL 530 TSN 230 A ASNH 530
SNL 230 TS SNL 530 TSN 230 S ASNH 530
SNL 230 TND SNL 530 TSN 230 ND ASNH 530
160 235 160 344 170 60 470 550 42 35 30 55,0 SNL 232 TG SNL 532 TSN 232 G ASNH 532
SNL 232 TA SNL 532 TSN 232 A ASNH 532
SNL 232 TS SNL 532 TSN 232 S ASNH 532
SNL 232 TND SNL 532 TSN 232 ND ASNH 532
1052
N
G A1 N1
H2
J
L
Shaft Bearing Width Appropriate bearings and locating rings
seating across Self-aligning Locating rings Spherical roller bearing Locating rings
seal ball bearing 2 per housing CARB bearing 2 per housing
da db Ca Da A2 A3 Spherical
roller bearing
mm mm mm –
130 145 90 230 208 275 1226 FRB 22/230 23226 CC/W33 FRB 5/230
22226 E FRB 13/230 C 2226 FRB 13/230
140 155 98 250 223 290 22228 CC/W33 FRB 15/250 23228 CC/W33 FRB 5/250
C 2228 FRB 15/250
150 165 106 270 241 310 22230 CC/W33 FRB 16.5/270 23230 CC/W33 FRB 5/270
C 2230 FRB 16.5/270
160 175 114 290 254 325 22232 CC/W33 FRB 17/290 23232 CC/W33 FRB 5/290
C 3232 FRB 5/290
1053
Other bearing housings
SNL plummer block Fig 1
housings, series 30
and 31
The large SNL 30 and SNL 31 series plum-
mer block housings (➔ fig 1 ) incorporate 2008
0010 0856
56
20
all the wide experience gained by SKF with 0010
the smaller SNL housings (➔ page 1029) and
extend the range to bigger shafts. These
housings are a further development of the
SD housings with which they are dimension-
ally interchangeable and which they have
replaced.
SNL plummer block housings in the 30
and 31 series can be used as standard for
• spherical roller bearings in the 230, 231
and 240 series as well as
• CARB bearings in the C 30 and C 31 series.
but can be used for other bearing series too.
Please contact SKF for further information.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement types
• bearing on adapter sleeve and smooth
shafts with 150 to 470 mm diameter and
• bearing on stepped shafts and cylindrical
seatings with 170 to 500 mm diameter.
Seals
• Labyrinth seals
• Taconite heavy-duty seals
• Oil seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
• Oil lubrication
Materials
• Grey cast iron
• Spheroidal graphite cast iron
Further information can be found in the
product brochure “SNL 30 and SNL 31
plummer block housings” or the “SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue” on
CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1054
SONL plummer block Fig 2
housings
SONL plummer block housings with oil dip
ring lubrication (➔ fig 2 ) are designed for
bearings operating at high speeds and high
operating temperatures. These housings are
a further development of the SOFN hous-
ings with which they are dimensionally inter-
changeable and which they replace. The
split SONL housings can be used for
• spherical roller bearings in the 222 series
and
• CARB bearings in the C 22 series.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement types
• bearing on adapter sleeve and smooth
shafts with 75 to 140 mm diameter and
• bearing on stepped shafts and cylindrical
seatings with 85 to 160 mm diameter.
Those sizes of SOFN housings for larger
shaft diameters or bearings of Dimension
Series 23, which are no longer included in
the SONL housing range, will still be avail-
able for replacement purposes. In all other
cases the use of SNL 30 and SNL 31 series
housings for oil lubrication of TURT and
TURA executions, is recommended.
Seals
• Labyrinth seals
Lubrication
• Oil bath lubrication with dip ring
• Circulating oil lubrication
Materials
• Grey cast iron
Further information can be found in the
product brochure “SONL plummer block
housings” or the “SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue” on CD-ROM or online at
www.skf.com.
1055
Other bearing housings
SDG plummer block Fig 3
housings
SDG plummer block housings (➔ fig 3 )
have been developed for large bearing
arrangements. These split housings can be
used for
• spherical roller bearings and CARB bear-
ings in several dimension series.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement types
• bearing on adapter sleeve and smooth
shafts with 125 to 670 mm diameter,
• bearing on adapter sleeve and stepped
shafts with cylindrical seatings with 125 to
670 mm diameter,
• bearing on withdrawal sleeve and
stepped shafts with cylindrical seatings
with 135 to 670 mm diameter and
• bearing on stepped shafts and cylindrical
seatings with 140 to 710 mm diameter.
Seals
• Felt seals
• Felt seals with additional V-ring
• Labyrinth seals with inner felt seal
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
Materials
• Grey cast iron
• Spheroidal graphite cast iron
• Cast steel
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Bearing housings” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1056
SAF plummer block Fig 4
housings
SAF plummer (pillow) block housings
(➔ fig 4 ) were specifically designed for
shafts with inch dimensions. The split hous-
ings can be used for
• self-aligning ball bearings in the 12 and 13
series,
• spherical roller bearings in the 222, 223,
and 230 series as well as
• CARB bearings in the C 22, C 23 and C 30
series.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement types
• bearing on adapter sleeve and smooth
shafts with 1 3/16 to 10 7/16 inch diameter
and
• bearing on stepped inch size shafts and
cylindrical seatings with 40 to 220 mm
diameter.
Seals
• Labyrinth seals
• Labyrinth seals with inner radial shaft seal
• Radial shaft seals
• Taconite heavy-duty seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
• Oil lubrication
Materials
• Grey cast iron
• Spheroidal graphite cast iron
• Cast steel
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Mounted Products” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1057
Other bearing housings
SDAF plummer block Fig 5
housings
SDAF plummer (pillow) block housings
(➔ fig 5 ) were specifically designed for ap-
plications with inch size shafts where heavy
thrust loads and/or shock loads require
a housing of exceptionally sturdy construc-
tion. The split housings can be used for
• spherical roller bearings in the 222 and
223 series as well as
• CARB bearings in the C 22 and C 23 series.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement types
• bearing on adapter sleeve and smooth
shafts with 2 15/16 to 7 15/16 inch diameter
and
• bearing on stepped inch shafts and cylin-
drical seatings with 85 to 220 mm diameter.
Seals
• Labyrinth seals
• Labyrinth seals with inner radial shaft seal
• Radial shaft seal
• Taconite heavy-duty seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
• Oil lubrication
Materials
• Grey cast iron
• Cast steel
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Mounted Products” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1058
SBD plummer block Fig 6
housings
One-piece SBD plummer block housings
(➔ fig 6 ) are able to accommodate heavy
loads not only acting towards the support
surface, but also in other directions. They
can be used for
• spherical roller bearings in the 230, 231,
222 and 232 series as well as
• CARB bearings in the C 30, C 31, C 22
and C 32 series.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement types
• bearing on adapter sleeve and smooth
shafts with 90 to 400 mm diameter,
• bearing on adapter sleeve and stepped
shafts with cylindrical seatings with 90
to 400 mm diameter and
• bearing on stepped shafts and cylindrical
seatings with 100 to 420 mm diameter.
Seals
• Labyrinth seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
Materials
• Cast steel
• Grey cast iron
• Spheroidal graphite cast iron
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Bearing housings” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1059
Other bearing housings
TVN housings Fig 7
One-piece TVN housings (➔ fig 7 ) were
originally designed for use on light rail-bound
trucks but may be used instead of plummer
block housings. The one-piece design is
stiffer than a horizontally split design. They
accommodate
• self-aligning ball bearings in the 12 and 13
series as well as
• spherical roller bearings in the 213 series.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement type “Bearing on stepped
shafts and cylindrical seatings” with 20 to
75 mm diameter.
Seals
• Felt seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
Material
• Grey cast iron
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Bearing housings” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1060
TN housings Fig 8
One-piece TN housings (➔ fig 8 ) are nor-
mally used for less demanding applications.
They accommodate self-aligning ball bear-
ings with extended inner ring in the 112
series for shaft diameters from 20 to 60 mm.
Seals
• Felt seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
Material
• Grey cast iron
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Bearing housings” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
Flanged housings Fig 9
I-1200(00)
Flanged housings in the I-1200(00) series
(➔ fig 9 ) are normally used for less demand-
ing applications. They accommodate self-
aligning ball bearings with extended inner
ring in the 112 series for shaft diameters
from 20 mm to 60 mm.
Seals
• Felt seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
Material
• Grey cast iron
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Bearing housings” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1061
Other bearing housings
Flanged housings Fig 10
7225(00)
Flanged housings in the 7225(00) series are
produced in two designs depending on size
(➔ fig 10 ). The smaller sizes are triangular
(a) and the larger sizes have a square form
(b). They can be used for
• self-aligning ball bearings in the 12 and 22
series,
• spherical roller bearings in the 222
series as well as
• CARB bearings in the C 22 series. a
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement type “Bearing on adapter
sleeve and smooth shafts” with 20 to 100
mm diameter.
Seals
• Felt seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
Material
• Grey cast iron
Further information can be found in the b
SKF catalogue “Bearing housings” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1062
THD take-up housings Fig 11
THD take-up housings (➔ fig 11 ) are special-
ly designed for belt conveyors. They can be
used for
• spherical roller bearings in the 230, 231,
232 and 222 series as well as
• CARB bearings in the C 30, C 31, C 32
and C 22 series.
The housings are designed for bearing
arrangement type “Bearing on adapter
sleeve and smooth shafts” with 50 to 400
mm diameter.
Seals
• Labyrinth seals
Lubrication
• Grease lubrication
Materials
• Cast steel
• Grey cast iron
• Spheroidal graphite cast iron
Further information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Bearing housings” or the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”
on CD-ROM or online at www.skf.com.
1063
Maintenance and
lubrication products
Mechanical tools ………………………………………………………………………………1066
Hook and impact spanners …………………………………………………………………1066
Lock nut spanners and axial lock nut sockets ……………………………………………1066
Bearing fitting tools …………………………………………………………………………1066
Jaw pullers ……………………………………………………………………………………1067
Strong back pullers …………………………………………………………………………1067
Internal and blind pullers ……………………………………………………………………1067
Bearing heaters ………………………………………………………………………………1068
Induction heaters ……………………………………………………………………………1068
Portable induction heater……………………………………………………………………1068
Hot plates ……………………………………………………………………………………1069
Heating devices to remove inner rings ……………………………………………………1069
Gloves…………………………………………………………………………………………1069
Hydraulic tools …………………………………………………………………………………1070
Hydraulic nuts ………………………………………………………………………………1070
Hydraulic pumps and oil injectors …………………………………………………………1071
Hydraulic accessories ………………………………………………………………………1071
Instruments ……………………………………………………………………………………1072
Tachometers …………………………………………………………………………………1072
Thermometers ………………………………………………………………………………1072
Electronic stethoscope ……………………………………………………………………1072
Oil check monitor ……………………………………………………………………………1073
Alignment instruments and shims …………………………………………………………1073
Lubricants and lubricators …………………………………………………………………1074
Greases ………………………………………………………………………………………1074
Grease guns and pumps ……………………………………………………………………1074
Grease meter …………………………………………………………………………………1074
SYSTEM 24 single point automatic lubricator ……………………………………………1075
SYSTEM MultiPoint automatic lubricator …………………………………………………1075
Oil leveller ……………………………………………………………………………………1075
1065
Maintenance and lubrication products
SKF develops and markets maintenance
tools, lubricants and lubricators to optimize
mounting, dismounting and lubrication of
bearings. The product assortment includes
mechanical tools, heaters, oil injection equip-
ment, instruments, lubricants and lubricators.
Mechanical tools
Mechanical tools are used mainly for mount-
ing and dismounting small and medium-sized
bearings. The SKF range comprises tools for
the installation and removal of bearings and
locking devices. The range also contains
bearing handling tools for safe and rapid lift-
ing and positioning of bearings up to 500 kg.
Hook and impact spanners
SKF hook spanners have the exact radius to
suit the appropriate lock nut. This enables
safe and efficient tightening and minimizes
the risk of damage to both the nut and shaft.
Impact spanners are made of spheroidal
graphite cast iron and have a special impact
face to transmit a maximum torque to the
nut. Each spanner can be used with several
nut sizes.
Lock nut spanners and axial lock nut
sockets
To mount SKF self-aligning ball bearings on
adapter sleeves in housings, a special bear-
ing lock nut spanner set is available. Using
these spanners, the correct tightening angle
is easy to achieve and this enables consist-
ently accurate bearing mounting.
Axial lock nut sockets are especially useful
if there is insufficient space around the lock
nut. They have drive connections suitable
for use with power tools or torque wrenches.
Bearing fitting tools
SKF bearing fitting tools enable small bear-
ings to be cold mounted on a shaft. They
can also be used to mount bushings, seals
and pulleys. The kits consist of impact rings
and sleeves and a dead blow hammer.
1066
Jaw pullers
SKF jaw pullers enable a wide range of bear-
ings to be dismounted. One of the puller
series, designated TMMA, which design is
unique to SKF, incorporates a spring allowing
easy opening and closing of the arms, while
a special safety solution helps to prevent
dangerous overload. A range of hydraulic
spindles and rams are also available for in-
creased puller forces. The SKF jaw puller
range contains pullers with withdrawal
forces up to 500 kN.
Strong back pullers
SKF strong back pullers are supplied as kits
with all necessary accessories to cover the
most difficult pulling operations. Strong back
pullers consist of either a two or three-piece
separable yoke, which when placed behind
the bearing makes a “strong back”. The pull-
ing force can be applied using a mechanical
spindle, a hydraulic spindle or a hydraulic
ram.
Internal and blind pullers
To dismount a wide range of deep groove
ball bearings from blind housing bores
quickly and easily, SKF has developed
blind housing puller kits. These pullers have
hinged arms with specially machined ends
so that they fit into the bearing raceway(s),
allowing the bearing to be extracted from
the housing.
Puller kits for removing bearings from
housings, using an internal pull, consist
of a number of adjustable collets that can
be expanded to fit on the rear side of the
bearing bore. A slide hammer arrangement
allows large forces to be applied to the
bearing in order to remove it.
1067
Maintenance and lubrication products
Bearing heaters
A fast and very efficient way to heat a bearing
for mounting is to use an induction heater.
These heaters, which only heat metallic com-
ponents, control bearing temperature safely
and accurately, to minimize the risk of bear-
ing damage caused by excessive heat.
Induction heaters
SKF pioneered the use of induction heaters
for bearing applications. SKF TIH induction
heaters cover a wide range of bearing types
and sizes. The smaller heaters are recom-
mended for bearings weighing up to 80 kg
while the largest floor model can be used for
bearings up to 700 kg.
Large heaters are also suitable for heating
smaller bearings, as a power reduction fea-
ture is incorporated. SKF induction heaters
can be controlled by means of time or tem-
perature. In addition, they feature a bearing
heating mode to help prevent damage to
bearings through over-heating. At the end of
each heating cycle, the bearings are auto-
matically demagnetized.
Portable induction heater
The portable SKF induction heater heats
bearings and other components with a bore
diameter up to 100 mm and a maximum
weight of 5 kg. It uses a patented method of
heating based on high frequency induction
for optimized efficiency. This truly portable
unit weighs just 4,5 kg and is supplied with
a heating clamp, temperature probe, power
cable and a carrying case.
1068
Hot plates
The SKF electric hot plate heats small
bearings and other machinery compon-
ents. It is suitable for bearings with an
outside diameter up to approximately
170 mm or with a weight up to 4 kg. A lid
for retaining the heat also prevents dirt
from entering the bearing.
Heating devices to remove inner rings
A range of special heating devices for
removing cylindrical roller bearing inner
rings from shafts is available from SKF.
Aluminium heating rings are designed for
dismounting inner rings of small and
medium-size cylindrical roller bearings.
Adjustable induction heaters are also
available for frequent dismounting of
various sizes of cylindrical roller bearing
inner rings. Two sizes are available cover-
ing raceway diameters from 80 to 170
mm. Non-adjustable induction heaters
are designed to suit a particular bearing
and application. They are normally used
to dismount inner rings of multi-row
cylindrical roller bearings.
Gloves
SKF heat resistant gloves specially de-
signed for the handling of heated bear-
ings and other machine components.
1069
Maintenance and lubrication products
Hydraulic tools
A variety of hydraulic tools is available to
mount and dismount bearings in a safe and
controlled manner. The SKF oil injection
method enables easy working while the SKF
Drive-up Method provides accurate results.
Hydraulic nuts
HMV .. E type hydraulic nuts enable mounting
and dismounting of bearings with tapered
bores of 50 mm and above. When compared
with mechanical methods, they consider-
ably reduce the time and effort needed to in-
stall or remove a bearing. SKF HMV .. E nuts
are available with metric or imperial threads
or with a plain bore.
SKF HMV .. E nuts, when used in conjunc-
tion with SKF pumps fitted with a digital pres-
sure gauge and a dial indicator, allow the full
advantages of the SKF Drive-up Method to
be realized.
1070
Hydraulic pumps and oil injectors
SKF hand-operated hydraulic pumps can
develop pressures up to 150 MPa. They can
be supplied with a highly accurate pressure
gauge, which allows the SKF Drive-up
Method to be employed. All pumps are con-
tained in a sturdy carrying case complete
with a hose, quick connection coupling,
nipple and mounting fluid.
Oil Injectors can supply oil pressures up to
400 MPa. The SKF range comprises single
injectors as well as a number of kits, which
contain an injector and a selection of the most
common accessories such as an adapter
block, high-pressure pipes and nipples.
For large bearings and applications re-
quiring a larger volume of oil, several air-
driven portable pumps and injectors provid-
ing pressures up to 300 MPa are available.
Hydraulic accessories
To facilitate connections between hydraulic
tools and most applications, SKF offers a
wide range of accessories including pressure
gauges, high pressure pipes, connection
nipples and mounting and dismounting fluids.
1071
Maintenance and lubrication products
Instruments
To realize maximum bearing life, it is import-
ant to determine the operating condition of
machinery and their bearings. With the SKF
measuring instrument range, critical environ-
mental conditions can be analysed to achieve
optimum bearing performance.
Tachometers
Optical measurement is a safe and reliable
technique to determine rotational speed.
Using non-contact instruments is often es-
sential to meet industrial safety regulations.
SKF provides a range of highly accurate
optical tachometers. A range of accessories
enables linear and direct contact rotational
speeds to be measured.
Thermometers
The temperature of a bearing or bearing
housing is a quick and easy indication of the
running conditions of the bearing. SKF pro-
vides a range of contact and non-contact
thermometers from the indispensable
ThermoPen up to a highly accurate, ad-
vanced dual channel, wide range thermo-
meter. A comprehensive range of tempera-
ture probes for a variety of applications is
also available.
Electronic stethoscope
The noise of a machine can help indicate
troublesome parts such as damaged bear-
ings, valve chatter, tappet noise, piston slap
and gear and pump noise. The SKF electronic
stethoscope is a hand-held instrument that
picks up the noise or vibration from a ma-
chine via a probe and helps the user locate
the source of the noise.
1072
Oil check monitor
The SKF oil check monitor determines oil
condition by analysing the contamination
levels and electro-chemical changes in both
mineral and synthetic based oils. It was de-
veloped originally for engine oils but is suit-
able for gear and lubrication oils. It can also
help to detect water, anti-freeze or metallic
particles in an oil sample.
Alignment instruments and shims
SKF has developed laser alignment tools
to make the machinery alignment process
faster, easier and more reliable. Using the
latest laser technology, the SKF shaft align-
ment tool measures both the parallel and
angular alignment of shafts to be connected.
SKF’s belt alignment tool aligns the grooves
in a pulley rather than the pulley face, facilitat-
ing accurate and simultaneous adjustment
of belt tension and pulley alignment.
A comprehensive range of pre-cut machin-
ery shims in both metric and inch dimensions
is available as well as stainless steel double
slot shims for use with many housings.
1073
Maintenance and lubrication products
Lubricants and
lubricators
The value and importance of using the right
lubricant is explained in the section “Lubri-
cation”, starting on page 229. The formula-
tion of all SKF bearing greases is based on
extensive research, grease performance
testing and field experience.
SKF developed many of the internationally
accepted bearing-related grease testing par-
ameters. For correct lubricant application,
a range of lubrication equipment is available
from SKF.
Greases
SKF offers a range of high quality lubricating
greases to suit many bearing applications
and conditions. The greases have been de-
veloped specifically to meet the needs of
rolling bearings and their application condi-
tions. A guide to select the most suitable
SKF grease can be found in table 2 on
pages 246 and 247. The table also contains
the important properties.
Grease guns and pumps
The SKF range also includes grease guns,
manual and air-driven grease pumps and
grease filler pumps. Grease filler pumps are
used to fill grease guns and grease packers
from standard SKF grease drums.
Grease meter
The SKF grease meter can accurately mea-
sure the volume of grease pumped into a
bearing. A wide range of accessories is
available.
1074
SYSTEM 24 single point automatic
lubricator
SKF SYSTEM 24 is a single point automatic
lubricator, pre-filled with SKF grease or oil.
Compared with traditional manual re-
lubrication techniques, SKF SYSTEM 24
provides a more accurate control of the
quantity of lubricant supplied. It can be set
to continuously supply the correct amount
of quality lubricant over a given time period,
up to a maximum of one year.
SYSTEM MultiPoint automatic lubricator
SKF SYSTEM MultiPoint is a microprocessor
controlled automatic lubricator. Grease can
be supplied to up to eight points, using stand-
ard SKF grease cartridges. The cartridges
assure the user that only clean fresh grease
is used. SYSTEM MultiPoint lubricator has
been tested and approved for use with all
SKF bearing greases.
Oil leveller
The SKF oil levellers are designed for auto-
matic adjustment of the optimal oil level in oil
bath lubricated applications. They effectively
solve the problem of adjusting the correct oil
level during operation or due to leakage rather
than just during standstill.
1075
Other SKF products
Other ball bearings ……………………………………………………………………………1079
Large deep groove ball bearings with filling slots …………………………………………1079
Fixed section ball bearings …………………………………………………………………1079
Multi-row ball bearings………………………………………………………………………1080
Large-size angular contact thrust ball bearings …………………………………………1080
Bearings for inline skates and skateboards …………………………………………………1080
Other roller bearings …………………………………………………………………………1081
Needle roller and cage assemblies…………………………………………………………1081
Drawn cup needle roller bearings …………………………………………………………1081
Drawn cup universal joint bearings…………………………………………………………1081
Needle roller bearings ………………………………………………………………………1082
Alignment needle roller bearings …………………………………………………………1082
Needle roller thrust bearings ………………………………………………………………1082
Combined needle roller bearings …………………………………………………………1083
Track runner bearings ………………………………………………………………………1084
Double row cylindrical roller bearings ……………………………………………………1085
Multi-row cylindrical roller bearings ………………………………………………………1085
Double row taper roller bearings……………………………………………………………1085
Four-row taper roller bearings ………………………………………………………………1086
Taper roller thrust bearings …………………………………………………………………1086
Split cylindrical roller bearings ……………………………………………………………1087
Split spherical roller bearings ………………………………………………………………1087
Split CARB® toroidal roller bearings ………………………………………………………1087
Backing bearings for cluster mills …………………………………………………………1088
Indexing roller units for continuous furnaces of sintering plants ………………………1088
Crossed taper roller bearings ………………………………………………………………1088
Slewing bearings ………………………………………………………………………………1089
Single row slewing ball bearings……………………………………………………………1089
Single row slewing roller bearings …………………………………………………………1089
Double row slewing bearings ………………………………………………………………1090
Triple row slewing bearings …………………………………………………………………1090
Other slewing bearings ……………………………………………………………………1090
1077
Other SKF products
Specials for special applications……………………………………………………………1091
Products for railway vehicles ………………………………………………………………1091
Products for automotive applications ……………………………………………………1092
Vehicle replacement parts …………………………………………………………………1093
High-precision bearings for machine tools ………………………………………………1094
Magnetic bearings …………………………………………………………………………1095
Products for the pulp and paper industry …………………………………………………1096
Products for the printing industry …………………………………………………………1097
Products for aerospace applications ………………………………………………………1098
Seals ……………………………………………………………………………………………1099
SKF system solutions…………………………………………………………………………1100
SKF Copperhead ……………………………………………………………………………1100
BoMo bogie monitoring system ……………………………………………………………1100
WindCon solution for wind turbines ………………………………………………………1100
SKF Smart Chock Unit ………………………………………………………………………1101
ConRo system for continuous casters ……………………………………………………1101
SKF bearing carrier …………………………………………………………………………1101
Spindle units …………………………………………………………………………………1102
Linear motion products ………………………………………………………………………1104
Linear guidance systems ……………………………………………………………………1104
High efficiency ball screws …………………………………………………………………1104
High efficiency roller screws ………………………………………………………………1104
Linear actuators ……………………………………………………………………………1105
Positioning systems …………………………………………………………………………1105
Plain bearings …………………………………………………………………………………1106
Spherical plain bearings and rod ends ……………………………………………………1106
Bushings ……………………………………………………………………………………1107
Special solutions ……………………………………………………………………………1107
Bearing units……………………………………………………………………………………1108
Y-bearing units ………………………………………………………………………………1108
ConCentra ball and roller bearing units ……………………………………………………1109
Collar mounted roller bearing units ………………………………………………………1110
Two-bearing units ……………………………………………………………………………1110
Support and thrust roller assemblies ………………………………………………………1110
Hydrostatic shoe bearings …………………………………………………………………1111
Auto-balancing ………………………………………………………………………………1111
Fastening systems, rolling elements, steel ………………………………………………1112
Shaft couplings ………………………………………………………………………………1112
Supergrip bolts ………………………………………………………………………………1112
ConCentra bushings…………………………………………………………………………1113
Rolling elements ……………………………………………………………………………1113
Steel …………………………………………………………………………………………1113
1078
Other ball bearings
Large deep groove ball bearings
with filling slots
Special SKF deep groove ball bearings for
heavily loaded bearing arrangements where
there are slewing movements, e.g. the sup-
port bearing arrangement of converter drives.
The bearings may be of the full complement
type or they may contain separator rings or
spacers to separate the balls.
Additional information can be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Fixed section ball bearings
Fixed section ball bearings are part of the
SKF thin section bearing assortment. As the
name suggests, thin section bearings have
very thin rings and very low cross section.
They are further characterized by low weight,
low friction and high stiffness. Fixed section
ball bearings are inch dimension bearings
that have a constant cross section within a
particular series irrespective of the bearing
size.
SKF fixed section bearings are available
as either open or sealed
• deep groove ball bearings,
• angular contact ball bearings and
• four-point contact ball bearings
in up to eight different cross sections.
Additional information can be found in the
SKF product brochure “Fixed section bear-
ings”.
1079
Other SKF products
Multi-row ball bearings
Multi-row ball bearings have several rows of
balls held and guided in a machined brass
cage. The inner and outer ring raceways
have a cylindrical form so that axial displace-
ment of the shaft relative to the housing can
be accommodated within the bearing in both
directions. A convex sphered outside dia-
meter on the outer ring enables the bearing
to compensate for initial alignment errors.
Multi-row ball bearings are specially de-
signed to support the axially oscillating doctor
rolls of paper machine dryer sections. They
are available from SKF in two designs.
Additional information can be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Large-size angular contact thrust ball
bearings
Large-size SKF angular contact thrust ball
bearings were originally designed to support
the rotary tables of drilling rigs but are also
suitable for other applications where high
load carrying capacity, high axial stiffness
and low friction torque are important. In con-
trast to conventional thrust ball bearings,
angular contact thrust ball bearings can ac-
commodate radial loads in addition to axial
loads and are able to operate at high speeds.
They are available as single direction or
double direction thrust bearings.
Additional information can be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Bearings for inline skates and skateboards
SKF has been involved in skate bearings
since the early days of quads (roller skates),
skateboards and inline skates. So many
bearing executions were designed by SKF,
that today there is a full range of state-of-
the-art bearings, adapted to each skating
style and need.
For more information, please visit
www.skfsport.com.
1080
Other roller bearings
Needle roller and cage assemblies
Needle roller and cage assemblies are
ready-to-mount, self-contained bearing ar-
rangement components. They enable bear-
ing arrangements having high load carrying
capacity and stiffness and require a minimum
of radial space if the shaft and housing bore
can serve as raceways and have the same
hardness and surface finish as bearing rings.
SKF needle roller and cage assemblies are
available in single row and double row de-
signs. They are characterized by their simple
and rugged design, accurate guidance of
the rollers in the cage pockets, and good
running properties.
Drawn cup needle roller bearings
Drawn cup needle roller bearings have a
deep drawn thin-walled outer ring and are
characterized by very low sectional height
and high load carrying capacity. They are
generally used when the housing bore can-
not be used as a raceway. They are used
directly on the shaft, but can also be com-
bined with an inner ring.
SKF drawn cup needle roller bearings are
available with either an open or closed end;
with or without integral seals.
Additional information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Needle roller bearings” or in
the “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Drawn cup universal joint bearings
Special drawn cup needle roller bearings with
a closed end are available for the universal
joints of commercial vehicle propeller shafts.
The thin-walled, case hardened drawn cup
allows the use of relatively large diameter
rollers to provide high load carrying capacity
while still permitting compact bearing ar-
rangements.
SKF universal joint bearings are available
in several designs and sizes in the inside
diameter range from 20 to 48 mm.
Further information will be supplied on
request.
1081
Other SKF products
Needle roller bearings
Needle roller bearings with carbon chromium
steel rings have a low sectional height and
a very high load carrying capacity for their
size. They may be used with or without an
inner ring, depending on the application.
SKF needle roller bearings are available in
several designs and many sizes. The majority
of these are bearings with integral internal
outer ring flanges. Also included in the range
are bearings without these flanges and
sealed bearings.
Alignment needle roller bearings
Alignment needle roller bearings have an
outer ring with a convex sphered outside
surface. A plastic seating ring with a con-
cave sphered inside surface and encased in
a drawn sheet steel sleeve is fitted over the
outer ring, thus enabling the bearing to align.
Alignment needle roller bearings are there-
fore insensitive to errors of alignment of the
shaft relative to the housing. SKF alignment
needle roller bearings can be supplied with
or without an inner ring.
Needle roller thrust bearings
Needle roller thrust bearings can support
heavy axial loads, are insensitive to shock
loads and provide stiff bearing arrangements,
which require a minimum of axial space.
They are single direction bearings and can
accommodate axial loads acting in one
direction.
SKF needle roller thrust bearings are
available as needle roller and cage thrust
assemblies, which can be combined with
washers of various designs. Because of all
the possible combinations, all the bearing
components can be ordered separately.
Additional information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Needle roller bearings” or in
the “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
1082
Combined needle roller bearings
Combined needle roller bearings consist of
a radial needle roller bearing combined with
a thrust bearing and are consequently able
to accommodate both radial and axial loads.
They provide the means to produce locating
bearing arrangements in a minimum of radial
space. They are particularly suited for appli-
cations where the axial loads are too heavy,
speeds too high, or lubrication inadequate for
simple thrust washers to be used or where
other types of locating bearings occupy too
much space.
SKF combined needle roller bearings are
available as
• needle roller/angular contact ball bearings,
• needle roller/thrust ball bearings and
• needle roller/cylindrical roller thrust bear-
ings.
Additional information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Needle roller bearings” or in
the “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
1083
Other SKF products
Track runner bearings
Track runner bearings are rolling bearings
with a particularly thick-walled outer ring
that can accommodate heavy loads as well
as shock loads. Track runner bearings are
ready-to-mount units and used for all types
of cam drives, conveyor systems etc.
The SKF standard range includes the cam
rollers shown in the sections
• “Deep groove ball bearings”
(➔ page 399) and
• “Angular contact ball bearings”
(➔ page 457) as well as
• support rollers and cam followers men-
tioned below.
Support rollers
SKF support rollers are basically needle or
cylindrical roller bearings. The outside sur-
face of the outer ring is crowned to reduce
edge stresses if the roller runs in a tilted or
inclined position. They are available in sev-
eral designs
Sealed support rollers are filled with grease
and are ready-to-mount and ready-to-use
units.
Cam followers
SKF cam followers are essentially needle or
cylindrical roller bearings, which have a solid
stud instead of the inner ring. The stud is
threaded so that the cam follower can be
easily attached to appropriate machine com-
ponents. Cam followers are filled with grease
and are ready-to-mount and ready-to-use
units.
Additional information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Needle roller bearings” or in
the “SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
1084
Double row cylindrical roller bearings
Double row cylindrical roller bearings have
a low cross section, high load carrying cap-
acity and high stiffness. They are used pri-
marily in machine tools, rolling mill stands,
plastic calenders, grinding mills and also
large gearboxes.
SKF double row cylindrical roller bearings
are produced with a cylindrical or tapered
bore and are available in various designs.
Multi-row cylindrical roller bearings
Four-row and six-row cylindrical roller bear-
ings are used almost exclusively for the roll
necks of rolling mill stands, calenders and
roller presses. They are of separable design
to considerably simplify bearing mounting,
maintenance and inspection.
SKF four-row cylindrical roller bearings
have a cylindrical bore and some sizes are
also available with a tapered bore or as
sealed bearings, with a seal on one or both
sides of the bearing.
Double row taper roller bearings
Double row taper roller bearings provide a
stiff bearing arrangement under heavy load.
They can accommodate combined radial
and axial loads and locate a shaft axially in
both directions with a given axial clearance
or preload.
SKF double row taper roller bearings are
produced in
• the TDO configuration with a one-piece
outer ring and roller sets arranged back-
to-back;
• the TDI configuration with a one-piece
inner ring and roller sets arranged face-
to-face.
SKF bearings in the TDI configuration have
a cylindrical bore and some sizes are also
available with a tapered bore or with seals
on both sides of the bearing.
1085
Other SKF products
Four-row taper roller bearings
Four-row taper roller bearings are used for
rolling mill bearing arrangements where
rolling speeds are moderate. Because of
their special attributes they are produced in
several different designs and sizes.
The extensive SKF range of four-row taper
roller bearings includes conventional designs
with intermediate rings between the outer
and/or inner rings, as well as new and modi-
fied designs. SKF four-row taper roller bear-
ings are produced in
• the TQI configuration with two pairs of
roller sets arranged back-to-back,
• the TQO configuration with two pairs
of roller sets arranged face-to-face.
Available with either a cylindrical or tapered
bore many sizes are also available with seals
on one or both sides of the bearing.
Taper roller thrust bearings
Taper roller thrust bearings enable axially
compact bearing arrangements that can
accommodate very heavy axial loads. These
stiff bearing arrangements are insensitive to
shock loads.
SKF produces taper roller thrust bearings as
• caged or full complement single direction
bearings, e.g. for kingpin bearing arrange-
ments in commercial vehicles,
• double direction bearings for rolling mill
applications and as
• screw-down bearings for the screw
spindles in rolling mill applications.
Additional information can be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
1086
Split cylindrical roller bearings
Split cylindrical roller bearings are used pri-
marily for bearing arrangements, that are
difficult to access or for crank shafts and
other applications where the maintenance
or replacement of non-split bearings would
require considerable time and effort and
would cause long, expensive or even un-
acceptable machine downtime.
SKF produces single row and double row
split cylindrical roller bearings to order. The
designs of the bearings are tailored to the
application.
Additional information can be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Split spherical roller bearings
Split spherical roller bearings are used pri-
marily for bearing positions that are difficult to
access such as crank shafts, or long shafts
where several support positions are required.
They are also used in applications where
non-split bearings would require consider-
able time and effort for replacement causing
unacceptably long machine downtime.
SKF split spherical roller bearings are
produced to order in several designs. The
designs are tailored to the particular applica-
tion and, for cost reasons, they are generally
based on available bearings of standard
design.
Additional information can be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Split CARB® toroidal roller bearings
Split CARB bearings are available as com-
pletely split units, which are sealed and
water-cooled for bearing arrangements in
continuous casters. They are a technically,
well-proven solution for high quality require-
ments and maintenance-free operation.
Additional information can be found in the
SKF brochure “Split bearing units for con-
tinuous casting plants”.
1087
Other SKF products
Backing bearings for cluster mills
SKF backing bearings are generally based
on double or multi-row cylindrical roller
bearings. Single row needle roller bearing
and double row taper roller bearing designs
are also available. The logarithmic contact
profile between the rollers and raceways of
an SKF backing bearing for cluster mills pro-
vides excellent stress distribution under all
load conditions, even when the bearing is
misaligned under load. An optimized finish
on all contact surfaces maximizes the
effects of the lubricant.
For cluster mill bearings SKF also has
bearing repair and rework facilities to return
a used bearing to a “like-new” condition. If
required, all the components of a backing
bearing can be reworked.
Indexing roller units for continuous
furnaces of sintering plants
SKF indexing roller units were originally de-
veloped for use on the continuous furnaces
of sintering and pelletising plants. These
ready-to-mount units are also suitable for
applications where there are very heavy
loads and the direction of rotation is fre-
quently reversed, or where rotational
speeds are low.
Additional information can be found in the
“SKF Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Crossed taper roller bearings
Crossed taper roller bearings are particularly
compact double direction taper roller thrust
bearings and are mainly used in tables of
machining centres, milling and drilling ma-
chines as well as radar antennae and
welding robots.
SKF crossed taper roller bearings consist
of an outer ring and a two-piece inner ring.
Tapered rollers are arranged between the
rings, with every second roller placed at
approximately right angles to the adjacent
roller. Plastic discs separate the rollers.
Because of their special internal geometry
the power loss at the roller end contacts is
minimal and heat generation is low.
Further information will be supplied on
request.
1088
Slewing bearings
Slewing bearings are ball or cylindrical roller
bearings that can accommodate axial, radial
and moment loads acting either singly or in
combination and in any direction. They are
not mounted on a shaft or in a housing; the
rings, which are simply bolted on the seating
surface are available in one of three execu-
tions:
• without gears or
• with an internal gear or
• with an external gear.
Slewing bearings can perform both oscillating
(slewing) movements as well as rotating
movements.
The outside diameter range of SKF slewing
bearings with a one-piece ring is from 400 to
7 200 mm. Even larger bearings are produced
with outside diameters up to 14 000 mm, but
these have segmented rings. Some of the
smaller sizes, up to approximately 2 000 mm
outside diameter are standard production.
Further information will be supplied on
request.
Single row slewing ball bearings
SKF single row slewing ball bearings are
four-point contact ball bearings. The balls
are inserted through a filling slot which is
plugged afterwards. The bearings are sealed,
have no preload and are intended for appli-
cations where demands regarding accuracy
are moderate.
Single row slewing roller bearings
SKF single row slewing roller bearings are
crossed cylindrical roller bearings. Every
second roller is at right angles to its neigh-
bouring roller. The rollers are inserted through
a filling slot which is plugged afterwards. The
bearings are under preload and have integral
lip seals.
1089
Other SKF products
Double row slewing bearings
These slewing rings are angular contact
cylindrical roller bearings. The rollers are
inserted through filling slots in one of the
rings; the slots are plugged afterwards.
Plastic separators provide optimum roller
guidance. The bearings are normally pre-
loaded and are fitted with integral lip seals.
Triple row slewing bearings
Triple row slewing bearings are combined
radial and thrust cylindrical roller bearings
for very heavy loads with one one-piece and
one two-piece ring. The bearings are not
under preload and have integral lip seals.
These bearings place high demands on the
seating surfaces.
Other slewing bearings
In addition to the standard designs outlined
above, SKF also produces several other
designs, for a multitude of applications,
to order. These include
• slewing bearings as combined cylindrical
roller/ball bearings,
• slewing bearings as double row angular
contact ball bearings,
• dry sliding slewing bearings and
• slewing bearings with integral drive.
1090
Specials for special
applications
Products for railway vehicles
Bearings are used for a wide variety of pur-
poses in all kinds of railway vehicles. They
are key components in axleboxes and drive
systems such as traction motors and sus-
pension units. Other applications include
gearboxes, shock absorbers, tilting mech-
anisms, doors etc. The latest development
involves sensors to detect speed, direction
of rotation, bearing condition and bogie
stability. These are now becoming standard
equipment for several modern train designs.
Some product examples are:
• compact tapered roller bearing units with
metric or inch dimensions,
• axleboxes designed for overall economy,
reliability and comfort,
• axlebridges for low floor tramcars support-
ing the two independent wheels fitted with
tapered bearing units.
For more information, please visit
www.railways.skf.com.
1091
Other SKF products
Products for automotive applications
SKF supplies a wide variety of standard
and special bearings, including sensorized
bearings as well as ready-to-mount bearing
units, to the automotive industry for different
car and truck applications. The range in-
cludes
• car hub units
• truck hub units
• belt tensioner units
• water pump spindles
• clutch release bearings
• drive shaft (propeller) and intermediate
shaft support bearings
• drive shaft (propeller shaft) centring
bearings
• suspension bearings
• free wheels (sprag clutches)
1092
Vehicle replacement parts
A comprehensive range of vehicle kits is
also available for replacement purposes for
a wide selection of cars and trucks. These
kits contain everything the mechanic needs
to do the complete job which includes not
only the requisite bearings, but the appropri-
ate accessories such as seals, nuts, retain-
ing rings etc. The range of kits includes
• hub bearing kits for cars
• hub bearing kits for trucks
• synchronous drive and belt tensioner kits
• clutch release bearings kits for cars
• clutch release bearing kits for trucks
• water pump kits
• suspension bearing kits
For more information about automotive
aftermarket products, please visit the SKF
website www.vsm.skf.com.
1093
Other SKF products
High-precision bearings for machine tools
SKF manufactures a wide range of precision
bearings, that are intended for use in ma-
chine tool applications and other applica-
tions where accuracy and high speed cap-
abilities are important. SKF precision bear-
ings are available in several ISO Dimension
Series and in a wide range of sizes. The
product range includes traditional all-steel
bearings as well as hybrid bearings. For
more information, please refer to the SKF
catalogue “High-precision bearings”.
Single row angular contact ball bearings
SKF high-precision all-steel and hybrid
angular contact ball bearings are available
as normal as well as high-speed bearings in
three ISO Dimension Series with two different
contact angles each.
Cylindrical roller bearings
SKF offers both single row and double row
cylindrical roller bearings as all-steel or
hybrid bearings. They feature low cross-
sectional height, high load carrying capacity
and high speed capability.
Double direction angular contact
thrust ball bearings
SKF offers three series of high-precision
angular contact thrust ball bearings with dif-
ferent contact angles as all-steel or hybrid
bearings. They are specially suited to appli-
cations demanding accuracy and rigidity of
machine tool work spindles.
1094
Single direction angular contact
thrust ball bearings
SKF single direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings are designed for use in precision
ball screws. They provide high load ratings
and speed capability, superior axial rigidity
and extreme running accuracy. They can
be ordered as single bearings, universally
matchable bearings and as matched sets.
They are also available as ready-to-mount
cartridge units.
Magnetic bearings
Magnetic bearings are used in a variety of
applications e.g. turbomolecular pumps,
compressors, turbo generators, semicon-
ductor equipment and high speed machine
tools. They levitate the shaft by inducing a
controlled magnetic field. This means that
the shaft is rotating without contact. The
system senses the shaft position and adjusts
the force in real time keeping the shaft at the
required position.
Some of the benefits of magnetic bear-
ings are:
• no contamination from wear,
• lubrication-free,
• operate in severe environments e.g.
extreme high and low temperatures, ultra-
high vacuum or submerged applications,
• minimal vibration transferred to housing,
• precision control and elimination of shaft
runout caused by unbalance, and
• built-in condition monitoring of rotor
dynamics of vibration and forces.
SKF offers a full range of magnetic bear-
ing products:
• magnetic bearings,
• digital controllers,
• DC brushless motors,
• hyperspin spindles,
• engineered shaft solutions.
For more information, please visit
www.revolve.com.
1095
Other SKF products
Products for the pulp and paper industry
SKF meets the demands of the pulp and
paper industry by offering customized solu-
tions, both in the area of products and ser-
vices, for example
• self-aligning bearing systems using a
spherical roller bearing as the locating
bearing and a CARB toroidal roller bearing
at the non-locating position, which ac-
commodate axial expansion and deflec-
tions, decrease vibrations and increase
service life;
• a standard range of housings, designed
for high flow circulating oil lubrication, with
maintenance-free sealing arrangements;
• condition monitoring equipment to vir-
tually eliminate unplanned downtime.
The SKF handbook “Rolling bearings in
paper machines” provides information on
bearing selection and how to maximize
bearing service life. The handbook is avail-
able on request.
Triple ring roller bearings
Triple ring roller bearings are used almost
exclusively in paper machines for the support
of variable crowned press rolls at the drive
side. SKF produces three different inner/
outer bearing combinations:
• cylindrical/spherical roller bearing,
• spherical/cylindrical roller bearing or
• spherical/spherical roller bearing.
Additional information can be found in the
SKF catalogue “Large bearings”.
1096
Bearings for the printing industry
For many years SKF has been the partner to
the printing industry through continuous in-
novation and development of customized
products and solutions to increase product-
ivity, improve printing quality and to support
the need for maximum machine reliability.
Examples of SKF specials for printing ma-
chines include
• the PCU – a Printing Cylinder Unit, that
facilitates print on/off in printing presses
required during printing operation;
• the SKF PANLOC – a bearing unit, that per-
mits the axial displacement of the shaft in
both directions without generating internal
axial forces and allows clearance or pre-
load to be adjusted;
• the Recommended Product Range – an
application-oriented bearing selection
from the comprehensive SKF range. To
choose a bearing from this recommended
product range means short delivery times,
worldwide availability and no minimum
order quantities.
In addition SKF offers a complete assort-
ment of linear motion products, complete
service solutions as well as maintenance-
free concepts, mechatronics and measuring
instruments for printing machine manufac-
turers and operators.
For more information, please visit
www.printing.skf.com.
1097
Other SKF products
Products for aerospace applications
The SKF Aeroengine Division
The aeroengine product range includes main
shaft and gearbox bearings for helicopters
and jet engines. Bearing types include ball
bearings and spherical, cylindrical and taper
roller bearings. The SKF aerospace special-
ists MRC and SKF Avio also offer bearing
refurbishment services to airlines and air-
craft engine overhaul facilities, which restore
used aeroengine bearings to like-new condi-
tion. In addition to aeroengine products and
services, MRC also manufactures specialty
aerospace quality steel and ceramic rolling
elements that are used in highly engineered
industrial and aerospace applications. The
MRC Specialty Bearings business unit manu-
factures high performance custom designed
bearings for technically and environmentally
demanding applications.
For more information, please visit
www.mrcbearings.com.
SARMA aerospace equipment
Sarma, an SKF company, is the European
leader in design and manufacture of flight
control components and assemblies.
Sarma’s state of the art facilities are equipped
with the latest technology for R&D, testing,
production, quality and information technol-
ogy. Three product ranges are offered:
• metallic and composite rods and struts for
structural and flight control applications;
• ball, roller and spherical plain bearings for
landing gear, flight controls, wings and
engine links;
• a wide range of mechatronic products
including position and force transducer
units, linear and rotary actuators, for cock-
pit, flight control and utilities actuation.
For more information , please visit
www.sarma-aerospace.com.
1098
Seals
Seals represent an important part of the SKF
business. The SKF range consists of seals in
contact with stationary or sliding surfaces
and covers virtually all application require-
ments. Not just simple sealing arrangements,
but a wide range of seals for demanding in-
dustrial applications. From design concepts
to high volume production, from original
equipment to aftermarket, SKF can provide
sealing solutions to its customers.
Detailed information can be found in the
catalogue “CR seals” and the “CR Industrial
Seals Handbook”. The standard range of
dynamic SKF seals for rotating machine com-
ponents is also listed in the “SKF Interactive
Engineering Catalogue”. For additional
information, please visit the SKF websites
www.sealpool.com and
www.chicago-rawhide.com.
Seals for rotating machine components
• Radial shaft seals
• Mechanical seals
• V-ring seals
• Axial clamp seals
• Wear sleeves for shaft repairs
Seals for reciprocating components
• Hydraulic piston seals
• Hydraulic rod seals
• Wiper seals
• Guide rings and guide strips
Seals for stationary surfaces
• O-rings
• Back-up rings
PTFE seals for different purposes
• Piston and rod seals
• Wiper seals
• Guide strips
• Radial shaft seals
• PTFE encapsulated O-rings
1099
Other SKF products
SKF system solutions
SKF Copperhead
SKF Copperhead is a system solution for
vibrating screens, crushers, mills, conveyors
and other mineral processing equipment.
It enables fault detection monitoring of the
equipment, including the bearing arrange-
ments using vibration and temperature sen-
sors. The SKF Copperhead system com-
prises the appropriate SKF Explorer spher-
ical roller bearings, CARB® toroidal roller
bearings, sensors and monitoring units.
The system extends equipment service life
and reduces costly unplanned downtime.
Either manual, periodic or continuous
monitoring is available.
BoMo bogie monitoring system
The bogie monitoring system for railways
(BoMo) enables continuous condition moni-
toring for bogies of railway vehicles as well
as data collection of essential operating
parameters such as speed, direction of rota-
tion, temperature and vibration. This system
solution, developed by SKF and Sécheron,
improves safety and reduces life cycle costs.
WindCon solution for wind turbines
WindCon is a tailored monitoring system for
wind turbines, especially for offshore wind
parks. The system enables continuous data
collection of all operational parameters in-
cluding tower and blade vibration.
The system consists of a monitoring unit
in the nacelle and the SKF knowledge based
ProCon software program that collects and
analyses data to detect changes in the wind
turbine’s key performance parameters.
1100
SKF Smart Chock Unit
The SKF system solution “Smart Chock
Unit” provides reliable online monitoring of
rolling mill bearing arrangements. In addition
to the intelligent software, the system in-
cludes appropriate sensors and wires. The
SKF Smart Chock Unit enables rolling mill
operators to
• continuously monitor the condition of roll
neck bearings,
• change from preventive to predictive
maintenance,
• reduce downtime, and
• improve quality of rolled material.
ConRo system for continuous casters
Typical operating conditions in continuous
casters include heavy loads, very low speeds,
elevated temperatures and huge amounts of
cooling water. The SKF ConRo system is a
maintenance-free roll unit designed for just
these types of severe operating conditions.
ConRo enables the operators of continuous
casters to reduce the total costs and improve
productivity.
SKF bearing carrier
This SKF solution was designed for weight
sensitive applications such as automotive
gearboxes, where it is difficult to accommo-
date the occurring loads in light-alloy hous-
ings. The SKF bearing carrier unit consists
of a rigid sheet steel carrier and the appropri-
ate integrated rolling bearings. The tailored
bearing unit safely accommodates the oc-
curring loads and distributes them to a large
housing surface. Another advantage is quick
and low-cost assembly.
1101
Other SKF products
Spindle units
With design and production facilities in
Germany, Italy, Japan and North America,
SKF is a worldwide supplier of a complete
range of spindles – from externally driven
and motor integrated spindles with rolling
bearings to high performance gas and mag-
netic bearing spindles. SKF knowledge in
bearing technology, sensors and electronics
is the base to satisfy specific requirements
for precision machining and processing.
And it enables SKF to develop tailor-made
spindle units together with the customer.
SKF machining centre spindles
Machining centre spindles are designed for
milling, tapping and drilling operations. High
stiffness, accuracy and low operating tem-
perature are important operational require-
ments for these applications. SKF offers
motor integrated spindles for speeds up to
30 000 r/min as well as belt driven spindles
for machining centre applications.
SKF high speed milling spindles
SKF high speed milling spindles are used in
applications, where high cutting rates are
the norm or where fine surface finishing is
required. They are also widely used when
cutting advanced geometries which requires
a well balanced spindle with good thermal
stability. SKF offers state-of-the-art technol-
ogy with a system of sensors, automatic
clamping and cooling through the shaft for
speeds up to 60 000 r/min.
SKF turning spindles
The SKF turning spindles are designed to
withstand high cutting forces and to provide
high productivity while running accuracy
enables good surface quality. The thermally
stable spindles are robust and provide a
space saving design. SKF offers motor inte-
grated spindles for speeds up to 10 000 r/min
and belt driven ones up to 16 000 r/min.
1102
SKF grinding spindles
Like the spindles in SKF bearing manufactur-
ing plants, high frequency grinding spindles
are designed for high operating speeds and
high precision. The standard range has a
simple and robust design. Speeds range
from 10 000 to 180 000 r/min. In addition to
the catalogue product range, SKF produces
a wide range of spindle solutions to accom-
modate automatic tool change and coolant-
through applications.
SKF magnetic bearing spindles
SKF is currently working on magnetic bearing
spindle technology. The features of magnetic
bearing spindles are the advanced digital
control and real time information diagnostics,
which offer improved cutting finish and pro-
cess optimization.
Hyperspin, a magnetically levitated spindle,
provides a total shaft solution complete with
a digital control system, integral motor and
motor drive.
SKF Spindle Service
The SKF Spindle Service supports customers
worldwide with spindle repair centres in
Europe, North America and Japan. The ser-
vices offered include spindle reconditioning,
from bearing replacement to shaft and nose
restorations, performance upgrades and an-
alysis. SKF can also provide complete moni-
toring services as well as preventative main-
tenance services for machine tool spindles.
1103
Other SKF products
Linear motion products
Linear guidance systems
• Linear ball bearings with recirculating
range ball tracks which provide low fric-
tion movement and the possibility of
unlimited stroke.
• Speedi-Roll, the cam roller type rail guide
system suitable for applications with long
strokes and/or high speeds.
• Profile rail guides with high load carrying
capacity, high stiffness and unlimited
stroke.
• Precision rail guides with limited strokes
for high stiffness and position accuracy.
High efficiency ball screws
In all types of ball screws, the load is trans-
mitted from the screw shaft to the nut through
each ball; several recirculating systems are
available. To improve positioning accuracy,
backlash can be reduced or eliminated.
High efficiency roller screws
Two non-competing designs cover require-
ments beyond ball screw limitations. Load
transferred from the nut to the screw shaft
through a number of threaded grooved
rollers; the resulting large number of contact
points provide a much higher load carrying
capacity and a much longer life than ball
screws of similar size.
1104
Linear actuators
Linear actuators are designed for a variety of
applications. Each actuator is maintenance-
free and is equipped with either an Acme
screw or a ball screw. Limit switches, en-
coders or potentiometers are also available.
Positioning systems
Positioning systems provide compact and
economical solutions for guided and driven
applications. They may be designed to meet
special requirements.
For more information, please visit the SKF
website www.linearmotion.skf.com.
1105
Other SKF products
Plain bearings
Spherical plain bearings and rod ends
Spherical plain bearings, which are designed
for slow movement applications, can accom-
modate misalignment and oscillating move-
ments. They have a very high load carrying
capacity and are ready to mount. Spherical
plain bearings are available with various
sliding combinations: steel on steel, which
requires lubrication, or the maintenance-free
combinations steel on sinter bronze com-
posite, PTFE fabric or PTFE composite. SKF
offers a very comprehensive range:
• Radial spherical plain bearings
in metric or inch dimensions, with seals
and/or an extended inner ring.
• Angular contact spherical plain bearings
for combined radial and axial loads.
• Spherical plain thrust bearings
for thrust loads and in combination with a
radial spherical plain bearing for heavy
duty arrangements.
• Rod ends with integral spherical plain
bearings with male or female threads or
with cylindrical or rectangular section
welding shank.
For detailed information, please refer to the
catalogue “SKF spherical plain bearings and
rod ends” or the “SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue”. The SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue supports the selection of products
through calculation facilities.
1106
Bushings
SKF offers the world’s widest assortment of
stock bushings. The range is suitable for
rotating, oscillating and linear movements.
Cylindrical and flanged bushings, thrust
washers and strips are available. Different
materials serve different requirements.
• Solid bronze, the traditional robust material
• Sintered bronze with oil impregnation for
high sliding velocities
• Wrapped bronze with lubrication pocket
for contaminated environments
• PTFE composite for long service life due
to low friction
• POM composite for low maintenance
under tough conditions
• Stainless backed composite, main-
tenance-free in corrosive environments
• PTFE polyamide, cost effective and main-
tenance-free
• Filament Wound for extreme conditions
For detailed information, please refer to the
brochure “SKF bushings”, containing com-
prehensive selection guidance or the “SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Special solutions
Together with customers, SKF develops spe-
cial solutions incorporating plain bearings
especially for road and rail vehicles and the
aircraft industry. For more information,
please contact the SKF companies
• Sarma at www.sarma-aerospace.com or
• Ampep at www.ampep.co.uk
1107
Other SKF products
Bearing units
Y-bearing units
Standard SKF ball bearing units are referred
to as Y-bearing units. Y-bearing units are
ready-to-mount units which can accommo-
date initial errors of alignment. The unit con-
sists of a single row deep groove ball bear-
ing with convex sphered outside diameter
(Y-bearing) and a Y-bearing housing, which
has a correspondingly sphered but concave
bore. Bearings and housings can be ordered
separately.
SKF Y-bearing units are available as
• Y-bearing plummer (pillow) block units,
• Y-bearing flanged units, and
• Y-bearing take-up units.
A variety of designs is available with dif-
ferent housing materials:
• composite material,
• grey cast iron, or
• sheet steel
and there is a choice of locking method on
the shaft:
• grub screw locking,
• eccentric collar locking, or
• adapter sleeve locking.
For detailed information about SKF Y-bear-
ing units, please refer to the SKF catalogue
“Y-bearing units” or the “SKF Interactive
Engineering Catalogue”.
1108
ConCentra ball and roller bearing units
ConCentra bearing units use the SKF con-
centric locking technique. With a patented
multi-tapered sleeve a concentric inter-
ference fit with the shaft is achieved. The
units are easy to mount and dismount with a
hexagonal key. The true concentric mounting
allows bearings to operate at higher speeds
with less vibration resulting in quieter running
and longer service life.
ConCentra ball bearing units
ConCentra ball bearing units use Y-bearing
housings together with a deep groove ball
bearing based on SKF bearings in the 62
series. They can be supplied for metric or
inch-sized shafts from 25 to 60 mm or 1 to
2 1/16 inch respectively. The units use a low
friction contact seal protected by an add-
itional flinger.
ConCentra roller bearing units
ConCentra roller bearing units are based on
SKF Explorer spherical roller bearings in the
222 series. The units are available for metric
or inch-sized shafts from 35 to 75 mm or
1 7/16 to 4 inch respectively. Contact or
labyrinth seals are available. As standard,
all plummer (pillow) block units are available
in a locating and a non-locating version.
For detailed information about ConCentra
roller bearing units, please refer to the SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue.
1109
Other SKF products
Collar mounted roller bearing units
SKF collar mounted roller bearing units are
ready-to-mount bearing units, which are
greased and sealed, and are able to com-
pensate for misalignment of the shaft with
respect to the housing. They consist of a
bearing housing and a spherical roller bear-
ing based on the 222 series. The bearing
can be secured to the shaft with a locking
collar with grub (set) screws.
SKF collar mounted roller bearing units
are available as:
• plummer (pillow) block bearing units,
• flanged bearing units,
• take-up bearing units.
More information will be found in the “SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Two-bearing units
SKF two-bearing units were originally de-
signed for use on fan shafts with an over-
hung impeller. However, they are being used
in other applications, e.g. centrifugal
pumps, circular saws and grinding spindles.
Two-bearing units offer a more compact
design, improved running accuracy, quiet
operation, and easy installation.
Several series with different bearing ar-
rangements are available to meet different
application requirements.
More information will be found in the “SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue”.
Support and thrust roller assemblies
Many rotary drums or tubes have girth rings.
The radial guidance is provided by support
rollers and the axial guidance by thrust
rollers. SKF supplies complete ready-to-
mount support and thrust roller assemblies.
They are well-proven units and the incor-
porated roller bearings offer high operational
reliability coupled with minimum main-
tenance requirements. The assemblies can
be selected from two standard ranges, one
for support rollers and one for thrust rollers.
1110
Hydrostatic shoe bearings
Developments in various industrial sectors
have led to the use of increasingly large
bearings to carry increasingly heavy loads.
Examples of these applications include the
drums used to grind ore and cement and the
debarking drums used in pulp production.
The drums have in some cases reached a
size where conventional rolling bearings
or bearing units cannot be used. SKF de-
veloped the hydrostatic shoe bearing for just
this type of application. In addition to having
very high load carrying capacity these bear-
ings have the following advantages:
• no limit to bearing size,
• friction is negligible,
• virtually no wear,
• bearing life is almost unlimited,
• the sliding surfaces are self-aligning, and
• demands on accuracy of form of the
trunnion or runner to be supported are
moderate.
The SKF range comprises hydrostatic shoe
bearings for horizontal as well as vertical
bearing arrangements and also includes
combined hydrostatic bearings with integral
axial guidance.
For more information please contact the
SKF application engineering service.
Auto-balancing
Imbalance is the standard cause of vibration
in rotating equipment. It often varies with time
and is difficult to correct. The DynaSpin™
auto-balancer is a unique solution that con-
tinually counteracts imbalance in rotating
machinery. The freely moving balls, with the
dynamic power of natural forces, automatic-
ally shift their position creating a balance
that remains constant, regardless of the
unbalance variations. The action dampens
the vibration of the machine significantly.
For more information about the DynaSpin
auto-balancer, please visit the SKF website
www.dynaspin.skf.com.
1111
Other SKF products
Fastening systems,
rolling elements, steel
Shaft couplings
SKF oil injection shaft couplings of type
OKC and OKF join two shaft ends rigidly to
each other. They are widely used in high
torque applications where power has to be
reliably transmitted. Applications range from
joining the propeller shafts on a ship to con-
necting shafts in rolling mill drives.
SKF oil injection couplings are available
as cylindrical or flanged couplings for dia-
meters ranging from 100 to 1 000 mm. For
more information, please ask for the publica-
tion “OK oil injection couplings from SKF”
or visit www.couplings.skf.com
Supergrip bolts
SKF Supergrip bolts, based on the SKF oil
injection principle, are compared with tradi-
tional bolt systems easier to install and remove
and therefore offer important technical as
well as economic benefits. They are typically
used in applications where rotating flanged
joints are subjected to high torque loads and
downtime is particularly expensive, e.g. a
ship’s propeller shafts, steering equipment,
steam turbines or rolling mills.
SKF Supergrip bolts are available for hole
diameters starting from 40 mm. For more
information, please ask for publication “The
SKF Supergrip Bolt for Rotating Flanges” or
visit www.couplings.skf.com.
1112
ConCentra bushings
Mechanical location devices for true concen-
tric locking of friction shaft hub joints, e.g.
slewing, belt or chain drives.
Rolling elements
SKF also supplies loose rolling elements
that include balls, as well as cylindrical and
needle rollers. Using loose rolling elements
it is possible to produce economic full com-
plement bearing arrangements for very
heavy loads and low speeds or oscillatory
movement, provided the other associated
components can take the form of raceways
having the same hardness and quality as
bearing rings.
The rolling elements are made of carbon
chromium bearing steel or silicone nitride.
Additional information will be supplied on
request.
Steel
Ovako Steel, part of the SKF group, is the
world’s leading manufacturer of steels for
rolling bearings and a major producer of
other special engineering steels. Ovako’s
main strength is in the field of special engin-
eering steel long products – seamless tube,
bar, and surface removed wire. Rolled rings
are also a specialty. A large part of the pro-
duction is further processed into precom-
ponents for direct applications in the cus-
tomers’ production.
For more information, please visit the
website www.ovako.com.
1113
Product index
Series or type Product Page
designation
02800 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
03000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
07000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
09000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
10 ……………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 478
11000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
112 …………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 488
11500 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
12 ……………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 478
13 ……………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 478
130 …………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 484
1300 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
139 …………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 484
14000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
15000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
15500 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
160 …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 302
160-Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with one shield ……………………………………… 324
160-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 324
16000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 640
161 …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 302
18500 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
18600 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
18700 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
1900 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
2 ……………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots ……………………………………… 366
2 NR …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots ……………………………………… 370
2-Z …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots and one shield …………………… 366
2-2Z …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots and shields ………………………… 366
2-ZNR ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots, snap ring and one shield ………… 370
2-2ZNR ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots, snap ring and shields …………… 370
213 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 712
22 ……………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 478
22-2RS1 ……………… Self-aligning ball bearing with seals ………………………………………………………… 486
222 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 712
223 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 712
23 ……………………… Self-aligning ball bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 478
23-2RS1 ……………… Self-aligning ball bearing with seals ………………………………………………………… 486
230 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 714
230-2CS2 …………… Spherical roller bearing with seals …………………………………………………………… 736
231 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 714
231-2CS2 …………… Spherical roller bearing with seals …………………………………………………………… 736
232 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 714
232-2CS ……………… Spherical roller bearing with seals …………………………………………………………… 736
23600 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
238 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 722
239 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 718
239-2CS ……………… Spherical roller bearing with seals …………………………………………………………… 738
240 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 714
240-2CS2 …………… Spherical roller bearing with seals …………………………………………………………… 736
241 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 714
241-2CS ……………… Spherical roller bearing with seals …………………………………………………………… 736
243000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
24700 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
248 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 726
249 …………………… Spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………………… 730
1114
Series or type Product Page
designation
25500 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
25800 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
2700 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 640
28600 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
292 …………………… Spherical roller thrust bearing………………………………………………………………… 880
293 …………………… Spherical roller thrust bearing………………………………………………………………… 880
294 …………………… Spherical roller thrust bearing………………………………………………………………… 880
29600 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
3 ……………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots ……………………………………… 366
3 NR …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots ……………………………………… 370
3-Z …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots and one shield …………………… 366
3-2Z …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots and shields ………………………… 366
3-ZNR ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots, snap ring and one shield ………… 370
3-2ZNR ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with filling slots, snap ring and shields …………… 370
302 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 612
303 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 612
3057(00) C-2Z………… Double row cam roller ………………………………………………………………………… 460
3058(00) C-2Z………… Double row cam roller ………………………………………………………………………… 460
313 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 612
313 X ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 626
31500 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
3194(00) DA-2LSV …… Full complement double row cylindrical roller bearing …………………………………… 592
32 A …………………… Double row angular contact ball bearing …………………………………………………… 438
32 A-2RS1 …………… Double row angular contact ball bearing with seals ……………………………………… 442
32 A-2Z ……………… Double row angular contact ball bearing with shields ……………………………………… 442
320 X ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 612
322 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 612
323 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 612
329 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 622
33 A …………………… Double row angular contact ball bearing …………………………………………………… 438
33 A-2RS1 …………… Double row angular contact ball bearing with seals ……………………………………… 442
33 A-2Z ……………… Double row angular contact ball bearing with shields ……………………………………… 442
33 D …………………… Double row angular contact ball bearing with split inner ring……………………………… 438
33 DNR ……………… Double row angular contact ball bearing with snap ring groove and snap ring ………… 438
330 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 616
33000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
331 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 614
332 …………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 612
33800 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 648
3400 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 640
3500 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
355 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 644
3612(00) R …………… Single row cam roller ………………………………………………………………………… 402
365 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
36900 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 656
3700 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
37000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
385 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 648
38800 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
3900 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
39500 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 648
415 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 640
42 A …………………… Double row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………………………… 394
42600 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
43 A …………………… Double row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………………………… 394
4500 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
455 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 648
47400 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
475 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
47600 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
47800 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
48200 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
511 …………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 838
512 …………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 838
513 …………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 838
514 …………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 838
522 …………………… Double direction thrust ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 852
523 …………………… Double direction thrust ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 852
524 …………………… Double direction thrust ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 852
525 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
53000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 644
532 …………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 848
1115
Product index
Series or type Product Page
designation
533 …………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 848
534 …………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 848
535 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 644
542 …………………… Double direction thrust ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 856
543 …………………… Double direction thrust ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 856
544 …………………… Double direction thrust ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 856
544000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
565 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
575 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
595 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
60 ……………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 302
60 N …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with snap ring groove ……………………………… 350
60 NR ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with snap ring groove and snap ring ……………… 350
60-RSH ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 324
60-RSL………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 324
60-RS1………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 334
60-Z …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shield …………………………………………… 324
60-ZNR ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shield, snap ring groove and snap ring ……… 356
60-2RSH ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 324
60-2RSL ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 324
60-2RSL/HC5………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………… 898
60-2RS1 ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 334
60-2RS1/HC5………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………… 898
60-2RZ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 334
60-2RZ/HC5 ………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………… 898
60-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 324
60-2Z/VA201 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
60-2Z/VA208 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
60/HC5 ……………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………… 902
60/VA201……………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
618 …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 302
618-2RZ ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 330
618-2RS1 …………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 328
618-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 328
619 …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 302
619-2RZ ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 330
619-2RS1 …………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 326
619-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 324
62 ……………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 302
62 N …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with snap ring groove ……………………………… 350
62 NR ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with snap ring groove and snap ring ……………… 350
62-RSH ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 324
62-RSL………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 324
62-RS1………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 334
62-Z …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shield …………………………………………… 324
62-ZNR ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shield, snap ring groove and snap ring ……… 356
62-2RSH ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 324
62-2RSL ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 324
62-2RSL/HC5………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………… 898
62-2RS1 ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 334
62-2RS1/HC5………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………… 900
62-2RZ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 334
62-2RZ/HC5 ………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………… 898
62-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 324
62-2ZNR ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields, snap ring groove and snap ring …… 356
62-2Z/VA201 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
62-2Z/VA208 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 927
62-2Z/VA228 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
62/HC5 ……………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………… 902
62/VA201……………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
62/VL0241 …………… INSOCOAT single row deep groove ball bearing …………………………………………… 910
622-2RS1 …………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 328
623-2RS1 …………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 328
628-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 324
63 ……………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 302
63 N …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with snap ring groove ……………………………… 350
63 NR ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with snap ring groove and snap ring ……………… 350
63-RSH ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 324
63-RSL………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 324
63-RS1………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seal ……………………………………………… 332
63-Z …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shield …………………………………………… 324
63-ZNR ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shield, snap ring groove and snap ring ……… 356
63-2RSH ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 324
63-2RSL ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 324
1116
Series or type Product Page
designation
63-2RS1 ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 332
63-2RS1/HC5………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………… 898
63-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 324
63-2ZNR ……………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields, snap ring groove and snap ring …… 356
63-2Z/VA201 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
63-2Z/VA208 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
63-2Z/VA208 ………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
63/HC5 ……………… Single row hybrid deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………… 902
63/VA201……………… Deep groove ball bearing for high temperatures …………………………………………… 926
63/VL0241 …………… INSOCOAT single row deep groove ball bearing …………………………………………… 910
63/VL2071 …………… INSOCOAT single row deep groove ball bearing …………………………………………… 910
630-2RS1 …………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………………………… 326
6300 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
638-2Z ………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………………………… 324
64 ……………………… Single row deep groove ball bearing ………………………………………………………… 304
64000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
65300 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
655 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
67300 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
675 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
67900 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
68000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
72 B …………………… Single row angular contact ball bearing …………………………………………………… 418
72000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 648
7225(00) ……………… Flanged bearing housing ……………………………………………………………………… 1062
73 B …………………… Single row angular contact ball bearing …………………………………………………… 418
811 …………………… Cylindrical roller thrust bearing ……………………………………………………………… 866
812 …………………… Cylindrical roller thrust bearing ……………………………………………………………… 866
843000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
87000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 656
90000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
9200 …………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
982 …………………… Single row deep groove ball bearings ……………………………………………………… 304
A 4000 ………………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
AH …………………… Withdrawal sleeve …………………………………………………………………………… 994
AHX …………………… Withdrawal sleeve …………………………………………………………………………… 994
AOH …………………… Withdrawal sleeve for oil injection mounting ……………………………………………… 998
AOHX ………………… Withdrawal sleeve for oil injection mounting ……………………………………………… 1000
ASNH ………………… End cover for SNL plummer block housings ……………………………………………… 1034
BA ……………………… Single direction thrust ball bearing…………………………………………………………… 838
BMB 62 ……………… Sensor-Bearing Unit ………………………………………………………………………… 960
BSC-V ………………… Full complement CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………
BS2-22-2CS ………… Sealed spherical roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 736
C 22 …………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 794
C 23 …………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 796
C 30 …………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 798
C 31 …………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 798
C 39 …………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 802
C 40 …………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 798
C 40-2CS5V ………… Sealed full complement CARB toroidal roller bearing ……………………………………… 808
C 41 …………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 804
C 41-2CS5V ………… Sealed full complement CARB toroidal roller bearing ……………………………………… 808
C 49 V ………………… Full complement CARB toroidal roller bearing …………………………………………… 794
C 59 V ………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 794
C 59-2CS5V ………… Sealed full complement CARB toroidal roller bearing ……………………………………… 808
C 60 V ………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 794
C 69 V ………………… CARB toroidal roller bearing ………………………………………………………………… 794
C 69-2CS5V ………… Sealed full complement CARB toroidal roller bearing ……………………………………… 808
EE 649000 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
EE 763000 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 662
FRB …………………… Locating ring for bearing housings…………………………………………………………… 1035
FY .. TF/VA201 ……… Y- bearing flanged unit for high temperatures ……………………………………………… 934
FY .. TF/VA228 ……… Y- bearing flanged unit for high temperatures ……………………………………………… 934
FYT .. TF/VA201 ……… Y- bearing flanged unit for high temperatures ……………………………………………… 936
FYT .. TF/VA228 ……… Y- bearing flanged unit for high temperatures ……………………………………………… 936
GS 811 ………………… Housing washer for cylindrical roller thrust bearings ……………………………………… 867
1117
Product index
Series or type Product Page
designation
GS 812 ………………… Housing washer for cylindrical roller thrust bearings ……………………………………… 867
H ……………………… Adapter sleeve, series 2, 3, 23, 30, 31 and 39 ……………………………………………… 976
H 414200 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
H 913800 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 650
HA……………………… Adapter sleeve for inch shafts, series 2, 3, 23, 30 and 31
HE ……………………… Adapter sleeve for inch shafts, series 2, 3, 23, 30, 31 and 39……………………………… 984
HJ ……………………… Angle ring for cylindrical roller bearings, series 2, 3, 4, 10, 22 and 23 …………………… 517
HM 220100 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 626
HM 231100 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
HM 262700 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
HM 266400 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
HM …………………… Lock nut, series 30 and 31 …………………………………………………………………… 1010
HM 801300 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 640
HM 803100 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
HM 804800 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 646
HM 807000 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 644
HM 88500 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
HM 88600 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
HM 89400 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
HM 903200 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 644
HM 911200 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 648
HME 30 ……………… Lock nut ………………………………………………………………………………………… 1010
HS ……………………… Adapter sleeve for inch shafts, series 2, 3 and 23 ………………………………………… 985
I-1200(00) …………… Flanged bearing housing for self-aligning ball bearings with extended inner ring ……… 1061
ICOS-D1B …………… Deep groove ball bearing with radial shaft seal …………………………………………… 348
JHM 720200 ………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 626
JL 69300 ……………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 614
JLM 104900 ………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 616
JLM 503300 ………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 616
JLM 508700 ………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 618
JM 205100 …………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 616
JM 511900 …………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 620
JM 515600 …………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 622
JM 714200 …………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 622
JM 718100 …………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 624
JM 738200 …………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 630
K 811 ………………… Cylindrical roller and cage thrust assembly ………………………………………………… 867
K 812 ………………… Cylindrical roller and cage thrust assembly ………………………………………………… 867
KAM …………………… Self-aligning ball bearing kit ………………………………………………………………… 468
KM …………………… Lock nut ………………………………………………………………………………………… 1008
KMFE ………………… Lock nut ………………………………………………………………………………………… 1019
KMK …………………… Lock nut ………………………………………………………………………………………… 1017
KML …………………… Lock nut ………………………………………………………………………………………… 1009
KMT …………………… Lock nut ………………………………………………………………………………………… 1022
KMTA ………………… Lock nut ………………………………………………………………………………………… 1024
L 26700 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
L 327200 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 654
L 357000 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
L 432300 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 656
L 44600 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
L 44600 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
L 45400 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
L 555200 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
L 68100 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
L 814700 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
L 865500 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
LL 483400 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 662
LL 566800 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
LL 639200 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 656
LL183400 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 662
LM 102900 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 644
LM 11700……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
LM 11900……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
LM 12700……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 634
LM 241100 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 656
LM 245800 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
LM 283600 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
LM 29700……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 640
LM 300800 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 640
LM 361600 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
1118
Series or type Product Page
designation
LM 377400 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
LM 48500……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
LM 503300 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
LM 567900 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
LM 603000 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 644
LM 67000……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 638
LM 739700 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 656
LM 742700 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
LM 772700 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 660
LM 806600 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 648
LM 814800 …………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 652
M 349500……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 658
M 802000……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 642
M 84500 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
M 86600 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
M 88000 ……………… Single row inch-size taper roller bearing …………………………………………………… 636
MB …………………… Locking washer for lock nuts ………………………………………………………………… 1012
MBL …………………… Locking washer for lock nuts ………………………………………………………………… 1012
MS …………………… Locking clip for lock nuts HM 30 and 31 …………………………………………………… 1014
N 2 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
N 3 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NCF 18 V ……………… Full complement single row cylindrical roller bearing ……………………………………… 562
NCF 22 V ……………… Full complement single row cylindrical roller bearing ……………………………………… 560
NCF 28 V ……………… Full complement single row cylindrical roller bearing ……………………………………… 564
NCF 29 V ……………… Full complement single row cylindrical roller bearing ……………………………………… 558
NCF 30 V ……………… Full complement single row cylindrical roller bearing ……………………………………… 558
NJ 10 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 548
NJ 2 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NJ 22 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NJ 23 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NJ 3 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NJ 4 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 518
NJG 23 VH …………… Full complement single row cylindrical roller bearing ……………………………………… 558
NNC CV ……………… Full complement double row cylindrical roller bearing, series 48 and 49 ………………… 580
NNCF CV ……………… Full complement double row cylindrical roller bearing, series 48, 49 and 50 …………… 580
NNCL CV ……………… Full complement double row cylindrical roller bearing, series 48 and 49 ………………… 580
NNF 50 ADA-2LSV … Full complement double row cylindrical roller bearing …………………………………… 590
NU 10 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NU 12 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 550
NU 2 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NU 2/VL0241 ………… INSOCOAT single row cylindrical roller bearing …………………………………………… 914
NU 20 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 550
NU 22 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NU 23 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NU 3 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NU 3/VL0241 ………… INSOCOAT single row cylindrical roller bearing …………………………………………… 914
NU 4 …………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 518
NUP 2 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NUP 22………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NUP 23………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
NUP 3 ………………… Single row cylindrical roller bearing ………………………………………………………… 516
OH …………………… Adapter sleeve for oil injection mounting, series 23, 30, 31, 32 and 39 ………………… 980
QJ 2 …………………… Four-point contact ball bearings …………………………………………………………… 452
QJ 3 …………………… Four-point contact ball bearings …………………………………………………………… 452
SAF …………………… Plummer (pillow) block housing for inch-size shafts ……………………………………… 1057
SBD …………………… Large (pillow) plummer block housing ……………………………………………………… 1059
SDAF ………………… Plummer (pillow) block housing for inch-size shafts ……………………………………… 1058
SDG …………………… Large (pillow) plummer block housing ……………………………………………………… 1056
SONL ………………… Plummer (pillow) block housing with dip ring for oil lubrication …………………………… 1055
SNL 2, 3 ……………… Plummer (pillow) block housing for bearings with cylindrical bore ……………………… 1044
SNL 5, 6 ……………… Plummer (pillow) block housing for bearings on adapter sleeve ………………………… 1034
SY .. TF/VA201 ……… Y-bearing plummer block unit for high temperatures ……………………………………… 932
SY .. TF/VA228 ……… Y-bearing plummer block unit for high temperatures ……………………………………… 932
THD …………………… Take-up bearing housing …………………………………………………………………… 1063
TSN .. A ……………… V-ring seal for plummer block housings, SNL 2 and 3……………………………………… 1044
TSN .. A ……………… V-ring seal for plummer block housings, SNL 5 and 6……………………………………… 1034
TSN .. G ……………… Double-lip seal for plummer block housings, SNL 2 and 3………………………………… 1044
TSN .. G ……………… Double-lip seal for plummer block housings, SNL 5 and 6………………………………… 1034
TSN .. S ……………… Labyrinth seal for plummer block housings, SNL 2 and 3 ………………………………… 1044
1119
Product index
Series or type Product Page
designation
TSN .. S ……………… Labyrinth seal for plummer block housings, SNL 5 and 6 ………………………………… 1034
TSN .. ND……………… Taconite-seal for plummer block housings, SNL 2 and 3 ………………………………… 1044
TSN .. ND……………… Taconite-seal for plummer block housings, SNL 5 and 6 ………………………………… 1034
TN ……………………… Bearing housing for self-aligning ball bearings …………………………………………… 1061
TVN …………………… Bearing housing ……………………………………………………………………………… 1060
T2DD ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 620
T2ED ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 616
T2EE…………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 614
T3FE…………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 622
T4CB ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 626
T4DB ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 628
T4EB ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 630
T4EE…………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 628
T5ED ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 624
T7FC ………………… Single row taper roller bearing ……………………………………………………………… 616
U ……………………… Seating ring for thrust ball bearings, series 2, 3 and 4 ……………………………………… 848
W 60 …………………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………… 378
W 60-2RS1 …………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………… 382
W 60-2Z ……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 617 ………………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………… 378
W 618 ………………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………… 378
W 618-2Z……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 384
W 619 ………………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………… 378
W 619-2RS1 ………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………… 384
W 619-2Z……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 62 …………………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………… 378
W 62-2RS1 …………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………… 382
W 62-2Z ……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 627-2Z……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 628-2Z……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 63 …………………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing ……………………………………… 378
W 63-2RS1 …………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with seals …………………………… 385
W 63-2Z ……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 637-2Z……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 638-2Z……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
W 639-2Z……………… Stainless steel single row deep groove ball bearing with shields ………………………… 382
WS 811………………… Shaft washer for cylindrical roller thrust bearings ………………………………………… 867
WS 812………………… Shaft washer for cylindrical roller thrust bearings ………………………………………… 867
YAR-2FW/VA201 …… Y-bearing with grub screw locking for high temperatures ………………………………… 930
YAR-2FW/VA228 …… Y-bearing with grub screw locking for high temperatures ………………………………… 930
1120
You might also like
- Earle Buckingham - Analytical Mechanics of Gears-Dover (1949)No ratings yetEarle Buckingham - Analytical Mechanics of Gears-Dover (1949)577 pages
- 0901d196807026e8-100-700 SKF Bearings and Mounted Products 2018 TCM 12-314117No ratings yet0901d196807026e8-100-700 SKF Bearings and Mounted Products 2018 TCM 12-314117587 pages
- Lecture Slides: The Mcgraw-Hill Companies © 2012No ratings yetLecture Slides: The Mcgraw-Hill Companies © 2012105 pages
- Fundamentals of Machine Design 2 Orlov OCR BM PDF100% (1)Fundamentals of Machine Design 2 Orlov OCR BM PDF207 pages
- Rolling Bearings in Electrical Motors & Generators100% (1)Rolling Bearings in Electrical Motors & Generators122 pages
- SKF WWW - Ihb.ch e Bearings in El Motors and Generators-KomprimiertNo ratings yetSKF WWW - Ihb.ch e Bearings in El Motors and Generators-Komprimiert122 pages
- Complete Layout of Spur Gear Drive System: Top ViewNo ratings yetComplete Layout of Spur Gear Drive System: Top View1 page
- Audi R8 Coupe & Roadster Catalogue (UK)No ratings yetAudi R8 Coupe & Roadster Catalogue (UK)88 pages
- Cooper Pocket Catalogue 2017 TCM 12-271535No ratings yetCooper Pocket Catalogue 2017 TCM 12-271535188 pages
- Diapositivas: Tornillos, Sujetadores y Diseño de Juntas No Permanentes100% (1)Diapositivas: Tornillos, Sujetadores y Diseño de Juntas No Permanentes96 pages
- Mechanical Design of Machine Elements-CouplingNo ratings yetMechanical Design of Machine Elements-Coupling10 pages
- SKF Angular Contact Ball Bearings - Your Key To Longer Service LifeNo ratings yetSKF Angular Contact Ball Bearings - Your Key To Longer Service Life44 pages
- Pencoflex Coupling Assembly and Maintenance: REXNORD S.A / PTP OperationNo ratings yetPencoflex Coupling Assembly and Maintenance: REXNORD S.A / PTP Operation11 pages
- Gears: A Gear Is A Wheel With Teeth On Its Outer Edge. The Teeth of One Gear Mesh (Or Engage) With The Teeth of AnotherNo ratings yetGears: A Gear Is A Wheel With Teeth On Its Outer Edge. The Teeth of One Gear Mesh (Or Engage) With The Teeth of Another12 pages
- Machine Element Moving Parts Linear Rotation Around A Fixed Axis Vectors Normal Forces100% (1)Machine Element Moving Parts Linear Rotation Around A Fixed Axis Vectors Normal Forces8 pages
- Admission Statistics & Inclusion of AutomotiveNo ratings yetAdmission Statistics & Inclusion of Automotive30 pages
- A) Calculate The Cost of Work in ProgressNo ratings yetA) Calculate The Cost of Work in Progress8 pages
- 04 Production Cycle - Nautilus Water Pumps, IncNo ratings yet04 Production Cycle - Nautilus Water Pumps, Inc1 page
- SI Failure of Bremi Ignition Coils E36 - 7, E39, E46, E53No ratings yetSI Failure of Bremi Ignition Coils E36 - 7, E39, E46, E532 pages
- Methods For Producing Perceptual Map From DataNo ratings yetMethods For Producing Perceptual Map From Data2 pages
- Coiled Tubing Operations at a Glance: What Do You Know About Coiled Tubing Operations!From EverandCoiled Tubing Operations at a Glance: What Do You Know About Coiled Tubing Operations!5/5 (2)
